91 15 4134 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/ddc04b571053441693070025a75918ee.pdf 6649479b9647a90b08fd2b5d6134137d PDF Text Text fal l 20 12 chemical solutions | spin Control | sew successful marketing maven | Report of Gifts �president’s letter volume 6 | issue 3 Greetings From a New Colonel I t’s not easy being new—whether in a job, at school or in a community. I’d like to thank each and every one of you—our alumni, faculty, students and staff—for the way you have welcomed my family and me. We are thrilled to be among the newest members of this Army of Colonels. In my first weeks as Wilkes president, I’ve learned three things about our University. First, this community is singularly focused on student success— from the professors who take the extra time to collaborate on research with students to the coaches who mentor their athletes after wins and losses. From the advising staff who crafts curricular and co-curricular opportunities for our students to the facilities team who keeps our campus beautiful, all of them work to make students successful. This is a place where the idea of mentoring is imbedded into our DNA as a community. Many of our alumni tell me it’s what they remember most about being a student here. Second, this community is committed to improve and to innovate. Whether working to improve student outcomes or identifying ways to keep Wilkes accessible and affordable, everyone at Wilkes is focused on asking a most important question: What can we do today to be better tomorrow? In the days ahead, Wilkes’ newest colonel, President I’ll be asking everyone—including our Patrick Leahy, center, visits with Adam alumni—for their input and suggestions. Welch, associate professor of pharmacy practice, right, and pharmacy students Finally, and perhaps most importantly, at the University’s annual Club Day. the people associated with Wilkes really Photo by Lisa Reynolds care about this place. For those who work here, Wilkes is not just a job; it’s a vocation. For our students, Wilkes is not just a school; it’s a way of life. For those of you who graduated from here, Wilkes isn’t just your university; it’s your alma mater—in the Latin, your “other mother.” Your loyalty—and your personal success—is a testimony that a Wilkes education changes lives. A total commitment to student success, a spirit of innovation, and a caring community—what a privileged situation for a new president! I have said repeatedly that I would have relocated almost anywhere in the country for an opportunity to lead a university like Wilkes. To be able to do it in my adopted hometown of northeast Pennsylvania—a place that my family and I have grown to love—is a special privilege. I’ll be looking to all of you in the days ahead for your support and ideas as we work together to build a stronger and even more successful Wilkes. Dr. Patrick F. Leahy Wilkes University President Fall 2012 Wilkes magazine University President Dr. Patrick F. Leahy Vice President for Advancement Michael Wood Executive Editor Jack Chielli M.A.’08 Managing Editor Kim Bower-Spence Editor Vicki Mayk M.A.’12 Creative Services Lisa Reynolds Web Services Craig Thomas MBA’11 Electronic Communications Christopher Barrows M.S. ’12 Graduate Assistant Thomas Markley ’11 Intern Bill Thomas Layout/Design Quest Fore Inc. Printing Pemcor Inc. Editorial Advisory Group Anne Batory ’68 Brandie Meng M’08 Bill Miller ’81 George Pawlush ’69 M.S.’76 Donna Sedor ’85 Alumni RELATIONS STAFF Director Mirko Widenhorn Associate Director Bridget Giunta Husted ’05 Coordinator Mary Balavage Simmons ’10 Alumni Association Officers President Tom Ralston ’80 First Vice President Rosemary LaFratte ’93 MBA’97 Second Vice President Cindy Charnetski ’97 Secretary Ellen Hall ’71 Historian Laura Cardinale ’72 Wilkes magazine is published quarterly by the Wilkes University Office of Marketing Communications and Government Relations, 84 W. South St., Wilkes-Barre, PA 18766, wilkesmagazine@wilkes.edu, (570) 408-4779. Please send change of address to the above address. Wilkes University is an independent institution of higher education dedicated to academic and intellectual excellence in the liberal arts, sciences and professional programs. The university provides its students with the experience and education necessary for career and intellectual development as well as for personal growth, engenders a sense of values and civic responsibility, and encourages its students to welcome the opportunities and challenges of a diverse and continually changing world. The university enhances the tradition of strong student-faculty interactions in all its programs, attracts and retains outstanding people in every segment of the university, and fosters a spirit of cooperation, community involvement, and individual respect within the entire university. �contents 6 Features 6 Chemical Solutions Paul Wender ’69 is a world-class chemist developing treatments for HIV/AIDS, Alzheimer’s and cancer 12 Spin Control Communication studies Professor Jane Elmes-Crahall teaches savvy techniques for dissecting political rhetoric 14 Sew Successful Barbara Hartnett Gavlick ’76 turned her fine arts degree into a career as a costumer 12 16 Marketing Maven Bill Miller ’81’s marketing expertise has been tapped by top brands—from Barnes & Noble and FAO Schwarz to The New York Times departments 14 2 On Campus 5 Athletics 18 Alumni News 20 Class Notes 26 Report of Gifts Have a story idea to share? Contact us at wilkesmagazine@wilkes.edu or Wilkes magazine, 84 W. South St., Wilkes-Barre, Pa. 18766. Paul Wender ’69 in the Wender Group Laboratory at Stanford University, where he directs ground-breaking research. photo by rod searcey /;;s FPO FSC Wilkes | Fall 2012 16 1 �on campus Wilkes to Offer Programs in Arizona Wilkes will bring graduate programs to Mesa, Ariz., as part of the city’s H.E.A.T. (Healthcare, Education, Aerospace, Technology/Tourism) initiative for Economic Development. Beginning in January 2013, Wilkes will offer classes for master’s degree programs in business administration, creative writing, education and engineering management. Wilkes President Patrick Leahy signed a memorandum of understanding with Mesa city Wilkes President Patrick Leahy speaks at the news conference with city officials in Mesa, officials in July. According to Leahy, in order to Ariz., announcing that the University has signed a memorandum of understanding to begin to offer classes in the city. Photo courtesy city of mesa thrive in the rapidly changing world of higher education, Wilkes needs to extend its geographic reach, nationally and internationally, through online and blended learning institutions that provide education with a more offerings at additional locations. personal approach, making Wilkes ideally suited to In August, Leahy announced that Bonnie Culver, director of Wilkes’ the city’s needs. The region has a young, growing graduate creative writing program, would go to Mesa to serve as on-site population with limited opportunities for higher interim executive director for up to a year. Culver, who will education, allowing Wilkes the potential to increase continue to serve as director of the creative writing enrollment while offering the academic excellence program during this time, will coordinate setting up and personalized attention that is part of its tradition. Wilkes programs in Arizona. Culver will work Wilkes and city officials will move forward with the other colleges and universities in the to reach a formal agreement that will include a Mesa educational consortium and will build five-year lease to locate in the Mesa Center for relationships with the Mesa community. Higher Education, with occupancy by fall 2013. Mesa’s H.E.A.T. initiative is designed The Mesa Center for Higher Education will be to increase college competition and located in downtown Mesa. spur economic growth. Wilkes was Additional programs are planned starting in fall selected as a finalist after Mesa invited 2013 in the permanent center location. Those institutions from across the country programs include undergraduate degrees in to submit proposals. City officials engineering and business and a master’s degree in were especially interested in bringing mechanical engineering. For more information, visit www.wilkes.edu. Wilkes | Fall 2012 Documentaries From History Project Being Sold at Wilkes-Barre Barnes & Noble 2 It was lights, camera, action on a hot July day at the Lands at Hillside Farms. Two Wilkes University seniors—Ryan Wood and Todd Oravic—were behind the cameras. With the sounds of sheep, goats and cows lowing in the background, Loran Lewis, assistant professor of communication studies, was directing the videotaping of Doug Ayers, chairman of the 412-acre nonprofit educational dairy farm. The interview will be used in a documentary about the history of agriculture, the latest project in The Wyoming Valley History Project at Wilkes. The history project—which began more than a decade ago—captures the unique local history of the community surrounding Wilkes. DVDs of the earlier documentaries in the series are being sold at the Barnes & Noble Wilkes-Kings Bookstore on Public Square in Wilkes-Barre. The DVDs are $7.99 and proceeds will help support the future of the project. Among the documentaries available for sale are: Wyoming Valley Media: Challenges and Changes; Iron Horses; Wilkes-Barre: The Economic Road of Change: The Trolley; The Pharmacists: Did You Boscov Today? Memories of Department Stores of Northeastern Pa.; and A Bicentennial Celebration: 1806-2006. The project was started by Mark Stine, associate professor and chair of communication studies, and John Hepp, associate professor of history. The two joined their classes to create historical documentaries about local monuments in the Wyoming Valley. Several documentaries were created over the years, and in 2008, with support by a contribution from Wyoming Valley resident Edward Meehan, the Wyoming Valley History Project at Wilkes University was formed. The project is now headed by Lewis. �on campus Wilkes Installs Patrick F. Leahy as Sixth President It was a time to celebrate the past and look to the future on Sept. 15, as Wilkes installed Patrick F. Leahy as its sixth president. Installation week events focused on the theme “Looking Back with Pride, Looking Forward With Confidence.” Festivities included the annual John Wilkes Society Dinner on Thursday, Sept. 13, and a Faculty Scholarship Showcase on Friday, Sept. 14, spotlighting writing and research by faculty representing Wilkes’ five academic colleges. The college community gathered Friday night to celebrate at an informal party in the Henry Student Center, where the ballroom and second-floor areas were transformed with decorations highlighting moments from Wilkes history. The installation ceremony on Saturday, Sept. 15, in the F.M. Kirby Center featured a keynote address by The Rev. Scott R. Pilarz, president of Marquette University and former president of the University of Scranton. Leahy’s remarks focused on his vision for Wilkes University in the changing landscape of higher education. Original musical selections were composed by Wilkes faculty for the ceremony. “Fanfare and Fantasy on Wilkes, Our Alma Mater” was written by Philip Simon, associate professor, performing arts. It was performed by the Wilkes University Civic Band. “Noble Truths” is a new choral work written by Steven Thomas, associate professor, performing arts, in honor of Leahy’s installation. The text is a poem written for the occasion by Wilkes faculty members Lawrence Kuhar and Mischelle Anthony, associate professors in the English department. Wilkes magazine will profile Leahy and his vision for Wilkes in the Winter 2013 issue. More on the Web View photo galleries of installation week activities and see video clips of the installation ceremony at www.wilkes.edu/installation. The text of Leahy’s speech and the keynote address also can be found on the site. Freshmen entering the Jay S. Sidhu School of Business and Leadership this fall added iPads to their list of school supplies. For the first time, first-year business students are required to have iPads for their Sidhu course work. Students received their tablet computers during a special orientation session the weekend before fall classes started. Students pay a technology fee to cover the cost, which includes several applications to assist with their course work. Sidhu School Dean Jeffrey Alves says introducing the technology is in keeping with the school’s mission of preparing tomorrow’s business leaders. “The program will prepare our students to meet the challenges of the changing computing and communication technology field. Adapting and leveraging technology is critical to the success of managers and organizations.” Students will be using the iPads to access course materials for the Integrated Management Experience class required for all Sidhu freshmen in both fall and spring semesters, as well as for the Personal and Professional Development class. Students also will use tablet computers for Sidhu courses in subsequent years, as the initiative rolls out. Electronic texts—eBooks—for the classes using the iPads will replace traditional textbooks in some classes. Sidhu freshmen try out their iPads in class. Photo by joshua bonner Wilkes | Fall 2012 iPad Initiative Launched in Sidhu School 3 �on campus Biology Professor Michael Steele Appointed Bullard Fellow at Harvard Dual Admissions Agreement Paves Way for Community College Students Michael Steele, Wilkes biology professor and H. Fenner Chair of Research Biology, was appointed a Bullard Fellow at Harvard University for the 2012-2013 academic year. Steele will spend 11 months conducting research at Harvard Forest in Massachusetts. Steele’s research at Harvard will focus on the preparation of a book that summarizes his research on oak dispersal over the past 25 years. He also will collaborate with Harvard faculty on several questions concerning oak ecology, and organize an international team of colleagues from Harvard, Purdue University, Wilkes, and the Chinese Academy of Sciences to investigate global patterns of oak-animal interactions. Steele is the co-author and co-editor of six books. His most recent works include Squirrels of the World, which will be published this year by Johns Hopkins University Press, and Terrestrial Vertebrates of Pennsylvania: A Complete Guide to Species of Conservation Concern, published by Johns Hopkins University Press in 2010. Steele has been part of the Wilkes biology department faculty since 1989. Established in 1962, the Charles Bullard Fellowship program was created to support the study and advanced research of individuals likely to make important contributions as scholars or administrators in forest ecology. The fellowship is a highly competitive program that accepts only a few recipients each year from a large applicant pool worldwide. A dual admissions agreement gives Luzerne County Community College students a clear path to earning a degree at Wilkes. The agreement will help to increase the number of students completing bachelor’s degrees in the region. Recent data from the Chronicle of Higher Education show that the percentage of adults with bachelor’s degrees in Luzerne County, at 20 percent, is below the state average of 25.9 percent and the national average of 27.6 percent. Students admitted to LCCC also will sign an agreement to enter the dual admissions program with Wilkes. A grade-point average of 2.3 or better is required. After transferring to the University, each student will receive a $10,000 scholarship, which is renewable annually. They also will be permitted to take up to 9 credits at Wilkes for free to assist with the transition to their chosen major. Students signaling their intention to continue their education at Wilkes will have an advisor from the University while they are still at LCCC. Students also will be able to take advantage of clubs, speakers, sports events and other co-curricular activities, giving them a head start on becoming part of the campus community at Wilkes. Wilkes | Fall 2012 Record Crop of Colonels 4 Over the past decade, Wilkes has set records in recruiting its incoming freshman class. In 2003, the incoming class boasted more than 500 students for the first time in University history. Four years later, in 2007, Wilkes boasted its first-ever class exceeding 600. In fall 2012, Wilkes has welcomed the second largest freshman class in its history, again breaking 600. '02 '03 '04 'OS '06 '07 '08 '09 '10 '11 '12 �on campus Nobel Laureate Roald Hoffmann to Deliver Bone Lecture Roald Hoffmann, winner of the 1981 Nobel Prize in chemistry, will deliver the 2012 Catherine H. Bone Lecture on Oct. 18. Hoffmann will speak about “The Chemical Imagination At Work in Very Tight Places” at 7 p.m. in 101 Stark Learning Center. A member of the faculty at Cornell University since 1965, he is now the Frank H. T. Rhodes Professor of Humane Letters Emeritus. His many honors include the 1981 Nobel Prize awarded jointly with Kenichi Fukui of Japan’s Kyoto University for their theories concerning the course of chemical reactions. Hoffmann, who describes his work as “applied theoretical chemistry,” is the only person ever to have received the American Chemical Society’s awards in three different subfields of chemistry—the A. C. Cope Award in Organic Chemistry, the Award in Inorganic Chemistry, and the Pimentel Award in Chemical Education. Hoffmann earned his doctorate from Harvard University and has been the recipient of more than 25 honorary degrees during the course of his career. In the 1990s, he was a presenter on “The World of Chemistry,” a series of 26 half-hour programs developed at the University of Maryland and broadcast on PBS. Hoffmann also is an accomplished poet and playwright. His collections of poetry include The Metamict State, published in 1987, followed three years later by Gaps and Verges. His recent books of poetry are Memory Effects and Soliton. His plays include Oxygen, co-authored with fellow chemist Carl Djerassi. Hoffmann hosts a monthly cabaret called “Entertaining Science” at the Cornelia Street Café in New York City. Nobel Laureate Roald Hoffmann will deliver the 2012 Catherine H. Bone Lecture on Oct. 18. Photo by MIchael Grace-Martin athletics Celebrating the Legacy of Coach John Reese Left, members of the national championship team are ready to wrestle again. Pictured from left, are Mike Lee ‘74, Art Trovei ’74, Coach John Reese, Gene Ashley ‘75 and John Chakmakas ‘75. Below, a display at the reunion included a photo of the 1974 National Championship team and artwork showing Coach Reese’s legacy at Wilkes. Photos by Knot Just Any Day Photography Wilkes | Fall 2012 Wrestling alumni and current members of the team gathered on campus in June for a reunion that also marked the 85th birthday of Coach John Reese. Reese, who coached Wilkes wrestlers for 42 years, from 1953 to 1995, brought the program to national prominence. Wilkes ranks 11th among college wrestling teams for all-time wins, with 764 in team history. More than 200 people attended the event, which was emceed by former wrestler and Wilkes alumnus Dave Russo ’93, a professional stand-up comedian. Reese’s wrestlers recalled his motto—“Pride, Attitude, Desire”—and his inspiring admonition that “Victory goes to those who are willing to pay the price.” 5 �Wilkes | Fall 2012 Paul Wender advocates for translational medicine and “green chemistry,” producing compounds in a way that minimizes impact on the environment. Wender, pictured in his office, is flanked by a model of a segment of the DNA double helix. 6 photos by rod searcey �Chemical Soluti ns Known worldwide for work on the groundbreaking cancer drug taxol, Paul Wender ’69 seeks therapies for HIV/ AIDS, Alzheimer’s and resistant cancer 0 Wilkes | Fall 2012 By Kim Bower-Spence 7 �Even as a child, Paul Wender ’69 reveled in chemistry. He mixed whatever he could find under the kitchen sink to see if his concoction would foam or change color. Money earned from his Times Leader paper route bought chemicals from the neighborhood drugstore. He recalls mixing zinc and hydrochloric acid, releasing hydrogen gas to fill and float balloons. “I was more or less—without even knowing about the field—in love with chemistry ever since I can remember,” says the Wilkes-Barre native, now the Bergstrom Professor of Chemistry at Stanford University and a world-renowned scientist working at the intersection of chemistry, biology and medicine. His substantial accomplishments include synthesizing taxol, a blockbuster drug for treating breast and ovarian cancers, in the 1990s. The Pacific yew tree, whose bark produces the substance, doesn’t provide enough to meet clinical demand. Wender’s research group was among the half-dozen able to achieve a laboratory synthesis of taxol. His current work centers on new treatments for HIV/AIDS, Alzheimer’s disease and drug-resistant cancers. “His research is in the eye of the storm,” noted Ziwei Huang, director of the SUNY Upstate Cancer Research Institute, who introduced Wender at a summer meeting in Shanghai. Wilkes | Fall 2012 Potential Sea Creature Cure 8 A compound called bryostatin, discovered in a brown, marine creature called bryozoan in the 1960s, shows promise in treating some of society’s most devastating diseases. Wender’s laboratory successfully synthesized a natural bryostatin and is developing simplified, synthetic versions that work just as well or better than the natural product. Wender reports that animals treated with these compounds learn faster and retain information longer. By creating new synapses in the brain, Wender says these agents could not only stop the progression of Alzheimer’s disease but could potentially reverse some of its effects. For HIV, current treatment involves a cocktail of several drugs that stop progression of the disease by suppressing the active virus. But these drugs don’t work on the latent virus that lurks in the genome of certain cells. If patients stop taking the pills, this latent virus resupplies the active virus and they get sick again. Wender’s group is working on bryostatin-derived compounds with potential to flush out and eradicate that latent virus— which would eliminate the lifelong pill regimen. “It’s a pretty remarkable strategy, and it’s getting a lot of support right now.” The September 2012 issue of Nature Chemistry features a cover story on Wender’s HIV work. And Wender receives regular e-mails from grateful HIV/AIDS patients encouraging his coworkers on. “It’s the kind of thing that keeps you up late at night and gets you up early in the morning.” Outsmarting Resistant Cancer Another area of Wender’s research explores ways to get drugs through cell barriers. Ovarian cancer is difficult to detect, and is often already in Stage 3 or 4 by the time it’s found. The standard treatment arsenal includes surgery and chemotherapy, which is effective in many patients. But in recurring cases, Wender says, the cancer often rejects chemotherapy treatment. One reason resistant cancer cells can block treatment is that the new cells sport “export pumps” that expel the drugs, Wender explains. His team modified the drug in a way that allows it to avoid export pumps and get into the cell undetected. “This is the equivalent of getting into a nightclub by bypassing the bouncer,” he relates. Test treatments in cancer tissue samples from nine women— not the patients themselves—yielded positive results in all nine. Sadly, five of the nine patients died because the current therapy wasn’t effective. Wender’s approach can change this. For future cases, he says with optimism, “we might actually have a solution.” Research from his lab has spawned three new companies and spurred interest among both scientists and venture capitalists. Wilkes was a remarkable place. I realized that I loved to learn. – Paul Wender ’69 �Tackling Big Problems academic and research laboratories. Most of the balance—including John C. Lechleiter, chief executive officer of pharmaceutical giant Eli Lilly—work in the pharmaceutical and biotech industries. “Part of what I do is make them aware of the gift that they have,” Wender says of his students, whom he respectfully calls “coworkers.” He admires their ambition and drive, citing one who seeks to launch a company based on the resistant ovarian cancer therapy. Part of the teaching process, he explains, is helping people realize that they can achieve transformative change. “I’m blessed with such incredible students who are willing to solve problems,” Wender says. “They don’t define themselves in terms of what they have learned; they define themselves in terms of what they will do.” The Wender Group research laboratory at Stanford includes 15 graduate students, three post-doctoral researchers and one undergraduate research assistant. They’ve created a new model for research that crosses disciplines to tackle problems that combine chemistry with biology, medicine and materials science. Wender notes that where graduate students at one time would have worked exclusively in his laboratory, they now regularly interact with Stanford’s medical school, imaging or tissue culture laboratories, and even other universities. He calls it “intellectual bartering.” “This is really the model of the future, where students are free to go out and use all the resources of the university and even beyond.” The design of Wilkes’ new science building, now under construction, was developed with Wender’s input and emphasizes a laboratory design that also encourages collaboration across disciplines. Wender has mentored more than 300 coworkers, with Wender discusses research with two more than 70 of those of his coworkers—graduate students Jessica Vargas, left, and Erika Geihe Stanzl, center—in now working in Wilkes | Fall 2012 the Wender Group laboratory at Stanford. 9 �Wilkes | Fall 2012 In his classroom, Paul Wender uses stories and demonstrations to pique student interest. 10 Like their mentor, they set their sights on solving the problems of the time— energy and health care, for instance—to offer societal benefit. They strive for transformative therapies. Wender holds approximately 20 issued or pending patents. He has earned numerous awards, including recognitions by the National Institutes of Health, National Science Foundation and American Chemical Society. He has been recognized with several teaching awards. He was also elected to the National Academy of Sciences, whose very limited membership is selected from all scientific disciplines. Most recently, he won the Tetrahedron Prize for Creativity in Organic Chemistry for 2012 for contributions to organic synthesis and bioorganic chemistry. In nominating Wender for Yale University’s 2010 Wilbur Cross Medal awarded to outstanding graduate alumni, Scott Miller, Yale’s chair of chemistry, wrote that Wender has “inspired generations of chemists to design remarkable chemical transformations that achieve complex structures instantaneously. There is not a serious graduate course on chemical synthesis, probably world-wide, that does not feature Professor Wender’s chemistry.” Adds Gary Brudvig, the Eugene Higgins Professor of Chemistry at Yale: “Wender continues today as perhaps the world’s preeminent molecular architect for complex molecule assembly. In so doing, his name has become synonymous with molecules such as taxol, phorbol, resiniferatoxin and a host of others that inspire awe in every laboratory concerned with synthesis.” Wender travels extensively sharing his knowledge, logging 120,000 miles last year as he traveled between Europe, China, Japan and the East and West coasts of the United States. Lively Lectures Wender’s penchant for chemistry extends beyond the research lab to the classroom, where his enthusiasm bubbles like baking soda in vinegar. He winces when he encounters people who say their chemistry courses turned them off to the subject. Chemistry is “really intrinsically beautiful, it’s comprehensible,” he stresses, noting that teachers need to approach it differently than in the past. “If I can engage (students) in a way that piques their interest … then what they learn they might want to share with others.” He strives to present lessons in a fashion that students not only remember but want to pass on to others. Take his undergraduate chemistry lesson on acid-based reactions. It begins with a fish that sits out on Wender’s kitchen counter overnight (with the blessing of his wife, Jacqueline, who buys the fish). In class the next day, Wender passes the fish under students’ noses. Foul-smelling �Wender continues today as perhaps the world’s preeminent molecular architect for complex molecule assembly. compounds aptly After Wilkes, Wender earned his named putrescine doctorate at Yale University, served as and cadaverine an NIH postdoctoral fellow at Columbia cause them to draw University and then became an assistant – Gary Brudvig, Eugene Higgins back, noses wrinkled. professor at Harvard University. He Professor of Chemistry at Yale Standing before the relocated to California to join the faculty class, Wender employs his at Stanford in 1981. “Stanford is a place that best Julia Child impersonation nurtures innovation and collaboration.” as he rubs down the fish with When he’s not teaching or researching, he still lemon juice. The acid neutralizes the thinks in terms of chemistry. “I paint, I sculpt. I have a smell and noses wrinkle no more. The next time (pottery) wheel at home,” he says, noting how mixing colors fish graces the menu in the university dining hall, his students and materials relate to his vocation. He also lifts weights, runs invariably share this “chemistry” lesson with their friends and they or cycles every day. Wife Jacqueline is an associate dean at themselves become chemistry teachers. Santa Clara University Law School. She built her career at Wender knew the lesson was successful when within one Stanford, where for a time she served as associate provost with week news of the fish had made it all the way to a top Stanford then-Provost Condoleezza Rice and subsequently as assistant to administrator. “We like to hear stories, and we like to tell President Gerhard Casper. stories,” he reasons. Wender advocates for higher education and basic research, He engages all the senses in his classes. Demonstrating how which can take years to yield societal benefit. “Higher education chemists can manipulate the timing of a reaction—say, how training and research put things into play like concepts for fast a drug will work in the body—Wender employs Rossini’s computers and therapies that might not have an instant impact William Tell Overture (See “More on the Web” and check out but often lead over time to revolutionary change,” he reasons. the faces of his students). On “go,” students simultaneously He notes that his current research builds on work he started combine clear solutions in a line of beakers. As the recorded in the 1970s. He begins with understanding how compounds orchestra charges through the rousing piece (think of the Lone function, then continues to design and synthesize even better Ranger riding Silver), each beaker in succession changes from ones in efficient and “green” ways that minimize impact on the clear to blue as if on cue. environment and maximize therapeutic benefit. Crafting a practical therapeutic use can take decades. “Taxol was discovered in 1962. It was launched for use against breast Passing on Football and ovarian cancer in 1992,” Wender says. “You see a summit, Wender’s parents taught him a healthy respect for education and and you don’t know exactly how you’re encouraged learning as a path to success. He passed up a football going to get there from here scholarship at another college so that he could concentrate on but you know where you chemistry with Wilkes professor (now emeritus) Bill Stine. And want to end up.” he accompanied biology professor Charles Reif to the Nuangola Paul Wender, Ph.D., Bog for core samples, which Wender would analyze. Wender Menlo Park, Calif. also served as vice president and president of student government at Wilkes, often meeting biweekly with President Eugene Farley. B.S., Chemistry, 1969 “Wilkes was a remarkable place. I realized that I loved to Career: Bergstrom Professor of learn,” he recalls. “It just opened up doors that I had certainly Chemistry at Stanford University not passed through before.” Notable: Internationally known chemist who synthesized the blockbuster breast cancer drug taxol; now working on therapies for HIV/AIDS, Alzheimer’s Disease and cancer. Check out one of Wender’s lessons that brings chemistry to life with Rossini’s William Tell Overture at http://www.wilkes.edu/wender Wilkes memories: Biweekly meetings with Wilkes President Eugene Farley, pulling core samples from the Nuangola Bog with Professor Charles Reif, research with Professor Bill Stine, discussions with faculty, classes and “events” with friends. Wilkes | Fall 2012 More on the web 11 �Spin Control Wilkes Professor Helps Voters Focus on the Facts By Helen Kaiser Wilkes | Fall 2012 W 12 Wilkes Communication Studies Professor Jane Elmes-Crahall teaches a class on political communications. photo by michael touey ith an estimated $2 billion being spent on this year’s presidential election race, Americans are subjected to an onslaught of political pitches for nearly two years. Is it any wonder many in the electorate have tuned out or feel overwhelmed at making what is a crucial choice for the nation? For Wilkes communication studies Professor Jane Elmes-Crahall, however, the presidential election is a timely tool for teaching students how to think for themselves. Her popular “Controlling Spin” class is offered every four years during the heated primary season, affording students real-world opportunities to assess what is being said during debates, commercials, media interviews and online. The goal is to enable students to cut through the rhetoric and choose the candidate who best meets their criteria on issues important to them. “I have always been a strong supporter of nonpartisan groups, like the League of Women Voters,” Elmes-Crahall says. “That’s because I believe in the importance of each individual voter forming his or her own opinion, rather than being influenced by groups lobbying for one position or another.” For Dominick Costantino, a Wilkes junior from Hanover Township, Pa., last spring’s course provided an in-depth look at political campaigns that will help prepare him to vote in his first presidential election. “As a communications major, I really was interested in the public relations aspects of the race—how certain messages are framed,” he says. “The whole spin aspect of politics is important to analyze, because this is what they (campaign staffs) all do,” says senior Trevor Kurtz, another communication studies major, from Harleysville, Pa. �A frequent provider of expert analysis on political speeches, debates and policy statements for regional and national news media, Elmes-Crahall shared her strategies for “controlling spin” and evaluating candidate communications: • Don’t let anyone else frame a political event for you. Don’t listen to commentators who are providing analysis. Just focus on the candidates themselves. • Realize that strategists are providing spin even before a candidate’s speeches, town halls or debates. They try to lower your expectations so your impression is more positive if the candidate’s performance is only average. • Learn some of the basics of reason and logic so you can see through any argument that may be fallacious. • Take the time needed to evaluate what you’re hearing. You can record and replay or watch most interviews and debates again online if necessary. • Give some thought to what issues are most important to you, and research candidates’ positions on them. • Develop what you might call a voter’s manifesto—as if you were saying “This is what you, the candidate, must do to win my vote.” • Post your thoughts online in a blog or on the candidates’ websites. Begin a discussion and influence the news cycle yourself. Today, any voter with a computer has a chance to impact other voters. Focus Groups Evaluate Political Attitudes Of Youth When class members analyzed the responses, they found today’s young voters and prospective voters are being shaped by their personal and social media relationships. They are fed up with party politics. According to Wilkes communication studies professor Jane Elmes-Crahall, there has been a dramatic evolution in the electorate in just the past four years. In 2008, television This poster, designed by Wilkes student Bryan Calabro, advertised a was the primary source of young voters rally organized by the campaign information for Controlling Spin class. most people, she said. Now social media has surpassed broadcast media, especially for the younger generation of voters. “Young voters get almost all their information about the 2012 presidential campaign from conversations with friends and from social media (especially Facebook and Twitter),” the focus group research discovered. When they do tune in to broadcasts, it’s likely to be for CNN Headline News, or Comedy Central’s John Stewart and the Colbert Report. The focus group interviews also revealed a distrust of the two-party political system, coupled with growing identification among 18- to 24-year olds as Independents. “Please embrace nonpartisanship—I am so sick of campaigning in Republican or Democratic terms,” pleaded one student. “Address the whole nation’s needs.” The focus groups found that 32.5 percent of respondents identified themselves as Democrats, and 21 percent as Republicans. Independents (23 percent) and Libertarians (18.5) together totaled nearly 42 percent. Two participants had not made a choice. “Ten years from now, almost no young voters will identify with either the Republicans or Democrats,” one student predicted. The focus group participants were fed up with the increasingly used tactic of negative advertising. Said one student: “Polarizing language insults me . . . don’t candidates realize young voters can see right past these cheap tactics?” The issues that meant the most to the young focus group participants were: jobs, mounting student debt, improving the quality of education, civil rights for gay individuals and separation of church and state. More on the Web For more details about the results of the focus group research on young voters or to comment on the spring 2012 focus groups, visit http://controllingspin.blogspot.com/2012_08_ 01_archives.html Wilkes | Fall 2012 The “Controlling Spin” class offered at Wilkes in spring semester 2012 conducted focus groups to determine students’ perceptions of the 2012 presidential campaign. Four discussions involving a total of 43 participants ages 14 to 24 were held in March and April. 13 �Successful Barbara Gavlick Hartnett delights In Career Creating Costumes By Vicki Mayk Wilkes | Fall 2012 Barbara Gavlick Hartnett ’76 remembers them all as they emerged from her sewing machine. The horse costume she spent hours quilting so intricately that it looked like it was made of stones. Or the red, white and blue uniforms festooned with brass buttons produced in a matter of days for a production of Les Miserables at Wyoming Seminary’s Performing Arts Institute. More recently, there was the stunning orchid gown and matching hat made in honor of The Titanic’s 100th anniversary. They have something in common: a label proclaiming they are Costumes by Barbara. Hartnett started her business as a part-time venture in 1987, designing and sewing costumes for Halloween revelers and masquerade party-goers. It became her full-time occupation in 1995 when she moved into the shop at 186 Main St. in Luzerne, Pa. The bell jingles on the door as it opens into the store with its floor-toceiling crush of color. “I’m back here,” Hartnett calls. She’s in the back near the dressing rooms, dressed in a simple peach-colored t-shirt and beige slacks that contrast with the bright primary colors of her creations. Heads of cartoon characters grin down on visitors from a high shelf. Shrek, a cheerful purple dinosaur and a facsimile of a certain famous mouse beam down. A parade of picture hats hangs from a bar suspended from the ceiling. Does Hartnett know how many costumes she has? 14 Barbara Gavlick Hartnett ’76, front, is surrounded by her costume creations in her Luzerne, Pa., shop. Pictured from left, clockwise are Wyoming Valley West High School student Casey Clark, gypsy; Wilkes junior Brittany Battista, harem girl; Liz Swantek ’05, MBA ’07, director of residence life, colonial woman; Wyoming Valley West student Josh Williams, Napoleon; blue rabbit Evan Sedor, son of John Sedor ’87 and Donna O’Toole Sedor ’85; Kevin Saunders, Wyoming Valley West, leprechaun; and Wilkes junior Ian Foley, behind the jester’s mask. Photos by Earl & Sedor Photographic �More on the Web To see more tips from Barbara Gavlick Hartnett on creating memorable costumes, go to www.wilkes.edu/costumes Costume Tips From a Pro Want to come up with a great costume for your next party—or just have your kids stand out on Halloween? If you’re too far away to rent one from Barbara Gavlick Hartnett, she has a few tips for creating your own: Decide what you want to be: “Do you want to be pretty, funny, sexy, spooky? Do you want to have a covered face or not? Such basics can guide your process.” Be open to suggestions: Don’t set too many parameters when picking costumes. Saying you “have” to be a vampire or couples who say they “have to go as a couple” can lead to unhappy choices and eliminate good ones. Accessorize, accessorize, accessorize: A basic dress or outfit can be turned into a multitude of looks with the right accessories. For example, a basic plain black robe or dress becomes a pilgrim costume with the right hat and an apron added to it. Add a wimple, collar and rosary beads, and it becomes a nun’s habit. The same dress plus a peaked hat yields a witch. Barbara Gavlick Hartnett, Swoyersville, Pa. B.A., Fine Arts, 1976 Career: Professional costumer and owner of Costumes by Barbara, a costume rental business in Luzerne, Pa. Notable: During the course of a 25-year career, designed and created more than 1,500 costumes. Favorite Wilkes memory: As a member of Wilkes’ Circle K Club, Hartnett traveled to Florida to the first convention after the national Kiwanis organization admitted women, and later to a convention in Los Angeles. Wilkes | Fall 2012 “About 1,500, no—2,000,” she says. Some are stored at home—such as the Halloween ghosts and goblins that she brings out in the fall. She tracks them by a numbering system. Spiral notebooks organized by dates chronicle special orders. They include the sketches for her original designs and swatches of the fabric she used to make them. She refers to them when asked to make a similar costume. “Why reinvent the wheel?” says Hartnett, who also uses pieces from commercial dress patterns in addition to creating her own. It’s a practical approach for a woman in a somewhat impractical business. “My father used to say, ‘Do what you have to do so that you can do what you want to,’ ” Hartnett recalls. “My father and I were lucky because the two things were the same for us—we’ve done what we loved.” Her late father, Leo Gavlick ’51, was a civil engineer whose passion was numbers. He graduated from Bucknell University Junior College. Hartnett took a different path at Wilkes, majoring in fine arts after she transferred from Luzerne County Community College and Bloomsburg University. Her brothers, Blase ’73, MBA ’77 and Jeffrey Gavlick ’82 and Jeff’s wife, Donna (George) Gavlick ’82, also are alumni. She commuted to Wilkes from Swoyersville, studying painting with Bernice D’Vorzon and Phil Richards, jewelry making with Henry Casilli, sculpture with Herb Simon and textiles and batik with Richard Fuller. Outside of class, she was involved with Circle K—an involvement she continues as a member of the Swoyersville Kiwanis. Hartnett worked for 16 years as an embroidery designer for companies in Ashley, Pa., and New Jersey. “I have embroidery that I designed on some of my costumes,” she says, and pulls out a blue period gown with a delicately embroidered eyelet collar. “We designed it by hand,” she recalls. “Now it’s all done by computer.” Since opening her store, she’s created costumes for businesses, clowns, community groups and party-goers. For nine years, she designed costumes for musicals at Wyoming Valley West High School in Plymouth, Pa., including productions of Pirates of Penzance, Kiss Me Kate and Guys and Dolls. For most of the years she’s been in business, costume rentals have been the mainstay, but the age of her customers has changed. “Seventeen years ago, I rented 110 kids’ costumes. Now, I rent maybe eight.” The costume business is seeing another shift: Customers want to buy as often as they want to rent. A savvy businesswoman, she’s accommodating the shift. “I’m moving more into consignment and sales,” she says. In her free time, Hartnett enjoys travel with her husband, Tom. In fall 2012, she’s partnering with an illustrator to publish a children’s book, The Poor Little Pumpkin. “I’m all about creativity; that’s my thing,” she says with a smile. “I love what I do.” 15 �Bill Miller ’81 popularized brands for Barnes & Noble, The New York Times and FAO Schwarz Marketing Maven ii Bill Miller ’81 loves product. He particularly loves making Wilkes | Fall 2012 product more lovable to consumers across continents. 16 Over three decades the merchandising expert has popularized everything from clip-on lights for tablet computers to baskets woven by Ugandan war widows. By Geoff Gehman �Bill Miller, New York, N.Y. B.S., Business Administration,Wilkes, 1981 Career: President of Galison Publishing LLC/Mudpuppy Press Notable: Recently completed a consulting project marketing archival photos for The New York Times. Bill Miller ’81 is surrounded by the colorful products he markets as president of Galison Publishing/Mudpuppy Press, the latest chapter of his successful career. Photos by Dan Z. Johnson Favorite Wilkes Memories: Bradford Kinney’s communication and marketing class and lessons learned from Jane Lampe-Groh, then assistant dean of student affairs, and George Ralston, then dean of student affairs. “They gave me a vision,” says Miller, “of a kinder, broader world.” store of healthy products for Rodale Press, the organic-lifestyle pioneer, to marketing LightWedge clip-on lights for the Nook and its chief competitor, Amazon’s Kindle. Miller’s splashiest consulting assignment came from The New York Times. Asked to boost the sales and reputation of the newspaper’s archival photographs, he suggested hiring prominent designers as guest curators. Fashion superstar Vera Wang was among the 10 tastemakers who chose 10 pictures apiece. Celebrity cachet has helped boost sales of Times Store photos a heady 12 percent, says Theresa DeRosa, the newspaper’s director of creative services and merchandising. She praises Miller as a remarkably skilled strategist: connected, charismatic, calm in any crisis. A fan of his Barnes & Noble innovations, she waited three years to work with him, finally proposing a partnership when they sat together at a dinner party. Miller missed the excitement of leading a creative team, a daily duty for his husband, Talbot Logan, vice president of wholesale initiatives and brand presentation for Ralph Lauren. Miller filled this void in May when he became president of Galison Publishing LLC/Mudpuppy Press. He likes the company’s lineup of useful, fanciful items: a memo pad shaped like a vintage telephone; a writer’s notebook with a photo of the Chrysler Building, which he can see from the company’s conference room. He especially likes the challenge of trying to transform a well-known family business into a household name under a new owner. In March the company was purchased by the McEvoy Group, a San Francisco-based media company. “My job is to instill a sense of pride and responsibility, to give people a setting to shine,” says Miller, a member of Wilkes’ Board of Trustees. Miller is eager to put his spin on items featuring Babar and the Little Prince, new licensees and old superheroes of children’s literature. He loves to cast novel roles for classic characters, to make something as simple as a little black notebook as flexible, and as important, as a little black dress. “It’s not just a little black notebook; it can have all sorts of designs that can express your lifestyle and your life,” says Miller. “It all comes down to, ‘how do we use product to make our everyday existence a little better?’ ” Wilkes | Fall 2012 Last spring Miller began finding and fine tuning product as president of Galison Publishing LLC/Mudpuppy Press, a supplier of fine-art notecards, children’s games and journals for all ages. Promoting items starring Van Gogh’s sunflowers and Babar the elephant suits a marketing maven who has worked for the world’s biggest bookseller and the world’s best-known toy store. The native of Forty Fort, Pa., earned money for Wilkes by unloading boxes and setting up store displays for his father, a food broker for supermarket chains and mom & pop groceries. Miller learned from his father to exceed customer demands and meet deadlines—essential skills for a future branding boss. Key lessons for his career also were learned at Wilkes. He cites taking the communication and marketing class taught by Bradford Kinney, professor of communication studies. Kinney’s “great energy” inspired Miller to write for The Beacon and work in the school’s public-relations office, where he learned about marketing through media. Miller later polished his skills while serving a pair of venerable department-store chains, Hess’s and Macy’s. He graduated from Macy’s renowned executive-training program. In 1989, Miller joined FAO Schwarz, the famous toy store. He became a quadruple threat, supervising stores outside Manhattan, the company catalog, its Web site and its flagship store on Fifth Avenue. Highlights included escorting Princess Diana and reaping the publicity benefits of the 1988 movie Big, where Tom Hanks dances to “Chopsticks” on the store’s giant floor piano. Miller left in 2000, shortly after FAO Schwarz was sold. He became president of Eziba.com, a three-year-old firm started by an economist-entrepreneur to aid talented artisans in troubled countries. Miller helped launch a museum-quality catalog that compelled young consumers to buy goods online, a strategy then in its infancy. He helped establish an exchange where the sale of goods funded food and shelter. Eziba struggled to turn a profit despite backing from Amazon.com and, in 2005, it sold its assets to Overstock.com. The next year Miller became a vice president at Amazon’s rival, Barnes & Noble. He monitored gifts, cafes, product placement and product development. Miller oversaw developing covers and lights for the Nook, Barnes & Noble’s tablet computer. He commissioned his friend, home-décor specialist Jonathan Adler, to design the company’s first vase. It was his idea to have back-to-school journals and bags decorated by college students, an idea that became a boon for the company’s campus bookstores. He also brokered a partnership with FEED Projects, co-founded by former first daughter Lauren Bush, to provide food and nutrients to children in impoverished countries. Miller remains on FEED’s board. In 2009 he left Barnes & Noble to become a full-time consultant. His projects ranged from developing an online 17 �alumni news Regional Alumni Events Take Wilkes Around the Country From top to bottom: More than 60 alumni from northeastern Pennsylvania visited the recently opened Susquehanna Brewing Company in Pittston, Pa. Jaime Jurado MS ’90, their brewmaster, provided a behind-the-scenes look at the brewing process. Pictured left to right are Kristin Klemish ’04, Ryan Klemish ’04, Megan McAndrew ’04 and Mike Pedley ’06. Duke’s Bar and Grille in Harrisburg was the site for a get together for Wilkes alumni in the state capital area. Pictured from left to right are Tanner Spadafore Rebeil ’00 (holding daughter Elia Grace), Andrea Chuba Kealey ’78, Donna Talarico ’00 MFA ’09, John B. Hall ’65, Cindie Geary Burke PharmD ’04, Jonathan Burke ’01, Bethany Yenner Bosha ’02, John Bosha PharmD ’04, Bob Keeney ’04, Tim Mirra ’07 and Laurie Agresti ’07. More than 80 alumni and friends of the University played in the 60th Annual John Chwalek Golf Tournament held in July. Money raised from the event benefits The John J. Chwalek, Sr. Scholarship and athletic programs. Pictured at the post-tournament luncheon are, from left, Gary Williams ’72 MBA ’82, David Kaschak ’71 MS ’81, John Baranowski ’71, Mike Sharok ’68, Joe Angelella ’80 and Bob Roberts. Alumni enjoyed a weekend full of events hosted by Jason Griggs ’90 in Pawley’s Island, S.C. Pictured in the back row, left to right, are Wilkes Vice President for Advancement Mike Wood, Bill Stinger ’68, Peter Perog ’60, David Baum ’68, Jason Griggs ’90, Rick Simonson ’69. Front row, left to right, are Advancement Director Sue Jolley, Alexia Baum, Nancy Wanczyk Stinger ’69; Sean, Jack and Henry King, grandsons of Rick Simonson ’69. Other alumni in attendance but not pictured included Susan Ryan Simonson ’70, Ken Thompson ’89, Dan Cardell ’79 and George Pawlush IV ’98. In addition to these locations, alumni gathered in Florida, California and Boston. Last chance to update your info for the new alumni directory The deadline for alumni to review the contact information the alumni relations office has on file is Nov. 1, 2012. This information will be compiled into a new alumni directory. If you haven’t done so already, please respond to the email or postcard sent to you by PCI, our partner in this project. If you have any questions, please contact the alumni office at 570-408-7787 or alumni@wilkes.edu. Wilkes | Fall 2012 who is giving back to Wilkes? 18 In the back of this issue, you’ll see our annual Report of Gifts which recognizes everyone who has made a gift to Wilkes between June 1, 2011, and May 31, 2012. The Alumni Association board of directors appreciates the generosity of everyone who has contributed to the success and growth of current students! �campaign update View From The Top: Update On Science Building Project Construction on the new science building continues on schedule for completion in fall 2013. This summer, the steel structure for the building took shape on campus. Alumni visiting Wilkes this fall will have opportunities to see the project first-hand. But there are some aspects of the project that can’t be shared until the building is complete. Here, Wilkes magazine offers a peek at the upper level of Wilkes’ newest building. This summer, incoming students and the campus community signed a connector beam that will be installed in the building. photo by bridget giunta husted ’05 On the uppermost level of the building, utilitarian needs will mix with creative opportunities. Half of the rooftop will house mechanical equipment necessary for the operation of the building, while the remaining space will be for hands-on enhancements to our science programs. This rendering shows the courtyard situated between the new Features include: structure and the existing Stark Learning Center. The Annette • A 1,200-squareEvans Alumni House is indicated in gray on the left. foot, four-room greenhouse, as well as dedicated areas of vegetation to be used for observation and monitoring; • A 3,750-square-foot terrace that will serve as an observation area during both day and night. A telescope storage room will be easily accessible; • A 300-square-foot raised platform that is exposed to the elements for experimental and research purposes, such as biofuel cultivation, solar panel testing and wind turbine testing. Although it has been built with the needs of researchers and future scientists in mind, they won’t be the only ones who can enjoy this very special space. We look forward to sharing it with alumni and the campus community at future events. Wilkes | Fall 2012 The view of the Susquehanna River from the top level of Wilkes’ new science building. 19 �class notes 1955 Louis Steck and his wife Norma welcomed a greatgrandson, Louis Warren Cameron, to their family. 1968 Bill Stinger See 1976 1969 Nancy Stinger See 1976 1978 David Dudick Sr. has been named president of General Mills Bakeries & Foodservice business segment. Dudick brings more than 30 years of experience with General Mills to his new role, serving most recently as senior vice president, president U.S. sales for channels, leading the company’s business with supercenters, drug and discount clubs and dollar stores. General Mills is the world’s sixth largest food company. 1979 Kathleen Bolinski has joined the professional staff of the Northeastern Pennsylvania Industrial Resource Center as a youth apprentice program coordinator. She is a Pennsylvania licensed social worker and lives in Hunlock Creek, Pa. 1980 Kathi (Roman) Davis of Allentown, Pa., enjoyed a trip back in time when her daughter, Stef, organized the Big Bash 2, recreating a party her mother had organized at Wilkes during her student days. The original Big Bash, which occurred in the student center in 1978, brought the entire Wilkes campus together. Pictured are Davis, right, with her daughter, Stef, at the Big Bash 2, held at her daughter’s house in Forty Fort, Pa. The event included t-shirts and replicas of her original nametag from 1978. Jeannie Swartz O’Donnell and her husband Norbert have opened O’Donnell Winery LLC, in Briar Creek, Pa. O’Donnell is also a health care consultant for Altegra Health, a company based in Los Angeles, Calif. 1976 Wilkes | Fall 2012 Carol and Phil Besler, left, competed in the Miami Beach 13.1 Marathon on March 4 with fellow alumni Nancy Stinger ‘69 and Bill Stinger ‘68. 20 1976 Laura (Parrish) O’Brien, Mary Lou (Murray) Brady, Noel Jorgensen, Bouraine (Meehan) Smith and Sandy (Akromas) Thomson, pictured left to right, held their annual Barre Hall reunion at Easter. 1980 William V. Lewis Jr. MBA ’86, commissioner of the Pennsylvania Historical and Museum Commission, served as the keynote speaker on July 4 at the 134th annual Wyoming Monument commemoration observance sponsored by the Wyoming Commemorative Association. He is vice president and a certified financial planner with Merrill Lynch Wealth Management in Wilkes-Barre. Barbara Pirrella-Sico is the regional director for Bayada Home Health Care. Pirrella-Sico oversees the pediatric offices throughout the state. She lives in Pittston, Pa. 1981 Joseph Pelchar retired from the U.S. Air Force with the rank of colonel and is working for the Department of Defense in Philadelphia, Pa. Janet Vierbuchen Briel is the senior director of clinical research at Johns Hopkins University in Baltimore, Md. She previously held positions at Duke and Stanford universities. 1983 Ellen Van Riper has joined Holloway Odegard and Kelly, a law firm in Phoenix, Ariz. 1984 Andrea Nerozzi was selected as a fellow to the 2012 Siemens STEM Institute at Discovery Communications headquarters in Silver Spring, Md. The institute is an immersion program that promotes hands-on, real-world integration of science, technology, engineering and �class notes 1985 Thomas McGuire, director of sports information/athletic marketing and promotions at Bloomsburg University, Bloomsburg, Pa., has earned top honors at the district level of the College Sports Information Directors of America (CoSIDA) Fred Stabley Writing Contest. McGuire’s 2011 story, “Standing Tall,” was the winning piece in District 2, which includes Delaware, District of Columbia, Maryland, New Jersey, Pennsylvania and West Virginia. 1987 Ross Macarty is the new director of real estate and special projects for the Greater Wilkes-Barre Chamber of Business and Industry. 1990 Thomas Griffith MS ’94 is the English department chairperson at Wyoming Valley West High School. Dale Heller is Center Stage as Entertainment Publicist for performing arts entertainment. “I liked the idea of Dale Heller ‘03 never studied puppetry, but puppets way, I’d be more inclined to work really hard for my helped launch his career. After graduating with a degree in clients,” says Heller of his decision to go solo as president theater and communication studies, he took a job with Sam and sole-proprietor of his company. With clients like Rudy Media Relations in New York City. “Sam Rudy needed off-Broadway company Page 73 Productions and children’s to bring in help for a little puppet show off-Broadway,” theater company Making Books Sing, Heller says he soon Heller explains. “And that show was Avenue Q.” will add employees. Heller Highwater focuses on public and media relations having all the burden on my shoulders because that “Avenue Q was my first; it was my baby,” continues As a publicist, Heller spends a lot of time making Heller, who became friends with several members of the contacts and writing press releases, but what he most original cast and crew. “That first day I saw it, I knew it enjoys is staying involved with theater. “I dreamed of being was something special.” an actor, but I didn’t have a penchant for poverty,” Heller He was right; the puppet show for grown-ups was a smash hit that eventually went to Broadway and won a Tony Award for best musical. Now Heller has ended a admits with a laugh. “I like being on the managerial side of the creative arts.” “I’m a big fan of Wilkes,” he adds. “Wilkes reinforced in successful 10-year run at Sam Rudy to start his me how to be independent. Wilkes gave me tools in PR to own company, Heller Highwater LLC. “I thought, continue my education.” ‘This is nice,’ “ says Heller of his first job at Rudy Media, “but I really wanted to call the shots.” The Berwick, Pa., native—now a New York City resident—also credits his relationship with Wilkes communication studies professor Jane Elmes-Crahall for helping him start out on the right foot. “I picked PR because Jane was from Berwick and I wanted to find something to take along with theater,” he admits. “Teachers like her, and Bonnie [Culver], and Joe Dawson...that’s what makes Wilkes really special. They really care about their students and they really care about what they’re doing. And that’s what laid the foundation for me starting Heller Highwater. They invested in me.” — By Rachel Strayer MFA ’12 Dale Heller, right, catches up with his Wilkes mentor, communication studies Professor Jane Elmes-Crahall, on a recent visit to campus. photo by vicki mayk Wilkes | Fall 2012 math (STEM) in the classroom. Nerozzi teaches chemistry and advanced placement environmental science and is director of the Science Research Group at Wyoming Seminary Upper School in Kingston, Pa. She was among 50 educators selected nationally for the honor. 21 �class notes John Plishka ’05 Monitors Presidential Campaign Finances When John Plishka ‘05 finished his degree in political science at Wilkes he knew it wasn’t easy to break into politics. That didn’t stop him from working with the Rick something embarrassing gets on one of these reports... you’re responsible for it. If you make a mistake, it’s in the public realm.” That, according to Plishka, is also what makes the job so rewarding. “[I enjoy] the idea that what you do matters.” Plishka credits Wilkes political science professor Thomas Santorum campaign from 2005 to 2006. “After that,” Baldino and adjunct Anthony Poplawski with helping him says Plishka, “there was a mad scramble to get a job.” achieve his goals. “They were always advocates of what I Santorum’s campaign manager, Vince Galko, directed wanted to do,” recalls Plishka. “You have to go the extra Plishka to Campaign Mail and Data Inc., and a job he never mile, but they will help you.” It was their support that got expected to do: accounting. Plishka the hands-on experience needed to succeed in “I said to myself, ‘I’ve got to do something no one else politics. In 2003, Plishka participated in the Washington wants to do,’ “ laughs Plishka, who has made his career Semester program at American University, an opportunity tracking contributions for political campaigns through his that led to his first internship with former Congressman Don work at the Falls Church, Va., company. Sherwood. Wilkes has a partnership with American, making What Plishka calls the “non-glamorous side” of politics turned out to be exactly what he was looking for. As the program available to students at no additional cost. “The opportunities to go out and learn these things deputy political director at CMDI, Plishka has crunched first-hand were phenomenal,” Plishka concludes. “You numbers for the McCain-Palin campaign, Giuliani for can’t really learn politics in the classroom; it’s about taking President and the National Republican Congressional those concepts and applying them.” Committee, among others. He is currently doing finances for Romney for President. — By Rachel Strayer MFA ’12 “It increases the workload dramatically,” Plishka says of his duties during a presidential election year. “You’re always busy...[but] now it’s crunch time.” His work at CMDI includes providing the Romney campaign with daily cash flow projections and reporting financial activities monthly to the Federal Election Commission. Campaign finance law requires disclosure of contributions and the names of those who make them. Checking spelling and contact information for up to 25,000 donors on one disclosure report each month can be a challenge. “If Wilkes | Fall 2012 John Plishka ’05 tracks political contributions at the Falls Church, Va.-based Campaign Mail and Data Inc. 22 1991 Christopher Augustine retired from the U.S. Army and has joined General Electric Lighting in Cleveland, Ohio, as its communications and public affairs manager. 1992 Reunion Oct. 5-7 ~ Robert Feinberg, senior attorney at Brown and Hutchinson, was recently named the 2011 Up and Coming Attorney in Rochester, N.Y. 1993 Karin L Nicholson M.D. was promoted to lieutenant colonel in the U.S. Army. She has been serving as a pulmonary critical care and sleep physician in the Army since 2000. She is stationed at Ft. Hood, Texas. 1996 Justin Fasulo See 1998 1998 Kerri and Justin Fasulo ’96 hosted the 2012 Don’t Sweat It Walk to raise money for the National Foundation for Ectodermal Dysplasia on June �class notes 23 at the Walkway on the Hudson in Poughkeepsie, N.Y. Their 2 1/2 year old daughter, Nicole, has ectodermal dysplasia, a genetic disorder that affects the hair, nails, sweat glands and teeth. 2006 Kandice Bross and husband Thomas welcomed a daughter, Vivienne Colette, on June 6, 2012. 2007 2001 Matt Reitnour was promoted to assistant athletic director of communications at Canisius College in Buffalo, N.Y. Reitnour is entering his twelfth year on the college’s athletic department staff and his sixth year as the director for the college’s athletic communications department. 2002 Reunion Oct. 5-7 ~ Ryan Barhight has been promoted to vice president, credit analyst supervisor, for First National Community Bank, where he is responsible for managing the commercial credit underwriting department. He joined FNCB in 2003. He resides in Old Forge, Pa., with his wife, Jessica. 2004 Selena Bednarz Clark and Brandon Clark welcomed a baby girl, Leah Rose Clark, born in October 2011. They live in Flanders, N.J. 2005 Amanda Kosich started a blog called “Bright-Eyed Blonde,” which is about living a healthy lifestyle. Reunion Oct. 5-7 Allyson Beth Bazarsky earned her doctor of osteopathic medicine degree from Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine (PCOM). She is continuing her medical training in neurology at the Medical University of South Carolina, Charleston, S.C. Rachel (Moskal) Gold See 2006 photo. Adrienne Richards is the director of industry and public affairs at the American Frozen Food Institute in Washington, D.C. She was previously public relations manager for the National Turkey Federation. 1997 Reunion Oct. 5-7 ~ Rebecca A. Shedlock M’97 and Donald A. Brominski were married on March 3, 2012. The bride is the director of conference services and community outreach initiatives for the Educational Conference Center at Luzerne County Community College, Nanticoke, Pa. The groom is the director of business development for UGI Utilities Inc., Wilkes-Barre, Pa. The couple reside in Dallas, Pa. 2008 Sarah Dorman MBA ’10 is an English teacher at Wyoming Valley West High School. 2009 Johnathan Botch was awarded a contract to run a store at the National Canal Museum in Easton, Pa. The store will sell small gift items as well as consignment items from vendors, artists and craftsmen. 2001 Edward T. Bednarz III earned his doctorate in mechanical engineering from UMBC (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) while working full-time at the Tobyhanna Army Depot. Bednarz also is an adjunct professor in the Wilkes mechanical engineering department. Wilkes | Fall 2012 2000 Matthew Jagusak welcomed a son, Robert Matthew, on April 15, 2012. 23 �class notes In Memoriam 1948 John E. Krupa, Key Largo, Fla., died May 14, 2012. Krupa served with the U.S. Army during World War II, attaining the rank of staff sergeant. He was employed as an industrial engineer for RCA in Mountain Top, Pa. William H. Lewis, Forked River, N.J., died June 11, 2012. He served in the U.S. Navy during World War II. Lewis was employed by Merck & Co. Inc. for 39 years as a manager in chemical manufacturing. 2006 Jeff Gold and Rachel (Moskal) Gold ’07 welcomed their first child, Mallory May, in August 2012. Pictured at their September 2011 wedding are, front, Rachel and Jeff, and, back from left, groomsman Joseph Gisondi, maid of honor Mandy Ratschof ’07, and best man Joseph Woods. The couple met in Breiseth Hall during their Wilkes orientation. Jeff is employed as a police officer in Falls Township, Pa., where he is also an EMT, an accident reconstructionist, a certified armorer, the training officer for the Falls Township Police Honor Guard, and a member of the SWAT team. Rachel has worked as a kindergarten teacher and as a nanny. 2011 Sean Madden was named head football coach at Montrose High School. During the 2011-2012 academic year, he had been assistant coach under Montrose head coach Todd Smith and a full-time substitute teacher. Wilkes | Fall 2012 Graduate Students 24 Ginger Marcinkowski MFA ’12’s novel Run, River Currents was published in August 2012 by Booktrope Editions. The book is a 2012 semifinalist in the Association of Christian Fiction Writers Genesis Awards. Gale Martin MA ’11 published her second novel, Grace Unexpected, in July 2012 by Booktrope Editions. Her first novel, also published by Booktrope, was Don Juan in Hankey, PA. Tabitha Grace Smith MFA ’12 has joined Geek & Sundry, an online entertainment site and community, as social media strategist. In her new position, she is responsible for social media marketing and community development. 1949 Phyllis M. Meyer Mitchneck, Forty Fort, Pa., died June 4, 2012. She was executive secretary of Wyoming Valley Playground and Recreational Association. 195O Royal J. Culp, Kingston, Pa., died June 24, 2012. Culp was a World War II veteran and served as a fighter pilot in the Army Air Corps. Prior to retirement, he owned and operated Royal Acoustics. The Rev. Dr. Lester Gross, Louisville, Ky., died June 12, 2012. Gross was an Army Air Corps veteran and a retired Episcopal priest. He founded several Episcopal churches in Louisville. Joseph Frank Mizia, Lenox, Mass., died July 30, 2012. Mizia spent his career with GE Chemical, which later became GE Plastics, where he was a member of a team that developed applications for Lexan plastic. 1951 Eugene Zastavny, Glen Lyon, Pa., died on June 6, 2012. Zastavny was a U.S. Army Air Force veteran of World War II, attaining the rank of corporal. He was employed as a corrections officer at the State Correctional Institute in Dallas, Pa. 1958 William J. Powell, Midlothian, Va., died April 13, 2012. Powell worked at the Ethyl Corp. for 35 years. He and his wife established the Billy “Boog” Powell Scholarship at Wilkes in memory of their late son. 1959 Martha J. Flanigan, Dover Plains, N.Y., died Dec. 6, 2011. Flanigan was the director of education at the former Wassaic Developmental Center. 1961 Thomas Griffiths, Bristow, Va., died July 16, 2012. He was employed by the Department of Defense at the Pentagon until his retirement in 1994. �class notes In Memoriam Leonard S. Mierzwa Sr., Nanticoke, Pa., died June 16, 2012. He served in the U.S. Army during the Korean conflict. Mierzwa was a manager for Inland Water Sports in Luzerne, Pa. 1963 Joseph J. Altavilla Sr., Larksville, Pa., died May 20, 2012. He was employed as an industrial arts teacher in Hanover Area School District for 25 years. He also coached junior high wrestling in the district, winning multiple league championships. Altavilla later was head wrestling coach at Bishop O’Reilly High School. 1964 Patrick Rutkoski, Drums, Pa., died on May 30, 2012. Rutkoski was a Vietnam veteran, attaining the rank of major in the U.S. Marine Corps. He was employed by RCA, Mountain Top, Pa., until his retirement in 1982. 1968 William R. Watkins, Deltona, Fla., died July 15, 2012. A U.S. Navy veteran, Watkins was an accountant at Fowler Dick and Walker in Wilkes-Barre and at firms in Allentown, Pa., and in Altamonte and Daytona Beach, Fla. 1969 Raymonde Montante Stets, Mountain Top, Pa., died on June 11, 2012. A resident of York, Pa., for nearly 30 years, she was a practicing psychologist. 1970 Joseph Elechko Jr., M.D., Manchester N.H., died June 18, 2012. A physician and pharmacist, Elechko served in the U.S. Navy. 1973 Sharon Foose Moss, Hanover Township, Pa., died May 30, 2012. Moss was employed for 23 years by the Area Agency on Aging for Luzerne and Wyoming Counties. She was a supervisor of the care management department for the past 12 years. 1974 Patricia Patalak, Summerfield, Fla., died July 17, 2012. A native of Wilkes-Barre, she was a captain in the U.S. Air Force. 1975 John Shafer, Larksville, Pa., died July 5, 2012. He worked with the Department of Labor and Industry, Bureau of Disability Determination of Wilkes-Barre. 1980 Joseph Merlie, Ashley, Pa., died June 13, 2012. A pharmacist, he served as an altar server in St. Leo’s Church, and also volunteered his time by coaching baseball for the Ashley-Newtown Little League. 1983 Sandra Lou Thomas, Woodstock, Ga., died on May 15, 2012. She worked as a registered nurse in Lancaster, Pa. most recently at the Conestoga Valley School District. Sandra is survived by her husband, Stephen Thomas ‘83. 1984 James Connell, Forty Fort, Pa., died on July 3, 2012. He was employed for 30 years at P.G. & W/PG Energy/ UGI-PNG, ending his career there as the manager of accounting. Most recently he worked at Guard Insurance Group in Wilkes-Barre as a financial reporting analyst. 1985 David J. Sedor, M.D., Wyoming, Pa., died on June 25, 2012. A board-certified neurosurgeon, Sedor practiced medicine in the Wyoming Valley since 1993. An honors medical graduate of Hahnemann Medical College, he received the Distinguished Young Alumnus Award from Wilkes in 1997. He is survived by his wife, Lee Ann Earl-Sedor ’80, brother, John Sedor ’87, and sister-in-law Donna (O’Toole) Sedor ’85. 1991 Mark J. Jasulevicz, Mountain Top, Pa., died on June 3, 2012. He was employed as a software development specialist for the Guard Insurance Group in Wilkes-Barre. Faculty & Staff Howard A. Swain Jr., Shavertown, Pa., died June 11, 2012. He was Professor Emeritus at Wilkes University, where he taught chemistry. Swain was a member of the American Chemical Society, and served as president of the local ACS chapter. Friends of Wilkes Jane Morhouse Breiseth, Ticonderoga, N.Y., died June 16, 2012. The former first lady of Wilkes University, she was the wife of Christopher N. Breiseth, who served as president of Wilkes from 1984-2001. Editor’s note: A remembrance of Mrs. Breiseth will appear in the winter issue of Wilkes magazine. Wilkes | Fall 2012 Audrey Huntzinger Peter, Rio Rico, Ariz., died on April 23, 2012. She was employed by United Penn Bank in Wilkes-Barre in the trust department. 25 �report of gifts Thank you to our donors REPORT OF gifts | Gifts Received June 1, 2011 through May 31, 2012 report of gifts KEY The John Wilkes Society The Eugene Farley Club Platinum Associates Gold Circle $500,000 or more Diamond Associates $250,000 - $499,999 Honorary Associates $100,000 - $249,999 Trustee Associates $10,000 - $99,999 Wilkes | Fall 2012 Founder’s Circle 26 $500 - $999 Blue Circle $250 - $499 Farley Associates $100 - $249 contributors Up to $99 $5,000 - $9,999 President’s Circle $2,500 - $4,999 John Wilkes Associates $1,000 - $2,499 ©2012 Published by the Advancement Division of Wilkes University. We regret any omissions or errors contained within this report. Due to the number of generous donors, some names may have mistakenly been missed. If you should find an error or omission, please direct the corrections to Evelyne Topfer, Director of Advancement Operations, at (800) WILKES-U Ext. 4309 or evelyne.topfer@wilkes.edu. �report of gifts Table of Contents 28 The John Wilkes Society 30 Giving by Constituency Trustees and Trustee Emeriti UniversIty FamilY Community Businesses & Foundations Friends 34 Giving by Class Class of 1937 through Class of 2011 45 Senior Class Gift 46 The Marts Society 47 Endowed Named Scholarships Revenues and other support Tuition and fees Total Less scholarship aid Net tuition and fees $ 85,831,345 $ (26,149,271) $ 59,682,074 Government grants and contracts Private grants and contracts Private gifts Sales and services of auxiliary enterprises Income from interest and dividends Other revenue Endowment income designated for current operations Net assets released from restrictions Total revenues and other support $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 3,223,879 415,577 586,841 8,872,443 571,352 690,492 409,900 1,585,265 76,037,823 Expenses Instruction Research Public service Academic support Student services Institutional support Auxiliary enterprises Total expenses $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 33,107,971 1,502,237 1,314,767 8,932,459 10,872,773 12,273,248 6,942,656 $ 74,946,111 $ 1,091,712 Increase (decrease) in net assets from operating activities Wilkes | Fall 2012 Statement of Activities from Operations 27 �report of gifts • the john wilkes society The John Wilkes Society is a recognition society for annual donors Wilkes | Fall 2012 who contribute at or above $1,000 each year. 28 Acorn Foundation, Inc. Paul Adams ’77 and Jean Reiter Adams ’78 Aeroflex Foundation Valerie Kotula Alba ’84 Albert* and Barbara Albert Jean and Nicholas Alesandro ’63 Alexander W. Dick Foundation William and Mary Regalis Althauser ’63 Jeffrey Alves American Society of Highway Engineers Joan and Dean Arvan ’55 Gill Ho Bai ’61 Charles Baker ’73 Stephen Batory and Anne Heineman Batory ’68 Robert Becker Benco Dental Company Joseph Bendoraitis ’51 Bergman Foundation Berkshire Asset Management, Inc. Gregory Black ’80 and Marianne Marzen Black ’80 Black Horse Foundation, Inc. Blue Cross of Northeastern PA Bohlin Cywinski Jackson Borton-Lawson Engineering Karen Bove ’85 Joseph Briskie ’87 Robert Brown ’68 Richard and Angela Buckley Sandra and Richard Bunn ’55 Nancy and Edward Burke ’70 Jack Burke Patrick Burke ’69 Barbara and William Bush ’68 Patrick and Maureen Connolly Cambier ’82 Daniel Cardell ’79 and Ann Marie Booth Cardell ’79 Anthony Cardinale ’72 and Laura Barbera Cardinale ’72 Wendy and Terrence Casey ’81 Jane and John Cefaly ’70 Louis Cesare and Denise Schaal Cesare ’77 Charles Cherundolo ’63 Choice One Community Federal Credit Union Jane and John Chopack ’69 Jesse Choper ’57 The Citizens Voice Chuck Cohen and Rebecca Binder Sally and Lawrence Cohen ’57 Comcast Corporation Commemorative Brands, Inc. Commonwealth Health Commonwealth Medical College John Conyngham Stephanie Smith Cooney ’04 and Robert Cooney ’01 Ann Coughlin Creative Business Interiors Credit Management Company Patricia and Stephen Croghan ’80 and Family Grace Kirby Culbertson Bonnie Culver Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. CVS Charitable Trust, Inc. Darte-Darling Family Fund of The Luzerne Foundation William and Essy Davidowitz Jeffrey and Sherry Davidowitz Stanley and Patricia Davies Virginia and David Davis ’73 Catherine DeAngelis ’65 Thomas Deitz Janet Demech Anita and Edmund Diskin Guy DiZebba ’76 Dizebba Brothers, Inc. Colleen and Raymond Dombroski ’78 James Edwards ’80 Bettijane Long Eisenpreis ’57 Sharon and John Ellis ’79 Gayfree Ellison and Sally Sullivan Jane Elmes-Crahall and Brinley Crahall Ernest Christian Klipstein Foundation Josephine and Richard Eustice Christine Evanchick ’80 Joseph Fadden ’98 Fahmy Hudome International, LLC Randa Fahmy Hudome ’86 Stephen Farrar ’69 Welton Farrar Dina and Charles Ferguson ’84 First National Community Bank Flack Family Fund of The Luzerne Foundation Don Follmer ’50 Joseph Frappolli ’69 Shelley Freeman ’82 Sidney Friedman Frontier Communications, Inc. Joseph Galli ’81 James Garofalo ’72 Geisinger Wyoming Valley Medical Staff Tim and Patty Gilmour Emilie Roat Gino ’60 Michael J. Glancey ’69 Margrit Shoemaker and Daniel Glunk ’84 Jane and Henry Goetzman ’56 Paula Goidell Golden Business Machines, Inc. Jerome and Dorothy Goldstein Michael and Lisie Gottdenker Gottdenker Foundation Bruce Gover ’72 and Elizabeth Clements Gover ’73 R. Wensell Grabarek Bernard Graham Warren P. Greenberg ’62 Henry Greener ’61 and Nancy Rosenfeld Greener ’61 David Greenwald ’66 and Carol Saidman Greenwald ’66 Tamara and Jason Griggs ’90 Nancy Ralston Grogan ’52 Guard Foundation Guard Insurance Group Helen and Erwin Guetig ’63 Christopher and Ramah Hackett Laureen and David Hadley ’82 Arlene and Carmen Hagelgans Michael Hall ’93 and Ellen Stamer Hall ’71 Valerie and William Hanbury ’72 William Hanigan ’91 Harkness Foundation for Dance Wilbur Hayes Louise Hazeltine ’44 Robert and Patricia Heaman ’61 Frank and Dorothea Henry Frederick Herrmann ’79 and Brigette McDonald Herrmann ’78 Jean and Frederick Hills ’59 Hirtle, Callaghan & Company Harry Hiscox ’51 and Beverly Blakeslee Hiscox ’58 Bonnie and Richard Hiscox David Hoats ’55 Seymour Holtzman ’57 and Evelyn Krohn Holtzman ’60 InterMetro Industries Corporation James and Florence DePolo Family Foundation Edwin Johnson ’50 Susan Dantona Jolley and David Jolley ’78 Allyn Jones ’60 * Deceased �Jeffrey Jones ’78 John and Josephine Thomas Foundation Marge and Leo Kane ’55 Theresa and Clayton Karambelas ’49 David and Kathy Price Kautter ’72 Stanley Kay John and Lois Kearney Richard Kent ’55 John Kerr ’72 and Renate Dargel Kerr ’72 Keystone College Barbara King ’81 King’s College A.P. Kirby, Jr. Foundation, Inc. Milan Kirby Dorothy and John Kluchinski ’61 Allan and Sue Kluger George Kolesar ’57 and Nancy Carroll Kolesar ’61 Lois and Edwin Kosik ’49 KPMG, LLP Alan Krieger ’64 Janet and Thomas Kristofco Joyce Callahan Krivenko ’66 and Charles Krivenko ’64 Ann and Kenneth Krogulski ’82 Andrea Gallet Lander ’67 and Howard Lander ’71 Landmark Community Bank Fawn and Drew Landmesser ’77 Law Offices of John P. Moses Linda Layden Lehighton Electronics, Inc. Anthony Liuzzo Julie and Wayne Lonstein ’82 Barbara and Michael LoPresti ’77 Lonstein Law Office, P.C. Jeffrey Lowenthal Ray Lowery ’67 Melanie Maslow Lumia Luzerne County Community College Luzerne Foundation M&T Charitable Foundation Tim and Judith Mills Mack ’78 Gregory MacLean ’78 and Susan Levens MacLean ’78 Magestic Systems, Inc. Michael and Christine Mahoney Mahoney Family Foundation Robert and Patrice Stone Martin ’77 Marywood University Jean and George Matz ’71 Sylvia Mauro ’58 Edward McCafferty ’59 McCole Foundation Flora Wargo McCormick ’68 Linda and Brian McGrath ’69 Marilyn and Gerard McHale ’67 Edward Meehan Sharon and Frank Menaker ’62 Donald Mencer Robert and Kim Mericle Mericle Commercial Real Estate James Merryman M’10 and Nancy Hawk Merryman ’69 Scott and Susan Talbot Meuser ’98 Bonnie and Neil Millar ’67 Sarah Wise and John Miller ’68 William Miller ’81 R. Matthew Minielly ’99 and Maria Shahda Minielly ’01 Misericordia University Mollie and Jerry Moffatt ’63 Mohegan Sun at Pocono Downs Jerry Mohn ’63 and Rowena Simms Mohn ’63 * Deceased Monica and Edward Mollahan ’82 James Morgan ’76 and Kim Witherow Morgan ’77 Cathy and Robert Mugford ’58 Dorian and James Mulligan ’85 Jacqueline and Richard Myers ’84 Thomas Myers ’58 Marion and Joseph Neetz ’62 N.R.G. Controls North, Inc. NACDS - National Association of Chain Drug Stores Northeast PA Engineering Company Barbara Davenport Neville Northeast PA American Society of Highway Engineers Northeast PA Paint & Decorating Contractors Northeastern PA Cardiology Associates James and Mariea Barbella Noblitt ’73 Paul and Florentine O’Hop Lloyd Ortman ’73 Anna and Michael Ott PA Society of Public Accountants, Northeast Chapter Eric Pape ’04 ParenteBeard, LLC Shirley and Anthony Parulis ’65 George Pawlush ’69 and Carol Corbett Pawlush ’79 Richard and Marion Pearsall Pella Windows & Doors Penn Millers Insurance Co. Penn State University, Wilkes-Barre Campus The Pepsi Bottling Group William Perlmuth ’51 Peter Perog ’60 Pharmacists Mutual Insurance Company Trudy Piatt Arthur and Sandra Shepard Piccone ’77 Hazel and Ronald Piskorik ’68 Jane and William Plummer ’50 Polish Room Committee PPL Chip and Nancy Prescott Jonathan Pressman and Sally Poblete Prudential Financial Helen Bitler Ralston ’52 Thomas Ralston ’80 Joyce and William Raub ’61 John G. Reese John J. Reese ’76 Florence and Charles Reilly ’55 Ethel and Jeffrey Renoe ’77 David Reynolds ’86 and Katherine Potter Reynolds ’84 Mary Belin Rhodes M’77 Mary Jean and William Rice ’48 Arnold and Sandy Rifkin Ronald Rittenmeyer ’72 and Hedy Wrightson Rittenmeyer ’72 Gordon Roberts ’60 James and Virginia Rodechko ’91 Amy and Roger Rolfe ’66 Richard and Virginia Simms Rose Alice Rosen Rosenn Jenkins & Greenwald LLP Pauline and Richard Roshong ’67 Charles Roszko Susan and Steven P. Roth ’84 Mary and Jay Rubino ’86 William Ryan ’69 Sandy & Arnold Rifkin Charitable Foundation Sanofi Pasteur, Inc. Janice and Joseph Savitz ’48 Brian Scandle • report of gifts Kenneth and Constance Kamarunas Schaefer ’56 David and Janet Neiman Seeley ’70 Y. Judd and Susan Shoval Dee and John Sickler ’65 SIDCO Sherry and Jay Sidhu M’73 Virginia Sikes Ronald Simms ’60 and Rhea Politis Simms ’78 Gerald and Pearl Simonis Carol Skalski ’69 Michael Smith ’68 and Regina Belden Smith ’67 Richard Smith and Lissa Bryan-Smith Nancy Fern Snow ’73 Andrew and Susan Sordoni William and Margaret Filipkowski Sordoni ’70 Matthew Sordoni Sordoni Foundation, Inc. Estelle Manos Sotirhos ’62 Michael Speziale M’78 and Kerry Speziale Ed.D. ’11 Catherine and Donald Spruck ’69 Elliot Stahler ’71 Frank and Monica Stanitski William Stavishak Sanford Sternlieb and Renate Koppelman Mark and Lori Stine William Stinger ’68 and Nancy Wanczyk Stinger ’69 SunGard Higher Education Services (Ellucian) Robert and Ginny Tambur Martin Tansy ’60 John and Margaret Tarone Megan Reese Thomas and Brian Thomas ’82 John Thomas William Thomas ’75 Joyce Fink Tremayne ’58 Lora and William Tremayne ’57 UGI Corporation University of Scranton Salvatore Valenti ’58 B. William Vanderburg ’65 and Natalie Kowalski Vanderburg ’65 David Vann ’58 Christopher and Melanie O’Donnell Wade ’93 Wal-Mart Walgreens Company The Washington Trust Company Gerald Weber ’67 and Cynthia Wisniewski Weber ’69 Weininger Foundation Jacqueline and Paul Wender ’69 Mirko Widenhorn Wilkes-Barre Rotary Club Willary Foundation Board John Williams ’58 and Patricia Stout Williams ’56 Bill and Sandi Williams Fund of The Luzerne Foundation Linda Winkler John Wolfkeil ’52 Michael and Kim Wood Wyoming Valley Motors Pamela and Theodore Yeager ’72 Alan Zellner ’72 and Margaret Zellner ’74 Karen Zingale ’85 Dominic Zukoski – DS Machining, LLC Paul and Marianne Zukoski Wilkes | Fall 2012 the john wilkes society 29 �report of gifts • Giving by Constituency Giving by Constituency TRUSTEES & TRUSTEE EMERITI • • • The John Wilkes Society Honorary Associates Frank M. Henry Trustee Associates Daniel J. Cardell ’79 Laura Barbera Cardinale ’72 Shelley Freeman ’82 Joseph E. (Tim) Gilmour Jerome R. Goldstein Michael I. Gottdenker Allan P. Kirby, Jr. Milan S. Kirby Michael J. Mahoney Melanie Maslow Lumia John R. Miller ’68 William R. Miller ’81 William A. Perlmuth ’51 Mary Belin Rhodes M’77 Arnold S. Rifkin Hedy Wrightson Rittenmeyer ’72 Virginia P. Sikes William H. Tremayne ’57 Founder’s Circle Chuck Cohen David Greenwald ’66 William A. Hanbury ’72 Beverly Blakeslee Hiscox ’58 John S. Kerr ’72 Dorothy Darling Mangelsdorf George J. Matz ’71 Jay S. Sidhu M’73 President’s Circle Wilkes | Fall 2012 Richard L. Bunn ’55 Terrence W. Casey ’81 Lawrence E. Cohen ’57 Patricia S. Davies Robert A. Mugford ’58 George G. Pawlush ’69 Richard L. Pearsall Thomas N. Ralston ’80 Matthew Sordoni 30 John Wilkes Associates Denise Schaal Cesare ’77 Esther Baum Davidowitz Jeffrey Davidowitz Jason D. Griggs ’90 Gerald A. Moffatt ’63 Steven P. Roth ’84 Joseph J. Savitz ’48 The Eugene Farley Club Blue Circle Daniel Klem, Jr. ’68 Elizabeth A. Slaughter ’68 Contributors Eugene Roth ’57 UNIVERSITY FAMILY Faculty, Staff and Emeriti • • • The John Wilkes Society Trustee Associates Joseph E. (Tim) Gilmour Stanley B. Kay Founder’s Circle Wilbur F. Hayes President’s Circle Jean Reiter Adams ’78 Paul S. Adams ’77 M’82 Bernard W. Graham Loren D. Prescott, Jr. Kerry M. Speziale Ed.D.’11 Michael J. Speziale M’78 Michael J. Wood John Wilkes Associates Jeffrey R. Alves Anne Heineman Batory ’68 Angela M. Buckley Bonnie Culver Jane M. Elmes-Crahall Welton G. Farrar Patricia Boyle Heaman ’61 Robert J. Heaman Edwin L. Johnson ’50 Susan Dantona Jolley Barbara E. King ’81 Anthony L. Liuzzo Donald E. Mencer James L. Merryman M’10 Paul A. O’Hop John G. Reese James P. Rodechko Mark D. Stine Melanie O’Donnell Wade ’93 Mirko Widenhorn Linda A. Winkler Margaret A. Zellner ’74 The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle Mary Babcock Gloria M. Barlow Brian L. Bogert Christopher N. Breiseth Robert S. Capin ’50 Jack J. Chielli M’08 Joyce Victor Chmil ’87 Edward F. Foote J. Bartholomay Grier ’02 Kathleen Moran Houlihan ’95 M’01 Thomas W. Jones ’70 Camille O. Kaschak J. Michael Lennon Blake L. Mackesy Justin Matus John L. Pesta Bruce E. Phair ’73 Kenneth A. Pidcock Brian Redmond ’97 M’07 Karen A. Riley Alexander Sperrazza ’08 John C. Stachacz John T. Sumoski Anne Aimetti Thomas ’70 M’77 M’07 Thomas J. Thomas, Jr. M’86 Jason W. Wagner ’09 Blue Circle William J. Biggers Kristen A. Boyle Henry Castejon James Chiavacci Harold E. Cox Adriana Dinescu Lisa K. Everitt-Ensley Mahmoud H. Fahmy Joan Zaleski Ford ’75 Dean F. Frear Frank P. Galicki ’73 Judith Rodda Gardner ’71 M’75 Robert S. Gardner ’67 M’73 Linda S. Gutierrez Sid P. Halsor Kathleen A. Nelligan Hirthler Lisa A. Kadlec Paul J. Kaspriskie, Jr. Vee Ming Lew Susan J. Malkemes M’95 Jonathan M. McClave ’07 Mary E. Miller Barbara Rosick Moran ’84 M’88 James J. Moran M’78 Prahlad N. Murthy Amy M. Patton M’07 Kristine Erhard Pruett ’99 M’06 Joy B. Rinehimer Marie Roke Thomas ’83 Doris B. Saracino Frank J. Sheptock Howard A. Swain* William B. Terzaghi C. Reynold Verret Diane E. Wenger Farley Associates Karen M. Alessi M’09 Mark R. Allen Charles E. Balasavage Christopher G. Barrows M’12 Janine M. Becker M’91 Edward T. Bednarz ’01 Barbara N. Bellucci ’69 M’73 Joseph T. Bellucci Louise M. Berard Joel A. Berlatsky Katy Betnar Neal F. Biscaldi KarenBeth H. Bohan Scott Bolesta ’00 Carol A. Bosack-Kosek ’80 Amy L. Bradley Janice Broyan Melissa E. Bugdal ’09 Debra Prater Chapman ’81 M’84 Theresa Cochran Rachel Curtis ’10 Gabrielle Lamb D’Amico ’04 Robert H. DeYoung Diane H. Demchak Diane T. Duda Rachel E. Duda ’10 Paula M. Eddy Amy L. Edwards Kurt W. Eisele Edward R. Elgonitis Silvia T. Elias Evene Estwick Jonathan D. Ference ’01 Kimberly Hritzak Ference ’01 Godlove T. Fonjweng Michele D. Garrison ’09 M’12 Michael F. Garzella Cherylynn Petyak Gibson ’71 M’89 John B. Gilmer Bridget Giunta Husted ’05 John W. Harrison ’87 Kristen Dulick Hartzell ’06 Vincent A. Hartzell ’05 Nancy Hlavaty Michelle R. Holt-Macey Susan Matley Hritzak ’81 M’88 Ruth C. Hughes Harvey A. Jacobs ’72 Helenmary Selecky Jarecki Valerie G. Kalter Mark A. Kaster Danielle K. Kern M’08 Arthur H. Kibbe Janet M. Kobylski Justin Kraynack Kyle Kreider Judith L. Kristeller Mary I. Kropiewnicki James J. Lennox Daniel S. Longyhore ’02 Joseph W. Mangan Frank J. Matthews Vicki C. Mayk M’12 Christine E. Mellon Debra L. Meszaros Lyndi L. Moran Mary Beth Mullen Barbara L. Nanstiel ’70 M’74 Karen O’Boyle Julie L. Olenak ’01 Walter A. Placek ’61 Lauren Y. Pluskey ’06 M’10 Gerald C. Rebo Lisa E. Reynolds Jerry N. Rickrode Charles E. Ripa Harold W. Roberts ’76 Gary D. Robinson Debbie J. Rutkoski John P. Sedor ’87 Eileen M. Sharp Jared M. Shayka ’06 Herbert B. Simon Philip G. Simon Cherie Soprano ’87 Peter Stchur, Jr. ’66 William R. Stine Frederick J. Sullivan Margaret R. Sullivan Aniello B. Tambasco ’08 Betty L. Taylor Wagiha A. Taylor Craig P. Thomas M’11 Joanne A. Thomas M’12 Deborah R. Tindell Marleen A. Troy Philip R. Tuhy Robert C. Tuttle Megan Boone Valkenburg Rebecca H. Van Jura Adam C. Welch ’11 * Deceased �giving by constituency Contributors Ann Marie S. Aed Joseph Alaimo Mischelle B. Anthony Debra A. Archavage Karen Atiyeh ’07 M’12 Naomi Hatsfelt Baker Thomas J. Baldino Karen Metzger Baranoski ’73 M’77 Kristi M. Barsby ’07 Maria Bianco ’81 Loretta L. Bilder Susan C. Biskup Jefferson G. Bohan ’12 Robert W. Bohlander Ajay Bommareddy Alicia M. Bond Kimberly D. Bower-Spence Karena Zdeb Brace ’07 M’11 Barbara A. Bracken Michael A. Bridy ’06 M’08 Gene A. Camoni ’74 Ann Marie Carey David R. Carey ’83 M’98 Eleanor L. Carle James M. Case Samira T. Chamoun Carl Charnetski ’70 Cynthia J. Chisarick Kelly A. Clisham ’12 Georgia Costalas Camille Bobeck Daniels M’91 Michael R. Davidson Ethan Davis Ellen Proeller Dennis M’84 Susan L. DiBonifazio Lori Vagnarelli Drozdis ’89 M’05 Deborah L. Dunn Thomas Dunsmuir Maria T. Dwyer Janelle A. Edwards Colette M. Elick M’93 Linda S. Elmy Joanne M. Fasciana Ann Marie Feldmeth Michael Fox ’06 Bernadette C. Frail Susan M. Frank Holly Pitcavage Frederick ’93 Richard A. Fuller Lorna M. Galliford Mary L. Gillespie Barbara D. Gimble Gary L. Gordon James T. Gorman ’90 Maria Grandinetti ’08 Alfred Groh ’41 Kenneth L. Hanadel Michael P. Hardik Leona J. Hartland Catherine Thomas Hauze ’89 Lynda M. Heffernan Annet Kaminski Edward R. Keefe * Deceased Kimberly Escarge Keller ’95 M’97 Diana Lynne Keosayian Kenneth M. Klemow John A. Koch Mary Ann Koch Christina Koerber Lawrence M. Kopenis ’88 Anne Marie Kopetchny Joseph J. Kornblatt Pamela L. Koslosky Michael D. Kulikoski ’06 Joseph M. Kultys ’87 M’11 Dorothy Price Lane ’85 Jonathan G. Laudenslager ’99 Christopher T. Leicht Loran E. Lewis Sarah Lloyd Thomas D. Longenecker ’10 Zenaida P. Lopez-Dee Karen I. Lucas Glenn J. Lupole Douglas R. Macbeth Patricia A. Mangold Philip A. Marino ’80 William M. Martin Thomas E. Mazzolla Julie M. McMonagle John F. Meyers Todd H. Milano Andrew P. Miller Fred R. Nichols Christine O’Hara Pamela A. Oravic Michaelene S. Ostrum Jerry J. Palmaioli Martha J. Parise Patricia A. Parks Krina H. Patel Gayle M. Patterson ’09 Mary Beth Patterson* Scott Z. Patterson Anne Straub Pelak M’98 Margaret M. Petty Kristin A. Pisano Michael J. Pitoniak Kristin L. Pitt Kathleen S. Poplaski Alberto Prado Ellen Krupack Raineri ’82 Theresa A. Rallo Richard G. Raspen ’67 David L. Reese Brenda Vassello Rehrig ’87 Lisa A. Reilly Sandra A. Rendina ’87 M’95 Gisele R. Romanace Jacqueline L. Ruane Theresa A. Rule Tricia M. Russell Philip J. Ruthkosky Brian R. Sacolic Joseph J. Salusky Joshua R. Savitski ’07 M’09 Roland C. Schmidt Patricia L. Searfoss Helen Newton Semanski ’92 Roberta J. Shaffer Diane Drost Shuleski ’75 Mary Balavage Simmons ’10 Renee Kotz Sipple M’05 Anne Marie Smith Margy L. Sromovski Janet W. Starner Jonathan P. Strucke Jenna Strzelecki ’07 M’09 Erin Sutzko Elizabeth Roveda Swantek ’05 M’07 Robert S. Swetts* Jessica Niemiec Swingle ’00 Romaine Szafran Vicki S. Temple Marion Tetlak Joann Tomko Evelyne Topfer Dominick P. Trombetta Mildred Urban Nicholas T. Wadas Mary Ann Wanyo Mary L. Watkins Nancy A. Weeks M’09 Karen Space Weyhenmeyer Judith Wienckoski ’95 Anita Miller Williams ’75 Susan Williams Felixa J. Wingen ’09 Gretchen S. Yeninas M’07 James D. Yeninas Cheryl M. Yustat Jean M. Zampetti BOARD OF TRUSTEES Businesses & Foundations William R. Miller ’81 Ruth McDermott-Levy ’82 Gerald A. Moffatt ’63 Justin Matus, Faculty Michael R. Brewster Alumni Association Board of Directors Daniel J. Cardell ’79 Paul S. Adams ’77 Laura Barbera Cardinale ’72 Jeffrey A. Bauman ’09 Terrence W. Casey ’81 Laura Barbera Cardinale ’72, Denise S. Cesare ’77 Charles F. Cohen Douglas Colandrea ’88 Historian Cynthia Charnetski ’97, 2nd Vice President Jeffrey Davidowitz Karen Bednarczyk Cowan ’96 Michael I. Gottkdenker Meribeth L. Derkach, Jason D. Griggs ’90 Senior Class President Christopher L. Hackett William D. Eggleston David E. Hadley ’82 John H. Ellis, IV ’79 William A. Hanbury ’72 J.J. Fadden ’98 John S. Kerr ’72 Roya Fahmy ’83 Carol Kotlowski Keup ’89 Ellen Stamer Hall ’71 Milan S. Kirby Kathleen L. Heltzel ’82, MBA’85 Daniel Klem, Jr. ’68 Charles F. Jackson ’51 Patrick F. Leahy Clayton J. Karambelas ’49 Melanie Maslow Lumia Daniel Klem, Jr. ’68 Michael J. Mahoney Kristin M. Hake Klemish ’04 Dorothy Darling Richard L. Kramer ’67 Mangelsdorf George J. Matz ’71 John R. Miller ’68 Rosemary LaFratte ’93, MBA ’97, 1st Vice President William F. LePore ’94 • • • George G. Pawlush ’69 M’76 The John Wilkes Society Thomas N. Ralston ’80 Ronald N. Miller ’93 Diamond Associates Hedy Rittenmeyer ’72 William R. Miller ’81 Cushman & Wakefield Inc. Steven P. Roth ’84 Anita Mucciolo ’78 Jay S. Sidhu M’73 George G. Pawlush ’69, MS’76 Virginia P. Sikes Kristine Pruett ’99, MS’06 Elizabeth A. Slaughter ’68 Mark A. Rado ’80 Matthew R. Sordoni Breanne Ralston ’12 Honorary Associates Lehighton Electronics Sordoni Foundation Inc. Trustee Associates Anonymous Bergman Foundation Black Horse Foundation Inc. Frontier Communications Inc. Gottdenker Foundation Guard Foundation Guard Insurance Group Intermetro Industries Corp. KPMG LLP Mahoney Family Foundation Maslow Family Foundation McCole Foundation Mohegan Sun at Pocono Downs N.R.G. Controls North Inc. The Weininger Foundation The Willary Foundation Walgreens Company Representative Thomas N. Ralston ’80, President TRUSTEE EMERITI Adrienne M. Richards ’07 Richard L. Bunn ’55 Kristofer R. Rivers, Student Lawrence E. Cohen ’57 Government President Esther B. Davidowitz Charles W. Robinson ’57 Pattie S. Davies David M. Sborz ’09 Robert A. Fortinsky Richard W. Seipp DPH’01 Jerome R. Goldstein Patricia Fushek Skibbs ’60 Frank M. Henry Brian E. Switay ’10 Beverly Blakeslee Hiscox ’58 Donna Talarico ’00, MFA’08 Allan P. Kirby, Jr. Bill Tarbart ’70 Robert A. Mugford ’58 Deborah R. Tindell, Faculty Richard L. Pearsall Representative William A. Perlmuth ’51 Frank D. Yamrus ’80 Mary Belin Rhodes M’77 Theodore T. Yeager ’72 Arnold S. Rifkin Founder’s Circle Richard M. Ross, Jr. Aeroflex Foundation Borton-Lawson Engineering Darte-Darling Fund of The Luzerne Foundation James & Florence DePolo Family Foundation Hirtle, Callaghan & Co. Northeast PA American Society of Highway Engineers Eugene Roth ’57 Joseph J. Savitz ’48 Stephen Sordoni William H. Tremayne ’57 Norman E. Weiss Wilkes | Fall 2012 Kimberly Metka Welsh ’07 Brian E. Whitman Philip L. Wingert Eric A. Wright Ge Xiao Francis E. Zaleski Deborah A. Zbegner • report of gifts 31 �report of gifts • Giving by Constituency PPL Rosenn, Jenkins & Greenwald LLP Sanofi Pasteur Inc. Shoval Foundation Tambur Family Foundation John and Josephine Thomas Foundation President’s Circle Berkshire Asset Management Inc. The Citizen’s Voice Cohen Family Charitable Trust Commemorative Brands Inc. General Electric Foundation Golden Business Machines Inc. Luzerne Foundation Magestic Systems Inc. Misericordia University Robert Mugford Family Fund of The Luzerne Foundation NEPA Engineering Company Polish Room Committee Prudential Financial SunGard Higher Education Services (Ellucian) Wal-Mart Penn State University Wilkes-Barre Rotary Club Parente Beard LLC Penn Millers Insurance Co. Pepsi Bottling Group Pharmacists Mutual Insurance Company SIDCO Sickler Foundation The Commonwealth Medical College UGI Corporation University of Scranton Washington Trust Company Wyoming Valley Health Care System The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle Association of Independent Colleges & Universities of Pennsylvania BSI Corporation Benefits Central Penn Nursing Care Inc. First Liberty Bank and Trust Gertrude Hawk Chocolates Liberty Mutual Lightspeed Technologies McCarthy Tire Service Company Herman Yudacufski Charitable Foundation Blue Circle Wilkes | Fall 2012 John Wilkes Associates 32 Albert Family Charitable Fund of The Luzerne Foundation Alexander W. Dick Foundation Bill & Sandy Williams Fund of The Luzerne Foundation Blue Cross of NEPA Bohlin Cywinski Jackson CVS Charitable Trust Choice One Community Federal Credit Union Comcast Corp. Creative Business Interiors DS Machining LLC Davidowitz Foundation Ernest Christian Klipstein Foundation First National Community Bank Flack Family Fund of the Luzerne Foundation Geisinger Wyoming Valley Medical Staff Keystone College King’s College Landmark Community Bank Luzerne County Community College M&T Charitable Foundation MIDA Learning Technologies LLC Marywood University Mericle Commercial Real Estate NACDS - National Association of Chain Drug Stores Northeast PA Paint and Decorating Northeastern PA Cardiology Associates LLP PA Society of Public Accountants, NE Chapter A. Pickett Construction Circle Bolt and Nut Company Mellon Bank Eastern Analytical Symposium First National Bank of Berwick Hewitt Associates Kronick Kalada Berdy & Co. Montage Agency Inc. MotorWorld Ralmark Company Schutt Reconditioning T. J. Cannon Inc. Electrical Contractor Tommy’s Pizza Corner R.J. Walker Company Farley Associates Air Engineering Sales Corp. Apollo Group Inc. Barnes & Noble College Booksellers Beech Lake Sprinkler Corp. Bloomsburg Metal Company Brucelli Advertising Company Builders Supply Company Bureau Veritas North America Inc. Ceco Associates Central Clay Products Champion Builders Inc. Delta Electrical Systems Earl and Sedor Photographic Eastern Penn Supply Company Fabian Masonry & Construction Futuristic Innovative Graphics Giant Floor & Wall Covering Health Systems & Solutions Inc. Independent Graphics Inc. Jersey Coin Showcase Inc. Kranson Clothes Company Lefkowitz Family Fund of The Luzerne Foundation Martin-Rogers Associates O’Donnell Law Offices PNC Bank Phils Sunoco Service Station E.D. Pons & Associates Inc. Quadrant Engineering Plastic Products Sans Souci Stone and Brick Yard Sincavage Lumber Company T-R Associates Inc. Trion Industries Inc. Waste Management White Transit School Buses Inc. FRIENDS The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle Mrs. Barbara Allan Mrs. Sandra Bernhard Dr. & Mrs. Louis Blaum, Jr. Attorney & Mrs. Jerry Chariton Mr. & Mrs. Donald K. Duncan Dr. & Mrs. Vernon B. Harper Dr. & Mrs. Joaquin A. Lubkowitz Mrs. Janet Mattei Mr. & Mrs. Lawrence Nicolette Ms. Martha Perfetto Mrs. Marilyn C. Rudolph Mr. Larry I. Taren Mr. & Mrs. Charles G. Wade Mrs. Barbara Weisberger • • • The John Wilkes Society Blue Circle Trustee Associates Carol Baltimore, Esq. Ms. Jane Cokely Dr. & Mrs. Mahmoud H. Fahmy Mr. & Mrs. Joseph L. Glajch Mrs. Elizabeth A. Gulitus Mr. & Mrs. Earl Harrison Mr. S. Mark Kennedy Ms. Mary Jo Kreider Mr. Richard Maslow Mrs. Laura J. Mulderig Mr. Burnaby Munson Mr. & Mrs. Stanley A. Polk Mr. & Mrs. Charles Potter Mr. & Mrs. D. Scott Simpson George A. Spohrer, Esq. Ms. Marilyn Stadalius & Mr. Phillip Branca Ms. Charlene A. Tan Mr. & Mrs. Michael Zolkoski Mr. & Mrs. Christopher L. Hackett Mr. Richard M. Smith & Mrs. Lissa Bryan-Smith Mr. & Mrs. William B. Sordoni Founder’s Circle Edward J. Meehan, Esq. President’s Circle Mr.* & Mrs. Albert G. Albert Mr. Robert Becker Mrs. Grace J. Kirby Culbertson Mr. & Mrs. Stanley S. Davies Mr. & Mrs. Edmund Diskin Mr. Charles M. Roszko John Wilkes Associates Dr. Stephen S. Batory Mrs. Ann M. Coughlin Mr. Thomas J. Deitz Mrs. Janet Demech Mr. Gayfree Ellison & Ms. Sally Sullivan Mrs. Josephine Eustice Mr. & Mrs. R. Wensell Grabarek Mr. & Mrs. Carmen E. Hagelgans Dr. & Mrs. Richard A. Hiscox Mrs. Jean Robbins Hughes* Mrs. Linda R. Layden Jeffrey Lowenthal, Esq. Mr. & Mrs. Thomas J. Mack, Jr. Mrs. Barbara Davenport Neville Mr. & Mrs. Paul A. O’Hop Mr. & Mrs. Michael C. Ott Mrs. Trudy Piatt Jonathan Pressman, Esq. & Sally Jane Poblete Mr. John G. Reese Mrs. Alice Rosen Mr. & Mrs. Gerald Simonis Mr. & Dr. Andrew J. Sordoni, III Mr. & Mrs. Frank J. Stanitski Mr. William R. Stavishak Dr. Sanford B. Sternlieb Mr. & Mrs. John Tarone Mr. & Mrs. Paul C. Zukoski Farley Associates Mr. & Mrs. Richard P. Adams Ms. Martha Aleo Mr. & Mrs. Tom Apple Ms. Cherie Aquaro Mr. & Mrs. Michael D. Aucoin Dr. John S. Biernacki Mr. Donald D. Bly Mr. Michael S. Bomstein Mr. & Mrs. Will Brockman Mr. & Mrs. Allan M. Brown Mr. & Mrs. Robert C. Buck Hon. Thomas F. Burke, Jr. Miss Muriel Bush Ms. Marianne E. Buzinski Mr. Nicholas Bybel, Jr. Mr. Gary Cardamone Mr. & Mrs. William Carl, Jr. Mr. & Mrs. Peter Carr Mrs. Barbara Casper Ms. S. Lorraine Cassel Mr. & Mrs. D. Bruce Chase Mr. & Mrs. W. Gregory Coleman Mr. & Mrs. Bernard Corbett Ms. Margaret S. Corbett Creative Writing M.A. Class January 2012 Mr. & Mrs. Benjamin S. Crowe James J. Curran, Jr., Esq. Mr. & Mrs. William Davidowitz Mr. Richard W. Davidson Mr. & Mrs. Edward R. Davis Mr. Stephen DeCanio Mr. Robert H. DeYoung Mr. & Mrs. James J. Dean Mrs. Nancy DiMeo Mr. & Mrs. Peter Downs Mr. & Mrs. Leroy Dubey Mr. & Mrs. Hermin R. Dybowski Mr. & Mrs. William D. Epstein Mr. & Mrs. Garth S. Estadt Mr. Dennis Evans & Ms. Mary Wirth Dr. Eugene S. Farley, Jr. Ms. Beau Firth Linda A. Fisher, Esq. Mr. Chad M. Forrey Dr. & Mrs. Lawrence F. Gallagher Dr. & Mrs. John C. Gaudio Mr. & Mrs. Thomas M. Gehret Mr. & Mrs. John M. Gentempo Mr. & Mrs. Henry L. Graham, Jr. Mrs. Virginia D. Hart Mr. John A. Horner Mr. & Mrs. David P. Hourigan Mr. & Mrs. Robert M. Ianniello Mr. & Mrs. Afaf L. Jabbour Mr. & Mrs. Ralph J. Katrosh Mr. & Mrs. James T. Keating Mr. & Mrs. Carl Kemmerer Dr. David W. Kistler Mr. Dennis A. Konopka Mr. & Mrs. Paul Konosky Mr. & Mrs. Eric Kornfeld Mr. & Mrs. Stephen H. Korzeniowski Mr. Gunnar F. Kosek Ms. Sharron Laas Ms. Betty Lane Dr. Barbara Larsen Mr. & Mrs. William M. Lawson Ms. Deborah Liczwek & Mr. David Corbin Miss Maggie A. Lund Paul W. MacGregor, Esq. Ms. Josephine Macaravage Mrs. Jane K. Marquart Mr. & Mrs. Daniel Marsh Mr. Victor A. Mazza Mr. & Mrs. Mark McCarthy Ms. Kathleen E. McLeod Mr. Richard T. Melson Mr. David E. Menotti Mr. & Mrs. Raymond Mrozack Mr. & Mrs. James P. Mullins Ms. Mary L. Nilsen Mr. & Mrs. Richard T. Nosaka Mrs. Wanda F. Ogurkis Mr. & Mrs. Richard S. Orlowski Mr. & Mrs. Richard Parness Ms. MaryAnna L. Pavlico Mr. & Mrs. Gary A. Pawleshyn Drs. Haragopol & Dwaraki Bai Penugonda Ms. Virginia Perfetto Mr. & Mrs. Joseph Pesick Mr. Matthew Ramaley Ms. Jane R. Ramsey * Deceased �giving by constituency Contributors Mr. & Mrs. Robert James Aber Ms. Margaret W. Adams Ms. Madeline L. Ahner Mr. & Mrs. Ronald Andidora Ms. Mary Pat Appel Mr. & Mrs. Andrew C. Armstrong Mr. & Mrs. John F. Astleford Ms. Angela Attard Mr. & Mrs. Gerald F. Baer Mr. Shi Bai Mr. & Mrs. Michael Baranowski Mr. John Beck Mr. & Mrs. Jack P. Bednarski Ms. Sara E. Bellanco Mr. & Mrs. Christopher W. Beppler Mr. Fred Bernard Mr. & Mrs. William R. Berti Mr. & Mrs. Ashwinkumar Bhatt Ms. Channing N. Biggers Mr. & Mrs. Richard J. Binkowski Mr. John Bisaha & Ms. Katherine Stika Mr. & Mrs. John Bixler Ms. Ann M. Bolger Mr. & Mrs. Ronald J. Botch Ms. Lydia Breiseth Mr. & Mrs. Thomas B. Brill Mr. Anthony T.P. Brooks Mr. & Mrs. Ronald E. Burns Ms. Tara Bushek Mr. & Mrs. Joseph T. Butkiewicz Ms. Janine K. Buzinski Mr. Scott A. Byers Ms. Nicole A. Caffiero Mr. & Mrs. Robert D. Calabrese * Deceased Mr. & Mrs. Brian J. Calabro Ms. Julianne Calabro Ms. Melissa A. Campbell Mr. & Mrs. James G. Carns Mrs. Sandra Sarno Carroll Mr. Brian M. Cebulko Ms. Samira T. Chamoun Mr. Edwin T. Chase Mr. & Mrs. Joseph Cipriano Ms. Lizanne Clifford Mr. & Mrs. Earl J. Cocchi Mr. Daniel Cohen Ms. Eleanor Cook Ms. Lisa Cook Ms. Rachel J. Crowe Mr. & Mrs. Robert J. D’Angelo Ms. Eliza Sadie Daubert Mr. & Mrs. Edris W. Davies Mr. & Mrs. Richard A. Davies Mr. & Mrs. James Davis Mr. & Mrs. Jay P. Davis Mr. William J. Davis Ms. Barbara Dawson Ms. Marie J. De Brabander Mr. & Mrs. Allen G. Defibaugh Mr. & Mrs. Paul A. Delrosso Mr. & Mrs. Allen A. Denio Mr. & Mrs. Gerald O. Devlin Mr. & Mrs. Anthony DiMichele Mr. & Mrs. Rocco C. DiPietro Mr. & Mrs. James F. Dicton Ms. Roberta Dinsmore Mr. Thomas W. Dombroski Mr. Michael P. Donatoni Ms. Paula M. Dougherty Ms. Jordan A. Dunn Mr. & Mrs. William Dybowski Ms. Kathryn A. Edgar Mr. Peter Eggleston Mr. William F. Eggleston Ms. Sarah J. Elias Mr. & Mrs. Alfonso M. Espada Mr. & Mrs. Matthew Fagan Mr. & Mrs. Paul F. Fagan Mr. & Mrs. Timothy A. Fagan Mr. & Mrs. Guy L. Fasciana Mr. Thomas F. Federo Mr. Robert Feldman Mr. & Mrs. Jeffrey Ferguson Mr. & Mrs. Sebastian Fiacco, Jr. Mr. & Mrs. Lawrence E. Firment Ms. Carmen Fiscella Mr. & Mrs. Andrew H. Fissler Ms. Christine S. Fleming Dr. & Mrs. Louis J. Freedman Ms. Catherine A. Fusco Mr. Russ Gall Mr. & Mrs. Greg Garrison Ms. Ruth Gavenus Ms. Bernadette Gdovin Mr. & Mrs. Joseph Gemmo Mr. Joseph George Mr. & Mrs. Karl D. Gerhart Mr. & Mrs. William R. Getrige Mr. Stephen Getty & Ms. Patti Parziale Mr. John Glod Mr. & Mrs. Milton J. Gluen Mr. & Mrs. Keith Goepel Ms. Courtney B. Graham Mr. Douglas E. Graham Mr. & Mrs. George Graham Ms. Carole A. Green Dr. & Mrs. Ira Grossman Mrs. Janet C. Guariglia Ms. Kathleen Hagan Ms. Erin Joy Hanley Mr. & Mrs. Warren E. Harris Ms. Laura C. Hart Ms. Lana K. Heck Ms. Reginia C. Herbert Ms. Amy E. Hetro Mr. & Mrs. Thomas J. Heyer Ms. Lisa Hilliard & Mr. Alvin C. Bach, II Ms. Helen Hoban Ms. Alyse M. Horn Mr. & Mrs. Paul Hovsepian & Family Mr. & Mrs. James L. Hughes Ms. Sylvia Hughes Mr. & Mrs. John J. Hulsizer Mrs. Sylvia Hurlbert Mr. Albert Hutchings Mr. Manuel Isherwood, Jr. Ms. Heather A. Jacobi Mr. Mohamed A. Jalloh Mr. Christopher J. Jankowski Mr. & Mrs. Andrew T. Jecen Ms. Marta A. Jones Mr. Robert J. Kane Mr. & Mrs. Larry Kasuboski Mr. Evan Katz Mr. Daniel F. Kelleher Mr. & Mrs. John V. Kenkel Ms. Jessica Khalil Mr. & Mrs. Mohsen Khalili Mrs. Frank J. Kilyanek Mrs. Josephine A. Kline Mr. Raymond Konopka Ms. Michelle L. Kosloski Ms. Kayla M. Kotch Mr. & Mrs. John J. Kozlowski Mrs. Jane Landau Ms. Sylvia Lane Mr. Richard J. Lawson Ms. Caitlin R. Layden Ms. Kelly A. Layden Ms. Deborah A. Leavy Mr. & Mrs. Daryl J. Lefever Mr. & Mrs. Stephen J. Leinbach Mr. & Mrs. Joseph Lindo Mr. & Mrs. Patrick Lindo* Mr. & Mrs. David J. Loskie Ms. Amanda Loyden Ms. Genevieve Lupini Mrs. Nancy S. Lychos Dr. Michael & Mrs. Tina MacDowell Mr. & Mrs. John R. Magnotta Mrs. Lorraine Maley Ms. Gloria M. Martin Ms. Maggie Elizabeth Mattu Mr. & Mrs. Paul W. Maul Mr. & Mrs. Kevin McAloon Ms. Patricia McLaughlin Mr. Tyler Mensch Mr. & Mrs. Harold B. Merricks, II Mr. Francis A. Michael Mr. & Mrs. John W. Mikitsh Mr. Louis M. Mikitsh Ms. Theresa A. Mirabile Mr. & Mrs. James J. Moore Mr. & Mrs. Lonnie Morris Mr. & Mrs. William Morrissey Mr. & Mrs. Donald Musgrove Mr. & Mrs. Vernon J. Musgrove Mr. & Mrs. Harry Myers Ms. Janet Myers Mr. & Mrs. Joseph R. Nardone, Sr. Ms. Beth Ann Nealon Ms. Joan M. Neare Ms. Susan O’Dell Mr. & Mrs Joseph A. Ocuto Mr. Thomas J. Opiel Ms. Kylene Owen Ms. Kathleen Palummo Ms. Sharon Palummo Mr. & Mrs. Donald F. Pan Mr. Robert M. Parrick Ms. Christine M. Pasqualone Mr. & Mrs. Franklin G. Pater, Jr. Ms. Mary Beth Patterson Mr. Eugene M. Pavilco, Sr. Mr. & Mrs. Daniel J. Pavlico Mr. & Mrs. John D. Pearson Mr. & Mrs. Neomisio Pena Mr. & Mrs. Donald J. Perrault Ms. Helen Perrault Ms. Michele Perrault Mrs. Charlotte P. Perrego Mr. Howell Perry Mr. & Mrs. Joseph Pollock Mr. & Mrs. Carl Postupak, Sr. Mr. & Mrs. Charles R. Powley Ms. Stacey L. Prelewicz Ms. Kathleen M. Proday Mr. Thomas A. Ranieli Mr. & Mrs. James W. Ream, Jr. Mr. & Mrs. William F. Rehring Mr. Matthew Reichart Mr. & Mrs. Michael L. Reiner Ms. Angela N. Reno Mr. & Mrs. Anthony Riley Ms. Yvonne M. Ritsick Ms. Brittany A. Ritter Mr. & Mrs. Richard D. Rivers Ms. Gloria Rolston Mr. Daniel Roth Ms. Evelyn F. Rowley Ms. Susan M. Rowley & Family Ms. Constance Adair Rush Dr. Jamian Ryan Mr. & Mrs. Joseph J. Rymar Mr. Irwin Sagenkahn Ms. Rosaria Saliba Mrs. Louise A. Salva Mr. & Mrs. Salvatore J. Santoli Mr. Albert H. Sarkas Ms. Ann M. Saxton Mr. John E. Scalzo Ms. Theresa A. Scaramastro Mr. & Mrs. Michael D. Scarba Mr. & Mrs. Cal Schaefer Dr. Alexander Scheeline Mr. & Mrs. Roland C. Schmidt Ms. Kathleen T. Schubert Mr. & Mrs. Leonard J. Schwab Mr. & Mrs. George P. Scochin Ms. Dana A. Serafine Mrs. Nancy H. Shafer Mr. & Mrs. Steven D. Shrawder, II Ms. Anna Marie Smith Mrs. A. Dewitt Smith Mr. & Mrs. Gary E. Smith Ms. Natalie E. Smith Mr. & Mrs. Richard M. Smith Ms. Ruth K. Smith Ms. Charlyne L. Stadel Ms. Alyson Stambaugh Ms. Joann Stefanko Mrs. Ann B. Stine* Mr. & Mrs. Gregory Harkcom Stoner Ms. Mary Ann Struckus Mr. & Mrs. James D. Stuart Mr. & Mrs. James J. Sullivan Ms. Marion Tetlak Ms. Helen Tingley Mr. & Mrs. Joseph D. Tondrick Ms. Michele Turoscy Mr. Donald F. Tusar Ms. Romayne Tusar Mr. Garry Vanscoy Mr. Robert T. Vaughn Mr. & Mrs. Alexander J. Vega Mr. & Mrs. David R. Vick Ms. Mary Jane Vilone Mr. Daniel P. Voitek Mr. Nicholas T. Wadas Mr. Zachary Wallenstein Mrs. Ann Warnick Mr. & Mrs. William C. Wassel Ms. Marcia S. Watson Mr. & Mrs. Ronald J. Werner Mrs. Helen Westenheffer Mr. & Mrs. Harold B. White Ms. Meagan C. Williams Dr. Vincent J. Williams & Dr. Clare E. Manzi Ms. Irene Wills & Ms. Butkiewicz Ms. Ruth Winkleman Ms. Genevieve Witkowski Ms. Jo Ann Wolinsky Mr. John Woloski, III Ms. Jan M. Yannopoulos Mr. & Mrs. Richard J. Yost Mr. & Mrs. Daniel P. Zeleniak Mr. & Mrs. Matthew G. Zellner Mrs. Patricia G. Zeszotarski Ms. Rosalie M. Zubyk Mr. & Mrs. Lee H. Zurner Wilkes | Fall 2012 Mr. & Mrs. John H. Respondek Harold Rosenn, Esq. Mrs. Eunice Rubel Mr. Joseph J. Rubino Attorney & Mrs. Charles A. Shaffer Mrs. Mary Jo Slaney Dr. & Mrs. Barton A. Smith Mr. & Mrs. Dale O. Smith Mr. & Mrs. Andrew M. Sopirak Dr & Mrs. William R. Stine Mrs. Polly Henry Stryker Dr. Kara J. Suche Ms. Rose M. Sullivan Mrs. Bernadine Tarasek Ms. Bernadette Taylor Mr. John Thalenfeld Mr. & Mrs. William M. Thomas Mr. & Mrs. William A. Thomas Ms. Marjorie Trethaway Mr. & Mrs. Arthur Trovei Mr. & Mrs. Ronald D. Trusty Mr. & Mrs. Edward Ungvarsky Mr. & Mrs. Melvin Warshal Mr. & Mrs. Alexander M. Yacynych Mr. Gerald J. Yankow • report of gifts 33 �report of gifts • giving by class Giving by Class CLASS OF 1937 • • • The Eugene Farley Club Contributors Harriet Thalenfeld Gray CLASS OF 1938 • • • The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle Ernest Weisberger5 Contributors Peter P. Caprari Betty Woolcock De Witt Mary Hutchko Flanagan10 Harry S. Katz5 Treveryan S. Kramer Irene Kessler Watkins CLASS OF 1944 • • • The John Wilkes Society President’s Circle CLASS OF 1939 • • • The Eugene Farley Club Farley Associates Darina J. Tuhy CLASS OF 1940 • • • The Eugene Farley Club Farley Associates Charles Fehlinger Henry C. Johnson10 CLASS OF 1941 • • • The Eugene Farley Club Farley Associates Irene Sauciunas Santarelli Contributors David L. Friedman5 Alfred Groh Carolyn Nagro Lowum CLASS OF 1942 • • • The Eugene Farley Club Louise S. Hazeltine1, 10 The Eugene Farley Club Contributors Helen Janoski Parker Robert E. Parker Kathryn Hiscox Quinn5 Ruth Tischler Voelker10 Arthur C. Williams10 Farley Associates Elizabeth Faint Fell Jean Steele Iba CLASS OF 1946 • • • Wilkes | Fall 2012 34 Founder’s Circle Trustee Associates William H. Rice5 Don C. Follmer1, 10 Joseph G. Bendoraitis5 John Wilkes Associates Founder’s Circle The Eugene Farley Club Joseph J. Savitz10 William A. Plummer The Eugene Farley Club John Wilkes Associates Farley Associates Edwin L. Johnson10 Robert W. Hall10 Nicholas A. Heineman William C. Kashatus The Eugene Farley Club Blue Circle William H. Lewis William Melnyk Muriel Bransdorf Mintzer10 Joseph Panzitta Shirley Phillips Passeri Eugene L. Shaver10 William M. Toplis • • • The John Wilkes Society Charlotte Reichlin Cutler5 Rita Seitchek Dicker Charlotte Waters Rowland CLASS OF 1943 Contributors Gloria Paczkowski Kabusk Margaret Holloway Manchester Dolores Seitchak Price George J. Trebilcox5 Gold Circle Robert S. Capin Daniel Sherman10 John Gresh10 Charles F. Jackson5 Donald C. Kivler10 Blue Circle Farley Associates Leonard S. Anthony10 Helene Donn Evans10 William L. Evans10 D. Joseph Pelmoter5 Thomas D. Stine10 Vester V. Vercoe, Jr.10 Farley Associates Edna Sabol Andrews10 James W. Davis Edward H. Lidz10 Reed D. Lowrey5 Samuel L. Owens10 Elva Fuller Parker10 Lawrence B. Pelesh10 Clyde H. Ritter Robert L. Williams, Jr.5 Contributors Clayton J. Karambelas1, 10 Robert Anthony10 Dorothy Wilkes Lewis Jerome N. Mintzer10 Clemence A. Scott10 Julius Brand10 Joseph P. Brennan Edward J. Brill Mary Porter Evans5 Barbara Medland Farley10 Theodore J. Killian Raymond S. Kinback5 Francis B. Krzywicki10 Victor Minetola Virginia Meissner Nelson10 Arne Rasmussen Marvin Smith Priscilla Sweeney Smith-Matthews10 Contributors CLASS OF 1951 Edward F. Corcoran Paul F. De Witt James Morrash5 Evelyn Penaligon Rasmussen Jay F. Rauscher • • • Edwin M. Kosik10 Harris R. Boyce Walter E. Margie Joseph V. Pringle Leo S. Wojcikiewicz John Wilkes Associates Gold Circle Trustee Associates John Wilkes Associates • • • Harry R. Hiscox10 Contributors Contributors Miriam Levinson Brand10 Alberta Novick Killian Founder’s Circle Thomas J. Jordan5 The Eugene Farley Club Farley Associates John C. Keeney* 10 The John Wilkes Society CLASS OF 1949 The Eugene Farley Club The Eugene Farley Club Farley Associates The John Wilkes Society Contributors • • • Sallyanne Frank Rosenn Joseph G. Sweeney10 The Eugene Farley Club • • • Elaine Williams Jones CLASS OF 1945 CLASS OF 1947 • • • CLASS OF 1950 • • • Claire Fischer Beissinger Irene Wienckowski Caprari Frances Wentzel Dudeck John J. Fetch George F. Fry, Jr. William M. Nancarrow Burroughs H. Price Farley Associates Contributors CLASS OF 1948 The Eugene Farley Club Blue Circle Doris Gorka Bartuska5 Farley Associates Contributors Shirley Salsburg Bernard Arthur W. Bloom5 Delbert J. Cragle Norman E. Cromack10 Joseph B. Gries George P. Heffernan, Jr.10 William Holak Thomas M. Morick Charles F. Woodring5 CLASS OF 1952 • • • The John Wilkes Society President’s Circle Helen Bitler Ralston10 John Wilkes Associates Nancy Ralston Grogan John A. Wolfkeil5 The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle Earl C. Crispell5 Paul J. Delmore10 The John Wilkes Society Trustee Associates William A. Perlmuth10 1 Class 5 5 Chair or more years of consecutive giving 10 or more years of consecutive giving * Deceased 10 �giving by class Blue Circle J. Louis Bush10 Robert McFadden Farley Associates Walter E. Elston Donald R. Law Contributors George A. Cross Lorna Coughlin Darte Daniel S. Dzury Charles K. Gloman III Howard A. Gonchar Chia-In Wang Rutkowski5 Norma Carey Vale CLASS OF 1953 • • • The John Wilkes Club Founder’s Circle Anita Gordon Allen5 John J. Frankosky Barry J. Iscovitz5 Carl Karassik5 Joseph J. Mosier Katherine Goetzman Peckham10 Andrew Sofranko, Jr. John B. Vale Albert J. Wallace10 Peter Wurm CLASS OF 1955 • • • The John Wilkes Society President’s Circle Richard L. Bunn Leo R. Kane5 John Wilkes Associates Dean A. Arvan5 David L. Hoats5 Richard B. Kent Charles M. Reilly5 Paul B. Beers* Blue Circle The Eugene Farley Club Contributors Fay Jaffe Berg10 Preston R. Eckmeder Norman J. Faramelli Leonard Feld Charles A. Giunta Dolores Roth Karassik Thomas F. Minemier Lucille Reese Pierce Frank M. Radaszewski Dorothy Hamaker Roden10 Myra Kornzweig Smulyan Leo E. Solomon5 David B. Whitney5 Robert H. Burger Joan Russin Cross Marilyn Peters Hirsch Aldona Patrick Hojecki Doris Sadowski Merrill5 Joan Wachowski Michalski5 John S. Prater* Robert S. Rydzewski10 Thomas R. Sarnecky Donald J. Tosh Howard L. Updyke5 Mary Pomicter Zezza CLASS OF 1954 • • • The Eugene Farley Club Farley Associates Lewis B. Giuliani5 William R. Glace Thomas J. Goblick Elaine Bogan Law Leonard J. Mather Charles T. Reice5 Rodion J. Russin CLASS OF 1956 The John Wilkes Society Founder’s Circle Patricia Stout Williams1 John Wilkes Associates Henry K. Goetzman5 Constance Kamarunas Schaefer The Eugene Farley Club Blue Circle Contributors Thomas R. Adams10 Chair 5 5 or more years of consecutive giving 10 10 or more years of consecutive giving * Deceased 1 Class Dolores Pietroski Cackowski Mary Zavatski Croce10 Henry W. Deibel Helen Stoeckel Hessler10 Basia Mieszkowski Jaworski5 Chester H. Miller, Jr. Jan A. Olenginski Benjamin Omilian5 Arthur Stackel, Jr. CLASS OF 1957 • • • William H. Tremayne10 Contributors • • • Contributors Farley Associates Constance Smith Andrews5 William E. Caruth Philip D. Husband5 Stephen C. Thomas5 Elsie Giuliani Yarasheski10 Sandor Yelen Fred J. Boote Clarence C. Givens10 Samuel R. Shugar10 John E. Suffren5 Thomas J. Lane John H. Milliman Patricia Reese Morris Richard Murray Lois Myers Joseph E. Podlesny Phyllis Walsh Powell10 Eugene Roth10 Jerome Stein10 John J. Witinski CLASS OF 1958 • • • The John Wilkes Society Judith Hopkins Arthur E. Imdorf Joshua J. Kaufman10 John J. Kearney10 Mary Kozak Motsavage10 Lawrence J. Nicholson Russell R. Picton, Jr. David Rosser Louis F. Steck1, 5 Edward E. Yarasheski10 Farley Associates Marianna Kraynack Banash5 Jean Kravitz Barry George H. Batterson5 Clifford R. Brautigan Gail Laines Chase James F. Ferris10 Younsu Koo5 Jessie A. Roderick5 Joan Shoemaker10 Joseph A. Ungvarsky10 Michael J. Weinberger10 Howard E. Ennis, Jr.10 Gold Circle Joseph J. Kropiewnicki10 Cledwyn P. Rowlands May Way Vanden Broeck Farley Associates Trustee Associates The John Wilkes Society Jesse H. Choper10 President’s Circle Lawrence E. Cohen10 John Wilkes Associates Bettijane Long Eisenpreis10 Seymour Holtzman5 George Kolesar5 The Eugene Farley Club Blue Circle Melvin E. McNew10 Arthur N. Meyer H. Benjamin Webb, Jr. 10 Leslie P. Weiner10 Farley Associates Charles R. Abate Nasser N. Bonheur5 Elaine Williams Brooks Robert B. Chase, Jr. Gloria Dran Elston William M. Farish10 Vincent P. Herron, Jr. Jean Schraeder Kuchinskas10 Charles W. Robinson1, 5 John J. Schultz5 Terry L. Smith Carl R. Urbanski10 Contributors Earl R. Bahl Barbara Thomas Balcomb Lena Misson Baur Jacob M. Dvornicky Richard F. Heltzel Beverly Falkinburg Hildebrand Frances Hopkins Jordan Marie Zanowicz Kruska CLASS OF 1959 • • • The John Wilkes Society John Wilkes Associates Frederick J. Hills10 Edward McCafferty5 Founder’s Circle The Eugene Farley Club Beverly Blakeslee Hiscox10 William I. Williams1 Gold Circle President’s Circle Elisabeth Schwartz King Robert J. Pitel10 Lynne Herskovitz Warshal10 Robert A. Mugford10 Blue Circle John Wilkes Associates Sylvia Mauro Thomas I. Myers5 L. Joyce Tremayne Salvatore M. Valenti David E. Vann The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle Founder’s Circle Joseph S. Pipan5 Mary Craig Pugh10 Robert Scally5 Paul J. Tracy10 Richard E. Wozniak10 Jacqueline M. Young10 Kelly J. Mather Vera Wroble Pitel10 Bruce S. Warshal10 Blue Circle George Ginader10 Theresa Mazzarella Morrow10 Peter R. Pisaneschi1, 10 Josef M. Reese5 Farley Associates Marguerite L. Allen Anthony M. Bianco Susan Shoff Bianco William J. Donovan10 Merri Jones Earl10 Emma Minemier Firda Edward J. Heltzel5 Edmund J. Kotula10 Judith Menegus Deluca Juanita Patience Moss10 Martha Wagner Ostrowski Harold P. Shannon Keith Williams Contributors Carolyn Goeringer Basler Mary Mattey Borgersen5 Samuel T. Buckman, Jr.5 John G. Carling5 Lee W. Eckert Naoma Kaufer Feld Max B. Greenwald Hillard R. Hoffman Matthew I. Kessman Carol Hallas McGinley Clarence Michael Edward J. Milowicki Joseph W. Oliver5 John W. Pieplow Jane Norton Granitzki10 Robert C. Morgan10 Farley Associates Richard Aston Mary Lou Spinelli Casella Robert E. Davis10 Donald E. Devans10 Thomas M. Dugan Paul J. Earl10 Evald R. Eskilson Charles J. Gareis John Harvey Albert P. Kuchinskas10 J. Rodger Lewis John Q. Mask III Chester J. Nocek10 Robert B. Payne5 Patricia Yost Pisaneschi10 Mary Anchel Sabel5 Warren W. Schmid Charles A. Sorber10 Robert J. Yokavonus10 Ann Dixon Young Contributors Alan R. Balcomb Charles S. Butler10 James L. Eidam A. Jennie Hill10 Janice Reynolds Longo Joan Grish McSweyn10 George S. Morris Sherle Baroody Myers Larry G. Pugh10 John M. Saba Robert J. Sestak Gustave E. Sundberg Arlene R. Tanalski Marianne Levenoskie Van Blarcom10 Robert W. Walters10 Carl V. Zoolkoski CLASS OF 1960 • • • The John Wilkes Society Trustee Associates Peter W. Perog10 Ronald W. Simms5 Wilkes | Fall 2012 Carol Reynar Hall10 William J. Umphred, Sr.10 • report of gifts 35 �report of gifts • giving by class Founder’s Circle Emilie Roat Gino10 John Wilkes Associates Evelyn Krohn Holtzman5 Allyn C. Jones1, 5 Gordon E. Roberts5 Martin F. Tansy R. Dale Wagner William J. Woll Raymond G. Yanchus10 Emmanuel J. Ziobro CLASS OF 1961 • • • The John Wilkes Society Founder’s Circle The Eugene Farley Club William F. Raub10 Gold Circle Robert W. Verespy10 Blue Circle Thomas P. Korshalla10 Patricia A. Levandoski10 Robert J. Sislian10 Patricia Fushek Skibbs Lawrence P. Williams10 John Wilkes Associates Gill Ho Bai Henry A. Greener5 Nancy Rosenfeld Greener5 Patricia Boyle Heaman5 John W. Kluchinski5 Nancy Carroll Kolesar5 Gold Circle Jean Broody Azar Beverly Nagle Barnick10 Thomas Barnick10 Donald Barovich Charles Billings Walter J. Grzymski Aaron G. Hastie Jr. Ronald D. Kross Patricia A. Krull10 Judith Weiss Moskow5 John T. Mulhall Andrew R. Sabol10 Anthony J. Sankus10 Carol Emanski Sapiego John J. Sapiego Basil Smith Roy H. VanWhy Raye Thomas Wileman10 Richard R. Wileman10 Frederick J. Williams Shirley G. Davis Jay P. Keller10 Christopher H. Loesch, Jr.10 Anonymous10 Lynne Boyle Austin ’60 Joan Llewellyn Buckman5 Carl R. Havira Virginia Lyons Hoesl10 Marilyn Warburton Lutter10 John F. Marriott, Sr. Margo Meringolo Merin George W. Murdock Donald Murray Richard J. Myers Jean Shofranko Olexy John D. Phillips10 Helen Schainuck Rubin Donald J. Sabatino10 Blue Circle Michael Armstrong Frank M. Scutch10 Jule Znaniecki Wnorowski5 Farley Associates Philip J. Amico10 Marvin A. Antinnes5 Marie Honcharik Basta10 Edward C. Bedner Norma Wentz Bregen Janice Bronson-Bartlett10 Louise Hischak Clark Joseph M. Drozdowski Nancy Bonham Hontz Gregory J. Lester Carl J. Meyers10 Donald T. Murphy5 Virginia Payne Walter A. Placek Patricia Lawless Ryan5 Albert R. Stralka10 Contributors Martha Menegus Amadio5 Louis P. Bierly Catherine Brominski Kovac Walter H. Buzby Martin E. Cherone Joseph J. Chisarick5 Richard P. Cobb Ruth Shales Cook5 Harry E. Filbert, Jr. Class Chairs are alumni who promote annual Wilkes | Fall 2012 CLASS OF 1962 The John Wilkes Society The Eugene Farley Club Trustee Associates Blue Circle Erwin F. Guetig10 Jerry A. Mohn10 Rowena Simms Mohn10 Nicholas L. Alesandro Robert T. Bond1, 5 Jane Edwards Bonomo5 Neil Dougherty5 Thomas M. Farris Leland D. Freidenburg, Jr. 10 Daniel J. Lyons10 John Wilkes Associates Farley Associates Charles J. Cherundolo Gerald A. Moffatt Mary Regalis Althauser Roger A. Rolfe Douglas R. Bennington Richard O. Burns Lillian Bodzio Caffrey John A. Gavenonis10 Clinton G. Hess10 Joseph Kruczek Sally Cohen Levy Richard A. Morgan5 David V. Puerta Vicki Burton Sabol10 David G. Simpson Bonnie Lewis Turchin10 Peter Winebrake Leonard A. Yankosky, Jr. 10 Barbara A. Yuscavage10 • • • The John Wilkes Society unrestricted giving and offer their thoughts and experiences to Wilkes Fund Appeals to give them a personal touch. If you are interested in becoming a class chair, please contact Lauren Y. Pluskey ’06, MBA ’10 at (570) 408-4331 or at lauren.pluskey@wilkes.edu. Barbara S. Soyka Beverly Munson Swift Geraldine M. Tarantini10 Anne Jamieson Taylor Victor Turoski5 Gerard J. Zezza, Jr. 10 CLASS OF 1964 • • • The John Wilkes Society John Wilkes Associates Alan C. Krieger10 Charles A. Krivenko CLASS OF 1963 • • • Warren P. Greenberg1 President’s Circle President’s Circle Frank H. Menaker, Jr.10 John Wilkes Associates Class Chairs 36 Joyce Medlock Jones5 Thomas Kanas Robert A. King5 Ruth Boorom Melberger10 Patrick J. Monaghan, Jr. Marsha Heffran Peters Raymond J. Peters Michael Samberg Rena Lewine Schoenfeld5 Helen M. Tinsley10 Royal A. Wetzel Trustee Associates The Eugene Farley Club Farley Associates Contributors Walter J. Folek Robert J. Hewitt Stephen L. Klein Margaret Churchill Kuffner5 Sandra Ungar Levy Robert A. Martin10 Sally Williams McGinley William L. Morris June Patrylak Neff5 Joseph P. Olexy, Jr. Emil J. Petrasek5 Patricia Capers Petrasek5 Barbara Price Schafer Beverly Major Schwartz5 Joseph J. Neetz10 Estelle Manos Sotirhos The Eugene Farley Club Blue Circle The Eugene Farley Club Nancy T. Armstrong Elizabeth Tubridy Fairchild10 Vivian Cardoni Katsock5 Gold Circle Jeremiah E. Berk10 Adolf L. Herst5 Robert A. Ruggiero Farley Associates Donald H. Bogert5 Harry Collier10 Miriam Vaskorlis Cooper5 Janet Simpson Dingman10 Judith Butchko Gallagher10 Ann Znaniecki Grzymski Joel P. Harrison Mary Ann Foley Hopkins5 John A. Hosage10 Stanley J. Karmilovich Albert Kishel5 Jerome G. Lawrence Judith Wasileski Lawrence Nancy Martin Lynn10 Francis J. Machung5 John J. Miller5 Joanne Pisaneschi Olejnick10 Ralph B. Pinskey William A. Rishko10 William J. Ruzzo Rachel Altavilla Winebrake Contributors Samuel Howard Book Robert E. Conway Audrey Petro Coslett10 A. John Dimond Albert M. Dobrowalski Wilbur N. Dotter10 David R. Edwards Robert L. Evans, Sr.5 Sandra S. Feldman10 Florence Billings Finn Evelyn Hudyck Gibbons Ruth Newman Goldberg Andrew J. Hassay5 Blue Circle Robert E. Herman Joseph W. Raksis10 Edward J. Rogalski Daniel Zeroka5 Contributors John H. Farrell5 J. Douglas Haughwout5 Leonard J. Koerner C. Michael Manganaro Lorraine Rowland Murdock Stanley J. Orlowski10 Ray R. Pisaneschi10 Virginia Scrimgeour Ravin Mary Lou Searles Raykovicz Michael A. Raykovicz Gerald W. Williams Farley Associates Willard S. Achuff10 Jane Downin Alderman Alice Cole Bartlett10 Theodore R. Begun Sandra Egen Bennington Robert F. Cherundolo Mary Barone Du Mont5 Janice MacDonald Hastie William H. Klein Mark S. Levey Carolyn Draper Lippincott5 Lynne Stockton Mutart5 Stephen E. Phillips10 Stephen Selige Robert B. Singer Richard R. Snopkowski10 John E. Tredinnick10 Joseph Weinkle5 Edward J. Wilk CLASS OF 1965 • • • The John Wilkes Society John Wilkes Associates Catherine DeAngelis5 Anthony J. Parulis5 John J. Sickler B. William Vanderburg10 Natalie Kowalski Vanderburg10 Contributors Paul A. Battisti10 Norman D. James5 Charles E. Johns10 Gloria Silverman Kasper10 Stuart W. Lawson5 Romelle Gomba Pethick* Zoya Dzury Rakowski Claire Handler Silverstein The Eugene Farley Club Blue Circle Donald L. Davis John B. Hall James B. Jenkins 1 Class Chair or more years of consecutive giving 10 or more years of consecutive giving * Deceased 5 5 10 �giving by class Farley Associates Kathryn Parsons Alexander Alfonse S. Bayo5 Catherine Brader Butler Kent E. Davis William E. Davis, Jr. Sumner H. Hayward Sharon Keyes Holleran Jane Charlton Huey Ronald D. Kosmala Leon E. Obrzut10 Steven S. Paradise Lee McCloskey Shubert Donald W. Ungemah10 Eva Waskell Mary Lou Butkoski Zaleski5 Contributors Jane Cochran Chambers5 David M. Closterman Doris Evans Closterman Carmaine Crease Joseph R. Czarneck Marylin C. Davis Dale H. Edwards5 Rita Dougherty Groves R. Lawrence Gubanich Frederick E. Hackett Suzanne Stica Koerner Molly Boyle Krafchik Lois A. Kutish Herbert N. Maier10 Ruth H. McDermott Michael J. Mostello, Jr. John A. Nork10 Robert Jan Pethick James Reid Mary Muench Rosencrance Barbara Menarick Russo Anita Minelli Salerno5 Theresa M. Sapp Robert J. Vincenti John Voda Charlene Nalbach Yanchik10 John H. Zielinski Barbara Lewis Cousland5 Jeanne Martin Dhavale5 Bonnie Opella Eskra W. Marshall Evans10 Alan C. Gamble Charles J. Huey Barbara A. Kubinski W. David Larmouth II JoAnn Margolis5 Jane Klein Paradise F. Charles Petrillo William M. Pinkowski5 Susan Evans Pons Simon S. Russin Peter Stchur, Jr. Ellen Chergosky Verhanovitz Richard F. Verhanovitz Farley Associates Farley Associates John Wilkes Associates Judith Adams-Volpe Richard H. Disque Leona Sokash Dufour Richard H. Firestine Virginia Rome Grabowski5 Joseph A. Grohowski, Sr.5 James M. Mason Peter S. Phillips10 Henry J. Pownall Windsor S. Thomas10 William A. Trethaway5 Donna Troiano Robert Vanderoef Douglas W. Weber Elizabeth Dougherty Wood Nicholas Andrew Barna Frederick N. Brown Joyce Christian Detter Barry Gold Teresa Cushner Hunt5 Joseph E. Kiefer Robert C. Klotz10 Marian Zaledonis Kovacs10 Donna Broda Kuliczkowski Michael S. Pipan Karen A. Reed Nicholas S. Reynolds George J. Sick10 Wayne A. Sittner Charles W. Snyder5 Paul B. Solomon5 Albert E. Stofko Virginia Steckel Valentine Elaine Lutkoski Willis Robert J. Ziegler Patrick J. Burke Stephen G. Farrar Joseph B. Frappolli Michael J. Glancey5 Nancy Hawk Merryman10 Carol A. Skalski10 Donald C. Spruck Nancy Wanczyk Stinger Cynthia Wisniewski Weber Contributors Contributors Sandra Woolf Bauman Esther Schwartz Dorkin10 Forrest J. Eichmann5 Linda Fusaro Kahler Clement A. Gaynor, Jr. Carol Mazur Glowzenski5 Robert C. Harding10 E. William Kaylor, Jr. Margaret Gee Kraynanski5 Eugene A. Macur10 Mildred Gross Maier10 Gloria Martin5 Edward P. McGinley Barbara Yannunzio Mostello Bonnie Brown O’Neill Donald A. Pahls5 Susan Schermerhorn Prior Robert C. Roebuck John R. Rokita Anthony J. Ross William Schneider Jane Jancik Stevens Dolores Barone Straka5 Suzanne Bellone Timko10 Mary Kennedy Voda Frederick E. Weber Gerald L. Weisberger5 Allan D. Wickstein Mark K. Bauman Eugene J. Bonfanti5 Jean Cook Ciroalo David R. Cowan5 Sharon Tormey Everett Donald E. Fredd Eugene L. Kelleher Helen Baron Kopec Richard L. Kramer Lawrence A. Major Evelyn Morenko Matelski5 Edwin A. Pashinski John J. Pilosi5 Daniel R. Price Richard G. Raspen Janice Parsons Robart Daniel B. Rosencrance Darlene Moll Roth Edward M. Shiner George E. Collinson10 William G. Cooper10 Elizabeth Scholl10 David P. Baccanari5 Judith E. Beyer10 Bruce R. Brown Carol Tomaselli Brown Joseph J. Buziuk, Jr. 5 Richard G. Cantner Beverly Shamun Carey10 Margaret Hoban Dominic Barbara Ann Dorish5 Nancy Noterman Downing Eleanor Jachimczak Guzofsky Zdzislawa Paciej Harms5 Malcolm Kintz Harris5 John J. Helme David W. Hess Stanley R. Houpt Palmer P. Jones Sheila Carr Jones Jaquelyn Rubin Kaplan Leslie Marino Lessor Timothy M. McGinley Patricia Haydt Nitchie5 Susan Bennett Onze Peter T. Polashenski Sharon Strzelczyk Robinson Pauline Farrar Ruckno Judith Labows Sabatino10 Eugene Salko Myrna Brodbeck Schaefer Charles R. Sgarlat5 Frank J. Smith Carl G. Sponenberg10 Michael Stefanick10 Leslie Calamari Tinney Michael H. Tinney Anthony J. Turchetti5 Michael J. Worth Blue Circle CLASS OF 1969 David D. Baum10 Daniel Klem, Jr.10 Glen D. Klinger Donald M. Kronick Gerald E. Missal5 A. Daniel Murray Edward J. Podehl Elizabeth A. Slaughter10 • • • CLASS OF 1968 • • • The John Wilkes Society Trustee Associates John R. Miller10 Founder’s Circle Ronald Piskorik5 John Wilkes Associates CLASS OF 1967 Raymond Lowery, Jr. Gerard A. McHale, Jr.10 Anne Heineman Batory5 Robert L. Brown William R. Bush10 Flora Wargo McCormick5 Michael D. Smith William W. Stinger John Wilkes Associates The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle Blue Circle Andrea Gallet Lander Neil L. Millar5 Richard C. Roshong5 Regina Belden Smith Gerald F. Weber Grace Jones Kutzmas5 Ruth Partilla Narcum10 The Eugene Farley Club CLASS OF 1966 • • • The John Wilkes Society Founder’s Circle Carol Saidman Greenwald5 David Greenwald5 John Wilkes Associates Joyce Callahan Krivenko The Eugene Farley Club • • • The John Wilkes Society Founder’s Circle Gold Circle Farley Associates Alfred M. Airola Carolyn Jenkins Airola Richard L. Bucko5 Mark Cohen 1 Class 5 5 Chair or more years of consecutive giving 10 or more years of consecutive giving * Deceased 10 Paul P. Purta, Jr. Blue Circle Robert S. Gardner5 Walter Narcum10 Maureen Savage Szish Contributors The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle Dori S. Jaffe5 Joseph C. Wiendl5 Blue Circle Christopher A. Colovos5 Bryn E. Kehrli Ann Alumbaugh McElyea5 David Ralston Cynthia West Reed5 James S. Reed5 Glenn Stevenson Bernard J. Vinovrski Joseph Yozviak10 Farley Associates Jeannette Spott Barnes10 Betty Whah Bauman Richard R. Bayliss Barbara N. Bellucci5 Bruce O. Brugel10 Robert M. Burnat10 Paul B. Burry John H. Butler R. Bruce Comstock Ronald J. Gabriel Dennis P. Galli10 John T. Harmer5 George C. Harrison5 Stewart J. Harry10 Marilynn Froelich Hummer Joseph G. Kopec Charles A. Kosteva5 Angelo F. Loverro Raymond B. Luckenbach Irving A. Mendelssohn Andrea L. Petrasek Virginia Thomas Rinehimer Michael B. Robertson Sally Griffiths Robinson Albert D. Roke10 Rozanne Sandri-Goldin Marjorie Shaffer Victor William C. Sherbin Roy A. Shubert Leonard E. Strope, Jr.10 Charles J. Tharp5 Howard Weinberg5 Bette Neroda Wells James E. Wynn5 The John Wilkes Society Contributors Trustee Associates Robert W. Ashton James M. Calderone Robert A Catina Carol Sladin Clothier10 Lawrence B. Collins David J. Grandcolas Will Hooper Paul A. Wender10 President’s Circle John J. Chopack Brian McGrath George G. Pawlush10 William F. Ryan, Jr. 5 Wilkes | Fall 2012 Leslie Tobias Jenkins Joseph Kutzmas5 • report of gifts 37 �report of gifts • giving by class Philip E. Howe Kay L. Huber Edward Janoski David A. Jones5 Thaddeus M. Kalmanowicz10 Thomas F. Kelly5 Robert S. Kopec Patricia Zawoiski Kozemchak Joel Lubin Daniel M. Malloy Rhoda A. Moses5 Louis M. Pecora David J. Piatt Robert W. Reynolds Thomas M. Richards Carl V. Romanski Mel Rubin Mary E. Shaw Robert E. Silvi Carl J. Siracuse5 Janet Lutz Thurnau10 Robert C. Thurnau10 Catherine Nielsen Toran Thomas P. Williams, Jr. Carol Womelsdorf10 Robert L. Zeglarski CLASS OF 1970 • • • The John Wilkes Society Diamond Associates John M. Cefaly, Jr.5 Honorary Associates Margaret Filipkowski Sordoni10 John Wilkes Associates Edward F. Burke5 Janet Neiman Seeley10 The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle David M. Bogusko5 Lonnie A. Coombs10 Thomas W. Jones10 Charles D. Lengle5 Carol Densmore Marascio John Marfia, Jr.5 Joyce Nahas Moses Janice A. Saunders10 Barbara Morrison Squeri5 John E. Squeri5 Anne Aimetti Thomas5 Joanne Levandoski Falck Phyllis L. Gaydos5 Susan Trenkamp Harmer5 William C. Johnson Barbara Gonzales Kende Joseph R. Kolm J. David Lombardi10 Andrew C. Matviak Barbara L. Nanstiel Judith Cobleigh Ockenfuss5 Robert E. Ockenfuss5 Lee Paige10 Marion Boyle Petrillo Melvin C. Rogers, Jr. Neil M. Seidel10 David S. Silberman Evelyn Rygwalski Snyder5 William Steel Kathleen Lash Weinstein Richard Wetzel10 Contributors Matthew B. Buglehall Carl Charnetski Phyllis Sun Cheng5 Anita Rein Coplan Ronald J. Delese Ronald W. Faust5 Lorna Tarnoff Fredd Kenneth M. Gordon Fred A. Harkins, Jr.5 Anthony J. Honko5 Mary Carol Hornyak Adele Jancik Kaschenback Kenneth Kovaleski Camille Broski Kramer David W. Kutz10 Joyce Saluski Latoski Joseph A. Lukesh10 Patrick J. Malloy Pauline Gashi Myers Wendy Badman Sgarlat5 Kaye Harding Stefanick10 Ralph C. Tewksbury, Jr. Philip J. Thorick William S. Tinney5 Elva Costello Valentine Lea Gina White Joseph J. Zakowski Donna-Su Brown Zeglarski CLASS OF 1971 • • • The John Wilkes Society Founder’s Circle Blue Circle Wilkes | Fall 2012 Robert J. Conologue Elaine Lundy Ephlin Jay H. Goldstein Barton Hauser Renee Mucci Klem10 Bill Tarbart1, 10 Marcella Wroblewski Vinovrski 38 Farley Associates Carl J. Babushko Steven Chromey10 Carl L. Cook5 Marilyn Rabel Costanzo10 Leigh Doane Donecker George J. Matz10 John Wilkes Associates Ellen Stamer Hall1 Howard R. Lander Elliot J. Stahler The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle John R. Deem10 J. David Kaschak10 James B. Marascio Blue Circle Jerold W. Brown Judith Rodda Gardner5 Farley Associates John C. Baranowski5 Miriam Mohr Bayliss Terry A. Belles Beverly Peirce Berger10 Leonard J. Brozena James L. Butkiewicz10 Mary Ellen Fischer Butkiewicz10 Steven T. Case Martin M. Cebula5 Melinda Dawson Emil F. DiTullio10 Eugene S. Domzalski Cherylynn Petyak Gibson10 Andrew J. Gubanich, Jr. Joseph N. Ishley Barbara Roman Knezek10 George H. Knezek, Jr.10 William R. Lazor Patricia Mazzeo Lombardi10 William J. Murphy10 Judith Potestivo Ogin Richard E. Ogin David Reel William E. Reese5 Dolores Draganchuk Sheppard David G. Shevchuk Larry R. Volkel5 Nancy Button Barbara Aulisio Camoni5 Richard Chisarick5 Guy J. Comparetta10 Sandra Holl Comparetta10 Eric B. Davenport Alice Hadsall Davis10 Richard J. Davis5 Thomas P. De Lay Sheila Denion Anne Musto-Van Noy Dragon5 Larry D. Fabian Jill Yanoshak Gagliardi10 Karen Trevethan Gilmore5 Samuel C. Giunta James A. Gribb10 Melissa Burdick Harmon Suzanne Cox Herstek5 Patricia Baranoski Jula10 Jacquelyn Van Tuyle Kelly5 Stephen J. Kulonda Janie Davidson Larsen Pamela Krakowski Lawson William J. Lukridge Dixie Davis Mackall John G. Mandell, Jr. Leonard Matysczak Marianne Kolojejchick Matysczak Jacqueline Falk McGinley Sally Cooper McGinley Robert A. Moore Rosemary Baratta Novak Alfred L. Pennesi Carlton E. Phillips10 Joseph D. Rosato Richard L. Shonk Barbara McNicholl Scarpino10 Joan Tyree Deborah Berti Walsh Anne Agolino Wasko Richard A. Weinstein Nancy Ziobro Yurek Carolyn A. Williams Nancy Charles Williams Mario J. Zinicola CLASS OF 1972 • • • The John Wilkes Society Trustee Associates Anthony M. Cardinale Laura Barbera Cardinale Hedy Wrightson Rittenmeyer Ronald A. Rittenmeyer Founder’s Circle William A. Hanbury Kathy Price Kautter John S. Kerr Renate Dargel Kerr Theodore T. Yeager10 John Wilkes Associates James Garofalo10 Bruce E. Gover Alan E. Zellner5 The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle G. Garfield Jones, Jr. Michael M. Mariani10 Gary H. Williams1, 10 Contributors Frank Arva Alice Nasielski Battista10 Mary MacArthur Bennett Joyce Rother Burlone John P. Cherundolo Richard D. Ciuferri10 Joseph J. Cordora5 Lorraine Dombroski Cortegerone Alfred B. Crake5 Susan Staniorski Davis10 Rita S. Du Brow Philip T. Gullo John M. Halliday Alvin Justan5 Stephen E. Kaschenbach10 Robert R. Kern Carol Roke Klinetob Patricia Bauman Kramer Pauline Kmetz Makowski Buck Mallan Gerald P. McAfee Karen Braun Middleton Barbara Ward Nixon10 Margaret A. Occhipinti Daniel T. Powell Dennis J. Puhalla Maxine Levine Rubin Bruce A. Sabacek5 Jill Evans Saporito William R. Schultz Della F. Schulz5 Judith Seeherman Robert C. Staffa Barbara Perry Tokarz Mary Ellen Pointek Tracy William Umbach10 Robert J. Vignoli Eugene H. Wagner, Jr. James C. Weaver10 Blue Circle Ronald J. Bonomo Robert J. Cooney Teresa Brown Galicki Eugene G. Pappas10 Judithann Walsh Whelley Farley Associates Robert A. Byrne Thomas A. Costanzo10 Helene Dainowski10 Michael F. Daney, Jr. Frank Dessoye10 Donald L. Drust Jane A. Firestine10 Ronald B. Fritts David A. Furman5 George B. Gettinger Barbara Kish Gubanich Eric D. Hoover5 Harvey A. Jacobs10 Anthony V. Kleinhans10 Alexis Buchina Koss Barbara Repotski Lach Kathryn Ramsey Massey10 Frances Aiken Mitchell Mark H. Paikin Rita Ryneski5 David K. Thomas Enid Sullum Tope10 Dianne Hughes Treacy Joseph M. Treacy Beth Roche Ward5 CLASS OF 1973 • • • The John Wilkes Society Founder’s Circle Mariea Barbella Noblitt Jay S. Sidhu President’s Circle Charles P. Baker John Wilkes Associates David L. Davis10 Elizabeth Clements Gover Lloyd W. Ortman, Jr.10 Nancy Fern Snow The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle Nathan R. Eustis, Jr.10 Robert P. Matley10 Bruce E. Phair Rosemaria Cienciva Sorg Contributors Mary Ann Smith Alick Robert M. Babskie10 Mary Bau Kathryn Bekanich Pamela Bolesta 1 Class 5 5 Chair or more years of consecutive giving 10 or more years of consecutive giving * Deceased 10 �giving by class Frank P. Galicki Thomas S. Lasky5 Felice Oxman Salsburg10 CLASS OF 1974 • • • The John Wilkes Society John Wilkes Associates Margaret A. Zellner5 Farley Associates Donna Piston Aufiero10 Louise Beebe-Thornton Yvonne Gnatt Casey Ronald D. DeCanio John Dubik10 Michael J. Filipowski Joel Fischman Carl J. Galletti Lindsay Farley Gettinger Drew M. Klemish5 John G. Margo10 Pamela Parkin Murphy10 Paul Niezgoda Barbara Zembrzuski Pisano5 John R. Pisano5 Jeffrey F. Prendergast Paula T. Quinn Brenda Schmidt Silberman Thomas R. Steltzer Theodore J. Tramaloni5 John H. Welker Edward M. Zadjura Contributors Deborah Kovalchik Adamchak Nancy D. Adler Joseph T. Baranoski Karen Metzger Baranoski Richard L. Berkheiser Irene B. Blum10 Janet Mazur Boylan Robert L. Ciali Angela Alba Dessoye5 Josephine Schifano Finlayson Barbara Gilotti Martha Hall Yohe Preston L. Hess Florence Matura Hozempa Carol Hussa Mary Burns Jansen Richard N. Jones Elaine Moyer Kollar Gene G. Kruczek Evelyn Kovalchick Lewis Bonnie Church MacDonald Duncan W. MacIntyre John F. Macknis James P. McGinley Denise Goobic Meck Margaret Maciun Perkins Kay Platt5 David L. Ritter10 Joseph J. Roberts Judith Casola Roeder John Savitsky George P. Sillup Brenda Ricco Sumski5 Stephanie Pufko Umbach10 Mary P. Ungvarsky5 Linda Pugsley Ward Cecilia Rudolph Williams Matthew M. Wotherspoon 1 Class 5 5 Chair or more years of consecutive giving 10 or more years of consecutive giving * Deceased 10 The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle John J. Kowalchik Elizabeth M. Lopez5 W. Lee Miller10 Karen Kmietowicz Phair Blue Circle Susan Downs Kehrli Darlene Kishbaugh Darryl G. Kramer5 Dwaine Edwards Mattei Ratnakar L. Mitra Duane Sadvary5 Angela T. Vauter Farley Associates Lynn Karnofsky Ahmad Malek Ahmad Philip E. Auron Paula Castrucci Richard F. Curry Nancy Brokhahne Daney Clifton E. Dungey5 Robert T. Dzugan5 Allan A. Fanucci Karen A. Kuzminski Fanucci Lorene Daring Laberge Richard H. Lopatto, Jr.5 Robert Lussi Richard D. Masi John J. Mazzolla5 Michael J. O’Boyle10 Elaine Para Pacheco Robert D. Prendergast Beverly Chislo Solfanelli Carol Presnal Stashik J. Bruce Weinstock Contributors Sheffe G. Abraham Stephen D. Adamchack, Jr. Richard B. Anselmi Diane Seltzer Bloss Frank E. Bria Gene A. Camoni5 Denise H. Chapura5 Joseph C. Damiano10 Kevin J. Davy Charles D. Denkenberger Jean H. Gilroy Marjorie Czulewicz Hingston Michael G. Hischak Betty Wood Hughes Ann Bowman Jamieson Martin J. Kane Jeffrey D. Katra Marshall I. Kornblatt Richard H. Lorenzen Christine Donahue Mayo Bettie Ann Rogers Morgan Ann Lyons Nardone Rosemary Petrillo Sarna Marguerite A. Sauer5 Pamela Eggert Schueler Sulochana Gogate Sherman Charles H. Shiber Ronald A. Shuleski Robert P. Singer Frank J. Tencza Jill Linder Waselik A. Ruth Rinehimer Whalen Robert D. Zettle10 Gayle Kinback Pryor Deborah A. Schneider10 Joan Bonfanti Shannon Diane Drost Shuleski Ann Marie Lewis Strempek Barbara Katra Swiatek5 Anita Miller Williams5 Roseann Cordora Williams CLASS OF 1975 • • • • • • The John Wilkes Society John Wilkes Associates William R. Thomas10 The Eugene Farley Club CLASS OF 1976 The John Wilkes Society John Wilkes Associates Guy J. DiZebba James J. Morgan5 John J. Reese Margaret Burgess Lenihan10 Paul J. Macik Karen Yohn Mack Richard A. Marchant Kerry D’Angelo Miller Marietta Barbara Minelli Linda Papatopoli Joyce Hooley Regna Joseph J. Santini Laureen Carney Santini Carlo Saporito Vilma Schifano-Milmoe Deborah Morano Sfraga Jane E. Smith10 Amy Santilli Whitehouse Donald R. Williams Robert N. Yanoshak John B. Zimmerman Peter C. Zubritzky5 Gold Circle The Eugene Farley Club Andrew E. Baron5 Ann Marie Bartuska Nelson G. Landmesser Gary L. Richwine Gold Circle Richard J. Allan Patricia A. Schillaci10 William Urosevich CLASS OF 1977 Blue Circle Blue Circle Trustee Associates Bernard J. Ford III Joan Zaleski Ford Brian K. Haeckler10 Thomas J. Kaschak Clarence G. Ozgo10 Michael G. Stambaugh10 Nancy Rodda Topolewski10 Stephen M. Baloga, Jr.10 Deborah Lataro Cargo10 Robert J. Spinelli5 Mary Belin Rhodes10 The John Wilkes Society President’s Circle Paul S. Adams10 Farley Associates Raymond Bartosh5 Christine M. Buchina1, 5 Barbara Swandick Duda Brian M. Finn5 Ellen Schwartz Fischman Marla Stopkoski Flack Robert S. Howes, Jr. David C. Kowalek5 Gary M. Kratz5 Patrick J. Moran Anne Tracy Patsiokas Stelios Patsiokas Sally Chupka Pucilowski10 Pauline A. Seleski5 Stephen Solfanelli Ann Rapoch Super5 Jane E. Thompson5 Gloria Zoranski Edward A. Bosha Gary Roger Brod Daniel B. Cabot Robert D. Clements, Jr. Gail MacIntyre Dohrn10 Mark J. Dubik Carol Kester Dungey5 Susan V. Fielder10 William Fromel Thomas D. Glosser Diane R. Jones5 Joan Domarasky Luksa10 Richard W. MacKey Joseph J. Marchetti Anthony L. McHugh10 Deborah Dinkel Nieman Margery German Rifkin5 Michael S. Rifkin5 Harold W. Roberts Nancy Ellen Roberts Thomas Runiewicz Richard J. Sullivan5 Contributors Contributors Philip J. Conrad, Jr. Michael V. DeVincentis5 Theodore B. Dennis, Jr. Janet Condon Diefenbacher Robert A. Dwyer Raymond P. Gustave Richard H. Hingston Barbara Gannon Hogan5 Ronald J. Jacobs10 Larinda Dyson Kaufer Beth Robin Kaye Pauline Hayes Lawson Janet Markowitz Macik Marguerite E. McCollom5 Alan R. Miller Robert B. Milmoe Donald T. Mock Doralyn Howard Moody Thomas W. Pezzicara5 Janice Cohen Barnet Marianne Montague Benjamin Carolann Gusgekofski Besler Philip A. Besler Robert E. Bettin Mary Murray Brady Susan Brimo-Cox Lois Tunaitis Daley Andrea Mahally Danilack Jacqueline Pickering Dzurek David L. Ellis Michael M. Gilbert Regina Gurick Guarin5 Evelyn D. Hager Bruce C. Jackson Darice Sabalesky Janusziewicz Jack W. Keller Sandra Kershaw Thomson Marianne Macur Kopcho5 Farley Associates • • • John Wilkes Associates Denise Schaal Cesare10 Drew Landmesser5 Michael S. LoPresti Patrice Stone Martin10 Kim Witherow Morgan5 Sandra Shepard Piccone10 Jeffrey D. Renoe The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle Bruce A. Lear Patricia Reilly Urosevich Blue Circle Joseph W. Buckley5 Catherine Williams Ozgo10 M. Patty Cullinan Spinelli5 John M. Zubris Farley Associates Kathleen Warakomski Benjamin Joan Chemnitius Best Raymond A. Best Ruth McKalips Diestelmeier5 Paul J. Domowitch Andrew B. Durako, Jr. Steven Esrick5 Gene A. Heath10 Kathleen Heilig McInerney Richard D. Mutarelli5 Jeffrey A. Schlicher Christine Hudak Shipula Patricia S. Steele Thomas J. Ward5 Contributors Maureen Carey Albrecht Guy F. Barbato Sue Ann Knight Beck Alan Berger Brian E. Boston Wilkes | Fall 2012 Blue Circle • report of gifts 39 �report of gifts • giving by class Mark P. Buchinski Jill Fritz Buntz5 Christine M. Chmielewski Arthur S. Daniels10 Nancy Slawson Deacon Donna Smith Dickinson5 Harold S. Edmunds Manuel J. Evans5 Dennis G. Falcone Deborah A. Federo Judith Bienkowski Geary Kenneth A. Geary Susan M. Hansen John James Harper Margaret Tomczak Interrante Karen Kuchinskas Kaminski Carl E. Kaschenbach III Joanne Englot Kawczenski10 Deborah J. Koons5 Christine Koterba Lodge Nicholas Lozorak, Jr. Rick D. Mahonski5 John J. Minetola Earl W. Monk10 Eric D. Murray Mary Kay Malloy Pappadeas Barry Allan Pezzner John G. Puchalsky Edward J. Pupa James D. Reilly, Jr. Joseph W. Sekusky5 Leonarda A. Sperrazza Inez S. Stefanko Terri Jackson Swatko Dianne LaCova Trawick Patrick A. Ward5 Pamela Gingell Webb Mary Kadlecik Williams Evelyn Labenski Zakowski CLASS OF 1978 • • • The John Wilkes Society Trustee Associates Rhea Politis Simms5 President’s Circle Jean Reiter Adams10 Gregory A. MacLean Michael J. Speziale5 John Wilkes Associates Raymond E. Dombroski Brigette McDonald Herrmann10 David A. Jolley10 Jeffrey G. Jones Judith Mills Mack10 The Eugene Farley Club Wilkes | Fall 2012 Gold Circle 40 Ann Sharkey Esrick5 Ellen M. Field Edward J. Finn Joel G. Gelb David W. Gregrow Diane Pechalonis Groves5 Carol Pashchuk Huggler5 Diane Malachefski Kollar Patricia McCarthy Last Lori Ashbaugh Mackey Kevin F. McCall Christopher B. O’Brien Cynthia M. Patterson10 Barbara Swantkowski Placek Lois Enama Pluskey5 Anthony James Shipula Clark F. Speicher Jacqueline A. Vitek Contributors William P. Abrams Michael D. Booth Michael A. Calabrese Karen Kennedy Campbell10 Terry A. Christman Paula Heffernan Daley10 Maryjean deSandes5 Mark Finkelstein Gary E. Gardner Doreen Wickiser Hampton Denise Casem Hasneh5 Susan Serio Jack Neil H. Kaufer Suzanne Pudlosky Keller Robert J. Klecanda Stephen J. Lear John J. Mack10 Paula Strinkoski Manley Leslie Stobel McCafferty Donna Stanco McDevitt Jane A. Miller10 Anita Mucciolo5 Diane Zayac Pachucy Gary E. Pohorely Cynthia Perry Possanza Suzanne Fischer Prestoy Harriet Smith Rabinowitz5 Mary Kern Reynolds10 Rosemarie Rosati Shawn Rozett Senning Merle Zipkin Silver Seth M. Silver Frank R. Sirocki Robert J. Stofko5 John K. Suchoski5 Cathleen Teel Linda Allmon Walden5 Ellen DuFosse Wengen Donald J. Williams David J. Yakaitis5 John Wilkes Associates John H. Ellis, IV5 Frederick W. Herrmann10 The Eugene Farley Club Donald I. Burton, Jr.10 Betsy Bell Condron10 Cheryl Roman Grimaldi Blue Circle Sheree Kessler France David J. Gulitus Thomas P. Sokola Farley Associates Renee Venarucci Benedetto5 Karen Lucchesi Bostrom Lynne Mazzanti Brensha John E. Cavanaugh, Jr. William J. Gibbons5 John T. Ho Donald E. Horrox10 John R. Leedy Kurt J. Moody Edward F. Orloski David G. Pawlush Leonard J. Podrasky, Jr. Maureen Shay Prendergast Geraldine Cravatta Samselski Casper Tortella Contributors Mary D. Aschendorf Tami A. Beraud Anthony G. DeVincentis, Jr. Jay Finkelstein William D. Frye, Jr.10 Wilma Hurst Gardner Nigel J. Gray Robert E. Greenwood Mary Louise Kepics Harris Ann Timko Hughes Nancy J. Johnson5 Joseph D. Kerestes, Jr. Rosa Khalife-McCracken John D. Koze James J. Maloney5 Linda Mizenko Noto Jeannie S. O’Donnell Annette Tabone Peck John D. Ralston Susan Cameli Scanland Mary Ann Morgan Stelma5 Cheryl Moyer Thomas Cheryl Berry Washington Paul P. Wengen Ann Marie Yanushefski CLASS OF 1980 • • • CLASS OF 1979 The John Wilkes Society • • • President’s Circle The John Wilkes Society Blue Circle Trustee Associates James P. Edwards10 Thomas N. Ralston10 Alan C. France James J. Moran10 Nancy E. Van Kuren Ann Marie Booth Cardell Daniel J. Cardell John Wilkes Associates Farley Associates Janine Pokrinchak Dubik Carol Corbett Pawlush10 CLASS OF 1981 Gold Circle • • • Roger J. Davis Karen L. Devine Anthony J. Grimaldi The John Wilkes Society William R. Miller10 Blue Circle Founder’s Circle Joel P. Kane Joye Martin-Lamp5 Lawrence J. Mullen10 Mark A. Rado5 William A. Shaw10 Patricia L. Warski Edward J. White III David M. Williams5 Shepard C. Willner10 Frank D. Yamrus Edward S. Mollahan Trustee Associates Gold Circle Terri Mackavage Kovalski5 AnastasiosTsolakis President’s Circle The Eugene Farley Club Gregory A. Black Marianne Marzen Black Stephen J. Croghan5 Christine C. Evanchick President’s Circle Terrence W. Casey Joseph G. Galli John Wilkes Associates Barbara E. King5 The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle Stephen S. Grillo10 Ed Johnson Susan M. Liberski Dana C. Shaffer Joan Jacobsen Shaffer John R. Silk Farley Associates Joseph D. Angelella1, 5 Anthony J. Aversa Carol A. Bosack-Kosek5 Janet May Cavanaugh Maureen Falvey Creamer James L. Devaney5 Doreen Swiatek Drescher Susan Theobald Eckmann Charles E. Hagen Judith Scott Harris Bruno E. Kolodgie5 Lynn E. Maelia David M. Maxim10 Jeffrey J. Shovlin Joseph M. Toole5 Blue Circle John J. Frappolli Rosemarie Hubner Swain Farley Associates Debra Prater Chapman Mary Jean McCarthy Clements Louis P. Czachor C. Douglas Drescher Beth Hathaway Glassford Harry C. Hicks, Jr. Susan Matley Hritzak5 Thomas F. Kane Gary E. Michael Cheryl Scalese Moyer5 Mary Rebarchak Schott10 Donna Ferretti Shandra5 Stephen J. Sirocki Sarah Farley Stapleton5 Benedict A. Yatko Contributors Kathleen Sweeney Ashton Scott W. Ashton Julie Keiderling Bordo Edgar S. Brace, III5 Michael V. Broda5 Thomas G. Brown Kathryn Roman Davis Sharon Knight Grivner Ronald J. Gronski John M. Jones David P. Korba Lisa Mastrantuono Lombard Philip A. Marino5 Robert W. Matzelle Michael G. McNelis Michael R. Mey Linda Millar John A. Miranda Joanne Harding Murphy10 Thomas B. Needham, Jr.10 Richard J. Nordheim5 Edward M. Ohmott Judith Bellas Ohmott Frank A. Pascucci Diane Cimakosky Rigotti Joseph A. Rigotti Barbara Boote Rupert Kenneth N. Sciamanna10 Theresa Hussong Kenia Susan M. Suchanic5 James M. Wallace Barbara Rodda Welch5 Cheryl Polak Woloski Donna Whitmore Zimmer Contributors Maria Bianco Mary Ann Dalbo Boccagno Noreen Sack Burginia Andrew W. Contos Dean D’Amico Jacqueline Sunder Demko Melissa Smith Georgiou James J. Grudzinski Robert J. Harper Paul C. Kanner Keith P. Kolanda Leslie J. Nicholas Cynthia Ercolani Olshemski Maria Nilsen Pacchioni5 Douglas Phillips Donna Kachur Pino Margaret Scholl Weidner Carol Buchman Smith Katherine Ochs Wells Pam Bennett Wodzicki 1 Class 5 5 Chair or more years of consecutive giving 10 or more years of consecutive giving * Deceased 10 �giving by class CLASS OF 1982 • • • The John Wilkes Society Trustee Associates Shelley Freeman David E. Hadley1 Roya Fahmy5 Diane Gombeda Fellin Gloria Kopec Hasel Richard Havard III Paul H. McCabe James V. Musto Marianne Hall Sabadish Sandra Bartels Thomas5 Stephen C. Thomas V5 Ellen Marie Van Riper5 President’s Circle Kenneth J. Krogulski Brian C. Thomas John Wilkes Associates Maureen Connolly Cambier Wayne D. Lonstein The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle Ruth McDermott-Levy10 Bruce R. Williams5 Blue Circle Mary Ann Gazdick Keith J. Saunders Contributors Joan Thomas Brody Roy J. Brody Stephen N. Cahoon David R. Carey Jennifer Ogurkis Carey Judy Rydzewski Cudo Timothy F. Davis Mary Ellen Moran Doll Robert D. Haas5 Eric L. Johnson10 Kathleen Keller Leon T. Kolanowski Maureen Stanks Kroncke Barbara Young Meigh Janice Nagle Pettinato5 John J. Rainieri James R. Reap Patricia M. Riley Daniel C. Schilling10 Kimberly Coccodrilli Strickland Contributors Donna Nitka Brunelli5 Ann Marie Romanovitch Chikowski Eugene Chikowski Edward W. Czeck Alphonse T. D’Amario Ellen Proeller Dennis Joseph F. Dylewski10 Debra Bligh Gernhart5 Jeffrey S. Gernhart5 Sharon Michener Gross Edward R. Kennelly Joseph J. Leandri Gary M. Mack Frank C. Olshemski Elizabeth Larson Ostuni Ralph Pringle III David A. Soboleski5 Edward E. Urbanski Dianne M. Watchulonis5 Donald R. Werts Charmaine Conrad Zoller10 CLASS OF 1985 • • • The John Wilkes Society Joseph C. Grzenda, Jr. Michael Homishak5 John J. Kapp Nancy Bowen Kennelly Joseph D. Kushner Dorothy Price Lane Alice Ting Lee5 Alan Melusen Robert Nagle, Jr. James M. Opet10 Elizabeth Dougherty Quinn Kathleen Mooney Rainieri Rossar R. Reynolds Karen Lutz Santone Michelle Liddic Schilling10 Jeffrey J. Tokach CLASS OF 1986 • • • The John Wilkes Society John Wilkes Associates Randa Fahmy Hudome David Reynolds Jay C. Rubino10 The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle John Wilkes Associates Thomas Allardyce5 Paul Chmil5 Eric F. Reidinger10 Michele James Wagner Karen Bove5 Karen Zingale Blue Circle CLASS OF 1984 The Eugene Farley Club Paul A. Cummings10 Michael Mattise10 Contributors • • • Gold Circle Brian D. Balliet Linda McCarthy D’Amario Marjorie A. George Rosanne Kramer Brenda Kutz Burkholder5 Michael F. Lombard Patricia Markiewicz Patrician Valerie VanDyke Phillips Roberta M. Price John F. Pullo Ellen Krupack Raineri Jane Ciprich Ryan Christine Lain Sarno Catherine Durocher Shafer10 Deborah Chandler Zuzelski5 The John Wilkes Society Dianne Charsha5 Susan Maier Davis1, 5 David P. Rudis Thomas J. Thomas, Jr.5 Farley Associates Donna De Bastos Fromel Kathleen Layaou Heltzel5 Lorraine Edwards Pawlush Joseph Sabadish John D. Sweeney Karen Steckel Vernon5 CLASS OF 1983 • • • The Eugene Farley Club Blue Circle Carol Louise Dean10 Jeffrey R. Garbor10 James M. Johnson Marie Roke Thomas5 Farley Associates Clair Beard Read Joseph J. Chmiola Lillian Russin Cohen Jay M. Colby Peter T. Creamer Cynthia Bartholomay Demetro 1 Class 5 5 Chair or more years of consecutive giving 10 10 or more years of consecutive giving * Deceased President’s Circle James J. Mulligan10 Farley Associates Thomas J. Balutis Douglas S. Bradley Jacqueline Brown Mastrokyriakos Paul Mastrokyriakos Russell Banta Dennis P. Clarke10 J. B. Earl Karen Galli10 Kevin P. Guns Tom Harfman5 Edward J. Hudson10 Daniel J. Kennelly John C. Long, Jr. Michael J. Uter Blue Circle Farley Associates Contributors Donna Garber Cosgrove Patricia Hidock Dodge William B. Dodge Janet Legault Kelley10 William N. McCann Barbara Rosick Moran10 Ruth E. Renna10 Deborah Vogt Nancy Pardy Cabot Barbara Jarick Ecker Kathryn Gryzie Johnson Mauri Lawler Sandra P. Luongo5 Michael J. Masciola Thomas J. Monsell Alicia Shutack-Silliman Eugene D. Wachowski10 Kathleen Hyde Walsh Timothy P. Williams5 Myron W. Yencha Linda Boock Zanoline David J. Africa Cheryl Zack Fischer Florence Backitis Lauth Gary R. Melusen5 Beth Danzeisen Morpeth Thomas J. Morpeth Amy McCluskey Sadvary Joseph M. Santuk5 Angela Iyoob Stewart James J. Temprine Christine May Terry David J. Warnick10 Thaddeus M. Zuzik5 Contributors CLASS OF 1987 Denise Selner Bartoletti10 Michael D. Bernstein Leslie Turrell Bullock Dave Burak John A. Chipego Evelyn J. Dopko10 Carmella Butera Fereck10 Suzanne Vassia Fletcher • • • Trustee Associates Charles M. Ferguson John Wilkes Associates Valerie Kotula Alba Daniel Glunk Richard J. Myers, Jr. Katherine Potter Reynolds Steven P. Roth The Eugene Farley Club Farley Associates Kathleen Galli Chupka10 Paul C. Dietrich5 Francis S. Gruscavage10 Edwin M. Johnson Marcia Wachs Race5 Theodore Ruch5 Dennis W. Sholl Ann Marie Burke Sweeney Marguerite McCormick Tolan10 Blue Circle Blue Circle Alice C. Bulger10 John H. Bulger10 Thomas J. Ricko1, 5 Farley Associates William J. Buoni Karen Dragon Devine Cornelius Douris10 Greg A. Feldman Chris W. Fellin John W. Harrison John B. Hayward Scott Michenfelder5 Daniel R. Nulton10 Christine Bolcarovic Rakauskas Michael Rupp10 John P. Sedor Marc E. Shapiro Cherie Soprano Greg Trapani Contributors Linda Turowski Attardo Shirley Nelson Brough Joan Balutis Chisarick5 Michael R. Everett Joan Smith Foster Thomas R. Gasper Paul J. Isaac Kimberly Tokach Kellar Joseph M. Kultys5 Ross G. Macarty Claudia Lee Malone Michael J. Moletsky Michelle McAllister Moletsky John R. Patterson, Jr. Brenda Vassello Rehrig Alex Rendina5 Sandra A. Rendina5 Ellen R. Smith Sandra Williams5 CLASS OF 1988 • • • The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle The John Wilkes Society John Wilkes Associates Joseph S. Briskie The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle Joyce Victor Chmil5 Brian J. Dorsey Farley Associates Lisa Sigman Banta Karen M. Beretsky James S. Cross Michael F. Crusco William F. Harries Dianne Tometchko Ruch5 Ann Markowski Toole5 Chadwick E. Tuttle5 Ronald H. Ulitchney Contributors Scott Bailey James Borysowski Roy F. Boyd Walter A. Connor, III Robert Corradetti Francis E. Crowley, III5 Deborah DeCesare Duncan Michael Duncan Rosemary Bottazzi Eibach5 Wilkes | Fall 2012 John J. Woloski, Jr. Marla Brodsky Wright1 • report of gifts 41 �report of gifts • giving by class Lisa C. Jordan5 Mark Kneeream Lawrence M. Kopenis James Krupa Frederick J. Nagy William S. Peightel5 Daniel A. Perrett Dennis J. Procopio10 Marilyn C. Querci5 James H. Ralston Michelle A. Rick Craig Rome Debra Reisenweaver Schweitzer Joseph J. Snell Edward J. Sullivan Kurt A. Topfer10 Veronica Upwood Carl Vassia Don Zelek CLASS OF 1989 • • • The Eugene Farley Club Blue Circle Michael J. Kolessar Joel C. Kotch5 Farley Associates James J. Byrne Guangda Chu B. Jean Millard Kosh Samuel L. Perry Robert D. Sitzler10 Paul J. Sollazzo Robert D. Wachowski5 Antoinette Rajchel-Wingert5 Carl J. Zbegner Wilkes | Fall 2012 Contributors 42 Denise Sushocki Allardyce Dianne Augugliaro Bailey Robert S. Berger10 John B. Bowman Jamie P. Brasington Eugene C. Cunard John R. Davis James G. Day Nancy Hricko Divers10 Lori Vagnarelli Drozdis William R. Evanina Erik A. Everett Pauline Wagner Fisher Catherine Thomas Hauze Renee Swider Horwath5 Susan Tomasko Lacerda Douglas G. Lane Kimberly Klimek Novak Eric J. Price5 Carol Henry Raymond Robert R. Rees, Jr. Grace Collier Richmond Daniel F. Rowe Sharon Sholtis Schneider Jeffrey D. Seamans5 Adam B. Sieminski Jane Coyle Smith Amy Hopkins Snell CLASS OF 1990 • • • The John Wilkes Society John Wilkes Associates Jason D. Griggs The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle Carl M. Charnetski10 Steven M. Schannauer Blue Circle Shirley Thomas Butler10 Joseph C. Smith1 Aimee A. Zaleski Tracy Goryeb Zarola1 Farley Associates Scott C. Barth Wendy Holden Gavin10 Bruce A. Huggler5 Merrel W. Neal Contributors Joan Conologue Abrams Donna Brown Argenio Joseph F. Argenio Daria Schuster Connor Joseph L. Cumbo James T. Gorman Jaime J. Jurado Andrew J. Kovalchick Sandra M. Krokos Cynthia L. Miller Mary O’Hara Mulhern Clara Stetler Noldy Mark T. Siegel10 Mark A. Sommers Staci Keiser Wiernusz Steve W. Wilson5 Stanley J. Zaneski Christopher J. Augustine Connie Breese Janice Miller Browning Thomas P. Cawley Heather A. Chelpaty Camille Bobeck Daniels Judith A. Ellis Norman E. Frederick Laurie Tappan Furfaro Stan J. Giza Victoria M. Glod10 Edward D. Gorman Dennis P. Granahan Robert S. Hiller Carol Hiscox10 Corinne Foor Kern Mark E. Liscinski Richard A. Melvin Frederick A. Mihalow Arkey Morelli Dina Gavenas Nathan Kimberly E. Nole Dawn Marie Penkala Charles D. Redding Sean P. Reilly Mary Jo Rubino Catherine H. Saporito Helane Stucker Saylock John T. Sedlak William F. Shankweiler10 Mary Ann Bobkowski Shillabeer Vaughn A. Shinkus Brian W. Thomas Adam Tillman Donna M. Wilk Linda O’Boyle Zaneski • • • The John Wilkes Society John Wilkes Associates Martina Petrosky Schannauer John F. Sheehan, III1 Contributors Farley Associates Janine M. Becker William J Buzza Anne Kilyanek Crew Craig J. Engel5 Eric J. Knorr Jamie Mazeitis Knorr Edward J. Kwak5 Joseph G. Lannon Sarah Gaumer Neal Amy Schukis Sheehan5 Susan Adamchak Smith10 Jeffery T. Stauffer Contributors Nancy Alonzo5 Michael C. Hall Melanie O’Donnell Wade10 The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle Martin L. Strayer Blue Circle Catherine A. Fantini Candice Romanoski Farrell Gerald R. Winton Jeffrey J. Yankow Lillian M. Bostjancic John K. Breckner Eileen E. Colahan Cheryl A. Fritzen Steven F. Geider Robert J. Gershey Gordon R. Hartmann Rosalie D. Mancino Cecelia P. Mercuri5 Charlotte Hoffman Moser Daniel W. Moser Joelle Mrozoski5 Stephen D. Puzio5 Janice A. Raspen Kathleen Risley10 Raymond R. Russ5 David P. Saxton Helen Newton Semanski CLASS OF 1995 • • • The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle Farley Associates Kathleen Moran Houlihan Joseph C. Reilly Frederick H. Addison5 Aaron D. Albert5 Melissa Margis-Kapur Rosemary LaFratte1, 5 Alisa Coviello Miller Ronald E. Miller Frank C. Mitchell Janel Oshinski5 Sally Pancheri Benito A. Tranguch, Jr. William J. Umphred, Jr. Blue Circle Susan J. Malkemes10 Jeffrey B. Slank Joseph F. Woodward Farley Associates Sabeth R. Albert5 Joseph P. McBride10 B. Richard Miller William F. Noone Christie Meyers Potera James W. Smith Contributors CLASS OF 1994 The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle The Eugene Farley Club John Wilkes Associates Farley Associates • • • Michael J. Dungan Evan G. Evans Jean K. Nepa Dearon K. Tufankjian Kathleen McGeary Umphred William B. Hanigan Virginia M. Rodechko10 The John Wilkes Society Arden J. Keller, Jr. Gary H. Meyers CLASS OF 1992 Kevin P. Kratzer5 Margaret A. Krout Suzanne K. O’Boyle Tina Oechler-Dean Steven A. Polliard Cheryl Cator Reinke Suzanne Stanski Scheible James M. Sepko Louis J. Shiber5 Patricia Y. Staskiel Stanley D. Staskiel Gina Stella-Konnick Julie DePue Vinci • • • Carol L. Burke Eugene J Colosimo John J. Comerford Colette M. Elick Holly Pitcavage Frederick Anthony A. Guidi Karl J. Hoffman Joann Hartmann Jones Lori Kuhar Marshall Ronald N. Miller5 Alfred G. Mueller Patricia A. Royer Sandra A. VanLuvender Blue Circle CLASS OF 1991 CLASS OF 1993 Contributors Ann Blaskiewicz Tina Hite Brunetti Robert J. Dean Guy A. DuBoice Martha L. Heffers David A. Hines10 Kimberly Escarge Keller10 Bruce Kerr William F. LePore William M. Murphy Thomas J. Semanek5 Linda P. Sult Judith Wienckoski Tanya Daigle Zegers • • • The Eugene Farley Club Blue Circle David S. Fantini Jody P. Novitsky CLASS OF 1996 • • • Farley Associates The Eugene Farley Club Kevin M. Barno Walter R. Guss Paul J. Potera George W. Snyder5 Denise Berberick Stewart10 James A. Tricarico Lisa Wrubel Tricarico Blue Circle Vani P. Murthy10 Farley Associates Timothy P. Ahrens James F. Anoia Karen Bednarczyk Cowan1, 10 William R. Beggs Eric J. Freeland Michael J. Grasso Karen M. Grimm John J. Julius Brian W. McCoy Ali E. Qureshi5 Contributors Jolie Decker Bach Susan A. Bower James A. Bruck Charlene Klynowsky Decker Michele A. Donovan Theresa L. Granahan Gwen Groblewski Xin-Tian Hoffman 1 Class 5 5 Chair or more years of consecutive giving 10 or more years of consecutive giving * Deceased 10 �giving by class Contributors Kristin Burick Skiados Leanne Chamberlain Cole Christopher C. Dunbar Stephen W. Hansen10 Timothy D. Long C. Scott Magalengo Rebecca Farrington Peters Tracy Berardi Samson David E. Searfoss Richard D. Wisniewski Michael J. Zeto Deborah Andres Greco5 Michael J. Gundersdorf Karen Mazuka Hartman Mitchell N. Morgan Anne Straub Pelak10 Joseph E. Stella Peter M. Stover Timothy M. Straub Phillip J. Torres Joseph M. Walsh CLASS OF 1999 • • • The John Wilkes Society John Wilkes Associates R. Matthew Minielly CLASS OF 1997 The Eugene Farley Club • • • Blue Circle The Eugene Farley Club Randy A. Engelman5 Sarah Karlavage Rocchio Carolyn Chronowski Lauderback Kristine Erhard Pruett10 Todd J. Vinovrski Gold Circle Karen A. Ephlin Mike P. Handley Asif M. Ilyas Michael G. Noone5 Brian Redmond Farley Associates Blue Circle Alan C. Novitsky Farley Associates Eleanor Quick Bluhm Cynthia Charnetski Bradley R. Klotz10 Scott K. Schonewolf Edmund R. Zych Contributors Louis E. Atkinson5 Robert J. Costello Mark J. Dechman10 Gary J. Kostrobala Christine Pavalkis Brett A. Sachse Jason S. Sites CLASS OF 1998 • • • The John Wilkes Society Patricia A. Brent Daniel W. Doughton Cecilia Bukowski Hibbard Adriana Espinheira Mellas Sanford J. Ungar Brandon Berretta Mary Ann Kershitsky Blosky5 Patricia Carpenetti Carpenter5 Denise M. Castellano Joanne P. Corbett Brian E. Gryboski Cynthia E. Kern Jonathan G. Laudenslager Judith Lahr Martin10 Jeff G. Moisey Matthew J. Peleschak10 Carissa Pokorny-Golden Debra DuBois Sachse5 Carl J. Witkowski Christine Tondrick Baksi Stephanie L. Bass5 Amy Beardsworth Costello 1 Class 5 5 Chair or more years of consecutive giving 10 or more years of consecutive giving * Deceased 10 The John Wilkes Society John Wilkes Associates Robert Cooney5 Maria Shahda Minielly The Eugene Farley Club Blue Circle Robert M. Moore5 Farley Associates Anthony J. DaRe Christina M. Van Camp Contributors • • • Contributors • • • Gold Circle CLASS OF 2000 Lisa Niewinski Ciampi Michael D. Coach I. Michael Fras Jill Fasciana McCoy George G. Pawlush Lori Ann Perch10 Donna Marie Pretko Sarah Kovacs Yoder CLASS OF 2001 Edward T. Bednarz Kelly West Bolesta Heather A. Brown Jonathan D. Ference Kimberly Hritzak Ference Ted D. Foust Scott E. Herb5 Ann Wotring Kirka Edward A. Kollar Marcy Fritz Krill5 Daniel S. Longyhore Julie L. Olenak Richard W. Seipp George M. Waschko Joseph J. Fadden Susan A. Meuser Farley Associates Harris A. Ahmad Holly Renee Baer Paul A. Binner Denise A. Skorupa David G. Bond, Jr. Norbert J. Braun5 Charles E. Brinker Michael J. Corrigan Dustin A. Daniels Jason L. Evans5 Beth Ann Gehret Jeffrey B. Hall Crystal L. Harris Cheryl L. Hersh Harry W. Hintz, Jr. Brian L. Lubenow Mary Jo Petlock Michelle Nallon Phares Alex J. Podsadlik Jessica Murray Range Kathleen Terrenoir Sachse Joan L. Schneider Jessica Niemiec Swingle Donna S. Talarico1 Margaret S. Thomas Contributors John Wilkes Associates The Eugene Farley Club Contributors The Eugene Farley Club Blue Circle Paula Gentilman Gaughan Charles D. Lemmond, Jr.5 Farley Associates Michael G. Bluhm Scott Bolesta Brandon M. Carlin Linda Chong Beverly K. Gooden5 Michael J. Krasulski, Jr. Robert J. Krehely, Jr.5 John A. Mason, Jr.5 Melissa Jo Pammer Kimberly Gross Wolfrom5 Milos Barjaktarovic Daniel Thomas Borden Michael J. Cherinka William W. Clark5 Gregory J. Collins Elizabeth Shultz Conklin Shanna Henninger Dawson5 Dennis M. Fox Megan A. Frey Sheakoski Sharon A. Haffey Brian R. Judge5 Stacy Geiger Mesics10 Christine A. Nestlerode Judy A. Sawka Patricia Hopfer Sebastianelli Lisa K. Shafer1 Jason Sheakoski Heather Barnes Shinkus Kevin S. Siegel Rosemarie C. Sochka Christopher J. Talecki Robert A. Waite Elizabeth A. Yablonski Mary E. Ziegler CLASS OF 2002 • • • The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle J. Bartholomay Grier5 Blue Circle James T. Best5 Farley Associates Michael C. Hetzel Contributors Alicia A. Cymbala Beth Danner Kinslow1, 10 Todd B. Hastings Shambhu Jaiswal Heidi D. Landis John Leedock Paul Marciano Douglas K. Mountz Geremia J Palmaioli Palmina B. Pavlico John J. Price Jean R. Sartin10 Anthony J. Stavenski, III Michael Verton Mark J. Waskovich Gregory A. Wojnar Michael W. Ziegler CLASS OF 2003 • • • The Eugene Farley Club Farley Associates Robert E. Gebhard J. Robert Kauffman Timothy E. Letcher5 Jill Rogers Marquette James L. McCarthy5 Nicole L. Neidlinger Brooke Shreaves Rollman CLASS OF 2004 • • • The John Wilkes Society John Wilkes Associates Stephanie Smith Cooney5 Eric J. Pape5 The Eugene Farley Club Farley Associates Emily Bly Richard Budnick5 Michael V. Burke Elizabeth Carp Bernotavicius Brandon M. Clark Selena Bednarz Clark Gabrielle Lamb D’Amico Kristopher S. Fayock Mark D. Hulme10 Michael J. Liberski5 Michael F. Mattern Jessica L. Mehring Jean V. Perrot Jill A. Topalanchik Contributors David R. Borofski5 Rebecca J. Broyan Carla L. Conner Kenneth G. Huelbig Robert S. Keeney Kristin Hake Klemish Ryan Klemish Jason Kotsko Wichitah P. Leng Tiffany Leptuck Meadows Rosemary Luksha Teresa Genna Marszalek Eileen L. Mathias5 Kristin Yarrish McMahon Kevin Moran Shannon M. Myers Daniel A. Rempp5 Colleen M. Rock Judy A. Schappe Joseph J. Stein5 Loretta A. Tambasco Frank L. Walton Julia Gordon Wojnar Sarah Bogusko Yencha John J. Zelena Kenneth C. W. Zenkert Contributors Matthew J Berger Mary Ann R. Boyce Adrienne Williams Camp Heather Chapman Fanucci Laura Rudzinski Dickson Joseph T. Dombroski James B. Ford Ronald J. Geise Jeremy M. Gerber Patrick Hanlon Kathleen A. Harris Andrea Hinestrosa Kimmet John A. Murphy Thomas R. Rebuck Kristin L. Roberts Kristen Graver Rudelitch Edward N. Sartin10 Kevin R. Sickle1 Matthew J. Yencha CLASS OF 2005 • • • The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle Gordon S. Smoko Farley Associates Stephen T. Bortz Allisa Bowen Waschko Maria T. Currier Bridget Giunta Husted Vincent A. Hartzell5 April Kaczmarczyk Letcher5 Michael J. Marquette Leah Nawrocki Jennifer L. Pawleshyn Kimberly Whipple Pietropola Cathleen A. Zanghi5 Wilkes | Fall 2012 Rose Tammaro Smith Tammy Swartwood Noone Grant F. Yoder • report of gifts 43 �report of gifts • giving by class Contributors Elena D. Archer Matthew A. Begansky Michael G. Benulis Sabrina Naples Benulis Emily E. Bilbow Daniel P. Cook Stephanie R. Corrigan Jillian L. Ford Pamela A. Geisinger Kimberly A. Glass Linda L. Korbeil Amber Lawson Comstock Gabriel B. LeDonne Melissa Merok Leedock Sarah Williams Leng Melissa A. Maybe Robert Mesaros Julian C. Morales5 William B. Palmer Francis E. Quinn Tiffany Santarelli Brent Sergent Renee Kotz Sipple Daniel Smith Mary Ellen Sullivan Elizabeth Roveda Swantek Brett J. Trichilo Jarred Weaver Patricia Wilson Nicole Ripper Zeiser CLASS OF 2006 • • • The Eugene Farley Club Farley Associates Jennifer Compton Catella Kristen Dulick Hartzell5 Lauren Y. Pluskey1, 5 Jared M. Shayka5 Contributors Wilkes | Fall 2012 Natalie M. Baur Jason J. Bozinko Michael A. Bridy Sara Toole Buck Denise M. Cole Carol Deane-Gardner Tiffany B. Duda Michael Fox Kofi Gbomita Julie A. Gilbert Gina Tempesta Gliniecki Sara M. Grab5 Richard J. Hannick Sarah Herbert Hannick Michael D. Kulikoski Amanda E. Lewis5 Megan Mance Ryan Milford Amos T. Odeleye Michael J. Pedley Alexus Buck Rapp 44 Elizabeth C. Sabatini Christine M. Wagner Amanda Williams Anthony Zigmont Blue Circle Katherine Baas McClave Farley Associates Michael F. Malkemes5 Jonathan M. McClave Amy M. Patton Christine G. Corser Danielle M. Dallazia Michael Hadginske Rebecca Santoro Hetzel Danielle K. Kern Sarah A. Miller Wendy Marek Murphy5 Timothy S. Nolt Erin M. Simpson Aniello B Tambasco Kristin M. Wempa Farley Associates Contributors Matthew A. LoPresto Meagan E. Harkness Adrienne M. Richards Lauren Solski Kimberly Metka Welsh Lynn M. Bachstein Stephanie Victor Begansky David J. Beretski Edward J. Buck Adam Butler Christina M. Butler Megan A. Cannon Michael A. Chmiola Adam F. Dick Darin P. Dolan Anthony T. Giuffrida Stacie M. Gogo Maria Grandinetti William G. Heinz Gerard M. Hetman Marc D. Honrath Michael A. Hrynenko, Jr.5 Henry Hunsinger Michael S. Lewis Karyn E. Perestam Kristin A. Pisano Craig R. Rein Georgina A. Robinson Amy L. Sekol Molly K. Sidoti Elizabeth W. Smith Nicholas A. Steidl Sondra N. Steinruck Joshua S. Swantek Keerthi Kaushik Tarani Nicholas A. Testa James D. Welch Kate E. Willis Libby J. Wray Susan V. Zavistoski CLASS OF 2007 • • • The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle John Mishanski, Jr. Blue Circle Contributors Vincent A. Abbott Karen Atiyeh Kristi M. Barsby Katherine Broda Booth Karena Zdeb Brace Timothy Butzek Leah D. Cochran Mario A. Cozzubbo, III Melissa Shedlock English Anthony B. Gatto Julie A. Graby Gerald J. Gurka Keith D. Halechko Erica Hardiman-Yanchik Matthew R. Hawk Kathryn Strawderman Heinz Karen Wesolowski Houck Nora E. Jurasits John Lawzano Michael Leaman Jonathan J. Morgan Nolly Nash Lauren M. Peters Joshua R. Savitski Jennifer L. Scanlon Jonathan H. Schwartz5 Melany Stanford Jill Bordell Stone Rebecca Storer-Zenkert Jenna Strzelecki1, 5 Gretchen Yeninas CLASS OF 2008 • • • The Eugene Farley Club CLASS OF 2009 • • • The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle Jason W. Wagner Gold Circle Blue Circle Jack J. Chielli Alexander Sperrazza Jennifer L. Russell To make a gift, contact Lauren Y. Pluskey ’06, MBA ’10, Director of Annual Giving (800) WILKES-U Ext. 4331 or lauren.pluskey@wilkes.edu Deatrice R.S. Lowe Lauretta O’Hara Jennifer W. Powell Bianca Sabia Erin M. Schaeffer Roberta J. Shaffer Mary Balavage Simmons1 Evan Soda Brian E. Switay Delores R. Walski Erin L. Walters Chelsea Weinstein Jason R. Woloski Ashley Yob Bernard F. Kosek, Jr.5 Joshua S. Pauling James A. Smith, III Farley Associates Karen M. Alessi Melissa E. Bugdal Kathleen M. Dalton Stephen M. Davies Michele D. Garrison Harleen Guraya Contributors Jeffrey A. Bauman Amanda Cawley Elizabeth A. Clark Emily R. Dalton Andrew J. Durako Trudylee Fisher-Carboni Michellle L. Garman Melissa L. Jones Amanda R. Karaffa Brianne R. Kline Kimberly L. Leibel Allison A. Malloy Donna M. Mandes Veronica N. Marzonie Sean K. Moyer Christina Grzenda Murakami Gayle M. Patterson David M. Sborz1 Ann E. Searfoss Angela M. Swartchick James P. Walko Nancy A. Weeks5 Todd P. Weibel Eric S. Wetzel Felixa J. Wingen Alison Woody Christine L. Zavaskas CLASS OF 2011 • • • The John Wilkes Society President’s Circle Kerry M. Speziale The Eugene Farley Club Farley Associates Patricia A. Florio Santino A. Gabos Tracy A. Kaster Craig P. Thomas5 Adam C. Welch Contributors Valentina M. Beneski April M. Bielinski Francesco Castronovo Kassandra R. Confer Adam B. Coombs Russell J. Dehaut Nicholas J. DiPaolo Deanna M. Drako Kathleen Edwards Anthony Ferrese Jennifer A. Fitzmaurice Shawn M. Gibbins Amanda M. Gruszewski Anne B. Henry Trevor D. Hirsh Sherri A. Homanko Tyler L. Howe Amanda J. Kemmerer Philip D. LaBell Julianne Lawson Jacqueline Lukas Emily Massa Diane R. Milano Samuel R. Miller Peter J. Phillips Melissa M. Polchinski Christopher P. Rachor Allison S. Roth William Schweitzer Teresa M. Stavenski Peggy A. Szekeres Michelle Taylor EmmaLee S. Vecere Kathryn L. Welsh Jonathan L. Wilbur CLASS OF 2010 • • • The John Wilkes Society John Wilkes Associates James L. Merryman10 Blue Circle Joseph M. Farrell Farley Associates Stephen Alessi Adam J. Bachman Rachel Curtis Rachel E. Duda Jordan Semar Kathleen Spenik Contributors Samantha Bartolomei Michael J.C. Beil Jennifer D. Bokal Ryan Bracey Katie Buckley Coley Burke Nicole A. Cairns Shirl Cordero Brandan Diemand Austin Foulk Nicole R. Frail Michael J. Frank Sarah Hartman Nancy Mitchell Hludzik Maureen O. Hooker Stephen J. Kline Kurt Kuklewicz Thomas D. Longenecker 1 Class 5 5 Chair or more years of consecutive giving 10 or more years of consecutive giving * Deceased 10 �Senior Class Gift • report of gifts SENIOR Mohammed M. Aburiyaleh Justine M. Adams Krysten L. Alba Devin Albrecht Marwa T. Aldaraweish Katelyn N. Aldinger Heather L. Anderline Shauna Anderson Thomas A. Andresen Leamarie Archery Aubree L. Amezzani Linzey A. Astleford Jolie D. Bach Ryan S. Baicher Justin J. Balint Christopher G. Barna Jason W. Benjamin Maura J. Bernosky Joseph A. Bideganeta Jillian Blair Katie R. Blose Jefferson G. Bohan Miranda Bonetsky Monique A. Bredbenner Jordan C. Brown Heather L. Bryski Gary Buczynski Brian A. Burden Benjamin B. Caiola Joseph B. Chrismer IV Carissa M. Clark Megan M. Clementson Albert H. Clocker Kassandra R. Confer Whitney R. Connolly Cory C. Conrad Colleen M. Conway Sara K. Cosgrove Sean M. Cox Daina M. Curcio Jordan M. D’Emilio Diana Da Silva Anthony S. Dattolo Lindsey T. Davenport Justin A. DeSanto Barbara DiCaprio Alana C. Donnelly Adrienne Dorcent Todd Eagles Brianna C. Edgar Matthew D. Ellery Brittany J. Ely Johnny Espinoza Shane C. Everett Stephen M. Exeter Christopher R. Fadule Marrissa D. Fedor Lindsey A. Fernald Seth S. Fetterolf Christa B. Filipkowski Ms. Kathryn L. Fissel Jeffrey B. Ford Kerri L. Frail Bethany Freed Jessica L. Freeman Jaclyn M. Gadomski Megan M. Gallagher Rebecca A. Gallaher Charles N. Gambo Courtney L. Gans Shadae S. Gates Justin M. Gentile Stephanie L. Gerhat Thomas B. Goldberg Laura V. Gonzales William W. Gouger Cara R. Goughenour Rachel F. Greenlaw Amanda G. Arthur Anthony C. Griseto Genelle N. Gunderson Adam M. Guzik Robert A. Hackenberg Charlotte E. Hacker Osama A. Hameed Gousfin Hanna James R. Harcher Stephanie M. Harkins Robert J. Hillibush Bridget M. Hine Tyler Hippeli Carolyn A. Holecek Jeromy M. Hrabovecky Jeffrey D. Hughes Miles Q. Humenansky Timothy B. Husty Katie M. Jescavage Matthew R. Jones Caitlin M. Jordan Yelena O. Karpeshov Bernard J.Kasteleba Kathleen R. Kearns Julia E. Keefer Michael J. Kegerise Maura C. Kelly Melissa L. Kirwan Melanie K. Koslosky Bridget C. Krukovitz Cody J. Kustrin Bradley M. Kuzawinski Philip D. LaBell Jared R. Lacefield Felicia E. LeClair Kali A. Leach Christopher S. Lehman Kayla M. Leibensperger Alison Lin Benjamin R. Lockwood Lisa M. Lombardo Philip W. Loscombe Samantha L. Lynam John J. Malachowski Allison A. Malloy ’09 Gina M. Manganiello Christopher D. Manzi Benjamin M. Marich Justin M. Marino John Matteo Courtney D. Matus Gabriel McAuley Kaitlyn M. McGurk Daniel V. McLoughlin Christian M. Medek Chelsea T. Minix Anna M. Mitchell James H. Moore Erin D. Morrissey Brendon J. Myer Jonathan D. Nagar Marcella M. Naguib Erica A. Naperkowski Jared J. Nesi Janelle K. Nye Michael D. Olerta Caitlin A. Olvany Adria Parsons Arpita R. Patel Whitney M. Patrusevich Robert E. Paxson Laura A. Perkins Justine H. Pevec Andrew R. Picatagi Thomas W. Plessl Nicole H. Pollock Jessika L. Popowitz Matthew T. Powers Breanne Ralston Holland R. Ramaley Jennifer Renta Gerbeys B. Roa Kimberly C. Rogers Allison M. Romanski Kyle K. Rountree Rachel M. Rovinski Lindsay C. Rowland Matthew J. Ruch Jared M. Sabol Jeffrey Samselski Jessica E. Sanders Craig Santoski Cortny M. Sasserson Gia N. Scavo Nicole R. Schiffner Garrett T. Schrader Ian A. Schreffler Alyssa L. Seiden Daniel J. Sekera Sarah A. Seman Rebekah L. Shanaman Jessica A. Shaw Kathleen M. Shedden Victoria A. Sheldon William A. Sisca Jacob R. Snell Andrew J. Sobiesiak Caitlin Sobota Craig J. Solomon Yasmine P. Solomon Nicholas R. Soroka Nina M. Sparacino Lindsey M. Speck Shane M. Stanek Michael L. Steever Jr. Kyle Stoy Matthew K. Sullivan Noah Svoboda Suzanne Szewczyk Rachael A. Talpash Anthony C. Thomas Ashley M. Thorpe Zachary J. Tivald Victor L. Trentacost Andrew C. Trout Chelsea E. Uselding Justina M. Van Allen John L. Verrant Nelson R. Villalta Elizabeth J. Voda Jaclyn E. Volpe Michelle E. Wakeley Amy Wascavage Benjamin E. Webb Amanda A. Westgate Clayton M. Wicks Ryan P. Wilson Michael S. Witek Erin Wolfe Kayla A. Wolfe Kyle P. Wylezik Danielle Wysokinski Danielle Yaros John A. Yavorski Jr. Harry N. Zinskie Edward J. Zulkoski Wilkes | Fall 2012 Class Gift 45 �report of gifts • the marts society Alumni, friends and benefactors have played a sustaining role in the future of the University and its students through bequests and other charitable estate plans. The Marts Society recognizes the increasing number of contributors participating in gift planning programs to benefit Wilkes University. Membership in The Marts Society is attained through the commitment of any THE Marts Society number of planned gifts, including bequests, charitable trusts, gift annuities, gifts of property with retained life estate, life insurance policies and retirement plan accounts. Many of these gift vehicles allow donors to contribute cash or appreciated assets to benefit Wilkes while earning income during their lifetime. The Marts Society was named in honor of Dr. Arnaud C. and Anne McCartney Marts. Dr. Marts became President of Bucknell University in 1935 and was instrumental in maintaining Bucknell University Junior College in Wilkes-Barre during the Depression years. Because he believed in the service offered to the young people of the Wyoming Valley, Dr. Marts provided the support and leadership the fledgling institution needed Wilkes | Fall 2012 to become self-sustaining. Dr. Marts established a trust in 1964, which provided a 46 Anonymous Anonymous George I. Alden Trust Estate of Agnes C. Alderdice ’58 Barbara Zatcoff Allan Estelle B. Andrews ’69 Estate of Richard & Ellen E. Ayre Anthony J. Bartuska* Doris Gorka Bartuska, M.D. ’49 Estate of Paul B. Beers ’53 Estate of Helen E. Berryman George Bierly ’40 Betty Kanarr Bierly ’50* Estate of Tom A. Bigler Estate of Catherine H. Bone Estate of Therese Brennan Lee & Louise Brown Trust Dr. Mary E. Brown ’62 Charles S. Butler ’59 Dr. & Mrs. Robert A. Byrne ’72 Richard G. Cantner ’68 Bruce R. Cardon Trust Estate of Donald F. & Louise C. Carpenter John M. Cefaly ’70 Dr. Jesse H. Choper ’57 Estate of Thomas J. Coburn ’49 Lawrence E. Cohen ’57 Estate of Eleanor Kazmercyk Cornwell ’53 Estate of Colonel William Corbett Estate of Samuel M. Davenport, III ’59 Estate of Fred H. Davies Stanley & Patricia S. Davies Thomas J. Deitz Estate of Charles & Sadie Donin Estate of Dr. Sylvia Dworski Estate of Isadore & Getha Edelstein Estate of R. Carl Ernst ’58 Josephine Eustice Estate of Annette Evans Estate of Rulison Evans Barbara Medland Farley ’50 Estate of Attorney & Mrs. George L. Fenner, Jr. Estate of Harry Fierverker ’49 The Honorable J. Harold Flannery ’55* Barbara Flannery Walter R. Fleet Shirley Rees Fleet ’49 Estate of Stephen L. Flood ’66 Don C. Follmer, M.D. ’50 Estate of Eleanor S. Fox ’35 Richard Fuller, Ph.D. Estate of Dr. William Louis Gaines Joseph G. Galli ’81 Joseph E. (Tim) and Patty Gilmour Barry D. Gintel ’62 Amy D. Goss ’97 Jane Norton Granitzki ’59 Estate of Charlotte Reif Gregory Dr. Benjamin Grella ’65 Doris Woody Grella Estate of William B. Griffith Brynly R. Griffiths Trust Jason D. Griggs ’90 Alfred Groh ’41 Jane Lampe-Groh J. Douglas Haughwout ’64 Louise S. Hazeltine ’44 Estate of Enid Hershey ’66 Frederick J. Hills ’59 Harry R. Hiscox, Esquire ’51 Beverly A. Hiscox ’58 Judith Hopkins ’55 Estate of Richard & Frances Hyde Arthur E. Imdorf ’55 Estate of Evelyn Isserman Henry C. Johnson ’40 Estate of Mildred N. Johnson Leo R. Kane ’55 Estate of Bronis J. Kaslas, Ph.D. Stanley B. Kay, Ph.D. Bryn E. Kehrli ’69 Richard B. Kent, M.D. ’55 Mr. & Mrs. John S. Kerr ’72 John J. Kleynowski ’67 Richard O. Kniffen ’65 Estate of Eugene T. Kolezar Estate of Drs. Francis & Lidia Kopernik lifetime income for Mrs. Marts after his death. Upon her death in 1994, more than $2 million was gifted to the University, which helped to make possible the addition to campus of the Arnaud C. Marts Sports and Conference Center. For more information on becoming a member of The Marts Society, please contact the Planned Giving Office at 570-408-7833 or 1-800-WILKES-U, ext. 7833 or visit our website at www.wilkes.edu/pages/715.asp. Estate of Mary R. Koons Marian Zaledonis Kovacs ’68 Estate of Helen Lazarus Glenn F. Leiter Dr. Arlen R. Lessin Estate of Dr. Edithe J. Levit ’45 Estate of Rose G. Liebman ’37 Estate of Madeline R. Magee Buck Mallan ’71 Estate of Anne Marts John A. Mason M’00 Dr. Leonard J. Mather ’54 George J. Matz ’71 Gerard A. McHale, Jr. ’67 Estate of Ruth Williams McHenry ’49 Clifford K. Melberger Ruth Boroom Melberger ’62 Estate of Robert H. Melson ’35 Joshua G. ’02 & Karen M. Mendoza ’02 John R. (Jack) Miller ’68 Estate of Charles H. Miner, Jr. Esq. John C. & Mabel Mosteller Trust Estate of Elizabeth Sandish Montgomery Estate of Dorothy R. Morgan Estate of Jessie L. Morgan Paul D. Morgis ’70 Regina L. Morse ’82 Estate of Herbert J. Morris Estate of Walter E. Mokychic ’50 Estate of J. Donald Munson Estate of John J. Musto ’57 Estate of Wilbur A. Myers Martin J. Naparsteck ’69 Lois Schwartz Nervitt ’61 Barbara W. Nixon ’71 Mariea Barbella Noblitt ’73 Estate of William P. Orr, III Geraldine Nesbitt Orr Estate of Alberta A. Ostrander Mr. & Mrs. Richard L. Pearsall Lawrence B. Pelesh ’50 Peter W. Perog ’60 F. Charles Petrillo, Esq. ’66 Marion Boyle Petrillo ’70 Estate of Ann Phillips Dr. Cummings* & Trudy Piatt Mr. & Mrs. Ronald Piskorik ’68 Henry B. & Edith M. Plumb Trust Estate of Frieda Pogoreloff Estate of Roy H. Pollack Helen Bitler Ralston ’52 Janice A. Raspen ’92 Estate of Ford A. Reynolds William H. Rice ’48 Estate of Ruth A. Richards Arnold & Sandy Rifkin Estate of Harriet P. Ripley Dr. Jessie A. Roderick ’56 Harold Rosenn, Esq. Sallyanne Rosenn ’42 Eugene Roth, Esq. ’57 Estate of Rae Roth Donald J. Sackrider Mr. & Mrs. Louis Santoro ’83 Janice A. Saunders ’70 Joseph J. Savitz, Esq. ’48 Marian R. Schaeffer Trust Estate of Nathan Schiowitz Rollie & Marge Schmidt Marvin* & Stella Schub Estate of Willard R. Shaw ’48 Daniel Sherman ’50 Estate of Charles E. Shook ’68 Estate of Frances D. Shotwell Estate of Dr. George J. Siles ’57 Mr. Herbert B. Simon Estate of Margaret Mary Sites Estate of Gordon A. Smith Nancy Hancock Smith Andrew F. Sofranko, Jr. ’68 Estate of Joseph Sooby, Jr. ’49 Dr. & Mrs. Charles A. Sorber ’59 Mr. & Mrs. Robert J. Spinelli ’76 Mr. & Mrs. Frank Stanitski Dr. Albert J. Stratton ’49 Joseph A. Sullivan ’51 William H. Tremayne ’57 Dr. Lester J. Turoczi Estate of Constance McCole Umphred Estate of Marie A. Umphred Estate of John A. Vail Estate of Edward A. Venzel ’54 Estate of Walter F. Vorbleski Estate of Ann Brennan Wagner Estate of Esther Weckesser Walker Estate of Marne Lou Weaver ’73 Douglas W. Weber ’67 Estate of Wesley Wilkes Bruce R. Williams, D.O. ’82 Estate of Daniel E. Williams ’44 Estate of John F. Wozniak ’61 Estate of William H. Young Emery & Mamie Ziegler Trust * Deceased �endowed named scholarships • report of gifts ENDOWED NAMED Scholarships Below is the current list of endowed and annual scholarships available to Wilkes students. Please go to www.wilkes.edu/scholarships for descriptions on these a or for more information on how to establish or contribute to a scholarship, contact Evelyne Topfer, Director of Advancement Operations, at (800) Mohamad Abraham Scholarship Agnes C. Alderdice ’58 Scholarship Vincent and Martha Aleo Scholarship Alumni Association Scholarship Paul J. Arthur ’53 and Margaret T. Arthur Scholarship David Ayers Scholarship Fund Richard and Ellen Ayre Memorial Scholarship Ballet Society of Wyoming Valley Scholarship Kevin Edward Barker Memorial Scholarship Grant H. Barlow Memorial Scholarship Dr. Alfred W. Bastress Scholarship Ethel G. and Alvan E. Baum Scholarship George Thompson and Sara Wolfe Bell Scholarship Frederic E. Bellas Endowed Scholarship Samuel Berk Memorial Scholarship William Bernhard Scholarship William D. Berryman Scholarship Fund Michael J. Bogdon, III Scholarship Rose Brader Scholarship Christopher N. and Jane M. Breiseth Scholarship Joyce Porter and Norton Millard Breiseth Scholarship Genevieve Todd Brennan Memorial Scholarship Charles N. Burns, Sr., M.D. ’35 Scholarship Robert S. Capin Scholarship in Accounting Bruce R. Cardon and Charlotte J. Cardon Memorial Scholarship Walter S. Carpenter Scholarship in Engineering J. Blanchard Carr and Hildegarde Finger Carr Scholarship John J. Chwalek, Sr. Scholarship Class of 1970 Scholarship Alumni and Friends of Communications Scholarship Conyngham Post No. 97, Grand Army of the Republic, Department of Pennsylvania, Scholarship Elena Lucretia Cornaro Scholarship Alfred Franklin D’Anca, M.D. Scholarship Dr. and Mrs. S. M. Davenport Scholarship Esther and William Davidowitz Scholarship Anthony J. DiMichele Memorial Scholarship Seymour A. Dimond Scholarship Charles and Sadie Donin Memorial Scholarship George F. Elliot Memorial Scholarship Sylvia Dworski, Ph.D. Scholarship Isadore and Getha Edelstein Scholarship WILKES-U Ext. 4309 or evelyne.topfer@wilkes.edu. Dr. John Henry Ellis, IV Scholarship Mahmoud H. Fahmy, PH.D. Scholarship John Faneck ’50 Scholarship Fund Eugene S. and Eleanor Coates Farley Scholarship David R. Fendrick Scholarship Chlora Fey Scholarship Harry and Gloria Farkas Fierverker Scholarship David J. Findora ’70 Memorial Scholarship Stephen L. Flood ’66 Scholarship Muriel S. Follmer Scholarship Sarah Catherine Ford Adult Learner Scholarship Fortinsky Scholarship Sidney and Pauline Friedman Scholarship Sandy A. Furey Memorial Scholarship Carlton H. Garinger Memorial Scholarship William R. Gasbarro Scholarship Mildred Gittins Memorial Scholarship Cathy Lynn Glatzel ’86 Nursing Scholarship Elizabeth and Albert Grabarek Memorial Scholarship Fund Henry and Sylvia Greenwald Scholarship Brynly R. Griffiths Scholarship Jason ’90 and Tamara Griggs Scholarship Margaret Mary Hagelgans Memorial Scholarship Edward G. Hartmann, Ph.D. ’35 Scholarship George Hayes of Windsor Scholarship Patricia Boyle Heaman and Robert J. Heaman Scholarship William Randolph Hearst Endowed Scholarship Hugh G. & Edith Henderson Scholarship Klaus Holm Scholarship Arthur J. and Nancy B. Hoover Scholarship Andrew J. Hourigan, Jr., Esq. Scholarship Sherry Every Hudick Memorial Scholarship Jewish War Veterans, Wilkes-Barre Post 212 Scholarship Harvey and Mildred Johnson Scholarship Fund William D. Jonathan Memorial Scholarship Dr. Dilys Martha Jones & Thomas Evan Jones Scholarship John D. Kearney Memorial Scholarship Grace C. Kimball Scholarship in Biology Harold J. Harris, M.D. - Angeline Elizabeth Kirby Memorial Health Center Scholarship Kaslas-Sheporaitis Educational Scholarship Fund Edith M. Kent Scholarship Eugene T. Kolezar Scholarship Francis A. and Maryann V. Kopen Scholarship Christopher Kopernik Scholarship Koral’s Fashion Scholarship KPMG/John R. Miller Scholarship Esther Lamb Scholarship Jane Lampe-Groh Scholarship William Langfelder Scholarship Letter Women’s Club Scholarship LF Brands, Inc. Scholarship Anne Vanko Liva Scholarship Charlotte V. Lord Scholarship Kathryn H. MacAvoy Scholarship in Nursing Will F. and Regina D. Maguire Scholarship Kathleen Hartzell Mailander Scholarship in Nursing Anthony D. Marseco Scholarship Fund Arnaud Cartwright Marts Scholarship Frances and Louis Maslow Memorial Scholarship Robert J. McBride Memorial Scholarship McGowan Scholarship Ruth W. and John T. McHenry Scholarship in Nursing Marilyn McQuestion-Kay Memorial Scholarship Norris Church Mailer Scholarship Ruth Boorom Melberger ’62 Scholarship Miller Family Scholarship Elizabeth Sandish Montgomery and George Heron Montgomery Scholarship Thomas J. Moran Scholarship in Journalism Dr. Jaroslav G. Moravec Memorial Scholarship Mabel and John C. Mosteller Scholarship Sarah D. Moyer Memorial Scholarship Harry J. Moyle ’58 Scholarship Donald and Marion Munson Scholarship Dr. Umid R. Nejib and Omar U. Nejib ’92 Memorial Scholarship Lee A. Namey ’68 Scholarship Taft Achilles Rosenberg Naparsteck Scholarship Wilkes | Fall 2012 ENDOWED NAMED SCHOLARSHIPS 47 �report of gifts • endowed named scholarships Wilkes | Fall 2012 O’Hop Family Scholarship Overlook Estate Foundation Scholarship Ellen Webster Palmer Scholarship Patel Scholarship Peking Chef Scholarship for International Understanding Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public Accountants Northeast Chapter Scholarship Pennsylvania’s Last Frontiersman Scholarship Peter W. Perog, CPA ’60 Scholarship Craig C. Piatt Memorial Scholarship Henry Blackman Plumb and Edith Plumb Scholarship Frieda Pogoreloff Scholarship Roy H. Pollack Memorial Scholarship Kenneth L. Pollock Scholarship George and Helen Ralston Scholarship Charles B. Reif Scholarship for the Biological Sciences Ruth A. Richards Scholarship Thomas Richards Scholarship Lillian Wilkins Rinehimer R.N. Scholarship Dr. James Rodechko Scholarship in History Dr. Samuel A. Rosenberg Memorial Scholarship Sydney and Theodore Rosenberg Scholarship Joseph H. Salsburg Scholarship Amedeo Obici and Thomas P. Sangiuliano Scholarship Dolores E. and Francis Sangiuliano Scholarship Mr. and Mrs. Thomas Paul Sangiuliano Abe and Sylvia Savitz Family Scholarship Fund Nathan Schiowitz Scholarship in Nursing Scholarship to Start Education (SSE) Robert Marc Schub Memorial Scholarship Louis Shaffer Memorial Scholarship Bruce and Bessie Shaw Scholarship Alan David Sherman Scholarship Frances D. Shotwell Memorial Scholarship Samuel H. Shotwell Memorial Scholarship Mark Slomowitz Memorial Scholarship 48 Merritt W. and Marjory R. Sorber Scholarship Stanley F. and Helen Stawicki Memorial Scholarship Surdna Foundation Scholarship George F. and Ruth M. Swartwood Scholarship Cromwell E. and Beryl Thomas Outstanding Junior Scholarship Reed P. and Dorothy Travis Memorial Scholarship Dr. Norma Sangiuliano Tyburski Scholarship Dr. and Mrs. Stanley J. Tyburski Endowed Scholarship Francis A. Umphred Memorial Scholarship Dorothy G. and Edward A. Venzel ’54 Memorial Scholarship Esther Weckesser Walker Scholarship Robert A. West Scholarship in Education Daniel S. Wilcox, Jr. Scholarships in Accounting Wilkes University Faculty Women and Wives Club Scholarship Myvanwy Williams Theater Scholarship William H. and Ruth W. Young Scholarship Ira B. Zatcoff Memorial Scholarship Emery and Mamie Ziegler Scholarship ANNUAL NAMED SCHOLARSHIPS Nicholas L. Alesandro ’63 Scholarship Bergman Foundation Scholarship Choice One Community Credit Union Scholarship Jennifer Diskin M’06 Memorial Scholarship Mary E. Dougherty Memorial Scholarship Beverly Blakeslee Hiscox ’58 Scholarship Intermetro Industries Scholarship Mark J. Jasulevicz ’91 Memorial Scholarship David W. Kistler, M.D. Scholarship Charles Mattei, P.E. Scholarship Fund PA Society of Public Accountants, NE Chapter Scholarship Polish Room Committee Scholarship Patricia “Patsy” Reese Nursing Scholarship William H. Rice ’48 Scholarship A. Rifkin & Company Scholarship Joseph M. Roszko ’68 Scholarship Lawrence W. Roth Memorial Scholarship Richard M. Smith and Lissa Bryan-Smith Scholarship Judianne Stanitski Annual Scholarship Sidhu School Outstanding Leaders Scholarship United Parcel Service Foundation Scholarship Wilkes-Barre Rotary Club Scholarship Wilkes LGBTQ Scholarship Wyoming Valley Health Care System Medical Staff Annual Scholarship FUTURE SCHOLARSHIPS Louise Brown Scholarship Citizens Voice Scholarship Crahall Foundation Scholarship Honorable Jeffry Gallet ’64 Memorial Scholarship Joseph E. and Patty Gilmour Scholarship Kathy Price Kautter ’72 Scholarship Dr. Mary A. Kaiser ’70 Memorial Scholarship Lois Schwartz Nervitt ’61 Scholarship Theresa A. Nowinski-Leiter Scholarship Ronald ’68 and Hazel Piskorik Scholarship Billy “Boog” Powell Scholarship Joanne Raggi Scholarship William H. Rice ’48 Scholarship Sallyanne and Harold Rosenn Scholarship Fund Joseph J. Savitz, Esq. ’48 Scholarship Richard M. Smith and Lissa Bryan-Smith Scholarship Judith and Leslie P. Weiner, MD ’57 Scholarship Matthew J. Zukoski, Ph.D. ’86 Memorial Scholarship �ACHIEVING Thank you to the more than 100 alumni, businesses and friends who have supported of the new Science Building as of August 29, 2012. Their generous support has helped raise nearly $12 million toward the $20 million goal of the Achieving Our Destiny Campaign. For a complete list of donors, photos of the building progress, and more information on how you can participate, go to www.wilkes.edu/achieve. The following contributors have pledged their support to the new science building since May 7, 2012: In Their Own Words How Donors and Students are Creating the Future of Science at Wilkes “Wilkes gave me the education and life skills that I needed in order to succeed beyond my time there. As a recent alumnus, I decided to contribute to the campaign because I believe the science curriculum and faculty are second to none. When you give, you’re helping improve your alma mater as well as current students.” – Eric Pape O.D. ’04, is an optometrist with HealthDrive Medical Practices who resides in Astoria, N.Y. Mr. Philip Besler ’76 & Mrs. Carolann Gusgekofski Besler ‘76 Blasi Printing Corporation Mrs. Bettijane Long Eisenpreis ‘57 Dr. Holly Frederick ’93 Dr. George B. Gettinger 72 & Mrs. Lindsay Farley Gettinger ‘73 Mr. Warren “Pete” Greenberg ‘62 Dr. Richard B. Kent ‘55 Mr. & Mrs. Justin Kraynack Dr. Justin Matus “The new science building will add laboratory space for research projects that many students must conduct, such as the work I’m doing in Dr. Kadlec’s genetics lab. I greatly appreciate all of the generous contributions from donors and hope that they will be pleased with its usage for future research.” – Connor Zale ’15 is a sophomore biology major from Clarks Summit, Pa. Connor is the recipient of the 2012 Alumni Association Scholarship and plans to enter the health care field. He assists Dr. Lisa Kadlec, assistant professor, biology, with her research. Mr. & Mrs. John L. Pesta Mr. Kenneth R. Schaefer & Mrs. Constance Kamarunas Schaefer ’56 Mrs. Janet Neiman Seeley ‘70 Service Electric Cable TV and Communications Mr. Russell G. Shallcross ’67 & Mrs. Diane Wynne Shallcross ‘67 Dr. & Mrs. Joseph C. Smith ’90 Dr. Salvatore M. Valenti ‘58 “The new science center is a major breakthrough for a small university. It will allow Wilkes to attract accomplished, high-level professors as well as the best and brightest students. Attracting excellent students raises the bar for everyone at Wilkes—not just science majors. The amount and kind of research that students can be involved in with a facility of this kind has limitless possibilities.” – Carolann Gusgekofski Besler ’76 received her education degree from Wilkes. She and her husband Phil ’76, reside in Loveladies, N.J. Join these donors in supporting facilities for the next generation of science students at Wilkes University! To learn more, please visit: www.wilkes.edu/achieve. �w Wilkes University Wilkes-Barre, PA 18766 WILKES UNIVERSITY calendar of events October 9-21 Sordoni Art Gallery exhibit, Rosalyn Richards – Recent Works 11-14 Fall Recess 18 Catherine H. Bone Lecture in Chemistry, Nobel Laureate Roald Hoffmann, 7 p.m., 101 Stark Learning Center 21 2012 Rosenn Lecture, Cory Booker, Newark Mayor, 7:30 p.m., Dorothy Dickson Darte Center Empty Bowls event, benefiting local food banks, 28 Henry Student Center, 1-4 p.m. November Alumni Event, New York City ShaunT, creator of Insanity workout, master class, 1-5 p.m., Rec Center, University Center on Main 7 The Drs. Robert S. and Judith A. Gardner Educational Forum Series, “The Independent School Experience,” presented by Randy Granger, 4 p.m., Marts Center 214 9-11, 16-18 Music Theatre Performance, Darte Center 10 Admissions Open House 14 Connecting The Dots, Alumni networking event with current Wilkes students, Henry Student Center, 5:30 p.m. 18 Alumni Event, Chapel Hill, N.C. 21-25 Thanksgiving Recess 1 3 December 3 Graduate Studies Information Session, Henry Student Center January 14 Spring classes begin February 4-10 Alumni Events, Florida, locations to be announced For details on times and locations, check www.wilkes.edu and www.wilkes.edu/alumni or phone (800) WILKES-U. �NO POSTAGE NECESSARY IFMAILED IN TI-IE UNITEDSTATES BUSINESS REPLY MAIL NO POSTAGE NECESSARY IFMAILED IN TI-IE UNITEDSTATES BUSINESS REPLY MAIL FIRST-CLASS MAIL PERMITNO. 355 WILKES-BARRE PA FIRST-CLASS MAIL PERMITNO. 355 WILKES-BARRE PA POSTAGEWILL BE PAID BYADDRESSEE POSTAGEWILL BE PAID BYADDRESSEE WILKES UNIVERSITY OFFICE OF ALUMNI RELATIONS 84 W SOUTH ST WILKES-BARRE PA 18701-9832 WILKES UNIVERSITY OFFICE OF ALUMNI RELATIONS 84 W SOUTH ST WILKES-BARRE PA 18701-9832 1•••111 ••1.1 •••111 ••••••111.1 ••1••1•••11 •••1.1 •••111 1•••111 ••1.1 •••111 ••••••111.1 ••1••1•••11 •••1.1 •••111 �w WILKES Take our Wilkes trivia quiz for a chance to win a Colonel prize pack! UNIVERSITY w WILKES UNIVERSITY Nominate a new Alumni Association volunteer! Name: ______________________________________________________ Class Year: ___________________ Do you or someone you know enjoy planning and attending events, mentoring students and staying in touch with fellow Wilkes grads? If so, join us as a volunteer on the Alumni Association board and its committees! Address: __________________________________________________________________________________ Leadership positions are available for interested alumni. Learn more by visiting www.community.wilkes.edu/Board. To submit a nomination, please complete the form below or online at www.community.wilkes.edu/nomination. City: ___________________________________________ State: ____________ Zip: ____________________ Nominee name: Email address: _______________________________________ Phone: ( Class Year: )____________________________ Nominee email address: Circle TRUE or FALSE Phone Number: Reasons for recommendation: Dr. Capin was the 2nd President of Wilkes. TRUE FALSE The new science building will be 4 stories high. TRUE FALSE Wilkes is home to the Institute for Energy and Environmental Research. TRUE FALSE Wilkes College was founded in 1933. TRUE FALSE Nominator name: Nominator email address: Phone number: � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes Alumni Magazine, 1947-present Subject The topic of the resource Alumni Relations Description An account of the resource <p>An archive of Wilkes University Magazine, from 1947-present. The magazine went through various names including <em>Wilkes Alumnus</em>, <em>Wilkes Quarterly,</em> <em>Wilkes Universe</em>, and the current title, <em>Wilkes Magazine</em>. Some editions for the <em>Wilkes Universe</em>, will have multiple issues within the file record. Our holdings may be missing editions for certain years due to having no physical copy within the collection. </p> Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes University Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived Wilkes University Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Wilkes University Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1947-present Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes Magazine, Fall 2012 Subject The topic of the resource Alumni Relations Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Marketing Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource Fall 2012 magazine Wilkes Magazine https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/930a29114cd80220931a338d03c367c8.pdf 7135d50e56ed70ff58f960d371f51639 PDF Text Text FAL L 20 11 ENDURING INFLUENCE | CHANGE AGENT | FRIENDS INDEED COME HIGH WATER | REPORT OF GIFTS �president’s letter After The Flood, An Army of Colonels I JOINED PAUL ADAMS ’77, WILKES VICE PRESIDENT FOR Student Affairs, on Sept. 8 to monitor the Web site tracking the level of the Susquehanna River. It became clear that—for the second time in Wilkes history—the river was rising to truly dangerous levels. The damage caused by flooding after Hurricane Agnes, nearly 40 years ago, remains a painful memory for many. It looked to both of us that we would be evacuating the University. As I’m sure many of you know, history did not repeat itself. The levee system did its job. Although the Susquehanna crested at a record 42.66 feet, the levees held. Wilkes and the City of Wilkes-Barre were spared. Others in the valley were not as fortunate. While the two events, separated by four decades, had different outcomes for Wilkes, both brought out the best in our University community. How we respond at such times is the very definition of what it means to “Be Colonel.”In 1972, the campus community under President Mike Michelini rallied, cleaning and rebuilding campus in time to begin the fall 1972 academic year and graduate the class of 1973. Witnessing flood damage in communities near Wilkes this fall gave me new appreciation for what Mike and his team accomplished. Wilkes President Tim Gilmour and As we faced the 2011 flood, I realized how truly Paul Adams ’77, vice president, student affairs, pitch in during flood special Wilkes is and how remarkable the people are relief efforts in Wilkes-Barre. in our University family. Everyone worked together PHOTO BY EARL AND SEDOR PHOTOGRAPHIC as we prepared for possible flooding. Our facilities department, with some help from the football team, moved sophisticated scientific equipment, computers, file cabinets and other items to safety on upper floors in buildings. Most importantly, we made sure our students were safe. When we returned to campus, we focused on helping the community. A new Wilkes advertising campaign talks about an Army of Colonels. Faced with incredible need after the flood, we sent our Army of Colonels into the community to help. We ensured that all University employees could join flood relief efforts by instituting a policy granting two days of paid leave for volunteering. I joined a team cleaning up the Brookside section of Wilkes-Barre. Our students, faculty and staff have shoveled toxic river muck, carried tons of junk to the curb, served food, collected and delivered supplies, and repaired damaged library books at the West Pittston Library. You can read more about it in the story on page 14. At our annual Club Day, held days after the flooding, we took time to be thankful that Wilkes was spared from another devastating flood. And thankful we should be! Dr. Tim Gilmour Wilkes University President VOLUME 5 | ISSUE 3 F A L L 2 0 11 WILKES MAGAZINE University President Dr. Tim Gilmour Vice President for Advancement Michael Wood Executive Editor Jack Chielli Managing Editor Kim Bower-Spence Editor Vicki Mayk Creative Services Lisa Reynolds Web Services Craig Thomas Electronic Communications Christopher Barrows Graduate Assistant Rachel Strayer M.A.’11 Layout/Design Quest Fore Inc. Printing Payne Printery Inc. EDITORIAL ADVISORY GROUP Anne Batory ’68 Brandie Meng M’08 Bill Miller ’81 George Pawlush ’69 MS’76 Donna Sedor ’85 ALUMNI RELATIONS STAFF Director of Alumni Outreach and Stewardship Sandra Sarno Carroll Director Mirko Widenhorn Associate Director Bridget Giunta Husted ’05 Coordinator Mary Balavage Simmons ’10 ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OFFICERS President Tom Ralston ’80 First Vice President Rosemary LaFratte ’93 MBA’97 Second Vice President Cindy Charnetski ’97 Secretary Ellen Hall ’71 Historian Laura Cardinale ’72 Wilkes magazine is published quarterly by the Wilkes University Office of Marketing Communications and Government Relations, 84 W. South St., Wilkes-Barre, PA 18766, wilkesmagazine@wilkes.edu, (570) 408-4779. Please send change of address to the above address. Wilkes University is an independent institution of higher education dedicated to academic and intellectual excellence in the liberal arts, sciences and professional programs. The university provides its students with the experience and education necessary for career and intellectual development as well as for personal growth, engenders a sense of values and civic responsibility, and encourages its students to welcome the opportunities and challenges of a diverse and continually changing world. The university enhances the tradition of strong student-faculty interactions in all its programs, attracts and retains outstanding people in every segment of the university, and fosters a spirit of cooperation, community involvement, and individual respect within the entire university. �contents FEATURES 6 Enduring Influence Wilkes alumni continue mentoring relationships with faculty long after graduation 10 Change Agent Jack Miller ’68, chairman of Wilkes’ Board of Trustees, talks about the University’s strategic priorities 12 Friends Indeed 6 10 Relationships formed at Wilkes are a cause for celebration—year round 14 Come High Water 12 Wilkes comes to the aid of the community after the September 2011 flood DEPARTMENTS 5 Athletics 16 Alumni News 18 Class Notes 26 Report of Gifts John Lynch, left, a member of the Jc Wilkes wrestling team, and Mark Allen, w dean, dE student development, haul damaged books and other items out da of a house in Wilkes-Barre’s Brookside section damaged by floods caused by sec Tropical Storm Lee. Wilkes volunteers Tro played a role in flood-relief efforts. pla\ PHOTO PHOl BY EARL AND SEDOR PHOTOGRAPHIC 14 Have a story idea to share? Contact us at wilkesmagazine@wilkes.edu or Wilkes magazine, 84 W. South St., Wilkes-Barre, Pa. 18766. J;;s FPO FSC WILKES | Fall 2011 26 2 On Campus 1 �on campus African Adventures: Wilkes Faculty Lays Groundwork for Future Study, Service Opportunities Wilkes students will have the opportunity to study and provide service in Africa, thanks to the efforts of a contingent of students and faculty who visited the countries of Uganda and Tanzania during summer 2011. KarenBeth Bohan, an associate professor of pharmacy, visited Africa to plan a study abroad program for students in the Nesbitt College of Pharmacy and Nursing. Her goal is to offer an advanced pharmacy practice elective for fourth professional-year pharmacy students. Bohan is working with a professor at Makerere University College of Health Sciences in Uganda in developing the class. The students who take the elective also will go on a safari to study local wildlife and landscape throughout Murchison Falls National Park. “It is Wilkes’ mission to educate our students for success in a constantly evolving and multicultural world,” Bohan says. “And now more than ever it is important our students are engaged in experiences that can enhance their understanding of other cultures.” While in Africa, Bohan and James Merryman, professor of anthropology, also conducted a pilot study of the impact of clean-water wells on health, culture, and quality of life in villages of the Masindi District in Uganda. The wells are built by Busoga Trust America, a non-profit organization that provides wells and sanitation. Merryman brought Jeremy LaPorte ’11 as his graduate assistant and Bohan was accompanied by pharmacy student Joseph Shipula. Other Wilkes faculty and staff on the trip included Godlove Fonjweng, director of global education, and Evene Estwick, associate professor of communication studies. Godlove Fonjweng, director of global Other African opportunities are being education, second from left, meets developed by Linda Winkler, dean of the with Ugandan representatives about the impact of wells in their community. College of Arts, Humanities and Social Photo courtesy of KarenBeth Bohan KarenBeth Bohan, associate professor of pharmacy, front left, interviews villagers in Uganda for her water study. Photo courtesy of KarenBeth Bohan More on the Web To read more about KarenBeth Bohan’s, James Merryman’s and Linda Winkler’s work in Africa, please visit their blogs on the Wilkes Web site. To find them, click on the ■ B on the homepage. Sciences, who has worked and conducted research in Tanzania for a decade. Winkler, who joined the University in fall 2010, plans to involve Wilkes students in her work. This year, Wilkes student Lisa Bova accompanied Winkler to Tanzania. Bova, who is president of the student group Wilkes in the World, raised money for a water tank for Tegemeo School. ‘Army of Colonels’ Storms NEPA The University’s fall ad campaign had barely hit In addition to calling out various accomplishments and contributions, the northeastern Pennsylvania when a local radio campaign highlights the proximity to Wilkes’ campus to emphasize impact on personality was heard referencing the “Army of the region’s economic development and quality of life. Colonels” lending help to flood victims. The phrase—a nod to the Wilkes tradition Wilkes | Fall 2011 of leadership and selfless determination— 2 Wilkes staff worked with advertising agency 160over90 to develop the campaign. A focus group comprising alumni and Wilkes-Barre-area residents guided creative. anchors a campaign The fall campaign includes television, constructed to build radio, billboards, Internet and newspaper awareness of the University’s advertising throughout the Wyoming Valley. accomplishments and To see all its elements, visit the ways Wilkes helps www.wilkes.edu/adcampaign. bring positive change to the entire region. This billboard in Scranton highlights engineering research that involves undergraduate students in real-world problem solving. �on campus Top Majors Wilkes Expands to Poconos The Poconos is becoming more than a vacation destination. It’s also becoming a convenient location to get a great Wilkes education. The University is expanding to the Poconos this fall with a new adult education facility in the Shoppes at Crossroads at the Bartonsville exit of Interstate 80 in Monroe County. Students at the Wilkes University Pocono Center can enter degree programs for the master of business administration, the accelerated bachelor of business administration for those wishing to complete their degree, and the master of science in engineering management. University President Tim Gilmour says, “We feel this is an ideal place to expand our offerings, based on impressive population growth and numbers of people eager to continue their education.” The 2,800-square-foot facility will house two classrooms, a conference room and office space. Wireless Internet will connect students to campus resources. On-site staff will guide students during the application and enrollment process. For more information, Wilkes-Barre visit www.wilkes.edu/ Poconos. The following were the top five majors among students in Wilkes’ Fall 2011 freshman class. Majors are listed by the number of first-year students registered for fall semester: 69 Engineering* 69 58 Biology ----- • Pharmacy Nursing - Ii\ 48 Education** 35 * includes engineering, electrical engineering, mechanical engineering and engineering management U.N. Partnership to Bring Speakers, Global Perspective The global perspectives of the United Nations come to Wilkes through a collaborative program launching during the 2011-2012 academic year. The multi-faceted program, presented in partnership with the Higher Education Alliance for the United Nations, brings U.N. officials to campus throughout the year for lectures and informal meetings with students, organized around the theme Human Security in the 21st Century: Challenges and Solutions. Selected students can intern at the U.N. and a contingent of faculty and students will attend a special behind-the-scenes briefing there. A campus conference at Wilkes during spring semester will focus on an international issue and will feature U.N. representatives as presenters. Wilkes is the only northeast Pennsylvania university participating in the program. All Wilkes first-year students participate in weekly seminars during the fall semester designed to help them develop the strategies essential for a successful transition into the campus community. Students in the First-Year Foundations classes will meet informally with the U.N. lecturers as part of these classes. The U.N. lecture series kicks off on Sept. 26 with a lecture about Elections - Road to Democracy Around the World. It will be presented by diplomat Roland Rich, Executive Head at the United Nations Democracy Fund (UNDEF). Rich’s talk, which is free and open to the public, will be at 3 p.m. in the Dorothy Dickson Darte Center. Other lecture topics during the year will include the U.N.’s role in combating terrorism, peacekeeping, food security, population growth and interfaith dialogue. The Humpty Dumpty Institute, a non-profit based in New York City, launched the Higher Education Alliance (HEA) in 2010. The alliance builds bridges between higher education, the United Nations and the international community. Wilkes | Fall 2011 ** includes elementary and early childhood education and middle school. 3 �on campus Wilkes Biology Professor Studies Effects of Marcellus Drilling on Songbirds The process of hydrofracking and gas drilling in Pennsylvania’s rich Marcellus Shale deposit has raised concerns about its effects on humans and on the environment. Wilkes University professor Jeffrey Stratford has received a grant to study its effects on some of the state’s smallest inhabitants: song birds. Stratford, an assistant professor of biology who specializes in studying birds, received a $22,852 grant from the state Department of Conservation and Natural Resources. The project—“Physical Stress in Songbirds Associated With Natural Gas Drilling”—focuses on the possible impact of drilling and contaminants from drilling. Stratford and his team of student researchers are studying songbirds in five Pennsylvania counties: Bradford, Lycoming, Potter, Susquehanna and Tioga. All are counties rich in Marcellus Shale. Gas drilling already has started in most of the sites and promises to increase. Stratford and his team collect blood samples from songbirds in the field, store the samples on ice and bring them back to the lab to test enzyme levels. Locations for gathering the blood samples are chosen from maps indicating where current drilling is happening and where future drilling may occur. Samples are taken back to the laboratory where William Biggers, associate professor of biology, works with students on the enzyme analysis. Stratford explains that birds exposed to environmental stressors and contaminants have increased levels of certain enzymes. The enzymes, Stratford says, help the body to process and rid itself of contaminants. Increased enzyme levels parallel an increase in contaminant exposure. Stratford and his team are gathering baseline data and will study changes in enzyme levels. Levels also will be compared for birds that are close to drilling sites with those at sites isolated from drilling. “This is a great opportunity to teach students the issues related to the environment as well as teaching them important biological techniques,” Stratford says. WEBS Program Doubles in Size Wilkes’ HHMI Women Empowered by Science (WEBS) camp for girls enjoyed unprecedented with laboratory techniques, visiting the world of pharmacy and cleaning success in its third year. Enrollment doubled up an oil spill. Girls also enjoy talks by women working in science over the previous year, with 60 seventh- and eighth-grade girls participating in the two-week camp. Funded by a grant from the Howard Hughes Medical Institute, the camp aims to increase girls’ interest in science careers. They participate in classes taught by Wilkes faculty and are mentored by Wilkes students—many of them women enrolled in programs Wilkes | Fall 2011 in the sciences. 4 Activities include building Lego robots, solving “The Great Mascot Heist” Inset: Two WEBS participants, above, launch their Lego robot. Right: WEBS participants, get excited about the results of an experiment. From left are Kathryn Waclawski, Hanover Area
 School District, Kaylee Sminkey, Wyoming Seminary, and Kendyl Lyn Kalish, Hanover Area School District. PhotoS by Rachel Strayer careers. For a story about one of the guest speakers—Wilkes alumna Charlotte Moser ’92—please see page 19. �athletics Football Stadium Named for Legendary Colonels Coach Rollie Schmidt By Helen Kaiser Schmidt was inducted into Wilkes’ Athletic Hall of Fame in 1994 and retired at the end of that year after 32 years of teaching and coaching. In 2009, former players formed a Stadium Committee to raise funds to recognize their former coach. The effort was chaired by William A. Hanbury and Anthony M. Cardinale, both members of Wilkes’ Class of 1972 and players on the Golden Horde, as the winning football team was known. “I’m sure I speak for anyone who was privileged to have had Roland Schmidt as a coach and mentor when I say he is one of the most important influences in my life,” says Cardinale, an attorney in Boston, Mass. Hanbury, president and chief executive officer of United Way of the National Capital Area, explains, “For many former players, their success in life can be directly traced back to Wilkes and Coach Schmidt. We felt it was appropriate to memorialize his extraordinary contribution to the countless men and women that he impacted.” Improvements at the Ralston Athletic Complex unveiled at the start of the 2010-2011 football season totaled $1.6 million and included artificial turf, a field lighting system, new goalposts, scoreboard, and fencing. This year, a new press box and new home bleachers were added. Wilkes’ most successful football coach, Rollie Schmidt, was recognized at the 2010 game where the stadium renovations debuted. Pictured from left are William Hanbury ’72, President Tim Gilmour, Rollie Schmidt and Anthony Cardinale ’72. The stadium is being named in Schmidt’s honor. Photo by Michael Touey Wilkes | Fall 2011 L egendary Colonels football coach Rollie Schmidt is being recognized for decades of dedication to the University and its students as Wilkes names its football stadium in his honor. The naming ceremony for Schmidt Stadium at the Ralston Athletic Complex was to occur before the homecoming football game against Widener University on Sept. 24, with Schmidt and many of his former athletic stars attending. Schmidt—the most winning coach in Wilkes’ history—was honored when he heard he had been selected for the tribute. “I never expected it, for sure,” the Dallas, Pa., resident says. “It’s wonderful to know that people thought enough of me to do this.” Schmidt coached the Colonels from 1962 to 1981 and engineered the third-longest winning streak in collegiate football history by winning 32 games in a row. For his success, he is quick to credit the hard work of the players and assistant coaches and the support of the University, his wife Marge, and his now-deceased parents who never missed a game. Schmidt’s contributions to Wilkes went beyond the gridiron. He influenced students on baseball diamonds and golf courses—as well as teaching health science and lifetime activities such as swimming, tennis, racquetball, handball and bowling. As the baseball coach, he guided the Colonels to their first Middle Atlantic Conference title in 1968. For 26 seasons Schmidt coached the golf team, leading the Colonels to 214-179-3 record and three MAC championships. The 1976 team finished 16-0 and had a 14th-place finish in NCAA Division III national championships. “I always made it a point to treat students with respect, no matter what their athletic skills were,” Schmidt says. “I had a no-cut policy. Anyone who wanted to participate in a sport could come and try. Over time, many of them applied themselves and turned out to become good players who were assets to the University.” 5 �athletics Football Stadium Named for Legendary Colonels Coach Rollie Schmidt By Helen Kaiser Schmidt was inducted into Wilkes’ Athletic Hall of Fame in 1994 and retired at the end of that year after 32 years of teaching and coaching. In 2009, former players formed a Stadium Committee to raise funds to recognize their former coach. The effort was chaired by William A. Hanbury and Anthony M. Cardinale, both members of Wilkes’ Class of 1972 and players on the Golden Horde, as the winning football team was known. “I’m sure I speak for anyone who was privileged to have had Roland Schmidt as a coach and mentor when I say he is one of the most important influences in my life,” says Cardinale, an attorney in Boston, Mass. Hanbury, president and chief executive officer of United Way of the National Capital Area, explains, “For many former players, their success in life can be directly traced back to Wilkes and Coach Schmidt. We felt it was appropriate to memorialize his extraordinary contribution to the countless men and women that he impacted.” Improvements at the Ralston Athletic Complex unveiled at the start of the 2010-2011 football season totaled $1.6 million and included artificial turf, a field lighting system, new goalposts, scoreboard, and fencing. This year, a new press box and new home bleachers were added. Wilkes’ most successful football coach, Rollie Schmidt, was recognized at the 2010 game where the stadium renovations debuted. Pictured from left are William Hanbury ’72, President Tim Gilmour, Rollie Schmidt and Anthony Cardinale ’72. The stadium is being named in Schmidt’s honor. Photo by Michael Touey Wilkes | Fall 2011 L egendary Colonels football coach Rollie Schmidt is being recognized for decades of dedication to the University and its students as Wilkes names its football stadium in his honor. The naming ceremony for Schmidt Stadium at the Ralston Athletic Complex was to occur before the homecoming football game against Widener University on Sept. 24, with Schmidt and many of his former athletic stars attending. Schmidt—the most winning coach in Wilkes’ history—was honored when he heard he had been selected for the tribute. “I never expected it, for sure,” the Dallas, Pa., resident says. “It’s wonderful to know that people thought enough of me to do this.” Schmidt coached the Colonels from 1962 to 1981 and engineered the third-longest winning streak in collegiate football history by winning 32 games in a row. For his success, he is quick to credit the hard work of the players and assistant coaches and the support of the University, his wife Marge, and his now-deceased parents who never missed a game. Schmidt’s contributions to Wilkes went beyond the gridiron. He influenced students on baseball diamonds and golf courses—as well as teaching health science and lifetime activities such as swimming, tennis, racquetball, handball and bowling. As the baseball coach, he guided the Colonels to their first Middle Atlantic Conference title in 1968. For 26 seasons Schmidt coached the golf team, leading the Colonels to 214-179-3 record and three MAC championships. The 1976 team finished 16-0 and had a 14th-place finish in NCAA Division III national championships. “I always made it a point to treat students with respect, no matter what their athletic skills were,” Schmidt says. “I had a no-cut policy. Anyone who wanted to participate in a sport could come and try. Over time, many of them applied themselves and turned out to become good players who were assets to the University.” 5 �RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN WILKES PROFESSORS AND STUDENTS CONTINUE AFTER GRADUATION ENDURING Influence WILKES | Fall 2011 W 6 HEN MICHAEL BUTCHKO ’96 MARRIED HIS wife, Amy, in 2009, he delayed the ceremony until Dr. Tom Baldino arrived. Butchko said he didn’t want the ceremony to take place unless Baldino, a Wilkes political science professor, was present. “He was one of the most important people there that day,” recalls Butchko, who says a violent rainstorm slowed his long-time friend’s travel. For alumni like Butchko, relationships with faculty mentors continue after graduation. The bonds formed during undergraduate years don’t break—they strengthen. Wilkes professors become trusted career advisors, friends and professional colleagues for their former students. “There are not a couple of weeks that go by without Tom and me being in touch,” Butchko states. “He’s been invaluable to me. No one in my family went to college, so Tom filled the mentor role. I really trust his opinion on a variety of things.” By Vicki Mayk Butchko and Baldino remember their first meeting. Butchko was a sharp high school senior from Wyoming Valley West High School who visited Wilkes, King’s College and the University of Scranton to talk with heads of the political science departments before making his college decision. Meeting Baldino, then the new chair of political science at Wilkes, was the deciding factor in Butchko’s college choice. “I found his energy and attitude unique. Tom was forwardlooking, focused on the new wave in political science that includes an emphasis on quantitative analysis,” says Butchko. In the case of Baldino and Butchko, it’s no surprise that they continued a relationship started in Wilkes classrooms more than 15 years ago. After earning a bachelor’s degree in political science and a master’s degree in public policy analysis from the University of Rochester, Butchko launched a career in Washington, D.C. Today he is deputy director of field operations for NeighborWorks, a non-profit organi- �zation that promotes opportunities for people to live in affordable housing. “If you’re political junkies like Tom and me, Washington is the place to be,” Butchko jokes. Over the years, he’s loved sharing anecdotes about his work with Baldino—including the one about the day that a senator named Barack Obama opened the door for Butchko on his way into the building. Such relationships are important to Baldino and other faculty. “It’s what makes it all worthwhile,” Baldino says. “I could teach anywhere, and it would be fun. The chance to get to know and influence students makes the difference.” It’s also what sets Wilkes apart, Baldino adds. “This is what differentiates the faculty at Wilkes….We care about students as people,” he states. Jen Ciannilli Smith ’01 says commitment from faculty makes a difference to students. When she transferred to Wilkes from Luzerne County Community College, the personal attention surprised her. Living away from home for the first time, Smith struggled to balance schoolwork, a job and her social life. She missed some classes—until the day she received a phone call from psychology professor Robert Bohlander. “He left me a message on my answering machine. It said, ‘This is Dr. Bohlander. You haven’t been in class. I hope everything is OK’,” recalls Smith. “I played the message back and listened to it again. It really made an impression on me. I couldn’t believe a professor at Wilkes would do that. It really meant the world to me. It turned my whole attitude around. I became motivated.” Bohlander, who has taught for 32 years, says it’s important for faculty to know when to reach out to a student. “Sometimes you encounter students who are having an issue where you need to intervene,” Bohlander says. Smith is a drug and alcohol counselor for the Choices program in Hazleton, Pa. She began her career with Community Counseling Services—an opportunity that Bohlander suggested. “He recommended my first internship at Community Counseling Opposite page: Psychology Professor Robert Bohlander and Jennifer Ciannilli Smith ’01 are now colleagues in the psychology field. Right: Jeffrey Alves, professor of entrepreneurship and acting dean, Sidhu School of Business and Leadership, and C.J. Copley ’98, MBA ’00 together started the Wilkes’ SIFE chapter—an activity that also launched their friendship. PHOTOS BY EARL & SEDOR PHOTOGRAPHIC His encouragement at that dinner is something I’ll NEVER FORGET. ...To hear that from someone like Dr. Alves meant a lot. WILKES | Fall 2011 – C.J. Copley ’98, MBA ’00 7 �Services and that gave me the perfect beginning. After graduation, any time a career opportunity arose, I’d contact him. He’d talk me through it,” she says. She and Bohlander exchange Christmas cards, talk on the phone and catch up over lunch about Smith’s career and about her 4-year-old daughter. Bohlander says staying in contact with alumni has benefits for his current Wilkes students. It’s a form of networking. “I contacted Jen about possible jobs for my students when she was at Community Counseling,” he says. While many close relationships between faculty and students begin in the classroom, some blossom via co-curricular activities. C.J. Copley ’98, MBA ’00 and Jeff Alves, professor of entrepreneurship and acting dean, Sidhu School of Business and Leadership, together launched the Wilkes chapter of Students in Free Enterprise (SIFE). Copley was its first president and Alves was advisor. Today Copley is executive vice president for sales and marketing for Golden Technologies, Inc., a manufacturer of mobility products, such as lift chairs and scooters, based in Old Forge, Pa. The path to an executive position wasn’t always easy, Copley acknowledges. He credits Alves with inspiring him to persevere. “Getting through my undergraduate years was a challenge. I wasn’t a straight-A student,” Copley says. “Dr. Alves inspired me. I remember our first SIFE competition. I think it was in Parsippany, N.J. We had been up practicing for hours, doing dry runs of our presentation. We took a break and went to dinner. He started sharing his own experiences in school and told me he had challenges too, that it wasn’t always easy for him. He told me, ‘If I can do it, anybody can do it.’ His encouragement at that dinner is something I’ll never forget…. To hear that from someone like Dr. Alves meant a lot.” Copley was a veteran entrepreneur before he graduated—he helped his family start a promotional products business while still at Wilkes—and Alves has tapped that real-world expertise by recruiting his former student to teach at Wilkes. “He’s taught the Integrated Management Experience (IME) course in which students start a business,” Alves says. “He’s taught (a course about) the selling process. He’s done it. He’s started a business.” Copley says he still consults with Alves when choosing textbooks for his classes. Alves emphasizes that mentoring has a trickle-down effect: It passes from faculty member to student, and then, when the student becomes an alumnus, back to current students. Copley has mentored Wilkes interns who work with him at Golden Technologies. Sidhu School alumna, Katie Pearson Desiderio ’01, MBA ’03, followed the same career path as her faculty mentor, Anne Heineman Batory, professor of business. Two years ago, Desiderio completed her doctorate in leadership education at Barry University in Miami, Fla., and joined the business faculty at Moravian College in Bethlehem, Pa. When she was invited to address the graduating class at Moravian in May 2011, the importance of having a mentor was one piece of advice she shared. Desiderio didn’t set out to become a professor when she entered Wilkes. “I thought I was most interested in marketing, but Dr. Batory asked me, ‘Did you ever think about teaching?’” Desiderio says. WILKES | Fall 2011 Anne Heineman Batory, professor of business, left, and Katie Pearson Desiderio ’01, MBA ’03 have the same career path, teaching business to undergraduate students. 8 I realized that I had more PASSION about driving up to Wilkes every Thursday than about what I was doing in my job. – Katie Pearson Desiderio ’01, MBA ’03 �Mike Steele, chair of Wilkes’ biology department, shares some insights in the lab with Salvatore Agosta ’98, who has returned to work with his faculty mentor as a post-doctoral research fellow. MORE ON THE WEB Read more about mentoring relationships that continue after graduation. Visit www.wilkes.edu/Mentor. Have a story to share about your friendship with your Wilkes faculty mentor? Do you have a picture taken since graduation with your faculty mentor? Share them with us by emailing them to wilkesmagazine@wilkes.edu and put the word Mentor in the subject line. We’ll post them on the Web page. WILKES | Fall 2011 Batory noticed her student’s talent for teaching during class presentations. “She was able to take things and render them absolutely understandable for others in the class,” Batory says. Desiderio remained at Wilkes, serving as assistant women’s soccer coach and earned a master of business administration degree. Although she initially worked in the corporate arena, including a position as consumer marketing manager at publisher Rodale, Inc., she also served as adjunct faculty at Wilkes. “I realized that I had more passion about driving up to Wilkes every Thursday than about what I was doing in my job,” she recalls. She left the corporate world to earn a doctorate, realizing her dream of becoming a professor in 2009. “We share a lot of interests in common,” says Batory, who converses on email regularly with her protégée. “When she was at Barry (University), it was fun to be re-introduced to material at the doctoral level. It’s great to have your students go out there and come back to you with their current interests.” Desiderio looks forward to combining motherhood and her academic career in the near future. Batory says female faculty fill an important role as mentors for their female students. “The fact that I’m married and have children is important to students,” Batory states. “They are asking themselves, ‘Did superwoman die, or can we do it all?’ I’m here to show them that they can.” Salvatore Agosta ’98, who earned a biology degree at Wilkes, has moved from a student to a colleague of his mentor, Michael Steele, professor and chair of the biology department. After earning a doctorate in ecology from the University of Pennsylvania, he returned to Wilkes in fall 2010 to work with Steele as a post-doctoral research fellow. He credits Steele with inspiring his interest in studying ecology. “I came here as a history major, not knowing what I really wanted to do,” says Agosta, who also had an interest in biology. “He facilitated my going to the school for field studies in Kenya in the summer after my sophomore year. After that, I pretty much knew what I wanted to do.” Agosta spent his remaining two years at Wilkes working with Steele on his research on oak trees and seed dispersal. He notes that his relationship with Steele has not changed much since earning his doctorate because Steele treats his students as equals in the lab. “The thing about Mike is, once he identifies you as someone who is serious about research, he starts to interact with you as a colleague. He’s a great mediator of people.” Steele knows that the mentoring that happens in Wilkes labs leads to long-term success. “Mentoring is about an apprenticeship,” he says. “You have to be totally immersed in the scientific process for it to be a meaningful mentorship.” Steele is proud of his former student, noting that Agosta is gaining recognition as a biologist with research papers published in 25 peer-reviewed journals. He says that Agosta has worked in the field with top ecology researchers from the University of Pennsylvania, including work with Dan Janson in Costa Rica. Agosta helped to arrange a meeting between Janson and Steele when the Wilkes professor visited Costa Rica. Such achievements are clear indications that their relationship has transitioned to a new level. “He and I will be collaborators for the rest of our (professional) lives,” Steele says. 9 �Change Agent A CONVERSATION WITH JACK MILLER ’68 By Vicki Mayk Wilkes magazine interviewed Jack Miller ’68, chairman of the Board of Trustees, to talk about his vision for the institution. Miller began his second term as chairman in June. MORE ON THE WEB To learn more about Vision 2015, Wilkes University’s Strategic Plan, visit www.wilkes.edu/Vision2015. To learn more about the Presidential Search, visit WILKES | Fall 2011 www.wilkes.edu/PresidentialSearch Jack Miller ’68 , chair of Wilkes’ Board of Trustees, helps to set the agenda for the University’s future. PHOTO BY MICHAEL TOUEY 10 �Wilkes Magazine (WM): You’ve been one of the highest ranking executives with one of the world’s largest accounting and consulting businesses. You could do many things with your time. So first of all, a simple question: Why Wilkes? Jack Miller (JM): If you want to change the world, be involved in education for children, youth and young adults. They will make change happen in their lifetime. Every time we graduate a student, we create a change agent for the future. That is powerful stuff. Wilkes provides the foundation skills, instills core values and provides an introduction to life experience that allows individuals to succeed in their chosen area. Knowing that Wilkes does that for its students—that alone makes it worthwhile. WM: The University’s strategic plan—Vision 2015—is the blueprint for the University’s future. What are the most important priorities to emerge from the strategic planning process? JM: Wilkes is at a crossroads. We can either follow a path to mediocrity or a path to a willed future. Something that I learned very early in my career is the concept of a willed future. It’s something that says, ‘I’m sitting down and determining what I want and where I want to go in the future.’ What we did with Vision 2015 is create consensus of what we collectively want to be at Wilkes and also developed a plan that outlines how we’re going to get there. The strategic plan capitalizes on opportunities for growth and growing revenue. Why are we focusing on growth opportunities and growing revenue? Although Wilkes is financially stable, it’s not sustainable. For example, we have an opportunity to grow revenue with adult learners…..Another area for growth is with the development of the Marcellus Shale in the region. With Wilkes’ strength in the sciences, we can position ourselves as independent assessors in the Marcellus Shale development….Wilkes is very heavily dependent on tuition. If we can develop and capitalize on professional & Q A opportunities and broaden the base of revenue, we will no longer have that dependency. WM: What are the board’s priorities at this time? JM: I would say we’ve got three areas that are priorities. First, we must stay abreast or ahead of the curve in the sciences. We’ve got to build a new, state-of-the-art science building and have a successful capital campaign to support that project. We’ll break ground this spring. If we want to contuine to attract the kind and quality of student we want, a state-of–the-art facility along with our top-notch professors is key. Second, we’re continuing with the IMPROVE initiative (Integrating Management Planning and Resources Effectiveness). For alumni who may not be familiar with this, it is a fact-based decision-making process. We are providing data, including financial metrics, to administrators and faculty at the program level or department level, where it is most useful. It allows them to determine where we need more resources in the areas where we want to succeed. That information is not useful if it’s kept on the upper administration level. It has to be shared with people closest to the programs. And finally, our third focus is measuring student learning outcomes….We need to be able to assess the effectiveness of a Wilkes education….The cost of education is so great today. Parents and students have every right to say, ‘Am I getting value for my (tuition) at Wilkes?’ I believe we create lots of value. WM: Wilkes alumni read this magazine. What message would you like to send them? JM: Become involved. We value you. Many of you provide us with financial support. But the most important things our alumni can also give are their time and talent. There are many ways they can do that. Be a mentor to a current Wilkes student. Become active with the alumni association. You can become a member of board of trustees. We want your financial support—but we really want you! The time and talent of our alumni can really make an impact. Jack Miller graduated cum laude from Wilkes in 1968 with a degree in commerce and finance. He says, “I was born and raised in Wilkes-Barre. My mother was in accounting at Planters Peanuts on South Main Street. My father was a city fireman. I was the first in our family to go to college. I very much fit the profile of the student we have at Wilkes today. “ Miller was vice chairman of KPMG LLP, a global accounting, tax and advisory firm. During his 36-year tenure, he served in many positions, including the elected position as a member of its Board of Directors and Management Committee. He also served as chief executive officer of a billion dollar line of business, led the development of tools to assist clients in responding more efficiently in their markets, and managed regulatory compliance, risk management and crisis management activities. He credits Wilkes for preparing him for his career: “Wilkes is outstanding. It says something about Wilkes that a boy from the Wyoming Valley ended up vice chairman of one of the world’s largest accounting and consulting companies.” After being diagnosed with cancer, he retired from KPMG in January 2005 to devote his time to public service. In addition to his work on Wilkes’ board of trustees, he is chairman of the board of trustees of The Osborn Retirement Community and a trustee and regent of the Cathedral Church of Saint John the Divine in New York City, where he serves as chair of its audit committee and member of its executive committee. Miller lives in Rye, N.Y., with his wife, Sarah. They have four children and six grandchildren. WILKES | Fall 2011 ABOUT JACK MILLER ’68 11 �Friends Indeed Wilkes Alumni Celebrate Friendships Formed at the University By Rachel Strayer Wilkes alumni found much more than an education when they came to the University: They found friendship. The relationships students form are among the most valuable parts of the Wilkes experience. After graduation, alumni don’t wait for Homecoming and class reunions to rekindle their friendships. They hold their own events—from dinner parties to four-day camping trips—to celebrate relationships that are as important as their diplomas. Above: (from left to right) Showing off their matching “W” tattoos are Wilkes creative writing alumn, from left, Donna Talarico MFA ’10, Jonathan Rocks MFA ’10, Carol Lavelle MFA ’10, Justice Fisher MFA ’10, and Angela Eckhart MA ’09. Wilkes | Fall 2011 A Mark of Friendship 12 Donna Talarico MFA ’10, Jonathan Rocks MFA ’10, K. Justice Fisher MFA ’10, Carol Lavelle MFA ’10, Viannah Duncan MFA ’10 and Angela Eckhart MA ’09 share more than a Wilkes creative writing degree. They all sport the same tattoo: a “W” that stands both for Wilkes and for writing. The group remembers when they revealed their matching tattoos to creative writing program director Bonnie Culver. “She thought they were fake!” Talarico says. Students get to see each other only twice a year in Wilkes creative writing program—at eight-day residencies in January and June. The low-residency program conducts classes and writing critiques online the rest of the year. Talarico’s cohort, which includes non-tattooed but equally dedicated MFA ’10 graduates Michael “Papa” Suppa, Cory Brin, and Sarah Pugh, met during their first Wilkes residency in June 2007 and bonded so well they couldn’t wait until January before seeing each other again. Their first get-together took place at Suppa’s home over Labor Day Weekend 2007. According to Suppa, the group’s friendship thrives in the atmosphere provided at Wilkes. “The nurturing atmosphere of the Wilkes Creative Writing program was the catalyst for our group,” says Suppa. “I would recommend the program to any or all! It is truly a community.” Although they lost one member to a long-distance move, most of the group meets twice a year —every August and April—for a four-day weekend of board games, book discussions, dress-up movie nights, and off-season holiday celebrations, including Christmas in April and Easter in August. Locations have included a houseboat, a cabin near Gettysburg and a vacation home in the Poconos. Inked or not, the familial spirit among these Wilkes alumni runs deeper than blue dye. “Donna and the rest of my cohort…have made a permanent and indelible impression on me,” says Rocks. “You know, sort of like a tattoo.” A (Wilkes) Christmas Story When Marcie Kreinces Bono ’90 and Karen Donohue Connolly ’90 became friends as Wilkes freshmen, they had no idea that their friendship would grow into a yearly gathering of close to 30 people. “We kind of started the whole crew,” laughs Bono. Connolly chimes in, “Marcie was the ringleader. (She) knew everyone on the whole campus.” While both women remain close with their entire graduating class, they formed a special bond with Valerie Sweeney Walachy ’90, and three members of the class of 1991, Karen Finn Juliano, Laurie Tappon Furfaro, and Sue Adamchak Smith. Their post-Wilkes gatherings began simply enough. The friends met annually at the University’s Homecoming Weekend. It wasn’t �Left: Celebrating Christmas in January has become an annual tradition for, from left, Karen Finn Juliano ’91, Laurie Tappan Furfaro ’91, Marcie Kreinces Bono ’90, Sue Adamchak Smith ’91, Valerie Sweeney Walachy ’90, and Karen Donohue Connolly ’90. Close-Knit Sharon Snyder Bergin ’82 and Geri McAfee Dougherty ’81 recall spending their college years sunbathing on the roof of Sturdevant Hall and sledding on the cafeteria’s lunch trays with their six closest friends. So how did the eight long-time buddies celebrate turning the big 5-0? “We made potholders!” they say with enthusiasm. “Whatever keeps you laughing,” Bergin explains. Laughing is never a problem for the group, which also includes Helen Gorgas Goulding ’82, Jeannie Bennis Seidof ’81, Mary Giblin Making potholders – complete with Ws -- was one way to mark half-century birthdays for these alumnae. Pictured with their creations, are front row, from left, Helen Gorgas Goulding ‘82, Jeannie Bennis Seidof ‘81, Mary Giblin Galetto ‘81, and Gina Scazzaro Fair ‘82. Back row, from left are Maureen Falvey Creamer ‘80, Sharon Snyder Bergin ‘82, Geri McAfee Dougherty ‘81, and Karen Snyder Zeiser ‘82. Wilkes | Fall 2011 enough: The six New Jersey residents began planning regular dinner dates. They didn’t stop there. “Every January we get together at someone’s house to celebrate Christmas with all the kids and husbands and everyone,” says Connolly. The six of them have a total of 16 children ranging in age from 15 to four years old, making one chaotic, joyful group. “We don’t pick a day unless everyone can make it,” says Bono. “And everybody always shows up,” Connolly adds. The women are thrilled to watch their children build relationships of their own within the group. Now their Christmas gatherings are a relaxing time to catch up because the kids take care of each other, leaving the six women to laugh, talk, and reminisce about their Wilkes days. “I didn’t anticipate that going away to college would give me five of the best friends I could have asked for,” Bono says. Connolly echoes the sentiment. “We’re like sisters…I hope my kids have that someday.” The women planned to reunite the whole crew at Homecoming 2011. Galetto ’81, Gina Scazzaro Fair ’82, Maureen Falvey Creamer ’80, and Bergin’s twin sister Karen Snyder Zeiser ’82. The women, who bonded as residents of the same hall, have an eclectic mix of majors. They get together at least once every year or two—not an easy feat for eight women who have 22 children and three grandchildren among them. For each gathering, the ladies strive to come up with a fun theme or activity. “One year we brought old bridesmaids’ dresses and wore them out to dinner,” says Bergin. “Another year it was crazy hats.” Then came the potholders. “After we all turned 50 we were joking about being old,” says Dougherty. “Someone brought a potholder weaving kit, so we made potholders!” Dougherty even embellished one of hers with a Wilkes “W,” in honor of their “family away from home.” Even though they don’t get to see each other as much as they would like, they still find creative ways to connect. “We have something called ‘The Sisterhood of the Traveling Necklace,’” says Bergin. One necklace is passed around the group every three months or so, usually to someone who is going through a tough time. “We tend to mail it to someone who needs cheered up,” she says. The women are content to be each other’s reminders of their happy college years. “We will always get together…” says Bergin. “…even when there’s only two of us left…” continues Dougherty. “…and we don’t know where we’re going,” laughs Bergin. At least they’ll be going together. 13 �-... Wilkes Rallies To Lend A Hand in Flood Relief W hen a swollen Wilkes | Fall 2011 Susquehanna River heavily flooded the Wilkes campus in June 1972 in the aftermath of Hurricane Agnes, an incoming freshman named Bill Goldsworthy heard the college’s clarion call for help as the water receded. With a group of Circle K members, he cleaned out muddy books from the basement of Eugene S. Farley Library in a campus-wide push to get Wilkes back open by the start of his fall semester. Now, nearly 40 years later, it was Goldsworthy who was in need, as the Susquehanna River rose again to record levels in September due to heavy rains. Levees built after the ’72 Agnes flood held back the river in Wilkes-Barre, sparing the city from major flood damage. But in unprotected communities—such 14 as West Pittston, where Goldsworthy ’76 grew up and still resides—the rushing river pushed into homes and businesses, tossing about furniture, buckling floors and crumbling foundations. This time, the Wilkes community got a chance to pay it forward by helping Goldsworthy and other Wyoming Valley families recover from the extensive flooding. Students, faculty, staff and alumni teamed up to work shifts, hauling out muck from basements, ripping up flooring or tossing damaged furniture curbside and into dumpsters. “Our town is in total devastation,” said Goldsworthy, former West Pittston mayor and former president of the Wilkes Alumni Association. “It’s like we went through a war.” The water rose 3 feet on the first floor of his two-story home, where Goldsworthy and his wife have lived for 33 years and raised their four children. They By Mary Ellen Alu ’77 hadn’t owned the home during Agnes, but back then, the basement was only partially flooded. When the water started to recede and Goldsworthy finally got the first look inside, he was disheartened. “It looked like someone literally trashed your house,” he says. Meanwhile, the Wilkes community was mobilizing, calling for volunteers over the University’s Facebook page and by phone. The University gave all employees up to two paid days off to volunteer. Amy Hetro, Wilkes annual fund manager, used the time off to continue volunteer work at the West Pittston Library, which lost its building and 40 percent of its collection from flooding. Hetro says, “Because of the Wilkes employee volunteer program, I was able to volunteer at the library to pick up where the volunteers left off over the weekend. I helped disinfect books, made arrangements for a temporary library location, secured computers and internet access for this location, and established a fund at a local foundation to assist with recovery.” �MORE ON THE WEB Pieces of family history were already curbside when students arrived— his grandfather’s antique clock, his grandmother’s favorite chair. anything covered in flood mud posed health hazards and had to be tossed, says Goldsworthy, deputy director of the governor’s northeast regional office. Kitchen cabinets had to be removed, as well as tile flooring. when sophomore Megan heverly arrived with the student crew, it was the mounds of debris lining the streets that struck her. “You couldn’t tell what anything was,” she says. “It’s so sad to see.” Inside Goldsworthy’s home, heverly bleached woodwork on the first floor to protect it from mold, as other students hauled muck and a ruined pool table from the basement. “You’re getting them one step closer to getting their house back to what it was,” heverly says. There have been some things Goldsworthy has managed to save. In his file cabinet in his first-floor office, he found his acceptance letter to wilkes from so many years ago, signed by then-Dean John whitby. he dried it out. Far left, wrestlers Myzar Mendoza, Michael Fleck, Matt ellery and Ryan Wilson pull up a floor in a flood-damaged home in Wilkes-Barre. second photo, wrestler Ryan lynch and Philip Ruthkosky, associate dean of student development, remove damaged furniture. This page, left below, Wilkes President Tim Gilmour and Mark allen, dean, student affairs, get ready to don gloves for clean up. Below right, a Wilkes worker shovels mud from a basement. PHoTos BY CHRisToPHeR BaRRoWs and eaRl and sedoR PHoToGRaPHiC. Check out our photo gallery of Wilkes students, faculty and staff pitching in during flood relief efforts after the 2011 flood at www.wilkes.edu/Flood. 2011 Flood Facts Heavy rains caused by Tropical storm lee caused the swollen susquehanna River to spill over its banks. Here are some facts about the flood of 2011 at Wilkes: • The City of Wilkes-Barre—including Wilkes University’s campus—was evacuated at 4 p.m. on Thursday, sept. 8. • The University’s facilities department, with some help from the Colonels football team, moved file cabinets, computers and other equipment out of harm’s way, moving them to upper floors prior to the evacuation deadline. • about 40 Wilkes students were guests of the University of scranton during the evacuation. • The river crested at a record 42.6 feet on Friday, sept 9. The levees constructed after Hurricane agnes held. Communities without levee protection experienced record flooding. • The evacuation order was lifted on saturday, sept. 10 and the Wilkes residence halls reopened on sunday, sept. 11 at 3 p.m. Classes resumed on Tuesday, sept. 13. • The Wilkes volunteer effort continues weeks after the flood. Collections of cleaning supplies, fundraisers and a special volunteer cleanup by alumni during Homecoming Weekend continued as Wilkes magazine went to press. Memories of Agnes The spring 2012 issue of Wilkes magazine will feature memories of another flood—the 1972 deluge caused by Hurricane agnes. if you have 1972 flood memories to share, please e-mail us at wilkesmagazine@wilkes.edu. Wilkes | Fall 2011 wrestling coach Jon laudenslager ’98 was among the first to contact the community service office to let officials know his wrestlers were ready to serve. “It was a no brainer,” laudenslager says. Community service was on his mind, he says, because of the service to country of one of his former wrestlers, army Ranger sandrino Plutino, killed in action in afghanistan in august 2011. (see page 25) some 30 wrestlers volunteered to help. at the request of wilkes-Barre officials, the wrestlers and others from wilkes—55 people in all—worked in the Brookside section of the city. wrestler shane everett, a wilkes senior, was among them. “It was pretty eye-opening,” he says. “It was surprising to see that just a few miles down the road (from the campus), many community members weren’t so lucky.” everett said students felt they were making a difference as they cleared homes and streets of debris. “I was soaked in sweat,” he said. “we gave it our all.” Community service coordinator Megan Boone encouraged students not to refer to flood-damaged items as trash. “we’re touching people’s treasured items: wedding dresses, photo albums, the chair that grandma sat on at Thanksgiving, Christmas decorations that you put up every year, things that hold memories.” Goldsworthy didn’t hesitate in accepting the University’s offer of help. he hopes he can rebuild his home in time to celebrate the Christmas holidays there with his family and new granddaughter. 15 �alumni news Alumni Mentor Current Generation of Wilkes Students Wilkes is known for the one-on-one mentoring relationships students have with their professors. The Alumni Association has expanded this tradition of individualized learning by bringing alumni mentors together with current students. Since the alumni-student mentoring program’s inception in 2009, over 200 alumni and about 300 students have been matched according to interest and expertise. The program has been integrated into the psychology, communication studies, business and education departments and includes both undergraduate and graduate alumni. This collaboration is coordinated by a committee of alumni volunteers, faculty and staff members from the alumni relations and career services offices. ...As these young people are getting started, the mentoring program gives them SOMEONE else TO TURN TO besides mom and dad. – Al Melusen ’85 WILKES | Fall 2011 Mentor Kristin Klemish ’04 talks with Allison Roth ’11 before the mentoring dinner in February 2011. PHOTO BY CURTIS SALONICK 16 Deborah Tindell, associate professor of psychology, has been involved with the mentoring initiative from the start. “I have always encouraged students to contact professionals in their chosen field to gain more experience, but it can be difficult to make that initial connection. With this program, our students have a readily available source of advice from mentors who have already indicated a willingness and desire to help,” she says. Mentors and mentees discuss interview preparation, the job search and graduate school applications; however, oftentimes, these talks turn to life after Wilkes. Al Melusen ’85, a senior staff advisor and attorney with the U.S. Department of Labor, is one of the alumni mentoring students. “I remember what a trying and anxious period of time it can be as you are launched into the ‘real world’ from the comparatively protected environment of the University. Many of the questions we discuss are basic, practical issues that you take for granted when you have been working for 10 or 20 years. But as these young people are getting started, the mentoring program gives them someone else to turn to besides mom and dad,” says Melusen, who has worked with two students over the past three years. Allison Roth ’11 appreciated such advice when she was a senior in the communication studies department in spring 2011. Paired with Kristin Klemish ’04, a communications professional, Roth describes their relationship as “an instant connection.” “She gave me insight into the job world and answered all of my questions regarding job applications and interviews. We also bonded over college life. Kristin reminisced about her years on campus and we chatted about classes and professors,” says Roth. According to Tindell, the biggest benefit of the mentoring program can’t be measured. “When a person finds a true mentoring relationship, it can last a lifetime and provide a great deal of support and satisfaction for both the mentor and mentee,” she says. Both Melusen and Klemish encourage other alumni to get involved with the mentoring program. “The time commitment is not overwhelming, and you will be surprised how much you have to offer others and how rewarding an experience it can be,” says Melusen. To learn more about the mentoring program, visit community.wilkes.edu/mentoring or contact Mary Simmons in the Office of Alumni Relations at mary.simmons@wilkes.edu. �alumni news Thank You to Our Alumni Hosts During spring and summer 2011, Wilkes enjoyed the hospitality of alumni along the East Coast. Our hosts included Jason ’90 and Tammy Griggs in Limerick, Pa. (pictured); Jan Seeley ’70 in Boston, Mass.; and Phil ’76 & Carol Gusgekofski ’76 Besler on Long Beach Island, N.J. “I was amazed to learn that there were 350 alumni living within 30 miles of me in Montgomery County, Pa., says Griggs. I thought that there was no better way to let people know that Wilkes alumni are all around us than to hold an alumni event. I cannot wait to do it again, bigger and better than last time.” To view photos from these events, visit www.wilkes.edu/alumni. If you’re interested in hosting an alumni event where you live, contact the Office of Alumni Relations at (570)408-7787 or alumni@wilkes.edu. More than 20 alumni and guests attended an event at the home of Jason ’90 and Tammy Griggs in April 2011. PHOTO BY BRIDGET GIUNTA HUSTED ’05 Calendar of Events • Connecting the Dots: Wednesday, Nov. 9 Paul Wender ’69 Presents First Catherine H. Bone Lecture in Chemistry The inaugural Catherine H. Bone Lecture in Chemistry will be presented by Paul Wender ’69, Bergstrom Professor of Chemistry at Stanford University. The lecture is on Thursday, Oct. 27, 2011 at 7 p.m. in Stark Learning Center 101. Wender will speak about Molecular Frontiers and Future Transformative Therapies for AIDs, Alzheimer’s, and Resistant Cancer. Wender has pioneered new methodologies for design and construction of naturally occurring and synthetic complex organic molecules. His contributions cover a broad range of chemistry, including synthetic organic, organ metallic, medicinal, and agricultural and photo-chemistry; cancer biology; and computer application in synthesis and drug design. The event is free, but registration is required. For more information call 570-408-4306. • Athletics Hall of Fame Day: Saturday, Nov. 15 • Dave Russo ’93 Comedy Show: Thursday, Dec. 8 • Naples, FL event: March HOMECOMING 2011 PHOTO GALLERY Whether you frequented the party tents, shared a pint with a professor or cheered on the Colonels, Homecoming was the place to be last month! back to campus for the festivities. See who was there by visiting www.wilkes.edu/alumni and mark your calendars for next year’s celebration: Sept. 28, 29 and 30, 2012. WILKES | Fall 2011 Thank you to everyone who came 17 �class notes 1954 Martin J. Meyer recently joined Fellerman & Ciarimboli Law Firm in Kingston, Pa. Meyer has been engaged in the general practice of law with emphasis on civil litigation and family law since 1960. He has been a member of the board and a trustee of the Family Service Association of Wyoming Valley and was honored by the association with the Al Danoff Humanitarian Award in September 2010. 1955 Lou Steck and Norma Moses Steck celebrated their 55th wedding anniversary on Jan. 14, 2011. They are the proud parents of three daughters, six granddaughters and one greatgranddaughter. The couple currently resides in Chicago, Ill. Wilkes | Fall 2011 1957 Dr. Leslie P. Weiner received the Distinguished Alumni Award from the University of Cincinnati’s College of 18 Medicine. Weiner is internationally recognized for his research on the T-cell vaccine for multiple sclerosis. Weiner completed an internship at Syracuse University Hospital, residencies at Baltimore City Hospital and Johns Hopkins Hospital, and fellowships at The Johns Hopkins University and the National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke, and working in the National Institutes of Health Laboratory of Slow Virus Infections with Nobel laureate D. Carleton Gadjusek. Weiner was the chair of the neurology department at the University of Southern California for 24 years. 1959 Stephen Poleskie’s book Acorn’s Card was published recently by Wasteland Press. It includes a novella and two short stories. 1969 Robert Wallace retired after 41 years as a high school choral Roger A. Hatch ‘89 married Michelle V. Enright on Oct. 10, 2010. The couple resides in Sewickley, Pa. and instrumental director with the public schools of Cecil County, Md. He is dean-elect of the Delaware Chapter American Guild of Organists and director of music at St. Mary Anne Episcopal Church in North East, Md. Wallace is a published composer. 1973 Rich Mendelsohn and his wife, Suzie, celebrated their 35th wedding anniversary. They live in Alexandria, Va. 1974 Brent Spencer recently published his memoir, Rattlesnake Daddy: A Son’s Search for His Father. The book won the Distinguished Artist Fellowship and the Little Bluestem Award from the Nebraska Arts Council and The Backwaters Press. Barbara H. Zelnick’s book of poetry, The Passage of Seasons, was recently published by Publish America. Bob Spinelli see 1977. 1977 Reunion Sept. 28-30 ~ Patty Cullinan Spinelli and Bob Spinelli ’76 welcomed their granddaughter, Abigail, on July 9, 2011. They live in Rochester, N.Y. 1978 Ellen Ferretti was appointed by Pennsylvania Gov. Tom Corbett as deputy secretary for parks and forestry in the state Department of Conservation and Natural Resources. She was the president of the northeast region office of the Pennsylvania Environmental Council. 1979 Tim Evans’ company, Colours Inc., an automotive paint distributor, is one of four recipients of the Greater Wilkes-Barre Chamber of Commerce’s annual Pride of Place Award. The company began with one Wilkes-Barre Elizabeth A. Roveda ’05, MBA ’07 and Joshua S. Swantek PharmD ’08 were married May 30, 2010. The bride is the director of residence life at Wilkes University. The groom works for pharmacy services at Seymour Johnson Air Force Base. �class notes Charlotte Moser ’92: A Scientist’s Voice in the Vaccine Safety Debate full-time job in 2005. Her responsibilities include directing and creating education center programs and materials, including the Parents PACK—Possessing, Accessing and Communicating Knowledge about vaccines—program, Charlotte (Hoffman) Moser ’92 helps to educate parents which has more than 30,000 subscribers from throughout about the importance of vaccinating children as assistant the world who receive its monthly email newsletter. director of the Vaccine Education Center at The Children’s Hospital Charlotte Moser ’92 signs books for girls attending the HHMI-WEBS Camp. of Philadelphia. Moser works with Photo by Vicki Mayk Dr. Paul A. Offit, director of the center and one of the world’s leading authorities on vaccines. Parents’ concerns about vaccines, including claims that some are the cause of conditions such as autism, led to the creation of the Vaccine Education Center in 2000. The center filled an important role in the vaccine safety debate. “What was missing was the voice of science in the debate,” Moser explains. “The center filled that role.” A native of Weatherly, Pa., she entered Wilkes as a pre-med student before switching to a research focus. vaccine.chop.edu and http://vaccine.chop.edu/parents. As an undergraduate, she worked on research with Recently, she and Offit co-authored the book Vaccines chemistry professor William Stine and biology professor and Your Child: Separating Fact from Fiction, published Ken Pidcock. Pidcock remembers her as “one of our this year by Columbia University Press. Both the book and best students.” He takes pride in her accomplishments, materials stress the importance of vaccines to safeguard saying, “In not too many years, she built quite a record of children’s health. research activity.” Becoming a health educator is a new step in Moser’s Moser recently returned to Wilkes to speak to science career. After graduating from Wilkes with a major seventh- and eighth-grade girls in the HHMI Women in biology and a minor in chemistry, she joined Offit’s Empowered by Science (WEBS) Camp. She encouraged laboratory as a research technician and supervisor. She them to follow their interest in science while choosing a was part of a team researching ways to improve the career that will allow them to have a work-life balance, human immune response to rotavirus. as she has done. What was supposed to be a two-year commitment at the Moser lives in Bensalem, Pa., with her husband, Dan hospital turned into a career for Moser. She was promoted Moser ’92, who works in the pharmaceutical industry. to senior research associate in Offit’s lab, and eventually They have two children, Andrew, 15, and Victoria, 11. began to divide her time between research and running the Vaccine Education Center. The center became a – By Vicki Mayk Wilkes | Fall 2011 Moser creates educational materials for parents available in print and on the center’s Web sites, http:// 19 �class notes store in 1986 and has grown to 19 locations in three states. Philip Ogren of Kingston, Pa., is now vice president and information technology officer at First National Community Bank. 1980 William V. Lewis Jr. MBA ’86 has been appointed by Pennsylvania Gov. Tom Corbett to serve as commissioner of the Pennsylvania Historical and Museum Commission. Lewis is a member of the board of directors of the Luzerne County Historical Society. He is vice president and wealth management advisor with Merrill Lynch Wealth Management in Wilkes-Barre. Col. Mark Rado assumed command of the U.S. Army Accessions Support Brigade on July 15, 2011 at Fort Knox, Ky. Anniversary of Air Disaster Also a Milestone for Dr. Donald Spruck ’69 the guidance of biology professor Charles Reif. He Dr. Donald Spruck ’69, a resident of Massapequa, N.Y., program in only two years, thanks to Wilkes business was one of five forensic dentists to identify victims of professor Welton Farrar. TWA Flight 800, one of the most devastating air disasters of recent history. This year marked the 15th anniversary of the crash, which occurred on July 17, 1996, when the Spruck started as a biology major at Wilkes under later changed his major to graduate with a business degree in commerce and finance, completing the “These gentlemen and others helped me to learn to balance school, sports and life,” Spruck says. He changed his major due to his great success on plane, enroute to Paris, exploded just off the shore of the soccer field, receiving honorable mention as an Long Island, N.Y. All-American soccer player at Wilkes. He considered a It took almost a year and a half for investigators to professional soccer career—a goal he abandoned when determine the probable cause of the crash: a spark from he broke his leg soon after graduation. He continued to short-circuited wiring ignited vapors in the center fuel tank. play and coach soccer until he was 45. After the accident, Spruck and his colleagues worked alongside CIA and FBI he revisited his original dream of becoming a dentist agents from July through October of 1996 to conduct an and graduated from New York University in 1974 with a equally important investigation – successfully identifying all doctor of dental surgery degree. 231 passengers who died in the crash, bringing much-needed closure to hundreds of mourning families. “The experience will stay with me forever as one of the most…rewarding experiences of my life,” says Spruck. Spruck became interested in forensic odontology—the examination and evaluation of dental evidence for the purposes of justice—and was trained at the Armed Forces Institute of Pathology in Washington, D.C. His work as a forensic odontologist in Nassau County lines up with what he always intended to do, if not in the way he expected. “The challenge is difficult,” Spruck says of his work. “However, it is gratifying to be able to bring closure to a family waiting to discover a lost loved one.” Spruck and his wife, Cathie, have three children and five grandchildren. Wilkes | Fall 2011 – By Rachel Strayer 20 Dr. Donald Spruck ’69 at the TWA Flight 800 Memorial on Long Island. Photo Courtesy Dr. Donald Spruck �class notes Southport, S.C. The Members Show presents paintings and pottery by regional artists. 1982 Reunion Sept. 28-30 ~ Dr. Bruce Williams was named to the board of trustees of Kansas City University of Medicine and Biosciences, his medical school alma mater. On Jan. 29, 2011, he was installed as the 2010-2011 president of the Missouri Society of the American College of Osteopathic Family Physicians. 1986 Paul Cummings co-authored an article titled “Two Cancellative Commutative Congruences and Group Diagrams,” which appeared in the March/April 2011 issue of Semigroup Forum, a leading research mathematics journal. 1995 Henry Bisco’s blog, “The Suburban Man’s Guide to Somewhere,” is featured in several online New Jersey newspapers. His blog can be found at guidetosomewhere. blogspot.com. He and his wife, Tammy Cyprich Bisco ’97, a designer and saleswoman for Commercial File of New York, have a 9-year-old daughter, Nina. 1996 Robin C. Minielly is a board-certified anesthesiologist and was named director of anesthesia at Covenant Medical Center in Lubbock, Texas. 1997 Dr. Cynthia Gabrielle Charnetski married Paul Charles Shiber on April 22, 2011. The bride is an optometrist at Northeastern Eye Institute. She also is second vice president of the Wilkes University Alumni Association Board of Directors and is on the board of directors at Step By Step Inc. The couple resides in Kingston, Pa. 1998 Michael Kaschak received a Developing Scholar Award for outstanding scholarship and teaching at Florida State University, where he is the cognitive psychology area director in the department of psychology. Kaschak is also a researcher at the Florida Center for Reading Research. 1999 Jennifer Radzwillowicz was accepted into the 2011/2012 Leadership Lackawanna Class through the Greater Scranton Chamber of Commerce. 2000 Nancy Stinger was the featured artist at the Franklin Square Gallery’s Members Show in 2001 Matt Reitnour and his wife, Kelly, welcomed their first child, Grace Margaret, on April 15, 2011. They reside in Buffalo, N.Y. 2003 Ty Bowman and Melissa Bowman welcomed their first Ashley Marie Joslin ’06 and Nicholas Witucki ’06, PharmD ’08 were married on June 17, 2011. Wilkes | Fall 2011 Jennifer Iwaniszyn ’06 and George Muller ’06 were married on Sept. 26, 2010. The bride is assistant director of enrollment services processing-admissions at the University of North Florida. The groom is a covert geek squad agent for Geek Squad at Best Buy. The couple resides in Jacksonville, Fla. Pictured with their wedding party, from left to right: Ashley Lehr PharmD ’08, Danielle Smagala, Sarah (Rodstrom) Randazzo ’05, Ashleigh Frueholz, Rebecca Iwaniszyn, Jennifer Iwaniszyn ’06, Allison Hagan, George Muller ’06, Sean Smith ’05, Curtis Wiser ’07, David Retske, and Alex Pacowta. Thomas Ryan Ward is working with the Undershaw Preservation Trust in Surrey, England, to preserve the home of Sir Arthur Conan Doyle, the creator of Sherlock Holmes and author of the Sherlock Holmes books. Ward was the winner of an international competition to design a logo for the trust. The logo is featured on their web site and in other materials. 21 �class notes child, Briar Elle, on May 3, 2011. They reside in Dallas, Pa. Relay For Life for Greater Pittston Area High School. 2004 Adam Kowalczyk and Krystle Cardamone were married on Nov. 13, 2010. The bride is an adult probation and parole officer. The groom is a Pennsylvania state police trooper. 2010 David Chaump and Rebecca Santoro Hetzel have released a new album of original music with their band Groove Train. Besides showcasing their original songs, Groove Train specializes as one of the top private party/ wedding bands in northeast and central Pennsylvania. 2007 Reunion Sept. 28-30 ~ Nolly Nash and Amanda Avery welcomed their first child, Kaleb Nathaniel Nash, on June 18, 2011. 2009 Jef Bauman is a community income development representative with The American Cancer Society, working in the east region office in Taylor, Pa. His responsibilities include working with the Wyoming Valley Daffodil Days and the collegiate Relay For Life events at Wilkes University, the University of Scranton and Misericordia University. He will also develop a youth community Andrew M. Seaman of Forest City, Pa., received his master’s degree from the Columbia University Graduate School of Journalism on May 18, 2011. The school named him Student of the Year, honoring a student whose energy and talent make him an example of a superior Columbia Journalism graduate. Seaman spent 10 months studying newspaper and investigative journalism as a Stabile Fellow. He spent the summer in Washington D.C. reporting on the Affordable Care Act from the White House and U.S. Capitol for Reuters under a fellowship sponsored by the Henry J. Kaiser Family Foundation. 2011 Amanda Gunther, Daniel Kautz and Allison Roth co-authored “The Credibility of Female Sports Broadcasters: The Perception of Gender in a Male-Dominated Profession,” an academic paper based on their communication studies research, completed for their Research Methods class at Wilkes. The paper was published in Human Communication, an online academic journal. Graduate Students 1986 William V. Lewis Jr. see 1980. 2007 Reunion Sept. 28-30 ~ Elizabeth A. Roveda MBA see 2005. 2008 Joshua S. Swantek PharmD see 2005. Nicholas Witucki PharmD see 2006. Amanda Kaster is one of seven young women from across the United States selected for a fellowship by the non-profit organization Running Start. The organization’s goal is to get more women involved in politics. As part of the fellowship, Kaster will be working in Washington, D.C., with Sen. Olympia Snowe of Maine beginning in September 2011. Kaster will participate in classes offered by Running Start to learn more about running for political office. 2009 Martha Wright M.S. is vice president of dietary and clinical nutrition services for United Methodist Homes. She has held positions with the organization for 13 years. Dr. Sidney Zimmerman, Rye, N.Y., died Feb. 25, 2011. He served on the board of directors at White Plains Hospital, where he was affiliated for his 53 years of medical practice. In 2001, the Sidney P. Zimmerman Nuclear Cardiology Center was dedicated in his honor. 1942 John J. “Jack” Dooley, Harrisburg, Pa., died April 6, 2011. He was a U.S. Army veteran of World War II and a retired employee of Olmsted Air Force Base and New Cumberland Army Depot. 2010 Sara Chisdock MBA and Ryan Hogan were married on Nov. 6, 2010. The bride is the customer service manager at Lord and Taylor. The groom is employed at Wyoming Valley Drug and Alcohol Services. Wilkes | Fall 2011 In Memoriam 22 1935 Robert H. Melson, Wyomissing, Pa., died May 22, 2011. He was a certified public accountant with Lybrands, Ross Brothers & Montgomery before becoming an assistant controller for Carpenter Technology Corp., where he was a member of the board of directors and vice president of administration before retiring in 1977. 1940 Leon F. Wazeter, Wilkes-Barre, died April 16, 2011. He was a U.S. Army veteran of World War II and worked for the Veterans Administration in Washington, D.C. He partnered with his brother at Wazeter Brothers Heating and was district manager for World Book Encyclopedia for three decades. �class notes In Memoriam 1945 Harvey G. Trachtenberg, Kingston, Pa., died July 4, 2011. He was employed as an independent advertising sales representative. 1948 Herman Baumann Jr., Big Cedar Lake, Wis., died June 2, 2011. He was a U.S. Navy Air Force veteran of World War II. He worked for many years in the propeller division of Curtis Wright Air Force Base, N.J., before moving to Wisconsin and becoming a sales engineer for the Elastic Stop Nut Corp. of America. Gordon R. Schlier, New Hope, Pa., died June 22, 2011. He was a U.S. Navy veteran of World War II, a business teacher for 17 years at Kingston High School, and a guidance counselor for 22 years at Dallas Junior High School. He also taught evening business courses at Wilkes University. 1950 Anne Ruth (Byorick) Parker, Edwardsville, Pa., died April 13, 2011. She was employed as a retail sales associate for the B. Altman and Strawbridge & Clothier stores and also worked as a real estate agent for the Bleakly Agency in Cherry Hill, N.J., and for the Mertz Corp., Mt. Laurel, N. J. 1951 Jerome John Perry Sr., Raleigh, N.C., died May 17, 2011. He was professor emeritus of microbiology at North Carolina State University. 1952 John Francis Johns, Boca Raton, Fla., died May 14, 2011. He was a U.S. Air Force veteran of World War II before joining his family’s business, Joseph John & Co. He and his brothers went on to found Society Mills Inc., a ladies’ sportswear manufacturer with offices in Wilkes-Barre and New York City. 1953 James W. “Roxy” Reynolds, Wilmington, Del., died Feb. 2, 2011. He worked at General Motors for 24 years and worked for 15 years at A. G. Edwards & Sons. 1954 Leonard C. Seras, Port Richey, Fla., died April 8, 2011. He was a U.S. Army Air Force veteran of World War II and a professional musician. He recorded with groups led by José Moran, Bobby Byrne, Lee Vincent, and Henry Shapiro, and served as a band and music instructor in several Pennsylvania and New Jersey high schools. Howard A. Shaver Jr., Macungie, Pa., died April 13, 2011. He was a U.S. Air Force veteran and a retired employee of the AC Delco Division of General Motors Corp., where he was regional manager for 47 years. 1957 Dr. Marvin Z. Kurlan, Amherst, N.Y., died May 31, 2011. During a 30-year medical career, he was plant surgeon for Bethlehem Steel Corp.; medical director for the Brothers of Mercy; director of trauma services and senior attending surgeon at Millard Fillmore Hospital; and clinical instructor in surgery at the University at Buffalo Medical School. Roland R. Leonard, Webster, Mass., died March 4, 2011. He held executive positions at Joy Manufacturing Co. and Ingersoll Rand Corp. He was the owner and CEO of Numa Tool Company in Thompson, Conn. Dr. Samuel Charles Mines, Mt. Lebanon, Pa., died April 8, 2011. He opened a private practice in Mt. Lebanon and at St. Clair Memorial Hospital, where he was chief of the allergy department until his reitrement. He served on staff at several hospitals and founded an allergy clinic at Western Pennsylvania Hospital. 1958 Joseph M. Halcisak, Drums, Pa., died May 13, 2011. He was a retired employee of the Omrom Electronics Corp. of Chicago, Ill., where he worked as the west coast regional sales manager for over 25 years. 1959 Dr. Frank Dombroski, West Wyoming, Pa., died May 7, 2011. He was a U.S. Army veteran and was a dentist for 36 years until his retirement in 2001. Audrey Radler Lord, Cambridge, Md., died June 24, 2011. She was a retired social studies teacher for Council Rock High School in Newtown, Pa. 1961 Peter T. Connors Jr., Kingston, Pa., died July 13, 2011. He was a veteran of World War II and was employed by the A&P supermarket chain for 27 years. Benjamin (Duke) Jenkins Jr., Plymouth, Pa., died April 16, 2011. He was a teacher for 38 years at Lake-Lehman and Wyoming Valley West high schools, as well as in the Kingston School District. Viola B. (Domain) Van Slyke, Longmont, Colo., died March 2, 2011. She was a medical technician and cyto-technician Wilkes | Fall 2011 1944 Ruth E. Thomas, Plymouth, Pa., died April 4, 2011. She was a teacher at Plymouth High School and Wyoming Seminary Day School. 23 �class notes In Memoriam for Overlook Hospital in Summit, N.J., and for Roche Biomedical in Raritan, N.J., before moving to Colorado. 1962 John A. Moore, Atlanta, Ga., died Sept. 23, 2010. Walter W. Umla, Pittston, Pa., died May 12, 2011. He taught vocal music for 34 years in the Wilkes-Barre Area School District before retiring in 1996. He also served as organist and choir director for churches in Kingston, Pa., and Wilkes-Barre. 1963 Anthony L. Dysleski, Wilkes-Barre, died April 8, 2011. He was a U.S. Air Force veteran of the Korean Conflict and was employed as a teacher and wrestling coach for many years at North Harford High School in Maryland. Wilkes | Fall 2011 Linellen (Charlton) Wantland, Pittsburg, Kan., died May 4, 2011. 24 1966 Stephen L. Flood, Mountain Top, Pa., died July 16, 2011. He was a U.S. Army veteran, an employee of Kingston National Bank; CFO of Wilkes Pools; and Chief Executive Officer of Prospect Harbor Trading Company of Prospect, Maine; and a Luzerne County controller. 1969 William Layden, Nutley, N.J., died May 17, 2011. He was employed as a business manager by the Honeywell Corp., Morristown, N.J. A member of the Colonels football team while a Wilkes student, he was named to the Wilkes University Athletic Hall of Fame. 1970 Mary Agnes Kaiser, Newark, Del., died July 10, 2011. She was an environmental analytical chemist for the DuPont Co. starting in 1977 and was the first woman to achieve the level of senior research fellow. She was the author of Environmental Problem Solving Using Gas Chromatography. The Mary Kaiser Scholarship Fund has been established at Wilkes to aid chemistry students. Frank John Rodella, Wilkes-Barre, died May 6, 2011. He was a teacher for 20 years in the Western Wayne School District and was a dry cleaner for Men’s Wearhouse in Pittston, Pa. 1971 Mary Ann (Demko) Ernst died April 2, 2011. She spent the past seven years living in Germany. 1972 Mary Ellen Hurley, Morristown, N.J., died May 2, 2011. She was a professor at Brookdale Community College in Lincroft, N.J., since 1993 and served as chair of the education department since 1997. 1973 Leona Dudascik, Dallas, Pa., died July 5, 2011. She was a second grade teacher at Dana Street Elementary School in the Wyoming Valley West School District for over 30 years. Raymond W. McNulty, Pittston, Pa., died May 28, 2011. He taught English at the West Side Vocational Technical School for 32 years and also coached football, basketball, softball, and volleyball. Daniel G. Ruduski, Hockessin, Del., died June 4, 2011. 1974 Nancy S. (Sologovitch) Carmon, Mountain Top, Pa., died April 25, 2011. She was a retired employee of the call center in Wilkes-Barre and had worked for the American Red Cross Blood Services as director of communications for the northeast Pennsylvania region. She also worked in advertising at the former Boston Store in Wilkes-Barre. 1977 Louise (Cebula) Puchalski, Montville, N.J., died June 4, 2011. She was an office clerk for Dr. Arthur H. Tiger in Dover, N.J., for over 10 years before retiring in 2004. 1981 Barbara Lee Partridge, Rancho Murieta, Calif., died June 29, 2011. She worked at the Veterans Administration Hospital in Wilkes-Barre until she moved to California, where she worked at Smith Kline Company as a registered medical technologist. 1984 Kimberly Lynn (Bush) O’Connor, Lincroft, N.J., died March 24, 2011. She was a wife, mother, and homemaker. 1998 Christopher Evan Cavanaugh, Seattle, Wash., died April 20, 2011. He worked as a bartender and restaurant manager at Elysian Brewpub, the Stumbling Monk and Brouwer’s Café. 2000 Kimberly A. (Prizniak) Rembish, Wilkes-Barre, died June 28, 2011. She was a manager at Gymboree Children’s Clothing Store at the Wyoming Valley Mall. Graduate Students 1977 Thomas Paliscak M.S., Larksville, Pa., died May 15, 2011. He was a retired first sergeant E-8 U.S. Army veteran of the Korean and Vietnam wars. He taught English at the West Side Area Vocational Technical School in Pringle, Pa. �class notes In Memoriam Gay Marie Foster Meyers M.S. ’76 of Nuangola, Pa., died Aug. 8, 2011. Meyers was a member of the Wilkes community for more than three decades. During a 33-year career with the University, she served as an assistant professor in the physical education department and served as director of intramurals, ski club advisor and head coach of field hockey. A major contributor to the establishment of women’s athletics at Wilkes, Meyers founded the women’s varsity basketball and softball programs. Later in her career, she was an associate professor in the education department, serving as acting department chair in 1999. She was a member of the Association for Childhood Education International, Kappa Delta Pi, Phi Delta Kappa and the Union Dale Presbyterian Church. Meyers was inducted into the Wilkes Athletic Hall of Fame in 2003, was honored with the Wilkes Athletics Ancestral Colonels Award in 2010 and was inducted into the Wyoming Valley Sports Hall of Fame in August 2011. She earned a bachelor’s degree from Lock Haven State College, a master’s degree in education from Wilkes University and a master’s degree in early childhood education from Bloomsburg University. She is survived by her partner, Eileen Sharp, Wilkes University manager of health sciences; her daughter, Lee Meyers Pollaro, M.D. and son-in-law Vincent of Wellsboro, Pa., grandson, Ethan Pollaro; four sisters and two brothers. Sgt. Alessandro L. “Sandrino” Plutino ’05 A sergeant and rifle team leader in the 1st Battalion, 75th Ranger Regiment, Plutino was killed in action on Aug. 8, 2011, in Afghanistan, weeks before he was to end his sixth tour of duty in the Middle East. He is believed to be the first Wilkes alumnus killed in action in that conflict. Plutino graduated from Wilkes with a degree in criminology. He was a member of the wrestling team at Wilkes and at Western New England College. Plutino is survived by his father, Sandro, and sister, Brenna Rae, of Pitman, N.J., his mother, Dianne Hammond, also of Pitman; his fiancé, Natalie Layton of Glassboro, N.J.; and aunts and uncles. Robert Swetts, Sr. Robert S. Swetts Sr., of Sugar Notch, Pa., died Sept. 14, 2011. A member of Wilkes University’s facilities department for 15 years, he was manager of capital assets for the university and supervised the heating and cooling systems for facilities. His service to the University included serving on the Strategic Planning Committee, which developed the Wilkes’ Vision 2015 plan. He also owned and operated Commercial Refrigeration Services. He was a graduate of Hanover Area High School and Wilkes-Barre Vo-Tech. Swetts is survived by his mother, Mary Louise Musrey Swetts; grandmother, Eleanor Swetts; sons, Robert Jr. and Eric; daughters, Noelle and Kristie; granddaughter, Alexis; brothers, John and Richard; former wife, Denise Horro-Schraeder; companion, Colleen Zula, and extended family, Jessica and Nikki Zula. Wilkes | Fall 2011 Gay Marie Foster Meyers M.S. ’76 25 �report of gifts Ac h i e v i n g O u r Destiny REPORT OF gifts | Gifts Received June 1, 2010 through May 31, 2011 report of gifts KEY The John Wilkes Society The Eugene Farley Club Platinum Associates Gold Circle $500,000 or more Diamond Associates $250,000 - $499,999 Honorary Associates $100,000 - $249,999 Trustee Associates $10,000 - $99,999 Wilkes | Fall 2011 Founder’s Circle 26 $500 - $999 Blue Circle $250 - $499 Farley Associates $100 - $249 contributors Up to $99 $5,000 - $9,999 President’s Circle $2,500 - $4,999 John Wilkes Associates $1,000 - $2,499 ©2011 Published by the Advancement Division of Wilkes University. We regret any omissions or errors contained within this report. Due to the number of generous donors, some names may have mistakenly been missed. If you should find an error or omission, please direct the corrections to Evelyne Topfer, Director of Advancement Operations, at (800) WILKES-U Ext. 4309 or evelyne.topfer@wilkes.edu. �report of gifts TABLe OF CONTENTS 28 the John Wilkes society 30 Giving by Constituency TRUsTEEs AnD TRUsTEE EMERiTi UniVERsiTY FAMilY COMMUniTY BUsinEssEs AnD FOUnDATiOns FRiEnDs 34 Giving by Class ClAss OF 1935 THROUgH ClAss OF 2010 45 senior Class Gift 46 the marts society statement oF actiVities From oPerations 47 endowed named scholarships Revenues and other support tuition and fees less scholarship aid net tuition and fees $ $ $ 84,469,184 (24,160,630) 60,308,554 government grants and contracts private grants and contracts private gifts sales and services of auxiliary enterprises income from interest and dividends other revenue endowment income designated for current operations net assets released from restrictions Total revenues and other support $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 3,902,300 464,456 1,153,599 8,868,284 497,909 802,050 1,363,000 — 77,360,152 Expenses instruction research public service academic support student services institutional support auxiliary enterprises Total expenses $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 34,509,427 1,560,298 1,092,103 9,218,770 11,159,312 13,394,233 7,302,066 78,236,209 increase (decrease) in net assets from operating activities $ (876,057) Wilkes | Fall 2011 TOTAl 27 �report of gifts • the john wilkes society The John Wilkes Society is a recognition society for annual donors Wilkes | Fall 2011 who contribute at or above $1,000 each year. 160/90 Acorn Foundation, Inc. Paul Adams ’77 and Jean Reiter Adams ’78 Aeroflex Foundation Albert and Barbara Albert Alexander W. Dick Foundation Richard Allan ’76 Thomas Allardyce ’86 William and Mary Regalis Althauser ’63 Jeffrey Alves Thomas G. Ambrosi ’68 Joan and Dean Arvan ’55 Association of Independent Colleges & Universities Charles Baker ’73 Jeris and John Baranowski ’71 Stephen Batory ’68 and Anne Heineman Batory ’68 Benco Dental Company Joseph Bendoraitis ’51 Berkshire Asset Management, Inc. Philip Besler ’76 and Carolann Gusgekofski Besler ’76 Black Horse Foundation, Inc. Attorney Craig Blakeley Bloomsburg Metal Company Blue Cross of NE PA Bohlin, Cywinski, Jackson Borton-Lawson Engineering Joseph Briskie ’87 Michelle and Robert Bruggeworth ’83 Richard Smith and Lissa Bryan-Smith Richard and Angela Buckley Sandra and Richard Bunn ’55 Nancy and Edward Burke ’70 Barbara and William Bush ’68 Daniel Cardell ’79 and Ann Marie Booth Cardell ’79 Anthony Cardinale ’72 and Laura Barbera Cardinale ’72 Wendy and Terry Casey ’81 Jane and John Cefaly ’70 Chesapeake Operating, Inc. Choice One Community Federal Credit Union Jane and John Chopack ’69 Jesse Choper ’57 The Citizen’s Voice Chuck Cohen and Rebecca Binder Sally and Lawrence Cohen ’57 Comcast Corporation Commemorative Brands, Inc. George Conway ’70 John Conyngham Cohen Family Charitable Trust Ann Coughlin Creative Business Interiors Credit Management Company Patricia and Stephen Croghan ’80 and Family Grace Kirby Culbertson Bonnie Culver Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. CVS Charitable Trust, Inc. Darte-Darling Fund of The Luzerne Foundation William and Essie Davidowitz Jeffrey and Sherry Davidowitz Davidowitz Foundation Stanley and Patricia Davies Virginia and David Davis ’73 Catherine De Angelis ’65 Thomas Deitz Janet and Fred Demech* ’61 Bonnie Desombre Joan and Raymond Dombroski ’78 James Edwards ’80 Sharon and John Ellis ’79 Jane Elmes-Crahall and Brinley Crahall Encana Oil & Gas (USA) Inc. Enterprise Holdings Foundation Ernest Christian Klipstein Foundation Josephine and Richard Eustice F-M Realty Company Stephen Farrar ’69 Welton Farrar First National Community Bank Flack Family Fund of The Luzerne Foundation Don Follmer ’50 Joseph Frappolli ’69 Frontier Communications, Inc. George Fry ’48 Joseph Galli ’81 James Garofalo ’72 Geisinger Wyoming Valley Medical Staff Geisinger Foundation Richard Gelfond Tim and Patty Gilmour Emilie Roat Gino ’60 Michael Glancey ’69 Jerome and Dorothy Goldstein Golden Business Machines, Inc. Michael and Lisie Gottdenker Bruce Gover ’72 and Elizabeth Clements Gover ’73 Bernard Graham Henry Greener ’61 and Nancy Rosenfeld Greener ’61 David Greenwald ’66 and Carol Saidman Greenwald ’61 Tamara and Jason Griggs ’90 Nancy Ralston Grogan ’52 Ronald Grohowski ’65 and Mary Field Grohowski ’65 Guard Foundation Guard Insurance Group John Guerra ’51 Christopher and Ramah Hackett David Hadley ’82 Michael Hall ’93 and Ellen Stamer Hall ’71 Valerie and William Hanbury ’72 Harkness Foundation for Dance Wilbur Hayes Louise Hazeltine ’44 Robert and Patricia Heaman ’61 Frank and Dorothea Henry Frederick Herrmann ’79 and Brigette McDonald Herrmann ’78 Jean and Frederick Hills ’59 Hirtle, Callaghan & Company Harry Hiscox ’51 and Beverly Blakeslee Hiscox ’58 David Hoats ’55 Stephen and Paula Hoeft Seymour Holtzman ’57 and Evelyn Krohn Holtzman ’60 Intermetro Industries Corporation Jacobi Capital Management James & Florence DePolo Family Foundation John and Josephine Thomas Foundation Edwin Johnson ’50 Susan Dantona Jolley and David Jolley ’78 Allyn Jones ’60 Sharon and Joel Kane ’80 Marge and Leo Kane ’55 * 28 Deceased �Theresa and Clayton Karambelas ’49 Camille and David Kaschak ’71 David and Kathy Price Kautter ’72 Stanley Kay John and Lois Kearney John Kerr ’72 and Renate Dargel Kerr ’72 Keystone College Barbara King ’81 A. P. Kirby, Jr. Foundation, Inc. Milan and Elizabeth Kirby Dorothy and John Kluchinski ’61 Allan and Sue Kluger George Kolesar ’57 and Nancy Carroll Kolesar ’61 Kathleen and Dan Kopen ’70 Lois and Edwin Kosik ’49 KPMG, L.L.P Alan Krieger ’64 Ann and Kenneth Krogulski ’82 Fawn and Drew Landmesser ’77 Michael and Donna Lennon Liberty Mutual Anthony Liuzzo Barbara and Michael LoPresti ’77 Julie and Wayne Lonstein ’82 Ray Lowery ’67 Luzerne County Community College Luzerne Foundation M & T Bank M&T Charitable Foundation Tim and Judith Mills Mack ’78 Michael and Christine Mahoney Mahoney Family Foundation Buck Mallan ’71 Marjorie Henry Marquart Robert and Patrice Stone Martin ’77 Marywood University Melanie Maslow Lumia Jean and George Matz ’71 Edward McCafferty ’59 McCole Foundation Esther Wargo McCormick ’68 Marilyn and Gerard McHale ’67 Edward Meehan Sharon and Frank Menaker ’62 Donald Mencer Robert and Kim Mericle Mericle Commercial Real Estate James Merryman M’10 and Nancy Hawk Merryman ’69 Melanie O’Donnell Mickelson ’93 Bonnie and Neil Millar ’67 John Miller ’68 and Sarah Wise Patricia and Lee Miller ’74 William Miller ’81 Misericordia University Mohegan Sun at Pocono Downs Jerry Mohn ’63 and Rowena Simms Mohn ’63 James Morgan ’76 and Kim Witherow Morgan ’77 Cathy and Robert Mugford ’58 Dorian and James Mulligan ’85 Jacqueline and Richard Myers ’84 Marion and Joseph Neetz ’62 N.R.G. Controls North, Inc. Northeast PA American Society of Highway Engineers Northeastern PA Cardiology Associates Paul and Florentine O’Hop One Source Staffing Solutions Lloyd Ortman ’73 PA Society of Public Accountants, NE Chapter Eric Pape ’04 Shirley and Anthony Parulis ’65 George Pawlush ’69 and Carol Corbett Pawlush ’79 Richard and Marion Pearsall Penn Millers Insurance Co. Penn State University, Wilkes-Barre Campus William Perlmuth ’51 Peter Perog ’60 Trudy Piatt Arthur and Sandra Shepard Piccone ’77 Janet and Peter Pisaneschi ’58 Hazel and Ronald Piskorik ’68 Jane and William Plummer ’50 PNC Bank, NA Polish Room Committee Joan and Gary Popovich ’65 Postupak Painting Company, Inc Power Engineering Corporation PPL Chip and Nancy Prescott Prudential Financial Joseph Rauschmayer ’80 and Lisa Prokarym Rauschmayer ’81 Helen Bitler Ralston ’52 Thomas Ralston ’80 Joyce and William Raub ’61 John J. Reese ’76 John G. Reese Florence and Charles Reilly ’55 Renaissance Charitable Foundation Ethel and Jeffrey Renoe ’77 Mary Belin Rhodes M’77 Mary Jean and William Rice ’48 Arnold and Sandy Rifkin Ronald Rittenmeyer ’72 and Hedy Wrightson Rittenmeyer ’72 Gordon Roberts ’60 James and Virginia Rodechko ’91 Amy and Roger Rolfe ’66 Richard and Virginia Simms Rose Rosenn, Jenkins & Greenwald, LLP Pauline and Richard Roshong ’67 Charles Roszko Mary Kay Barrett Rotert ’64 Connie and Eugene Roth ’57 Jay Rubino ’86 William Ryan ’69 Sanofi Pasteur Janice and Joseph Savitz ’48 Michael Schler Schuylkill Energy Resources Janet Neiman Seeley ’70 Y. Judd and Susan Shoval Dee and John Sickler ’65 Sherry and Jay Sidhu M’73 • report of gifts SIFE USA Virginia Sikes Leonard and Rosalie Silberman Jeanne and George Sillup ’73 Ronald Simms ’60 and Rhea Politis Simms ’78 Gerald and Pearl Simonis Richard Simonson ’69 and Susan Ryan Simonson’70 Carol Skalski ’69 Andrew and Susan Sordoni William and Margaret Filipkowski Sordoni ’70 Sordoni Foundation, Inc. Estelle Manos Sotirhos ’62 Michael Speziale M’78 and Kerry Speziale EdD’11 Frank and Monica Stanitski Sanford Sternlieb and Renate Koppelman Mark and Lori Stine William Stinger ’68 and Nancy Wanczyk Stinger ’69 SunGard Higher Education Services Tambur Family Foundation Trust Martin Tansy ’60 John and Margaret Tarone The Commonwealth Medical College Thomas Thomas M’86 and Anne Aimetti Thomas ’70 Megan Reese Thomas and Brian Thomas ’82 John Thomas William Thomas ’75 Joyce Fink Tremayne ’58 Lora and William Tremayne ’57 UGI Corporation William Umphred ’52 University of Scranton Salvatore Valenti ’58 B. William Vanderburg ’65 and Natalie Kowalski Vanderburg ’65 Robert Verespy ’60 Wachovia Bank Foundation Kingston Wal-Mart Walgreens Company Bruce Warshal ’58 and Lynne Herskovitz Warshal ’59 Stephen Wartella Washington Trust Company Gerald Weber ’67 and Cynthia Wisniewski Weber ’69 Thomas and Nancy Wolensky Weeks M’09 Weininger Foundation Paul Wender ’69 Mirko Widenhorn Anna and Joseph Wiendl ’69 Wilkes-Barre Rotary Club Willary Foundation Board John Williams ’58 and Patricia Stout Williams ’56 Bill & Sandy Williams Fund of The Luzerne Foundation Michael and Kim Wood Wyoming Valley Health Care System Pamela and Theodore Yeager ’72 Young Presidents Organization Francis and Mary Lou Butkoski Zaleski ’65 Karen Zingale ’85 Michele and Mario Zinicola ’71 Betsy and Carl Zoolkoski ’59 Dominic Zukoski - DS Machining, LLC Paul and Marianne Zukoski * * Deceased Deceased Wilkes | Fall 2011 the john wilkes society 29 �report of gifts • giving by constituency giving BY CONSTITUENCY tRustees AnD tRustee emeRiti The Eugene Farley Club • • • Daniel Klem, Jr. ’68 Gerald A. Moffatt ’63 The John Wilkes Society Gold CiRClE trustee AssOCiATEs Daniel J. Cardell ’79 John M. Cefaly, Jr. ’70 Joseph E. (Tim) Gilmour William A. Hanbury ’72 John S. Kerr ’72 Milan S. Kirby Michael J. Mahoney Melanie Maslow Lumia John R. Miller ’68 William R. Miller ’81 William A. Perlmuth ’51 Mary Belin Rhodes M’77 Arnold S. Rifkin Hedy Wrightson Rittenmeyer ’72 Eugene Roth ’57 William H. Tremayne ’57 Blue CiRClE Michael R. Brewster Farley AssOCiATEs Robert A. Fortinsky Elizabeth A. Slaughter ’68 uniVeRsity FAmily Faculty, Staff and Emeriti • • • The John Wilkes Society trustee AssOCiATEs Joseph E. (Tim) Gilmour Stanley B. Kay Founder’s CiRClE Founder’s CiRClE Laura Barbera Cardinale ’72 Chuck Cohen Lawrence E. Cohen ’57 Michael I. Gottdenker David Greenwald ’66 Jason D. Griggs ’90 Frank M. Henry Beverly Blakeslee Hiscox ’58 Marjorie H. Marquart George J. Matz ’71 Joseph J. Savitz ’48 Jay S. Sidhu M’73 President’s CiRClE Wilkes | Fall 2011 Richard L. Bunn ’55 Esther Baum Davidowitz Jeffrey Davidowitz Patricia S. Davies Robert A. Mugford ’58 George G. Pawlush ’69 Richard L. Pearsall Virginia P. Sikes 30 JoHn WilKes AssOCiATEs Terrence W. Casey ’81 Jerome R. Goldstein Dan F. Kopen ’70 Bernard W. Graham President’s CiRClE Jean Reiter Adams ’78 Paul S. Adams ’77 Michael J. Wood JoHn WilKes AssOCiATEs Jeffrey R. Alves Anne Heineman Batory ’68 Angela M. Buckley Bonnie C. Culver Jane M. Elmes-Crahall Welton G. Farrar Wilbur F. Hayes Patricia Boyle Heaman ’61 Robert J. Heaman Edwin L. Johnson ’50 Susan Dantona Jolley Camille O. Kaschak Barbara E. King ’81 J. Michael Lennon Anthony L. Liuzzo Donald E. Mencer James L. Merryman M’10 Melanie O’Donnell Mickelson ’93 Paul A. O’Hop Loren D. Prescott, Jr. John G. Reese James P. Rodechko Michael J. Speziale M’78 Mark D. Stine Anne Aimetti Thomas ’70 M’77 M’07 Thomas J. Thomas, Jr. M’86 Mirko Widenhorn The Eugene Farley Club Gold CiRClE Mischelle B. Anthony Sandra Sarno Carroll Mahmoud H. Fahmy Edward F. Foote J. Bartholomay Grier M’02 Blake L. Mackesy Justin Matus William D. Owens John L. Pesta R. Gregory Peters Bruce E. Phair ’73 Debra A. Serfass Nancy A. Weeks M’09 Linda A. Winkler Blue CiRClE William J. Biggers Brian L. Bogert Carol A. Bosack-Kosek ’80 Joyce Victor Chmil ’87 James F. Ferris ’56 Joan Zaleski Ford ’75 Judith Rodda Gardner ’71 M’75 Robert S. Gardner ’67 M’73 Harvey A. Jacobs ’72 Judith L. Kristeller Lynn W. Lundy Susan J. Malkemes M’95 Jonathan M. McClave ’07 Michael D. Pawlik M’01 John P. Sedor ’87 Frank J. Sheptock William B. Terzaghi Rebecca H. Van Jura C. Reynold Verret Jason W. Wagner ’09 Farley AssOCiATEs Charles E. Balasavage Christopher G. Barrows Daniel A. Batzel ’83 Janine M. Becker M’91 Edward T. Bednarz ’01 Barbara N. Bellucci ’69 M’73 Joseph T. Bellucci Louise M. Berard Neal F. Biscaldi Alicia M. Bond Megan A. Boone Janice Broyan Mary R. Byrne Henry Castejon Theresa Cochran Sharon Cosgrove Harold E. Cox Gabrielle Lamb D’Amico ’04 Diane T. Duda Jennifer J. Edmonds Amy L. Edwards Kurt W. Eisele Edward R. Elgonitis Jonathan D. Ference ’01 Kimberly Hritzak Ference ’01 Dean F. Frear Michael F. Garzella Cherylynn Petyak Gibson ’71 M’89 John B. Gilmer Bridget Giunta Husted ’05 Gary L. Gordon Linda S. Gutierrez Sid P. Halsor Mark D. Harris John W. Harrison ’87 Kristen Dulick Hartzell ’06 Vincent A. Hartzell Dale T. Hazlak Amy E. Hetro Michelle R. Holt-Macey Kathleen Moran Houlihan ’95 M’01 Ruth C. Hughes Helenmary Selecky Jarecki William R. Jones Dale R. Keagy Justin Kraynack Mary I. Kropiewnicki Vee Ming Lew Daniel S. Longyhore ’02 Joseph W. Mangan Dana H. Manning ’08 Vicki C. Mayk Christine E. Mellon Debra L. Meszaros Mary E. Miller Barbara Rosick Moran ’84 M’88 James J. Moran M’78 Lyndi L. Moran Mary Beth Mullen Prahlad N. Murthy Barbara L. Nanstiel ’70 Amy M. Patton M’07 Lauren Y. Pluskey ’06 M’10 Kristine Erhard Pruett ’99 M’06 Gerald C. Rebo Lisa E. Reynolds Jerry N. Rickrode Marie Roke Thomas ’83 Debbie J. Rutkoski Doris B. Saracino Matthew J. Sowcik ’00 John C. Stachacz Mary L. Steinberg John T. Sumoski Howard A. Swain Betty L. Taylor Craig P. Thomas M’11 Joanne A. Thomas Deborah R. Tindell Robert C. Tuttle Diane E. Wenger Brian E. Whitman Philip L. Wingert Eric A. Wright Margaret A. Zellner ’74 contriButors Mitchell D. Adams Joseph Alaimo Debra A. Archavage Vijay K. Arora Karen Atiyeh ’07 Mary Babcock Marcia R. Balester Karen Metzger Baranoski ’73 M’77 Katy Betnar * Deceased �giving by constituency * Deceased Pamela L. Koslosky Renee A. Kotz M’05 Kyle Kreider Michael D. Kulikoski ’06 Joseph M. Kultys ’87 M’11 Jonathan G. Laudenslager ’99 Terence J. Laughlin ’03 Christopher T. Leicht Tamatha Curry Limongelli ’97 Catherine Link ’75 Karen I. Lucas Glenn J. Lupole Barbara Kakareka Malinowski ’02 Jennifer M. Malinowski Patricia A. Mangold Philip A. Marino ’80 William M. Martin Frank J. Matthews Thomas E. Mazzolla Amy A. Mbye Frances D. McAleer Michael C. McCree ’99 M’10 Brynn N. McGregor Gay Foster Meyers* ’76 Diane R. Milano ’11 Julian C. Morales ’05 M’09 Lisa A. Mulvey Fred R. Nichols Karen O’Boyle Christine O’Hara Pamela J. Oliveira M’10 Pamela A. Oravic Michaelene S. Ostrum Martha J. Parise Patricia A. Parks Krina H. Patel Gayle M. Patterson ’09 Mary Beth Patterson Anne Straub Pelak M’98 Margaret M. Petty Michael J. Pitoniak Maria M. Poggi Diane M. Polachek ’78 M’81 Kathleen S. Poplaski Alberto Prado Theresa A. Rallo Lisa A. Reilly Sandra A. Rendina ’87 M’95 Karen A. Riley Gisele R. Romanace Jacqueline L. Ruane Theresa A. Rule Tricia M. Russell Philip J. Ruthkosky Joshua R. Savitski ’07 M’09 Roland C. Schmidt John Schmitt Patricia L. Searfoss Francis P. Sempa Eileen M. Sharp Mary Balavage Simmons ’10 Herbert B. Simon Genevieve M. Singer Anne Marie Smith Susan Smith ’06 Karen A. Space Alexander Sperrazza ’08 Tina Stancavage Ebonie Stringer Jonathan P. Strucke Jenna Strzelecki ’07 M’09 Erin Drew Elizabeth A. Swantek ’05 M’07 Robert S. Swetts Jessica Niemiec Swingle ’00 Romaine Szafran Donna S. Talarico ’00 M’10 Marion Tetlak Rhoda B. Tillman Stephen J. Tillman Joann Tomko Evelyne Topfer Kammie T. Towey Dominick P. Trombetta Marleen Troy Bridget McHale Turel ’05 M’07 Mildred Urban Mary Ann Wanyo Mary L. Watkins Ann Molski Wells ’82 Judith Wienckoski ’95 Anita Miller Williams ’75 Susan Williams Felixa J. Wingen ’09 Gretchen Yeninas M’07 James D. Yeninas Cheryl M. Yustat Jean M. Zampetti Karena Zdeb ’07 M’11 COmmunity Businesses And Foundations • • • The John Wilkes Society Trustee Associates 160/90 A. P. Kirby, Jr. Foundation Inc. Black Horse Foundation Inc. Chesapeake Operating Inc. Darte-Darling Family Fund of The Luzerne Foundation Encana Oil & Gas (USA) Inc. Guard Foundation Guard Insurance Group Intermetro Industries Corporation KPMG, L.L.P. Liberty Mutual Mahoney Family Foundation Maslow Family Foundation McCole Foundation Mohegan Sun at Pocono Downs Sandy & Arnold Rifkin Charitable Foundation Schuylkill Energy Resources Inc. Sordoni Foundation The Weininger Foundation The Willary Foundation Board Wachovia Bank Foundation Walgreens Company Young President’s Organization BOARD OF TRUSTEES Michael R. Brewster Daniel J. Cardell ’79 Terrence W. Casey ’81 Denise S. Cesare ’77 Laura Barbera Cardinale ’72 Charles F. Cohen Douglas Colandrea ’88 Jeffrey Davidowitz Shelley Freeman ’82 Joseph E. (Tim) Gilmour Michael I. Gottkdenker David Greenwald ’66 Jason D. Griggs ’90 William A. Hanbury ’72 John S. Kerr ’72 Carol Kotlowski Keup ’89 Milan S. Kirby Daniel Klem, Jr. ’68 Dan F. Kopen ’70 Melanie Maslow Lumia Michael J. Mahoney Dorothy Darling Mangelsdorf Marjorie H. Marquart George J. Matz ’71 John R. Miller ’68 William R. Miller ’81 Gerald A. Moffatt ’63 Robert A. Mugford ’58 George G. Pawlush ’69 M’76 Hedy Rittenmeyer ’72 Steven P. Roth ’84 Jay S. Sidhu M’73 Virginia P. Sikes Elizabeth A. Slaughter ’68 TRUSTEE EMERITI Richard L. Bunn ’55 Lawrence E. Cohen ’57 Esther B. Davidowitz Pattie S. Davies Robert A. Fortinsky Jerome R. Goldstein Frank M. Henry Beverly Blakeslee Hiscox ’58 Allan P. Kirby, Jr. Richard L. Pearsall William A. Perlmuth ’51 Mary Belin Rhodes M’77 Arnold S. Rifkin Richard M. Ross, Jr. Eugene Roth ’57 Joseph J. Savitz ’48 Stephen Sordoni Founder’s Circle Aeroflex Foundation Benco Dental Company CVS Charitable Trust Inc. F-M Realty Company Frontier Communications Geisinger Foundation Gottdenker Foundation James & Florence DePolo Family Foundation William H. Tremayne ’57 Norman E. Weiss Alumni Association Board of Directors Paul S. Adams ’77 Jeffrey A. Bauman ’09 Laura Barbera Cardinale ’72, Historian Cynthia Charnetski ’97, 2nd Vice President Karen Bednarczyk Cowan ’96 William D. Eggleston, Student Government President John H. Ellis, IV ’79 J.J. Fadden ’98 Roya Fahmy ’83 Sarah Frable, Student Alumni Association President Stephen N. Gruver ’13 Ellen Stamer Hall ’71 Charles F. Jackson ’51 Allyn C. Jones ’60 Kristen N. Karpinski ’11 Daniel Klem, Jr. ’68 Kristin M. Hake Klemish ’04 Richard L. Kramer ’67 Rosemary LaFratte ’93, MBA ’97, 1st Vice President Ruth McDermott-Levy ’82 Justin Matus, Faculty Representative William R. Miller ’81 Anita Mucciolo ’78 George G. Pawlush ’69, MS’76 Stacy L. Prelewicz, Senior Class President Kristine Pruett ’99, MS’06 Ali E. Qureshi ’96 Mark A. Rado ’80 Thomas N. Ralston ’80, President Adrienne M. Richards ’07 Charles W. Robinson ’57 David M. Sborz ’09 Richard W. Seipp DPH’01 Patricia Fushek Skibbs ’60 Brian E. Switay ’10 Donna Talarico ’00, MFA’08 Bill Tarbart ’70 Deborah R. Tindell, Faculty Representative Frank D. Yamrus ’80 Theodore T. Yeager ’72 John & Josephine Thomas Foundation Luzerne Foundation M&T Bank Northeast PA American Society of Highway Engineers PPL Rosenn, Jenkins & Greenwald LLP Sanofi Pasteur Inc. Tambur Family Foundation Wilkes | Fall 2011 Loretta L. Bilder Susan C. Biskup James P. Blaum Karen Petrosky Blaum ’08 Traci M. Blazosky M’11 KarenBeth H. Bohan Robert W. Bohlander Ajay Bommareddy Kimberly D. Bower-Spence Barbara A. Bracken Christopher N. Breiseth Christopher Busa Gene A. Camoni ’74 Ann Marie Carey David R. Carey ’83 M’98 Eleanor L. Carle Peter C. Castelline M’09 Samira T. Chamoun Debra Prater Chapman ’81 M’84 Cynthia J. Chisarick Georgia Costalas Camille Bobeck Daniels M’91 John Dellegrotto Diane H. Demchak Ellen Proeller Dennis M’84 Susan L. DiBonifazio Deborah L. Dunn Thomas Dunsmuir Maria T. Dwyer Paula M. Eddy Janelle A. Edwards Colette M. Elick M’93 Linda S. Elmy Rachel E. Emmerthal Margaret A. Espada Joanne M. Fasciana Ellen R. Flint Godlove T. Fonjweng Bernadette C. Frail Susan M. Frank Richard A. Fuller Robert J. Gaetano ’80 M’07 Frank P. Galicki ’73 Lorna M. Galliford Barbara A. Garey Michele D. Garrison Mary L. Gillespie Barbara D. Gimble Victoria M. Glod M’91 Mary Beth Gustafson Kenneth L. Hanadel Leona J. Hartland Lynda M. Heffernan David A. Hines ’95 Susan Matley Hritzak ’81 M’88 Catherine Julius ’86 Paul Kaczmarcik Valerie G. Kalter Kimberly Escarge Keller ’95 Danielle K. Kern M’08 Janet M. Kobylski John A. Koch Mary Ann Koch Christina Koerber Lawrence M. Kopenis ’88 Anne Marie Kopetchny Joseph J. Kornblatt • report of gifts 31 �report of gifts • Giving by Constituency President’s Circle Association of Independent Colleges & Universities of Pennsylvania Berkshire Asset Management Inc. Blue Cross of NE PA Borton-Lawson Engineering The Citizen’s Voice Cohen Family Charitable Trust Commemorative Brands Inc. Davidowitz Foundation Alexander W. Dick Foundation Enterprise Holdings Foundation General Electric Foundation Golden Business Machines Inc. Hirtle, Callaghan & Company One Source Staffing Solutions Power Engineering Corporation Prudential Financial Renaissance Charitable Foundation Inc. SunGard Higher Education Services The Commonwealth Medical College Wal-Mart Wilkes-Barre Rotary Club Wilkes | Fall 2011 John Wilkes Associates 32 Bloomsburg Metal Company Bohlin, Cywinski, Jackson Choice One Community Federal Credit Union Comcast Corporation Creative Business Interiors DS Machining, LLC First National Community Bank Flack Family Fund of the Luzerne Foundation Geisinger Wyoming Valley Medical Staff Jacobi Capital Management Keystone College Ernest Christian Klipstein Foundation Luzerne County Community College M&T Charitable Foundation Marywood University Mericle Commercial Real Estate Misericordia University N.R.G. Controls North Inc. Northeastern PA Cardiology Associates PNC Bank PA Society of Public Accountants NE Chapter Penn Millers Insurance Co. Polish Room Committee Postupak Painting Company Inc. Sickler Foundation UGI Corporation University of Scranton Penn State University, Wilkes-Barre Campus Bill & Sandy Williams Fund of Luzerne Foundation Wyoming Valley Health Care System The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle American Environmental Outfitters Bergman Foundation Tony Drust Painting & Wallcovering First Liberty Bank & Trust Gertrude Hawk Chocolates Frank Martz Coach Company Miller Flooring Co. Inc. PDQ Print Center Payne Printery Inc. S & B Restaurant Inc. Sharper Embroidery Inc. T. J. Cannon Inc. United One Resources Inc. Herman Yudacufski Charitable Foundation Blue Circle Best Western East Mountain Inn Cornell Iron Works Inc. Earl & Sedor Photographic First National Bank of Berwick Futuristic Innovative Graphics Independent Graphics Inc. Keystone Automation Kronick Kalada Berdy & Company Montage Agency Inc. New Era Technologies Inc. PNC Bank Pennstar Bank Phils Sunoco Service Station A. Pickett Construction Inc. Schutt Reconditioning/ Circle Division The Brickman Group Ltd The Oscar A. Fuller Company Inc. Tommy’s Pizza Corner Torrey Pines Bank Tristate HVAC Equipment LLP Twin City Builders Inc. Val & Gus Genetti of the Luzerne Foundation Westmoreland Club Wilkes-Barre Window Cleaning Inc. Woodlands Inn and Resort Farley Associates Action Personnel Services Air Engineering Sales Corp. All Seasons Pool & Spa Arch Comfort Beach Lake Sprinkler Corp. Bedwick Foods Inc. Beer Boys BME Racing Borland & Borland LLP Ceco Associates Inc. Central Clay Products Inc. Champion Builders Inc. DeNaples Auto Parts Dentistry for Children & Adolescents Digital Samba USA Eastern Penn Supply Company Expression of Dance Inc. Fairchild Semiconductor Friedman Property Management Giant Floor & Wall Covering Inc. Highsmith Company Inc. Howell Benefit Services In Home Referral Inc. Jersey Coin Showcase Inc. Kranson Clothes Company Lefkowitz Family Fund of The Luzerne Foundation Lehighton Electronics Lightspeed Technologies Inc. Modern The Floor Store Meyer & Associates Collegiate Alumni Trust O’Donnell Law Offices Quadrant Engineering Plastic Products Ralmark Company A. Rifkin Company Sincavage Lumber Company The Times Leader Times Printing Inc. Trans-Med Ambulance Inc. Valentine & Co. Inc. Waste Management Contributors Atlas Realty Inc. Dauphin Professional Pharmacy Inc. Family Prescription Counter Friedman Family Charitable Fund of Luzerne Foundation Gerrity’s Supermarket Inc. Lackawanna Distributors Corp. Marquis Art & Frame Parsons Sales Company Raritan Valley Tree Service Reeves Rent-A-John Inc. Riccardo Law Center Rowe Door Sales Shades Unlimited The Barber Shop Plus Valentine’s Jewelry FRIENDS • • • The John Wilkes Society Trustee Associates Mr. Richard M. Smith & Mrs. Lissa Bryan-Smith Mrs. Bonnie L. Desombre Dr. Stanley B. Kay Mr. & Mrs. John P. Kearney Attorney & Mrs. Allan Kluger Mrs. Susan Weiss Shoval Mr. & Dr. Andrew J. Sordoni III Mr. & Mrs. William B. Sordoni Dr. Stephen Wartella, Jr. Founder’s Circle Mrs. Clara G. Infausto* President’s Circle Mrs. Grace J. Kirby Culbertson Mr. & Mrs. Stanley S. Davies Mr. & Mrs. Christopher L. Hackett Mr. Charles M. Roszko Mr. & Mrs. Mitchell Huber Mr. & Mrs. Thomas J. Kristofco Mrs. Janet Mattei Mrs. Barbara Davenport Neville Attorney Jonathan Pressman & Sally Jane Poblete Mr. Larry I. Taren Mrs. Barbara Weisberger Blue Circle Dr. & Mrs. Thomas J. Balshi Mr. & Mrs. Hal C. Bigler Mr. & Mrs. Jeffrey W. Brandsema Ms. Jane Cokely Attorney Linda A. Fisher Mr. & Mrs. Earl Harrison Mr. Andrew Herman Mr. & Mrs. Carl Kemmerer Mr. Richard Maslow Mr. & Mrs. Anthony L. Minichowski Mr. & Mrs. John Randolph Mr. James Rothstein & Ms. Sharon Scullin Farley Associates John Wilkes Associates Mr. & Mrs. Albert G. Albert Attorney Craig Blakeley Mr. John N. Conyngham III Mrs. Ann M. Coughlin Mr. Thomas J. Deitz Mrs. Josephine Eustice Mr. Welton G. Farrar Attorney Richard Gelfond Mr. & Mrs. Stephen P. Hoeft Mr. & Mrs. Thomas J. Mack, Jr. Attorney Edward J. Meehan Mr. & Mrs. Robert Mericle Mr. & Mrs. Paul A. O’Hop Mrs. Trudy Piatt Mr. Brian Scandle Attorney Michael Schler Mr. & Mrs. Leonard Silberman Mr. & Mrs. Gerald Simonis Mr. & Mrs. Frank J. Stanitski Dr. Sanford B. Sternlieb Mr. & Mrs. John Tarone Mr. & Mrs. Paul C. Zukoski The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle Mrs. Fannie Aleo Mrs. Barbara Allan Mrs. Sandra Bernhard Mr. Rick Berry Miss Muriel Bush Attorney & Mrs. Jerry Chariton Attorney Harrison J. Cohen Atty. Diana Donaldson & Mr. Stuart Donaldson Dr. & Mrs. Mahmoud H. Fahmy Dr. & Mrs. Richard A. Hiscox Mr. & Mrs. Richard P. Adams Mr. & Mrs. John P. Alifano Mr. Robert S. Asby Attorney Carol Baltimore Mr. Terry Baltimore Mr. & Mrs. Lonny L. Bartha Mr. Max Bartikowsky Dr. John S. Biernacki Ms. Gloria A. Blandina Mr. Kenneth Bloomhurst Mr. & Mrs. Joseph T. Butkiewicz Mr. Nicholas Bybel, Jr. Dr. Mary R. Byrne Mr. & Mrs. Clyde W. Carpenter Mr. & Mrs. Joseph Charlebois Dr. & Mrs. Leonard Cohen The Honorable & Mrs. Richard P. Conaboy Mr. & Mrs. Bernard Corbett Ms. Margaret S. Corbett Mr. & Mrs. John A. Cordes Mr. & Mrs. David E. Davies Dr. & Mrs. John DeFinnis Mr. & Mrs. Joseph Dellarte Mrs. Janet Demech Mr. & Mrs. Anthony DiMichele Mr. & Mrs. Robert T. Doble Mr. & Mrs. Leroy Dubey Mr. & Mrs. Stanley Fainberg Ms. Ellen Fedor Mr. & Mrs. Gregory V. Feeney Mr. Sidney Friedman Dr. & Mrs. John C. Gaudio Mr. & Mrs. Thomas M. Gehret Mr. Peter A. Gelwarg Attorney Richard M. Goldberg and Ms. Rosemary Chromey * Deceased �Dr. Mark D. Harris Mrs. Virginia D. Hart Ms. Sandra L. Hayes Mr. Jeffrey Heinsheimer Mr. & Mrs. C. Scott Herring Mr. & Mrs. Charles Herring Mr. & Mrs. Michael P. Hinchey Mr. & Mrs. Jimmy S. Hinton, Jr. Mr. John A. Horner Mr. & Mrs. David P. Hourigan Mr. & Mrs. Nat L. Hyman Mr. William R. Jones Mr. & Mrs. Donald Kabat Ms. Elizabeth M. Kautz Mr. & Mrs. Gerald A. Kennedy Dr. David W. Kistler Ms. Susan Kolesar Mrs. Bea Kopec Miss Maggie A. Lund Ms. Colleen McBride Attorney K. Heather McRay Mr. & Mrs. Andrew G. Mihaly Mr. & Mrs. Raymond Mrozack Mr. & Mrs. Barry L. Nolt Mr. & Mrs. Jeffrey A. Null Mr. Richard J. O’Hara Mr. & Mrs. Ted W. Plessl Ms. Ruth Rosen Mr. & Mrs. Richard Rosenthal Mr. Joseph J. Rubino Mrs. Marilyn C. Rudolph Attorney Sheila Saidman Mr. Joseph C. Schneider Mr. & Mrs. David Schwager Attorney & Mrs. Charles A. Shaffer Mrs. Janet Siegel Mr. & Mrs. David Silverstein Mr. & Mrs. D. Scott Simpson Mr. & Mrs. William Skumanich Mr. & Mrs. Dale O. Smith Mr. & Mrs. John Smith Mrs. Katherine A. Smith Mr. Irving N. Stein Dr. Kara J. Suche Mr. & Mrs. Richard Tarsi Mr. John Thalenfeld Mr. & Mrs. Melvin Warshal Mr. Gerald J. Yankow Mr. & Mrs. Joel Zitofsky Contributors Ms. Margaret W. Adams Mr. William F. Adams, Jr. Dr. & Mrs. Lawrence Addleson Ms. Helen C. Adonizio Mr. James M. Andorker Mr. & Mrs. Dean Artkop Ms. Betty J. Bailey Mr. Mark Banash Mrs. Nadine M. Banul Ms. Susan Baranek Ms. Vicki Beames * Deceased Ms. Nancy W. Beasley Mr. Daniel Beneski & Ms. Barbara Machinas Mr. & Mrs. David B. Bernard Mr. Fred Bernard Mr. & Mrs. Ashwinkumar Bhatt Mr. & Mrs. Bradley Bingaman Ms. Jaime Blandina Ms. Lisa Bly Mr. & Mrs. Douglas F. Bodenstab Ms. Yvonne Borton Ms. Miriam Boylan Mr. Aaron Bravman Mr. & Mrs. Walter G. Brigham Mr. Anthony T.P. Brooks Mr. & Mrs. John J. Brostoski, Jr. Mr. & Mrs. John J. Brostoski Ms. Marian Brownmiller Dr. & Mrs. William E. Burak Mr. & Mrs. Martin Butkovsky Ms. Carolee S. Byrnes Mr. & Mrs. Robert D. Calabrese Mr. & Mrs. David Campo Ms. Diane Carlton & Mr. Scott Van Arsdale Mr. & Mrs. Joseph M. Carr, Sr. Mr. & Mrs. Neil J. Cassel Ms. Lauren J. Chapman Ms. Jennifer R. Chappell Dr. & Mrs. Joseph P. Chollak, Jr. Ms. Joan E. Clarke Mr. & Mrs. Earl J. Cocchi Ms. Golde L. Cohen Ms. Sally Connor Mr. & Mrs. Frank P. Conyngham Mr. & Mrs. William E. Corey Mr. & Mrs. Peter J. Crimi Mr. David Danilack Mr. & Mrs. John Darrah Ms. Anna Dattolo Mr. Edris A. Davies Mr. & Mrs. Edris W. Davies Mr. & Mrs. Richard A. Davies Ms. Michelle R. Davis Mr. & Mrs. Leonard DeBuck Ms. Maria Diaz & Bernice Reyes Ms. Carrie Dicton Mr. & Mrs. James F. Dicton Mr. & Mrs. William Doss Mr. & Mrs. Joseph A. Eagen Ms. Brianna C. Edgar Ms. Kathryn A. Edgar Ms. Kelly L. Elaouadi Mr. & Mrs. Douglas S. Esposito Mr. & Mrs. Matthew B. Fagan Mrs. Janet Falko Mr. & Mrs. Gerald A. Fasano Mr. & Mrs. Barry A. Felice Ms. Terri L. Finnegan Dr. & Mrs. Louis J. Freedman Mr. Michael Freidlin Mr. William Freundt Mr. & Mrs. Carl E. Fuehrer Ms. Mary Kay Gavlick Mr. & Mrs. Ferrel M. George Mr. & Mrs. Bruce Goldberg Mr. & Mrs. John R. Goodwin Ms. Laura Grant Ms. Julie Griffith Dr. Loren Grossman Mr. & Mrs. Sam J. Guarnieri Ms. Kathy Guinan Mr. & Mrs. Dallas J. Hackman Ms. Grace Hagen Mr. David J. Hagenbaugh Ms. Maureen Harkins Mr. & Mrs. William J. Harring Mr. & Mrs. Wayne E. Harrison Ms. Lana K. Heck Mr. Wayne E. Heck Ms. Hailey Herleman Ms. Lydia Herleman Ms. Deborah Herman Mrs. Jean R. Hughes Ms. Sylvia Hughes Mrs. Pamela Jacobs Ms. Denise D. Jenkins Ms. Madeline Jenkins Ms. Joan U. John Mrs. Suzanne Jones Mr. & Mrs. Duane T. Joyce Mrs. Nancy Judd Mr. & Mrs. Gerald J. Jurrens Mr. & Mrs. Thomas Katchur Mr. Lewis Kautz Mr. Daniel F. Kelleher Mrs. Frank J. Kilyanek Mr. & Mrs. David Kissell Mr. & Mrs. Jack M. Kissinger Ms. Pamela E. Klipstein-Smith Mr. Craig Klore Ms. Jane Koppe Mr. Ronald D. Krolick Mr. Jeffrey Kutner Mrs. Margaret H. Lamere-Raskosky Mrs. Jane Landau Ms. Sylvia Lane Mr. & Mrs. Thomas J. Langan Mrs. Sandra Lefkowitz Mr. Robert S. Letson, Jr. Mr. & Mrs. Arnold Libenson Ms. Meral Libenson Mr. & Mrs. Joseph Lindo Mr. & Mrs. Patrick Lindo Mr. & Mrs. Leonard S. Lukas Mr. & Mrs. Paul Lukas Mr. Thomas A. Lynch Ms. Josephine Macaravage Mr. & Mrs. Michael F. Malinoski Mr. & Mrs. John J. Martin Ms. Leona Matscavage Mr. & Mrs. Kevin McAloon Ms. Donna M. McCarthy Mr. & Mrs. P.T. McCollum Mr. & Mrs. Michael McElaney Mr. John J. McGowan, Jr. Ms. Brynn N. McGregor Mrs. Naomi Meyer Ms. Marcia Meyers Mr. & Mrs. John W. Mikitsh Mitsios Family Mr. & Mrs. James R. Moser Mr. & Mrs. Joseph R. Nardone, Sr. Ms. Kristin A. Nelson Ms. Nina Nesky Mr. & Mrs. Howard Newman Ms. Suzie Nichols Ms. Mary Ellen Nieman Ms. Gail H. Niles Ms. Lauren N. Nothstein Mr. & Mrs. Norman L. Nothstein Mr. & Mrs. William O’Connor Ms. Denise O’ConnorManosky Ms. Carol J. O’Hara Mrs. Wanda F. Ogurkis Ms. Cindy Ohara Mr. & Mrs. David E. Olerta Ms. Theresa A. Olson Mr. Thomas J. Opiel Mr. & Mrs. Bill Osterhout Mr. & Mrs. Dana H. Palmer Ms. Leslie Parry Mr. & Mrs. Matthew C. Patrick Ms. Sheryl Patrick Mr. & Mrs. M.T. Pavuk Mr. & Mrs. Gerry Pawlowski Lt. Col. Todd Peachey Ms. Nancy Pearson Ms. Phyllis A. Pelletier Mr. & Mrs. Joey E. Penny Ms. Phyllis A. Penny Mr. & Mrs. Lee F. Pensyl Mr. & Mrs. Michael V. Petrine Ms. Sheerry Pirillo Ms. Patricia E. Podesta Ms. Tonia N. Prelewicz Mr. & Mrs. Richard A. Purcell Mr. & Mrs. Harry G. Reese, Jr. Mr. & Mrs. Mark Rucci Mr. & Mrs. Richard D. Rivers Mr. & Mrs. Frank G. Robison Mr. James O. Rodda Mr. & Mrs. Ronald A. Rogers Mr. & Mrs. Joseph Romanowski Mr. Lawrence Rosenfeld & Ms. Amy Drinker Attorney & Mrs. Harold Rosenn Mr. & Mrs. Bruce Rosenthal Mr. Stephen Rosenthal Mr. & Mrs. John Ross • report of gifts Mr. Daniel Roth Mrs. Eunice Rubel Mr. Charles E. Ruch, Jr. Mr. David G. Ruesch Ms. Kathleen Rusak Mr. Patrick M. Ryan & Ms. Melissa Jordan Mr. & Mrs. Thomas J. Rybitski Dr. Dorothy Saladiak Mr. Curtis Salonick Mr. & Mrs. Robert L. Saunders Mr. & Mrs. Jesse Savitz Mr. & Mrs. Kenneth C. Savoia Mr. & Mrs. Michael D. Scarba Mr. Joseph E. Schall Mr. & Mrs. Lawrence Schanker Mr. & Mrs. Edward Schechter Mr. & Mrs. Roland C. Schmidt Ms. Ruth Schooley Mrs. Stella Schub Ms. Kathleen T. Schubert Dr. & Mrs. Joseph M. Semple Ms. Lynn B. Settles Mrs. Nancy H. Shafer Ms. Lindsey M. Shea Mr. & Mrs. Edward Sheetz Mr. & Mrs. Gary E. Smith Mr. & Mrs. Glen T. Smith Mr. & Mrs. Joel Smith Ms. Jessica M. Solt Ms. Leslie A. Stefansky Ms. Anne P. Storms Mr. & Mrs. Scott D. Strough Mr. & Mrs. Robert L. Struble Ms. Rose M. Sullivan Ms. Mary Sutherland Ms. Denice Szekely Mr. & Mrs. Vincent B. Tarsi Mr. & Mrs. Richard H. Taylor Ms. Cassandra Thomas Mr. & Mrs. Joseph D. Tondrick Rev. & Mrs. Stanley R. Trout Mr. & Mrs. Richard B. Van Camp, Sr. Mr. & Mrs. Robert L. Varano Mr. Robert T. Vaughn Ms. Linda F. Vecere Ms. Carol Vilardo Mr. Daniel P. Voitek Mr. Christopher C. Wakeley Mr. & Mrs. Ed Walkowiak Ms. Lori Webster Mrs. Helen Westenheffer Ms. Amanda A. Westgate Ms. Grace J. Wetzel Mr. Ronald Williams Ms. Vickie Wilson & Ms. Maureen Barrett Ms. Nina Windle Mr. & Mrs. Mark Yanchek Mr. & Mrs. Michael D. Yelen Mr. & Mrs. Richard Zeitoun Ms. Bethann Zeshonski Mrs. Patricia G. Zeszotarski Mr. & Mrs. Charles Zoeller Wilkes | Fall 2011 giving by constituency 33 �report of gifts • giving by class giving BY CLASS ClAss OF 1935 • • • The John Wilkes Society JoHn WilKes AssOCiATEs Rita Seitchek Dicker Katherine P. Freund10 Stefana Hoyniak Shoemaker10 Joseph G. Sweeney10 Robert H. Melson* contriButors ClAss OF 1937 • • • The Eugene Farley Club contriButors Harriet Thalenfeld Gray ClAss OF 1938 Phyllis Eichler Berger Elizabeth Womelsdorf Sallyanne Frank Charlotte Waters Rowland ClAss OF 1943 • • • • • • The Eugene Farley Club The Eugene Farley Club Blue CiRClE Gold CiRClE John C. Keeney10 contriButors • • • The Eugene Farley Club Farley AssOCiATEs Julia Place Bertsch5 ClAss OF 1940 Mary Hutchko Flanagan10 Harry S. Katz5 Treveryan S. Kramer Irene Kessler Watkins ClAss OF 1944 • • • • • • The Eugene Farley Club President’s CiRClE Henry C. Johnson10 contriButors James B. Aikman5 Leon F. Wazeter* Louise S. Hazeltine 1, 10 The Eugene Farley Club Gold CiRClE Emma Kanyuck Tredick Farley AssOCiATEs ClAss OF 1941 George Papadoplos • • • The Eugene Farley Club Wilkes | Fall 2011 34 contriButors Kenneth Kressler Irene Sauciunas Santarelli Kathryn Hiscox Quinn5 Ruth Tischler Voelker10 Arthur C. Williams10 contriButors ClAss OF 1945 David L. Friedman5 Carolyn Nagro Lowum Harriet Corner Seeherman The Eugene Farley Club Farley AssOCiATEs The Eugene Farley Club Farley AssOCiATEs Harris R. Boyce Dolores Seitchak Price Joseph V. Pringle Nathaniel W. Trembath contriButors Gloria Paczkowski Kabusk Margaret Holloway Manchester Walter E. Margie George J. Trebilcox5 • • • The John Wilkes Society Farley AssOCiATEs • • • ClAss OF 1948 Ernest Weisberger 5 ClAss OF 1939 ClAss OF 1947 The John Wilkes Society Founder’s CiRClE William H. Rice5 JoHn WilKes AssOCiATEs George F. Fry, Jr. The Eugene Farley Club Farley AssOCiATEs Herman Baumann10 Miriam Golightly Baumann10 Arthur Joseph Berger Albert J. Donnelly10 Muriel Bransdorf Mintzer5 Shirley Phillips Passeri Eugene L. Shaver10 contriButors ClAss OF 1949 Miriam Levinson Brand10 Edna Sabol Andrews10 Julius Brand10 Mary Porter Evans5 Barbara Medland Farley10 Lester S. Gross, Jr. Raymond S. Kinback Francis B. Krzywicki10 Rigo J. Lemoncelli Victor Minetola Virginia Meissner Nelson5 William H. Perry Gwenn Clifford Smith Marvin Smith Farley AssOCiATEs Robert Anthony10 Doris Gorka Bartuska5 Dorothy Wilkes Lewis Mary J. McCarthy Jerome N. Mintzer5 Clemence A. Scott10 contriButors Edward F. Corcoran Michael Fex, Jr. John H. Glowacki Lorraine Gritsavage Glowacki James Morrash5 Donald W. Perrego John J. Verban ClAss OF 1951 • • • The John Wilkes Society trustee AssOCiATEs ClAss OF 1950 William A. Perlmuth10 • • • John B. Guerra Harry R. Hiscox10 • • • contriButors contriButors Founder’s CiRClE ClAss OF 1946 Charlotte Reichlin Cutler5 Arthur D. Dalessandro trustee AssOCiATEs The Eugene Farley Club The Eugene Farley Club Blue CiRClE The John Wilkes Society • • • Farley AssOCiATEs The Eugene Farley Club Joseph J. Savitz10 Elizabeth Faint Fell ClAss OF 1942 contriButors Edwin M. Kosik10 Gold CiRClE Claire Fischer Beissinger Robert J. Dido5 Frances Wentzel Dudeck John J. Fetch William Melnyk William M. Nancarrow Joseph Panzitta • • • John R. Semmer Priscilla Sweeney Smith-Matthews10 Robert L. Williams, Jr.5 JoHn WilKes AssOCiATEs • • • The John Wilkes Society trustee AssOCiATEs Clayton J. Karambelas1, 10 Joseph Sooby, Jr.* Don C. Follmer 1, 10 William A. Plummer JoHn WilKes AssOCiATEs Joseph G. Bendoraitis JoHn WilKes AssOCiATEs Edwin L. Johnson10 The Eugene Farley Club The Eugene Farley Club Gold CiRClE Robert W. Hall10 Nicholas A. Heineman Donald C. Kivler10 Gold CiRClE Daniel Sherman10 Blue CiRClE Jean Ditoro Erickson10 Blue CiRClE John Gresh10 Farley AssOCiATEs James W. Davis Paul E. Huff Thomas J. Jordan5 Edward H. Lidz10 Reed D. Lowrey5 Samuel L. Owens10 Elva Fuller Parker10 Angelo P. Pascucci Lawrence B. Pelesh10 Clyde H. Ritter Farley AssOCiATEs Leonard S. Anthony10 Helene Donn Evans10 William L. Evans10 Charles F. Jackson5 Delbert C. McGuire D. Joseph Pelmoter5 Andrew P. Skumanich 1 5 10 * Class Chair 5 or more years of consecutive giving 10 or more years of consecutive giving Deceased �giving by class Contributors Audrey Seaman Anderson Shirley Salsburg Bernard Arthur W. Bloom Delbert J. Cragle Norman E. Cromack5 Olin W. Evans Joseph B. Gries George P. Heffernan, Jr.10 Francis E. Sajeski Daniel M. Ungvarsky Jeanne Claypool Van Newenhizen Charles F. Woodring5 Contributors Fay Jaffe Berg10 Dolores M. Grabko Dolores Roth Karassik Dorothy Hamaker Roden10 Leo E. Solomon5 David B. Whitney Elsie Giuliani Yarasheski10 Carol Jones Young5 CLASS OF 1954 • • • The John Wilkes Society President’s Circle William J. Umphred, Sr.10 Gold Circle Earl C. Crispell5 Paul J. Delmore10 Carol Reynar Hall10 Robert McFadden John A. Wolfkeil5 Farley Associates Founder’s Circle Patricia Stout Williams10 Gold Circle Theodore R. Angradi Lewis B. Giuliani William R. Glace Thomas J. Goblick Charles T. Reice Andrew Sofranko, Jr. Thomas R. Adams10 Anita Gordon Allen5 James T. Atherton* Barry J. Iscovitz5 Carl Karassik Leonard J. Mather Joseph J. Mosier Katherine Goetzman Peckham10 John B. Vale Albert J. Wallace10 Peter Wurm J. Louis Bush10 Walter E. Elston Joseph A. Fattorini, Jr. CLASS OF 1955 Contributors President’s Circle Marilyn Wilkes Dugan Daniel S. Dzury Howard A. Gonchar Chia-In Wang Rutkowski5 Robert J. Shemo Norma Carey Vale Richard L. Bunn • • • The John Wilkes Society CLASS OF 1953 The John Wilkes Society The Eugene Farley Club Contributors The Eugene Farley Club • • • The Eugene Farley Club John Wilkes Associates Nancy Ralston Grogan Helen Bitler Ralston10 Class of 1956 • • • Farley Associates CLASS OF 1952 Doris Sadowski Merrill5 Joan Wachowski Michalski5 John S. Prater Robert S. Rydzewski10 Thomas R. Sarnecky Donald J. Tosh Howard L. Updyke Edward E. Yarasheski10 John Wilkes Associates Dean A. Arvan5 David L. Hoats5 Leo R. Kane5 Richard B. Kent Charles M. Reilly5 • • • Henry K. Goetzman5 George H. Batterson James F. Ferris10 Clarence C. Givens10 David B. Lucchino Joseph A. Ungvarsky10 Michael J. Weinberger10 Farley Associates Marianna Kraynack Banash Jean Kravitz Barry Younsu Koo Jessie A. Roderick5 Joan Shoemaker10 John E. Suffren5 Victoria Zavatski Wallace Joseph F. Wilk Paul P. Zavada Contributors Dolores Pietroski Cackowski Mary Zavatski Croce5 Henry W. Deibel Helen Stoeckel Hessler5 Basia Mieszkowski Jaworski5 Benjamin Omilian David T. Shearer Samuel R. Shugar10 Arthur Stackel, Jr. Class of 1957 • • • The John Wilkes Society The Eugene Farley Club Trustee Associates Blue Circle Paul B. Beers* James W. Dull10 Howard E. Ennis, Jr.10 Mary Kozak Motsavage10 Eugene Roth10 William H. Tremayne10 Farley Associates Lawrence E. Cohen10 Gold Circle Joseph J. Kropiewnicki10 May Way Vanden Broeck Judith Hopkins Arthur E. Imdorf John J. Kearney10 Russell R. Picton, Jr. Louis F. Steck1, 5 Blue Circle Stephen C. Thomas5 Farley Associates Constance Smith Andrews William E. Caruth Preston R. Eckmeder 1 Class 5 5 5 Chair or more years of consecutive giving 10 10 or more years of consecutive giving * Deceased Contributors Robert H. Burger Marilyn Peters Hirsch Joshua J. Kaufman10 Leona Goldberg Markiewitz Farley Associates Larry D. Amdur Melvin E. McNew10 Howard B. Webb, Jr.10 Marguerite L. Allen William J. Donovan10 Merri Jones Earl10 Eileen Svigals Feibus Max B. Greenwald Edward J. Heltzel Edmund J. Kotula10 Judith Menegus Deluca Juanita Patience Moss10 Martha Wagner Ostrowski George R. Richards Paul J. Tracy10 Keith Williams Farley Associates Nasser N. Bonheur John L. Coates Gloria Dran Elston William M. Farish10 Vincent P. Herron, Jr. Andrew J. Oleksy Nancy Morris Phethean5 Phyllis Walsh Powell10 Charles W. Robinson1, 5 John J. Schultz5 Jerome Stein5 Carl R. Urbanski10 Leslie P. Weiner10 Blue Circle The John Wilkes Society The Eugene Farley Club Blue Circle Trustee Associates Contributors Earl R. Bahl Barbara Thomas Balcomb Lena Misson Baur Elaine Williams Brooks Samuel Dilcer Jacob M. Dvornicky Richard F. Heltzel Beverly Falkinburg Hildebrand Frances Hopkins Jordan Marie Zanowicz Kruska Jean Schraeder Kuchinskas10 Thomas J. Lane Arthur N. Meyer Patricia Reese Morris Lois Myers Martin J. Novak10 Joseph E. Podlesny Terry Lee Smith Class of 1958 • • • The John Wilkes Society Contributors Anthony M. Bianco Susan Shoff Bianco Mary Mattey Borgersen5 Samuel T. Buckman, Jr.5 John G. Carling5 John J. Chick Arthur S. Christianson Janet Jones Crawford10 William P. Giacomini Virginia Leonardi Novak10 Carol Hallas McGinley Clarence Michael Edward J. Milowicki Gerald Minturn10 Joseph W. Oliver5 Joseph S. Pipan5 Vera Wroble Pitel10 Mary Craig Pugh10 Robert Scally Harold L. Schuler Melinda Passarelli Sokol Robert A. Sokol David H. Weber10 Richard E. Wozniak10 Jacqueline M. Young5 Class of 1959 • • • Founder’s Circle The John Wilkes Society Beverly Blakeslee Hiscox10 William I. Williams10 John Wilkes Associates Robert A. Mugford10 Frederick J. Hills10 Edward McCafferty Lynne Herskovitz Warshal10 Carl V. Zoolkoski John Wilkes Associates The Eugene Farley Club Peter R. Pisaneschi10 L. Joyce Tremayne10 Salvatore M. Valenti Bruce S. Warshal10 Gold Circle President’s Circle Founder’s Circle The Eugene Farley Club Elisabeth Schwartz King Blue Circle Robert C. Morgan10 Paul A. Schecter* 10 Gold Circle President’s Circle Jesse H. Choper10 Kelly J. Mather Thomas I. Myers5 Harold P. Shannon John Wilkes Associates Seymour Holtzman5 George Kolesar5 The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle Bettijane Long Eisenpreis10 Blue Circle George Ginader10 Theresa Mazzarella Morrow10 Josef M. Reese5 Farley Associates Mary Lou Spinelli Casella Robert E. Davis10 Donald E. Devans1, 10 Thomas M. Dugan Paul J. Earl10 Martha James Flanigan5 Robert A. Florio Charles J. Gareis Jane Norton Granitzki10 Wilkes | Fall 2011 Norman J. Faramelli Philip D. Husband5 Sandor Yelen Thomas D. Stine10 Vester V. Vercoe, Jr.5 • report of gifts 35 �report of gifts • giving by class John P. Karolchyk5 J. Rodger Lewis John Q. Mask, III Chester J. Nocek10 Robert B. Payne Patricia Yost Pisaneschi10 Mary Anchel Sabel5 George R. Schall10 Warren W. Schmid Charles A. Sorber10 Robert J. Yokavonus10 Ann Dixon Young Contributors Richard Aston Alan R. Balcomb Charles S. Butler10 A. Jennie Hill10 Albert P. Kuchinskas10 Sylvia Rapp Kully Janice Reynolds Longo Joan Grish McSweyn10 Robert J. Pitel10 Larry G. Pugh10 Arlene R. Tanalski Marianne Levenoskie Van Blarcom10 Robert W. Walters10 Francine Bishop Watkins Class of 1960 • • • The John Wilkes Society Trustee Associates Peter W. Perog10 Ronald W. Simms5 President’s Circle Emilie Roat Gino10 Charles Billings Walter Glogowski Aaron G. Hastie, Jr. Ira K. Himmel Virginia Lyons Hoesl10 Ronald D. Kross Patricia A. Krull10 Andrew R. Sabol10 Anthony J. Sankus10 Judith Ruggere Schall10 Robert J. Sislian Patricia Fushek Skibbs Roy H. VanWhy Richard J. Weiss Raye Thomas Wileman10 Richard R. Wileman10 Contributors Lynne Boyle Austin Joan Llewellyn Buckman5 Barbara Bachman Edwards Carl R. Havira Marilyn Warburton Lutter10 John F. Marriott, Sr. Frank L. Mazzeo Judith Weiss Moskow5 Richard J. Myers Jean Shofranko Olexy William D. Peters John D. Phillips10 George T. Reynolds Helen Schainuck Rubin Donald J. Sabatino10 Doris Gademan Stephens Robert D. Washburn Bernadine Zapotowski Willard Raymond G. Yanchus5 Emmanuel J. Ziobro Bruce Zollers John Wilkes Associates Class of 1961 Evelyn Krohn Holtzman5 Allyn C. Jones1, 10 Gordon E. Roberts Martin F. Tansy Robert W. Verespy10 • • • The Eugene Farley Club Blue Circle Thomas P. Korshalla10 Patricia A. Levandoski10 Joseph N. Molski5 Lawrence P. Williams10 The John Wilkes Society Founder’s Circle William F. Raub10 Shirley G. Davis Jay P. Keller10 Blue Circle Christopher H. Loesch, Jr. 10 Albert R. Stralka10 Farley Associates Philip J. Amico10 Marvin A. Antinnes5 Marie Honcharik Basta10 Joseph M. Drozdowski Leonard M. Gonchar Nancy Bonham Hontz Carl J. Meyers10 Donald T. Murphy Patricia Lawless Ryan5 Beverly Major Schwartz5 Frank M. Scutch10 Jule Znaniecki Wnorowski Contributors Martha Menegus Amadio5 Norma Wentz Bregen Janice Bronson-Bartlett10 Joseph J. Chisarick5 Richard P. Cobb Ruth Shales Cook5 Robert L. Dickerson Harry E. Filbert, Jr. Walter J. Folek Robert J. Hewitt Stephen L. Klein Margaret Churchill Kuffner5 Gregory J. Lester Robert A. Martin5 June Patrylak Neff5 Joseph P. Olexy, Jr. Emil J. Petrasek Patricia Capers Petrasek A. Francis Riofski Melvin Watkins Jane Jablonski Wills Class of 1962 • • • John Wilkes Associates The John Wilkes Society Fred R. Demech, Jr.* 1, 5 Henry A. Greener5 Nancy Rosenfeld Greener5 Patricia Boyle Heaman John W. Kluchinski5 Nancy Carroll Kolesar5 John Wilkes Associates Frank H. Menaker, Jr.10 Joseph J. Neetz10 Estelle Manos Sotirhos The Eugene Farley Club Beverly Nagle Barnick10 Thomas Barnick10 Gold Circle Elizabeth Tubridy Fairchild10 Warren P. Greenberg Gill Ho Bai Wilkes | Fall 2011 Class Chairs are alumni who promote annual 36 unrestricted giving and offer their thoughts and experiences to Wilkes Fund Appeals to give them a personal touch. If you are interested in becoming a class chair, please contact Lauren Y. Pluskey ’06, MBA ’10 at (570) 408-4331 or at lauren.pluskey@wilkes.edu. Contributors Contributors Audrey Petro Coslett5 Morgan Davis5 Albert M. Dobrowalski Wilbur N. Dotter10 Robert L. Evans, Sr.5 Sandra S. Feldman10 Florence Billings Finn Evelyn Hudyck Gibbons Andrew J. Hassay Joyce Medlock Jones5 Robert A. King5 David R. Kline Philip M. Lear Cory Epps Lyons John J. Miller5 Lorraine Shutta Riofski Michael Samberg Rena Lewine Schoenfeld5 Helen M. Tinsley5 Royal A. Wetzel John S. Adams Paul A. Battisti10 Norman D. James5 Gloria Silverman Kasper10 Lynne Stockton Mutart Zoya Dzury Rakowski Robert B. Singer Barbara S. Soyka Edward A. Stofko Beverly Munson Swift Anne Jamieson Taylor Victor Turoski5 Eleanor Brehm Watts Robert C. Williams Gerard J. Zezza, Jr.10 Class of 1964 • • • The John Wilkes Society President’s Circle Mary Kay Barrett Rotert5 Class of 1963 • • • John Wilkes Associates The John Wilkes Society Alan C. Krieger10 Trustee Associates The Eugene Farley Club Jerry A. Mohn10 Rowena Simms Mohn10 Blue Circle Robert T. Bond1, 5 Richard O. Burns Neil Dougherty Leland D. Freidenburg, Jr. 10 Charles A. Krivenko Daniel J. Lyons10 John Wilkes Associates Mary Regalis Althauser The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle Nicholas L. Alesandro Jeremiah E. Berk10 Bernard H. Cohen Erwin F. Guetig10 Adolf L. Herst5 Gerald A. Moffatt Farley Associates Jane Edwards Bonomo Lillian Bodzio Caffrey Thomas M. Farris John A. Gavenonis10 Gilbert A. Gregory Clinton G. Hess10 Joseph Kruczek Richard A. Morgan5 Vicki Burton Sabol10 Bonnie Lewis Turchin10 Peter Winebrake Leonard A. Yankosky, Jr. 10 Barbara A. Yuscavage10 Robert E. Herman Joseph W. Raksis10 Daniel Zeroka5 Farley Associates Blue Circle Class Chairs Stephen E. Phillips10 Edward J. Rogalski Alan A. Schneider Stephen Selige Richard R. Snopkowski5 Geraldine M. Tarantini10 John E. Tredinnick10 Joseph Weinkle5 Edward J. Wilk Blue Circle The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle Farley Associates John A. Hosage10 Stanley J. Karmilovich Vivian Cardoni Katsock5 Albert Kishel5 Nancy Martin Lynn10 Ruth Boorom Melberger10 Joanne Pisaneschi Olejnick10 William A. Rishko5 Rachel Altavilla Winebrake Mark H. Adelson Francis J. Machung5 Farley Associates Michael F. Bianco Donald H. Bogert5 Harry Collier10 Miriam Vaskorlis Cooper Janet Simpson Dingman10 Judith Butchko Gallagher10 Mary Ann Foley Hopkins5 Willard S. Achuff10 Jane Downin Alderman Alice Cole Bartlett10 Theodore R. Begun Robert F. Cherundolo Mary Barone Du Mont5 Janice MacDonald Hastie Charles E. Johns10 Jane Woolbert Karpiak Phyllis Cackowski Kempinski Stuart W. Lawson, Jr.5 Carolyn Draper Lippincott Contributors Jeanne Depew Attenborough Lynne Dente John H. Farrell5 Jorgie A. Grimes J. Douglas Haughwout C. Michael Manganaro 1 Class Chair or more years of consecutive giving 10 or more years of consecutive giving * Deceased 5 5 10 �giving by class Lee McCloskey Shubert Catherine Skopic John H. Uhl Robert J. Vincenti John Voda Flora Anderson Weber Charlene Nalbach Yanchik10 John H. Zielinski Class of 1965 Founder’s Circle Class of 1967 Carol Saidman Greenwald5 David Greenwald5 • • • • • • The John Wilkes Society Class of 1966 • • • The John Wilkes Society Founder’s Circle Gary G. Popovich Donald A. Pahls5 Jay L. Reich Anthony J. Ross William Schneider Jane Jancik Stevens Dolores Barone Straka5 Timothy Swanson, Sr. Suzanne Bellone Timko10 Mary Kennedy Voda Gerald L. Weisberger Mary Zezza5 The John Wilkes Society President’s Circle Gerard A. McHale, Jr. 10 The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle John Wilkes Associates Raymond Lowery, Jr. Neil L. Millar5 Richard C. Roshong Gerald F. Weber Catherine De Angelis5 Anthony J. Parulis5 John J. Sickler B. William Vanderburg10 Natalie Kowalski Vanderburg10 Mary Lou Butkoski Zaleski5 Blue Circle The Eugene Farley Club Farley Associates Blue Circle Keith P. Ackerman Alfonse S. Bayo5 Catherine Brader Butler Kent E. Davis William E. Davis, Jr. Jane Charlton Huey Leon E. Obrzut10 Marian Markle Pool Donald W. Ungemah10 Andrea Templar Ackerman Judith Valunas Barr5 Richard L. Bucko5 John S. Cavallini10 Barbara Lewis Cousland5 Jeanne Martin Dhavale5 W. Marshall Evans10 Alan C. Gamble Charles J. Huey John P. Karpiak JoAnn Margolis F. Charles Petrillo William M. Pinkowski5 Susan Evans Pons William Webb Frederick E. Weber Contributors Contributors Contributors Nancy Czubek Barto Jane Cochran Chambers5 Marylin C. Davis Dale H. Edwards Rita Dougherty Groves Frederick E. Hackett John H. Kirschner, Jr. Lois A. Kutish Herbert N. Maier10 Gustave Martin Ruth H. McDermott Carl J. Missal John A. Nork5 Thomas L. Pirnot Barbara Menarick Russo Anita Minelli Salerno Theresa M. Sapp Judith Sisco Shotwell Daniel Baczkowski Sandra Woolf Bauman Barbara Lewis Dipalo Esther Schwartz Dorkin10 Forrest J. Eichmann Clement A. Gaynor, Jr. Lois Boganovitz Gelb Dwight E. Giles, Sr.10 Carol Mazur Glowzenski5 Mark E. Hamdi Robert C. Harding10 E. William Kaylor, Jr. Margaret Gee Kraynanski5 Barbara A. Kubinski W. David Larmouth, II Eugene A. Macur5 Mildred Gross Maier10 Gloria Martin5 Bonnie Brown O’Neill Charles L. Aquilina Mark K. Bauman Eugene J. Bonfanti5 Joseph G. Brillinger, Jr. David R. Cowan5 Donald E. Fredd Theodore J. Gourley Virginia Rome Grabowski Lawrence A. Major Evelyn Morenko Matelski5 Vernie Shiposh Noecker Charlotte Peterson John J. Pilosi5 Henry J. Pownall Daniel R. Price Janice Parsons Robart Darlene Moll Roth Diane Wynne Shallcross Russell G. Shallcross Farley Associates 1 Class 5 5 Chair or more years of consecutive giving 10 or more years of consecutive giving * Deceased 10 The John Wilkes Society Trustee Associates John R. Miller10 Founder’s Circle Ronald Piskorik John Wilkes Associates Thomas G. Ambrosi Anne Heineman Batory William R. Bush10 Esther Wargo McCormick5 William W. Stinger Michael G. Hudick Joyce Callahan Krivenko Grace Jones Kutzmas5 Ruth Partilla Narcum10 Simon S. Russin The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle John Wilkes Associates James J. Vidunas John B. Hall James B. Jenkins Leslie Tobias Jenkins Joseph Kutzmas5 • • • Founder’s Circle John Wilkes Associates Roger A. Rolfe Happy Field Grohowski Ronald P. Grohowski Class of 1968 The Eugene Farley Club Blue Circle Robert S. Gardner5 Russell H. Jenkins Andrea Gallet Lander Walter Narcum10 Paul P. Purta, Jr. William A. Trethaway Farley Associates Judith Adams-Volpe Lewis M. Chere Leona Sokash Dufour Richard H. Firestine Joseph A. Grohowski, Sr.5 Eugene L. Kelleher Richard L. Kramer James M. Mason Barbara Liberasky Nowicki Edwin A. Pashinski Peter S. Phillips10 Maureen Savage Szish Windsor S. Thomas10 William G. Cooper10 Daniel Klem, Jr.10 George J. Sick10 Blue Circle David D. Baum10 George E. Collinson10 Gerald E. Missal5 Edward J. Podehl Farley Associates Soni Stein Baltimore Nicholas Andrew Barna Joyce Christian Detter Eugene S. Farley, Jr. Barry Gold Zdzislawa Paciej Harms5 Marilyn Caprione Heffron Robert C. Klotz10 Marian Zaledonis Kovacs10 A. Dan Murray Charetta Chiampi Mutarelli Fran D. Olexy Michael S. Pipan Elizabeth Scholl10 Thaddeus Seymour John F. Sheldon Wayne A. Sittner Elizabeth A. Slaughter5 Charles W. Snyder5 Paul B. Solomon5 Albert E. Stofko Helen Dugan Worth Contributors David P. Baccanari5 Roger S. Beatty Judith E. Beyer5 Frederick N. Brown Joseph J. Buziuk, Jr.5 Richard G. Cantner Beverly Shamun Carey10 Margaret Klein Deacon Margaret Hoban Dominic Barbara Ann Dorish Eleanor Jachimczak Guzofsky Malcolm Kintz Harris5 John J. Helme Stanley R. Houpt Teresa Cushner Hunt5 Jaquelyn Rubin Kaplan Lee A. Namey Patricia Haydt Nitchie Robert T. Noecker Peter T. Polashenski David Rossi Jay G. Ruckel Judith Labows Sabatino10 Eugene Salko Myrna Brodbeck Schaefer Margaret G. Seals Richard Seidel Charles R. Sgarlat Frank J. Smith Carl G. Sponenberg10 Michael Stefanick10 Leslie Calamari Tinney Michael H. Tinney Anthony J. Turchetti5 Michael J. Worth Class of 1969 • • • The John Wilkes Society Founder’s Circle Richard T. Simonson5 President’s Circle John J. Chopack George G. Pawlush10 William F. Ryan, Jr.5 John Wilkes Associates Stephen G. Farrar Joseph B. Frappolli Michael J. Glancey5 Nancy Hawk Merryman10 Carol A. Skalski10 Nancy Wanczyk Stinger Cynthia Wisniewski Weber Paul A. Wender10 Joseph C. Wiendl The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle Dori S. Jaffe5 Ann Alumbaugh McElyea Blue Circle Christopher A. Colovos5 David Ralston Cynthia West Reed5 James S. Reed5 Margery Fishman Ufberg10 Bernard J. Vinovrski Howard Weinberg Farley Associates Barbara N. Bellucci Bruce O. Brugel10 Robert M. Burnat10 John H. Butler R. Bruce Comstock Nathan G. Fink Ronald J. Gabriel Dennis P. Galli10 John T. Harmer5 George C. Harrison5 Stewart J. Harry10 Marilynn Froelich Hummer Wilkes | Fall 2011 Stanley Orlowski10 Leslie Stone Peltan5 Ray R. Pisaneschi10 Virginia Scrimgeour Ravin Mary Lou Searles Raykovicz Michael A. Raykovicz Carol Plonner Savona Lucille Lisnak Segal John Tensa, Jr. Harold B. Vogt Mary Gabla Zelinka • report of gifts 37 �report of gifts • giving by class David A. Jones Thaddeus M. Kalmanowicz5 Joseph G. Kopec Charles A. Kosteva5 Angelo F. Loverro Irving A. Mendelssohn John J. Moyer Albert D. Roke10 Rozanne Sandri-Goldin Donald C. Spruck Leonard E. Strope, Jr.5 Charles J. Tharp David C. Williams James E. Wynn5 Joseph Yozviak10 Contributors Ettore Joseph Anselmi Robert W. Ashton Jeannette Spott Barnes5 Betty Whah Bauman Roger Keith Butler Sylvia Scalise Ciocci Carol Sladin Clothier10 Lawrence B. Collins Henry M. Donati David J. Grandcolas Patricia Cieplik Granito Nicole LePochat Hartman Will Hooper Philip E. Howe Kay L. Huber Edward Janoski Thomas F. Kelly Vladimir W. Lecko Raymond B. Luckenbach Rhoda A. Moses5 Louis M. Pecora David J. Piatt Thomas M. Richards Virginia Thomas Rinehimer Sally Griffiths Robinson Carl V. Romanski Mel Rubin Marsha Weinstein Shapanka Mary E. Shaw Roy A. Shubert Carl J. Siracuse Gail Hadsall Thompson Janet Lutz Thurnau10 Robert C. Thurnau10 Steven Wasserstrom Bette Neroda Wells Rosemary Haydock Williams Carol Womelsdorf5 Class of 1970 • • • The John Wilkes Society Trustee Associates Wilkes | Fall 2011 John M. Cefaly, Jr.5 Margaret Filipkowski Sordoni10 38 Founder’s Circle Susan Ryan Simonson5 John Wilkes Associates Edward F. Burke George E. Conway Dan F. Kopen Janet Neiman Seeley10 Anne Aimetti Thomas The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle Robert J. Conologue Renee Mucci Klem10 Charles D. Lengle5 Joyce Nahas Moses Janice A. Saunders10 Blue Circle David M. Bogusko Elaine Lundy Ephlin Jay H. Goldstein Fred A. Harkins, Jr. Barbara Gonzales Kende Carol Densmore Marascio John Marfia, Jr.5 Phyllis A. Petrosky Zygmont A. Pines Barbara Morrison Squeri John E. Squeri Marcella Wroblewski Vinovrski Farley Associates Carl J. Babushko Steven Chromey10 Carl L. Cook5 Lonnie A. Coombs10 Marilyn Rabel Costanzo10 James W. Darlington Leigh Doane Donecker Phyllis L. Gaydos Susan Trenkamp Harmer5 Ralph F. Hodgson, Jr. William C. Johnson Mary A. Kaiser* Joseph R. Kolm J. David Lombardi10 Barbara L. Nanstiel Judith Cobleigh Ockenfuss5 Robert E. Ockenfuss5 Lee Paige5 Stanley M. Pearlman Marion Boyle Petrillo Melvin C. Rogers, Jr. Neil M. Seidel5 Evelyn Rygwalski Snyder5 Mark E. Stair Maureen Clinton Stair Bill Tarbart1, 10 Richard Wetzel10 Contributors Robert C. Artim Phyllis Sun Cheng5 Karen Kelly Chepolis10 Edward J. Davies, II Ronald J. Delese Bernard P. Evanofski Ronald W. Faust Lorna Tarnoff Fredd David C. Hoffman Anthony J. Honko Adele Jancik Kaschenback Herbert F. Kemp5 Kenneth Kovaleski Camille Broski Kramer David W. Kutz10 Owen M. Lavery Joseph A. Lukesh10 Andrew C. Matviak Wendy Badman Sgarlat William Steel Kaye Harding Stefanick10 John R. Telencho Ralph C. Tewksbury, Jr. William S. Tinney5 Elva Costello Valentine Rosemary D’Elia Varone Lea Gina White Class of 1971 • • • The John Wilkes Society Trustee Associates Buck Mallan Founder’s Circle George J. Matz10 John Wilkes Associates John C. Baranowski Ellen Stamer Hall1 J. David Kaschak10 Mario J. Zinicola Susan Staniorski Davis10 Rita S. Du Brow Thomas F. Grant Alvin Justan Eileen Moniak Kackenmeister Stephen E. Kaschenbach10 Barbara Roman Knezek10 George H. Knezek, Jr. 10 Patricia Bauman Kramer Carol Hoffner Lavery Pauline Kmetz Makowski Gerald P. McAfee Daniel T. Powell Dennis J. Puhalla Maxine Levine Rubin Bruce A. Sabacek Joseph T. Sallitt George A. Sattof Della F. Schulz5 Barbara Perry Tokarz William Umbach10 Barbara Young Wagner Eugene H. Wagner, Jr. James C. Weaver10 Candice Cates Zientek Eric D. Hoover Michael T. Hughes Anthony V. Kleinhans10 Barbara Repotski Lach Kathryn Ramsey Massey10 Frances Aiken Mitchell David E. Roberts Enid Sullum Tope10 Dianne Hughes Treacy Joseph M. Treacy Elizabeth Roche Ward Alan E. Zellner Contributors Robert M. Babskie5 Mary Bau Kathryn Bekanich Karen Baldoni Bernardi Pamela Bolesta Lucinda Bryant5 Nancy Button Barbara Aulisio Camoni Thomas P. Casey Richard Chisarick5 Carol Manara Clark Guy J. Comparetta10 Sandra Holl Comparetta10 Eric B. Davenport Alice Hadsall Davis10 Richard J. Davis Thomas P. De Lay Sheila Denion Anne Musto-Van Noy Dragon5 Jane A. Firestine5 Jill Yanoshak Gagliardi10 Teresa Brown Galicki Sheldon S. German George B. Gettinger Karen Trevethan Gilmore5 Mary Ellen Dziak Grant James A. Gribb10 Clark J. Hamman Melissa Burdick Harmon Suzanne Cox Herstek5 Patricia Baranoski Jula10 Jacquelyn Van Tuyle Kelly5 Alexis Buchina Koss Pamela Krakowski Lawson Dixie Davis Mackall John G. Mandell, Jr. Leonard Matysczak Marianne Kolojejchick Matysczak Jacqueline Falk McGinley Rosemary Baratta Novak Mark H. Paikin Carlton E. Phillips10 Joan Skoranski Ralston Anne Marie Latona Roberts5 Connie Kopera Rodski Joseph D. Rosato Anne Gruscavage Sample5 Linda Samuel-Bickford Ilene Schulman Schneider Richard L. Shonk David K. Thomas Class of 1972 • • • The Eugene Farley Club The John Wilkes Society Gold Circle Trustee Associates Bonnie S. Gellas John A. Mazur William A. Hanbury John S. Kerr Renate Dargel Kerr Hedy Wrightson Rittenmeyer Ronald A. Rittenmeyer Blue Circle John R. Deem10 Judith Rodda Gardner5 Howard R. Lander William R. Lazor James B. Marascio Founder’s Circle Anthony M. Cardinale Laura Barbera Cardinale Kathy Price Kautter Farley Associates Terry A. Belles Beverly Peirce Berger10 James L. Butkiewicz10 Mary Ellen Fischer Butkiewicz10 Steven T. Case Martin M. Cebula Robert H. Davis Emil F. DiTullio10 Eugene S. Domzalski Francine Mackinder Douaihy Cherylynn Petyak Gibson10 Andrew J. Gubanich, Jr. Joseph N. Ishley Patricia Mazzeo Lombardi10 William J. Murphy10 Barbara Ward Nixon10 David Reel William E. Reese5 Larry R. Volkel5 Contributors Mary Nasielski Battista Mary MacArthur Bennett Christine Hincken Bloom Charles L. Cappa John P. Cherundolo Richard D. Ciuferri10 Joseph J. Cordora5 Alfred B. Crake5 President’s Circle Bruce E. Gover John Wilkes Associates James Garofalo10 Theodore T. Yeager10 The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle Michael M. Mariani10 Gary H. Williams1, 10 Blue Circle Harvey A. Jacobs10 Eugene G. Pappas10 Judithann Walsh Whelley Farley Associates Ronald J. Bonomo Rita Ryneski Borzatti5 Robert A. Byrne Thomas A. Costanzo10 Helene Dainowski10 Frank Dessoye10 Donald L. Drust David A. Furman Catherine McCormick Gourley Dennis R. Gourley Barbara Kish Gubanich 1 Class 5 5 Chair or more years of consecutive giving 10 or more years of consecutive giving * Deceased 10 �giving by class Class of 1973 • • • The John Wilkes Society Founder’s Circle Jay S. Sidhu President’s Circle Elizabeth Clements Gover John Wilkes Associates Charles P. Baker David L. Davis10 Lloyd W. Ortman, Jr.5 George P. Sillup The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle Nathan R. Eustis, Jr. Robert P. Matley10 Bruce E. Phair Rosemaria Cienciva Sorg 10 John Wilkes Associates • • • Richard J. Allan James J. Morgan5 John J. Reese John G. Margo10 John Wilkes Associates 1 Class 5 5 Chair or more years of consecutive giving 10 or more years of consecutive giving * Deceased 10 The John Wilkes Society President’s Circle W. Lee Miller10 William R. Thomas10 The Eugene Farley Club The Eugene Farley Club Farley Associates • • • Class of 1975 The John Wilkes Society Joan Popick Achhammer Nancy D. Adler Alain C. Arnould Joseph T. Baranoski Karen Metzger Baranoski John J. Benavage Irene B. Blum10 Hope Pawlush Boback Theodore Boback Janet Mazur Boylan5 Karen Patch Castor Robert L. Ciali David G. Demorat, Sr.* Angela Alba Dessoye5 Josephine Schifano Finlayson Joel Fischman Frank P. Galicki Lindsay Farley Gettinger Barbara Gilotti Class of 1976 Class of 1974 Blue Circle Contributors Anthony L. McHugh10 Gay Foster Meyers Kathleen Visniski Praschak Janet Bartuski Rajchel Joyce Hooley Regna Nancy Ellen Roberts Thomas Runiewicz Gary J. Skeras Jane E. Smith10 Marie Lucas Stolarick H. David Trethaway Amy Santilli Whitehouse Robert N. Yanoshak Peter C. Zubritzky5 Denise H. Chapura Julia K. Chmielowski Joseph C. Damiano10 Kevin J. Davy Charles D. Denkenberger Jean H. Gilroy Michael G. Hischak Ann Bowman Jamieson Karen Cerep Jones Martin J. Kane Joyce Stahl King Marshall I. Kornblatt Richard H. Lopatto, Jr. Ann Lyons Nardone Barbara Lucca Rizzitello Rosemary Petrillo Sarna Marguerite A. Sauer5 Pamela Eggert Schueler Sulochana Gogate Sherman Frank J. Tencza Jill Linder Waselik Robert D. Zettle10 • • • Donna Piston Aufiero10 Diane Chisarick Brennan Yvonne Gnatt Casey John Dubik10 Michael J. Filipowski Clyde H. Fitch Carl J. Galletti Drew M. Klemish5 Thomas S. Lasky5 Pamela Parkin Murphy10 Jeffrey F. Prendergast Paula T. Quinn Felice Oxman Salsburg10 Nancy Fern Snow Thomas R. Steltzer Theodore J. Tramaloni Mary P. Ungvarsky5 Edward P. Gorski Ann Carey Harding Barbara Gannon Hogan Bethann Myers Hornick10 Judith A. Kopetchne Pauline Hayes Lawson Cheryl S. Levey Catherine Link Janet Markowitz Macik Marguerite E. McCollom Alan R. Miller Doralyn Howard Moody Deborah A. Schneider10 Barbara Katra Swiatek5 Anita Miller Williams5 Martha Hall Yohe Preston L. Hess Florence Matura Hozempa Mary Burns Jansen Carol Geiger Kampa Evelyn Kovalchick Lewis Duncan W. MacIntyre James P. McGinley Raymond W. McNulty Denise Goobic Meck Margaret Maciun Perkins Barbara Zembrzuski Pisano John R. Pisano Kay Platt Michael W. Riebe David L. Ritter10 Judith Casola Roeder John Savitsky Brenda Ricco Sumski5 James Thomas Stephanie Pufko Umbach10 Cecilia Rudolph Williams • • • The John Wilkes Society Class of 1977 The John Wilkes Society Trustee Associates Trustee Associates Mary Belin Rhodes10 Carolann Gusgekofski Besler Philip A. Besler President’s Circle Paul S. Adams10 The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle John Wilkes Associates Drew Landmesser Michael S. LoPresti Patrice Stone Martin10 Kim Witherow Morgan5 Sandra Shepard Piccone10 Jeffrey D. Renoe Gold Circle Gold Circle John J. Kowalchik Elizabeth M. Lopez5 Karen Kmietowicz Phair Nelson G. Landmesser Patricia A. Schillaci10 Roger T. Sorensen Blue Circle Blue Circle Gold Circle Ann Marie Bartuska Christine M. Buchina1, 5 Brian M. Finn Bernard J. Ford, III Joan Zaleski Ford Brian K. Haeckler10 David C. Kowalek5 Gary L. Richwine Michael G. Stambaugh Stephen M. Baloga, Jr.10 James Castanzo Joan Domarasky Luksa10 Richard J. Sullivan5 Bruce A. Lear Farley Associates Farley Associates Deborah Lataro Cargo10 Robert D. Clements, Jr. Gail MacIntyre Dohrn10 Carol Kester Dungey Susan V. Fielder10 Diane R. Jones5 Richard W. MacKey Joseph J. Marchetti Michael G. Menichini Deborah Dinkel Nieman Somsy Phrakaysone Margery German Rifkin Michael S. Rifkin Robert J. Spinelli5 Maureen Carey Albrecht Holly G. Baab Richard A. Bellacosa Kathleen Warakomski Benjamin Joan Chemnitius Best Raymond A. Best Arthur S. Daniels10 Ruth McKalips Diestelmeier Paul J. Domowitch Steven Esrick5 T. Chris Hansen, II Gene A. Heath10 Michael J. Kassab Earl W. Monk10 Richard D. Mutarelli5 Catherine Williams Ozgo10 Jeffrey A. Schlicher M. Patty Cullinan Spinelli5 Thomas J. Ward Blue Circle Darlene Kishbaugh Darryl G. Kramer Dwaine Edwards Mattei Duane Sadvary5 Robert P. Singer Angela T. Vauter Farley Associates Paula Castrucci Mary P. Cawley Clifton E. Dungey Robert T. Dzugan5 Lorene Daring Laberge Ann Agnes Loftus Robert Lussi Richard D. Masi John J. Mazzolla Bettie Ann Rogers Morgan Michael J. O’Boyle10 Robert D. Prendergast Beverly Chislo Solfanelli Carol Presnal Stashik Elaine Smith Traynor J. Bruce Weinstock Ann M. Williams Margaret A. Zellner Contributors Gerald C. Alferio Diane Seltzer Bloss Donna Coffin Bresmon Gene A. Camoni Farley Associates Ann Dysleski Armstrong Raymond Bartosh5 Barbara Swandick Duda Rebecca Ceresi Grasavage5 Raymond P. Gustave Robert S. Howes, Jr. Ronald J. Jacobs10 Gary M. Kratz Clarence G. Ozgo10 Thomas W. Pezzicara5 Sally Chupka Pucilowski10 Pauline A. Seleski Amir Shahi-Fakhr Joan Bonfanti Shannon Nancy P. Snee Stephen Solfanelli Ann Rapoch Super5 Jane E. Thompson5 Nancy Rodda Topolewski10 Contributors Jennifer C. Anderson Andrew E. Baron Theodore B. Dennis, Jr. Ellen Schwartz Fischman Contributors Marianne Montague Benjamin Susan Brimo-Cox William F. Burke, Jr. Maryrose Bendik Burlington10 Andrea Mahally Danilack Mark J. Dubik David L. Ellis Regina Gurick Guarin Darice Sabalesky Janusziewicz Marianne Macur Kopcho Frances S. Kuczynski5 Margaret Burgess Lenihan5 Shelley Rubin Liva Paul J. Macik The Eugene Farley Club Blue Circle Joseph W. Buckley Contributors Linda Jamiolkowski Brush Jill Fritz Buntz5 Donna Smith Dickinson Manuel J. Evans Deborah A. Federo Judith Bienkowski Geary Kenneth A. Geary Louise Butkiewicz Goodwin David C. Griffin Wilkes | Fall 2011 Barbara McNicholl Scarpino10 Deborah Berti Walsh • report of gifts 39 �report of gifts • giving by class Margaret Tomczak Interrante Mark J. Jarolen Karen Kuchinskas Kaminski Carl E. Kaschenbach, III Joanne Englot Kawczenski10 Deborah J. Koons5 Christine Koterba Lodge Rick D. Mahonski5 Amy Albanese Mazich John J. Minetola Sandra Horensky Molotsky5 Thomas Paliscak* 5 Barry Allan Pezzner Roy David Preefer James D. Reilly, Jr. Joseph W. Sekusky Leonarda A. Sperrazza Patricia S. Steele Inez S. Stefanko Dianne LaCova Trawick Patrick A. Ward5 Pamela Gingell Webb Class of 1978 • • • The John Wilkes Society Trustee Associates Rhea Politis Simms5 Founder’s Circle Brigette McDonald Herrmann10 Joanne Pugliese Carpenter Paula Heffernan Daley10 Michael V. DeVincentis5 Janine Pokrinchak Dubik Joann Mykulyn Evans Mark Finkelstein Gary E. Gardner Doreen Wickiser Hampton Denise Casem Hasneh5 Carol Pashchuk Huggler5 Andrea Chuba Kealey10 Patricia McCarthy Last Stephen J. Lear John J. Mack10 Leslie Stobel McCafferty Mark A. Miklich Margaret Schutz Mullin Christopher B. O’Brien Diane M. Polachek Harriet Smith Rabinowitz5 Stewart W. Rae, III Mary Kern Reynolds10 Terry J. Schoen Susan Shiskowski Frank R. Sirocki Robert J. Stofko5 Linda Allmon Walden5 David J. Yakaitis5 Maryjean deSandes5 Class of 1979 Deborah Yedlock Glidden Nigel J. Gray David J. Gulitus William M. Havrilchak George P. Hodges Claire Elaine Johnson Nancy Jane Johnson Joseph D. Kerestes, Jr. Rosa Khalife-McCracken John R. Leedy James J. Maloney5 Kurt J. Moody Linda Mizenko Noto Edward F. Orloski Thomas P. Sokola Mary Ann Morgan Stelma Cheryl Berry Washington Class of 1980 • • • The John Wilkes Society Founder’s Circle Joseph T. Rauschmayer Stephen J. Croghan5 Joel P. Kane Thomas N. Ralston10 Gold Circle Stephen S. Grillo10 John R. Silk Dean W. Evans Terri Mackavage Kovalski John Wilkes Associates John H. Ellis, IV5 David L. Blumfield Carol A. Bosack-Kosek Lawrence J. Mullen10 Mark A. Rado5 Michael A. Sibilia David M. Williams Shepard C. Willner10 Blue Circle The Eugene Farley Club Farley Associates Barry J. Niziolek5 Gold Circle Joseph D. Angelella1 Anthony J. Aversa Thomas E. Brooks, III Janet May Cavanaugh James L. Devaney Karen L. Devine Charles E. Hagen Judith Scott Harris Craig A. Jackson David M. Maxim10 Michael G. McNelis Richard J. Nordheim5 William A. Shaw10 Joseph M. Toole5 Wilkes | Fall 2011 40 Michael D. Booth Karen Kennedy Campbell10 Blue Circle Ruth McDermott-Levy10 John Wilkes Associates Blue Circle Contributors Bruce R. Williams1 Lisa Prokarym Rauschmayer Frederick W. Herrmann10 Sharon Zawatski Ellis Jay Finkelstein William D. Frye, Jr. 10 Wilma Hurst Gardner Gold Circle Founder’s Circle Founder’s Circle Contributors The Eugene Farley Club William R. Miller10 Joseph A. Gray Joye Martin-Lamp5 Renee Venarucci Benedetto5 Karen Lucchesi Bostrom John E. Cavanaugh, Jr. Betsy Bell Condron10 David E. Dudick William J. Gibbons Donald E. Horrox10 Michael M. Molitoris Sandra Pensieri-Molitoris Leonard J. Podrasky, Jr. Maureen Shay Prendergast Geraldine Cravatta Samselski Cheryl Moyer Thomas Brian C. Thomas John Wilkes Associates Ann Marie Booth Cardell Daniel J. Cardell Farley Associates John Wilkes Associates Maureen Connolly Cambier Joseph E. Gaydos5 Kathleen Layaou Heltzel Teresa A. Keenan Regina Morse Ana E. Nunez Keith J. Saunders Myron Slota Karen Steckel Vernon John Wilkes Associates Michael A. Calabrese Ann Sharkey Esrick5 Ellen M. Field Diane Pechalonis Groves Lori Ashbaugh Mackey Anita Marie Meehan Jane A. Miller10 James J. Moran10 Anita Mucciolo David A. Palanzo Cynthia M. Patterson5 Lois Enama Pluskey1, 5 Judith L. Reishtein Clark F. Speicher John K. Suchoski5 Jacqueline A. Vitek Kenneth J. Krogulski Wayne D. Lonstein Trustee Associates Gold Circle Farley Associates President’s Circle James P. Edwards10 Trustee Associates Donald I. Burton, Jr.10 David E. Hadley Farley Associates Jean Reiter Adams10 Carol Corbett Pawlush10 Founder’s Circle The John Wilkes Society The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle The John Wilkes Society • • • The John Wilkes Society President’s Circle • • • President’s Circle • • • The Eugene Farley Club Class of 1982 Class of 1981 President’s Circle Raymond E. Dombroski David A. Jolley10 Judith Mills Mack10 Michael J. Speziale5 John J. Woloski, Jr. Marla Brodsky Wright ’81 Sharon Knight Grivner Ronald J. Gronski Bruno E. Kolodgie5 Philip A. Marino Michael Miller John A. Miranda Joanne Harding Murphy10 Thomas B. Needham, Jr.10 Frank A. Pascucci Gary J. Richard Barbara Boote Rupert Kenneth N. Sciamanna10 Jill Molinaro Speicher Susan M. Suchanic Paul R. Torre Maria Miscavage Urick James Michael Wallace Patricia L. Warski Barbara Rodda Welch5 Cheryl Polak Woloski Frank D. Yamrus1 Contributors Julie Keiderling Bordo Edgar S. Brace, III5 Jeanne C. Brady Michael V. Broda Kathryn Roman Davis Donna Mae Eicke Robert J. Gaetano Terrence W. Casey Joseph G. Galli1 Barbara E. King5 Contributors Patricia Wysowski Cooper Linda McCarthy D’Amario Marjorie A. George Linda R. Kistler Rosanne Kramer Brenda Kutz Burkholder Debra Thompson Miller Patricia Markiewicz Patrician Jane Ciprich Ryan Christine Lain Sarno Carl F. Schultheis, III Catherine Durocher Shafer10 John D. Sweeney Brian T. Waugh Ann Molski Wells Deborah Chandler Zuzelski5 Theodore Zwiebel The Eugene Farley Club Blue Circle Rose Ann Salvo Farley Farley Associates Linda Styers Adams Kathleen Potter Atkinson Mary Jean McCarthy Clements Beth Hathaway Glassford Harry C. Hicks, Jr. Susan M. Liberski Gary E. Michael Cheryl Scalese Moyer Mary Rebarchak Schott10 Rosemarie Hubner Swain Class of 1983 • • • The John Wilkes Society Contributors John Wilkes Associates Noreen Sack Burginia Debra Prater Chapman Jacqueline Sunder Demko James J. Grudzinski Susan Matley Hritzak Theresa M. Johnson Keith P. Kolanda James S. Makowski Melissa Demko Molinaro Maria Nilsen Pacchioni5 Donna Pioppi Donna Ferretti Shandra Sarah Farley Stapleton Robert A. Bruggeworth The Eugene Farley Club Blue Circle Jeffrey R. Garbor10 Gerald J. O’Hara Farley Associates Daniel A. Batzel Clair Beard Read 1 Class 5 5 Chair or more years of consecutive giving 10 or more years of consecutive giving * Deceased 10 �giving by class Contributors Michael Ambrosiani Joan Thomas Brody Roy J. Brody Stephen N. Cahoon David R. Carey1 Jennifer Ogurkis Carey Judy Rydzewski Cudo Amy J. Elias Lori Yensavage Gardner Robert D. Haas David Hottenstein Eric L. Johnson10 Kathleen Keller Leon T. Kolanowski Lisa Striefsky Levine Bart L. Matson Debra Malinick-McGraw Elizabeth Huettenmoser North James R. Reap Patricia M. Riley Francis E. Rowe Daniel C. Schilling10 Kimberly Coccodrilli Strickland Leonard J. Swida, Jr. Elaine Puzio Waugh Class of 1984 • • • The John Wilkes Society Ruth E. Renna10 David J. Scopelliti Marguerite McCormick Tolan10 R. Drew Wilkins Contributors Jo Ann Magers Araya Joseph J. Birmingham Stephen J. Bohac Donna Grzenda Bonczewski Edward W. Czeck Alphonse T. D’Amario Ellen Proeller Dennis Patricia Hidock Dodge William B. Dodge Joseph F. Dylewski10 Lisa Howes Eifler Erin Evans Franko Raul Gochez Herbert Godfrey, Jr. Sharon Michener Gross Edward R. Kennelly Joseph J. Leandri Gary M. Mack Elizabeth Larson Ostuni Marie Yeager Pope Marcia Wachs Race Theodore Ruch Dennis W. Sholl David A. Soboleski Ann Marie Burke Sweeney Christopher Thomas Dianne M. Watchulonis5 Karen L. Weltman Donald R. Werts Charmaine Conrad Zoller5 The Eugene Farley Club Karen Bove5 Susan Maier Davis1 Blue Circle 1 Class 5 5 Chair or more years of consecutive giving 10 or more years of consecutive giving * Deceased 10 The John Wilkes Society John Wilkes Associates Thomas Allardyce5 Jay C. Rubino5 Thomas J. Thomas, Jr. The Eugene Farley Club Blue Circle Thomas J. Balutis Dianne Charsha5 Thomas J. Swirbel10 Kathleen Hyde Walsh Denise Selner Bartoletti10 Dawn Lockburner Bayles John A. Chipego Barbara Jarick Ecker Joseph C. Grzenda, Jr. Kathryn Gryzie Johnson Sandra P. Luongo5 David P. Rudis Eugene D. Wachowski5 Timothy P. Williams5 Myron W. Yencha Class of 1987 • • • The John Wilkes Society John Wilkes Associates Joseph S. Briskie The Eugene Farley Club Blue Circle Alice C. Bulger10 John H. Bulger10 Joyce Victor Chmil5 Thomas J. Ricko1, 5 John P. Sedor Mark Tobino Farley Associates Cornelius Douris5 Anthony M. Gavel John W. Harrison Daniel R. Nulton10 Michael Rupp10 Marc E. Shapiro Donald Shaw Greg Trapani Sandra Williams Contributors Michael Mattise10 Michele James Wagner Linda Turowski Attardo Christine Rushforth Banks Elizabeth Payne Bartram Shirley Nelson Brough Karen Klutz Burden Joan Balutis Chisarick5 Charles Cohn Alysse Croft Daches Roy M. DeLay Stephen DiMarco Michael R. Everett Greg A. Feldman Joan Smith Foster Thomas R. Gasper Kimberly Tokach Kellar Joseph M. Kultys Scott Michenfelder5 John R. Patterson, Jr. Alex Rendina Sandra A. Rendina Steve Shearer Ellen R. Smith Sally Vojtek Mazzarella Caryl Goldsmith Wax Blue Circle Russell Banta Kay Brown-Coskey Tom Harfman5 Edward J. Hudson10 Mary Ann Koshatzky Keirans Daniel J. Kennelly John C. Long, Jr. Timothy E. Page Thomas J. Popko, Jr. Michael J. Uter Contributors Farley Associates Christopher D. Way Suzanne Engel Webber Karen Sheard White Thaddeus M. Zuzik Gold Circle Farley Associates Gold Circle • • • James J. Mulligan5 Karen Zingale The John Wilkes Society Richard J. Myers, Jr. Joni Fiester Brooks Donna Nitka Brunelli Kathleen Galli Chupka10 Paul C. Dietrich5 Debra Bligh Gernhart5 Jeffrey S. Gernhart5 Daniel Glunk Francis S. Gruscavage5 Edwin M. Johnson Janet Legault Kelley10 Regina White Klepadlo5 Barbara Rosick Moran10 John S. Perry Class of 1986 John Wilkes Associates • • • The Eugene Farley Club Farley Associates Theresa Gruzenski Alba10 Melissa Bauzon Bohac Neil T. Coy, Sr. Evelyn J. Dopko10 Carmella Butera Fereck5 Suzanne Vassia Fletcher Michael Homishak Gail Lamoreux Kashulon10 Vincent J. Kashulon, Jr.10 John F. Kelly5 Alice Ting Lee5 Michael A. Marino, Jr. Sharon McLoughlin-Fabris Thomas J. Monsell James M. Opet10 Elizabeth Dougherty Quinn Michelle Liddic Schilling10 Jeffrey J. Tokach Annette Winski Spahr Joseph E. Ziobro Paul Chmil5 Paul A. Cummings5 J. B. Earl Karen Galli10 Eric F. Reidinger10 Class of 1985 John Wilkes Associates Valerie Kotula Alba Donna Garber Cosgrove Tracy McElroy O’Hara Contributors Dennis P. Clarke10 Kevin Cooney Cheryl Zack Fischer William N. Gude Catherine Julius Florence Backitis Lauth Gary R. Melusen5 Gary C. Mrozinski Leslie Kramer Rickerson Amy McCluskey Sadvary Jean Dougherty Sam Joseph M. Santuk5 Angela Iyoob Stewart Christine May Terry David J. Warnick10 Class of 1988 • • • The Eugene Farley Club Blue Circle Chadwick E. Tuttle5 Farley Associates Lisa Sigman Banta Karen M. Beretsky Barbara Eyet Matthew T. Ryan Ann Markowski Toole5 Contributors Cynthia Allen Ayers Jeffery E. Ball James Borysowski Roy F. Boyd Christopher R. Connolly Robert Corradetti James S. Cross Francis E. Crowley, III Lesley Demech D’Andrea Stephanie Stine DiGiovanni Deborah DeCesare Duncan Michael Duncan Kyra Duran Rosemary Bottazzi Eibach Lisa C. Jordan Mark Kneeream Lawrence M. Kopenis James Krupa Mary B. Lenahan Deborah Lulis Debra A. Maleski William S. Peightel5 Diana Smith Prinzo Thomas C. Prinzo Dennis J. Procopio10 Marilyn C. Querci5 James H. Ralston Michelle A. Rick Dianne Tometchko Ruch Debra Reisenweaver Schweitzer Jon Shade Thomas Slonaker Edward J. Sullivan Carole Armstrong Tellie Kurt A. Topfer5 Veronica Upwood Matthew P. Wasel Don Zelek Beth Ann Carswell Ziobro Class of 1989 • • • The Eugene Farley Club Blue Circle Robert D. Sitzler5 Farley Associates Kevin M. Gaffey Michael J. Kolessar B. Jean Millard Kosh Joel C. Kotch5 Antoinette Rajchel-Wingert5 Contributors Denise Sushocki Allardyce Robert S. Berger5 Kenneth C. Boyle James J. Carroll James G. Day Salvatore P. DiGiovanni Nancy Hricko Divers5 Erik A. Everett Pauline Wagner Fisher Kristen Henry-Shade Clark A. Herron Renee Swider Horwath Lorraine Malinchock Luscavage Dawn Whalen Marshall Genevieve E. McManus Wilkes | Fall 2011 Joseph J. Chmiola Carol Louise Dean5 Roya Fahmy Richard Havard, III James M. Johnson Paul H. McCabe James V. Musto Janice Nagle Pettinato Marie Roke Thomas5 Sandra Bartels Thomas Stephen C. Thomas V Thomas G. Urosevich Ellen Marie Van Riper • report of gifts 41 �report of gifts • giving by class Susan Stortz Moyer Kimberly Klimek Novak Dale F. Parmenteri Eric J. Price Carol Henry Raymond Sharon Sholtis Schneider Jeffrey D. Seamans5 Jane Coyle Smith Randy S. Stevens Robert D. Wachowski5 Class of 1990 • • • The John Wilkes Society Founder’s Circle Jason D. Griggs The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle Carl M. Charnetski10 Wendy Holden Gavin10 Blue Circle Shirley Thomas Butler10 Joseph C. Smith Aimee A. Zaleski Tracy Goryeb Zarola1 Farley Associates Jeffrey J. Cooper Eva E. Patrick Contributors Donna Brown Argenio Joseph F. Argenio Dominick J. Aritz Scott C. Barth Karen Donohue Connolly Teresa M. Costenbader Hazle L. Demellier Michael W. Fender Steven J. Galloway Bruce A. Huggler5 Cynthia L. Miller Neil P. Mullin Franco Rossi, Jr. Mark T. Siegel10 Mark A. Sommers Anthony F. Torquato John M. Wilk Steve W. Wilson5 John Wilkes Associates Class of 1992 • • • Blue Circle Craig J. Engel5 Joseph G. Lannon John F. Sheehan, III Farley Associates Janine M. Becker Erica Simshauser Gaffey Brenda Miller Gaydos5 Mary E. Gould Eric J. Knorr Class of 1995 The Eugene Farley Club Blue Circle Blue Circle Frederick M. Evans10 Paul T. Jellen William J. Umphred, Jr. Farley Associates Aaron D. Albert Melissa Margis-Kapur Rosemary LaFratte1, 5 Ronald N. Miller5 Janel Oshinski Sally Pancheri Contributors Frederick H. Addison5 Eugene J Colosimo John J. Comerford Colette M. Elick Karl J. Hoffman Joann Hartmann Jones John J. Keeler Karen Pryslak Kelly Kathleen S. Klapatch Alan J. Kovacs Lori Kuhar Marshall Ralph C. Miller Lori Guarino Price David Z. Tevet Robert J Wooditch Class of 1994 Blue Circle • • • Arden J. Keller, Jr. Kathleen McGeary Umphred The Eugene Farley Club Farley Associates Charlotte Hoffman Moser Daniel W. Moser Tina Oechler-Dean Jonathan L. Perloff Christopher M. Scarba Suzanne Stanski Scheible James M. Sepko Louis J. Shiber George W. Snyder Frances Stecker Michael C. Hall Melanie O’Donnell Mickelson10 The Eugene Farley Club Diane M. Servello Lillian M. Bostjancic John K. Breckner Ka Kit Chan Eileen E. Colahan Jason C. Eike Evan G. Evans Steven F. Geider Shelley Herb-Fausey Cecelia P. Mercuri5 Joelle Mrozoski5 Stephen D. Puzio5 Janice A. Raspen Kathleen Risley10 Raymond J. Rock Raymond R. Russ5 Kimberly Mattes Sarna The Eugene Farley Club Wilkes | Fall 2011 The John Wilkes Society Nancy Alonzo5 Guenther C. Bareihs John P. Bonin Connie Breese Janice Miller Browning Thomas P. Cawley Albert J. Cihocki Edward F. Cywinski Camille Bobeck Daniels Cindi Cianflone DeRichie Judith A. Ellis Michelle Barry Finnegan James J. Florio Stan J. Giza Victoria M. Glod10 Edward D. Gorman Robert S. Hiller Carol Hiscox10 Corinne Foor Kern Edward J. Kwak1, 5 Clifford A. Melberger Richard A. Melvin Catherine E. Moore Patricia Skozelas Pawlak Charles D. Redding Mary Jo Rubino Richard R. Ruda Randall A. Santarelli Catherine H. Saporito Ronald M. Sebastianelli William F. Shankweiler5 Bridget Krajkovich Todd Robert M. Wanuga • • • Virginia M. Rodechko10 Class of 1993 • • • Contributors John Wilkes Associates David P. Saxton Cheryl Jacobs Schoell Jaime Goldblatt Wales Contributors Class of 1991 The John Wilkes Society 42 Jamie Mazeitis Knorr Francis J. Michelini Frederick A. Mihalow Amy Schukis Sheehan5 Susan Adamchak Smith10 Farley Associates Kevin M. Barno Steven S. Endres Walter R. Guss Brian J. Kobylus George J. Rucco Jean Littzi Rucco Tama L. Schmidt Denise Berberick Stewart10 Contributors Frank D. Beier Jane Ostrowski Brennan Mark F. Buss Brian M. Caloiaro Matthew J. Curry Charlene Klynowsky Decker Tara A. Donleavy Jennifer A. Fasching Gwen Groblewski Alan J. Guitson10 Xin-Tian Hoffman Wendy L. Ide Kevin P. Kratzer5 Contributors Christopher P. Adams Keith L. Adamski James F. Anoia William R. Beggs Philip J. Calabro Kimberly B. Carr Jennifer Ryman Davis Christopher C. Dunbar Brian R. Halpin Stephen W. Hansen5 William R. Keiderling Timothy D. Long LoriAnn Gorrick Pajalich David E. Searfoss Angie Graver Sekellick Patricia K. Spivak Richard D. Wisniewski Carmen M. Zullo • • • The Eugene Farley Club Susan J. Malkemes10 Daniel P. Reilly Farley Associates Sabeth R. Albert Patrick K. Bartorillo Kathleen Moran Houlihan Bruce Kerr Joseph P. McBride10 Vivian Naughton William F. Noone Ronald L. Pecukonis Samuel R. Sebastianelli Jeffrey B. Slank James W. Smith Jason R. Smith Class of 1997 • • • The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle Karen A. Ephlin Michael G. Noone1 Farley Associates Cynthia Charnetski Bradley R. Klotz10 Edmund R. Zych Contributors Carl M. Achhammer Carmen F. Ambrosino, Jr. Jan H. Ambrutis Ann Blaskiewicz Tammy Palmer Caloiaro Shellene Dixon Clark Joan M. Coffey Tara Breslosky Cooper Lori A. Cotrone Linda L. Crayton Robert J. Dean Thomas F. Donlon Guy A. DuBoice Martha L. Heffers David A. Hines10 Kimberly Escarge Keller10 B. Richard Miller Michael A. Palumbo Melissa Papa-Bakke Joseph P. Ruane David C. Ruskey Gary A. Scott Thomas J. Semanek Carol Morris Shamonsky Judith Wienckoski Contributors Louis E. Atkinson5 Jeanette Beierle Bogdon Abigail Breiseth Patricia S. Daquino Mark J. Dechman10 Amy Webb Horensky Robert D. Horensky Adam Kamor Gary J. Kostrobala Allen Yong-Ung Lee Tamatha Curry Limongelli Ann Marie Marks Rita T. Metcalf Christine Pavalkis Richard P. Pietras Brett A. Sachse Class of 1998 • • • The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle Joseph J. Fadden Blue Circle Class of 1996 Lisa Niewinski Ciampi Lori Ann Perch10 • • • The Eugene Farley Club Farley Associates Farley Associates Karen Bednarczyk Cowan1, 10 John J. Julius Brian W. McCoy Vani P. Murthy10 Ali E. Qureshi5 Rose Tammaro Smith Tammy Swartwood Noone Michael N. Barrouk1 Paul W. Downton I. Michael Fras Stephen Hughes Jill Fasciana McCoy George G. Pawlush 1 Class 5 5 Chair or more years of consecutive giving 10 or more years of consecutive giving * Deceased 10 �giving by class Farley Associates Stephanie L. Bass5 Marcella H. Buzanowicz Angelina Thomasina Curtis James R. Domzalski Sean C. Flannery Deborah Andres Greco5 Karen L. Guitson10 Mitchell N. Morgan Anne Straub Pelak10 Edward J. Saracino Cynthia M. Sieto Joy A. Sipe Peter M. Stover Timothy M. Straub Phillip J. Torres Judith J. Vendel Rod A. Wilson Richard L. Givens Beverly K. Gooden5 John A. Mason, Jr.5 Jeffrey Reichl Robert S. Rolland Matthew J. Sowcik Kimberly Gross Wolfrom David S. Wolovich Class of 1999 • • • The Eugene Farley Club Blue Circle Sarah Karlavage Rocchio Farley Associates Jill Mackay Barrouk Randy A. Engelman5 Jennifer John Carolyn Chronowski Lauderback Matthew J. Peleschak10 Kristine Erhard Pruett10 Steven D. Tourje Contributors Jan G. Benton Brandon Berretta Mary Ann Kershitsky Blosky Patricia Carpenetti Carpenter Andrew L. Coolidge Tina Dakun Brian Edward Gryboski Cecilia Bukowski Hibbard Allison Potzer Isom Lisa Johnson Ford Tara E. Kojsza Joseph S. Krzysik Carrie Bruno Langdon Jonathan G. Laudenslager Theresa Martincavage Mahon Judith Lahr Martin10 Michael C. McCree James J. Perfetto Debra DuBois Sachse Aaron F. Sherburne Class of 2000 • • • The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle Christina M. Van Camp Blue Circle Jennifer B. Klinger Charles D. Lemmond, Jr.5 Contributors Floyd T. Allen Holly Renee Baer David G. Bond, Jr. Norbert J. Braun Charles E. Brinker Jason L. Evans Stephanie Huber Gallagher William D. Gallagher Beth Ann Gehret Crystal Culver George Jamelle Nebesky Hartman Rebecca A. Herb Harry W. Hintz, Jr. Robert J. Krehely, Jr. Kirk A. Leslie Brian L. Lubenow Jessica Murray Range Sheri A. Resperski Ann Stanski Rood Kathleen Terrenoir Sachse Joan L. Schneider Lauren Castelli Sherburne Jessica Niemiec Swingle Donna S. Talarico1 James Christopher Tardio Thomas M. Turinski Mary T. Villano Janice E. Williams Lisa M. Yupco Lori A. Zeigler Class of 2001 • • • The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle Robert Cooney5 William J. Layo Blue Circle 1 Class 5 5 Chair or more years of consecutive giving 10 10 or more years of consecutive giving * Deceased Class of 2002 • • • The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle J. Bartholomay Grier5 Blue Circle James T. Best5 Beth Danner Kinslow1, 5 Farley Associates Bethany Yenner Bosha Michael C. Hetzel Joshua G. Mendoza Karen Bradley Mendoza Gregory A. Wojnar Rachel Hammond Wolovich Michael D. Pawlik Class of 2003 Jed J. Starner Mark D. Hulme10 Robert S. Keeney Michael J. Liberski1, 5 Joseph J. Stein5 Christina Rubillo Swanson Jill A. Topalanchik Misty Weidner Davis Julia Gordon Wojnar Farley Associates Contributors • • • The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle Steven D. Sefton Blue Circle Robert J. Klepadlo5 James L. McCarthy5 Contributors Michelle A. Allison Heather Chapman Fanucci Margaret L. Coniglio Candace M. Dailey Robert C. Diefenderfer Preethy Dileepkumar James B. Ford Holly D. Gambler Robert E. Gebhard Ronald J. Geise Lorri Ricci Goss Patrick Hanlon Kathleen A. Harris Ruth Hough-Engel Mary Rogan Hurst Tracy M. Jones Tami Joyce Donna M. Laskosky Terence J. Laughlin Timothy E. Letcher Michelle M. Marchetti Melodee A. Minium John A. Murphy Erin L. Murray Laurel D. Peifer Jennifer Quinn-Bulford Thomas R. Rebuck Barbara J. Rizzo Kristin L. Roberts Anita V. Ruskey Edward N. Sartin Elizabeth Alles Sheakoski Kevin R. Sickle1 Lisa A. Smith John E. Thomas Joseph Waschko Eric Zuber Contributors Farley Associates Edward T. Bednarz Heather A. Brown Elizabeth Shultz Conklin Ronald S. Davis Jonathan D. Ference Kimberly Hritzak Ference Scott E. Herb David M. Hinkle Ann Wotring Kirka Marcy Fritz Krill5 Daniel S. Longyhore Martha C. Marchand Richard W. Seipp Contributors Elaine T. Beggs David Brinckman Lisa Charneski Michael J. Cherinka William W. Clark5 Gregory J. Collins Shanna Henninger Dawson Katie Pearson Desiderio David DiMartino Nicole Foelker Palumbo Dennis M. Fox Justin Holmes Brian R. Judge5 Stacy Geiger Mesics10 Robert M. Moore Timothy M. Morgan Christine A. Nestlerode Madelynn Miley Riedel Leonard A. Romanski Judy A. Sawka Barbara Wolfe Scott Patricia Hopfer Sebastianelli Lisa K. Shafer1 Rosemarie C. Sochka Cheryl Scavo Spager Tami Stascavage-Broda Kari Steele Christopher J. Talecki Peter P. Waskiewicz Brian Wolfe Elizabeth A. Yablonski Mary E. Ziegler Milos Barjaktarovic Elizabeth Connelly Alicia A. Cymbala John P. Hawthorne Kariann Iskra Gary T. LaTorre Heidi D. Landis John Leedock Michelle Lukens Barbara Kakareka Malinowski Paul Marciano Douglas K. Mountz Kathleen Quinn Seargent Judy L. Siegle Cheryl A. Snyder Anthony J. Stavenski, III Mark J. Waskovich Michael W. Ziegler Class of 2004 • • • The John Wilkes Society John Wilkes Associates Wendy J. Beard Mary E. Bellissimo David R. Borofski Christine Stange Bouton Katie Boyle-Moore5 Karen B. Brokate Rebecca J. Broyan Jeremy J. Chmiel Carla L. Conner Kristopher S. Fayock Andrew Fisler Susan L. Hubbard Kenneth A. Huntington Colleen Kennedy-Lovecchio Kristin Hake Klemish Ryan Klemish Michelle D. Kostelansky Rosemary Luksha Eileen L. Mathias5 Jessica L. Mehring Shannon M. Myers Seth P. Reed Daniel A. Rempp5 Kelly Lassen Rollman Nicholas S. Rollman Michelle A. Snyder Janna A. Ward John J. Zelena Kerry A. Zellner Class of 2005 • • • The Eugene Farley Club Blue Circle Gordon S. Smoko Farley Associates Allisa K. Bowen Maria T. Currier Bridget Giunta Husted Vincent A. Hartzell5 Jennifer L. Pawleshyn Alessandro L. Plutino* Hassan M. Shah Kimberly A. Whipple Cathleen A. Zanghi5 Eric J. Pape Contributors The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle Stephanie Smith Cooney5 Farley Associates John D. Bosha Richard Budnick5 Michael V. Burke Elizabeth Carp Bernotavicius Gabrielle Lamb D’Amico Lisa Doan-Harley Melissa Mauro Gottschall Katherine E. Arensmeyer Harry L. Aultz Matthew A. Begansky Michael G. Benulis Sabrina Naples Benulis Daniel P. Cook Michael J. Crawford Diane Furnanage D’Angelo Philip A. Defranco, Jr. Jillian L. Ford Pamela A. Geisinger Heather Thomas Graham Wilkes | Fall 2011 Contributors • report of gifts 43 �report of gifts • giving by class Sharon Granahan Tricia M. Higgins Brian J. Keating Linda L. Korbeil Renee A. Kotz Melissa Merok Leedock Melissa A. Maybe Sheila M. McArdle Alyssa Mollo Julian C. Morales Francis E. Quinn Tiffany Santarelli Brian R. Sheakoski Daniel Smith Elizabeth A. Swantek James B. Tomaine Lauren N. Trovillion Bridget McHale Turel Jarred Weaver Daniel E. Williams Megan Williams-Less Patricia Wilson Michael Zapotoski Nicole Ripper Zeiser Class of 2006 • • • The Eugene Farley Club Farley Associates Nathan P. Fenstermacher Kofi Gbomita Kristen Dulick Hartzell5 Michele Medek Lauren Y. Pluskey5 Jared M. Shayka Contributors Wilkes | Fall 2011 Michael J. Adamshick Natalie M. Baur Stacey J. Behnert Stacey A. Berkoski William R. Butler Sara M. Grab5 Chad E. Groover Miranda Heness Philbin Cherianne Hollenback Ashley M. Joslin Margaret A. Klem Michael D. Kulikoski Gretchen L. Laviolette Amanda E. Lewis Nicole Matsko Nastassia Sieger Ann O’Connor Michael J. Pedley Nicolas Perez, Jr. Susan Smith Anthony Stavenski, Jr. Ashleigh Stewart Lori Stom Kristina Wall Andrea Weaver 44 Gregory Webber James Wilce, Jr. Amanda Williams Anthony Zigmont Timothy S. Nolt Susan V. Zavistoski Contributors Blue Circle Jamie P. Addley Susan A. Angell Jason D. Artz Lynn M. Bachstein Stephanie Victor Begansky Karen Petrosky Blaum Michael W. Bogdon, Jr. Megan A. Cannon Jennifer Hunter Childs Holly Miller Courter Rebecca L. Duttry Mary A. Evans Stacy M. Fimmano Colin B. Gabler Lee Ann Gera Anthony T. Giuffrida Mark J. Graham Michael Hadginske Gerard M. Hetman Michael A. Hrynenko, Jr. Ashlee Ribec Janusziewicz Ashish A. Javia Amanda L. Johnson Jennifer N. Keating Danielle K. Kern Jessica Krupski Kristen L. Linhart Barry L. Lopatic Mary H. Lukas Blaine P. Madara1 Joseph P. Martin Raymond A. Metzo Sarah A. Miller Madonna Moran Charles Moyer Benjamin S. Murphy Jamie L. Myers Winterford J. Ohland Craig R. Rein Jonathan A. Smith Alexander Sperrazza Sondra N. Steinruck Beth A. Stone Tracy M. Suprick Joshua S. Swantek Keerthi Kaushik Tarani Brian V. Taylor Lindsay A. Thomas James D. Welch Libby J. Wray Keith A. Heim, Jr. Wendy Marek Murphy Class of 2009 Class of 2007 • • • The Eugene Farley Club Gold Circle John Mishanski, Jr. Blue Circle Michael F. Malkemes10 Jonathan M. McClave Lauren Solski Farley Associates Laurie Agresti Morgan A. Kuhns Matthew A. LoPresto Meagan E. Harkness Amy M. Patton Joyette E. Williams Contributors Thomas Andreopoulos Karen Atiyeh Katherine M. Broda Laura Novak Connolly Mario A. Cozzubbo, III Catherine M. Dzubaty Julie A. Graby Matthew R. Hawk Nora E. Jurasits Mary M. Kostingo Jennifer Kroesen Stephanie Smith Timothy Mirra Jonathan J. Morgan Lindsay Nanz Michelle Reist Adrienne M. Richards Joshua R. Savitski Jonathan H. Schwartz5 Leayn Stockdill Jenna Strzelecki1, 5 Joshua Turel Gretchen Yeninas Karena Zdeb Class of 2008 • • • The Eugene Farley Club • • • Farley Associates The Eugene Farley Club David J. Beretski Shannon Carr Fenstermacher Rebecca Santoro Hetzel Dana H. Manning Gold Circle Nancy A. Weeks5 Nicole T. Borland Margaret Barry Brown Krista Burns Nicole A. Cairns Laura K. Cawley Benjamin A. Childs Sara E. Chisdock Kristen A. Davidson Mark W. DeJong Sarah L. Devine Angela L. Dolheimer Karia Lee Erdman Andrew Feldman Benjamin J. Forsberg Michael J. Frank Amy A. Fusco Christopher A. Gulla Luciana Musto Herman Angela Hetrick Vincent D. Hill Nancy Mitchell Hludzik Maureen O. Hooker Hillary A. Hunter Kristen M. Hyde Maureen A. Iskra Daniel Jordan Jill S. Kalariya Judith L. Keretz Thomas Kresge Kurt Kuklewicz Mary A. Lamb Carol A. Lavelle Stacy J. Malia Janine Mattucci Marquette Lisa L. Megquier Amelia J. Miller Robin E. Moran Kathryn F. Nadeau Lauretta O’Hara Tara Lee O’Toole Pamela J. Oliveira Lisa A. Paradise Maureen Pelot James D. Pilla Michael D. Piotti Jennifer W. Powell Mary E. Saville Erin M. Schaeffer Ronda S. Scirrotto Kristen M. Sebastian Sandy Lee Sharp Jacob Sholtis Jewel M. Shultz Amanda Siarkievicz Mary Balavage Simmons Erin Sweet Brian E. Switay Rachel M. Tretiak Starr M. Troup Donna Truskowski Maria Musewicz Van Norman Erin L. Walters Chelsea Weinstein Sarah R. Wilkinson Jason R. Woloski Shannon M. Woodling Allison R. Yourechko Contributors Susan F. Abert Tracy L. Ambrose Megan M. Bucher Jennifer M. Bullock Adam D. Carpenter Jillian R. Castellano Peter C. Castelline Amber M. Davidson Sally J. Drosnock Carol A. Engelman Gaetano J. Fasciana Trudylee Fisher-Carboni Michele D. Garrison Naveen Kumar Gattu Benjamin E. Gerhart Michael R. Gionfriddo Ramya Hegde Kenneth W. Hensel Tracey A. Herr Laura Hulsey Erika J. Hurst Melissa L. Jones Holly L. Learn Maurene Leary Kimberly L. Leibel Matthew R. Maisano Edward J. Manderfield Valarie A. Matejick Alicia Mattioli Britton Mundy Christina Grzenda Murakami Joseph J. O’Donnell Gayle M. Patterson Stephanie L. Pawelzik Courtenay T. Pientka Jennifer A. Pruskowski Ricky M. Rampulla, Jr. David M. Sborz1 Bethany L. Toczek Lisa M. Truesdale Todd P. Weibel Felixa J. Wingen Lamanda L. Ziegler Class of 2010 • • • The John Wilkes Society John Wilkes Associates James L. Merryman10 The Eugene Farley Club Farley Associates Adam Bachman Jennifer D. Bokal Delores R. Walski Blue Circle Bernard F. Kosek, Jr. James A. Smith, III Jason W. Wagner To make a gift, contact Lauren Y. Pluskey ’06, MBA ’10, Director of Annual Giving (800) WILKES-U Ext. 4331 or lauren.pluskey@wilkes.edu Kathleen M. Dalton Joshua S. Pauling Laura Baudo Sillerman Steven H. Uhas Farley Associates Jeffrey A. Bauman Kevin C. Boylan Contributors Jeffrey T. Bachman Beth Ann V. Barto Alissa J. Bastian Laura M. Bednar Michael J.C. Beil Rajveer Bhatti 1 Class 5 5 Chair or more years of consecutive giving 10 or more years of consecutive giving * Deceased 10 �senior class giFt • report of gifts SeniOr Ali S. Alsagoor Benjamin J. Andrews Lindsey M. Baldwin Anne E. Bauder Lindsay A. Behrenshausen Valentina M. Beneski Jason W. Benjamin Jamar T. Becerley Brice C. Biruta Traci M. Blazosky Shannon M. Bolles Ronald A. Bookin Alyssa M. Bortz John A. Borzell Lacey A. Bowman Samantha L. Bowman Mary Kate Brady Alexandra Bricek Allison M. Butash Victoria A. Bybel Minhui Cai Kellie Capone Nicole M. Capoocia Timothy J. Carroll Francesco Castronovo Victoria M. Chestnut Nicholas F. Ciccone Michael F. Cignoli Anthony J. Cimino Samantha G. Clift Benjamin J. Collins Kassandra R. Confer Adam B. Coombs Darnell R. Corbin Kersten L. Crowl Caitlin Cunningham Brianna V. Cyprich Christian M. D’Ippolitio John T. Dally Brittany R. Daniels Alicia M. Davidson Kaitlyn M. DeFacis Kristen DeMott Russell J. Dehaut Megan E. Dickinson Michael R. Dobbs Anthony N. Dorunda Deanna M. Drako Michele Dubbs * Deceased Bradley D. Dudeck Peter A. Dunford Katherine E. Ebner Kathleen Edwards Steven P. Englesbe Andreanna F. Estades Brian R. Fanelli Brett M. Feger Anthony Ferrese Aaron E. Fink Anthony J. Fiore Keith C. Follweiler Joey M. Freudt Alyssa A. Fusaro Santino A. Gabos Katherine Gallagher Jessica A. Gen Elaine M. Gennaria Nicklaus A. Genuardi Shawn M. Gibbins Melanie Good Heather L. Grabowski Ashley N. Graff Dawn A. Gregor Stephen N. Gruver Michael S. Guba Amanda Jo Gunther Taryn E. Hallowell Mason S. Harriman Katherine A. Harrington Nicholas W. Hartranft John Hawkins Sonja M. Heisey Kevin M. Hettrich Andrew S. Hiller Steven N. Himes Troy C. Hinkley Trevor D. Hirsh Melissa A. Hoover Christopher W. Hopkins Chelsea J. Horst Tyler L. Howe Leah M. Hummer Kevin J. Jacobs Jennifer S. Jones Justin W. Jones Laureen L. Jones Analicia M. Jost Thomas Joyce Paul S. Karmilowicz, Jr. Kristen N. Karpinski Abigail J. Kasprenski Sara P. Kaspriskie Amanda E. Kaster Daniel R. Kautz Shane V. Keister Amanda J. Kemmerer Tara Kennedy Drew M. Kent Christopher J. Ketcham Scott E. Kimberly Jennifer L. Kimble Jasmine M. King Shawn M. Klitsch Amber J. Kozo Bradley M. Kuzawinski Nicholas A. LaBarbera Philip D. LaBell Sean A. LaFleur Hannah L. Laimer Michael F. Leahey Rachel M. Leggieri Joseph A. Lemoncelli Stephanie M. Lenkevich Ryan C. Lerch Jack R. Lewis Joseph J. Lopatka June R. Lor Jacqueline Lukas Tyanne L. Lyman Aubrey N. Madara David M. Mahalak Casey E. Marks Theodore J. Martin Emily Massa Stacy M. Mathis Molly S. McBryan Wes L. McDonald Katie McFarland Brianna L. McGinn Kristen M. McGranaghan Daniel V. McLoughlin Kevin McNavage Brian Meeker Diane R. Milano Matthew C. Miller Anthony T. Mirabile Mark A. Mongillo Kate L. Murtaugh Kenneth D. Muto Cheryl L. Newell Phat T. Nguyen Derek M. Nye Mackensey K. O’Hara Sean A. O’Neill Francis J. O’Shea Gregory C. Obetz Amy M. Orris Sarah D. Orris Matthew D. Ottinger Julie M. Palmer Garifalitsa E. Panteloukas Konstantina A. Papathomas Emily C. Parks Frank E. Pearn, Jr. Alexander J. Pearson Edward L. Pearson Kristen J. Pechulis Joshua J. Perry Melissa M. Polchinski Joshua D. Pstrak Brittany C. Puckett Kimberly J. Rieder Michael C. Ritsick Jacob W. Roberts Amanda L. Rodney Nicole M. Romanoski William G. Roszel Jr. Allison S. Roth Kyle R. Ruby Corrine E. Saltzer Kimberly M. Sandford Danielle M. Sanko Alyssa M. Santos Benjamin D. Sauers Trent A. Savercool Julie K. Schaller Matthew J. Scherr Amanda Schlier Courtney M. Schneider Erin N. Schneider William Schweitzer Danae A. Servose Ashley L. Sherer Richelle M. Shertzer Jessica L. Shuliga Sarah Simon Jeffrey S. Simpson Nora A. Skochinsky Michael A. Skumanick Lori Ann Skurkis Kaleb A. Smith Tonesha S. Sorrell Kristina A. Spaulding Courtney L. Sperger James M. Spickard Teresa M. Stavenski Austin H. Sterns Coleen Schrecengost Steim Matthew Stephens Sarah J. Stiansen Cathy Styles Jessica Supers Troy N. Tanner Michelle Taylor Heather B. Thompson Lorelay Thompson John W. Timme Anthony M. Truppo Donald Ulrich Casandra Valentin Sean P. Van Kersen Angela M. Van Strander Peter J. Vecchione EmmaLee S. Vecere Matthew E. Vital Kimberly Baldino Waldenmayer Andrew J. Wallace Matthew C. Watkins Jacob J. Weinrich Kathryn L. Walsh Ruth A. Whispell Jonathan L. Wilbur Amanda M. Willard Meaghan P. Williams Ryan L. Williams Nicole M. Willis Sarah M. Witkowski Jeanne M. Wood David B. Yezefski Kyle J. Yorke Abdullah Y. Yousef Cody J. Youshock Brenda R. Zagar Jenna L. Zapotoski Gregory M. Zappacosta Wilkes | Fall 2011 CLASS GIFT 45 �report of gifts • the marts society The MARTS SOCIETY Alumni, friends and benefactors have played a sustaining role in the future of the university and its students through bequests and other charitable estate plans. The Marts Society recognizes the increasing number of contributors participating in gift planning programs to benefit Wilkes university. Membership in The Marts Society is attained through the commitment of any number of planned gifts, including bequests, charitable trusts, gift annuities, gifts of property with retained life estate, life insurance policies and retirement plan accounts. Many of these gift vehicles allow donors to contribute cash or appreciated assets to benefit Wilkes while earning income during their lifetime. The Marts Society was named in honor of Dr. Arnaud c. and Anne Mccartney Wilkes | Fall 2011 Marts. Dr. Marts became President of Bucknell university in 1935 and was instru- 46 Anonymous Anonymous George I. Alden Trust Estate of Agnes C. Alderdice ’58 Barbara Zatcoff Allan Estelle B. Andrews ’69 Estate of Richard & Ellen E. Ayre Anthony J. Bartuska* Doris Gorka Bartuska, M.D. ’49 Estate of Paul B. Beers ’53 Estate of Helen E. Berryman George Bierly ’40 Betty Kanarr Bierly ’50 Estate of Tom A. Bigler Estate of Catherine H. Bone Estate of Therese Brennan Lee & Louise Brown Trust Dr. Mary E. Brown ’62 Charles S. Butler ’59 Dr. & Mrs. Robert A. Byrne ’72 Richard G. Cantner ’68 Bruce R. Cardon Trust Estate of Donald F. & Louise C. Carpenter John M. Cefaly, Jr. ’70 Dr. Jesse H. Choper ’57 Estate of Thomas J. Coburn ’49 Lawrence E. Cohen ’57 Estate of Eleanor Kazmercyk Cornwell ’53 Estate of Colonel William Corbett Estate of Samuel M. Davenport, III ’59 Estate of Fred H. Davies Stanley & Patricia S. Davies Thomas J. Deitz Estate of Charles & Sadie Donin Estate of Dr. Sylvia Dworski Estate of Isadore & Getha Edelstein Estate of R. Carl Ernst ’58 Josephine Eustice Estate of Annette Evans Estate of Rulison Evans Barbara Medland Farley ’50 Estate of Attorney & Mrs. George L. Fenner, Jr. Estate of Harry Fierverker ’49 The Honorable J. Harold Flannery ’55 Barbara Flannery Walter R. Fleet Shirley Rees Fleet ’49 Estate of Stephen L. Flood ’66 Dr. Don C. Follmer ’50 Estate of Eleanor S. Fox ’35 Richard Fuller, Ph.D. Estate of Dr. William Louis Gaines Joseph G. Galli ’81 Dr. & Mrs. Joseph (Tim) E. Gilmour Amy D. Goss ’97 Jane Norton Granitzki ’59 Estate of Charlotte Reif Gregory Dr. Benjamin Grella ’65 Doris Woody Grella Estate of William B. Griffith Brynly R. Griffiths Trust Jason D. Griggs ’90 Alfred Groh ’41 Jane Lampe-Groh J. Douglas Haughwout ’64 Louise S. Hazeltine ’44 Estate of Enid Hershey ’66 Frederick J. Hills ’59 Harry R. Hiscox, Esquire ’51 Beverly A. Hiscox ’58 Judith Hopkins ’55 Estate of Richard & Frances Hyde Arthur E. Imdorf ’55 Estate of Evelyn Isserman Estate of Mildred N. Johnson Leo R. Kane ’55 Estate of Bronis J. Kaslas, Ph.D. Dr. Stanley B. Kay Mr. Bryn E. Kehrli ’69 Dr. Richard B. Kent ’55 Mr. & Mrs. John S. Kerr ’72 John J. Kleynowski ’67 Richard O. Kniffen ’65 Estate of Eugene T. Kolezar Estate of Drs. Francis & Lidia Kopernik Estate of Mary R. Koons Marian Zaledonis Kovacs ’68 Estate of Helen Lazarus Glenn F. Leiter Arlen R. Lessin Estate of Dr. Edithe J. Levit ’45 mental in maintaining Bucknell university Junior college in Wilkes-Barre during the Depression years. Because he believed in the service offered to the young people of the Wyoming valley, Dr. Marts provided the support and leadership the fledgling institution needed to become self-sustaining. Dr. Marts established a trust in 1964, which provided a lifetime income for Mrs. Marts after his death. upon her death in 1994, more than $2 million was gifted to the university, which helped to make possible the addition to campus of the Arnaud c. Marts Sports and conference center. For more information on becoming a member of The Marts Society, please contact the Planned giving Office at 570-408-7833 or 1-800-WilKEs-U, ext. 7833 or visit our website at www.wilkes.edu/pages/715.asp and explore the benefits of a planned gift through our interactive planned giving calculator. Estate of Rose G. Liebman ’37 Estate of Madeline R. Magee Buck Mallan ’71 Estate of Anne Marts John A. Mason M’00 George J. Matz ’71 Gerard A. McHale, Jr. ’67 Estate of Ruth Williams McHenry ’49 Clifford K. Melberger Ruth Boroom Melberger ’62 Estate of Robert H. Melson ’35 Joshua G. ’02 & Karen M. Mendoza ’02 John R. Miller ’68 Estate of Charles H. Miner, Jr. Esq. John C. & Mabel Mosteller Trust Estate of Elizabeth Sandish Montgomery Estate of Dorothy R. Morgan Estate of Jessie L. Morgan Paul D. Morgis ’70 Regina L. Morse ’82 Estate of Herbert J. Morris Estate of Walter E. Mokychic ’50 Estate of J. Donald Munson Estate of John J. Musto ’57 Estate of Wilbur A. Myers Martin J. Naparsteck ’69 Barbara W. Nixon ’71 Lois Schwartz Nervitt ’61 Estate of William P. Orr, III Geraldine Nesbitt Orr Estate of Alberta A. Ostrander Richard L. Pearsall Lawrence B. Pelesh ’50 Peter W. Perog ’60 F. Charles Petrillo, Esq. ’66 Estate of Ann Phillips Dr. Cummings* & Trudy Piatt Mr. & Mrs. Ronald Piskorik ’68 Henry B. & Edith M. Plumb Trust Estate of Frieda Pogoreloff Estate of Roy H. Pollack Janice A. Raspen ’92 Estate of Ford A. Reynolds William H. Rice ’48 Estate of Ruth A. Richards Arnold & Sandy Rifkin Estate of Harriet P. Ripley Dr. Jessie A. Roderick ’56 Attorney Harold Rosenn Mrs. Sallyanne Rosenn ’42 Attorney Eugene Roth ’57 Estate of Rae Roth Donald J. Sackrider Mr. & Mrs. Louis Santoro ’83 Janice A. Saunders ’70 Joseph J. Savitz, Esq. ’48 Marian R. Schaeffer Trust Estate of Nathan Schiowitz Rollie & Marge Schmidt Marvin* & Stella Schub Estate of Willard R. Shaw ’48 Daniel Sherman ’50 Estate of Charles E. Shook ’68 Estate of Frances D. Shotwell Estate of Dr. George J. Siles ’57 Mr. Herbert B. Simon Estate of Margaret Mary Sites Estate of Gordon A. Smith Nancy Hancock Smith Andrew F. Sofranko, Jr. ’68 Estate of Joseph Sooby, Jr. ’49 Dr. & Mrs. Charles A. Sorber ’59 Mr. & Mrs. Frank Stanitski Dr. Albert J. Stratton ’49 Joseph A. Sullivan ’51 William H. Tremayne ’57 Dr. Lester J. Turoczi Estate of Constance McCole Umphred Estate of Marie A. Umphred Estate of John A. Vail Estate of Edward A. Venzel ’54 Estate of Walter F. Vorbleski Estate of Ann Brennan Wagner Estate of Esther Weckesser Walker Estate of Marne Lou Weaver ’73 Estate of Wesley Wilkes Bruce R. Williams, D.O. ’82 Estate of Daniel E. Williams ’44 Estate of John F. Wozniak ’61 Estate of William H. Young Emery & Mamie Ziegler Trust * Deceased �endowed named scholarships • report of gifts enDOWeD nAMeD SCHOLARSHIPS Below is the current list of endowed and annual scholarships available to Wilkes students. Please go to www.wilkes.edu/pages/358.asp for descriptions on these scholarships or for more information on how to Mohamad Abraham Scholarship Agnes C. Alderdice ’58 Scholarship Vincent and Martha Aleo Scholarship Alumni Association Scholarship Paul J. Arthur ’53 and Margaret T. Arthur Scholarship David Ayers Scholarship Fund Richard and Ellen Ayre Memorial Scholarship Ballet Society of Wyoming Valley Scholarship Kevin Edward Barker Memorial Scholarship Grant H. Barlow Memorial Scholarship Dr. Alfred W. Bastress Scholarship Ethel G. and Alvan E. Baum Scholarship George Thompson and Sara Wolfe Bell Scholarship Frederic E. Bellas Endowed Scholarship Samuel Berk Memorial Scholarship William Bernhard Scholarship William D. Berryman Scholarship Fund Michael J. Bogdon, III Scholarship Rose Brader Scholarship Christopher N. and Jane M. Breiseth Scholarship Joyce Porter and Norton Millard Breiseth Scholarship Genevieve Todd Brennan Memorial Scholarship Charles N. Burns, Sr., M.D. ’35 Scholarship Robert S. Capin Scholarship in Accounting Bruce R. Cardon and Charlotte J. Cardon Memorial Scholarship Walter S. Carpenter Scholarship in Engineering J. Blanchard Carr and Hildegarde Finger Carr Scholarship John J. Chwalek, Sr. Scholarship Class of 1970 Scholarship Alumni and Friends of Communications Scholarship Conyngham Post No. 97, Grand Army of the Republic, Department of Pennsylvania, Scholarship Elena Lucretia Cornaro Scholarship Alfred Franklin D’Anca, M.D. Scholarship Dr. and Mrs. S. M. Davenport Scholarship Esther and William Davidowitz Scholarship Anthony J. DiMichele Memorial Scholarship Seymour A. Dimond Scholarship Charles and Sadie Donin Memorial Scholarship George F. Elliot Memorial Scholarship * Deceased establish a scholarship, contact evelyne Topfer, Director of Advancement Operations, at (800) WilKEs-U Ext. 4309 or evelyne.topfer@wilkes.edu. Sylvia Dworski, Ph.D. Scholarship Isadore and Getha Edelstein Scholarship Dr. John Henry Ellis, IV Scholarship Mahmoud H. Fahmy, PH.D. Scholarship John Faneck ’50 Scholarship Fund Eugene S. and Eleanor Coates Farley Scholarship David R. Fendrick Scholarship Chlora Fey Scholarship Harry and Gloria Farkas Fierverker Scholarship David J. Findora ’70 Memorial Scholarship Stephen L. Flood ’66 Scholarship Muriel S. Follmer Scholarship Sarah Catherine Ford Adult Learner Scholarship Fortinsky Scholarship Sidney and Pauline Friedman Scholarship Sandy A. Furey Memorial Scholarship Carlton H. Garinger Memorial Scholarship William R. Gasbarro Scholarship Mildred Gittins Memorial Scholarship Cathy Lynn Glatzel ’86 Nursing Scholarship Elizabeth and Albert Grabarek Memorial Scholarship Fund Henry and Sylvia Greenwald Scholarship Brynly R. Griffiths Scholarship Jason ’90 and Tamara Griggs Scholarship Margaret Mary Hagelgans Memorial Scholarship Edward G. Hartmann, Ph.D. ’35 Scholarship George Hayes of Windsor Scholarship Patricia Boyle Heaman and Robert J. Heaman Scholarship William Randolph Hearst Endowed Scholarship Hugh G. & Edith Henderson Scholarship Klaus Holm Scholarship Arthur J. Hoover Scholarship Andrew J. Hourigan, Jr., Esq. Scholarship Sherry Every Hudick Memorial Scholarship Jewish War Veterans, Wilkes-Barre Post 212 Scholarship Harvey and Mildred Johnson Scholarship Fund William D. Jonathan Memorial Scholarship Dr. Dilys Martha Jones & Thomas Evan Jones Scholarship John D. Kearney Memorial Scholarship Grace C. Kimball Scholarship in Biology Harold J. Harris, M.D. - Angeline Elizabeth Kirby Memorial Health Center Scholarship Kaslas-Sheporaitis Educational Scholarship Fund Edith M. Kent Scholarship Eugene T. Kolezar Scholarship Francis A. and Maryann V. Kopen Scholarship Christopher Kopernik Scholarship Koral’s Fashion Scholarship KPMG/John R. Miller Scholarship Esther Lamb Scholarship Jane Lampe-Groh Scholarship William Langfelder Scholarship Letter Women’s Club Scholarship LF Brands, Inc. Scholarship Anne Vanko Liva Scholarship Charlotte V. Lord Scholarship Kathryn H. MacAvoy Scholarship in Nursing Will F. and Regina D. Maguire Scholarship Kathleen Hartzell Mailander Scholarship in Nursing Anthony D. Marseco Scholarship Fund Arnaud Cartwright Marts Scholarship Frances and Louis Maslow Memorial Scholarship Robert J. McBride Memorial Scholarship McGowan Scholarship Ruth W. and John T. McHenry Scholarship in Nursing Marilyn McQuestion-Kay Memorial Scholarship Norris Church Mailer Scholarship Ruth Boorom Melberger ’62 Scholarship Elizabeth Sandish Montgomery and George Heron Montgomery Scholarship Thomas J. Moran Scholarship in Journalism Dr. Jaroslav G. Moravec Memorial Scholarship Mabel and John C. Mosteller Scholarship Sarah D. Moyer Memorial Scholarship Harry J. Moyle ’58 Scholarship Donald and Marion Munson Scholarship Wilkes | Fall 2011 enDOWeD nAmeD sCHOlARsHiPs 47 �report of gifts • endowed named scholarships Wilkes | Fall 2011 Dr. Umid R. Nejib and Omar U. Nejib ’92 Memorial Scholarship Lee A. Namey ’68 Scholarship Taft Achilles Rosenberg Naparsteck Scholarship O’Hop Family Scholarship Overlook Estate Foundation Scholarship Ellen Webster Palmer Scholarship Patel Scholarship Peking Chef Scholarship for International Understanding Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public Accountants Northeast Chapter Scholarship Pennsylvania’s Last Frontiersman Scholarship Peter W. Perog, CPA ’60 Scholarship Craig C. Piatt Memorial Scholarship Henry Blackman Plumb and Edith Plumb Scholarship Frieda Pogoreloff Scholarship Roy H. Pollack Memorial Scholarship Kenneth L. Pollock Scholarship George and Helen Ralston Scholarship Charles B. Reif Scholarship for the Biological Sciences Ruth A. Richards Scholarship Thomas Richards Scholarship Lillian Wilkins Rinehimer R.N. Scholarship Dr. James Rodechko Scholarship in History Dr. Samuel A. Rosenberg Memorial Scholarship Sydney and Theodore Rosenberg Scholarship Joseph H. Salsburg Scholarship Amedeo Obici and Thomas P. Sangiuliano Scholarship Dolores E. and Francis Sangiuliano Scholarship Mr. and Mrs. Thomas Paul Sangiuliano Abe and Sylvia Savitz Family Scholarship Fund Nathan Schiowitz Scholarship in Nursing Scholarship to Start Education (SSE) Robert Marc Schub Memorial Scholarship Louis Shaffer Memorial Scholarship 48 Bruce and Bessie Shaw Scholarship Alan David Sherman Scholarship Frances D. Shotwell Memorial Scholarship Samuel H. Shotwell Memorial Scholarship Mark Slomowitz Memorial Scholarship Merritt W. and Marjory R. Sorber Scholarship Stanley F. and Helen Stawicki Memorial Scholarship Surdna Foundation Scholarship George F. and Ruth M. Swartwood Scholarship Cromwell E. and Beryl Thomas Outstanding Junior Scholarship Reed P. and Dorothy Travis Memorial Scholarship Dr. Norma Sangiuliano Tyburski Scholarship Dr. and Mrs. Stanley J. Tyburski Endowed Scholarship Francis A. Umphred Memorial Scholarship Dorothy G. and Edward A. Venzel ’54 Memorial Scholarship Esther Weckesser Walker Scholarship Robert A. West Scholarship in Education Daniel S. Wilcox, Jr. Scholarships in Accounting Wilkes University Faculty Women and Wives Club Scholarship Myvanwy Williams Theater Scholarship William H. and Ruth W. Young Scholarship Ira B. Zatcoff Memorial Scholarship Emery and Mamie Ziegler Scholarship ANNUAL NAMED SCHOLARSHIPS Choice One Community Credit Union Scholarship Mary E. Dougherty Memorial Scholarship Beverly Blakeslee Hiscox ’58 Scholarship Intermetro Industries Scholarship David W. Kistler, M.D. Scholarship Charles Mattei, P.E. Scholarship Fund George ’71 and Jean Matz Scholarship PA Society of Public Accountants, NE Chapter Scholarship Polish Room Committee Scholarship Patricia “Patsy” Reese Nursing Scholarship William H. Rice ’48 Scholarship A. Rifkin & Company Scholarship Joseph M. Roszko ’68 Scholarship Lawrence W. Roth Memorial Scholarship Richard M. Smith and Lissa Bryan-Smith Scholarship Judianne Stanitski Annual Scholarship Sidhu School Outstanding Leaders Scholarship United Parcel Service Foundation Scholarship Wilkes-Barre Rotary Club Scholarship Wilkes University LGBTQ Scholarship Michael and Kim Wood and Family Annual Scholarship Wyoming Valley Health Care System Medical Staff Annual Scholarship FUTURE SCHOLARSHIPS Louise Brown Scholarship Citizens Voice Scholarship Crahall Foundation Scholarship Honorable Jeffry Gallet ’64 Memorial Scholarship Joseph E. and Patty Gilmour Scholarship Kathy Price Kautter ’72 Scholarship Dr. Mary A. Kaiser ’70 Annual Scholarship Miller Family Scholarship Lois Schwartz Nervitt ’61 Scholarship Theresa A. Nowinski-Leiter Scholarship Ronald ’68 and Hazel Piskorik Scholarship Billy “Boog” Powell Scholarship Joanne Raggi Scholarship William H. Rice ’48 Scholarship Sallyanne and Harold Rosenn Scholarship Fund Joseph J. Savitz, Esq. ’48 Scholarship Richard M. Smith and Lissa Bryan-Smith Scholarship Judith and Leslie P. Weiner, MD ’57 Scholarship Matthew J. Zukoski, Ph.D. ’86 Memorial Scholarship �w WILKES UNIVERSITY Wilkes-Barre, PA 18766 WILKES UNIVERSITY calendar of events October 20-Dec. 11 Running the Numbers: Portraits of Mass Consumption, Sordoni Art Gallery. 27 Catherine H. Bone Lecture in Chemistry, Molecular Frontiers and Future Transformative Therapies for AIDs, Alzheimer’s, and Resistant Cancer. Speaker: Paul Wender ’69, Stark Learning Center 101, 7 p.m. November 5 Athletics Hall of Fame Day 9 Connecting the Dots: Alumni Event at Wilkes University 11-12 Musical Theatre Production: Tommy, Darte Center, 8 p.m.; Nov 13, 2 p.m. Also Nov. 18-20 12 Wilkes University Admissions Open House 16 Outstanding Leaders Forum featuring Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist Thomas Friedman, F.M. Kirby Center, 7:30 p.m. December 8 Jazz Orchestra Concert, Darte Center, 8:15 p.m. 9 Chorus and Chamber Singers Concert, St. Stephen’s Church, Wilkes-Barre, 7:30 p.m. January 8-12 Maslow Reading Series, Faculty, Creative Writing Program, Darte Center, 7 p.m. PHOTO BY MICHAEL TOUEY For details on times and locations, check www.wilkes.edu and www.wilkes.edu/alumni or phone (800) WILKES-U. � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes Magazine, Fall 2011 Subject The topic of the resource Alumni Relations Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Marketing Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource Fall 2011 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes Alumni Magazine, 1947-present Subject The topic of the resource Alumni Relations Description An account of the resource <p>An archive of Wilkes University Magazine, from 1947-present. The magazine went through various names including <em>Wilkes Alumnus</em>, <em>Wilkes Quarterly,</em> <em>Wilkes Universe</em>, and the current title, <em>Wilkes Magazine</em>. Some editions for the <em>Wilkes Universe</em>, will have multiple issues within the file record. Our holdings may be missing editions for certain years due to having no physical copy within the collection. </p> Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes University Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived Wilkes University Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Wilkes University Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1947-present Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes Magazine, Fall 2011 Subject The topic of the resource Alumni Relations Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Marketing Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource Fall 2011 magazine Wilkes Magazine https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/bd516495d3f00e33dd7ae8b220d59d79.pdf e58fc88608a1e6dc31f871540cfa2ae4 PDF Text Text FA L L 2 0 1 0 TALKING TURKEY | PIONEERING SPIRIT ATTENTION TO DETAIL | MADAME MAYOR �president’s letter Strategic Planning Advances Wilkes Mission S TRATEGIC PLANNING IS AN ONGOING PROCESS AT Wilkes University, enabling us to assess where we’ve been and chart a clear course for the future. Like any successful organization, many of our achievements in the last decade have grown out of our strategic plan, Vision 2010.The plan’s success was affirmed by the University’s recent re-accreditation by the Middle States Commission on Higher Education. Indeed our Middle States Self Study focused on evaluating the impacts ofVision 2010 on Wilkes. I am happy to say that our Middle States visiting team applauded the exceptional work of Wilkes’ faculty, staff and students in makingVision 2010 a reality. Many goals were achieved fromVision 2010, but the most noteworthy referenced by the Middle States report include increasing undergraduate and graduate enrollments.We also made improvements to the salary structure for our faculty and staff, enabling us to recruit and retain the best people.There have been significant improvements to the campus infrastructure, including the addition of University Towers, the University Center on Main and the Barnes and Noble bookstore. Successfully completing one strategic plan means it is time to launch another. A strategic planning team recently completed a year-long process that yielded a new plan,Vision 2015, that was adopted at our June 2010 trustees meeting. Opening the Barnes and The process to develop it was both inclusive and transparent, Noble Bookstore was providing every member of the University community with among the accomplishments opportunities to provide input. of Wilkes’ Vision 2010. Vision 2015 outlines goals in five areas: • Build Great Programs, which includes focusing on excellent teaching and scholarship and developing high-quality academic programs. • Build The Wilkes Team, with a focus on working together with open communication and shared governance. • Broaden Our Horizons, which will focus on a global and diverse experience on our campus, engagement with alumni, community and career partners. • Recruit, Retain and Graduate Students, which will be accomplished by offering an affordable and accessible education. • Exercise Financial Stewardship, focusing on effective acquisition, allocation and utilization of resources. The Alumni Association recently has completed its own strategic planning process that supports the University’s plan.The Association’s five-year strategic plan emphasizes building relationships with graduate alumni and current students. A primary focus is to provide opportunities for alumni-student mentoring. With solid plans in place,Wilkes will build on its strengths, advance its mission and chart an ambitious course.We welcome your comments as we embark on a journey to becoming the unquestioned leader of higher education in northeastern Pennsylvania. Dr. Tim Gilmour Wilkes University President VOLUME 4 | ISSUE 3 FA L L 2 0 1 0 WILKES MAGAZINE University President Dr. Tim Gilmour Vice President for Advancement Michael Wood Executive Editor Jack Chielli Managing Editor Kim Bower-Spence Editor Vicki Mayk Creative Services Lisa Reynolds Web Services Craig Thomas Electronic Communications Christopher Barrows Graduate Assistant Rachel Strayer Layout/Design Quest Fore Inc. Printing Payne Printery Inc. EDITORIAL ADVISORY GROUP Anne Batory ’68 Brandie Meng M’08 Bill Miller ’81 George Pawlush ’69 MS’76 Donna Sedor ’85 ALUMNI RELATIONS STAFF Executive Director Sandra Sarno Carroll Director Mirko Widenhorn Associate Director Bridget Giunta ’05 ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OFFICERS President Laura Cardinale ’72 First Vice President Fred Demech ’61 Second Vice President Rosemary LaFratte ’93 MBA’97 Secretary Cindy Charnetski ’97 Historian George Pawlush ’69 MS’76 Wilkes magazine is published quarterly by the Wilkes University Office of Marketing Communications and Government Relations, 84 W. South St., Wilkes-Barre, PA 18766, wilkesmagazine@wilkes.edu, (570) 408-4779. Please send change of address to the above address. Wilkes University is an independent institution of higher education dedicated to academic and intellectual excellence in the liberal arts, sciences and professional programs. The university provides its students with the experience and education necessary for career and intellectual development as well as for personal growth, engenders a sense of values and civic responsibility, and encourages its students to welcome the opportunities and challenges of a diverse and continually changing world. The university enhances the tradition of strong student-faculty interactions in all its programs, attracts and retains outstanding people in every segment of the university, and fosters a spirit of cooperation, community involvement, and individual respect within the entire university. �contents 8 FEATURES 8 Pioneering Spirit Wilkes has a tradition of helping first-generation college students achieve academic success 14 Talking Turkey Adrienne Richards ’07 takes turkey promotion under her wing at the National Turkey Federation 16 Attention to Detail Take an up-close look at Wilkes’ architectural treasures and enter our contest 14 18 Madame Mayor Ruth Uy Asmundson MS ’68 shifts career focus from mayor to grandmother DEPARTMENTS 6 Athletics 20 Alumni News 22 Class Notes Adrienne Richards ’07 visits the product she helps to promote—long before they become Thanksgiving dinner. She heads public relations efforts for the National Turkey Federation. PHOTO BY STEPHEN BARRETT 16 Have a story idea to share? Contact us at wilkesmagazine@wilkes.edu or Wilkes magazine, 84 W. South St., Wilkes-Barre, Pa. 18766. WILKES | Fall 2010 18 2 On Campus 1 �on campus Spring Commencement 2010 More than 800 undergraduate and graduate students received their degrees when Wilkes held its spring commencement on May 22.The ceremony at Mohegan Sun Arena was highlighted by remarks from student speaker Jason Woloski ’10, winner of the Alumni Award for Leadership, and an address by keynote speaker Pennsylvania Gov. Edward Rendell. Far right (Inset): The graduates’ view of the stage on a proud day. Right, Below: Commencement speaker Gov. Edward Rendell addresses graduates. Below: Danielle Hritzak of Forty Fort, Pa., prepares to receive her bachelor of arts degree in communication studies during the ceremony. PHOTOS BY EARL AND SEDOR PHOTOGRAPHIC Let no one decide what you measure success by except yourself. – The Hon. Edward Rendell Pennsylvania Governor Spring 2010 Commencement Speaker WILKES LAUNCHES TEACHER CERTIFICATION PROGRAM FOR MIDDLE SCHOOL Wilkes University is the first college in northeast Pennsylvania to offer a bachelor’s local school districts and agencies. The field experiences focus on degree leading to teacher certification to classroom management, pedagogy, assessment, differentiated teach middle school. The bachelor of arts instruction, accommodations, adaptations and appropriate interventions degree in middle level education launches in to promote student academic success. WILKES | Fall 2010 fall 2010. It offers certification for grades 4 to 2 The program features clinical field experiences in partnership with Middle-level certification is now required to teach students in middle 8 in five concentrations: science, mathematics, school. Requirements for highly qualified teachers, instituted under No English/language arts and reading, social Child Left Behind, has created a need for this specialized degree studies and mathematics/science. program focusing on the needs of students in that age group. For information about the program, call the Education Department at (570)408-4680. �on campus Students in Free Enterprise Team Captures National Honors The Wilkes University Students in Free Enterprise team was awarded second runner-up out of 169 teams representing more than 4,000 students at the SIFE USA National Exposition in Minneapolis, Minn.The honor, awarded at the competition held May 11-13, places the Wilkes students in the top 10 percent of SIFE USA teams. During national competition, SIFE teams presented 24-minute multimedia summaries of the educational outreach project they developed and implemented throughout the year.They were judged by a panel of 14 of the nation’s top business and community leaders on how well they created economic opportunity by helping others. During the 2009-2010 academic year, SIFE students at Wilkes completed 12 educational projects in the areas of market economics, financial literacy, entrepreneurship, success skills, environmental sustainability and business ethics. “The atmosphere of the SIFE National Exposition is truly inspirational,” says team captain Katherine Gallagher, a junior accounting major from Jessup, Pa. “Our team is already developing new projects for next year to strengthen our community.” Team advisor Jeffrey R. Alves was named a Sam M.Walton Free Enterprise Fellow for the 14th consecutive year in recognition of his leadership and support of the Wilkes SIFE program. The Wilkes SIFE team was named regional champion at the New York City SIFE Regional Competition held on March 26. Wilkes Professor Helps Area High School Students Take Written Work From “Page to Stage” Students in four northeast Pennsylvania school districts became playwrights in a pilot program sponsored by Wilkes University. Bonnie Culver, director of Wilkes’ graduate creative writing program, worked with classes in four high schools—Hanover Area, Hazleton, Tunkhannock and Wyoming Valley West—to teach basic elements of playwriting to take ideas from “Page to Stage.” Four teachers worked with Culver, leading 45 students who produced 24 plays. At the end of eight weeks, students presented formal staged readings of their newly developed scripts. A reading of one school’s plays was presented at Wilkes-Barre’s Fine Arts Fiesta in May. Wilkes plans to expand the program to include poetry in fall 2010. Students participating on Wilkes SIFE competition team in Minneapolis, Minn., were, top, from left, Jeffrey Alves, team advisor; Anastasia Genelow ’10, double major in entrepreneurship and business administration; Katherine Gallagher, accounting major; and Brandon Pauling, accounting major. Bottom row, from left, Raina Connor, business administration major; Alison Drake, entrepreneurship major; Sarah Orris, and Olivia Waszkiewicz, entrepreneurship major. PHOTO COURTESY OF STUDENTS IN FREE ENTERPRISE A record number of Wilkes pharmacy graduates are pursuing residency training. Since the first graduating class of doctor of pharmacy students in 2000, between 10 and 15 percent of graduates have pursued post-graduate training. Last year, a record 20 percent pursued residency training, and this year 25 percent of the 2010 class were awarded this privilege. According to Edward Foote, chair of the Department of Pharmacy Practice, “Our graduates keep demonstrating their desire to grow.” Only a select number of graduates are awarded residencies or post-graduate positions, adding to the honor and value of the opportunity. Some of the one-year residency locations for Wilkes pharmacy graduates include the State University of New York, Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia, Orlando Regional Health and VA San Diego Healthcare System. WILKES | Fall 2010 Record Number of Pharmacy Graduates Pursue Residency Training 3 �on campus Professor Recognized as Top Ecology Educator by Ecological Society of America Kenneth M. Klemow,Wilkes professor of biology, has received the Ecological Society of America’s 2010 Eugene P. Odum Award for Excellence in Ecology Education.The award recognizes Klemow as one of the top ecology educators in the United States. It is presented to an ecologist for outstanding work in education that has furthered ecological science through teaching, outreach and student mentoring. Klemow was nominated for the award by Rachel Curtis ’10 of Waymart, Pa., who graduated from Wilkes in May. In her nomination letter, Curtis stated,“My first class with Dr. Klemow was second semester general biology at Wilkes, and it was because of his teaching skills that I began to truly enjoy studying biology. Not only is Dr. Klemow extremely knowledgeable in a wide array of subjects, but he also is able to instill his excitement for the material into his classes.” Curtis said she switched her major from biochemistry to biology because of Klemow’s enthusiasm for his subject and the opportunity to do hands-on projects with him. It also led to her spending the 2009-2010 year in Costa Rica researching poison frogs and medical practices at Duke University’s Organization for Tropical Studies. Klemow founded the Ecological Society’s education section, serving as its first chair in 1988. He has also taken a leadership role in projects aimed at helping undergraduate faculty nationwide use new technologies to improve their courses. However, it is Klemow’s role in educating students of all ages about ecological issues that earned him the honor. At Wilkes, he helped launch the science careers of hundreds of students teaching such courses as general ecology, field botany, medical botany and alternative energy, and has mentored one-on-one research projects with more than 80 students. His influence extends to elementary and secondary-level students in northeast Pennsylvania through ecological education activities at such events as Wyoming Valley Riverfest and Earth Day. Wilkes biology professor Kenneth Klemow, second from right, shares his passion for the outdoors with his students. His commitment earned him the Eugene P. Odum Award for Excellence in Ecology Education. PHOTO BY BRUCE WELLER WILKES | Fall 2010 Wilkes Receives Reaccreditation from Middle States Commission on Higher Education 4 Wilkes has successfully received reaccreditation from the Middle State Commission on Higher Education. A visit by a Middle States evaluation team followed a year of self-study by the University and submission of a detailed self-study report.The team indicated that Wilkes is in compliance with the 14 standards as presented in the Middle States Characteristics of Excellence. The standards include administration, integrity, institutional assessment, student support services, admissions and retention, educational offerings and eight other characteristics. In its exit report, the visiting team members wrote, “Wilkes University is providing a quality education to its students on the local campus as well as around the globe.”The team also commended Wilkes for its undergraduate student mentoring initiatives and stated that it had “visited a strong, quality institution.” To affirm accreditation,Wilkes has been charged with updating and revising its faculty handbook.The University also was charged with implementing planning, improvement and institutional renewal processes that address the changing needs of the university community and incorporating assessment results that measure undergraduate and graduate student learning. �on campus Tom Szaky, CEO and Founder of TerraCycle, to Present Allan P. Kirby Lecture on Oct. 7 Tom Szaky, co-founder and chief executive officer of TerraCycle, Inc., a company that has become the most eco-friendly brand in North America, will be the guest speaker for the Allan P. Kirby Lecture in Free Enterprise and Entrepreneurship on Oct. 7.The event, which will be held at 7:30 p.m. in the Dorothy Dickson Darte Center, is free and open to the public. TerraCycle makes useful products out of seemingly useless waste.They are most well-known for TerraCycle Plant Food, a fertilizer made from worm feces now available through popular retailers such as Walmart,Whole Foods and Home Depot.The company has three manufacturing facilities in North America with headquarters located in Trenton, N.J.They currently manufacture more than 50 consumer products that hold to their brand principles: better, greener and cheaper. Other TerraCycle products include garbage cans made from crushed computers, hand bags made from energy bar wrappers and juice pouches and the most eco-friendly binders and pencils. As a freshman, Szaky left Princeton University to found TerraCycle, building a company that has doubled in size every year since its inception in 2002. Szaky has won over 50 awards for entrepreneurship and blogs for Treehugger and Inc Magazine, and is the star of National Geographic Channel’s hit TV show "Garbage Moguls.” He authored the book Revolution in a Bottle: How TerraCycle is Redefining Green Business. For more information on the Kirby Lecture, please call (570)408-4306. PHOTO COURTESY OF TERRACYCLE, INC. FRESHMAN CLASS AT A GLANCE Every Wilkes freshman class has unique characteristics. This year’s new crop of Colonels—numbering 510—are no exception. Here, at a glance, are some facts about the freshmen: GENDER BALANCE GEOGRAPHY HONORS 10 valedictorians 49% 51% 8 salutatorians Female 15 states represented EXTRACURRICULAR ACTIVITIES Marching Band, Pit Orchestra, Jazz Band, Chorus, Yearbook, Newspaper, Key Club, SADD, Student Council, Mock Trial, Martial Arts, Class Officers, and more! WILKES | Fall 2010 Male 5 �athletics H e ill h T n WILKES ROLLS OUT A GREEN CARPET FOR A NEW ERA IN ATHLETICS By Vicki Mayk Laying carpet was never like this: It took several men and a special machine to roll out the artificial turf at Wilkes’ football field. WILKES | Fall 2010 I 6 T CAME ON ROLLS, LIKE THE CARPET for a giant’s living room. For more than a week in early August, crews labored to install the synthetic turf for the athletic field at the Ralston Athletic Complex. After laying the green surface in wide strips, crews added the finishing touches: white and colored lines, followed by stenciling the numbers.You could almost hear the announcer calling the yard lines, as the numbers appeared: the 40, the 30, the 20. And finally, the yellow and gold “W” logo was placed at the center of it all. Welcome to a new era in Wilkes athletics. Renovations began at the athletic complex in May.The synthetic turf is part of a $1.6 million project that includes a field lighting system, new goal posts, a scoreboard and fencing around the perimeter of the field. It transforms the field from a single-sport site to one that will accommodate five intercollegiate sports— football, women’s lacrosse, women’s field hockey and men’s and women’s soccer—and the men’s club lacrosse team.The field also will be used for intramural games and for youth athletic camps offered to the community. Paul Adams,Wilkes vice president for student affairs, says that the project reflects both the University’s commitment to its athletics programs and the proud history of Wilkes athletics, from the championship teams of the Golden Horde to the present-day Colonels. “The work at the Ralston Athletic Complex will provide a multi-purpose athletic field for more than 200 of our student-athletes,” says Adams. Alumnus Bill Hanbury ’72, who played offensive guard from 1968 to 1971 for the Colonels, says the renovations unite past and future generations bound by the tradition of sports. “On game day, Ralston Field was for me a special place…almost a holy �athletics DID YOU KNOW… • The Wilkes turf is a “green” material in more ways than one: Recycled rubber— primarily ground, used tires, is a component of the turf. • It takes a crew of six to eight people 10 to 15 days to install the turf. • The field weighs approximately nine pounds per square foot so the total weight of the field at Wilkes will be approximately 860,000 pounds. • Five colors are being used as accents on the new field in the logo, yard lines and goal lines. Navy and gold are the Wilkes colors. Football is symbolized in white. Orange pays tribute to Wilkes’ origins as Bucknell University Junior College. A lighter shade of blue also is being used in tribute to Dean George Ralston, who was a graduate of North Carolina. • The world’s first turf field was installed in 1966. The first “infill” type turf fields, like the one at Wilkes, were installed in 1997. • The turf is made up of fibers that are 2.5 inches long tufted through a semi-rigid backing. The fibers are tufted in rows that are 3/4 inches apart. The turf is then top Top: A worker uses clippers to cut out green turf so that a colored line can be installed. After the green fibers are cut out, the turf backing is exposed and colored turf is hot glued in its place. Middle: Workers use a cart mounted sewing machine to sew two panels of turf together. Bottom: A turf clamp is used by crews to grab the turf securely as they pull out the turf while rolling it out. It also helps pull out wrinkles. dressed with a combination of silica sand and recycled crumb rubber. This fills in the voids between the fibers and causes them to stand up straight. This “infill” also acts as cushioning for the athletes. THE NEW VIEW FROM THE HILL Wilkes invites all football alumni to cheer on the Colonels at the first home game on Ralston Athletic Complex’s new turf field on Saturday, Sept. 11. Alumni will meet at 11 a.m. at the tent next to Munson Fieldhouse to enjoy lunch, receive a commemorative gift and participate in a pre-game celebration. Tickets to this special event are $10 and guests are welcome. To register or learn more, contact the Office of Alumni Relations at (570) 408-7787 or alumni@wilkes.edu. Members of the community also are invited to join the University in celebrating the new era for Wilkes athletics by attending the game on this special day. Admission will be free. Left: A worker readies the giant stencils used to paint numbers on the yard lines. PHOTOS BY EARL AND SEDOR PHOTOGRAPHIC WILKES | Fall 2010 place…where you could only step on to the field if you had adequately prepared, both physically and mentally, to represent Wilkes football and its extraordinary tradition,” Hanbury says. “Playing on that field, I learned so much about myself and what it takes to be successful: courage, pride, poise and teamwork. I’m so glad the next generation of Wilkes athletes will have an opportunity to perform at this outstanding new facility.” Wilkes athletics director Adelene Malatesta says other athletics projects are happening in addition to the field renovations. Resurfacing and painting new logos on the Henry Gymnasium floor, resurfacing tennis courts, and work on the softball field were among recent projects. Upgrades at Artillery Park are planned. “The work benefits 350 student athletes in 16 varsity programs,” Malatesta says. Intramurals add another 450 to that number. The enhancements to athletics facilities grew out of a strategic plan for athletics completed in 2002. Other developments that have occurred, such as the appointment of a full-time athletic director, the return of men’s and women’s cross country and the construction of the $1 million recreation center in the University Center on Main, also were outlined in that plan. All of the work reflects a commitment to athletics that is very much a part of the Wilkes tradition. “To offer a broad-based program in athletics has always been our goal at Wilkes,” Malatesta says. 7 �WILKES CONTINUES TRADITION OF HELPING FIRST-GENERATION COLLEGE STUDENTS SUCCEED IN HIGHER EDUCATION By Helen Kaiser 1oneer1ng WILKES | Fall 2010 • 8 • �They are family trailblazers— fueled by hope for a better life. They may have been motivated by the sight of their fathers coming home exhausted from manual-labor jobs. Or they may have been spurred on by mothers who worked in factories or in cleaning jobs to support the family. president for enrollment services, and herself a first-generation student when she attended Wilkes. “Both my grandfathers were coal miners,” says Mickelson, who has worked at Wilkes for the past 15 years. She said she has recently noticed college conferences offering seminars on how to prepare for the population of first-generation students—but this is something that Wilkes has been doing for decades (see accompanying alumni profiles). “Our admissions counseling staff treats every family individually,” Mickelson said. “Some who have been to college will know how to navigate the process, but for others there can be an element of being afraid to ask and not wanting to be humiliated. Our policy is to walk all of our families through the process.” Wilkes usually enrolls about 530 freshmen each year, mostly from Pennsylvania, New York and New Jersey. Above: Melanie Mickelson ’93, Wilkes vice president for enrollment services, was a first-generation student. WILKES | Fall 2010 Most importantly, they listened—when counselors, parents and their own inner voice told them, “You can do it!” They are first-generation college students, from homes where neither parent had earned a bachelor’s degree. Typically they make up about 30 percent of entering freshmen on United States campuses, including at Wilkes University. “We became very good, early on, at dealing with first-generation students,” says Melanie Mickelson ’93, vice PHOTO BY MICHAEL TOUEY 9 �' They beat it into my head early that ‘KNOWLEDGE IS POWER.’ I saw what they meant as I got older... classes—as well as on the football field. His academic record plus his skills as a wide receiver and defensive back helped him to gain admission to Wilkes. “I’m very, very excited,” he says, citing the connections he had already made this past spring and summer with coaches and his admissions counselor. He also says he would never forget his high school guidance counselor who helped him so much she was like “a second mom” to him. Before he made the four-hour trip to Wilkes this fall, Jones says he wasn’t nervous about going away to school to major in criminal justice, even though he wouldn’t know any other students at first. It was time to move forward, he says, and he was set for the task: “You will be on your own. There are no guidance counselors there to baby you. If you miss something in class you’ll have to go and get it.” – William Jones DAVID LEWIS ’10: “A JACKET OF COMFORT” ' WILLIAM JONES: TIME TO MOVE FORWARD WILKES | Fall 2010 William Jones, 18, of Asbury Park, N.J., was thrilled to enter Wilkes in August as a first-generation freshman. The youngest of five, Jones says his family pushed him toward college. “They beat it into my head early that ‘knowledge is power.’ I saw what they meant as I got older,” he says. He applied himself in his high school physics, chemistry and foreign language 10 David Lewis ’10 of Wilkes-Barre, reflected on his first-generation degree from Wilkes in English and education: “I hadn’t even applied for admission until April or May of my senior year of high school. Before that, I’d had some discussions with a military recruiter, and I would hear about all of my friends going to places like Penn State; but I really didn’t have a fire under me about college. First-generation student David Lewis ’10, left, received guidance in choosing a major from Karen Riley, right, assistant director of University College and the Act 101 program. PHOTO BY MICHAEL TOUEY “It was my mom who said,‘Why don’t you look into King’s or Wilkes?’ I was afraid they’d be too expensive but thought I would give it a shot.Then there was my dad who was a constant reminder for me. He would come home from his job as a machinist at a factory with bumps and bruises, sweaty, sometimes bloody, or with a sore back. “This was a symbol for me, to go and find a job where I would use my brain,” Lewis says. “At first it was daunting that many of my high school classmates had taken advanced placement classes when I hadn’t.They got a head start,” he says. Once he stepped on Wilkes’ campus, however, “It was like a jacket of comfort around me. I. . .met the right people and got perfect guidance.” His advisor, Karen Riley, helped him figure out what was necessary to be a successful college student and what major to select. “She made me go to (advisors in) five other departments to learn about those fields—business, computer science and others. I found I really like to interpret things, so I decided on English.” �PHOTO BY ANDREW CHILD DAVID HADLEY ’82: SUCCESSFUL BUSINESS CAREER STARTED AT WILKES D avid Hadley ’82 was an unlikely Hadley says. Wilkes was the only school to college prospect. which he applied. His older sister helped The youngest of seven children, Hadley grew up in an economically challenged, single-parent household in Ellenville, N.Y. His father, orphaned at birth, was a construction – David Lewis ’10 Hadley said he had trepidations upon arriving at school. “There was a fear of failure—a concern grade education. Yet he was able to instill two about whether I could do the work. Not major convictions in his son: a belief in only that, I was a naïve boy from upstate himself and an understanding of the New York—unworldly, pretty gullible. I importance of education. had to look to my classmates and “When I was in the fifth grade, my older teammates to fill in the blanks for me brother was serving in Vietnam,” Hadley when I wasn’t sure about the ins and outs says. “My father actually came to me and of daily life on campus. wanted to send him.” ' some financial support. laborer turned janitor with only a fourth- asked me to proofread a letter he had This was a symbol for me, to go and find a job where I would USE MY BRAIN... him with the paperwork and provided “One day the captain of the football team took me aside and said, ‘Here’s the most The impact of that scene stayed with important thing: Go to class and take notes Hadley throughout his life. During his high and read them every day until the next test.’” school years, as a member of the football and Hadley said once he had his first semester wrestling teams, he watched upperclass under his belt and had earned decent teammates go off to college. grades he gained confidence. “I always thought I would go to college too; “My dad survived (his cancer treatment) but I hadn’t necessarily taken college prep and made it to my college graduation; it was curriculum in high school. It was just dumb really a big deal.” luck that I was prepared and able to do the college work,” he says. To get through the admissions process, he was lucky again. He had a friend like Wayne As a businessman, Hadley pursued more education in administration/management and in an executive education program, both at the Harvard Business School. Lonstein ’82, whose parents had taken him A self-made multimillionaire, Hadley is under their wing. During his senior year of now CEO and owner of Pella Windows and high school, Hadley’s father was in the Doors of Boston, New Hampshire and Maine. hospital battling cancer. He and his family live in Tuftonboro, N.H. Hadley accompanied his friend when he “It all starts with the first step,” he visited Wilkes to meet with admissions reflects. “You’ve got to believe in yourself. officials and the football coach. Just because no one in your family has “I figured if it was good enough for Wayne it was the choice for me too,” gone to college before you doesn’t mean you can’t do it.” WILKES | Fall 2010 Lewis said one of the biggest challenges for him as a student was managing his time. “I was spreading myself too thin. I had a job. I had baseball, crew, clubs that I joined and other campus activities. ‘When do I get to study?’ I thought, so I dropped out of some things.” One activity that he kept was his role as one of Wilkes’ Colonel mascots. He believes it is important for firstgeneration students to persevere. “Every time you think you have it bad, just remember there is someone out there who has it worse,” he says. This past summer, the 22-year-old worked as a tutor/counselor for the Upward Bound program—which targets helping low-income, first-generation students—helping to make a difference in other students’ lives. 11 �DON DEVANS ’59: AN EDUCATOR RECALLS FIRST-GENERATION EXPERIENCES “W hen I was in high school I had no “I’d taken just the fundamental classes in plan of going to college,” says Don high school—applied sciences, Algebra I and Devans ’59. “but the Wilkes administrators were so Valley neighborhood. His father worked at helpful and understanding. They sent me to a local coal company, and his mother was a take some tests—IQ tests or something like housewife. the SATs, I guess. father was laid off from his job of 32 years. I had had with my brother,” Devans says. It wasn’t easy to be a first-generation college department, but he suffered a stroke a few student: “Other students’ backgrounds were far years later. Devans’ mother took a superior to mine, and I was a year behind cleaning job with the Wilkes-Barre School because I had worked a year first.” Devans remembers feeling more comfort- Just a few years later in that same school able with some of the Korean War vets on district, Devans launched his 37-year career campus and other students who were also in education with the bachelor’s degree he working their way through school. Part of earned from Wilkes. their day was spent in classes, part of it on It was his brother, Marine Sgt. Robert E. Devans, who inspired him to attend college. the job, the rest of it studying. There wasn’t much time for socializing. “We used to have long talks when he was “The professors made sure you got a well- home on leave, about what he had learned rounded education,” he says. “They were so about the world and how important it was to supportive that it encouraged you.” get a good education,” Devans says. Tragically, Sgt. Devans became a Korean What would Devans tell a first-generation college student today? War casualty at the age of 21. He had “You have to have a study pattern. Maybe designated his younger brother as recipient Friday and Saturday nights you can relax, but of the government’s few hundred dollars of on Sunday it’s back to the books. You can’t “gratuity pay” in the event of his death. procrastinate studying and doing papers. That sum could make a dent in the WILKES | Fall 2010 “It all just fell together, thanks to those talks Eventually he was hired by the city street District in 1957. – Tom Thomas II and no foreign languages,” Devans says, Devans grew up in a modest Wyoming When the coal company closed, Devans’ 12 PHOTO BY MICHAEL TOUEY The second- and thirdgeneration students will call home for ADVICE; first-generation students cannot. You’ve got to set a pattern and stick to it.” modest tuition bills at the time, so the Devans earned his master’s degree in family was supportive of Devans’ decision education from Temple University and his to attend college. He walked over to nearby principal’s certification from the University of Wilkes and asked the dean of students if Scranton. He taught for 33 years and served as there was any way he could attend. It was assistant principal for Wilkes-Barre’s Coughlin August in the year following his high High School for four years before retiring in school graduation. 1997. He and his wife live in Dallas, Pa. TOM THOMAS: HELPING STUDENTS ACQUIRE THE “STREET SMARTS” OF CAMPUS After 27 years of counseling students, Tom Thomas, executive director of Wilkes’ University College, knows about student anxieties, especially those of firstgeneration students. His department provides all students with advising, career services, educational opportunities and tutoring. The department also supports those with disabilities. Students need to acquire the “street smarts” of campus—from knowing what professors expect of them to the deadline for dropping a class without penalty if they’re not doing well. They need to get along with roommates or deal with the hassles of commuting.They need to find a quiet place to study. “It’s not a one-day fix,” Thomas said. “It’s an ongoing process; it goes on for four years. “We design all of our programs to help first-generation students, and we know the others will benefit as well. First- �The f amily MICHAEL TOUEY settled in the United States from Vietnam in 2004. In addition to being a firstgeneration college student, Nguyen faces dual challenges of adjusting to American culture and learning English well enough to understand what professors are teaching. generation “In our whole family, the kids—my students will brother and I and all my cousins—have have the same to go to college. They have no choice. challenges as those Our parents know college is the way to whose parents have been improve,” Nguyen says. to college, but they will be exacerbated Her mom works in a nail salon at because they don’t have people at home Walmart. Her dad was injured two to guide them.” years ago in a manufacturing job and is Challenging issues include: handling not working. independence for the first time, making “They will be very proud to see me decisions, understanding the difference graduate.They have been waiting for that between high school and college moment for too long.” expectations and dealing with financial Nguyen says it was difficult both hardships. enrolling in and adjusting to college. “They don’t have the confidence to “I was kind of upset I had to do my come up to us as administrators with paperwork by myself. Other students had their questions until they get to know us. their parents to help them,” she recalls. We have to develop relationships first,” “Once on campus, it was kind of scary, Thomas says. The primary route for this because you know no one around the is through the advising process. place. It took me about two weeks to get “We have to be approachable,” he says. used to it.” “The second- and third-generation A sophomore at Wilkes, Nguyen is students will call home for advice; firstundecided about her major. She is generation students cannot.” working with Riley, assistant director and Tom Thomas. PHOTO BY Quyen Nguyen, 21, commutes to Wilkes from her home on Scranton’s South Side. Because it would be contrary to family and cultural tradition, she hesitates to complain to her parents about any problems as a student, but she does tell them “the happy stuff,” such as when she made the dean’s list. “They loved that,” she says of her parents, who speak only a little English. Quyen Nguyen shares a moment on the Wilkes campus with her father Su Nguyen. PHOTO BY MICHAEL TOUEY ' They will be very proud to see me GRADUATE.They have been waiting for that moment for too long. – Quyen Nguyen WILKES | Fall 2010 QUYEN NGUYEN: “COLLEGE IS THE WAY TO IMPROVE…” advisor in Wilkes’ Act 101 Program, to identify abilities, interests, strengths and values. Act 101 is an educational opportunity program supporting lowincome, first-generation students. Riley will help her select the remainder of her courses with the goal of choosing not only a major but a future career. “It is rewarding to see any student make the transformation from an awkward firstyear student...to a confident senior equipped to step out to make a difference in the world,” says Riley, who has been working with first-generation students for 15 years, the past 10 of them at Wilkes. Wilkes is ideally suited to assist firstgeneration students because of the supportive programs that it has developed over the years, Riley says. These include academic advising, the educational opportunity program, known as Act 101, and the bridge program for students who receive a conditional admission to Wilkes. The very history of the institution has been one of offering accessibility to students of all socio-economic backgrounds, says Thomas of the University College. “Wilkes was created as Bucknell Junior College to serve first-generation students in the coal mining region.The need was there and was not being met, so this became our mission.” 13 �Adrienne Richards ’07 flies first class with her feathered charge on the way to the bird’s permanent home in Disneyland. WILKES | Fall 2010 Inset: President Barack Obama issues the White House’s annual turkey pardon. PHOTOS COURTESY OF THE NATIONAL TURKEY FEDERATION. 14 ADRIENNE RICHARDS ’07 FINDS CAREER SUCCESS PROMOTING HEALTHY FOOD CHOICES By Diane Stoneback �Courage and Carolina rested quietly after uttering only a few gobbles upon take-off. They really were good fliers. Adrienne Richards, Arlington, Va. B.A., Communication Studies, 2007 Career: Public relations manager, National Turkey Federation Notable: Oversees consumer and food service public relations and social media campaign focused on increasing Americans’ consumption of turkey. Favorite Wilkes place: Henry Student Center for providing snacks and a masseuse during exams to make studying more fun. Andrea Frantz for taking her under her wing.“She kept telling me I had a great ability to write, worked to get me involved with The Beacon and taught me to think critically by challenging me.” Her biggest challenge today is persuading Americans to eat more turkey. Currently, it’s fourth in the pecking order, behind chicken, beef and pork consumption. Previously, she hadn’t cooked any turkey beyond turkey bacon and turkey hot dogs, but she’s really into it now.“I’m making and eating more turkey than ever.Whether speaking to consumers or chefs, I need to know what I’m talking about.” She rattles off dozens of ways to prepare turkey faster than you can make a turkey sandwich. She has helped develop the turkey federation’s new “Upgrade It!” with turkey campaign, which starts by showing consumers the calories and fat they can cut by substituting turkey for other meats. Richards observes, “Switching from roast beef to skinless, roast turkey breast saves 276 calories per serving.” Promoted three times in three years, Richards oversees consumer and food service media campaigns. She spreads the word about turkey on Facebook and YouTube and tweets, too. She and other staffers field wide-ranging turkey preparation questions, including crazy ones like whether or not the birds can be defrosted in dishwashers or toilet bowls. Nothing ruffles her feathers, whether it’s another crazy turkey question, a turkey joke, being called a turkey or having friends joke that going to dinner at her house means eating more turkey. “I don’t mind,” says Richards.“Those turkeys are paying my bills.” MORE ON THE WEB Check out Adrienne Richards ’07’s favorite turkey recipes for Easy Meatball Stroganoff and Easy Salsa Meatloaf. Go to www.wilkes.edu/turkey To calculate the calorie and fat savings on your favorite recipes, check out the Meal Upgrade Calculator on the National Turkey Federation Web site at www.eatturkey.com. WILKES | Fall 2010 M OST FIRST-CLASS AIRLINE passengers would be unhappy to sit next to a real turkey on their flights. But Adrienne Richards ’07 was thrilled to fly first-class from Washington, D.C., to Los Angeles with Courage and Carolina, two broad-breasted, celebrity turkeys who also were her tickets to the White House. In fact, she views accompanying the nation’s top turkeys for an official Thanksgiving pardon from President Obama as the most exciting moment of her career as public relations manager for the National Turkey Federation in Washington, DC. When Obama was delivering his pardon, which guaranteed the two turkeys worry-free Thanksgivings for the rest of their lives, Richards was standing in front of his podium. After the ceremony, a police-escorted motorcade whisked the birds, Richards and other turkey federation officials to Dulles Airport, where they boarded “Turkey One” for Los Angeles.After all, the very important turkeys (VITs) had to catch their flight so they could be grand marshals of Disneyland’s Thanksgiving Day parade.After their wild flutter of official duties, they checked in at Disney’s Frontierland for the rest of their days. “Courage and Carolina posed for photos with other passengers onboard our United Airlines flight and then rested quietly after uttering only a few gobbles upon take-off.They really were good fliers,” says Richards of her traveling companions whose kennels each filled two first-class seats. Richards never anticipated talking turkey or a career in public relations. “I wanted to be a war correspondent in Iraq…to be in the line of fire like ABC’s Martha Raddatz,” she says. But spending the fall semester of her senior year as Wilkes’ first student to participate in American University’s Washington Semester changed her original career plans. On her first day as a fledgling ABC news intern, she was dispatched to cover one of then-Sen. Hillary Clinton’s press conferences. “I was in awe. It was pretty amazing. That’s when I realized I didn’t want to start my career at some little station. I wanted to be in Washington. I loved its feel and excitement,” Richards says. Her job search landed her at the National Turkey Federation, a nonprofit organization funded by turkey growers and processors all over the country. She credits the Wilkes communication studies faculty with providing hands-on experiences and the training she needed to build a strong portfolio. But she also praises former faculty member 15 �ARCHITECTURAL TREASURES FROM MANY ERAS HIGHLIGHT WILKES CAMPUS T HERE’S SOMETHING FAMILIAR ABOUT that beautiful cornice on a building, up there near the roofline.You’ve seen that ornate door handle a hundred times, your hand caressing its beauty as you enter the front door. And that distinctive brick pattern—why, you’d know it anywhere. Or would you? WILKES | Fall 2010 Welcome to a close-up look at the rich array of architectural details on buildings, both modern and historic, found on the Wilkes campus. And with it comes a challenge: Can you name the buildings where these details can be found? Alumni and friends of Wilkes are invited to submit their answers to this challenge.To enter, peruse the photos here and also those online at www.wilkes.edu/details. Submit your answers to correspond with the numbered photographs using the online form.The three people with the most correct answers will win a collectible bobblehead of The Colonel mascot. Remember: You must identify the photos both in print and online. 16 \'f( MORE ON THE WEB 1. Top: Gather here for a meeting and see these details by the fireside. 2. Above: Many people spend time here before taking off into the wild blue yonder. 3. This chimney looks down on students from around the world. If you are entering our architectural challenge—or just want to do it for fun—visit www.wilkes.edu/details to see the rest of our architectural detail photos. You must identify the photos by number both in print and online to win our challenge. Submit your answers using the online form for your chance to win a Colonel bobblehead. �6. Most Wilkes students pass this orb at least once a day. 5. This building used to put out the welcome mat for alumni. 7. You won’t find beautiful architectural hardware like this in a Woolworth’s store. 4. The entrepreneurial spirit is alive inside this hall. 8. You can stop and smell the roses near this location. 9. This hall has beautiful metalwork on its exterior—and a view of the Susquehanna from its porch. 10. Female students have called this hall home since the 1950s. WILKES | Fall 2010 PHOTOS BY EARL AND SEDOR PHOTOGRAPHIC 17 �Madame Mayor RUTH UY ASMUNDSON MS ’68 RETIRES AS THE FIRST FILIPINA MAYOR OF A U.S. CITY By Rachel Strayer WILKES | Fall 2010 R 18 UTH UY ASMUNDSON MS ’68 WAS balancing a glass of wine on her head when she first saw the man who would change her life. Asmundson, then a doctoral student, was performing a traditional Filipino wine dance for an international student club dinner and Vigfus A. Asmundson, the newly elected mayor of Davis, Calif., was in attendance. “(The mayor) was so enchanted with my dance that he asked me for a date afterwards,” recalls Asmundson. Three dates later, she accepted his marriage proposal and took an unexpected step toward a career in politics. In July, she celebrated her retirement from a role she never imagined she would play: the first Filipina immigrant to be elected mayor of a U.S. city. Asmundson was born in a remote barrio in the northern Philippines at the end of World War II. The fourth of eight children, she excelled in school, despite being told that “girls didn’t need to get an education.” She studied chemistry on a scholarship to Adamson University in Manila and was offered a teaching job there after graduation. “One of my colleagues suggested that I apply for a California Gov. Arnold Schwarzenegger receives an update from Davis, Calif., Mayor Ruth Asmundson. Fulbright Scholarship…I never PHOTO BY FRED GLADDIS/DAVIS ENTERPRISE FILE PHOTO thought I would qualify,” Asmundson remembers.“She told me one lesson that has defined my life. She said,‘Ruth, nothing ventured, nothing gained.’ ” Asmundson received the Fulbright, choosing Wilkes because she wanted a school in a smaller city and “Wilkes-Barre was such an interesting name.” She arrived in 1966. Warmer weather and destiny called her to the University of California at Davis two years later. Asmundson was pursuing her doctorate in agricultural chemistry when she met her future husband. Asmundson intended to teach at the university but delayed her professional career to raise a family. She served on the Davis School Board for 10 years, retiring to care for her husband who was suffering from Parkinson’s Disease. “He wanted to run again for city council, but I wouldn’t allow him due to his condition,” Asmundson recalls. “So he asked me, begged me, to run for him.” Asmundson had never entertained the idea of getting involved with city politics, but for the sake of her husband she agreed to run for the position of mayor on the Davis city council. When she won, it was the start of a new love affair. “I fell in love with city politics,” she says. She served for four years and promptly ran again. When she was re-elected, she became one of only three people in the city’s history to serve two terms as mayor. The Asmundsons were the first husband-wife mayors in city history. Vigfus Asmundson died in 2003.While his work was finished, Asmundson’s had just begun.As mayor, much of her job involved “solving problems to make life better…working together with the community to find solutions.” In eight years in office, Asmundson spearheaded initiatives that brought more affordable housing to the city and generated more tax revenue through economic development. Two projects stand out as particular points of pride. The first was a push for alternative transportation by providing bicycle lanes, paths and tunnels. Davis is now the home of the California—soon to be National—Bicycle Museum.The Bicycle Hall of Fame was relocated to Davis from New Jersey. Secondly, Asmundson added four more sister cities to Davis’ sister city relations, bringing the total to eight. Asmundson advocates furthering education and giving back. She has established scholarships and a foundation at Adamson University in Manila. She returned to her barrio to mobilize the village to plant 1,000 trees and established a library there with her late husband. After retirement,Asmundson will focus on her personal life. She plans to spend quality time with her children—four daughters plus two nephews that she raised as her own—and grandchildren. She also hopes to travel with her 90-year-old mother. “I need to step aside and let the next generation take over,” she says. “I’ve done my part and I’m happy and proud of my accomplishments. I have enjoyed serving the community and I’m grateful for the opportunity to experience that kind of leadership.” �Ruth Uy Asmundson, Davis, Calif. B.S., Chemistry, Adamson University, 1964 M.S., Chemistry, Wilkes University, 1968 Ph.D., Agricultural Chemistry, University of California, Davis, 1972 Career: Recently retired mayor of Davis, Calif. Notable: The first Filipina to be elected mayor of a city in the United States and one of only three people in the history of Davis to serve two terms as mayor. Favorite Wilkes Memory: Seeing her first snowfall. “I was outside and all of a sudden there were these snowflakes everywhere. I told a friend that there must be people having a pillow fight in the dorm with all those cotton fillers everywhere. This friend said, ‘Ruth, those are not cotton, MORE ON THE WEB Ruth Uy Asmundson MS ’68 ended her tenure as mayor of Davis, Calif., after establishing the city as home of the National Bicycle Museum. Want to learn more about Ruth Uy Asmundson’s fascinating life? Check out our Q&A with Ruth to find out more at www.wilkes.edu/ruth WILKES | Fall 2010 it is snowing…’” PHOTO BY KENT LACIN 19 �alumni news Homecoming Hint Keep your camera handy while you’re on campus so you can enter your favorite snapshot from the weekend in our photo contest after Homecoming! From tailgates and tweets to photos and football, Homecoming gives you plenty of ways to reconnect, reunite and reminisce! Highlights of the weekend include: • all-you-can-enjoy Tailgate Tent • parade through campus—you’re • Pints with Professors invited to walk or ride with us! • Ralston Alumni Golf Tournament at Irem Country Club • a chance to sit in on classes with current faculty and students • Colonels athletics, including the football game against Albright on the new turf field • trolley tour of campus and downtown Wilkes-Barre • tent festival • an on-campus Friday concert by the Starfires band • Recent Alumni Party (featuring three of our very own Colonels!) • Athletic Hall of Fame Induction • and much more! WILKES | Fall 2010 Spread the Word About Wilkes 20 Do you know a prospective student who would be a great addition to the Wilkes family? Share the tear out card from this magazine with them and their undergraduate application fee will be waived.This is an opportunity for you to help us recruit outstanding students while making the college application process a little easier for family members and friends.The fee waiver can be applied online by selecting ‘Dean Ralston’ in the fee waiver box at the end of the application. Thank you for helping to spread the word about a Wilkes education! Go Mobile and Keep Up With Wilkes Looking to keep up to date with Wilkes while you’re on the go? Check out the new mobile site at www.community.wilkes.edu/mobile.You’ll find the latest news and upcoming events, including Homecoming 2010 updates, as well as Wilkes-Barre weather. Do you have suggestions about other things you would like to see on the mobile site? Let the Office of Alumni Relations know at alumni@wilkes.edu. �alumni news Homecoming Hint Pre-registering makes Homecoming as easy as 1, 2, 3! Sign up online, over the phone or through the mail before September 28 and you’ll: • get a commemorative drawstring backpack and other perks at central registration • save $5 on admission for each event • skip the lines at events If you’re an alumna/us of one of the following groups, Homecoming is the time to come back to campus because we’ve got something special planned for you! • Class reunions: ’60, ’70, ’80, ’90, ’00, ’05 • Department gatherings: biology, chemistry, communication studies, health sciences, nursing, political science, psychology and the Sidhu School • Clubs and Halls: Butler Hall, Circle K, Programming Board and SIFE For the latest Homecoming information, visit www.wilkes.edu/homecoming! Ben Beidel, Stephen Gruver, Jill Kalariya ’10, Donna Talarico ’00 and Lacee Wagaman ’10 were recently elected to the Alumni Board of Directors. Ben, a pharmacy major, serves as Student Government president. Stephen, also majoring in pharmacy, serves as the representative of the senior class, and Lacee and Jill were selected by the Class of 2010 as their representatives to the Alumni Board. Fall Alumni Events Come join the fun with trips and regional events sponsored by the Office of Alumni Relations.The fun continues after Homecoming: From bus trips to dinners, we’re offering many opportunities to reconnect with old friends and make new connections. Oct. 23 New Jersey Alumni Gathering, Morristown Nov. 3 Northeast Pennsylvania Alumni Event: Family Italian Dinner, Henry Student Center, 6 p.m. Nov. 10 Northeast Pennsylvania Alumni Event:Tour & Tasting, Lion Brewery, Wilkes-Barre Nov. 13 Alumni Event:Wilkes vs. King’s football game, Noon Nov. 20 Northeast Pennsylvania Alumni Event: Broadway Bus Trip to New York City. Choice of tickets to Tony Award winner for best musical, “Memphis,” or the Radio City Musical Hall Christmas show. To register or for more information, please contact the Office of Alumni Relations at (570) 408-7787 or visit The Colonel Connection. WILKES | Fall 2010 Alumni Association Board Welcomes New Members 21 �class notes 1959 Stephen Poleskie recently published his new book, Vigilia's Tempest. He has published three other books including The Balloonist in 2007, The Third Candidate in 2008 and Grater Life in 2009. Poleskie is an artist, a pilot and a professor emeritus at Cornell University. 1967 David Foglietta is owner and publisher of Old Forge Times online (oldforgetimes.blogspot.com) and Lackawanna News (lackawannanews.blogspot.com). He is the former publisher of the print publications La Triviata Magazine, The Libertarian American Magazine and the Lackawanna County News. He is retired. Wayne P. Yetter was elected to the board of directors at SDIX, a leading provider of biotechnology-based products and services.Yetter is chief executive officer of ProActive for Patients Media, Inc., providing a physician-topatient messaging system to increase patient adherence to medication therapies. 1971 David Angelovich MBA ’76 is the accounting program coordinator at Napa Valley College in Napa, Calif. He has been a full-time faculty member since 2000. Sedor is executive vice president of the Greater Wilkes- Donna Sedor ’85 Honored with Athena Award Barre Chamber of Business and Industry’s Chamber of Donna Sedor ’85 was honored with the Athena Award by Previously she was the chamber’s vice president of the Wilkes-Barre Chamber of Business and Industry at its business and information services, vice president of annual dinner in June. The Athena Award is presented communications and director of communications. annually to a woman who demonstrates excellence, Commerce affiliate. She joined the chamber in 1990. Sedor is a member of the board of the Osterhout Free creativity and initiative in her business or profession, Library in Wilkes-Barre, the Northeastern Pennsylvania provides valuable service by contributing time and energy Council of the Boy Scouts of America, where she serves to improve the quality of life for others in the community, as the Exploring Post chair, and Junior Achievement of and who actively assists women in realizing their full Northeastern Pennsylvania. She is president of the leadership potential. Rotary Club of Wilkes-Barre. “I was always taught that if you have the ability to help, you have an obligation to help,” says Sedor. She serves as a mentor for communication studies students at Wilkes and is a member of the Wilkes magazine advisory board. She also has taught communication classes at her alma mater. Sedor is a founding member of Circle 200—an executive women’s group for leaders in Luzerne and Lackawanna counties. She assisted with the start up and planning of the You Are You program, an annual event designed to help tenth grade girls build self-esteem. “I have the privilege of being involved with folks who are constantly looking to what our community can become,” WILKES | Fall 2010 says Sedor. “I have had the opportunity to be a part of a 22 great deal of change.” Donna Sedor ’85, center, celebrates winning the 2010 Athena Award with sons Evan, left, 15, and Sean, right, 16. Donna is married to John Sedor ’87. PHOTO BY CURTIS SALONICK �class notes Andrew Check is the new human resources director for Luzerne County. He most recently worked as executive director for The Lands at Hillside Farms in Kingston Township, Pa. 1977 Mandy Williams, along with her sister,Tina Pennington, developed a financial literacy program that is now part of the curriculum at KIPP Houston High School. Williams and Pennington penned the program’s book, What I Learned About Life When My Husband Got Fired!, under the pseudonym Red & Black.Williams, a retired corporate executive who races Ferraris in her spare time, was featured in the summer 2009 issue of Wilkes magazine. N.J. She lives with her husband, Jim, and two daughters in Woolwich, N.J. 1990 Reunion Oct. 1-3 ~ Janice Saldukas-Parsons is a member of the Organization of Competitive Bodybuilders. She was crowned the overall Figure Champion at the McJilton Classic held in Salisbury, Md., on March 27. She is supervisor of instruction at Caesar Rodney School District, Delaware. 1992 Nancy Chalker was named business development executive for StudentAid.com, a student-lending and debtmanagement advisor. Her primary role is to help university students manage their school debt and plan for their financial future. 1982 Dianne Charsha was named senior vice president of patient care services and chief nursing officer at Cooper University Hospital in Camden, N.J. Janice Raspen was named School Librarian of the Year for the Rappahannock region of Virginia. She will compete for the state-level award in October. Raspen has been a school librarian since 2001, and opened the library at her current school, Conway Elementary in Stafford County, in 2005. She lives in Fredericksburg,Va. 1987 1995 Kimberly Tokach-Kellar is employed by Liberty Dialysis LLC. She is the director of nursing at the outpatient dialysis unit in Hammonton, Edward J. Ciarimboli was selected as one of Super Lawyers magazine’s 2010 Rising Stars. He received his law degree from Duquesne University School of Law. Col. Ivan Shidlovsky has been selected to attend the Industrial College of the Armed Forces in Washington, D.C., starting in fall 2010. 1985 Timothy S. Williams teaches fifth grade at Gilbert Magnet School for Communication and Creative Arts in Las Vegas, Nev., recently named the top magnet school in the country out of approximately 5,000 magnet schools. 1996 Matt LaBuda – see 1998 1998 Michael T. Beachem IV, a student affairs administrator at Temple University, was recently awarded the 2010 Gay, Lesbian, Bisexual, Transgender Knowledge Community Outstanding Mentorship Award by the National Association of Student Personnel Administrators. The annual award recognizes long-term members of the academic profession who have provided consistent and supportive mentorship to both peers and students surrounding social justice and support of gay, lesbian, bisexual and transgender concerns. This is the second honor Beachem has received from the association in the past two years. In 2008 he was awarded the Region II Midlevel Professional Award for his commitment to student development and the student affairs profession. Kristen (Cookus) LaBuda and Matt LaBuda ’96 announce the birth of their third child, Makayla Marie, on June 29, 2009.The family resides in Boiling Springs, Pa. 1999 Corinna Sowers-Adler made her New York debut in “Stories…a Cabaret” on June 19 at The Laurie Beechman Theater on 42nd St., New York City. Adler served as director of theatre for the Wilkes University Conservatory for 10 years. She co-owns NiCori Studios & Productions, is director of foundations for the Young Actor's Training Center in New York City and serves as theatre/musical theater instructor at New Jersey School of Dramatic Arts. 2000 Reunion Oct. 1-3 ~ Laura Burns married Daniel DiMarzo on Nov. 1, 2008.The bride is the daughter of Bob Burns Jr. ’82 and Wilkes employee Anita Burns. Burns DiMarzo works as a marketing director for a telecommunications company.The couple reside in East Norriton, Pa. 2002 Joyce Elaine Soska and Arthur Raymond Becker were married on Oct. 10, 2009.The bride is employed by the Wyoming Area School District as a music educator.The groom is employed by Jacobson Companies in Mountain Top, Pa.They reside in Harding, Pa. WILKES | Fall 2010 1974 23 �class notes Dr. Asif Ilyas ’97 Lends Surgical Skills to Haitian Relief Efforts During his years of training to become an orthopaedic doctors in specialties such as orthopaedics, emergency surgeon, Dr. Asif Ilyas ’97 never imagined performing medicine and family practice. surgery in a former amusement park. As a medical The earthquake caused many injuries and also destroyed volunteer in the aftermath of the Haitian earthquake, existing hospitals and clinics. As a surgeon, Ilyas set he performed surgeries in just such a setting. broken bones and performed skin grafting, among other “We would be seeing between 300 and 500 patients procedures. He also performed many amputations. He a day. A lot of things were makeshift,” says Ilyas, an assistant professor of orthopaedic surgery and director of the orthopaedic surgery residency program for the Dr. Asif Ilyas ’97, left, worked with Haitian nursing staff as a surgical volunteer in the aftermath of the earthquake. Temple University School of Medicine. “We were treating patients in a tent city of sorts, with no air conditioning and no running water. Conditions were extremely primitive.” Ilyas explains that the amusement park site was chosen for practical reasons: There was a boundary wall around it, making it easy to secure. He had anticipated poor conditions and made sure that he took supplies such as surgical equipment, sutures and gauze. But he was still unprepared for what he found. “Once I was down there, I was a little overwhelmed and shocked,” he says. “The amount of medical need was overwhelming.” Ilyas went to Haiti in January after answering a call for physician volunteers from one of the many nongovernmental organizations (NGOs) providing assistance in Port-au-Prince. He was part of a team of physicians assembled by IMANA and supported by the WILKES | Fall 2010 Aimer-Haiti group. The team included approximately 12 24 2003 Marc Baron graduated from Walden University with a master’s degree in nursing, specializing in nursing education.While teaching part time, he continues to work full time for Main Line Health. He lives with his wife and three children outside of Philadelphia, Pa. Dawn Demchak was named 2010 Patient Choice Award winner by the Wyoming Valley Health Care System.The award recognizes quality care, comfort and compassion offered by nurses throughout the system.The winner is selected from nominations made by former patients.The award was presented during National Nurses Week in May. Demchak is a nurse on Wilkes-Barre General Hospital’s 8 East Medical/Surgical Unit. Demchak received her award from Cornelio Catena, chief executive officer,Wyoming Valley Health Care System. Christopher Tedesco – see 2004 2004 Rebecca Jean Broyan was ordained on June 13 as a reverend and fully authorized minister of the United Church of Christ. Broyan graduated from Lancaster Theological Seminary in 2008 and received a call to be the pastor at First United Church of Christ in Berwick, Pa. �class notes .;.·."'.'\.'"'~\t.\•.'J ..<.?. 1:': •..-, ;v:-::-:·:~.•::-:-:•·:··•.···•:4 ,:., A street in Port-au-Prince, Haiti, after the earthquake. PHOTOS COURTESY OF DR. ASIF ILYAS recalls one case that was typical of the kinds of injuries he encountered. Following his graduation from Wilkes with a degree in biology, Ilyas completed medical school at MCP- “The patient’s hand had been caught in the rubble for Hahnemann University in 2001. He completed his three days. His hand was crushed so severely and so residency in orthopaedic surgery at Temple University compromised that we had no alternative than to perform an Hospital in 2006, followed by a year as a surgical amputation,” Ilyas says. “Because we didn’t have general fellow at Harvard Medical School. He joined the staff anesthesia, we used sedation and regional blocks to numb at Temple in 2007, where he has specialized in hand his arm. Unfortunately this was a common scenario.” surgery and orthopaedic trauma surgery. In addition to volunteering with the NGO, physicians, Ilyas lives in Philadelphia with his wife, Erum, who also including Ilyas, took turns working at the hospital is a physician, and their three children, Dean, 7, Amber, 5 established by the U.S. Army’s 82nd Airborne Division. Its and Sammy, 3. Volunteering in Haiti was a first for Ilyas. full-time staff included only one internist, a physician “I feel lucky to have had the opportunity to serve.” assistant and several medics, so two doctors went to that — By Vicki Mayk Pamela Tedesco and Christopher Tedesco ’03 welcomed their second son, Nathaniel Lee, on Dec. 19, 2009. Medicine on June 5. She will continue her medical training in internal medicine at the University of Medicine & Dentistry of New Jersey. 2006 Ashley Marie McBreartyHindson received her doctor of osteopathic medicine degree from Philadelphia College of Osteopathic 2007 Theresa Brewer and John Polson were married on March 20.They reside in Rock City Falls, N.Y. 2009 Ryan Holmes is vice president of public relations for Waterbucket Media, a public relations firm based in Easton, Pa. His responsibilities include drafting and issuing press releases, conducting conferences and seminars, and holding televised interviews. Christine Zavaskas was recently appointed community relations coordinator at Northeast Regional Cancer Institute. She will manage media relations, print and online publications and program promotion. Jessica Woolfolk and William Ives were married on May 15. The couple resides in Nanticoke, Pa. WILKES | Fall 2010 site every day to assist. 25 �class notes Jackie Manzolillo-Blais ’05 Starts Sixth Season Behind the Scenes with “MARTHA” Martha Stewart is one in a million—or at least one in 165. Jackie Manzolillo-Blais ’05 would know. She helped “MARTHA: The Martha Stewart Show” set a Guinness World Record for the largest gathering of people with the same first and last name by bringing in an audience of 164 women legally named Martha Stewart/Stuart. “It required a lot of research,” says Manzolillo-Blais, an audience supervisor for the show which moves to the Hallmark Channel this fall. “[It was] definitely one of the most memorable audiences.” The Wilkes communication studies graduate is the show’s audience supervisor, overseeing a team of audience coordinators and production assistants to manage a live television audience. “Our responsibility is to research, procure and book an audience of 164 individuals for each show day,” she explains. “[They] often include theme shows with specialty audiences such as pet owners with their pets in tow or an audience full of individuals named Martha Stewart.” Manzolillo-Blais, who lives with her husband in Washingtonville, N.Y., works with production teams to guarantee a quality show and a positive experience for Jackie Manzolillo-Blais ’05, left, who is audience coordinator for “MARTHA: The Martha Stewart Show,” appeared with the show’s famous host, demonstrating how to make Christmas trees out of magazines. PHOTO COURTESY OF MARTHA: The Martha Stewart Show Members of the staff are given the opportunity to the audience. “What I love the most is that I meet pitch ideas to be featured on “MARTHA.” As a result, people from all over the world and I have an Manzolillo-Blais has appeared on the show three times. opportunity to bring them joy,” she says. She made her debut in the television industry “I grew up in a very crafty family,” she says. “I was able to teach Martha to dye Easter eggs with silk ties working for “The View” while finishing her last and create Christmas trees out of old magazines. I had semester in college. The connections she made there a great time!” led to a job offer from “MARTHA” following graduation. Season six of “MARTHA” starts this fall. In addition, a She began as an audience production assistant and new show hosted by Stewart’s daughter, Alexis Stewart, was promoted to audience coordinator after one and friend and colleague, Jennifer Koppelman-Hutt, is season. She left the show during season three to being produced. Manzolillo-Blais will oversee two teams pursue a reporting job in Lancaster County, Pa. She responsible for booking live audiences for both shows. was back in time for season four. “I missed “MARTHA” and the joy of making people “I am excited for the new challenges this expansion will bring.” WILKES | Fall 2010 happy daily,” she recalls. She was invited back as the 26 audience supervisor. “I love it just as much as I did when I began.” — By Rachel Strayer �class notes 1998 John Ford MBA has been named senior vice president and commercial lending officer at Landmark Community Bank. He will continue his role in developing the bank’s commercial loan and deposit portfolio. Ford has 25 years of experience in commercial banking. 2003 Jeremy M. Gerber PharmD, MBA, and Dr. Dawn S. Knudsen were married on March 19.The bride is a professor at Midwestern University College of Pharmacy in Glendale, Ariz. The groom is a pharmacist at Cancer Centers of America, Goodyear, Ariz.The couple resides in Avondale, Ariz. Jeremy Robert Lisman PharmD and Jaime Monika Beierle were married on July 24, 2009.The bride is employed as an research and development chef consultant at Preferred Meal Systems.The groom is employed as a pharmacist at Walgreens.The couple resides in Wilkes-Barre. Wendy Lee Miller MS, and Mark Richard Landis were married on Oct. 31, 2009.The bride is a sixthgrade computer literacy teacher at Berwick Middle School.The couple resides in Wapwallopen, Pa. 2008 Stephen Bilko, MS – see Graduate Students 2009 2009 Brooke McDonald MS, and Stephen Bilko MS ’08, were married Oct. 3, 2009. Both are teachers in the Pocono Mountain School District.The couple resides in Nanticoke, Pa. Jared Meehan MS – see Graduate Students 2010 2010 Ellen Michael MBA and Jared Meehan MS ’09 were married on March 20.The couple resides in Wilkes-Barre. Shannon Fenstermacher PharmD was recently promoted to clinical pharmacist specialist, pharmacy practice, at Dartmouth-Hitchcock Medical Center in Lebanon, N.H. She began her career as a pharmacist at Lehigh Valley Hospital in Allentown, Pa., prior to accepting a staff pharmacist position at Dartmouth-Hitchcock in October 2009. Submitting Class Notes Share personal or career news in any of three ways: • E-mail it to wilkesmagazine@wilkes.edu. • Post it at The Colonel Connection Web site at community.wilkes.edu. • Or mail it to: Class Notes Wilkes Magazine 84 W. South St. Wilkes-Barre, Pa. 18766 WILKES | Fall 2010 Graduate Students 27 �class notes In Memoriam Fall 2010 1941 Melford Hyman, Oviedo, Fla., died May 4, 2010. He was a World War II Armed Forces veteran and U.S. postal worker. 1952 Edward J. Wallison, Kingston, Pa., died April 4, 2010. He was a Korean War Air Force veteran, teacher and local radio personality. 1945 Helen Stapleton Schmitt, Adamstown, Md., died May 16, 2010. She was a homemaker and volunteer. 1958 Frederick J. Helfrich Sr., West Wyoming, Pa., died March 26, 2010. He was a Korean War U.S. Army veteran and Proctor & Gamble employee. 1949 Flora F. Lopko O’Hannes, Katonah, N.Y., died May 1, 2010. She was a scientific illustrator for the Department of the Interior in Washington, D.C. Raymond B. Williams, Lawrence, Kan., died June 6, 2010. He was a World War II U.S. Army veteran and retired fifth grade teacher, Dutch Neck School. WILKES | Fall 2010 1951 Wade W. Hayhurst, Mollusk,Va., died April 17, 2010. He was a computer software developer and retired publisher. 28 1960 Frank I. Edwards, West Pittston, Pa., died May 20, 2010. He was a music teacher and choir director. He is survived by his wife, Barbara B. Edwards ’60. 1965 Alfred W. Johnson, Plains Township, Pa., died May 15, 2010. He was a retired history teacher and football/ wrestling coach. 1966 John Leo Gurgick, Upper Saddle River, N.J., died Feb. 18, 2010. He was a U.S. Navy veteran; a psychologist for the Veterans Administration of New Jersey; and owner/operator, Softball Pitching Center. 1991 Ann Marie Cesarini Raspen, Shickshinny Lake, Pa., died May 2, 2010. She was a high school and elementary school teacher and a lay reader and eucharistic minister for Exaltation of Holy Cross Catholic Church. 1970 Joan M. McElwee, Mocanaqua, Pa., died April 13, 2010. She was a psychiatric registered nurse and nurse manager for the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. 1998 Danie Mark Bishop, Harding, Pa., died April 14, 2010. He was a licensed veterinarian. 1973 Judith A. Young, Dallas, Pa., died March 24, 2010. She was a mathematics teacher with the Wilkes-Barre Area School District. 1976 Diane Zelinka, Hanover Township, Pa., died May 27, 2010. She was a medical technologist with WilkesBarre General Hospital. 2000 Ivan J. Bogan Jr., Parsons, Pa., died April 14, 2010. He was a former employee of the Department of Defense in Washington, D.C. and salesman for M.J. Mackarey Snacks. Graduate Students 1981 Mark P. Steele MS Beaumont, Pa., died June 4, 2010. He was a retired elementary school teacher. �then & now When it opened in September 1950, the gymnasium on South Franklin Street was a welcome addition to campus. Its façade was graced with a large concrete medallion of the Wilkes College seal. For more than 30 years,Wilkes students congregated there for fitness and fun. When the gymnasium made way for the Arnaud C. Marts Sports and Conference Center in 1989, the medallion was taken to the Ralston Athletic Complex. It remained there until recent renovations at the football field unearthed it, perfectly intact, under the stands. It has been relocated to a spot on South Franklin Street between the Eugene S. Farley Library and Fenner Hall. PHOTO FROM WILKES ARCHIVES Share names or reminisce on The Colonel Connection message boards, found at www.wilkes.edu/alumni. Or send responses to Wilkes magazine, 84 W. South St., Wilkes-Barre, Pa. 18766. You can also e-mail wilkesmagazine@wilkes.edu. PHOTO BY VICKI MAYK �w WILKES UNIVERSITY Wilkes-Barre, PA 18766 WILKES UNIVERSITY events September November 11 First home football game 9 15 Free workshop on Identity Theft and Personal Safety, Lobby, University Center on Main, 6 p.m. Sponsored by Alumni Relations 30-Oct. 2 One Acts at Wilkes, Dorothy Dickson Darte Center, 8 p.m.; Oct 3, 2 p.m. October 1-3 12-13 The Adding Machine, Darte Center, 8 p.m.; Nov. 14, 2 p.m. Also Nov. 19-21 December 10 Chorus and Chamber Singers Concert, St. Nicholas Church,Wilkes-Barre, 7:30 p.m. 12 Civic Band Concert, Darte Center, 3 p.m. 19 Piano Studio Recital, Darte Center, 5 p.m. Homecoming: Get Social with Wilkes 18-Dec. 12 Soul Rebel: An Intimate Portrait of Bob Marley by photographer David Burnett, Sordoni Art Gallery. Opening reception: Oct. 22, 6-9 p.m. Outstanding Leaders Forum, featuring entrepreneur Blake Mycoskie, chief shoe giver of TOMS Shoes, F.M. Kirby Center, 8 p.m. For details on times and locations, check www.wilkes.edu and www.wilkes.edu/alumni or phone (800) WILKES-U. � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes Alumni Magazine, 1947-present Subject The topic of the resource Alumni Relations Description An account of the resource <p>An archive of Wilkes University Magazine, from 1947-present. The magazine went through various names including <em>Wilkes Alumnus</em>, <em>Wilkes Quarterly,</em> <em>Wilkes Universe</em>, and the current title, <em>Wilkes Magazine</em>. Some editions for the <em>Wilkes Universe</em>, will have multiple issues within the file record. Our holdings may be missing editions for certain years due to having no physical copy within the collection. </p> Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes University Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived Wilkes University Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Wilkes University Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1947-present Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes Magazine, Fall 2010 Subject The topic of the resource Alumni Relations Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Marketing Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource Fall 2010 magazine Wilkes Magazine https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/25249010c3f3a7610e28a1a2b0332357.pdf 80aee9f607e086e14bac43b934ea2229 PDF Text Text FALL 2009 THINGS THAT GO BUMP | MIXING MAGIC WITH MEDICINE A RIVER RUNS THROUGH IT | TEACHING THE DIGITAL NATIVES �president’s letter Vision for a College Town Continues With Law School Project T he Wilkes University Board of Trustees’ approval of the next stage of our law school planning initiative in June was a critical milestone on a journey that is likely to lead to the creation of northeast Pennsylvania’s next professional school.The action recalls another event in Wilkes history that, at the time, carried both risks and rewards. In 1996, the University launched its School of Pharmacy with a vision for what it could mean for the region and for Wilkes. A decade has passed since we graduated the first group of pharmacists in 2000, and we are marking the program’s 10th anniversary. The pharmacy program has been a resounding success, surpassing expectations for enrollment.The quality of students competing for the 70 seats in each year’s entering class remains high. Over 95 percent of our doctor of pharmacy graduates pass the pharmacy boards— the exams required to become registered pharmacists—on the first try. Our pass rate on these exams is higher than the state and national averages. Our pharmacy graduates uniformly receive multiple job offers at good salaries. Seeing this success makes it easy to forget that many concerns were voiced about whether there was a need for another pharmacy school when we launched our program.We proceeded Daniel Breznak takes the pharmacist’s oath as with plans at that time because the only part of the annual white coat ceremony for Wilkes pharmacy students. The program pharmacy programs available in Pennsylvania celebrates its 10th anniversary this year. were in Philadelphia and Pittsburgh. University PHOTO BY MICHAEL P. TOUEY leaders believed that starting a school of pharmacy would be a service to northeast Pennsylvania residents, a boon to the region’s economy and an asset to Wilkes University.We were right. Fast forward to 2009 and the recent decision to proceed with plans for a law school. Once again, we are in position to establish a professional school in northeast Pennsylvania where none currently exists. Our market research tells us that interest in a law degree, the juris doctor, is high. Founding a law school at Wilkes is still another important step to revitalize the region, make Wilkes-Barre a major college town, and increase the competitiveness and diversity of the region’s economy. And we fully believe this will be another significant step toward making Wilkes University a premier university in the Mid-Atlantic region. I invite you to read more about plans for the law school initiative on page 3.As this new chapter in Wilkes history unfolds, alumni and friends of the University can follow its progress on Dr. Tim Gilmour the pages of this magazine and on our Web site. Wilkes University President VOLUME 3 | ISSUE 3 FA L L 0 9 WILKES MAGAZINE University President Dr. Tim Gilmour Vice President for Advancement Michael Wood Executive Editor Jack Chielli Managing Editor Kim Bower-Spence Editor Vicki Mayk Creative Services Lisa Reynolds Web Services Craig Thomas Electronic Communications Christopher Barrows Graduate Assistant Rachel Strayer Layout/Design Quest Fore Inc. Printing Payne Printery Inc. EDITORIAL ADVISORY GROUP Anne Batory ’68 Brandie Meng M’08 Bill Miller ’81 George Pawlush ’69 MBA’76 Donna Sedor ’85 ALUMNI RELATIONS STAFF Executive Director Sandra Sarno Carroll Director Mirko Widenhorn Associate Director Michelle Diskin ’95 ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OFFICERS President Laura Cardinale ’72 First Vice President Fred Demech ’61 Second Vice President Rosemary LaFratte ’93 MBA’97 Historian George Pawlush ’69 MS’76 Secretary Bridget Giunta ’05 Wilkes magazine is published quarterly by the Wilkes University Office of Marketing Communications and Government Relations, 84 W. South St., Wilkes-Barre, PA 18766, wilkesmagazine@wilkes.edu, (570) 408-4764. Please send change of address to the above address. Wilkes University is an independent institution of higher education dedicated to academic and intellectual excellence in the liberal arts, sciences and professional programs. The university provides its students with the experience and education necessary for career and intellectual development as well as for personal growth, engenders a sense of values and civic responsibility, and encourages its students to welcome the opportunities and challenges of a diverse and continually changing world. The university enhances the tradition of strong student-faculty interactions in all its programs, attracts and retains outstanding people in every segment of the university, and fosters a spirit of cooperation, community involvement, and individual respect within the entire university. �contents FEATURES 8 Things That Go Bump Ghost legends highlight history of Wilkes historic buildings 12 Mixing Magic With Medicine Dr. Michael Anger ’77 brings sleight of hand to his work with diabetic children 14 A River Runs Through It 8 New River Common park brings beauty to the banks of the Susquehanna 16 Teaching the Digital Natives Technology has changed 21st Century classrooms, students and teachers 14 12 DEPARTMENTS 6 Athletics 18 Alumni News 20 Class Notes Kirby Hall, one of Wilkes’ historic locales, is one of several University buildings where a ghostly presence is said to be felt. PHOTO EARL & SEDOR PHOTOGRAPHY Have a story idea to share? Contact us at wilkesmagazine@wilkes.edu or Wilkes Magazine, 84 W. South St., Wilkes-Barre, Pa. 18766. /;s FPO FSC WILKES | Fall 2009 16 2 On Campus 1 �on campus Spring Commencement 2009 Wilkes University held its annual spring commencement on May 16 at Wachovia Arena. It was a day to celebrate for more than 700 undergraduate and graduate students. John Brooks Slaughter, president and CEO of the National Action Council for Minorities in Engineering, delivered the commencement address “Building Your Future.” Top right: Commencement is a reason to smile for Caitlin Dukas and Wayland Davis, who graduated with degrees in psychology. Inset: Tricia Stefanick receives her doctor of pharmacy degree from President Tim Gilmour. PHOTOS BY MICHAEL P. TOUEY A commitment to EXCELLENCE is unquestionably important.You who graduate today, in particular, must recognize that the FUTURE is what you will make it to be. It depends upon what you do today and every day and tomorrow thereafter. Your DESTINATION IN LIFE will be determined by your acts and not by your intentions. WILKES | Fall 2009 Leadership Program for Youth Highlights Outstanding Leaders Forum 2 '' – John Brooks Slaughter, president and CEO, National Action Council for Minorities in Engineering, Spring 2009 Commencement Speaker When Elie Wiesel was a teenager, he and his family endured the horrors of the Nazi concentration camps Auschwitz and Buchenwald.Years later,Wiesel chronicled his experiences in the memoir Night. His story comes to Wilkes University when Wiesel—now a Nobel Laureate—is the guest speaker for the annual Outstanding Leaders Forum on Nov. 17. Night has been translated into more than 30 languages and has sold millions of copies since its original publication in 1956. It is required reading for many of today’s high school and college students. High school students in northeast Pennsylvania will have a special opportunity in conjunction with Wiesel’s visit to Wilkes. He will interact in a question-and-answer session with about 120 students from area high schools who will participate in a Leadership Day sponsored by the Sidhu School of Business and Leadership. The program, now in its third year, brings students from about 10 high schools in the region for a day of leadership training. In order to allow as many students and community members as possible to hear Wiesel speak, tickets to the public lecture on Nov. 17 are $10. The lecture is at 8 p.m. in the F.M. Kirby Center for the Performing Arts. For more information, please contact the Wilkes University Special Events Office at (570) 408-4306 or 4330. �on campus Lawrence Reed of the Foundation for Free Enterprise to Deliver Kirby Lecture BOARD OF TRUSTEES APPROVES NEXT PHASE OF LAW SCHOOL PLANNING INITIATIVE Wilkes University’s Board of Trustees approved the proposal for a new law school on June 5, setting the stage for the next phase of planning for the professional school. The board’s action clears the way for the administration to develop a business plan to secure the necessary financial resources, identify a suitable building for the new school and seek final board approval. The proposal was approved contingent on the University being able to raise the necessary funds without taxing the university’s other schools, programs or priorities. Tim Gilmour, Wilkes president, said he hopes to seat the inaugural class of 60 fulltime students and 25 part-time students in 2011. “Creating a law school for northeastern Pennsylvania is a once-in-alifetime opportunity that will have a significant impact on Wilkes University and the surrounding communities by increasing graduate-level educational opportunities, creating jobs, and speeding the region’s economic recovery,” says Gilmour. The new law school curriculum will incorporate Wilkes’ emphasis on building close relationships between students and mentors. It will also stimulate the region’s economy by creating new jobs and bringing hundreds of students to downtown WilkesBarre and will supply talented lawyers to lead the region’s law firms, businesses and government entities. Initial work on the project began in 2004 with discussions that led to the formation of a preliminary feasibility committee. In May 2008, Loren D. Prescott Jr. was appointed dean of the Wilkes Law School Planning Initiative (proposed). For more information about the law school initiative, contact Prescott at law@wilkes.edu or visit www.law.wilkes.edu. WILKES | Fall 2009 The Foundation for Economic Education is one of the oldest and most respected economics institutes in the United States. Its president, Lawrence Reed, will deliver the Allan P. Kirby Lecture in Free Enterprise and Entrepreneurship on Oct. 8, 2009. He will speak at 7:30 p.m. in the Dorothy Dickson Darte Center for the Performing Arts. The Kirby Lecture kicks off Homecoming Weekend activities at Wilkes. The foundation, based in Irvington, N.Y., promotes Lawrence Reed of the Foundation for Free Enterprise will deliver the Kirby and researches free-market, Lecture on Oct. 8. classic liberal, and libertarian ideas.The foundation publishes the journal The Freeman, for which Reed writes the column “Ideas and Consequences.” In 1998, he was elected chairman of the foundation’s board of trustees and re-elected chairman in 1999 and 2000. Before assuming this role, Reed served as president of the Mackinac Center for Public Policy for its first two decades and remains president emeritus of the center. Under his leadership, the Mackinac Center emerged as the largest of over 40 state-based free-market think tanks in America. As a freelance journalist, Reed’s interests in political and economic affairs have taken him to 69 countries on six continents since 1985. From firsthand experience, he has reported on hyperinflation in South America, voodoo in Haiti, black markets behind the Iron Curtain, reforms and repression in China and Cambodia, recent developments in Eastern Europe, and civil war inside Nicaragua and Mozambique. Reed holds a bachelor’s degree in economics from Grove City College and a master’s degree in history from Slippery Rock University, both in Pennsylvania. 3 �on campus Wilkes pharmacy students Kevin Brittain, left, and his brother, Alex, work at Triangle Pharmacy, in Mountain Top, Pa., their hometown. PHOTO BY VICKI MAYK attended the Wilkes School of Pharmacy.Two other families have had three siblings attend Wilkes School of Pharmacy.The Breznak family includes Valarie, Pharm.D. ’08; Daniel, Pharm.D. candidate class of 2010; and Christina, Pharm.D. candidate class of 2013.The Graver family includes Kristen (Graver) Rudelitch, Pharm.D. ’03; Kimberly Graver, Pharm.D. ’07; and David Graver, Pharm.D. candidate class of 2011. In the case of the Brittain brothers, the Wilkes connection extends to their father, attorney Robert R. Brittain Jr. ’70, and Jeff ’s wife, Kristy (Hulings) Brittain, Pharm.D. ’05. Jeff says he chose the career after working at Triangle Pharmacy.“I liked the job, saw the relationship that the owners had with their customers and thought I’d give it a whirl,” he says. Kevin followed in his brother’s footsteps working Family Legacies Mark there and soon found himself First Decade of Wilkes choosing the same career path. School of Pharmacy “Seeing the impact that pharmacists can have on patient At Triangle Pharmacy in Mountain Top, care convinced me,” he says. Pa., customers know what to expect: Their younger brother Alex personal service, a friendly staff—and, for says he “looked at pharmacy the last decade, one of the Brittain brothers schools all over the east coast,” working behind the counter. but found the best choice was Jeff Brittain, Pharm.D. ’05, and his close to home at Wilkes. “I like brothers Kevin, Pharm.D. candidate class that the classes are not large. of 2010, and Alex, Pharm.D. candidate Jeff Brittain, Pharm.D. ’05 and wife Kristy (Hulings) Brittain, You can get to know people class of 2012, have all worked at the Pharm.D. ’05 are part of the Brittain family legacy at Wilkes. and your professors on a more PHOTO COURTESY JEFF BRITTAIN pharmacy in their hometown. And all personal level,” Alex says, echoing a sentiment three have gone on to study pharmacy at Wilkes. voiced by his siblings. As the School of Pharmacy prepares to After graduating from Wilkes, Jeff served three celebrate its 10th anniversary, marking a decade years as a captain in the U.S. Air Force. He now since graduating the first class, legacy families works as a clinical pharmacist at Medical University already abound in the professional school. of South Carolina in Charleston, S.C. His wife, According to Bernard Graham, dean of the Nesbitt College of Pharmacy and Nursing, about Kristy, is teaching at the university. He says attending Wilkes—a relatively new School of Pharmacy—had 25 pairs of siblings have graduated or enrolled in advantages.“Everything was current and based on the professional program. the latest practice in the field.” “Almost 10 percent of our graduates are related to each other, not counting marriages,” Graham states.The statistic is surprising for a program that accepts only 70 students annually. Attend the Pharmacy Reunion during The Brittains are among three legacy families – Bernard Graham, Homecoming Weekend, Oct. 9-11. in the pharmacy program with a special dean of the Nesbitt College of See page 19 for details! distinction: three siblings in the same family Pharmacy and Nursing '' WILKES | Fall 2009 Almost 10 PERCENT of our graduates are RELATED to each other, not counting marriages. 4 ' �on campus A Visit From The Colonel School in Wilkes-Barre, congratulating students in unique and fun ways while providing them with a glimpse into the Wilkes University community. “When selecting a college, students want to feel like they are more than just a number,” says Jack Chielli, executive director of marketing communications at Wilkes. “Approaching undecided seniors in this way allows Wilkes to not only reach out to these particular students, but to also let their friends, classmates and co-workers see the type of attention that Wilkes offers. It’s the type of interaction you simply can’t provide at an open house or a campus tour.” Left: Dallas Senior High School senior Mary Ketchner gets a visit from The Colonel. Below: The Colonel works out with Ryan Rinehimer, a senior at Hazleton Area High School, at Gerrie’s Fitness Center in Conyngham, Pa. PHOTOS BY 160over90 WILKES | Fall 2009 In the spirit of TV shows like “Candid Camera” and MTV’s “Punk’d,”Wilkes University surprised high school seniors accepted to Wilkes with an unexpected visit from the University’s Colonel mascot. As the May 1 College Decision Day approached,Wilkes reached out to undecided students by showing up at after-school jobs, the local gym, and even during class.The students’ everyday routines were filled with the Colonel’s unique antics as students were recognized for their positive accomplishments such as merit scholarship earnings and their acceptance to Wilkes. At Valley View High School in Archbald, Pa., the Colonel entered fourthperiod calculus with music and a bull horn to present merit scholarship earnings.The Colonel also made stops at Gerrie’s Fitness Center in Conyngham, Pa., Fino’s Pharmacy in Dallas, Pa., and Holy Redeemer High 5 �athletics Semper Fi RETIRED MARINE COL. JOEL KANE ’80 IS FAITHFUL TO LESSONS LEARNED AT WILKES You have to build a team that understands the consequences of what you’re doing.... You learn things like teamwork, never quitting…. Those basic fundamentals were formed on the football field at Ralston Field. WILKES | Fall 2009 By Christopher Barrows 6 �athletics I the Navy and the largest MV-22 squadron in the Department of Defense.The now retired full bird colonel logged over 3,200 flight hours in 10 different types of fixed wing, helicopter and tilt-rotor aircraft. Kane’s service earned him multiple citations and campaign medals, including the Legion of Merit, Joint Meritorious Service Medal, Meritorious Service Medal with 3 Gold Stars, Single Mission Air Medal and the Strike Flight Air Medal with numeral 2. Kane also earned three master’s degrees: a master of business administration from National University in San Diego, Calif.; a master of military science from Marine Corps University, Command and Staff College; and a master’s degree in National Resource Strategy from the National Defense University, Industrial College of the Armed Forces, Fort McNair,Washington, D.C. The subject of his last master’s thesis earned him a permanent place in military aviation history. Drawing on the accounting and writing skills he learned at Wilkes, Kane argued that the Marines should purchase new CH-53 helicopters instead of revamping the existing 20year-old model. The new model now under development is called the CH-53K—a name coined in Above: Kane was number 53 and team captain on the Wilkes football team. Kane’s thesis. PHOTO FROM WILKES ARCHIVES. “They (the Marine Corps) brought in consultants that Opposite Page: Joel Kane ’80 with members of the football team at White Oak High came up with the same [recommendation],” Kane says. school in Jacksonville, N.C. PHOTO COURTESY OF JOEL KANE “The K model—I gave it that name in my paper for my name, Kane. They actually kept it. It’s a great honor.” teamwork, never quitting….Those basic It was athletics that first drew Kane to Wilkes. Growing up in Wilkes-Barre, he fundamentals were formed on the football field at was aware of the school’s strong football tradition as well as Wilkes’ reputation Ralston Field.” for academic success. An offensive lineman under Coach Rollie Kane wore number 53 during his Wilkes football career.A four-year starter Schmidt, Kane now shares those lessons training and letterman, he was a team captain as a senior. Joe Moran, former offensive young pilots and high school football players. He line coach, recalls Kane’s leadership abilities.“He was an outstanding individual,” likens flight training to coaching. says Moran,“He was the kind of guy who led by example. He knew everyone’s “When I walk in there, it’s like coaching football,” assignment on the field.When practice was tough, he could interject humor and he says.“The minute I get in the simulator with these make the guys laugh, lighten things up. He had that quality.” young lieutenants, I just want to give back. I share all Football continued to be part of Kane’s life. He played or coached on the football my experience with them: I don’t sugarcoat it. I try to teams at every military base where he worked, from Quantico,Va., to Japan. prepare them physically and mentally for what they’re Kane retired from the Marines in 2006, ending a 31-year military career. He going to experience in Afghanistan or Iraq.” now works as a contract flight instructor.Today, he also serves as the varsity His military career began in 1975 when he offensive line coach at White Oak High enlisted in the U. S.Army and attended the West School, near his home in Jacksonville, N.C. Point Prep School at Fort Monmouth, N. J. He came Kane has been married to his wife, to Wilkes and joined the Marine Corps Platoon Sharon, for 28 years.They have two Leaders Class Program. Kane graduated with a children: Daniel, a college student, and bachelor’s degree in accounting. He was then Joeline, a high school student. commissioned as a second lieutenant of Marines. One of his key messages to both players As a pilot, he has traveled the globe, from Japan and flight trainees is:“Never quit.You may to Saudi Arabia to Djibouti,Africa. He had not win every game, but you have to keep responsibility for hundreds of men and millions of getting back up and continue to fight.” dollars worth of aircraft. Kane commanded both the largest CH-53E squadron in the Department of Retired Col. Joel Kane ’80 had a 31-year career as a Marine aviator. WILKES | Fall 2009 n the Marine Corps, says retired Col. Joel Kane ’80, everything translates to life and death—even in peacetime. “You have to build a team that understands the consequences of what you’re doing,” reasons the veteran Marine pilot who transported men, food and supplies in the Middle East during Operations Desert Shield and Desert Storm.“You learn things like 7 �LEGENDS OF HAUNTED BUILDINGS AND GHOSTLY VISITORS ABOUND IN WILKES’ HISTORIC BUILDINGS WILKES | Fall 2009 By Andrew Seaman 8 The third floor of Doane Hall is said to be haunted by the ghost of a young woman. PHOTOS BY EARL & SEDOR PHOTOGRAPHY �Chase-ing a Ghost As the home of the University’s admissions office, Chase Hall is the first building prospective students see at Wilkes. Built in 1917, it was the home of Frederick Merrill Chase and his family. Chase came to Wilkes-Barre at the age of 14 and worked his way up the coal industry ladder. Four years after construction The staircase of Chase Hall, where ghostly footsteps can be heard. was completed on his mansion, he died.A decade passed before the building was given to Wilkes, then Bucknell University Junior College, by the brother of Mrs. Chase. There is evidence that Mr. Chase may still be “living” in his old home. Al Espada, a former Wilkes admissions counselor, would work in the building late at night after coming back from college fairs in New Jersey. One night around 11 p.m., he was playing a CD while he worked when it suddenly stopped playing. He heard three distinct steps coming towards his office doorway. No one was there. “I was prepared to work for another hour, but the incident made me quit for the night,” says Espada. The Cold Room Sturdevant Hall has been used for many functions since it was acquired by Wilkes in 1951. These include serving as a women’s dorm, the registrar’s office, the office of residence life, the education department and several other uses. Through all of its incarnations, there’s been one permanent resident: a ghost. Back in 1969, girls living in Sturdevant were convinced that their residence was possessed. Often, they would wake to the rapping of a fist on their door, only to discover that there was no one there. It was that kind of activity that led them to run the ad in The Beacon for a “ghost exterminator.” Sturdevant, now a co-ed residence hall, continues to be plagued by the elusive apparition. Elizabeth Roveda ’05, MBA’07, director of residence life, says a resident assistant was in the building alone when locked doors started to open. Public safety officers were summoned and conducted hourly checks. WILKES | Fall 2009 HE CLASSIFIED AD IN THE VALENTINE’S DAY edition of The Beacon read: “WANTED: One ghost exterminator. References necessary. Contact Pat Hill or Bonnie Gellas at Sturdevant Hall.” The year was 1969—and Wilkes co-eds claimed that a ghost walked in the residence hall. In March of that year, ghostly happenings were so much the talk of campus that The Beacon ran an editorial about the ghost stories, stating, “…students on this campus take these stories seriously—if not the tales behind them, at least the fact that there are strange unexplainable goings-on. Some talk of starting ghosthunting parties, or holding séances or going back to the good ol’ Ouija board.Whether they are serious or not, even the skeptical agree that the tales add a bit of flavor and mystery to the old buildings on campus.” University archives, back issues of The Beacon, and conversations with members of theWilkes community all show that ghost stories and haunted happenings have been part of campus lore throughout its history. It’s part of the collective memory of generations of alumni. Today, students, faculty and staff still relish stories about unexplained events in the stately mansions used for classrooms, offices and residence halls. Most buildings on campus have a story to tell. According to William Lewis Jr. ’80, a vice president at Merrill Lynch Global Wealth Management and guide for the Luzerne County Historical Society annual ghost tours, it’s no surprise that such tales abound at Wilkes and in the surrounding community. “Why did so many frightening things happen here? Well, if you walked around any city in the world that had dwellers like the Native Americans, who lived in the area for thousands of years, as well as a modern settlement dating back well over 200 years you would be sure to find all kinds of amazing stories,” says Lewis. The histories of the University’s oldest buildings blend with ghostly tales, yielding stories that have become legends with the passing of time. 9 �After that event, Michele Sabol-Jones, a Wilkes public safety officer, remembers hearing that other officers found vacuum cleaners—previously stored away—returned to rooms. And, in a hall without air conditioning, one room was freezing cold during the dog days of summer. Dealing a Dead Man’s Hand Kirby Hall sits on the “number one” plot of Wilkes-Barre’s original town plan. Stephen Leonard Thurlow, a coal baron, purchased the lot in 1872, and commissioned Frederick Clarke Withers to design what is now known as Kirby Hall. The building changed hands twice before Fred Morgan Kirby acquired it in 1905. However, along the way the house seems to have picked up an unwanted caretaker. NO ONE WAS EVER FOUND, According to a 1981 edition of Wilkes College Quarterly, around the turn of the century, nor did anyone while the home was owned by Reuben Jay Flick, a colorful leave the locked character named Poker Pan was allegedly killed in the house building-except during a gambling dispute. The murder occurred in what was for the guards, then the music room. Poker Pan may not have taken kindly to having his card game Ill suddenly interrupted. Often people hear footsteps for a long on the stairs. Sabol-Jones says that public safety officers have time ... claimed they feel a presence on the third floor. Some even claim to feel a hand on their backs. According to The Beacon archives, people have reported seeing a strange mist by the windows. One report talks about a professor doing late-night research on the second floor. As he exited the building, he saw a white mist in front of him. As he approached it, the mist retreated up the stairs. who REFUSED TO GO BACK Ghostly Laughter Conyngham Center was built in 1897 by William Hillard Conyngham. He hoped that this home would serve his family for many years. To cement that hope, Conyngham had family photographs placed in the building’s cornerstone. Today, the Conynghams’ presence may extend beyond those photographs. Lewis has heard of some interesting activity taking place there. “Several years ago, security guards had locked the building up for the night only to hear the sound of a young woman’s laugh echoing near the elevator on the side of the building. One guard headed upstairs and one headed to the basement to find the woman. No one was ever found, nor did anyone leave the locked building—except for the guards, who refused to go back in for a long time,” says Lewis. WILKES | Fall 2009 The Lady in Red 10 Weckesser Hall is one of Wilkes’ most iconic buildings, and one of the most storied when it comes to ghosts. The home was built by Frederick J. Weckesser, a hardworking business man and former director of the F.W.Woolworth Company, between 1914 and 1916.The home still features a working elevator, surround shower, giant chandelier and indoor rain gutters. The home may also feature some of its original owners. Lewis says,“People claim to see a shadow descending the stairs The parlor of Kirby Hall, where a poker game turned deadly. �The “speakeasy” in the basement of Waller Hall dates back to the original owner. The Girl on the Third Floor Doane Hall was Wilkes University’s only residence hall where quiet hours were observed 24/7. But one former resident broke the rules at the South River Street mansion, as sounds from another world could be heard coming from the third floor. Residents have often complained about the strange occurrences in Doane, but they always know who to blame: the girl on the third floor. Campus legend says that a girl hanged herself there decades before Wilkes acquired the building in 1973. What adds to the mystery and fuels the stories is the single white, steel door with no knob that blocks people from using the staircase to the third floor. The Ghosts of Prohibition? Waller Hall was originally built as the home of Julius Long Stern in 1925. The home is known for being one of the most elaborate residence halls that Wilkes owns. Waller is also one of the strangest. The building is divided into two sides—north and south. Wilkes even acquired the building in two parts. An unusual feature of Waller is the mysterious passageways on the second floor. If students wanted, they could circle the entire floor without ever stepping into a hallway. The second strange feature is the bar—or speakeasy—in the basement. The presence of the speakeasy has become a popular piece of Wilkes lore. It’s a place few have seen, adding to its mystique. Any self-respecting ghost would certainly want to gather there. During prohibition, prominent members of the Wilkes-Barre community could relax in the spacious downstairs bar, sit near a brick fireplace, and order libations from the bartender. Perhaps some of these partygoers have stayed around waiting for their next drink. Andrew Seaman is a Wilkes University senior and served as editor of The Beacon in spring 2009. More on the web: Share your Wilkes ghost stories at The Colonel Connection message boards at community.wilkes.edu. WILKES | Fall 2009 and turn toward the front of the structure. Maybe it’s Mr. Weckesser’s spirit. He was known for his hard work habits: Perhaps he is returning to finish his evening work. Or perhaps it is Dr. Eugene Farley, the founding president of Wilkes.” Another tale involves a University staff member. As she was setting up for an early morning meeting, she noticed an older woman in a red dress standing on the stairs. The staff member smiled and went about her business, but when she went back to check on the woman, she had disappeared. As the staff member turned to resume her duties, she noticed a picture of a woman hanging in the entranceway. The picture looked exactly like the woman she had seen on the stairs, and under it was a small plaque with Mrs. Weckesser’s name engraved on it. The staff member reportedly tendered her resignation later that day. 11 �MIXING ALUMNUS’ VOLUNTEERISM TRANSFORMS THE LIVES OF DIABETIC YOUNGSTERS By Helen Kaiser Michael S. Anger, MD, FASN, FACP, Denver, Colo. B.S., Biology, Wilkes 1977 M.D., Hahnemann Medical College, Philadelphia 1981 Career: President of Western Nephrology Group, a medical practice with 12 physicians, 70 employees and a partnership with five dialysis clinics throughout Denver. Notable: Has combined diverse interests such as his medical practice, magic, biking, ice hockey and skiing, WILKES | Fall 2009 blending fundraising with fun-raising to give back to 12 his family and community. Favorite Wilkes Memory: Skiing with the Polar Bear Club and working as a disk jockey for the school radio station, WCLH-FM. �Opposite page: Dr. Michael Anger ’77 teaches diabetes management strategies against the backdrop of Camp Colorado. Above: Dr. Michael Anger ’77, center, works his medical magic to bring smiles to the faces of children at an American Diabetes Association camp. ' We were honored to recognize someone who is a LEADER in his own profession and who truly embraces FAMILY VALUES. – Suehila Glass, executive director of ADA’s Denver office '' Suehila Glass, executive director of ADA’s Denver office, said Anger was a natural choice for Father of the Year because of his personal and professional connections with diabetes, his belief in the ADA’s mission and his passionate interest in helping patients. “We were honored to recognize someone who is a leader in his own profession and who truly embraces family values. Because he has given of his personal time, finances and expertise, we have been able to fund research and continue programs for persons with Type 1 and Type 2 diabetes,” Glass says. Board certified in nephrology—a specialty related to kidney function and diseases—Anger has also served as president of the National Kidney Foundation of Colorado and president of the Colorado Society of Nephrology. He serves on the clinical faculty advisory board for the University of Colorado Denver School of Medicine and has been teaching and volunteering as an attending physician at Denver Health Hospital for the past 22 years. Anger recently was honored with the university’s community service award. In the community, Anger has been president and board member of his homeowners association and president of the municipal water board. He enjoys roundtable discussions with the Mile High Magicians group to share techniques in the magic world. He would not, however, reveal how he can levitate a syringe. “It’s magic,” he says. Family time includes biking with his wife on the 100kilometer division of Tour de Cure to raise money for the ADA, playing ice hockey with his eldest son on “The Fighting Kidneys” team, and skiing. Anger fondly recalls his biology coursework at Wilkes and wonderful experiences with Professor Charles Reif and Les Turocszi: “They were both favorite professors of mine, and ones I will never forget.” WILKES | Fall 2009 A S A 12-YEAR-OLD WITH earnings from his Brooklyn, N.Y., paper route, Dr. Michael Anger ’77 was able to fund his fascinating hobby: magic tricks. On visits to the renowned Tannen’s Magic Store in Manhattan, he was captivated by the store clerks’ sleight of hand—card tricks, coin effects, disappearing silks and the like. “Soon I was making my own tricks and performing them at birthday parties,” Anger recalls. Who could predict that, as a grownup physician in Denver, Colo., he would resurrect his box of tricks to bring magic to the lives of children with diabetes? Making insulin syringes appear to float in the air—“just stuff to make kids smile”—is one of the talents Anger uses annually as a volunteer at the week long Camp Colorado, sponsored by the American Diabetes Association.Anger has been involved with the camp for the past eight years, pulling nearly round-the-clock duty over six days as senior physician to ensure the 260 participants, ages 8 to 17, are having a healthy good time. This means supervising the infirmary, dosing insulin at the dining hall and making 2:30 a.m. and 5:30 a.m. bed checks to ensure campers’ blood sugar levels haven’t spiked or dropped dangerously because of their physically active days and new meal regimens at the pristine Colorado mountain lake retreat. The camp, with about 75 medical and ADA-trained volunteers, blends the fun of regular summer camp with education about diabetes management tailored to each camper’s stage of development. “It’s exhausting, but it’s special,” says Anger, who was named 2009 Father of the Year by the Denver office of the ADA. He and Rachel, his wife of 26 years, have four children: Matthew, 23, a student at the University of Colorado Denver School of Medicine; Eric, 21, at Northwestern University; Emily, 19, at the University of Oregon, and Max, 17, a high school senior. Max was diagnosed with Type 1 diabetes at the age of four. “Naturally, this impacted the whole family,” Anger says. “Emotionally it’s very stressful, but we were lucky to be close and work through it. There’s a lot to learn about diet changes and medication, but the philosophy we used to raise our son was: ‘Don’t let diabetes control you; you control the diabetes.’” Max’s disease sparked his dad’s involvement with the ADA, which reaches out to 23.6 million Americans with diabetes. PHOTOGRAPHY BY TIM RYAN PICTURES 13 �Views of the new River Common can be seen from the Wilkes campus. PHOTO OF FOUNTAIN AT NIGHT BY ANDREW SEAMAN WILKES | Fall 2009 ALL OTHER PHOTOS BY MICHAEL P. TOUEY 14 �F EW UNIVERSITIES CAN say that a river flows past the front door of campus.Wilkes University is one of them. The proximity of the Susquehanna River has been a blessing and challenge over the years. For generations of alumni, the River Common—the lovely greenway fronting the river—provided a respite from the classroom. At other times, flooding—most notably following Hurricane Agnes in 1972—was the curse of having a campus bordering a river. A new system of levees completed in 2003 has reduced flooding issues. Now the River Common project, completed in June of this year, tops the flood wall and provides a new riverfront park facing the Wilkes Campus. Two portals in the flood wall along River Street—with the southernmost located near the Wilkes campus—invite visitors to access the riverfront. Looking northeast from the Dorothy Dickson Darte Center, the new River Common provides opportunities for walking, cycling, boating and fishing along the river. An amphitheatre for open-air concerts, a boat launch and other amenities bring the promise of new recreational opportunities for Wilkes students and alumni. WILKES | Fall 2009 More on the web: To take an online tour of the new River Common, go to www.wilkes.edu/rivercommon. 15 �TEACHING THE DIGITAL NATIVES TECHNOLOGY CHANGES 21ST CENTURY CLASSROOMS By Vicki Mayk B uilding a model of the solar system— complete with little planets made from plastic foam balls—has no place in Kathy Schrock’s world. Schrock, an adjunct professor in Wilkes University’s master’s degree program in instructional media, likens it to an ancient artifact WILKES | Fall 2009 with little relevance for today’s digital learners. 16 “We need to be using technology to allow students to do alternative assignments,” says Schrock, a nationally recognized expert on technology and education who has authored six books and presented more than 100 workshops on the subject. “We need to be asking them, ‘Do you want to do a video about that, or a comic strip, or a Flash video presentation?’ They still have to demonstrate that they know the material. Changing how they do it is the big step.” Offering students alternatives for completing assignments is just one aspect of the 21st century classroom, a place that actively engages students by using technology—from interactive whiteboards to digital cameras—as tools to teach and inspire. The 21st century classroom will find some students making a video instead of writing a term paper. Virtual field trips will take them to an art museum on the other side of the world. And if their high school doesn’t offer a particular advanced placement class? No worries: They can take the class online. Computers have been in schools for more than two decades. But it takes more than equipment to transform schools for the future. Michael Speziale MS ’78, dean of Wilkes University’s College of Graduate and Professional Studies, says more is required. “Computers have had little, if any, effect on transforming our classrooms because they haven’t been used effectively,” Speziale says. Classrooms of the 21st century, he explains, must reflect the way members of the millennial generation—those born between 1982 and 2000—think. “They multitask, they collaborate, they live, breathe and work in social networks. And there is a whole body of research that addresses how these students learn and how to reach them,” he states. “Then they come to school, and we ask them to park the technology at the door.” The way to teach them, he explains, is to use a variety of media that engage them in learning collaboratively. The key to transforming schools is transforming teaching methods to incorporate the wide variety of digital and online tools available. Helping educators learn how to do that is the focus of several Wilkes University master’s degree programs in teacher education. One of those programs— 21st Century Teaching and Learning— starts by helping teachers understand why change is necessary. “We tell them that they’re not doing something wrong: The students have changed,” says Kathleen Makuch, program coordinator and a former school superintendent. Their students, �Left: A computer is always close at hand for Pamela Oliveira, a teacher in the Wyoming Valley West Middle School in Kingston, Pa., and a student in Wilkes’ master’s degree program in instructional media. Chalk boards and worksheets aren't preparing our students for the world in which they will perform. PHOTO BY BRUCE WELLER Below: Jim Kotz ’90 MS’92 demonstrates the use of an interactive whiteboard as a technology coach in the Lackawanna Trail School District. PHOTO COURTESY JIM KOTZ Once they do, many become advocates. He cites one veteran science teacher who “jumped right in” and made lessons interactive. For example, students in his classroom study anatomy by placing organs in a digital human body. The assignment to create a model of the solar system still has a place in the digital universe. Using simulated modeling, students can build the solar system, set the planets in motion and watch them orbit the sun. Barbara Moran ’84 MS’88 and Victoria Glod MS’91, program coordinators for Wilkes’ classroom technology and instructional technology graduate programs, can identify dozens of such resources. Technology can be especially helpful in teaching challenging concepts. “Sometimes the concept of slope can be difficult for students to understand,” Glod explains. “If they take digital pictures of roofs with various pitch and then use Google SketchUp to outline the height and width of the roof line, they can calculate the slope of the roof.” And for those who fear that technology is making education more impersonal—Moran disagrees. “It’s getting more personal,” she states. “Students can be online with their peers from New York to California and collaborate with them on a project. Twitter, Facebook, Web cams—here are endless options for being connected.” LEARN MORE ON THE WEB Learn more about online learning tools and the classroom of the 21st century: • http://course.wilkes.edu/web20 • http://school.discoveryeducation .com/schrockguides • www.kathyschrock.net • www.iste.org WILKES | Fall 2009 she explains, are “digital natives”—a term coined by e-learning guru Marc Prensky to describe youngsters who have never known a world without the Internet and cell phones. Teachers are “digital immigrants” who have had to learn the equivalent of a second language. Gone are the days of lecturing by the teacher. For digital natives, Makuch explains, “project-based learning” is the key. “Teachers are the facilitators of learning. They set up projects and the students do the learning.” The need for change drew Pamela Oliveira, a teacher at the Wyoming Valley West Middle School, to enroll in Wilkes’ instructional media program. “Chalk boards and worksheets aren’t preparing our students for the world in which they will perform,” Oliveira says. Jim Kotz ’90 MS’92, focuses on helping teachers master the tools in his role as technology coach for the Lackawanna Trail School District in Factoryville, Pa. “Newer teachers have been using the technology all along. For experienced teachers, it’s a matter of finding the time to incorporate it into their lesson plans,” Kotz says. 17 �alumni news Music Alumni in Tune at Spring Concert Music alumni came back to campus on April 25 and 26 to perform in the annual spring concert and to catch up with each other thanks to the collaborative efforts of Assistant Professor Philip G. Simon and the Office of Alumni Relations.Twenty alumni reunited under the direction of guest conductors Ray Nutaitis '62 and Terry Zipay. Photos of the weekend are available at: http://community.wilkes.edu/band. Pictured above, from left, are David Cooper ’74, Philip Herfort ’69, Donald Williams ’76, Ray Nutaitis ’62, Ethel Shannon Sherman ’73, Clark Hamman ’72, and Mark Dubik ’76. PHOTO COURTESY OF ETHEL SHANNON SHERMAN ’73 2009 Alumni Scholarship honoree Helen Ralston ’52 and Wilkes President Tim Gilmour show off the award presented at the annual scholarship dinner held April 25 at the Henry Student Center. Alumni gathered to honor Ralston for her contributions and accomplishments. Recognized for her heart of blue and gold, she still brings the Wilkes family together and regularly leads the alma mater and National Anthem at University functions. MEET LAURA CARDINALE ’72, ALUMNI ASSOCIATION PRESIDENT Education I hold a bachelor’s degree in economics from Wilkes Wilkes memory is life at Sturdevant Hall, with fond memories of fabulous University and completed post-graduate work in friendships and camaraderie as well as great parties. economics at Northeastern University in Boston. How did you get involved with Alumni Association? Career Four years ago a friend and former classmate contacted me and asked if My current position is vice president-finance and I would be interested in becoming a member of the Alumni Association business planning at Verizon. I began my career Board. I became aware of the great work that was being done to transform at New England Telephone Company and have the post-graduation relationships between the University and alumni. held positions in marketing, finance and What is your vision for the Alumni Association Board? strategic planning there and at Bell Atlantic My vision is straightforward: to strengthen the bond between alumni and Verizon corporations. and the University. Favorite Wilkes Memory My favorite academic NEW ALUMNI ASSOCIATION BOARD MEMBERS WILKES | Fall 2009 memories include multiple 18 walks a day (usually in the The following alumni joined the board in May: cold!) to Parrish Hall, where Jef Bauman ’09 Kristin Hake Klemish ’04 all of the business, finance Cynthia Charnetski ’97 Nick Koch ’12 and economics classes were JJ Fadden ’98 Ruth McDermott-Levy ’82 held at that time. I credit the Roya Fahmy ’83 Anita Mucciolo ’78 small classes and excellent Jill Kalariya ’10 faculty with the high-quality education I received. From a Newly elected Alumni Association officers, from left: Fred Demech ’61, first vice president; Laura Cardinale ’72, president; Rosemary LaFratte ’93 MBA’97, second vice president. social perspective, my favorite PHOTO BY LISA REYNOLDS �alumni news Alumni Homecoming Weekend 2009: Oct. 9-11 The Legend Continues… Relive Wilkes memories and make new ones at Homecoming! Last year 1,000 alumni and friends were back on campus to celebrate. Enjoy events all weekend long: • Tailgate Tent and football game vs. Lebanon Valley • 10th Anniversary Celebration of the pharmacy program • Young alumni Tent Festival on Saturday evening • Running Club-sponsored 5K • Parade through downtown Wilkes-Barre • Gatherings for Doane,Weckesser and Gore Hall alumni, field hockey alumnae and many more • Ralston Alumni Golf Tournament at Irem Country Club • Celebrate your reunion! CELEBRATE YOUR REUNION! If you graduated in 1949, 1959, 1969, 1984, 1999 or 2004, don’t miss out on your class reunion! Find out more and register online today! wilkes.edu/homecoming QUESTIONS? Contact the Office of Alumni Relations at (800) WILKES-U Ext. 7787 or at alumni@wilkes.edu. PH) PHARMACY PROGRAM 10TH ANNIVERSARY CELEBRATION w~'il~~~r~ Come ComE back to campus to get together with faculty members, reconnect with friends and current students. Planned weekend activities include: and meet r ~~,~E_ THE DATE! •• dinner on Saturday night din eebr ate the 10th "-nni •• reception with LKS, Kappa Psi rec Pha "ersary of the rm acy prograrn at Ha 8oo ""1rtl\, -.1om --1 alu~~ILKESU ext. 1781 --..::.::.-••nl@witkoc ~U i'R<v~-•"1· "1khi.-lJUW.illf\l,Ol;ltJJIJ'd ___.. •• events throughout Homecoming Weekend ev1 For information on the Pharmacy Program’s 10th Anniversary Celebration, check For more 11 out outTThe Colonel Connection, http://community.wilkes.edu/pharmacy or contact the Office Offic1 of Alumni Relations at (800) WILKES-U Ext. 7787 or e-mail alumni@wilkes.edu. 11U1 Above: Members of the first Pharmacy School graduating class. PHOTO FROM WILKES ARCHIVES WILKES | Fall 2009 Otta:'ecoming, ~~vuer 9·11! IU:J~ •• continuing education opportunity COi 19 �class notes 1963 Philip Siegel has accepted the position of Peter S. Knox III distinguished chair in accounting at Augusta State University. He was on the accounting faculty at Florida Atlantic University, Boca Raton, and was to begin his new position in August 2009. 1965 Bill Schwab and his wife, Donna, will be married 30 years in December 2009.They spent their careers working in education in the Wilkes-Barre Area School District. Bill retired as principal of Coughlin High School in 2002, and Donna retired in 2004. Now they are traveling as much as they can.They have spent a month driving around Alaska, cruised the Greek Isles, taken the old American Orient Express train from Idaho to New Mexico, and driven snowmobiles through northern Quebec. Voda Turns Past into Prose 1968 Helen Dugan Worth, director of the Office of Communications and Public Affairs at Johns Hopkins University Applied Physics Laboratory, has been named to the laboratory’s principal professional staff.The appointment recognizes the highest professional stature and is equivalent to achieving a tenured faculty appointment. She led media relations for such programs as the nearearth asteroid rendezvous mission that landed the first spacecraft on an asteroid. She lives in Columbia, Md. 1970 Kenneth Gordon recently retired after more than 38 years as an analytical chemist with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration. He lives in Philadelphia with his wife, Karen.They just celebrated their 35th wedding anniversary.The couple have a daughter, Jill, age 29. In her book From Shoebox to Saltbox, Voda described “a When Mary Beth Kennedy Voda ’66 retired from young family’s love affair with an old saltbox house.” The teaching English at Wyalusing Valley Area High School, it family is her own. She wrote about her struggle as a city was her husband who suggested she rediscover her girl adjusting to country life and the challenges of home passion for writing. A mother of two grown children with renovation. “With two kids at home and my husband an English degree from Wilkes, Voda had been waiting working, we tore that house apart and put it back for an opportunity to write about “interesting people together,” she says. Why take on such a challenge? “It who have done interesting things with their lives.” For needed us as much as we needed it,” she explains. Voda, those interesting people look a lot like family. Another success for Voda was an American History magazine article titled “A War in Letters.” It recounted the experience of Voda’s father, World War II Marine Corps Pvt. Tom Kennedy, during the battle of Iwo Jima. The article has led to multiple speaking engagements for the author throughout the Northeast. Voda has published several other articles, including one written for Pennsylvania Heritage magazine on political activist Cornelia Bryce Pinchot, wife of Pennsylvania’s 1922 governor, Gifford Pinchot. She also wrote and performed a 22-part radio series on Pennsylvania women for local Public Broadcasting affiliate station WVIA. Her inspiration, she says, comes from family, particularly her father and grandmother. “I come from a family of storytellers,” she says. Voda continues her love affair with words and is currently WILKES | Fall 2009 working on a children’s book, Dixie Smiles. She makes her 20 home in Wyalusing, Pa., with her husband, John. — By Rachel Strayer Mary Beth Kennedy Voda ’66 poses with an edition of From Shoebox to Saltbox at an author’s event. PHOTO COURTESY TONY MUSSARI �class notes Nicholas Inducted Into National Teachers Hall of Fame Les Nicholas ’81, a teacher at Wyoming Valley West Middle School, was prepared to watch an Earth Day program with his class on April 22, Les Nicholas ’81 stands outside the National Teachers Hall of Fame in Emporia, Kan. 2009, in the school’s auditorium. When he arrived he found the entire school waiting—as PHOTO COURTESY NATIONAL TEACHERS HALL OF FAME well as his family and a representative from the Nicholas was selected as one of the best teachers in to seep into the habits of his students. Because one of Mr. Nick’s many catch phrases is ‘Make it first class or America and was one of five teachers inducted to the third, but never second,’ students quickly realize they Hall of Fame this year. The awards ceremony took place cannot cut corners because if something is worth doing, in June at Emporia, Kan. This is not the first award it is worth making excellent.” bestowed upon Nicholas. His other honors include being named a 2005 Disney Teacher, the 2004 Pennsylvania Teacher of the Year, 2005 University of Nicholas says that he emphasizes involving students in the learning process. “Often we educators are imposing too many restrictions Pennsylvania Educator of the Year, and a 2008 First on them. I find that if the kids make decisions, then things Freedom Award winner. like discipline become non-issues. You’ve got to be a little Nicholas graduated from Wilkes College with a triple clever in how you do that,” he says. major in English, German and education. He went on to Nicholas will be permanently honored with a plaque earn his master’s degree in educational leadership from at the Wyoming Valley West Middle School and with a the University of Pennsylvania in 1985. He has worked in display at the National Teachers Hall of Fame Museum, the Wyoming Valley West School District teaching in Emporia. journalism, advanced journalism, broadcast journalism and English for the last 28 years. Lindsey O’Brien, a former student, describes the — By Andrew Seaman, Wilkes University senior Les Nicholas will deliver the first lecture in the 2009-2010 teaching style that has made Nicholas an award- “Issues in Education” speakers series on Sept. 17 at 4:45 p.m. winner: “Mr. Nick’s industrious work ethic never fails at Wilkes University. His topic will be “Becoming a Teacher.” 1972 Karen (Baldoni) Bernardi joined the real estate firm Prudential Poggi & Jones. She had a successful 33-year career in education as an elementary teacher before graduating from the Pennsylvania Real Estate Academy and obtaining her real estate license. She lives in West Pittston, Pa., with her husband, Raymond, and has three sons. 1980 Shepard Willner completed all of the requirements for the Toastmasters International Distinguished Toastmasters Award.This distinction, presented in the form of a medallion, was given at the May 2, 2009, District 27 Spring Conference at George Mason University.The award is achieved by only 2 percent of all members. 1984 Reunion Oct. 9-11 ~ Dr. Daniel J. Glunk received the Susquehanna Council of Boy Scouts of America 2009 Distinguished Citizen Award. The award honored his achievements, which include being the first Pennsylvania Medical Society president from Lycoming County in more than 100 years. 1985 Timothy Williams successfully defended his doctoral dissertation in educational leadership at Immaculata University. He is the director of instruction for the Manheim Township School District. He resides in Lancaster County, Pa., with his three children. WILKES | Fall 2009 National Teachers Hall of Fame. 21 �class notes 1989 Reunion Oct. 9-11 ~ Robert Faille graduated from the University of Pennsylvania with a master’s degree in technology management.The program is co-sponsored by the University of Pennsylvania and Penn Engineering. Ronald E. McHale Jr. of Mountain Top, Pa., recently joined First National Community Bank as a senior financial consultant. He has 20 years experience in the bank brokerage industry. He resides in Mountain Top with his wife, Donna, and their son,Tyler. 1990 John Paul Corcoran Jr. has been appointed an adjunct professor of law at Duquesne University School of Law in Pittsburgh. Keith Silligman has been appointed to the newly created role of executive director with the Omaha Ambulatory Surgery Center and MidWest Pain Clinics in Omaha, Neb. Keith, wife Nancy, and their two children, Ashley and Christopher, have lived happily in Omaha for the last eight years. 1991 Victor James Mosca married Denise Diane Gilbert on May 10, 2008. He is self-employed. The couple reside in Kingston Township, Pa. 1996 Karen (Bednarczyk) Cowan and her husband, Scott, announce the birth of their second daughter, Eden Elizabeth, born on March 4. Eden is welcomed by her big sister, Grace Evelyn.The family resides in Winter Garden, Fla. John Decker and his wife, Mandy, announce the birth of their first child, Luke Charles, on April 24, 2009.The couple reside in Orlando, Fla. STRIKE UP THE BAND Any member of the Wilkes community, student or LOOKING FOR CAREER ADVICE? Are you thinking of changing careers or facing a transition due to the current economic situation? Wilkes is here to help. There are a number of resources available to alumni, including the services of the Wilkes Career Services Office. Find out what’s available to you at http://community.wilkes.edu/career_resources. 1997 Meredith (Cabrey) Nascimento and her husband, Christian, welcomed their second son, S. Christian Jr., on March 27, 2008. 1999 Reunion Oct. 9-11 ~ William John Weidner married Terri Ann Gallagher on Sept. 6, 2008. He is employed as a certified public accountant by Decker Accounting LLC,WilkesBarre.They reside in Hanover Township, Pa. 2000 Laura Burns married Daniel DiMarzo on Nov. 1, 2008, in Westport, Conn.The couple resides in East Norriton, Pa., where Laura works as a marketing director for a telecommunications company. She is the daughter of Robert Burns Jr. ’82 and Wilkes employee Anita Burns. alumnus, is invited to play with the Wilkes Pep Band at home games, Homecoming and other fall activities WILKES | Fall 2009 around campus. Rehearsals are Monday afternoons, 22 4 to 5:30 p.m., and home game Saturdays, 9:30 to 11 a.m. Pep Band shirts and jackets are provided, as well as brunch after rehearsal on home game days. Call Philip Simon, (570)408-4437, for more details. Jennifer Kennedy and Nicholas Wadas were married on Aug. 23, 2008.The groom is employed by Allied Services as an occupational therapist and by Wilkes University as the head cross country coach. They reside in Dallas, Pa. 2002 Ronald Metcho is an associate attorney with the law firm of Marshall, Dennehey, Warner, Goggin and Coleman. He resides in Philadelphia. 2003 Kyla Campbell-Bubb is a reporter and weekend morning anchor for WBRE in the Wilkes-Barre/Scranton television market. She married Nathan Bubb on Oct. 13, 2007.The couple reside in Drums, Pa. 2004 Reunion Oct. 9-11 ~ Emily Bly graduated from the University of North Texas in December 2008 with a master of music degree in musicology. While at the University of North Texas, Bly was a member of Pi Kappa Lambda honor society in music. 2005 Stephanie Dickert and Joshua Hall were married on June 6, 2009. Joshua is an officer in the U.S. Air Force �class notes Butchko Influences Community Revitalization Through May 31, 2009, more than 405,000 homeowners have received foreclosure counseling through the program. According to Butchko, in many of the communities impacted by NeighborWorks support, the local organizations started to see foreclosures rise in their communities before anyone else. Butchko graduated from Wilkes with a degree in political science. He went on to earn a master’s degree from the University of Rochester in public policy analysis. He says Wilkes and the mentoring he received from faculty like political science professor Thomas Baldino prepared him well for a career that has given him a front-row seat in the political arena. Butchko appears at a property dedication for a senior housing development constructed by NeighborWorks of the Blackstone River Valley, a region encompassing parts of Massachusetts and Rhode Island. Butchko has had the opportunity to see the complete political process in action. In the past, he was charged with making his organization’s case in Michael Butchko ‘96 has a hand in rejuvenating distressed communities across the United States through his work with NeighborWorks America. He serves as deputy director of field operations for the Washington, front of Congress in order to continue receiving funds. He says working with members of Congress was a dream come true for a political science major. “Working with Congress was always exhilarating. It’s akin D.C.-based organization. As a nonprofit organization to being a sports fan: You know the players, and you’re just created by Congress, NeighborWorks distributes funds to thrilled to be in that action,” says Butchko. create opportunities for people to live in affordable homes. NeighborWorks also provides technical assistance and training for community-based revitalization efforts. Butchko began working in the public policy office of He also says that it is great to work for an organization like NeighborWorks. ”NeighborWorks America has a commitment to nonprofits across the U.S. that assist America’s most underserved the organization in 2000. Recently, his job has given communities,” he says. “I’m proud to have spent the last him first-hand experience with the foreclosure crisis nine years of my professional career working for such a impacting the housing industry. NeighborWorks terrific organization.” administers the National Foreclosure Mitigation and will be transferring to Wright-Patterson Air Force Base in Dayton, Ohio, in July of this year. Stephanie is currently working on a master’s in counseling with the expectation of completion in fall 2009. Bridget McHale MBA’07 married Josh Turel Pharm.D. ’07 on May 9, 2009. Bridget is employed by Wilkes University as a coordinator in the Sidhu School of Business. Josh is employed by PharMerica pharmacy as a staff pharmacist. They reside in Dallas, Pa. — By Andrew Seaman, Wilkes University senior 2006 Jami Lynn Shuleski and Matthew John Koch ’02 were married Sept. 27, 2008. She is employed as a software developer by Keystone Automotive Operations, Exeter, Pa.The couple reside in Forty Fort, Pa. 2008 Joseph Magyar married Nina Marie Dumas on Aug. 30, 2008. He is employed at the State Correctional Institution at Mahonoy, Frackville, Pa. They reside in Wyoming, Pa. WILKES | Fall 2009 Counseling program authorized by Congress. 23 �class notes Graduate Students 2001 Raymond Bernardi, Pharm.D., joined the real estate firm Prudential Poggi & Jones. He is a licensed pharmacist and a realtor. He lives in Duryea, Pa., with his wife, Jessica, and son, Dominic. Shanna Lee (Henninger) Dawson, Pharm.D., and her husband, James, would like to announce the births of their two children. Kevin Francis Dawson was born Oct. 31, 2006, and Mallory Jean Dawson was born Feb. 8, 2009. They reside in Nazareth, Pa. Kevin Michael Polifko, Pharm.D., married Susan Elizabeth Pellock ’05, Pharm.D., on Aug. 16, 2008. She is employed as a lieutenant in the U.S. Public Health Service Commissioned Corps with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, Office of Regulatory Affairs, Harrisburg, Pa. He is employed as a pharmacy supervisor for CVS, Harrisburg, Pa.They reside in Harrisburg. 2006 Jennifer Lee Bernick, MS, married Jeffrie Edward Welby on June 28, 2008. Jennifer is in her final year of coursework From Accounting to the FBI From a young age, Karen Bednarczyk Cowan ’96 always dreamed of working in law enforcement. So when it came time to pursue a major at Wilkes University she chose … accounting? “As a high school student I researched the type of people the FBI would hire, and their top candidates at the time were people with accounting degrees,” explains Cowan, an intelligence analyst on the Joint Terrorism Task Force in the FBI’s Tampa, Fla., division. With her accounting degree and minors in finance and management in hand, Cowan went on to earn a master’s degree in educational leadership and policy studies from Virginia Tech. “The FBI rarely hires young adults fresh out of college,” Cowan says. “I remember being told on my first day at the FBI Academy that one in 12,000 people who apply to the FBI are offered a position.” On the Joint Terrorism Task Force, Cowan became a member of the FBI’s Evidence Response Team. She identifies documents, collects and preserves evidence supporting FBI cases. “The ERT provides assistance in Karen Cowan’s accounting degree was a stepping stone to an FBI career. PHOTO BY SCOTT COWAN any area of evidence collection management from traditional search warrants to complex crime scenes. As a member of this team, I received a high level of training to ensure evidence is collected in such a reprioritize her workload quickly. That’s also the most manner that it can be introduced in courts throughout challenging aspect. the United States and the world. Over the years, I WILKES | Fall 2009 have had the opportunity to work a number of 24 The best part of her career, she says, is the uncertainty of the tasks each day will bring. She often has to Cowan lives in Winter Garden, Fla., with husband Scott and daughters Grace and Eden. warrants and crime scenes, including those involving missing children.” — By Shannon Curtin ’07 MBA’09 �class notes 2007 Craig Czury, MA, is the author of “Kitchen of Conflict Resolution,” a collection of poetry published by FootHills Publishing. 2009 Kerrie Stephanik, MS, and Seaton Angley were married on June 21, 2008. She is an English teacher at Hazleton Area High School.The couple reside in Conyngham, Pa. In Memoriam 1945 Dr. Matthew M. Mischinski of Pinehurst, Pa., died May 9, 2009. He was a physician and a diplomate of the American Orthopedic Society and the American Society of Emergency Physicians. He was a graduate of Wyoming Seminary in Kingston, Pa., Bucknell University Junior College and Temple University School of Medicine in Philadelphia. He served his country during World War II as a first lieutenant in the Army Air Corps. He was a B17 pilot and completed 35 missions over Europe. He is survived by his wife of 58 years, Eleanor Mischinski; sons, Richard Mischinski, Austin, Texas, Paul Mischinski, WinstonSalem, N.C., Mark Mischinski, Telford, Pa., and Carl Mischinski, Indian Trail, N.C.; sister, Loretta Dunn, State College, Pa.; eleven granddaughters and one grandson. 1948 William J. Rule of Exeter, Pa., died May 25, 2009. He attended Temple University, Wilkes College, and Legion College at Indiantown Gap. He enlisted in the Army Signal Corps in December 1942 and was honorably discharged in 1946. He has been a legionnaire for over 60 years and was employed at Foster Wheeler Corporation for 25 years. He is survived by his daughters, Linda T. Cook, Alamo, Calif.; and Sherry L. Emerhaw, Dallas, Pa.; a grandson and several nieces and nephews. John Francis Washko of Morrisville, Pa., died June 5, 2009. He was a veteran of World War II, having served in both the Army and Army Air Corps. He saw active duty in the European theater and was awarded the Purple Heart. He graduated from Bucknell University Junior College with a bachelor’s degree in mechanical engineering. Washko was employed at General Motors in Ewing, N.J., for 45 years, retiring as a senior mechanical engineer. He is survived by his wife of 52 years, Florence Kozik Washko; his daughter Susan, Charlottesville,Va.; son John, Canton, Conn.; daughter Judy; and a granddaughter. 1949 The Rev. Michael Mokris of Kingston, Pa., died April 22, 2009. He graduated from Bucknell University Junior College and received a master’s degree from the University of Pennsylvania. He was a World War II veteran, serving in the U.S. Army. Mokris graduated from Saints Cyril and Methodius Theological Seminary, Pittsburgh, Pa. He was ordained into the holy priesthood in 1961, serving in eastern Ohio and western Pennsylvania. He retired from SS. Peter and Paul Byzantine Catholic Church, Lopez, Pa. Surviving is his sister Margaret Jankik, Miami, Fla. Cyprian Rapczynski of Toms River, N.J., died on April 29, 2009. He was a graduate of Bucknell University Junior College and was employed as the vice president of exports at Associated Metals and Minerals Corp., New York City. He was a Navy veteran of World War II. Surviving are his wife, the former Romaine Smar, and son Allen. 1952 Adeline ‘Addie’ Stein of Yuma, Ariz., died May 15, 2009. She attended Wilkes College from 1950 through 1952. She is survived by her husband of 56 years, Carroll “Bert” Stein Jr.,Yuma, Ariz.; a daughter, Linda Fallert, Pine Valley, Calif.; a son, Jeffery Stein,Yuma, Ariz.; sisters, Christine Stankevicz, Luzerne, Pa. and Betty Kazokas, Courtdale, Pa. 1953 Robert “Barry” Jordan of Oceanside, Calif., died April 17, 2009. He attended Wilkes College, Elizabethtown College and Lincoln Chiropractic College, where he received his doctor of chiropractic degree in 1954. He interned at Spears Chiropractic Hospital in Denver, Colo.; spent two years in the medical corps of the U.S. Army; and entered private practice in Wilkes-Barre. He later began a career in sales. After moving to California, he owned a roofing business until his retirement. He is survived by his brothers,Wayne Jordan, Binghamton, N.Y.; Donald Jordan, New Castle, Del.; sister Joyce Jordan, Hummels Wharf, Pa.; children Kimberly Kenyon of Maryland, Brenda Jordan of California, Susan LaNunziata of Exeter, Pa., Scott Jordan of Thornhurst, Pa., Brett Jordan of California, Gregg Jordan of Florida and 10 grandchildren. WILKES | Fall 2009 for her doctorate in educational leadership. She teaches fourth grade in Lake Lehman School District.They live in Dallas, Pa., with their black lab, Marley. 25 �class notes WILKES | Fall 2009 1957 John S. Klimchak of Hanover Township, Pa., died March 16, 2009. He was a World War II veteran, serving in the U.S. Coast Guard and receiving numerous medals for his service. He was a life member of the Veterans of Foreign Wars Post 5267 and a 4th Degree Knight in Our Lady of Czestochowa Council 3987. Klimchak worked at the American Chain and Cable Company,Wilkes-Barre, and was a member of the United Steel Workers of America. He also worked at the Highway Trailer Company, Hazleton, Pa., as personnel manager. Surviving are son John Klimchak,Waldorf, Md.; daughter Pat LaPorte, Lancaster, Pa; three grandchildren; three great-grandchildren; and sister, Josephine, Berlin, Md. 26 Dr. Anthony W. Kutz of Dallas, Pa., died April 22, 2009. He was a veteran of the Korean Conflict, serving with the U.S. Army in the military police and received his bachelor’s degree in biology from Wilkes College. He furthered his studies at Temple University, graduating from Temple Dental School in 1961. He was a dentist for more than 45 years. He is survived by his wife of almost 52 years, the former Pauline Pelczar; daughter Mary Murphy, Mountain Top, Pa.; son Dr. John Anthony, Clarks Summit, Pa.; and five grandchildren. Gerald B. Lefkowitz of Baltimore, Md., died March 22, 2009. He was a U.S. Air Force veteran of World War II, serving as a staff sergeant with the Eighth Air Force. He was co-owner of The Pittston Corset Shop, founded by his father in 1929. He is survived by his wife, Dolores (Rubin) Lefkowitz; children Diane Celmer and Susan Bellomy, both of Baltimore, David Lefkowitz, Oregon, Marc Lefkowitz, Manchester, Md.; brother Saul "Pinky" Lefkowitz; seven granddaughters; and one great-grandson. Bernard Rubin of Fort Lauderdale, Fla., formerly of Wilkes-Barre, died March 29, 2009. He served in the U.S. Army and was self-employed as an accountant prior to retiring. He was a member of the former United Orthodox Synagogue, Congregation Ohav Zedek and other civic and religious organizations. He is survived by his beloved wife, the former Helen Schainuck; loving children William Rubin, Dr. Keith Rubin, Davida Rubin Baker, Faye Rubin Orefice; and six grandchildren. 1958 Dorothy L. Owens of Kingston, Pa., died May 27, 2009. She graduated from Wilkes and was employed as a teacher at the Franklin Street Elementary School, Plymouth, Pa., until her retirement in 1975. She was a member of the Holy Family Parish, Luzerne, Pa. and the Retired Teachers Association. In addition to her husband, William, of 42 years, she is survived by son Mark; sisters Carol Batroney, Kingston, Pa., and Barbara Swartwood, Wilkes-Barre; and brother Edward Thomas Jr., Plymouth, Pa. 1962 George Gavales of New York City, N.Y., died April 4, 2009. He is survived by his loving companion of 17 years, Jacalyn Brown; his daughter, Lisa Gavales-Connors; granddaughter, Linda Alice; and brother Emmanuel. Ruth M. (Connelly) Walker of Wilkes-Barre died May 21, 2009. She was a graduate of King’s County Hospital School of Nursing and Wilkes. She worked first as a nurse and later as an associate administrator of long-term care for the Pennsylvania State Department of Health. Survivors are her husband, William Walker; stepchildren, Jeff and Wendy Walker (Miller); and two grandchildren. 1971 Ronald James Kamage, Esq., of Inkerman, Pa., died on May 16, 2009. He was a graduate of Wilkes College and Widener Law School. He was in private law practice in Kingston, Pa. He is survived by his wife, the former Darlene Wilde, Inkerman, Pa.; and brother, George Kamage, Pittston, Pa. 1973 Marlene C. Zvirblis of Mountain Top, Pa., died March 25, 2009. She was employed at the United Penn Bank,Wilkes-Barre, and worked for the federal government. Zvirblis was a member of the Gold Prospectors Association of America, Susquehanna Chapter; the Delaware Valley Paleontological Society; and the Mid-America Paleontology Society. She was also a member of the Polish Women’s Alliance and St. Jude’s Church, Mountain Top, Pa. Surviving are her husband, Anthony G. Zvirblis; and a brother Richard Strobel, Granada Hills, Calif. 1977 John J. Sharkowicz of Wanamie, Pa., died April 18, 2009. He was honorably discharged from the U.S. Army, having served from 1956 to 1958. He was employed as an industrial engineer with the Office of Surface Mining in WilkesBarre from 1977 to 2006. He was a member of Corpus Christi Parish/St. Adalbert’s Church, Glen Lyon, Pa. Surviving is a sister,Wanda Stralka, Oxon Hill, Md. �class notes Remembering Charles N. Burns Sr., M.D. ’37 Charles N. Burns Sr., M.D., of Kingston, Pa., died April 21, and separated from the Army in 1946, after attaining 2009. During a long and distinguished medical career, the rank of major. he also played a significant role at Wilkes University as In 1950, he became chief of urology at Crile VA Hospital alumnus, friend and mentor to both students and in Cleveland, Ohio. Returning to Wilkes-Barre in 1953, he faculty in the biology department. joined his uncle, Peter P. Mayock, M.D., in the practice of In 1987, Wilkes University named the campus bell urology. In 1981, his son, Dr. Charles N. Burns Jr., became tower in his honor, as well as presenting him with an affiliated and they practiced together until the retirement of honorary degree. A scholarship is also given annually in Dr. Burns Sr. in 2006. Prior to retirement, he was involved in his name at Wilkes. His positive influence was felt in basic research on prostate cancer at Wilkes University. many other ways. Linda Gutierrez, assistant professor of biology at Wilkes, Michael Steele, Fenner chair of research biology, recalled her first meeting with Burns as a colleague in remembers his contributions and professional leadership. “Dr. Burns was a superb mentor to many of us in the cancer research. “I met Dr. Burns in 2005, and I still remember how his biology department at Wilkes, regularly sharing his eloquence and bright persona impressed me at first,” says passion for medicine and his research on prostate Gutierrez. “I shared with him the belief and passion in cancer, and frequently involving our faculty and finding a cure for cancer through basic and translational students in these endeavors,” Steele says. “In fact, research.” She continues, “Dr. Burns was a high-caliber many of the students who worked with him followed in physician, a sharp researcher and remarkable mentor for his footsteps by pursuing careers in medicine or all of us here at the department of biology.” medical research. He was a dear friend of the biology community at Wilkes and will be deeply missed.” He is survived by his son, five grandchildren and two great grandchildren. He was a graduate of Wyoming Seminary class of 1933; Bucknell University Junior College, class of 1937; and Jefferson Medical College of Thomas Jefferson University, Philadelphia, Pa., class of 1941. He interned at Mercy Hospital, Wilkes-Barre, where he met his wife, Mary Agnes Quigley, R.N. Drafted into the Army Medical Corps at 28, he participated in the Battle of surgeon with the 104th Infantry Division. He was awarded the Bronze Star The late Charles N. Burns Sr., M.D.’37, left, was mentor and friend to generations of students and faculty. He is pictured with former Wilkes President Christopher Breiseth at the 1987 dedication of the Burns Bell Tower named in his honor. WILKES | Fall 2009 the Bulge as a battalion 27 �class notes 1980 Bette Lynn Gardner of Tunkhannock, Pa., died June 2, 2009. She was employed as a social worker at St. Michael’s School until retirement. She was a member of the Tunkhannock United Methodist Church, the Tunkhannock Borough Council, and the Tunkhannock Community Ambulance Association, serving as an emergency medical technician and board secretary. She was also an EMT and CPR instructor for the American Red Cross and Emergency Medical Services. She is survived by her husband of 45 years, Bruce Gardner; sons David Gardner, Manchester, N.H.; Stephen Gardner,Tunkhannock; Paul Gardner, Courtdale, Pa.; daughter Terri Velez, Colorado Springs, Colo.; sister Heidi May King, Cheyenne,Wyo.; eight grandchildren and two great-granddaughters. 1986 John Michael Phillips of Berwick, Pa., died May 17, 2009. He graduated from King’s College,Wilkes-Barre, with an associate’s degree and a bachelor’s degree in business administration. He continued his education at Wilkes University, graduating with a master’s degree in business administration. He was the owner and operator of Phillips Financial Services, Berwick. Surviving are his brother, Peter Phillips, Fort Meyers, Fla.; and sister Carolyn Williams, Aurora, Ohio. 1989 Amanda J. Picketts of Wilkes-Barre passed away March 25, 2009. She was employed by Sallie Mae in Wilkes-Barre. Surviving are her mother, Irene Solonski, Wilkes-Barre; husband David J. Picketts; daughter Avery Picketts; and sister Amy O’Hara, Charlotte, N.C. Friends of Wilkes Constance Kline Umphred of Naples, Fla., passed away April 7, 2009. She graduated from Moravian Seminary in 1951 and Wheaton College in 1955. Upon graduation from college, she taught at Dedham Country Day School in Massachusetts. She served on the Union Terrace Parent Teacher Association as president and on the board of trustees of Moravian Academy. She later served on the boards of Muhlenberg College, Wilkes University, Sordoni Art Museum, Allentown Art Museum, Allentown Community Concerts, United Way of Lehigh County, and the Wilkes-Barre YMCA. She was a founding member of Wilkes-Barre’s Luzerne Foundation and president of the McCole Foundation. She is survived by her husband,William ’52, Naples; sons David W. Leh, Stroudsburg, Pa., and Edward K. Leh, Short Hills, N.J.; daughter, Lorraine Pearson, Basking Ridge, N.J.; and eight grandchildren. Submitting Class Notes Share personal or career news in any of three ways: • E-mail it to wilkesmagazine@wilkes.edu. • Post it at The Colonel Connection Web site at community.wilkes.edu. WILKES | Fall 2009 • Or mail it to: Class Notes 28 Wilkes Magazine 84 W. South St. Wilkes-Barre, Pa. 18766 �then & now Past generations of Wilkes engineering students toiled over their work under the watchful eye of their professor. See anyone you recognize in this photo? Share names or reminisce at The Colonel Connection message boards, found at community.wilkes.edu. Or send responses to Wilkes magazine, 84 W. South St., Wilkes-Barre, Pa. 18766. You can also e-mail wilkesmagazine@wilkes.edu. PHOTO FROM WILKES ARCHIVES Today’s Wilkes engineers study cutting-edge technology like robotics— but the mentoring relationship with professors is still central to the learning experience. PHOTO BY BRUCE WELLER �w WILKES UNIVERSITY Wilkes-Barre, PA 18766 WILKES UNIVERSITY calendar of events September 10 John Wilkes Society Annual Dinner,Westmoreland Club, honoring Eugene Roth, Esq. October 1-4 Theatre Production, Dorothy Dickson Darte Center, 8 p.m.; Oct. 4, 2 p.m. 8 Allen P. Kirby Lecture in Free Enterprise and Entrepreneurship, Lawrence Reed, president, Foundation for Economic Education 9-11 Homecoming 19 Faculty Exhibition 2009, Sordoni Art Gallery. Opening reception, Oct. 25. Through Dec. 13. November 13-15 Musical Theatre Production, Darte Center. Also Nov. 20-22 17 Outstanding Leaders Forum, humanitarian Elie Wiesel, 8 p.m., F. M. Kirby Center December 5 Flute Ensemble Concert, Darte Center 7 String Ensemble Concert, 7 p.m., Darte Center 10 Jazz Orchestra Concert, 8:15 p.m., Dorothy Dickson Darte Center 11 Choral Ensembles Christmas Concert at St. Stephen’s Church,Wilkes-Barre, 7:30 p.m. 13 Civic Band Concert, 3 p.m., Darte Center For details on times and locations, check www.wilkes.edu and Wilkes student Ashley Deemie works out on the balcony of her University Towers apartment. PHOTO BY BRUCE WELLER The Colonel Connection! Or phone (800) WILKES-U. � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes Alumni Magazine, 1947-present Subject The topic of the resource Alumni Relations Description An account of the resource <p>An archive of Wilkes University Magazine, from 1947-present. The magazine went through various names including <em>Wilkes Alumnus</em>, <em>Wilkes Quarterly,</em> <em>Wilkes Universe</em>, and the current title, <em>Wilkes Magazine</em>. Some editions for the <em>Wilkes Universe</em>, will have multiple issues within the file record. Our holdings may be missing editions for certain years due to having no physical copy within the collection. </p> Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes University Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived Wilkes University Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Wilkes University Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1947-present Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes Magazine, Fall 2009 Subject The topic of the resource Alumni Relations Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Marketing Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource Fall 2009 magazine Wilkes Magazine https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/2e7e5bc65b2a9e7b1608cf5db433c57c.pdf 9448fd6450fb235161e52d3ce2a9ed1a PDF Text Text FA L L 2 0 0 8 1933 - 2008 CELEBRATING 75 YEARS OF MEMORIES �Explore the power of learning The Emerging Leader: The High Potential Leadership Program The Next-Level Leader: Management Development Program The Strategic Executive: Executive Development Program Also Available: Results-Driven Consulting Solutions Enrolling now for fall! For course descriptions and schedule, visit www.wilkes.edu/sovereign For more information, contact: Erin Drew Director (570) 408-4253 (800) WILKES-U Ext. 4253 erin.drew@wilkes.edu Lead.Grow.Contribute. Sovereigncenter for leadership and management development W i l k es U n i v e r s i t y, W i l k es - B a r r e , P enns y lva n i a �FALL 2008 contents FEATURES 8 Devoted to Wilkes Wilkes icons Al Groh ’41 and Jane Lampe Groh say commitment to students marked the institution from its beginning 8 12 75 Years of Memories Alumni from all decades and across the United States share tales of their days at Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes 17 Presidential Reflections Former presidents remember the trials and triumphs of leading Wilkes 19 How Well Do You Know Wilkes? Test your knowledge of history, people and trivia with this fun quiz 19 DEPARTMENTS 3 On Campus 12 6 Athletics 20 Alumni News 22 Class Notes On the cover: From its earliest days as Bucknell University Junior College, Wilkes has been devoted to providing personal attention to students. In this month’s issue, you’ll find reminiscences of alumni, faculty and staff. We hope they conjure up a few memories of your own. And we hope you’ll join us as we kick off the anniversary celebration at Homecoming 2008; look for details on page 21. FUTURE ISSUE Winter 2008 Environmental Initiatives Have a story idea to share? Contact us at wilkesmagazine@wilkes.edu or Wilkes Magazine, 84 W. South St., Wilkes-Barre, Pa. 18766. WILKES | Fall 2008 17 2 President’s Letter PHOTO COMPOSITE DESIGNED BY KARA REID 1 �president’s letter Here’s to the Next 75 Years! W t5cy~ lM WILKES WILKES | Fall 2008 WILKES MAGAZINE University President Dr. Tim Gilmour ILKES UNIVERSITY HAS WEATHERED MANY storms over the years – not just the catastrophic Agnes flood, but the challenges of the Depression, war and economic instability. It continues not only to survive but to thrive as both an educational institution and a vibrant member of the communities it serves. The University’s success stems from its unique and deep commitment to community.That commitment is what attracted me to Wilkes, and such commitment will define the quality of successful institutions in the future. Many initiatives have demonstrated this commitment over the years: engineering UNIVERSITY programs founded to support the region’s 1933-2008 electronics industry; pre-medicine, pharmacy and nursing programs vital to serving medical needs; environmental science studies crucial to healing scars left by mining; and graduate education to enhance K-12 teaching and administration.Wilkes is also committed to providing each undergraduate student with a strong foundation in the liberal arts and sciences, which are essential for success in a constantly changing world. I came to Wilkes because of its capacity to look beyond self-interest and because of the small classes that allow students to develop close relationships with faculty and staff mentors. And as we chart the course for the future, we remain faithful to these values. To succeed and flourish in the long-term, we must broaden our sense of whom we serve and where.We must grow to meet lifelong education needs through graduate and adult programs. As students’ needs University President Tim Gilmour PHOTO BY KIM BOWER-SPENCE change, we will need to change as well. Interest in web-based programs is exploding, especially as the energy crisis comes upon us, and we must be prepared to meet that demand. And we must continuously explore new academic opportunities, as we are with the law school. At the end of the day, we must offer a set of programs that balances the ups and downs of demand while increasing our profile and prominence in the region. However, our dedication to the student will not change. 2 FA L L 0 8 Dr. Tim Gilmour Wilkes University President Vice President for Advancement Michael Wood Editor Kim Bower-Spence Executive Editor Jack Chielli Associate Director, Marketing Communications Christine Tondrick ’98 Creative Services Mark Golaszewski Web Services Craig Thomas Graduate Assistant Shannon Curtin ’07 Layout/Design Quest Fore Printing Payne Printery Inc. EDITORIAL ADVISORY GROUP Anne Batory ’68 Brandie Meng M’08 Bill Miller ’81 George Pawlush ’69 Donna Sedor ’85 ALUMNI RELATIONS STAFF Executive Director Sandra Sarno Carroll Director Mirko Widenhorn Associate Director Michelle Diskin ’95 ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OFFICERS President George Pawlush ’69 M’76 First Vice President Terrence Casey ’82 Second Vice President John Wartella ’84 Historian Colleen Gries Gallagher ’81 Secretary Bridget Giunta ’05 Wilkes magazine is published quarterly by the Wilkes University Office of Marketing Communications and Government Relations, 84 W. South St., Wilkes-Barre, PA 18766, wilkesmagazine@wilkes.edu, (570) 408-4764. Please send change of address to the above address. Wilkes University is an independent institution of higher education dedicated to academic and intellectual excellence in the liberal arts, sciences and professional programs. The university provides its students with the experience and education necessary for career and intellectual development as well as for personal growth, engenders a sense of values and civic responsibility, and encourages its students to welcome the opportunities and challenges of a diverse and continually changing world. The University enhances the tradition of strong student-faculty interactions in all its programs, attracts and retains outstanding people in every segment of the University, and fosters a spirit of cooperation, community involvement, and individual respect within the entire University. �on campus Celebrating the Class of 2008 More than 4,000 family and friends filled the Wachovia Arena on May 17 for the 61st annual spring commencement. President Tim Gilmour conferred 330 bachelor’s, 307 master’s and 71 doctor of pharmacy degrees. Former N.J. governor and chairman of the 9/11 Commission Thomas Kean delivered the keynote address. Kean is a friend and former colleague of Wilkes Trustee William Tremayne ’57. Four graduates were honored with distinguished awards for academic excellence and leadership. Accounting major Karl Kemmerer, biochemistry major Brynn Beaver and English major Angelina Teutonico received the Mabel Scott Wandell and Sterling Leroy Wandell Award for attaining the highest grade point averages in the graduating class. Beaver and Kemmerer both graduated summa cum laude with a 4.0 average, and Teutonico graduated summa cum laude with a 3.99. The Alumni Award for Leadership went to Kaitlin Taber-Miller, who graduated summa cum laude with a bachelor of arts in musical theatre.Taber-Miller served as an e-mentor and orientation leader and participated in two alternative spring break service trips abroad and to hurricane-ravaged New Orleans. Three Wilkes graduates were commissioned as second lieutenants in the U.S. Air Force. Each graduate completed training at Wilkes’ Air Force ROTC Detachment 752. Lt. Michael Lewis became the first recipient of the Wilkes Flyboys Distinguished Graduate Award; he also received the AFROTC Distinguished Graduate Award. Graduates celebrated with more than 4,000 friends and family at Wachovia Arena. PHOTOS BY MICHAEL P. TOUEY The answer to CORRUPTION AND OPPORTUNISM is not to turn away or to complain about our problems but to ensure that the best and the most qualified and the most compassionate BECOME OUR LEADERS. – Thomas Kean The Wilkes University Chorus and Civic Band recently recorded a CD of traditional Wilkes songs. These songs, often played and sung at graduation and sports events but never before recorded, include the Alma Mater, Wilkes is in Town Again, the Touchdown Song and the Homecoming Song. A number of Wilkes alumni joined current Wilkes students in the production of the recording. The CD, which also includes recordings of other recent performances by the University Chorus and the Chamber Singers, will be available for purchase during Homecoming 2008, Oct. 3 to 5. For more information on the CD, please e-mail alumni@wilkes.edu. WILKES | Fall 2008 The Sounds of Wilkes PHOTO BY CHRISTINE TONDRICK 3 �on campus Law School Initiative Takes Step Forward With Hiring of Dean Loren Prescott Loren D. “Chip” Prescott Jr. took the reins as dean of the Wilkes University Law School Planning Initiative on June 1. Prescott, formerly vice dean and professor at Widener University School of Law, Harrisburg, Pa., leads efforts to investigate feasibility and develop plans for northeastern Pennsylvania’s first law school. Preliminary plans call for enrolling between 80 and 100 first-year students in fall 2010. “If feasible, the addition of a law school represents a great opportunity for the revitalization of Wilkes-Barre and the region.Wilkes’ mentoring culture is uniquely suited to training a new generation of attorneys skilled in the practice, not just the theory, of law,” said President Tim Gilmour. “Chip Prescott brings both experience and vision to this initiative.” As dean, Prescott will complete an in-depth market analysis of enrollment trends, look at parameters for a law school library, and develop a trailblazing curriculum. He is scheduled to submit plans for trustee consideration in April 2009. “The Wilkes Law School Initiative provides Wilkes University with a unique opportunity to serve the legal community in northeast Pennsylvania as it participates in the debate over the future of legal education,” Prescott says. “I look forward to working with my new colleagues at Wilkes and with the bench and bar in NEPA as we continue to pursue this important new project at Wilkes.” Job demand for lawyers remains strong, with starting salaries dependent on where and in what fields one practices, according to the Association of Legal Career Professionals. In addition, 90.7 percent of 2006 law school graduates for whom employment status was known were employed as of Feb. 15, 2007. The overall median starting salary reached $62,000, while the median compensation for private practice was $95,000. Prescott began his career as a certified public accountant, receiving a bachelor’s degree in business administration from University of Washington. He earned his juris doctor degree from Willamette University College of Law and a master of laws degree in taxation from University of Florida College of Law. He is currently a doctoral candidate in public administration at Penn State University. For more information on the law school initiative, contact Prescott at law@wilkes.edu or (800) WILKES-U Ext. 3220. Updates on progress will be posted at www.law.wilkes.edu. Loren “Chip” Prescott. PHOTO BY MARK GOLASZEWSKI WILKES | Fall 2008 Mystery Newspaper Inspires Online Archive 4 contains portable document format (pdf) files of nearly all Beacon editions from 1936 through 1970. Did you know that the first campus newspaper was called the Bison Stampede? His goal is to archive the remaining issues from Neither did University archivist Harold Cox until last year, when he sorted 1971 to 2000. Since 2001, the Beacon has been through the meticulously organized files of the late Norma Sangiuliano Tyburski, dean of women for Bucknell University Junior College. In “Sangy’s” automatically archived online. To help build the archive, Cox asks any alumni files was one copy of the mysterious newspaper. or friends of the university who may have old Cox decided to investigate if additional copies existed.“I had my doubts after issues of the newspaper to contact him at talking with George Ralston,” says Cox.“Even he hadn’t heard of the Bison harold.cox@wilkes.edu. To browse Stampede.” Cox then contacted his Bucknell University counterpart, who and download editions of the confirmed the existence of the newspaper and had in Bison Stampede and Beacon, visit her possession all 13 printed copies. The Bison Staropede http://beaconarchives.wilkes.edu. Inspired by the discovery, Cox set out to archive all editions of the Wilkes Beacon. Six months later, Cox launched an online, searchable database that �on campus Prestigious $1 Million Grant Will Bolster Biology at Wilkes “Super labs,” new faculty, and a beefed-up curriculum preparing students for emerging science careers are among improvements biology majors will soon notice, thanks to a $1 million grant from the Howard Hughes Medical Institute. “Anyone graduating with a Wilkes biology degree can take pride in this award,” says Mike Steele, chair of biology and primary author of the grant. “This recognition by HHMI shows Wilkes is continuing to develop and grow.” HHMI invited 224 of the country’s top colleges and universities to apply for the science education funding and awarded only 48 grants “to the nation’s best undergraduate institutions,” according to HHMI. Wilkes will use the grant to strengthen students’ abilities in mathematics, physical sciences and computer science so they can integrate these disciplines into life sciences. New “super labs” will immerse students in research for 10 days between their sophomore and junior years. Students will have more opportunity for laboratory and research experience thanks to a $1 million grant from the Howard Hughes Medical Institute. These students are tracking songbirds along the Susquehanna River. PHOTO BY KIM BOWER-SPENCE “There is nothing like this in the area,” Steele says. “This kind of requirement is very unusual at the undergraduate level.” Eileen Sharp, coordinator for health sciences professional programs, adds: “The science research and laboratory opportunities available for Wilkes students helps them learn strong critical thinking and problem-solving skills so necessary in a health care career and gives them an advantage over students applying to health professions programs from other undergraduate institutions.” NEW TRUSTEES JOIN BOARD The nation’s first female secretary of state and an environmental innovator will each present lectures at Wilkes University this fall. • Madeleine K.Albright, U.S. secretary of state in the Clinton administration and principal of global strategy firm The Albright Group LLC, will present the annual Outstanding Leaders Forum lecture at 8 p.m.Tuesday, Nov. 18, in the F.M. Kirby Center. Forum proceeds provide scholarships for promising business students at the Jay S. Sidhu School of Business and Leadership. • Electrical engineer Martin Eberhard re-invented the electric car into a sexy roadster that has the likes of Arnold Schwarzenegger and Larry Page lining up to buy one, even with its six-figure price tag.The car went into production earlier this year. The founder and former CEO of Tesla Motors delivers the Allan P. Kirby Lecture in Free Enterprise and Entrepreneurship at 7:30 p.m. Wednesday, Oct. 1, in the Darte Center. Madeleine Albright. PHOTO COURTESY OF WASHINGTON SPEAKERS BUREAU The Kirby lecture is free and open to the public. For more information on either lecture, contact Rebecca Van Jura at (570) 408-4306 or rebecca.vanjura@wilkes.edu. The University Board of Trustees has elected four new trustees: • The Rev. Michael E. Brewster is senior pastor of Mount Zion Baptist Church, Wilkes-Barre. Brewster became pastor of Mt. Zion in 2004, after serving as interim pastor for one year. • Daniel J. Cardell ’79 is an investment manager from Chicago. A chartered financial analyst, Cardell was recently named president and chief investment officer of Wayne Hummer Asset Management. • Carol Kotlowski Keup ’89 of Kingston, Pa., serves as chief executive officer of Valley Distributing and Storage Company, a privately owned third-party logistics provider with 90 employees in Wilkes-Barre and Scranton. • Hedy Wrightson Rittenmeyer ’72 of Plano, Texas, is a member of the board of directors of The Bridge Breast Network, a nonprofit organization. She is also helping start a therapeutic horsemanship center in Nicholson Township, Pa. Trustee Jay S. Sidhu M’73, former chairman and CEO of Sovereign Bank, currently chairs the board. WILKES | Fall 2008 Madeleine Albright and Environmental Innovator Highlight Fall Lectures 5 �athletics Wilkes Legends THREE HALL OF FAMERS LEAVE AN INDELIBLE MARK ON ATHLETICS By Reid R. Frazier Left to right: John Reese, Doris Saracino and Rollie Schmidt influenced students well beyond the bounds of sport. WILKES | Fall 2008 O 6 NE WAS A LEGENDARY wrestling coach.Another made sure that women, too, could have their turn on the field or court. And another went four years without losing a single game. For decades, John Reese, wrestling coach and athletic director, Doris “Dorie” Saracino, women’s coach and athletic administrator, and Rollie Schmidt, football coach, were Wilkes athletics. Those who played for them say the lessons they learned extended far beyond the bounds of sport. Wrestling Preparedness John Reese was the wrestling coach at Wilkes for 42 years, the longest tenure of any coach at any school in the country, and if you were to ask him how he managed to win 500 matches, two national titles, and go undefeated five times, his answer would be pretty simple.“I prepared,” says Reese, of Kingston, Pa.“Every night after I ate, I’d go upstairs and take my cue cards and get ready for the next practice. Every practice I ran was organized, and I think the kids knew that.” After taking over the program in 1953, Reese built a wrestling powerhouse that tangled with, and often beat, much bigger schools. His most memorable win? At Navy, 1973.Wilkes’ 150-pounder clinched the match by pinning his opponent “on the anchor” — the iconic Navy emblem in the center of the home team’s mat.“It was unbelievable,” remembers Reese, who became a member of eight �athletics Blazing Trails for Women When Dorie Saracino came to Wilkes as a physical education instructor in 1960, women’s athletics consisted of a basketball team that practiced two days a week, and not much else.That soon changed. She coached the basketball team and started a field hockey team. Under Saracino’s guidance, the school eventually added several others.“The women needed something. The women wanted to play,” Saracino, of Kingston, says. Saracino was active on women’s intercollegiate athletics committees with the Mid-Atlantic Conference and NCAA. Representing Wilkes, she voted to include women’s athletics under the NCAA umbrella, granting equal footing for female athletics at small schools like Wilkes. She also coached volleyball from 1975 to 1989. At 4 feet 10 inches, she is “a giant in women’s athletics,” remembers Dotty Martin ’77, a newspaper editor with the Times-Leader in Wilkes-Barre who played basketball. “In my opinion, she is Wilkes women’s athletics,” says Candice Cates Zientek ’71, a professor of exercise science at Shippensburg University. Zientek, of Fayetteville, Pa., adds,“She had a tireless enthusiasm for women’s athletics. She’d work so hard, it would make you want to work hard.” A Golden Career Rollie Schmidt was not one to give rousing halftime lectures to his football teams.“He didn’t have to say a lot,” remembers former Wilkes guard Bill Hanbury ’72, now chief executive officer of the convention bureau of Washington, D.C., where he lives. “We were so well-prepared that by the time the game started, everybody knew what they had to do.” ' In my opinion, she is Wilkes women’s athletics. She had a TIRELESS ENTHUSIASM for women’s athletics. She’d work so hard, it would make you WANT TO WORK HARD. '' - Candice Cates Zientek ’71, Professor of Exercise Science, Shippensburg University Schmidt, who coached the team from 1962 to 1981, amassed a record of 92-73, including a stretch in which the “Golden Horde” won 32 games in a row over five seasons. For three seasons, the team was 8-0. His teams won five conference championships and two Lambert Bowls. Schmidt also coached baseball and golf. “The two catch phrases he had all over the locker room were ‘pride’ and ‘poise,’” says Garfield Jones ’72, a regional vice president for InTouch Health, a medical robotics company.“If you’re prepared, you’re never out of it,” says the Shavertown, Pa., resident. He adds that many games were won in the last quarter or last few plays. A case in point stands out as Schmidt’s most memorable game. In 1966, Lebanon Valley and Wilkes were tied 7-7. LV scored and then missed the extra point, and Wilkes recovered the ball on the 20-yard line. Just one second remained, with 80 yards to go. Quarterback Joe Zakowski ’70 threw a Hail Mary pass. The intended receiver fumbled, but the ball bounced off the shoulder of Paul Purta ’67, who caught it and made the touchdown. WILKES | Fall 2008 halls of fame, including the National Wrestling Hall of Fame in 1999. Reese also brought home Wilkes’ first national championship in school history, in 1974. “He taught us perseverance,” says Ron Miller ’93, an instructional designer from Woodbridge,Va., who wrestled and coached for Reese. “It wasn’t necessarily about the winning, it was about the effort we put into it.” 7 �Devoted toWILKES AL AND JANE LAMPE GROH SAY COMMITMENT TO STUDENTS MARKED THE INSTITUTION FROM ITS BEGINNING By Kim Bower-Spence A L GROH’S ASSOCIATION WITH Wilkes spans every decade of its 75-year existence. He arrived on the campus of Bucknell University Junior College as a student in 1939, returned less than a decade later to teach at BUJC, Wilkes College and Wilkes University, and still maintains a close relationship and affection for the institution that gave him not only an education but a career, a mission — and wife Jane Lampe Groh. The Wilkes-Barre native and 1941 BUJC graduate recalls walking by the fledgling institution’s buildings on his way to Boy Scouts. His parents encouraged him to attend the local junior college. Classes, each with about 20 students, took place in the original Conyngham Hall, lost to fire in 1968. Groh helped pay his way by working on the maintenance staff. “One of the things I did was clean the gutters on Chase Hall.” After studying English, speech, drama, economics, sociology and music at BUJC, Groh and fellow student Muriel Rees enrolled at Syracuse University Al and Jane Groh still live in the Kingston, Pa., home where they were married in 1977. PHOTO BY MARK GOLASZEWSKI 1933 1934 Bucknell opens junior college BUJC takes over 1935 Director John Eisenhauer Eugene Farley resigns becomes director entire former Business College WILKES | Fall 2008 building First issue of Bison Stampede First issue of is published Bucknell Beacon published School anthem is published 8 �with the help of Norma Sanguiliano, then dean of women and director of thespians at BUJC. “She drove us up and introduced us to the campus” — a six-hour trek in 1941. Groh majored in English, journalism, radio and theater. With World War II brewing, Groh had enlisted in the service before heading off to Syracuse. He was called up the March before his scheduled graduation; he and other soldiers received their degrees on time anyway. Groh flew 50 missions as an engineer gunner in the U.S. Air Force stationed in Foggia, Italy, in 1943-44. Upon his return to Wilkes-Barre, Groh worked at his father’s Studebaker dealership for a year. Then Sanguiliano asked him to replace her as BUJC’s director of theater when she left to marry. A garage behind Chase Hall — a replica of the stately mansion — served as the theater for his production of Barretts of Wimpole Street, depicting the real-life romance of poets Elizabeth Barrett and Robert Browning. Groh began teaching English, speech and theater at Wilkes in 1948 and never left. Groh recalls enthusiastic support from the community, with local shops donating costumes and citizens attending performances.The Wilkes-Barre Kiwanis Club sponsored musicals from the 1950s through the 1970s. Groh spearheaded efforts to build the Dorothy Dickson Darte Center for the Performing Arts, completed in 1965. What is a dream but a man’s life As he would want it to be, That shapes itself through all his days In the Light of Eternity. In 1952, he organized the first annual United Nationalities Pageant. He wrote the script and recruited Trustee Annette Evans to narrate the event – From A College is Built in the Image of Truth, celebrating Wilkes-Barre’s written for Eugene S. Farley by Al Groh, 1957 unique blend of ethnicities. was that he talked a little bit about the “We wanted to emphasize the strengths college, and then he talked extensively of each of these ethnic groups and about the students.That just hit me right preserve their customs and costumes and between the eyes.This is the kind of place food,” Groh explains. “I thought it was I wanted to be.” important for people of different faiths An interview on campus with George and backgrounds to work cooperatively Ralston “iced the cake,” she continues. together.” “You couldn’t help but absorb that The first program featured songs and pervasive commitment.” dances from the Jewish,African American, Groh and Lampe married in 1977 in Greek, Swedish, Syrian, Slovak, Irish, the living room of the Kingston, Pa., Italian, Polish, Lithuanian, Welsh and home they still share. Al retired in 1987; Russian communities. It opened with the Jane in 1997. But they’ve maintained Star-Spangled Banner and closed with close ties and boast a strong affection for America the Beautiful. The effort continues the institution. today as the Fine Arts Fiesta, held each Groh’s pride in Wilkes and the value of May on Public Square. education shines through in his prolific Wilkes’ commitment to embracing and poetry, which he started writing in ninth respecting all faiths and nationalities was grade. His work fills four books and one of the things that attracted Jane includes verses celebrating occasions like Lampe to Wilkes in 1969. Wilkes anniversaries, colleagues’ birthdays She had worked at colleges in Illinois and each Fine Arts Fiesta.“I don’t write as and Massachusetts and was attending a frequently as I used to, but I write for an conference in Atlanta when Farley occasion or event.” interviewed her for dean of women. “I But Lampe Groh adds:“He’s still filling was struck by the fact that the president lots of notebooks.” would be interviewing people,” she says. “What impressed me about Dr. Farley Admiral Harold Stark New BUJC Alumni Association donates family home, organizes first outing now Chase Hall donates her home, which becomes the first college-owned HQ 6th Training Detachment, building Aircrew, unit activated (Flyboys) WILKES | Fall 2008 Bertha Conyngham 9 �• CROMWELL THOMAS • ROBERT DEYOUNG • GERTRUDE DOANE • CHARLOTTE LORD • SAM ROSENBERG • LESTER TUROCZI • CATHERINE BONE WILKES My Reminiscence • DORIS SARACINO • • • • • • • • • The school was small When I was young and could not know But the standards were high What I’d grow up to be WELTON FARRAR Students learned to write Or what I’d do, or where I’d go With the who, what, when, where, why One place shaped and molded me And were encouraged to be leaders In those early formative years JOE SALSBURG With a vision and a prayer Where Dr. Eugene Farley repeatedly told And a harvest of dreams, Faculty, colleagues, and students TOM RICHARDS With a challenge to explore and accept new themes The mind should be open not controlled And new ideas with the expectation they will last. BEN FlESTER Above all to try From its inception the College played a prominent role To help others help themselves achieve In cultural and community affairs JOHN REESE Not just get by Earning the Valley the right To be known as the Valley with the heart that cares TOM BIGLER Among them Shelley Freeman, Dan Kopen, Jack Lambert Leadership makes changes that matter Jack Ellis, Bill Crowder, David Greenwald, Joel Fischman And never forsakes those who are troubled Liz Slaughter, Mary Russin, Cathy DeAngelis, David Frey For those who flatter OWENFAUT A university’s strength is the way it addresses As Coach, Counselor, Conscience, and Dean, George Ralston taught us Those in need SYLVIA “Plan your work and work your plan” And helps them help themselves DWORSKI And encouraged students Grow and succeed To be guided by the Faculty’s Marks of an Educated Man ANNE To be open to all ideas Such as the Labor-Management-Citizens Committee Wherever they appear The Institute of Municipal Government, Fine Arts Fiesta LIVA And to face challenges The United Way, Martin Luther King Jr. Committee for Social Justice Without prejudice or fear The Peace Center, Joint Urban Studies Center • PHIL Original Weckesser Hall becomes first dormitory, Wilkes College housing 16 female students formed WILKES | Fall 2008 First 10 Flyboy unit football Eugene Farley deactivated game inaugurated as first president Cheerleading squad formed Military band Colonels adopted as organized athletic nickname �• VORIS B. HALL • FRANK DAVIES • JOHN WHITBY • JOHN CHWALEK • CATHAL O'TOOLE • HAL THATCHER• GEORGEELLIOT• MILLIE GITTENS• ART HOOVER• HAROLD COX • BILL GASBARRO· DICK CHAPLINE • HUGO MAILEY· CHARLES REIF • KONSTANTIN SYMMONS SYMONOLEWICZ• GRACEKIMBALL • KLAUS HOLM • ROBERTAND PATRICIAHEAMAN • NORMA SANGIULIANO Trustees, Colleagues, Alumni, and Friends Like Judge Rosenn, Genevieve Todd Brennan, Clayton Karambelas, Arnaud Marts Secured scholarships and funds For facilities for sports, learning and living, and the arts Acknowledging that education needs proper working tools To build a stronger land for freedom Where conscience rules • UMID NEJIB • BOB RILEY • GENE HAMMER We thank Admiral Harold Stark, Gilbert McClintock, the Kirby family The Sordoni family, Dorothy Dickson Darte, the Conyngham family Annette Evans, Tom Shelburne, Frank Henry, Jay Sidhu, Charles Miner, Gene Roth, Frederick and Ann Weckesser, George Fenner, Geraldine Nesbitt Orr Presidents Farley, Michelini, Capin, Breiseth, Gilmour Whose Faculty, Colleagues, and Friends helped Wilkes reach its 75th year: Your commitment to education at Wilkes Set the standard for students studying here With a challenge from the past to explore new themes With a vision and a prayer And a harvest of dreams To stretch the mind’s dimension And to seek surprise Is to take the journey That leads us to be wise •JOE BELLUCCI • RALPH ROZELLE • JIM RODECHKO • MARY CRAIG • STANKOVUJICA • STANLEY GUTIN ALFRED S. GROH ’41 PROFESSOR EMERITUS Groh acknowledges some of the faculty and staff with whom he was privileged to work during his many years at Wilkes. John Reese appointed wrestling coach First Wilkes graduates Gilbert McClintock Wilkes Gymnasium diplomas opened donates home WILKES | Fall 2008 receive 11 �The War Years In early autumn of 1943, Pennsylvania high school seniors were offered a test to enable them to skip their last year of high school to enter college. George Ralston was my football and basketball coach at Forty Fort High School. Eighteen of us from the Wyoming Valley high schools passed the test and entered Bucknell Junior College as freshmen. I was one of two from Forty Fort High.We had one girl in the group. The theater was the Chase Hall garage or carriage house.We were directed to always refer to it as the theater, never as the garage. The student body was primarily young women, since most males of college age were already in the armed forces. At age 16, I was one of the few males on campus. There were some informal social events such as tea dances in Chase Hall.As I recall, there were off-campus events such as a prom, but there were not enough students to make much of a difference. Also, most of us were concentrating on making good grades, lived at home, and commuted to Bucknell on the trolley. There were some good athletes among the few males on campus, but most intercollegiate sports were a wartime casualty. The nearby YMCA was the center of athletics for BUJC, and we played an informal basketball schedule with local high schools. The strength of the Bucknell Junior College, in my opinion, was the administration of Dr. Eugene Farley and an outstanding faculty. I have learned from other sources that Bucknell University, like many others in wartime, was 75 YEARS of Memories AS WILKES UNIVERSITY CELEBRATES ANOTHER MILESTONE, ALUMNI, FACULTY AND ADMINISTRATORS SHARE THEIR STORIES Five-story Glen Stark Hall Golden Horde era Alden building Artillery Park is expansion begins with football (Parrish Hall) leased for athletics opens team’s 34-0 defeat WILKES | Fall 2008 purchased 12 of Ursinus Stark Hall opens Darte Center for the Performing Arts dedicated First three master’s degrees awarded Ralston Field hosts first athletic contest �under extreme financial pressure, and transferred seven faculty members to BUJC to reduce costs. In doing so, BUJC was on the way to success. The faculty included Drs. Charles Reif, Paul Geis, Daniel Gage and Mary Craig. I am slighting some others, since as a liberal arts major I avoided science and math classes that were not requirements. I do recall Dr. Reif telling his class that overpopulation and destruction of the environment would affect our futures. He was an outstanding prophet as well as a teacher. He also did considerable research of nearby Harvey’s Lake. Over the years, I have enjoyed the alumni magazine articles about “Sangy’s girls,” my classmates of that era. By 1944, there were few males on campus. Poor Norma Sanguiliano was so desperate for a male lead for a play she directed that she cast me in the role. I had little interest in the show, and my performance was mediocre at best. It was apparent that BUJC was barely hanging on financially. There were no male high school graduates to fill classes, and many girls passed up on college to fill jobs that earlier had been the province of boys. Fortunately for BUJC, the college obtained a government contract to train Army Air Force cadets going into pilot training. The happy cadets on campus convinced me that my future was in the Air Force, and I unwisely enlisted in the reserve at age 17, passing up on all the free college alternatives available through the other services, in particular the Navy. Dr. Paul Geis was also an influence, since he offered me part-time employment correcting the papers of cadet navigators. Also, I wanted to enter the service as soon as possible, as I was afraid that I would miss the war if I did not act promptly. This may sound as strange reasoning today; but in those times, it was common thinking of most of the young people I knew. – Arthur C. Williams ’44, Sacramento, Calif. Testing Honor Academic life at BUJC was an excellent experience for me because I had the opportunity to demonstrate that when called upon to do the job, I could meet the challenge.This experience proved that a college career was not beyond my ability, so it was a great confidence builder for me. In all of our classes, it was understood that if there was a test, the teacher had to leave the room. This was part of the honor code. Another part was that if you saw anyone abusing the honor code, that person must be reported. I strongly supported the honor code; if a person could not be trusted in class, then how could that person be trusted to carry out an assigned and necessary task when not supervised? In the classrooms at BUJC, I did not see any abuses of the honor code. I loved Bucknell University Junior College and gained great confidence as a result of my experiences there. Our obligations to Wilkes and the U.S. Army Air Corps were just the ticket for dedicated and enthusiastic young men. BUJC was given a tremendous responsibility in educating its youthful cadets. In taking care of them, it accepted the responsibility and completed its obligation with an earnest commitment to the nation, the boys and the army. – John Agren, East Providence, R.I. (Flyboy) Music Professor Paul Geis First newly constructed Farley Library opens Original Conyngham Hall burns WILKES | Fall 2008 Music Building opens at Darte Center dormitory, Pickering Hall, opens 13 �From Music to Medicine I started when it was Bucknell Junior College. At the time, there were only two women on campus: myself and Dorothy Pickering. I was a student in the fine arts program, taking classes in voice, piano and organ. I took my first science class, with Dr. Charles Reif.A few weeks into the semester,he approached me and said,“Dorothy,I have heard you play and may I say, I think you are very good ... at science.” Later, I would go on to become the first woman president of the pre-med club at the school. It was tough for women to get into medical school at this time, mostly because space was limited and the schools were concerned about a woman being able to commit the time to the work involved in becoming a doctor, instead of committing Doris Gorka Bartuska themselves to raising a family. It was at the urging of Dr. Reif that I did pursue my studies in medicine at what was then called the Women’s Medical School of Philadelphia, today known as Drexel University. I recall the day I graduated from the school. As I was walking up the aisle after having accepted my diploma, I noticed a rather tall man standing there, and as I got closer I noticed it was Dr. Farley. He had driven down to Philadelphia to attend the service and congratulate me. – Doris Gorka Bartuska, M.D. ’49, Philadelphia, Pa. An All-Male Musical Thinking back on my undergraduate years at Wilkes, many things come to mind. The campus itself had a total of three buildings, many of us lived close enough to walk to class, and in the event you bumped into Dr. Farley and you were not wearing your tie, he made sure you knew he noticed. I relished being on the first wrestling and tennis teams and cocaptain and coach of the first swimming team, which met at the local YMCA.And I have many fond memories of the presentations I took part in with the thespians on campus. One unforgettable production was titled All in Fun. It was an all-male musical with words and music written by the students and the professors! The Irem Temple was the venue for the event.A summer was not complete without a picnic at Dr. Farley’s farm. And Dean Ralston coached some of the most astounding football teams, even going as far as driving the teams where they had to go to compete. Since 1949, this campus, with the guidance of some fine presidents and working boards, has undergone a metamorphosis that is remarkable.And despite our growing number and schools of learning, we hope to keep this family feeling, enabling us to help each other and Wilkes University to continue prospering into the 21st century. – Clayton Karambelas ’49, Kingston, Pa. Dinner and Tea With the Farleys I came from a very small high school in Waymart; in fact, we had only 34 students in the class, so it was quite exciting to begin going to Wilkes. I remember there were a lot of veterans going to school at the time I was there. One of my fondest memories of the school has to be the dinners and teas the Farleys would hold at Kirby Hall.They believed it was very important that the students not just study but also socialize outside of the classroom. So every once in a while, Dr. Farley and his wife, Eleanor, would invite some of us over for dinner. Of course, you found yourself having to be on your best behavior; Dr. Farley would expect nothing less. The campus was a very active one; the school would hold dances at St. Stephen’s Church in Wilkes-Barre with either a band or a D.J. Of course,we would go to the theater and other places,both with students and faculty.You always had the sense that faculty was there to help you, both in and out of the classroom; it really was like one big family. – Barbara Medland Farley ’50, Noxen, Pa. (Dr. and Mrs. Farley’s daughter-in-law) Francis Michelini becomes president Stark expansion completed Hahnemann WILKES | Fall 2008 program for pre-medicine Robert Capin begins becomes president Agnes Flood 14 �An Unexpected Turn In the spring of 1964, as I was prepared to graduate with a degree in history and a minor in education, I was summoned to the office of Dr. Eugene Hammer, head of the education department. Dr. Hammer asked me if I had ever considered teaching in a private school. My honest answer was “no.” I fully expected to teach in a public school, but was resigned to the fact that I would probably have to leave the area. The headmaster of Wyoming Seminary Day School (now Wyoming Seminary Lower School in Forty Fort) had contacted Dr. Hammer looking for someone to teach history. Dr. Hammer recommended me, and I went to the interview. Several days later, I was offered the position at what I thought was an insultingly low salary. The reality of securing a history position in 1964 was bleak. So with some trepidation, I accepted the Seminary position, which included free housing, room and board in one of the dormitories in Kingston. I assumed that I would stay a year or two and then move on to a secondary position. I found the teaching conditions at the day school almost ideal, with small classes, enthusiastic students and supportive parents. I spent 11 years at the day school, moving quickly into an administrative position. In 1976, I moved to Vero Beach, Fla., to become head of St. Edward’s Lower School. I remained at St. Edward’s until my retirement in 2004. My 39-year career stemmed directly from that conversation with Dr. Hammer. – Robert Bond ’64,Vero Beach, Fla. A Flood of Memories I have a lot of different feelings about the time of the Agnes Flood in the summer of 1972. At the time, I had decided to spend the time between my junior and senior year at Wilkes on campus. I took a summer job as an RA (resident assistant) and had signed up for a couple of classes, never expecting to find myself in The Agnes flood devastated campus in 1972. the middle of a natural disaster. I can still remember working with other volunteers down along the river, as we were packing sandbags and doing whatever we could to keep the water out. Then came the call to leave, get out of the area. I was very impressed with the way the town’s people welcomed me and other students into their homes and lives during that time. Finally, the water went down and we returned to campus. I recall wading through the mud and thinking about the loss and damage to these great homes and buildings. I was working with the director of housing at Wilkes, Don Yost, and spending days cleaning dorms, pushing out the flood mud, washing down walls and throwing out that which could not be salvaged.Then in the evenings, I would go to friends’ houses in the Pittston area and spend time helping them clean up. During the whole experience, I was amazed by the spirit of the people on campus and in the area, how they came together in such difficult times. – Glen Flack ’73, Delran, N.J. Honored to be Back My years at the college (and it was Wilkes College then!) saw many changes and adjustments, especially as a result of the flood of 1972. Prior to the flood in my freshman year, I remember having classes in the auditorium of the beautiful church on Northampton and South Franklin streets. I have many memories of eating lunch and hanging out at the “commons,” the eatery for commuter students which is no longer there. One of my history classes was in a small one-story building (also removed), next to the commons. The present library was a popular place to study and to socialize with other commuters. Now some 30 plus years later, I am back at Wilkes as an instructor in the ESL (English as a Second Language) program.While walking through the campus, I am able to Series established Evans Hall Chapman and opened Parrish halls Housing in and Guidance Sterling Hotel Center sold discontinued WILKES | Fall 2008 Rosenn Lecture 15 �witness the progress and observe the many improvements that have occurred throughout the years. I feel honored to have lived through part of its history and to be here on campus getting a feel for its future! – Anita (Miller) Williams ’75, Forty Fort, Pa. A Time for Breakthroughs As a Wilkes College student, I had the unique opportunity to view the world in a wider sense – to learn from the experiences of my professors and fellow students. These experiences allowed me to gain information that helped me develop skills and competence, and broaden my knowledge in many areas. They helped me build a foundation from which I have built a satisfying and meaningful career. Developing strong mentoring relationships were important to my success. Reflecting upon my undergraduate years, I can identify many examples where mentoring played a key role in enriching my educational experiences. For example, Alex Pawlenok, my advisor, persuaded me to persevere when I wanted to throw my accounting book out the fifth-floor window of Parrish Hall. Dr. Bradford Kinney helped me develop critical thinking skills and to organize and communicate in a clear and concise way. Having the opportunity to practice much of what I learned in the classroom was important to my development. Being elected junior class president gave me the first opportunity to work with a team of people of diverse backgrounds and skill sets. – Colleen M. Gries Gallagher ’81, Bridgewater, N.J. Rallying the Colonels One memory that stands out in my mind is the afternoon that a huge group of Wilkes students met at the Marts Center.We were all dressed up in blue and gold and we marched down to King’s Bob Wachowski College for their homecoming basketball game. The Wilkes stands were filled with fans that did not sit down and did not stop making noise from tip-off till the final buzzer. Another sport, another parade! Again, meeting at the Marts Center, a caravan of cars and a huge flying W float paraded through the streets of Wilkes-Barre (without a permit) and traveled to the King’s football field. The year was 1993 and the football team was 9-0 going into the final regular-season game. Wilkes fans were seated on both sides of the field, and again they were up and cheering the entire game. – Robert “Colonel Bob” Wachowski ’89, ’94,York, Pa. Preparing for Game Day Looking back and trying to put my finger on the fondest memory I have, one spot on campus always comes to mind: Ralston Field and the Munson Field House. I loved it there! I loved the preparation: a Sunday ice bath to take the edge off the previous football game, the sound the TV made when you turned it on, working with coaches and teammates. Returning to the field on Tuesday for a full-contact practice, I wanted to take advantage of every snap. Game day or practice was always the same speed. I have vivid memories of the work we did and the price we paid. No Saturday ever came without six days of preparation. Graduation was great, and my mother cried, but I would not have walked across the stage if I did not get the tools to succeed from the game that I love and that has given me so much! – J.J. Fadden ’99, Boston, Mass. Burns Bell Tower and Carillon dedicated Marts Center multipurpose WILKES | Fall 2008 building opens 16 Christopher Breiseth becomes president Wilkes becomes a university �History Professor Looks Back I am the last active faculty member on campus who worked with Dr. Farley and along the way has enjoyed the pleasure of working with some of the best faculty members Wilkes has ever seen. I include in the list people such as Dr. Charles Reif, who many referred to as the mayor of Butler Hall. In the day that single faculty members still lived on campus, Dr. Reif and others shared Butler Hall as living quarters, Harold Cox and he earned the title of mayor when he posted a roster outlining times for bathroom use by those staying in Butler. Dr. Harold Thatcher went under the name “Harry the Hatchet” and put himself through school playing the piano at silent movies. Staff member Millie Gittens came to the school in 1941 and went on to run the bookstore for years while still finding time to work with students in their plays. These are just some of the examples of the types of people that Dr. Farley brought to Wilkes, and he expected them to do more than just teach students in a classroom, that the educational experience was more that just information in books. Dr. Farley demanded that the faculty have a loyalty to both the school and the students, and he encouraged them, the faculty, to take a personal interest in the learning and growth of the students. Presidential Reflections – Harold Cox, Ph.D., University archivist and professor emeritus – Compiled by Mark Thomas ’82 and Kim Bower-Spence Want to continue the discussion? Only five men have led this institution through all its 75 years – through depression and war and flood, as well as social and demographic changes. Here are their remembrances: Francis J. Michelini 1970-1975 My Wilkes experience started in 1955, when I joined the faculty as the third full-time member of the thengrowing biology department. Dr. Farley made it very clear that the mission of Wilkes was to bring all people together, that it was a school where the individual worth and accomplishments of the student were most important. He also expected the faculty to impact the community and do more than just teach the students directly from some textbook. I would become the first president to rise through the ranks of Wilkes, starting in 1963, when I became the dean of academic affairs, to the time that I would succeed Dr. Farley. The transition from Dr. Farley into my administration was made easier when he was appointed chancellor at Share your stories at The Colonel Connection: community.wilkes.edu. Classroom and Office Building (Breiseth Hall) opens John Wilkes statue dedicated for Free Enterprise Shelburne Telecommunications and Entrepreneurship Center dedicated established WILKES | Fall 2008 Allen P. Kirby Center School of Pharmacy launches 17 �Wilkes and took on the critical role of fund raising. Having Dr. Farley in this position allowed my administration to focus on academic and curricular program reviews.The academic administrative structure took the form of three newly created divisions: humanities, social sciences and science. New interdisciplinary initiatives were encouraged. Just as this came into place, the Agnes Flood hit in 1972, and Wilkes had to move into a survival mode.The community came together to pull off this tremendous rebuilding effort. Robert Capin 1975-1984 My primary responsibility as president was to balance the budget while rebuilding the campus after the Agnes flood of 1972. I inherited several problems that required constant attention. First, of course, was the cost of rebuilding. Dr. Michelini led the rebuilding project from 1972 to 1975. However, the college was several million dollars in debt after rebuilding. Of course, all the time we were involved in the cleanup I was still charged with putting the college back on its feet both physically and financially. Academically it was also a difficult period because of the impact of the flood and the related costs for the college, students and their families. Despite all these challenges, the quality of our academic programs remained high. COB renamed Breiseth Hall Christopher N. Breiseth 1984-2001 I was the first outsider to become president since Dr. Farley himself. We made a serious commitment to community service during my time at Wilkes. I was active in a group called Campus Compact, involving college presidents to guide students into community service both locally and nationally. Wilkes students were soon not only helping others in the Wyoming Valley but also using spring vacations to help with hurricane relief efforts in Florida and elsewhere. I was impressed and proud of the dedication of Wilkes faculty. Physically, the campus was transformed. We invested nearly $50 million to renovate the wonderful old buildings but also to build several new structures: the Marts Center, the Henry Student Building and Breiseth Hall. We also renovated and expanded facilities at Ralston Field. The Fenner Quadrangle created a campus environment, including the statue of John Wilkes, which is one of my most pleasurable contributions. In addition, the endowment increased from about $2 million to $25 million. – Compiled by Mark Thomas ’82 Jay S. Sidhu School of Business and Leadership Joseph “Tim” Gilmour launches becomes president WILKES | Fall 2008 Joint Urban Studies 18 Center opens Student Center, later First Outstanding named for Frank and Leaders Forum held Dorothea Henry, opens �HOW WELL DO YOU KNOW WILKES? Test Your Knowledge With This Quiz 1. The creation of Bucknell Junior College was largely the work of whom? a. Frank G. Davis b. Eugene Farley c. Charles Pickering 7. What year was Wilkes incorporated as Wilkes College? a. 1945 b. 1947 c. 1951 13. What was the first building to be deeded to BUJC? a. Chase Hall b. Weber Hall c. Conyngham Hall 2. How many students attended BUJC on the first day of classes? a. 95 b. 148 c. 210 8. What is the name of Wilkes’ literary magazine? a. The Beacon b. The Colonel c. Manuscript 14. Which detachment of the Air Force ROTC is located at Wilkes? a. Detachment 668 b. Detachment 752 c. Detachment 418 3. Where was the first class taught? a. Second floor of Kirby Hall b. Third floor of the Wilkes-Barre Business College c. The Farley farmhouse 9. In 1961, Wilkes got national recognition on what news program? a. The Tonight Show c. Paul Harvey’s The Rest of the Story c. NBC’s Today Show 15. What year did Wilkes become a university? a. 1989 b. 1991 c. 1994 4. When the dramatic society was first formed in 1934, where did practice take place? a. Little Theater of Wilkes-Barre b. The Paramount c. The college basement 10. What is the name of Wilkes’ newspaper? a. The Wilkes Record b. The Beacon c. The Bulletin 16. Who is the only alumnus to become president of Wilkes? a. There have been none. b. Robert Capin c. Christopher Breiseth 11. What year was an Air Force pre-flight training program established? a. 1941 b. 1943 c. 1951 17. What is the Wilkes motto? a. Unity Amidst Diversity b. Education is the Key to Success c. From Each His Best 5. What is Wilkes’ “W” symbol known as? a. The Big W b. The Running W c. The Flying W 6. What is the name of the Wilkes mascot? a. The Colonel b. Colonel Bob c. Colonel Wilkes 12. What Wilkes alumna was co-anchor at WNEP Channel 16 in the 1980s? a. Debbie Dunlevy b. Karen Harch c. Fran Pantuso 18. What does amnicola mean in Latin? a. Dwelling by the riverside b. A refreshing drink c. River valley — Compiled by Mark Thomas ’82 Answers: 1. a – Frank G.. Davis; 2. b – 148; 3. b – Third floor of Wilkes-Barre Business College; 4. c – The college basement; 5. c – The Flying W; 6. a – The Colonel; 7. b – 1947; 8. c – Manuscript; 9. c –NBC’s Today Show; 10. b – The Beacon; 11. b – 1943; 12. b – Karen Harch; 13. c – Conyngham Hall; 14. b – Detachment 752; 15. a – 1989; 16. b – Robert Capin ’50; 17. a – Unity Amidst Diversity; 18. a – Dwelling by the riverside 2006 2007. University Center on Main Wilkes magazine debuts (UCOM) opens Student Services, administration Spring Commencement moves to Wachovia Arena Dean for Law School Initiative named WILKES | Fall 2008 consolidate in UCOM 19 �alumni news First Flyboy Award Presented at Air Force ROTC Commissioning Ceremony Michael Lewis ’08 was presented with the first ever Flyboy Award during the May U.S. Air Force ceremony where he was commissioned a second lieutenant.This award will be presented annually to the distinguished graduate. It honors the more than 700 aviation cadets educated at Bucknell University Junior College in 1943 and 1944 as part of the U.S. Army Air Corps 6th College Training Detachment. As Joe Rodowsky, secretary of the Flyboys, says, “The cooperation between BUJC and the Army Air Corps helped the war effort and sustained the school until the war ended and regular students returned. It was a great success.”This annual award is a tribute to the success of the Wilkes Flyboys. '' The COOPERATION between BUJC and the Army Air Corps helped the war effort ... It was a GREAT SUCCESS. - Joe Rodowsky, secretary of the Flyboys Michael Lewis ’08, center, received the Flyboy Award on the day he was commissioned a U.S. Air Force second lieutenant. With him are Trustee Emeritus Arnold Rifkin and Flyboy secretary Joe Rodowsky. PHOTO BY MICHAEL P. TOUEY ' New Faces Join Alumni Board of Directors The Alumni Association welcomed 10 new board members for 2008-09. Joining are: WILKES | Fall 2008 • • • • • • 20 Karen Bednarczyk Cowan ’96 John H. Ellis ’79 Michael Mattern ’04 Mark Rado ’80 Charles Robinson ’57 Kristine Pruett ’99 M’06 (faculty/staff representative) • Deborah Tindell (faculty/staff representative) • Christine Corser (Student Alumni Association president) • Carl Santana (student government president) • David Sborz (senior class president) These officers were elected at the April board meeting and participated in the June meeting. Each board member serves on at least one board committee, which include alumni network, alumni services, homecoming, nominating, scholarship and undergraduate alumni relations. If you would like to get involved, please contact Sandra Carroll, executive director of alumni relations, at (800) 945-5378 Ext. 4132 or sandra.carroll@wilkes.edu. �alumni news Come back for Homecoming 2008 and Wilkes 75th Anniversary! Highlights of the weekend include: • 75th Anniversary Parade • Tailgate Tent • George Ralston Alumni Golf Tournament • Silent Auction of Dean Ralston’s Bowties • Celebration of the Golden Horde football teams and Coach Rollie Schmidt throughout the weekend • Short courses on a variety of topics • Satisfaction – a Rolling Stones tribute band – at the Kirby Center • Opportunity to witness the revitalization of Wilkes-Barre • And much more! PHOTOS BY MICHAEL P. TOUEY Saturday, Oct. 4 8:30 a.m. - President’s Breakfast (Ancestral Colonels, Golden Colonels, BUJC Flyboys), Henry Student Center Ballroom 9:30 a.m. - Alumni College sessions 10 a.m. - Homecoming 5K Ragin’ Road Race - McAndrew Cup, Regatta on the River 10:30 a.m. - 75th Anniversary Parade, starting at West Ross and South Main, ending at Ralston Field 11 a.m. - Tailgate Tent and Colonels Carnival, Ralston Field - Reunion for a celebration of women’s athletics at Wilkes (A Tribute to Doris Saracino), the Golden Horde and football alumni, and much more 12:30 p.m. - Celebration of the Golden Horde football teams and Coach Rollie Schmidt, Ralston Field 1 p.m. - Wilkes vs. Lebanon Valley football game, Ralston Field 4 p.m. - Tent Festival, Fenner Quadrangle 5 p.m. - Tour of campus and of the revitalization of downtown Wilkes-Barre, Alumni House 6 p.m. - Football Alumni and Current Team Reception honoring Coach and Mrs. Schmidt, Henry Student Center 7 p.m. - Class of ’58 Dinner,Weckesser Hall 7:30 p.m. - Golden Horde Reunion and Dinner (by invitation), Henry Student Center - Reception at the F. M. Kirby Center 8 p.m. - Rolling Stones Tribute Band Satisfaction, Kirby Center WILKES UNIVERSITY 1933-2008 Alumni College Return to the classroom during Homecoming Weekend Friday, Oct. 3, 3:30 p.m. • History of Wilkes, by University Archivist Harold Cox • How to Save on Gas! • The Wilkes of Today and Tomorrow Saturday, Oct. 4, 10 a.m. • History of Wilkes, by University Archivist Harold Cox • Forest Green, by Michael Steele, biology professor • 19th and 20th century life in Wilkes-Barre: One Perspective, Juanita Patience-Moss ’58 • Information about Identity Theft • The 2008 Election, by Kyle Kreider, political science professor • Emotional Intelligence: An Introduction, The Sovereign Center for Leadership and Business Development Check The Colonel Connection for updates. REGISTRATION Coming back for Homecoming? Stop by the first floor of the Henry Student Center to pick up your name tags and all information about the weekend. Register from 10 a.m. to 6 p.m. Friday, Oct. 3, and from 8:30 a.m. to noon on Saturday, Oct. 4. To see more of what’s happening during Sunday, Oct. 5 9:45 a.m. - Memorial Bells (Remembrance of Alumni) 10:30 a.m. - Athletic Hall of Fame Reception (Tribute to Coach Reese), 214 Marts and Henry Student Center Ballroom Homecoming weekend and 75th anniversary celebration or to register, go to http://community.wilkes.edu/2008homecoming WILKES | Fall 2008 Friday, Oct. 3 All day - Open classes 11 a.m. - George Ralston Alumni Golf Tournament, Irem Temple Country Club 11:30 a.m. - Bucknell University Junior College Luncheon and Shuttle Tour 3 to 7 p.m. - Welcome Reception and Registration for Golden Horde, Munson Fieldhouse and Ralston Field 3:30 p.m. - Alumni College sessions, Breiseth Hall 5 p.m. - Colonels Happy Hour, Rodano’s on the Square 6 p.m. - Golden Colonel Welcome Back Reception and Induction, Kirby Hall - 75th Anniversary Celebration Dinner and Dance, Irem Temple w t5cy~ 21 �WILKES | Fall 2008 class notes 22 1956 Joan Shoemaker of Rocky Hill, Conn., retired from the Connecticut State Department of Education in 1997. She spends two days a week as a docent at the Wadsworth Athenaeum Museum of Art, the oldest public art museum in the country. She will celebrate her 10th year in this position. She also works on the advisory council for the North Central Connecticut Area Agency on Aging. She is a graduate of the Leadership Greater Hartford Third Age Initiative. Joan keeps in touch with Gail (Laines) Chase, Helen (Krachenfels) Reed and Della (King) Keller. Philadelphia-based Asher & Company Ltd., where he was the director of accounting and auditing. Davis has served on the ACTS board since 1994 and has previously held the positions of treasurer and vice chairman. 1963 Reunion Oct. 3-5 ~ Nick Alesandro retired six years ago as manager of the Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Albany, N.Y., office. His career spanned 33 years in the stock brokerage business. He currently serves on the board of directors of the Albany Park Playhouse, where he is advertising manager. He spends his spare time golfing and following the New York Yankees. He and Jeanne, his wife of 41 years, have two children, Nicholas and Courtney, and two grandchildren, Mia and Henry. 1967 Richard L. Kramer, C.P.A., received the 2008 Distinguished Public Service Award of the Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public Accountants.This award recognizes CPAs who attain a high level of public service, who positively reflect the contributions that CPAs make in their communities, and who encourage more CPAs to become involved in charitable endeavors. Kramer is the principal of Tax Management Group, Pittston, Pa. He serves on the Wilkes University Alumni Association board of directors and is a past president of the Kiwanis Club of Wilkes-Barre, PICPA Northeast Chapter and Jewish Family Service. He resides in Edwardsville, Pa., with his wife, Ruth.They are the proud parents of daughters Rebecca Stitzer and Allison 1965 Donald L. Davis is chairman of the board of directors of ACTS Retirement-Life Communities Inc. Davis, a certified public accountant, is a retired shareholder in the accounting firm of 1966 Michael G. Hudick is working toward his certified financial planner license in Los Gatos, Calif., where he offers comprehensive financial planning and retirement planning for small businesses. He retired from his position as senior scientist at IBM Corp. in 1996. In his free time, he bikes, skis and hikes. Kramer and the grandparents of Jacob and Robin Stitzer. Bill Schmidt and wife Gretchen have been touring the United States in their 30foot fifth-wheel since July 2007. During their travels, the couple visited Doug Haughwout ’64 and his wife, Ann, in Atlanta, Ga., in February, and met up with them again at an RV rally in March.The couple also traveled to Wilmington, N.C., to visit Col. John Moyer ’69 and his wife, Paula.The Schmidts will be working in Skagway, Alaska, this summer and encourage classmates to contact them by email at bng438@yahoo.com. John Pilosi recently retired as a school counselor from Immaculate Conception School, Clinton, N.J. 1969 Marc M. Levey, a partner at the law firm Baker & McKenzie LLP, has been recognized as one of the “Best of the Best” in tax in Legal Media Group’s Expert Guides series 2008. Levey joined Baker & McKenzie’s New York office in 1997 and was elected partner in 1998. He is admitted to practice in the states of New York, California, Pennsylvania and Illinois and in the District of Columbia. Joe Wiendl of Stockton, Calif., and Bernie Vinovrski of Fresno, Calif., both members of the Golden Horde football team, met to reminisce and plan the upcoming Oct. 3-5 reunion. They also celebrated the birthday of Marcella (Wroblewski) Vinovrski ’70. Bernie is associate vice president of enrollment services at California State University in Fresno, Calif. Marcella teaches first-grade special needs children. Joe works in sales for Contour Bed Systems in northern California. 1971 Richard Mark retired from Faith That Works Ministries in November 2007, ending 39 years of ministry. Mark served in the United Methodist Church from 1967 to 1990 and Faith That Works Ministries from 1992 to 2007. He was recently honored for his years of service by The Worship Center in Lancaster, Pa., with a special service. 1972 Ron Rittenmeyer, chairman, CEO and president of EDS, will continue to run the company after completion of its planned sale to HewlettPackard. Rittenmeyer will join HP’s executive council and report to HP’s chairman and chief executive officer.The acquisition is subject to customary closing conditions, including approval of EDS stockholders. 1973 Reunion Oct. 3-5 ~ Richard Mendelsohn works for Sacramento County Child Protective Services in Sacramento, Calif. His position includes conducting �class notes investigations of abuse, neglect and molestation of children. 1980 Diane (Brodbeck) Lowe and husband George recently retired to Arizona, where they participate in golf, tennis, pickleball and various other activities.The couple continues to work and reside in California but enjoy their time in their Arizona home.Their son John ’06 works in Philadelphia.They are also the parents of George and William. 1983 Reunion Oct. 3-5 ~ Stuart J. Kall published his second novel, America’s Most Gangsta. It is available on Amazon.com, Barnesandnoble.com and americasmostgangsta.com. Scot Lefebre is a senior quality assurance analyst for UPS Information Systems Division in Timonium, Md. 1985 Timothy Williams runs the technology departments for two school districts in Lancaster County as part of a cooperative agreement. He has been director of information technology for the Manheim Township School District for the last eight years and was recently named technology director at Eastern Lancaster County School District. He resides in East Petersburg, Pa., with daughter Anna and sons Grant and Owen. 1987 Kimberly (Tokach) Kellar recently passed the nephrology nursing certification examination. She is boardcertified in general nursing practice and is currently the nurse manager of Kennedy Health System’s Out-Patient Dialysis Unit in Voorhees, N.J. She lives in Woolwich, N.J., with husband Jim and two daughters,Taylor and Hayley. Recall the Days of Schmidt’s “Golden Horde” Allan Knox is a mass rescue operations program analyst in the U.S. Coast Guard. In this position, he manages the U.S. Coast Guard Mass Rescue Operations program, as well as serving as agency expert and representative specifically as it relates to mass rescue operations. Allan and wife Elizabeth, daughter Mackenzie and son Shawn reside in Yorktown,Va. Shirley Nelson Brough recently joined Computer Support Services Inc.’s technical services group as a Microsoft Certified Business Solutions Specialist, implementing, training and supporting customers who use Microsoft Dynamics GP accounting software. Brough owns a small business consulting firm that provides accounting, management consulting and training services. She served as an adjunct lecturer in financial accounting and small business management at Susquehanna University and was a senior financial analyst for Geisinger Health System. 1988 Reunion Oct. 3-5 ~ Leonard F. Witczak and his wife, Elizabeth Smith Witczak M ’98, announce the birth of their son,Aiden Robert, on Dec. 29, 2008. He joins a brother, Charlie, age seven. Leonard is the owner/operator of Witczak Tax and Financial Services, and Elizabeth is the Early Childhood Coordinator for Wilkes-Barre Area School District.The family resides in Wilkes-Barre. 1989 Lisa (Kravitz) Miller and her husband, Scott, announce the birth of their daughter, Sienna. She joins a brother, Jagger. Wilkes football team tri-captains Bruce Comstock ’69, Bill Layden ’69 and Joe Wiendl ’69 led the 1968 team. PHOTO FROM WILKES ARCHIVES Celebrate the Wilkes football tradition during Homecoming weekend, Oct. 3 to 5. For the 75th Anniversary, a special reunion is being organized for the Golden Horde and all of Coach Rollie Schmidt’s teams. Recognize the Golden Horde and Wilkes football at the Tailgate Tent and the game. Then join a For more information about Homecoming activities, including the Golden Horde Reunion, see http://community.wilkes.edu/2008homecoming. WILKES | Fall 2008 post-game reception in the Student Center. 23 �class notes 1990 Lori Sportelli, O.D., was named “Optometrist of the Year” by the Maryland Optometric Association in December 2007. 1991 Dina Gavenas Nathan announces the birth of daughter Haylee Elisabeth Nathan on Oct. 26, 2007. Anthony M. Orlando and wife Gina announce the birth of their twin sons, Eric Anthony and Nathan Michael, born Sept. 30, 2007.They join a sister, Olivia, age four. 1992 Regina Costanzo-Krieger is a special education teacher and athletics coach in the East Stroudsburg Area School District, East Stroudsburg, Pa. She is also a driver education teacher for Costanzo’s Driving School, a family business. 1993 Reunion Oct. 3-5 ~ Karen Gerlach completed a Ph.D. in education at American University in Washington, D.C. WILKES | Fall 2008 Frank Mitchell earned a master’s degree in higher education administration from CUNY Brauch College. 24 Bonnee Breese received a Lindback Distinguished Teaching Award on April 15, 2008.The award was given to one outstanding teacher from each of 61 Philadelphia public high schools. Breese teaches English at Overbrook High School. 1995 Kimberly Escarge Keller M’97 and husband Chris announce the birth of daughter Kaitlynn Nicole on Aug. 15, 2007. Keller is a senior accountant in the controller’s office at Wilkes University.The family resides in Dallas, Pa. 1998 Reunion Oct. 3-5 ~ Michael T. Beachem IV was awarded the 2008 Region II Mid-Level Student Affairs Professional Award by the National Association of Student Personnel Administrators. He is a student affairs administrator at Temple University. George Pawlush IV and his wife, Hunter, welcomed their first child, Margaret Alyson, on April 11, 2008. George is vice president of product control for Wachovia Securities in Charlotte, N.C.The family resides in Waxhaw, N.C. 2000 Heather (Tahan) Keegan and her husband, Kevin, welcomed son Eli Paul on May 14, 2008. He joins a sister, Karyna. Hollie Fields Schramm and her husband,William, welcomed a daughter, Alyssa, in December 2006. Alyssa joins a brother, Alexander. James (Jay) Williams, Pharm. D., and his wife, Carrie (Wilkes) Williams ’00, Pharm. D., welcomed their daughter,Abigail Elizabeth, on Jan. 16, 2007. Jay is a TALKING FINANCE IN CHICAGO Dan Cardell ’79 speaks to members of the Wilkes Students in Free Enterprise team about his career with Wayne Hummer Wealth Management at the company’s Chicago headquarters in May. Later that day, he and wife Ann Marie (Booth) ’79 hosted an alumni event. He serves as president and chief investment officer of Wayne Hummer. pharmacist for Caremark, and Carrie is a pharmacist for Geisinger Wyoming Valley Medical Center.The family resides in Wilkes-Barre. Christina (Stucker) Van Camp and her husband, Jason, announce the birth of their daughter, Sydney Reagan, on March 11, 2008. 2001 Kristy (Tkach) Dawe graduated from DeSales University in September 2007 with a master of science degree in nursing. She is certified as a family nurse practitioner and is currently employed as a nurse practitioner by Penn Medical Group P.C. She resides in Pen Argyl, Pa., with her husband, Greg, two dogs and a cat. Loan Do married Robert Mask on April 19, 2008.The couple resides in Maple Shade, N.J. Lisa Donaldson announces the birth of a son, Coleman Franklin Louis Batchelor, on Oct. 28, 2007. Heather A. Earnest-Drake, Pharm. D., and her husband, Bill, welcomed their third daughter on July 30, 2007. She joins two sisters, ages 4 and 2. Earnest-Drake is a supervising pharmacist at Rite Aid in Corning, N.Y. The family and their Irish Setter reside in Big Flats, N.Y. Jessica (Crowley) Howard, Pharm. D., is the March 2008 Shore Memorial Hospital’s employee of the month. Howard, a staff pharmacist at Shore Memorial since 2002, currently resides in Egg Harbor Township, N.J., with her husband, Brian. 2002 Jennifer Gahwiler Bartell welcomed twin girls, Lauren and Lindsey, on Jan. 14, 2008. They join a sister, Emily. Erin Theresa Priestman married James Moran on Nov. 3, 2007. She is employed by Tobyhanna Army Depot as a mechanical engineer.The couple reside in Berwick. �class notes Rebecca Jean Broyan received a master’s of divinity degree from Lancaster Theological Seminary on May 17, 2008. She is on the path to becoming an ordained minister. Jessica Hinkel married Michael Leibig on May 17, 2008. 2005 Nicole Ripper married Thomas P. Zeiser on May 3, 2008. 2006 Kristin Derlunas accepted a position with the Fairfax Bar Association in Fairfax,Va. Her job duties include running the overall communications efforts for the association. Miranda Heness married Eugene Philbin on May 5, 2007. Heness is employed as an office manager at Taylor Consulting and Contracting in Moosic, Pa.The couple resides in Scranton, Pa. 2007 Nadine Stewart and Mark Schneider, both former residents of Wilkes-Barre, were married Sept. 22, 2007.The couple resides in Hackettstown, N.J. In Memoriam 1942 Jeannette Jones Phethean died May 21, 2008, in Leesburg, Fla. She was born in West Pittston, Pa. Phethean was a graduate of Bucknell University Junior College, Pennsylvania State University and Trenton State University, now known as the College of New Jersey, with a bachelor’s degree in chemistry and a master’s degree in teaching. She served in the W.A.V.E.S. during WWII, taught in the Bristol Township, Pa., School District, and had worked as a chemist in the laboratories of Armstrong Cork Company in Lancaster, Pa. She and husband Edward moved to Leesburg in 1997. She wrote a genealogy column that appeared in the Leesburg Daily Commercial from 1987 until 2003 and maintained her involvement in genealogy until her death. She is survived by sons James of Brandon, Fla., Edward of Bensalem, Pa., and George of Leesburg; eight grandchildren; and sister Harriet J. Davies of Pittston, Pa. 1949 June Persing McGuire, Cartersville, Ga., passed away March 4, 2008. She was married to Delbert McGuire ’51. 1950 Martin D. Popky of Kingston, Pa., passed away on May 25, 2008, following a lengthy illness. Born in Wilkes-Barre, he was a graduate of Meyers High School and attended Wilkes College. Popky owned and operated Martin D. Popky Agency, Kingston, for more than 50 years and previously owned several other small businesses, including Avenue Travel, Kingston, and a bowling alley in Wilkes-Barre. In the 1960s, he worked with B’nai B’rith International to lobby Congress to develop and build the first project of its kind in the world: the B’nai B’rith Apartments on Northampton Street,WilkesBarre, which has become a model for nearly 40 similar senior citizen housing projects in six countries worldwide. Popky served for 35 years as president of the local B’nai B’rith Housing Foundation, as well as treasurer and a board member of GRIT, which owns and operates the Washington Square Apartments,Wilkes-Barre. In February 2006, the local B’nai B’rith apartment building was renamed in his honor. Popky was also honored with citations in the Congressional Record of the U.S. House of Representatives, as well as both the Senate and House of Representatives of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and a resolution from the Luzerne County Commissioners.Wilkes-Barre Mayor Thomas M. Leighton declared Feb. 26, 2006, “Martin D. Popky Day.” Popky is survived by his wife of 51 years, the former Janet Monsky; daughters Linda Popky,Woodside, Calif., and Judy Popky, Atlanta, Ga.; a granddaughter and brother. Joseph T. Woznitski of Lititz, Pa., passed away May 10, 2008.Woznitski was born in Wilkes-Barre, Pa., and served in World War II in the U.S. Navy before earning his bachelor’s degree from Wilkes College. He was employed by Nestle Foods for 38 years, holding various sales leadership roles during his tenure.Woznitski was an avid outdoorsman, raising champion field beagles and homing pigeons, as well as enjoying fly-fishing, tennis and golf. He was also a third degree Knight of Columbus and a member of Knights of Columbus Council 10827 of St. James Parish. He is survived by his wife of 52 years, Josephine (Grosek) “Babe”Woznitski; a son Harry A. Nobel; daughters Sandra C. and Laura J.Woznitski; and three grandchildren. 1951 William Bennett Jr. of Forty Fort, Pa., recently passed away. Bennett graduated from Edwardsville High School and attended Shrivenham American University, England; Biarritz American University, France;Wilkes-Barre Business School; and Wilkes College. Bennett served honorably with the U.S. Army Air Corps in Europe during World War II. He worked at the WilkesBarre Publishing Co., Easton Structural Steel, Hudson Motor Car Co. and Glen Alden Coal Co. For more than 30 years, he was employed by the Pennsylvania Gas and Water Co., where he served as WILKES | Fall 2008 2004 Selena Marie Bednarz married Brandon Michael Clark on Sept. 8, 2007. She is employed by Aberdeen Proving Ground as a mathematician.The couple reside in Baltimore, Md. 25 �class notes an accountant, tax auditor, supervisor and was promoted to corporate staff assistant. Surviving are his wife of 59 years, Julie Astrauskas; daughter Susan Gorman of Forty Fort; son William Bennett, Glen Gardener, N.J.; five grandchildren; and sister Peggy Kal of Columbia, Md. 1956 Joseph R. Jablonski, Ed.D., died Nov. 23, 2007. Jablonski was born in Ashley and grew up in Kingston, attending Wilkes University for his undergraduate degree in English. Jablonski served in the U.S. Army and received a master’s degree from Trenton State College, now known as the College of New Jersey. Jablonski later received a doctorate in education from Temple University. Jablonski, a Levitttown, Pa., resident, taught in the Bristol Township School District until he retired. He enjoyed skiing and cycling and was a member of the Lower Bucks County dog club, where he was a trainer. WILKES | Fall 2008 1960 Jean A. Ide of Tunkhannock, Pa., died Friday, Dec. 21, 2007. She was a graduate of Coughlin High School. 26 1975 Capt. Raymond T. Woronowicz, Dallas, Pa., died on April 27, 2008. Woronowicz began his career as a patrol officer and through civil service testing and education, he was appointed as a juvenile and narcotics detective. He was promoted to the rank of lieutenant and in 1978 was promoted to the rank of captain. During his career, he completed extensive training, receiving 58 certificates and diplomas in law enforcement, criminal justice and narcotics training. He was Wilkes-Barre City’s first crime prevention officer and the first crime prevention officer in northeast Pennsylvania.The certified police instructor taught criminal justice courses at LCCC and was a guest instructor at the Pennsylvania State Police training center,Wyoming. He was a veteran of the U.S. Army, serving during the Korean Conflict, assigned to Battery “A” 967th, located at Fort Sill, Okla., as a staff sergeant in charge of communications. Before retiring, he was a member of the Wilkes-Barre City Police Department, appointed in 1962. Surviving are his wife of 57 years, Lois Whittington; son Raymond P., Dallas; daughter Jackie Janus, Dallas; three grandchildren; and brother Edward,Wilkes-Barre. 1977 Michael S. Jarolin of Nanticoke, Pa., passed away on April 8, 2008. Jarolin, a lifelong resident of Nanticoke, was a graduate of Nanticoke High School, Luzerne County Community College and Wilkes University. He was a member of St. Mary’s Church, Nanticoke, and was employed by the Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Resources as a sanitation engineer. He was preceded in death by his father, Stanley; son Matthew; and wife Deborah Kravitz Jarolin. Surviving in addition to his mother are sisters Kathleen Bachkowski,West Palm Beach, Fla., and Brenda Heck, Nanticoke; and brother Robert of Douglassville. 1978 Thomas J. Lubas died on Sept. 6, 2007, after a brief illness. A resident of Allentown, N.J., Lubas is survived by his wife, Jan, and daughter, Anna. 1993 Leonard T. Hill Sr. M’97, a 17-year resident of Sterling, Pa., passed away on April 25, 2008. Born in Nanticoke and raised in Shickshinny, he attended Luzerne County Community College and Wilkes University. He was employed for 37 years by the International Union of Operating Engineers, Local 542. He was preceded in death by his first wife, the former Mary McCloskey, in 1988. Surviving are his wife of 17 years, the former Louise Gilby; daughter Lisa Hill; son Leonard T. Hill Jr.; and a granddaughter. Faculty/Staff Jerome Kucirka ’67, Ph.D., of Dallas, Pa., passed away June 9 in Wilkes-Barre.The WilkesBarre native was a graduate of James M. Coughlin High School and Wilkes College. He earned his doctorate in physics from Drexel University, Philadelphia. Kucirka was a faculty member for more than 27 years, serving in the physics, engineering and mechanical engineering departments, and finally the engineering and physics division of Wilkes University. He taught a wide variety of advanced and introductory courses in these various departments. For most of his career at Wilkes University, Dr. Kucirka was intimately involved with a variety of courses introducing engineering to students. Over the years, he helped to develop and teach several versions of these introductory courses. He worked on department, school and university-wide committees. He was adviser to the Physics Club and Sigma-PiSigma, the Physics Honor Society, from 1989 to the present. In the early 1990s, Dr. Kucirka was one of the organizers of the Wilkes University’s Core Studies Program, where, among other projects, he worked on “writing across the curriculum.” He taught the freshman introductory core course he developed for several years. He is survived by his wife, Gaye C. Gustitus, D.O.; and brother, John, Beaumont, Pa. Memorial contributions may be made in his name to Wilkes University, Office of Development, 84 W. South St., Wilkes-Barre, Pa. 18766 Dr. Anthony J. Turchetti, noted area psychiatrist, lawyer and engineer, died March 27, �2008, at J.F.K. Medical Center, Lake Worth, Fla. Born in Pittston, Pa., on March 20, 1925,Turchetti lived in Wyoming, Pa., and was a 1942 graduate of Wyoming High School. Turchetti was professionally qualified in engineering, law, medicine and psychiatry, having received a bachelor’s degree in aeronautical engineering in 1945 and a master’s degree in mechanical engineering in 1947 from Pennsylvania State University, a juris doctor degree in law from the George Washington University School of Law in 1952, and his medical degree from Hahnemann Medical College of Philadelphia in 1960. In 1968, he completed a residency in psychiatry at the University of Pennsylvania/ Philadelphia General Hospital Residency Program and did psychiatric research on homicide at the University of Edinburgh, Royal Edinburgh Hospital, in Scotland. Turchetti worked as a research engineer at the Pennsylvania State University’s Ordnance Research Laboratory and was later employed by the U.S. Navy in the Bureau of Aeronautics. In the 1950s, he worked as a patent attorney in Philadelphia. In the early 1960s, he became medical director of American Petroleum Institute in New York City, where he was responsible for execution of medical research projects for oil companies. After completing his residency in 1968,Turchetti worked as a psychiatrist in the Wilkes-Barre area. Turchetti served as associate dean for the Hahnemann Medical College and associate professor of medicine and psychiatry and was involved in the development and execution of the Wilkes-Hahnemann Medical Education Program in family medicine from 1973 to 1981. He served on numerous boards in the Wilkes-Barre area, including United Health and Hospital Services Family Practice Residency Program, and Rural Health Corporation and Maternal Health Corporation. He was also a psychiatric consultant with various area associations. In the 1970s,Turchetti became the co-founder of the television program Call the Doctor and served the Pennsylvania federal courts as a forensic psychiatrist.Turchetti was an adjunct professor of forensic psychology at Wilkes University and also served as a team physician from 1963 to 1975, which contributed to his induction into the Wilkes University Athletics Hall of Fame in 2000. Turchetti retired in 1993 and was residing in Palm Beach, Fla., at the time of his death. He is survived by a sister, Claire Turchetti Wyandt, Singer Island, Fla. Friends of Wilkes Julia (Julie) D. Znaniecki, teacher, local historian, civic and community leader, passed away on May 29, 2008. Znaniecki was a charter member of the Wilkes University Polish Room Committee, where she was a member and past president for almost 50 years.The organization is a historical, educational and cultural organization that sponsors annual scholarships for students of Polish decent to attend Wilkes University and Submitting Class Notes Share personal or career news in any of three ways: • E-mail it to wilkesmagazine@wilkes.edu. • Post it at The Colonel Connection Web site at community.wilkes.edu. • Or mail it to: Class Notes Wilkes Magazine 84 W. South St. Wilkes-Barre, Pa. 18766 serves as a resource and reference room on Polish history and culture. For 20 years, Znaniecki organized the Polish Room’s booth at the Luzerne County Folk Festival. From 1974 to 1985, Znaniecki participated in the Polish Room Chorus and most recently worked on a compilation of Anton Piotrowski’s poetry, published by Wilkes University Press in 1998. Znaniecki grew up in the Hanover section of Nanticoke. She was a graduate of Nanticoke High School in 1926, followed by East Stroudsburg University (Normal School) in 1928. Her first teaching position after graduation was sixth grade at the McKinley School in Nanticoke; the rest of her early career included teaching English to seventh- and eighth-graders. Znaniecki took leadership and fundraising roles in the American Cancer Society, the Nanticoke Hospital Auxiliary, the Luzerne County Historical and Geological Society, the Wyoming Valley Girl Scout Council, Penn’s Woods Girl Scout Council and Kosciuszko Foundation Ball. Her husband of 51 years, Vincent Frank Znaniecki, died in July 1988. Znaniecki is survived by children Jule Znaniecki Wnorowski ’61,Wilkes-Barre; V. Paul Znaniecki, Stevensville, Md.; Jean Z. Smith of Gaithersburg, Md.; four grandchildren; and six greatgrandchildren. WILKES | Fall 2008 class notes 27 �calendar of events For more information on times and locations, visit www.wilkes.edu or The Colonel Connection, community.wilkes.edu. Or phone (570) 408-7787. WILKES | Fall 2008 PHOTO BY MICHAEL P. TOUEY 28 September November Through Oct. 5 Art exhibit: “Remembering Helen:The Sordoni at 35,” Sordoni Art Gallery 7-9, 14-16 Musical Theatre Production, Carousel, Darte Center 5 Alumni Reception, home of Fred ’61 and Janet Demech 13 Connecting the Dots student-alumni career networking event, Henry Student Center Ballroom 7 Cruise Philadelphia Alumni Event 22 Annual Alumni Bus Trip to NYC 25-28 Theatre Production, Picnic, Darte Center 22 Flute Ensemble, Upper Lobby, Darte Center October December 1 1 String Ensemble, Gies Hall, Darte Center 5 Civic Band Concert, off campus 6 Civic Band Concert, Darte Center 6 “A French Christmas,”Wilkes choral ensembles join the Robert Dale Chorale, St. Luke’s Church, Scranton, Pa. 7 “A French Christmas,”Wilkes choral ensembles join the Robert Dale Chorale, St. Nicholas Church, Wilkes-Barre. Kirby Lecture, “green” entrepreneur Martin Eberhard, founder and former CEO of Tesla Motors, Darte Center 3-5 Homecoming/75th Anniversary Celebration 17 Art exhibit: Ron Ehrlich, Sordoni Art Gallery. Closes Dec. 12. �then & now See anyone you recognize in this photo from a past homecoming celebration? Share names or reminisce at The Colonel Connection message boards, found at community.wilkes.edu. Or send responses to Wilkes magazine, 84 W. South St., Wilkes-Barre, PA 18766. You can also e-mail wilkesmagazine@wilkes.edu. Alumni from the class of ’57 enjoy a reception during Homecoming 2007. Annual festivities offer plenty of opportunity to renew old friendships and forge new relationships. WILKES | Spring 2007 PHOTO COURTESY OF CHARLES ROBINSON ’57 1 PHOTO BY CURTIS SALONICK �w t5cy~ WILKES UNIVERSITY 1933-2008 WILKES UNIVERSITY Wilkes-Barre, PA 18766 � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes Alumni Magazine, 1947-present Subject The topic of the resource Alumni Relations Description An account of the resource <p>An archive of Wilkes University Magazine, from 1947-present. The magazine went through various names including <em>Wilkes Alumnus</em>, <em>Wilkes Quarterly,</em> <em>Wilkes Universe</em>, and the current title, <em>Wilkes Magazine</em>. Some editions for the <em>Wilkes Universe</em>, will have multiple issues within the file record. Our holdings may be missing editions for certain years due to having no physical copy within the collection. </p> Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes University Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived Wilkes University Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Wilkes University Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1947-present Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes Magazine, Fall 2008 Subject The topic of the resource Alumni Relations Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Marketing Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource Fall 2008 magazine Wilkes Magazine https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/6335e508ecf6f479ebf0dd3831428429.pdf 2555d59cc90247ac0ba5e86020854f36 PDF Text Text FA L L 2 0 0 7 GEORGE RALSTON | REMEMBERING A LEGEND �president’s letter FA L L 0 7 A Vision of Selfless Devotion I T IS FITTING THAT THIS ISSUE OF WILKES MAGAZINE PAYS tribute to Dean George Ralston. He, perhaps more than any other individual, personified the spirit and essence of Wilkes. George was a huge and powerful spirit in a small package. No one filled a room fuller with optimism, high standards and fun than George did.When you saw and heard George, you received the best of Wilkes. And what he had to say was timeless. He connected positively and directly for a lifetime with the students in every decade he served Wilkes. My first encounter with George was not long after I accepted the presidency.We were at a reception for alumni in Naples, Fla. He came up to me and said, “Welcome! Feel free to call on me any time to help you. You have become president of a great institution. Now take care of it!” And he meant every word. Never did I ask him to do something that he did not rise to the occasion. His loss is a great one, but the memories he has left with us are priceless. His spirit was the essence of our mentoring culture: caring deeply about others — helping them when they need it most, no matter what the time of day or night. Alumni tell story after story about George being there at precisely the moment he was needed and doing absolutely George Ralston the right thing. If George Ralston had a vision for Wilkes, I believe it would be for us to become an even stronger community that selflessly devotes itself to others in the name of making the world a better place. George, in your memory, I believe we will.And as we do come together for others, we will thrive in a way that we all hope will make you proud! WILKES UNIVERSITY President Dr. Tim Gilmour Vice President, Development and Alumni Relations Marty Williams WILKES EDITORIAL STAFF Executive Editor Jack Chielli Associate Director, Marketing Communications Christine (Tondrick) Seitzinger ’98 Wilkes Editor Kim Bower-Spence Manager, Graphic Design Mark Golaszewski Manager, Athletics Administration John Seitzinger Graduate Assistant Cindy Taren M’07 Layout/Design Quest Fore Printing Payne Printery Inc. EDITORIAL ADVISORY GROUP Anne Batory ’68 David DiMartino ’01 Brandie Meng M’08 Bill Miller ’81 George Pawlush ’69 Donna Sedor ’85 ALUMNI RELATIONS STAFF Executive Director Sandra Sarno Carroll Associate Director Michelle Diskin ’95 Alumni and Advancement Services Manager Nancy A. Weeks Alumni Relations and Annual Giving Manager Lauren Pluskey ’06 ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OFFICERS President George Pawlush ’69 First Vice President Terrence Casey ’82 Second Vice President John Wartella ’84 Historian Colleen Gries Gallagher ’81 Secretary Bridget Giunta ’05 FALL 2007 Dr. Tim Gilmour Wilkes University President Wilkes University is an independent institution of higher education dedicated to academic and intellectual excellence in the liberal arts, sciences and professional programs. The university provides its students with the experience and education necessary for career and intellectual development as well as for personal growth, engenders a sense of values and civic responsibility, and encourages its students to welcome the opportunities and challenges of a diverse and continually changing world. The university enhances the tradition of strong student-faculty interactions in all its programs, attracts and retains outstanding people in every segment of the university, and fosters a spirit of cooperation, community involvement, and individual respect within the entire university. �contents FEATURES 12 George Ralston: Remembering a Legend Alumni from five decades share memories of this giant of Wilkes history 18 Home, Sweet Business Rhea Simms ’78 grows small real estate firm into regional powerhouse 20 Technology Meets Creativity Integrative media program graduates its first students 22 Bounce Back 12 When life threw baseball standout Tony Vlahovic ’82 a curve, he turned it into an opportunity to help others 24 Collective Memory Kermit Alphonso ’94 fronts popular local band and launches solo career 18 DEPARTMENTS 2 On Campus 20 24 10 Athletics 26 Alumni News 28 Class Notes On the cover: George Ralston graced the Wilkes campus with his wit, wisdom — and bicycle — for six decades. His legacy continues in the lives of alumni he encountered. They share their recollections of “The Dean” beginning on page 12. PHOTO FROM WILKES ARCHIVES WILKES | Fall 2007 22 1 �on campus Above: Wilkes’ 60th annual spring commencement ceremony moved to a new venue: the Wachovia Arena, in Wilkes-Barre Township. All of us deserve to be HEARD, despite how people choose to label us. – Marlee Matlin Above: Proud families, including children, cheer on their graduates. WILKES | Fall 2007 Right: The University conferred 286 bachelor’s, 307 master’s and 61 doctor of pharmacy degrees. 2 �on campus Take those warning signs, take the NAYSAYERS, take any label that someone slaps on you and consider instead the MIRACLE that lies in POSSIBILITIES.You will soar so much higher. Actress Marlee Matlin, who won the 1986 Academy Award for Best Actress for her motion picture debut in Children of a Lesser God, delivered the keynote address via sign language and an interpreter. Matlin’s speech was titled “From Disabilities to Abilities: The Miracle of Possibilities.” WILKES | Fall 2007 – Marlee Matlin PHOTOS BY MICHAEL P. TOUEY 3 �on campus Toward a Law School '' A law school moved one step closer to reality when the University Board of Trustees in June approved hiring a legal education leader to develop a plan, further investigate market demand, explore potential specializations and raise funds for the school’s founding. “We are moving forward in a thoughtful way and are overall very excited about the possibilities this law school will have for Wilkes and the region,” says board chair Jack Miller ’68. The education leader will report and make recommendations to the board at its June or September 2008 meeting.With a favorable report and further faculty approval, Wilkes could open a law school in fall 2009. “The University recognizes how important it is to proceed with the greatest due diligence – Jack Miller ’68 when it comes to Board Chair establishing a law school,” says Wilkes President Tim Gilmour. “The entire Wilkes community wants to provide a distinctive legal education that is based on the core values of the University and will graduate well-motivated and effective lawyer-leaders.” In spring, faculty also backed further planning for a law school. “With its vote, the Wilkes faculty overwhelmingly agreed that developing an academically strong and fiscally well-conceived law school at Wilkes would benefit the institution, its students and the “We are MOVING FORWARD in a thoughtful way and are overall very EXCITED about the POSSIBILITIES this LAW SCHOOL will have for Wilkes and the region. WILKES | Fall 2007 ' 4 region,” observes Kenneth Klemow, professor of biology and chair of the Academic Planning Committee. “We anticipate working productively with the Board of Trustees and administration to develop a solid plan that will ensure the law school's success.” The law school would likely incorporate Wilkes’ core value of mentoring into the heart of its educational program, including a strong experiential education model that will span the length of the curriculum and integrate concepts of lawyering skills, professionalism and ethics.The law school will complement and strengthen the university’s existing mix of academic programs and provide the region with an area of educational training that is in demand and currently not offered in northeastern Pennsylvania. Preliminary plans call for enrolling 80 first-year students in 2009. Former Mexican President to Speak At Outstanding Leaders Forum Former Mexican President Vicente Fox will discuss the new Latin American economy at the 2007 Outstanding Leaders Forum, 8 p.m. Monday, Nov. 5, at the F.M. Kirby Center. Fox, who started his career as a truck driver for Coca-Cola, rose to play a vital role in Mexico’s democratization and strengthening the country’s economy. He served as president from 2000 to 2006. Fox will speak about his business-centered approach to Mexican development and opportunities available for international corporations. Sponsored by the Jay S. Sidhu School of Business and Leadership, the Outstanding Leaders Forum features Vicente Fox national and international luminaries who embody exceptional leadership and strategic excellence. Forum proceeds fund scholarships for Sidhu School students.To date, the event has generated more than $150,000. Tickets for the lecture may be purchased from the F.M. Kirby Center, (570) 826-1100, or from Ticketmaster for $25 or $35. For information, contact Wilkes events coordinator Rebecca Van Jura at (800) WILKES-U Ext. 4306 or rebecca.vanjura@wilkes.edu. �on campus Stitch of Awareness The Wilkes campus community raised more than $2,000 for three Darfur relief organizations by participating in an all-day Stitch-a-Thon. Led by assistant professor of English Marcia Farrell, with assistance of the women’s studies club, students and staff knitted and crocheted items that were auctioned during the Rosenn Lecture on April 29. One of the benefiting organizations, American Care for Sudan Foundation, was founded by Rosenn Lecture guest speaker John Bul Dau, one of the Lost Boys of Sudan. American Care for Sudan partners with tribal chiefs in Duk Payuel, the Sudanese Peoples Liberation Movement and the Ministry of Health, and other non-governmental organizations in the United States and Europe.They aim to build, equip and staff a medical clinic in Duk County, Sudan, the area hardest hit by genocidal atrocities. The groups plan to name the clinic the Duk Lost Boys Clinic. Professors Ernie Trujillo and Marcia Farrell crochet scarves for the Stitch-a-Thon auction. PHOTO BY CHRISTINE SEITZINGER “If we keep our eyes on the prize of INDEPENDENCE, we will ignore the distractions and temptations certain to be placed in our way by the Khartoum government. FINDING UNITY in a shared vision is my prayer for my NEW HOMELAND.” John Bul Dau, one of the “lost boys” of Sudan, and documentary film director Christopher Dillon Quinn discuss Quinn’s film God Grew Tired of Us during April’s Max Rosenn Lecture in Law and Humanities. Inset: Dau signs a copy of his book documenting his escape from Sudan and new life in the United States. PHOTOS BY MICHAEL P. TOUEY WILKES | Fall 2007 – John Bul Dau, speaking of his hopes for southern Sudan in his book, God Grew Tired of Us 5 �on campus Emergency Communication for Generation Text Junior Kate Baas and senior Jon McClave signed up for a new text and voice message service. They will receive emergency or urgent news directly to their cell phones. PHOTO BY CHRISTINE SEITZINGER WILKES | Fall 2007 Graduate Nursing Goes Online 6 Wilkes’ Department of Nursing now offers its master’s program in an online format. Students can currently take only core graduate courses online.The 38-credit program, which will take most part-time students three to four years to complete, offers concentrations in gerontologic nursing, psychiatric/mental health nursing, nursing education and nursing management.The concentrations prepare registered nurses for careers with abundant opportunities for advancement. Bridgette Zielinski ’76, associate professor and codirector of the master’s program, says the online format offers flexibility and convenience.“Our online program allows nurses to enroll in graduate courses and advance their careers regardless of location.” A low-residency requirement will become part of the program, giving the online learning community the opportunity to meet in person. Students, faculty and staff can now receive University emergency alerts via their cellular or landline phones. Besides providing text and voice alerts, the system will also ring classroom emergency phones so students and faculty who have switched off or muted their cell phones will be alerted to emergency news.The system enhances the existing emergency communication plan, which includes mass e-mails, a phone hotline, a Web-based news delivery system and more than 40 emergency phones in campus buildings that directly dial into the public safety office. “We were getting ready to implement this system when the unfortunate events at Virginia Tech occurred,” says President Tim Gilmour. “There cannot be a higher priority than ensuring the safety and security of the campus community. Now we have a more direct and effective way to communicate in case of threat or emergency.” This system will be used only for emergency communication and not for general information or advertisements. Notices may include closures and delays, community crime notifications and weather emergencies.The service is free, but cellular service providers may charge for air time used when receiving messages. -- .. - Ho:,,BI- -• _r,.., ...... IOMI~ ,_.~--I LMfN'I .,...,. T Online enrollment in core courses begins in August. Enrollment in the full program will begin in fall 2008. For more information, contact Zielinski or codirector Deborah Zbegner at (570) 408-4071 or (800) WILKES-U Ext. 4071. �on campus A Masterful Work Steven Thomas, associate professor of music, served as chorus master for the Northeastern Pennsylvania Philharmonic’s performance of Beethoven’s Symphony No. 9. Thomas recruited and organized four participating choirs with more than 150 singers, served as liaison between philharmonic music director Maestro Lawrence Loh and other choral directors, and helped rehearse choirs at one of two combined rehearsals. “Being able to perform a masterwork like Beethoven’s Symphony No. 9 with a large, well-prepared chorus and a professional orchestra was a tremendous opportunity for my students at Wilkes.They lived with the work throughout the spring semester, strove to understand and to master it, and ultimately gave a truly inspiring performance of it. I’m very proud of the work they did, and proud to be able to help provide both them and the community with such an important musical experience.” Wilkes University singers joined three other choirs and the Northeastern Pennsylvania Philharmonic to perform Beethoven’s Symphony No. 9. Steven Thomas served as chorus master for the performance. PHOTOS BY CURTIS SALONICK ReStore-ing Environmental Responsibility Wilkes donated a trailer of products from the renovated University Center on Main to the Habitat for Humanity ReStore. PHOTO BY CHRISTINE SEITZINGER campus. All electronic waste, including computers, monitors, printers and light bulbs, has been removed from the waste stream and components are recycled whenever possible. Recently, more than 40 indoor and 18 outdoor commingled recycling containers were added to campus.The University is working with faculty in the environmental engineering and earth sciences department to develop a recycling awareness program. WILKES | Fall 2007 Wilkes donated about $30,000 worth of commercial products to the local Habitat for Humanity ReStore. The trailer full of lavatory equipment, lighting fixtures and solid maple doors came from a former call center built to accommodate 1,000 employees.Wilkes renovated the building, now known as University Center on Main or UCOM, in 2006. It houses a recreation and athletic center on the main floor and 100 employees on the main and second floors. Patty Gilmour, wife of President Tim Gilmour, spearheaded the Habitat project. She frequently buys products from Habitat’s ReStore for her freelance home renovation and restoration business. Contractors find bargain products at the store, which also raises funds for Habitat. This recycling project is one example of Wilkes’ effort to become a “green” campus.The University purchased a trash compactor to reduce the number of trips waste haulers make to 7 �on campus Relay For Life Tops $15,000 Wire Free Wilkes-Barre Students organized a Relay For Life that raised more than $15,000 for the American Cancer Society. The April 27 to 28 event at Ralston Field took place weeks earlier than traditional Relay For Life events so more college students could participate, explains student organizer Blaine Madara, whose grandmother and aunt are breast cancer survivors. Organizers recruited 20 teams and more than 200 participants from the University and neighboring communities.The event exceeded its original fundraising goal by more than $5,000. Madara hopes to make it an annual event and encourages alumni to participate.Those interested can email blaine.madara@wilkes.edu. Wilkes and Wilkes-Barre will have a wireless broadband Internet infrastructure thanks to the efforts of Wire Free Wilkes-Barre, a nonprofit corporation founded in 2006 by Wilkes, the city, Luzerne County and King’s College. By mid-August, Wilkes students and employees were to have access to high-speed Internet and wireless capabilities for laptop computers and other handheld devices around the 27-acre campus and downtown. Wire Free Wilkes-Barre aims to enhance public safety, increase economic development and improve government efficiency by implementing the network throughout the city. Surveillance cameras in strategic locations throughout the city will deter crime and aid flood monitoring, organizers say. Frontier telecommunications company has been selected to build and maintain the infrastructure. More than 200 people participated in a student-organized Relay For Life event. ENROLLMENT TRENDS INCOMING FRESHMEN Wilkes welcomes its largest freshmen class in 25 years this fall. The University has seen steady increases in freshmen enrollment for five consecutive years while maintaining small class sizes and SAT scores above the national average. With a current enrollment of 2,300 full-time undergraduates, Wilkes has already exceeded its enrollment goal of 2,200 students by the year 2010. 584 621* 594 589 525 TOP 5 MAJORS WILKES | Fall 2007 More than 50 percent of Wilkes’ incoming 8 freshmen class will pursue studies in science, health and engineering fields. Nursing, prepharmacy and biology attracted the largest number of students. 2003 | 2004 | 2005 | 2006 | 2007 *Pre-census figures. Actual number of arriving freshmen may be slightly less. �on campus The University welcomes four new administrators. • C. Reynold Verret becomes provost, leading initiatives to build enrollment and enhance quality of academic programs, develop plans for a new science, health and engineering building, and create a plan for a law school. Verret served as dean and professor of chemistry and biochemistry at University of the Sciences in Philadelphia. During his tenure at USP, he led the revision of a university-wide general education curriculum, developed a study abroad program, established collaborative agreements with neighboring institutions at the K-12 and higher education levels, instituted new, state-approved academic programs and oversaw relocation of major programs to a new science and technology center. He also worked at Clark Atlanta University as associate professor, interim chair and later New administrators joining Wilkes over the summer are, from left: C. Reynold Verret, provost; Maggie chair of chemistry. A widely published Lund, vice president for human resources and organizational development; Petra Carver, vice president researcher, his interests include cytotoxicity for finance and support operations; and Maria D. Suarez, special assistant to the president for of immune cells, biosensors and biomarkers. multicultural and community affairs. PHOTO BY KIM BOWER-SPENCE Verret received his undergraduate degree cum laude in biochemistry from Columbia University and • Maria D. Suarez serves as special assistant to doctorate in biochemistry from Massachusetts Institute of Technology. the president for multicultural and community He replaces Maravene Loeschke, now president of Mansfield University. affairs. Suarez will work with President Tim • Petra Carver takes the post of vice president for finance and support Gilmour, the vice president for student affairs operations. At Northland College, Ashland,Wis., she developed and and the Diversity Task Force to develop a diversity strategy. implemented an institution-wide reorganization plan to streamline Suarez served as dean of math and science operations and led new construction and renovation projects. She also initiated a purchasing consortium and established an internal control system. at Gloucester County College, in New Jersey. She comes with extensive experience Carver holds a bachelor’s degree in business administration and accounting implementing and funding programs to recruit from Fachhochschule Rheinland-Pfalz, Germany, and an M.B.A. from St. and retain women and underrepresented Martin’s University, Olympia,Wash. minorities in science. • Maggie Lund is vice president for human resources and organizational Suarez is a published researcher in development. She brings more than 20 years of experience and has held biochemistry and molecular cell biology. Suarez senior-level leadership positions in human resources. She most recently served holds a bachelor’s degree in chemistry from as vice president of human resources for Mercy Health Partners Northeast University of Puerto Rico and a doctorate in Region, based in Scranton, Pa. biochemistry from Michigan State University. Lund earned undergraduate and graduate degrees at University of Scranton and completed doctoral coursework in industrial relations and human resources at Rutgers University. WILKES | Fall 2007 New Administrators Join Wilkes Family 9 �athletics Post-Season PROWESS By John Seitzinger BASEBALL TEAM POWERS UP LATE IN SEASON TO CAPTURE TITLE Pitcher Tom Buckler earned most valuable player honors for the Freedom Conference Tournament. ALL PHOTOS BY WARREN RUDA WILKES | Fall 2007 T 10 he Wilkes baseball team found itself behind the proverbial eight ball after opening Freedom Conference play with a 3-7 record. However, the Colonels rallied to win seven of their final eight conference games to reach the playoffs.Then they swept all three games in the conference tournament to claim their first conference title since 1994 and first NCAA Division III bid since 1978. “We put our own backs to the wall, and then we caught fire.The team played great under pressure,” explains 12-year head coach Joe Folek. “This was not a very vocal, rah-rah type of team. Our guys didn’t say much during our streak. They just got back to playing good, old-fashioned, hard-nosed baseball.” The Colonels ended the year with an overall record of 24-12 and won 14 of their final 17 games.They opened the conference tournament with a 4-3 win in 11 innings over top-seeded DeSales University.The Wilkes bats then came alive in a 17-8 victory over number-two seed King’s College in the winner’s bracket final. In the championship game, junior Tom Buckler, named the tournament’s most valuable player, pitched a complete game four-hitter to lift the Colonels to an 8-1 win over DeSales and the conference crown. Buckler was also the winning pitcher in the Colonels first win over DeSales. The Colonels placed four players on the All-Conference team, including junior outfielder/pitcher Kyle Follweiler. Follweiler, who was also the MAC’s Defensive Player of the Year in football last fall, hit .370 during the season to lead an offensive attack that hit at a .294 clip. Junior third baseman Chris Mayerski, junior outfielder/pitcher Corey Helfrich and junior outfielder/pitcher Brad Woznisky were named to the second team. Folek picked up the conference’s Coach of the Year award, a title he also collected in 2002. �athletics Fall Season Forecast The Wilkes University football team defends its Middle Atlantic Conference championship this fall. The Colonels come off a perfect 10-0 regular season and an 11-1 record overall. “Our team is anxious to face the challenges of the upcoming season,” says head coach Frank Sheptock. “A more difficult schedule and the graduation of an outstanding senior class will make Al Karaffa begins his fourth this season a true test to our program.” year as starting quarterback. That schedule includes the addition of Rowan and Montclair State universities to regular-season play. Rowan blasted the Colonels’ playoff bids in both 2005 and 2006.This fall, they meet at 1 p.m. Saturday, Sept. 15, at Ralston Field. Sheptock, who was inducted into the College Football Hall of Fame in July for his standout performance as a linebacker at Bloomsburg University, welcomes back six All-Conference players from a season ago.“Our players understand the commitment and work ethic it takes to reach a championship level.We need to take a very ‘blue collar’ approach to our preparation, and play with the pride that this program was built on through many great players and teams.” Women’s Tennis To Defend Title With five of six singles starters returning, expectations are running high for the 2007 Wilkes women’s tennis team. Under the guidance of head coach Chris Leicht, Freedom Conference Coach of the Year in 2006, the Lady Colonels posted an overall record of 18-2 last fall, winning their first Freedom Conference title and earning their first NCAA Championship bid. Sophomore Xiaoqiao Zhang headlines the list of returnees. Zhang earned Junior Alison McDonald joined the conference Player of the Year honors after All-Conference first team after posting a 19-2 singles record and winning compiling a 17-3 singles record. the MAC number-one singles title. Junior Alison McDonald joined Zhang on the All-Conference first team after compiling a 17-3 singles record out of the number-two position. Singles player junior Kristin Wilt was a second team All-Conference selection last season, registering a 15-4 record in individual play. “I am very excited for the upcoming women’s tennis season,” Leicht explains. His biggest challenge will be integrating freshmen with upperclass players.“I have a strong recruiting class coming into Wilkes, and they will be ready to challenge for varsity positions. I would like to emphasize our doubles play. I feel this is one area we can improve upon.” Field Hockey A more experienced field hockey team takes the field this season.The Lady Colonels return all but one player from last year’s squad, which posted a 9-9 record. Says head coach Sara Fuller, “With our talented veterans and a strong group of incoming freshmen, I am excited to see how the season unwinds.This year, our main goal will be playing a full 70 minutes intensely, and supporting each other in all positions on the field.” Women’s Soccer Women’s soccer welcomes its largest team in history. “We have 20 newcomers, including 11 recruited freshmen, six walk-ons and three other current Wilkes students. This will be an exciting team,” promises head coach John Sumoski. The team looks to build on last season’s 13-6-1 overall record. “We have continued to schedule nationally competitive teams,” Sumoski notes. And fitness standards are significantly more difficult than in the past. Men’s Soccer With three All-Conference players returning, the men’s soccer team is eager to begin the new season.The Colonels went 12-6-1 a year ago. “We graduated eight seniors from last year’s team, including four-year, all-conference players in the goal, central midfield and forward positions,” says head coach Phil Wingert. “That group will be difficult to replace in one year, but the current, senior leadership is excellent, and there’s a strong nucleus of returning players from last year’s playoff team.The incoming group of new players should complement the returnees.” Volleyball With five starters returning, the volleyball team is anxious to begin the 2007 season. Junior Katherine Harrington leads the group after registering a team-high 290 kills a year ago. Also returning are senior Kristen Linhart, who had 255 kills and 291 digs; sophomore LeeAnn Searfoss, who added 151 kills and 51 assists; senior Katherine Simons, who contributed 116 kills; and sophomore Julie Page, with 95 kills. WILKES | Fall 2007 Football Adds Rival Rowan to Regular-Season Schedule 11 �G E O RG E W ITH THE EXCEPTION perhaps of the University’s first RA L S TON REMEMBERING A LEGEND president, Eugene Farley, no one has impacted this institution more than Dean Emeritus George Ralston. The World War II major with two Purple Hearts joined Bucknell University Junior College as a counselor to veterans. He founded the athletics program in 1946 and eventually retired as dean emeritus of student affairs. Legendary for his ability to remember names, he personally interacted with virtually every student to cross campus during his tenure. His passing on March 2 generated hundreds of notes and letters to his wife, Helen, and the Office of Alumni Relations.We share a sampling here. See more remembrances online at 12 Ralston’s affiliation with Wilkes spanned 60 years. ALL PHOTOS FROM WILKES ARCHIVES WILKES | Fall 2007 WILKES | Fall 2007 The Colonel Connection, community.wilkes.edu. 13 �It was my good fortune to have first met George Ralston at Forty Fort (Pa.) High School, when I was a student there and George joined the faculty after his WWII military service. He was a helpful teacher and coach who participated fully in school life. I remember his ringing baritone voice singing “Waterboy” at a school concert. He promoted the living of a healthful, disciplined life and warned everyone of the evils of tobacco. He taught us a little poem: “Tobacco is a filthy weed, From old Satan came the seed. It steals your money and soils your clothes And makes a chimney of your nose.” George Ralston was very helpful when I came to Wilkes as a student in 1947, and throughout my four years there. Although I left the area upon graduation, I kept in touch with George over the years when I came to visit family and drop by Wilkes to see how it was growing. He always remembered me, and I thought this was truly amazing, given the thousands of lives he had touched. When I visited Wilkes for my 50th anniversary in 2001, I recited the tobacco poem during a private moment with George and he hugged me, as was his style, but had to ask, “Do you smoke?” No, George; I learned from you. – Wade Hayhurst ’51 (left), Mollusk,Va. Second Chances WILKES | Fall 2007 The year was 1957 and I was called in to see Dean Ralston in June. In the 1956 semester, I had mostly A’s and B’s, but in the 1957 semester I had a C, D and F’s. I can hear the first words out of his mouth even now: “Son, what happened to you?” Before I could say anything, he went on. “How can you go down so far?” I explained that my father had died, and that I took the finals between funeral services. Dean Ralston said,“Did you ever think to tell anybody? You could have taken the finals later.” Then he said,“Here is what we are going to do.Those grades with F’s, you will be allowed to take the finals over. But those that you passed – even if it’s a D – those grades stand.” And then he called the professors and explained what happened. If he hadn’t been reviewing students’ grades, no would have known. For that I’m very grateful to Dean Ralston. In 1954, Wilkes’ football team was over visiting the Wyoming Seminary post-graduate football team. I was on the high school team watching the teams play, and Wilkes was getting the worse of it. 14 In September 2003, the Ancestral Colonels honored Dean Ralston with a plaque at the football field that bears his name. A Gentle Push Dean Ralston called his team together and stood in the middle of them (he came up to their shoulders) and said,“Men, we have to do better than this, or it is going to be a long year.” That was all he said, and they started playing again. – Kelly J. Mather ’58, Sebastian, Fla. Buy Sneakers Or Leave September 1961: About 75 veterans met the dean at 8 a.m. on the commons to protest taking four years of physical education. George said, “OK, vets, I’m one also…. Buy your sneakers, take two years of physical education, or leave Wilkes.” – Gregory J. Lester ’61, Deposit, N.Y. Giving Thanks In a room full of clergy, George would be asked to say grace! – Robert L. Evans Sr. ’62, Wilkes-Barre Civil Rights Eye Opener I went on the Hampton Institute/Wilkes student visit exchange with Dean Ralston, and it was a life-altering and affirming experience. It was a civil rights experience during the turbulent ’60s, with all the racial tension. – Claire Handler Silverstein ’63, Tampa, Fla. Make a Joyful Noise I was amazed at the enthusiasm of a man who stood before the large class in the gym and stated, “If you can’t sing, make a joyful noise!” We did. I never forgot that day. He was always upbeat! – Ruthanne Macri Porter ’63, Perkasie, Pa. After I graduated from Wilkes and My father, a barber, told George one day as dipped my toes in the chilly waters he cut his hair that I had not done well at of the work world, I decided to school, that I had been asked to leave for attend graduate school. I sought one year, and that my meeting with the dean Dean Ralston's counsel. He said, of women proved fruitless in turning the “Why not come to Wilkes?” So I tide. George suggested that I call him and did, and three years later earned my make an appointment. He told me that he second degree from Wilkes. didn’t care if I took basket weaving, but I In 1999, I returned to Wilkes for could return to school at night and that my my 30th reunion. While attending an Dean Ralston is transported focus should be on “acing every course.” He event on the quad, whom did I see to festivities in his honor at asked that I keep him up to date on my a football game in 2003. but Dean Ralston. He strolled toward success, which he believed was a given. me in one of his bright jackets and greeted me with warmth. It’s Needless to say, I graduated from Wilkes, always GREAT to be remembered! We will miss him. albeit one year after my class, and I have – Bryn Kehrli ’69 M’73, Ithaca, N.Y. gone on to secure a master’s degree with 39 years of professional experience as a rehabilitation counselor and case manager. I give Hello and Good Morning credit to George Ralston. “Always say good morning and hello on campus!” Value another I am certain that he believed in me, and human being was the message. He emphasized this during my his actions at that critical time in my life freshmen orientation in 1967. He learned this and passed it on. were the lifeline that I so desperately I’ve been doing it ever since. needed. Dean Ralston epitomizes what – Theresa Dybach ’71, Reedsville, Pa. great educators are all about. He was a real human being, caring and fair.Words cannot express my high regard for this great man and gentleman. With his passing, someone great and wonderful The Dean is IRREPLACEABLE, not just because he has left a void in this vast world was able to connect the history of Wilkes ACROSS of ours. – Rosemary Baiera Hieronymous ’68, the GENERATIONS, but because no one will ever Springfield, Pa. A Lasting Impression Dean Ralston is the reason why I came to Wilkes, stayed at Wilkes and returned to Wilkes. I first met Dean Ralston when I was in ninth grade, long before I was thinking about college. He made such a positive impression on me that I decided to attend Wilkes. While at Wilkes, I saw Dean Ralston as a role model. On occasion, I would find the opportunity to talk to him. His words, and the way he said them, made me see him as a role model. have the lasting influence over Wilkes that he had. George’s focus on the individual and the emphasis he placed on the bonds formed through relationship are the very core of the student experience at Wilkes. His MARK on Wilkes is INDELIBLE. I can’t imagine anyone will ever better demonstrate through word and deed what it means to value each student, no matter her/his aptitude. In everyone, he could see the GOODNESS and POTENTIAL. – Paul Adams ’77, Kingston, Pa. Vice President for Student Affairs Wilkes University WILKES | Fall 2007 A Healthful, Disciplined Life 15 �Let’s Go Wilkes! A Precious Gift Indeed I vividly remember, during freshmen orientation in September 1967, Dean Ralston leading us in his special cheer.The freshmen in beanies and blue and gold ties sitting on the ground, Dean Ralston raised his arms in front of his face, fingers wiggling. “Let’s go Wilkes,” he whispered. As he drew his arms across his face again and again, the volume increased until we were shouting, “Let’s go Wilkes!” – Walter Furtney ’71, Shoreview, Minn. Many things could be said about George. I mention just two: His marvelous capacity to place names with faces, and his skill at incorporating his faith into his work. I cannot remember a time when I did not know George, or when he did not know me. So I was not terribly surprised when, during freshmen orientation in the fall of 1971, he greeted me by name among a group of fellow freshmen from my dorm, Sterling Hall. My housemates, however, were very impressed: “Wow! Dean Ralston knows you?” The next time we were together with George at some function, he called every single one of us by name, and I understood for the first time how important that mnemonic skill was, and how gifted a practitioner George was. His capacious memory banks must have held thousands of faces, names and factoids about students.What I had attributed, during freshmen orientation, to George having known me from church was translated to a wider world view, embracing everyone even remotely connected with Wilkes. George’s faith was wondrous to behold. Of course, his job at Wilkes was not as a chaplain or spiritual guide; but he stressed core values of fair play, good sportsmanship and academic integrity that grew directly out of his love for and service to Jesus Christ. George was an off-the-scale extrovert, which led to his behavior being well-known and minutely scrutinized, at some level, by all the undergraduates I knew. When a friend of my roommate’s had been “sent down” to see Dean Ralston after a plagiarism incident, my roommate expressed an incredulity that George had dressed her friend down with words that left no doubt about his commitment to leading students down a morality-guided path. Oh, Brother WILKES | Fall 2007 My brother, Grover, had come to visit me and was a little put off by the rules at Sterling Hall that would not allow guys to visit my room. My dorm mother would not believe he was my brother, so Grover got an idea to climb up the fire escape near my room.We visited a while, and when he went to climb down later, the security guards greeted him! My roommate and I were horrified, and as they took my brother to a station wagon in front of the dorm, we went around the block trying to figure out what was going to happen next. Finally, in walked the sense of reason, Dean Ralston, and he met with my roommate and me, and he was so kind and respectful of our feelings. He set everything straight, and my brother was released.We will never forget that night. He cared so much about all of us, and it was incredible how he handled things with grace, dignity and a great sense of humor, which calms everything down, so misunderstandings are easily worked through for everyone’s benefit. – Holly Stults ’74, Santa Fe, N.M. 16 Dean Ralston was Wilkes’ biggest fan and most enthusiastic cheerleader. �Long-Distance Degree I had a rough start during my first year at Wilkes in 1978, but eventually I was able to stay the course only to fall short of funds to finish my last semester. I enlisted in the U.S. Air Force, where I was stationed in Okinawa, Japan. While there, I took several night courses over the course of a year and a half to complete my degree in business administration. I wrote Dean Ralston asking if I could possibly transfer my last semester of courses taken overseas toward my degree from Wilkes. I was very happy to receive a letter back from Dean Ralston, who remembered me and granted the transfer. Due to a problem with flights from Japan, I was not able to attend the graduation and be able to personally thank Dean Ralston for both his guidance and kindness. Anton “Andy” Haryluck ’82, Bury Saint Edmunds, Suffolk, England Ubiquitous Biker When I first attended Wilkes back in 1977, I would see Dean Ralston riding around campus on his antique bike, saying hello to everyone. Also, at a pep rally I remember him doing a Wilkes Colonel cheer. He is sadly missed! Donna Karwaski ’82, Avoca, Pa. Helen and George Ralston Dear friends, To all of you who have sent cards, notes and beautiful letters to me, I want to sincerely thank you. Please know that I would love to answer every one of them, but that is impossible.The donations to our scholarship fund have been outstanding. And how better can we show our love and respect for a man such as George, whose whole life was devoted to helping students succeed? Keep his ideals always in your hearts. – Helen Ralston The Dean will be honored homecoming weekend during pre-football game festivities at 12:15 p.m. Saturday, Oct. 6, at Ralston Field. Memorial contributions may be made to the George F. and Helen B. Ralston Scholarship Fund, Development Office,Wilkes University, 84 W. South St.,Wilkes-Barre, Pa. 18766. Contact Evelyne Topfer, (800) WILKES-U Ext. 4309. WILKES | Fall 2007 George was a fine speaker, and the times he filled in for Jule Ayers in the pulpit of the First Presbyterian Church were occasions for George to state explicitly what motivated his relationships to students, faculty and administration. George never talked of Jesus at school, but he certainly did, and with great integrity, in other places. His example has motivated me to live, and not just speak, what I believe. He was a role model that has helped me in a variety of both church and secular settings to minister with people who might have no overtly expressed religious beliefs. A precious gift indeed. – The Rev. Nancy E. (Rodda) Topolewski, Ph.D. ’75, Lempster, N.H. 17 �RHEA SIMMS ’78 GROWS SMALL REAL ESTATE FIRM INTO REGIONAL POWERHOUSE WILKES | Fall 2007 By Kim Bower-Spence PHOTO BY EARL AND SEDOR 18 �' now help their mother, Lewith & Freeman’s chief executive officer, manage the company. Virginia Simms Rose, broker associate, serves as its president, and Emma Simms Kluger is vice president. Margaret Simms Evans serves as corporate secretary/treasurer. Simm’s history degree piqued her interest in biography, particularly in people whose lives benefited the community, whether locally or globally. She has subsequently endeavored that her company should significantly serve the community. – Donna O’Toole Sedor ’85 Real estate doesn’t consume all of Simms’ time. She became the first and only woman to chair the Greater Wilkes-Barre Chamber of Commerce, a post she held in 1993-94. She has also served on the boards of directors for King’s College, the Wilkes-Barre Board of Realtors and Mellon Bank Northeast Region. She is a founding member and still serves on the board of The Luzerne Foundation and is a director of the Children’s Service Center. She chairs the Earth Conservancy, a Wyoming Valley group dedicated to guiding the reclamation of over 17,000 acres of mine-scarred land and contributing to conservation and economic development. “Rhea is active in almost all aspects of the community, both through her profession and her community service,” confirms Donna O’Toole Sedor ’85, vice president of the Chamber of Commerce. “She has this grace under pressure. She’s just a great role model for women.” Says Simms: “I really am proud to live here, work here and contribute to the well-being of our region.” She has this GRACE UNDER PRESSURE. She’s just a great ROLE MODEL for women. '' Rhea Politis Simms Shavertown, Pa. B.A., History 1978 Career: Owns Lewith & Freeman Real Estate, a full-service agency serving Luzerne and Lackawanna counties. Notable: Over 20 years, expanded the business from one office with eight people to six offices and 120 people. WILKES | Fall 2007 W HEN RHEA POLITIS SIMMS ’78 bought Lewith & Freeman Real Estate in 1986, she felt she had to either keep the Kingston, Pa., company small and “boutique” or adopt technology and grow. She opted for the latter. Simms recruited new agents and sought areas ripe for expansion, buying a small real estate firm in Luzerne County’s Back Mountain area. Later she expanded with additional offices in Mountain Top, Drums and Wilkes-Barre.Three years ago, Lewith & Freeman branched into Lackawanna County, opening an office in fast-growing Clarks Summit. The company has grown from one office staffed with eight people to six offices with 120 realtor associates and support staff. “We became more regional in our thinking,” Simms says, explaining her strategy. She recognized the need for greater regional planning and thinking. The company added a mortgage department, title insurance and insurance services for clients.Though she’s been approached numerous times over the years to join national franchises, Simms remains committed to operating an independent agency. “I’ve always felt that real estate is personal. People want to be taken care of, and people want personal service.” She attributes her company’s growth to dedicated sales associates and excellent managers. The company hires carefully and emphasizes training. Mentors guide new agents for several months as they learn the business. The formula works. Lewith & Freeman ranks first in Luzerne County for factored sales volume, just shy of $330 million in 2006. In Lackawanna County, the company ranks in the top five of 75 real estate offices.“Growth comes with good training, good people, good relationships,” she emphasizes. One of the Wyoming Valley’s most prominent businesswomen, the Shavertown, Pa., resident entered Wilkes as a music major in 1958. She left in 1960 to marry Ron Simms ’60 and move to Oklahoma for his military service. When they returned to the Wyoming Valley, she was raising three daughters while earning her real estate license and taking courses toward the history degree she completed in 1978. “I was by far a more serious student coming back than I was as an 18-year-old,” confesses Simms, who enjoyed her interaction with the younger students. She recalls gathering around the kitchen table with her young daughters to do homework. “We kind of all studied together.” Real estate, with its flexible schedule, seemed like a good business for a woman with young children. Those daughters 19 �Integrative media students learn to create eye-catching imagery. Technology meets creativity INTEGRATIVE MEDIA PROGRAM GRADUATES ITS FIRST STUDENTS By Cindy Taren WILKES | Fall 2007 Jessica Gannon practices assembling digital imagery on the computer. 20 “I hope to one day be a lead supervisor for a major motion picture and postproduction company, and eventually freelance my abilities to different motion pictures.” The integrative media curriculum blends technology and design training to prepare students for careers in feature film, broadcast, independent production companies, interactive media, corporate and government environments. It started in 2001, when a group of faculty led by Darin Fields, dean of the College of Arts, Humanities and Social Sciences, developed a new program to target the convergence of media, information, technology, art, culture, business and entertainment. “Universities today must continually innovate to respond to the changing world graduates will enter,” says Fields. Eric Ruggiero, director and cofounder of the integrative media department, says faculty observed that graduates with the most success in the job market were those with training in multiple disciplines. “To prepare yourself to dive into the job market, it’s optimal to have a highly versatile range of skills, as well as the capacity for collaboration.” The recently completed IM Studio houses systems and software comparable to the best facilities worldwide and simulates an environment supportive and critical to the process of visual content creation, Ruggiero explains. The major blends a design and technology curriculum with one or more minors in art, computer science, entrepreneurship, business, communications and English. Students within these specialties might fill artistic or business positions such as production manager, producer, director, art director, editor, motion designer, writer, interactive guru, coder, animator or special effects artist. Eric Miller of Dunmore, Pa., had earned an associate degree in computer design before coming to Wilkes. He was to graduate with an integrative media degree this summer. Miller interned last year with Promax/BDA, a worldwide association of entertainment marketers, promoters and designers, representing television stations and broadcast and cable networks, at its international Chris Hager works in the well-equipped IM Studio. conference in New York City. He works as a freelance Web site designer for a local accounting and management firm. The integrative media program “has led to opportunities to become involved in more of the collaborative process of digital design,” he explains. Miller’s dream job is to become creative director of a design firm. “The program is project oriented,” Ruggiero says, “encouraging students to come up with ideas, either on their own or working with a group.” Students graduate with professional portfolios, which will help show off their skills to potential employers and clients. Matt Beekman ’89 directs creative services at Deluxe Digital Studios, Moosic, Pa. He routinely seeks student interns skilled in mixed media. “Our ideal intern has an eye for art, as well as knowledge of computers, video, audio and editing.” Beekman used his degree in graphic design to start a career in the television industry. “I had to gain the experience needed for my current profession from working in the field over several years and job changes. The (integrative media) major definitely gives graduates an advantage because they will have the skills to get a better job straight from college.” Chelsey Grosse and Pete Mulvey learn about layering text, images and animation. For more information on the program, see www.wilkes.edu or e-mail Ruggiero at eric.ruggiero@wilkes.edu. PHOTOS BY MARK GOLASZEWSKI ' Universities today must continually INNOVATE to respond to the CHANGING WORLD graduates will enter. Students put theory into practice in Integrative Media 301. '' – Darin Fields Dean of the College of Arts, Humanities and Social Sciences WILKES | Fall 2007 J USTIN ROGERS ’07 always loved movies and technology. So when Wilkes University announced its new integrative media major in 2005, he quickly switched from computer science. “Having always been a big movie and technology guru, the major seemed to better fit my interests,” the major’s first graduate says. “I didn’t want to sit behind a desk for the rest of my life coding languages for computers. This program will help me to get into a field where creative minds come together to create unique experiences and products.” Rogers, of Dayton, N.J., now plans to pursue a master of fine arts degree in computer graphics and then join the industry in either movies or advertising. 21 �Bounce Back WHEN LIFE THREW BASEBALL STANDOUT TONY VLAHOVIC A CURVE, HE TURNED IT INTO AN OPPORTUNITY TO HELP OTHERS WILKES | Fall 2007 By Sherrie Flick 22 Vlahovic’s personal understanding of the psychology of healing motivated him to open a post-rehabilitation fitness center. PHOTO © 2007 JON ROEMER �'' I had to go from my CHILDHOOD DREAM of being a pro athlete to LEARNING TO WALK again. recalls.After a frustrating experience with rehabilitation, he realized a desire to help others. He continued his psychology studies, earning a master’s degree from West Chester University of Pennsylvania. He ran the physical therapy department at University Medical Center at Princeton before opening Momentum Fitness, a post-rehabilitation facility addressing both mental and physical health, Tony Vlahovic’s baseball card shows him as a rookie for the in 1997. 1983 Red Sox. Vlahovic had found his niche. PHOTO COURTESY OF TONY VLAHOVIC Personal experience combined with his psychology education translated into professional success.“I went through it myself. I lived it. …I’m able to make my mark by being empathetic — understanding the psychology of healing.” Vlahovic sought out supportive staff members who would say to clients,“We can do this.This is our first goal; this is where we’re moving to.” Vlahovic originally set up the business near his residence in New Hope, Pa., but moved the center to Princeton, N.J., to be closer to the university medical center. Until June 30, the two-story facility housed 14 personal trainers, 25 specialized instructors, and weight training for all ages and phases of conditioning using top-of-theline equipment. Momentum offered yoga, meditation and pilates classes, along with a heated resistance pool for training and aerobics. Vlahovic closed that facility to open a new one in Hopewell, N.J., this September. The expanded facility will allow more special programming. He plans to offer training for young athletes while continuing special fitness programs for people living with cancer, diabetes and rheumatoid arthritis. The move will also shorten his daily commute and give him more time with wife Nina and children Anthony, 9, and Sabrina, 5. “I think if you can find something that has some other value to it,” Vlahovic says,“it doesn’t feel like work.You can contribute something while you’re on this earth.” Vlahovic’s best friend of 25 years, Ivan Shidlovsky ’81, confirms Vlahovic’s dedication. “His character is above reproach; honest and caring, always trying to figure out how to help others to improve their lives.” Tony Vlahovic New Hope, Pa. B.A., Psychology 1982 Career: Former pro baseball player who owns a fitness center. During his years at Whitehall High School, Vlahovic played both football (number 3) and basketball (number 24). Notable: Overcame cancer and an auto accident injury to help others through post-rehabilitation fitness programs. WILKES | Fall 2007 G ROWING UP, TONY VLAHOVIC ’82 was what they call “a natural,” a standout in basketball, baseball and football. When cancer and a drunk driver nipped his achievement on the athletic field, they fueled his desire to help others with his own unique mix of fitness and psychology. At age 14, testicular cancer left him frail and compromised his immune system.“It was a real shock,” Vlahovic says, a setback that would have ended most young athletes’ dreams. But with the help of supportive coaches, he began a health and weight-training program that restored his athleticism.“I think maturity-wise I moved ahead then. My friends might laugh — I have a good sense of humor — but I looked at life differently. It took on a different feel. Headed me on a journey I really wasn’t sure where I was going.” By his senior year, large universities came courting. But then an injury cost him their scholarship offers.Wilkes College baseball coach Gene Domzalski saw past the injury. “He came to see me in person and said,‘We have a place for you. Here’s a great opportunity to get a great education, go to a smaller school and play in college.’ ” The psychology major’s college athletic performance didn’t escape the notice of professional baseball scouts. After a year-long stint in a European league, he signed with the Boston Red Sox as a left-handed pitcher in 1983. A childhood dream fulfilled. But more challenges lay in store. On his way to spring training in 1986, a drunk driver rear-ended him. “It destroyed both my truck and my left leg.” Depressed and immobilized, he started physical therapy. “I had to go from my childhood dream of being a pro athlete to learning to walk again,”Vlahovic PHOTOS COURTESY OF TONY VLAHOVIC 23 �WILKES | Fall 2007 24 Alphonso and the band The Collective take to stages in northeast Pennsylvania about three nights a week. PHOTO COURTESY OF KERMIT ALPHONSO �~~· •• IVE He visited bigger schools before choosing Wilkes. “I realized you’re just a number there,” he explains, noting that he wanted to be involved at the university he attended. “I’m from the South. I wanted to go to a place I’d never been before,” he says. “It was an opportunity to grow up, a way to explore.” At Wilkes, the Greensboro, N.C., native received a Minority Student Cultural Scholarship and went on to double-major in sociology and criminal justice. After graduation, though, he wanted to be an artistentertainer. All those years in the gospel choir as a kid kicked in. “My education gave me something that no one can take away,”Alphonso says.“My professors and school administration were great. They were polishing me up. I thank them all. They taught me how to be a gentleman.” '' .·. ·.· ORY KERMIT ALPHONSO FRONTS POPULAR BAND AND LAUNCHES SOLO CAREER blues, soul and hip-hop. They take stage in clubs around northeastern Pennsylvania about three times a week. The band has had some success, receiving awards for best local original band and best local cover band. In addition to fronting The Collective,Alphonso stays busy with solo projects. His extended play Diaries of a Bar Star Volume I was recently self-released with the song “Last Call for Alcohol,” a mostrequested single on WKRZ-FM. Through his new web-based business, Suburban Project Entertainment, he plans to bring exposure to the original music of unsigned artists. Downloadable tracks will be made available for sale via Urban Music Access Key cards sold at clubs. The site will formally launch in the fall via www.wedotunes.net. For now, original songs by The Collective can be downloaded there. “Making something out of nothing,” Alphonso says. “That’s what I do. I got a good base by going to Wilkes. By meeting the people I met there, I became the free thinker I am today.” ' I got a good base by going to Wilkes. By MEETING the PEOPLE I met there, I became the FREE THINKER I am today. By Sherrie Flick Alphonso notes that he and Robb Brown, who also attended Wilkes for a time, sometimes perform together at Fuse Club and Café, Wilkes-Barre, as The Robb and Kermit Show. Fuse is owned by fellow alumnus Ronald Romanoski ’95. Alphonso considers Wilkes-Barre home now. “We’ve been trying to create a community here. We’ve been trying to stick together and help each other out, network with each other.We’re just trying to grow something.” Kermit Alphonso Douglas Wilkes-Barre, Pa. B.A., Sociology and Criminal Justice 1994 Career: Lead singer for popular regional band The Collective Notable: The Collective will perform for Homecoming 2007 festivities from 7 to 11 p.m. Saturday, Oct. 6, in the Henry Student Center. WILKES | Fall 2007 I “ ’VE BEEN SINGING MY WHOLE LIFE,” SAYS Kermit Alphonso Douglas ’94. “My mom says I popped out singing!” He came to Wilkes University to play basketball but is now the lead singer of Wilkes-Barre’s popular band The Collective. The Collective has opened for a wide variety of nationally recognized bands: Grammy Award-winning hip-hop group The Roots, Bob Marley and the Wailers, Nick Lachey, Drake Bell and Ja Rule. “We play music that everybody can get into,” says Alphonso, who often drops the name “Douglas” to make things simple. “We’re flexible. We cross over. We’re fortunate.” The band began on the Wilkes campus as the three-man singing group Smooth Enuf. The group achieved some success, Alphonso says, landing a recording contract and moving to California. Things didn’t go as well as they’d hoped; they returned home and went their separate ways a year later. “It was a very sad experience for me, but I knew I still loved to perform, and I wasn’t done,” he explains. The Collective then formed and began to write and play music throughout the region. “The spirit and the idea continue to move forward with me,” he says. “Now my full-time job is being an entertainer.” The Collective plays covers and originals — a mixture of rhythm and 25 �alumni news New Leaders Seek to Engage More Alumni With a special thanks to the past leadership, and especially Colleen Gries Gallagher, the Alumni Association leadership has already met to map priorities and organize itself. They laid groundwork through the efforts of Colleen and her team for the past two years. Key accomplishments came in the areas of communications and alumni relations. Denise Schaal Cesare ’77 and Fred Demech ’61 ushered introduction of The Colonel Connection and review of this magazine. Undergraduate alumni relations was chaired by Bridget Giunta ’05. Other accomplishments are too numerous to mention, but they provide the springboard for future success.The current leadership team is as follows: • President – George G. Pawlush ’69 • First vice president – Terrence W. Casey ’82 • Second vice president – John Wartella ’84 • Secretary – Bridget Giunta ’05 • Historian (immediate past president) – Colleen Gries Gallagher ’81 • Past president – William A.Tarbart ’70 New to the board are: Rich Kramer ’67, Charlotte Puglia ’00,Wendy Gavin ’90, Brigette McDonald Herrmann ’78,Tom Ralston ’80, David Scordino ’07, Jenna Strzelecki ’07, Matthew Brown ’08 (Student Government president), Amanda Karasinski ’08 (Student Alumni Association president), and Blaine Madara ’08 (senior class president).They join incumbents Garfield Jones ’72, Rosemary LaFratte ’93 MBA ’97, Lou Steck ’55 and Margery Ufberg ’69. Other alumni board members are Laura Barbera Cardinale ’72, Allyn Jones ’60, Clayton Karambelas ’49, Beth Danner Kinslow ’02, Ron Miller ’93, Steve Roth ’84, Dave Carey ’83, Fred Demech ’61, Glen Flack ’73, Ali Qureshi ’96, John Serafin ’90 MBA ’93 and Jodi Viscomi ’05.The Nominating Committee works to assure that the constituency is accurately represented by the membership of the board through a demographic decade analysis. The key focus of the year will be to build relationships, engaging more alumni in an ever-increasing range of programs and events both on and off campus. Committee membership is open on a rolling basis, and new committee chairs are selected through the summer months. If you’re interested in being considered for membership on a committee or the board, please complete the online form at http://community.wilkes.edu/Volunteer. Or contact the Office of Alumni Relations at (800) WILKES-U Ext. 4134 or alumni@wilkes.edu. Special thanks to outgoing board members Kay E. Coskey ’86, Michael J. Fox ’06, Ashley Joslin ’06, John Pullo ’82 (historian), Matthew J. Sowcik ’00 and Peter Zubritzky ’76. Mark your calendars now for Homecoming 2007, Oct. 5 to 7. Read on to see highlights, and make plans to connect and reconnect with friends and classmates. Explore Exotic Locales with Fellow Alumni Tropical Costa Rica Departs Nov. 7, 2007 Price per person: twin, $1,999; single, $2,499 WILKES | Fall 2007 Highlights • San José • Poás Volcano • Thermal Spa Resort • Caño Negro Refuge • Monteverde Cloud Forest • Guanacaste 26 Join fellow Wilkes University alumni as they travel to Costa Rica for nine days.This trip includes round-trip air travel from Allentown, Pa., hotel transfers, air taxes and current fuel surcharges. Eight breakfasts, two lunches and seven dinners are included. Fuel charges are subject to change until trip is paid in full. Cost does not include insurance of $120 per person. French Riviera Departs March 2, 2008 Price per person: twin, $1,849; single, $2,249 Highlights • Nice • Flower Market • Chagall Museum • Grasse Perfumerie • St. Paul De Vence • Ventimiglia • San Remo • St.Tropez • Cannes • Antibes • Picasso Museum • Villefranche • Rothschild Villa and Gardens • Monaco Oceanographic Museum The price of this eight-day trip includes round-trip air travel from Newark, N.J., air taxes, hotel transfers and current fuel surcharges (subject to increase until paid in full). Six breakfasts and four dinners are included in the cost. It does not include insurance of $120 per person. For more information on any of these trips, contact Michelle Diskin ’95, associate director of Alumni Relations, at (570) 408-4134 or michelle.diskin@wilkes.edu. �alumni news Homecoming 2007 Schedule of Events Friday, Oct. 5 9 a.m. 11:30 a.m. 5 to 7 p.m. 6 to 8 p.m. Golf Tournament, Blue Ridge Trail Golf Club Bucknell University Junior College Luncheon and Shuttle Tour, Annette Evans Alumni House Colonels Happy Hour, Bart & Urby’s Wine Tasting with Maiolatesi Wine Cellars, 2nd floor UCOM Golden Colonel Welcome Back Reception and Induction, Kirby Hall Saturday, Oct. 6 8:30 a.m. 9 a.m. Hungry Colonels Breakfast, Dining Hall President’s Breakfast (Ancestral Colonels, Golden Colonels, BUJC Flyboys), Henry Student Center Ballroom 10 a.m. 5K Walk/Run, Alumni House to Tailgate 10 a.m. Crew Regatta on River, Nesbitt Park 10 a.m. to noon Workshops at UCOM: – Pharmacy, Art Kibbe – Sidhu Executive Leadership Program, Erin Drew 11 a.m. to 4 p.m. Oktoberfest, Lion Brewery 11 a.m. Tailgate and SAA Colonels Carnival, practice field 12:40 p.m. Dean Ralston and BUJC Flyboys Celebration, Ralston Field 1 p.m. Wilkes vs. FDU-Florham football game, Ralston Field 4:30 p.m. 5th Quarter, Fuse Martini Bar 6 p.m. Pergola Dedication/Reception and Reunion Classes 5-, 10- and 25-Year, Karambelas Pergola 8 to 11 p.m. Wilkes Nightclub with The Collective, Henry Student Center PHOTOS BY MICHAEL P. TOUEY Sunday, Oct. 7 Memorial Bells - Remembrance of Alumni Alumni Hall of Fame, 214 Marts and Henry Student Center Ballroom WILKES | Fall 2007 9:45 a.m. 10:30 a.m. 27 �class notes WILKES | Fall 2007 1949 Doris Gorka Bartuska of Philadelphia, emeritus professor of medicine (endocrinology, diabetes and metabolism) at Drexel University College of Medicine, received the Woman in Medicine Award from The Trust Fund of the Alumnae Association of Woman’s Medical College/Medical College of Pennsylvania at the Faculty Development Awards Day program on June 1, 2007. The citation reads: “In recognition of her outstanding contributions and untiring devotion to teaching, mentoring, patient care and leadership, as a role model for women in medicine.” 28 1959 Stephen Poleskie recently published a book titled The Balloonist, about Civil War balloonist T. S. C. Lowe. He has taught or has been a visiting professor at 26 colleges and art schools throughout the world, including the School of Visual Art in NYC and the University of California, Berkeley. During the 1980s and ’90s, Poleskie was known in the United States and Europe for his “aerial theater” performances. A champion aerobatic flyer and artist-writer, Poleskie is professor emeritus at Cornell University. 1973 Joseph Grilli, M.P.A, D.P.A., has been named vice president of training institutes, external affairs and planning at Luzerne County Community College. Grilli resides in Jenkins Township, Pa., with his wife, Lisa, and two children. 1974 Christine (Donahue) Mayo recently became full-time assistant professor of voice at the University of Central Arkansas in Conway, Ark., where she resides with her husband, George. 1991 Susan (Adamchak) Smith and her husband, Dan, recently welcomed their third child, Riley Samantha. She joins brothers Jordan and Tyler. Enjoying Allenberry: Alumni enjoying an outing at Allenberry Dinner Theater, Boiling Springs, Pa., included, front row from left: Gayle Howard, Donna Argenio ’90, Nancy Juris ’56, Barbara Nagle, Ann Young ’59, Kay Hess, Edna Andrews ’50; middle: Carl Juris ’59, George Speer, Joe Argenio ’90, Jackie Young ’58; back: Bill Trethaway ’67, Janilyn Elias, Jeffrey Fetterman, Chuck Young, Bob Middleton, George Elias ’54, Karen Middleton ’71, Clint Hess ’64. Susan is a human resources manager at a pharmaceutical company.The family resides in Springfield, N.J. 1994 Kermit (Alphonso) Douglas and Matt Smallcomb (’03) performed with their musical group,The Collective, at Susquehanna University.The event was featured in a 2007 edition of Diversity Digest, a Susquehanna University publication. Heather Petruzelli, an adjunct voice teacher in the Wilkes Department of Visual and Performing Arts, was soprano soloist in May with the Astoria Symphony and Central City Singers.The performance of Mendelssohn’s masterpiece Elijah took place at Church of St. John the Baptist, New York, N.Y. 1997 Reunion Oct. 5-7 ~ Richard “Hank” Kutz recently completed a residency in general surgery at Dartmouth-Hitchcock Medical Center in Lebanon, N.H. Next year, he will complete a master’s degree in public health at Dartmouth Medical School, focusing on surgical outcomes and continuous quality improvement in health care. He will then continue training in the Harvard Plastic Surgery Residency Program in Boston, Mass. Hank currently resides in New Hampshire with his wife, Kate, and 1-year-old daughter, Lauren. �class notes $500,000 Gift Endows Scholarship Dr. Richard B. Kent ’55 of Malvern, Pa., recently honored his late wife with a $500,000 gift commitment to Wilkes University. It is one of the largest one-time gifts in Wilkes history. The Edith M. Kent Scholarship will go to a student from the greater Wyoming Valley Area enrolled in the medical science field. Recipients should demonstrate academic ability, good moral character and financial need. Sandra Carroll, interim vice president for development and alumni relations at Wilkes, says, “Dr. Kent is quite humble. We’re grateful that he chose to make a gift of this magnitude at Wilkes, where it can truly transform lives and the institution.” “I come from a very humble start in life, and I’ve been very fortunate,” Kent explains. “I always thought I’d like to give something back to my college, and it’s a wonderful way to honor my late wife.” Commuting allowed him to attend Wilkes economically, and he recalls close ties with faculty. “Dr. Charles Reif was a mentor and a strong role model for me.” He also treasures memories of playing baritone horn with the band, stoking an affinity for art and music he’s enjoyed ophthalmology and establishing a practice in West throughout life. Chester, Pa. Now a professional corporation, Vistarr Laser and Vision Centers employs five ophthalmologists and two optometrists. His family includes four children, two people to round out their education. “I emphasized my stepchildren and seven grandchildren. science studies so greatly I missed some of the Kent originally shied from publicity regarding his humanities courses and some of the arts courses I should generosity, preferring to give anonymously. “However, I have taken. There’s a whole other life out there.” changed my mind on the hope that the article might Originally from Newport Township, near Nanticoke, Pa., inspire others to consider a memorial contribution to Kent attended the University of Pennsylvania School of Wilkes or some other worthy cause. If this happens, then Medicine and served in the U.S. Navy before training in it was a worthwhile choice.” Rivercrest Reunion: Alumni recently reunited during festivities at RiverCrest Golf Club, located in Montgomery County, Pa. In the first photo are, from left: Eubank “Ted” Travis-Bey Jr. ’65, Lonnie Coombs ’70 and son Adam Coombs (beginning classes this fall), and Matthew McCaffrey ’94 M’97. In the second photo are, left to right: Jeff Churba ’89, Jason Griggs ’90, Andy Harris ‘89 and Edward J. Gallagher ’88. WILKES | Fall 2007 A board member of the Kennett Symphony who seeks out opera houses wherever he travels, Kent urges young 29 �class notes A-List members who gathered in Parsippany, N.J., back in March were: row one: Janet Condon Diefenbacher ’75, Susan Hansen ’77, Frania Polakowski Holloway ’76, Bruce Davis ’78, Nick Holgash ’78, Donald Mock ’75, Arlene Rostrun Acoady ’75, Gary Gieschen ’75; row two: Michael De Vincentis ’88, Anthony De Vincentis ’79, Gary Paich ’76, Billy Winter ’76, Jack Brabant ’76, John Zimmerman ’76; row three (balcony): Thomas Pezzicara ’75, Matt McCaffrey ’97, Anthony Shipula ’78, Dave Taylor ’84, Nigel Gray ’79, Arthur Daniels ’77 and Mary Ann Zielinski Holgash ’79. A-List 71-79 Reunites Wilkes Classmates As homecoming 2005 approached, two alumni opened They majored in psychology, engineering, accounting an alumni directory in hopes of persuading as many old and chemistry, among others. Today, the graduates classmates as possible to get together. The effort yielded include teachers, scientists, public relations professionals, more than a healthy turnout at the reunion. It rekindled medical personnel, engineers, optometrists, white- friendships dormant for 30 years. and blue-collar professionals, documentary film makers “It’s just like 30 years melted away,” explains Michael and parents spread across Pennsylvania, New Jersey, De Vincentis ’88 of Pequannock, N.J. (“Michael D,” as Maryland, Virginia, Georgia, Florida, Illinois, Texas, he’s known, attended Wilkes during the’70s, and later California and even Belize, Central America. “For a received his history degree after earning his last credits bunch of people from a small college, we all did pretty in New Jersey.) well,” says De Vincentis. Now known as the A-List 71-79, the group expanded to “Most of our kids are grown up and in college include students from throughout the ’70s. The 30 or so themselves,” De Vincentis says. Such freedom gives the alumni continue to stay in touch via e-mail, an online alumni time to reconnect with college friends. “It just social network and occasional gatherings. E-mail recharges your batteries and brings you back to a time “birthday alerts” distributed to the A-List feature both when you had less cares and worries. When we’re vintage and current candid photographs of the honoree. together, it’s like we’re back on campus again.” WILKES | Fall 2007 Discussion topics run the gamut from family to work 30 updates. In March, 21 alumni attended an informal event De Vincentis posts A-List updates at the website in Parsippany, N.J., with some traveling more than two http://wilkespics4u.multiply.com/. He can be hours to meet up with friends. contacted at Michaeldvg@hotmail.com. �class notes Fashion Designer Transforms Her Letterwoman’s Jacket Kathleen Haughey Maggio ’75 couldn’t bear to part with her 1971 letterwoman’s jacket from her days on the Wilkes field hockey team. So the fashion designer transformed it into an exaggerated baseball-style jacket. “We all have things in our closets or drawers that we can’t bear to get rid of. Although I no longer wore my letterwoman jacket because the collar had frayed and the silhouette was out of style, I kept it and my hockey stick for sentimental reasons,” the Bucks County, Pa., native explains. She purchased a cardigan at a thrift store and got busy with her scissors. “It now accompanies me to the gym, inspiring me to get back into the shape I was in during my Wilkes days!” Maggio, who has lived in New York City since graduating from college, included the project in Altered Maggio included her memento from days on the Wilkes field hockey team in a book on how to update outdated clothing. © VINEPOD.COM, PHOTO BY TIMOTHY MAGGIO Maggio studied art at Wilkes and earned a degree in clothes and christening gowns. She teaches pattern numerous ideas for updating old or outdated clothing. Philadelphia. She has designed girls’ dresses, maternity and Thread, released last year. The craft book includes fine art from Moore College of Art and Design, Clothing: Hip Fixes and Transformations with a Needle “An editor, who’d been given my name by a colleague, making, draping and construction to juniors in the daughter, Evie, 28. clothes (new and vintage). It was a perfect fit,” she explains. Maggio, shot photos for the book. She also has a frequently alter my own designs as well as store-bought Design, New York City. Her husband, photographer Tim about remodeling clothes. I’ve been sewing since I was 9 and bachelor of fine arts program at Parsons School of called and asked if I would be interested in writing a book Meredith (Cabrey) Nascimento and her husband, Christian, welcomed their first son, Charles Nicholas, on July 3, 2006. 2002 ·po uo1una~ Ronald Metcho graduated from the MBA program at the University of Rhode Island. He is an attorney and resides in Philadelphia. 2004 Amee Mehta will begin a residency in internal medicine at Staten Island University Hospital. John Reese (center with glass) was honored at a May wrestling team reunion. With him are, from left: Mike Evans ’95, current wrestling Coach Jon Laudenslager ’99, Barry VanScoten ’95, John Stout ’95, Bob Hawkins ’92, Coach Reese, Dave Habowski ’97, Ray Monzon ’96, Eric Feese ’93, Matt Reinert ’92 and Ron Miller ’93. WILKES | Fall 2007 ~ L-5 31 �class notes In Memoriam 1935 Dr. Eugene Joseph Gillespie passed away Sept. 18, 2006, in Atlanta, Ga., his home for the last 45 years. He retired from the U.S. Public Health Service after 25 years as associate director of the U.S. Communicable Disease Center in Atlanta. He then became the director of health planning for the state of Georgia, and subsequently medical director for Prudential Insurance Company. 1962 Jozia Mieszkowski, 67, of Seminole, Fla., formerly of Wilkes-Barre, died Thursday, May, 31, 2007. A native of Wilkes-Barre, she was a graduate of Wyoming Seminary, class of 1957. She owned and directed the Wilkes-Barre Theatre School & Company from 1966 to 1980. She then became dance director at the Mississippi University for Women, Columbus, Miss., from 1980 to 1995. In 1995, she moved to St. Petersburg to start a new career in activities at the Masonic Home in Florida, where she stayed until her retirement at age 62. 1988 John F. Kepics, 40, Linglestown, Pa., died May 8, 2007, of leukemia. A standout baseball player at Wilkes, he was a pharmaceutical sales representative for Forest Pharmaceuticals for the last 13 years. He is survived by his wife, the former Debbie Fedor; mother, Edythe Kepics; sister, Mary Louise Harris; and nieces. Faculty Robert W. Partridge of West Chester, Pa., former history professor and baseball and soccer coach at Wilkes, died May 4, 2007, at the age of 88. Partridge graduated from the University of Pennsylvania in 1941. Later, he earned a master’s degree in education from Harvard University. During World War II, he rose to the rank of lieutenant and served as gunnery and catapult officer on the light cruisers Topeka and Columbia. He began his teaching and coaching career at Wilkes College in 1945. In 1955, Partridge joined the faculty and coaching staff at Kent School in Kent, Conn. He taught history and English before becoming director of athletics, retiring in 1990. Partridge is survived by his wife, Louise; daughter, Carol Pierce; son, Glenn; four grandchildren and one greatgranddaughter. Submitting Class Notes Send your news to The Colonel Connection at community.wilkes.edu. Or mail it to: Class Notes Wilkes Magazine WILKES | Fall 2007 84 W. South St. 32 Wilkes-Barre, Pa. 18766 Richard Thomas Rees ’62, 69, of Lakeland, Fla., died May 25. Born in Kingston, Pa., he graduated from Kingston High School and served in the U.S. Marine Corps. Rees held a bachelor of science degree from Wilkes, with a major in history and a minor in English. He also held a master’s degree and doctorate in Educational Administration from Rutgers University. Following a career as a high school teacher, coach and administrator, he spent 10 years as a professor at Montclair State University and Wilkes University. Since 1980, Dr. Rees was involved in health care human resource education and development. He was president of Rees and Associates Inc., a private consulting firm centering on learning technology, leadership development, team development and educational efficiencies, especially in small to mid-sized organizations. He is survived by wife Linda Weatherill Rees, son David William Rees, daughter Diane Lynn Rees Mikolon, all of Lakeland, Fla.; mother Anne Rees, sister Margaret A. Fetch of Kingston, Pa.; brother Morgan R. Rees of Naples, Fla.; and two grandsons. �then & now Recognize any of these mud-caked men? Tell us their names or reminisce about football seasons past at The Colonel Connection message boards, at community.wilkes.edu. Or send it to Wilkes Magazine, 84 W. South St., Wilkes-Barre, Pa. 18766. PHOTO FROM WILKES ARCHIVES Corey Carter gets taken down by a Delaware Valley College Aggie during their September 2006 match-up.The Colonels ended the Aggies’ 22-game regular season winning streak with a 14-7 win. Cherry Blossom Festival 1976: The photo shows co-chairpersons Ginny Edwards and Jean Johnson. Richard “Charlie” Sullivan is believed to be in the center. Thanks go to Stanley Freeda ’80, Bernard Fagnani ’74 and Patty Cullinan Spinelli ’77. “I don’t think I ever saw a picture of Charlie where he wasn’t sandwiched between two girls,” recalls Spinelli. PHOTO BY WARREN RUDA �calendar of events September 15 November SummArt Painters Campus Art Auction, hosted by The John Wilkes Society, Sordoni Art Gallery TBA Alumni Mixer, Pittsburgh 5 Outstanding Leaders Forum, former Mexican President Vicente Fox, F.M. Kirby Center TBA Alumni Mixer, Arizona October TBA Alumni Mixer, Colorado 5-7 Homecoming/Reunion TBA Alumni Mixer, California w WILKES UNIVERSITY PHOTO BY MICHAEL P. TOUEY 7-15 Alumni trip to Costa Rica WILKES UNIVERSITY Wilkes-Barre, PA 18766 For details on dates and locations, check www.wilkes.edu and The Colonel Connection! � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes Magazine Fall 2007 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes Alumni Magazine, 1947-present Subject The topic of the resource Alumni Relations Description An account of the resource <p>An archive of Wilkes University Magazine, from 1947-present. The magazine went through various names including <em>Wilkes Alumnus</em>, <em>Wilkes Quarterly,</em> <em>Wilkes Universe</em>, and the current title, <em>Wilkes Magazine</em>. Some editions for the <em>Wilkes Universe</em>, will have multiple issues within the file record. Our holdings may be missing editions for certain years due to having no physical copy within the collection. </p> Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes University Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived Wilkes University Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Wilkes University Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1947-present Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes Magazine, Fall 2007 Subject The topic of the resource Alumni Relations Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Marketing Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource Fall 2007 magazine Wilkes Magazine https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/dff792f0dd40a573c96d6f6102422385.pdf 15fb51670b46607a936c575b8a0eb080 PDF Text Text �unity amidst diversity . . .' wILK es 1 coLLEG£ fi,11111/t'rl I '/;,1dt>n'd /'}JJ /!}47 THE COLLEGE MACE THE MACE is made of sterling silver throughout. At the lower end of the hammered shaft is a gilt (gold-plated) knob. The upper end of the shaft displays the inscription "Wilkes College 1933." Above the short, hammered neck rises a bowl to indicate that Wilkes-Barre acted as a melting pot. in forming a new and vigorous community of people of many different backgrounds. This theme is clearly stated in the gilt inscription around the upper part of the bowl: "Unity Amidst Diversity." Set into the top of the bowl is the gilt seal of Wilkes College. The top of the mace is a gilt flamelike structure to indicate the enlightenment to be gained from higher education. A piece of anthracite coal from a local mine is et in the center of this "flame" to commemorate the origin of the community and the College in its coal mining past. �J~ ES COILEGE u tfn EUGENE SHEDDEN FARLEY UBRARY 1933 ILKES COllEGE WtlKES-BARlA. 71 -19 72 FALL AND SPRING EMESTERS - VOL. XX 1971-72 \ 'ilkcs-Barrc, Pennsylvania 18703 AC 717 824-4651 �College Calendar College Calendar FALL SEMESTER - Freshman Orientation 1971-72 Tuesday, September 7 to Saturday, September 11 Registratio,i- Upperclassmen Friday, September 10 Classes Begin Monday, September 13 Pro gress Reports Saturday, October 23 Pre -registration for Seniors and Juniors Monday, November 1 to Friday, November 5 Pre- registration for Sophomores Monday, November 8 to Friday, November 12 Pre- registration for Freshmen Monday, November 15 to Friday, November 19 Thanksgiving Recess Friday, November 19, 5:00 p.m. to Monday, November 29, 8:00 a.m. SPRING SEMESTER - 1972 Registration Friday, January 28 Classes Begin Monday, January 31 Report on Incomplete Grades for previous term Wednesday, February 16 Progress Reports Saturday, March 11 Spring Vacation Friday, March 24, 5:00 p.m. to Monday, April 3, 8 :00 a.m. Classes Resume Monday, April 3, 8:00 a.m. Pre-registration for Juniors Monday, April 3 to Friday, April 7 Pre-registration for Sophomores Monday, April 10 to Friday, April 14 Pre-registration for Freshmen Monday, April 17 to Friday, April 21 Classes End for Spring Term Friday, May 12, 5 :00 p.m. Christmas Vacation Friday, December 17, 5:00 p.m. to Monday, January 3, 8:00 a.m. Examination Period Monday, May 15 to Wednesday, May 24 (9 days) Classes Resume Monday, January 3, 8:00 a.m. Baccalaureate Sunday, June 4, 11 :00 a.m. Classes End for Fall Semester Friday, January 7, 5:00 p.m. Commencement Sunday, June 4, 5:00 p.m. Ralston Field Examination Period Monday, January 10 to Wednesday, January 19 (9 days) Report on Incomplete Grades for Spring Term 1972 Wednesday, June 21, 1972 First Semester Ends Wednesday, January 19 (The College issues a supplementary Summer Bulletin) �Contents College Calendar, 4 Wilkes College, 8 An Educated Man, IO POLICIES AND OBJECTIVES Education at Wilkes, 12 Admissions, 13 Registration, 17 Tuition, Fees and Expenses, 17 Financial Assistance, 21 THE COLLEGE AND THE COMMUNITY Service at Wilkes, 70 Institute of Regional Affairs, 71 Economic Development Council, 73 Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra, 73 Fine Arts Fiesta, 73 Performing Arts Center, 73 Scholarships, 21 Loans, 24 Employment, 25 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS Leadership at Wilkes, 78 Bachelor of Arts Degree, 79 FACILITIES Experience at Wilkes, 38 Bachelor of Science Degree, 82 Degree Requirements, 83 Buildings and Plant, 39 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION STUDENT LIFE Studying at Wilkes, 46 Counseling, 4 7 Student Activities, 49 Social Activities, 51 Athletics, 54 Student Responsibility, 55 THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM Conscience at Wilkes, 118 Description 0f Courses, 119 PERSONNEL OF THE COLLEGE Commitment at Wilkes, 226 Board of Trustees, 227 Office of the Chancellor, 229 Officers of Administration, 229 Leaming at Wilkes, 58 College Services, 230 Curricula, 59 Academic Requirements, 61 Graduation Requirements, 66 Faculty, 231 INDEX, 247 �Will~es College Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell University, responding to a request of community leaders, established its Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter as a four-year, coeducational, liberal arts college. The College has grown slowly to its current enrollment of approximately 2600 full-time day students and 600 part-time evening school students and over 600 graduate students. From its inception the College has been dedicated to these twin goals - a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a program of service to the community. WILKES COLLEGE - Page 9 students of many faiths, backgrounds, and countries. It encourages them to maintain their convictions and their loyalties. It encourages them to create friendships based upon respect for differences, and to adhere to those ideals that create unity and good will amidst diversity. While academic work is the basis of the College program, the faculty recognizes that academic training will be of little importance unless students emerge as men and women of strong faith and fine character. In the words of John Stuart Mill, "Before you can make men doctors and lawyers, you must first make them men.,, Wilkes College is committed to education as a way of life. DECADES OF GROWTH AN INDEPENDENT COLLEGE It was inevitable that the new college should be non-sectarian, for its purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters wished the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the community. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an independent college that was interdenominational in its influence and non-denominational in its control. FREEDOM OF INQUIRY Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. McClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their decision. With responsibility came a pressing desire to strengthen the work of the faculty, united in their belief that the intellectual and spiritual resources of the student are vigorous where the creative mind is free. UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY A college that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite philosophy and ·a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided by the thought that unity in our community, our nation, and our world requires not only great vision but warm understanding of peoples. In its small circle Wilkes College brings together Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Common. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansion of the campus. A COOPERATIVE EFFORT The original concept of community services has been strengthened with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It has been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the community all benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperative relationship, with its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has resulted in cooperative action. ACCREDITATION Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania and the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The Accounting curriculum has been accredited by the Certified Public Accounting Examiners of the State of New York. The Chemistry curriculum is approved by the American Chemical Society. �Policies and Objectives An Educated Man seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; is aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; participates constructively in the social, economic, cultural, and political life of the community; communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Formulated and adopted by the as a guide to learning. facuity Admissions Registration Tuition, Fees, and Expenses Financial Assistance �Admissions True education demands a love of learning and a spirit of acrifice and service. Education is not a right or privilege but an opportunity that carries with it obligations prescribed by the College and responsibilities shared with the student. This concept has guided the faculty and trustees in developing the philosophy and procedures of the Admissions Committee, making it possible for students of ability, determination, and soundness of character to study at Wilkes. Here the student will find an atmosphere of competitive learning in the world of ideas. His desire to undertake study at Wilkes places him among the ready men for whom education is an experience in excellence. He will be charged with the responsibility for fulfilling that trust. The careful selection of able and committed students is deemed cs ential to the attainment of high standards and warm personal relationships between students and faculty. Undergraduate Ad1nission Requirements The spirit of the College derives from the ideals of the faculty and the quality of its in struction; from its library, its laboratories and Education at Wilkes equipment. The spirit of the College is the integrity of its mission, the intellectual climate that enriches the student as a person. The College believes that no attention can be too great which intensifies a student's thinking or deepens his interest or develops his techniques and skills. It believes that a good student commits him self to the disciplines of his work. To learn, to master, and to understand he must accept the responsibilities that he shares with others. SFC0NDARY SCHOOL RECORD Candidates applying for admission to Wilkes should be secondary school graduates and should offer at least fifteen units of work representing the equivalent of the usual four-year secondary school preparatory school course. For entrance into certain departments, specific courses in secondary school are necessary. Students interested in studying biology, chemistry, engineering, mathematics, medical technology, and science education should be prepared to enter Math. 111 - Analysis I (Calculus). APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION To assist students seeking admission, the College has adopted procedures designed to simplify admissions. Applications for admission and instructions regarding secondary school records, recommendations, and entrance examinations may be obtained from the Dean of Admissions. The completed applications should be returned to him with a $10.00 application fee. �Page 14 - ADMISSIONS - ADMISSIONS ENTRANCE EXAMINATIONS All candidates for admission to the freshman class will be required to take entrance examinations. The Admissions Committee considers these test results in relation to the applicant's secondary school transcript and the record of performance during the secondary school years. Page 15 PERSONAL INTERVIEWS A personal interview with each student is not required. Students and their families are invited to visit the College at their convenience. It is advisable to write for an appointment so that the Deans may arrange to meet with them. Music applicants are required to audition for the music faculty. TRANSFER STUDENTS ADMISSIONS TESTS The Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board is required of all applicants. Students should plan to take this examination in December or January of their senior year. If unusual circumstances prevent the applicant from taking this test, he must notify the Dean of Admissions. Students who wish the Admissions Committee to review their application on the basi of College Boards taken in their junior year should make this request in writing to the Dean of Admissions. Wilkes is a member of the College Entrance Examination Boards. Students communicating with the Educational Testing Center in Princeton, New Jersey, or in Los Angeles, California, should refer to the Wilkes College code number 2977. ACCEPTANCE OF ADMISSION AND DEPOSIT After receipt of the secondary school record, the secondary school recommendations, and the senior College Board scores, the Admissions Committee meets and acts upon all applications. Notification of action by the Committee is sent immediately. Resident students are required to forward a $100.00 tuition and dormitory deposit by May 1; local students are required to forward a $50.00 tuition deposit by May 1 in order to guarantee their entry into the College. The College accepts a limited number of applications for the February class. Procedures are similar to those followed in the fall semester. ADMISSIONS COMMITTEE The Admissions Committee is comprised of the Dean of Admissions and appointed faculty members. This committee acts upon special cases referred to it by the Dean of Admissions. Candidates from other institutions wishing to enter with advanced standing shall follow the regular procedure for admission. The student should request the college or university he is attending to forward to Wilkes a transcript and an official statement of his honorable withdrawal. Students offered admission should secure a personal interview with the Dean of Admissions, at which time an evaluation of the transfer credits will be made and a tentative program scheduled. This program will be subject to final review by the faculty adviser at the time of registration. Acceptable credits will be placed on the Wilkes record of the student following a final evaluation. College policy prohibits the Admissions Committee from considering for admission any student who has been placed on academic probation or who has been dropped from any other college or university until a period of one year has elapsed. ADVANCED COURSE STANDING Superior students who have undertaken college-level courses in econdary school may request college credit for such work and p rmission to enter advanced courses. To qualify for advanced placement, the secondary school student must take the Advanced Placement tests of the College Entrance Examination Board, in addition to the regular Scholastic Aptitude tests required for admission. Action by the College will be determined by scores obtained on the Advanced Placement Examination, the secondary school record submitted by the student, and the recommendations of the secondary school faculty. After he is admitted the applicant will request the College Entrance Examination Board to send the results of the Advanced Placement Tests to the Dean of Admissions. The request will then be considered by the Admissions Committee and the appropriate department chairman. The applicant will be advised of their action prior to registration. �EXPENSES Page 16 - Page 17 ADMISSIONS Evening Division The evening division offers educational opportunities to adul who cannot attend day classes. Students may register for course in the Evening Division and earn credits toward an undergraduate degree. Graduate courses are also offered during the evening hour. Students will confer with the Director of the Evening Division to arrange a course of study to meet their needs, abilities, and spe· cial requirements. During the semester students will consult with the Director of the Evening Division concerning their program. When the student completes thirty hours, his record is reviewed by the Admissions Committee. At this time the Committee recommends that a student continue to work for a degree, or be plac d on probation, or withdraw from the Evening Division. Students who do not desire a degree may be admitted to clas c which they are qualified to take by reason of their maturity, pre· vious education, and work experience. Secondary school training~ desirable but not necessary, provided the student is qualified to follow special courses of instruction in which he wishes to register. Summer College The faculty offers selected courses during two five-week day sc • sions and one eight-week evening session. The course offerings are listed each year in the Summer College Bulletin available on re· quest from the Admissions Office. A student from another college who wishes to take summer work at Wilkes must secure the approval of the proper officer of his a,, institution if he expects to receive credit for such work. A student from Wilkes College who wishes to take summer work at another institution must secure the approval of thr Academic Standing Committee. Application in writing shall be made throu h the office of the Deans. Inquiries concerning summer graduate courses should be directed to the Chairman of Graduate Studies. Graduate Division Information concerning admission to the Graduate Division ma) be obtained from the Office of the Director of Graduate Studic The College issues a supplementary graduate bulletin. Registration Every student is expected to register on the dates specified in the College calendar. A student presenting himself for registration aftu the time designated for registration will pay a late registration f e of $10.00. Incoming freshman students will be sent a program of courses they will be enrolled in for the first semester. This program should b reviewed by the student and returned to the Admissions Office ithin two weeks. Any questions or changes relating to this program should be directed to the Dean of Admissions immediately. E penses TUITION 'I he flat tuition fee of $875.00 per semester will be charged to all tudcnts taking a course load in excess of thirteen and up to eighteen hours. A student who registers for thirteen or fewer hours of work will be charged at a rate of $60.00 per credit hour. A stuclrnt who elects a heavier schedule than 18 hours will be charged 60.00 for each additional credit hour. ff FNING SCHOOL tudcnts registered in the Evening School will be charged $60.00 p r semester hour. Further information regarding the content of the courses, requirements for undergraduate and graduate degrees, and requirements for teacher certification may be secured from the Office of Admissions. SUMMER COLLEGE Students registering for courses in the Summer College sessions will be charged $60.00 per semester hour of study payable before rcgis tra tion. FEES For those courses that require individual faculty supervision or the addition of supplies and equipment the College finds it necesary to charge nominal fees. These fees are listed in the Bulletin vith the course description. When these fees total more than 50.00 a flat fee of $50.00 per semester will be charged. �EXPENSES Page 18 - Page 19 EXPENSES Medical technology stud en ts will be charged in both the seventh and eighth semesters a $50.00 College Administrative Fee for supervision of the hospital course work required in this program. The cost of individual instruction in applied music is $50.00 for full-time students for a series of fourteen half-hour lessons. The College accepts a limited number of special students for individual instruction in applied music for a series of fourteen half-hour lessons at a cost of $70.00 per semester. A student activities fee of $20.00 provides for a number of special programs, including plays, recitals, and lectures, offered at the Center for the Performing Arts, and for home athletic events. A graduation fee of $25.00 is charged to all graduating seniors. AUDIT A full time enrolled student (14 hours or more) may audit a course for no additional charge. Part-time students may audit a course for one-half the regular tuition fee. TRANSCRIPTS There is no charge for the first transcript requested. The student will pay one dollar for each additional transcript. When requests for more than one transcript are given on the same order the charge shall be: a. One dollar for the first copy. b. Seventy-five cents for the second copy. c. Fifty cents for the third copy. d. Twenty-five cents for each copy thereafter. CHEMISTRY BREAKAGE Students taking chemistry laboratory courses are required to deposit $10.00 to cover possible charges for broken, lost, or damaged equipment. The unexpended balance of this fee is refundable. HEALTH SERVICE The College makes available both accident and accident and health insurance to students. Each student will be required to pay a $10.00 health fee. A health insurance policy is available to com· muting students but is optional with them. Health insurance re- quired of all resident students is prepaid as part of the dormitory charge. Both policies provide protection for twelve months and premiums are payable in full with the first semester charges. There are fo-or fully accredited hospitals in the vicinity of the campus, and a college physician and college infirmary are available for emergency treatment. PAYMENTS All payments for tuition, room and board, fees, etc., are due prior to final registration. Payment of all charges for tuition, fees, room and board is to be made at the Finance Office, Parrish Hall, before registration. Several plans have been developed to assist students who do not have the cash in hand, and it is suggested these plans be considered when special assistance is needed. Students may consult with the Director of Financial Aid for information regarding scholarship and loan programs. When the student is unable to make payments prior to registration, he may apply to the Comptroller for an extension of sixty days. Any student not meeting his obligations within this grace period of sixty days beyond the date of registration will be denied the privilege of class attendance and, if a residence hall student, he shall be excluded from the residence hall and dining hall. REFUNDS Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will receive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: During the first six weeks of a term one-half of the tuition will be refunded upon request if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After the first six weeks no refunds are allowed and the student is obligated for the full costs for the term. Refund of dormitory charges will not be allowed except under conditions beyond the control of the student No student who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any refunds. �Page 20 - EXPENSES Living Quarters and Board RESIDENCE HALLS Residence for boarding students is provided in a new dormitory for men and in a number of large mansions that have been given to, or purchased by, the College in recent years. The women's dormitories accommodate from twelve to fifty students and a resident assistant. Every effort is made to maintain a homelike atmosphere. Students and their families are invited to inspect these homes. Each room includes a bureau, desk, chair, and a bed. Students will supply their own blankets; bed linens and towels are furnished through a local laundry on contract by the College. The admission of resident students is limited to the capacity of the resident halls, and all students not residing with parents or guardians are required to live in the residence halls. A recent addition to this policy gives students twenty-one years of age or older permission to live off campus, and seniors with parental consent have the same privilege. Any exception to this rule must be requested in writing to the Dean of Student Affairs, and must be approved by the Administrative Council after recommendation by the Council of Deans. A deposit of $50.00 is required to reserve a room. The charge for room and board is $585.00 per student per semester. This charge includes the cost of heal th and accident insurance and linen rental and laundry service for bed linen and towels only. Personal laundry plans are offered, and for students who wish to do their own laundry, facilities are available on campus. Resident students are required to take their meals at the College Dining Hall. Exceptions will not be made without formal recommendation from the college physician and the appro· al of the Dean's Council. Each resident student will be required to maintain a minimum balance of $50.00 on deposit with the College so long as that stu· dent is enrolled. Charges for damage to College residence hall property will be automatically deducted from the student's deposit. When the student graduates or terminates his matriculation at the College, he will be given the refundable portion of the deposit. Information regarding residence halls can be obtained from the Office of Admissions or the Housing Office. Financial Assistance To provide assistance for those who need financial help, the College receives substantial gifts from friends. These gifts provide cholarship aid to those who are already making every effort to help themselves. In accepting any form of aid from the College the student accepts an obligation - which is also the obligation of every other concicntious student - to: I. Maintain a good scholastic record. 2. Exert a constructive influence in the College and the community. 3. Participate constructively in an all-college activity of his own choice. In planning to meet any difference between his own resources and the cost of education the student should consider a combination of work, loans, and grants. Scholarships A few honor scholarships are awarded without regard to financial need to students of outstanding achievement in appreciation of their contribution to the intellectual life of the group. High school seniors who desire to be considered for an honor award should apply in writing to the Dean of Admissions at the time of their application for admission. Financial Aid REQUIREMENTS 1. Students must be admitted to the College before their applications for financial aid will be considered. 2. The primary responsibility for financing the cost of education rests with the student and his family. Consequently, financial aid will be granted only after they have made every reasonable effort to finance as large a portion of the costs of his education as possible. When such home support is lacking, the College will seek to develop with the student a plan whereby his education may be continued through work, loans, and scholarships. �FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE- Page 23 Page 22 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE 3. Every applicant for financial aid shall submit confidential information pertaining to his financial needs and his record of achievement. 4. Aid awarded to a student from sources outside the College shall be reported to the College by the student. All such aid shall be taken into consideration to insure the most equitable distribution of funds to the student body. When necessary, a financial aid package awarded by the College may be adjusted in light of aid awarded by outside sources. 5. Financial aid will be forfeited if the student at any time carries fewer hours than are normal for his course of study. 6. No financial aid is awarded for more than one year; however, aid will be renewed upon request, provided this request is supported by a good academic record, by evidence of continued need, and by constructive participation in at least one all-college activity of his choice. 7. The amount of the grant is confidential, and any breach of this confidence shall terminate the award. INSTRUCTIONS TO THE APPLICANT 1. To establish eligibility for finand~l aid, the student must first apply for admission to the College, and must be accepted. 2. Students requesting consideration for assistance shall indicate this in the appropriate space on the application for admission to the College. Wilkes College participates in the College Scholarship Service (CSS) of the College Entrance Examination Board. Participants in the College Scholarship Service subscribe to the principle that the amount of financial aid granted a student should be based on financial need. The College Scholarship Service assists colleges and universities in determining the student's need for financial assistance. All entering students applying for financial aid are required to submit a copy of the Parents' Confidential Statement (PCS) form to the College Scholarship Service, designating Wilkes College as one of the recipients, by February 1. The Parents' Confidential Statement form may be obtained from a secondary school guidance office or the College Scholarship Service, P. 0. Box 176, Princeton, New Jersey 08540. 3. After the student has been accepted for admission to the College, and after a copy of the Parents' Confidential Statement is received, the Committee on Financial Aid acts on all completed applications. Notification of action by the Committee is sent immediately. Grants-in-Aid WILKES SCHOLARSHIPS To assist able and ambitious students, friends and alumni support a substantial scholarship fund that enables the College with its limited resources to more adequately serve those for whom it was created. Because these funds are given by generous men and women who are desirous in helping young people in their effort toward self-improvement and self-development, it is essential that worthy and able students be carefully selected. Wilkes College is dedicated to the belief that no student who has met the competition for admission to the Cqllege should be denied the chance to begin his college education, nor forced to withdraw after he has matriculated, for purely financial reasons. Wilkes Scholarship grants are available to students with good records of achievement and performance in high school or college who cannot finance fully the cost of their education. The amount of each grant shall be based on the financial need of the student. These funds, combined with those furnished by the State and Federal governments, are offered to students in packages consisting usually of grants, loans, and work. EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANTS Federal grants ranging from $200 to $1,000 are available to students demonstrating exceptional financial need, who, except for this aid, would be unable to obtain a higher education. Applications will be considered for an Educational Opportunity Grant award if the expected parental contribution, as determined by the College Scholarship Service, cannot exceed $625. �Page 24 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE ST ATE SCHOLARSHIPS The Commonwealth of Pennsylvania offers direct grants to students meeting the criteria set forth by the Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance Agency (PHEAA) program. High school students from other states wishing information concerning their state's program should contact their guidance counselor. Loans STUDENT LOAN FUNDS The Florence and Joseph A. Goldman Loan Fund has been created by the donors to assist Juniors and Seniors whose education may be interrupted by unexpected difficulties. The loan bears no interest and is to be repaid by the student at the earliest practical time so that other students may receive needed assistance from this revolving loan fund. The Robert W. Hall Student Loan Fund was established by Robert W. Hall, class of 1951, to assist students in meeting small emergency financial needs. NATIONAL DEFENSE STUDENT LOAN FUND Long-term, low interest loans are available to students who demonstrate financial need. The amount of the loan is determined by need with a maximum of $1,000 per academic year. Interest and repayment are deferred until the student leaves school. The program includes loan cancellation provisions for students who enter teaching. Applicants will be notified by the Committee if their financial aid package includes a National Defense Student Loan. STATE GUARANTY LOAN PROGRAMS Most states now operate guaranteed loan programs which enable students to borrow from their local banks to meet educational expenses. Ordinarily, no interest is charged while the student remains in school if adjusted family income is below $15,000 per year. Applications and further information are available at the student's hometown bank, savings-and-loan association, or credit union participating in the program. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 25 Employment PART-TIME EMPLOYMENT College makes strict demands on a student's time. The student who finds it necessary to seek full-time employment during the school year is advised to work a year and then apply for admission. The College cautions the student to limit off-campus work, especially during the freshman year, when working may result in academic failure. However, part-time jobs in offices, stores, and industry are available for students wishing to earn part of their expenses. For such jobs the student will register with the College Placement Office. COLLEGE EMPLOYMENT The College also participates in the College Work-Study Program, funded jointly by the Federal Government and the College. Part-time employment not to exceed 15 hours per week during class periods, is available in the dining rooms, offices, laboratories, reception desk, library, or maintenance staff. Since this program is designed to provide financial aid to students, prospective emplayees must meet financial need requirements set forth by the Federal Government. The holders of these jobs shall meet all obligations of their assignments or forfeit this help from the College. Interested students should contact the Financial Aid Office for information. DEFERRED PAYMENT PLANS The College has authorized the operation of two plans through which costs of tuition and other educational expenses may be met from current family income. Basically, these are loan agreements which are to be repaid during the year through monthly repayment plans. Additional information can be secured through the Financial Aid Office or by writing to either: The Tuition Plan, Inc. 575 Madison Avenue New York, New York 10022 EFI Fund Management Program 36 South Wabash - Room 1000 Chicago, Illinois 60603 �FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Page 26 - Page 27 FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Founders of Scholarships Each year some 1000 friends contribute to the scholarship fund of the College on an annual basis. Other friends have created scholarships which bear the names of the donors or of persons whom they have memorialized by means of a scholarship. Trust Funds and Endowed Scholarships ARNAUD CARTWRIGHT MARTS SCHOLARSHIP was created by the associates of Dr. Arnaud C. Marts, in the firm of Marts & Lundy, to honor the Chairman of their Board and former President of their Company. It is appropriate that this scholarship should bear his name for no person has done more to bring new opportunities to the young people of Wyoming Valley. As President of Bucknell University, he was instrumental in the establishment of Bucknell University Junior College, W?ich became Wilkes College in 1947. After Wilkes Col· lege became an independent college, he joined its Board of Trustees and was elected Vice-Chairman of the Board. Because of his vision and faith in the young people of this region, he has supported and guided every forward looking and constructive effort of the College. The Arnaud C. Marts Scholarship will be awarded each year to that outstanding senior who has need of financial aid and who, by high scholarship and participation in college activities, has demon· strated those qualities of leadership that are needed in Wilkes College and in our nation. WALTER S. CARPENTER SCHOLARSHIPS IN ENGINEER· ING. Two full tuition scholarships are awarded annually to Freshmen planning a career in Materials Science or Electrical Engineering. The recipients of these awards are selected by the faculty of the Engineering Department on the basis of the applicant's high school record and Scholastic Apptitude Test scores, without regard to financial need. Scholarships are renewable annually upon recommendation of the Department of Engineering. Interested students should apply in writing to the Chairman, Department of Engineer· ing, Wilkes College. CHARLES AND SADIE DONIN MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS are supported by a substantial endowment created by Mr. Donin. These scholarships are awarded to able and highly motivated students of limited financial means. JOHN WELLES HOLLENBACK SCHOLARSHIP. Miss Anna Hollenback has created a scholarship in memory of her father, John Welles Hollenback, and the annual interest of the principal is used fer scholarship purposes. JEWISH WAR VETERANS, WILKES - BARRE POST 212 SCHOLARSHIP is established in honor of B. J. Levin, one of the Post's founders. The purpose of this scholarship is to aid the child of a local war veteran. The award shall be made on the basis of need and ability without regard for race or creed. CONYNGHAM POST NO. 97, GRAND ARMY OF THE REPUBLIC, DEPARTMENT OF PENNSYLVANIA, SCHOLARSHIP. In 1968, Trustees of Post 97 established a trust at the College, the annual income of which is used to provide partial cholarships for residents of Luzerne County, with preference given to descendants of veterans of the Civil War. MABEL AND JOHN C. MOSTELLER SCHOLARSHIP FUND has been created to provide scholarships for needy and intelligent boys who have insufficient financial resources of their own and who would not have the opportunity to attend college if they were unable to secure financial assistance. The scholarships shall be granted only to boys of good moral character who arc in the upper ten per cent of their class in academic standing and who have passed a qualifying competitive examination administered by Wilkes College. HENRY BLACKMAN PLUMB AND EDITH PLUMB SCHOL1RSHIP TRUST has been established to provide scholarships for tudents of outstanding ability and character majoring in one of the sciences and attending Wilkes College. WILLIAM B. SCHAEFFER MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. In 1951 a substantial bequest was left to the College by Mr. Schaeffer with the thought that it would be used to advance the interests of the College and the students. By action of the Board of Trustees a considerable portion of the income from this bequest has been set aside for scholarships. �FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Page 28 - Page 29 FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE MOHAMAD ABRAHAM SCHOLARSHIP has been created by a gift to the College made by Mohamad Abraham. Its purpose is to assist Palestinian Arabs, or their descendants, to obtain a college education. To qualify, the individual must be a Palestinian Arab, or the descendant of a Palestinian Arab. In addition, the student must demonstrate his ability to successfully complete the work of the College and must submit evidence of financial need. ROBERT MARC SCHUB MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP was established by Mr. and Mrs. Marvin Schub in memory of their son. This scholarship is to be awarded to a local student, preferably studying in the area of the humanities or sciences who otherwise could not attend college. The scholarship will be awarded annually to a worthy student of high potential. ANDREW ]. SORDONI FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship will be used to assist students of unusual promise and proved ability. ] ESSIE STU RD EV ANT MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP awarded to a student of unusual promise and ability has been made available from the interest of a fund established by the late Miss Sturdevant. arships will be granted to students of high scholastic achievement and aptitude who have also demonstrated leadership in student affairs during their high school years. MR. HARLAND W. HOISINGTON gives an annual scholarship to assist students of high scholastic ability. M. W. WOOD SCHOLARSHIP. A half-tuition scholarship is awarded annually to a student of high scholastic ability and financial need. RICHARD H. ROYER SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually to a student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his studies and in student activities. College and Community Organizations WILLITS COLEMAN MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP has been established in memory of Willits Coleman, a member of the WilkesBarre Rotary Club, a service organization long active in efforts to raise educational standards in the schools. The scholarship will be awarded to a senior who has demonstrated ability in the classroom and in student activities. MRS. LEWIS H. TAYLOR left a bequest to the College to be used in assisting students of outstanding scholastic ability who otherwise could not gain a college education. ALPHA RHO CHAPTER OF DELTA KAPPA GAMMA annually awards a partial scholarship to a deserving woman student in need of financial assistance. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER SCHOLARSHIP. This is an endowed scholarship created by Mrs. Walker to assist students of outstanding promise and achievement during their junior and/or THE WYOMING VALLEY CHAPTER OF THE AMERICAN BUSINESS WOMEN'S ASSOCIATION offers to an outstanding woman student of the College a scholarship each year. The education committee of the club in cooperation with the administration chooses a young woman who shows promise of making an outstanding contribution in business or professional life following graduation. senior years. Annual Name Scholarships THE WILLIAM H. CONYNGHAM MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory 0r her late husband, a friend and neighbor of the College and for years an outstanding leader in business and community life. DICKSON MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. Funds for four scholships have been given to the College by the Trustees of the Allan H. and Kate P. Dickson Memorial Trust. These half-tuition schol- GREATER WILKES-BARRE JUNIOR CHAMBER OF COMMERCE awards a partial scholarship to a deserving student who without financial assistance could not attend college. LETTERWOMEN'S CLUB annually awards a partial scholarship to a woman athlete selected by the organization. �FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Page 30 - Page 31 FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE NEIL DADURKA MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually by the Wilkes College Lettermen's Club. The money for this scholarship is earned and donated by the Wilkes College Lettermen's Club. The scholarship itself is named in honor of one of the most beloved athletes of Wilkes, Neil Dadurka, who was killed while flying for the United States Marine Corps. This half-tuition scholarship is given to an incoming freshman who is in need of financial aid and who is an outstanding athlete. The scholarship is given to enable an athlete to participate in the sport for which the scholarship is awarded. THETA DELTA RHO, the all-college women's service organization, offers a scholarship yearly to a woman student achieving a high score in a competitive examination conducted by the College. FRANKLIN FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION OF WILKES-BARRE awards a one-half tuition scholarship to a student of high scholastic achievement who is active in campus and community activities. HEAVENLY SHOES, INC. An annual scholarship is granted by Irving Schor, company president, who manifests concerned dedication to aiding worthy students of Wyoming Valley. THE GIBBONS SCHOLARSHIP is awarded each year to a deserving male student as selected by the Scholarship Committee. MEDICO INDUSTRIES awards a partial tuition scholarship to a deserving student of high scholastic standing. WEST SIDE EVENING WOMAN'S CLUB SCHOLARSHIP NELSON OF KINGSTON, INC. awards a one-half tuition schol- shall be awarded annually to a Wyoming Valley girl who matriculates at Wilkes College with the intention of working toward a arship to a student of high scholastic standing. degree. WILKES COLLEGE FACULTY WOMEN'S CLUB SCHOLARSHIP is given in memory of Eleanor Coates Farley and awarded annually to a female student in need of financial support. Commercial and Industrial Concerns ARNOLD FOUNDATION. Arnold Biscontini, president, provides scholarship assistance to students who demonstrate need and academic achievement. FRANK E. BALDWIN, INC. SCHOLARSHIP. A half-tuition ADRIAN AND RICHARD PEARSALL OF CRAFT ASSOCIATES, INC. have created a half-tuition scholarship which will be awarded to a high school graduate who has demonstrated leadership in his scholastic and extracurricular activities and who, without scholarship aid, would be unable to attend college. LAVENTHOL, KREKSTEIN, HORWATH & HORWATH SCHOLARSHIP. This award is presented annually to a senior accounting major by the firm of Laventhol, Krekstein, Horwath & Horwath in recognition of high academic endeavor. PENNSYLVANIA MILLER'S MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY awards a partial tuition scholarship to a student who has scholarship is awarded annually to a student maintaining high academic standing and in need of financial assistance. demonstrated outstanding ability in his studies and in student activities. BALESTER OPTICAL COMPANY, INC. annually makes cholar- A. RIFKIN AND COMPANY awards a partial tuition scholarship ship funds available to assist students of proved academic ability in need of financial assistance in order to complete their education. to a worthy young man or woman of outstanding scholastic ability. CONSOLIDATED CIGAR CORPORATION. This scholarship is awarded annually to students demonstrating scholarship excellence and financial need. STEGMAIER SCHOLARSHIPS. Two one-half tuition scholarships are awarded to senior male students who have made outstanding contributions to the College community. �Page 32 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 33 employee's Family Scholarships THE LESLIE FAY SCHOLARSHIP is granted each year to the son or daughter of an employee of the Company whose record in secondary school and on the admissions tests has been outstanding. A recipient of the scholarship will be selected on a competitive basis by the Scholarship Committee of Wilkes College. The scholarship will be retained by the student for the four years in College, provided his achievement and influence at the College are deemed outstanding by the faculty. THE METROPOLITAN WIRE GOODS CORPORATION has created scholarships of $500, $300 or $200 at Wilkes College for the sons or daughters of its employees. To qualify for candidacy, a student must graduate in the upper half of his secondary school class, must test above 550 on the College Board Examinations, and must demonstrate financial need. The scholarship will be granted through the College to the applicant making the best record in secondary school and on the College Board Examinations. To retain this scholarship, a student must make a strong academic record and must exert a constructive influence in the College. Special Endowments THE W. S. CARPENTER MEMORIAL FUND was established in 1965 by W. S. Carpenter, Jr. and his sons in memory of W. S. Carpenter, who was born in Wilkes-Barre on April 5, 1853, and lived in this community during his entire active business life. The fund was given to strengthen the work of the science division by subsidizing research projects, assisting the College in attaining able teachers, providing scholarships for outstanding students, providing lectures by speakers of national prominence, purchasing exceptional tools, apparatus, or other equipment for use in the science department. THE ALLAN HAMILTON DICKSON CHAIR OF ENGLISH LITERATURE has been created by Dorothy Dickson Darte in memory of her father, Allan Hamilton Dickson, to encourage enlightened teaching, extended scholarship, and creative writing in the field of literature. GILBERT S. McCLINTOCK was the chairman of the Junior College Committee of Bucknell University when, in answer to a local need, Bucknell University in 1933 established the Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. As the first chairman of the Board of Trustees of Wilkes College, Attorney McClintock left his entire estate to Wilkes College with the understanding that the income shall be used to improve faculty salaries. �Main Dining Hall provides service for students and faculty. �~ ~ _J ..... _;J (:: . _; .... ~ Aerial photograph of Dining Hall and New Men's Residence Hall ..J _;J ~ ...J �The Facilities of the College Buildings and Plant �The Facilities of the College Buildings and Plant �The Facilities of the College Buildings and Plant The College is constantly seeking to implement and improve its facilities for instruction. A growing campus provides added classrooms, modern laboratories and research facilities. EUGENE SHEDDEN FARLEY LIBRARY The new library, completed in the summer of 1968, has been named by the Trustees in honor of the first president of Wilkes College. Since 1947 Kirby Hall, the former residence of Mr. and Mrs. Fred Morgan Kirby, has been used as the College library. The building, first named the Kirby Home for Education, was presented to the College in 1941 as a gift of Allan Kirby, son of Wilkes-Barre's most generous benefactors. It is presently being used by the Modern Foreign Language Department and contains the language laboratory, initiated by a gift of the graduating class of 1962. Education is the process of connecting and relating, of testing and retesting, of discovery and rediscovery. Experience at .Wilkes The faculty can teach the student facts, but his contribution to a free society depends upon the continual expansion of his knowledge and upon its relevance to human experience. The student can strive for technical and professional competence, but the inner resources of the mind and spirit must nourish and enrich his achievement. The new Eugene Shedden Farley Library occupies the corner of West South and South Franklin Streets. The four floors contain spacious reading rooms, student study carrels, faculty research offices; audio-visual equipment; special collection rooms. One room is devoted to Polish art treasures and exhibits of craftsmanship furnished by the Women's Committee for the Polish Room at Wilkes College, another contains books and papers from the estate of Attorney Gilbert McClintock, another holds historical documents presented by Admiral Harold Stark, and there is a room dedicated in memory of Eleanor Coates Farley, First Lady of Wilkes College . The library contains more than 100,000 volumes and 1,600 current periodicals and journals, with space provided for a total of 300,000 volumes and study area for 600 students. Shelved on open stacks, books are easily accessible and may be borrowed for periods of two weeks. Reserve books for particular courses circulate for the �Page 40 - BUILDINGS AND PLANT time period specified by the instructor. Students may borrow books from the ten nearby libraries (public and college) through the inter-library loan system. An introduction to the uses of the library is given to every freshman during the freshman orientation week. The schedule of library hours is announced at the beginning of each academic session. ST ARK HALL OF SCIENCE The departments of biology, chemistry, and physics are housed in Stark Hall of Science, named in honor of Admiral Harold R. Stark, former Chief of Naval Operations and currently Honorary Chairman of the Board of Trustees of the College. This building was completed in 1958 and enlarged in 1963, so that it now provides approximately 85,000 square feet of modern classroom, laboratory, and office space. Complete facilities are included for undergraduate instruction and student research in all departments, and for graduate study in biology, chemistry, and in physics. In addition to the usual instructional facilities, Stark Hall houses the Science Research Center, where faculty, graduate students, and selected undergraduate students conduct various research programs, many with industrial or governmental financial support. Also located in Stark Hall is the Computer Center. The facilities and services of the Computer are available to students and faculty who are involved in computer programming, research, and large-scale problem solving. Research in the sciences has included such varied work as research in allergy, immunochemistry, developmental plant morphology, protozoology, limnology, theoretical acoustics, atmospheric physics, experimental solid state physics, thermochemistry, surface chemistry, fuel cell research, and organic synthesis. Outside sponsors of recent research programs included the National Science Foundation, the Pennsylvania Heart Association, the National Institutes of Health, the United States Air Force, the Petroleum Research Fund of the American Chemical Society, and numerous private industries and individuals. BUILDINGS AND PLANT - Page 41 CENTER FOR THE PERFORMING ARTS A fully equipped, 500-seat theater is a gift of Dorothy Dickson Darte. The site, with a view of the Susquehanna River and Kirby Park, was deeded to the College by the Wyoming Valley Society of Arts and Sciences. Until 1965, theatrical activity was in Chase Theater, formerly the carriage house behind Chase Hall, presented to the College in 1937 by Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark, as a memorial to Fred M. Chase and his wife, the sister of Admiral Stark. Cue and Curtain, the student drama group, has given one-act plays by O'Neill, Sartre, Albee, Anouilh, Tennessee Williams, and others. One-act plays are student directed. Over the years the College has presented Elizabethan plays of Shakespeare, Webster, Dekker, Middleton, as well as plays of Moliere, Shaw, Ibsen, Pirandello, Wilder, Osborne, Noel Coward, Philip Barry. The College, in cooperation with the Wilkes-Barre Kiwanis Club, has presented the following musical comedies, the proceeds from which have assisted in the establishment of the Wilkes-Barre Kiwanis Charitable Foundation: Bloomer Girl, Paint Your Wagon, Annie Get Your Gun, The Music Man , The Sound of Music, Camelot, How To Succeed in Business Without Really Trying, and Guys and Dolls. DOROTHY DICKSON DARTE MUSIC CENTER Faculty offices, studios, practice and rehearsal rooms are located in a new music center opened in the summer of 1969. This new facility is integrated with the Performing Arts Center completed in the fall of 1965. The band and the choruses present concerts locally and on tour. The Department of Music has been host to the Pennsylvania Collegiate Choral Festivals and the Pennsylvania Intercollegiate Band Festivities. Nationally known music educators, clinicians, and performers have participated in workshop and classroom activities. During the winter and spring semesters Town and Gown concert series presents students and music faculty in instrumental and vocal programs before audiences from both the College and the community. �Page 42 - BUILDINGS AND PLANT CONYNGHAM ANNEX ( ART GALLERY) The art club holds its annual Art Fair in the Little Art Gallery in Conyngham Annex, where the work of students and of loc_al and professional artists is shown. The public is invited to the displays and exhibits. Opportunities are offered to the students to enter their work in local and regional competition. GYMNASIUM AND OUTDOOR ATHLETIC PLANT Completed in September of 1950, the Gymnasium is well equipped for intramural and intercollegiate athletic events. It has a seating capacity of 2400. Recently, the College added modern training room facilities off campus adjacent to Kirby P~rk. ,Here also are located Ralston Field, named in honor of Wilkes first athletic coach and present Dean, and the playing fields for soccer, baseball, and hockey, as well as asphalt tennis courts and ~n archery range. All students are invited by the Jewish Commumty Center on South River Street, and the YM-YWCA, on South Franklin Street, to use their swimming pools and bowling alleys. GUIDANCE CENTER The College maintains a testing center to assist the Deans in their counseling of students. The College Testing Service is availaable at no charge to all Wilkes students and, for a fee, to members of the Community. The testing center also provides assistance to the State Bureau of Rehabilitation and other agencies. The Guidance Center, on South River Street, was the law offices of the late Gilbert S. McClintock, the first Chairman of the Board of Trustees. PLACEMENT OFFICE The Placement Office assists seniors in finding permanent employment in a position suitable to their talents and training. It also extends such assistance to any graduate of the College. The Placement Office also assists students in securing part-time e ployment during the school year and during the summer. Complete information about job opportunities and graduate schools is available. Each year the Office is visited by over onehundred representatives of industries and one hundred school sys· terns from all parts of the United States to interview students for business and teaching positions. BUILDINGS AND PLANT - Page 43 Comfortable quarters are provided for representatives from industry, from school systems, and from graduate schools to interview and discuss with students opportunities available to them. All students seeking employment are invited to register with the Placement Office. Full credentials are on file so that prospective employers may be given adequate information regarding the student. Credentials and recommendations from faculty members are submitted to the Placement Office upon the request of either the student or the Placement Offiice. The Placement Office is located in the Guidance Center, on South River Street, next to McClintock Hall. ALUMNI OFFICE The Alumni Office keeps records of all graduates and alumni of the College. It edits the Alumnus and acts as liaison for the College with alumni and interprets to the alumni chapters the changes and needs of the institution. Prospective students interested in finding out more about the College may write for information to the Alumni Office. They are always welcome at Alumni Chapter meetings. Current active Chapters are located in Pennsylvania in WilkesBarre, Allentown, Bethlehem, Easton, Harrisburg, Scranton, Philadelphia; in New York in Binghamton, New York City, Long Island; in New Jersey in Newark, Somerville, Morristown, Trenton; Wilmington, Delaware; Baltimore, Maryland; Washington, D.C. THE BOOKSTORE Books, stationery, and supplies may be purchased at the College Bookstore in the new men's residence hall. The bookstore is operated on a cash basis. The cost of books and supplies will vary with the course of study, but will average approximately $50.00 per emester. The College also maintains a United States Post Office substation in the new men's residence hall. THE COMMONS The Commons, facing South Street, provides cafeteria service for commuting students and includes a lounge and recreation area. �Page 44 - BUILDINGS AND PLANT SNACK BAR Cafeteria service is also provided at the College's newly furnished Snack Bar, behind McClintock Hall. CLASSROOMS AND INSTRUCTION The Institute of Regional Affairs occupies the fifth floor of Parrish Hall. Classes and faculty offices in Commerce and Finance, Political Science, Psychology, and Sociology are in Parrish Hall. Conyngham Hall, located on South River Street, was one of the earliest properties acquired by the College. The Conyngham home was a gift in 1937 of Mrs. Bertha Robinson Conyngham, in memory of her husband, John N. Conyngham. The building was destroyed by fire on December 28, 1968. Bedford Hall, a gift of Mr. and Mrs. Paul Bedford, is the home of the English Department. Pickering Hall, next to the library, is the home of the Art Department. Classes in fine arts and in art education meet also in Conyngham Annex. OFFICES OF ADMINISTRATION Chase Hall, 184 South River Street, the first building on the campus, was donated in 1937 by Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark. On the first floor are the Dean of Admissions and the Director of Financial Aid. The Education Department is on the second and third floors. Weckesser Hall, 170 South Franklin Street, is the gift of Mr. and Mrs. Frederick J. Weckesser. The President and the Chancellor have their offices in Weckesser Hall. Also in Weckesser Hall are the Deans of Men, the Deans of Women, the Director of Athletics, the Registrar, the Director of Student Activities, the Alumni Office, the Public Relations Office, and the office of College Development. Parrish Hall, formerly the Glen Alden Building of the Lehigh and Wilkes-Barre Coal Company, was acquired in 1958. Presently, the Finance Office occupies the first floor. The new men's residence hall, constructed in 1965, is the location of the Housing Office. RESIDENCE HALLS Over 20 residence halls are named after prominent local families and for patriots of the American Revolutionary War, whose history forms part of the rich heritage of the Wyoming Valley region. Student Li£e Counseling Student Activities Social Activities Student Responsibility Athletics �Counseling The guiding principle of all Wilkes counseling is to encourage the student to discover his own abilities and potentialities and to assist him in making sound, independent decisions; most of all he must learn to assume responsibility for all he does. FRESHMAN ORIENTATION PROGRAM The transition from the directed work of the high school to the independent and more intensive work of the College occasionally causes difficulty. Several days at the beginning of the term are therefore set aside to assist freshmen in planning their academic program. Studying at Wilkes In college the teacher works with the student, challenging him to extend the limits of his mind. He encourages him to think courageously and truthfully and to create with all his resources so that he may act with independent judgment. In a college community freedom of inquiry is essential. In the world community the right of the individual to differ safeguards the freedom of During the first week, new students may take aptitude and interest tests. The week also gives the new students an opportunity to become acquainted with one another and to learn about the College, the curriculum, and the student activities. Throughout their first term small groups of freshmen meet for one hour a week to discuss informally their personal, academic, and vocational objectives. Representatives of the faculty and student body discuss with them: I. Methods of intelligent self-directed study. 2. Standards of value in personal conduct and in relationships with others. 3. Values of the College extracurricular program. all men. 4. The value of college experiences in developing a philosophy of life. As student and teacher engage in the experience of creative thinking, the heritage of learning becomes the responsibility of everyone. By placing responsibility upon the student for planning and conducting these discussions, the College encourages clarity of thought and expression, initiative, poise, and breadth of view. �Page 48 - STUDENT ACTIVITIES STUDENT ADVISEMENT Students sometimes need guidance in resolving personal, social, and academic difficulties. Since a student's physical and mental health affect his studies and his grades, he is encouraged throughout his college career to consult with his classroom instructors, his faculty adviser, the Deans, or the Department Chairmen concerning his scholastic progress. Student Activities The student activities of the College broaden a student's interests begun in the classroom. The faculty encourages a program of extracurricular activities that contribute to the educational development of the student who chooses to participate. Student activities are designed to appeal to a wide variety of tastes and talents; as such they enjoy the support of the College community. The student activities include Athletics, Dramatics, the College Band, Debating, College Chorus, Collegians Male Chorus, Choralette Chorus and numerous brass, woodwind and percussion ensembles, Madrigal Singers, the College newspaper, the yearbook, and the literary magazine. There are four class organizations. In addition, special departmental clubs stimulate and satisfy individual interest in academic, professional, and artistic fields. These clubs are developed for students in cooperation with the faculty. All women students may become members of Theta Delta Rho, headed by its own executive committee, which plans and arranges social activities. POLICY The College requires that all campus organizations be open to all students; consequently, groups that are exclusive do not exist. All student groups work in cooperation with faculty advisers and the Deans. STUDENT GOVERNMENT Government of student affairs rests in a Council composed of annually elected members representing the classes and other student groups. The Council serves as a coordinating agency. It formulates the student activities budget; it submits this budget to the Administrative Council for approval and is responsible for the supervision of expenditures within the budget. It plans and supervises the social calendar of the College; it is responsible for the Homecoming programs; it recommends to the Council of Deans social regulations pertaining to student life. It consults with and advises the Deans and the Administrative Council. It recommends to the Administration student nominees for appointment to selected faculty committees. �Page 50 - STUDENT ACTIVITIES INTER-DORMITORY COUNCIL The Inter-Dormitory Council, made up of elected representatives from the men's and women's residence halls, plans and coordinates residence hall educational and social programs. The Director of Housing advises and works closely with this organization and develops and administers residence hall policy in conjunction with the Council of Deans. PUBLICATIONS The students publish the Beacon, a weekly newspaper; the Manuscript, a literary magazine, issued in the Spring; and the Amnicola, the College annual. There are opportunities for students on the editorial, art, and business staffs. Graduated amounts, in the form of tuition stipends, are available to students in the upper classes who hold editorial and managerial positions on the Beacon, the Manuscript, and the Amnicola. Students eligible for these grants should make written application to the faculty adviser of the publication before April 1 for review by the publications committee and the Administrative Council. CONCERT AND LECTURE SERIES A carefully selected Concert and Lecture Series is presented throughout the regular college year. All programs are held at the Center for the Performing Arts and are subject to change. They are open to the college family and the public without admission fee. Social Activities The College believes in helping students to help themselves. Groups are encouraged to initiate programs that will serve their interest and benefit others. It has been found that students gain most from those activities, social and cultural, which release the best talents of the individual. Special projects include the following: TD R's Golden Agers Christmas party, at which residents of Convalescent Homes are entertained; Student Government's party for children of St. Stanislaus Orphanage; Wilkes J.C.'s party for YMCA children; Student Work Day, in support of an orphan in a foreign land. In addition there are various social affairs to raise money for the United Fund, to collect toys for the Salvation Army, and to donate books for students in foreign countries. A full and varied program of social and recreational activities supplements the extracurricular program. At all these functions members of the faculty and their wives are invited guests and chaperones. COME-AND-MEET-US-PARTY Student Government makes plans for student leaders to welcome the freshmen one week before the semester starts. An informal party and dance for the entire student body culminate the week's introduction to college life. PARENTS' DAY After they have adjusted themselves to the academic life of the College, students invite their families to a weekend of social, cultural, and athletic events. Preparations for the annual Parents' Day program are entirely the responsibility of a Student Planning Committee. The agenda includes intercollegiate soccer and football games, luncheon with the faculty, and a concert. �Page 52 - SOCIAL ACTIVITIES - SOCIAL ACTIVITIES HOMECOMING To welcome returning alumni, students construct displays on campus and decorate dormitory and classroom buildings. For the outstanding displays an alumni committee presents awards during halftime ceremonies at the football game. A Homecoming Queen and her escorts are feted at a dinner dance. FORMAL DANCES Student organizations and clubs sponsor four formal affairs, open to the entire student body. The Homecoming Dance, for alumni and undergraduates; the Lettermen's Christmas Formal; Theta Delta Rho's Valentine Formal; and during Spring Weekend the Cinderella Ball have become traditions on campus. TDR AND LETTERMEN TEAS Throughout the year TDR and the Lettermen sponsor afternoon teas and student receptions. The women of Theta Delta Rho entertain those high school seniors who plan to enter the College the following year. Page 53 WINTER CARNIVAL Student Government sponsors a Winter Carnival, held at one of the ~earby :esort~ in the Poconos. A day of skiing, tobagganing, and ice skatmg climaxes the close of the examination period. SPRING WEEKEND Student Government also plans Spring Weekend. Clubs and organizations set up gala outdoor booths, and the campus takes on a Mardi Gras atmosphere. At the Ball at midnight on Saturday a senior, chosen by the student body by secret ballot is crowned Cinderella Queen. ' THE MANUSCRIPT FILMS During each semester the Manuscript Society brings to the campus distinguished motion pictures, produced by American and foreign film companies. CLUB ACTIVITIES In addition to the regular social calendar, campus organizations plan their own special activities. JDC CHRISTMAS PARTY The Inter-Dormitory Council sponsors an annual Christmas party preceding the winter vacation. The student body, faculty, and administration are invited to a buffet and dance. WILKES OPEN WRESTLING TOURNAMENT Between Christmas and New Year's the College sponsors the Wilkes Open Wrestling Championships. Known as the "Rose Bowl of Wrestling," this annual tournament attracts athletes from over sixty colleges, athletic clubs, and YMCA's throughout the United States. Wilkes wrestlers join them in competing for individual and team awards. Tourneys and clinics are held over a three-day period in the Wilkes gymnasium. The Tournament, the largest in the country, has the record for the most number of entries. THE PRESIDENT'S PICNIC . ?n. the Saturday before Commencement the graduating class 1s mv1ted by the President to a picnic and outing in the country. �Athletics Athletics are an integral part of the activity program and as such are subject to policies set by the faculty and administration and approved by the Board of Trustees. VARSITY SPORTS The College maintains intercollegiate schedules in nine varsity sports: football, baseball, basketball, soccer, gol_f, tennis, s~imming, wrestling, and lacrosse. Men who take part in mtercollegiate _sports satisfy the requirements for physical education for the durat10n of that sport. INTRAMURAL SPORTS A program of intramural sports and physic~!- education stre~ses physical standards and cooperative team spmt and recreation. Every man has a chance to participate in basketball, touch football, volleyball, softball, and bowling. The athletic program for women includes dancing, folk and modern, bowling, basketball, softball, and swimming. ATHLETIC POLICY Intercollegiate athletics are introduced for the benefit of the student body and in consequence athletes receive the sa~e con· sideration in admissions and in the awarding of scholarships that is given to other students. Wilkes enters into intercollegiate competition with other colleges of the Middle Atl~nti~ ~onference adhering to similar policies of admission and mamtammg comparable scholastic standards. The College is a member of the Middle Atla~tic Col~eg~ate Athletic Confer~nce, the National Collegiate Athletic Assoc1at1on, and the Eastern Collegiate Athletic Conference. Student Responsibility The students in a great measure determine the influences of the College. The faculty counts upon their cooperation in establishing the highest possible standards of intellect and morals. The College may request students to withdraw when their influence and behavior are deemed detrimental to the best interests of the student body and the College. It is recognized that courtesy and consideration are the basis of good relations between individuals. Informal and friendly a sociations between students and faculty are a tradition on campus. Although these relations are flexible, certain precedents have been established in the best interests of the individual and the College. A few are mentioned here: I. The possession and use of liquor on campus are forbidden, and none will be served at college affairs. 2. Smoking is not permitted in classrooms or in the library. Facilities are available in various buildings for students who may wish to smoke during their free periods. 3. Although participation in at least one student activity is encouraged, each student is responsible for planning and utilizing his time effectively. 4. The faculty cooperates with students who miss classes because of illness, or as representatives of the College, or for special religious observances; in cases of excessive absence the student shall present his instructors with a note from the Deans. In all instances the student is expected to make up the work that is missed. �The Academic Program Curricula Academic Require1nents Graduation Requirements �The Academic Program Curricula Academic Require1nents Graduation Requirements �Curricula Graduate Programs WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS Education leads men to seek answers to prob- Learning at Wilkes lems of significance and to inquire into ideas and beliefs of eternal relevance. There is no better expression of man's purpose than his sense of belonging to a universe ruled by truth. Creative thinkers set the standards and the high aims of education. One may not reach these standards in his lifetime; that they are recognized and sought after is the measure of one's intellectual concerns. The faculty encourages the student to cultivate learning that he may grow in wisdom. In this way the mind in its journeyings finds constant surprise and delight at rediscovering itself. To fulfill its objective of service to the community and the nation, Wilkes in 1961 introduced two new curricula leading to the degrees of Master of Science in Chemistry and in Physics. These curricula are designed to make practicable either full-time graduate study toward the degrees or part-time study by engineers and scientists with appropriate undergraduate training employed in the Wilkes-Barre area. A program leading to a Master of Science degree in Biology was introduced in September, 1967. In September, 1969 two programs were introduced: one leading to a Master's Degree in Business Administration, and a second leading to a Master of Science degree in Education providing for concentration in the academic disciplines of English, history, mathematcs, biology, physics, chemistry, and elementary education. Full details of these programs are published in the bulletin of the Graduate Division. COOPERATIVE GRADUATE PROGRAMS Wilkes is cooperating with both Lehigh and Temple Universities to make graduate programs available to regional teachers and businessmen. The Temple University program leads to the degree of Master of Science in General Education and is accepted by the Commonwealth for permanent certification of classroom teachers. Candidates may register at the College. Under this cooperative program, all credits are granted by Temple University. Wilkes and Lehigh University arc cooperating in offering graduate courses in education leading to a Master's Degree in Education, and graduate courses in Business Administration leading to a Master's Degree in Business Administration. Details of these graduate programs may be obtained by writing to the Director of Graduate Studies. �Page 60 - ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS Undergraduate Programs Wilkes is an independent, liberal arts college that offers the degree of Bachelor of Arts in the humanities, the social sciences, and the natural sciences. All course work in education required for careers in teaching is available in combination with the degree programs mentioned. The College confers the degree of Bachelor of Science in biology, chemistry, engineering, physics, medical technology, commerce and finance, and certain areas of education. The College also offers in selected engineering fields a two-year program leading to transfer. A detailed description of these programs is provided in the section of the bulletin titled "Degree Programs." Academic Requirements GRADES The primary purpose of any marking system is to inform the student of his achievement. Marks also aid in evaluating students for purposes of recommendation. Grade reports are sent to students and parents at the end of each term. Mid-term reports are sent if the work is unsatisfactory. five numerical grades are given for academic work. Grade 4 3 2 These students may, with the approval of the Academic Standing Committee, satisfy the requirements for the Bachelor's degree by completing three years of undergraduate study at Wilkes and by requesting credit toward the degree for their first two years of work in graduate school. Such students must petition the Academic Standing Committee for permission to graduate, submit official transcripts from the professional school, and pay the usual graduation fees. In all cases the final approval for the granting of the degree rests with the Academic Standing Committee of Wilkes College. .. Academic achievement of high quality. Academic achievement of acceptable quality in meeting requirements for graduation. Academic achievement of quality below the average required for graduation. PRE-PROFESSIONAL DEGREE PROGRAM Four years of undergraduate study are ordinarily required to qualify for the Bachelor's degree. Wilkes College makes an exception to this requirement for medical and dental students. Interpretation Academic achievement of outstanding quality. 0 p Academic achievement below the minimum required for course credit. . Passing, no credit. "X," "Inc.," means that the student received an incomplete . rade. lncompletes will be granted to students who, because of illness or reason_s beyond their control, have been unable to satisfy all course reqmrements including the final examination. When uch a grade is given, the incomplete work must be made up by or bcfor: th_e end ~f the fourth week following the last day of the cxammauon penod. If the incomplete is not removed within this time, or an extension of time granted by the instructor who gave the _grade or _br some other authorized person, and the Registrar's Office so notified, the grade will be changed to a zero on the student's record. COURSE CREDITS , Each course at the College is assigned a specific number of credits. !·or exa~ ple, English IO 1 is a 3 credit course and Chem is try 201 i~ 11 4 credit course. Usually, credits assigned to the course are determined by the number of hours that the class meets per week. �ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS Page 62 - Page 83 ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS POINT AVERAGES The student is given a number grade for every course in which he is enrolled. To calculate the number of points earned in a course, multiply the grade in each course by the number of credit hours for the course. To compute the point average, total these points for all courses and divide by the total number of credit hours. Below is an example illustrating the method used to compute point averages. Course Credit Hrs. Carried Bio. 101 ............................ .......... Eng. 101 .................................... 3 3 Fr. 101 -----------------······················· 3 Hist. 101 --------------······················ Mus. 101 ........ ... ..... ... .. ... . .. 3 3 Grade Points Credit Hrs. Passed 4 0 2 1 12 3 0 0 6 3 9 3 3 3 Average .. .. 30 + 15 = 2.0 Notice that the student has accumulated 12 credits toward graduation. The zero grade in English means that the student must repeat that course. Averages are cumulative; the work of each semester will be added to the total. To graduate a student must have at the end of his senior year at least a 1.85 average for all his courses and a 2.0 average in his major field. Transfer credits are not included in the calculation of grade point averages. CLASS ST ANDING Grades and averages at the end of each semester of the four academic years indicate a student's progress. Unless the following minimum averages are met, a student's record is automatically reviewed by the Academic Standing Committee. 1.4 1.7 1.85 A student placed on probation must attain the required grade average in the next semester or be subject to dismissal from the College. If readmitted the student will still be on probation and shall be given one semester in which to prove his ability to continue in college. Total credit hrs. carried ...... 15 Total credit hrs. passed ----························································ 12 Total points earned .................................................. 30 Freshman Year ........... . .... . ... .. .. Sophomore Year ....... .. ...... ..... ...... ... Junior Year ........................................................... -.... PROBATION AND DISMISSAL Unless special permission is granted by the Academic Standing Committee, a student dropped for academic failure will not be considered for readmission until one year after being dropped. 3 General Average If these minimum averages are not attained during each semester of the year indicated, the Academic Standing Committee will review the student's record and take action resulting in his being placed on probation or dismissed from the College. Major Average 1.6 1.9 2.0 ATTENDANCE Attendance at all classes is expected. Repeated absence is deemed a sufficient cause for failure. After five consecutive absences from a class, a student may be readmitted to the class only by action of the appropriate Dean and the Department Chairman concerned. STUDENT LOAD No students shall be allowed to carry an overload without approval of the adviser and the Dean. An overload will be permitted only for students with an average grade record of 3 or special need. WITHDRAWALS Students may change their courses during the first week of a semester, provided they secure the approval of their faculty adviser and the Dean. A student who withdraws from a course after the first week but who continues other courses will receive a zero unless the Dean, faculty adviser, and instructor agree that the stu dent be permitted to drop the course without prejudice. �Page 64 - ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS No student who has been advised to withdraw from the College's day school program for academic reasons will be permitted to register in the Evening Division without the approval of the Academic Standing Committee and then will be allowed to register only as a non-matriculated student. Students who withdraw from the College or drop courses should give prompt written or verbal notice to the appropriate Dean or the Director of the Evening Division and to the instructors concerned, in order that their records may not unjustly show failure in courses. STUDENTS ENTERING MI LIT ARY SERVICE Students called to the Armed Services should make every effort to complete unfinished academic assignments at the College before leaving. If a student is called to active duty before completing the semester in which he enrolled, he will decide after consultation with the Academic Standing Committee and the faculty member involved whether to finish all assignments and take all examinations, or drop all courses. A student called to the Service may apply toward a Wilkes College degree credits earned in collegiate programs approved by the military services. Such credits must be appropriate to a Wilkes College degree program. The Academic Standing Committee must approve all such requests. CHANGE OF PROGRAM Students who wish to transfer from one department to another shall obtain the approval of the Department Chairmen and the Dean. The student shall satisfy the curriculum requirements of the Bulletin in force at the time of transfer. TRANSFER OF SUMMER CREDITS Students desiring to study at another college during the summer must petition the Academic Standing Committee for approval. The student must earn a grade of 2 or higher in order for the work to be credited toward graduation. In some cases it may be necessan for a student to take examinations before credit is granted. Transfer credits are not included in the calculation of grade point averages. ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS - Page 65 DEAN'S LIST The facultr gi_ves reco~nition for high quality work. Candidates for t~e Deans List, published at the end of each term, must obtain a p_omt average of 3.25 or higher for all courses taken. Students ta~1.ng less than the full credit load for their curriculum will not be ehg1ble for the Dean's List. HONORS The ?ranting of Honors at Commencement is based upon the aca~em1c record made by stud en ts carrying a normal load for their curriculum during ftheir last two years at the Coll ege. R eqmrements . f H or onors are as allows: for cum laude, a cumulative average of 3.35; d magna h cum • h laude, 3.60; summa cum laude , 3 •80 . T rans fer stu ents w o w1s for honors should make app1·1ca· h . consideration . t10n tot e Academic Standmg Committee. �Graduation Requirements All candidates for degrees and certificates must be present at Commencement. If circumstances prevent their attendance, stu· dents must apply to the appropriate Dean for permission to take the degree or certificate in absentia. The faculty has approved the following requirements which the student must satisfy in order to be eligible for graduation: 1. He must complete all subjects required for the degree as tated in the Bulletin in force at the time of his admission to the :rogram. Transfer students must complete the last 30 credits in residence at the College. 2. He must earn a grade of I or better in each required subject. 3. He must obtain a minimum cumulative average of 1.85 for all courses. 4. He must obtain a minimum cumulative average of 2.0 for all subjects within his major. 5. He must satisfy all requirements pertaining to the orientation and physical education programs. 6. He m ust demonstrate competence in written and spoken English. No student shall be graduated until all financial obligations to the College have been satisfied. Awards At Commencement a number of awards are presented to outtanding students in selected fields. The Deans also give two special awards for highest academic achievement. nior Awards THE DEAN'S SCHOLARSHIP AWARDS are granted to the man and woman in the graduating class who have excelled in scholarship throughout their four years at the College. THE AWARD IN THE HUMANITIES is given each year in memory of Miss Annette Evans to the man or woman in the graduating class who has demonstrated outstanding scholarship in the humanities, and has manifested intellectual curiosity and creative imagination. llUGO V. MAILEY MEMORIAL AW ARD is given each year to the man or woman in the graduating class who has demonstrated outstanding scholarship in the social sciences, and has manifested intellectual curiosity and creative imagination. THE PHYSICS AWARD is presented annually to the graduate of the department who has maintained throughout his or her college career the highest scholastic average in physics courses. THE BIOLOGY RESEARCH AW ARD is presented annually to the graduate who has demonstrated exceptional ability in a research project. The faculty of the Biology Department selects the recipient of this award. THE CHEMISTRY AWARD is presented by the Department of Chemistry to the graduate who has maintained the highest scholastic average throughout the four years of the chemistry program. TllE WALL STREET JOURNAL AWARD is granted to a graduate in commerce and finance for high scholarship in his field of concentration. THE PENNSYLVANIA INSTITUTE OF CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS AWARD is granted to a graduating senior who has received high grades in accounting and demonstrated qualities of leadership in other activities. �Page 68 - AWARDS THE W. F. DOBSON AWARD IN ACCOUNTING is given to the graduate who has made the most outstanding record in accounting during his four years at the College. THE L. J. VAN LAEYS AWARD IN JOURNALISM is given to the graduate who has done the most creditable work in the field of The College and the Community journalism. THE MATHEMATICS AWARD is granted annually to the senior who, in the opinion of the mathematics faculty, has done the most outstanding work in the fulfillment of the major requirements in mathematics. THE OUTSTANDING GRADUATE OF THE YEAR AWARD is given by the Wilkes College Alumni Association to the graduate considered by a special committee to have made the strongest con· tribution to the life of the College. Undergraduate Awards THE MRS. JAMES McKANE AWARDS of $25 each are made to the man and woman in the junior class who have ranked highest in their class throughout their first two years of college. THE LINDA MORRIS AWARD is given by Mr. and Mrs. Herbert Morris in memory of their daughter, Linda, to that young woman who has maintained the highest academic record through the first three years at Wilkes College. THE WILKES FACULTY WOMEN'S AWARD is given to the sophomore woman who has ranked first in her class during her freshman year. THE APLHA RHO CHAPTER OF THE DELTA KAP A GAMMA SOCIETY AWARD is offered annually to an outstanding young woman in the field of education. The Alpha Rho Committee on Professional Affairs, in cooperation with the Wilkes College Administration, will select a Junior student from Wyoming Valley who shows a concern for and a commitment to the education of young people and who possesses those qualities of enthusiastic lead· ership which will contribute to the advancement of the teaching profession. Office of Community Services Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra Fine Arts Fiesta Center for the Performing Arts �The College and the Community The College was founded to serve the community and has received a large measure of its ever-growing support from outstanding leaders in the community. It has recognized for many years that its growth was related to the economic and social redevelopment of the community and, therefore, it has sought to participate in every effort for community betterment. In consequence, a pattern of cooperation has developed in which the College and the Community work with one another for their mutual benefit. fnstitute of Regional Affairs It is his own deficiency, and no degree of fate, that makes a man sink into the depths. To think Service there is no escape from preordained misery is to at a constant renewal of strength - Wilkes make the misery perpetual. To seek new paths in that has always been the secret of progress. When a man waits helplessly for the turning in the wheel of fortune, he has to be regarded as shorn of manhood. The Institute of Regional Affairs is a multi-purpose college organization which views regional problems as belonging to no imple academic discipline, but rather as a contemporary phenomenon spilling into many disciplines. It is really the natural integration of prior activities in which members of the Wilkes College faculty have engaged for at least twenty years. The Institute of Regional Affairs was created to assure the coordination of these varied efforts and better understand and resolve complex and contemporary problems. Its resources include not only the College faculty in the social sciences - economics, psychology, government, sociology - but also those experts in the region who can lend their talents to teaching, research, and consultation. Its four-fold purpose is: education and training, community information, research, and consultation. If we could free even one village from the shackles of helplessness and ignorance, an ideal for the whole of India would be established. Let a few villages be rebuilt in this way, and I shall say they are my India. That is the way to discover the true India. RABINDRAN ATH TAGORE Towards Universal Man I. Labor-Management Courses To establish a climate for industrial progress, the College has pioneered a management training program under which special classes are organized for personnel in industry, commerce, and banking to meet the needs of business firms in this region. Such programs are arranged in consultation with officials, foremen, and other employees to meet the specific problems of a particular company. �Page 72 - THE COLLEGE AND THE COMMUNITY A program designed for members of labor unions is also tailored to the needs of a particular group. All classes are conducted on the campus where the intellectual climate stimulates free intellectual inquiry. Union and management personnel sometimes meet together in an effort to develop that mutual understanding that is essential to constructive action. 2. Banking Short courses have been co-sponsored with both the Institute of Banking and the Savings and Loan Institute. The instructional program offered to the personnel of these two groups is intended to assist them to meet changing needs and acquire a broad knowledge in their fields. 3. Municipal Government Program The fundamental general purpose in assisting local governments has been to help make American democracy stronger by guaranteeing the semi-autonomous structure of American local government, so long as it can retain the capacity to solve its own problems. The program of training, information and consultation service, publications, and research in this field have been aimed at improving the world of local government officials, both elected and appointed. In the fall of 1964, the Glen Alden Coal Company made available an area in Hanover Township known as Concrete City - a 40 acre site - for training the police, firemen, and civil defense workers. The In-Service training program for local government officials has been offered in full cooperation with the Public Service Institute of the Department of Public Instruction, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. 4. Other Activities From time to time, the Psychology Department, the Sociology Department, the Education Department, and the Guidance Center have initiated and participated in seminars, conferences, and workshops, in the fields of social welfare, mental health, and education. THE COLLEGE AND THE COMMUNITY - Page 73 Economic Development Council As a result of the support and the success of the College's Area Research Center, an independent Economic Development Council has been established to serve Northeastern Pennsylvania. The College has supported a number of programs in their infancy and helped them become independent, community activities. Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra The Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra, organized under the :rgis of the College in the fall of 1951, presents a series of four symphony concerts annually. A number of the members are students and faculty from the department of music of the College. Fine Arts Fiesta In 1954 several members of the Board of Trustees and the faculty assisted in the formation of the Wilkes-Barre Fine Arts Fiesta, as part of the City's Sesquicentennial celebration. The College participates with area-wide cultural groups in this four-day festival of music, drama, and the arts presented on the public square each spring. Center for the Performing Arts The Center for the Performing Arts provides a varied program of cultural and educational events for the Community as well as the College. Completed in October, 1965, the gift of Mrs. Dorothy Dickson Darte, the Center has facili~ies for theater, dance, music, and films. Dramatic productions, recitals, lectures, choral and band concerts, Town and Gown programs, and other cultural events are offered throughout the year. The Center is operated by the students under faculty direction and supervision. �Weckesser Hall is the center for key administrative offices. �Center for the Performing Arts and Dorothy Darte Music Center. �Undergraduate Programs Bachelor of Arts Degree Bachelor of Science Degree Degree Requirements �Undergraduate Programs The program at Wilkes has been carefully designed so that students may meet the entrance requirements of graduate and professional schools. tudents planning to go to graduate school should consult as early as possible with their department chairman. In its degree programs Wilkes College provides for a broad liberal ducation and for the concentration in special areas for which students , re qualified and have interest. In the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of cience degree programs the faculty encourages the student to achieve intellectual, social, and spiritual development. Bachelor of Arts Degree Leadership at Wilkes Those of us who are concerned with the education of young people and with the vitality of our society can never accept uncertainty and confusion as the inevitable condition of society. Programs leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree are primarily con terned with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and or the men who have created it and lived in it. Studies center around men and events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. Programs re designed to create breadth and perspective as opposed to more special i1cd skills. A liberal arts program must acquaint the student with the nature and l We therefore are confronted with two choices. We can grasp and support a rigid ideology that offers final answers by ignoring uncongenial facts and truths, or we can make every effort to comprehend the significance of new facts, new truths, and new conditions. We must endeavor to extend the vision of our students, enlarge their understanding, and prepare them to participate in strengthening and developing our social institutions. DR. EUGENE s. FARLEY First President of Wilkes College tent of knowledge in all the principal fields. The student will carr~ on his explorations in the humanities, social sciences, and sciences. AREAS llu111a11ities Social Sciences Sciences English Fine Arts Foreign Languages Vlathcmatics ~lusic Philosophy - Religion Commerce and Finance Economics Education History Political Science Psychology Social Science Sociology Biology Chemistry Physics �DEGREE PROGRAMS Page 80 - DEGREE PROGRAMS Page 81 SELECTION OF A MAJOR GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR B.A. DEGREE The following courses are required of all candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree. They will usually be taken in the semesters indicated In a curriculum that requires a student to begin with courses at a more advanced level, the advanced course will be accepted as fulfilling the To provide depth of knowledge, some concentration is required. It is desirable that a major be elected as early as possible, especially in the areas of biology, mathematics, and music. It is essential that the major field of concentration be elected before the beginning of the junior year. general requirements in that subject. Required Courses Humanities Eng. 101, 102- Composition Eng. 151, 152- World Literature Hist. 101, 102- World Civilization Phil. 101 - Introduction; Phil. 102- Logic F.A. 101 -Experiencing Art; or Mus. 101-lntroduction I; or Th. Arts 101 -Approach to Theater 1 2 For. Lang. 2 101, 102- Elementary; For. Lang. 203, 204Intermediate Mathematics, Science Electives Math.3 101, 102- Fundamentals; or Phys. 101, 102-Physical Science; or Bio. 101, 102- Biological Science; or 4 Env. Sci. 101 - Earth Science, Env. Sci. 282 - Space Science Social Science Electives Ee. 101, 102- Principles; or P. S. 101, 102- Political Science; or Psy. 101, 102-General Psychology; or Soc. 101, 102- Sociology and Anthropology Physical Education Phys. Ed. 101, 102, 103, 104- Physical Education Phys. Ed. 105, 106- Hygiene Credit To be Taken Hours in Semtst rs 6 6 6 6 1-2 3 Majors in the Bachelor of Arts degree program may be selected from the following subject areas: Biology Fine Arts Physics 3-4-5-6 Chemistry Foreign Language Political Science I 012 Economics History Psychology 1-2-3--4 Education (Elementary and Secondary) 1 Mathematics Social Science Music Sociology English Philosophy - Religion 3-4 1-2 6-12 1-2-3-4 12 COURSE REQUIREMENTS 12 3-4-5-6 0 1-2-3-4 1-2 2 The specific requirements for a degree in any of the above majors are listed in the section of this bulletin titled "Degree Requirements." The student with his faculty adviser will plan the proper sequence of his major course requirements. 65 Courses in Speech, Argumentation and Debate, and Speech for the Stage (2 credi each) are not required for the Bachelor of Arts degree, but may be taken as an 1 elective. In all curricula requiring foreign language the level of the course will depend upin the achievement of the student. Except for foreign language majors, the langu.,ge requirement is through the 204 course, or an equivalent course prescribed by the student's adviser. J The mathematics requirement will vary with individual programs. Students pl~r ning to major in Accounting, Biology, Business Administration, Chemistry, Lconomics, Engineering, Elementary Education, Mathematics, and Physics should check individual program requirements listed in the Bulletin. 2 4 Env. Sci. 211, 232, 251 may be substituted for Env. Sci. 282. 1 Students wishing to prepare for public school teaching should refer to pages 87-88 for' detailed information concerning the selection of a major and the sequence of required courses in Education. �DEGREE PROGRAMS Page 82 - Page 83 DEGREE PROGRAMS Bachelor of Science Degree The Bachelor of Science degree programs require more concentration upon a restricted area of human thought and activity. Although these programs emphasize knowledge and skill in special fields, a basic pro· gram of general education is coupled with this specialized effort. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR B. S. DEGREE The general requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree are basic• ally the same as those required for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Specific requirements are described in this bulletin under the section titled ''Degree Requirements." SELECTION OF A MAJOR Majors in the Bachelor of Science degree program may be selected from the following subject areas: Biology Chemistry Commerce and Finance (a) Accounting (b) Business Administration Engineering Music Education Medical Technology Nursing Education Physics (c) Business Education COURSE REQUIREMENTS The specific requirements for a degree in any of the above majors are listed in the section of this bulletin titled "Degree Requirements." The student with his faculty adviser will plan the proper sequence of his major course requirements. Degree Requirements B.A. AND B.S. DEGREE PROGRAMS The following section of the bulletin provides the detailed information on the requirements for each of the degree programs offered at Wilkes College. The general requirements for the B.A. degree are listed on page 80 of this bulletin. They are repeated on the following page to provide guidance in scheduling. Courses in Fundamentals of Speech, Argumentation and Debate, and Speech for the Stage are available as electives that may be taken during the freshman year. The course sequence listed in the following outline is the standard equence for all B.A. degree majors except those in biology, chemistry, fine arts, mathematics, music, and physics. These programs will be specifically outlined for convenience in scheduling. The following pages, therefore, describe the specific course requirements for each B.A. degree major and for each B.S. degree major. The tudent is responsible for meeting the requirements of his major program. The major subject areas follow in alphabetical order. �Page a4 _ DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 85 Course Requirements in the Majors General Requirements for B. A. Degree Biology1 SECOND SEMESTER FIRST SEMESTER 3 3 3 3 3 0 1 Eng. 101 - Composition For. Lang. 101 - Elementary Hist. 101 _ World Civilization Math., Science Elective (see pag; 80) Fine Arts Elective (see page 80) P.E. 101 -Physical Education P.E. 105 - Hygiene 3 3 3 3 3 0 Eng. 102. --Composition For. Lang. 102- Elementary Hist. 102 - World Civilization Math., Science Elective (see pag; 80) Fine Arts Elective (see page 80) P.E. 102-Physical Education P.E. 106 - Hygiene I 16 16 FOURTH SEMESTER THIRD SEMESTER Eng. 151 - World Literature For. Lang. 203 - Intermediate Math., Science Elective (see page 80) Social Science Electives (see page 80) (Phil. 101 - Introduction)~ P.E. 103- Physical Education 3 3 3 6 0 Eng. 152- World Literature For. Lang. 204- Intermediate Math., Science Elective (see page 80) Social Science Electives (see page 80) (Phil. 102- Logic) 2 P.E. 104- Physical Education r 15 3 12-13 3 Phil. 102- Logic 2 Major and electives 3 12-ll 15-16 15-16 EIGHTH SEMESTER SEVENTH SEMESTER Major and electives The B.S. curriculum listed on page 97 is recommended for the student i11terested in a professional career in biology. SIXTH SEMESTER FIFTH SEMESTER Phil. 101 - Introduction 2 Major and electives3 3 3 3 6 15-16 Major and electives The biology program is a general program covering basic areas of biology. Specific pre-professional training is minimized in favor of the broadest possible background in the liberal arts as well as the biological ciences. Students planning to major in biology should take courses in secondary school that prepare them to start the College mathematics program with the course in analysis, Math. 11 I. Experience has shown that tudents who have not had four years of mathematics study in secondary chool will usually require some pre-college courses. In the summer session preceding entrance the student may take Math. 100, Pre-Calculus ~1athematics (algebra and trigonometry), offered at Wilkes, or with the approval of the mathematics department take an equivalent course at another college or university. Credit in this remedial course does not exempt the student from any required elective in his program. The B.A. curriculum is for those students in secondary education who are preparing to teach and must include the professional semester in the eventh or eighth semester. 15-16 The following are the degree requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in biology. FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Bio 103 - General Biology 4 Chem. 201 - Principles of Chemistry 4 Eng. IOI - Composition 3 Math 111 - Analysis I 4 P. E. 101 - Physical Education 0 P. E. IOS - Hygiene 1 Bio. 104 - General Biology Chem. 202 - Chemical Equilibria Eng. I 02 - Composition Math. 112 - Analysis II P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E. 106-Hygiene 16 THIRD SEMESTER 1 • h Ar umentation and Debate, and Speech for the Stage (2 crediu Coursesarem not Speec '. dgf or th e Bac helor of Arts degree, but may be taken as an ele-:each) require tive during the freshman year. . . v t~~~r:~et s~~:b1~1~~b~y~f~~ PhkilosPohpty lOlaj:~d %ti~d~h~s f~:r~hr~~e::,:s~~:db;l1!te~f 1 ta e • h Reliuion courses may e su st1tut~ 0 h Ph·I social ~cience _requireme1:t. \tthe ~~~~~vrl o;f the ~tudent's adviser and the Phi~ ~~~Ji~ilo~:r~::~r ch!I~::i:. No substitutions are permitted _for P~il. 101. aS d · t O fulfill requirements for teacher will tu ents p Iannmg fh dcertificat10n · h te usually take required education courses as electives in the fi t an sixt semes r. 2 Bio. 201- Vertebrate Morphogenesis 4 Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis 4 For. Lang. 101 - Elementary 3 H1 t.101- World Civilization 3 Elertires 2 3-4 P. E.103- Physical Education 0 4 4 3 4 0 1 16 FOURTH SEMESTER Bio. 202-Biology of Vertebrate Organs Chem. 232 - Organic Chemistry For. Lang. 102 - Elementary Hist. 102- World Civilization Electives~ P. E. 104 - Physical Education 4 4 3 3 3-4 0 17-18 17-18 ----\\ pre-professional degree program is described on page 60. The first three years of •he program described here will be followed by pre-professional candidates. 1 Electives must include: Ee., P.S., Psy., Soc. 101-102 - 12; Eng. 151, 152 - 6; Phil. 101, 102 - 6; F.A. IOI or Mus. 101 or Th. Arts I 01 - 3; Bio. 31 I and/or Bio. 331 and/or Bio. 111 (7th semester) and/or Bio. 302, 322, 332 (8th semester) - 4-8. �Page 86 - DEGREE PROGRAMS _ Page 87 DEGREE PROGRAMS THIRD SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER FIFTH SEMESTER Biology Elective Bio. 224 - Biological Techniques For. Lang. 204 - Intermediate Phys. 106- Introduction Electives1 4 3 4 Bio. 321 - Genetics For. Lang. 203 - Intermediate Phys. 105-Introduction Electives1 6 ~ EIGHTH SEMESTER SEVENTH SEMESTER ½ 15½-Ii 15½-17½ 9 SIXTH SEMESTER 4-5 3 9 Chem. 262- Chemical Literature Electives This curriculum is designed for the student interested in a major in chemistry in preparation for a career in teaching, medicine, dentistry, technical sales, technical librarianship, as technical translator, etc. Th student will choose electives after consultation with his adviser. Exprience has shown that students who have not had four years ol mathematics study in secondary school will usually require some pre• college courses. In the summer session preceding en trance the studer.' may take Math. 100, Pre-Calculus Mathematics (algebra and trigonometry), offered at Wilkes, or with the approval of the mathematics de, partment take an equivalent course at another college or universit} Credit in this remedial course does not exempt the student from any required elective in his program. The B.S. curriculum listed on page 99 is recommended for the studen! interested in a professional career in chemistry. Chemistry 212 and 341 must be taken in addition to those cou listed below. The general requirements for the B.A. degree, listed c page 80 in the bulletin, must also be met. SECOND SEMESTER FIRST SEMESTER 4 3 4 3 0 Chem. 202 - Chemical Equilibria Hist. 102- World Civilization Math. 112 - Analysis II Eng. 102-Composition P. E. 102- Physical Educatior P. E. 106-Personal Hygiene 1 15 Electives must include: Ee., P.S., Psy., Soc. 101-102 - 12; Eng. 151, 152 - 6; Ph 101, 102 - 6; F.A. 101 or Mus. 101 or Th. Arts 101 - 3. 2 One semester is for professional, other must include Biology Elective (s) 3 - 8 cred1 2 15 17 16-17 SEVENTH SEMESTER Chemistry 1 4 4 17 FIFTH SEMESTER Chem. 233 - Organic Chemistry Phys. 203 - General Physics III Electives Bio. 397 -Seminar Electives2 15-17 Chem. 201 - Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry Hist. 101- World Civilization Math. 111 -Analysis I Eng. 101- Composition P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 105-Personal Hygiene 4 4 4 6 Chem. 232 - Organic Chemistry Phys. 202 - General Physics II Electives 18 17 Bio. 397 - Seminar Electives2 FOURTH SEMESTER Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis Math. 211 - Intermediate Analysis I Phys. 201 - General Physics I Electives EIGHTH SEMESTER Chem. 261 - History of Chemistry 1 I:lectives 14-17 15-18 Electives 15-18 15-18 Economics Students who major in Economics are required to complete twent _ four hours · add'it10n · to t hye I of• work in economics beyond Ee · 101 , 102 m genera reqmre~ents for t~e B. A. degree. Selection and schedulin of these courses will be done m consultation with the student's d · Tgh twenty f h . a v1ser. c our ours m economics which th · · E e ma1or must carry mcludC' :e. ~01, 202, 231, 232, and 241. Students who elect a program in Economics should take Math. 100, Math. 111 and I 12. Education to prepare for puhlic school teaching i·n B usmess · · Students M wishing · su b 1ects or . usic comp1ete the B.S. program described for these subjects. Prospective elementary school teachers complete th e BA . . program. Prospective secondary school teachers: a. may _elect to major in Biology, Chemistry, Economics, English, Fo~eign Languages, History, Mathematics, Physics, or Political Science. Students who major in Economics or Political Science must complete 18 credits in History beyond 102. b. must elect Psych. 101-102. c. must_ ~lect Ed. 201, 202, and 330. (Note that Psych 102 · _ reqms1te to Ed. 202.) · Is pre Transfe~ students m~st ~ake at least one course in Education at Wilkes ~allege p_nor to enrollmg m the professional semester. Teacher certification reqmrements for most states may be met at W'lk 1 es c o11 ege. S tudents are expected to familiarize themselves with specific state reqmrements. · �Page 88 - DEGREE PROGRAMS - DEGREE PROGRAMS Fine Arts B.A. DEGREE IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION SOPHOMORE YEAR Semester II Semester I FRESHMAN YEAR Semester II Semester I Eng. 101 For. Lang. 101 Hist. 101 Psy. 101 Math. 103 P.E. 105 P.E.101 3 3 3 3 3 1 0 Eng.102 For. Lang. 102 Hist. 102 Psy. 102 Math.104 P.E.106 P.E.102 16 3 3 3 3 3 1 0 3 Eng. 151 3 For. Lang. 203 3 Math. 232 3 Ed. 201 3-4 Science 0 P.E.103 16 15-16 JUNIOR YEAR Semester II Semester I Phil. 101 Ed. 291 Psy.221 Option 3 2 3 9-10 Phil.102 Ed. 292 Option 17-18 3 2 12-13 17-18 Eng. 152 For. Lang. 204 3 3 Math. 243 3 Ed. 202 3-4 Science C P.E.104 15-16 SENIOR YEAR Semester II Semester I Ed. 300 or Ed. 310 or Option Ed. 391 15 15 2 Page 89 Elect. in Ed. Option or Ed. 300 or Ed. 310 15-17 . 15 Students who major in Fine Arts are required to complete the following program of studies in addition to the general requirements for the B.A. degree. Students who desire certification for teaching Art in the public elementary and secondary schools elect the professional semester in Fine Arts Education during the seventh or eighth semesters. FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Eng. 101 - Composition Hist.101- World Civilization For. Lang. 10!1- Elementary F.A. 201 - Color and Design P. E.101 - Physical Education P. r 105- Hygiene Math., Science Elective (see page 80) 3 3 3 3 0 I 3 Eng. 102- Composition Hist. 102- World Civilization For. Lang. 1021 -Elementary F.A. 202- Drawing & Composition P. E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 106-Hygiene Math., Science Elective (see page 80) 16 15 15-li STUDENTS MUST SELECT AND FOLLOW ONE OPTION OPTION I (36*) - 18 Sciences/Mathematics (min. 12 of 18 one Dept.); 6-12 Humanities**; 6-12 Social Science. OPTION II (36*) - 6 Sciences/Mathematics; 18 Humanities** (min. 12 of 18 one Dept.); 12 Social Science. OPTION III (36*) - 6 Sciences/Mathematics; 6 Humanities**; 24 Social Science (min. 12 of 24 one Dept.). * Total hours in Option. ** Must include minimum 3 credits, Fine Arts Elective (see page 80). English Students who major in English are required to take English 101 and 102 in the freshman year; 151, 153, 154 and 201 in the sophomore year: and 21 credit hours including 204, 213 and 221, as well as the core program for the B.A. degree. In addition to these requirements students seeking certification as public school teachers must include either English 381 or 382 among their required courses and elect one of the following speech courses: English 131 or 132, or Theater Arts 131. Selection and scheduling of these courses will be done in consultation with the stu· dent's adviser. The cumulative average in the major will be calculateci from the grades received in all English courses except speech and those prescribed for the freshman year. The English Department strong!) recommends that its majors choose either German or French as their foreign language. THIRD SEMESTER 3 3 3 3 0 3 3 0 I 3 16 Eng. 152- World Literature For. Lang. 204 - Intermediate F.A. 204 - Water Color Painting F.A. 224- History of Art II P. E. 104-Physical Education Math., Science Elective2 (see page 80 IS FIFTH SEMESTER Phil. IOI -Introduction F.A.211-Modeling & 3-D Design 3 F.A. 213 - Metalwork & Jewelry 3 ial Science Electives (see page 80) Elective 3 3 3 6 3 3 3 3 3 0 3 15 SIXTH SEMESTER P.A. 206 - Printmaking 13 Social Science Electives (see page 80) F.A. 226 - History of Contemporary Art Phil. 230 - Aesthetics Elective (optional) 18 SEVENTH SEMESTER 3 6 3 3 3 15-18 EIGHTH SEMESTER 2 2 3 8-9 15-16 1 3 FOURTH SEMESTER Eng.151 - World Literature For. Lang. 203- Intermediate F.A.203-0il Painting I F.A. 223 - History of Art I P. E.103- Physical Education \fath., Science Elective2 (see page 80 FA231-Contemporary Design F.A.311-Senior Exhibit4 FA 212- Ceramics 3 Electives 3 3 F.A. 311 - Senior Exhibit 4 F.A. 332- Studio Problems Electives 2 2 11-12 15-16 French or. German is recommended for students who plan to continue with graduate programs m Art. Students working for a degree in Fine Arts Education should elect Psy. 101-102 for semesters three and four and take Science requirements in semesters five and six. 1 F.A. 211-Modeling & 3-D Design, F.A. 206- Printmaking I, P.A. 213 - Metalwork and Jewelry, and F.A. 212 - Ceramics are offered Fall and Spring semesters. 1 nior Exhibit will be scheduled either the seventh or eighth semesters. 1 �Page 90 - DEGREE PROGRAMS Foreign Languages (Modern) A major in any of the modern foreign languages consists of twenty· four additional credit hours in advanced language courses beyond the 102 course. History Students who major in history are required to take History 101 and 102 in the freshman year, History 207 and 208 in the sophomore year, and 18 additional credit hours in advanced history courses. Advanced courses taken must include a minimum of six hours each in American and non-American topics. Individuals planning graduate study in history are urged to take History 371. DEGREE PROGRAMS - Mathematics The following program lists the sequence of course requirements for the B.A. degree in Mathematics and the semesters in which they should normally be taken. SECOND SEMESTER FIRST SEMESTER Eng. IOI - Composition For. Lang. 101 - Elementary Elertive1 Sor1al Science Elective2 \fath. 111 - Analysis I P.E.101-Physical Education P.E. 105 - Hygiene 3 3 3 3 4 0 1 Students who major in mathematics are required to complete twenty· four hours of courses numbered above 211, including Math. 212, 222, 311-312, 331, and 334, in addition to the general requirements for the B.A. degree (with the exception of Phil. 102 which is replaced by Math. 222 - Set Theory and Logic). The B.S. curriculum listed on page 108 is recommended for the student interested in a professional career in mathematics. It is highly recommended that the prospective mathematics major elect French, German, or Russian in high school. As a rule, three yc&rs of one of these languages is more desirable than two years or less o! each of two different languages. Spanish is not recommended. 3 3 3-4 3 4 0 1 17-18 3 Eng. 151 - World Literature 3 For. Lang. 103 - Intermediate 3 Flcctive3 3-4 ience Elective 4 Math. 211 - Intermediate Analysis I P.E. 103- Physical Education 0 Eng. 152- World Literature 3 For. Lang. 104- Intermediate 3 Math. 222- Set Theory and Logic 3 3-4 Science Elective Math. 212 - Intermediate Analysis II 4 P.E. 104- Physical Education 0 16-17 16-17 FOURTH SEMESTER FIFTH SEMESTER 111st. 101- World Civilization Social Science Elcctive 2 Urctives' Prospective elementary or secondary school teachers are advised to elect Math. 343 and 351-352. Experience has shown that students who have not had four years of mathematics study in secondary school will usually require some precollege courses. In the summer session preceding entrance the student may take Math. 100, Pre-Calculus Mathematics (algebra and trigonometry), offered at Wilkes, or with the approval of the Mathematics Department take an equivalent course at another college or university. Credit in this remedial course does not exempt the student from any required elective in his program. Eng. 102- Composition For. Lang. 102- Elementary Science Elective Social Science Elective2 Math. 112 -Analysis II P.E. 102- Physical Education P.E. 106-Hygiene 17 THIRD SEMESTER Mathematics Page 91 SIXTH SEMESTER 3 3 9-12 Hist. 102- World Civilization Social Science Elective 2 Electives• 15-18 15-18 SEVENTH SEMESTER Flertivcs~ 3 3 9-12 EIGHTH SEMESTER 15-18 Electives• 15-18 1 Must be one of these: F.A. 101 - Experiencing Art I, Mus. 101 Th. Arts 101 - Approach to Theater. 2 Must elect two out of the four sequences: Ee., Psy., Soc., P.S. 101-102. Prospective elementary or secondary teachers must elect Psy. 101-102 in their freshman year. 1 Introduction, or Prospective elementary or secondary school teachers must elect Ed. 201-Introduction. Others should elect Phil. 101 - Introduction. •These electives must include: (a) Math. 311-312, 331, 334 and at least two other mathematics courses numbered above 222; (b) Phil. 101 if the student has elected Ed. 201 in the third semester; (c) for prospective secondary school teachers, Ed. 202 in the junior year; (d) for prospective elementary school teachers, Ed. 202 in the fifth semester and Ed. 299 in the sixth semester. �Page 92 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Music 1 SEVENTH SEMESTER Applied Music1 Mus. 215 - Instrumentation :¼us. 217 - Analysis Band, Orchestra, Chorus Electives Students who major in music are required to complete the following program of studies in addition to the general requirements for the B. A degree. Students interested in careers in music education should follow the program described in the Bachelor of Science in Music Education. This program is described on page 111 of this bulletin. The following are the course requirements for the music major. FIRST SEMESTER Math. 101 - Fundamentals or Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 101 - Earth Science Eng. IOI -Composition For. Lang. 101 - Elementary Mus. 105 - Theory of Music Applied Music 2 Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 101 -Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 3 3 3 5 I ½ 0 I SECOND SEMESTER Math. 102- Fundamentals or Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 282 - Space Science Eng. I 02 - Composition For. Lang. 102 - Elementary Mus. 106 - Theory of Music Applied Music 2 Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 16½ THIRD SEMESTER For. Lang. 203 - Intermediate Mus. 107 - Theory of Music Applied Music 2 Psy. 101 - Psychology Hist. 101- World Civilization Math. 101 - l•'undamentals or Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 -Physical Science or Env. Sci. 101 - Earth Science Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 103-Physical Education 3 5 1 3 3 3 0 ½ 18½ FIFTH SEMESTER Eng. 151 - World Literature Phil. 101 - Introduction Mus. 109 - History of Music Applied Music 2 Soc. IOI -Sociology Band, Orchestra, Chorus 3 3 3 2 3 ½ 14½ 9 ½ 16½ A major in the combined fields of philosophy and religion consists of twenty-four hours in philosophy and religion courses beyond Philosophy 101 and 102. At least eighteen hours of the twenty-four hours must be taken in Philosophy. Philosophy-Religion majors must schedule courses in philosophy and religion in their sophomore year. 3 3 3 5 1 ½ Physics 0 I This B.A. curriculum in physics is designed for the student interested in a major in physics in preparation for a career in teaching, medicine, dentistry, pa tent law, technical sales, technical translation, technical writing, etc. The student will choose electives after consultation with his adviser. 3 5 I 3 3 3 ½ 0 3 3 3 2 3 ½ The B.S. curriculum on page 113 is recommended for the student illterested in a professional career in physics. Experience has shown that students who have not had four years of mathematics study in secondary school will usually require some precollege courses. In the summer session preceding entrance the student may take Math. 100, Pre-Calculus Mathematics (algebra and trigonometry), offered at Wilkes, or with the approval of the Mathematics Department take an equivalent course at another college or university. Credit in this remedial course does not exempt the student from any required elective in his program. Normally students will begin the physics program in the first semester. In exceptional cases the mathematics and physics sequence may be started in the third semester. The preferred sequence is listed on page 94. 14½ 'There is a music fee of $10 per semester for all music and music education majors. Private instruction. The fee for this instruction is in addition to the regular tuition charge. 2 ½ 2 2 3 Philosophy-Religion 18½ SIXTH SEMESTER Eng. 152- World Literature Phil. 230 - Aesthetics Mus. 110 - History of Music Applied Music 2 Soc. 102 - Sociology Band, Orchestra, Chorus 9 EIGHTH SEMESTER Applied Music1 Mus. 216-Arranging Mus. 218 - Counterpoint Band, Orchestra, Chorus Electives 15½ 16½ FOURTH SEMESTER For. Lang. 204-Intermediate Mus. 108-Theory of Music Applied Music 2 Psy. 102 - Psychology Hist. 102- World Civilization Math. 102- Fundamentals or Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 282- Space Science Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 104-Physical Education 2 2 2 Page 93 1 Private instruction. The fee for this instruction is in addition to the regular tuition charge. �Page 94 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - SECOND SEMESTER FIRST SEMESTER Math. 111 - Analysis I Eng. 101 -Composition Hist. 101 - World Civilization Phys. 201 - General Physics 1 P.E. 105- Personal Hygiene P.E. 101 - Physical Education -t 3 3 .j 1 0 Political Science Math . 112-Analysis II Eng. 1O2-Composition Hist. 102- World Civilization Phys. 202 - General Physics II P.E. 1O6-Personal Hygiene P.E. 102- Physical Education A major in political science consists of twenty-four hours. Political Science 101 and 102 are not accepted toward a major . 15 Math. 211 - Intermediate Analysis I Phys. 203 - General Physics Ill for. Lang. 101 - Elementary P.E. 103- Physical Education Chem. 201 - Introduction to Principles of Chemistry F.A. 101 - Experiencing Art I or Mus. 101 - Introduction or Th. Arts 101-Approach to Theater -t 3 3 0 Math. 212- Intermediate Analysis JI ~ for. Lang. 102 - Elementary 3 ChP.m. 202- Chemical Equilibria 4 P.E. 104- Physical Education 0 Electives 6-7 4 3 SIXTH SEMESTER FIFTH SEMESTER 4 3 3 3 3 For. Lang. 204- Intermediate Eng. 152- World Literature Electives 3 ) 9-10 15-16 16 EIGHTH SEMESTER SEVENTH SEMESTER 3 13 Phil. 101 - Introduction Electives Phil. 102- Logic Electives 3 13 The student must choose at least six credits from the following list in addition to those prescribed in the curriculum: ( 4) (3) (3) (3) The major in psychology is designed for students who plan to continue the study of psychology on the graduate level, as well as for those whose interests lie in the teaching of psychology in colleges or in the application of the study to such fields as advertising, clinical work, business, education, and industrial personnel work. Students are cautioned that an undergraduate major in psychology does not qualify them for professional psychological work. No student can qualify as a psychologist without advanced graduate study; in a great many fields today, moreover, professional psychologists must hold the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. 16 16 Physics 230 Physics 231 Physics 240 Physics 312 A major in psychology consists of twenty-four hours. Psychology 101 and 102 are not accepted toward a major; Sociology 255 and Education 202 are accepted. In addition to the general requirements, the department requires that the two-semester courses in mathematics, physics, and general biology be taken. In addition, English 131 or 132 or Theater Arts 131 and Psychology 215 are required. 17-1 17 Phys. 331 - Electricity & Magneti sm For. Lang. 2O3-Intermediate Phys. 311 - Mechanics Eng. 151 - World Literature Elective P ychology FOURTH SEMESTER THIRD SEMESTER Page 95 Physics 332 ( 4) Physics 361 ( 4) Physics 380 ( 4) Physics 391-392 (1-2) A student electing the minimum of 24 credits in physics must elect an additional four credits in chemistry. The student must choose 12 credits from the following course combinations: Economics 101 and 102 or Psychology 101 and 102; Political Science 101 and 102 or Sociology 101 and 102. ociology-Anthropology A major in sociology consists of twenty-four hours. Although Sociology 101, 102 are prerequisites to all the courses in sociology, they are not accepted toward a major in sociology. Political Science 204 and Philosophy 240 will be accepted toward the major in sociology. Students who intend to major in sociology are requested to plan their work in the department in consultation with the chairman. A major in sociology hall include the following courses: Sociology 255, 280, and 395. With the approval of the department chairman, however, other courses may in some instances be substituted. �Page 96 - DEGREE PROGRAMS Social Science -- Urban Affairs DEGREE PROGRAMS - The Social Science degree with a major in urban affairs is designed to provide an interdisciplinary training for those students who wish to enter careers in gov er nm en tal or non-governmental agencies concerned with the general phenomenon of urbanization at ~e na'.ional, state, OJ local level. Students who complete academic work m this program can continue graduate study either in the traditional academic disciplines or in interdepartmental programs. The Social Science major in urban affairs consists of 39 semester hour in political science, economics, and sociology, with a minimum of 1.2 semester hours in each. Economics 236, Political Science 251'. and Soc:: ology 215 are required. Political Science IOI and 102, Econom,~s IOI and I 02, and Sociology IO I and I 02 are not accepted toward the ma1or. Students who intend to pursue this program should consult with the director of the Institute of Regional Affairs. Page 97 Course Requirements for B. S. Degree Programs Biology1 The following curriculum in biology meets all of the liberal arts requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree. In addition, it provides a greater concentration of advanced biology courses. This program is recommended for those students planning to enter industry or continue with graduate study in biology. Experience has shown that students who have not had four years of mathematics study in secondary school will usually require some pre-college courses. In the summer session preceding entrance the student may take Math. 100, Pre-Calculus Mathematics (algebra and trigonometry), offered at Wilkes, or with the approval of the Mathematics Department take an equivalent course at another college or university. Credit in this remedial course does not exempt the student from any required elective in his program. FIRST SEMESTER Bio.103 - General Biology Chem. 201 - Principles of Chemistry 4 4 Eng.101- Composition 3 .\fath. 111 - Analysis I 4 P. E. 101 - Physical Education 0 P. E. 105 - Hygiene 1 THIRD SEMESTER Bio. 321 - Genetics Chem. 235 - Organic Chemistry Ee., Psy., P.S., Soc. 101 For. Lang. 203- Intermediate Phys.105 - Introduction 4 4 3 4 0 1 16 Bio. 201- Vertebrate Morphogenesis Chem. 221 -Inorganic Quantitative Analysis Eng.151 - World Literature Hist.101- World Civilization For. Lang. 101 - Elementary P. E.103- Physical Education FIFTH SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Bio. 104 - General Biology Chem. 202 - Chemical Hquilibria Eng. 102 - Composition Math. 112 - Analysis II P. E. 1O2-Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 4 4 3 3 3 0 16 FOURTH SEMESTER Bio. 202 - Biology of Vertebrate Organs Chem. 232 - Organic Chemistry Eng. 152- World Literature Hist. 102- World Civilization For. Lang. 102 - Elementary P. E. 104 - Physical Education 4 4 3 3 3 0 17 4 4 3 3 4 18 SIXTH SEMESTER Biology Elective Bio. 224- Biological Techniques Ee., Psy., P.S., Soc. 102 For. Lang. 204 - Intermediate Phys. 106 - Introduction Elective 2 17 3-4 1 3 3 4 3 17 'Th;s degree meets the same general requirements as listed for B.A. Degree, page 84. 'Elective include one semester of Fine Arts options (see page 80) in sixth, seventh ormust eighth semester. �Page 98 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - SEVENTH SEMESTER Biology Electives Bio. 397 - Seminar Phil. 101 - Introduction Ee., Psy., P.S., Soc. 101 Elective 3-8 ½ 3 3 3-6 EIGHTH SEMESTER Biology Electives Bio. 397 - Seminar Phil. I 02 - Logic Ee., Psy., P.S., Soc. 102 Elective 17-18 3. ~1, 3 3 3-6 11.18 Page 99 Chemistry THIRD SEMESTER Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis For. Lang. IOI - Elementary \fath. 21 l - Intermediate Analysis I Phys. 201 - General Physics I P.E. 103 - Physical Education Chemistry 4 3 4 4 0 FOURTH SEMESTER Chem. 212-Inorganic Chemistry Chem. 232 - Organic Chemistry For. Lang. 102 - Elementary Math. 212 - Intermediate Analysis II Phys. 202 - General Physics II P.E. 104- Physical Education O IS The chemistry curriculum is planned to provide thorough trammg in the fundamentals of the science and to contribute to the general education of the student. Graduates in chemistry may enter industry immediately upon graduation or may continue their studies in graduate school. Experience has shown that students who have not had four years of mathematics study in secondary school will usually require some precollege courses. In the summer session preceding entrance the student may take Math. 100, Pre-Calculus Mathematics (algebra and trigonometry), offered at Wilkes, or with the approval of the Mathematics Department take an equivalent course at another college or university. Credit in this remedial course does not exempt the student from any required elective in his program. FIFTH SEMESTER Chem. 233- Organic Chemistry Chem. 341 - Elementary Physical Chemistry Eng. ISi - World Literature For. Lang. 203- Intermediate Phys. 203 - General Physics III 5 4 3 3 3 19 SIXTH SEMESTER Chem. 334- Organic Qualitative Analysis Chem. 342 - Intermediate Physical Chemistry Chem. 262 - Chemical Literature Eng. 152- World Literature For. Lang. 204- Intermediate Elective I 18 SEVENTH SEMESTER Chem. 395 - Research 3 Chem. 261 - History of Chemistry l Chem. 397 - Seminar l Electives 1 _ 12 14 17-19 4 3 3 4 0 EIGHTH SEMESTER Chem. 376 - Advanced Analytical Chemistry Chem. 397 - Seminar Electives 1 15 15 4 2 3 3 3 4 l Il-12 16-17 SECOND SEMESTER Chem. 202 - Chemical Equilibria Eng. 102-Composition Hist. 102- World Civilization Math. 112-Analysis II P.E. 102- Physical Education P.E. 106 - Hygiene I 3 15-18 Wilkes is approved by the American Chemical Society for the professional training of chemists. Students who wish to be certified for membership in the American Chemical Society in the minimum period of two years following graduation must elect Chemistry 411 in the senior year of the B.S. course of study. FIRST SEMESTER Chem. 201 - Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry Eng. 101- Composition Hist. 101 - World Civilization Math. 111 - Analysis I P.E. 101 -Physical Education P.E. 105--: Hygiene 4 4 3 4 4 'l lectives must include two phil 0 h at least one advanced chemistr ~ciur~/?urseS, Mus. lOl or F.A. 101 or Th. Arts 101, 1 the following: P.S. 101-102, Ps/ l0l-102, ~rss:~YoLI~~d/or Semester 8, and one of �Page 100 - DEGREE PROGRAMS - DEGREE PROGRAMS Page 101 Commerce and Finance Commerce and Finance MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION MAJOR IN AccouNTING Acct. 101 - Elementary I Eng. 101 - Composition Hist. 101 - World Civilization Ee. 111 - Economic History Math. 100- Pre-calculus Mathematics P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. l OS - Hygiene 3 3 3 3 4 0 1 3 3 3 3 3 2 0 16 Acct. 112 - Intermediate II B. A. 232 - Business Law Ee. 102 - Principles II Eng. 152- World Literature Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 282 - Space Science P. E. 104- Physical Education THIRD SEMESTER 3 3 3 2 3 3 0 1 18 FOURTH SEMESTER 8. A. 231- Business Law Ee. 101 - Principles I Eng.151 - World Literature \1ath. 100 - Pre-calculus Mathematics P. S. 101 - Political Science I or Soc. 101 - Sociology P. E. 103 - Physical Education 3 3 3 4 3 0 17 3 3 B. A. 232 - Business Law Ee. 102 - Principles II Eng. 152- World Literature B.A. 115 - Mathematics of Business and Finance P. S. 102- Political Science II or Soc. 102 - Sociology P. E. 104- Physical Education 3 3 3 3 SEVENTH SEMESTER 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 16 Acct. 202 - Cost Accounting II Acct. 242 - Advanced B. A. 233 - Business Law Ee. 232 - Economic Statistics Soc. 102 - Sociology or P. S. l 02 - Political Science II Elective 1 FIFTH SEMESTER 18 18 1 Acct. 102 - Elementary II F. A. 101 - Experiencing Art I or Mus. 101- Introduction or Th. Arts 101 -Approach to Theater Eng. 102-Composition Eng. 131 - Fundamentals of Speech Hist. 102- World Civilization Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 282- Space Science P. E. 102- Physical Education P. E. 106-Hygiene 3 3 3 3 3 0 SIXTH SEMESTER FIFTH SEMESTER Acct. 231 - Auditing I 13. A. 2U9 - Correspondence & Reports 8 . .--\. 225 - Corporation Finance B. A. 251 - Principles of Management I Elective 1 1 16 17 :\cct. 221 -Taxes I 3 0 FOURTH SEMESTER THJRD SEMESTER Acct. 201 - Cost Accounting I Ee. 201 -Money & Banking Ee. 231 -Applied Statistics Soc. 101 - Sociology or P. S. 101 - Political Science I Phil. 101 - Introduction Elective I SECOND SEMESTER 3 3 3 3 Acct. IOI -Elementary I Ee. 111 - Economic History Eng. 101 - Composition Hist.101- World Civilization Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 101 - Earth Science P. E.101-Physical Education P. E.105-Hygiene Acct. 102 - Elementary II Eng. 102- Composition Hist. 102 - World Civilization F. A. 101 - Experiencing Art I or Mus. 101 - Introduction or Th. Arts 101 -Approach to Theater B.A. 115 - Mathematics of Business and Finance P. E. 102- Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 17 Acct. 111 - Intermediate I B. A. 231 - Business Law Ee. 101 - Principles I Eng. 151 - World Literature Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 101 - Earth Science Eng. 131 - Fundamentals of Speech P. E. 103 - Physical Education FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER FIRST SEMESTER 8. A. 251 -Principles of Management Ee. 201 - Money & Banking Ee. 231 - Applied Statistics Phil. 101 - Introduction Electives 3 3 3 3 6 EIGHTH SEMESTER Acct. 232 - Auditing II Acct. 252 - Internship Ee. 202 - Theory of Money or Ee. 236-Public Finance Ee. 228 - Economic Geography Elective I 15 SIXTH SEMESTER B. A. 252 - Principles of Management II Ee. 202 - Theory of Money or Ee. 228 - Economic Geography or C and F elective Ee. 232- Economic Statistics Phil. 102-Logic B. A. 222 - Marketing Elective 18 15 Students intending to sit for the New York State C.P.A. examinations should elect subjects in the humanities. All students should choose electives from outside the major field. SEVENTH SEMESTER B. A. 209 - Correspondence & Reports 3 B. A. & Ee. electives 12 Flective 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 EIGHTH SEMESTER B. A. & Ee. electives Elective 12 3 18 - t 59 r; ) fJ. .. ..:,) v 15 �Page 102 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Students who major in business administration will select their electives from the following. At least six courses in one of these groups are required of students concentrating in this field. Page 103 MAJOR IN BUSINESS EDUCATION The degree of Bachelor of Science in business education is designed to provide a background in general education while it prepares the student for teaching business subjects in secondary schools or for a career in business. BANKING AND FINANCE A student planning to enter as a freshman may find it advantageous, B. A. 220 - Real Estate B. A. 225 - Corporation Finance B. A. 226 - Investments Ee. 202 - Theory of Money Ee. 225 - International Trade Ee. 236 - Public Finance Ee. 241 - Economic Analysis at first, to consider a two-year program leading to a cer "cate in general Math. 111 - Analysis I Math. 112 - Analysis II Math. 261 -Introduction to Computer Science Math. 264 - Cobol Programming office or secretarial proficiency. This two-year program provides a foundation for general secretarial preparation, or prepares for later specialization in the four-year major in business education. FIRST SEMESTER Bus. Ed. I 05 1- Elementary Shorthand or Acct. IOI - Elementary I Bus. Ed. 107 - Elementary Typewriting Eng. 131 - Fundamentals of Speech Bio. IOI -Biological Science or Phys. IOI - Physical Science or Env. Sci. IOI - Earth Science Eng. IOI -Composition Hist. 101 - World Civilization P. E. IOI - Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene ECONOMICS Ee. 212- Government & Business Ee. 217 - Economics of Transportation Ee. 222-American Labor Movement Ee. 223 - Collective Bargaining Ee. 224 - Economic Development Ee. 225 - International Trade Ee. 227 - Economic Geography of North America, Europe and the Soviet Union Ee. 228 - Economic Geography of Asia, Africa and Latin America Ee. 229 - Comparative Economic Systems Ee. 230 - Business Cycles Ee. 236 - Public Finance Ee. 241 -Economic Analysis Ee. 245 - Consumer Economics Ee. 395-396 - Research Math. 111 -Analysis I Math. 112 - Analysis II Math. 261-Introduction to Computer Science Math. 264 - Cobol Programming Math. 111 - Analysis I Math. 112 - Analysis II Math. 261 -Introduction to Computer Science Math. 264 - Cobol Programming Soc. 265- Sociology of Industry P.S. 208 - Labor Legislation MARKETING B. A. 114-Salesmanship B. A. 216 - Advertising B. A. 240- Property Insurance Ee. 217 - Economics of Transportation Ee. 224 - Economic Development Ee. 225 - International Trade Ee. 245 - Consumer Economics Math. Ill -Analysis I Math. 112 - Analysis II Math. 261 - Introduction to Computer Science Math. 264 - Cobol Programming Ret. 101 - Principles of Retailing Ret. 214-Retail Buying Soc. 265 - Sociology of Industry Psy. 243 - Industrial Psychology 2 2 3 3 3 0 1 Bus. Ed. 106 1 - Intermediate Shorthand or Acct. 102- Elementary II Bus. Ed. 108 - Intermediate Typewriting Eng. 102 - Composition B.A. I 15- Mathematics of Business and Finance Bio. 102 - Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 282 - Space Science Hist. 102- World Civilization P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E. I 06 - Hygiene THIRD SEMESTER 2 3 2 3 3 3 3 0 I 17-18 16-17 MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS Ee. 222 - American Labor Movement Ee. 223 - Collective Bargaining B.A. 240 - Property Insurance or B.A. 241 - Life Insurance Psy. 242- Psychological Tests or Psy. 243- Industrial Psychology SECOND SEMESTER 2 3 FOURTH SEMESTER Bus. Ed. 207 -Advanced Shorthand I or Acct. III - Intermediate I 3 Bus. Ed. 2012-Advanced Typewriting I Acct. IOI - Elementary I or Ret. IOI - Principles 3 B. A. 231 - Business Law 3 Psy. IOI - Psychology 3 Ee. 10!3 - Principles I 3-4 P. E. 103 - Physical Education 0 15-17 Bus. Ed. 208-Advanced Shorthand II or Acct. I 12 - Intermediate II Bus. Ed. 202 2 -Advanced Typewriting II Acct. I 02 - Elementary II or Retailing Elective Psy. 102 - Psychology P. E. 104 - Physical Education Ee. 1023 - Principles II B. A. 232 - Business Law 3 3 3 0 3 3 15-16 'It is required that any Business Education major, regardless of sequence, shall have at least two semesters in Accounting. Students following accounting sequence need not take third and fourth semesters of typewriting. 1 1 Two-year program students take Bus. Ed. 205 in semester 3 and Ee. IOI in semester 4. �Page 104 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - FIFTH SEMESTER Acct. 111 - Intermediate I or Ret. IOI -Principles or Elective1 Soc. 101 - Sociology or P.S. 101 - Political Science I Eng. 151 - World Literature Ed. 201 -Introduction to Education B.A. 251 -Principles of Management I SIXTH SEMESTER 3 3 3 3 Engineering Acct. 112- Intermediate II or Retailing Elective1 Soc. I 02 - Sociology or P.S. 102- Political Science II Eng. 152- World Literature Ed. 202 - Educational Psychology B.A. 252-Principles of Management II FRESHMAN YEAR COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING PROGRAMS FIRST SEMESTER 3 15 15 SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER Bus. Ed. 243 - Principles and Methods of Business Education2 3 Bus. Ed. 205-0ffice Procedures and Machines 4 Phil. 101 - Introduction 3 Mus. 101 -Introduction or F. A. IOI -Experiencing Art I or Th. Arts 101 - Approach to Theater 3 B. A. 209- Business Correspondence & Reports 3 16 Ed. 330- Secondary Education Elective Page 105 12 3 SECOND SEMESTER Math. 111 - Analysis I Chem. 201-Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry Eng. 101 - Composition Engi.107 -Introduction to Engineering Liberal Arts :t.Jective P.E. 105 - Hygiene P.E. 101 - Physical Education 4 4 3 3 3 1 Math. 112 - Analysis II Chem. 202- Chemical Equilibria Phys. 201- General Physics I Eng. 102 - Composition Engi. 108 - Engineering Graphics P.E. 106-Hygiene P.E. 102- Physical Education 4 4 4 3 3 1 0 0 18 19 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 15 Engineering Wilkes College offers four-year programs in electrical engineering and in materials engineering leading to the Bachelor of Science degree. In addition the first two years of programs in civil engineering, chemical engineering, and mechanical engineering are offered. Upon completion of the second year, students in any of these programs may transfer to the junior year at other engineering schools. The first year of all curricula in engineering is the same. The second year will vary depending upon the student's choice of major engineering interest. Experience has shown that students who have not had four years of mathematics study in secondary school will usually require some precollege courses. In the summer session preceding entrance the student may take Math. 100, Pre-Calculus Mathematics (algebra and trigonometry), offered at Wilkes, or with the approval of the Mathematics Department take an equivalent course at another college or university. Credit in this remedial course does not exempt the student from any required elective in his program. Second, third, and fourth year requirements leading to a B.S. degree in electrical engineering. THIRD SEMESTER Math. 211 - Intermediate Analysis I Phys. 202 - General Physics II E.E. 211 - Circuit Theory I M.E. 211 - Mechanics I. Statics Math. 263 - Fortran Programming Math. 212 - Intermediate Analysis II Phys. 203 - General Physics III E.E. 212 - Circuit Theory II M.E. 212 - Mechanics II. Dynamics Ma.E. 102 - Materials Science Eng. 131 - Speech 17 4 3 4 3 3 2 19 FIFTH SEMESTER E.E. 331 - Electromagnetic Fields I E.E. 251 - Electronic Circuits I E.E. 271 - Physical Electronics Math., Science or Engi. Electives Liberal Arts Elective1 SIXTH SEMESTER 4 4 3 3 3 E.E. 332- Electromagnetic Fields II E.E. 252 - Electronic Circuits II E.E. 272 - Solid State Devices Math., Science or Engi. Electives Liberal Arts Elective1 17 SEVENTH SEMESTER E.E. 335 - Energy Transmission and Radiation E.E. 381 -Advanced Engineering Laboratory I Engi. 397 - Seminar En~ineering or SciPnce Elective Liberal Arts Electives1 1 Students who have already met required accounting and retailing courses would elect one course in both the fifth and sixth semesters, preferably one of the two should be in retailing to meet requirement for certification in retailing. 2 Offered every other year. FOURTH SEMESTER 4 4 3 3 3 17 EIGHTH SEMESTER 3 4 I 4 6 E.E. 320 - Electromechanical Energy Conversion E.E. 382 - Advanced Engineering Laboratory II Engi. 397 - Seminar Engineering or Science Elective Liberal Arts Electives1 18 1 4 4 3 3 3 English 151, 152 (Western World Literature) is a required elective. 4 4 I 3 6 18 �Page 106 - DEGREE PROGRAMS - DEGREE PROGRAMS Page 107 CIVIL ENGINEERING MATERIALS ENGINEERING Second year requirements for the two-year civil engineering program. 1 Second, third, and fourth year requirements leading to a B.S. degree 1 in materials engineering. FOURTH SEMESTER THIRD SEMESTER Math 211 _ Intermediate Analysis I Phys."202 _ General Physics II E.K 2.11 _ Circuit Theory I . M.E. 211 _ Mechanics I. Statics. Ee. 101 -Principles of Economics 4 4 3 3 3 Math. 212-- Intermediate Analysis II Phys. 203 _ General Physics III . M.E. 212- Mechanics I!. _Dynam1cs Ma.E. 102- Materials Science Eng. 131 - Speech Liberal Arts Elective 4 3 4 4 3 4 3 THIRD SEMESTER Ma.E. 212 _ X-Ray Diffraction Ma.E. 242 _ Physical Metallurgy Chem. 342 _ Intermediate Physical Chemistry Liberal Arts Elective . Math., Engi., or Science Elective 17 jfath. 21 I - Intermediate Analysis I Phys. 202- General Physics II ~I.E. 211 - Mechanics I. Statics Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis Liberal Arts Elective FOURTH SEMESTER 4 4 3 4 3 Math. 212 - Intermediate Analysis II 4 Phys. 203 - General Physics III 3 M.E. 212-Mechanics II. Dynamics 3 Chem. 232 - Organic Chemistry I 4 Ma.E. 102- Materials Science 3 18 3 3 17 4 3 3 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Ma.E. 322 _ Crystal Growth and Defects . Ma.E. 382- Materials Engineenng Instrumentation Laboratory 2 Liberal Arts Electives Engi. or Science Electives 16 2 4 3 EIGHTH SEMESTER SEVENTH SEMESTER 1 4 3 3 Second year requirements for the two.-year chemical engineering program.1 18 Ma.E. 321 _ Phase Equilibr~a Ma.E. 331-Crystalline Arnso.tro~y Chem. 221 _ Inorganic Quantitative Analysis Liberal Arts Elective2 Engi. or Science Elective Math. 212 - Intermediate Analysis II Phys. 203 - General Physics III M.E. 212-Mechanics II. Dynamics C.E. 104 - Route Surveying Ma.E. 102 - Materials Science CHEMICAL ENGINEERING SIXTH SEMESTER FIFTH SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER 4 4 3 3 3 17 3 3 2 3 18 17 E.E. 331 -Electromagn.etic_Fields I E E 251 _ Electronic Circuits I l'via:E. 211 - Crystallography . Chem. 341 _ Elementary Physical Chemistry . Math., Engi., or Science Elective THIRD SEMESTER Math. 211 - Intermediate Analysis I Phys. 202- General Physics II M.E. 211 - Mechanics I. Statics C.E.103- Plane Surveying Liberal Arts Elective For Freshman year see page 105. . English 151, 152 (Western World Literature) is a required e1ect1ve. Second year requirements for the two-year mechanical engineering program. 1 THIRD SEMESTER 19 ~fath. 211 - Intermediate Analysis I Phys. 202 - General Physics II M.E. 21 I - Mechanics I. Statics E.E. 211 - Circuit Theory I Lberal Arts Elective 1 For Freshman year see page 105. FOURTH SEMESTER 4 4 3 3 3 Math. 212 - Intermediate Analysis II 4 Phys. 203 - General Physics III 3 M.E. 212 - Mechanics II. Dynamics 3 Liberal Arts Elective 3 Ma.E. 102 - Materials Science 3 17 16 �Page 108 - DEGREE PROGRAMS - DEGREE PROGRAMS THIRD SEMESTER Mathematics The B.S. curriculum provides for a greater concentration of advanced mathematics courses and enables students to take more physical science electives than is possible in the B.A. program. It is highly recommended that prospective mathematics majors elect French, German, or Russian in secondary school. As a rule, three year of one of these languages is more desirable than two years or less o: each of two different languages. Spanish is not acceptable toward ful fillment of the language requirement in this program. Experience has shown that students who have not had four years of mathematics study in secondary school will usually require some precollege courses. In the summer session preceding entrance the student may take Math. 100, Pre-Calculus Mathematics (algebra and trigonometry), offered at Wilkes, or with the approval of the Mathematics De• partment take an equivalent course at another college or university. Credit in this remedial course does not exempt the student from an} required elective in his program. Page 109 FOURTH SEMESTER Eng.151- World Literature 3 For. Lang. 203- Intermediate 3 1 Science Elective 3-4 . fath. 211 - Intermediate Analysis I 4 P.E. 103- Physical Education 0 Phil.101- Introduction 3 Eng. 152- World Literature 3 For. Lang. 204-Intermediate 3 1 Science Elective 3-4 Math. 212 - Intermediate Analysis II 4 Math. 222 - Set Theory and Logic 3 P.E. 104- Physical Education O 16-17 16-17 FIFTH SEMESTER I-Iist.101- World Civilization Electives2 SIXTH SEMESTER 3 12-15 Hist. 102- World Civilization Electives 2 15-18 15-18 SEVENTH SEMESTER Electives2 3 12-15 EIGHTH SEMESTER 15-18 Electives2 15-18 Students intending to pursue graduate studies in mathematics should elect Ma th. 314, 432 and 441-442. Those con tern plating careers ir industry are advised to take Math. 261 and 263 as early as possible ir their programs. Students who foresee possible change to the B.A. pregram in order to prepare themselves as secondary or elementary school teachers are advised to elect Psy. 101-102 in their freshman year. The following program lists the sequence of course requirements fc: the B.S. degree in Mathematics and the semesters in which they shouk normally be taken. SECOND SEMESTER FIRST SEMESTER Eng. 101-Composition For. Lang. 101 - Elementary Elective1 Social Science Elective2 Math. 111 - Analysis I P.E. 101- Physical Education P.E. 105 - Hygiene 3 3 3 3 4 0 1 Eng. 102- Composition For. Lang. 102- Elementary Phys. 201- General Physics I Social Science Elective2 Math. 112-Analysis II P.E. 102- Physical Education P .E. 106 - Hygiene 17 Must be one of these: F.A. 101 - Experiencing Art I; Mus. IOI Th. Arts 101 - Approach to Theater. 2 Must elect one of these sequences: Ee., Psy., Soc., P.S. 101-102. 1 Introduction; • 1 Must be one of the following: (a) Two courses from the same department chosen from Group A, or (b) Phys. 202 and one additional course from Group A. 'These electives must include: (a) Eight Mathematics courses numbered above 260, including Math. 311-312 331 and 334, and ' (b) Two additional courses chosen from Group A or Group B. Group A: Any Biology course numbered above 102. Any Chemistry course numbered above 200. Any Physics course numbered above 200. Any course in Electrical or Materials Engineering. Mechanical Engineering 211, 212. Philosophy 320, 360. Group B: Any Mathematics course numbered above 260. �Page 110 - DEGREE PROGRAMS - DEGREE PROGRAMS Music Education 1 Medical Technology The American Society of Clinical Pathologists and the American Society of Medical Technologists recommend certain requirements for a program of training leading to a degree in medical technology. The curriculum offered at Wilkes College follows these recommendations and is presented below. The final year in this program is taken in hospitals approved for such training by the American Society of Clinical Pathologists. Wilkes College has established a formal affiliation with the Allentown Hospital in Allentown, Pa., the Robert Packer Hospital in Sayre, Pa., Hackensack Hospital in Hackensack, N. J., and the General Hospital in Wilkes-Barre, Pa. Fulfillment of the fourth year requirement at nonaffiliated hospitals requires special permission of the department chair· man and of the Academic Standing Committee. FIRST SEMESTER Bio. 104 - General Biology Chem. 202 - Chemical Equilibria Eng. 102-Composition Math. 112-Analysis IP P. E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 106 - Personal Hygiene 16 THIRD SEMESTER Bio. 115 - Anatomy & Physiology Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis Eng. 151 - World Literature Hist. 101 - World Civilization For. Lang. 101 - Elementary P.E. 103- Physical Education 4 4 3 3 3 16 FOURTH SEMESTER Bio. 116 -Anatomy & Physiology Chem. 232-0rganic Chemistry Eng. 152- World Literature Hist. 102 - World Civilization For. Lang. 102 - Elementary P.E. 104- Physical Education 0 17 3 0 SIXTH SEMESTER 13io. 311 - Bacteriology Bio. 204 - Microtechnique Phys. 105- Jntroductory Physics For. Lang. 203 - Intermediate Ee., Psy., P.S., Soc. 101 4 3 4 3 3 Bio. 312- Bacteriology Elective Phys. 106 - Introductory Physics For. Lang. 204- Intermediate Ee., Psy., P.S., Soc. 102 17 SEVENTH SEMESTER2 1 4 4 3 3 17 FIFTH SEMESTER 13 weeks 8 weeks 4 weeks FIRST SEMESTER Eng. 101 - Composition Bio. IOI - Biological Science or Phys. 101 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 101 -Earth Science Mus. 105 - Theory of Music fos. Ed. 101 - Clarinet Class or Mus. Ed. 103 - Brass Class Hist. IOI - World Civilization Applied Music2 Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. I05 - Hygiene SECOND SEMESTER 3 3 5 2 3 1 ½ 0 1 4 3 4 3 3 Eng. 102 - Composition Bio. 102 - Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 282 - Space Science Mus. 106-Theory of Music Mus. Ed. 102 - Clarinet Class or Mus. Ed. ·104 - Brass Class Hist. 102- World Civilization Applied Music2 Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 102- Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 18½ THIRD SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER 4 4 3 4 0 1 Bio. 103- General Biology Chem. 201 - Introduction Eng. 101-Composition Math. 111 - Analysis I1 P.E. 101 -Physical Education P. E. 105-Personal Hygiene Clinical Chemistry Microbiology Urinalysis Page 111 Eng.151- World Literature Mus. Ed. 101 - Clarinet Class or Mus. Ed. 103 - Brass Class Mus.107-Theory of Music Mus.109- History of Music Applied Music2 Psy.101-Psychology Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E.103- Physical Education 3 5 2 3 1 ½ 0 1 18½ FOURTH SEMESTER 3 2 5 3 1 3 ½ 0 Eng. 152- World Literature Mus. Ed. 102 - Clarinet Class or Mus. Ed. 104 - Brass Class Mus. 108 - Theory of Music Mus. 110 - History of Music Applied Music2 Psy. 102 - Psychology Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 104 - Physical Education 17½ FIFTH SEMESTER Ed. 201 - Introduction Ee. IOI - Principles I or P.S. 101 - Political Science I or Soc. IOI - Sociology \1us. Ed.105- Woodwind Class Mus. Ed. 209 - Conducting \1us. Ed. 121 - Violin Class Mus. Ed. 201-Elementary School Methods Applied Music2 Band, Orchestra, Chorus ~us. 111 - Piano Class 3 3 2 5 3 1 3 ½ 0 17½ SIXTH SEMESTER 3 3 2 2 2 2 1 ½ 2 Ed. 202-Educational Psychology Ee. 102- Princi~les II or P. S. 102- Po itical Science II or Soc. 102 - Sociology Mus. Ed. 106 - Brass Class Mus. Ed. 210-Conducting Mus. Ed. 122- Viola Class Mus. Ed. 202 - Secondary School Methods Applied Music2 Band, Orchestra, Chorus Mus. 112-Piano Class 3 3 2 2 2 2 1 ½ 2 17 EIGHTH SEMESTER2 Haematology & Blood Bank 12 weeks Histology Serology 6 weeks 7 weeks Students who have a math deficiency may register in a lower level math course with the permission of their adviser. ~ To be taken at an affiliated school of medical technology. Fee $50 each semester. 17½ 17½ 'There is a music fee of $10 per semester for all music and music education majors. 'Private instruction. The fee for this instruction is in addition to the regular tuition charge. �Page 112 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - EIGHTH SEMESTER SEVENTH SEMESTER Mus. 2i5 -- Instrumentation 2 Mus. Ed. 127 - Voice Class 2 Mus. Ed. 123- Violoncello and Bass Class 2 Mus. Ed. 340- Professional Semester in Music Education 8 Applied Music! 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus ½ Mus. 113 - Piano Class or elective 2-3 Mus. 216 - Arranging Mus. Ed. 128- Voice Class Mus. Ed. 125 - Percussion Class Applied Music! Band, Orchestra, Chorus Elective Mus. 114 - Piano Class or elective 2 2 2 I ½ 6 2-3 Nursing Education The program in Nursing Education is designed for the preparation of instructors, head nurses, and supervisors in hospitals and schools of nursing. It presupposes graduation from an approved school of nursing and State registration. Credits required for the degree are one hundred twenty-three, of which at least seventy-three must be college credits. The number of credits allowed for the school of nursing program ranges from thirty-five to fifty and will be determined by an evaluation of the student's record and by results obtained on the Graduate Nurse Examination. SECOND SEMESTER FIRST SEMESTER 3 3 3-4 3 3 2-3 Eng. 102 - Composition Hist. 102 - World Civilization Bio. 104 - General Biology or Math. 102-Fundamentals or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 282 - Space Science N. E. 104-Community Resources Soc. 102 - Sociology or Psy. 102-Psychology N. E. 106- Supervision Elective (optional) 2 Eng. 151 - World Literature Phil. 101 - Introduction Soc. 101- Sociology or Psy. 101 - Psychology3 Ed. 351 - Educational Measureement N.E. 107 - Principles & Methods N.E. 108 - Techniques F.A. 101 - Experiencing Art or Mus. 101 - Introduction or Th. Arts 101 -Approach to Theater 3 2 2 1 Eng. 152- World Literature Phil. 102- Logic Soc. 102 - Sociology or Psy. 1023 - Psychology N. E. 112 - Field Experience Elective Experience has shown that students who have not had four years of mathematics study in secondary school will usually require some precollege courses. In the summer session preceding entrance the student may take Math. 100, Pre-Calculus Mathematics (algebra and trigonometry), offered at Wilkes, or with the approval of the Mathematics Department take an equivalent course at another college or university. Credit in this remedial course does not exempt the student from any required elective in his program. FIRST SEMESTER \fath. 111 - Analysis I Eng. 101 - Composition Hist. 101- World Civilization Phys. 201 - General Physics I P.E. 105- Hygiene P. E. IOI - Physical Education SECOND SEMESTER 'i 3 3 4 1 0 THIRD SEMESTER 3 2 2-3 FOURTH SEMESTER 3 3 The B.S. curriculum in physics is designed to provide a thorough grounding in the fundamentals of this rapidly-expanding science, as well as to acquaint the student with the current frontiers of knowledge and research. Upon completion of the requirements for the degree, the student will be well prepared to proceed to graduate study leading to an advanced degree or to undertake an industrial position. Math. 112 - Analysis II Eng. 102- Composition Hist. 102- World Civilization Phys. 202 - General Physics II P.E. 106-Hygiene P. E. 102- Physical Education 15 16-19 17-19 THIRD SEMESTER Physics 15½-16½ 17½-18½ Eng. IOI -Composition Hist. IOI - World Civilization Bio. 103 - General Biology or Math. IOI -Fundamentals or Phys. 101- Physical Science or Env. Sci. IOI - Earth Science Soc. 101 - Sociology or Psy. IOI -Psychology N.E. 103 - History, Trends in Nursing Elective Page 113 \1ath. 211 - Intermediate Analysis I Phys. 203 - General Physics III Phys. 231 - Electronics Ger. 101 1 - Elementary Chem. 201 - Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry P. E. 103- Physical Education 3 15-16 17 Private instruction. The fee for this instruction is in addition to the regular tuition charge. 2 If the Bio. 104 laboratory course is taken, the elective will not be allowed. 3 P.S. 101, P.S. 102, Ee. 101, Ee. 102 may be substituted as electives. FIFTH SEMESTER \fath. 361 -Advanced Calculus I Phys. 331 - Electricity & Magnetism Phys. 31 I - Mechanics Ger. 203 1 - Intermediate Eng.151- World Literature 4 1 0 IS FOURTH SEMESTER 4 3 3 3 4 0 Math. 212 - Intermediate Analysis II Phys. 230- Optics and Light Phys. 240 - Thermodynamics Ger. 1021 - Elementary Chem. 202 - Chemical Equilibria P. E. I 04 - Physical Education 17 3 4 2-3 4 3 3 4 4 3 3 4 0 18 SIXTH SEMESTER 3 4 3 3 3 16 Math. 362 -Advanced Calculus II Phys. 332 - Electricity & Magnetism Phys. 312 - Mechanics Ger. 205 1 - Scientific Eng. 152- World Literature 3 4 3 3 3 16 1 1 Russian may be substituted for German with the approval of the adviser. Math . 261 and_ Math. 263 may be substituted for German with the approval of the student's adviser. �Page 114 - DEGREE PROGRAMS SEVENTH SEMEST HR Phys. 361 - Atomic Physics 4 Advanced Math. Elective 3 Eng. 131 - Fundamentals of Speech 2 Electives' 6-8 15-17 1 EIGHTH SEMESTER Phys. 380- Nuclear Physics Advanced Math. Elective Electives' 4 3 8-10 15-17 Students contemplating graduate study in Physics should elect Phys. 351 - Quantum Mechanics-. �Page 114 - DEGREE PROGRAMS SEVENTH SEMEST HR Phys. 361 - Atomic Physics 4 Advanced Math. Elective 3 Eng. 131 - Fundamentals of Speech 2 Electives 1 6-8 15-17 EIGHTH SEMESTER Phys. 380- Nuclear Physics Advanced Math. Elective Electives 1 4 3 8-10 15-17 bb s::! ::§ ·5 ~ s::! -9 ~ ,h -~s::! -~ ~ .,,c:::! ~ ~ ~ c:::! (.,) ..., .,, I,... ~ .,, "<U bO ~ 0 1 Students contemplating graduate study in Physics should elect Phys. 351 - Quantum Mechanics-. u (U ~ ~ -I ~ ~ (U Cj ~ u �Co11rses of Instruction Description of Courses KEY TO COURSE NUMBERING 100 SERIES - SERVICE COURSES 200 SERIES - ADV AN CED COURSES APPLIED TOW ARD MAJORS 300 SERIES - ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATE COURSES 400 SERIES - INTRODUCTORY GRADUATE COURSES 500 SERIES - EXCLUSIVELY GRADUATE COURSES �Co11rses of Instruction Description of Courses KEY TO COURSE NUMBERING 100 SERIES - SERVICE COURSES 200 SERIES - ADV AN CED COURSES APPLIED TOWARD MAJORS 300 SERIES - ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATE COURSES 400 SERIES - INTRODUCTORY GRADUATE COURSES 500 SERIES - EXCLUSIVELY GRADUATE COURSES �Description of Courses ACCOUNTING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Associate Professor Capin; Assistant Professors Curtis, P. Werner, Zavada; Instructors Pawlenok, Carver, Mulcahy. Acct. 101. Elementary Accounting I Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classification and interpretation of financial data; technique of recording; preparation of financial statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Three credits Acct. 102. Elementary Accounting II A continuation of Accounting 101. Principles of partnership and corporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturing, and branch accounting; financial analyses of statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. IO I . Three credits Conscience at Wilkes MAMA : Acct. 111. Intermediate Accounting I Child, when do you think is the time to love somebody the most; when they done good and made things easy for everybody? Well, then, you ain't through learning - because that ain't the time at all. It's when he's at his lowest and can't believe in hisself 'cause the world done whipped him so. When you starts measuring somebody, measure him right, child measure him right. Make sure you done take~ into account what hills and valleys he come through before he got to wherever he is. A comprehensive analysis of the accounting process and the financial statements. Intermediate problems pertaining to Cash, Receivables, Inventories, Current Liabilities, and Investments in Stocks. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. I 02. Three credits LORRAINE HANSBERRY A Raisin In The Sun (Act III) Acct. 112. Intermediate Accounting II A continuation of Intermediate Accounting I. Intermediate problems pertaining to Investments in Bonds and Funds, Plant and Equipment, Intangibles, Long-Tnm Liabilities, and Stockholders Equity; financial statement analysis and Fund and Cash Flow Reporting. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 111 . Three credits �Page 120 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Page 121 Acct. 201. Cost Accounting I Acct. 232. Auditing II Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; methods of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cost and process-cost methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, or approval of instructor. Three credits Advanced application of auditing principles to actual practice; problems of classification and interpretation of accounts; study of methods of internal control; preparation of reports to clients. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 23 I. Three credits Acct. 202. Cost Accounting II Acct. 241. Advanced Accounting I Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analytical and comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; standard costs; budgets; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 201, or approval of instructor. Three credits A comprehensive review of partnerships; special procedures and problems of installment sales, consignments, home office and branch relationships; introduction to accounting for business combinations and consolidations. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112. Three credits Acct. 221. Taxes I Acct. 242. Advanced Accounting II The preparation of Federal income tax returns for individuals based on current law, regulations and court decisions; problems of inclusion and exclusion from income; gains and losses from sales and exchanges; allowable deductions. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, 202, or approval of instructor. Three credits A detailed analysis of the problems of consolidations; analysis of the procedure in accounting for bankruptcies, receiverships, estates and trusts, foreign exchange, and governmental units. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112 and permission of instructor. Three credits Acct. 222. Taxes II Acct. 252. Accounting Internship Tax accounting for installment and deferred payment sales; Federal tax returns for partnerships; fiduciaries and corporations; miscellaneous Federal and Pennsylvania corporate taxes. Class. two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 221. Three credits This course provides a minimum of 240 hours of accounting in the office of a Certified Public Accountant. 1 Three credits Acct. 231. Auditing I An analysis of modern auditing concepts involving staff organization, professional ethics and legal responsibility, internal contiol, audit programs, and working papers, and original record examination. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 202. Three credits BIOLOGY Professor Reif chairman; Professors Cohen, Michelini; Associate Professors Ogren, Kimball, Tappa, Mizianty, Hayes; Assistant Professors Acheson, Martinez; Instructor Schonwetter. Bio. 101--102. Biological Science Biological Science is a survey course intended for students who take no other course in biology. It presents the essential general 1 Or the equivalent. �Page 122 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES information about plants and animals, explains fundamental laws governing the biological world, and emphasizes their relationship to man. Class, three hours a week. Three credits each semester Bio. 103,., 104. General Biology This course surveys both the plant and animal kingdoms, outlines the history of biology, the organization of matter, the structure of representative plants and animals, and the methods of classification. It considers the basic principles of physiology, genetics, embryology, evolution, and ecology. Lecture, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20 each course. Four credits each semester Bio. 111,.,112. General Botany General Botany presents a broad consideration of the plant world. It includes the study of the fundamental principles of biology, emphasizing the structure, physiology, genetics, and ecology of plants. Lecture, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20 each course. Three credits each semester Bio. 113. Microbiology This course presents the basic principles of bacteriology and the relationship of micro-organisms to disease and its prevention, control and treatment. It considers the effects of microbes within the body and the body's reaction to them. Lecture, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Four credits Bio. 115,., 116. Human Anatomy & Physiology This course provides a general study of the human body, its structure and normal function. It provides an appreciation of the complex nature of the human body with relation to the promotion of a healthy organism. Lecture, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20 each course. Four credits each semester Page 123 Bio. 201. Vertebrate Morphogenesis Vertebrate Morphogenesis is a study of the development and general morphological characteristics of selected vertebrates. The taxonomy and evolution of Phylum Chordata will be emphasized. Lecture, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 104. Four credits Bio. 202. Biology of Vertebrate Organs Biology of Vertebrate Organs is a study of major vertebrate tissues and organs from the modern standpoints of cytology, development, function, regulation, and interrelationships. Lecture, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisites: Bio. 201 and Chem. 221. Four credits Bio. 204. Microtechnique Microtechnique embraces all methods of studying specimens with the microscope. The course also includes the study of normal tissues and organs. The laboratory work covers the technique of preparing microscopic slides. Lecture, one hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 116, or permission of instructor. Three credits Bio. 224. Biological Techniques A laboratory course in the preparation of materials for use in the study of organisms. Included will be such procedures as are needed to prepare photographs, make microscope slides, accomplish field collecting and telemetry, and the production of drawings for publication. Three-hour practicum. One credit Bio. 302. Cytology A study of the organelles and molecular architecture of the cell. A study of cellular interactions and the biochemistry and physiology of cell cytoplasm, organelles and nuclei. Lecture, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Fee: $20. Four credits �Page 124 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Bio. 311,., 312. Bacteriology Bio. 311 is a general introduction, covering the morphology and growth of bacteria, sterilization, and applied uses of bacteria. It also includes a brief survey of other groups of microorganisms. The laboratory work covers techniques of staining, culturing, and biochemical testing for the identification of bacteria. Lecture, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. I 04. Four credits Page 125 Bio. 331. Physiology Physiology is the study of the physical and chemical activities characteristic of all living organisms. Laboratory work includes experiments involving living forms. Lecture, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: through Bio. 322, Chem. 230, and Phys. 112, or permission of instructor. Four credits Bio. 332. Evolutionary Mechanisms Bio. 312 covers the relationship of bacteria to disease, immunity, serology, and pathology. Laboratory work continues with special stains, identification of unknowns, isolation of bacteria from natural sources, and techniques used in applied bacteriology. Lecture, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 311. Four credits Bio. 321. Genetics Genetics is the study of the inheritance of normal characters and the variation of these characters in plants and animals. Laboratory work includes the study of genetic mechanisms in various botanical, animal, and microbial species. Lecture, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: through Bio. 202, or permission of instructor. Four credits Bio. 322. Ecology Ecology is the study of the relationship between organisms, singly and collectively, and their environments, including the biotic and physical factors of the environments. Lecture, three hours a week; laboratory and field trips, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: through Bio. 321, or permission of instructor. Four credits Evolutionary Mechanisms is a study of how new species of organisms are derived from previously existing species. Emphasis is placed upon the processes of organic evolution and the development of the evolutionary ideas. Lecture, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Bio. 322 or permission of instructor. Three credits Bio. 395,.,396. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the departmental chairman is required. One to three credits Bio. 397. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One-half credit each semester. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Professor R. W erner; Associate Professors Elliot, Farrar; Assistant Professors Gera, Engel, Copley, Chesler, Gurdin, Orlowski, Anaza; Instructors Roberts, Szumilo. B.A. 114. Salesmanship The art of selling; the motive behind all buying; creation of interest and desire; presentation of services; meeting objections; types of customers. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits �Page 126 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 127 B.A. 115. Mathematics of Business and Finance B.A. 225. Corporation Finance This course will include progressions, logarithms, per cent, interest, discounts, equation of value, annuities, sinking funds, depreciation, taxes, profit and loss. A study of the economic principles underlying the capital structure of modern business enterprise. Consideration given to alternate types of business organization, corporate securities, and financial policies involved in promotion, disposition of net earnings, working capital and short-term financing, mergers, expansion, financial readjustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits B.A. 209. Business Correspondence and Reports Fundamental principles of business writing with emphasis on letters and reports. Prerequisites: Eng. I 02. Three credits B.A. 216. Advertising A study of basic principles of advertising. Elements of advertising; a survey of different departments of advertising work, including copy, art, display, engraving, trade-marks, and media. Analysis of current advertisements. Advertising as a social force. Three credits B.A. 220. Real Estate The fundamentals of the real estate business, including consideration of titles, mortgages, leases, advertising, sale, purchase. development, and management of real property. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits Three credits B.A. 226. Investments Consideration of leading types of investments, tests, and investment programs; financial reports of leading companies, forecasting methods and agencies, stock exchanges, brokerage houses, methods of buying and selling securities, fraudulent promotions and their detection. Laboratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: B. A. 225. Three credits B.A. 231. Business Law - Introduction, Contracts, and Sales The foundation for all subjects in the field of business law. The nature, classification, and sources of law. Examination of the essential elements of a contract and the nature of contract rights under both the common law and the Uniform Commercial Code. A study of the law of sales of goods: the transfer of title and risk of loss, warranties and product liability, and secured transactions. A comparison of the uniform sales act with the article II of the Uniform Commercial Code. Prerequisite: B.A. 225. Three credits B.A. 232. Business Law - Agency, Partnerships, B.A. 222. Marketing The fundamentals of the marketing system, its functions, institutions and their importance in the economy are studied. Marketing pricing policies and practices are investigated; reference is made to marketing activities and government participation. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits Corporations, and Real Property A study of the principles of law governing partnerships and corporations, with respect to formation, operation, internal relationships and dissolution, as well as the advantages and disadvantages of these forms of business association. A survey of the law of real property, nature and types of interests in land. A discussion of deeds and their prerequisites. Rights and duties of the partnership and �Page 128 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 129 corporate enterprise with respect to the government, the owners, and the public. The substantive rules of law will be used as stimulants for discussions and wherever possible reported cases will be posed as problems to bring about a more thorough understanding of the principles covered, to promote discussion, and to suggest related problems. Prerequisite: B.A. 231. Three credits Nature and evolution of management thought. Fundamental universal concepts covered: decision-making, policy formulation, planning, organizing, staffing, actuating, communicating, directing, controlling, etc. Views management as a process of integrating knowledge developed by many disciplines. Social and ethical dimensions of the management process summarized. Three credits B.A. 234. Business Law - Property B.A. 252. Principles of Management II The law of real property, nature and types of interests in land. A discussion of deeds and their prerequisites. The rights and duties of the landowner to the public. Rights of the government versus rights of the landowner. The landlord-tenant relationship, the mortgagor-mortgagee relationship. Business crimes (crimes affecting property). The protection of personal and business property, tangible and intangible. The substantive rules of law will be used as stimulants for discussions and wherever possible reported cases will be posed as problems to bring about a more thorough understanding of the principles covered, to promote discussion, and to suggest related problems. Prerequisite: B. A. 231,232, Acct. 102. Three credits Application of universal concepts of management. Emphasis on problems of production, sales, personnel, office, finance, organization. Viewpoint on relationship to overall operation of enterprise. Develops analytical abilities and decision-making skills. Case study method emphasized. Prerequisite: B.A. 25 I. Three credits Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits B.A. 240. Property Insurance B.A. 397. Seminar This course is a study of the fundamentals of fire, casualty, and marine insurance. Prerequisite: B.A. 232, or approval of instructor. Three credits B.A. 241. Life Insurance This course is a study of the principles, practices, and uses of life insurance from the overall viewpoint of the product, cost, market, and industry. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits B.A. 244. Time and Motion Study The principles and techniques of time and motion study. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Three credits B.A. 251. Principles of Management I B.A. 395--396. Independent Research Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. ( Maximum of three credits per student.) BUSINESS EDUCATION Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professor Gera; Instructor Dolbear. Bus. Ed. 105. Elementary Shorthand Presentation, development and completion of principles of Gregg Shorthand, Diamond Jubilee Series. Consideration given to nonshorthand factors of transcription, as spelling, punctuation, grammar, and word usage. Introduction to dictation and transcription skills. Four hours a week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Two credits �Page 130 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 131 Bus. Ed. 106. Intermediate Shorthand Bus. Ed. 202. Advanced Typewriting II Review and strengthen knowledge of Gregg Shorthand, Diamond Jubilee Series shorthand theory. Development of new word-building power through progressive skill building dictation. Extending knowledge and skill in basic elements of transcription. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Bus. Ed. 105, or approval of instructor. Two credits Continuation of speed and accuracy development and reinforcement. Independent specialized production typing, with high degree i speed and accuracy on simulated on-the-job experience: Technical, Professional (Medical, Legal, Scientific) and Government offices. Three hours laboratory. Fee $10. Prerequisite: Bus. Ed. 201. One credit Bus. Ed. 107. Elementary Typewriting Mastery of the techniques of touch typewriting. Emphasis is placed on skilJ building practices with proper techniques through motivating drills and timed writings. Learning to type simple problems on a production basis such as: Memorandums, personal communications, tabulations, business letters, outlines, manuscripts, and composing. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Fee $10. Two credits Bus. Ed. 108. Intermediate Typewriting Bus. Ed. 205. Office Procedures and Business Machines A study of technical procedures and problems in typical business and professional offices; analysis of personal and professional requirements for office personnel; a general survey and comparison of major office machines classifications; administrative machine procurement problems and procedures; operation and use of office machines and equipment. Eight hours a week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Fee $10. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. Four credits Building typewriting competence by strengthening basic and problem skills. Developing higher degree of proficiency through speed and accuracy timed writings, and production typing problems, such as: business letters with special features; special com munication forms; technical papers and business reports; tables; business forms; and executive communications. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Fee $10. Prerequisite: Bus. Ed. 107, or approval of instructor. Two credits Mastering of Gregg Shorthand Diamond Jubilee Series theory. Progressive speed forcing and speed building, reinforceme·m · and control dictation given. Building transcription quality and speed. Five hours each week. Two hours lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Bus. Ed. 106. Three credits Bus. Ed. 201. Advanced Typewriting I Bus. Ed. 208. Advanced Shorthand II Increased emphasis is placed on higher speed and accuracy. Measuring of production skill competencies. A series of simulatcj on-the-job experiences in which a minimum of direction and a maximum of realism are provided. Advanced skills applied to typing in General, Accounting, and Executive offices. Three hours laboratory. Fee $10. Prerequisite: Bus. Ed. 108. One credit Development of shorthand facility and transcription competency when working with highly specialized material. The specialized areas of dictation and transcription arc: Medical, Legal, Technical and Scientific, International Trade, and Congressional. Emphasis is placed on specialized terminology. Five hours each week. Two hours lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Bus. Ed. 207. Three credits Bus. Ed. 207. Advanced Shorthand I �Page 132 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Page 133 Bus. Ed. 243. Principles and Methods of Business Education Chem. 201. Introduction to the Principles of Principles of business education; business curricula in secondary schools; psychology of skill-building; objectives, standards, content; tests and measurements, and techniques of instruction in business education courses; observation; student teaching demonstrations. Offered every other year. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. Three credits Chemical periodicity and stoichiometry are emphasized. States of matter, atomic theory, and dynamic equilibrium are introduced. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Four credits Chemistry Chem. 202. Chemical Equilibria CHEMISTRY Associate Professor Bohning, chairman; Professors Rozelle, Swain; Associate Professors Salley, Faut, Stine, Labows; Assistant Professor Stockham; Instructor Buckman. Chem. 105. General Chemistry This course is intended for students who take no advanced courses in inorganic, physical, or analytical chemistry. It introduces some of the fundamental laws and theories of chemistry with emphasis on chemical composition. Atomic structure, chemical bonding, solutions, kinetic theory, equilibrium, and radioactivity are considered. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Laboratory fee: $20. Four credits A study of the principles of chemical equilibria. Laboratory will involve theory and development of schemes of qualitative analysis with particular emphasis on the reactions of metallic clements. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 201. Four credits Chem. 212. Systematic Inorganic Chemistry A systematic description of the chemistry of the elements based on fundamental chemical principles. Fundamental techniques of Inorganic synthesis. Class, three ho.urs a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 202, Math 112, or permission of instructor. Four credits Chem. 106. Organic & Biological Chemistry An introduction to the chemistry of carbon compounds and reactions of common functional groups with emphasis on the structures of carbohydrates, proteins and amino acids, steroids and nucleic acids. The laboratory will emphasize the techniquf!s involved in the separation and identification of various classes of organic compounds. Lecture, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Laboratory fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. I 05 and permission of instructor. Four credits Chem. 221. Inorganic Quantitative Analysis An introduction to the theory and practice of typical analyses: volumetric, gravimetric, and instrumental. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 202, or permission of the instructor. Four credits �Page 134 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 135 Chem. 232. Organic Chemistry I Chem. 262. Chemical Literature An introduction to the chemistry of carbon compounds through the reactions of common functional groups in aliphatic, alicyclic, aromatic and heterocyclic systems. Reaction pathways will be considered. Emphasis in laboratory will be placed on the development of fundamental techniques. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 221 , or permission of the instructor. Discussion of the nature and use of the important sources of chemical information. Laboratory problems emphasize techniques of information retrieval from journals, abstracts, and other source material. Literature preparation for independent research (Chem. 395-396) is included. Class, one hour a week; library laboratory, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Completion of twenty chemistry credits, or permision of the instructor. Four credits Two credits Chem. 334. Organic Qualitative Analysis Chem. 233. Organic Chemistry II A continuation of Chem. 230. Emphasis in laboratory is placed on advanced techniques and sequential syntheses. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 232. Five credits Chem. 235. Organic Chemistry Ila A continuation of Chem. 230. Not open to B.S. chemistry majors. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 232. Four credits Chem. 261. History of Chemistry A study of chemistry in terms of the personalities responsible for its development. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: Completion of twenty chemistry credits. One credit A study of the systematic identification of organic compounds and mixtures utilizing classical and instrumental techniques. Class, one hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 233. Three credits Chem. 341. Elementary Physical Chemistry The first, second, and third laws of thermodynamics are emphasized. The topics of electrochemistry, chemical kinetics, the phase rule, and the states of matter are introduced. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 221, Math 211, Phys. 152, or permission of the instructor. Four credits Chem. 342. Intermediate Physical Chemistry Electrochemistry, electrokinetic phenomena, kinetic molecular theory, Maxwell Boltzman distribution, chemical kinetics, and the states of matter are studied in detail. Quantum mechanics and radiochemistry are introduced. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 221, Math 211, Phys. 152, or permission of the instructor. Four credits �Page 136 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 137 Chem. 376. Advanced Analytical Chemistry Chem. 431--432. Advanced Organic Chemistry The theory and application of modern techniques and instru mental procedures, such as spectrophotometric, electro-analytical, and chromatographic. Theory and practice of analysis of more complex materials. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 342. Four credits A detailed study of modern theories of mechanism and structure. Topics include nucleophilic and electrophilic substitution, elimination reactions, molecular rearrangements, carbonyl reactions, stereochemistry, kinetics. Class, three hours. Three credits each semester Chem. 352. Biochemistry A study of the nature and metabolism of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, and other physiological substances. Emphasis is placed on the mechanism of enzymatic catalysis. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 233, 235, or permission of the instructor. Three credits Chem. 395--396. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Cannot be taken for credit before the seventh semester but may be a continuation of work begun before the seventh semester. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits each semester. Chem. 397. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics in chemistry conducted by senior chemistry majors and the staff. All chemistry majors are invited to attend the meetings. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One credit Chem. 411. Systematic Inorganic Chemistry Oxidation-Reduction, atomic structure, theory and application of the principles of chemical bonding, systematic study of properties related to extra-nuclear structure of atoms, coordination chemistry, acid-base phenomena, non-aqueous solvents, descriptive chemistry Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 342, or permission of the instructor. Three credits Chem. 440. Quantum Chemistry The experimental foundations and the mathematical formulation of the quantum theory, including the quantum mechanics of simple systems, the hydrogen atom, and approximate methods. Group theory is introduced and the use of symmetry properties is applied to molecular orbital theory. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chem. 342. Three credits ECONOMICS Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Professor R. Werner; Associate Professors Elliot, Farrar; Assistant Professors De Young, Engel, Chesler, Orlowski, Anaza, W. Taylor, Vereda; Instructors Szumilo, Kelly, Worth. Ee. 101. Principles of Economics I An introductory course which presents basic economic problems and shows how these problems are solved in a free enterprise economy; the effects of the increasing importance of the economic role of government are pointed out. The course provides orientation in the broad field of economics and makes use of the analytical trends by means of which the student can understand the economic problems of his environment. Three credits Ee. 102. Principles of Economics II This course is a logical sequence to Economics 101. It is based upon a broad micro-economic foundation concentrated on such units as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Prerequisite: Ee. IO I. Three credits �Page 138 -- DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 139 Ee. 111. Economic History Ee. 217. Economics of Transportation A study of the development of economic institutions with emphasis on the historical roots and evolutionary development of our modern economy. Analysis of causes of development. Major stress is on institutions. Three credits Problems and policies of railroads, buses, trucks, inland waterways, and air and ocean transportation; economic aspects of transportation and traffic management; use of rates and tariff; significance of transportation to society. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits Ee. 201. Money and Banking A study of money, credit, and banking operations. Development of American monetary and banking system. Central banking and the Federal Reserve System. Instruments of monetary control. Financial intermediaries. Monetary standards and international monetary relations. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits Ee. 202. Theory of Money Development of monetary theory. Liquidity preference and loanable funds theories of interest. Saving, investment, and income determination. Keynesian and neo-Keynesian analysis. The inflationary process. Exchange rates and international monetary mechanism. Prerequisite: Ee. 201. Three credits Ee. 204. Consumer Credit This course includes consumer credit in its various aspects. It includes retail credit, sales finance, credit unions, and credit bureau activities. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Two credits Ee. 212. Government and Business A study of the relationship of government to economic enterprises with special attention to conditions in the United States; the regulatory activities of government agencies; administrative methods, objectives and results of governmental control. Reference is made to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situations, public utilities, trusts, transportation, extractive industries, and public enterprise. Prerequisite: P. S. 10 I, Ee. 102. Three credits Ee. 222. The American Labor Movement A study of the evolving American labor movement and its ideology. This course deals with the development of American labor ideology and psychology in comparison with other labor movements. The relationship of the American labor movement to other political, social and economic institutions is investigated. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits Ee. 223. Collective Bargaining An introduction to labor problems and an analyses of major issues in the field of labor. This course deals with collective bargaining, employment, wages, hours and union policies. Govern..: mental participation in labor relations and collective bargaining is also investigated. Reference is made to social welfare devices such as social security, unemployment compensation and workmen's compensation. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits Ee. 224. Economic Development A study and analysis of the theories of economic development. Guidelines arc provided for development policy in various underdeveloped areas of the world. Objective comparisons are made which deal with factors that underlie the transition from economic backwardness to sustained economic growth. Prerequisites: Ee. 10 I and Ee. 102 or approval of the instructor. Three credits Ee. 225. International Trade Theory and practice of international trade with special reference to contemporary problems and policies. The topics covered include �Page 140 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES tariffs, quotas, foreign exchange, equilibrium in international payments. A study will be made of geographic, economic, social, and political influences on international trade. Review of current policies and developments in the United States. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits Ee. 227. Economic Geography of North America, Europe and the Soviet Union A study and analysis of the characteristics, potentials and problems of the more advanced nations of the Northern Hemisphere. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits Ee. 228. Economic Geography of Asia, Africa, and Latin America A study and analysis of the characteristics, potentials and problems of the less developed natio.n s and areas of the world. Economics 227 is not a prerequisite. Three credits Ee. 229. Comparative Economic Systems The institutions of planned economy of the U.S.S.R. and those of the contemporary experiment in evolutionary socialism in Great Britain are studied. Constant objective comparisons are made with institutions which are characteristic of a capitalistic economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 or approval of instructor. Three credits Ee. 230. Business Cycles A historical analysis of major business cycles. Contemporary theories and a critical examination of public policy toward business cycles. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits Ee. 231. Applied General Statistics A course in statistical methods and their application. A collection and interpretation of statistical data, frequency distribution and measures of central tendency, fitting the normal curve, analysis of DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 141 variance. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Fee: $10. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits Ee. 232. Economic Statistics A continuation of Economics 231. This course will include timeseries analysis, construction of index numbers, methods of correlation analysis, multiple and partial correlation, and test of significance for samples; Chi-square test. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Fee: $10. Prerequisite: Ee. 231. Three credits Ee. 236. Public Finance Fundamental principles of public finance; government expenditures; revenue; financial policies and administration; taxation; principles of shifting and incidence of taxation; public debts and the budget; fiscal problems of federal, state, and local government; the reiation of government finance to the economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, P. S. 101. Three credits Ee. 241. Economic Analysis This course is designed to give coverage to the theory of value and distribution. The determinants of consumer demand and the principles governing costs and outputs of producers are analyzed with some stress on recent theoretical investigations. The method is abstract and deductive. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits Ee. 245. Consumer Economics The place of the consumer in the economic system. Theories of consumption; consumption minima; problems of the individual consumer as affected by income, taxes, consumer habits and standards of living are investigated. A study is made of the trends in consumption, income, income disposition and marketing and pricing of consumer goods. Relationships between government activities and the consumer are studied. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits �Page 142 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Page 143 Ee. 395--396. Independent Research Ed. 292. The Sciences in the Elementary School Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits An introductory course in development of rationale, curriculum and materials for instruction of sciences in the elementary school. Prerequisite: Ed. 202, Psy. 221. Two credits Ed. 298. Principles of Nursery--Kindergarten Ee. 397. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) EDUCATION Professor Hammer, chairman; Professors Jesse, Darte; Associate Professors West, Barone, Caldwell; Assistant Professors Siles, Fahmy, Bellucci, Johnson; Instructors Bynon, Brandschain, DiSibio. Ed. 201. Introduction to Education A study of the historical development of American education, the role of the school in American life, educational philosophies, educational organization and administration, school finance, school curricula, school personnel, and current issues in education. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. Three credits Ed. 202. Educational Psychology A study of the principles of learning and the application of psychological principles in the practice of education. Prerequisite: Psy. 102, Junior standing. Three credits Ed. 291. Communications Skills in Elementary Education An introductory course in development of rationale, curriculum and materials for instruction of communications skills in the elementary school. Prerequisite: Ed. 202, Psy. 221. Two credits Education A study of the historical development, organization, and rationale of early childhood education, including observation of programs for young children. Prerequisite: Ed. 201 and Ed. 202. Three credits Ed. 299. Principles of Elementary Education A study of the historical development and organization of the American elementary school. Prerequisite: Ed. 201 and Ed. 202. Three credits Ed. 300. Professional Semester in Elementary Education Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare students for elementary school teaching. Fee $25. To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, students must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval by the Education Department Chairman. Prerequisite: Ed. 299, Math. 234 and 243. Fifteen credits FOR TRANSFER AND CERTIFICATION PURPOSES, CREDIT WILL BE ASSIGNED AS FOLLOWS: Ed. 301. The Teaching of Reading An introduction to the teaching of reading in the elem en tary grades. Two credits �Page 144 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ed. 302. Methods and Materials in Elementary School Arithmetic A study of curriculum content and teaching procedures in elementary school arithmetic. Two credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 145 FOR TRANSFER AND CERTIFICATION PURPOSES, CREDIT WILL BE ASSIGNED AS FOLLOWS: Ed.311. Family and Community--Life Education Ed. 303. Methods and Materials in Elementary School Science A study of the early childhood teacher's role in family and community life education. Two credits A study of curriculum content and teaching procedures in elementary school science. Two credits Ed. 312. Nutrition, Hygiene, General Health Ed. 304. Methods and Materials in Elementary School Social Studies A study of the teacher's role in nutrition, hygiene, and health of young children. Two credits A study of curriculum content and teaching procedures in elementary school history, geography, and government. Two credits Ed. 313. Curriculum Study Ed. 305. Multi--Sensory Techniques in Elementary School Teaching A study of the use of multi-sensory teaching aids in the elementary school classroom. One credit Ed. 306. Student Teaching in Elementary School Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They assume classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences are arranged with cooperating teachers and college supervisors. Six credits Ed. 310. Professional Semester in Nursery--Kindergarten Education Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare studP.nts for Nursery-Kindergarten teaching. Fee $25. To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, students must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval by the Education Department Chairman. Prerequisite: Ed. 298, Psych. 221. Fifteen credits A study of the content and organization of early childhood curriculum. Two credits Ed. 314. Methodology A study of methods and materials of early childhood instruction. Two credits Ed. 315. Use of Multi--Sensory Devices A study of the use of multi-sensory teaching aids in the early childhood center. One credit Ed. 316. Practicum Students are assigned to work with early-childhood teachers. They assume classroom responsibility and work under supervision. Conferences are arranged with cooperative teachers and college supervisors. Six credits �Page 146 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ed. 320. Professional Semester in Fine Arts Education Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare students for the teaching of art in elementary and secondary schools. Fee $25. To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, students must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval by the Education Department chairman. Students may schedule late afternoon or evening classes during the professional semester. Prerequisite: Ed. 201, 202. Fourteen credits FOR TRANSFER AND CERTIFICATION PURPOSES, CREDIT WILL BE ASSIGNED AS FOLLOWS: Ed. 321. Art Curriculum A study of the organization of teaching materials for most effective use in the art curriculum. Three credits Ed. 322. The Teaching of Art A study of materials, techniques, and experiences in the public school art program; evaluation of past and present ph ilosophics. Three credits Ed. 323. General Classroom Methods A study of various instructional procedures used in public school classrooms. One credit DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 147 Ed. 326. Student Teaching in Art Students arc assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers and art specialists. They observe and teach in elementary and secondary school classrooms. Opportunities are provided for them to participate in school-wide activities. Conferences are arranged with co-operating teachers and college supervisors. Six credits Ed. 330. Professional Semester in Secondary Education Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare students for secondary school teaching. Fee: $25. To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, students must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval by the Education Department chairman. Students may schedule late afternoon or evening classes during the professional semester. Prerequisite: Ed. 201, 202. Twelve credits FOR TRANSFER AND CIRTIFICATION PURPOSES, CREDIT WILL BE ASSIGNED AS FOLLOWS: Ed. 331. Principles of Secondary Education A study of the historical development and organization of the American secondary school. One and one-half credits Ed. 332. Secondary School Curriculum A study of the content and organization of the secondary school curriculum. One and one-half credits Ed. 324:. Multi .. Sensory Techniques in the Teaching of Art Ed. 333. Secondary School Teaching Methods A study of the use of multi-sensory aids in the teaching of art in elcmcn tary and secondary schools. One credit A study of various teaching procedures employed in the secondary school classroom. One credit �Page 148 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ed. 334. Multi--Sensory Techniques in Secondary School Teaching . DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Ed. 397. Seminar . . A study of the use of multi-sensory teachmg aids m the secondary school classroom. One credit Ed. 335. The Teaching of Reading in Secondary School Subjects . Instruction in reading methods in secondary school sub1ects. One credit Ed. 336. Student Teaching in the Secondary School Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) ENGINEERING Associate Professor Toole, chairman; Associate Professors Thomas, Nejib; Assistant Professors Kaby, Orehotsky. Engi. 107. Introduction to Engineering Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They assume classroom responsibility and teach ~nder supervision. Conferences are arranged with co-operatmg teachers and college supervisors. Six credits Ed. 351. Educational Measurements . A study of the characteristics, construction, an~ use ?f various educational measuring instruments commonly available m secondary schools. Two credits Ed. 352. Guidance An introduction to general principles and the techniques employed in guidance programs in public schools. Prerequisite: Ed. 202. Three credits Ed. 391. Instructional Strategy and Evaluation An introductory course in development of effective elementary school teacher behavior. Prerequisite: Ed. 202, Psy. 221. Two credits Ed. 395--396. Independent Research Page 149 . Independent study and research for advanced students m the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is re~uired .. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman IS reqmred. One to three credits Methods of solving engineering problems. Instruction in the use of the slide rule and mathematical tables. The use of drawing instruments, systems of representation such as orthographic, isometric, and oblique projections. Vector quantities and vector diagrams. Graphical mathematics. Nomographs. Two hours lecture and four hours practicum per week. Fee: $20. Three credits Engi. 108. Engineering Graphics A continuation of spatial relationships as represented by po.ints, lines, planes, other surfaces and solids. Sections and conventions. The intersection of surfaces and solids. Transformation of coordinates. Practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Three credits Engi. 280. Industrial Training Program Industrial and research experience gained concurrently with undergraduate studies through organized plant assignments with various companies and industries. (Offered during the summer.) Prerequisite: Junior Standing. Civil Engineering C.E. 103. Plane Surveying Lectures, recitations and problems on the theory and practice of plane and topographic surveying. Field exercises, including the adjustment and use of surveying equipment including transit, levels, compass and tape for surveys of area, topography, profile, grading, excavating and the location of details. Interpretation of �Page 150 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Page 151 dependance, impedance matching and transformers (Smith Ch t ) Fc~d~ack syst~ms and stability. Introduction to random signa;ra~d n01se, functions and spectra · Th ree h ours cl ass and one h hcorrelation . . t ree- our d1scuss1on-laboratory a week. Fee: $20 Prerequisite: Phys. 202, E.E. 21 I. · Four credits and mapping from field notes with attendant computations and the balancing of surveys. Emphasis on the application of surveying to engineering work in general. Practicum, seven hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Engi. 107. Three credits C.E. 104. Route Surveying E.E. 251 • Electronic Circuits I A study of the engineering and economic problems affecting the location of routes of communication. Lectures, recitations, field work and problems on the theory and use of simple horizontal, compound, reverse, spiral and vertical alignment curves; grades, cross sections, mass diagrams and earth work computations, grade crossing, right-of-way, and drainage problems. Solar observation to determine true bearing and azimuth. Class, two hours a week; practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $20. T~e _development of the operating principles and terminal charac~nstics. of electroni_c devices, particularly semiconductor diodes an . transistor~. Amplifiers, oscillators and reactifiers at audio and radio frequencies. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 202 or by special permission Four credits · Prerequisite: C. E. 103. Four credits Electrical Engineering E.E. 211. Circuit Theory I Analysis of simple circuit models. Kirchoff's Law; v-i character· istics of network elements. Forced and natural components of response; natural frequencies, the complex frequency plane, resonance. Transfer functions and the roles of their poles and zeroes. The use of digital computer in solutions. Three hours lecture a week. Prerequisite: Ma th. 112. Three credits E.E. 252. Electronic Circuits II devices in detection , mod u l a 1·ion wavehApplication · d of· electronic h. s apm~ an sw1tc i~g circuits. Design consideration for sm'all and large signals at a ud10 and radio frequencies The d . f plete systems using such sub-systems · Three. ho urs eslign o c ass an dcomone three- hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: E.E. 251. Four credits E.E. 271. Physical Electronics state ' wave mec h arncs, · · · hStructure of. the solid . statistics, band e~? of solids, semiconductors and semiconductor electronics Em1ss10n (thermionic . . and· · . ' field and photo-) , Ph o tocon d uct1v1ty Iummescence. 0 wdes, .transistors and oth d . o· . 1· . . er ev1ces. 1e lectncs no~- mear optics, p1ezoelectrics, ferroelectrics, ferro and ferrimag~ net1sm. Three hours class a week. Prerequisite: Phys. 203. Three credits t E.E. 212. Circuit Theory II Fourier series and its application. The Laplace transformation and evaluation of the inverse. Terminal behavior of linear networks. Impulse response; its calculation and its use in obtaining response to other excitations; the convolution integral. The sinusoidal steady state: plots, charts and loci that exhibit frequency �Page 152 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES E.E. 272. Solid State Devices Transistor processes and types, properties of semiconductors, junction characteristics and theory. Junction transistor characteris tics and theory. High-current effects and low frequency feedback effects. Low frequency and high frequency hybrid parameters. Three hours class a week. Prerequisites: E.E. 331, E.E. 271. Three credits E.E. 311. Logic and Switching Circuits Application of Boolean algebra to the design of combinational logic nets; minimization procedures. Analysis and synthesis of sequential switching circuits; clocked and asynchronous operation. Effects of microelectronic technology on logic design optimization. Fault masking by redundancy techniques. Three hours class a week. Prerequisites: E.E. 251, E.E. 252. Three credits Page 153 E.E. 331. Electromagnetic Fields I Vector analysis. The concept of fields. Electrostatic forces images, potential and Gauss's law. Magnetostatic forces and Ampere's law. Dielectric and Magnetic media. Fields in conductors. Electric and magnetic circuit elements. Plane electromagnetic waves. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 202, Math 212. Four credits E.E. 332. Electromagnetic Fields II Differential form of Maxwell's equations. Electrostatics, magnetostatics and boundary condition problems in one- two- and three-space dimensions. Transverse electromagnetic waves; energy and power flow. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: E.E. 331. Four credits E.E. 335. Energy Transmission and Radiation E.E. 312. Pulse and Timing Circuits Tube, transistor circuit techniques and design for diversity of waveforms. Functions needed in pulse systems. Instrumentation and computers. Three hours class a week. Prerequisite: E.E. 251, E.E. 252. Three credits Plane waves in various media; reflection and refraction, standing waves, waveguides, transmission lines, antennas and radiation. Principles of electrodynamics. Three hours class a week. Prerequisite: E.E. 331; Senior standing. Three credits E.E. 342. Microwave Circuits and Devices E.E. 320. Electromechanical Energy Conversion Principles of electromagnetic and electrostatic energy conversion and their application to develop a unified treatment of electric machinery. Idealized machines and transformers. Engineering considerations applied to d.c. and a.c. machines. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisites: E.E. 211, E.E. 331. Four credits Matrix algebra techniques, reduction of waveguides and discontinuity problems to equivalent transmission line and network problems, obstacles as matching elements. Multiple waveguide junctions and small aperture coupling. Periodic structures. Electron ballistics and space-charge waves in electron beams. Properties and characteristics of TWT, BOW and cross-field devices. Three hours lecture a week. Prerequisite: Senior standing. Three credits �Page 154 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES E.E. 362. Control Systems Laplace and transformation theory. Introduction to the analysis and design of linear feedback control systems by means of locus and frequency response methods. Discussion of stability, transient and steadystate errors. Models and response analysis for automatic control purposes. Two hours class and one three-hour demonstration-laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Senior standing. Three credits E.E. 381 ... 382. Advanced Engineering Laboratory I, II A study of properties and designs of various amplifiers and nonlinear circuits. Microwave devices, VHF integrated circuits and the generation and modulation of coherent optical waves. The fabrication of semiconductor devices and integrated circuits. Thin film deposition techniques, solid-state diffusion and photolithographic applications and design and fabrication of integrated capacitor and resistor circuits. One hour lecture-discussion and two three-hour laboratory a week each semester. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Senior standing. Three credits each semester. E.E. 390. Topics in Electrical Engineering Selected topics in the field of electrical engineering. These may include one or more of the following: information theory, signals and noise, network synthesis, magnetic and non-linear circuits, direct energy conversion systems, cryogenics, electrodynamics, plasma physics, digital circuits and systems. Three hours class a week. Prerequisite: Senior standing and special permission. Three credits E.E. 395 . . 396. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Page 155 E.E. 397. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) Materials Engineering Ma. E. 102. Materials Science Introduction to the structure, properties and behavior of solid materials - metals, polymers and ceramics. The ionic, covalent and metallic bond, atomic packing, structure and imperfections. The thermodynamics and mechanical behavior of structures. Three hours class a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 201. Three credits Ma. E. 211. Crystallography Repetition theory and translational and rotational symmetry. Derivation of the crystal classes. Combination of symmetry operations involving reflections and inversions. The symmetrical plane and space lattices. The coordinate systems of crystallography and crystal forms. Practical determination of point-group symmetry. The algebra of operations. Space groups. Equivalent positions in space groups. The determination of space groups. Group theory and its application to point symmetries. Three hours class a week. Three credits Ma. E. 212. x . .Ray Diffraction X-rays and their properties. Directions and intensities of diffracted beams. Laue, Debye-Scheirer, Diffractometer, Rotating, Oscillating, Weissenberg and Precession Methods. Outline of crystal structure analysis. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Ma.E. 211. Three credits �Page 156 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ma. E. 242. Physical Metallurgy Structure and properties of pure metals, constitution, structure, and properties of alloys, mechanical and thermal treatments of metals and alloys. Three hours .class a week. Prerequisite: Ma.E. 102. Three credits Ma. E. 321. Phase Equilibria Thermodynamics approach to phase equilibria, the phase rule, and polymorphism. Theory of alloy phases. Order-disorder phc nomena. Binary and ternary phase diagrams and their application to Materials Science. Three hours class a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 342. Three credits Ma. E. 322. Crystal Growth and Defects A broad look at the important phenomena involved in the growth and perfection of crystalline solids. Vapor, melt, solution and gel growth methods, as well as defect thermodynamics will be studied. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 342. Four credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 157 Ma. E. 390. Special Topics in Materials Engineering Selected topics in the field of materials engineering. These may include one or more of the following: x-ray diffraction, crystal structure analysis, phase equilibria, crystal growth, metallurgy, ceramics, etc. Three hours lecture-discussion a week. Prerequisite: Senior standing and special permission. One to three credits Ma. E. 395--396. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Ma. E. 397. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) Ma. E. 331. Crystalline Anisotropy Groundwork of crystal physics and transformation of secondrank tensors. Paramagnetic and Diamagnetic susceptibility. Electric Polarization. Stress, strain and thermal expansion. Elasticity and fourth-rank tensors. Matrices. Thermodynamics of equilibrium thermal conductivity, and thermoelectricity. Three hours class a week. Three credits Ma. E. 382. Materials Engineering Instrumentation Laboratory The application of X-ray methods in Materials Engineering. X-ray spectrometers and spectrochemical analysis. Techniques for quantitative analysis. The Electron Probe and microanalysis. Techniques for quantitative analysis. Applications. Two three-hour lecture-laboratories per week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 221. Three credits Mechanical Engineering M.E. 211. Mechanics I. Statics Study of force systems in equilibrium: catenary; friction; first and second moments of areas, volumes, masses; centroids. Three hours class a week. Prerequisites: Phys. 201, Math 111. Three credits M.E. 212. Mechanics II. Dynamics Laws of motion, rectilinear and curvilinear, for a particle and a rigid body. Work-energy; impulse-momentum. Three hours class a week. Prerequisite: M. E. 211. Three credits �Page 158 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 159 Eng. 153. Survey of English Literature ENGLISH Professor Fiester, chairman; Professor Rizzo; Associate Professors Groh, Lord, Terry; Assistant ·Professors Gutin, Kaska, DeArment, Mistichelli, F. Allen, Heaman, Swartchild, M. Allen, Boyle, Greenwald, Craddock, Holm, Moran, Kish; Instructors Molley, R. Roberts, Geist, Tyburski, Williams, Pasquarelli. Eng. 101. Composition Principles of exposition; collateral reading; writing of themes. Three credits Eng. 102. Composition Principles of exposition continued; collateral reading; writing of themes; research paper. Prerequisite: Eng. IO I. Three credits Eng. 131. Fundamentals of Speech 1 A basic course in the preparation and delivery of short speeches. Two credits Eng. 132. Argumentation & Debate 1 Training in the fundamentals of argumentation and debate. Practice in gathering and organizing evidence and supporting materials. Two credits Eng. 151. Western World Literature Survey of western world literature to the beginning of the eighteenth century; lectures, quizzes, conferences. Prerequisite: Eng. 102, or equivalent in composition. Three credits Eng. 152. Western World Literature Survey of western world literature from the eighteenth century to the present. Prerequisite: English 151. Three credits 1 Credit for only one of the three courses, Eng. 131, Eng. 132, and Th. Arts 131, will be accepted toward graduation requirements in any degree program. A study of the works and movements in English literature from the Anglo Saxon period through the eighteenth century. Prerequisite: English I 02. Three credits Eng. 154. Survey of English Literature A study of the works and movements in English literature from the Romantic movement to the present. Prerequisite: English 153. Three credits Eng. 201. Literary Analysis and Critical Writing Study and practice in the techniques of literary analysis and critical writing. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. Three credits Eng. 203. Creative Writing Training in the selection and use of materials for writing the short story; attention is also given to some poetic forms and to the writing of short plays. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. Three credits Eng. 204. History of the English Language Study of the origins of the English language and of the principal phenomena of later development. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 213. Chaucer Study of Chaucer's life and major works, including The Canterbury Tales and Troilus and Criseyde. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng.221.Shakespeare A study of selected plays; written reports on others not studied in class. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits �Page 160 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Eng. 31 0. Medieval English Literature A study of English literature to 1500, exclusive of Chaucer and the drama. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 320. Tudor Prose and Poetry Study of English non-dramatic literature from 1485 to 1603. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 354. Romantic Prose and Poetry Study of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Shelley, Keats, and Byron, with related prose writers of the Romantic Period. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 360. Victorian Prose and Poetry Eng. 321. Early English Drama Study of the drama from the tenth century to 1642; reading of plays by pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan dramatists exclusive of Shakespeare. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 330. Seventeenth Century Prose and Poetry A study of the non-dramatic literature of the period. Prerequisite: English 152. Three credits Readings in Tennyson, Browning, Arnold, and other significant \Hiters of the Victorian Age. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 366. Later English Novel The major novelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 370. Modern Poetry Study of the major English and American poetry of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 335. Milton A study of Milton's poetry and major prose. Prerequisite: English 152. Three credits Eng. 372. Modern Novel Eng. 341. Restoration & Eighteenth Century Drama Study of the drama from 1660 to 1780. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 343. The Eighteenth Century The chief poets and essayists of the eighteenth century. Includes Swift, Pope, and Johnson. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 345. Early English Novel Page 161 . English prose fiction of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries; rise of the novel to the close of the eighteenth century. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Study of the major English and American novels of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 374. Modern Drama Study of important dramatists, European and American, from the time of Ibsen. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 381. American Literature I A study of American literature to the Civil War. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits �Page 162 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Theater Arts Eng. 382. American Literature II A study of American literature from the Civil War to the present time. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 395 . . 396. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Eng. 397. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) Page 163 Th. Arts 101. Approach to Theater Attention will be directed to the importance of the dramatic imagination in reading and viewing plays, with the objective of developing a critical appreciatio.n of the theater. Emphasis will be on forms of the play, structure of the playhouse, type of audience, and influence of society on theater of various ages, from pre-Shakespearean to the present. Lecture-discussion-demonstration. Three credits Th. Arts 131. Speech for the Stage Students will receive instruction and experience in diction, deli\'cry, interpretation. Classroom exercises will be assigned. This course is designed for those students especially interested in the theater and may be substituted for Eng. 131 or 132. Credit toward graduation requirements in any degree program may be granted for one speech course only. Two credits Journalism Jour. 101. News Writing I A beginner'., course in gathering and writing news. Topics incluck: definition of news, writing leads and building the story, law of libel, and news sources. Students make comparative study of and r<'port on representative papers of the United States, both dailies and weeklies. There is constant practice in writing, with weekly news assignments. Fee: $10. Three credit'> Jour. 102. News Writing II A course in advanced news writing designed as a follow-up to those who have had Journalism 101 (Basic News Writing) or its equivalent. Topics include: writing the human interest and featuretype article; specialized reporting and introductory copyreading. There is constant practice in writing, with weekly news assignments. Fee: $10. Prerequisite: Jour. 101 or approval of instructor. Three credits Th. Arts 210. Acting for the Educational Theater S1udents will study the art of creating a variety of characters for the stage through the use of vocal interpretation and physical movement. Each student will extend his acting range and experil'ncc by performing various roles in selected drama tic scenes for classroom evaluation. Three credits Th. Arts 241. Production The student will study the influences of social changes upon methods of staging and will explore the many facets of theatrical production. He wilJ learn to translate the concept of the playwright into physical actuality and will learn to adapt a production to the rrquircmrnts of a stage. Class and workshop. Three credits Th. Arts 250. Stagecraft The student will study crcativ£' concepts and theories in the evolution of dramatic writing, staging of plays, and methods of acting �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Page 164 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES that affect the modern theater. Special attention will be given to Theater of Alienation, Theater of Cruelty, and Theater of the Absurd. Three credits Th. Arts 260. Documentary Drama The student will study scripts dramatizing issues and problems relating to man's opinion of himself, of his society, and his world. He will analyze and evaluate material presented on stage, on film, and on television. Three credits Th. Arts 330. Theater History The student will study the historical development and background of theatrical art from ancient times to the present. Emphasis will be on structure of the playhouse and influence of society on theater of various ages. Three credits Th. Arts 343. Lighting for the Stage The student will learn the principles of lighting a show so that he may use these principles in either simple or sophisticated lighting systems. He will work with instruments and equipment of the lighting technician. Three credits Th. Arts 344. Scene Design The student will study the nature and function of scenic art. Emphasis will be on contemporary theories and techniques, with special reference to stage designers Robert Edmond Jones, Jo Mielziner, Dor..ald Oenslager, Oliver Smith. Three credits Th. Arts 352. Directing: Fundamentals The course deals with play selection; the practical use of the stage; blocking; interpretation of a role; relation of performer and audience. There will be presentation by individual class members of exercises and scenes from plays, to demonstrate stage picturiza- Page 165 tion, dialogue, and movement. Each student must attend rehearsals, assist in the production, and write an analysis of a play or musical performed at the college. Class and workshop. Three credits Th. Arts 380--381. Theater Workshop This course is intended primarily for those who plan to work in educational theater. Each student will have the opportunity to prepare the full production of a short play for an audience: the student will cast and direct the play, he will plan and supervise the lighting, he will design the setting and supervise its construction for the production. The student will work closely with members of the theater staff. Three credits each semester Th. Arts 395--396. Independent Research Independent study and research under professional supervision for students interested in educational theater. One to three credits each semester Th. Arts 397. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. One to three credits. ( Maximum of three credits per student.) ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE Professor Bruch, coordinator; Associate Professor El Ashry; Instructors Gregory, Mattei. Env. Sci. 101. Introductory Earth Science A survey of contemporary research in the earth sciences with special emphasis on the interactions of man and his physical environment. Readings relate to the broad structure of the lecture sequence: the earth as a planet; the atmosphere and oceans; the solid earth; landscape and soil. A correlated laboratory program is designed to familiarize the student with natural phenomena and the underlying physical processes. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory. Fee: $20. Three credits �Page 166 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Env. Sci. 211. Geology An introductory course dealing with materials and surface fea tures of the earth and the significance to man of the pattern of their distribution and manifestation. Lectures and related laboratory work incl rn1e the follow l,"' g selected topics: minerals; igneous activity anci igneous rocks; weathering processes and soil formation; origin and correlation of sedimentary rocks; erosion by running water, glaciers and wind; oceans and shorelines; deformation of the earth's crust and theories of mountain building; metamorphism and metamorphic rocks; earthquakes and structure of the earth's interior; geologic time and the fossil record. Regional problems of geologic interest will also be considered and field trips to nearby geologic features will be included. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory. Fee: $20. Prequisite: Env. Sci. 10 I. Three credits Env. Sci. 232. Hydrology The physical and chemical properties o.f water; precipitation, and factors which determine the distribution and amount on a water shed; drainage systems and the climatic and geologic factors that establish them and modify them; runoff, infiltration, evaporation, and vadose, ground, and limnetic water; applications of hydrology and special topics such as rain making, control of evaporation, underground storage and leaching, flood control dams, and water pollution problems. Lecture, two hours and laboratory, twv hours. Fee: $20. Prequisite: Env. Sci. 101. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 167 and the human body; climatic changes. The fundamentals of weather observations, the analysis of weather maps and charts, and the statistical approach to climatic records for plans and design specifications will be developed in a correlated laborato y program. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory. Fee: $20. Prequisite: Env. Sci. 101. Three credits Env. Sci. 282. Space Science A survey of contemporary knowledge of astronomy from the fringe of earth's atmosphere to the farthest galaxies. Elements of potential theory and rocketry are included to enable the student to evaluate the aims and capabilities of space flight programs. The lecture sequence follows the broad structure: the fringe of space; the solar system; methods of probing outer space; stellar evolution, the galaxy and beyond. A correlated laboratory program is designed to familiarize the student with celestial coordinates and the physical processes underlying the interpretation of astronomical observations. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory. Fee: $20. Prequisite: Env. Sci. IO 1. Three credits Env. Sci. 395,..,396. Independent Research Independent study and research in the field of environmental science or on the environmental aspects of a problem in the field of the major. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the coordinator of the environmental science program. One to three credits Env. Sci. 251. Meteorology Env. Sci. 397. Seminar The physical elements and processes which comprise weather and climate are examined along with their distribution in space and time. Then the relationship between weather, climate and human activity is discussed in specific contexts: climate and water resources; climate and agriculture; weather factors in transportation, communications, and industry; climate and housing; climate Weekly seminars and discussion on specific problems resulting from the interaction of man and his environment. The extended program includes two lectures establishing necessary background. Prerequisite: For three credits, three courses in the environmental science program or senior status. For one credit, none. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) �Page 168 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES FINE ARTS DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 169 FA 204. Water Color Painting Professor Colson, chairman; Assistant Professors P. Richards, ffVorzon, Fuller, Jacobs, Simon, Casilli. A basic course in transparent water color painting. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 202. Three credits FA 101. Experiencing Art I FA 205. Advanced Painting Two and three dimensional studio work is planned for exploration of the creative process in a variety of media. Part of the general education program, this course is open to all students; no art experience is necessary. Lecture, three hours. Three credits FA 102. Experiencing Art II A continuation of FA 101. Prerequisite: FA IOI. Three credits FA 201. Color and Design A study of color systems which includes their physical, psychological, and sociological properties. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 102 or equivalent. Three credits FA 202. Drawing and Composition An introductory course which explores the potential of line, form, space, and texture with a variety of media. Studio problems include figure drawing, landscape, still life, and non-objective organization. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 20 I. Three credits FA 203. Oil Painting An introductory course; no art experience is necessary. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Three credits Increased emphasis on development of style and experimentation in contemporary art techniques. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 203. Three credits FA 206. Print Making An introduction of relief, intaglio, and planographic techniques including block printing, etching, lithography, and silk screen. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 202. Three credits FA 207. Advanced Print Making Individual experimentation using plastics, photographic techniques in silk screen and lithography. Increased emphasis for the development of a personal style. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 206. Three credits FA 210. Sculpture The study of traditional and contemporary approach to sculpture. Prerequisite: FA 211. Three credits FA 211. Modeling & Three Dimensional Construction An introductory course in three-dimensional expression; various materials are employed for experimentation with realistic and nonrealistic forms. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Three credits �Page 170 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 171 FA 212. Ceramics FA 311. Senior Exhibit Students explore the making of pottery by solid, coil, slab, cast ing, wheel, and primitive techniques; they experiment with a varict} of methods for surface decoration including slip, engobe, graffito. and underglaze. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Three credits A study of exhibition techniques climaxed by a showing of the student's work. Required of all Fine Arts majors in either the fall or spring semester of their senior year. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Two credits FA 213. Metalwork and Jewelry FA 332. Studio Problems A course in basic metalwork and jewelry techniques and design. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Three credits Provides advanced study and research for Fine Arts students. Lecture, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Two credits FA 214. Photography I FA 395--396. Independent Research An introduction to the fundamentals of photography; a study of tone, texture, viewpoint, depth of field, and simple subject consideration. The student will gain experience in basic darkroom techniques and also in several aspects of preparing photographs for exhibition, such as: lighting, exposure meter, and camera usage. Two lecture hours and two laboratory periods. Three credits Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits FA 223. History of Art I History of art from the prehistoric period through the Gothic era Three credits FA 224. History of Art II History of art from the Renaissance through the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: FA 223. Three credits FA 397. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) FOREIGN LANGUAGES (Modern) Associate Professor Seitz, chairman; Associate Professor Disque; Assistant Professors A. Belie, Ribas, deCubas, Marban, Sweeney, Fernandez; Instructors Serzan, Miller, Lovette, L. Belie, Lekstrom. FA 226. History of Contemporary Art A study of twentieth century art forms. Three credits FA 231. Contemporary Design A study of man's visual expression as conditioned by materials, technology, form, and function. Two credits French Fr. 101. Elementary French Introduction to French grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Students presenting two or more units from high school in French will not be granted credit for this course. Three credits �Page 172 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Fr. 102. Elementary French Continuation of Fr. 101. Students presenting two or more units from high school in French will not be granted credit for this course. Prerequisite: Fr. 101 or the equivalent. Three credits Fr. 203. Intermediate French Review of grammar; practice in oral and written French; selected readings of modern French prose. Prerequisites: Fr. 102 or the equivalent. Three credits Fr. 204. Intermediate French Introduction to French civilization; practice in oral and written French. Prerequisite: Fr. 203 or the equivalent. Three credits Fr. 205. Technical French Intensive practice in translating. A course des~gned _for stu_dents who wish to be able to read material in French m their particular fi elds of interest. Prerequisite: Fr. 203 or the equivalent. Three credits Page 173 Fr. 303. French Literature of the Seventeenth Century Study of classicism and the outstanding writers of the seventeen th century. Prerequisite: Fr. 301-302 or the equivalent. Three credits Fr. 305. French Literature of the Eighteenth Century Study of the literature and thought in the eighteenth century, with special emphasis on Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, and Rousseau. Prerequisite: Fr. 301-302 or the equivalent. Three credits Fr. 306. Nineteenth Century French Literature The Romantic Movement: a study of the revolt against the classic tradition leading to the triumph of the Romantic School, with emphasis on Chateaubriand, Constant, Lamartine, Hugo, Vigny, Musset, Balzac and Stendhal. Prerequisite: Fr. 301-302 or approval of department chairman. Three credits Fr. 206. French Conversation Fr. 307. Nineteenth Century French Literature Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records and language laboratory to acquire fluency in speaking French. Prerequisite: Fr. 204 or the equivalent. Three credits Naturalism and Symbolism: a study of the rise of naturalism and symbolism in the second half of the century with emphasis on Baudelaire, Zola, Flaubert, Leconte de Lisle, Verlaine and Rimbaud. Prerequisite: Fr. 301-302 or approval of department chairman. Three credits Fr. 301,.,302. Survey of French Literature A survey of the evolution of French literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general i~eas, literary genr_es, and outstanding writers of each century. Rcadmg of representative selections from different periods of French literature. Prerequisite: Fr. 204 or the equivalent. Three credits each semester Fr. 308. Contemporary French Drama The development of modern drama from the latter part of the nineteenth century to the present. Prerequisite: Fr. 301-302 or the equivalent. Three credits �Page 174 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 175 Fr. 350. Advanced French Grammar Intensive, in-depth review of grammar with emphasis on intracacies tending to cause persistent difficulties. Reading, writing and oral exercises significantly above Fr. 204 with goal of superior accuracy and proficiency. For majors and others with sufficient preparation. Prerequisite: Fr. 204 or the equivalent. Three credits Fr. 390. Foreign Language Methodology An opportunity for French language majors to synthesize their four years of study by examining language as a cultural device. Class sessions are supplemented by activities such as student teaching and language laboratory supervision. Prerequisite: Senior standing, permission of department chairman. Three credits Fr. 395,.,396. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits senting two or more units from high school in German will not be granted credit for this course. Prerequisite: German IOI or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 203. Intermediate German Emphasis on difficult grammatical construction and idioms. Reading of prose; practice in speaking and writing German. Prerequisite: Ger. 102 or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 204. Intermediate German Continuation of Ger. 203. Rapid reading of German works representative of German life and history; practice in writing and speaking German. Prerequisite: Ger. 203 or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 205. Scientific German Reading of selections from scientific German. Prerequisite: Ger. 203 or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 206. German Conversation Fr. 397. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) Emphasis laid on speaking, with drill in the colloquial vocabulary. Use of records and language laboratory to acquire fluency in speaking German. Prerequisite: Ger. 204 or equivalent. Three credits German. Ger. 101. Elementary German Ger. 301,.,302. Survey of German Literature Introduction to German grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Students presenting two or more units from high school in German will not be granted credit for this course. Three credits A survey of the literature of the important periods from the beginning to 1932. Prerequisite: Ger. 204 or equivalent. Three credits each semester Ger. 303. Goethe Ger. 102. Elementary German Continuation of German 10 I. Read ing of easy prose and poetry. Some stress on German culture, life., and customs. Students pre- Reading and interpretation of selected works of Goethe. Lectures and individual reports. Prerequisite: Ger. 301-302 or equivalent. Three credits �Page 176 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ger. 304. Schiller Poet of German idealism. Prerequisite: Ger. 301-302 or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 305. Nineteenth Century German Drama The German drama of the nineteenth century from Ludwig Tieck to Gerhart Hauptmann. Lectures and reports on the literary and cultural history of the times. Prerequisite: Ger. 301-302 or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 306. Modern German Short Story The modern German short story from naturalism to the present Individual reports; lectures on the cultural and literary history of the period. Prerequisite: Ger. 301-302 or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 307. The Age of Enlightenment The development of German Literature in the eighteenth century with emphasis on the works and theories of Lessing. Prerequisite: Ger. 301-302 or app. of the department chairman. Three credits Ger. 308. Twentieth Century Literature The study of the development of German Literature from the turn of the century until the present. Prerequisite: Ger. 301-302 or app. of the department chairman. Three credits Ger. 350. Advanced German Grammar Intensive, in-depth review of grammar with emphasis on intricacies tending to cause persistent difficulties. Reading, writing and oral exercises significantly above Ger. 204 with goal of superior accuracy and proficiency. For majors and others with sufficient preparation. Prerequisite: Ger. 204 or the equivalent. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 177 Ger. 390. Foreign Language Methodology An opportunity for German language majors to synthesize their four years of study by examining language as a cultural device. Class sessions are supplemented by activities such as student teaching and language laboratory supervision. Prerequisite: Senior standing, permission of the dept. chairman. Three credits Ger. 395--396. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Ger. 397. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) Spanish Sp. 101. Elementary Spanish Introduction to Spanish grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Students presenting two or more units from high school in Spanish will not be granted credit for this course. Three credits Sp. 102. Elementary Spanish Continuation of Spanish 101. Students presenting two or more units from high school in Spanish will not be granted credit for this course. Prerequisite: Sp. 101 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 203. Intermediate Spanish Review of grammar; practice in oral and written Spanish; selected readings from modern Spanish prose. Prerequisite: Sp. 102 or equivalent. Three credits �Page 178 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Sp. 204. Intermediate Spanish Introduction to Spanish civilization; practice in oral and written Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 203 or equivalent. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES- Page 179 Sp. 304. Nineteenth Century Spanish Drama Study of representative works of nineteen th century Spanish drama. Prerequisite: Sp. 301-302 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 305. Nineteenth Century Spanish Novel Sp. 205. Commercial Spanish The study of Spanish as it pertains to economic relations between the Spanish-speaking countries and the United States. Special emphasis on the writing of business letters. Prerequisite: Sp. 203 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 206. Spanish Conversation Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records and language laboratory to acquire fluency in speaking Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 204 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 208. Spanish-American Culture The cultural, economic, and political development of the SpanishAmerican countries. Prerequisite: Sp. 203 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 301-302. Survey of Spanish Literature A survey of the evolution of Spanish literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of Spanish literature. Prerequisite: Sp. 204 or equivalent. Three credits each semester Sp. 303. The Golden Age of Spanish Literature Study of the great authors of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. Prerequisite: Sp. 301-302 or equivalent. Three credits The development of the Spanish novel in the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: Sp. 301-302 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 306. The Generation of 1898 A study of the literary_renaissance that took place in Spain during the turn of the century. Prerequisite: Sp. 204 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 307. Cervantes and Don Quixote A study of the life and works of Cervantes with special emphasis on Don Quixote. Text analysis and interpretation. Later treatments of the Don Quixote theme in European culture. Open to nonmajors for whom suitable translations will be suggested. Prerequisite: Sp. 204 for majors, Eng. 151 for non-majors or permission of instructor. Three credits Sp. 308. Survey of Spanish American Literature A survey of the evolution of Spanish American literature from the discovery to the present. Reading of representative selections from outstanding writers of different periods and countries. Prerequisite: Sp. 204 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 350. Advanced Spanish Grammar General grammatical review; systematic, in-depth study of points of grammar that generally tend to cause persistent difficulties for the student; intensive reading, writing and oral exercises significantly above intermediate college level language courses. Prerequisite: Sp. 204 or equivalent. Three credits �Page 180 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 181 Sp. 390. Foreign Language Methodology Rus. 204. Intermediate Russian An opportunity for Spanish language majors to synthesize their four years of study by examining language as a cultural device. Class sessions are supplemented by activities such as student teaching and language laboratory supervision. Prerequisite: Senior standing, permission of the dept. chairman. Three credits Continuation of Rus. 203. Stress on conversational and written Russian to provide the student with confidence for self-expression and a basic active vocabulary. Practice in topical readings. Prerequisite: Rus. 203 or equivalent. Three credits HISTORY Sp. 395--396. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Professor Leach, chairman; Professors Kaslas, Cox; Associate Professor Rodechko; Assistant Professors Berg, Show, White, Meyers, Berlatski, Furlow. Hist. 101--102. History of World Civilization Sp. 397. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. ( Maximum of three credits per student.) Russian This course is designed as a survey of all the basic cultures of the world. The major portion of the course will be devoted to the development of western civilization. Attention will also be given to the part played by America in world history, especially during the expansion of Europe and in the twentieth century. Three credits each semester Rus. 101. Elementary Russian Basic systematic introduction to the grammatical essentials of Russian; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Three credits Rus. 102. Elementary Russian Hist. 207. American and Pennsylvania History to 1865 A general survey extending from the period of discovery and exploration to the end of the Civil War. Three credits Continuation of Russian 101. Graded elementary readings depicting the culture, life, and customs of the Russian people. Prerequisite: Rus. IO I or equivalent. Three credits Hist. 208. American History Since 1865 Rus. 203. Intermediate Russian Hist. 209. Ancient History: Near East A review of basic grammar followed by emphasis on advanced grammatical structure. Reading of selected prose, directed standardsituation conversation, and composition of Russian. Prerequisite: Rus. 102 or equivalent. Three credits A general survey covering the period from 1865 to the present. Three credits The birth of civilization in Mesopotamia and Egypt. Babylonian, Persian and Judaic backgrounds of western civilization. Attention will also be paid to certain lesser civilizations, with emphasis on the role of archeology. Three credits �Page 182 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Hist. 210. Ancient History: Classical World The direct Greco-Roman antecedents for western civilization will be developed, beginning with Mycenae, through Homer, the Golden age, Hellenistic world, and the rise and fall of Rome. Emphasis will be on the cultural contributions of each group and period to our present world. Three credits Page 183 Hist. 223. American Constitutional History A study of the origins of the American Constitution and the growth of the American constitutional system with special attention to the role of the Supreme Court. Prerequisite: Hist. 207, 208, and P.S. 102. Restricted to juniors and seniors. Three credits Hist. 211. Medieval Ages Consideration will be given to political, economic, cultural institutions and activities, and intellectual development in Medieval Europe to the early Renaissance. Three credits Hist. 226. Urban History A survey of the origins and development of the modern city. Primary emphasis is given to the evolution of the city in America and its influence on American society and culture. Reference is made to the cities of modern Europe and Asia primarily for comparative purposes. Three credits Hist. 212. The Renaissance and Reformation Within the political and economic framework of the period, study will be made of the culture of the Renaissance, the religious reform and conflicts resulting from the crisis in the sixteenth century. Three credits Hist. 221,., 222. American Social and Intellectual History A study of social and intellectual developments in the United States from the colonial period to the present time. During the first semester emphasis will be placed on the influence of the American environment during the colonial period and of expansion and sectional disputes in the federal period upon society and upon religious, economic, and political thought. During the second semester the influences of industrialization, the rise of nationalism, and the emergence of the United States as a World Power will be emphasized. Prerequisite: Hist. 207 and 208. Three credits each semester Hist. 235,.,236. History of the Far East A study of the history of the civilizations developed in India, China, and Japan with emphasis on their inter-relations and distinctive characteristics and on their transformation in response to the penetration of western civilization from the sixteenth century om\ard. Some attention will be given to similar developments and changes among the countries of Southeast Asia. Fall semester: to c. 1760. Spring semester: 1760 to the present. Three credits each semester. Hist. 24 J,., 242. History of Great Britain and the British Empire and Commonwealth A study of British history from the Neolithic period to present times. The first semester will cover social, economic, and political developments to 1783, including expansion overseas. The second semester will cover the consequences of the industrial revolution and the evolution of the Empire into the Commonwealth. Three credits each semester �Page 184 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Hist. 327 --328. History of the Foreign Policy of the United States A study of the evolution of the several policies that give direction to the relations of the United States with other nations. Prerequisite: Hist. 207 and 208. Three credits each semester. Page 185 Hist. 353--354. Early Modern Europe 1648 ... 1815 Topics include the absolutism of Louis XIV, the growth of Brandenburg-Prussia, the French Revolution and French Empire, the economic forces of mercantilism and the early Industrial Revolution. The growth of science and the Enlightenment will receive careful attention. Three credits each semester Hist. 3 31. Colonial America Discovery, exploration and settlement; development of social, political, religious and intellectual institutions; independence and political reorganization. Prerequisite: Hist. 207. Three credits Hist. 355. Europe in the Nineteenth Century A study of the political, social, and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. Three credits Hist. 332. The National Period A study of the political and economic history of the United States from 1783 to 1865. Special attention will be given to the evolution of sectional differences and the culmination of these differences in intersectional warfare. Prerequisite: Hist. 207. Three credits Hist. 356. Europe in the Twentieth Century Against a background of the internal and international developments of the leading powers, the class will study the origins and results of the two World Wars. Three credits Hist. 333. The Age of Big Business, 1865--1914 A study of the political and economic history of the United States from 1865 to 1914. Special attention will be paid to the period of congressional dominance and the restoration of presidental power at the turn of the century; the economic, social and political consequences of the industrial revolution; and the rise of urban America. Prerequisite: Hist. 208. Three credits Hist. 357. History of Russia to 1815 A brief review of demographic and geographic factors will be used as background for a study of the political, social, and intellectual history of Russia from early times to 1815. Three credits Hist. 358. History of Modern Russia Hist. 334. Twentieth Century America The emergence of the United States as an industrial, urban world power and the corresponding development of its political, economic, social, religious, and intellectual institutions. Prerequisite: Hist. 208. Three credits A thorough examination of nineteenth century Imperial Russia will serve as a basis for a detailed study of the development of Russia in the twentieth century. Emphasis will be OP the origins and political, social, and cultural evolution of the Soviet State from its inception to the present. Three credits �Page 186 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Hist. 3 71. Historiography and Research An introduction to historical research and writing. The writings and ideas of major historians of past and present are examined. The student is exposed to research methods, particularly in the area of primary sources, and to the construction and criticism of the historical monograph. Prerequisite: Approval of the instructor Three credits Page 187 Math. 101,..,102. Fundamentals of Mathematics I & II A mathematics appreciation course designed to give students a general background in mathematical concepts. It is intended for those who will not take other courses in mathematics. Not open to students with credits in Math. 103-104. Three credits each semester Hist. 381. History of Latin America Math. 1OJ,..,104. Mathematics for Elementary School Teachers I and II A survey of Latin American history from colonial times to the present. Problems discussed include the influence of Spanish colonialism in the area, the problems of independent government and international relations, particularly with the United States. Three credits A study of the theory of arithmetic, structure of the number systems, geometry, and other topics relevant to the teaching of mathematics in elementary schools. Not open to students with credits in Math. 101-102. Three credits each semester Hist. 395,..,396. Independent Research Math. 111,.., 112. Analysis I and II Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Calculus or functions of a real variable. Topics include: functions, limits and continuity, differentiation, integration and their applications, infinite sequences and series. Prerequisite: Math. 100 or fulfillment of the mathematics requirements for entrance into the programs of biology, chemistry, engineering, mathematics, and physics. Four credits each semester Hist. 497. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the instructor is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) MATHEMATICS Professor Wong, chairman; Associate Professors T. Richards, Earl, Mitra; Assistant Professors DeCosmo, Salsburg, Sours, Jahr, Torelli, Wilks, J. Wasileski, Tillman; Instructors Kravitz, Como. Math. 100. Pre,..,Calculus Mathematics A remedial course in advanced algebra and trigonometry designed to prepare students for calculus. Content of this course should normally be studied in secondary school. Prerequisite: Two years of secondary school ma them a tics in algebra and geometry. Four credits Math.211,..,212. Intermediate Analysis I and II Introduction to calculus of functions of several variables, elementary linear algebra, differential equations. Prerequisite: Math. 112. Four credits each semester Math. 222. Set Theory and Logic Designed to provide the logical and set theoretical prerequisites for the upper level courses in analysis, algebra, and topology. Topics include: informal logic and propositional calculus, sets, relations, functions, axiom of choice and its equivalents, cardinal and ordinal numbers. Three hours lecture and one hour problemdiscussion per week. Prerequisite: Math. 211 or consent of department chairman. Three credits �Page 188 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Math. 232. Abstract Algebra for Elementary School Teachers A study of basic concepts of abstract algebra for elementary school teachers. Not open to students with credit in Math. 331. Prerequisite: Math. 104 or consent of instructor. Three credits Math. 243. Geometry for Elementary School Teachers A study of topics in informal geometry and measurements for elementary school teachers. Prerequisite: Math. 104 or consent of instructor. Three credits Math. 261. Introduction to Computer Science Introduction to basic concepts of computing equipment and its operations, algorithmic approach to problem solving, and basic concepts and technique of programming. Fee: $20. Three credits Math. 263. Fortran Programming Fortran IV programming, including advanced techniques with problems geared to the individual interests of students. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Math. 261 or consent of instructor. Three credits Math. 264. Cobol Programming Common Business Oriented Language programming, including advanced techniques with problems geared to the individual interests of students. Primarily intended for students majoring in business administration and accounting. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Math. 261 or consent of instructor. Three credits Math. 31 l ~ 312. Functions of a Real Variable I and II Topological preliminaries for analysis, sequences and series of functions, Riemann-Stieltjes integral, introduction to Lebesgue integral, Fourier series. Prerequisite: Ma th. 222. Three credits each semester DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 189 Math. 314. Functions of a Complex Variable Com~le~ functions, limit and continuity, analytic functions, Cauchy s mtegral theorem and formula, power series, Laurent expansion, residues. Prerquisite: Math. 311 or consent of department chairman. Three credits Math. 331. Introduction to Abstract Algebra I A study of elementary number theory, groups, rings, and fields. Prerequisite: Math. 222. Three credits Math. 334. Linear Algebra Vector spaces, linear transformations, matrices determinants, bilinear and quadratic forms, matrix polynomials. ' Prerequisite: Math. 222. Three credits Math. 343. Introduction to Geometry A stu~y o_f selected topics from Euclidean geometry, affine geometry, pro1ect1ve geometry, and convexity. Prerequisite: Math. 222. Three credits Math. 351~352. Probability and Mathematical Statistics I and II . ~andom variables, probability distributions, expectation and !1m1t theorems, estimation, testing statistical hypotheses, confidence mtervals. Prerequisite: Math. 222. Three credits each semester Math. 361~362. Advanced Calculus I and II Intended for physical science and engineering students. Topics to ?e select~d fror:1: vector integral and differential calculus, power senes, Founer senes, matrices, determinants, and eigenvalue problems. Prerequisite: Ma th. 212. Th:e~ credits each semester. Credit for mathematics majors by permission of department chairman only. �Page 190 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Math. 364. Numerical Analysis Math. 470. Reading Course Numerical methods of differentation, integration, solution of equations and of differential equations with emphasis on problems that lend themselves to solution on computers. Knowledge of computer is desirable but not required. Prerequisite: Math. 212. Three credits Individual study of an outstanding text under the supervision of a faculty member. Designed for students who have completed a substantial amount of course work in mathematics. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Senior standing and consent of department chairman. One to three credits Math. 365. Partial Differential Equations Linear, second order partial differential equations and boundary value problems, Fourier series and orthogonality, method of separation of variables. Prerequisite: Math. 212. Three credits Math. 480. Topics in Mathematics A study of topics of special interest. It may be a continuation and intensive study of topics begun in the upper level courses in analysis, topology, algebra, and probability. May be repeated for credit. Math.397.Seminar Presentation and discussion of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of department chairman. One to three credits Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Three credits MUSIC 1 Math. 413. Functions of Several Variables Professor Gasbarro, chairman; Associate Professor Chapline; Assistant Professors Garber, Santos, Fall, Nutaitis, A. Liva; Instructors Probert, Weber, Joseph, Balshaw. A modern treatment of calculus of functions of several real variables. Topics include: Euclidean spaces, differentiation, integration on manifolds leading to the classical theorems of Green and Stokes. Prerequisites: Math. 31 I and 334. Three credits Applied Music Individual and group instruction are offered at all levels of difficulty to students in piano, pipe organ, voice, and orchestral and band instruments. The student receives a series of fourteen lessons a semester. A performing examination before the music faculty is necessary if credit is to be obtained for such study. Math. 432. Introduction to Abstract Algebra II A continuation of Math. 331. Polynomial rings, ideals, field extensions and Galois Theory. Prerequisite: Math. 331. Three credits Students who are not music majors may receive one credit each semester for voice or instrumental study. No performing examination is necessary if credit is not desired by the student. The ability, interest, and progress of students intending to major in music will be evaluated at the end of the sophomore year by the music faculty. Students will be advised before the opening of the following semester if the faculty does not recommend a continuation of the music major. Math. 441. Introduction to Topology I Metric spaces, topological spaces, countability and separation axioms, compactness and connectedness, product spaces. Prerequisite: Math. 31 I. Three credits Math. 442. Introduction to Topology II A continuation of Math. 341. Hilbert spaces, Banach spaces, and Banach algebras. Prerequisite: Math. 441. Three credits Page 191 Fees for private instruction are in addition to the regular tuition charge. One credit each semester I There is a music fee of $10 per semester for all Music and Music Education majors. �P.age 192 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Mus. 101. Introduction to the Materials and Literature of Music I The materials of music and their interrelationships. Illustrations are derived from literature of all periods for the pu~pos~ of _developing understanding and enjoyment through perceptive hstenmg. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 193 Mus. 110. History of Music II A continuation of Mus. 109, beginning with J. S. Bach and tracing musical development to the present day. Twentieth century music will be emphasized in the final weeks of study. Three credits Three credits Mus. 111--112. Piano Class 1 and 2 Mus. 102. Introduction to the Materials and Literature of Music II A survey of performance literature extending fro1? the Baro_que period to the present. Directed listening to ill ustr~ tions of various media, forms, and styles characteristic_ of eac~ period for the purpose of stimulating critical judgment m the listener. Three credits Mus. 105--106--107--108. Theory of Music The study of the theory of music is centered upon three main principles: ( 1) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. (2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through keyboard harmony. (3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal techniques. The first two semesters of theory include ear training, two hours; solfeggio, two hours; harmony, one hour. The. third and f_ourth semesters include ear training, one hour; solfegg10, one hour, harmony, three hours. . There is no prerequisite for Mus. 105. Students may be admitted to Mus. 106, 107, and 108 by examination. Five credits each course Mus. 109. History of Music I A detailed study of the history of music from the beginning of civilization to the seventeenth century. Three credits Class instruction in piano. The classes will be divided into suitable groups according to proficiency. This course is required for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mus. 113--114. Piano Class 3 and 4 Advanced class instruction in piano. This course is a continuation of the required course for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. Prerequisite: Mus. 112. Two credits each semester Mus. 121--122--123--124. Band The band offers the student a varied program for concerts and for various athletic events. Students desiring to participate in the band should consult with the director. All instrumental music education majors are required to participate in the band for four years. One-half credit each semester Mus. 125--126--127--128. Chorus The chorus offers the student a complete range of sacred and secular choral music. Students desiring to participate in the chorus should consult with the director. All music education majors studying voice or piano are required to participate in the chorus for four years. One-half credit each semester �Page 194 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 195 Mus. 131--132--133--134. Orchestra Mus. 395--396. Independent Research Participation in the Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra gives the student experience in the complete range of symphonic literature. Students desiring to participate in the orchestra should consult with the director. One-half credit each semester Independent_ study and research for advanced students in the field of the ma1or under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Mus.397.Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) Mus. 215. Instrumentation The instruments of the modern symphonic orchestra, their capabilities and limitations. The technique of scoring for small instrumental combinations; transposition and clef manipulation. Prerequisite: Mus. 108 or the approval of the chairman of the department. Two credits MUSIC EDUCATION 1 Mus. Ed. 101--102. Clarinet Class and Methods Methods of teaching and instruction in the clarinet. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mus. 216. Orchestra and Band Arranging Scoring for the large orchestra or the modern symphonic band. The student may select his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Mus. 215. Two credits Mus. Ed. 103--104. Brass Class and Methods Methods of teaching and instruction in the brass field. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mus. Ed. 105. Woodwind Class Methods Mus. 217. Analysis The technique of composition as disclosed by melodic, harmonic, and structural analysis of music in varied styles and from diverse periods. Prerequisite: Mus. 108 or equivalent as demonstrated by an examination. Two credits Mus. 218. Counterpoint A study of the sixteenth century art of contrapuntal writing as found in the styles of Palestrina, di Lasso, and Ingegneri. Prerequisite: Mus. 108. Three credits A cla~s conducte~ as an introduction to the teaching of such wood-wmds as clarmet, oboe, flute, and bassoon, with demonstrations of the class teaching of these instruments. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mus. Ed. 106. Brass Class Methods A class in brass is conducted as an introduction to the teaching of such brass instruments as trumpet, French horn, trombone, bari~one, and tuba, with demonstration of the class teaching of these mstruments. No prerequisite. Two credits 1 Th~re is a music fee of $10 per semester for all Music and Music Education maiors. �Page 196 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Page 197 Mus. Ed. 121. Violin Class and String Methods Mus. Ed. 202. Secondary School Music Methods A class in violin playing and in the teaching of string instruments. No prerequisite. Two credits ~he course is planned to provide a preparation for teaching the vanous aspects of music in the secondary school. Prerequisite: Junior class standing. Two credits Mus. Ed. 122. Viola Class and String Methods A class in viola playing and in the teaching of string instruments. No prerequisite. Two credits Mus. Ed. 123. Violoncello and Bass Class and String Methods A class in the playing of the violoncello and the bass and in the teaching of string instruments. No prerequisite. Two credits Mus. Ed. 125. Percussion Class Methods A class in the fundamentals of percussion performance and demonstrations of class teaching. No prerequisite. Two credits Mus. Ed. 127,, 128. Voice Class and Methods A course in the fundamentals of voice production: breathing, breath control, elementary study of vowel forms, and consonants. · Elementary songs are used to develop the student's own voice as well as to train him in voice pedagogy. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mus. Ed. 201. Elementary School Music Methods The course involves a general preparation for the teachers of music in the elementary grades. It entails a study of the principles, procedures, and objectives in school music. Prerequisite: Junior class standing. Two credits Mus. Ed. 209,,210. Conducting and School Music Materials Th~ developn:en t o~ an adequate baton technique and the preta t10n of vanous kmds of school music material, stressing parttcularly elementary and high school instrumental materials the first semester and high school choral materials the second semester. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester :n Mus. Ed. 340. Professional Semester in Music Education Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare for the teaching of music in elementary and secondary schools. Fee: $20. To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, students m:i~t sec~re the recommendation of the department chairman in their ma1or and the approval of the Education Department chairman. Students may schedule late afternoon or evening classes during the professional semester. Prerequisite: Ed. 201. Eight credits FOR TRANSFER AND CERTIFICATION PURPOSES, CREDIT WILL BE ASSIGNED AS FOLLOWS: Mus. Ed. 343. General Classroom Methods A study of various instructional procedures used in public school classrooms. One credit Mus. Ed. 344. Multi,,Sensory Techniques in the Teaching of Music A study of the use of multi-sensory aids in the teaching of music in elementary and secondary schools. One credit �Page 198 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Mus. Ed. 346. Student Teaching in Music A course in the observation and student teaching of vocal or instrumental music in elementary and secondary schools. Six credits NURSING EDUCATION Associate Professor McHenry, chairman; Professor Jessee; Instructors Knaub, Porter, Rowlands. Enrollment in all of the following courses with the exception of N.E. 104 is limited to graduate nurses. N.E. 103. History and Trends in Nursing A general survey of the history of nursing with emphasis upon the religious, social, and educational factors that have stimulated its development. Discussion of present problems in nursing and trends or patterns that emerge in the efforts to solve these problems. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 199 N.E. 107. Principles and Methods in Nursing Education This course deals with the selection and organization of teaching materials and learning experiences. It includes the appraisal of effective methods of teaching and the evaluation of student progress and achievement. Prerequisite: Psych. I 02 or permission of instructor. Two credits N.E. 108. Multi--Sensory Techniques in Nursing Education A study of the use of multi-sensory teaching aids in nursing education. Prerequisite: N. E. 107 (may be taken concurrently). One Credit N.E. 112. Field Experience in Supervision or Teaching Supervised observation and practice in a hospital. Prerequisite: Approval of adviser. Four credits N.E. 113--114. Medical and Surgical Nursing N .E. 104. Community Resources A survey of the functions and activities of agencies and organizations contributing to the health and social welfare of the citizens of the community. Two credits Advanced study of nursing principles and techniques as applied to the expert nursing care of medical and surgical patients. Offered in two semesters. Two credits each semester N.E. 209. Psychiatric Nursing N .E. 106. Supervision and Administration A discussion of the basic principles of supervision and administration with emphasis upon democratic leadership and the development of constructive interpersonal and interdepartmental relationships. Two credits In the psychiatric setting, skills and understandings pertinent to the nursing care of patients are developed with emphasis on the relationship of the nurse both to the individual patient and to groups of patients. Care of the patient is discussed in the larger context of family and community. Lectures and hospital experience. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Six credits �Page 200 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Phil. 230. Aesthetics PHILOSOPHY-RELIGION .. hairman· Associate Professors Kay, Williams; Professor S. Vu]lca, c J 'd. . Ad1·unct Professor Barras. Assistant Professors Henson, ar me, Philosophy Phil. 101. Introduction to Philosophy Page 201 . A critical examination of contemporary problems in the philosophy of art. Attention will be focused upon the problems of defining the nature of art and the artistic process, methods and standards in evaluating works of art, the role of aesthetic theory, the identity and ontological status of the aesthetic object, perception and the aesthetic attitude, and the nature and role of aesthetic judgments. Three credits d function of philosophy, and An introduction to the ~atu;~ anfields of human interest. The its relations to some of t e. o 1 er blems as: the nature and origin approach is throu_gh such tf pta ~ob dy freedom of the will, the of life, the relation of mm an o t 'for theism This course is theories of right and wrong, argumen s . a prerequisite to all advanced philosophy courses. Three credits Phil. 240. Social and Political Philosophies Social and political institutions as seen by such classical critics as Plato, Aristotle, Hobbes, Hume, Burke, Bentham and others. Special attention to analysis of the problems of censorship, relation of church and state, prejudice, aims and methods of democratic institutions. Three credits Phil 102. Logic and Scientific Method . • . . d echni ues of clear and sound thmkElementary prmc1plfes_ adn t_ nqd deductive reasoning; recog. G 1 les o m ucttve a . h d mg. enera ru f . tific knowledge, its met o s, nition of fallacies; the nature o sc1en its aims, its presuppositions. Three credits d d for ·ud ing the rightness or wrongA critical study of stan ar _s Jh tgmen ought to do. A survey A inquiry mto w a . . d ness of con uct. n 1 h . ·th the emphasis on thetr apphca. thica t eones w1 . d of representative e . . in the social economic, an tion to currently controversia1 issues ' political fields. Three credits Three credits The major trends in philosophic thought from the Renaissance to the end of the nineteenth century, with special emphasis on: Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz, Locke, Berkeley, Hume, Kant, Hegel, Schopenhauer, Comte, Bentham, and Mill. Three credits Phil. 270. Contemporary Philosophy .. . • . roblems that arise when rehg10n is An examination of v_anou~? fl tion The nature and forms made the object of phtlosop 11ct_re eocf fai~h and reason; arguments . . ·ence· the re a 10n f · of rehg1ous expen 'h bl f evil· the argument or 1mfor God's existence; t e pro em o ' mortality. Three credits A study of the development of Western thought from Thales to Occam with special attention to such key thinkers as Plato, Aristotle, Democritus, Plotinus, Thomas Aquinas and Duns Scotus. Phil. 260. History of Modern Philosophy Phil. 210. Ethics Phil 220. Philosophy of Religion Phil. 250. Ancient and Medieval Philosophy A critical examination of current trends in philosophy, with special emphasis on: British and American realism; pragmatism; positivism; contemporary Marxism; existentialism; and linguistic analysis. Major philosophers to be studied: James, Dewey, Moore, Husserl, Russell, Carnap, Santayana, Whitehead, Heidegger, Sartre, and Wittgenstein. Three credits �Page 202 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 203 Phil. 31 O. Philosophies of History Phil. 360. Symbolic Logic A study of the various interpretations of history. The views of Augustine, Vico, Rousseau, Kant, Hegel, Marx, Comte, Spengler, Schweitzer, Toynbee, Sorokin, Niebuhr and others on the meaning of historical events. Three credits An introduction to the methods, techniques, and problems of symbolic logic, from a philosophical point of view. The course will consist of a review of the propositional or sentential calculus, and a thorough examination of the predicate calculus, including identity, definite descriptions, and relations. Emphasis will be placed upon the concept of a formal system and axiomatization, as well as properties of deductive systems such as consistency, completeness, independence of axioms, and other formal properties. Prerequisite: Phil. 102 or consent of the instructor. Three credits Phil. 320. The Philosophy of Science A critical examination of the nature of science; meaning, verifiability and experimentation in the sciences; the principle of verifiability in Physics and Psychology; induction and the various interpretations of probability; causality and laws of nature, and the nature of explanation and justification. Three credits Phil. 330. Existentialism A close examination of the literature of the major existentialist writers, both theistic and atheistic, together with a consideration of its impact upon philosophy, religion, psychology, and art. Special attention will be given to the thought of Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Jaspers, Heidegger, Marcel, and Sartre. Three credits Phil. 395~396. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Phil. 397. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) Phil. 340. Studies in Plato A critical inquiry into some central issues of Plato's philosophy, such as the foundations of ethics, politics and scientific knowledge; the theory of forms; the nature of man and of the cosmos; and the nature of the philosophic enterprise. Prerequisites: Phil. 101 and 250 or the consent of the instructor. Three credits Phil. 350. Problems in Metaphysics A critical examination of one or more problems of ontology and cosmology as dealt with by both classical and contemporary metaphysicians. Problems to be considered may include the concepts of substance, existence, causality, God, space and time, the probkm of change and motion, free will and casual determinism, fatalism, the relationship between mind and body, and the nature of universals. Three credits Religion Rel. 200. Man's Religions Nature and origin of religion. Sacred literatures, beliefs, and rituals of the great historical and living faiths. A comparison of the more important features of the great religions. The contributions of religion to the development and preservation of cultural values. Three credits Rel. 201. The Literature of the Old Testament The course aims at giving the student an insight into the books of the Old Testament and the range and depth of the religious heritage received from Israel. The biblical message is studied in its dynamic context of the culture, geography and history of the ancient Near East. Three credits �Page 204 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Page 205 Rel. 202. The Literature of the New Testament P.E. 101--102--103--104. Physical Education An examination of the form and content of the books of the New Testament as literary products and as records of the faith that gave rise to the Christian Church. The teachings of Jesus and the Apostolic Church are studied against the background of their own time and examined in their significance for contemporary life. Three credits This course is designed to promote physical well- being and good health habits and to encourage participation in activities that will provide relaxation and exercise throughout life. Two hours each week. Rel. 212. Contemporary Trends in Religious Thought A study of the development of religious thought from "NeoOrthodoxy" to the "Death of God" theologies. The impact of scientism, linguistic philosophies and ecumenism on modern theologizing; the thinkers whose views will be considered include: Barth, Brunner, the Niebuhrs, Bultmann, Farmer, Weiman, Maritain, Buber, Sartre, Heidegger, Tillich, Rahner, Rubenstein, Altizer, Cox, Brown, and Weigel. Three credits PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE Professor Reese, chairman; Assistant Professors R. Schmidt, Saracino; Instructors Domzalski, Foster, Bloomberg. Because of the importance of health and the possession of a sound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students as a regular part of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of sport or exercise for each student are included in the program of physical education. Physical education is required of both men and women, except by statement of a physician, during the freshman and sophomore years. The College men at the beginning of each year are given a medical and a physical examination. The work in physical education includes soccer, football, basketball, baseball, volley ball, and other competitive games. The College women also are given a thorough medical and physical examination before entering upon the program of physical education. The work for women consists of such activities as dancing, basketball, and natural gymnastics. P.E. 105--106. Hygiene1 A study of present day health problems. The course undertakes to help students enjoy maximum health and happiness through better understanding of nutrition, infection, disease, nervous and mental disorders, and problems of parenthood. One hour each week. One credit each semester PHYSICS Professor Bellas, chairman; Professors Donahoe, Holden; Associate Professors Thomas, Nejib, Toole; Assistant Professors Morrow, Hostler, Bailey, Placek. Phys. 101--102. Physical Science A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the methods, concepts, and vocabulary of physics and applications of some of its outstanding principles to the needs of the individual and the community; and the manner in which the continually expanding frontiers of science affect our future way of life. Lecture, demonstration, and discussion three hours a week. Prerequisite: Background in Science and Math. not necessary. Three credits each semester Phys. 105--106. Introductory Physics An introductory course designed to promote an understanding of the more important fundamental laws and methods of the major sections of physics. Laboratory work to emphasize basic principles and to acquaint the student with measuring instruments and their use as well as the interpretation of experimental data. First semester: mechanics, wave motion, sound, and heat. Second semester: electricity, magnetism, and optics. Three class hours and one three-hour laboratory each week. Fee: $20 each semester. Four credits each semester I Class instruction in personal hygiene is required of all students, even those excused by physicians from taking physical education. �Page 206 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 207 Phys. 201. General Physics I Phys. 240. Thermodynamics A thorough grounding in the concepts, principles, and physical laws of Mechanics, Thermodynamics, and Acoustics. Instruction by demonstration lecture, recitation, and experimental work. Demonstration lecture two hours a week recitation one hour a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $20. ' Four credits The fundamental concepts of thermodynamics. The first and second laws of thermodynamics, Carnot cycle, entropy, and an introduction to statistical mechanics. Three hours lecture-discussion. Prerequisite: Phys. 202. Three credits Phys. 307. Topics in Theoretical Physics Phys. 202. General Physics II Continuation of Phys. 201. Electricity and Magnetism, and Optics and Light. Demonstration lecture two hours a week, recitation one hour a week, and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 201. Four credits Phys. 203. General Physics III Continuation of Phys. 201 and 202. Modern physics. Including the experimental basis, concepts, and foundational principles of modern atomic and nuclear physics. Demonstration lecture three hours a week. Prerequisite: Phys. 202. Three credits Phys. 230. Optics and Light The principles of geometrical and physical optics are considered in considerably greater detail than in the introductory course. Image formation, refraction, diffraction, origin of spectra, polarized light, optical activity, etc. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 202. Four credits Phys. 231,.,232. Electronics A study of vacuum tubes, transistors, and their application in circuits for rectification, amplification, oscillation, switching, etc. Two hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20 each semester. Prerequisite: Phys. 202. Three credits each semester Selected topics depending upon the interests of the instructor and students. Topics might include advanced mechanics, fluid mechanics, electromagnetic theory, relativity, etc. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Math. 362 or approval of the instructor. Three credits Phys. 311,.,312. Mechanics Intermediate level courses designed to develop a thorough understanding of the principles of mechanics and the application of mathematical methods to the solution of its problems. Topics include Newtonian motions of particle systems (such as a harmonic oscillator, central force problems, etc.), rotations of rigid bodies, moving coordinate systems, continuous media, inertia and stress, tensors, Lagrange's equations of motion (theory of small vibrations). Recitation lecture three hours a week. Prerequisites: Phys. 202 and Math. 212. Three credits each semester Phys. 331,.,332. Electricity and Magnetism Static and dynamic electricity, magnetism, electromagnetism, thermoelectricity, etc., are covered in considerable detail. The emphasis in this course is on fundamental analysis rather than applications. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week each semester. Fee: $20 each semester. Prerequisites: Phys. 202 and Math. 212. Four credits each semester Phys. 351. Quantum Mechanics An introduction to the theoretical and mathematical aspects of quantum mechanics. Topics include Schrodinger's equation and its application to the harmonic oscillator, the potential-well, and �Page 208 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES the hydrogen atom problems; steady-state nondegenerate, degenerate, and time-dependent perturbation theory; angular momentum; identical particles and Pauli's exclusion principle; relativistic wave equation and the origin of electron spin. Three hours lecturediscussion. Prerequisites: Phys. 312, Math. 362. Three credits Phys. 361. Atomic Physics The structure of the atom, the photo-electric effect, crystal structure, X-rays, spectra, introduction to quantum theory. Class, three hours and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisites: Phys. 203, 311, 331. Four credits Phys. 370. Solid State Physics Selected topics, depending upon the interests of the instructor and students. For example, theory of electrical and thermal conductivity, semiconductors, bonding in solids, point defects, dislocation, magnetic properties, etc. Class, three hours. Prerequisites: Phys. 361, Math. 362, or approval of the instructor. Three credits Phys. 380. Nuclear Physics Special relativity, natural and induced radioactivity, nuclear structure, nuclear reactions, reactors, etc. Class, three hours and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 361. Four credits Phys. 391,.,392. Advanced Laboratory Students desiring to undertake laboratory work in topics of their own choosing should consult the department chairman. Lab fee: $7 per credit hour. Prerequisites: Phys. 203, Math. 212. One or two credits - Hours to be arranged Page 209 Phys. 395,.,396. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Phys. 397. Seminar Presentatio.ns and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) THE 400 SERIES COURSES ARE GRADUATE COURSES AVAILABLE TO UNDERGRADUATE SENIORS WITH PERMISSION OF THE INSTRUCTOR AND THE DEPARTMENT CHAIRMAN. Phys. 401,.,402. Methods of Mathematical Physics Study of different branches of Mathematics and their applications in Physics. Topics include: Ordinary and partial differential equations; Fourier series and integrals; Complex variables; Matrix methods; Green's functions; Tensor analysis; Group theory; and others. Three hours lecture-discussion. Prerequisite: Math. 362 or equivalent. Three credits each semester Phys. 471. Crystallography Repetition theory and translational and rotational symmetry. Derivation of the crystal classes. Combination of symmetry operations involving reflections and inversions. The symmetrical plane and space lattices. The coordinate systems of crystallography and crystal forms. Practical determination of point-group symmetry. The algebra of operations. Space groups. Equivalent positions in space groups. The determination of space groups. Group Theory and its application to point symmetries. Three credits �Page 210 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 211 Phys. 472. X~Ray Diffraction P.S. 201. Constitutional Law I X-rays and their properties. Directions and intensities of diffracted beams. Laue, Debye-Scheirer, Diffractometer, Rotating, Oscillating, Weissenberg and Precession Methods. Outline of crystal structure analysis. Laboratory, one period per week. Fee: $20. A course intended to show the growth of the American Constitution particularly United States governmental structure and relationships with special emphasis on change in the Constitution, the three branches of government, the Federal System, and the powers of the National Government. Prerequisite: P. S. IO I and 102. Three credits Prerequisite: Phys. 471. Three credits Phys. 473. Crystalline Anisotropy Groundwork of crystal physics and transformation of secondrank tensors. Paramagnetic and Diamagnetic susceptibility. Electric Polarization. Stress, strain and thermal expansion. Elasticity and fourth-rank tensors. Matrices. Thermodynamics of equilibrium thermal conductivity, and thermoelectricity. Three hours. Prerequisite: Phys. 472. Three credits P.S. 202. Constitutional Law II A course intended to show the growth of the American Constitution particularly the relations between the individual and his government with special emphasis on liberty against government, protection of civil rights, citizenship and its privileges. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102. Three credits P.S. 203. Politics and Political Parties POLITICAL SCIENCE Associate Professor Sugiyama; Assistant Professors Tuhy, Niehoff, Kwalwasser. A course intended to analyze the movements of political parties, elections, arid the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite : P. S. IO I and 102. Three credits P.S. 204. Public Opinion and Propaganda P .S. 101. Political Science I A broad, comprehensive introduction to the great topics which constitute political science, covering the nature and main elemen~s of the modern states, their politics, their institutions, and theu relations with one another. Three credits A study in the behavior of governance, including the factors which determine attitude, the formation and expression of public opinion, and propaganda as used by pressure groups. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102 and Soc. IOI and 102. Three credits P.S. 205. State Government P .S. 102. Political Science II A descriptive and analytical study of the theory and practice of American National Government including its constitutional basis, organization, powers, and functions and services. Three credits A broad, general course covering the structure, powers, and function of state governments in the United States. Special emphasis is placed on the Pennsylvania State Government. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits �Page 212 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES P .S. 206. Municipal Government A course undertaking the study of the organization, work, and administration of local government. Since the national government has assumed a new significance today, special attention is given to the relationship between local and national government. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits P .S. 207. Public Administration A study of the organization, activity, problems, and the recruitment policy of the public service. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 213 P.S. 212. Management of Municipalities A study of the underlying issues, problems, and concepts encountered in local government administration affecting urban change. Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and 102. Three credits P.S. 221. International Law A study of the development of the body of customs and rules which states have developed to govern their relations, with particular consideration for the responsibility of states for their enforcement. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Desideratum: United States and European history. Three credits P.S. 222. International Relations P .S. 208. Labor Legislation A course dealing with the role of government in the field of labor relations and with the laws affecting the conditions of employment and employee-employer relations. The course stresses the increasing importance of government in a field heretofore free of any regulation. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits P.S. 210. Government of Metropolitan Areas An examination of the politics and the processes of contemporary urban government, with special emphasis upon the complex problems presented by the rapidly expanding population in standard metropolitan areas. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits P .S. 211. Intergovernmental Relations An analysis of the evolution, growth, present status and characteristics, including problems, posed by the Federal syst m of grants-in-aid. Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and 102. Three credits An analysis of the major concepts, principles and factors involved in an understanding of international relations and foreign policies of nations. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Desideratum: Some knowledge of history, governments, and geography. Three credits P.S. 223. Comparative Government A comparative study of the various ·forms and kinds of governments that have developed in the modern world with primary attention directed toward Europe. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits P.S. 224. Soviet System of Government A course dealing with the structure and functions of the Soviet Government emphazing the contrasts and similarities in form with governments of the West. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits P.S. 225. International Organization A study of the growth of cooperative efforts toward international organizatio,n ; the nature, functions, and problems relating to international organization. Prerequisites: P.S. 101 and 102. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Page 214 - Page 215 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES P .S. 226. Government and Politics of Asia PSYCHOLOGY An analysis of the distinctive institutions, processes, and problems of political development and contemporary government in Asia, with emphasis on the post-independence era, and on Japan Professo_r Riley, ~hairman; Assistant Professor Stetten; Instructors Kanner, Pisaneschi, Irzinski, Hobrock, Katz, Sinco. and China. Prerequisites: P.S. 101 and 102. Three credits Psy. 101,.,102. General Psychology P .S. 251. The Role of Planning in Urban Development Origins and evolution of city planning, influences of urban growth, legal and institutional framework, and scientific and philosophical premises. Survey of city planning as it has evolved in the United States since 1800 in response to physical, social and economic problems. Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and 102. Three credits P.S. 252. Fundamentals of Urban Design A study of the principles of urban design and the use of space to achieve efficiency with maximum visual amenity. Prerequisite: P.S. 251. Three credits P .S. 25 3. Land Use Planning Law A course dealing in the law of city planning, nuisance, subdivision controls, eminent domain, urban renewal, and public aspects of real estate financing, with special emphasis on the relationship between implementing planning goals and the basis principles of constitutional law. Prerequisite: P.S. 251. Three credits P.S. 395,.,396. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits P .S. 397. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) ~n. introduction to the field of psychology with em hasis on ob1~ctive and systematic methods of inquiry. Extensive tre~tment of maJ?r ~sych_ologi?al topics such as sensation, perception, learnin moti~at10n, mtelhgence, and personality development. Frustratio!: confhct, and mental health also receive attention. Three credits each semester Psy. 201. A~vanced General Psychology . A more detailed study of topics treated only superficially in the mtr~ductory course. More attention will be given to learning ercept10n, and the emotions. ' p Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and 102. Some background in biology or physiology would be desirable. Three credits Psy. 203. Psychologic Theory A con_iprehe~sive ~urvey of classical and contemporary theories and their relat10nship to empirical research. Special emphasis is placed_ on attem~ts. to reconcile and translate these theories into operat10nal descriptions. Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits Psy. ~06~ S~stematic Psychology A historical introduction to the various points of view in recent psychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders in the field ~s. Watson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler. Prereqms1t~: Psy. 101 and 102 and one other course in psychology. Three credits Psy. 211--212. Experimental Psychology d A le~ture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the stuent with the methods and the results of modern psychological research. The course includes a study of several of the famous ex- �Page 216 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES periments in the field of psychology. Also included is p~actice with the older as well as the more recent methods of expenmental research. Lecture and laboratory. Fee: $20 each semester. Prerequisite: Psy. 214. Three credits each semester Psy. 213. Physiological Psychology A systematic study of the physiological mechanisms mediating behavior. Emphasis is on the neuro-physiological bases of sensation, perception, adaptation, motivation, emotion, learning, and memory. Methods and techniques used in the study of the nervous system and sensory and muscular systems will be investigated and demonstrated. Prerequisites: Psy. 101-102. Three credits Psy. 214. Sensation and Perception Various principles and phenomena of sensation and perception are studied within the visual, auditory, olfactory-gustatory, haptic, and bodily-orientation systems. An introduction to major perceptual theories is also given. Prerequisites: Psy. 101-102, 213. Three credits Psy. 215. Research Design and Analysis An introduction to the use of scientific methods as a means of studying behavior. Three credits Psy. 221. Child Psychology The course is designed to present a general view of the development and growth of the child. It is concerned primarily with the heredity and native equipment of the child and the ma mer in which this equipment is modified during childhood. Emotional development, language development, and social relations are considered. Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 217 Psy. 232. Human Behavior Human adjustment and maladjustment to life situations with emphasis on motivation, emotional control, personality formation, and the treatment of the lesser personality disorders. Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits Psy. 242. Psychological Tests A survey of the functions measured by psychological tests with emphasis on intelligence and personality. A variety of the group and individual tests which measure these functions are studied. This course is a prerequisite for Psy. 243 and Psy. 245. Prerequisites: Psy. 101-102. Three credits Psy. 243. Industrial Psychology An introduction to the industrial application of psychology in the selection, classification, and training of employees; reduction of monotony and fatigue; the maladjusted worker; accident prevention; work conditions; and employee motivation and morale. Prerequisite: Psy. 242. Three credits Psy. 245. Clinical Psychology A survey of the clinical method in psychology with consideration of diagnostic and treatment techniques and the role of the professional psychologist in various settings. Prerequisite: Psy. 242. Three credits Psy. 331. Abnormal Psychology A general survey of the principal forms of mental abnormalities, with emphasis on causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. Prerequisite: Psy. 221, 232 and permission of head of department. Three credits Psy. 395,., 396. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits �Page 218 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Psy. 397. Seminar DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 219 Ret. 214. Retail Buying Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) RETAILING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructor D'Zurko. Ret. 101. Principles of Retailing A basic course that discusses the opportunities in retailing; types of retail institutions; problems of store policy, store location; study of the organizational structure of department stores; organization and functions of all sto,re divisions. Three credits Ret. 210. Elements of Merchandise: Textiles Merchandise information; fibers and fabrics; history, production, manufacturing process from fiber to finished fabric; textile terminology, trade names. Identification, testing of fibers; care of fabrics; new developments. Study of natural, industrial and synthetic materials. Three credits Ret. 211. Merchandise Information: Non~Textiles Materials, other than textiles, used in the creation of merchandise are covered through the study of raw materials. Categories of merchandise covered include: leather goods, such as shoes, gloves, handbags, and luggage; floor coverings; glass, pottery, and china; and furniture. Three credits Ret. 212. Purchases and Merchandising Control The principles, techniques, and problems encountered in merchandising; purchase planning, markup, markdown, inventories and their control, turnover, retail method of inventory, and the types and limitation of stock control systems. Prerequisite: B.A. 115 or approval of instructor Three credits A study of the scientific principles of what, when, and how much to buy; a study of customer demand. Special attention is given to the technique of buying; markups, markdowns, stockturns, and other factors that are necessary to keep lines complete. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits Ret. 224. Recent Trends and Developments in Retailing Review of fundamentals; trends in retailing; study of developments in cooperation with retail store executives. Laboratory work; reports on trends and developments. Three credits Ret. 225. Retail Practice In cooperation with local stores, students interested in Retailing must be employed for an average of 12 to 15 hours a week during one term of the junior or senior year. During the period of employment, students will be required to submit reports concerning their work to the instructor; the store manager or personnel director is required to evaluate the students' ability and aptitude for retailing. Credit for the course given upon certification by the manager or personnel director of the co-operating store that students have satisfactorily completed their terms of employment. Students who wish to seek their own place of employment may be permitted to do so, provided the place of employment has been approved by the instructor. In general, this approval will be given to employment in department stores, independent stores, variety stores, chain stores, and specialty stores where students will receive a variety of experience, and the stores are of a sufficient size to provide adequate and diversified experience. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Three credits �Page 220 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY Professor Moravec, chairman; Assistant Professor Weinstein; Instructors O'Connor, Welliver. Soc. 101. Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology I Man in Society; a systematic view of sociology, providing essentials for an approach to questions about man in society; analysis of social processes, structures, and functions. Three credits Soc. 102. Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology II Man and Culture; a general survey of the field of anthropology stressing its cultural aspects; study of contemporary non-literate societies and their institutions. Three credits Soc. 200. The Family DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 221 Soc. 235. Crime and Juvenile Delinquency Evaluation of current theories and research into causative factors and sociological implications of criminal and delinquent behavior. Examination of problems, programs, and issues in prevention and treatment of deviant behavior. Prerequisite: Soc. 230, or permission of the instructor. Three credits Soc. 240. Medical and Psychiatric Sociology A general survey of the application of sociology in two fields: (1) medicine - social and cultural factors affecting health and illness, doctor-patient relationships, the role of the patient, the hospital environment; and (2) psychiatry - social factors affecting the diagnosis, etiology, and treatment of mental disorders, the mental hospital as a social system, community psychiatry. Prerequisites: Soc. 101 and 102, or permission of the instructor. Three credits Soc. 251. Fields of Social Work History and ethnological studies of family. Role of family in the development of the individual. Interrelation of church, state, and family. Social conditions and changes affecting the American family. Family instability and disorganization. Prerequisite: Soc. IO I and I 02 or permission of instructor. Three credits A survey of the main problems of social work and of agencies and methods that have developed to cope with them. The nature and requirements of the different fields of social work. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102 and Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits Soc. 215. Sociology of Urban Life Soc. 252. Comparative Social Welfare Systems The development of modern cities; effects of urban life upon social organization and personality patterns; major social problems of the cities. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102. Three credits Examination of the social welfare institution within a societal and cultural context. Exploration of historical and conflicting views on responsibility for developing measures to cope with social problems in North American, European, Asiatic, and African countries. Prerequisites: Soc. 101, 102, Psy. 101, 102. Three credits Soc. 230. Social Problems A survey of most pressing contemporary social problems and an examination of current theories of social disorganization. Prerequisite: Soc. 10 I and 102. Three credits Soc. 255. Introduction to Social Psychology A general survey of the field of social psychology. Social factors in human nature; psychology of individual differences; social inter- �Page 222 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES action; collective behavior, psychology of personality; social pathology. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102 and Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits Soc. 260. Personality and Social Structure Examination of current theories and research bearing upon the relationship between personality and social structure; contributions and convergent development in psychology, anthropology, and sociology. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102; Soc. 255. Three credits Soc. 265. Sociology of Industry An analysis of the formal and informal social organization of the work plant and of the relationship between modern industrial organization and the community. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102 and Ee. 101 and 102, or permission of the instructor. Three credits Soc. 270. Peoples and Cultures of the World A survey of the non-Western cultures of the world with an emphasis on one of the following areas: The Middle East, The Far East, South-East Asia, Africa, Australasia, Latin America. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102. Three credits Soc. 27 5. Sociology of Minorities A theoretical analysis of inter-group tensions and processes of adjustment with special reference to modern racial, national, and religious conflicts. Prerequisite: Soc. IO I and 102 and Psy. IO 1 and 102. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 223 Soc. 280. Sociological Theory . The aim. of the course is to provide the student majoring in soc10logy, or m one of the related fields, with a historical background necessary for ~nder~tandi~g o~ t!1e current trends in sociology as well as for clanficat1on of its d1stmct subject matter, problems, and methods. Prerequisite: Soc. 10 I and I 02 and two other courses in sociology or permission of the instructor. Three credits Soc. 395. Methods of Research in Sociology Introduction to sociological research; selected problems of research in social relations; interviewing techniques; questionaire design and case studies. Prerequisite: Approval of department chairman. Three credits Soc. 396. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a_ ~eve! significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequ1S1te: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Soc. 397. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) �~ bJ) <U ,-...◄ ,-...◄ 0 u ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 ,-...◄ ~ = = 0 rn ~ 0.) ~ 00 ~ ~ = = ~ 00 ~ ~ ~ 0 • P"""'I ~ ~ ~ ~ 00 0 • P"""'I ~ • P"""'I ~ ~ 0 ~ s= ~ < ~ ~ = ca ~ ~ ~ Kirby Hall is one of the three original buildings making up the campus. �Personnel of the College Board of Trustees Administration Faculty �Board of Trustees Commitment at Wilkes The political world is metamorphosed; new remedies must henceforth be sought for new disorders. To lay down extensive but distinct and settled limits to the action of the government; to confer certain rights on private persons, and to secure to them the undisputed enjoyment of those rights; to enable individual man to maintain whatever independence, strength, and original power he still possesses; to raise him by the side of society at large, and uphold him in that position; these appear to me the main objects of legislators in the ages upon which we are now entering. One set of men can perceive nothing in the principle of equality but the anarchical tendencies that it engenders; they dread their own free agency, they fear themselves. Other thinkers, less numerous but more enlightened, take a different view: beside that track which starts from the principle of equality to terminate in anarchy, they have at last discovered the road that seems to lead men to inevitable servitude. They shape their souls beforehand to this necessary condition; and, despairing of remaining free, they already do obeisance in their hearts to the master who is soon to appear. The former abandon freedom because they think it dangerous; the latter, because they hold it to be impossible. If I had entertained the latter conviction, I should not have written this book, but I should have confined myself to deploring in secret the destiny of mankind. ALEXIS DE TOCQUEVILLE Democracy in America ( 1840) ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK, Honorary Chairman Miss MARY R. KooNs, Honorary Member REUBEN H. LEVY, Honorary Member Loms SHAFFER, Chairman Vice-Chairman Second Vice-Chairman CHARLES H. MINER, JR., Secretary FRED R. DAVIS, Assistant Secretary NoEL CAVERLY, Treasurer WILLIAM L. CONYNGHAM, Assistant Treasurer THOMAS H. KILEY, JOSEPH J. SAVITZ, BENJAMIN BADMAN, JR. ROBERT MELSON DONALD F. CARPENTER MRS. RICHARD M. EHRET FRANCIS J. MICHELINI President KENNETH G. NORTH;OP ALFRED faSENPREIS MRS. EBERHARD L. FABER F. ELLSWORTH p ARKHURST RICHARD L. PEARSALL EUGENE JoHN B. S. FARLEY, Chancellor FARR JOHN A. PERKINS L. HoN. FRANK PINOLA ALAN GLOVER ANDREW HOURIGAN, JR. HoN. MAx RosENN AARON WEISS JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. MRS. ELY LANDAU JosEPH A. WrnNDL TERM OF OFFICE Expiring June, 1972 DONALD F. CARPENTER JOHN A. PERKINS WILLIAM L. CONYNGHAM MRS. EL y LANDAU F. ELLSWORTH RICHARD L. HoN. FRANK L. PINOLA AARON WEISS p ARKHURST JOSEPH A. WIENDL PEARSALL Expiring June, 1973 ALFRED faSENPREIS EuGENE S. FARLEY, ALAN GLOVER Chancellor ANDREW HOURIGAN, JR. ROBERT MELSON CHARLES H. MINER, JR. KENNETH G. NORTHROP HoN. MAX RosENN JOSEPH J. SAVITZ LOUIS SHAFFER Expiring June, 1974 BENJAMIN BADMAN, JR. NoEL CAVERLY FRED R. DAVIS MRS. RICHARD M. EHRET MRS. EBERHARD L. FABER JOHN B. FARR THOMAS H. KILEY JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. �Office of the Chancellor Committee Appointments S. EUGENE Chairman Vice-Chairman Lams SHAFFER, JoHN B. FARR, Chairman THOMAS H. KILEY, DONALD F. CARPENTER DONALD F. CARPENTER ALFRED fasENPREIS NoEL CAVERLY EUGENE S. FARLEY, L. WILLIAM J osEPH J. KocYAN, CONYNGHAM (1936) FARLEY Chancellor B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Nominations Executive Chancellor M.D. THOMAS F. KELLY (1969) Assistant in Development B.A. (Wilkes) 1955) ARTHUR J. HOOVER ( Director of Alumni Relations B.S. (Wilkes) M.Ed. (Pennsylvania State) FRED R. DAVIS JOHN B. Chancellor President FRANCIS J. MICHELINI, Planning and Development CHARLES H. MINER, JR. RICHARD L. PEARSALL, RICHARD L. PEARSALL WILLIAM HoN. FRANK L. PINOLA FRED R. L. DAVIS Finance Chancellor THOMAS H. KILEY NoEL CAVERLY, Chairman CHARLES H. MINER, JR. KENNETH G. NORTHROP DAVIS EUGENE S. FARLEY, Chancellor GEORGE F. (1946) RALSTON Dean of Student Affairs B.A. (North Carolina) M.A. (Columbia) P. WHITBY (1947) ALEX PAWLENOK Dean of Admissions (1967) Comptroller B.S. (Wilkes) AARON WEISS Faculty-Trustee Committee on Academic Freedom Instruction CONYNGHAM, MRS. EBERHARD L. Chairman FABER WILLIAM L. CONYNGHAM CHARLES R. ABATE ( 1966) JOHN J. CHWALEK (1946) Director of Placement B.S. (East Tennessee) M.A. (Columbia) THOMAS H. KILEY JANE KATHLEEN LAMPE CHARLES H. MINER, JR. (1969) Dean of Women B.A. (Rosary) M.A. (Michigan) M.Ed. (Virginia) p ARKHURST JOSEPH J. SAVITZ B. HOPKINS MOSES ( 1967) STANLEY J. HOLDEN (1963) B.A. (Brooklyn) Ph.D. (Alfred) Loms SHAFFER Registrar B.A., M.A. (Syracuse) LL.D. (Parsons) oooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooc Ex Officio on all Committees - Business Manager B.S. (Wilkes) ALAN GLOVER F. ELLSWORTH Director of Graduate Studies B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.S. (Columbia) ROBERT MELSON L. B. ROZELLE (1962) B.S. (Wilkes) Ph.D. (Alfred) JOHN THOMAS H. KILEY WILLIAM President B.S. (Seton Hall) M.S. (Delaware) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) JOSEPH J. SAVITZ AARON WEISS ANDREW HOURIGAN, JR. J. MICHELINI (1955) FRANCIS RALPH EuGENE S. FARLEY, R. Chairman CONYNGHAM ALFRED faSENPREIS JOSEPH J. SAVITZ FRED Officers of Administration FARR EUGENE S. FARLEY, and FRANCIS J. MICHELINI Date following name is the year of appointment. Director of Research Services and Coordinator of Scientific Research �Page 230 - Faculty OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION THOMAS J. MORAN ( 1970) Director of Public Relations B.S. {Wilkes) M.S. (Columbia) In alphabetical order, with date of appointment following the name. RICHARD RASPEN (1967) Director of Financial Aid B.S. (Wilkes) LINDA HoBROCK ( 1969) Assistant Dean of Women B.S. (Bowling Green) M.Ed. (Lehigh) JOEL I. ROME (1969) Assistant Dean of Men B.A. {Dickinson) M.Ed. (Springfield) FRANCIS J. MICHELINI (1955) Administration President Physics Professor Environmental Science Professor Experimental Biology Professor Fine Arts Professor History Professor Education Professor Physics Professor English P_rofessor Music Educatio.n Professor Education Professor Physics Professor B.S. (Seton Hall) M.S. (Delaware) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) FREDERIC E. BELLAS ( 1961 ) B.S., M.S., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State) JAMES A. Moss ( 1970) B.A. (Wilkes) B.D. (Colgate) S.T.M. (Union Theological) JOSEPH J. CHISARICK (1970) Assistant to Dean Student Affairs Director of Computer Center Director of Sports Information B.S. (Wilkes) Director of Housing DoNALD R. JosT (1970) B.A. (Ohio State) M.D. (New York) CHESTER E. COLSON ( 1958) B.S. (Wilkes) GEORGE G. PAWLUSH (1969) B.S. (Chicago) M.S., Ph.D. (New York) SHELDON G. COHEN (1951) Assistant Comptroller B.S. (Wilkes) C.P.A. (State of Pennsylvania) DAVID WILLIAMS (1970) ALVAN BRUCH (1962) B.A., M.A. (Michigan State) B.S. (Massachusetts School of Art) M.S. (Columbia) HAROLD E. Cox ( 1963) B.A. (William and Mary) M.A., Ph.D. {Virginia) FRANCK G. DARTE, II (1968) B.A. (Yale) M.S., Ed.D. (Pennsylvania) FRANCIS College Services ROBERT M. KERR College Physician B.S. (Bucknell) M.D. (Jefferson) JOSEPH H. KANNER Director of Testing Service Manager of the Bookstore Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds MADELYN YANKOVICH, R.N. College Nurse Date following name is the year of appointment. BENJAMIN F. FIESTER, JR. (1956) WILLIAM R. GASBARRO (1958) B.S. (Juilliard) M.A. (Columbia) NELSON F. CARLE Nesbitt School of Nursing Massachusetts Eye & Ear Infirmary (1964) B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Bucknell) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State) B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (New School for Social Research) MILDRED GITTINS J. DONAHOE B.A. (LaSalle) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) EUGENE L. HAMMER (1953) B.S. (Wheaton) M.A. (Northwestern) Ed.D. (Columbia) STANLEY J. HOLDEN (1963) B.A. (Brooklyn) Ph.D. (Alfred) Date following name is the year of appointment. �Page 232 RUTH W. FACULTY FACULTY - (1952) JESSEE B.S., M.A. (Columbia) Ed.D. (Pennsylvania) BRONIS KASLAS ( 1949) Nursing Education Professor History Professor L.L.B. (Kaunas, Lithuania) M.A., Ph.D. (Strasbourg) DAVID M. LEACH (1969) History Professor Sociology Professor L.L.D. (Prague, Czechoslovakia) Ph.D. (Boston) JOHN G. REESE (1955) B.S., M.Ed. (Pennsylvania State) CHARLES B. REIF (1942) ROBERT C. RILEY ( 1949) Physical Education Professor Biology Professor Psychology Professor B.A. (Bucknell) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State) PHILIP L. Rizzo ( 1957) B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG ( 1948) B.A., M.B.A. (Boston) English Professor Economics Professor B.A. (Zagreb) M.A. (Innsbruck) Chemistry Professor Chemistry Professor B.A. (Kansas State at Pittsburgh) M.A., Ph.D. (Illinois) Date following name is the year of appointment. Associate Professor Education Associate Professor Accounting Associate Professor Music Associate Professor Foreign Languages Associate Professor Mathematics Associate Professor Environmental Science Associate Professor Economics Associate Professor Economics Associate Professor Chemistry Associate Professor Theater Arts Associate Professor Biology Associate Professor B.S. (Wilkes) C.P.A. (State of Pennsylvania) M.B.A. (Lehigh) RICHARD B. CHAPLINE (1959) ELwooD DISQUE (1935) BoYD L. EARL ( 1963) MOHAMED T. EL-ASHRY (1969) GEORGE F. ELLIOT (1950) B.A. (Montclair State) M.A. (Clark) Library Professor WELTON FARRAR (1948) B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania) Philosophy and Religion Professor OwEN D. FAUT (1967) Economics Professor ALFREDS. GROH (1947) B.A. (Roosevelt) M.S., Ph.D. (Wisconsin) BING K. WONG (1968) Chemistry B.S. (Edinboro State) M.S., Ph.D. (Syracuse) B.S. (Cairo, Effipt) M.S., Ph.D. (I linois) Ph.D. (Zagreb) ROBERT E. WERNER (1955) Associate Professor B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Bucknell) B.A., M.A. (Zagreb) M.A. in L.S. (Marywood) STANKO M. VuJICA (1947) Foreign Languages B.S. (Valparaiso) M.S. (New York) Ph.D. (Northeastern) B.A. (Dickinson) B.S. (Grove City) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) NADA K. VuJICA (1947) * Associate Professor B.S., M.S. (Juilliard) B.S. (Wilkes) Ph.D. (Alfred) HOWARD A. SWAIN, JR. (1960) JAMES J. BoHNING (1959) ROBERT S. CAPIN ( 1959) Ph.D. (North Carolina) RALPH B. ROZELLE ( 1962) ANGEL BELIC ( 1968) HARRIE E. CALDWELL ( 1970) B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Minnesota) Education B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Bucknell) LL.D. (Zagreb) Ph.D. (Rome, Italy) B.A. (Whitman) Ph.D. (Rochester) J AROSLA V G. MORAVEC ( 1963) MICHAEL J. BARONE (1964) B.S. (Muhlenberg) Ph.D. (Massachusetts Institute of Technology) B.A. (Syracuse) M.A. (Columbia) Mathematics Professor WILBUR F. HAYES (1967) B.A. (Colby) M.S., Ph.D. (Lehigh) * Died, June 10, 1971 Date following name is the year of appointment. Page 233 �Page 234 - FACULTY FACULTY - LEVERE C. HOSTLER (1967) Physics B.S. (Massachusetts Institute of Technology) M.S., Ph.D. (Stanford) THOMAS KASKA ( 1966) Associate Professor Philosophy Associate Professor WILLIAM R. STINE (1965) Biology Associate Professor YASUSHI SUGIYAMA ( 1967) Chemistry Associate Professor English Associate Professor B.A. (Case Western Reserve) M.A. (Michigan) Ph.D. (Ohio State) GRACE C. KIMBALL ( 1963) B.A. (Rochester) Ph.D. (Cornell) JOHN N. LABOWS (1967) B.S. (Lafayette) Ph.D. (Cornell) CHARLOTTE V. LORD (1962) B.S. (New York) M.A. English (Bucknell) M.A. Italian (Middlebury) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Rum W. McHENRY (1971) B.S., M.A. (Columbia) SHASHANKA S. MITRA (1969) Associate Professor Mathematics Associate Professor Biology Associate Professor ( on leave) Engineering Associate Professor Biology Associate Professor Mathematics Associate Professor History Associate Professor B.S. (Scranton) M.S., Ph.D. (Delaware) UMID R. NEJIB (1965) B.S. (Baghdad) M.S., Ph.D. (Carnegie-Mellon) ROBERT E. OGREN (1963) B.A. (Wheaton) M.S. (Northwestern) Ph.D. (Illinois) THOMAS R. RICHARDS ( 1943) B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.S. (Bucknell) JAMES P. RoDECHKO (1971) B.A. (Hofstra) M.A., Ph.D. (Connecticut) Date following name is the year of appointment. A.B. (Dartmouth) A.M. (Harvard) Ph.D. (Michigan) Associate Professor Foreign Languages Associate Professor Chemistry Associate Professor Political Science Associate Professor Biology Associate Professor English Associate Professor Engineering Associate Professor Engineering Associate Professor Education Associate Professor Philosophy and Religion Associate Professor Economics Assistant Professor Biology Assistant Professor B.S. (Union) Ph.D. (Syracuse) B.A., M.A. (Florida) Ph.D. (Maryland) DONALD w. TAPPA (1965) B.S. (Brooklyn) M.A. (Williams) Ph.D. (Yale) LEE C. TERRY (1968) B.A. (Southern Methodist) Ph.D. (Texas) CROMWELL E. THOMAS (1946) Nursing Education B.S., M.S. (Calcutta, India) Ph.D. (Washington) THOMAS J. MIZIANTY ( 1965) MICHAEL H. SEITZ ( 1971 ) Associate Professor B.A. (Wilkes) Chemistry B.S. (St. Joseph's) M.S. (Pennsylvania) English M.A., Ph.D. (Duquesne) STANLEY B. KAY (1964) FRANCIS J. SALLEY (1950) B.S. (Washington and Lee) JAMES M. TOOLE (1968) B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.S. (Wilkes) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State) ROBERT A. WEST (1962) B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (Columbia) RoY E. WILLIAMS (1967) B.A. (Eastern Nazarene) S.T.B. (Temple) Ph.D. (Drew) JOHN A. ANAZA (1970) B.S. (Ibadan; Nigeria) M.A. (Southern Illinois) Ph.D. (Nebraska) REED D. ACHESON ( 1969) B.A. (Monmouth) Ph.D. (Cincinnati) Date following name is the year of appointment. Page 235 �Page 236 - FACULTY FA CULTY - FRANK C. ALLEN (1969) B.A. (Maryland) M.A. (New York) Ph.D. (Maryland) English Assistant Professor B.A. (Ursuline) English M.A. (Chicago) Assistant Professor FRANK G. BAILEY (1968) B.S. (Pennsylvania) M.S. (Stevens M.A. (Colum ia) Ph.D. (Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn) Physics 6 VICTOR F. BAIZ (1970) Ph.B. (Dickinson) M.A. (Bucknell) T. BELLUCCI (1967) B.S. (Scranton) M.Ed., Ed.D. (Lehigh) JAMES P. BERG (1965) B.A. (Harvard) B.D. (Lutheran Seminary) M.A. (Pennsylvania) JOEL BERLATSKY (1970) B.A. (Carleton) M.A. (Brown) Ph.D. (Northwestern) PATRICIA M. BOYLE (1966) B.A. (Wilkes) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) DALE A. BUEHLER (1962) B.A. (Franklin & Marshall) M.S. in L.S. (Drexel Institute of Technology) MARIE BYCZKOWSKI (1968) B.S. (Edinboro) M.A. (Pennsylvania State) ARTHUR D. CHESLER (1969) B.A., M.A. (Rutgers) BRUCE CRADDOCK (1970) B.A. (Park) M.A., Ph.D. (Texas) Date following name is the year of appointment. JORGE E. DE CUBAS (1966) ROBERT DEYOUNG ( 1960) Education Assistant Professor Education Assistant Professor History Assistant Professor B.S. (Rhode Island) M.A. (Columbia) BERENICE D'VORZON ( 1968) B. Com., M. Com. (Allahabad, India) THEODORE J. ENGEL (1966) B.B.A., M.A. (Miami) Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Mathematics Assistant Professor ( on leave) Foreign Languages Assistant Professor Economics Assistant Professor Fine Arts Assistant Professor Business Administration Assistant Professor Business Administration Assistant Professor Education Assistant Professor Music Assistant Professor Foreign Languages Assistant Professor Fine Arts Assistant Professor History Assistant Professor Music Assistant Professor English Assistant Professor B.F.A. (Cranbrook Academy of Art) M.A. (Columbia) PREM K. DWIVEDI (1971) History English B.S. (West Chester) M.S. (Adelphi) B.A., LLD., P.L.D. (Havana) MAHMOUD H. FAHMY (1968) B.A. (Alexandria, Egypt) M.A. (Columbia) H. CUTLER FALL ( 1969) English Assistant Professor Library Assistant Professor FRANCISCO F. FERNANDEZ (1971) Library Assistant Professor RICHARD A. FULLER (1969) Fine Arts Assistant Professor JOHN W. FURLOW, JR. (1970) Economics Assistant Professor HERBERT GARBER (1965) English Assistant Professor EDWARD V. GEIST (1969) B.A. (Doutass) M.A. in L. . (Rutgers) HENRY R. CASILLI (1971) Assistant Professor Assistant Professor B.A. (Dickinson) M.A. (Pittsburgh) JAMES G. DECOSMO (1962) Ph.D. (Tulane) Accounting B.S.C. (Washington & Lee) WARREN E. DEARMENT (1964) MARGARET V. ALLEN (1969) JOSEPH E. SHELDON CURTIS ( 1952) B.A. (Brown) M.A. (Yale) Ph.D. (California, Santa Barbara) Fulbright Exchange Teacher-Spain B.S. (New York) M.A. (Columbia) A.B. (Middlebury) M.A. (Michigan) B.A. (New York) M.A., Ed.D. (Columbia) B.A. (Columbia) M.A., Ph.D. (Virginia) Date following name is the year of appointment. Page 237 �Page 238 - FACULTY GEORGE CERA (1958) B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.A. (Columbia) A. MICHAEL GREENWALD ( 1970) A.B. (Princeton) A.M., LL.B. (Harvard) CHARLES S. GURDIN, JR. (1969) B.A. (Michigan) J.D. (Toledo) STANLEY S. GuTIN (1959) B.A., M.A. (Mary land) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) ROBERT J. BEAMAN (1969) B.A. (Detroit) M.A., Ph.D. (Michigan) DONALD A. HENSON (1970) B.A., M.A. (Purdue) KLAUS HOLM ( 1970) B.S. (New York) M.F.A. (Yale) ELLEN D. JACOBS (1969) B.A. (Chicago) M.S. (Illinois Institute of Technology) BETTY L. JAHR ( 1968) B.A. (St. Xavier) M.S. (Ohio) JOHN G. JARDINE (1970) B.A. (Santa Clara) M.A. (Marquette) EDWIN L. JOHNSON (1966) B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Bucknell) WALTER KABY (1968) B.S., M.S. (Kharkov Institute of Technology) ANNE V. KISH ( 1960) B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Scranton) FREDERICK J. KROHLE ( 1965) B.A. (Wilkes) M.S. in L.S. (Drexel Institute of Technology) Date following name is the year of appointment. FACULTY - Business Education Assistant Professor English Assistant Professor EDWARD B. LEVITON (1971) Business Administration Assistant Professor ANNE English Assistant Professor English Assistant Professor Philosophy Assistant Professor Theater Arts Assistant Professor Fine Arts Assistant Professor Mathematics Assistant Professor Philosophy Assistant Professor Education Assistant Professor Engineering English Library 1ARSHA H. KwALWASSER (1971) Political Science Assistant Professor Economics Assistant Professor Music Assistant Professor Nursing Education Assistant Professor Foreign Languages Assistant Professor RoY N. MARTIN (1971) B.A. (Cincinnati) M. Div. (Lexington Seminary) ' Sociology Assistant Professor Wu.LIAM G. MARTIN, JR. (1971) Theater Arts Assistant Professor Biology Assistant Professor History Assistant Professor Foreign Languages Assistant Professor English Assistant Professor Journalism Assistant Professor Physics Assistant Professor Sociology Assistant Professor B.A. (Brooklyn) M.A. (Yale) B.A. (Brooklyn) M.A. (SUNY, Binghamton) YANKO LIVA (1970) (Ju11liard) RITA M. LYNCH (1971) B.S. (Misericordia) M.S. (Pennsylvania) I III.DA A. MARBAN ( 1969) M.A. (Trinity) Ph.D. (Virginia) B.A., M.A. (Bob Jones) ROBERT M. MARTINEZ ( 1971) B.S. (Niagara) Ph.D. (California, Berkeley) Jmrn F. MEYERS (1967) B.A. (Minnesota) M.A. (Clark) I GER MILLER ( 1968) Baccalaureate, Aarhus Cathedral School, Denmark) B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Pennsylvania State) WII.I.IAM J. MISTICHELLI (1963) B.A. (LaSalle) M.A. (Pennsylvania) Assistant Professor '1 HOMAS J. Assistant Professor L ·RoY W. MoRRow (1967) Assistant Professor Page 239 MORAN (1970) B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Columbia) B.A. (Washington & Jefferson) Ph.D. (Wisconsin) ATYANSHU K. MUKHERJEE (1971) B.A., M.A. (Agra, India) Date following name is the year of appointment. �Page 240 WALTER FACULTY H. FACULTY - (1968) NIEHOFF B.A. (Lafayette) M.A. (Pennsylvania State) RAYMOND J. NUTAITIS (1969) B.S. (Wilkes) M.M. (Eastman School of Music) JOHN L. 0REHOTSKY (1971) B.S. (Massachusetts Institute of Technology) M.S. (Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn) Ph.D. (Syracuse) RICHARDS. ORLOWSKI (1969) B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (Delaware) WALTER A. PLACEK, JR. (1969) B.S. (Wilkes) M.Ed. (Pennsylvania State) JosE M. RIBAS (1961) B.A., LLB. (Barcelona) Ph.D. (Madrid) J. PHILIP RICHARDS ( 1962) B.F.A. (Syracuse) JOSEPH H. SALSBURG ( 1959) B.A. (Bucknell) A.M. (Columbia) ROSENDO E. SANTOS, JR. (1968) B.M. (Philippines) Political Science Music Engineering B.S., M.S. (East Stroudsburg) ROLAND C. SCHMIDT, JR. (1962) B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.S. (Scranton) Kuo-KONG SHow (1966) B.A. (Taiwan) M.A. (Pennsylvania) J. GEORGE SILES (1963) B.A. (Wilkes) M.S. (Scranton) HERBERT B. SIMON ( 1969) B.A., M.A. (New York) Date following name is the year of appointment. RICHARD E. SOURS ( 1965) Assistant Professor ROBERT D. STETTEN (1968) Assistant Professor Mathematics Assistant Professor Psychology Assistant Professor English Assistant Professor Foreign Languages Assistant Professor Business Administration Assistant Professor Economics Assistant Professor Ma thematics Assistant Professor Ma thematics Assistant Professor Political Science Assistant Professor Commerce and Finance Assistant Professor Mathematics Assistant Professor Education Assistant Professor Sociology Assistant Professor Accounting Assistant Professor B.S. (Towson) M.S. (Michigan State) B.A. (Lehigh) M.S. Psychology (Iowa) M.A. Political Science (Iowa) Ph.D. (Lehigh) WILLIAM G. SWARTCHILD, III (1969) B.A. (Harvard) M.A., Ph.D. (Columbia) CHARLES H. SWEENEY (1966) Economics Assistant Professor Physics Assistant Professor Foreign Languages Assistant Professor ( on leave) Fine Arts Assistant Professor Mathematics Assistant Professor Music Assistant Professor Physical Education Assistant Professor Physical Education Assistant Professor JOHNS. WASILESKI (1970) History Assistant Professor EDMOND A. WATTERS, III ( 1971 ) Education Assistant Professor Ftne Arts Assistant Professor M.M. (Catholic University of America) DORIS B. SARACINO ( 1960) Assistant Professor B.A. (Mexico City) M.A. (Middlebury) FRANK A. SzuMILO ( 1970) B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Lehigh) WAGIHA ABDEL-GAw AD TAYLOR ( 1969) B.A. (Alexandria) M.A. (Brown) Ph.D. (Clark) STEPHEN J. TILLMAN ( 1970) Sc.B., Ph.D. (Brown) PAUL A. TORELLI (1969) B.A. (LaSalle) M.S., Ph.D. (Northwestern) PHILIP R. TUHY ( 1960) B.A. (Valparaiso) M.G.A. (Pennsylvania) JACINTO VEREDA (1970) B.B.A. (Bowling Green State) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) B.A. (Wilkes) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State) B.A., M.A. (Lehigh) RAYMOND M. WEINSTEIN ( 1969) B.B.A. (City College of New York) M.A., Ph.D. (UCLA) PAUL R. WERNER (1946) B.S. (Susquehanna) M.A. (New York) Date following name is the year of appointment. Page 241 II �Page 242 - FACULTY FACULTY- Page 243 DEANG. WHITE (1968) History Assistant Professor GAY M. FOSTER (1970) Ma them a tics Assistant Professor KATHRYN GREGORY Accounting Assistant Professor B.A., M.A. (Virginia) Ph.D. (Dublin, Ireland) CHARLES E. WILKS (1969) B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Texas) PAUL P. ZAVADA (1966) B.S. (Wilkes) C.P.A. (State of Pennsylvania) B.S. (Lock Haven) (1970) B.S., M.Ed. (Pennsylvania State) JoN R. C. HoBROCK (1967) B.S. (West Chester) LIZA BELIC (1969) B.A., M.A. (Zagreb) SANDRA L. BLOOMBERG (1971) B.A. (Wilkes) ROBERT S. BRANDSCHAIN ( 1968) Physical Education Instructor Foreign Languages Instructor Physical Education Instructor Education Instructor Chemistry Instructor Education Instructor Ma them a tics Instructor Library Instructor Instructor B.A. (George Washington) M.S. in L.S. (Drexel Institute of Technology) ROBERT A. D1S1BIO ( 1971) B.S. (Misericordia) EUGENE S. DoMZALSKI (1969) B.S. (Wyoming) HELMUT ELLRICH ( 1971 ) Fulbright Exchange Teacher - Germany Date following name is the year of appointment. KRAVITZ (1964) Psychology Instructor Economics Instructor English Instructor Mathematics Instructor Library Instructor Foreign Languages Instructor Foreign Languages Instructor Fine Arts Instructor Environmental Science Instructor English Instructor Library Instructor English Instructor Psychology Instructor B.A. (Pennsylvania State) M.L.S. (Rutgers) ARVID W. LEKSTROM (1969) B.M., M.A. (Boston) B.S. (SUNY, Cortland) M.A. (SUNY, Binghamton) B.A.,M.A. (New York) B.S., M.S. (Notre Dame) CHESTER N. MoLLEY (1964) B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Bucknell) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State) Education Instructor Business Education Instructor LEOTA NEVIL (1968) Physical Education Instructor ROBERT F. PASQUARELLI (1970) Foreign Languages Instructor B.S., M.Ed. (California State) ANTONIA K. DoLBEAR ( 1969) Instructor B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.Ed. (Temple) CHARLES M. MATTEI (1970) Library Psychology B.A. (Wellesley) M.A. (Rochester) KATHLEEN MATICS (1970) B.A. (Pennsylvania) LORNA C. DARTE (1969) MARY z. KERR ( 1969) MARY Lou LovETTE ( 1968) B.S.E.E., M.S.E.E. (Rensselaer Polytechnic) M.S. (Columbia) SALLY C. CONNOR (1971) THOMAS F. KELLY (1969) ELAINE H. LACEY ( 1970) B.S. (Millersville) M.Ed. (Temple) NEIL M. COMO (1970) Instructor B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (New School for Social Research) JUDITH E. B.S., M.S. (Wilkes) LILY DAVIS BYNON (1968) Environmental Science B.A. (Wilkes) B.A. (Vermont) M.Ed. (Temple) BARBARA BUCKMAN ( 1968) Instructor B.A. (Kenyon) M.S. (Lehigh) JOSEPH H. KANNER (1949) RODGER BEARDE (1971) Physical Education B.S. in Ed. (Bloomsburg) A.B. (Syracuse) PATRICIA Y. PISANESCHI (1969) B.A. (Wilkes) M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Date following name is the year of appointment. �Page 244 - FA CULTY RICHARD PROBERT ( 1968) B.S. (Wilkes) M.M.E. (Indiana) Rurn T. ROBERTS (1955) B.A. (Goucher) SARAH ScHONWETTER (1962) B.S., M.S. (Temple) ALBERT C. SERZAN (1967) B.A. (Yale) M.A.T. (Chicago) JOSEPH SKVARLA (1971) B.A. (Wilkes) THEODORE M. VEREMEYCHIK (1971) B.S. (Indiana University of Pa.) M.M. (Miami) WILLIAM J. WEBER (1970) B.S. (Maryland) M.M. (Catholic) MICHAEL J. WORTH (1971) B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (American University) FACULTY - Music Instructor Faculty Committees English Instructor The following are the Faculty Committee assignments made fo~ the academic year 1971-72. The President is ex-officio on all Committees except Committees on Academic Freedom. Biology Instructor Foreign Languages Instructor Physical Education Instructor Music Instructor Music Instructor Economics Instructor Academic Standing Robert S. Capin, Chairman Benjamin Fiester, Jr. Herbert Garber Eugene L. Hammer Robert Heaman Stanley Holden Jane K. Lampe David Leach B. Hopkins Moses George F. Ralston Charles B. Reif Ralph B. Rozelle Joseph Salsburg John P. Whitby F.A.G.O. (Quilmant Organ School) ABRAHAM D. BARRAS (1971) B.A. (Columbia) B.Rel. Ed., MHL., OHL. (Jewish Theological Seminary) MATT Fuss (1969) B.A. (Wilkes) JOSEPH A. SKOK (1969) B.S. (Lock Haven) M.Ed. (Pennsylvania State) EDWARD B. STOCKHAM (1971) A.B., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Date following name is the year of appointment. Curriculum Robert C. Riley, Chairman Donald Henson Thomas Kaska Ruth McHenry UmidNejib Robert Ogren James Rodechko Francis Salley Michael Seitz J. George Siles Yasushi Sugiyama Stephen J. Tillman William Weber Robert Werner Financial Aid Admissions CLIFFORD E. BALSHAw ( I 971 ) Page 245 Music Adjunct Professor Religion Adjunct Professor Education (UPWARD BOUND) Adjunct Professor EDUCATIONAL Adjunct DEVELOPMENT Professor CENTER Chemistry and Health Sciences Adjunct Assistant Professor Reed Acheson, Chairman Frederic E. Bellas John J. Chwalek George Elliot Mahmoud H. Fahmy Stanley Gutin Herbert Simon John P. Whitby Athletic Cromwell E. Thomas, Chairman Joel Berlatsky Barbara Buckman Welton G. Farrar Klaus Holm Arthur J. Hoover John G. Reese Charles Sweeney Stanko Vujica Robert West John P. Whitby Wilbur Hayes, Chairman Margaret Allen Michael Barone Warren E. DeArment John F. Meyers Raymond Nutaitis Walter Placek Richard Raspen Graduate Studies Harold Cox, Chairman Frank Allen James Bohning Alvan Bruch Franck G. Darte, II Francis Donahoe Eugene L. Hammer Stanley Holden David Leach Samuel A. Rosenberg Ralph B. Rozelle Donald Tappa Robert Werner BingK. Wong �Page 246 - INDEX - FACULTY Faculty Committees The President is ex-officio on all Committees except Committees on Academic Freedom. Library Cutler Fall, Chairman Dale E. Buehler Richard Fuller John Furlow Levere Hostler Arvid Lekstrom Charlotte V. Lord Howard Swain William Swartchild Wagiha Taylor Research and Service Stanley Holden, Chairman Benjamin Fiester, Jr. David Leach Ralph B. Rozelle Yasushi Sugiyama Student Life George F. Ralston, Chairman Joseph Bellucci Robert S. Capin Theodore J. Engel Linda Habrock Donald Jost John Labows Jane K. Lampe William Mistichelli James Moss PAtricia Pisaneschi Richard Probert Richard Raspen Joel Rome James M. Toole Student Publications Welton Farrar, Chairman Angel Belie Joseph Bellucci James Berg Patricia Boyle Chester Colson Stanley B. Kay Thomas Moran William Stine Academic Freedom a. MEDIATION Samuel Rosenberg Alvan Bruch Thomas Kaska Robert Riley (Alternate) b. FACULTY-TRUSTEE OwenFaut Eugene Hammer Charles B. Reif (Alternate) Page 247 Index Academic Requirements ......... 61 Accounting Degree Program ..... 100 Description of Courses ...... 119 Activities, Student ................. 49 Administration Buildings ... .. ........... ...... 44 Officers .. ... .. .......... ........ 229 Admissions .... .. . ....... 13 Evening Division . .. .. . . ... 16 Graduate .............. 16 Requirements ................... 13 Summer .............................. 16 Tests ............... 14 Advanced Course Standing .... 15 Alumni Office 43 Anthropology .95, 220 pplied Music Description of Courses ...... 191 Art 42, 89, 168 A sistance, Financial .............. 21 Employment ..................... 25 Loans 24 Scholarships 21, 23, 26 Tuition Stipends ... 50 Athletics . . ...... . ..42, 54 Attcndance, Class ..... ..... ..... .. 63 Auditing .................................. 18 Awards .................. 67 Senior .. Undergraduate 68 Bachelor of Arts Degree ............ 79, Required Courses .......... 80, ciection of a Major Bachelor of Science Degree .................................. 80 84 81 82 Selection of a Major .......... 82 Band .................................... .41, 49 Biology B.A. Degree Program .......... 85 B.S. Degree Program .......... 97 Description of Courses ........ 121 Graduate Program ..... ...... ... 59 Board of Trustees ................... 227 Bookstore . .. ... .... .. ................... .. 43 Buildings and Plant ................ 39 Business Administration Degree Program ........... 59, 101 Description of Courses ........ 125 Business Education Degree Program ................. 103 Description of Courses ..... 129 Calendar .................................. 4 Center for the Performing Arts ....... .41, 50, 73 Change of Program . .. ...... . ...... 64 Chemistry B.A. Degree Program .......... 86 B.S. Degree Program .......... 98 Description of Courses ........ 132 Graduate Program ... . ..... . .... 59 Chorus ...... . ...................... ..41, 49 Class Standing ....................... 62 Clubs .................................. .49, 53 College & Community .... 8, 26, 71 College Commons .................... 43 College Services ...................... 230 College Testing Service .......... 42 Commerce and Finance ......... .101 Counseling ............................... 47 Course Credits ........................ 61 Courses, Description of Accounting ......................... .119 �Page 248 - INDEX Anthropology ...................... 220 Applied Music ...................... 191 Biology .................................. 121 Business Administration .... 125 Business Education .............. 129 Chemistry ...................... ...... 132 Civil Engineering ............... .149 Economics ............................ 137 Education ...... ..................... .142 Electrical Engineering ........ 1SO Engineering ·......................... .149 English .................................. 158 Environmental Science . .... 165 Fine Arts .............................. 168 Foreign Languages ... ........... 171 French .......... .. ... ................... 171 German ................................ 174 History .................................. 181 Hygiene .................. .............. 204 Journalism ........................... .162 Materials Engineering ........ 155 Ma them a tics ....................... 186 Mechanical Engineering .... 157 Music .................................... 191 Music Education .................. 195 Nursing Education .............. 198 Philosophy ........................... 200 Physical Education .......... ... 204 Physics .......... ....................... 205 Political Science ................. 210 Psychology ............................ 215 Religion ................................203 Retailing .............................. 218 Russian ................................ 180 Sociology ..............................220 Spanish ................................ 177 Theater Arts .......... .............. 163 Curricula ... ..... .. ..... . ........ ..... . .. 59 Dean's List .............................. 65 INDEX - Deb a ting .................................. 49 Degree Bachelor of Arts .............. 79, 80 Bachelor of Science ........... 82 Degree Programs ...... 59, 60, 79, 82 Dormitories .......................... 20, 44 Dorothy Dickson Darte Music Center ........................ 41 Dramatics ........................... .41,49 Economics Degree Program ........... 87, 102 Description of Courses ....... .137 Economic Development Council ................................ 73 Education Elementary ............... 81, 87, 88 Seco.n dary ........................ 81, 87 Business .......................... 59, 103 Music ....................................111 Nursing ................................ 112 Science .................................. 59 Description of Courses ....... 142 Graduate Programs ......... 59 Employment .... ....................25, 42 Engineering ............................ .I 04 Degree Programs, Common Freshman Year ............... .105 Chemical ....... ...................... .I 07 Civil ...................................... 107 Electrical ............................. .105 Materials .............................. 106 Mechanical ......................... .107 Description of Courses ....... .149 English Degree Program .................. 88 Description of Courses ....... .158 Entrance Examinations .......... 14 Environmental Science Description of Courses ...... .165 Evening School ............. 16, 17, 64 Expenses . . ... ...... ... ... ... 17 Extracurricular Activities ...... 49 Faculty . . ........................ 231 Committees .......................245 Fees . . . ......... 13, 17, 18 Financial Assistance ..... .. 21, 23 Fine Arts Degree Program . ..... ... ...... 89 Description of Courses ....... . 168 Fine Arts Fiesta .. ...... ... .......... 73 l·oreign Languages Degree Program 90 Description of Courses .. ... .. 171 I◄ rench Description of Courses .. ...... 171 Freshman Orientation .... .... .. 47 German Description of Courses 174 Grades ................... 61 Graduate Curricula .. 16, 59 At Wilkes College 59 With Lehigh University . 59 With Temple University 59 Graduate Placement 42 Graduate Programs In Biology 59 In Business Administration 59 In Chemistry 59 In Education 59 In Physics 59 Graduation Fee 18 (,raduation Requirements for ....... 66 42 Guidance Center ....... 42, 52 Gymnasium .. Page 249 Health Service 18 History Degree Program . .... 90 Description of Courses ........ 181 Homecoming . .. . . .. .. . . .... 52 Hono.rs .. ..... ........... . ... . ... 65 Hygiene ................................... 204 Institute of Regional Affairs .. 71 Insurance Accident and Health . ..... .... 18 Inter-Dormitory Council ... SO, 52 Interviews .................. .. ............ 15 Journalism ... .............. .... .......... 162 Labor-Management Training Program ............. 71 Liberal Arts Requirements for Major .... 80 Selection of a Major ..... ... .... 81 Library . .............. ... ... ............... 39 Load, Student Work .............. 63 Loans ........ ... ................... 21, 24 Madrigal Singers . ... ...... .. .... ... 49 Male Chorus ... .. .. . ... .... .. 49 Majors Accounting .. ......... ..... .100 Biology .... ...... 85, 97 Business Administration .......... 59, 101 Business Education ..... ......... 103 Chemistry ............. . ...... 86, 98 Economics ........................... 87 Education ........... .. .. .... ... ..... . 87 Engineering ..................... ..... 104 English ....... ................ .......... 88 Fine Arts . ...... ... ..... .... .. ... ..... 89 Foreign Language ......... .... . 90 �Page 250 - INDEX History .................................. 90 Mathematics ............ 90, 91, 108 Medical Technology ........... .110 Music .............................. 92, 111 Nursing Education ··•··••····;·· 112 Philosophy-Religion ............ 93 Physics .................... 93, 113 Political Science ................ 95 Psychology ... . .... . .. ... ... ....... 95 Social Science ................... 96 Sociology-Anthropology ...... 95 Ur ban Affairs ... ..... . ..... ....... 96 Course Requirements ..... 81, 82 Master of Science Degree .. .. . 59 In Biology ... ............ ... ......... 59 In Business Administration 59 In Chemistry .. .......... ... ....... 59 In Education . . .......... . ......... 59 In General Education ........ 59 In Physics ........................... 59 Ma them a tics Degree Program ...... 90, 91, 108 Description of Courses ...... 186 Medical Technology Degree Program ...... ........... 110 Military Service ................ ...... 64 Music Activity ........................... 41, 49 Auditions ........................... 15 Degree Program ........... 92, 111 Description of Courses ....... 191 Music Ed uca tio.n Degree Program .................. 111 Description of Courses ........ 195 National Defense Student Loan Program ...... .............. .. 24 Nursing Education Degree Program .................. 112 Description of Courses ........ 198 INDEX - Orientation for Freshmen . 47 Overload .................................. 63 Parents' Day .......................... 51 Payment of Tuition .........19, 25 Performing Arts Center .................. 41, 50, 73 Philosophy Degree Program . . . . 93 Description of Courses 200 Physical Education and Hygiene . ...... ... . . . 204 Physics Degree Program 93, 113 Description of Courses 205 Graduate Program . . .. . . 59 Placement Office .. ....... .... . 42 Point Averages . .. . 62 Political Science Degree Program . 95 Description of Courses 210 Pre-Professional Degree 60 Probation . ............. 63 Psychology Degree Program 95 Description of Courses 215 Publications ......................... 50 Staff Stipends ............... 50 Refunds . ................. . .. 19 Registration ............... ........ . 17 Religion Description of Courses 203 Research ....................... .40, 71, 73 Residence ... .. . ...... ... ...... ... 20, 44 Retailing Description of Courses 218 Russian Description of Courses 180 Scholarships ·························· 21 Federal ·························· 23 ............ 26 Founders of Pennsylvania State ..... ...... 24 Wilkes ......... 21, 23 cholastic Aptitude Tests, CEEB . . .. .............. 14 cholastic Endowments ...... 26 Science Facilities ............... 40 ocial Activities ............... 51 Social Science 81, 96 Sociology & Anthropology Degree Program .. . .... 95 Description of Courses .... 220 panish Description of Courses . . . 177 turk Hall of Science 40 tudcn t Activities .. . ...... ...... .. 49 tudent Advisement ........... 48 Student Government 49 tudent Course Load ... ...... 63 tudent Loans .... 21, 24 tudent Responsibility ......... 55 Academic . . .. .. . .... ..... .... 61 Admissions ........................ 13 Athletics ............. 54 Bachelor of Arts . . .. ... .79, 80 Bachelor of Science ... ...... .. . 82 Calendar ................ .... .. .... 4 Community ... ........ .89, 26, 71 Counseling . ......... ....... .... 47 Dormitories ............... 20, 44 Employment . ............ 25, 42 Expenses . . .... ....... .. 17 Extracurricular Activities .... 49 Evening School ........ 16, 17, 64 Government ..................... 49 Grade Averages ............... 61, 62 Page 251 Graduate Study .................... 59 Graduation .. . . ... .. .. ... ........... 66 Honors .................................. 65 Loans ............................... 21, 24 Orientation ......................... 47 Scholarships ......................... 21 Social Activities ... . .. ... .......... 51 Summer School .............. 16, 17 Transcripts ..................... 18 Transfer . . ........... .... 15, 16, 64 Withdrawals ................. 19, 63 Summer School ................. 16, 17 Teacher Certification ......... 84, 87 Theater Arts ...................... 163 Town & Gown Concerts .... .41, 73 Transcripts of Academic Record ................................ 18 Transfer of Summer Credits 64 Transfer Students ................ 15, 65 Trustees ,Board of ............................. 227 Cammi ttees ....................... 228 Tuition .................................. 14, 17 Fees ........................... 13, 17, 18 Payment of .......................... 19 Refund of ... ... ...... ........ .. ... ... 19 Undergraduate Programs .... 60, 79 Urban Affairs .......................... 96 Wilkes College . ...................... 8 Accreditation ... ... .................. 9 Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra .............................. 73 Withdrawals ........................ 19, 63 Women's Chorus .................... 49 Wrestling Tournament .......... 52 �Evening College ----.J ...~- . -~ J ~ ( • WILKES-BARRE PENNSYLVANIA �Calendar Registration for the Evening College is as follows: Wilkes College Wednesday, September 8 ......... . ... . .. 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m Thursday, September 9 .................. 9 :00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m ~«lletiJt Friday, September 10 .................... 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 pm Saturday, September 11 ................ 9:00 a.m. to 12:00 noor. Monday, September 13 .............. Classes begin at 6:00 p.rr. Saturday, October 9 ............ . . Report on incomplete grade Saturday, October 23 ... . .................... Progress Report Thursday, November 18 ........ Thanksgiving recess, 10:00 p.m Monday, November 29 ............... Classes resume, 6:00 p.m ' .. ·. ·. - - ~ :?:..~~-..:.-~~- ~ : ,! .•• • t 1 I• • ~w Thursday, December 16 ............ Christmas recess, 10:00 p.m Monday, January 3 .................. Classes resume, 6:00 p.m Thursday, January 6 .................. . Classes end, 10:00 p.m EVENING SESSION Monday, January 10, through Thursday, January 13 .................. Examination period For further information write to: Director of Evening and Summer College Wilkes College Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 18703 Phone: (AC 717) 824-4651. (After 5 :00 p.m., call 824-4656) Fall Semester 1971-1972 WILKES-BARRE, PENNSYLVANIA �seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; An Educated Man possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; is aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; knows that man's progress requires intellec• tual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; Wilkes College Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell University, responding to a request of community leaders, established its Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter as a four-year liberal arts college. The College has grown steadily to its current enrollment of approximately 2400 full-time day students and 1000 evening students engaged in undergraduate, graduate, and continuing education programs. From its inception the college has been dedicated to these twin goals - a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a program of service to the community. AN INDEPENDENT COLLEGE It was inevitable that the new college should be non-sectarian, for its purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters wished the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the community. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an independent college that was interdenominational in its influence and non-denominational in its control. participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community; communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Formulated and adopted by the faculty as a guide to learning. FREEDOM OF INQUIRY Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. McClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their decision. With responsibility came a pressing desire to strengthen the work of the faculty, united in their faith that the intellectual and spiritual resources of the student are vigorous where the creative mind is free. UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY A college that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite philosophy and a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided by the thought that unity in our community, our nation, and our world requires not only great vision but warm understanding of peoples. In its small circle Wilkes College brings together students of many faiths, 2 3 �EVENING COLLEGE backgrounds, and countries. It encourages them to maintain their con• victions and their loyalties. It encourages them to create friendship based upon respect for differences, and to adhere to those ideals that create unity and good will amidst diversity. While academic work is the basis of the College program, the facui• ty recognizes that academic training will be of little importance unles students emerge as men and women of strong faith and fine character. In the words of John Stuart Mill, "Before you can make men doctor and lawyers, you must first make them men." Wilkes College is committed to education as a way of life. A COOPERATIVE EFFORT The original concept of community effort has been strengthened with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It has been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the community all benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperative relationship, with its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has resulted in cooperative action. DECADES OF GROWTH Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Common Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansion of the campus. ACCREDITATION Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instructi0n of the State of Pennsylvania and the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The Accounting curriculum has been accred• ited by the Certified Public Accounting Examiners of the State of e\\ York. INFORMATION CURRICULA UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM To meet the needs of ambitious men and women who desire the help which may come from college instruction, Wilkes College offers a wide program of Evening courses from which selections may be made according to indivi<lual tastes and requirements. The courses offered by the Evening College are designed for their special value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare th~mselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire addi- tional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in the study of problems relating to business administration and the economy of the nation and the world. 5. Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting and aspire to qualify for a certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction anc.1 improvement. 7. Men and women seeking a college degree through attendance in the Evening College. Except where designated in the course schedule, classes for courses offered in the evening will be scheduled on Monday-Wednesday or Tuesday-Thursday between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 10:00 p.m. ADMISSIONS Evening College students who wish to work toward a degree shall make application for admission as a degree candidate when they first 4 5 �register. Students who enrolled without any plan to earn a degree, bu who conclude in consequence of their experience in the evening schoo that they wish to earn a degree, must apply for admission to the degre program when they complete thirty hours of work in the Evening Di\1 sion. When this application is made, the student's record will be ex• amined to determine his eligibility and his prospects of successfu achievement. This will be followed by a personal interview with tr Director of the Evening Division and a recommendation will then b submitted to the Office of Admissions. If the student is accepted as a degree candidate, he will be notified by the Office of Admissions. If the student is not accepted as a degre candidate, he may petition to continue as a special student. This\ 'ii offer him a further opportunity to demonstrate his ability to benefi from continued study. Students who have been refused admission to the regular da school are not encouraged to seek admission to the Evening Division However, if written permission is granted by the Dean of Admission a student may apply for admission to the Evening Division as a specia. s:tudent. No student listed as an academic failure at this or any other colleg may be permitted to register in the Evening Division within a yea: following his failure. After the lapse of a year the student from anoth college may submit an application for admission. The Wilkes student who has been denied the privilege of continuing his studies must apph to the Academic Standing Committee for re-admission. Students who wish to transfer from another institution must provide a transcript of all previous college work. Students who do not satisfy the usual educational requirements for admission to degree programs may qualify by demonstrating theu competence. This can be done by passing the qualifying examination for a secondary school diploma and by demonstrating their proficienc in evening classes. The Director of the Evening Division will inform the student of the steps that are needed to qualify him for admission Under the regulations of the Veteran's Administration, a student who does not qualify as a degree candidate may follow one of h\O programs. He may pursue college work from a planned list of course approved by the Veteran's Administration; or, he may earn the high school equivalent diploma by passing the United States Armed Force Institute (USAFI) and/or the General Equivalency Diploma (GED) test in order to apply for admission as a degree candidate. 6 The Director of the Evening Division will act as advisor to all students enrolled on a part-time basis (Day or Evening Division) and to all tudents enrolled in the Evening Division on a full-time basis. If a regular day student enrolls for an Evening Division course, he •ill retain his day school faculty advisor. If an Evening Division student enrolls in a day school course, he will be classified as a Special tudent for the semester in which he is registered for a day school course. During this period he will retain his Evening Division advisor. hould he transfer to the day school, he will be assigned a regular faculty advisor. RESEARCH AND GRADUATE CENTER The Research and Graduate Center is an excellently equipped and staffed installation that is an integral part of the College complex. During the school term the Center will continue the various public and private research projects now in progress. LABOR-MANAGEMENT TRAINING COURSES To establish a climate for industrial redevelopment the College has pioneered a Labor-Management Training Program in which the needs of the individual and the company are analyzed. Plans are arranged in consultation with officials, foremen, and other employees and are designed to meet the general and specific requirements of the particular group. Where several firms are confronted with common problems, special classes are organized to include representation of several companies. I STITUTE OF REGIONAL AFFAIRS The Institute of Regional Affairs is a multi-purpose college organization which views regional problems as belonging to no simple academic discipline, but rather as a contemporary phenomenon spilling into many disciplines. The Institute was created to assure coordination of varied efforts in order to better understand and resolve complex and contemporary problems. Its four-fold purpose is: education and training, community information, research, and consultation. The underlying philosophy of the Institute of Regional Affairs is cooperation, rather than reform of partisanship. FACILITIES The College is located in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, in the heart of the picturesque and historic Wyoming Valley. This ideal location in the foothills of the Poconos offers abundant cultural and recreational facilities and affords close proximity and convenient transportation to the metropolitan areas of New York and Philadelphia. 7 �THE LIBRARY The Library will post its Fall schedule at the beginning of the semester. Evening College students may borrow books from the Library by presenting their I.D. card. THE BOOKSTORE The Bookstore offers a complete stock of necessary textbooks and supplies. It will be open as follows: Monday through Friday ................ 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Saturday ........................... 9:00 a.m. to 12:00 noon EXPENSES Tuition - $60 per semester hour credit. All charges must be paid at the time registration forms are processed. Books and supplies may be purchased at the bookstore and must be paid for at the time of purchase. WITHDRAWAL A student who withdraws from the evening session or drops courses after the first week must receive approval from the instructor and should give prompt written or verbal notice to the Director of the Evening and Summer College in order that their records may not unjustly show failure in courses. Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will receive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: during lhe first six weeks of the evening session one-half of the tuition will be refunded upon request to the Director of Evening and Summer College, if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After the first six weeks no refunds are allowed and the student is obligated for the full costs of the term. No student who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any refunds. CHANGE OF SCHEDULE Occasionally changes in the Evening College Schedule become necessary. Such a change may include the cancellation of one course or the addition of another. Therefore, the College reserves the right to cancel or reschedule any course due to insufficient enrollment or any othPr reason. Wherever possible, any change will be posted during registration. Students who have registered for courses that arc subsequently cancelled or rescheduled will be notified as promptly as possible. 8 CERTIFICATE OF ACHIEVEMENT PROGRAM IN ACCOUNTING BANKING MANAGEMENT MARKETING Students of Business Administration, who hold full-time jobs while studying in the evening and summer college, are required to devote many years to their quest for a bachelor's degree. To encourage these business men and women, Wilkes College will award a "Certificate of Achievement" to those who earn 42 or 44 hours of credit in evening and summer school programs with at least 24 hours in Business Administration and a minimum of 18 hours in General Education. The Certificate of Achievement does not designate the completion of any recognized program. It gives recognition of achievement and notes that the recipient has completed a sequence of courses which may be credited toward the bachelor's degree should the student elect to continue his studies for the degree. It is important to note that the courses in these programs are presently offered at the college and are now required for the Bachelor's degree in Commerce and Finance. A student taking six credit hours of work in the Fall, Spring, and Summer sessions can complete the requirements for the certificate in two and one half years. A student who elects not to attend the summer sessions will require three and one half years to complete the program. Call or write for brochure and further information. 9 �Course EVENING COLLEGE Fall Semester - 1971 -1972 Day & Hour Description Room No. Credit Hrs. Acct. 111E Acct. 201E Acct. 221E Acct. 231E Acct. 241E Econ.101E Econ. 101E-2 Econ. 102E Econ. 111E Econ.201E Econ.217E ACCOUNTING: Acct. 101E Acct. 101E-2 Acct. 101E-3 Acct. 102E Elementary Accounting I Elementary Accounting I Elementary Accounting I Elementary Accounting II (Pre: Acct. 101) Intermediate Accounting I (Pre: Acct. 102) Advanced Cost Accounting I (Pre: Acct. 112) Taxes I (Pre: Acct. 102-202) Auditing Practice I (Pre: Acct. 202) Advanced Accounting I (Pre: Acct. 112) MW 6:30-8:00 TTh 6:30-8:00 TTh 8:00-9:30 MW 6 :30-8 :00 Par. 35 Par. 35 Par. 45 Par. 34 TTh 8:00-9:30 Par. 25 MW 6:30-8:00 Par. Annex MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 45 MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 25 Econ.231E MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 25 Econ. 241E Econ. 223E Econ. 225E Econ. 227E Econ. 229E :con. 245E BIOLOGY: Bio. 101E Bio.102E MW 6:30-8:00 TTh 6 :30-8 :00 Biological Science I Biological Science II Stark 109 Stark 109 Ed. 351 B.A. 225E B.A. 231E B.A. 233E B.A. 241E B.A. 251E Correspondence & Reports (Pre: Eng. 102) Corporation Finance (Pre: Econ. 102) Business Law Introduction & Contracts (Pre: Econ. 102) Business Law Partnerships & Corporations (Pre: B.A. 231) Life Insurance (Pre: Approval of instructor) Principles of Management I TTh 6:30-8:00 Par. 56 TTh 8:00-9:30 Par. 43 MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 56 TTh 8:00-9:30 Eng. 101E Eng.101E-2 Eng.101E-3 Eng. 102E Par. 56 MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 43 TTh 6:30-8:00 Par. 45 Eng.131E Eng.151E MW 6 :00-8 :00 MW 8:00-10:00 10 Principles of Economics I Principles of Economics I Principles of Economics II (Pre: Econ. 101) Economic History Money & Banking (Pre: Econ. 102) Economics of Transportation (Pre: Econ. 102) Collective Bargaining (Pre: Econ. 102) International Trade (Pre: Econ. 102) Economic Geography of North America (Pre: Econ. 102) Comparative Economic Systems (Pre: Econ. 102 or approval of instructor) Applied General Statistics (Pre: Approval of instructor) Economic Analysis (Pre: Econ. 102) Consumer Economics (Pre: Econ. 102) MW 6:30-8:00 TTh 8 :00-9 :30 MW 6:30-8:00 Kirby 302 3 Weck. Annex 3 Par. 23 3 TTh 8:00-9:30 MW 8 :00-9 :30 Par. 23 Kirby 302 3 TTh 6:30-8:00 Par. 34 3 MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 23 3 TTh 8:00-9:30 Par. 34 3 MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 56 3 MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 43 3 TTh 6:30-8:00 Weck. Annex 3 TTh 6 :30-8 :00 Par. 23 3 TTh 8:00-9:30 Par. Annex 3 Kirby 107 3 MW 6:30-8:00 TTh 6:30-8:00 MW 8 :00-9 :30 TTh 6:30-8:00 Bdf. 12 Bdf. 12 Bdf. 12 Bdf. 13 3 M 4:00-6:00 MW 6 :30-8 :00 Kirby 203 Bdf. 14 3 Educational Measurements (Pre: Ed. 202) Th 4 :00-6 :00 Par. 33 Par. 33 Composition I Composition I Composition I Composition II (Pre: Eng. 101) Fundamentals of Speech Western World Literature 3 3 3 2 3 ENGINEERING: 1a E. 102 Elementary Shorthand Elementary Typewriting Credit Hrs. E GLISH: BUSINESS EDUCATION: B.E.105 B.E.107 Room No. EDUCATION: BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: B.A. 209E Day & Hour ECONOMICS: UNDERGRADUATE DIVISION Course Description 1 E. 211 Materials Science (Approval of instructor) Mechanics I. Statics (Approval of instructor) Time and Place to be arranged. Time and Place to be arranged. 11 3 3 �Course Day &Hour Description Room No. Credit Hrs. ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE: T 8:00-10:00 Stark 109 lath. lOOE Th 8:00-10:00 Stark 100 . 1ath. 101E Math. lllE FINE ARTS: Experiencing Art I T 5:00-8:00 Con. An.101 3 ~lath. 261 HISTORY: Hist. 101E Hist.102E Hist. 241E Hist. 333E Hist. 353E Hist. 355E Hist. 381 Hist. 497 History of Western Civilization History of Western Civilization British History (Approval of instructor) Age of Big Business (Approval of instructor) Early Modern Europe (Approval of instructor) Nineteenth Century Europe (Approval of instructor) Latin America Seminar (China's Foreign Relations) (Approval of instructor) TTh 5:30-7:00 Stark 204 Credit Hrs. MW 8:00-9:30 Stark 204 Th 5 :30-8 :30 Kirby 109 T 5:30-8:30 W 5:30-8:30 MW 6:30-8:30 T 5:30-8:30 Th 5:30-8:30 Basic News Writing Fee $10 MW 6 :00-8 :00 math) MW 6:30-8:00 Miner 12 4 Miner 11 3 MW 6 :00-8 :00 Miner 21 4 TTh 6:30-8:00 Miner 22 3 Darte 202 3 Please consult the Graduate Office or the Department of Mathematics for this course listing. Fkn. 30 Weck. Annex Fkn. 30 Kirby 109 Fkn. 30 MUSIC: . 1us.101E Introduction to the Materials TTh 6:30-8:00 Literature of Music I pplied Mus. Hrs. to be arranged & Note - TTh 6:30-8:00 Pre-Calculus Mathematics (Pre: two years of high school Fundamentals of Mathematics Analysis I (Calculus with Analytic Geometry) (Pre: Math. 105 or both Math 107-109, or equivalent) Introduction to Computer Sciences Fee $20 In addition to the above courses, a number of senior-graduate courses will be offered. Generally, these courses will be scheduled twice per week in the late afternoon (4:005 :30) or evening. JOURNALISM: Jour. 101E Room No. MATHEMATICS: Env. Sci. 101E Environmental Science Introductory Earth Science Lab Lab fee $20 F.A.101E Day &Hour Description Course 1 It is important that all students who register for applied music through the evening college be advised to consult with Mr. William Gasbarro, department chairman, before completing their registration. Par. 33 URSING EDUCATION: LANGUAGES: Fr.101E Fr. 203E Ger.101E Ger. 203E Russ.101E Russ. 203E Span.101E Span.203E Elementary French Intermediate French (Pre: Fr. 102) Elementary German Intermediate German (Pre: Ger. 102) Elementary Russian Intermediate Russian (Pre: Russ. 102) Elementary Spanish Intermediate Spanish (Pre: Span. 102) 12 MW 8 :00-9 :30 MW 6:30-8:00 Kirby 103 Kirby 103 MW 6 :30-8 :00 MW 8 :00-9 :30 Kirby 303 Kirby 303 TTh 4:00-5:30 TTh 6:30-8:00 Kirby 203 Kirby 108 TTh 6:30-8:00 TTh 8 :00-9 :30 Kirby 203 Kirby 203 , '.E. 103E .. E. 106E ' E. 112E , ',E. 113E '.E. 114E Ed. 351E i Trends in Nursing MTh 4:00-5:30 Supervision & Administration M 4:00-6:00 Field Experience in Hrs. to be arranged Supervising or Teaching Medical & Surgical Nursing I Th 6:00-8:00 Medical & Surgical Nursing II Th 8:00-10:00 Educational ·Measurements Th 4 :00-6 :00 (Pre: Ed. 202) Kirby 108 Kirby 107 2 2 4 Kirby 107 Kirby 107 Kirby 107 2 2 3 Fkn.14 Fkn.14 3 PHILOSOPHY: Phil. 101E Phil.102E Introduction to Philosophy Logic & Scientific Method 13 TTh 8:00-9:30 TTh 6 :30-8 :00 3 �Course Description Day & Hour Room No. T 7:00-8:00 Miner 21 MW 6:30-8:00 Stark 114 GRADUATE COURSES Credit Hrs. PHYSICAL EDUCATION: P.E.105E Hygiene Fall Semester-1971-1972 PHYSICS: Phys.101E Physical Science Biology POLITICAL SCIENCE: P.S.101E P.S. 223E Political Science I Comparative Government (Pre: P.S. 101-102) The Role of Planning in Urban Development (Pre: P.S. 101-102) P.S. 251E TTh 6:30-8:00 TTh 8:00-9:30 Kirby 303 Kirby 108 MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 34 General Psychology I General Psychology I Child Psychology (Pre: Psy. 101-102) Human Behavior (Pre: Psy. 101-102) Psy. 232E TTh 6:30-8:00 TTh 8:00-9:30 MW 6:30-8:00 Kirby 102 Kirby 102 Kirby 208 3 3 3 MW 8:00-9:30 Kirby 208 3 RETAILING: Ret.101E Ret. 210E Principles of Retailing Elements of Merchandise TTh 8 :00-9 :30 TTh 6:30-8:00 Kirby 208 Kirby 208 Comparative Physiology Bio. 451 Invertebrate Biology Chemistry 3 PSYCHOLOGY: Psy.101E Psy.101E-2 Psy.221E Bio. 432 Chem. 341 Elementary Physical Chemistry Chem. 411 Chem. 440 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Quantum Chemistry Chem. 531 Stereochemistry Physics Phys.401 Phys.511 Topics in Mathematical Physics Analytical Mechanics Phys.531 Electricity and Magnetism Phys. 551 Quan tum Mechanics 3 Business Administration SECRETARIAL STUDIES: (See Business Education) SOCIOLOGY: Soc.101E Introduction to Sociology & Anthropology Soc.251E Comparative Social Welfare Systems (Pre: Soc. 101-102, Psy. 101-102) Econ.474 Pre-Seminar Econ.506 Labor-Management Economics Acct. 503 Managerial Accounting Management Science Bus. Adm. 502 MW 6:30-8:00 Kirby 102 TTh 6:30-8:00 Kirby 302 Bus. Adm. 524 Modern International Commerce Management Seminar II Bus. Adm. 552 Financial Management Bus. Adm. 511 English 14 Eng. 345 Early English Novel Eng. Modern Novel 15 �TEMPLE UNIVERSITY GRADUATE PROGRAM History Hist. 333 Age of Big Business Hist. 353 Early Modern Europe Europe in the Nineteenth Century Hist. 497 History of Latin America Seminar - China's Foreign Relations Wilkes College cooperates with Temple University in offering a General Education Program for Teachers (G.E.P.T.) leading to the Degree of Master of Science in Education. The program is open to an ,one who meets the academic requirements and is interested in posure to a broad-base general education program. The following Hist. 395 Independent Research course is being offered this semester: Hist. 355 Hist. 381 G.E. 401 Changing Perspectives in the Humanities Mathematics Math. 311 Functions of a Real Variable Math. 331 Introduction to Abstract Algebra I Math. 343 Introduction to Geometry Math. 413 Functions of Several Variables Math. 441 Introduction to Topology I Math. 480 Topics in Number Theory Math. 531 Modern Algebra Re istration: Saturday, September 11 at 8:45 a.m.; to be followed by the first class. (Parrish 35) Education Ed. 402 Elementary Classroom Methods Ed. 403 Intern Teaching Ed. 430 Ed. 510 Developmental Reading Psychological Foundations of Education Ed. 513 Comparative Foundations of Education Ed. 514 Historical Foundations of Education Ed. 520 Ed. 532A Tests and Measurements Problems in Elementary Education (Math.) Ed. 532C Problems in Elementary Education (Lang. Arls) Ed. 534 Elementary School Curriculum 16 Further information on all Graduate Courses can be obtained at the Graduate School Office at Wilkes College. (824-4651, Ext. 243). �WILKES EVENIN SPRING �Wilkes College ~~ EVENING SESSION Spring Semester 1972 WILKES-BARRE, PENNSYLVANIA �Calendar Registration for the Evening College is as follows: Wednesday, January 26 ................... 9 :00 a.m. to 8 :00 p.m. Thursday, January 27 ..................... 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. Friday, January 28 ....................... 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. Saturday, January 29 ...................... 9 :00 a.m. to 12 noon Monday, January 31 .................. Classes begin at 6:00 p.m. Wednesday, February 16 ............. Submit incomplete grades Saturday, March 11 .......................... Progress reports Thursday, March 23 ........... Easter recess begins at 10 :00 p.m. Monday, April 3 ................. Easter recess ends at 6 :00 p.m. Thursday, May 11 .................... Classes end at 10:00 p.m. Monday, May 15, to Thursday, May 18 ....... Examination period For further information write to: Bernard J. Vinovrski Director of Evening and Summer College Wilkes College Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 18703 Phone 8l4-4651, Ext. 303. After 5 :00 p.m., call 824-4656 �WILKES COLLEGE AN EDUCATED MAN seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; is aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell University, r sponding to a request of community leaders, established its Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter as a four-year liberal arts college. The College has grown steadily to its current enrollment of approximately 2400 full-time day students and 1000 evening students engaged in undergraduate, graduate, and continuing education programs. From its inception the college has been dedicated to these twin goals -a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a program of service to the community. AN INDEPENDENT COLLEGE It was inevitable that the new college should be non-sectarian, for it purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters wished the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the community. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an independent college that was interdenominational in its influence and non-denominational in its control. has ethical standards by which he lives; FREEDOM OF INQUIRY respects the religious convictions of all men; participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community; communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. McClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their decision. With responsibility came a pressing desire to strengthen the work of the faculty, united in their faith that the intellectual and spiritual resources of the student are vigorous where the creative mind is free. UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY Formulated and adopted by the faculty as a guide to learning. 2 A college that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite philosophy and a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided by the thought that unity in our community, our nation, and our world requires not only great vision but warm understanding of peoples. In its mall circle Wilkes College brings together students of many faiths, 3 �b~c~grounds, and countries. It encourages them to maintain their co v1ct10ns and their loyalties. It encourages them to create friendshi based up?n respect for differences, and to adhere to those ideals th create umty and good will amidst diversity. EVENING COLLEGE INFORMATION While. academic work is the basis of the College program, the facu. ty recogmzes that academic training will be of little importance unle CURRICULA students emerge as men and women of strong faith and fine character DERGRADUATE PROGRAM In the words of John Stuart Mill, "Before you can make men doctor To meet the needs of ambitious men and women who desire the help and lawyers, you must first make them men." hich may come from college instruction, Wilkes College offers a wide program of Evening courses from which selections may be made acWilkes College is committed to education as a way of life. cording to individual tastes and requirements. , A COOPERATIVE EFFORT . The origi~al concept of community effort has been strengthenec with the passmg of the years and with growing experience. It has been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the communit ~II benefit _from co_oper~tive effort. This cooperative relationship, with ~ts emphas1~ on tramed mtelligence and extended planning, has resulted m cooperative action. 1 The courses offered by the Evening College are designed for their pecial value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare th~mselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire addi- DECADES OF GROWTH Because. of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support_ durm~ the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily so that It now mcludes most of the properties facing the River Common Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansion of the campus. ACCREDITATION Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania and the Middle States Association of Colleges ~nd Secondary Schools. The Accounting curriculum has been accredited by the Certified Public Accounting Examiners of the State of re, York. tional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in the study of problems relating to business administration and the economy of the nation and the world. 5. Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting and aspire to qualify for a certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. 7. Men and women seeking a college degree through attendance in the Evening College. Except where designated in the course schedule, classes for courses offered in the evening will be scheduled on Monday-Wednesday m Tuesday-Thursday between the hours of 6 :00 p.m. and 10 :00 p.m. OMISSIONS Evening College students who wish to work toward a degree shall make application for admission as a degree candidate when they first 4 5 �register. Stud~nts who enrolled without any plan to earn a degree, b The Director of the Evening Division will act as advisor to all stuwho conclu?e m consequence of their experience in the evening sch nts enrolled on a part-time basis (Day or Evening Division) and to all that they wish to earn a degree, must apply for admission to the de tudents enrolled in the Evening Division on a full-time basis. p_rogram when they complete thirty hours of work in the Evening Dh If a regular day student enrolls an Evening Di~ision_ c?~rse, he s10n. When this application is made, the student's record will bee ,II retain his day school faculty advisor. If an Evenmg D1vis10n stuamined to determine his eligibility and his prospects of successf nt enrolls in a day school course, he will be classified as a Special achievement. This will be followed by a personal interview with th tudent for the semester in which he is registered for a day school Director of the Evening Division and a recommendation will then b ourse. During this period he will retain his Evening Division advisor. submitted to the Office of Admissions. hould he transfer to the day school, he will be assigned a regular If the student is accepted as a degree candidate, he will be notifi faculty advisor. by t~e Office of Admi~s.ions. If the student is not accepted as a degr RESEARCH AND GRADUATE CENTER candidate, he may peht10n to continue as a special student. This, The Research and Graduate Center is an excellently equipped and offer him a further opportunity to demonstrate his ability to benef taffed installation that is an integral part of the College complex. Durfrom continued study. ing the school term the Center will continue the various public and Students who have been refused admission to the regular da private research projects now in progress. school are not encouraged to seek admission to the Evening Divisio LABOR-MANAGEMENT TRAINING COURSES However, if written permission is granted by the Dean of Admission To establish a climate for industrial redevelopment the College has a student may apply for admission to the Evening Division as a speci pioneered a Labor-Management Training Program in which the needs student. of the individual and the company are analyzed. Plans are arranged in consultation with officials, foreme~,. and ot~er No student listed as an academic failure at this or any other colle may be permitted to register in the Evening Division within a vea mployees and are designed to meet the gen~ral and specific reqm:efollowing his failure. After the lapse of a year the student from anoih ments of the particular group. Where several firms are confronted with college may submit an application for admission. The Wilkes studen common problems, special classes are organized to include representwho has been denied the privilege of continuing his studies must appl ation of several companies. to the Academic Standing Committee for re-admission. I STITUTE OF REGIONAL AFFAIRS The Institute of Regional Affairs is a multi-purpose college organStudents who wish to transfer from another institution must provide a transcript of all previous college work. ization which views regional problems as belonging to no simple academic discipline, but rather as a contemporary phenomenon ~pill~ng Students who do not satisfy the usual educational requirements fo into many disciplines. The Institute was created to assure coordmat10n admission to degree programs may qualify by demonstrating the, of varied efforts in order to better understand and resolve complex and competence. This can be done by passing the qualifying examination contemporary problems. for a secondary school diploma and by demonstrating their proficienc Its four-fold purpose is: education and training, community informin evening classes. The Director of the Evening Division will inform tion, research, and consultation. the student of the steps that are needed to qualify him for c:dmission The underlying philosophy of the Institute of Regional Affairs is Under the regulations of the Veteran's Administration, a studen cooperation, rather than reform of partisanship. who does not qualify as a degree candidate may follow one of two FACILITIES programs. He may pursue college work from a planned list of course The College is located in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, in the heart approved by the Veteran's Administration; or, he may earn the hig of the picturesque and historic Wyoming Valley. This ideal location in school equivalent diploma by passing the United States Armed Force the foothills of the Poconos offers abundant cultural and recreational Institute (USAFI) and/or the General Equivalency Diploma (GED) tes facilities and affords close proximity and convenient transportation to in order to apply for admission as a degree candidate. the metropolitan areas of New York and Philadelphia. fo:: 6 7 �THE LIBRARY The Library will post its Spring schedule at the beginning oft semester. Evening College students may borrow books from the Library presenting their I.D. card. THE BOOKSTORE The Bookstore offers a complete stock of necessary textbooks ar. supplies. It will be open as follows: Monday through Friday ....... . .... . ... 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Saturday .................. . ........ 9 :00 a.m. to 12 :00 noon Achievement Program EXPENSES Tuition - Certificate Of $60 per semester hour credit. All charges must be paid at the time registration forms are pro• cessed. Books and supplies may be purchased at the bookstore and must be paid for at the time of purchase. WITHDRAWAL A student who withdraws from the evening session or drops course after the first week must receive approval from the instructor and should give prompt written or verbal notice to the Director of the Evening and Summer College in order that their records may not unjust! show failure in courses. Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will re• ceive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: during the first six weeks of the evening session one-half of the tuition will be refund d upon request to the Director of Evening and Summer College, if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After the first six weeks no refunds are allowed and the student is obligated for the full costs of the term. No student who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any refunds. CHANGE OF SCHEDULE Occasionally changes in the Evening College Schedule become necessary. Such a change may include the cancellation of one course or the addition of another. Therefore, the College reserves the right to cancel or reschedule any course due to insufficient enrollment or any oth • reason. Wherever possible, any change will be posted during renistration. Students who have registered for courses that arc subsequent!} cancelled or rescheduled will be notified as promptly as possible. 8 IN ACCOUNTING BANKING MANAGEMENT MARKETING Students of Business Administration, who hold full-time jobs while studying in the evening and summer college, are required to devote many years to their quest for a bachelor's degree. To encourage these business men and women, Wilkes College will award a "Certificate of chievement" to those who earn 42 hours of credit in evening and summer school programs with at least 24 hours in Business Administration and 18 hours in General Education. The Certificate of Achievement does not designate the completion of any recognized program. It gives recognition of achievement ~nd notes that the recipient has completed a sequence of courses which may be credited toward the bachelor's degree should the student elect to continue his studies for the degree. It is important to note that the courses in these programs are presently offered at the college and are now required for the Bachelor's degree in Commerce and Finance. A student taking six credit hours of work in the Fall, Spring, and ummer sessions can complete the requirements for the certificate in two and one half years. A student who elects not to attend the summer essions will require three and one half years to complete the program. Call or write for brochure and further information. 9 �EVENING COLLEGE UNDERGRADUATE DIVISION Spring Semester - 1972 Course Description B . 232E Business Law- Agency Partnerships, Corporation Real Property (Pre: B.A. 231) Business Law-Property (Pre: B.A. 231, 232, Acct. 102) Property Insurance (Pre: B.A. 232 or approval of instructor) Time and Motion Study Principles of Management II (Pre: B.A. 251) B . 233E BA. 240E Course Description Day &Hour Room No. Credit Hrs. ACCOUNTING: Acct. 101E Acct. lOlE-2 Acct. 102E Elementary Acct. I Elementary Acct. I Elementary Acct. II (Pre: Acct. 101) Acct.102E-2 Elementary Acct. II (Pre: Acct. 101) Acct.111E Intermediate Acct. I (Pre: Acct. 102) Acct. 112E Intermediate Acct. II (Pre: Acct. 111) Acct. 202E Cost Accounting II (Pre: Acct. 201) Acct. 222E Taxes II (Pre: Acct. 221) Acct. 232E Auditing II (Pre: Acct. 231) Acct. 242E Advanced Acct. II (Pre: Acct. 112 and permission of instructor) MW 8:00-9:30 TTh 6:30-8:00 MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 25 Par. 35 Par. 35 3 TTh 6:30-8:00 Par. 45 3 TTh 6 :30-8 :00 Par. 25 TTh 8:00-9:30 Par. 35 MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 45 MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 45 MW 8:00-9:30 Par. Annex MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 35 Biological Science Biological Science MW 6:30-8:00 TTh 6:30-8:00 3 B.A. 216E B.A. 220E B.A. 222E Salesmanship (Pre: Approval of instructor) Advertising Real Estate (Pre: Econ. 102) Marketing (Pre: Econ. 102) MW 6:30-8:00 MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 53 3 MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 23 3 MW 6 :30-8 :00 Par. 23 3 TTh 8:00-9:30 TTh 8:00-9:30 Par. 56 Par. 34 3 3 TTh 6:30-8:00 Par. 33 2 TTh 8:00-9:30 Par. 33 2 Weck. An. Par. 43 3 3 Par. 43 3 Kirby 109 3 Par. 25 3 Par. 53 3 Par. 43 3 Weck. An. 3 Par. 34 3 Kirby 109 2 Credit Hrs. Bus. Ed. 106E Intermediate Shorthand (Pre: Bus. Ed. 105) Intermediate Typewriting (Pre: Bus. Ed. 107) Lab Fee $10 Bu Ed.108E ECONOMICS: Econ.101E Econ. 102E Stark 302 Stark 302 3 3 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: B.A.114E Room No. BUSINESS EDUCATION: BIOLOGY: Bio. 101E Bio.102E B.A.244E B.. 252E Day &Hour Par. 34 MW 8:00-9:30 TTh 6:30-8:00 Par. 34 Kirby 107 TTh 6:30-8:00 Par. 53 3 3 Principles of Economics I TTh 8:00-9:30 Principles of Economics II MW 6:30-8:00 (Pre: Econ. 101) Econ. 102E-2 Principles of Economics II TTh 6:30-8:00 (Pre: Econ. 101) Econ. 202E Theory of Money TTh 6:30-8:00 (Pre: Econ. 201) Econ. 212E Government and Business MW 6:30-8:00 (Pre: Econ. 102, P.S. 101) Econ.228E Economic Geography of MW 6:30-8:00 Asia, Africa, Latin America (Econ. 227 is not a prerequisite) Econ. 230E Business Cycles TTh 8:00-9:30 (Pre: Approval of instructor) Econ. 232E Economic Statistics TTh 6:30-8:00 (Pre. Econ. 231) Econ. 236E Public Finance TTh 6:30-8:00 (Pre: Econ. 102, P.S. 101) EDUCATION: Ed. 351E Educational Measurements (Pre: Ed. 202) 10 11 Th 4:00-6:00 �Course ------ Description Day & Hour Description Day & Hour Room No. Credit Hrs. ENGLISH: Eng.101E Eng.102E Composition Composition (Pre: Eng. 101) Composition (Pre: Eng. 101) Fundamentals of Speech Western World Literature (Pre: Eng. 151) Studies in Linguistics (Graduate course open to undergraduates) Eng.102E-2 Eng.131E Eng. 152E Eng. 405E HISTORY: MW 6:30-8:00 MW 8:00-9:30 Bdf. 13 Bdf. 13 TTh 6:30-8:00 Bdf. 13 M 4:00-6:00 MW 6 :30-8 :00 Bdf. 14 Bdf. 14 M 6:00-9:00 Bdf.12 H1 HI H1 HI Ma. E. 242E Hi t. 356E Europe in the Twentieth Century Historiography and Research (Approval of instructor) Seminar MW 8:00-9:30 TTh 5:30-7:00 T 5:30-8:30 W 5:30-8:30 Stark 204 Stark 204 Fkn. 14 Fkn. 14 3 3 3 3 M 5:30-8:30 Fkn. 14 3 Hist. 371E M 5:30-8:30 Fkn. 30 3 Hi I. 497E Th 5:30-8:30 Fkn. 30 1-3 MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 33 3 MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 33 3 Miner 12 4 Miner 11 Miner 12 3 3 Miner 11 4 JOURNALISM Materials Science (Approval of instructor) Circuit Theory II (Approval of instructor) Physical Metallurgy (Approval of instructor) E. E. 212E History of World Civilization History of World Civilization Twentieth Century America Early Modern Europe (1648-1815) ENGINEERING: Ma. E.102E t. 101E t.102E t. 334E t. 354E Jour.102E Time and place to be arranged Time and place to be arranged Tim eand place to be arranged Jour. 102E-2 Journalism II (Pre: Jour. 101 or permission of instructor) Lab Fee $10 Journalism II Pre: Jour. 101 or permission of instructor) Lab Fee $10 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE: fATHEMATICS: Env. Sci. 232E Hydrology Laboratory Lab Fee $20 T 6:00-8:00 Th 6:00-8:00 Stark 109 Stark 100 f th. lOOE FINE ARTS: F. A.101E Experiencing Art I T 5:00-8:00 1ath.101E 1ath. 102E Con. An.101 3 FOREIGN LANGUAGES: Math. 112E French 102E Elementary French II (Pre: French 101) French 204E Intermediate French II (Pre: French 203) German 102E Elementary German II (Pre: German 101) German 204E Intermediate German II (Pre: German 203) Spanish 102E Elementary Spanish II (Pre: Spanish 101) Spanish 204E Intermediale Spanish II (Pre: Spanish 203) MW 8 :00-9 :30 Kirby 103 MW 6:30-8:00 Kirby 103 MW 6:30-8:00 Kirby 303 MW 8:00-9:30 Kirby 303 TTh 6:30-8:00 Kirby 103 fUSIC: TTh 8:00-9:30 Kirby 103 lusic 101E lath. 263E 12 3 1ath. 264E Pre-Calculus Mathematics TTh 6:00-8:00 (Pre: Two years of secondary school mathematics in algebra and geometry) Fundamentals of Math. I TTh 6:30-8:00 Fundamentals of Math. II MW 6:30-8:00 (Pre: Not open to students with credits in Math. 103,104) Analysis II Calculus or MW 6 :00-8 :00 functions of a real variable (Pre: Math. 111) Fortran Programming Time and place (Pre: Math. 261 or to be arranged approval of instructor) Cobol Programming Time and place (Pre: Math. 261 or to be arranged approval of instructor) Introduction to the Materials and Literature of Music I 13 TTh 6:30-8:00 3 3 DDD 202 3 �Course Description Day & Hour Day & Hour Room No. Credit Hrs. Descrip~tio:"~ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - = - - - - - - - - - - - - - AppliedMusic Please arrange this course with Mr. Gasbarro, chairman, Music Department PSYCH0L0GY: TTh 6 :30-8 :00 TTh 8 :00-9 :30 MW 6:30-8:00 Kirby 102 Kirby 102 Kirby 108 3 MW 6:30-8:00 Stark 109 3 MW 8:00-9:30 Stark 109 3 MW 6:30-8:00 Retail Buying (Pre: Approval of instructor) Kirby 107 3 MW 6:30-8:00 Kirby 208 3 TTh 6:30-8:00 Kirby 302 3 TTh 8:00-9:30 Par. 23 3 General Psychology General Psychology Advanced General Psychology (Learning and Motivation) (Pre: Psy. 101 - 102) Human Behavior (Pre: Psy. 101 - 102) Psychological Tests (This course is a prerequisite for Psy. 243, 245) NURSING EDUCATION: N. E.103E N. E.107E N. E.108E N. E.112E N. E.114E History and Trends in MTh 4:00-5:30 Nursing Principles and Methods in M 4:00-6:00 Nursing Education (Pre: Psy. 102 or permission of instructor) Multi-Sensory Techniques in T 4:00-5:00 Nursing Education (Pre: N.E. 107 may be taken concurrently) Field Experience in SuperHours to be vision or Teaching arranged Medical and Surgical Nursing Th 6:00-8:00 (N.E. 113 is not a prerequisite) Kby.107 p y. 232E Kby.109 P . 242E Kby.107 3 3 RETAILING: Rel. 214E Kby.108 ECRET ARIAL STUDIES: PHILOSOPHY: Phil.101E Phil.102E Phil. 210E (See Business Education) Introduction to Philosophy Logic and Scientific Method Ethics MW 8:00-9:30 TTh 8:00-9:30 TTh 6:30-8:00 Kby.102 Kby. 208 Kby. 208 OCIOL0GY AND ANTHROPOLOGY: oc. 102E oc. 265E PHYSICAL EDUCATION: P.E. 106E Hygiene T 7:00-8:00 Miner21 oc. 275E PHYSICS: Physics 102E Physics 392E Physical Science (Pre: Phys. 101 or approval of instructor) Advanced Laboratory (Pre: Phys. 203, Math. 212) MW 6:30-8:00 Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology II Sociology of Industry (Pre: Soc. 101, 102 and Econ. 101, 102, or permission of instructor) Sociology of Minorities (Pre: Soc. 101, 102 and Psy. 101, 102) Stark 114 Hours to be arranged 1·. POLITICAL SCIENCE: P. S. 102E P. S. 222E P. S.252E Political Science II International Relations (Pre: P.S. 101 - 102) Fundamentals of Urban Design (Pre: P.S. 251) 14 TTh 6:30-8:00 TTh 6:30-8:00 Kirby 303 Kirby 203 MW 8:00-9:30 Kirby 302 15 �GRADUATE COURSE OFFERINGS Ed. Ed. Ed. Ed. Ed. Ed. Ed. Spring Semester 1972 Biology Biology Biology Biology Biology Biology Biology Biology 302 312 322 332 397 421 432 Cytology Bacteriology Ecology Evolutionary Mechanisms Seminar Acct. Econ. Econ. Econ. Econ. B.A. B.A. B.A. B.A. 541 473 501 505 534 507 512 521 551 Chemistry 542 Advanced Accounting Problems Pre-Seminar Managerial Economics Managerial Statistics Labor Seminar Business Society Price Policy and Procedure Organizational Theory Investment and Portfolio Management Intermediate Physical Chemistry Organic Quantitative Analysis Advanced Analytical Chemistry Selected Topic in Organic Chemistry Biochemistry Spectroscopy 366 405 Later English Novels Studies in Linguistics History History History History History 334 354 356 371 497 Twentieth Century America Early Modern Europe Europe in the Twentieth Century Historiography Seminar Mathematics 11ath. fath. fath. 1ath. . fath. i 1ath. ~fath. Math. fath. Math. i 312 314 334 352 364 432 532 Functions of a Real Variable II Functions of a Complex Variable Linear Alge bra Probability and Mathematical Statistics II Numerical Analysis Introduction to Abstract Algebra II Introduction to Topology II Readings in Mathematics Topics in Mathematics Modern Algebra II 402 511 531 540 571 Topics in Mathematical Physics Analytical Mechanics Electricity and Magnetism Statistical Mechanics Solid State Theory 442 470 480 Physics Education Ed. Ed. Ed. Ed. English English Hi tory Chemistry Chemistry 342 Chemistry 334 Chemistry 3 76 Chemistry 536 Social Foundations of Education Tests and Measurements Diagrams and Correction of Reading Difficulties Problems in Elementary Education, Mathematics Seminar in Elementary Education Secondary School Curriculum Workshop English Current Concepts in Genetics Comparative Physiology Business Administration 512 520 530 533A 539 541 596 404 436 510 511 Interim Teaching Children's Literature Psychological Foundations of Education Philosophical Foundations of Education 16 Physics Physics Physics Physics Physics 17 I �TEMPLE UNIVERSITY GRADUATE PROGRAM Wilkes College cooperates with Temple University in offerin General Education Program for Teachers (G.E.P.T.) leading to the gree of Master of Science in Education. The program is open to an~ who meets the academic requirements and is interested in expo to a broad-base general education program. The following cour e being offered this semester: G.E. 402 - Changing Perspectives in the Humanities. REGISTRATION: Saturday, January 29, at 8:45 a.m.; to be followed by the first cla (Parrish 35). Further information on all Graduate Courses can be obtained at Graduate School Office at Wilkes College (824-4651, Extension 243J ��CALENDAR DAY SESSIONS-1972 FIRST SESSION REGISTRATION - Monday, June 12, thru Friday, June 16 Weckesser Hall-8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. SESSION BEGINS- Monday, June 19 SESSION ENDS - Friday, July 21 (Including Final Examination) SECOND SESSION REGISTRATION - Thursday, July 20, and Friday, July 21 Weckesser Hall-8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. SESSION BEGINS- Monday, July 24 SESSION ENDS- Friday, August 25 (Including Final Examination) EIGHT - WEEK EVENING SESSION REGISTRATION - Thursday, June 15, and Friday, June 16 Weckesser Hall-8:30 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. SESSION BEGINS- Monday, June 19 SESSION ENDS - Friday, August 11 (Including Final Examination) SPECIAL SESSION REGISTRATION-Thursday, June 8, and Friday, June 9 Weckesser Hall-8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. SESSION BEGINS- Monday, June 12 SESSION ENns - Friday, July 21 REGISTRATION - Thursday, July 20, and Friday, July 21 SESSION BEGINS - Monday, July 24 SESSION ENDS - Thursday, August 31 (Including Final Examination) ___ s COLLEGE u et(n SUMMER SESSIONS 1972 FoR FURTHER INFORMATION WRITE To: Director of Evening and Summer College Wilkes College Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 18703 Phone: 824-4651 Ext. 303 (After 5:00 p.m.: call 824-4656) In order to minimize the possibility of cancelling courses the preliminary registration form on the back cover should be ~ompleted and forwarded to the Director of Evening and Summer College as soon as possible. The preliminary registration does not obligate the registrant to take the course. Wilkes-Barre • Pennsylvania �seeks truth, for without truth there can be no An Educated Man understanding; possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; is aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community; communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Formulated and adopted by the faculty as a guide to learning. �Wilkes College Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell University, responding to a request of community leaders, established its Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter as a four-year liberal arts college. The College has grown steadily to its current enrollment of approximately 2,400 full-time day students and 1,000 adults in the Evening College and special classes. From its inception the Co,llege has been dedicated to these twin goals - a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a program of service to the community. AN INDEPENDENT COLLEGE It was inevitable that the new College should be non-sectarian, for its purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters wished the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the community. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an independent college that was interdenominational in its influence and non-denominational in its control. FREEDOM OF INQUIRY Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. McClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their decision. With responsibility came a pressing desire to strengthen the work of the faculty, united in their faith that the intellectual and spiritual resources of the student are vigorous where the creative mind is free. UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY A college that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite philosophy and a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided by the thought that unity in our community, our nation, and our world requires not only great vision but warm understanding of �Page 6 - SUMMER COLLEGE WILKES COLLEGE peoples. In its small circle Wilkes College brings together students of many faiths, backgrounds, and countries. It encourages them to maintain their convictions and their loyalties. It encourages them to create friendships based upon respect for differences, and to adhere to those ideals that create unity and good will amidst diversity. While academic work is the basis of the College program, the faculty recognizes that academic training will be of little importance unless students emerge as men and women of strong faith and fine character. In the words of John Stuart Mill, "Before you can make men doctors and lawyers, you must first make them men." A COOPERATIVE EFFORT The original concept of community services has been strengthened with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It has been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the community all benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperative relationship, with its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has resulted in cooperative action. DECADES OF GROWTH Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Common. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansion of the campus. Information Curricula UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM The summer program is designed for men and women interested in accelerating degree work, and for recent high school graduates interested in beginning their college careers. Courses are open to Wilkes College students, students of other colleges, and nonmatriculated students. Course load is limited to six semester hours of credit for each d~y session. Studen ts are cautioned to exercise judgment and care m scheduling both day and evening courses. Most classes for courses offered during the day sessions will meet five days per week during the morning hours as follows: FIRST PERIOD -8:00 A.M. rn 9:50 A.M. SECOND PERIOD - 10: IO A.M. TO 12:00 Noon Except where designated in the cour~e sch~dule,. classes for courses offered during the eight-week evenmg sess10n will be scheduled on Monday, Tuesday, and Thursday evenings between the hours of 6:00 P.M. and 10:00 P.M. The College reserves the right to cancel any course due to _insufficient enrollment or any other reason. Students who hav~ reg1st~red for courses that are subsequently cancelled because of msuffic1ent enrollment will be notified as promptly as possible. ACCREDITATION Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania, the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, Certified Public Accounting Examiners of the State of New York, and the American Chemical Society. ADMISSION Admission to the summer program is granted to: a) all Wilkes College students currently in good standing; b) high school graduates who have been admitted as degree candidates to the Wilkes regular program; c) high school graduates who have been admitted as full-time students in the regular program of an accredited college other than Wilkes; �Page 8 - INFORMATION INFOIL'\fATION - Page 9 d) all students in good standing at their respective colleges who furnish official confirmation of that status sent by the dean of their college to the director of the Wilkes summer session; e) students who enroll in the summer session upon special invitation by Wilkes Committee on Admissions. Non-Wilkes summer session students who desire to become degree candidates here will have to qualify for admission or transfer into the college's regular program via the procedures outlined by the Committee on Admissions. Such procedures must be initiated through the office of Mr. John Whitby, Director of Admissions. TRANSFER OF CREDITS Credits earned in the Wilkes College summer session may be transferred to other institutions. Students may, at the conclusion of the course, request this service by filling out a card indicating to which institution credits earned shall be transferred. WITHDRAWAL DORMITORY AND DINING FACILITIES Dormitory and dining facilities will be available for both male and female students. The cost for these services may be f~und under EXPENSES. Arrangements for dormitory accommo.dat10ns may be made with the Director of Evening and Summer College. THE LIBRARY The Library will post its Summer schedule at the beginning of the first day session. THE BOOKSTORE The Bookstore offers a complete stock of necessary textbooks and supplies. It will be open as follows: Monday through Friday 8:30 a.m. -4:30 p.m. Withdrawal from classes after the first week is inadvisable except in extenuating circumstances. A student who withdraws from the summer session or drops courses after the first week must receive permission from the instructor and the Director of the Evening and Summer College in order that their records may not unjustly show failure in courses. Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will receive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: During the first week of the day sessions and during the first two weeks of the eight-week evening session one-half of the tuition will be refunded upon written request to the Director of Evening and Summer College, if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After the periods designated no refunds are allowed and the student is obligated for the full costs of the term. No student who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any refunds. Facilities The College is located in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, in the heart of the picturesque and historic Wyoming Valley. This ideal location in the foothills of the Poconos offers abundant cultural and recreational facilities and affords close proximity and convenient transportation to the metropolitan areas of New York and Philadelphia. Expenses The student may expect to incur the fo.llowing expenses for the summer session: TUITION -$60 per credit hour. DORMITORY (Exclusive of meals) - $75 per day session. LINEN SERVICE - $5 per day session (required for dormitory students). DINING FACILITIES - Dining Hall will be open Monday through Friday. Meals may be taken on a pay-as-you-go basis. All charges must be paid at the time registratio:1 forms are processed. Charges for the second session may be paid no later than July 22, 1972. Books and supplies may be purchased at the bookstore and must be paid for at the time of purchase. �SUMMER SESSION SCHEDULE OF COURSES SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page 11 DESCRIPTION Chem. 341S Elementary Physical St. 237 Chemistry Mon. thru Fri. FIRST SESSION SCHEDULE June 19 - July 21, 1972 COURSE ROOM HOUR HOUR 8:00-9:00 CR. 4 (June 19-Aug. 11) (Pre: Chem. 221, Math. 211, Phys. 152, or permission of instructor) Monday through Friday DESCRIPTION ROOM COURSE Laboratory Wed. only Breakage Deposit $10 Fee $20 CR. 9:00-12:00 ACCOUNTING: Acct. IOlS Acct. 241S Elementary Accounting I Advanced Accounting I (Pre: Acct. 112) ECONOMICS: Par. 35 Par. 45 8:00-9:50 3 8:00-9:50 3 Principles of Economics I Economic History Money and Banking Econ. 217S Economics of Transportation Econ. 223S Collective Bargaining Kby. 303 Par. 43 Par. 45 10:10-12:00 3 10:10-12:00 3 10:10-12:00 3 Par. 34 10:10-12:00 3 Par. 34 8:00-9:50 3 Par. 35 10:10-12:00 3 Par. 43 8:00-9:50 3 Kby. 303 8:00-9:50 3 Kby. 107 8:00-9:50 3 Kby. 107 10:10-12:00 3 Kby. 208 10:10-12:00 3 Kby. 102 Bdf. 12 Bdf. 12 Bdf.Sem. Bdf. 13 10: 10-12:00 0 8:00-9:50 0 10:10-12:00 3 8:00-9:15 2 8:00-9:50 3 (Pre: Econ. 102) BIOLOGY: Biol. lOlS Biol. I03S Econ. 101S Econ. lllS Econ. 201S Biological Science I St. 302 General Biology I St. 306 Laboratory MTTh St. 304 Breakage Depo.sit $ l 0 Fee $20 IO: 10-12:00 3 IO: 10-12:00 4 l :00-4:00 (Pre: Econ. 102) (Pre: Econ. 102) Econ. 231S Applied General Statistics (Pre: Approval of instructor) Econ. 236S Public Finance (Pre: Econ. 102, P.S. 101) BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: B.A. 225S Corporation Finance Property Insurance Par. 23 8:00-9:50 3 Par. 25 8:00-9:50 3 (Pre: B.A. 232 or approval of instructor) Life Insurance Par. 25 10:10-12:00 3 B.A. 251S Principles of Management I Par. 23 10:10-12:00 3 (Approval of instructor) EDUCATION: Ed.201S B.A. 241S Ed.202S Educational Psychology (Pre: Psy. 102 and Junior standing) Guidance (Pre: Ed. 202) CHEMISTRY: Introduction to the St. 204 Principles of Chemistry 10:00-ll :30 4 (June 12-July 21) Chem. 232S Introduction tQ Education (Pre: Sophomore standing) Ed.352S Chem. 201S Consumer Economics (Pre: Econ. 102) (Pre: Econ. 102) B.A. 240S Econ. 245S Laboratory MTTh St. 231 Breakage Deposit $10 Fee $20 Organic Chemistry I St. 139 (June 12-July 21) (Pre: Chem. 221 or permission of instructor) Laboratory MTW St. 202 Breakage Deposit $ l 0 Fee $20 1:00-4:00 10:00-ll:30 4 ENGLISH: Eng. Eng. Eng. Eng. Eng. 100S 100S-2 101S 131S ISIS Pre-College English Pre-College English Composition I Fundamentals of Speech Western World Literature (Pre: Eng. 102) l :00-4:00 Eng. 151S-2 Western World Literature Darte 101 8:00-9:50 3 10:10-12:00 3 (Pre: Eng. 102) Eng. 151S-3 Western World Literature Darte 101 (Pre: Eng. 102) �Page 12 - SCHEDULE OF COURSES COURSE DESCRIPTION Eng. 153S Survey of English Literature Eng. 204S History of the English Language SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page 13 ROOM Bdf. 13 HOUR CR. IO: 10-12:00 3 Kby. 109 8:00-9:50 3 (Pre: Eng. 152) Chaucer (Pre: Eng. 152) Eng. 381S American Literature I (Pre: Eng. 152) Eng. 450S Bdf. 14 10: 10-12:00 3 Bdf. 14 8:00-9:50 3 DESCRIPTION ROOM HOUR CR. HISTORY: Hist. 101S (Pre: Eng. 102) Eng. 213S COURSE Hist. 354S Hist. 497S History of World Fkln. 14 Civilization I Early Modern Europe Fkln. 14 Seminar ( American Urban Fkln. Sem. Politics since 1865) 8:00-9:50 3 10:10-12:00 3 8:00-9:50 3 (Pre: Approval of Department Chairman) FOREIGN LANGUAGES: Literature and Society: Bdf. Sem. 10:10-12:00 3 Studies in Tennyson, Arnold, and Carlyle (Pre: Open to advanced undergraduate students by permission of instructor) FRENCH: Fr. 101S Fr. 203S Elementary French I Intermediate French I Kby. 103 Kby. 103 8:00-9:50 3 10: 10-12:00 3 Kby. 108 Kby. 108 8:00-9:50 3 10:10-12:00 3 (Pre: Fr. 102 or equivalent) ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE: Env. Sci. 101S Env. Sci. 251S Introductory Earth Science St. 109 La bo.ra tory Fee $20 Meteorology St. 100 (Pre: Env. Sci. 101) 10:00-12:30 3 Gr. 101S Gr. 203S Independent Research Hours to be arranged 1-3 Note: May include apprenticeship in quality measurements in the water, air, and rock laboratories. FINE ARTS: P.A. 101S P.A. 102S Experiencing Art I Experiencing Art II Print Making (Pre: F.A. 202) P.A. 207S Advanced Print Making (Pre: F.A. 206) P.A. 212S Ceramics Pick. 203 Pick. 103 10: 10-12:00 3 10: 10-12:00 3 Pick. 203 8:00-9:50 3 Pick. 103 8:00-9:50 3 Elementary Russian I Intermediate Russian I Miner 20 Miner 20 8:00-9:50 3 10:10-12:00 3 (Pre: Russian 102 or equivalent) Span. lOlS Span. 203S Elementary Spanish I Intermediate Spanish I Kby. 203 Kby. 203 8:00-9:50 3 10:10-12:00 3 Pre-Calculus Mathematics Miner 11 10:10-12:30 4 (Pre: Span. 102 or equivalent) MATHEMATICS: Math. 100S (Algebra and Trigonometry) C.A. 102 8:00-9:50 3 Math. IOIS Seminar-Teaching Art in C.A. 20 I the Elementary School Classroom 8:00-9:501-3 Math. 103S (Pre: Permission of instructor) P.A. 397S RUSSIAN: Russian 101S Russian 203S SPANISH: (Pre: F.A. 101) P.A. 206S Elementary German I Intermediate German I (Pre: German 102 or equivalent) IO :00-12:30 3 Laboratory Fee $20 Env. Sci. 395 GERMAN: Note: This course may he substituted for F.A. 101 for those students in the B.A. program in Elementary Education. Fundamentals of Ma them a tics I Ma them a tics for Elementary Teachers Miner 12 8:00-9:50 Miner 11 8:00-9:50 3 3 (Not open to students with credits in Math 101-102) Math. 232S Abstract Algebra for Miner 12 Elementary School Teachers (Pre: Math. 104 or permission of instructor) 10:10-12:00 3 �SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page 15 Page 14 - SCHEDULE OF COURSES COURSE DESCRIPTION ROOM HOUR SECOND SESSION SCHEDULE CR. July 24 - August 25, 1972 - MUSIC: Mus. lOlS Mus. 102S Applied Music Introduction to the Materials and Literature of Music I Introduction to the Materials and Literature of Music II Darte 323 8:00-9:50 3 Darte 323 Dar te 323 10:10-12:00 3 8:00-9:50 3 Darte 323 10:10-12:00 3 DESCRIPTION ACCOUNTING: Elementary Accounting II Par. 35 Acct. 102S (Pre: Acct. 101) Par. 45 Advanced Accounting II Acct. 242S Plea~e arrange this course with Mr. Gasbarro, Chairman, Department of Music. PHILOSOPHY: Introduction to Philosophy Kby. 302 Phil. lOlS Phil. 250S Ancient and Medieval Kby. 302 Philosophy Physical Science General Physics III St. 114 St. 107 BIOLOGY: 4 Biol. 102S Biological Science II Biol. 104S General Biology II 8:00-9:50 3 10:10-12:00 3 (Pre: P.S. 101 and 102) PSYCHOLOGY: General Psychology I Psy. lOlS Psy.221S Child Psychology Par. 56 Par. 56 (Pre: Econ. 102) Par. 53 Par. 53 (Pre: Soc. 230 or permission of instructor) 8:00-9:50 3 10:10-12:00 3 Principles of Management II 1 :00-4:00 Par. 25 Par. 23 8:00-9:50 3 8:00-9:50 3 Par. 23 10:10-12:00 3 St. 204 10:00-11 :30 4 Chemical Equilibria Chem. 235S MTTh St. 231 Laboratory Breakage Deposit $10 Fee $20 St. 139 Organic Chemistry Ila 8:00-9:50 0 8:00-9:50 3 10:10-12:00 4 Chem. 202S (June 19-July 21) SOCIOLOGY: Introduction to Sociology So.c. lOIS and Anthropology I Soc.235S Crime and Juvenile Delinquency 3 St. 306 CHEMISTRY: READING: Kby. 102 8:00-9:50 (Pre: B.A. 251) 8:00-9:50 3 10: 10-12:00 3 (Pre: Psy. 101, 102) College Reading and Study Skills CR. 10:10-12:00 3 (Pre: Bio. 103) BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: Advertising B.A. 216S Marketing B.A. 222S B.A. 252S Kby. 208 Kby. 109 HOUR St. 302 MTih St. 304 Laboratory Breakage Deposit $10 Fee $20 8:00-9:50 3 10: 10-12:00 3 IO : 10-12:00 3 10:10-12:00 3 (Pre: Bio 101) (Pre: Phys. 202) POLITICAL SCIENCE: Political Science I P.S. IOlS Intergovernmental P.S. 211S Relations ROOM (Pre: Acct. 112 and permission of instructor) NURSING EDUCATION: N.E.112S Field Experience in Hours to be arranged Supervision or Teaching PHYSICS: Phys. lOlS Phys. 203S COURSE Monday through Friday (July 24-Aug. 31) (Pre: Chem. 201) (July 24-Aug. 31) (Pre: Chem. 232) 1 :00-4:00 10:00-11:30 4 M1W St. 202 Laboratory Breakage Deposit $10 Fee $20 1 :00-4:00 Par. 34 8:00-9:50 ECONOMICS: Econ. 102S Principles of Economics II Econ. 232S Applied General Statistics Par. 35 (Pre: Econ. 101) (Pre: Econ. 231) 3 10:10-12:00 3 �Page 16 - SCHEDULE OF COURSES COURSE DESCRIPTION ENGLISH: Eng. 102S (Pre: Eng. 101) Eng. 152S Western World Literature II Eng. 152S-2 Eng. l52S-3 Eng. 154S Eng. 221S Eng. 382S Eng. 420S Composition II SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page 17 ROOM HOUR Bdf. 12 10:10-12:00 3 Bdf. 12 8:00-9:50 3 (Pre: Eng. 151) Western World Literature II CR. COURSE 8:00-9:50 Darte 101 10: 10-12:00 3 (Pre: Eng. 151) Survey of English Literature Bdf. 14 10:10-12:00 3 (Pre: Eng. 153) Shakespeare (Pre: Eng. 152) American Literature II (Pre: Eng. 152) FRENCH: Fr. 102S Fr. 204S Env. Sci. 25IS Fee$20 Meteo,rology (Pre: Env. Sci. 101) GERMAN: Gr. 102S Independent Research 8:00-9:50 3 Bdf. 14 8:00-9:50 3 Russian 102S IO: 10-12:00 3 Russian 204S Hist. 358S Hist. 497S Intermediate French II Kby. 103 10:10-12:00 3 Elementary German II Kby. 108 8:00-9:50 3 Kby. 108 10:10-12:00 3 Miner 20 8:00-9:50 3 Miner 20 10:10-12:00 3 Intermediate German II RUSSIAN: Elementary Russian II (Pre: Russian 101) Intermediate Russian II SPANISH: St. 109 St. 100 Span. 102S 10:00-12:30 3 (Pre: Span. 101) Span.204S Intermediate Spanish II (Pre: Span. 203) To be arranged 1-3 MUSIC: Music 101S Music 101S-2 History of World Fkln. 14 Civilization American and Penna. Fkln. 14 History to 1865 History of Modern Russia Kby. 102 Seminar: American Intel- Fkln. 30 lectual History since 1865 Elementary Spanish II Kby. 203 Kby. 203 10:00-12:30 3 HISTORY: Hist. 207S 3 (Pre: Russian 203) Note: May include dprenticeship in quality measurements in the water, air, an rock laboratories. Hist. 102S 8:00-9:50 (Pre: Gr. 101) Gr. 204S Bdf. 13 Fee $20 Env. Sci. 396S Kby. 103 Elementary French II (Pre: Fr. 203) (Pre: Approval of Department Chairman) (Pre: Env. Sci. 101) CR. (Pre: Gr. 203) Spenser and the Traditions Bdf. Sem. of Renaissance Humanism ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE: Envi. Sci 21 IS Geology HOUR (Pre: Fr. 101) Darte 101 ROOM FOREIGN LANGUAGES: (Pre: Eng. 151) Western World Literature II DESCRIPTION 8:00-9:50 3 Music 102S 10:10-12:00 3 Music 102S-2 8:00-9:50 3 8:00-9:50 3 Applied Music 8:00-9:50 3 IO: 10-12:00 3 Introduction to the Darte 323 8:00-9:50 3 Materials and Literature of Music I Introduction to the · Darte 323 10:10-12:00 3 Materials and Literature of Music I Introduction to the Darte 323 8:00-9:50 3 Materials and Literature of Music II Introduction to the Darte 323 10:10-12:00 3 Materials and Literature of Music II Please arrange this course with Mr. Gasbarro, Chairman, Department of Music. �Page 18 - SCHEDULE OF COURSES COURSE DESCRIPTION SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page 19 ROOM MATHEMATICS: Math. 102S Fundamentals of Math. II Miner 11 (Pre: Math. 101) Math. l04S Ma them a tics for Miner 12 Elementary Teachers II HOUR June 19 - August 11, 1972 - Geometry for Elementary Miner 12 School Teachers Kby. 108 Kby. 108 Physical Science (Pre: Phys. 101) Political Science II (Pre: P.S. 101) P.S. 207S Public Administration (Pre: P.S. 101 and 102) PSYCHOLOGY: Psy. 102S General Psychology II (Pre: Psy. 101) Psy.203S Psychologic Theory (Pre: Psy. 101 and 102) Psy.206S Systematic Psychology (Pre: Psy. 101 and 102) Par. 43 Par. 43 6:00-7:45 8:00-9:45 3 3 Par. 23 6:00-7:45 3 Par. 34 6:00-7:45 3 Par. 23 8:00-9:45 3 Par. 34 8:00-9:45 3 Par. 25 . Par. 33 6:00-7:45 8:00-9:45 2 2 8:00-9:45 6:00-7:45 3 3 6:00-7:45 3 6:00-7:45 3 Bdf. 12 Bdf. 13 6:00-7:45 6:00-7:45 3 3 8:00-9:45 (M-Th) 8:00-9:45 2 (Pre: Acct. 101) 10:10-12:00 3 8:00-9:50 3 10:10-12:00 3 10:10-12.00 3 POLITICAL SCIENCE: P.S. 102S CR. ACCOUNTING: Elementary Accounting I Par. 35 Acct. IOIE Elementary Accounting II Par.35 Acct. 102E BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: B.A. llSE Mathematics of Business and Finance B.A.209E Business Correspondence and Reports (Pre: Eng. 102) B.A. 226E 8:00-9:50 3 Investments (Pre: B.A. 225) B.A. 2SIE St. 114 HOUR ROOM 8:00-9:50 3 PHYSICS: Phys. 102S DESCRIPTION COURSE (Pre: Math. 104 or consent of instructor) PHILOSOPHY: Phil. 102S Logic and Scientific Method Rel. 212S Contemporary Trends in ~eligious Thought Monday, Tuesday, Thursday 8:00-9:50 ) (Not open to students with credits in Math. 101-102) Math. 243S EVENING SESSION SCHEDULE CR Principles of Management I BUSINESS EDUCATION: B.E. l0SE Elementary Shorthand Elementary Typewriting B.E. 107E Laboratory $10 ECONOMICS: Econ. IOIE Principles of Economics I Kby. 102 Econ. 102E Principles of Economics II Par. 45 (Pre: Econ. 101) 10: 10-12:00 ENGINEERING: Circuits Theory I Room to be arranged E.E. 21 IE (Pre: Math. 112) Par. 56 10: 10-I2:00 3 Ma. E. 102E Par. 53 10: 10-12:00 3 Par. 56 8:00-9:50 3 ENGLISH: Eng. IOIE Eng. 102E Composition I Composition II Eng. 13IE Fundamentals of Speech Bdf. 14 Eng. ISIE Western Wo,rld Literature I Bdf. 12 Materials Science Room to be arranged (Pre: Chem. 201) (Pre: Eng. 101) SOCIOLOGY: Soc. 102S Introduction to Sociology Par. 53 and Anthropology II 8:00-9:50 3 (Pre: Eng. 102) 3 �Page 20 - SCHEDULE OF COURSES COURSE Eng. 152E SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page 21 DESCRIPTION Western WQrld Literature II ROOM Bdf. 13 HOUR CR. 8:00-9:45 3 COURSE DESCRIPTION Math. 314E Functions of a Complex Variable Introduction to Abstract Algebra I Linear Algebra Topics in Lattice Theory or Boolean Algebra (Pre: Eng. 151) ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE: Env. Sci. 21 IE Geology (Pre: Env. Sci. 101) Env. Sci. 282E Fee $20 Space Science (Pre: Env. Sci. 101) Math. 331E St. 139 6:00-7:45 3 Math. 334E Math. 480E St. 139 8:00-9:45 3 Math. 542E Fee $20 FINE ARTS: F.A. IOIE Experiencing Art I P.A. 205E Advanced Painting (Pre: P.A. 203) HISTORY: Hist. IOIE Hist. l02E Hist. 208E JOURNALISM: Jour. IOIE Basic News Writing Laboratory fee $10 HOUR CR. Miner 22 8:00-10:00* 3 Miner 11 6:00-8:00* 3 Miner 12 Miner 12 6:00-8:00* 3 8:00-10:00* 3 (Pre: Consent of instructor) Algebraic Topology Miner 20 6:00-8:00* 3 *Time subject to change to suit convenience of students. Pick. 203 Pick. 103 MUSIC: 6:00-7:45 3 6:00-7:45 3 Music JOIE Introduction to. the Materials and Literature of Music I Introduction tQ the Materials and Literature of Music II Music 102E History of World Civilization I History of World Civilization II American History since 1865 ROOM Fkln. 14 6:00-7:45 3 Weck. An. 8:00-9:45 3 Weck. An. 6:00-7:45 3 Par. 33 6:00-7:45 3 MATHEMATICS: Math. IO0E Pre-Calcul us Ma them a tics Miner II 8:00-9:45 (Algebra and Trigonometry) (M-T-W-Th) Math. IOIE Fundamentals of Math. I Kby. 103 8:00-9:45 Math. l02E Fundamentals of Math. II Kby. 107 6:00-7:45 (Pre: Math. 101) Math. llIE Analysis I (Calculus) Miner20 8:00-10:00 (M-T-W-Th) Math. ll2E Analysis II (Calculus) Miner 21 6:00-8:00 (Pre: Math. 111) (M-T-W-Th) Math. 212E Intermediate Analysis II Miner 22 8:00-10:00 (Mul tivaria ble Calculus) CM-T-W -Th) (Pre: Math. 211) Math. 26IE Introduction to Computer St. 109 6:00-7:45* Science Fee$20 Applied Music PHYSICAL EDUCATION: P.E.106E Hygiene 3 3 Darte 323 Darte 323 6:00-7:45 8:00-9:45 3 3 Weck. An. 6:00-7:30 (Wednesday only) I PHYSICS: Advanced Laboratory in Astronomy 4 4 6:00-7:45 8:00-9:45 Please arrange this course with Mr. Gasbarro, Chairman, Department of Music. Phys. 391E 3 3 Darte 323 Darte 323 Room to 8:00-9:45 1-2 be arranged (Pre: Phys. 203, Math. 212) POLITICAL SCIENCE: P.S. lOIE Political Science I Par. 53 P.S. 223E Comparative Government Kby. I 02 8:00-9:45 6:00-7:45 3 3 Par. 53 6:00-7:45 3 Par. 56 6:00-7:45 3 Par. 56 8:00-9:45 3 (Pre: P.S. 101 and 102) 4 PSYCHOLOGY: 4 Psy. 232E Human Behavior (Pre: Psy. 101 and 102) 3 Psy. 242E Psychological Tests (Pre: Psy. 101 and 102) Psy. 331E Abnormal Psychology (Pre: Psy. 221, 232, and permission of department head) �SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page 28 Page 22 - SCHEDULE OF COURSES COURSE DESCRIPTION ROOM HOUR CR. Education 532D SECRETARIAL STUDIES: See: Business Education Education 532B Education 534 Education 539 SOCIOLOGY: Soc. IOIE Soc.230E Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology I Social Problems DESCRIPTION COURSE Par.43 6:00-7:45 3 Par. 43 8:00-9:45 3 (Pre: Soc. 101 and 102) Education 549 Education 595 Problems in Elementary Education: Social Studies Problems in Elementary Education: Science Elementary School Curriculum Seminar in Elementary Education: The Exceptional Child Seminar in Seco.n dary Education: Instructional Strategies Workshop: Elementary School Science ENGLISH: English 420 GRADUATE COURSE OFFERINGS English 450 Spenser and Traditions o.f Renaissance Humanism Literature and Society: Studies in Tennyson, Arnold, and Carlyle SUMMER 1972 HISTORY: COURSE DESCRIPTION BIOLOGY: Biology 400* Biology 404* Chemical Physiology Faunistic and Floristic Biology *Restricted to students in the M.S. in Biology Education program. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: Economics 473 Bus. Adm. 522 Economics 532 Accounting 542 Economics 571 Pre-Seminar Quantitative Aspects Wage Determination and Administration Financial and Tax Planning Labor-Management Seminar EDUCATION: Education 405 Education 510 Education 513 Education 520 Education 522 Education 531 Education 532A Introduction to Reading Instruction Psychological Foundations of Education Comparative Foundations of Education Tests and Measurements Research in Education Practicum in Reading Problems in Elementary Education: Math. History 497 History 497 Seminar in American Urban Politics since 1865 Seminar in American Intellectual History since 1865 MATHEMATICS: Mathematics 314 Mathematics 331 Mathematics 334 Mathematics 480 Mathematics 542 Functions of a Complex Variable Introduction to Abstract Algebra I Linear Algebra Topics in Lattice Theory or Boolean Algebra Algebraic Topology For further information contact: Dr. Ralph Rozelle Director of Graduate Studies Stark Hall, Wilkes College Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 18703 Telephone 824-4651 �PRELIMINARY REGISTRATION FORM Completio.n and filing of this form with the Director of Evening and Summer College, Wilkes College, Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, 18703, will enable the Director to determine course demand. If advance demand does not warrant giving a particular course, the prospective student filing this form will be promptly notified. The completion and filing of this form does not, in any way, obligate the prospective student. PRE - REGISTRATION A statement of your academic standing must be submitted by your dean or registrar prior to registration. Name Address City _ __ _ __ _ _ _ _ StatP~ - - - - ~ Zi.p_ _ _ __ College or University now attending - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1st Semester Course No. 2nd Semester Course No. Will you require donnito.ry accommodations? Evening Course No. Yes □ No □ �PLACE STAMP HERE Graduate Division Wilkes College Summer Sessions Wilkes-Barre, Penna. 18703 WILKES-BARRE PENNSYLVANIA �FALL SEMESTER 1971--72 Freshman Orientation RegistrationUpperclassmen Classes Begin Progress Reports Pre--registration for Seniors and Juniors Pre--registration for Sophomores Pre--registration for Freshmen Pending. No set date as yet. Friday, September 10. Monday, September 13. Saturday, October 23 . Monday, November 1, to Friday, November 5. Monday, November 8, to Friday, November 12. Monday, November 15, to Friday, November 19. Thanksgiving Recess Friday, November 19 , 5:00 p.m. to Monday, November 29 , 8:00 a.m. Christmas Vacation Friday, December 17, 5:00 p.m. to Monday, January 3, 8:00 a .m. Classes Resume Classes End Examination Period Monday, January 3, 8:00 a .m. Friday, January 7, 5:00 p.m. Monday, January 10, to Wednes-day, January 19 (9 days} . First Semester Ends Wednesday, January 19. 1 �SPRING SEMESTER 1972 Reg is tra tion Classes Begin Report on Incomplete Grades, previous term Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, January 24, 25, 26 - 8:30 a .m. to 4:30 p .m.; Thursday, Friday, January 27 & 28, 8 :30 a .m. to 8:00 p.m. Monday, January 31 . Wednesday, February 16. Progress Reports Saturday, March 11. Spring Vacation Friday, March 24, 5:00 p.m. to Monday, April 3, 8:00 a .m. Classes Resume Monday, April 3, 8:00 a .m. Pre-registration for Juniors Pre-registration for Sophomores Pre-registration for Freshmen Classes End Examination Period Monday, April 3, to Friday, April 7. Monday, April 10, to Friday, April 14. An extensive program of graduate courses will be offered during the summer of 1972 and will be available in two consecutive 5-week day sessions and one 8-week evening session. Some effort will be made to coordinate the schedule with the public school schedules. The calendar and the specific courses to be offered will be released at a later date. Monday, April 17, to Friday, April 21. Friday, May 12, 5:00 p.m. Monday, May 15, to Wednesday, May24 (9days) . Baccalaureate Sunday, June 4, 5:00 p.m. Commencement Monday, June 5, 8:00 p.m. (Gymnasium) Report on Incomplete Grades, Spring Term SUMMER COLLEGE Wednesday, June 21 , 1972. 2 3 �The Graduate Division General Information The Graduate Division was established in 1959 when the College Board of Trustees authorized graduate study in the Departments of Chemistry and Physics. The first Master of Science Degrees were conferred in 1965. The College Board of Trustees authorized expansion of the Graduate Program into the field of biology in 1966, and education and business administration in 1969. A Master of Science Degree with a major in mathematics was approved in 1971. The graduate programs are approved by the Department of Education of Pennsylvania. The graduate programs are designed to provide the opportunity for completion of a Master's Degree in one to two years of full..-time study. Cycling of graduate courses allows a fulltime student to plan for continuous progress in his program. The programs also allow businessmen, engineers, scientists, and teachers employed in the region to continue their studies without interrupting their employment. To permit a combination of work and study, classes may meet during the early evening hours. Under these circumstances such courses usually consist of two 1½..-hour evening sessions or one 3..-hour session per week and carry 3 hours of credit. Cooperative Graduate Programs Wilkes College is cooperating with a number of institution in the Lehigh Regional Consortium for graduate teacher education to provide professional graduate education on the master's level for elementary and secondary classroom teachers. Wilkes also cooperates with Temple University to offer a master's program for teachers. This program leads to a Master of Science Degree in General Education and is accepted by the Commonwealth for permanent certification of classroom teachers. Candidates may register and take courses at the College with all credits granted by Temple University. 4 Admission As a general rule only well qualified men and women who have completed a normal four..-year program leading to the bach..elor' s degree will be considered for admission to the graduate division. It is expected that candidates for admission shall have above average performance during their undergraduate years and shall show evidence of intellectual and temperamental fit . . ness for graduate study. It is recommended that applicants take the Graduate Record Examination and forward their scores to the college in support of their applications. If an applicant fails to satisfy the require..ment of demonstrated above average performance in his major field, the Graduate Record Examination is mandatory. In the graduate departments of biology and chemistry, the Graduate Record Examination is required of all applicants. Applicants for the M.B.A. must take the Admission Test for Graduate Study in Business. Specific departmental requirements established for each area of study are to be found herein. Each applicant should consult these requirements prior to filing an application. Admission may be granted under the following categories: 1. Regular ,. . . . , granted to students who have demonstrated an acceptable level of academic work in their undergraduate program and are prepared for work at the graduate level in their field of specialization; 2. Provisional ,. . . . , granted to students who satisfy the general admission requirements but have undergraduate deficiencies. Each department determines its own mechanism for removal of these deficiencies before regular admission is given; 3. Special ,. . . . , granted to non..-degree students. Admission is for one year only. A maximum of 12 credits taken while a stu..dent is on special admission status may be applied to a Master's Degree. Seniors at Wilkes College may be permitted to enroll in cer..tain graduate courses with the approval of the chairman of their undergraduate department and the Director of Graduate Studies. Credit for such courses will ordinarily be at the undergraduate 5 �level. Under certain conditions a student may be permitted to register for graduate credit. In no case will a student be given both undergraduate and graduate credit for any course. Academic Requirements A total of 30 credits is required for the Master's Degree. These required credits must be obtained within six calendar years preceding the granting of the degree. No more than six graduate credits may be accepted for transfer from another institution. Numerical grades are given for graduate work. 4 - Academic achievement of outstanding quality. 3- Academic achievement of acceptable quality in meeting re~ quirements for graduation . 2 - Academic achievement of quality below the average required for graduation . 0- Academic achievement below the minimum required for course credit. A minimum average of 3.0 is required for graduation with the master's degree. A student who is given regular admission and who receives more than 11 credits of 2 or below or who re~ ceives more than one grade of 0 in graduate courses shall be ineligible to receive the master's degree. Departmental requirements in chemistry and physics allow two options with respect to the dissertation. It may be on an original research problem, or it may be a critical survey and evaluation of the literature on a specified subject. In the first instance, 24 hours of course work are required, and six hours credit is allowed for research. No graduate credit is allowed for the second option. Therefore, 30 credit hours of course work are necessary to fulfill the degree requirements. The Department of Biology requires that all candidates present a thesis based on an original research problem. The Department of English requires that all candidates, upon completion of 18 hours of course work in English, success6 fully pass a written examination based on a reading list developed by the candidate and his academic adviser. All graduate students shall select a major adviser under whose direction he wishes to pursue his dissertation research before completing nine hours of graduate study if a dissertation is required. Following acceptance of the candidate, the adviser shall appoint two other members of the Graduate Faculty to serve with him as the student's Advisory Committee. Students in the programs leading to either an M.S . in Education degree or M.B.A. degree will be assigned advisers immediately upon their acceptance to the Graduate School. When a dissertation is required, the student, in consultation with his Advisory Committee, shall submit to the Committee on Graduate Studies an outline and a tentative dissertation title, before completing more than 12 semester hours of graduate study. Part-time students employed in laboratories on a full-time basis may be permitted to conduct their dissertation research in these laboratories if a mutually satisfactory agreement can be reached by the student, the laboratory staff, and the college. In such cases, a qualified member of the staff of the employer shall be named by the Director of Graduate Studies to serve as a member of the student's Advisory Committee. He shall also be appointed an adjunct professor of the college, and shall supervise the day-to-day progress of the student's research. Admission to Candidacy A student shall automatically be considered a candidate for the degree when he has successfully completed the required courses and has submitted the outline of his graduate program and dissertation title where applicable. Degree Requirements Following are the requirements for the Master of Science Degree: 1. Admission to graduate study. 7 �2. Acceptance by an adviser and an advisory committee where applicable. 3. Submission and acceptance of an outline of the student's program and his tentative dissertation title where appli~ cable. This should be done before the beginning of the third semester. 4. Completion of course requirements. 5. Completion of specific departmental requirements. 6. Submission of an acceptable thesis, in an acceptable form and in the required number, not later than May 15 preceding the commencement at which the degree is to be conferred ( chemistry, physics and biology only). 7. Completion of arrangements satisfactory to the Advisory Committee for publication of the thesis, if so directed. 8. Satisfaction of all general college requirements for grad,., uation. Master of Science Degree Programs Biology Admission An applicant for admission to graduate study in biology must present at least 24 undergraduate credits in biology, re,., gardless of the major in which his Baccalaureate Degree was granted. The candidate must have credits for at least one year in physics and the following courses in chemistry: general chem,., istry, one semester of analytical chemistry, and organic chemis,. , try. Applicants deficient in any of the above requirements must take the courses for no credit in the undergraduate school. A working knowledge of calculus is also required. Students deficient in any of the phases may at the discretion of the Biology Department and the Director of Graduate Studies be granted provisional admission. Degree Requirements Fees and Financial Assistance The tuition charge is $70 per credit hour. A $20 per credit hour scholarship will be granted to those engaged in teaching or who intend to become active in education. The college has available a number of teaching and research assistantships for selected graduate students. Recipients of these assistantships will take two or three graduate courses per semes~ ter and will assist either in instructional or research work in their major departments. Applications for assistantships for the fall term must be made to the graduata school before the preceding February 15. Generally, research assistants will be able to write dissertations based on work done under their assistantships. A number of counselorships in undergraduate college dormitories are available each year to graduate students. These counselorships usually carry with them remission of room costs. 8 The program leading to the Master of Science Degree in Biology includes three distinct requirements: course work, inde,. , pendent laboratory research, and a reading knowledge of one foreign language. A candidate for the Master of Science Degree in Biology must have a minimum of eighteen 400,..,level credits for gradua,. , tion. These 400,. , level credits will include six for thesis. A ma xi,., mum of nine 300.,..,level credits will be allowed. A candidate must have completed three credits in biochemistry or must take them at the college for credit. The candidate must demonstrate a reading knowledge of either French, German, Italian, or Russian, either through ex,., amination or by successful completion of two years of language in undergraduate school. Following completion of 18 of the 24 required credit hours of course work, a graduate student may make a written request of his adviser to take the comprehensive examination on the fundamental principles of biology. 9 �A graduate student in the Department of Biology is considered to be a candidate for the degree, Master of Science, after he has completed 24 credit hours of course work, fulfilled the language requirements, has passed the comprehensive written examination, and submitted the outline of his thesis. To qualify for the degree a candidate must present an acceptable thesis and must pass an oral examination in the subject area of his research. Biology 322 Biology 311 Bacteriology. 3 credits Biology 311 covers generally the morphology and identification of bacteria. Laboratory work includes microscopy, techniques of making media, methods of sterilization, and the culturing of bacteria. Fee: $20. Biology 312 Bacteriology. 3 credits Biology 312 covers the relationship of bacteria to disease, immunity, serology, and the pathogenic organisms. Laboratory work continues with special stains, identification of unknowns, isolation of bacteria from natural sources, and techniques used in applied bacteriology. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Biology 311. Biology 321 Genetics. 3 credits Genetics is the study of the inheritance of normal characters and the variation of those characters in plants and animals. The laboratory work concerns primarily studies of inheritance in the fruit fly. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20. 10 3 credits Ecology is the study of the relationship between organisms, singly and collectively, and their environments, including the biotic and physical factors of the environments. Class, two hours a week; laboratory and field trips, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Biology 331 Physiology. 3 credits Physiology is the study of the physical and chemical activ-ities characteristic of all living organisms. Laboratory work includes experiments involving living forms. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Biology 332 C:ourses of Instruction Ecology. Evolutionary Mechanisms. 3 credits Evolutionary Mechanisms is a study of how new species of organisms are derived from previously existing species. Em-phasis is placed upon the processes of organic evolution and the development of the evolutionary ideas. Lecture, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 321 or permission of instructor. Biology 397 Topics in Biology. 1 credit each semester A study of the history of biology is designed as a correlating effort in the field of biology through an historical approach. Biology 402 Cell Biology, Embryogenesis, and Differentiation. 3 credits Advanced study of current experiments, problems, and con-cepts in embryonic development with emphasis on the following topics: cytology, gametogenesis, fertilization, cleavage, comparative gastrulation, differentiation, and regeneration. Experimen..tal laboratory work is available under Special Topics. Biology 411 Physiology of Bacteria. 3 credits This course includes such topics in advanced bacteriology as: cell structure, nutrition, metabolism, and factors which influence the rates of growth, fermentation, and death. Prerequisites: one semester of bacteriology, bio-chemistry. 11 �Biology 421 Current Concepts in Genetics. 3 credits Biology 460 Selected Topics in Biology. 1 to 3 credits each semester Developments in genetics are studied by means of a review of the current literature. Topics include gene structure and func ~ tion. Prerequisite: undergraduate genetics. Selected topics in biology which are of special interest to the Staff and are designed to complement research. Biology 422 Biology 470 Advances in Ecological Research. 3 credits This course will consist of a review of selected contempo~ rary ecological topics. Areas to be covered will include: popula~ tion dynamics, prey-predator relationships , competition , the ecological niche, and human ecology. These areas will be dis~ cussed with reference to a review of selected ecosystems. Biology 432 Comparative Physiology. Course Sequence* 3 credits An analysis of life processes in invertebrate and vertebrate animals with readings, discussions, and demonstrations. Nerve excitation, muscle contraction, and humoural mediation of syn ~ apses are emphasized. Prerequisite: undergraduate physiology. Biology 441 6 credits Thesis. Immunology and lmmunochemistry. 3 credits This course is concerned with the biologic mechanisms and chemistry of reactants and mediators associated with natural and acquired states of immunity, tissue and blood serum re~ sponses to infection and immunization , and related patho-physi~ ologic alterations of hypersensitivity phenomena in vertebrate animals and man . A background in microbiology, physiology, and biochemistry is advisable. Students lacking formal prereq~ uisite course~ but who are otherwise qualified in biology or chemistry may register through special arrangement with the instructor. Fall 1971 Biology 432 _, Comparative Physiology Biology 451 _, Invertebrate Biology Spring 1972 Biology 421 _, Current Concepts in Genetics Biology 441 _, Immunology and lmmunochemistry Biology 460 _, Selected Topics in Biology F~l.1 1972 Biology 402 _, Cell Biology Biology 460 _, Selected Topics _, Endocrinology Spring 1973 Biology 451 Invertebrate Biology. 3 credits The classification and biology of the invertebrate organisms with special emphasis on protozoa, helminths, mollusca, and arthropoda. Parasitic and free living forms will be studied. Prerequisite: undergraduate zoology. 12 Biology 411 -- Physiology of Bacteria Biology 422 _, Advances in Ecological Research * All 300~series courses are offered each year. 13 �[hemistry Admission For admission to graduate study in chemistry, the applicant shall have a Baccalaureate Degree in Chemistry from an accredited institution or the equivalent. Requirements include courses in physical chemistry and qualitative organic analysis, as well as one advanced chemistry course. A working knowledge of calculus and ordinary differential equations is also required. Students deficient in any phase of chemistry may, c1t the discretion of the Chemistry Faculty, be granted provisional admission. Degree Requirements All candidates for the Master of Science Degree in Chemistry are required to complete satisfactorily Chemistry 431, 440 and 411. A minimum of 18 credits in 400-level or 500-level graduate chemistry courses is required, exclusive of dissertation credit. The remainder of the required credits may be obtained in mathematics or physics. Physics 401, 402, Topics in Mathematical Physics is strongly recommended. Chemistry 342 Intermediate Physical Chemistry. 3 credits Electrochemistry, electrokinetic phenomena, kinetic molecular theory, statistical mechanics, chemical kinetics, and the states of matter are studied in detail. Quantum mechanics and radiochemistry are introduced. Class, three hours a week; laboratory (optional) , three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Chemistry 352 Biochemistry. 3 credits A study of the nature and metabolism of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, and other physiological substances. Emphasis is placed on the mechanism of enzymatic catalysis. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Chemistry 376 Advanced Analytical Chemistry. 3 credits The theory and application of modern techniques and instructional procedures, such as spectrophotometric, electroanalytical, and chromatographic. Theory and practice of analysis of more complex materials. Class. two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chemistry 342. [nurses of Instruction Chemistry 411 Chemistry 341 Systematic chemistry of the elements, introduction to ligand field theory, chemistry of the first transition series and TT ,_ acceptor compounds. Elementary Physical Chemistry. 3 credits Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. 3 credits The first, second, and third laws of thermodynamics are emphasized. The topics of electrochemistry, chemical kinetics, the phase rule, and the states of matter are introduced. Class, three hours a week; laboratory (optional), three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. A detailed study of modern theories of mechanism and structure. Topics include nucleophilic and electrophilic substitution , 14 15 Chemistry 431--432 I and II. Advanced Organic Chemistry 3 credits each �elimination reactions, molecular rearrangements, carbonyl reac~ tions, stereochemistry, kinetics. Chemistry 440 Quantum Chemistry. 3 credits Chemistry 544 3 credits Kinetics. A review of the analysis of kinetic results and the measurement of reaction rates. Emphasis is placed on the theoretical intrepretation of elementary gas phase reactions, liquid solution kinetics, rapid reactions, and enzyme kinetics . The experimental foundations and the mathematical formu ~ lation of the quantum theory, including the quantum mechanics of simple systems, the hydrogen atom, and approximate meth~ ods. Group theory is introduced and the use of symmetry properties is applied to molecular orbital theory. Chemistry 546 Selected Topics in Physical (Offered on demand) 3 credits Chemistry. Chemistry 516 Selected Topics in Inorganic Chemistry. 3 credits Chemistry 590 Selected topics in physical chemistry which are of special interest to the Staff and are designed to complement research . Topics of interest, probably in theoretical inorganic chemistry or transition-metal chemistry. Chemistry 5 31 Stereochemistry. 3 credits A detailed study of symmetry classifications, stereoisomerism, optical activity and conformational analysis, including related theory and experimental applications of ORD , CD, and Course Sequence ,. . . . , ,. . . . , ,. . . . , ,. . . . , Fall 1971 Elementary Physical Chemistry Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Quantum Chemistry Stereochemistry Chemistry 342 ,. . . . , Chemistry 352 ,......, Chemistry 376,........, Chemistry 516,........, Chemistry 536 ,. . . . , Chemistry 542 ,. . . . , Spring 1972 Intermediate Physical Chemistry Biochemistry Advanced Analytical Chemistry Topics in Inorganic Chemistry Topics in Organic Chemistry Spectroscopy Chemistry 341 Chemistry 411 Chemistry 431 Chemistry 541 ,. . . . , ,. . . . , ,. . . . , ,. . . . , Fall 1972 Elementary Physical Chemistry Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Advanced Organic Chemistry I Thermodynamics Chemistry 342 ,. . . . , Chemistry 352 ,. . . . , Chemistry 376 ,. . . . , Chemistry 432 -Chemistry 440,........, Chemistry 544 ,. . . . , Spring 1973 Intermediate Physical Chemistry Biochemistry Advanced Analytical Chemistry Advanced Organic Chemistry II Quantum Chemistry Kinetics Chemistry 341 Chemistry 411 Chemistry 440 Chemistry 531 NMR. Chemistry 536 Selected Topics in Organic Chemistry. 3 credits Selected topics in organic chemistry which are of special in~ terest to the Staff and are designed to complement research. Chemistry 541 Chemical Thermodynamics and Statistical Thermodynamics. 3 credits First, Second, and Third Laws of thermodynamics and classical and quantum statistical thermodynamics. Application s to physical chemical processes. Chemistry 542 Spectroscopy. 3 credits The theory of absorption and emission of radiation, including microwave, Raman, and infrared spectra of molecules and electronic spectra of atoms and molecules. Other topics may in~ elude magnetic resonance spectroscopy, Mossbauer spectrosco~ py, and fluorescence and phosphorescence spectroscopy. 16 6 credits Thesis. 17 �Mathematics The course of study is intended for: a. b. c. Students who plan to continue their studies beyond the master level teachers of secondary or junior college mathematics who seek to strengthen their subject,..matter competence, and persons seeking a terminal master degree to further their career in industry or government. Mathematics 314 Functions of a Complex Variable 3 credits Complex functions, limit and continuity, analytic functions, Cauchy's integral theorem and formula, power series, Laurent expansion, residues. Mathematics 331 Introduction to Abstract Algebra I 3 credits A study of elementary number theory, groups, rings, and fields. Admission Mathematics 334 An applicant should have a baccalaureate degree from an accredited college or university. He is expected to have com,.. pleted courses in advanced calculus and in modern and linear algebra. Students with a weak mathematical background may be required to make up certain deficiencies before being admitted to candidacy. Vector spaces, linear transformations, matrices, determinants, inner products, bilinear and quadratic forms, matrix polynomials. Degree Requirements Thirty credits of approved courses are required. All candi,.. dates are required to complete Math. 311,..312, 331, and 334, or the equivalent, if they have not done so as an undergraduate. At least six credits, exclusive of those for the thesis, must be in courses numbered above 5 00. No more than 15 credits of the 300 level courses may be applied toward this degree. Mathematics 343 Linear Algebra 3 credits Introduction to Geometry 3 credits A study of selected topics from Euclidean geometry, affine geometry, projective geometry, and convexity. Mathematics 351~352 Probability and Mathematical Statistics I and II 3 credits each Random variables, probability distributions, expectation and limit theorems, estimation, testing statistical hypotheses, confi,.. dence intervals. Mathematics 364 Numerical Analysis 3 credits Numerical methods of differentiation, integration, solution to equations and of differential equations with emphasis on prob ... lems that lend themselves to solution on computers. Courses of Instruction Mathematics 311~312 I and II Functions of a Real Variable 3 credits each Topological preliminaries for analysis, sequences and series of functions, Riemann,..Stieltjes integral, introduction to the Le,.. besque integral, Fourier series. 18 Mathematics 413 Functions of Several Variables 3 credits A modern treatment of calculus of functions of several real variables. Topics include: Euclidean spaces, differentiation, inte,.. gration on manifolds leading to the classical theorems of Green and Stokes. Prerequisites: Mathematics 311 and 334. 19 �Mathematics 414 Variable II Mathematics 470 Functions of a Complex 3 credits A continuation of Mathematics 314. Topics include analytic continuation, Riemann surfaces, conformal mapping, the Riemann mapping theorem. Prerequisite: Mathematics 314 or consent of instructor. Individual study of an outstanding text under the supervision of a faculty member. Designed for, students who have completed a substantial amount of course work in mathematics. Prerequisite: Senior standing and consent of department chairman. Mathematics 480 Mathematics 432 Algebra II Introduction to Abstract 3 credits A continuation of Mathematics 331. Topics from General Commutative Algebra: Polynomial rings, ideals, field extensions and Galois Theory. Prerequisite: Mathematics 331. Mathematics 441 Introduction to Topology I 3 credits Metric spaces, topological spaces, countability and separation axioms, compactness and connectedness, product spaces. Prerequisite: Mathematics 311. Mathematics 442 Introduction to Topology II 3 credits A continuation of Mathematics 441. Hilbert spaces, Banach spaces, and Banach algebras. Prerequisite: Mathematics 441. Advanced Statistics 3 credits each Topics in Mathematics 3 credits per semester A study of topics of special interest. It may be a continuation and intensive study of topics begun in the upper level courses in analysis, topology, algebra and probability. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Mathematics 511 . . 512 Measure and Integration 3 credits each An introduction to the general theory of measure and integration, topological measure spaces, Lp-spaces, Borel measure. Prerequisite: Mathematics 312. Mathematics 531 . . 532 Modern Algebra I and II 3 credits each Sylow theorems, Jordan-Holder theorem, Hilbert basis theorem, modules, tensor algebra, field theory and Galois theory, and selected topics such as semi-simple rings and modules, algebraic number theory, group representations, algebraic geometry. Prerequisite: Mathematics 331 and 334. Mathematics 541 Mathematics 451 . . 452 Readings in Mathematics 3 credits per semester Functional Analysis 3 credits Topics include: Banach spaces, Lp-spaces, Hilbert spaces, topological vector spaces, and Banach algebras. Prerequisite: Mathematics 441. Random variables, stochastic independence, sampling theory, order and sufficient statistics, testing statistical hypotheses, estimation, time series, analysis of variance, and multivariate dis- Mathematics 542 tribution. Prerequisites: Mathematics 311 or 351-352 or consent of and homotopy groups. Prerequisite: Mathematics 441. Algebraic Topology instructor. 21 20 3 credits Polyhedre, simplicial homology theory, cohomology rings, �Mathematics 580 Topics in Mathematics 3 credits each A wide range of topics in pure and applied mathematics may be offered upon demand. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Mathematics 590 6 credits Thesis Physics Admission Applicants for admission to graduate study in physics must present at least 24 hours of undergraduate credit in physics. Proficiency in calculus and ordinary differential equations is assumed, and it is desirable that the student have some acquaintance with the use of complex variable theory. Degree Requirements All candidates for the Master of Science Degree in Physics are required to complete satisfactorily Physics 511, Analytical Mechanics, Physics 530, Electricity and Magnetism, Physics 401-402, Topics in Mathematical Physics, and Physics 550551, Quantum Mechanics. A minimum of 18 credits in graduate physics courses is required, exclusive of dissertation credits. [nurses of Instruction Physics 401 .. 402 Topics in Mathematical Physics. 3 credits each Development of the solutions of various differential equations of physics and chemistry arising from thermodynamics and statistical mechanics, kinetic theory, hydrodynamics, etc. Physics 405 .. 406 Theoretical Physics I and IL 3 credits each The great unifying principles of physics will be examined and applied in the special branches of physics. Aspects of mechanics, optics, electromagnetism, relativity, atomic and nuclear physics will be treated from many points of view. Familiarity with subject matter will be assumed. The object of this course will be to develop deeper insight into physical laws and greater flexibility of approach to physical problems. 22 23 �Physics 430 Solid State Devices 3 credits Atomic structure and energy band theory. Application of energy band theory. Fermi-Dirac statistics. Conduction theory. Intrinsic and impurity conduction. Semi-conductor properties and characteristics of p/ n junctions. Transistors and transistor theory. Characteristics of transistors. High-current characteristics. Feedback effects. Physics 471 Crystallography. 3 credits Repetition theory and translational and rotational symmetry. Derivation of the crystal classes. Combination of symmetry operations involving reflections and inversion s. The symmetrical plane and space lattices. The coordinate systems of crystallography and crystal forms . Practical determination of point-group symmetry. The algebra of operations. Space groups. Equivalent positions in space groups. The determination of space groups. Group Theory and its application to point symmetries. Physics 472 X,,,Ray Diffraction 3 credits X -rays and their properties. Directions and intensities of diffracted beams. Laue, Debye-Scheirer, Diffractometer, Rotating, Oscillating, Weissenberg and Precession Methods. Outline of crystal structure analysis. Fee: $20. Laboratory: one period per week. Physics 5 11 Analytical Mechanics. 3 credits The dynamics of particles and rigid bodies. Topics include central forces, orthogonal transformations, variational principles, Lagrange's equations, Hamiltonian method, etc. Prerequisites: differential equations, undergraduate mechanics. Physics 530,,,531 Electricity and Magnetism. 3 credits A detailed analytical study of the laws of electrostatics, magneto-statics and electromagnetism. Topics include Laplace's equation , Poynting' s flux , etc. Physics 550,,,551 Quantum Mechanics. 3 credits each semester The fundamental principles of quantum mechanics, according to both Schrodinger and Heisenberg formulations. Topics include variational methods, perturbation methods, the uncertainty principle, angular momentum, the hydrogen atom, radiation theory, and collision theory. Prerequisites: Physics 511, Physics 401 . Corequisite: Physics 402. Prerequisite: Physics 471. Physics 540 Physics 473 Crystalline Anisotropy. 3 credits Groundwork of crystal physics and transformation of second-rank tensors. Paramagnetic and Diamagnetic susceptibility. Electric Polarization. Stress, strain and thermal expansion. Elasticity and fourth-rank tensors. Matrices. Thermodynamics of equilibrium thermal conductivity, and thermoelectricity. 24 Statistical Mechanics. 3 credits The statistical theory of particles, both classical and quantum. Application to solid state and nuclear physics. Corequisite: Physics 551. Physics 571 Solid State Theory. 3 credits An introduction to the theory of solids. Topics treated include crystal structure, point and line defects, superconductivity, the band theory of solids, etc. Corequisite: Physics 550. 25 �Physics 574 Semiconductivity. 3 credits Master of Business Administration A detailed study of the theory of semiconductivity. Topics include statistical theory of rectification, transistor effect, etc. Corequisite: Physics 571. Physics 580,.,581 Nuclear Physics. 3 credits each semester An introduction to the theory a : .1 d practice of nuclear physics. Nuclear reactions, scattering theory, fission, fusion, etc. Corequisite: Physics 551. Physics 590 Thesis. The curriculum leading to the Master of Business Administration Degree provides an opportunity for specialization in a selected field but is concerned mainly with advanced study of broad business concepts and relationships. The purposes arc: 1. to develop professional managers with emphasis on the foundation, organization. operation, and control of business enterprises; 2. to develop individuals trained in research and constructive business leadership. 3. to enable individuals to create and evaluate alternative courses of action as a procedure for making decisions. 6 credits Admission A candidate for the M.B.A. degree who is a graduate of an approved college or university and who has had basic courses in accounting, business law, corporation finance, economics, marketing, money and banking, and statistics will probably have an adequate background to complete requirements for a degree in two years. Background Undergraduate Course Requirements for Candidates in Master of Business Administration Program: Accounting Business Law Economics Statistics Corporation Finance Money and Banking Marketing 26 1 year I semester I year Principles 1 semester Micro Theory I year of Math or 1 year of Statistics 1 semester 1 semester semester 27 �The program is designed to provide business education at the master's level not only for those who have had undergraduate training in business and economics, but also for interested engineers, scientists, and others who have a minimum amount of background education in this area. For those who have background deficiencies, pre-seminar courses are listed. These courses are intended to provide the necessary background and also act as refresher courses for those who have been away from formal coursework for a number of years. All candidates for this degree are required to take the Admission Test for Graduate Study in Business. Each student upon admission to the program will be assigned an adviser to guide him in the program. Degree Requirements All candidates for the Master of Business Administration Degree are required to complete satisfactorily Economics 501 , Business Administration 502, Accounting 503 or Accounting 504, Economics 505, Economics 506, and Business Administration 507. A total of 30 credits of graduate work in 500-1eve1 courses is required. A graduate student in Business Administration is required to pass successfully a written comprehensive examination covering the broad field of business administration . This examination is given once during the fall semester and once during the spring semester. Students who are registered for or plan to complete their final graduate course work for the Degree of Master of Business Administration during the next semester may take this examina tion . A student who fails the comprehensive examination may retake it only once. Courses of Instruc:fion BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Approval of the instructor and faculty adviser is a prereq uisite for all courses. Economics 473,.,4 Pre,.,Seminars ( no graduate credit) Seminars which provide review and training to a minima] level, on the current state of knowledge in respective fields . CORE COURSES (18 semester hours required) Economics 501 Managerial Economics 3 credits Problems of the firm. Price and output determination with analysis of cost and demand functions in markets of various types and under various conditions of business. The course will deal with the application of economic theory to bu siness practice. Business Administration 502 Management Science 3 credits This course familiarizes the student with the general field of management theory. It surveys the current literature and p ractice. It is designed to give a broad view of ma :rngement as a science and art. Accounting 503 Managerial Accounting 3 credits A thorough examination of financial statements and uses of accounting data for effective managerial planning and control. Topics include valuation factors ; cost, expense and revenue concepts; cost control; capital expenditure planning ; the pricelevel problem and other decision-making guides. Accounting 504 Accounting Theory and Thought 3 credits Analysis of the development of modern accounting concepts; interpreting and effectively communicating data based upon the relationship of modern accounting concepts and related economic considerations. 28 29 �Economics 505 Managerial Statistics 3 credits An introductory graduate course in techniques, limits, and areas of application of statistical techniques. Economics 506 Labor,..,Management Economics 3 credits A course dealing with issues and trends in collective bargaining and industrial relations today. The shifting roles and relationships of labor management and government will be dealt with. Problems of maintaining the labor force and the social aspects of industry will be dealt with. Business Administration 507 Business and Society 3 credits This course deals with the problems of the responsible business manager in a private enterprise society, particularly those problems dealing with policy-making and administration when both economic and non-economic factors are involved. Questions are raised as to the kinds of responsibility and the extent of responsibility business managers have to the goals of our society, to the communities in which they operate, to the people they employ, and to governmental policies, as well as to the stockholders of their own firms. I MARKETING SPECIALIZATIONS Business Administration 511 Commerce Modern International 3 credits This course is designed to introduce the student to the practical principles and methods of international marketing. Subjerts covered will include the development and management of exports and imports, channels of trade, the mechanics of international finance, foreign credits, technical procedures and docu mentation, and the legal aspects of trade. program for managers to follow. Topics covered will include internal and external factors in pricing decisions, legal and ethical aspects of pricing, normative pricing models, and the special problems of manufacturers and distributors. Business Administration 513 the Marketing Process Human Behavior and 3 credits This course deals with the behavior of man in social groupings and as an individual entity. Processes such as learning, perception, motives, personality, and intelligence will be studied particularly as they relate to marketing problems and procedures. Business Administration 514 Market Research and Experimentation (Seminar) 3 credits This course deals with the experimental techniques that can be applied to the planning, execution, and analysis of marketing problems. Modern concepts of statistical decision theory and survey techniques are included. II MARKETING Business Administration 521 Organizational Theory 3 credits This course is concerned with the human relations aspects of organizations. It draws on the newer research in organization theory to analyze groups and individual behavior. It gives emphasis to the problems of managers at different levels of responsibility in regard to leadership, mobilization of resources, rationalization, planning, motivation, and dynamic administration . Business Administration 522 of Management Quantitative Aspects 3 credits This course describes the basic pricing process, relates it to pricing decisions, and attempts to provide a systematic pricing This course examines the quantitative aspects of management. It analyzes the optimization of management decisions in the operation of the firm. It applies the new tools and techniques of game theory, linear and non-linear programming, input-output analysis, and other mathematical and statistical approaches to operational problems faced by the firm. 30 31 Business Administration 512 Procedure Price Policy and 3 credits �Business Administration 5 23 Seminar I Economics 534 Management 3 credits This seminar brings to bea r current management techniques on a variety of problems. Students will be guided in theoretical r~adings and will apply their knowledge in seminar discussions. Business Administration 524 Seminar II Management 3 credits This seminar has a research orientation . Research, objectives, techniques, and methodology will be dealt with . Labor Seminar 3 credits This seminar deals with current issues and theoretical con cepts in industrial relations. Economics 571 Labor,.,Management Seminar 3 credits This seminar will deal with labor,.,management conflict and successful problem,.,solving techniques. The orientation and approach will be that of the concerned public. IV ACCOUNTING Business Administration 572 ment Seminar. Management Develop,., 3 credits This seminar area will deal with techniques of management training, problems, pitfalls, objectives, and the current state of the art. Accounting 541 Economics 531 Industrial Relations and the Law 3 credits An in-depth study of labor legislation both federal , state, and local. Emphasis will be placed on recent N .L.R.B. decisions and precedents. Economics 532 Wage Determination and Administration 3 credits A study of economic and institutional forces determining wages. Wage theories are analyzed. Problems of wage admin istration will be dealt with. Economics 533 The Labor Market 3 credits Economic and non,.,economic forces influencing labor supply and demand will be studied. Determinants of the labor force, unemployment, labor mobility, and the functioning of the labor market will be investigated. 32 3 credits counting problems. Review of the structure and content of the Uniform C.P.A. examination. Accounting 542 III LABOR Advanced Problems A comprehensive review of technical and professional ac,., Financial and Tax Planning 3 credits Analysis of federal tax regulations and interpretations. Stress will be placed upon the timing of business transactions and the tax implication in choosing financial alternatives. Accounting 543 Accounting Policies and Practices 3 credits This course considers the ethical questions and legal impli,., cations in the performance of the accounting function; reporting data to management, governmental agencies, and other inter,., ested parties. Accounting 544 Controllership 3 credits Review of the controllership function and the role of the controller in the planning and coordination of the large business organization. Attention will be directed to the effective use of accounting information and facilities. Accounting 545 Professional Seminar 3 credits Discussion of current accounting research, literature and theory, consideration of the role of the accountant in management advisory services. 33 �V FINANCE Business Administration 551 Portfolio Management Investment and 3 credits A study of the various types of corporation and government securities coupled with an examination of the machinery of investment. Particular emphasis will be given to the investment alternatives relating to portfolio management decisions. Business Administration 552 Financial Management 3 credits A study of financial management problems of business. Attention is given to the control of current funds, working capital operations, and estimating the need for funds; the problem of long-term capital funds and expansion, and the choice between risk and profitability in the capital structure are also considered. Business Administration 554 Seminar Managerial Finance 3 credits Problems in managerial finance. Special topics. Master of Science in Education Degree Programs Purpose Graduate study in Education is offered primarily to enable teachers to enhance their preparation for classroom leadership. Study in various academic fields is required as well as in professional courses. Sufficient flexibility is provided, however, to permit others interested in education to arrange programs of study appropriate to their interests. The following programs are offered with majors in: Biology, Chemistry, Elementary, English, History, Mathematics, and Physics. Special F eatures of the Program The program is arranged so that students may pursue the degree on a full- or part-time basis. Late afternoon and evening classes are offered to enable full-time teachers within a reasonable distance from Wilkes-Barre to take courses toward fulfillment of degree requirements during the academic year. Credits may also be earned during the summer sessions. Admission Business Administration 590 Thesis 3 or 6 credits For admission to graduate study in education, the applicant must have a baccalaureate degree from an accredited institution or the equivalent with an appropriate major. Applicants who wish to pursue master's work in secondary education must satisfy academic departmental requirements as well as requirements of the Education Department. Applicants who wish to pursue master's work in elementary education must present adequate preparation in academic dis ciplines as well as satisfy requirements of the Education Department. Students deficient in any phase of requirements may, at the discretion of the academic department, the Education Department, and the Director of Graduate Studies, be granted provisional admission. Deficiencies must be made up satisfactorily before full admission to graduate study will be granted. 34 35 �Degree Requirements Education 403 . . 04 A candidate for the Master of Science Degree in Secondary Education must complete 30 credits, 18 of w hich mu st be taken in his academic major subject field. A candidate for the Master of Science Degree in Education with a major in Elementary Education must complete 30 credits, at least 12 of which must be in education; the remaining 18 credits may be taken either in academic fields or in education. Education courses taken to fulfill provisional certification requirements may not be used to fulfill master' s degree requirements. Intern Teaching. 3 credits each semester Beginning teachers holding the interim certificate are assigned to supervisors who work with them to facilitate their in troduction to classroom teaching . Prerequisite: Interim certification . Section A Elementary Section B Secondary Education 405 Introduction to Reading Instruction. 3 credits Program of Study Each student develops a program of study which will satisfy requirements for the degree he seeks. The 12 credits required in education must be distributed as follows: 6 credits in Area I, 3 credits in Area II, and 3 credits in Area III or IV. The student's program must be approved by his adviser and by the Education Department. To facilitate securing this approval, students in secondary education are assigned a co-adviser in the Education Department. EDUCATION AREA O - CERTIFICATION COURSES General Secondary School 3 credits An introduction to principles, methods, and materials appropriate for secondary school instruction. Required for interim certification. Education 401 . . 02 AREA I - FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION Education 510 Psychological Foundations of Education. 3 credits A study of human development and learning , application of psychological principles in the practice of education . [nurses of Instruction Education 400 Methods. A foundations course in reading instruction. Elementary Classroom Methods. Education 511 Philosophical Foundations of Education. 3 credits An examination of philosophical issues which bear upon American education. The problem of relating theory to practice is considered. Education 512 Social Foundations of Education. 3 credits 3 credits each semester An introduction to principles, methods, and materials ap propriate for elementary school instruction . Education 401 is prerequisite to 402 . Prerequisite: Interim certification . An introduction to the history, scope, materials and methods of the sociological analysis of education. Instruction includes the concepts of culture, socialization , stratification, social con trol and change as they relate to formal education . 36 37 �Education 513 Comparative Foundations of Education. 3 credits An analytic study of educational patterns in contemporary societies. Educational policies and institutions are studied in their cultural context. Educational patterns of developed and developing nations are described, analyzed and compared; examples from each pattern are examined. Education 514 Historical Foundations of Education. 3 credits A survey of the great landmarks of Western education from antiquity to the recent past. The development of primary, secondary, and higher education; objectives; curricula; methods; and systems of education are considered. Attention is given to some contemporary problems in their historical perspectives. AREA III -ELEMENTARY EDUCATION Education 530 Diagnosis and Correction of Reading Difficulties. 3 credits A study of methods and materials for detection, analysis, and remediation of reading disabilities. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Education 531 Practicum in Reading Instruction. This course places students in a clinical setting for detection, analysis, and remedial instruction of children with reading disabilities. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Education 532,..,33 Education. AREA II - PROFESSIONAL SKILLS IN EDUCATION Education 520 Tests and Measurements. 3 credits Study of characteristics, construction, and use of various standardized and non-standardized measuring instruments; statistics through basic correlation. Education 521 Statistics in Education. 3 credits Correlation and regression through statistical inference. Prerequisite: Education 520 or equivalent. 3 credits Problems in Elementary 3 credits Advanced study of materials and methodology appropriate for elementary classroom instruction. Section A B C D E Mathematics Science Language Arts Social Studies Special Subjects Education 534 Elementary School Curriculum. 3 credi,s A study of curricula offered in elementary schools, grade placement of content, articulation of subject matter areas, development of specialized programs. 3 credits Education 5 35 N ongraded Instruction in the Elementary School. 3 credits An introduction to research, techniques for gathering and presenting data. Prerequisite: Education 520 or equivalent. A study of the rationale for nongrading, the nongraded curriculum, and instructional staffing design. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 38 39 Education 522 Research in Education �Education 539 Seminar in Elementary Education. 3 credits An advanced course dealing with some significant issues selected by the instructor. The seminar technique provides a revi~w of major problems based on the current level of knowledge in the area. AREA IX - ADVANCED GENERAL COURSES Education 595,.,96 Workshop 3 credits each semester Provides an opportunity for experienced teachers to develop study programs designed to meet their special needs. Students may receive credit more than once if there is no duplication in subject matter covered. AREA IV - SECONDARY EDUCATION Education 540 Special Methods in Secondary School Instruction. Section A B C D E F G Biology Chemistry Environmental Science English History H Mathematics I Physics J Education 541 3 credits each semester Education 597,.,98 Independent Study Affords an opportunity for independent study of selected topics under faculty supervision. Reading Social Sciences Educational Theater Secondary School Curriculum. 3 credits A study of secondary school curricula, traditional programs, recent developments, provisions for innovation and individualization. Education 542 Extra,.,curricular Activities. 3 credits A study of the development of extra~curricular activi~ies, organization and administration, the role of the sponsor, recent trends. Education 549 Seminar in Secondary Education. 3 credits An advanced course dealing with some significant issues selected by the instructor. The seminar technique provides a review of major problems based on the current level of knowledge in the area. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 40 3 credits each semester 41 �English 354 English Medieval English Literature. 3 credits A study of English literature to 1500, exclusive of Chaucer and the drama. English 320 Tudor Prose and Poetry. 3 credits Study of English non-dramatic literature from 1485 to 1603. English 321 Early English Drama. English 360 Victorian Prose and Poetry. 3 credits Readings in Tennyson, Browning, Arnold, and other sig nificant writers of the Victorian Age. English 366 Later English Novel. 3 credits The major novelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. 3 credits Study of the drama from the tenth century to 1642; reading of plays by pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan dramatists exclusive of Shakespeare. English 330 3 credits Study of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Shelley, Keats, and Byron, with related prose writers of the Romantic Period. [nurses of Instruction English 310 Romantic Prose and Poetry. Milton and the Seventeenth Century. 3 credits A study of the non-dramatic literature of the period with special emphasis on the poetry of John Milton. English 370 3 credits Study of the major English and American poetry of the twentieth century. English 372 Modern Novel. 3 credits Study of the major English and American novels of the twentieth century. English 374 English 341 Restoration and Eighteenth Century 3 credits Drama. Modern Poetry. Modern Drama. 3 credits Study of important dramatists, European and American , from the time of Ibsen. Study of the drama from 1660 to 1780. English 400 English 343 Eighteenth Century Prose and Poetry. 3 credits The chief poets and essayists of the eighteenth century. Includes Swift, Pope, and Johnson. Early English Novel. 3 credits 3 credits An introductory course in research and bibliography designed to acquaint the graduate student with the resources and procedures used in literary research . English 405 English 345 Introduction to Research. Studies in Linguistics. 3 credits English prose fiction of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries; rise of the novel to the close of the eighteenth century. A study of generative transformational grammar as developed by Chomsky, Lees, and others resulting from work done by Harris and other structuralists. 42 43 �English 410 3 credits The study of selected topics in Medieval English literature. English 420 Studies in Renaissance Literature. 3 credits A study of selected major figures of the English Renaissan ce. English 440 Studies in Restoration and Eighteenth Century Literature. 3 credits A study of selected topics in English literature from 1660 to 1800. English 450 Studies in Romantic and Victorian Literature. 3 credits A study of selected major English prose and poetry of the nineteenth century. English 470 Studies in Modern British Literature. 3 credits A study of selected major British authors of the twentieth century. English 480 History Studies in Medieval Literature. Studies in American Literature. 3 credits [nurses of lnstruc:tion History 321.. . 322 History American Social and Intellectual 3 credits each semester A study of social and intellectual developments in the United States from the colonial period to the present time. During the first semester emphasis will be placed on the influence of the American environment during the colonial period and of expansion and sectional disputes in the federal period upon society and upon religious, economic, and political thought. During the second semester the influences of industrialization, the rise of na tionalism, and the emergence of the United States as a World Power will be emphasized. ( For graduate students --- select problems) Prerequisites: History 107 and 108. History 327--328 History of the Foreign Policy of the United States. 3 credits each semester A study of the evolution of the several policies that give direction to the relations of the United States with other nations . ( For graduate students --- select problems) Prerequisites: History 101, 102, 107, and 108. History 331 Colonial America. 3 credits Discovery, exploration, and settlement; development of social, political, religious, and intellectual institutions; independence and political reorganization . ( For graduate students -select problems) Prerequisites: History 107 and 108. A study of selected major movements and figures in American literature from the Puritans to contemporary authors . History 332 The National Period (American History) 3 credits Seminar in Special Problems. 1 to 3 credits A study of the political and economic history of the United States from 1783 to 1865. Special attention will be given to the evolution of sectional differences and the culmination of these differences in intersectional warfare. ( For graduate students __, select problems) English 497 This course is designed for intensive research in any specific area of English or American literature. 44 Prerequisites: History 107 and 108. 45 �History 333 The Age of Big Business. 3 credits A study of the political and economic history of the United States from 1865-1914. Special attention will be paid to the period of congressional dominance and the restoration of presidential power at the turn of the century; the economic, social, and political consequences of the industrial revolution; and the rise of urban America. ( For graduate students ,. . . . , select prob~ !ems) Prerequisites: History 107 and 108. History 334 Twentieth Century America. 3 credits The emergence of the United States as an industrial, urban world power and the corresponding development of its political, economic, social, religious, and intellectual institutions. ( For graduate students ,. . . . , select problems) Prerequisites: History 107 and 108. History 353,.,354 1648,-,1815 Early Modern Europe 3 credits each Topics include the absolutism of Louis XIV, the growth of Brandenburg-Prussia, the French Revolution and French Em~ pire, the economic forces of mercantilism, and the early Industrial Revolution. The growth of science and the Enlightenment will receive careful attention. ( For graduate students ,. . . . , select problems) History 355 Europe in the Nineteenth Century. 3 credits A study of the political, social, and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. ( For graduate students ,. . . . , select problems) Prerequisites: History 101 and 102. 46 History 356 Europe in the Twentieth Century. 3 credits Against a background of the internal and international developments of the leading powers, the class will study the origins and results of the two World Wars. (For graduate students ,. . . . , select problems) Prerequisites: History 101 and 102. History 357 History of Russia to 1815. 3 credits A brief review of demographic and geographic factors will be used as background for a study of the political, social, and intellectual history of Russia from early times to 1815. ( For graduate students ,. . . . , select problems) Prerequisites: History 101 and 102. History 358 History of Modern Russia 3 credits A thorough examination of nineteenth century Imperial Russia will serve as a basis for a detailed study of the development of Russia in the twentieth century. Emphasis will be on the origins and political, social, and cultural evolution of the Soviet State from its inception to the present. ( For graduate students ,. . . . , select problems) Prerequisites: History 101 and 102. History 371 Historiography. 1 to 3 credits An introduction to the aims, methods, and accomplish.ments of some of the most renowned historians of Europe and America. ( Graduate students must take this course.) Prerequisite: Consent of head of department. History 381 History of Latin America 3 credits A survey of the colonial period of Latin American history through the achievement of national independence. ( For graduate students ,. . . . , select problems) 47 �History 395,,396 Independent Research. 1 to 3 credits per semester Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Administration of the Graduate Program Graduate programs at Wilkes College are the administrative responsibility of the Director of Graduate Studies. A Faculty Committee on Graduate Studies acts in an advisory capacity to the Director of Graduate Studies and is listed below. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman. Sociology 397 Seminar in Anthropology 3 credits Faculty Committee on Graduate Studies Harold E. Cox Professor of History, Chairman Ph.D. (Virginia) Ralph B. Rozelle Director of Graduate Studies Professor of Chemistry Ph.D. (Alfred) Presentation and discussion of selected topics. History 497 Seminar in American and/ or European History. 1 to 3 credits per semester Presentations and discussions of selected topics. James J. Bohning Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman. Alvan Bruch Professor of Environmental Science Ph.D. (N.Y.U.) Franck G. Darte, II Professor of Education Ed. D. (Pennsylvania) Francis 48 Associate Professor of Chemistry Ph.D. (Northeastern) J. Donahoe Professor of Physics Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Frank Allen Assistant Professor of English Ph.D. (Maryland) Eugene L. Hammer Professor of Education Ed.D. (Columbia) Stanley Holden Professor of Physics Ph.D. (Alfred) 49 �David M. Leach Professor of History Ph.D . (Rochester) Philip L. Rizzo Professor of English Ph.D . (Pennsylvania) Samuel A. Rosenberg Professor of Economics Ph .D . (North Carolina) Donald W. Tappa Associate Professor of Biology Ph.D. (Yale) James M. Toole Associate Professor of Engineering Ph.D. ( Pennsylvania State) Robert E. Werner Professor of Economics Ph.D. (Wisconsin) Bing K. Wong Professor of Mathematics Ph.D. (Illinois) Information on the graduate school may be obtained by writing to: Director of Graduate Studies Wilkes College Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 18703 50 � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin, 1971-1972 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1971-1972 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/976c2c3810633149795940daf183234d.pdf e2acde090ac96dbe7904fc9c6db7e3ad PDF Text Text �·,_: 1970-1971 FALL AND SPRING · SEMESTERS - 1970-71 Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 18703 VOL. XIX �College Calendar College Calendar FALL SEMESTER - SPRING SEMESTER - 1970-71 1971 Freshman Orientation Tuesday, September 8 to Saturday, September 12 Registration Friday, January 29 Registration-Upperclassmen Friday, September 11 Classes Begin Monday, February 1 Classes Begin Monday, September 14 Saturday, February 27 Report on Incomplete Grades for previous term and Summer Sessions Saturday, October 10 Report on Incomplete Grades for previous term Progress Reports Saturday, March 13 Spring Vacation Saturday, April 3, 12:00 Noon to Monday, April 12, 8 :00 a.m. Classes Resume Monday, April 12, 8:00 a.m. Pre-registration for Juniors Monday, April 12 to Friday, April 16 Pre-registration for Sophomores Monday, April 19 to Friday, April 23 Pre-registration for Freshmen Monday, April 26 to Friday, April 30 Classes End for Spring term Saturday, May 15, 12:00 Noon Examination Period Monday, May 17 to Wednesday, May 26 (9 days) Baccalaureate Sunday, June 6, 5:00 p.m. Commencement Monday, June 7, 8:00 p.m. Progress Reports Saturday, October 24 Pre-registration for Seniors and Juniors Monday, November 2 to Friday, November 6 Pre-registration for Sophomores Monday, November 9 to Friday, November 13 Pre-registration for Freshmen Monday, November 16 to Friday, November 20 Thanksgiving Recess Saturday, Nov. 21, 12:00 Noon to Monday, November 30, 8:00 a.m. Christmas Vacation Saturday, Dec. 19, 12:00 Noon to Monday, January 4, 8:00 a.m. Classes Resume Monday, January 4, 8:00 a.m. Classes End for Fall Semester Examination Period Saturday, January 9, 12:00 Noon Monday, January 11 to Wednesday, January 20 (9 days) First Semester Ends Wednesday, January 20 (The College issues a supplementary Summer Bulletin) �Contents College Calendar, 2 Wilkes College, 6 An Educated Man, 8 THE COLLEGE AND THE COMMUNITY Service at Wilkes, 66 Institute of Regional Affairs, 67 POLICIES AND OBJECTIVES Education at Wilkes, 10 Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra, 69 Admissions, 11 Fine Arts Fiesta, 69 Registration, 15 Tuition, Fees and Expenses, 15 Performing Arts Center, 69 Financial Assistance, 19 Scholarships, 19 Loans, 22 Employment, 23 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS Leadership at Wilkes, 72 Bachelor of Arts Degree, 73 Bachelor of Science Degree, 76 FACILITIES Degree Requirements, 77 Experience at Wilkes, 34 Buildings and Plant, 35 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION STUDENT LIFE Studying at Wilkes, 42 Counseling, 43 Student Activities, 45 Social Activities, 47 Athletics, 50 Student Responsibility, 51 Conscience at Wilkes, 110 Description of Courses, 111 PERSONNEL OF THE COLLEGE Commitment at Wilkes, 216 Board of Trustees, 217 Officers of Administration, 219 THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM Learning at Wilkes, 54 Curricula, 55 Academic Requirements, 57 Graduation Requirements, 61 College Services, 220 Faculty, 221 INDEX, 241 �WILKES COLLEGE - Wilkes College Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell University, responding to a request of community leaders, established its Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell Uni versity Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter as a four-year, coeducational, liberal arts college. The College has grown slowly to its current enrollment of approximately 2200 full -time day students and 500 part-time e\'enin g school students. From its inception the College has been dedicated to these twin goals - a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a program of service to the community. AN INDEPENDENT COLLEGE It was inevitable that the new college should be non-sectarian, for its purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters wished the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the community. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an independent college that was interdenominational in its influence and non- denomin ational in its control. FREEDOM OF INQUIRY Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. McClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their decision. With responsibility came a pressing desire to strengthen the work of the faculty, united in their faith that the intellectual and spiritual resources of the student are vigorous where the creative mind is free. UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY A college that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite philosophy and a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided by the thought that unity in our community, our nation, and our world requires not only great vision but warm understand ing of peoples. In its small circle Wilkes College brings together Page 7 students of many faiths, backgrounds, and countries. It encourages them to maintain their convictions and their loyalties. It encourages them to create friendships based upon respect for differences, and to adhere to those ideals that create unity and good will amidst diversity. While academic work is the basis of the College program, the faculty recognizes that academic training will be of little importance unless students emerge as men and women of strong faith and fine character. In the words of John Stuart Mill, "Before you can make men doctors and lawyers, you must first make them men." Wilkes College is committed to education as a way of life. DECADES OF GROWTH Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Common. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansion of the campus. A COOPERATIVE EFFORT The original concept of community services has been strengthened with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It has been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the community all benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperative relationship, with its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has resulted in cooperative action. ACCREDITATION Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania and the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The Accounting curriculum has been accredited by the Certified Public Accounting Examiners of the State of New York. The Chemistry curriculum is approved by the American Chemical Society. �Policies and Objectives An seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; Educated possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; Man is aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; Admissions has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; Registration knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; Tuition, Fees, and Expenses cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; Financial Assistance has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; participates constructively in the social, economic, cultural, and political life of the community; communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Formulated and adopted by the faculty as a guide to learning. �Admissions True education demands a love of learning and a spirit of sacrifice and service. Education is not a right or privilege but an opportunity that carries with it obligations prescribed by the College and responsibilities shared with the student. This concept has guided the faculty and trustees in developing the philosophy and procedures of the Admissions Committee, making it possible for students of ability, determination, and soundness of character to study at Wilkes. Here the student will find an atmosphere of competitive learning in the world of ideas. His desire to undertake study at Wilkes places him among the ready men for whom education is an experience in excellence. He will be charged with the responsibility for fulfilling that trust. The careful selection of able and committed students is deemed essential to the attainment of high standards and warm personal relationships between students and faculty. Education at Wilkes The spirit of the College derives from the ideals of the faculty and the quality of its in· struction; from its library, its laboratories and equipment. The spirit of the College is the integrity of its mission, the intellectual climate that enriches the student as a person. The College believes that no attention can be too great which intensifies a student's thinking or deepens his interest or develops his techniques and skills. Undergraduate Ad1nission Requirements SF,C0NDARY SCHOOL RECORD Candidates applying for admission to Wilkes should be secondary school graduates and should offer at least fifteen units of work representing the equivalent of the usual four-year secondary school preparatory school course. For entrance into certain departments, specific courses in secondary school are necessary. Students interested in studying biology, chemistry, engineering, mathematics, medical technology, and science education should be prepared to enter Math. Ill -Analysis I (Calculus). APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION It believes that a good student commits himself to the disciplines of his work. To learn, to master and to understand he must accept the respon~ibilities that he shares with others. To assist students seeking admission, the College has adopted procedures designed to simplify admissions. Applications for admission and instructions regarding secondary school records, recommendations, and entrance examinations may be obtained from the Dean of Admissions. The completed applications should be returned to him with a $10.00 registration fee . �Page 12 - ADMISSIONS ADMISSIONS - Page 13 ENTRANCE EXAMINATIONS PERSONAL INTERVIEWS All candidates for admission to the freshman class will be required to take en trance examinations. The Admissions Committee considers these test results in relation to the applicant's secondary school transcript and the record of performance during the secondary school years. A personal interview with each student is not required. Students and their families are invited to visit the College at their convenience. It is advisable to write for an appointment so that the Deans may arrange to meet with them. ADMISSIONS TESTS The Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board is required of all applicants. Students should plan to take this examination in December or January of their senior year. If unusual circumstances prevent the applicant from taking this test, he must notify the Dean of Admissions. Students who wish the Admissions Committee to review their application on the basis of College Boards taken in their junior year should make this request in writing to the Dean of Admissions. Wilkes is a member of the College Entrance Examination Boards. Students communicating with the Educational Testing Center in Princeton, New Jersey, or in Los Angeles, California, should refer to the Wilkes College code number 2977. ACCEPTANCE OF ADMISSION AND DEPOSIT After receipt of the secondary school record, the secondary school recommendations, and the senior College Board scores, the Admissions Committee meets and acts upon all applications. Notification of action by the Committee is sent immediately. Resident students are required to forward a $100.00 tuition and dormitory deposit by May I; local students are required to forward a $50.00 tuition deposit by May I in order to guarantee their entry into the College. The College accepts a limited number of applications for the February class. Procedures are similar to those followed in the fall semester. ADMISSIONS COMMITTEE The Admissions Committee is comprised of the Dean of Admissions and appointed faculty members. This committee acts upon special cases referred to it by the Dean of Admissions. Music applicants are required to audition for the music faculty. TRANSFER STUDENTS Candidates from other institutions wishing to enter with advanced standing shall follow the regular procedure for admission. The student should request the college or university he is attending to forward to Wilkes a transcript and an official statement of his honorable dismissal. Students offered admission should secure a personal interview with the Dean of Admissions, at which time an e\aluation of the transfer credits will be made and a tentative program scheduled. This program will be subject to final review by the faculty adviser at the time of registration. Acceptable credits will be placed on the Wilkes record of the student following a final evaluation. College policy prohibits the Admissions Committee from considering for admission any student who has been placed on academic probation or who has been dropped from any other college or university until a period of one year has elapsed. ADVANCED COURSE STANDING Superior students who have undertaken college-level courses in secondary school may request college credit for such work and permission to enter advanced courses. To qualify for advanced placement, the secondary school student must take the Advanced Placement tests of the College Entrance Examination Board, in addition to the regular Scholastic Aptitude tests required for admission. Action by the College will be determined by scores obtained on the Advanced Placement Examination, the secondary school record submitted by the student, and the recommendations of the secondary school faculty. After he is admitted the applicant will request the College Entrance Examination Board to send the results of the Advanced Placement Tests to the Dean of Admissions. The request will then be considered by the Admissions Committee and the appropriate department chairman. The applicant will be ad,iscd of their action prior to registration. �EXPENSES - Page 15 Page 14 - ADMISSIONS Evening Division The evening division offers educational opportunities to adults who cannot attend day classes. Students may register for course in the Evening Division and earn credits toward an undergraduate degree. Graduate courses are also offered during the evening hours. Students will confer with the Director of the Evening Division to arrange a course of study to meet their needs, abilities, and special requirements. During the semester students will consult with the Director of the Evening Division concerning their program. When the student completes thirty hours, his record is reviewed by the Admissions Committee. At this time the Committee recommends that a student continue to work for a degree, or be placed on probation, or withdraw from the Evening Division. Students who do not desire a degree may be admitted to classes which they are qualified to take by reason of their maturity, previous education, and work experience. Secondary school training i desirable but not necessary, provided the student is qualified to follow special courses of instruction in which he wishes to register. Registration Every student is expected to register on the dates specified in the College calendar. A student presenting himself for registration after the time designated for registration will pay a late registration fee of $10.00. Incoming freshman students will be sent a program of courses they will be enrolled in for the first semester. This program should he approved by the student and returned to the Admissions Office within two weeks. Any questions or changes relating to this program should be directed to the Dean of Admissions immediately. Expenses TUITION The flat tuition fee of $800.00 per semester will be charged to all tudents taking a course load of fourteen to eighteen hours. A student who registers for fewer than fourteen hours of work will be charged at a rate of $60.00 per credit hour. A student who elects a heavier chedule than 18 hours will be charged $60.00 for each Summer School additional credit hour. The faculty offers selected courses during two six-week day ses· sions and one eight-week evening session. The course offerings are listed each year in the Summer College Bulletin available on re- EVENING SCHOOL Students registered in the Evening School will be charged $60.00 per semester hour. Further information regarding the content of the courses, requirements for undergraduate and graduate degrees, and requirements for teacher certification may be secured from the Office of Admissions. quest from the Admissions Office. A student from another college who wishes to take summer work at Wilkes must secure the approval of the proper officer of his own institution if he expects to receive credit for such work. A student from Wilkes College who wishes to take summer work at another institution must secure the approval of the Academic Standing Committee. Application in writing shall be mad through the office of the Deans. Inquiries concerning summer graduate courses should be directed to the Chairman of Graduate Studies. Graduate Division Information concerning admission to the Graduate Division may be obtained from the Office of the Director of Graduate Studie. The College issues a supplementary graduate bulletin. SUMMER SCHOOL Students registering for courses in the six and eight-week Summer School sessions will be charged $60.00 per semester hour of tudy payable before registration. FEES For those courses that require individual faculty supervision or the addition of supplies and equipment the College finds it necessary to charge nominal fees. These fees are listed in the Bulletin with the course description. When these fees total more than 50.00 a flat fee of $50.00 per semester will be charged. �EXPENSES - Page 17 Page 16 - EXPENSES Medical technology stud en ts will be charged in both the seventh and eighth semesters a $50.00 College Administrative Fee for supervision of the hospital co.urse work required in this program. The cost of individual instruction in applied music is $50.00 for full-time students for a series of fourteen half-hour lessons. The College accepts a limited number of special students for individual instruction in applied music for a series of fourteen half-hour lessons at a cost of $70.00 per semester. A student activities fee of $20.00 provides for a number of special programs, including plays, recitals, and lectures, offered at the Center for the Performing Arts. A graduation fee of $25.00 is charged to all graduating seniors. TRANSCRIPTS There is no charge for the first transcript requested. The student will pay one dollar for each additional transcript. When requests for more than one transcript are given on the same order the charge shall be: a. b. c. d. One dollar for the Seventy-five cents Fifty cents for the Twenty-five cents first copy. for the second copy. third copy. for each copy thereafter. CHEMISTRY BREAKAGE Students taking chemistry laboratory courses are required to deposit $10.00 to cover possible charges for broken, lost, or damaged equipment. The unexpended balance of this fee is refundable. INSURANCE COVERAGE The College makes available both accident and accident and health insurance to students. Each student will be required to purchase an accident policy at a cost of $10.00. A health insurance policy is available to commuting students but is optional with them. Health insurance required of all resident students is prepaid as part of the dormitory charge. Both policies provide protection for twelve months and premiums are payable in full with the first semester charges. There are four fully accredited hospitals in the vicinity of the campus, and a college physician and college infirmary are available for emergency treatment. PAYMENTS All payments for tuition, room and board, fees, etc., are due prior to final registration. Payment of all charges for tuition, fees, room and board is to be made at the Finance Office, Parrish Hall, before registration. Several plans have been developed to assist students who do not have the cash in hand, and it is suggested these plans be considered when special assistance is needed . Students may consult with the Director of Financial Aid for information regarding scholarship and loan programs. When the student is unable to make payments prior to registra tion, he may apply to the Comptroller for an extension of sixty days. Any student not meeting his obligations within this grace period of sixty days beyond the date of registration will be denied the privilege of class attendance and, if a dormitory student, he shall be excluded from the dormitory and dining hall. REFUNDS Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will receive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: During the first six weeks of a term one-half of the tuition will be refunded upon request if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After the first six weeks no refunds are allowed and the student is obligated for the full costs for the term. Refund of dormitory charges will not be allowed except under conditions beyond the control of the student. No student who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any refunds. �Page 18 - EXPENSES Financial Assistance Living Quarters and Board DORMITORIES Residence for boarding students is provided in a new dormitory for men and in a number of large mansions that have been giver to, or purchased by, the College in recent years. The women's dor· mitories accommodate from twelve to fifty students and a re ident proctor. Every effort is made to maintain a homelike atmosphere. Students and their families are invited to inspect these homes. Each room includes a bureau, desk, chair, and a bed. Stu dents will supply their own blankets; bed linens and towels are furnished through a local laundry on contract by the College. The admission of resident students is limited to the capacity of the dormitories, and all students not residing with parents or guardians are required to live in the dormitories. A recent additior, to this policy gives students twenty-one years of age or older permission to live off campus, and seniors with parental consent hare the same privilege. Any exception to this rule must be requested in writing to the Dean of Student Affairs, and must be approved by the Administrative Council after recommendation by the Council of Deans. A deposit of $50.00 is required to reserve a room. The charge for room and board is $585.00 per student per semester. This charge includes the cost of health and accident insurance and linen renta: and laundry service for bed linen and towels only. Personal laun· dry plans are offered, and for students who wish to do their own laundry, facilities are available on campus. Resident students are required to take their meals at the Collegt Dining Hall. Exceptions will not be made without fornial recom· mendation from the college physician and the approval of the Dean's Council. Each resident student will be required to maintain a minimum balance of $50.00 on deposit with the College so long as that stu· dent is enrolled. Charges for damage to College dormitory propert1 will be automatically deducted from the student's deposit. Wher the student graduates or terminates his matriculation at the College, he will be given the refundable portion of the deposit. Information regarding dormitories can be obtained from the Office of Admissions. To provide assistance for those who need financial help, the College receives substantial gifts from friends. These gifts provide cholarship aid to those who are already making every effort to help themselves. In accepting any form of aid from the College the student accepts an obligation - which is also the obligation of every other con scientious student - to: l. Maintain a good schola~tic record. 2. Exert a constructive influence in the College and the community. 3. Participate constructively in an all -college activity of his own choice. In planning to meet any difference between his own resources and the cost of education the student should consider a combination of work, loans, and grants. Scholarships A few honor scholarships are awarded without regard to financial need to students of outstanding achievement in appreciation of their contribution to the intellectual life of the group. High chool seniors who desire to be considered for an honor award should apply in \Hiting to the Dean of Admissions at the time of their application for admission. Financial Aid REQUIREMENTS I. Students must be admitted to the College before their applications for financial aid will be considered. 2. The primary responsibility for financing the cost of education rests with the student and his family. Consequently, financial aid will be granted only after they have made every reasonable effort to finance as large a portion of the costs of his education as possible. �FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Page 20 - Page 21 FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE 3. Every applicant for financial aid shall submit confidential information pertaining to his financial needs and his record of achievement. 4. Aid awarded to a student from sources outside the College shall be reported to the College by the stud ent. All such aid shall be taken into consideration to insure the most equitable distribu tion of funds to the student body. When necessary, a financial aid package awarded by the College may be adjusted in light of aid guidance office or the College Scholarship Service, P. 0. Box 176, Princeton, cw Jersey 08540. '3. After the student has been accepted for admi sion to the CPllege, and after a copy of the Parents' Confid ntial Statem nt is rccci\ cd, the Committee on Financial Aid acts on all omplctcd applications. Notification of action by the Committee is sent immediately. awarded by outside sources. Grants-in-Aid 5. Financial aid will be forfeited if the student at any time carries fewer hours than are normal for his course of study. WILKES SCHOLARSHIPS 6. No financial aid is awarded for more than one year; howe\er, aid \\ ill be renewed upon request, provided this request is sup ported by a good academic record, by evidence of continued need, and by constructi\·c participation in at least one a ll -college acti\it} of his choice. 7. The amount of the grant is confidcntiaL and any breach of this confidence shall terminate the award. IN STRUCT IONS TO THE APPLICANT l. To establish eligibility for financia l aid, the student must first apply for admission to the College, and must be accepted. 2. Students requesting consideration for assistance shall indicate this in the appropriate space on the application for admission to the College. Wilkes College participates in the College Scholarship Sen ice ( CSS) of the College En trance Examination Board . Participant in the College Scholarship Sen·ice subscribe to the principle that the amount of financial aid granted a student shou ld be based on financial need. The College Scholarship Sen·ice assists colleges and uni\·crsities in determining the student's need for financial assistance. All entering students app lying for financial aid arc required to submit a copy of the Parents' Confidential Statement (PC ) form to the College Scholarship Scn·icc, designating Wilkes College as one of the recipients, by February 1. The Parents' Confidential Statement form may be obtained from a secondary school To assist able and ambition student , friends and a lu mni support a substantial scholarship fund that enab les the Co llege with its limited re ources to more adequate ly scn·e those for whom it \\ as created. Because these funds are gi\·cn by gencrou men and \\omen v:ho arc desirous in helping young people in their effort to\\.Ud sclf-impro\·cment and self-dc\·clopment, it is essential that \\'orth, and able students be carefully selected. Wilkes Coll ege is dedicated to the belief that no student who has met the competition for admission to the College should be denied the chance to begin his co llege education, nor forced to withdraw after he has matriculated, for purely financial reasons. Wilke Scholarship grant arc a\·ailab le to students with good records of achie\·ement and performance in high school or college who cannot finance fully the co t of their education. The amount of each grant shall be based on the finan ial need of the student. 'I hcsc funds, combined with those furnished by the State and Federal governments, arc offered to students in packages consisting usually of grants, loans, and work. FDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANTS Federal grants ranging from $200 to $1,000 arc available to students demonstrating exceptional financia l need, who, except for thi aid, would be unable to obtain a higher education. Applications will be considered for an Educationa l Opportunity Grant a\rnrd if the expected parental contribution, as determined by the College Scholarship Service, cannot exceed $625 . �FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 23 Page 22 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE ST ATE SCHOLARSHIPS The Commonwealth of Pennsylvania offers direct grants to tudents meeting the criteria set forth by the Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance Agency (PHEAA) program. High school students from other states wishing information concerning their state' program should contact their guidance counselor. Loans STUDENT LOAN FUNDS The Florence and Joseph A. Goldman Loan Fund has been created by the donors to assist Juniors and Seniors whose educatior may be interrupted by unexpected difficulties. The loan bears m interest and is to be repaid by the student at the earliest practical time so that other students may receive needed assistance from this revolving loan fund. The Robert W. Hall Student Loan Fund was established by Robert W. Hall, class of 1951, to assist students in meeting small emergency financial needs. NATIONAL DEFENSE STUDENT LOAN FUND Long-term, low interest loans are available to students \\ho demonstrate financial need. The amount of the loan is determined by need with a maximum of $1,000 per academic year. Interest and repayment are deferred until the student leaves school. The program includes loan cancellation provisions for students who enter teaching. Applicants will be notified by the Committee if their financial aid package includes a National Defense Student Loan STATE GUARANTY LOAN PROGRAMS Most states now operate guaranteed loan programs which enable students to borrow from their local banks to meet educational expenses. Ordinarily, no interest is charged while the student remains in school if adjusted family income is below $15,000 per year. Applications and further information are available at the student' hometown bank, savings-and-loan association, or credit union par ticipating in the program. Employment PART-TIME EMPLOYMENT College makes strict demands on a student's time. The student \\ho finds it necessary to seek full-time employment during the chool year is advised to work a year and then apply for admission. The College cautions the student to limit off-campus work, esp cially during the freshman year, when working may result in academic failure. However, part-time jobs in offices, stores, and industry are availble for students wishing to earn part of their expenses. For such job the student will register with the College Placement Office. COLLEGE EMPLOYMENT 1 he College also participates in the College Work-Study Program, funded jointly by the Federal Government and the College. Part-time employment not to exceed 15 hours per week during class periods, is available in the dining rooms, offices, laboratories, library, or maintenance staff. Since this program is designed to pro, ide financial aid to students, prospective employees must meet financial need requirements set forth by the Federal Government. The holders of these jobs shall meet all obligations of their assignments or forfeit this help from the College. Interested students hould contact the Financial Aid Office for information. DEFERRED PAYMENT PLANS The College has authorized the operation of two plans through which costs of tuition and other educational expenses may be met from current family income. Basically, these are loan agreements \\hich are to be repaid during the year through monthly repayment plans. Additional information can be secured through the Financial Aid Office or by writing to either: The Tuition Plan, Inc. EFI Fund Management Program 575 Madison Avenue 36 South Wabash - Room 1000 cw York, New York 10022 Chicago, Illinois 60603 �Page 24 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Founders of Scholarships Each year some 1000 friends contribute to the scholarship fund of the College on an annual basis. Other friends have created scholarships which bear the names of the donors or of persons whom they ha\·e memorialized by means of a scholarship. Tru st Funds and Endowed Scholarships ARNAUD CARTWRIGHT MARTS SCHOLARSHIP was created by the associates of Dr. Arnaud C. Marts, in the firm of Marts & Lundy, to honor the Chairman of their Board and former President of their Company. It is appropriate that this scholarship should bear his name for no person has done more to bring new opportunities to the young people of Wyoming Valley. As President of Bucknell University, he was instrumental in the establishment of Bucknell University Junior College, which became Wilkes College in 1947. After Wilkes Col lege became an independent college, he joined its Board of Trustees and was elected Vice-Chairman of the Board. Because of his vision and faith in the young people of this region, he has supported and guided every forward looking and constructive effort of the College. The Arnaud C. Marts Scholarship will be awarded each year to that outstanding senior who has need of financial aid and who, by high scholarship and participation in college activities, has demonstrated those qualities of leadership that are needed in Wilkes College and in our nation. WALTER S. CARPENTER SCHOLARSHIPS IN ENGINEERING. Two full tuition scholarships are awarded annu?lly to Freshmen planning a career in Materials Science or Electrical Engineering. The recipients of these awards are selected by the faculty of the Engineering Department on the basis of the applicant's high school record and Scholastic Apptitude Test scores, without regard to financial need . Scholarships are renewable annually upon recommendation of the Department of Engineering. Interested students should apply in writing to the Chairman, Department of Engineering, Wilkes College. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 25 JOHN WELLES HOLLENBACK SCHOLARSHIP. Miss Anna Hollenback has created a scholarship in memory of her father, John Welles Hollenback, and the annual interest of the principal is used for scholarship purposes. JEWISH WAR VETERANS, WILKES - BARRE POST 212 SCHOLARSHIP is established in honor of B. J. Levin, one of the Post's founders. The purpose of this scholarship is to aid the child of a local war veteran. The award shall be made on the basis of need and ability without regard for race or creed. CONYNGHAM POST NO. 97, GRAND ARMY OF THE REPUBLIC, DEPARTMENT OF PENNSYLVANIA, SCHOLARSHIP. In 1968, Trustees of Post 97 established a trust at the College, the annual income of which is used to provide partial scholarships for residents of Luzerne County, with preference given to descendants of veterans of the Civil War. MABEL AND JOHN C. MOSTELLER SCHOLARSHIP FUND has been created to provide scholarships for needy and intelligent boys who have insufficient financial resources of their own and who would not have the opportunity to attend college if they were unable to secure financial assistance. The scholarships shall be granted only to boys of good moral character who are in the upper ten per cent of their class in academic standing and who have passed a qualifying competitive examination administered by Wilkes College. HENRY BLACKMAN PLUMB AND EDITH PLUMB SCHOLARSHIP TRUST has been established to provide scholarships for tudents of outstanding ability and character majoring in one of the sciences and attending Wilkes College. WILLIAM B. SCHAEFFER MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. In 1951 a substantial bequest was left to the College by Mr. Schaeffer with the thought that it would be used to advance the interests of the College and the students. By action of the Board of Trustees a considerable portion of the income from this bequest has been set aside for scholarships. �FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 27 Paga 28 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE ROBERT MARC SCHUB MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP was established by Mr. and Mrs. Marvin Schub in memory of their son. This scholarship is to be awarded to a local student, preferably studying in the area of the humanities or sciences who otherwise could not attend college. The scholarship will be awarded annually ]0IIN LLOYD EV ANS MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP was created in memory of John poyd Evans, a life-long lover of music, conductor of the Dr. Mason Glee Society, conductor of The Sheldon Choral Society and the Wilkes-Barre Mixed Choral Society. The scholarship of $300 will be awarded to a senior in music or music education who has demonstrated out tanding ability in his to a worthy student of high potential. d10 en field of study. ANDREW J. SORDONI FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship will be used to assist students of unusual promise and DONALD T. JONES MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. David Ertley, Inc. has given a scholarship in memory of Donald T. Jones, a graduate of Wilkes College and a member of the Music Department up proved ability. to the time of his death. JESSIE STURDEVANT MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP awarded ,\1R HARLAND W. HOISINGTON gives an annual scholarship to a student of unusual promise and ability has been made available from the interest of a fund established by the late Miss Sturdevant. to assist students of high scholastic ability. MRS. LEWIS H. TAYLOR left a bequest to the College to be used in assisting students of outstanding scholastic ability who otherwise could not gain a college education. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER SCHOLARSHIP. This is an endowed scholarship created by Mrs. Walker to assist students of outstanding promise and achievement during their junior and/or senior years. M. W. WOOD SCHOLARSHIP. A half-tuition scholarship is awarded annually to a student of high scholastic ability and financial need. ARTllUR ]. PODESTA SCHOLARSHIP is given anonymously by friends, in honor of Arthur J. Podesta, 1969 Community Scholar~h,p Campaign Chairman, for that student demonstrating strong potential academic ability who will benefit from scholarship aid. RlCllARD H. ROYER SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually to a student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his studies and in student activities. Annual Name Scholarships THE WILLIAM H . CONYNGHAM MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her late husband, a friend and neighbor of the College and for years an outstanding leader in business and community life. DICKSON MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. Funds for four scholships have been given to the College by the Trustees of the Allan H. and Kate P. Dickson Memorial Trust. These half-tuition scholarships will be granted to students of high scholastic achievement and aptitude who have also demonstrated leadership in student affairs during their high school years. LOUISE M. THOMAS MEMORIAL AW ARD is presented annually to a junior or senior girl who is majoring in education and plan to enter the teaching profession. College and Community Organizations W ILUTS COLEMAN MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP has been established in memory of Willits Coleman, a member of the WilkesBane Rotary Club, a service organization long active in efforts to raise educational standards in the schools. The scholarship will be a\,arded to a senior who has demonstrated ability in the classroom and in student activities. �FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 29 Page 28 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE ALPHA RHO CHAPTER OF DELTA KAPPA GAMMA annually awards a partial scholarship to a deserving woman student in need of financial assistance. THE WYOMING VALLEY CHAPTER OF THE AMERICAN BUSINESS WOMEN'S ASSOCIATION offers to an outstanding woman student of the College a scholarship each year. The educa tion committee of the club in cooperation with the administration chooses a young woman who shows promise of making an outstanding contribution in business or professional life following graduation. THE GILBERT D . DAVIS MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded by the Class of 1961 to a Wilkes student who demonstrates outstanding leadership abilities and who meets qualifications o[ academic competence and need. GREATER WILKES-BARRE JUNIOR CHAMBER OF COMMERCE awards a partial scholarship to a deserving student who without financial assistance could not attend college. LETTERWOMEN'S CLUB annually awards a partial scholarship to a woman athlete selected by the organization. This half-tuition scholarship is given to an incoming freshman \\ho is in need of financial aid and who is an outstanding athlete. The scholarship is given to enable an athlete to participate in the sport for which the scholarship is awarded. Tl/ ET A DELTA RHO, the all-college women's service organization, offers a scholarship yearly to a woman student achieving a hi~h score in a competitive examination conducted by the College. WEST SIDE EVENING WOMAN'S CLUB SCHOLARSHIP shall be awarded annually to a Wyoming Valley girl who matriculates at Wilkes College with the intention of working toward a degree. WILKES COLLEGE FACULTY WOMEN'S CLUB SCHOLARSlllP is given in memory of Eleanor Coates Farley and awarded annually to a female student in need of financial support. Commercial and I 11dustrial Concerns ARNOLD FOUNDATION . Arnold Biscontini, president, pro ' ides scholarship assistance to students who demonstrate need and academic achievcmen t. THE NEIL C. DADURKA - DONALD F. STRAUB MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually to a Wilkes student of ability and need who makes a significant contribution to the life of the College. This scholarship is made possible by the generosity of the 1-'HANK /:. BALDWIN. INC. SCHOLARSHIP. A half-tuition cholarship is awarded annually to a student maintaining high ,1cademic standing and in need of financial assistance. Class of 1957. HALESTER OPTICAL COMPANY, INC. annually makes scholarship funds a\·ailahlc to assist students of proved academic ability in need of financial assistance in order to complete their education. NEIL DADURKA MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually by the Wilkes College Lettermen's Club. The money for this scholarship is earned and donated by the Wilkes College Lettermen's Club. The scholarship itself is named in honor of one o[ the most beloved athletes of Wilkes, Neil Dadurka, who was killed while flying for the United States Marine Corps. C0\1SOLIDATED CIGAR CORPORATION . This scholarship is :I\\ ardcd annually to st udcn t c; dcmonstra ting scholarship excellence and financial need. �FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 32 Special Endowments THE W. S. CARPENTER MEMORIAL FUND was established in 1965 by W. S. Carpenter, Jr. and his sons in memory of W. S. Carpenter, who was born in Wilkes-Barre on April 5, 1853, and lived in this community during his entire active business life. The fund was given to strengthen the work of the science division by subsidizing research projects, assisting the College in attaining able teachers, providing scholarships for outstanding students, providing lectures by speakers of national prominence, purchasing exceptional tools, apparatus, or other equipment for use in the science depart- ment. THE ALLAN HAMILTON DICKSON CHAIR OF ENGLISH LITERATURE has been created by Dorothy Dickson Darte in memory of her father, Allan Hamilton Dickson, to encourage enlightened teaching, extended scholarship, and creative writing in the field of literature. GILBERTS. McCLINTOCK was the chairman of the Junior College Committee of Bucknell University when, in answer to a local need, Bucknell Univepity in 1933 established the Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. As the first chairman of the Board of Trustees of Wilkes College, Attorney McClintock left his entire estate to Wilkes College with the understanding that the income shall be used to improve faculty s2laries. The Facilities of the College Buildings and Plant �The Facilities of the College Buildi~gs and Plant The College is constantly seeking to implement and improve its facilities for instruction. A growing campus provides added classrooms, modern laboratories and research facilities. EUGENE SHEDDEN FARLEY LIBRARY The new library, completed in the summer of 1968, has been named by the Trustees in honor of the first president of Wilkes College. Since 1947 Kirby Hall, the former residence of Mr. and Mrs. Fred Morgan Kirby, has been used as the College library. The building, first named the Kirby Home for Education, was presented to the College in 1941 as a gift of Allan Kirby, son of Wilkes-Barre's most generous benefactors. It is presently being used by the Modern Foreign Language Department and contains the language laboratory, initiated by a gift of the graduating class of 1962. Education is the process of connecting and relating, of testing and retesting, of discovery and rediscovery. Experience at Wilkes The faculty can teach the student facts, but his contribution to a free society depends upon the continual expansion of his knowledge and upon its relevance to human experience. The student can strive for technical and professional competence, but the inner re sources of the mind and spirit must nourish and enrich his achievement. The new Eugene Shedden Farley Library occupies the corner of West South and South Franklin Streets. The four floors contain spacious reading rooms, student study carrels, faculty research offices; audio-visual equipment; special collection rooms. One room is devoted to Polish art treasures and exhibits of craftsmanship furnished by the Women's Committee for the Polish Room at Wilkes College, another contains books and papers from the estate of Attorney Gilbert McClintock, another holds historical documents presented by Admiral Harold Stark, and there is a room dedicated in memory of Eleanor Coates Farley, First Lady of Wilkes College. The library contains more than 100,000 volumes and 1,350 current periodicals and journals, with space provided for a total of 300,000 volumes and study area for 600 students. Shelved on open stacks, books are easily accessible and may be borrowed for periods of two weeks. Reserve books for particular courses circulate for the �Page 36 - BUILDINGS AND PLANT time period specified by the instructor. Students may borrow books from the ten nearby libraries (public and college) through the inter-library loan system. An introduction to the uses of the library is given to every freshman during the freshman orientation week. The schedule of library hours is announced at the beginning of each academic session. ST ARK HALL OF SCIENCE The departments of biology, chemistry, and physics are housed in Stark Hall of Science, named in honor of Admiral Harold R. Stark, former Chief of Naval Operations and currently Honorar} Chairman of the Board of Trustees of the College. This building was completed in 1958 and enlarged in 1963, so that it now provides approximately 85,000 square feet of modern classroom, laboratory, and office space. Complete facilities are included for undergraduate instruction and student research in all departments, and for graduate study in biology, chemistry, and in physics. In addition to the usual instructional facilities, Stark Hall houses the Science Research Center, where faculty, graduate students, and selected undergraduate students conduct various research programs, many with industrial or governmental financial support. Research in the sciences has included such varied work as research in allergy, immunochemistry, developmental plant morphology, protozoology, limnology, theoretical acoustics, atmospheric physics, experimental solid state physics, thermochemistry, surface chemistry, fuel cell research, and organic synthesis. Outside sponsors of recent research programs included the National Science Foundation, the Pennsylvania Heart Association, the National Institutes of Health, the United States Air Force, the Petroleum Research Fund of the American Chemical Society, and numerous private industries and individuals. BUILDINGS AND PLANT - Page 37 CENTER FOR THE PERFORMING ARTS A fully equipped, 500-seat theater is a gift of Dorothy Dickson Darte. The site, with a view of the Susquehanna River and Kirby Park, was deeded to the College by the Wyoming Valley Society of Arts and Sciences. Until 1965, theatrical activity was in Chase Theater, formerly the carriage house behind Chase Hall, presented to the College in 1937 by Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark, as a memorial to Fred M. Chase and his wife, the sister of Admiral Stark. Cue and Curtain, the student drama group, has given one-act plays by O'Neill, Sartre, Albee, Anouilh, Tennessee Williams, and others. One-act plays are student directed. Over the years the College has presented Elizabethan plays of Shakespeare, Webster, Dekker, Middleton, as well as plays of Moliere, Shaw, Ibsen, Pirandello, Wilder, Osborne, Noel Coward, Philip Barry. The College, in cooperation with the Wilkes-Barre Kiwanis Club, has presented the following musical comedies, the proceeds from which have assisted in the establishment of the Wilkes-Barre Kiwanis Charitable Foundation: Bloomer Girl, Paint Your Wagon, Annie Get Your Gun, The Music Man, The Sound of Music, Camelot, How To Succeed in Business Without Really Trying. DOROTHY DICKSON DARTE MUSIC CENTER Faculty offices, studios, practice and rehearsal rooms are located in a new music center opened in the summer of 1969. This new facility is integrated with the Performing Arts Center completed in the fall of 1965. The band and the choruses present concerts locally and on tour. To encourage musicianship the department has been host to the Pennsylvania Intercollegiate Choral Festival. Nationally known music educators, clinicians, and performers have participated in workshop and classroom activities. During the winter and spring semesters Town and Gown concert series presents students and music faculty in instrumental and vocal programs before audiences from both the College and the community. �BUILDINGS AND PLANT Page 38 - Page 39 BUILDINGS AND PLANT CONYNGHAM ANNEX ( ART GALLERY) The art club holds its annual Art Fair in the Little Art Gallery in Conyngham Annex, where the work of students and of local and professional artists is shown. The public is invited to the displays and exhibits. Opportunities are offered to the students to enter their work in local and regional competition. GYMNASIUM AND OUTDOOR ATHLETIC PLANT Completed in September of 1950, the Gymnasium is well equipped for intramural and intercollegiate athletic events. It has a seating capacity of 2400. Recently, the College added modern training room facilities off campus adjacent to Kirby Park. Here ab:o arc located Ralston Field, named in honor of Wilkes' first athletic coach and present Dean, and the playing fields for soccer, baseball, and hockey, as well as asphalt tennis courts and an archery range. All students arc invited by the Jewish Community Center, on South River Street, and the YM-YWCA, on South Franklin Street, to use their swimming pools and bowling alleys. GUIDANCE CENTER The College maintains a testing center to assist the Deans in their counseling of students. The College Testing Service is availaable at no charge to all Wilkes students and, for a fee, to members of the Community. The testing center also provides assistance to the State Bureau of Rehabilitation and other agencies. The Guidance Center, on South River Street, was the law offices of the late Gilbert S. McClintock, the first Chairman of the Board of Trustees. PLACEMENT OFFICE The Placement Office assists seniors in finding permanent employment in a position suitable to their talents and training. It also extends such assistance to any graduate of the College. The Placement Office also assists students in securing part-time employment during the school year and during the summer. Complete information about job opportunities and graduate schools is available. Each year the Office is visited by over onehundred representatives of industries and one hundred school systems from all parts of the United States to interview students for business and teaching positions. Comfortable quarters arc provided for representatives from indus try, from school systems, and from graduate schools to interview and discuss with students opportunities available to them. All students seeking employment are invited to register with the Placement Office. Full credentials are on file so that prospective employers may be ghen adequate information regarding the student. Credentials and recommendations from faculty members arc uhmittcd to the Placement Office upon the request of either the qudcnt or the Placement Offiice. The Placement Office is located in the Guidance Center, on South Rh er Street, next to McClintock Hall. ALUMNI OFFICE The Alumni Office keeps records of all graduates and alumni of· the College. It edits the Alumnus and acts as liaison for the College ,\ith alumni and interprets to the alumni chapters the changes and needs of the institution . Prospective students interested in finding out more about the College may write for information to the Alumni Office. They are ahrnys welcome at Alumni Chapter meetings. Current active Chapters are located in Pennsylvania in WilkesBarre, Allentown, Bethlehem, Easton, Harrisburg, Scranton , Phil adelphia; in New York in Binghamton, New York City, Long Island; in New Jersey in Newark, Somerville, Morristown, Trenton; Wilmington, Delaware; Baltimore, Maryland; Washington, D .C. TflE BOOKSTORE Books, stationery, and supplies may be purchased at the College Bookstore in the new men's dormitory. The bookstore is operated on a cash basis. The cost of books and supplies will vary with the course of study, but will average approximately $50.00 per semester. The College also maintains a United States Post Office ubstation in the men's dormitory. THE COMMONS The Commons, facing South Street, provides cafeteria service for wmmuting students and includes a lounge and recreation area. �Page 40 - BUILDINGS AND PLANT SNACK BAR Cafeteria service is also provided at the College's newly furnished Snack Bar, behind McClintock Hall. CLASSROOMS AND INSTRUCTION The Institute of Regional Affairs occupies the fifth floor of Parrish Hall. Classes and faculty offices in Commerce and Finance, Political Science, Psychology, and Sociology are in Parrish Hall. Conyngham Hall, located on South River Street, was one of the earliest properties acquired by the College. The Conyngham home was a gift in 1937 of Mrs. Bertha Robinson Conyngham, in memory of her husband, John N. Conyngham. The building was destroyed by fire on December 28, 1968. Bedford Hall, a gift of Mr. and Mrs. Paul Bedford, is the home of the English Department. Pickering Hall, next to the library, is the home of the Art Department. Classes in fine arts and in art education meet also in Conyngham Annex. OFFICES OF ADMINISTRATION Chase Hall, 184 South River Street, the first building on the campus, was donated in 1937 by Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark. On the first Boor arc the Dean of Admissions and the Director of Financial Aid. The Education Department is on the second and third floors. Weckesser Hall, 170 South Franklin Street, is the gift of Mr. and Mrs. Frederick J. Weckesser. The President and the Dean of Academic Affairs have their offices in Weckesser Hall. Also in Weckesser Hall are the Dean of Men, the Dean of Women, the Director of Athletics, the Registrar, the Director of Student Activities, the Alumni Office, the Public Relations Office, and the office of College Development. Parrish Hall, formerly the Glen Alden Building of the Lehigh and Wilkes-Barre Coal Company, was acquired in 1958. Presently, the Finance Office occupies the first floor. DORM ITORIES Over 25 dormitories are named after prominent local families and for patriots of the American Revolutionary War, whose history forms part of the rich heritage of the W yoming Valley region. Student Life Counseling Student Activities Social Activities Student Responsibility Athletics �Counseling The guiding principle of all Wilkes counseling is to encourage the student to discover his own abilities and potentialities and to assist him in making sound, independent decisions; most of all he must learn to assume responsibility for all he does. FRESHMAN ORIENTATION PROGRAM The transition from the directed work of the high school to the independent and more intensive work of the College occasionally causes difficulty. Several days at the beginning of the term are therefore set aside to assist freshmen in planning their academic program. Studying at Wilkes In college the teacher works with the student, challenging him to extend the limits of his mind. He encourages him to think courageously and truthfully and to create with all his resources so that he may act with independent judgment. In a college community freedom of inquiry is essential. In the world community the right of the individual to differ safeguards the freedom of all men. As student and teacher engage in the experience of creative thinking, the heritage of learning becomes the responsibility of everyone. During the first week, new students may take aptitude and in terest tests. The week also gives the new students an opportunity to become acquainted with one another and to learn about the College, the curriculum, and the student activities. Throughout their first term small groups of freshmen meet for one hour a week to discuss informally their personal, academic, and vocational objectives. Representatives of the faculty and stu dent body discuss with them: l. Methods of intelligent self-directed study. 2. Standards of value in personal conduct and in relationships with others. 3. Values of the College extracurricular program. 4. The value of college experiences in developing a philosophy of life. By placing responsibility upon the student for planning and conducting these discussions, the College encourages clarity of thought and expression, initiative, poise, and breadth of view. �Page 44 - STUDENT ACTIVITIES STUDENT ADVISEMENT Students sometimes need guidance in resolving personal, social, and academic difficulties. Since a student's physical and mental health affect his studies and his grades, he is encouraged throughout his college career to consult with his classroom instructors, his faculty adviser, the Deans, or the Department Chairmen concerning his scholastic progress. COLLEGE CONSULTATION SERVICE The College Consultation Service offers individual assistance to students with difficulties of a personal or environmental nature. Students may apply directly to the Consultation Service for appointments or may arrange for consultation through the Deans' Office. Interviews with the specially trained staff are conducted on an entirely confidential basis. Student Activities The student activities of the College broaden a student's interests begun in the classroom. The faculty encourages a program of extracurricular activities that contribute to the educational development of the student who chooses to participate. Student activities are designed to appeal to a wide variety of tastes and talents; as such they enjoy the support of the College community. The student activities include Athletics, Dramatics, the College Band, Debating, Choral Club, Collegians Male Chorus, Women's Chorus, Madrigal Singers, the College newspaper, the yearbook, and the literary magazine. There are four class organizations. In addition, special departmental clubs stimulate and satisfy individual interest in academic, professional, and artistic fields. These clubs are developed for students in cooperation with the faculty. All women students may become members of Theta Delta Rho, headed by its own executive committee, which plans and arranges social activities. POLICY The College requires that all campus organizations be open to all students; consequently, groups that are exclusive do not exist. All student groups work in cooperation with faculty advisers and the Deans. STUDENT GOVERNMENT Government of student affairs rests in a Council composed of annually el~cted members representing the classes and other student groups. The Council serves as a coordinating agency. It formulates the student activities budget; it submits this budget to the Administrative Council for approval and is responsible for the supervision of expenditures within the budget. It plans and supervises the social calendar of the College; it is responsible for the Homecoming programs; it recommends to the Council of Deans social regulations pertaining to student life. It consults with and advises the Deans and the Administrative Council. It recommends to the Administration, nominees for appointment to selected faculty committees. �Page 46 - STUDENT ACTIVITIES Social Activities INTER-DORMITORY COUNCIL The Inter-Dormitory Council, made up of elected representatives from the men's and women's residence halls, plans and coordinates dormitory social functions and develops and administers dormitory policy in conjunction with the Council of Deans. The College believes in helping students to help themselves. Groups are encouraged to initiate programs that will serve their interest and benefit others. It has been found that students gain most from those activities, social and cultural, which release the best talents of the individual. PUBLICATIONS The students publish the Beacon, a weekly newspaper; the Manuscript, a literary magazine, issued in the Spring; and the Amnicola, the College annual. There are opportunities for students on the editorial, art, and business staffs. Graduated amounts, in the form of tuition stipends, are available to students in the upper classes who hold editorial and managerial positions on the Beacon, the Manuscript, and the Amnicola. Students eligible for these grants should make written application to the faculty adviser of the publication before April 1 for review by the publications committee and the Administrative Council. Special projects include the following: TDR's Golden Agers Christmas party, at which residents of Convalescent Homes are entertained; Student Government's party for children of St. Stanislaus Orphanage; Wilkes J.C.'s party for YMCA children; Student Work Day, in support of an orphan in a foreign land. In addition there are various social affairs to raise money for the United Fund, to collect toys for the Salvation Army, and to donate books for students in foreign countries. A full and varied program of social and recreational activities supplements the extracurricular program. At all these functions members of the faculty and their wives are invited guests and chaperones. COME -AND-MEET-US -PARTY Student Government makes plans for student leaders to welcome the freshmen one week before the semester starts. An informal party and dance for the entire student body culminate the week's introduction to college life. PARENTS' DAY After they have adjusted themselves to the academic life of the College, students invite their families to a weekend of social, cultural, and athletic events. Preparations for the annual Parents' Day program arc entirely the responsibility of a Student Planning Committee. The agenda includes intercollegiate soccer and football games, luncheon with the faculty, a play, and a film. �Page 48 - SOCIAL ACTIVITIES SOCIAL ACTIVITIES - Page 49 HOMECOMING To welcome returning alumni, students construct display on campus and decorate dormitory and classroom buildings. For the outstanding displays an alumni committee presents awards during halftime ceremonies at the football game. A Homecoming Queen and her escorts are feted at a dinner dance. United States. Wilkes wrestlers join them in competing for individual and team awards. Tourneys and clinics are held over a three-day period in the Wilkes gymnasium. The Tournament, the largest in the country, has the record for the most number of entries. WINTER CARNIVAL FORMAL DANCES Student organizations and clubs sponsor four formal affairs, open to the entire student body. The Homecoming Dance, for alumni and undergraduates; the Lettermen's Christmas Formal; Theta Delta Rho's Valentine Formal; and during Spring Weekend the Cinderella Ball have become traditions on campus. TDR AND LETTERMEN TEAS Throughout the year TDR and the Lettermen sponsor afternoon teas and student receptions. The women of Theta Delta Rho entertain those high school seniors who plan to enter the College the following year. Student Government sponsors a Winter Carnival, held at one of the nearby resorts in the Poconos. A day of skiing, tobagganing, and ice skating climaxes the clo-,e of the examination period. SPRING WEEKEND Student Government also plans Spring Weekend. Clubs and organizations set up gala outdoor booths, and the campus takes on a Mardi Gras atmosphere. At the Ball at midnight on Saturday a senior, chosen by the student body by secret ballot, is crowned Cinderella Queen. THE MANUSCRIPT FILMS JDC CHRISTMAS PARTY The Inter-Dormitory Council sponsors an annual Christmas party preceding the winter vacation. The student body, faculty, and administration are invited to a buffet and dance. During each semester the Manuscript Society brings to the campus distinguished motion pictures, produced by American and foreign film companies. CLUB ACTIVITIES HAMPTON EXCHANGE PROGRAM IDC also sponsors a social exchange program between students from Wilkes and Hampton Institute, Hampton Roads, Virginia. Several Wilkes students and an equal number of Hampton students visit each other's campus. Faculty members and Deans accompany both groups. WILKES OPEN WRESTLING TOURNAMENT Between Christmas and New Year's the College sponsors the Wilkes Open Wrestling Championships. Known as the "Rose Bowl of Wrestling," this annual tournament attracts athletes from over sixty colleges, athletic clubs, and YMCA's throughout the In addition to the regular social calendar, campus organizations plan their own special activities. THE PRESIDENT'S PICNIC On the Saturday before Commencement the graduating class is invited by the President to a picnic and outing in the country. �Athletics Athletics are an integral part of the activity program and as such are subject to policies set by the faculty and administration and approved by the Board of Trustees. The College maintains intercollegiate schedules in nine varsity sports: football, baseball, basketball, soccer, golf, tennis, swimming, wrestling, and lacrosse. Men who take part in intercollegiate sports satisfy the requirements for physical education for the duration of that sport. Student Responsibility The students in a great measure determine the influences of the Colle~e. The fa~ulty counts upon their cooperation in establishing the highest possible standards of intellect and morals. The College may request students to withdraw when their influence and behavior are deemed detrimental to the best interests of the student body and the College. It is recognized that courtesy and consideration are the basis of g~o~ relations between individuals. Informal and friendly assoc1at10ns between students and faculty are a tradition on campus. A program of intramural sports and physical education stresses physical standards and cooperative team spirit and recreation. Every man has a chance to participate in basketball, touch football, volleyball, softball, and bowling. The athletic program for women includes dancing, folk and modern, bowling, basketball, softball, and swimming. Although these relations are flexible, certain precedents have been established in the best interests of the individual and the College. A few are mentioned here: ATHLETIC POLICY I. The possession and use of liquor on campus are forbidden and none will be served at college affairs. ' Intercollegiate athletics are introduced for the benefit of the student body and in consequence athletes receive the same consideration in admissions and in the awarding of scholarships that is given to other students. Wilkes enters into intercollegiate competition with other colleges of the Middle Atlantic Conference adhering to similar policies of admission and maintaining comparable scholastic standards. The College is a member of the Middle Atlantic Collegiate Athletic Conference, the National Collegiate Athletic Association, and the Eastern Collegiate Athletic Conference. 2. Smoking is not permitted in classrooms or hallways, or in the library. Facilities are available in various buildings for students who may wish to smoke during their free periods. 3. Although participation in at least one student activity is encouraged, each student is responsible for planning and utilizing his time effectively. 4. The faculty cooperates with students who miss classes beca~s~ of illness, or as representatives of the College, or for special religious observances; in cases of excessive absence the student shall present his instructors with a note from the Deans. In all instances the student is expected to make up the work that is missed. �The Academic Program Curricula Academic Requirements Graduation Requirements �Curricula Graduate Programs WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS Learning at Wilkes Education leads men to seek answers to problems of significance and to inquire into ideas and beliefs of eternal relevance. There is no better expression of man's purpose than his sense of belonging to a universe ruled by truth. Creative thinkers set the standards and the high aims of education. One may not reach these standards in his lifetime; that they are recognized and sought after is the measure of one's intellectual concerns. The faculty encourages the student to cultivate learning that he may grow in wisdom. In this way the mind in its journeyings finds constant surprise and delight at rediscovering itself. To fulfill its objective of service to the community and the nation, Wilkes in 1961 introduced two new curricula leading to the degrees of Master of Science in Chemistry and in Physics. These curricula are designed to make practicable either full-time graduate study toward the degrees or part-time study by engineers and scientists with appropriate undergraduate training employed in the Wilkes-Barre area. A program leading to a Master of Science degree in Biology was introduced in September, 1967. In September, 1969 two programs were introduced: one leading to a Master's Degree in Business Administration, and a second leading to a Master of Science degree in Education providing for concentration in the academic disciplines of English, history, mathematcs, biology, physics, chemistry, and elementary education. Full details of these programs are published in the bulletin of the Graduate Division. COOPERATIVE GRADUATE PROGRAMS Wilkes is cooperating with both Lehigh and Temple Universities to make graduate programs available to regional teachers and businessmen. The Temple University program leads to the degree of Master of Science in General Education and is accepted by the Commonwealth for permanent certification of classroom teachers. Candidates may register at the College. Under this cooperative program, all credits are granted by Temple University. Wilkes and Lehigh University are cooperating in offering graduate courses in education leading to a Master's Degree in Education, and graduate courses in Business Administration leading to a Master's Degree in Business Administration. Details of these graduate programs may be obtained by writing to the Director of Graduate Studies. �Page 58 - ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS Undergraduate Programs Wilkes is an independent, liberal arts college that offers the degree of Bachelor of Arts in the humanities, the social sciences, and the natural sciences. All course work in education required for careers in teaching is available in combination with the degree programs mentioned. The College confers the degree of Bachelor of Science in biology, chemistry, engineering, physics, medical technology, commerce and finance, and certain areas of education. The College also offers in selected engineering fields a two-year program leading to transfer. A detailed description of these programs is provided in the section of the bulletin titled "Degree Programs." PRE-PROFESSIONAL DEGREE PROGRAM Four years of undergraduate study are ordinarily required to qualify for the Bachelor's degree. Wilkes College makes an exception to this requirement for medical and dental students. These students may, with the approval of the Academic Standing Committee, satisfy the requirements for the Bachelor's degree by completing three years of undergraduate study at Wilkes and by requesting credit toward the degree for their first two years of work in graduate school. Such students must petition the Academic Standing Committee for permission to graduate, submit official transcripts from the professional school, and pay the usual graduation fees. In all cases the final approval for the granting of the degree rests with the Academic Standing Committee of Wilkes College. Academic Requirements GRADES The primary purpose of any marking system is to inform the student of his achievement. Marks also aid in evaluating students for purposes of recommendation. Grade reports are sent to students and parents at the end of each term. Mid-term reports are sent if the work is unsatisfactory. Five numerical grades are given for academic work. Grade 4 3 2 Interpretation Academic achievement of outstanding quality. Academic achievement of high quality. Academic achievement of acceptable quality in meeting requirements for graduation. Academic achievement of quality below the average required for graduation. 0 Academic achievement below the minimum required for course credit. Inc. means that a student receives an incomplete grade. Incomplctes will be granted to students who because of illness or reasons beyond their control have been unable to satisfy specific course assignments. All unfinished work must be completed before the fourth week of the following term. If an incomplete is not removed within this period, the grade will be changed to a zero. COURSE CREDITS Each course at the Co,llege is assigned a specific number of credits. For example, English l Ol is a 3 credit course and English 151 is a 4 creait course. Usually, credits assigned to the course are determined by the number of hours that the class meets per week. �ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS - Page 59 Page 58 - ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS POINT AVERAGES The student is given a number grade for every course in which he is enrolled. To calculate the number of points earned in a course, multiply the grade in each course by the number of credit hours for the course. To compute the point average, total these points for all courses and divide by the total number of credit hours. Below is an example illustrating the method used to compute point averages. Course Credit Hrs. Carried Bio. 101 __ _____ _ __ __ Eng. 101 _________ ------- ----------------Fr. 101 __________ -------------------------Hist. 101 ________ ------- ------ ---- --- Mus. 101 . ---- - --- 3 3 3 3 3 Credit Hrs. Passed Grade Points 4 0 2 12 0 3 6 3 9 3 1 3 If these minimum averages are not attained during each semester of the year indicated, the student's record is reviewed by the Academic Standing Committee to determine whether or not he should be placed on probation or dismissed from the College. PROBATION AND DISMISSAL A student placed on probation must attain the required grade average in the next semester or be subject to dismissal from the College. Unless special permission is granted by the Academic Standing Committee, a student dropped for academic failure will not be considered for readmission until one year after being dropped. 0 3 3 If readmitted the student will still be on probation and shall be given one semester in which to prove his ability to continue in college. Total credit hrs. carried ------ 15 Total credit hrs. passed ------------- ------------------------------- -- ------------ 12 Total points earned ----------------------------- ----------- --- ------ 30 Average 30 + 15 = 2.0 Notice that the student has accumulated 12 credits toward graduation. The zero grade in English means that the student must repeat that course. Averages are cumulative; the work of each semester will be added to the total. To graduate a student must have at the end of his ATTENDANCE Attendance at all classes is expected, and repeated absence is deemed a sufficient cause for failure. After five consecutive absences from a class, a student may be readmitted to the class only by action of the appropriate Dean and the Department Chairman concerned. senior year a 1.85 average in all his courses and a 2.0 average in STUDENT LOAD his major field. Transfer credits are not included in the calculation of grade No students shall be allowed to carry an overlC1ad without approval of the adviser and the Dean. An overload will be permitted only for students with an average grade record of 3 or special need. point averages. CLASS ST ANDING Grades and averages at the end of each semester of the four academic years indicate a student's progress. The faculty expects students to achieve the following minimum averages: General Average Freshman Year Sophomore Year Junior Year ___ _ 1.4 1.7 1.85 Major Average 1.6 1.9 2.0 WITHDRAWALS Students may change their courses during the first week of a semester, provided they secure the approval of their faculty adviser and the Dean. A student who withdraws from a course after the first week but who continues other courses will receive a zero unless the Dean, faculty adviser, and instructor agree that the stu dent be permitted to drop the course without prejudice. �Page 60 - ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS No student who has been advised to withdraw from the College's day school program for academic reasons will be permitted to register in the Evening Division without the approval of the Academic Standing Committee and then will be allowed to register only as a non-matriculating student. Students who withdraw from the Evening Division or drop courses should give prompt written or verbal notice to the Director of the Evening Division and to the instructors concerned, in order that their records may not unjustly show failure in courses. CHANGE OF PROGRAM Students who wish to transfer from one department to another shall obtain the approval of the Department Chairmen and the Dean. The student shall satisfy the curriculum requirements of the Bulletin in force at the time of transfer. TRANSFER OF SUMMER CREDITS Students desiring to study at another college during the summer must petition the Academic Standing Committee for approval. The student must earn a grade of 2 or higher in order for the work to be credited toward graduation. In some cases it may be necessary for a student to take examinations before credit is granted. Transfer credits are not included in the calculation of grade Graduation Requirements All candidates for degrees and certificates must be present at Commencement. If circumstances prevent their attendance, students must apply to the appropriate Dean for permission to take the degree or certificate in absentia. The faculty has approved the following requirements which the tudent must satisfy in order to be eligible for graduation: I. H_e stated m pr~gram. residence must complete all subjects required for the degree as the Bulletin in force at the time of hi's ad m1ss10n · · to t h e Transfer students must complete the last 30 credits in at the College. 2. He must earn a grade of I or better in each required subject. 3. He must obtain a cumulative average of I .85 for a II courses. 4. He must obtain a cumulative average of 2 .0 for all subjects within his major. point averages. DEAN'S LIST The faculty gives recognition for high quality work. Candidates for the Dean's List, published at the end of each term, must obtain a point average of 3.25 or higher for all courses taken. Students taking less than the full credit load for their curriculum will not be eligible for the Dean's List. HONORS The granting of Honors at Commencement is based upon the academic record made by students carrying a normal load for their curriculum during their last two years at the College. Requirements for Honors are as follows: for cum laude, a cumulative average of 3.35; magna cum laude , 3.60; summa cum laude , 3.80. 5. He must satisfy all requirements pertaining to the orientation and physical education programs. 6. He must demonstrate competence in written and spoken English. No student shall graduate until all financial obligations to the College haue bee n satisfied. �AWARDS - Page 63 Awards At Commencement a number of awards are presented to o~tstanding students in selected fields. The Deans also give two special awards for highest academic achievement. THEW. F. DOBSON AWARD IN ACCOUNTING is given to the graduate who has made the most outstanding record in accounting during his four years at the College. THE L. J. VAN LAEYS AWARD IN JOURNALISM is given to the graduate who has done the most creditable work in the field of journalism. Senior Awards THE DEAN'S SCHOLARSHIP AWARDS are granted ~o the man and woman in the graduating class who have excelled m scholarship throughout their four years at the College. THE AWARD IN THE HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES is given each year by Miss Annette Evans to the man_ or woman in the graduating class who has demonstrated outst~ndmg holarship in one or both of these areas, and has mamfested SC • • • intellectual curiosity and creative imagmation. THE PHYSICS AWARD is presented annually to the graduate of the department who has maintained. throug~10ut his or her college career the highest scholastic average m physics courses. THE BIOLOGY RESEARCH AWARD is presented annually to the graduate who has demonstrated exceptional ability in a research project. The faculty of the Biology Department selects the recipient of this award. THE CHEMISTRY AWARD is presented by the De~artment of Chemistry to the graduate who has maintained the _highest scholastic average throughout the four years of the chemistry program. t? THE WALL STREET JOURNAL AWARD is gr~n~ed a graduate in commerce and finance for high scholarship m his field of concentration. THE PENNSYLVANIA INSTITUTE OF CERTI~IED P~BLIC ACCOUNTANTS AWARD is granted to a graduatmg semor ~~o has received high grades in accounting and demonstrated quaht1es of leadership in other activities. THE MATHEMATICS AWARD is granted annually to the senior who, in the opinion of the mathematics faculty, has done the most outstanding work in the fulfillment of the major requirements in mathematics. THE OUTSTANDING GRADUATE OF THE YEAR AWARD is given by the Wilkes College Alumni Association to the graduate considered by a special faculty committee to have made the strongest contribution to the life of the College. Undergraduate Awards THE MRS. JAMES McKANE AWARDS of $25 each are made to the man and woman in the junior class who have ranked highest in their class throughout their first two years of college. THE LINDA MORRIS AWARD is given by Mr. and Mrs. Herbert Morris in memory of their daughter, Linda, to that young woman who has maintained the highest academic record through the first three years at Wilkes College. THE JOHN WILKES, INC., ANNUAL FORENSIC AWARD is made annually to the Wilkes student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in the field of forensics during the previous year. THE WILKES FACULTY WOMEN'S AWARD is given to the sophomore woman who has ranked first in her class during her freshman year. �Page 64 - A WARDS THE APLHA RHO CHAPTER OF THE DELTA KAPPA GAM MA SOCIETY AWARD is offered annually to an outstanding young woman in the field of education. The Alpha Rho Committee on Professional Affairs, in cooperation with the Wilkes College Administration, will select a Junior student from Wyoming Valley who shows a concern for and a commitment to the education of young people and who possesses those qualities of enthusiastic leadership which will contribute to the advancement of the teaching profession. The College and the Community Office of Community Services Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra Fine Arts Fiesta Performing Arts Center �The College and the Community The College was founded to serve the community and has received a large measure of its ever-growing support from outstanding leaders in the community. It has recognized for many years that its growth was related to the economic and social redevelopment of the community and, therefore, it has sought to participate in every effort for community betterment. In consequence, a pattern of cooperation has developed in which the College and the Community work with one another for their mutual benefit. Institute of Regional Affairs It is his own deficiency, and no degree of fate, Service at Wilkes that makes a man sink into the depths. To think there is no escape from preordained misery is to make the misery perpetual. To seek new paths in a constant renewal of strength - that has always been the secret of progress. When a man waits helplessly for the turning in the wheel of fortune, he has to be regarded as shorn of manhood. If we could free even one village from the shackles of helplessness and ignorance, an ideal for the whole of India would be established. Let a few villages be rebuilt in this way, and I shall say they are my India. That is the way to discover the true India. RABINDRAN ATH TAGORE Towards Universal Man The Institute of Regional Affairs is a multi-purpose college organization which views regional problems as belonging to no simple academic discipline, but rather as a contemporary phenomenon spilling into many disciplines. It is really the natural integration of prior activities in which members of the Wilkes College faculty have engaged for at least twenty years. The Institute of Regional Affairs was created to assure the coordination of these varied efforts and better understand and resolve complex and contemporary problems. Its resources include not only the College faculty in the social sciences - economics, psychology, government, sociology - but also those experts in the region who can lend their talents to teaching, research, and consultation. Its four-fold purpose is: education and training, community information, research, and consultation. I. Labor-Management Courses To establish a climate for industrial progress, the College has pioneered a management training program under which special classes are organized for personnel in industry, commerce, and banking to meet the needs of business firms in this region. Such programs are arranged in consultation with officials, foremen, and other employees to meet the specific problems of a particular company. �Page 68 - THE COLLEGE AND THE COMMUNITY A program designed for members of labor unions is also tailored to the needs of a particular group. All classes are conducted on the campus where the intellectual climate stimulates free intellectual inquiry. Union and management personnel sometimes meet together in an effort to develop that mutual understanding that is essential to constructive action. 2. Banking Short co.urses have been co-sponsored with both the Institute of Banking and the Savings and Loan Institute. The instructional program offered to the personnel of these two groups is intended to assist them to meet changing needs and acquire a broad knowledge in their fields. 3. Municipal Government Program The fundamental general purpose in assisting local governments has been to help make American democracy stronger by guaranteeing the semi-autonomous structure of American local government, so long as it can retain the capacity to solve its own problems. The program of training, information and consultation service, publications, and research in this field have been aimed at improving the world of local government officials, both elected and appointed. In the fall of 1964, the Glen Alden Coal Company made available an area in Hanover Township known as Concrete City - a 40 acre site - for training the police, firemen, and civil defense workers. The In-Service training program for local government officials has been offered in full cooperation with the Public Service Institute of the Department of Public Instruction, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. 4. Other Activities From time to time, the Psychology Department, the Sociology Department, the Education Department, and the Guidance Center have initiated and participated in seminars, conferences, and workshops, in the fields of social welfare, mental health, and education. THE COLLEGE AND THE COMMUNITY - Page 69 Economic Development Council As a result of the support and the success of the College's Area Research Center, an independent Economic Development Council has been established to serve Northeastern Pennsylvania. The College has supported a number of programs in their infancy and helped them become independent, community activities. Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra !he Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra, organized under the regis of the College in the fall of l 95 l, presents a series of four symphony concerts annually. A number of the members are students and faculty from the department of music of the College. Fine Arts Fiesta I_n 195~ several mem~ers of the Board of Trustees and the faculty assisted m the format10n of the Wilkes-Barre Fine Arts Fiesta a_s _part of :he City's Sesquicentennial celebration. The College par~ t1cipates with area-wide cultural groups in this five-day festival of music, drama, and the arts presented on the public square each spring. Performing Arts Center The Center for the Performing Arts provides a varied program of cultural and educational events for the Community as well as the College. Completed in October, 1965, the gift of Mrs. Dorothy Dickson Darte, the Center has facilities for theater, dance, music, and films. Dramatic productions, student recitals, lectures, choral and band concerts, Town and Gown programs, and other cultural events are offered throughout the year. The Center is operated by the students under faculty direction and supervision. �Undergraduate Programs Bachelor of Arts Degree Bachelor of Science Degree Degree Requirements �Undergraduate Programs The program at Wilkes has been carefully designed so that students may meet the entrance requirements of graduate and professional schools. Students planning to go to graduate school should consult as early as possible with their department chairman. In its degree programs Wilkes College provides for a broad liberal education and for the concentration in special areas for which students are qualified and have interest. In the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science degree programs the faculty encourages the student to achieve intellectual, social, and spiritual development. Bachelor of Arts Degree Leadership at Wilkes Those of us who are concerned with the education of young people and with the vitality of our society can never accept uncertainty and confusion as the inevitable condition of society. We therefore are confronted with two choices. We can grasp and support a rigid ideology that offers final answers by ignoring uncongenial facts and truths, or we can make every effort to comprehend the significance of new facts, new truths, and new conditions. We must endeavor to extend the vision of our students, enlarge their understanding, and prepare them to participate in strengthening and developing our social institutions. S. FARLEY First President of Wilkes College DR. EUGENE Programs leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree are primarily concerned with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and of the men who have created it and lived in it. Studies center around men and events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. Programs are designed to create breadth and perspective as opposed to more specialized skills. A liberal arts program must acquaint the student with the nature and extent of knowledge in all the principal fields. The student will carry on his explorations in the humanities, social sciences, and sciences. AREAS Humanities Social Sciences Sciences English Fine Arts Foreign Languages Mathematics Music Philosophy - Religion Commerce and Finance Economics Education History Political Science Psychology Social Science Sociology Biology Chemistry Physics �Page 74 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 75 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR B.A. DEGREE SELECTION OF A MAJOR The following courses are required of all candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree. They will usually be taken in the semesters indicated. In a curriculum that requires a student to begin with courses at a more advanced level, the advanced course will be accepted as fulfilling the general requirements in that subject. Required Courses Credit To be Taken Hours in Semester Hum anities Eng. 101, 102 - Composition Eng. 151, 152- World Literature Hist. 101, 102- World Civilization Phil. 101 - Introduction; Phil. 102 - Logic F.A. 101 - Experiencing Art; or Mus. 101 - Introduction I; or Th. Arts 101 -Approach to Theater! 2 For. Lang. 101, 102- Elementary, For. Lang. 2 203, 204Interm ediate 6 8 6 6 Majors in the Bachelor of Arts degree program may be selected from the following subject areas: 1-2 3-4 Biology Fine Arts Physics 3-4-5-6 Chemistry Foreign Language Political Science 3 I or 2 Economics History Psychology 6-12 1-2-3-4 Education (Elementary and Secondary) 1 Mathematics Social Science Music Sociology 1-2 Math, Science Electives Math.3 101, 102-Fundamentals; or Phys. 101, 102- Physical Science; or Bio. 101, 102-Biological Science; or Env. Sci. 101 - Earth Science, Env. Sci. 102- Space Science To provide depth of knowledge, some concentration is required. It is desirable that a major be elected as early as possible, especially in the areas of biology, mathematics, and music. It is essential that the major field of concentration be elected before the beginning of the junior year. English 12 Philosophy - Religion 1-2-3-4 Social Science Electives Ee. 101 , 102- Principles; or P. S. 101, 102 - Political Science; or Psy. 101, 102- General Psychology; or Soc. 101, 102- Sociology and Anthropology COURSE REQUIREMENTS 12 3-4-5-6 0 1-2-3-4 1-2 Physical Education Phys. Ed. 101, 102, 103, 104- Physical Education Phys. Ed. 1OS, 106 - Hygiene 2 The specific requirements for a degree in any of the above majors are listed in the section of this bulletin titled "Degree Requirements." The student with his faculty adviser will plan the proper sequence of his major course requirements. 67 1 2 Courses in Speech, Argumentation and Debate, and Speech for the Stage (2 credits each) are not required for the Bachelor of Arts degree, but may be taken as an elective. In all curricula requiring foreign language the level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. Except for foreign language majors, the language requirement is through the 204 course, or an equivalent course prescribed by the student's adviser. 3 The mathematics requirement will vary with individual programs. Students planning to major in Accounting, Biology, Business Administration, Chemistry, Economics, Engineering, Elementary Education, Mathematics, and Physics should check individual program requirements listed in the Bulletin. Students wishing to prepare for public school teaching should refer to page 81 for detailed information concerning the selection of a major and the sequence of required courses in Education. �Page 76 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 77 Bachelor of Science Degree The Bachelor of Science degree programs require more concentration upon a restricted area of human thought and activity. Although these programs emphasize knowledge and skill in special fields, a basic pro• gram of general education is coupled with this specialized effort. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR B. S. DEGREE The general requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree are basically the same as those required for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Specific requirements are described in this bulletin under the section titled ''Degree Requirements." SELECTION OF A MAJOR Majors in the Bachelor of Science degree program may be selected from the following subject areas: Biology Engineering Chemistry Music Education Commerce and Finance Medical Technology (a) Accounting Nursing Education (b) Business Administration Physics (c) Business Education COURSE REQUIREMENTS The specific requirements for a degree in any of the above majors are listed in the section of this bulletin titled "Degree Requirements." The student with his faculty adviser will plan the proper sequence of his major course requirements. Degree Requirements B.A. AND B.S. DEGREE PROGRAMS The following section of the bulletin provides the detailed information on the requirements for each of the degree programs offered at Wilkes College. The general requirements for the B.A. degree are listed on page 74 of this bulletin. They are repeated on the following page to provide guidance in scheduling. Courses in Fundamentals of Speech, Argumentation and Debate, and Speech for the Stage are available as electives that may be taken during the freshman year. The course sequence listed in the following outline is the standard sequence for all B.A. degree majors except those in biology, chemistry, fine arts, mathematics, music, and physics. These programs will be specifically outlined for convenience in scheduling. The following pages, therefore, describe the specific course requirements for each B.A. degree major and for each B.S. degree major. The student is responsible for meeting the requirements of his major program. The major subject areas follow in alphabetical order. �DEGREE PROGRAMS Page 78 - Course Requirements in the Majors General Requirements for B. A. ;Degree Eng. 101 -Composition For. Lang. 101 - Elementary Hist. 101 - World Civilization Math., Science Elective (see page 74) 1 Fine Arts Elective (see page 74) P.E. 101- Physical Education P.E. 105-Hygiene 3 3 3 3 3 0 1 Eng. 102. -Composition For. Lang. 102- Elementary Hist. 102 - World Civilization Math., Science Elective (see page 74) Fine Arts Elective (see page 74)1 P.E. 102- Physical Education P.E. 106 - Hygiene 3 3 0 I FOURTH SEMESTER THIRD SEMESTER Eng. 151 - World Literature For. Lang. 203 - Intermediate Math., Science Elective (see page 74) Social Science Electives (see page 74) (Phil. 101- Introduction)2 P.E. 103 - Physical Education 4 3 3 6 0 Eng. 152- World Literature For. Lang. 204 - Intermediate Math., Science Elective (see page 74) Social Science Electives (see page 74) (Phil. 102 - Logic) 2 P .E. 104 - Physical Education 16 4 3 3 The biology program is a general program covering basic areas of biology. Specific pre-professional training is minimized in favor of the broadest possible background in the liberal arts as well as the biological cicnces. Students planning to major in biology should take courses in secondary school that prepare them to start the College mathematics program with the course in analysis, Math 111. Experience has shown that students who have not had four years of mathematics study in secondary school will usually require some pre-college courses. In the summer session preceding entrance the student may take Math. 100, Pre-Calculus Mathematics (algebra and trigonometry), offered at Wilkes, or with the approval of the mathematics department take an equivalent course at another college or university. Credit in this remedial course does not exempt the student from any required elective in his program. 6 The B.S. curriculum listed on page 90 is recommended for the student interested in a professional career in biology. 16 The following are the degree requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in biology. SIXTH SEMESTER FIFTH SEMESTER 3 12-13 Phil. 102- Logic2 Major and electives3 EIGHTH SEMESTER SEVENTH SEMESTER 15-16 Major and electives 15-16 SECOND SEMESTER FIRST SEMESTER 3 12-13 15-16 15-16 Major and electives 3 3 3 15-16 15-16 Phil. 101- Introduction2 Major and electives3 Biology1 SECOND SEMESTER FIRST SEMESTER 4 Bio 103 - General Biology Chem. 201 - Principles of Chemistry 4 3 Eng. 101- Composition 4 \fath 111-Analysis I 0 P. E. 101 - Physical Education 1 P. E. 105- Hygiene Courses in Speech, Argumentation and Debate, and Speech for the Stage (2 credits each) are not required for the Bachelor of Arts degree, but may be taken as an elective during the freshman year. 2 Philosophy majors or students interested in earlier scheduling of philosophy may take Phil. 101 and 102 in the third and fourth semester by later scheduling of the social science requirement. Other Philosophy or Religion courses may be substituted for Phil. 102 in any major with the approval of the student's adviser and the Philosophy Department chairman. No substitutions are permitted for Phil. 101. • Students planning to fulfill requirements for teacher certification will usually take required education courses as electives in the fifth and sixth semester. Bio. 104 - General Biology Chem. 202 - Chemical Equilibria Eng. 102-Composition Math. 112-Analysis II P. E. 102- Physical Education P. E. I 06 - Hygiene FOURTH SEMESTER Bio. 201- Vertebrate Morphogenesis 4 Chem. 221 - Inorganic 4 Quantitative Analysis 3 For. Lang. IOI -Elementary 3 Hist.101- World Civilization 3-4 Electives~ 0 P. E. 103 - Physical Education 17-18 1 4 4 3 4 0 1 16 16 THIRD SEMESTER 1 Pllge 79 DEGREE PROGRAMS Bio. 202-Biology of Vertebrate Organs Chem. 232 - Organic Chemistry For. Lang. 102- Elementary Hist. 102- World Civilization Electives1 P. E. 104- Physical Education 4 4 3 3 3-4 0 17-18 A preprofessional degree program is described on page 56. The first three years of the program described here will be followed by pre-professional candidates. Electives must include: Ee., P.S., Psy., Soc. 101 -102 - 12; Eng. 151, 152 - 8; Phil. 101, 102 - 6; F.A. 101 or Mus. 101 or Th. Arts 101 - 3; Bio. 311 and/or Bio. 331 (7th semester) or Bio. 332 (8th semester) - 4-8. �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 81 Page 80 - DEGREE PROGRAMS FIFTH SEMESTER Bio. 321 - Genetics For. Lang. 203- Intermediate Phys. 105- Introduction Electives I SIXTH SEMESTER Bio. 322 - Ecology Bio.224- Biological Techniques For. Lang. 204 - Intermediate Phys. 106- Introduction Electives 1 4 3 4 6-7 4.7 15-18 17-18 SEVENTH SEMESTER Bio. 397 -Seminar Electives 1 THIRD SEMESTER Chem. 221-Inorganic Quantitative Analysis ath. 211 - Intermediate Analysis I Phys. 201 - General Physics I ffiec~~ 9 17 18 1 15-17 I 15-17 FIFTH SEMESTER Chem. 233 - Organic Chemistry Phys. 203 - General Physics III Electives 16-18 Chemistry 4-5 3 9 SIXTH SEMESTER Chem. 262 - Chemical Literature Electives 4 3 4 3 0 EIGHTH SEMESTER Electives 15-18 15-18 15-18 Economics Students who major in Economics are required to complete twentyfour hours of· work in economics beyond Ee · IOI , 102 m · a dd.1t10n · to t h e l genera reqmre~ents for t~e B. A. degree. Selection and scheduling of these courses will be. done m consultation with the st u d en t's a d v1ser. · The twenty-four hours m economics which the major must carry include Ee. ~01, 202, 231, 232, and 241. Students who elect a program in Economics should take Math. 100, Math. II I and II2. Education to prepare for public school. teachi ng m · Busmess · . Students wishing . su b1ects or Music. complete the B.S. program described for these subjects. Other prosp~ct1ve te~c~ers must satisfy B.A. degree requirements subJ'ect to the followmg restnct1ons: SECOND SEMESTER Chem. 202 - Chemical Equilibria Hist. 102- World Civilization Math. 112 - Analysis II Eng. 102-Composition P. E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 106-Personal Hygiene I. Prospective elementary school teachers: 1 15 SEVENTH SEMESTER Chem. 261 - History of Chemistry 1 Electives 14-17 I 15 16 16-17 This curriculum is designed for the student interested in a major in chemistry in preparation for a career in teaching, medicine, dentistry, technical sales, technical librarianship, as technical translator, etc. The student will choose electives after consultation with his adviser. Exprience has shown that students who have not had four years of mathematics study in secondary school will usually require some precollege courses. In the summer session preceding entrance the student may take Math. 100, Pre-Calculus Mathematics (algebra and trigonometry), offered at Wilkes, or with the approval of the mathematics department take an equivalent co.urse at another college or university Credit in this remedial course does not exempt the student from any required elective in his program. The B.S. curriculum listed on page 91 is recommended for the student interested in a professional career in chemistry. Chemistry 212 and 341 must be taken in addition to those ·courses listed below. The general requirements for the B.A. degree, listed on page 74 in the bulletin, must also be met. 1 4 4 EIGHTH SEMESTER Bio. 397 -Seminar Electives 1 16-18 FIRST SEMESTER Chem. 201 - Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry Hist. 101- World Civilization Math. 111 - Analysis I Eng. 101-Composition P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 105-Personal Hygiene 4 4 4 6 FOURTH SEMESTER Chem. 232 - Organic Chemistry Phys. 202 - General Physics II Electives a. may select any major listed on page 75. 15 Electives must include: Ee., P.S., Psy., Soc. 101-102 - 12; Eng. 151, 152 - 8; Phil. 101, 102 - 6; F.A. 101 or Mus. 101 or Th. Arts 101 - 3; Bio. 311 and/or Bio. 331 (7th semester) or Bio. 332 (8th semester) - 4-8. b. must elect Math. 103- 104. c. must elect Psych. IO 1-102. d. must elect Ed. 201, 202, 299, and 300. (Note that Psych. 102 is prequisite to Ed. 202.) �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 83 Page 82 - DEGREE PROGRAMS 2. Prospective secondary school teachers: a. may elect to major in Biology, Chemistry, Economics, English, Foreign Languages, History, Mathematics, Physics, or Political Science. Students who major in Economics or Political Science must complete 18 credits in History beyond 102. b. must elect Psych. 101-102. c. must elect Ed. 201, 202, and 330. (Note that Psych. 102 is pre• requisite to Ed. 202.) Teacher certification requirements for most states may be met at Wilkes College. Students are expected to familiarize themselves with specific THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER Eng.151- World Literature For. Lang. 203- Intermediate F . 203- Oil Painting I F.A. 223 - History of Art I P. E. 103 - Physical Education ~fath., Science Elective (see page 74) 4 3 3 3 0 3 16 Phil. 101 - Introduction F.A. 211-Modeling & Construction F.A.213-Metalwork and Jewelry F.A. 226 - History of Modern Art ial Science Electives (see page 74) 3 3 3 3 6 SEVENTH SEMESTER Students who major in English are required to take English 101, 102 and 131 in the freshman year; 151 and 152 in the sophomore year; and 24 credit hours including 201, 204, 213, 221 in addition to the general requirements for the B.A. degree. Those students planning to become public school teachers must also include either English 381 or Engli h 382 among their required courses. English 132 or Theater Arts 131 ma} be taken instead of English 131. Selection and scheduling of these cour will be done in consultation with the student's adviser. Students with at least a 3.0 average in 101, 102, and 151 may take an advanced Engli h course simultaneously with 152. The cumulative average in the major will be calculated from the grades received in all English courses except those prescribed for the Freshman year. The English Department stron • ly recommends that its majors choose either German or French as their foreign language. Fine Arts Students who major in Fine Arts are required to complete the follov.· ing program of studies in addition to the general requirements for the B. A. degree. Electives may be used to fulfill the requirements fer certification in education. SECOND SEMESTER FIRST SEMESTER 3 3 3 3 0 1 3 Eng. 102- Composition Hist. 102- World Civilization For. Lang. 1021 - Elementary F.A. 202- Drawing & Composition P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E. 106-Hygiene Math., Science Elective (see page 74) 16 1 French or German is recommended for students who plan to continue with grad· uate programs in Art. F.A. 231 - Contemporary Design F.A. 332- Studio Problems F.A. 311 1 - Senior Exhibit Electives 3 3 3 0 3 SIXTH SEMESTER Phil. 205 - Aesthetics 3 F.A. 212-Ceramics 3 F.A. 206 - Graphics 3 Elective (optional) 0-3 Social Science Electives (see page 74 ) 6 18 English 4 16 FIFTH SEMESTER state requirements. Eng. 101 - Composition Hist. 101- World Civilization For. Lang. 1011- Elementary F.A. 201-Color and Design P. E. 101 -Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene Math., Science Elective (see page 74) Eng. l52- World Literature For. Lang. 204 - Intermediate F.A. 204 - Water Color Painting F.A. 224-History of Art II P. E. 104 - Physical Education Math., Science Elective (see page 74) 15-18 EIGHTII SEMESTER 2 2 2 F.A. 311 1 Electives Senior Exhibit 2 14-15 9-12 15-16 14-16 Foreign Languages (Modern) A major in any of the modem forei 1 . four additional credit hours in adva g~ tnguages consists of twenty102 course. nee anguage courses beyond the History . 102Students in the fwhoh major in h.is_t ory are reqmred to take History 101 and res man year History 107 d 108 . h and 18 additional credit bours in adva::ed h" tm t e sophomore year, rnurses taken must include a . . f . IS ory courses. Advanced mmimum o six hours each i A · nd non-American topics lndivid 1 1 . n mencan are urged to take History 371 and 3~; so; ;;6~mg graduate study in history ~fathematics ro::u:i:! !: ;fh~o:r;:: mathematics are required to complete twenty311-312 331 and 334 . mbder~~ above 211, including Math. 212, 222, ' , ' m a d1t10n to the general requirement f h B.A. degree (with the exception of Phil 102 h. h . 1 s or t e 222 - Set Theory and Logic). . w IC is rep aced by Ma th. The B.S. curriculum listed on page 101 . interested in a professional career in ma th:~=~~:mended for the student Senior Exhibit will be scheduled either th e seventh or eighth . tion with the department chairman. semester after consulta- �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 85 Page 84 - DEGREE PROGRAMS Prospective elementary or secondary school teachers are advised to elect Ma th. 343 and 351 . Experience has shown that students who have not had four years of mathematics study in secondary school will usually require some precollege courses. In the summer session preceding entrance the student may take Math. 100, Pre-Calculus Mathematics (algebra and trigonom· etry), offered at Wilkes, or with the approval of the Mathematics department take an equivalent course at another college or university. Credit in this remedial course does not exempt the student from any required elective in his program. It is highly recommended that the prospective mathematics majors elect French, German, or Russian in high school. As a rule, three years of one of these languages is more desirable than two years or less of each of two different languages. Spanish is not recommended. The following program lists the sequence of course requirements for the B.A. degree in Mathematics and the semesters in which they should normally be taken. FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER 3 3 3 3 4 0 1 Eng. 101 - Composition For. Lang. 101 - Elementary Elective1 2 Social Science Elective Math. 111 -Analysis I P.E. 101 - Physical Education P.E. 105 - Hygiene 17 THIRD SEMESTER Eng. 151- World Literature For. Lang. 103- Intermediate Elective3 Phys. 202 - General Physics II Math. 211 - Intermediate Analysis I P.E. 103- Physical Education 4 3 3 4 4 0 Eng. 102- Composition For. Lang. 102 - Elementary Phys. 201 -General Physics I 2 Social Science Elective Math. 112 - Analysis II P:E. 102 - Phy~ical Education P.E. 106- Hygiene 15-18 SEVENTH SEMESTER FIRST SEMESTER Math. 101 - Fundamentals or Bio. 101- Biological Science or Phys. 101 - Physical Science or Env. Sci.101-Earth Science Eng. IOI-Composition For. Lang. 101 - Elementary Mus. 105 - Theory of Music Applied Music2 Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene SECOND SEMESTER 3 3 3 5 I ½ 0 I THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER Eng. 152- World Literature For. Lang. 104- Intermediate Math. 222 - Set Theory and Logic Phys. 203 - General Physics III Math. 212 - Intermediate Analysis II P.E. 104- Physical Education Math. 102 - Fundamentals or Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102 - Space Science Eng. 102 - Composition For. Lang. 102 - Elementary Mus. 106 - Theory of Music Applied Music2 Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene For. Lang. 203- Intermediate Mus. 107 - Theory of Music Applied Music2 Psy. 101 - Psychology Hist.101- World Civilization Math. 101 - Fundamentals or Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 - Physical Science or Env. Sci.101-Earth Science Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 103- Physical Education 3 3 3 5 I ½ 0 I 16½ FOURTH SEMESTER 3 5 1 3 3 3 0 ½ For. Lang. 204- Intermediate Mus. 108 - Theory of Music Applied Music 2 Psy. 102- Psychology Hist. 102- World Civilization Math. 102- Fundamentals or Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102 - Space Science Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 104- Physical Education 18½ 3 5 1 3 3 3 ½ 0 18½ 17 Hist. 102 - World Civilization Social Science Elective2 Electives4 3 3 9-12 EIGHTH SEMESTER 4 SIXTH SEMESTER FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER FIFTH SEMESTER 3 3 9-12 Students who. m~jor in. ~usic are required to complete the following program of stud1e_s m add1t1?n to the general requirements for the B. A. degree. Students mterested m careers in music education should f U the_ program d~scribed_ in the Bachelor of Science in Music Educ~ti~:. This program Is de~cnbed on page 104 of this bulletin. The following are the course requirements for the music major. 16½ 18 18 Hist. 101- World Civilization 2 Social Science Elective Electives4 Music1 Eng.151 - World Literature Phil. 101 - Introduction Mus.109- History of Music Applied Music2 Soc. IOI - Sociology Band, Orchestra, Chorus 15-1 Electives 15-18 Electives4 Must be one of these: F.A. 101 Experiencing Art I, Mus. 101 - Introduction, or 1 Th. Arts 101-Approach to Theater. 2 Must elect two out of the four sequences: Ee., Psy., Soc., P.S. 101-102. Prospecti\e elementary or secondary teachers must elect Psy. 101-102 in their freshman year. 8 Prospective elementary or secondary school teachers must elect Ed. 201-Introduction Others should elect Phil. 101 - Introduction. (a) Math. 311-312, 331, 334 and at least two other 4 These electives must include: mathematics courses numbered above 222, and (b) Phil. 101 if the student has elected Ed. 201 in the third semester. (c) For prospective secondary school teachers, Ed. 202 in the junior year. (d) For prospective elementary school teachers, Ed. 202 in the 7th semester and Ed. 299 in the 8th semester. 4 3 3 2 3 ½ 15½ 1 Eng. 152- World Literature Phil. 230 - Aesthetics Mus. 110-History of Music Applied Music2 Soc. I 02 - Sociology Band, Orchestra, Chorus 4 3 3 2 3 ½ 15½ There is a music fee of $10 per semester for all music and music education ma'ors. Phrivate instruction. The fee for this instruction is in addition to the regular :uition c arge. �Page 86 - DEGREE PROGRAMS - DEGREE PROGRAMS SEVENTH SEMESTER Applied Music1 Mus. 215-Instrumentation Mus. 217 - Analysis Band, Orchestra, Chorus Electives 2 2 2 9 ½ 15½ EIGHTH SEMESTER Applied Music1 Mus. 216- Arranging Mus. 218 - Counterpoint Band, Orchestra, Chorus Electives FIRST SEMESTER 2 2 3 ½ 9 4 Math. 111 - Analysis I Eng.101 ~ Composition Hist.101- World Civilization Phys. 201 - General Physics I P.E.105- Personal Hygiene P.E. 101 - Physical Education 3 3 4 1 0 16½ Philosophy-Religion A major in the combined fields of philosophy and religion consists ,,f twenty-four hours in philosophy and religion courses beyond Philosophy 101 and 102. At least eighteen hours of the twenty-four hours must be taken in Philosophy. Philosophy-Religion majors must schedule cour e in philosophy and religion in their sophomore year. Physics This B.A. curriculum in physics is designed for the student interested in a major in physics in preparation for a career in teaching, medicine, dentistry, patent law, technical sales, technical translation, technical writing, etc. The student will choose electives after consultation with his adviser. The B.S. curriculum on page 106 is recommended for the student interested in a professional career in physics. Experience has shown that students who have not had four years of mathematics study in secondary school will usually require some precollege courses. In the summer session preceding entrance the student may take Math. 100, Pre-Calculus Mathematics (algebra and trigonometry), offered at Wilkes, or with the approval of the Mathematics department take an equivalent course at another college or university Credit in this remedial course does not exempt the student from any required elective in his program. Normally students will begin the physics program in the first semester. In exceptional cases the mathematics and physics sequence may be started in the third semester. The preferred sequence is listed on page 87. THIRD SEMESTER Math. 211 - Intermediate Analysis I Phys. 203 - General Physics III For. Lang. 101 - Elementary P.E. 103 - Physical Education Chem. 203 - Introduction to Principles of Chemistry F.A. 101 - Experiencing Art I or Mus. 101 - Introduction or Th. Arts 101-Approach to Theater SECOND SEMESTER Math. 112-Analysis II Eng. 102 - Composition Hist. 102- World Civilization Phys. 202 - General Physics II P.E. 106-Personal Hygiene P.E. 102-Physical Education 4 1 0 15 4 3 3 0 FOURTH SEMESTER Math. 212 - Intermediate Analysis II 4 For. Lang. 102- Elementary 3 Chem. 202 - Chemical Equilibria 4 P.E. 104-Physical Education O Electives 6-7 4 3 4 3 3 4 3 17-18 SIXTH SEMESTER For. Lang. 204-Intermediate Eng. 152- World Literature Electives 17 SEVENTH SEMESTER Phil.101- Introduction Electives 4 3 3 15 17 FIFTH SEMESTER Phys. 331 - Electricity & Magnetism For. Lang. 203 - Intermediate Phys. 311 - Mechanics Eng.151- World Literature Elective Page 87 3 13 3 4 9-10 16-17 EIGHTH SEMESTER Phil. 102 - Logic Electives 16 3 13 16 The student must choose at least six credits from the following list in addition to those prescribed in the curriculum: Physics 230 Physics 231 Physics 240 Physics 312 ( 4) (3) (3) (3) Physics 332 ( 4) Physics 361 ( 4) Physics 380 ( 4) Physics 391-392 (1-2) A student electing the minimum of 24 credits in physics must elect an additional four credits in chemistry. t Private instruction. The fee for this instruction is in addition to the regular tuition charge. The student must choose 12 credits from the following course combinations: Economics 101 and 102 or Psychology 101 and 102; Political Science 101 and 102 or Sociology 101 and 102. �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 89 Page 88 - DEGREE PROGRAMS Political Science ocial Science•- Urban Affairs Psychology The Social Science degree with a major in urban affairs is designed to provide an interdisciplinary training for those students who wish to enter careers in governmental or non-governmental agencies concerned with the general phenomenon of urbanization at the national, state, or local_ level. Students who complete academic work in this program can contmue graduate study either in the traditional academic disciplines or in interdepartmental programs. A major in psychology consists of twenty-four hours. Psychology 101 and 102 are not accepted toward a major; Sociology 255 and Education 202 are accepted. In addition to the general requirements the department requires that the two-semester courses in mathematics, physics, and general biology be taken. In addition, English 131 or 132 or Theater The Social Science major in urban affairs consists of 39 semester hours in political science, economics, and sociology, with a minimum of 12 emester hours in each. Economics 236, Political Science 251, and Sociology 215 are required. Political Science 101 and 102, Economics 101 and 102, and Sociology 101 and 102 are not accepted toward the major. A major in political science consists of twenty-four hours which must include either Political Science 201 or Political Science 202. Political Science 101 and 102 are not accepted toward a major. Arts 131 and Economics 231 are required. The major in psychology is designed for students who plan to continue the study of psychology on the graduate level, as well as for those whose interests lie in the teaching of psychology in colleges or in the application of the study to such fields as advertising, clinical work, business, education, and industrial personnel work. Students are cautioned that an undergraduate major in psychology does not qualify them for professional psychological work. No student can qualify as a psychologist without advanced graduate study; in a great many fields today, moreover, professional psychologists must hold the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. Sociology-Anthropology A m•a jor in sociology consists of twenty-four hours. Although Sociology 101, 102 are prerequisites to all the courses in sociology, they ar_ not accepted toward a major in sociology. Political Science 204 and Philosophy 240 will be accepted toward the major in sociology. Students who intend to major in sociology are requested to plan their work in the department in consultation with the chairman. A major in sociology shall include the following courses: Sociology 255, 280, and 395. With the approval of the department chairman, however, other courses may in some instances be substituted. Students who intend to pursue this program should consult with the director of the Institute of Regional Affairs. �Page 90 - DEGREE PROGRAMS - DEGREE PROGRAMS SEVENTH SEMESTER Course Requirements for B. S. Degree Programs Bio. 311 - Bacteriology Bio. 331 - Physiology Bio. 397 - Seminar Phil. 101 - Introduction Ee., Psy., P.S., Soc. 101 Elective1 Biology 1 The following curriculum in biology meets all of the liberal arts requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree. In addition, it provides a greater concentration of advanced biology courses. This program is recommended for those students planning to enter industry or continue with graduate study in biology. Experience has shown that students who have not had four years of mathematics study in secondary school will usually require some pre-college courses. In the summer session preceding entrance the student may take Math. 100, Pre-Calculus Mathematics (algebra and trigonometry), offered at Wilkes, or with the approval of the Mathematics department take an equivalent course at another college or university. Credit in this remedial course does not exempt the student from any required elective in his program. SECOND SEMESTER FIRST SEMESTER Bio. 103- General Biology Chem. 201 - Principles of Chemistry Eng. 101 - Composition Math. 111 - Analysis I P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 4 4 3 4 0 1 Bio. 104 - General Biology Chem. 202 - Chemical Equilibria Eng. 102- Composition Math. 112 - Analysis II P. E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 16 16 FOURTH SEMESTER THIRD SEMESTER Bio. 201- Vertebrate Morphogenesis Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis Eng. 151- World Literature Hist. 101- World Civilization For. Lang.101-Elementary P. E. 103 - Physical Education 4 4 4 3 3 0 Bio. 202 - Biology of Vertebrate Organs Chem. 232- Organic Chemistry Eng. 152- World Literature Hist. 102 - World Civilization For. Lang. 102 - Elementary P. E. 104- Physical Education SIXTH SEMESTER FIFTH SEMESTER 4 4 3 3 4 18 This degree meets the same general requirements as listed for B.A. Degree, page 79. 2 Elective must include one semester of Fine Arts options (see page 74). 1 3 3 3 Bio. 312- Bacteriology Bio. 332 - Evolutionary Mechanisms Bio. 397 - Seminar Phil. I 02 - Logic Ee., Psy., P.S., Soc. 102 Elective1 4 3 1 3 3 3 17 Chemistry . The chemistry curriculum is planned to provide thorough training m the fundamentals of the science and to contribute to the general ~ucat~on of the student. Graduates in chemistry may enter industry immediately upon graduation or may continue their studies in graduate school. Experience has shown that students who have not had four years of mathematics study in secondary school will usually require some precollege courses. In the summer session preceding entrance the student may take Math. 100, Pre-Calculus Mathematics (algebra and trigonometry), offered at Wilkes, or with the approval of the Mathematics department take an equivalent course at another college or university. Credit in this remedial course does not exempt the student from any required elective in his program. Wilkes is approved by the American Chemical Society for the professional training of chemists. Students who wish to be certified for membership in the American Chemical Society in the minimum period of two years following graduation must elect Chemistry 310 in the senior year of the B.S. course of study. FIRST SEMESTER Chem. 201 - Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry Eng.101 - Composition Hist.101- World Civilization Math. 111 - Analysis I P.E.101 - Physical Education P.E. 105 - Hygiene Bio. 322 - Ecology Bio. 224- Biological Techniques Ee., Psy., P.S., Soc. 102 For. Lang. 204 - Intermediate Phys. 106 - Introduction Elective2 EIGHTH SEMESTER 4 4 18 18 18 Bio. 321 - Genetics Chem. 235 - Organic Chemistry Ee., Psy., P.S., Soc. 101 For. Lang. 203-lntermediate Phys. 105- Introduction 4 4 4 3 3 0 Page 91 17 SECOND SEMESTER 4 3 3 4 0 Chem. 202-Chemical Equilibria Eng. 102- Composition Hist. 102- World Civilization Math. 112 - Analysis II P.E. 102- Physical Education P.E. 106-Hygiene I 15 1 1 Elective must include one semester of Fine Art5 options (see page 74). 4 3 3 4 0 1 15 �Page 92 - DEGREE PROGRAMS - DEGREE PROGRAMS Commerce and Finance Chemistry THIRD SEMESTER Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis For. Lang. 101- Elementary Math. 211 - Intermediate Analysis I Phys. 201 - General Physics I P.E. 103- Physical Education 4 3 4 4 0 FOURTH SEMESTER Chem. 212 - Inorganic Chemistry Chem. 232 - Organic Chemistry For. Lang. 102 - Elementary Math. 212 - Intermediate Analysis II Phys. 202 - General Physics II P.E. 104- Physical Education FIFTH SEMESTER Chem. 233 - Organic Chemistry Chem. 341 - Elementary Physical Chemistry Eng. 151- World Literature For. Lang. 203-Intermediate Phys. 203 - General Physics III 5 4 4 3 3 19 SEVENTH SEMESTER 3 Chem. 395 - Research Chem. 261 - History of Chemistry 1 ½ Chem. 397 - Seminar 12-14 Electives1 16½-18½ MAJOR IN ACCOUNTING 3 4 3 4 4 0 18 15 SIXTH SEMESTER Chem. 334 - Organic Qualitative Analysis Chem. 342 - Intermediate Physical Chemistry Chem. 262 - Chemical Literature Eng. 152- World Literature For. Lang. 204-Intermediate Elective 1 FIRST SEMESTER Acct.101- Elementary I Eng.101-Composition Hist.101- World Civilization Ee. 111 - Economic History Math.100-Pre-calculus Mathematics P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 3 3 3 3 4 0 1 SECOND SEMESTER Acct. 102 - Elementary II Eng. 102- Com osition Hist. 102- Word Civilization F. A. 101 -Experiencing Art I or Mus. 101-Introduction or Th. Arts 101 - Approach to Theater B.A. 115 - Mathematics of Business and Finance P. E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 1 17 15-18 EIGHTH SEMESTER Chem. 376 - Advanced Analytical Chemistry 4 Chem. 397 - Seminar ½ 1 Electives 11-12 15½-16½ THIRD SEMESTER Acct. 111 - Intermediate I B. A. 231 - Business Law Ec.101-Principles I Eng.151- World Literature Bio. IOI -Biological Science or Phys.101- Physical Science or Env. Sci.101-Earth Science Eng.131-Fundamentals of Speech P. E. 103 - Physical Education 3 3 3 4 3 2 0 FIFTH SEMESTER Acct. 201-Cost Accounting I Ee. 201 - Money & Banking Ee. 231-Applied Statistics Soc. 101 - Sociology or P. S. 101 - Political Science I Phil. 101 - Introduction Elective 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 Electives must include two philosophy courses, Mus. 101 or F.A. 101 or Th. Arts 101, at least one advanced chemistry course in Semester 7 and/or Semester 8, and one of the following: P.S. 101-102, Psy. 101-102, or Soc. 101-1CY2. 1Students 3 3 0 1 3 3 3 4 3 0 16 SIXTH SEMESTER Acct. 202 - Cost Accounting II Acct. 242 - Advanced B. A. 233-Business Law Ee. 232 - Economic Statistics Soc. I 02 - Sociology or P. S. l 02 - Political Science II Elective I 18 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 16 FOURTH SEMESTER Acct. 112 - Intermediate II B. A. 232 - Business Law Ee. 102 - Principles II Eng. 152- World Literature Bio. 102 - Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102 - Space Science P. E. 104- Physical Education 18 SEVENTH SEMESTER Acct. 221 - Taxes I Acct. 231 - Auditing I B. A. 209 - Correspondence & Reports B. A. 225 - Corporation Finance B. A. 251 - Principles of Management I Elective! 1 Page 93 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 EIGHTH SEMESTER Acct. 232 - Auditing II Acct. 252-Internship Ee. 202 - Theory of Money or Ee. 236-Public Finance Ee. 228 - Economic Geography Elective! 3 3 3 3 3 15 intending to sit for the New York State C.P.A. examinations should elect subjects in the humanities. All students should choose electives from outside the major field. �Page 94 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Commerce and Finance Students who major in business administration will select their electives from the following. At least six courses in one of these groups are required of students concentrating in this field. MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION SECOND SEMESTER FIRST SEMESTER 3 3 3 3 Acct. IOI -Elementary I Ee. 111 - Economic History Eng. IOI -Composition Hist. 101- World Civilization Bio. 101 -Biological Science or Phys. 101 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 101- Earth Science P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 3 0 1 Acct. 102 - Elementary II F. A. IOI -Experiencing Art I or Mus. 101 - Introduction or Th. Arts 101 - Approach to Theater Eng. 102-Composition Eng. 131 - Fundamentals of Speech Hist. 102- World Civilization Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102-Space Science P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 16 THIRD SEMESTER B. A. 231 - Business Law Ee. 101 - Principles I Eng. 151 - World Literature Math. 100-Pre-calculus Mathematics P. S. 101 - Political Science I or Soc. 101 - Sociology P. E. 103- Physical Education B. A. 220- Real Estate 3 3 2 3 4 4 3 0 FIFTH SEMESTER ECONOMICS Ee. 212- Government & Business Ee. 217 - Economics of Transportation Ee. 222-American Labor Movement Ee. 223- Collective Bargaining Ee. 225 - International Trade Ee. 226 - Economic Geography of the World Ee. 229 - Comparative Economic Systems B. A. 232 - Business Law Ee. 102-Principles II Eng. 152- World Literature B.A. 115 - Mathematics of Business and Finance P. S. 102- Political Science II or Soc. 102 - Sociology P. E. 104-Physical Education 16 SIXTH SEMESTER 3 3 3 3 6 Ee. 236 - Public Finance Ee. 241 - Economic Analysis Math. 111 - Analysis I Math. 112 -Analysis II Math. 267-268- Introduction to Computer Programming I-II B. A. 225 - Corporation Finance B. A. 226 - Investments Ee. 202 - Theory of Money Ee. 225 - International Trade 18 17 B. A. 251 - Principles of Management Ee. 201-Money & Banking Ee. 231 - Applied Statistics Phil. 101 -Introduction Electives BANKING AND FINANCE FOURTH SEMESTER 3 3 B. A. 252- Principles of Management II Ee. 202 - Theory of Money or Ee. 228 - Economic Geography or C and F elective Ee. 232 - Economic Statistics Phil. 102 - Logic B. A. 222 - Marketing Elective 3 3 3 3 3 Ee. 230- Business Cycles Ee. 236-Public Finance Ee. 241 - Economic Analysis Ee. 245 - Consumer Economics Ee. 395-396-Research Math. 111 -Analysis I Math. 112 -Analysis II Math. 267-268-Introduction to Computer Programming I-II MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS B. A. 251 - Principles of Management I B. A. 252 - Principles of Management II Ee. 222 -American Labor Movement B. A. 240 - Property Insurance B. A. 241 - Life Insurance Ee. 223 - Collective Bargaining Psy. 212- Psychological Tests Psy. 251 -Industrial Psychology Math. 111 - Analysis I Math. 112-Analysis II Soc. 265 - Sociology of Industry P.S. 208 - Labor Legislation Math. 267-268 - Introduction to Computer Programming I-II MARKETING 18 SEVENTH SEMESTER 18 EIGHTH SEMESTER B. A. 209- Correspondence & Reports 3 B. A. & Ee. electives 12 Elective 3 18 B. A. & Ee. electives Elective Page 95 12 3 15 B. A. 114 - Salesmanship B. A. 216-Advertising B. A. 240 - Property Insurance Ee. 217 - Economics of Transportation Ee. 225 - International Trade Ee. 245 - Consumer Economics Math. 111 - Analysis I Math. 112 - Analysis II Ret. 101 -Principles of Retailing Ret. 214- Retail Buying Soc. 265-Sociology of Industry Psy. 243-Industrial Psychology Math. 267-268-Introduction to Computer Programming I-II �Page 98 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - FIFTH SEMESTER MAJOR IN BUSINESS EDUCATION Acct. 111 - Intermediate I or Ret. 101 - Principles or Elective1 Soc.101- Sociology or P.S. 101 - Political Science I Eng.151- World Literature Ed. 201 - Introduction B.A. 251 - Principles of Management I The degree of Bachelor of Science in business education is designed to provide a background in general education while it prepares the student for teaching business subjects in secondary schools or for a career in business. A student planning to enter as a freshman may find it advantageous, at first, to consider a two-year program leading to a certificate in general office or secretarial proficiency. This two-year program provides a foundation for general secretarial preparation, or prepares for later specialization in the four-year major in business education. Bus. Ed. 1051- Elementary Shorthand or Acct. IOI -Elementary I Bus. Ed. 107 - Elementary Typewriting Eng. 131- Fundamentals of Speech Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. IOI -Physical Science or Env. Sci. 101 - Earth Science Eng. IOI -Composition Hist. 101- World Civilization P. E. IOI -Physical Education P. E. 105-Hygiene 2 3 2 2 3 3 3 0 I 16-17 THIRD SEMESTER Bus. Ed. 207 - Advanced Shorthand or Acct. III - Intermediate I 3 Bus. Ed. 201 2 - Advanced Typewriting 1 Acct. 101 -Elementary I or Ret. 101 -Principles 3 B. A. 231 - Business Law 3 Psy. 101 - Psychology 3 Ee. 1013-Principles I 3-4 P. E. 103-Physical Education 0 15-17 Bus. Ed. 1061- Elementary Shorthand or Acct. 102 - Elementary II Bus. Ed. 108 - Elementary Typewriting Eng. 102- Composition B.A. 115 - Mathematics of Business and Finance Bio. 102 - Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102-Space Science Hist. 102 - World Civilization P. E. 102-Physical Education P. E.106-Hygiene 17-18 FOURTH SEMESTER Bus. Ed. 208 - Advanced Shorthand or Acct. 112 - Intermediate II Bus. Ed. 2022 - Advanced Typewriting I Acct. 102 - Elementary II or Retailing Elective Psy. 102 - Psychology P. E. 104- Physical Education Ee. 1023 - Principles II B. A. 232 - Business Law 15-16 It is required that any Business Education major, regardless of sequence, shall have at least two semesters in Accounting. 2 Students following accounting sequence need not take third and fourth semesters of typewriting. 3 Two-year program students take Bus. Ed. 205 in semester 3 and Ee. 101 in semester 4. 1 SIXTH SEMESTER 3 3 4 3 3 16 SEVENTH SEMESTER Acct. 112 - Intermediate II or Retailing Elective1 Soc. I 02 - Sociology or P.S. 102 - Political Science II Eng. 152- World Literature Ed. 202 - Educational Psychology B.A. 252 - Principles of Management II 3 3 4 3 3 16 EIGHTH SEMESTER Bus. Ed. 243 - Principles and Methods of Business Education 3 Bus. Ed. 205 - Office Procedures and Machines 4 Phil. 101 - Introduction 3 Mus. 101 - Introduction or F. A. 101 - Experiencing Art I or Th. Arts IOI -Approach to Theater 3 B. A. 209 - Business Correspondence &Reports 3 SECOND SEMESTER FIRST SEMESTER Page 97 Ed. 330 - Secondary Education Elective 16 12 3 15 Engineering . Wilkes_ College _offer~ four-y~ar programs in electrical engineering and m ma~e.nals engmeermg leading to the Bachelor of Science degree. In ~dd1t1?n the first two years of programs in civil engineering, chemical engmeermg, and mechanical engineering are offered. Upon completion of the second year, students in any of these programs may transfer to the junior year at other engineering schools. The first year of all curricula in engineering is the same. The second ~ear will vary depending upon the student's choice of major engineering interest. Experience has shown that students who have not had four years of mathematics study in secondary school will usually require some precollege courses. In the summer session preceding entrance the student may take Math. 100, Pre-Calculus Mathematics (algebra and trigonometry), offered at Wilkes, or with the approval of the Mathematics department take an equivalent course at another college or university. Credit in this remedial course does not exempt the student from any r~quired elective in his program. 1 Students who have already met required accounting and retailing courses would elect one course in both the fifth and sixth semesters, preferably one of the two should be in retailing to meet requirement for certification in retailing. �Page 98 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS-Page 99 Engineering MATERIALS SCIENCE ENGINEERING FRESH MAN y EAR COM MON TO ALL ENGINEERING PROGRAMS Second, third and fourth year requirements leading to a B.S. degree in materials science engineering. 1 SECOND SEMESTER FIRST SEMESTER 4 Math 111 -Analysis I Che~. 20l _ lntrodu~tion to the Principles of Chemistry En . 101 _ Composit!on .. En:i. 107 -Engineermg Graphics I Liberal Arts Elective P.E. 105-Hygiene . P.E. lOl _ Physical Education 4 3 2 3 I 4 4 Math. 112 _ Analysis II .. . Chem. 202- Chemical Equ1libna Phys. 201- General Physics I Eng. 102- Composition , . Engi. 108-Engineering Graphics II p .E. 106 - Hygiene . P.E. 102-Physical Educat10n j 2 6 0 Second, third and fourth year requirements leading to a B.S. degree in electrical engineering. FOURTH SEMESTER 4 4 3 3 3 M th 212 _ Intermediate Analysis II Phys .. 203 _ General Physics III EE 212 _ Circuit Theory II . M.E. 212-Mechanics II._Dynam1cs Ma.E. 102- Materials Science Eng. 131 -Speech E.E. 331 _ Electromagn:tic _Fields I E.E. 251 _ Electronic CHcu1t_s I E.E. 271- Physical Electrof1:1cs Math., Science or En? i. Electives Liberal Arts Elective 2 SIXTH SEMESTER 4 4 3 3 3-4 E.E. 332-Electromag~etic_Fields II 4 4 E E 252 _ Electronic Cucu1ts II 3 E:E: 272 _ Solid State Devic 7s 3 Math., Science or En~i. Electives 3.4 Liberal Arts Elective FIFTH SEMESTER E.E. 331 - Electromagnetic Fields I E.E. 251 - Electronic Circuits I Ma.E. 211 - Crystallography Chem. 341 - Elementary Physical Chemistry Math. or Engineering Elective 18 SIXTH SEMESTER 4 4 3 4 3 Ma.E. 212 -X-Ray Diffraction Ma.E. 242 - Physical Metallurgy Chem. 342 - Intermediate Physical Chemistry Liberal Arts Elective Math. or Science Elective 18 SEVENTH SEMESTER ~a.E. 321 - Phase Equilibria Ma.E. 331 - Crystalline Anisotropy 3 4 1 4 6 E.E. 320 _ Electromechanical Energy Conversion . . E.E. 382 -Advanced Engmeermg Laboratory II Engi. 397 - Seminar . Engineering or Science Elective 1 Liberal Arts Elective Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis 4 Liberal Arts Elective2 3-4 Science Elective 3 Ma.E. 322 - Crystal Growth and Defects Ma.E. 382 - Materials Engineering Instrumentation Laboratory Liberal Arts Electives2 Math. or Science Electives 16-17 4 I 3 6 18 t . t ure ) i·s a required elective. English 151, 152 (Western Worl d L itera 4 3 4 EIGHTH SEMESTER 3 3 EIGHTH SEMESTER SEVENTH SEMESTER 4 3 18 17-1 17-18 E.E. 335 _ Energy Transmission and Radiation . . E.E. 381-Advanccd Engmeermg Laboratory I Engi. 397 - Semi?ar . Engineering or Sc1en,ce Elective Liberal Arts Elective 4 3 4 3 ! 18 17 FIFTH SEMESTER 3 Math. 212- Intermediate Analysis II 4 Phys. 203 - General Physics III 3 M.E. 212-Mechanics II. Dynamics 3 Ma.E. 102 - Materials Science 3 Eng. 131 -Speech 2 Liberal Arts Elective 3 17 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING M th 211 - Intermediate Analysis I Phays .. 202- General Physics II E E. 211 _ Circuit Theory I . ME 211 _ Mechanics I. Statics M~th. 267 _ Jntroducti?n to Computer Programmmg I FOURTH SEMESTER 4 4 3 3 18 17 THIRD SEMESTER THIRD SEMESTER Math. 211 - Intermediate Analysis I Phys. 202 - General Physics II E.r.. 211 - Circuit Theory I M.E. 21 l - Mechanics I. Statics Ee. 101 - Principles of Economics For Freshman year see page 98. 'English 151, 152 (Western World Literature) is a required elective. 4 3 6 6 19 �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 101 Page 100 - DEGREE PROGRAMS Mathematics CIVIL ENGINEERING The B.S. curriculum provides for a greater concentration of advanced mathematics courses and enables students to take more physical science clccti\es than is possible in the B.A. program. 1 Second year requirements for the two-year civil engineering program. THIRD SEMESTER Math. 211 - Intermediate Analysis I Phys. 202 - General Physics II M.E. 211 - Mechanics I. Statics C.E. 103-Plane Surveying Liberal Arts Elective FOURTH SEMESTER Math. 212 - Intermediate Analysis II Phys. 203 - General Physics Ill . M.E. 212- Mechanics II. Dynamics C.E. 104 - Route Surveying Ma.E. 102- Materials Science 4 4 3 3 3 4 3 3 It is highly recommended that prospective mathematics majors elect French, German, or Russian in secondary school. As a rule, 1hree years of one of these languages is more desirable than two years or less of each of two different languages. Spanish is not acceptable toward fulfillment of the language requirement in this program. 4 3 17 17 Experience has shown that students who have not had four years of mathematics study in secondary school will usually require some precollege courses. In the summer session preceding entrance the student may take Math. 100, Pre-Calculus Mathematics (algebra and trigonometry), offered at Wilkes, or with the approval of the Mathematics department take an equivalent course at another college or university. Credit in this remedial course does not exempt the student from any required elective in his program. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Second year requirements for the two-year chemical engineering pro· gram. 1 THIRD SEMESTER Math. 211 - Intermediate Analysis I Phys. 202 - General Physics II M.E. 211 - Mechanics I. Statics Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis Liberal Arts Elective FOURTH SEMESTER Math. 212- Intermediate Analysis II Phys. 203 - General Physics Ill . M.E. 212- Mechanics II. Dynamics Chem. 232 - Organic Chemistry 1 Ma.E. 102- Materials Science 4 4 3 4 4 1 I 4 3 Students intending to pursue graduate studies in mathematics should elect Math. 314, 341, 432, and 442. Those contemplating careers in industry are advised to take Math. 267-268 as early as possible in their programs. Students who foresee possible change to the B.A. program in order to prepare themselves as secondary or elementary school teachers arc advised to elect Psy. 101-102 in their freshman year. 3 17 18 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING · for the two-year mechanical engineering Second year requirements program.' THIRD SEMESTER Math. 211- Intermediate Analysis I Phys. 202 - General Physics ~I M.E. 211 - Mechanics I. Statics E.E. 211 - Circuit Theory I Liberal Arts Elective 4 4 3 3 3 FOURTH SEMESTER Math. 212 - Intermediate Analysis II Phys. 203 - General Physics Ill . M.E. 212- Mechanics II. Dynamics M.E. 111 - Manufacturing Processes Ma.E. 102 - Materials Science 4 3 3 3 3 16 17 The following program lists the sequence of course requirements for the B.S. degree in Mathematics and the semesters in which they should normally be taken. FIRST SEMESTER Eng. 101 - Composition For. Lang. 101-Elementary Elective1 2 Social Science Elective Math. 111 - Analysis I P.E. 101- Physical Education P.E.105-Hygiene 3 3 3 3 4 0 1 SECOND SEMESTER Eng. 102-Composition For. Lang. 102- Elementary Phys. 201- General Physics I 2 Social Science Elective Math. 112-Analysis II P.E. 102- Physical Education P.E. 106- Hygiene 17 \1ust be one of these: F.A. 101 - Experiencing Art I; Mus. 101 Th. Arts 101 - Approach to Theater. 2 Must elect one of these sequences: Ee., Psy., Soc., P.S. 101-102. 1 1 For Freshman year see page 98. 3 3 4 3 4 0 1 18 Introduction; or �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 103 Page 102 - DEGREE PROGRAMS FOURTH SEMESTER THIRD SEMESTER Eng. 151- World Literature For. Lang. 203-lntermediate Phys. 202 - General Physics II Math. 211 - Intermediate Analysis I P.E. 103-Physical Education Elective 4 3 4 4 0 3 Eng. 152- World Literature For. Lang. 204-lntermediate Phys. 203 - General Physics Ill Math. 212 - Intermediate Analysis II P.E. 104- Physical Education 18 SIXTH SEMESTER FIFTH SEMESTER Hist. 101- World Civilization Social Science Elective' Electives2 3 3 9-12 Hist.102- World Civilization Social Science Elective• Electives2 Medical Technology The American Society of Clinical Pathologists and the American Society of Medical Technologists recommend certain requirements for a program of training leading to a degree in medical technology. The curriculum offered at Wilkes College follows these recommendations and is presented below. The final year in this program is taken in hospitals approved for such training by the American Society of Clinical Pathologists. Wilkes College has established a formal affiliation with the Allentown Hospital in Allentown, Pa., the Robert Packer Hospital in Sayre, Pa., and the General Hospital in Wilkes-Barre, Pa. Fulfillment of the fourth year requirement at non-affiliated hospitals requires special permissiGn of the department chairman and of the Academic Standing Committee. 15-18 SECOND SEMESTER FIRST SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER SEVENTH SEMESTER Electives2 15-18 Electives2 Bio. 103 - General Biology Chem. 201- Introduction Eng. IOI -Composition Math 111 - Analysis 11 P.E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 105 - Personal Hygiene Bio. 104- General Biology Chem. 202 - Chemical Equilibria Eng. 102 - Composition Math. 112 - Analysis II' P. E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 106- Personal Hygiene 4 4 3 4 0 1 16 16 FOURTH SEMESTER THIRD SEMESTER Bio. ll5 - Anatomy & Physiology Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis Eng. 151 - World Literature Hist.101- World Civilization For. Lang. 101-Elementary P.E. 103 - Physical Education 4 4 4 3 3 0 Bio. 116 -Anatomy & Physiology Chem. 232- Organic Chemistry Eng. 152- World Literature Hist. 102- World Civilization For. Lang. 102 - Elementary P.E. 104- Physical Education SIXTH SEMESTER FIFTH SEMESTER 4 3 4 3 3 Bio. 312- Bacteriology Elective Phys. 106- Introductory Physics For. Lang. 204 - Intermediate Ee., Psy., P.S., Soc. 102 These electives must include Math. 311-312, 331, 334, and at least two other Mat~ ematics courses numbered above 222, and Phil. 101. 2 Must elect one of these sequences: Ee., Psy., Soc., P.S. 101-102. 4 3 3 EIGHTH SEMESTER2 12 weeks 13 weeks 6 weeks Clinical Chemistry 8weeh 7 weeks Microbiology 4 weeks Urinalysis Students who have a math deficiency may register in a lower level math course with 1 the permission of their adviser. 'To be taken at an affiliated school of medical technology. Fee $50 each semester. Haematology & Blood Bank Histology Serology 1 4 3 17 17 SEVENTH SEMESTER2 4 4 4 3 3 0 18 18 Bio. 311 - Bacteriology Bio. 204 - Microtechnique Phys. 105 - Introductory Physics For. Lang. 203 - Intermediate Ee., Psy., P.S., Soc. 101 4 4 3 4 0 1 �DEGREE PROGRAMS Page 104 - SEVENTH SEMESTER Music Education 1 Eng. 101 - Composition Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 - Physical Sci~nce or Env. Sci. 101 - Earth Science Mus. 105 -- Theory of Music Mus. Ed. l 01 - Clarinet Class or Mus. Ed. 103 - Brass Class Hist. 101 - World Civilization Applied Music 2 Band, Orchestra, Chorus . P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene Eng. 102-Composition Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Sci_ence or Env. Sci. 102- Space Science Mus. 106-Theory of Music Mus. Ed. 102- Clarinet Class or Mus. Ed. 104- Brass Class Hist. 102- World Civilization Applied Music 2 Band, Orchestra, Chorus . P. E. 102- Physical Education P. E. 105- Hygiene 3 3 5 2 3 1 ½ 0 1 4 2 5 3 l 3 ½ 0 Eng. 152- World Literature Mus. Ed. 102-Clarinet Class or Mus. Ed. 104- Brass Class Mus. 108-Theory of Music Mus. 110- History of Music Applied Music 2 Psy. 102- Psychology Band, Orchestra, Chorus . P. E. 104- Physical Education 1 ur I ½ 0 3 3 2 2 2 2 1 ½ 2 17½ Ed. 202 - Educational Psychology Ee. 102 - Principles II or P. S. 102- Political Science II or Soc. 102 - Sociology Mus. Ed. 106- Brass Class Mus. Ed. 210- Conducting Mus. Ed. 122- Viola and String Methods Mus. Ed. 202 - Secondary School Methods Applied Music 2 Band, Orchestra, Chorus Mus. 112- Piano Class 2 2 2 I ½ 6 2-3 15½-16½ ing Education The program in Nursing Education is designed for the preparation of instructors, head nurses, and supervisors in hospitals and schools of nursing. It presupposes graduation from an approved school of nursing and State registration. Credits required for the degree are one hundred twenty-three, of which at least seventy-three must be college credits. The number of credits allowed for the school of nursing program ranges from thirty-five to fifty and will be determined by an evaluation of the student's record and by results obtained on the Graduate Nurse Examination. 1 5 3 I 3 ½ 0 SIXTH SEMESTER FIFTH SEMESTER Mus. 216-Arranging Mus. Ed. 128- Voice Class Mus. Ed. 125- Percussion Class Methods Applied Music' Band, Orchestra, Chorus Elective Mus. 114- Piano Class or elective 17½-18½ 18½ 18½ Ed. 201 - Introduction Ee. 101 - Principles I or P.S. 101 -Political Science I or Soc. 101 - Sociology Mus. Ed. 105 - Woodwind Class Mus. Ed. 209 - Conducting Mus. Ed. 121 - Violin Class Mus. Ed. 201 - Elementary School Methods Applied Music 2 Band, Orchestra, Chorus Mus. 111 - Piano Class 2 3 FOURTH SEMESTER TlllRD SEMESTER Eng. 151 - World Literature Mus. Ed. 101 - Clarinet Class or Mus. Ed. I 03 - Brass Class Mus. 107 -Theory of Music Mus. 109 - History of Music Applied Music 2 Psy. 101 - Psychology Band, Orchestra, Chorus . P. E. 103- Physical Education 3 5 18½ 18½ EIGHTH SEMESTER Ius. 215- Instrumentation 2 ~!us. Ed. 127 - Voice Class 2 lus. Ed. 123 - Violoncello and Bass 2 \1us. Ed. 340- Professional Semester in Music Education 8 Applied Music 1 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus ½ Mus. 113- Piano Class or elective 2-3 SECOND SEMESTER FIRST SEMESTER 3 2 2 2 1 ½ 2 17½ There is a music fee of $10 per semester for all music a~d- music education maj~rs. "p . . t rue 1·10n. The fee for this• instruction is in add1t1on to the regular tu1t1on - nvate ins charge. i Page 105 DEGREE PROGRAMS FIRST SEMESTER Eng. IOI -Composition Hist. IOI - World Civilization Bio.103- General Biology or \1ath. 101 - Fundamentals or Phys. 101- Physical Science or Env. Sci. 101 - Earth Science F. A. 101 - Experiencing Art I or Mus. IOI - Introduction or Th. Arts IOI - Approach to Theater Soc. IOI - Sociology or Psy. 101 - Psychology \. E. l 01 - Foundations THIRD SEMESTER Eng. ISi - World Literature Phil. IOI - Introduction SECOND SEMESTER 3 3 3-4 3 Eng. 102-Composition Hist. 102- World Civilization Bio. 104 - General Biology or Math. 102-Fundamentals or Phys. 102-Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102 - Space Science N. E. 104 - Community Resources Soc. 102 - Sociology or Psy. 102- Psychology N. E. 106-Supervision Elective (optional)2 3 2 17-18 3 3 3-4 2 3 2 2-3 16-19 FOURTH SEMESTER 4 3 Soc.101 - Sociology or Psy. 1013 - Psychology 3 Ed. 351-Educational Measurements 2 ,E. I07-Principles & Methods 2 X E.108 - Techniques 1 Elective 2-3 Eng. 152- World Literature Phil. 102 - Logic Soc. 102 - Sociology or Psy. 1023 - Psychology N. E. 102-Trends in Nursing N. E. 112 - Field Experience Elective 4 3 3 2 4 2-3 16-19 15-18 Private instruction. The f ce for this instruction is in addition to the regular tuition charge. If the Bio. 104 laboratory course is taken, the elective will not be allowed. P.S. 101, P.S. 102, Ee. IOI, Ee. 102 may be substituted as electives. �Page 106 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 107 Physics SEVENTH SEMESTER Phys. 361 - Atomic Physics 4 Advanced Math. Elective 3 Eng. 131 - Fundamentals of Speech 2 Electives' 6-8 The B.S. curriculum in physics is designed to provide a thorough grounding in the fundamentals of this rapidly-expanding science, as we! as to acquaint the student with the current frontiers of knowledge and research. Upon completion of the requirements for the degree, the student will be well prepared to proceed to graduate study leading to an advanced degree or to undertake an industrial position. 15-17 EIGHTH SEMESTER Phys. 380-Nuclear Physics Advanced Math. Elective Electives' 4 3 8-10 15-17 Experience has shown that students who have not had four years of mathematics study in secondary school will usually require some precollege courses. In the summer session preceding entrance the student may take Math. 100, Pre-Calculus Mathematics (algebra and trigonometry), offered at Wilkes, or with the approval of the Mathematics department take an equivalent course at another college or university. Credit in this remedial course does not exempt the student from any required elective in his program. FIRST SEMESTER Math. I I I -Analysis I Eng. IOI -Composition Hist. 101- World Civilization Phys. 201-General Physics I P.E. 105 - Hygiene P. E. 101 - Physical Education 4 3 3 4 1 0 SECOND SEMESTER Math. I 12 - Analysis II Eng. I 02 - Composition Hist. I 02 - World Civilization Phys. 202 - General Physics II P.E.106-Hygiene P. E. 102-Physical Education 15 15 FOURTH SEMESTER THIRD SEMESTER Math. 211 - Intermediate Analysis I Phys. 203 - General Physics III Phys. 231 - Electronics Ger. 1011-Elementary Chem. 201 -Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry P. E. 103-Physical Education 4 3 3 3 4 0 4 4 3 3 4 0 Math. 212- Intermediate Analysis II Phys. 230 - Optics and Light Phys. 240 - Thermodynamics Ger. 1021 - Elementary Chem. 202 - Chemical Equilibria P. E. 104-Physical Education 18 17 FIFTH SEMESTER Math. 361 -Advanced Calculus I Phys. 331 - Electricity & Magnetism Phys. 311 - Mechanics Ger. 203 1 - Intermediate Eng. 151- World Literature 3 4 3 3 4 17 SIXTH SEMESTER Math. 362-Advanced Calculus II Phys. 332-Electricity & Magnetism Phys. 312 - Mechanics Ger. 2051 - Scientific Eng. 152- World Literature 17 'Russian may be substituted for German with the approval of the adviser. Math. 267 and Math. 268 - Computer Programming I and II, may be substituted for "'erman with the approval of the student's adviser. 1 Student~ contemplating graduate study in Physics should elect Phys. 351 _ Q t Mechanics. uan um �Courses of Instruction Description of Courses 100 SERIES - SERVICE COURSES 200 SERIES - ADVAN CED COURSES APPLIED TOWARD MAJORS 300 SERIES - ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATE COURSES 400 SERIES - BASIC GRADUATE COURSES 500 SERIES - EXCLUSIVELY GRADUATE COURSES �Description of Courses ACCOUNTING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Associate Professor Capin; Assistant Professors Curtis, P. Werner; Instructors Zavada, Pawlenok. Acct. 101. Elementary Accounting I Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classification and interpretation of financial data; technique of recording; preparation of financial statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Three credits Acct. 102. Elementary Accounting II A continuation of Accounting 101. Principles of partnership and corporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturing, and branch accounting; financial analyses of statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. IO I. Three credits Acct. 111. Intermediate Accounting I MAMA: Conscience at Wilkes Child, when do you think is the time to love somebody the most; when they done good and made things easy for everybody? Well, then, you ain' t through learning - beca~se th~t ain't the time at all. It's when hes at his lowest and can't believe in hisself 'cause the world done whipped him so. When you starts measuring somebody, measure him right, child measure him right. Make sure you done take~ into account what hills and valleys he come through before he got to wherever he is. LORRAINE HANSBERRY A Raisin In The Sun (Act III) A comprehensive analysis of the accounting process and the financial statements. Intermediate problems pertaining to Cash, Receivables, Inventories, Current Liabilities, and Investments in Stocks. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. I 02. Three credits Acct. 112. Intermediate Accounting II A continuation of Intermediate Accounting I. Intermediate problems pertaining to Investments in Bonds and Funds, Plant and Equipment, Intangibles, Long-Term Liabilities, and Stockholders Equity; financial statement analysis and Fund and Cash Flow Reporting. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 111. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 113 Page 112 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Acct. 201. Cost Accounting I Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; methods of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cost and process-cost methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, or approval of instructor. Three credits Acct. 202. Cost Accounting II Acct. 232. Auditing II Advanced appl~cation of auditing principles to actual practice; problems of_ classification and interpretation of accounts; study of methods of mternal control; preparation of reports to clients. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 231. Three credits Acct. 241. Advanced Accounting I Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analytical and comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; standard costs; budgets; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 201, or approval of instructor. Three credits A comprehensive review of partnerships; special procedures and problems of installment sales, consignments, home office and branch relationships; introduction to accounting for business combinations and consolidations. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112. Three credits Acct. 221. Taxes I Acct. 242. Advanced Accounting II The preparation of Federal income tax returns for individuals based on current law, regulations and court decisions; problems of inclusion and exclusion from income; gains and losses from sales and exchanges; allowable deductions. Class, two hours a week; A detailed analysis of the problems of consolidations; analysis of the procedure in accounting for bankruptcies, receiverships, estates and trusts, foreign exchange, and governmental units. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112 and permission of instructor. Three credits laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, 202, or approval of instructor. Three credits Acct. 222. Taxes II Tax accounting for installment and deferred payment sales; Federal tax returns for partnerships; fiduciaries and corporations; miscellaneous Federal and Pennsylvania corporate taxes. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 221. Three credits Acct. 231. Auditing I An analysis of modern auditing concepts involving staff organization, professional ethics and legal responsibility, internal control, audit programs, and working papers, and original record examination. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 202. Three credits Acct. 252. Accounting Internship This course provides a minimum of 240 hours of accounting in the office of a Certified Public Accountant. 1 Three credits BIOLOGY Professor Reif chairman; Professors Cohen, Michelini; Associate Professors Ogren, Kimball, Tappa, Mizianty; Assistant Professor Hayes, Acheson; Instructor Schon wetter. Bio. 101--102. Biological Science Biological Science is a survey course intended for students who take no other courses in biology. It presents the essential general I Or the equivalent. �Page 114 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES information about plants and animals, explains fundamental laws governing the biological world, and emphasizes their relationship to man. Class, three hours a week. Three credits each semester Bio. 103--104. General Biology This course surveys both the plant and animal kingdoms, outlines the history of biology, the organization of matter, the structure of representative plants and animals, and the methods of classification. It considers the basic principles of physiology, genetics, embryology, evolution, and ecology. Lecture, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20 each course. Four credits each semester DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 115 Bio. 201. Vertebrate Morphogenesis Vertebrate Morphogenesis is a study of the development and general morphological characteristics of selected vertebrates. The taxonomy and evolution of Phylum Chordata will be emphasized. Lecture, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: 20. Prerequisite: Bio. 104. Four credits Bio. 202. Biology of Vertebrate Organs Biology of Vertebrate Organs is a study of major vertebrate tissues and organs from the modern standpoints of cytology, development, function, regulation, and interrelationships. Lecture, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisites: Bio. 201 and Chem. 221. Four credits Bio. 111--112. General Botany General Botany presents a broad consideration of the plant world. It includes the study of the fundamental principles of biology, emphasizing the structure, physiology, genetics, and ecology of plants. Class, two hours a v.reek; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20 each course. Three credits each semester Bio. 113. Microbiology This cour e presents the basic principles of bacteriology and the relationship of micro-organisms to disease and its prevention, control and treatment. It considers the effects of microbes within the body and the body's reaction to them. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Four credits Bio. 115--116. Human Anatomy & Physiology This course provides a general study of the human body, its structure and normal function. It provides an appreciation of the complex nature of the human body with relation to the promotion of a healthy organism. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. I◄ ce: $20 each course. Four credits each semester Bio. 204. Microtechnique Microtechnique embraces all methods of studying specimens with the microscope. The course also includes the study of normal tissues and organs. The laboratory work covers the technique of preparing microscopic slides. Lecture, one hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 116, or permission of instructor. Three credits Bio. 224. Biological Techniques A laboratory course in the preparation of materials for use in the study of organisms. Included will be such procedures as are needed to prepare photographs, make microscope slides, accomplish field collecting and telemetry, and the production of drawings for publication. Three-hour practicum. One credit Bio. 311--312. Bacteriology Bio. 311 is a general introduction, covering the morphology and growth of bacteria, sterilization, and applied uses of bacteria. It also includes a brief survey of other groups of microorganisms. The laboratory work covers techniques of staining, culturing, and �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 117 Page 116 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES biochemical testing for the identification of bacteria. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 104. Four credits Bio. 312 covers the relationship of bacteria to disease, immunity, serology, and the pathogenic organisms. Laboratory work continues with special stains, identification of unknowns, isolation of bacteria from natural sources, and techniques used in applied bacteriology. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 311. Four credits Bio. 332. Evolutionary Mechanisms Evolutionary Mechanisms is a study of how new species of organisms are derived from previously existing species. Emphasis is placed upon the processes of organic evolution and the development of the evolutionary ideas. Lecture, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Bio. 322 or permission of instructor. Three credits Bio. 395 .. 396. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Bio. 321. Genetics Genetics is the study of the inheritance of normal characters and the variation of these characters in plants and animals. Laboratory work includes the study of genetic mechanisms in various botanical, animal, and microbial species. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: through Bio. 202, or permission of instructor. Four credits Bio. 322. Ecology Ecology is the study of the relationship between organisms, singly and collectively, and their environments, including the biotic and physical factors of the environments. Class, two hours a week; laboratory and field trips, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: through Bio. 321, or permission of instructor. Three credits Bio. 331. Physiology Physiology is the study of the physical and chemical activities characteristic of all living organisms. Laboratory work includes experiments involving living forms. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: through Bio. 322, Chem. 230, and Phys. 112, or permission of instructor. Four credits Bio. 397. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Professor R. Werner; Associate Professors Elliot, Farrar, Capin; Assistant Professors Gera, Engel, Chesler, Gurdin, Orlowski, Anaza; Instructors Roberts, Wasileski, Kelly, Szumilo. B.A. 114. Salesmanship The art of selling; the motive behind all buying; creation of interest and desire; presentation of services; meeting objections; types of customers. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits B.A. 115. Mathematics of Business and Finance This course will include progressions, logarithms, per cent, in·· terest, discounts, equation of value, annuities, sinking funds depreciation, taxes, profit and loss. ' Three credits �Page 118 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 119 B.A. 209. Business Correspondence and Reports Fundamental principles of business writing with emphasis on letters and reports. Prerequisites: Eng. I 02. Three credits B.A. 216. Advertising A study of basic principles of advertising. Elements of advertising; a survey of different departments of advertising work, including copy, art, display, engraving, trade-marks, and media. Analysis of current advertisements. Advertising as a social force. Three credits B.A. 220. Real Estate The fundamentals of the real estate business, including consideration of titles, mortgages, leases, advertising, sale, purchase, development, and management of real property. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits B.A. 222. Marketing The fundamentals of the marketing system, its functions, institutions and their importance in the economy are studied. Marketing pricing policies and practices are investigated; reference is made to marketing activities and government participation. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits B.A. 225. Corporation Finance A study of the economic principles underlying the capital structure of modern business enterprise. Consideration given to alternate types of business organization, corporate securities, and financial policies involved in promotion, disposition of net earnings, working capital and short-term financing, mergers, expansion, financial readjustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits B.A. 226. Investments Consideration of leading types of investments, tests, and investment programs; financial reports of leading companies, forecasting methods and agencies, stock exchanges, brokerage houses, methods of buying and selling securities, fraudulent promotions and their detection. Laboratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: B. A. 225. Three credits B.A. 231. Business Law-Introduction and Contracts The foundation for all subjects in the field of business law. The nature, classification and sources of law. An introduction to the structure and functioning of the Federal and State Courts as agencies for enforcement of legal rights. A brief resume of the law of Torts and Crimes with reference to business problems. Examination of the essential elements of a contract under both the common law and the Uniform Commercial Code, the nature of contract rights, discharge of contracts and remedies for their breach. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, or approval of instructor. Three credits B.A. 232. Business Law-Agency and Sales A general study of the law of agency; its nature and creation, the rights and liabilities of principals, agents and third persons, and the termination of the agency. A study of the law of sales of goods, the transfer of title and risk of loss, warranties in sales, the duties and liabilities of the parties, remedies for breach, security interests in goods. A comparison of the uniform sales act with the sales article of the Uniform Commercial Code. Prerequisite: B. A. 23 I. Three credits B.A. 233. Business Law-Partnerships and Corporations The principles of law governing partnerships and corporations, with emphasis on the historical development of business enterprises. The law with respect to the formation, operation, internal relationships and dissolution of partnerships and corporations with particular reference to their dependency upon the law of agency. Rights �Page 120 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES and duties of the partnership and corporate enterprise with respect to the go\·ernment, the owners, and the p~b~ic. Advantages and disadvantages of these forms of business act1v1ty. Prerequisite: B. A. 231. Three credits B.A. 234. Business Law - Property The law of real property, nature and types of interests in la~d. A discussion of deeds and their prerequisites. The rights and duties of the landowner to the public. Rights of the govern~ent. versus rights of the landowner. The. landlo~d-tena~t relat1?nsh1p, th~ mortgagor-mortgagee relationship. Business cnmes ~ cnmes affect ing property). The protection of personal and business property, tangible and intangible. Prerequisite: B. A. 231,232, Acct. 102. Three credits B.A. 240. Property Insurance This course is a study of the fundamentals of fire, casualty, and marine insurance. Prercquisi tc: B.A. 232, or approval of instructor. Three credits B.A. 241. Life Insurance This course is a study of the principles, practices, and uses of life insurance from the overall viewpoint of the product, cost, mar- controlling, etc. Views management as a process of integrating knowledge developed by many disciplines. Social and ethical dimensions of the management process summarized. Three credits B.A. 252. Principles of Management II Application of universal concepts of management. Emphasis on problems of production, sales, personnel, office, finance, organization. Viewpoint on relationship to overall operation of enterprise. Develops analytical abilities and decision-making skills. Case study method emphasized. Prerequisite: B.A. 251. Three credits B.A. 395--396. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits B.A. 397. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. ( Maximum of three credits per student.) BUSINESS EDUCATION ket, and industry. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits Page 121 Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professor Gera; Instructor Dol bear. B.A. 244. Time and Motion Study The principles and techniques of time and motion study. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Three credits B.A. 251. Principles of Management I Nature and evolution of management thought. Fundame~tal universal concepts covered: decision-making, po_licy_ form_ulat'.on, planning, organizing, staffing, actuating, communicating, d1rectmg, Bus. Ed. 105. Elementary Shorthand Presentation, development and completion of principles of Gregg horthand, Diamond Jubilee Series. Consideration given to nonshorthand fac1.ors of transcription, as spelling, punctuation, grammar, and word usage. Introduction to dictation and transcription skills. Four hours a week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Two credits �Page 122 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Bus. Ed. 106. Intermediate Shorthand Review and strengthen knowledge of Gregg Shorthand, Diamond Jubilee Series shorthand theory. Development of new word-building power through progressive skill building dictation. Extending knowledge and skill in basic elements of transcription. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Bus. Ed. 105, or approval of instructor. Two credits Bus. Ed. 107. Elementary Typewriting Mastery of the techniques of touch typewriting. Emphasis is placed on skill building practices with proper techniques through motivating drills and timed writings. Learning to type simple problems on a production basis such as: Memorandums, personal communications, tabulations, business letters, outlines, manuscripts, and composing. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Fee $10. Two credits Bus. Ed. 108. Intermediate Typewriting Building typewriting competence by strengthening basic and problem skills. Developing higher degree of proficiency through speed and accuracy timed writings, and production typing prob lems, such as: business letters with special features; special communication forms; technical papers and business reports; tables; business forms; and executive communications. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Fee $10. Prerequisite: Bus. Ed. 107, or approval of instructor. Page 123 Bus. ~d. 2_02. Advanced Typewriting II Contmuat1on of speed and accuracy d eve 1opment and remforc . I d n ependent specialized production typing, with high de r:e o speed and accuracy on simulated on-the- ·ob ex . g nical, Professional (Medical Legal S . t'fiJ ) pdenence: Techffi Th h ' ' c1en I c an Government o ccs. ree ours laboratory. Fee $10. Prerequisite: Bus. Ed. 201. One credit ";c"t. Bus. Ed._205. Office Procedures and Busmess Machines A study o_f technical procedures and problems in typical b . and professirnal offices; analysis of personal and professio:::n::~ qu1rc~cnts or office personnel; a general survey and com arison of ma1or office machines classifications; administrative machi~ curcmcnt problems and proced ures,. operat10n . pro. and use of eoffi machmcs and equipment · Eight h ours a wee k Two ho cc l six hours laboratory. Fee $10. . urs ecture, Prerequisite: Approval of instructor Four credits · Bus. Ed. 207. Advanced Shorthand I ) Maste~ing of Gregg_ Shorthand Diamond Jubilee Series theor . I rogress1ve . forcemen t and y I d • speed forcmg and speed b UI·1d·mg, rem ~,~ntr~ Ictation given. Building transcription quality and speed 'l\p'C our~ ~ach week. Two hours lecture, three hours laboratory. rercqms1te: Bus. Ed. 106. · Three credits Two credits Bus. Ed. 201. Advanced Typewriting I Increased emphasis is placed on higher speed and accuraq. Measuring of production skill competencies. A series of simulated on-the-job experiences in which a minimum of direction and a maximum of realism are provided. Advanced skills applied to typing in General, Accounting, and Executive offices. Three hours laboratory. Fee $10. Prerequisite: Bus. Ed. 108. One credit Bus. Ed. 208. Advanced Shorthand II Development of shorthand facility and transcription com et \\hen wo~kin~ with highly specialized material. The spe~ia~i::1 areas of d1ctat10n and transcription are: Medical Legal T h . 1 d S · •fi I , , ec n1ca an c, nternational Trade , and Cong rcss10na . 1. E mp h asis . · I c1ent1 d is p ace on specialized terminology. Five hours each week. Two hours lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Bus. Ed. 207. Three credits �Page 124 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 125 Bus. Ed. 243. Principles and Methods of Business Education Chem. 201. Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry Principles of business education; business curricula in secondary schools; psychology of skill-building; objectives, standards, content; tests and measurements, and techniques of instruction in business education courses; observation; student teaching demonstrations. Offered every other year. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. Three credits Chemical periodicity and stoichiometry are emphasized. States of matter, atomic theory, and dynamic equilibrium are introduced. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00 Four credits · Chem. 202. Chemical Equilibria CHEMISTRY Associate Professor Bohning, chairman; Professors Rozelle, Swain; Associate Professors Salley, Faut, Stine, Labows; Assistant Professor Stockham; Instructor Buckman. Chem. 105. General Chemistry This course is intended for students who take no advanced courses in inorganic, physical, or analytical chemistry. It introduces some of the fundamental laws and theories of chemistry with emphasis on chemical composition. Atomic structure, chemical bonding, solutions, kinetic theory, equilibrium, and radioactivity are considered. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Laboratory fee: $20. Four credits Chem. 106. Organic & Biological Chemistry An introduction to the chemistry of carbon compounds and reactions of common functional groups with emphasis on the structures of carbohydrates, proteins and amino acids, steroids and nucleic acids. The laboratory will emphasize the techniques involved in the separation and identification of various classes of organic compounds. Lecture, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Laboratory fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 105 and permission of instructor. Four credits _A ~tudy of the principles of chemical equilibria. Laboratory will i~volv: theory and development of schemes of qualitative analysis with particular emphasis on the reactions of metallic elements. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 20 I. Four credits Chem. 212. Systematic Inorganic Chemistry A systematic description of the chemistry of the elements based on fundamental chemical principles. Fundamental techniques of lnorganic synthesis. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 202, Math 112, or permission of instructor. Four credits Chem. 221. Inorganic Quantitative Analysis An int_roductio_n to _the theory and practice of typical analyses: volumetric, grav1metnc, and instrumental. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 202, or permission of the instructor. Four credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 127 Page 126 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Chem. 232. Organic Chemistry I An introduction to the chemistry of carbon compounds through the reactions of common functional groups in aliphatic, alicyclic, aromatic and heterocyclic systems. Reaction pathways will be considered. Emphasis in laboratory will be placed on the development of fundamental techniques. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 221, or permission of the instructor. Chem. 262. Chemical Literature Discussion of the nature and use of the important sources of che_mical in_formation. Laboratory problems emphasize techniques of 1nformat10n retrieval from journals, abstracts, and other source mate.rial. ~it~rature preparation for independent research (Chem. 395-396) 1s included. Class, one hour a week; library laboratory, three hours a week. Pr requisite: Completion of twenty chemistry credits or permission of the instructor. ' Two credits Four credits Chem. 334. Organic Qualitative Analysis Chem. 233. Organic Chemistry II A continuation of Chem. 230. Emphasis in laboratory is placed on advanced techniques •and sequential syntheses. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 232. Five credits Chem. 235. Organic Chemistry Ila A continuation of Chem. 230. Not open to B.S. chemistry majors. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 232. Four credits Chem. 261. History of Chemistry A study of chemistry in terms of the personalities responsible for its development. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: Completion of twenty chemistry credits. On e credit A st_udy of t~~ _systematic identification of organic compounds and mixtures utihzmg classical and instrumental techniques. Class, one hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prcrequisi te: Chern. 233. Three credits Chem. 341. Elementary Physical Chemistry T~e first, second, and third laws of thermodynamics arc emphasized. The topics of electrochemistry, chemical kinetics, the phase rule, and the states of matter are introduced. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 221, Math 211, Phys. 152, or permission of the instructor. Four credits Chem. 342. _Intermediate Physical Chemistry Electrochem1stry, elcctrokinetic phenomena, kinetic molecular theory, Maxwell Boltzman distribution, chemical kinetics, and the states of matter are studied in detail. Quantum mechanics and radiochemistry arc introduced. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 221, Math 211 , Phys. 152, or permission of the instructor. Four credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 129 Page 128 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Chem. 37 6. Advanced Analytical Chemistry The theory and application of modern techniques and instrumental procedures, such as spectrophotometric, electro-analytical, and chromatographic. Theory and practice of analysis of more complex materials. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 342. Four credits Chem. 352. Biochemistry A study of the nature and metabolism of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, and other physiological substances. Emphasis is placed on the mechanism of enzymatic catalysis. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 233, 235, or permission of the instructor. Three credits Chem. 395--396. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Cannot be taken for credit before the seventh semester but may be a continuation of work begun before the seventh semester. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits each semester. Chem. 397. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics in chemistry conducted by senior chemistry majors and the staff. All chemistry majors are invited to attend the meetings. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) Chem. 411. Systematic Inorganic Chemistry Oxidation-Reduction, atomic structure, theory and application of the principles of chemical bonding, systematic study of properties related to extra-nuclear structure of atoms, coordination chemistry, acid-base phenomena, non-aqueous solvents, descriptive chemistry. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 342, or permission of the instructor. Three credits Chem. ~3 t . . 432. Advanced Organic Chemistry A_det~1led study of modern theories of mechanism and structure. :op~cs mclu~e nucleophilic and electrophilic substitution, elimmat10n re~ct10ns, molecular rearrangements, carbonyl reactions, stereochem1stry, kinetics. Class, three hours. Three credits each semester Chem. 440. Quantum Chemistry The experimental foundations and the mathematical formulation of the quantum theory, including the quantum mechanics of simple systems, h • the . hydrogen atom, and approximate methods . G roup t eory 1s introduced and the use of symmetry properties is applied to molecular orbital theory. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chem. 342. Three credits ECONOMICS Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Professor R. Werner; Associate Professors Elliot, Farrar; Assistant Professors De Young, Engel, Chesler, Orlowski, Anaza; Instructor Szumilo. Ee. 101. Principles of Economics I An introductory course which presents basic economic problems and shows how these problems are solved in a free enterprise economy; the effects of the increasing importance of the economic :ole of government are pointed out. The course provides orientation m the broad field of economics and makes use of the analytical trends by means of which the student can understand the economic problems of his environment. Three credits Ee. 102. Principles of Economics II This course is a logical sequence to Economics 10 I. It is based up?n a broad micro-economic foundation concentrated on such units as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Prerequisite: Ee. 101. Three credits �Page 130 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ee. 1 11 E • con omic History f DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 131 . •h _ anomic institutions wit em A study of the development od ec 1 t· nary development of our . . 1 oots an evo u 10 Phasis on the h istonca r . f development. Major stress modern economY· Analysis of causes o is on institutions. Three credits Ee. 217. Economics of Transportation Problems and policies of railroads, buses, trucks, inland waterways, and air and ocean transportation; economic aspects of transportation and traffic management; use of rates and tariff; significance of transportation to society. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits Ee. 201. Money and ~anki:a~king operations. Development A study of money, credit, andk. t m Central banking and f American monetary an d ban mg sys e . f monetary contro I. o S Instruments o . I the Federal Reserve ystem. t dards and internat1ona Financial intermediaries. Monetary s an monetary relations. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits Ee. 222. The American Labor Movement A study of 'the evolving American labor movement and its ideology. This course deals with the development of American labor ideology and psychology in comparison with other labor movements. The relationship of the American labor movement to other political, sociaI and economic institutions is investigated. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits Ee. 202. Theory of Mone~ Liquidity preference and Development of monet_ary t eory.. investment, and income loanable funds theories _of mterdest. s_a;:ny~esian analysis. The in. K nesian an neo I t determinat10n. ey d internationa mane ary flationary process. E xchange rates an mechanism. Prerequisite: Ee. 201. Three credits 204 C Sumer Credit • on. 1 d nsumer It . its various aspects. ere d't i m This course me u es co d't unions and credit bureau includes retail credit, sales finance , ere i ' activities. . Prerequisite: approval of mstructor. Ee. Two credits Ee. 212. Governme_n t and Business . f overnment to economic enter- A study of the relationship odg_ . in the United States; the . I tt ntion to con Itlons h prises with specia a e t agencies· administrative met . ·1· s of governmen ' R f regulatory act1v1 1e tal control. e erence 1s. Od s ob1·ectives and results of governmlen ·tuat1·ons public utilities, ' d i monopo Y si ' made to monopoly an quas ~ . d stries and public enterprise. trusts, transportation, extractive m u ' Prerequisite: P. S. lOI, Ee. 102· Three credits Ee. 223. Collective Bargaining An introduction to labor problems and an analyses of major issues in the field of labor. This course deals with collective bargaining, employment, wages, hours and union policies. Governmental participation in labor relations and collective bargaining is also investigated. Reference is made to social welfare devices such as social security, unemployment compensation and workmen's compensation. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits Ee. 224. Economic Development A study and analysis of the theories of economic development. Guidelines are provided for development policy in various underdeveloped areas of the world. Objective comparisons are made which deal with factors that underlie the transition from economic backwardness to sustained economic growth . Prerequisites: Ee. IO I and Ee. 102 or approval of the instructor. Three credits Ee. 225. International Trade Theory and practice of international trade with special reference to contemporary problems and policies. The topics covered include �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 133 P.age 132 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES tariffs, quotas, foreign exchange, equilibrium in international payments. A study will be made of geographic, economic, social, and political influences on international trade. Review of current policies and developments in the United States. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits Ee. 227. Economic Geography of North America, Europe and the Soviet Union A study and analysis of the characteristics, potentials and problems of the more advanced nations of the Northern Hemisphere. variance. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Fee: $10. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits Ee. 232. Economic Statistics A continuation of Economics 231. This course will include timeseries analysis, construction of index numbers, methods of correlation analysis, multiple and partial correlation, and test of significance for samples; Chi-square test. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Fee: $10. Prerequisite: Ee. 231. Three credits Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 236. Public Finance Three credits Fundamental principles of public finance; government expenditures; revenue; financial policies and administration; taxation; principles of shifting and incidence of taxation; public debts and the budget; fiscal problems of federal, state, and local government; the relation of government finance to the economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, P. S. 101. Ee. 228. Economic Geography of Asia, Africa, and Latin America A study and analysis of the characteristics, potentials and problems of the less developed natio.n s and areas of the world. Economics 227 is not a prerequisite. Three credits Ee. 229. Comparative Economic Systems The institutions of planned economy of the U.S.S.R. and those of the contemporary experiment in -evolutionary socialism in Great Britain are studied. Constant objective comparisons are made with institutions which are characteristic of a capitalistic economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 or approval of instructor. Three credits Ee. 230. Business Cycles A historical analysis of major business cycles. Contemporary theories and a critical examination of public policy toward business cycles. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits Ee. 231. Applied General Statistics A course in statistical methods and their application. A collection and interpretation of statistical data, frequency distribution and measures of central tendency, fitting the normal curve, analysis of Three credits Ee. 241. Economic Analysis This course is designed to give coverage to the theory of value and distribution. The determinants of consumer demand and the principles governing costs and outputs of producers are analyzed with some stress on recent theoretical investigations. The method is abstract and deductive. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits Ee. 245. Consumer Economics The place of the consumer in the economic system. Theories of consumption; consumption minima; problems of the individual consumer as affected by income, taxes, consumer habits and standards of living are investigated. A study is made of the trends in consumption, income, income disposition and marketing and pricing of consumer goods. Relationships between government activities and the consumer are studied. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 135 Page 134 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ee. 395--396. Independent Research Ed. 299. Principles of Elementary Education Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Appro.val of the department chairman is required. A study of the historical development and organization of the American elementary school. Prerequisite: Ed. 201 and Ed. 202. One to three credits Three credits Ed. 300. Professional Semester in Elementary Education Ee. 397. Seminar Presentations and discussio.ns of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) EDUCATION Professor Hammer, chairman; Professor Jessee; Associate Professors West, Darte, J. Allen, Caldwell; Assistant Professors Siles, Barone, Fahmy, Bellucci, Johnson; Instructors Davis, Brandschain. Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare students for elementary school teaching. Fee $25. To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, students must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval by the Education Department Chairman. Prerequisite: Ed. 299, Math 104. Fifteen credits FOR TRANSFER AND CERTIFICATION PURPOSES, CREDIT WILL BE ASSIGNED AS FOLLOWS: Ed. 201. Introduction to Education Ed. 301. The Teaching of Reading A study of the historical development of American education, the role of the school in American life, educational philosophies, educational organization and administration, school finance, school curricula, school personnel, and current issues in education. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. An introduction to the teaching of reading in the elementary grades. Three credits Ed. 202. Educational Psychology A study of the principles of learning and the application of psychological principles in the practice of education. Prerequisite: Psy. 102, Junior standing. Three credits Ed. 298. Principles of Nursery--Kindergarten Education A study of the historical development, organization, and rationale of early childhood education, including observation of programs for young children. Prerequisite: Ed. 201 and Ed. 202. Three credits Two credits Ed. 302. Methods and Materials in Elementary School Arithmetic A study of curriculum content and teaching procedures in elementary school arithmetic. Two credits Ed. 303. Methods and Materials in Elementary School Science A study of curriculum content and teaching procedures in elementary school science. Two credits Ed. 304. Methods and Materials in Elementary School Social Studies A study of curriculum content and teaching procedures in elementary school history, geography, and government. Two credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 137 Page 136 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ed. 305. Multi--Sensory Techniques in Elementary School Teaching A study of the use of multi-sensory teaching aids in the elementary school classroom. Ed. 313. Curriculum Study A study of the content and organization of early childhood curriculum. Two credits One credit Ed. 306. Student Teaching in the Elementary School Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They assume classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences are arranged with cooperating teachers and college supervisors. Six credits Ed. 314. Methodology A study of methods and materials of early childhood instruction. Two credits Ed. 315. Use of Multi--Sensory Devices A study of the use of multi-sensory teaching aids in the early childhood center. Ed. 31 0. Professional Semester in Nursery--Kindergarten Education One credit Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare students for Nursery-Kindergarten teaching. Fee $25. Ed. 316. Practicum To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester,_ studen_ts must secure the recommendation of the department chairman m their major and the approval by the Education Department Chair- Students are assigned to work with early-childhood teachers. They assume classroom responsibility and work under supervision. Conferences are arranged with cooperative teachers and college supervisors. man. Prerequisite: Ed. 298, Psych. 221. Fifteen credits Six credits Ed. 320. Professional Semester in Fine Arts FOR TRANSFER AND CERTIFICATION PURPOSES, CREDIT WILL BE ASSIGNED AS FOLLOWS: Education Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare students Ed.311. Family and Community--Life Education for the teaching of art in elementary and secondary schools. Fee $25. A study of the early childhood teacher's role in family and community life education. To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, students must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval by the Education Department chairman. Students may schedule late afternoon or evening classes during the professional semester. Prerequisite: Ed. 201, 202. Two credits Ed. 312. Nutrition, Hygiene, General Health A study of the teacher's role in nutrition, hygiene, and health of young children. Two credits Fourteen credits �Page 138 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES FOR TRANSFER AND CERTIFICATION PURPOSES, CREDIT WILL BE ASSIGNED AS FOLLOWS: Ed. 321. Art Curriculum A study of the organization of teaching materials for most effective use in the art curriculum. Three credits Ed. 322. The Teaching of Art A study of materials, techniques, and experiences in the public school art program; evaluation of past and present philosophies. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 139 Ed. 330. Professional Semester in Secondary Education Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare students for secondary school teaching. Fee: $25. To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, students must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval by the Education Department chairman. Students may schedule late afternoon or evening classes during the professional semester. Prerequisite: Ed. 201, 202. Twelve credits FOR TRANSFER AND CERTIFICATION PURPOSES, CREDIT WILL BE ASSIGNED AS FOLLOWS: Ed. 323. General Classroom Methods Ed. 331. Principles of Secondary Education A study of various instructional procedures used in public school classrooms. One credit A study of the historical development and organization of the American secondary school. One and one-half credits Ed. 332. Secondary School Curriculum Ed. 324. Multi--Sensory Techniques in the Teaching of Art A study of the content and organization of the secondary school curriculum. One and one-half credits A study of the use of multi-sensory aids in the teaching of art in elementary and secondary schools. One credit Ed. 333. Secondary School Teaching Methods Ed. 326. Student Teaching in Art A study of various teaching procedures employed in the secondary school classroom. One credit Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers and art specialists. They observe and teach i 1 elementary and secondary school classrooms. Opportunities are provided for them to participate in school-wide activities. Conferences are arranged with co-operating teachers and college supervisors. Six credits Ed. 334. Multi--Sensory Techniques in Secondary School Teaching A study of the use of multi-sensory teaching aids in the secondary school classroom. One credit �Page 140 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ed. 335. The Teaching of Reading in Secondary School Subjects Instruction in reading methods in secondary school subjects. One credit Ed. 336. Student Teaching in the Secondary School Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They assume classroom responsibilit! and teach ~nder supervision. Conferences are arranged with co-operatmg teachers and college supervisors. Six credits Ed. 351. Educational Measurements A study of the characteristics, construction, an~ use ?f various educational measuring instruments commonly available m secondary schools. Prerequisite: Ed. 202. Two credits Ed. 352. Guidance An introduction to general principles and the techniques employed in guidance programs in public schools. Prerequisite: Ed. 202. Three credits Ed. 395--396. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff me~ber. A_ re~earch paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper 1s re~mre . Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman 1s reqmred. One to three credits Ed. 397. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. . . Prerequisite: Approval of the department ch~irman 1s reqmred. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 141 ENGINEERING Associate Professor Toole, chairman; Associate Professors Thomas, Nejib; Assistant Professor Kaby. Engi. 107. Engineering Graphics I Methods of solving engineering problems. Instruction in the use of the slide rule and mathematical tables. The use of drawing instruments, systems of representation such as orthographic, isometric, and oblique projections. Vector quantities and vector diagrams. Graphical mathematics. Nomographs. Two hours lecture and four hours practicum per week. Fee: $20. Three credits Engi. 108. Engineering Graphics II A continuation of spatial relationships as represented by po.ints, lines, planes, other surfaces and solids. Sections and conventions. The intersection of surfaces and solids. Transformation of coordinates. Practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Two credits Engi. 280. Industrial Training Program Industrial and research experience gained concurrently with undergraduate studies through organized plant assignments with various companies and industries. (Offered during the summer.) Prerequisite: Junior Standing. CiJvil Engineering C.E. 103. Plane Surveying Lectures, recitations and problems on the theory and practice of plane and topographic surveying. Field exercises, including the adjustment and use of surveying equipment including transit, levels, compass and tape for surveys of area, topography, profile, grading, excavating and the location of details. Interpretation of �Page 142 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 143 and mapping from field notes with attendant computations and the balancing of surveys. Emphasis on the application of surveying to engineering work in general. Practicum, seven hours a week. Fee: $20. Pr~requisite: Engi. 107. Three credits dependance, impedance matching and transformers (Smith Charts). Fe~dback syst:ms and stability. Introduction to random signal and n01se; correlation functions and spectra. Three hours class and one three-hour discussion-laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 202, E.E. 211. Four credits C.E. 104. Route Surveying E.E. 251. Electronic Circuits I A study of the engineering and economic problems affecting the location of routes of communication. Lectures, recitations, field work and problems on the theory and use of simple horizontal, compound, reverse, spiral and vertical alignment curves; grades, cross sections, mass diagrams and earth work computations, grade crossing, right-of-way, and drainage problems. Solar observation to determine true bearing and azimuth. Class, two hours a week; practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: C. E. 103. Four credits Electrical Engineering E.E. 211. Circuit Theory I Analysis of simple circuit models. Kirchoff's Law; v-i characteristics of network elements. Forced and natural components of response; natural frequencies, the complex frequency plane, resonance. Transfer functions and the roles of their poles and zeroes. The use of digital computer in solutions. Three hours lecture a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Math. 112. Three credits E.E. 212. Circuit Theory II Fourier series and its application. The Laplace transformation and evaluation of the inverse. Terminal behavior of linear networks. Impulse response; its calculation and its use in obtaining response to other excitations; the convolution integral. The sinusoidal steady state: plots, charts and loci that exhibit frequency The development of the operating principles and terminal characteristics of electronic devices, particularly semiconductor diodes and transistors. Amplifiers, oscillators and reactifiers at audio and radio frequencies. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 202 or by special permission. Four credits E.E. 25 2. Electronic Circuits II Application of electronic devices in detection, modulation waveshaping and switching circuits. Design consideration for sm'all and large signals at audio and radio frequencies. The design of complete systems using such sub-systems. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: E.E. 251. Four credits E.E. 271. Physical Electronics Structure of the solid state, wave mechanics, statistics, band theory of solids, semiconductors and semiconductor electronics. Emi~sion (therm~onic, field and photo-), photoconductivity and lummescence. Diodes, transistors and other devices. Dielectrics, non-linear optics, piezoelectrics, ferroelectrics, ferro and ferrimagnetism. Three hours class a week. Prerequisite: Phys. 203. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 145 Page 144 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES E.E. 272. Solid State Devices Transistor processes and types, properties of semiconductors, junction characteristics and theory. Junction transistor characteristics and theory. High-current effects and low fr~quency feedback effects. Low frequency and high frequency hybnd parameters. Three hours class a week. Prerequisites: E.E. 331, E.E. 271. Three credits E.E. 331. Electromagnetic Fields I Vector analysis. The concept of fields. Electrostatic forces images, potential and Gauss's law. Magnetostatic forces and Ampere's law. Dielectric and Magnetic media. Fields in conductors. Electric and magnetic circuit elements. Plane electromagnetic waves. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 202, Math 212. Four credits E.E. 332. Electromagnetic Fields II E.E. 311. Logic and Switching Circuits Application of Boolean algebra to the design of combinat~onal logic nets; minimization procedures. Analysis and synthesis_ of sequential switching circuits; clocked and as:7nchr?nous ~p~rat~on. Effects of microelectronic technology on logic design optimizat10n. Fault masking by redundancy techniques. Prerequisites: E.E. 251, E.E. 252. Three credits E.E. 312. Pulse and Timing Circuits Tube, transistor circuit techniques and design for diversity. of waveforms. Functions needed in pulse systems. Instrumentat10n and computers. Three hours class a week. Prerequisite: E.E. 251, E.E. 252. Three credits E.E. 320. Electromechanical Energy Conversion Principles of electromagnetic and electrostatic energy conversio~ and their application to develop a unified treatment of. elec~nc machinery. Idealized machines and transformers. Engmeenng considerations applied to d.c. and a.c. machines. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisites: E.E. 211, E.E. 331. Four credits Differential form of Maxwell's equations. Electrostatics, magnetostatics and boundary condition problems in one- two- and three-space dimensions. Transverse electromagnetic waves; energy and power flow. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: E.E. 331. Four credits E.E. 335. Energy Transmission and Radiation Plane waves in various media; reflection and refraction, standing waves, waveguides, transmission lines, antennas and radiation. Principles of electrodynamics. Three hours lecture-discussion a week. Prerequisite: E.E. 331; Senior standing. Three credits E.E. 342. Microwave Circuits and Devices Matrix algebra techniques, reduction of waveguides and discontinuity problems to equivalent transmission line and network problems, obstacles as matching elements. Multiple waveguide junctions and small aperture coupling. Periodic structures. Electron ballistics and space-charge waves in electron beams. Properties and characteristics of TWT, BOW and cross-field devices. Three hours lecture a week. Prerequisite: Senior standing. Three credits �Page 146 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES E.E. 362. Control Systems Laplace and transformation theory. Introduction to the analysis and design of linear feedback control systems by means of locus and frequency response methods. Discussion of stability, transient and steadystate errors. Models and response analysis for automatic control purposes. Two hours class and one three-hour demonstration-laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Senior standing. Three credits E.E. 381,.,382. Advanced Engineering Laboratory I, II A study of properties and designs of various amplitiers and nonlinear circuits. Microwave devices, VHF integrated circuits and the generation and modulation of coherent optical waves. The fabrication of semiconductor devices and integrated circuits. Thin film deposition techniques, solid-state diffusion and photolithographic applications and design and fabrication of integrated capacitor and resistor circuits. One hour lecture-discussion and two three-hour laboratory a week each semester. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Senior standing. Three credits each semester. E.E. 390. Topics in Electrical Engineering Selected topics in the field of electrical engineering. These may include one or more of the following: information theory, signals and noise, network synthesis, magnetic and non-linear circuits, direct energy conversion systems, cryogenics, electrodynamics, plasma physics, digital circuits and systems. Three hours lecturediscussion a week. Prerequisite: Senior standing and special permission. Three credits E.E. 395,., 396. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 147 E.E. 397. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) Materials Engineering Ma. E. 102. Materials Science Int~oduction to the structure, properties and behavior of solid materials ~ metals, polymers and ceramics. The ionic, covalent and metallic hon~, atomic packing, structure and imperfections. The thermodynamics and mechanical behavior of structures. Three hours class a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 201. Three credits Ma. E. 211. Crystallography R:pe:ition theory and translational and rotational symmetry. D:nva~10n o: the crys~al classes. Combination of symmetry operat10ns mvolv1~g reflect10ns and inversions. The symmetrical plane and space lattices. ~he coordinate systems of crystallography and crystal forms. Practical determination of point-group symmetry. The algebra of operations. Space groups. Equivalent positions in spac~ groups: ~he determination of space groups. Group theory and Its apphcat10n to point symmetries. Three credits Ma. E. 212. X,.,Ray Diffraction X-rays and their properties. Directions and intensities of diffrac~ed . beams .. Laue, Debye-Scheirer, Diffractometer, Rotating, Osc1llatmg, We1ssenberg and Precession Methods • o u tl"me of crys1 ta structure analysis. A one hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Ma.E. 211. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 149 Page 148 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ma. E. 242. Physical Metallurgy Structure and properties of pure metals, constitution, structure, and properties of alloys, mechanical and thermal treatments of metals and alloys. Three hours lecture a week. Prerequisite: Ma.E. 102. Three credits Ma. E. 321. Phase Equilibria Thermodynamics approach to phase equilibria, the. phase rule, and polymorphism. Theory of alloy phases. Order-~1sorde~ p~enomena. Binary and ternary phase diagrams and their apphcat10n to Materials Science. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chem. 342. Three credits Ma. E. 322. Crystal Growth and Defects A broad look at the important phenomena involved in the growth and perfection of crystalline solids. Vapor, melt, sol~tion and _gel growth methods, as well as defect thermodynamics will be studied. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 342. Four credits Ma. E. 390. Special Topics in Materials Engineering Selected topics in the field of materials engineering. These may include one or more of the following: x-ray diffraction, crystal structure analysis, phase equilibria, crystal growth, metallurgy, ceramics, etc. Three hours lecture-discussion a week. Prerequisite: Senior standing and special permission. One to three credits Ma. E. 395--396. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Ma. E. 397. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) Mechanical Engineering Ma. E. 331. Crystalline Anisotropy M.E. 111. Manufacturing Processes Groundwork of crystal physics and transformation of secondrank tensors. Paramagnetic and Diamagnetic susceptibility. ~l~ctric Polarization. Stress, strain and thermal expansion. Elast~c~ty and fourth-rank tensors. Matrices. Thermodynamics of equilibrium thermal conductivity, and thermoelectricity. Lectures, demonstrations by trips to industrial plants, instructional movies of the forming of metals and plastics by casting, rolling, pressing. Also methods of machining, and the functions performed by various machine tools on metals and plastics. Class, two hours a week; practicum, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Three credits Three credits Ma. E. 382. Materials Engineering Instrumentation Laboratory . . . The application of X-ray methods in Mate:ials Eng~neenng. X-ray spectrometers and spectrochemical analys~s. Techn~ques for quantitative analysis. The Electr_on Prob: an_d microanalysis. Techniques for quantitative analysis. Applications. Two three-hour lecture-laboratories per week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 221. Three credits M.E. 211. Mechanics I. Statics Study of force systems in- equil1brium: catenary; friction; first and second moments of areas, volumes, masses; centroids. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisites: Phys. 201, Math ll 1. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 151 Page 150 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Eng. 152. Western World Literature M.E. 212. Mechanics II. Dynamics Laws of motion, rectilinear and curvilinear, for a particle and a rigid body. Work-energy; impulse-momentum. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: M. E. 211. Continuation of survey, bringing the study of literature down to the present time. Prerequisite: Eng. 151. Four credits Three credits Eng. 201. Advanced Exposition ENGLISH Professor Fiester, chairman; Professor Rizzo; Associate Professor Groh; Assistant Professors Gutin, Kaska, Lord, DeArment, Terry, Mistichelli, F. Allen, Heaman, Swartchild, Stephenson, M. Allen, Boyle, Greenwald, Craddock, Holm, Moran; Instructors Kish, Malley, R. Roberts, Geist, Tyburski, Williams. Eng. 101. Composition Principles of exposition; collateral reading; writing of themes. Three credits A study of the various expository types. Readings. Intensive practice in the writing of informative articles. Prerequisite: Eng. I 02. Three credits Eng. 203. Creative Writing Training in the selection ana use of materials for writing the short story; attention is also given to some poetic forms and to the writing of short plays. Prerequisite: Eng. I 02. Three credits Eng. 102. Composition Principles of exposition continued; collateral reading; writing of Eng. 204. History of the English Language themes; research paper. Prerequisite: Eng. 101. Study of the origins of the English language and of the principal phenomena of later development. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 131. Fundamentals of Speech 1 A basic course in the preparation and delivery of short speeches. Three credits Two credits 1 Eng. 132. Argumentation & Dehate Training in the fundamentals of argumentation and debate. Practice in gathering and organizing evidence and supporting materials. Two credits Eng. 213. Chaucer Study of Chaucer's life and major works, including The Canterbury Tales and Troilus and Criseyde. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 151. Western World Literature Survey of western world literature to the beginning of the eighteenth century; lectures, quizzes, conferences. Prerequisite: Eng. 102, or substitute in composition. Four credits 1 Credit for only one of the three courses, Eng. 131, Eng. 132, and Th. Arts 131, will be accepted toward graduation requirements in any degree program. Eng.221.Shakespeare A study of selected plays; written reports on others not studied in class. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 153 Page 152 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Eng. 354. Romantic Prose and Poetry Eng. 310. Medieval English Literature A study of English literature to 1500, exclusive of Chaucer and the drama. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 320. Tudor Prose and Poetry Study of English non-dramatic literature from 1485 to 1603. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 321. Early English Drama Study of the drama from the tenth century to 1642; reading of plays by pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan dramatists exclusive of Shakespeare. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 330. Milton and the Seventeenth Century A study of the non-dramatic literature of the period with special emphasis on the poetry of John Milton. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 341. Restoration & Eighteenth Century Drama Study of the drama from 1660 to 1780. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 343. The Eighteenth Century The chief poets and essayists of the eighteenth century. Includes Study of W or~sworth, Coleridge, Shelley, Keats, and Byron, with related prose wnters of the Romantic Period. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 360. Victorian Prose and Poetry Readings in Tennyson, Browning, Arnold, and other significant writers of the Victorian Age. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 366. Later English Novel The major novelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 370. Modern Poetry Study of the major English and American poetry of the Twentieth Century. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 372. Modern Novel Study of the major English and American novels of the Twentieth Century. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 374. Modern Drama Swift, Pope, and Johnson. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Study of important dramatists, European and American, from the time of Ibsen. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 345. Early English Novel Eng. 381. American Literature I English prose fiction of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries; rise of the novel to the close of the eighteenth century. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits A study of American literature to the Civil War. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 155 Page 154 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Eng. 382. American Literature II .. " A study of American literature from the ClVll War to the present time. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 395--396. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Eng. 397. Seminar . Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) Th. Arts 101. Approach to Theater Attention will be directed to the importance of the dramatic imagination in reading and viewing plays, with the objective of developing a critical appreciation of the theater. Emphasis will be on forms of the play, structure of the playhouse, type of audience, and influence of society on theater of various ages, from pre-Shakespearean to the present. Lecture-discussion-demonstration. Three credits Th. Arts 131. Speech for the Stage Students will receive instruction and experience in diction, delivery, interpretation. Classroom exercises will be assigned. This course is designed for those students especially interested in the theater and may be substituted for Eng. 131 or 132. Credit toward graduation requirements in any degree program may be granted for one speech course only. Two credits Th. Arts 210. Acting for the Educational Theater Journalism Jour. 101. Journalism I Theater Arts . . A beginner's course in gathering and writing news. Topics include: definition of news, writing leads and building the story, law of libel and news sources. Students make comparative study of and re~ort on representative papers of the ~ni~ed S~a:es, b~th dailies and weeklies. There is constant practice m wntmg, with weekly news assignments. Three credits Jour. 102. Journalism II Students will study the art of creating a variety of characters for the stage through the use of vocal interpretation and physical movement. Each student will extend his acting range and experience by performing various roles in selected drama tic scenes for classroom evaluation. Two credits Th. Arts 241. Production The student will study the influences of social changes upon methods of staging and will explore the many facets of theatrical production. He will learn to translate the concept of the playwright into physical actuality and will learn to adapt a production to the requirements of a stage. Class and workshop. Three credits A course in advanced news writing designed as a follow-up to those who have had Journalism 101 (Basic News Writing) or its equivalent. Topics include: writing the human interest and feat~retype article; specialized reporting and introductory copyread_if'lg. There is constant practice in writing, with weekly news assign- Th. Arts 250. Stagecraft ments. Three credits The student will study creative concepts and theories in the evolution of dramatic writing, staging of plays, and methods of acting �Page 156 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 157 that affect the modern theater. Special attention will be given to Theater of Alienation, Theater of Cruelty, and Theater of the Absurd. Three credits Th. Arts 352. Directing: Fundamentals The course deals with play selection; t4e practical use of the stage; blocking; interpretation of a role; relation of performer and audience. There will be presentation by individual class members of exercises and scenes from plays, to demonstrate stage picturization, dialogue, and movement. Each student must attend rehearsals, assist in the production, and write an analysis of a play or musical performed at the college. Class and workshop. Three credits Th. Arts 395~396. Independent Research Independent study and research under professional supervision for students interested in educational theater. One to three credits each semester Th. Arts 397. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.} ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE Professor Bruch, coordinator; Assistant Professor El Ashry; Instructors Gregory, Mattei. Env. Sci. 101. Introductory Earth Science A survey of con tern porary research in the earth sciences with special emphasis on the interactions of man and his physical environment. Readings relate to the broad structure of the lecture sequence: the earth as a planet; the atmosphere and oceans; the solid earth; landscape and soil. A correlated laboratory program is designed to familiarize the student with natural phenomena and the underlying physical processes. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory. Fee: $20. Three credits Env. Sci. 102. Introductory Space Science A survey of contemporary knowledge of astronomy from the fringe of earth's atmosphere to the farthest galaxies. Elements of potential theory and rocketry are included to enable the student to evaluate the aims and capabilities of space flight programs. The lecture sequence follows the broad structure: the fringe of space; the solar system; methods of probing outer space; stellar evolution, the galaxy and beyond. A correlated laboratory program is designed to familiarize the student with celestial coordinates and the physical processes underlying the interpretation of astronomical observations. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory. Fee: $20. Three credits Env. Sci. 103. Geology An introductory course dealing with materials and surface features of the earth and the significance to man of the pattern of their distribution and manifestation. Lectures and related laboratory work include the following selected topics: minerals; igneous activity and igneous rocks; weathering processes and soil formation; origin and correlation of sedimentary rocks; erosion by running water, glaciers and wind; oceans and shorelines; deformation of the earth's crust and theories of mountain building; metamorphism and metamorphic rocks; earthquakes and structure of the earth's interior; geologic time and the fossil record. Regional problems of geologic interest will also be considered and field trips to nearby geologic features will be included. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory. Fee: $20. Three credits Env. Sci. 232. Hydrology The physical and chemical properties of water; precipitation, and factors which determine the distribution and amount on a watershed; drainage systems and the climatic and geologic factors that establish them and modify them; runoff, infiltration, evaporation, and vadose, ground, and limentic water; applications of hydrology and special topics such as rain making, control of evaporation, underground storage and leaching, flood control dams, and water pollution problems. Lecture, two hours and laboratory, two hours. Fee: $20. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 159 Page 158 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Env. Sci. 251. Meteorology The physical elements and processes which comprise weather and climate are examined along with their distribution in space and time. Then the relationship between weather, climate and human activity is discussed in specific contexts: climate and water resources; climate and agriculture; weather factors in transportation, communications, and industry; climate and housing; climate and the human body; climatic changes. The fundamentals of weather observations, the analysis of weather maps and charts, and the statistical approach to climatic records for plans and design specifications will be developed in a correlated laboratory program. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory. Fee: $20. Three credits FA 202. Drawing and Composition An introductory course which explores the potential of line ~orm, space, and tex_ture with a variety of media. Studio problem~ mcl~de_ figure drawmg, landscape, still life, and non-objective orgamzat10n. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 201. Three credits FA 203. Oil Painting An introductory course; no art experience is necessary. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Three credits FA 204. Water Color Painting FINE ARTS Associate Professor Colson, chairman; Assistant Professors P. Richards, D'Vorzon, Fuller, Jacobs, Simon. A basic ~ourse in transparent water color painting. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 202 Three credits FA 205. Advanced Painting FA 101. Experiencing Art I Two and three dimensional studio work is planned for exploration of the creative process in a variety of media. Part of the general education program, this course is open to all students; no art experience is necessary. Lecture, three hours. Three credits FA 102. Experiencing Art II A continuation of FA 101. Prerequisite : FA 101. Three credits FA 201. Color and Design A study of color systems which includes their physical, psychological, and sociological properties. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 102. or equivalent. Three credits . Increased emphasis on development of style and experimentation m contemporary art techniques. Lecture two hours; studio 2 hours. Prerequisite: FA 203. Three credits FA 206. Print Making . An ~ntroduction ~f :elief, intaglio, and planographic techniques mcludmg block prmtmg, etching, lithography, and silk screen. Lecture two hours; studio two hours. Prerequisite: FA 202. Three credits FA 210. Sculpture The study of traditional and contemporary approaches to sculpture. Prerequisite: FA 211. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 161 Page 160 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES FA 311. Senior Exhibit FA 211. Modeling & Three Dimensional Co~struct~on A study of exhibition techniques climaxed by a showing of the student's work. Required of all Fine Arts majors in either the fall or spring semester of their senior year. An introductory course in thr':e-dime?sion~!he;~:fts~li~n~n~a~~~~ materials are employed for expenmentat1~n w h realistic forms. Lecture, two hours; stud10, two ours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Two credits Prerequisite: FA 102. Three credits FA 332. Studio Problems FA 212. Ceramics . Provides advanced study and research for Fine Arts students. Lecture, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Two credits Students explore the making_ of pottery by s~lid, ~~it~l:b~a~~::~ ing wheel and primitive techmques; they exper~men b H't of ~ethod's for surface decoration includi?g slip, engo e, gra lo, and underglaze. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. FA 395--396. Independent Research Three credits FA 213. Metalwork and Jewelry . A course in basic metalwork and jewelry techniques and design. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Three credits FA 223. History of Art I FA 397. Seminar . History of art from the prehistoric period through the Gothic era. Three credits FA 224. History of Art II • through the nineteenth History of art from the R ena1ssance FA 226. History of Contemporary Art FOREIGN LANGUAGES (Modern) French A study of twentieth century art forms. Fr. 101. Elementary French Three credits . A stud; of man's visual expression as conditioned by materials, technology' form, and function. Two credits Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) Assistant Professor A. Belie, acting chairman; Associate Professor Disque; Assistant Professors Ribas, deCubas, Marban, Sweeney; Instructors Serzan, Miller, Lovette, L. Belie, Lekstrom. century. Prerequisite: FA 223. Three credits FA 231 Contemporary Design Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Introduction to French grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Students presenting two or more units from high school in French will not be granted credit for this course. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 163 Page 162 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Fr. 102. Elementary French Fr. 303. French Literature of the Seventeenth . . t· f Fr 101 Students presenting two or more units • · • f h" C ontmua 10n o from high school in .French will not be granted credit or t is course. Prerequisite: Fr. 101 or the equivalent. Three credits Fr. 203. Intermediate French Century Study of classicism and the outstanding writers of the seventeenth century. Prerequisite: Fr. 301-302 or the equivalent. Three credits . . Review of grammar; practice in oral and wntten French, selected readings of modern French prose. Prerequisites: Fr. 102 or the equivalent. Three credits Fr. 204. Intermediate French Fr. 305. French Literature of the Eighteenth Century Study of the literature and thought in the eighteenth century, with special emphasis on Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, and Rousseau. Prerequisite: Fr. 301-302 or the equivalent. Three credits . Introduction to French civilization; practice in oral and written Fr. 306. Nineteenth Century French Literature French. Prerequisite: Fr. 203 or the equivalent. Three credits Fr 205. Technical French !or !~tensive practice in translating. A course des~gned st~dents who wish to be able to read material in French m theu particular Three credits fields of interest. Prerequisite: Fr. 203 or the equivalent. Three credits Fr. 206. French Conversation The Romantic Movement: a study of the revolt against the classic tradition leading to the triumph of the Romantic School, with emphasis on Chateaubriand, Constant, Lamartine, Hugo, Vigny, Musset, Balzac and Stendhal. Prerequisite: Fr. 301-302 or approval of department chairman. Fr. 307. Nineteenth Century French Literature . · · t h e spo ken 1a nguage , with emphasis on Intensive practice m . idiomatic usage. Use of records and language laboratory to acquire fluency in speaking French. Prerequisite: Fr. 204 or the equivalent. Naturalism and Symbolism: a study of the rise of naturalism and symbolism in the second half of the century with emphasis on Baudelaire, Zola, Flaubert, Leconte de Lisle, Verlaine and Rimbaud. Prerequisite: Fr. 301-302 or approval of department chairman. Three credits Three credits Fr. 301--302. Survey of French Literature . A survey of the evolution of French literature from the Middle A es to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genr_es, a!d outstanding writers of each century. Rea~ing of representative selections from different periods of French literature. Prerequisite: Fr. 204 or the equivalent. Three credits each semester Fr. 308. Contemporary French Drama The development of modern drama from the latter part of the nineteen th century to the present. Prerequisite: Fr. 301-302 or the equivalent. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 165 Page 164 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Fr. 350. Advanced French Grammar Intensive, in-depth review of grammar with emphasis on intracacies tending to cause persistent difficulties. Reading, writing and oral exercises significantly above Fr. 204 with goal of superior accuracy and proficiency. For majors and others with sufficient preparation. Prerequisite: Fr. 204 or the equivalent. Three credits Fr. 390. Foreign Language Methodology An opportunity for French language majors to synthesize their four years of study by examining language as a cultural device. Class sessions are supplemented by activities such as student teaching and language laboratory supervision. Prerequisite: Senior standing, permission of department chairman. sen ting two or more uni ts from high school in German will not b granted credit for this course e Three credits · Ger. 203. Intermediate German . Emphasis on diffi_cul~ grammatical construction and idioms. Readmg of pro~~; practice m speaking and writing German. Prerequisite: Ger. 102 or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 204. Intermediate German Continuation of Ger. 203. Rapid read1·ng of G erman wor ks rep. . resen ~a tive of German hfe and history; practice in writing and speakmg German. Prerequisite: Ger. 203 or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 205. Scientific German Three credits Fr. 395--396. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper i.s required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Fr. 397. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) German Ger. 101. Elementary German Introduction to German grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Students presenting two or more units from high school in German will not be granted credit for this course. Three credits Ger. 102. Elementary German Continuation of German 101. Reading of easy prose and poetry. Some stress on German culture, life, and customs. Students p!·( Reading of selections from scientific German. Prerequisite: Ger. 203 or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 206. German Conversation U Emphasis laid on speaking, with drill in the colloquial vocabulary . se of records and language laboratory to acquire fluency in speak~ mg German. Prerequisite: Ger. 204 or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 301--302. Survey of German Literature . A ~urvey of the literature of the important periods from the begmnmg to 1932. Prerequisite: Ger. 204 or equivalent. Three credits each semester Ger. 303. Goethe R~adi_n? and interpretation of selected works of Goethe. Lectures and mdividual reports. Prerequisite: Ger. 301-302 or equivalent. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 167 Page 166 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ger. 304. Schiller Poet of German idealism. Prerequisite: Ger. 301-302 or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 305. Nineteenth Century German Drama The German drama of the nineteenth century from Ludwig Tieck to Gerhart Hauptmann. Lectures and reports on the literary and cultural history of the times. Prerequisite: Ger. 301-302 or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 306. Modern German Short Story The modern German short story from naturalism to the present. Individual reports; lectures on the cultural and literary history of the period. Prerequisite: Ger. 301-302 or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 307. The Age of Enlightenment The development of German Literature in the eighteenth century with emphasis on the works and theories of Lessing. Prerequisite: Ger. 301-302 or app. of the department chairman. Three credits Ger. 308. Twentieth Century Literature The study of the development of German Literature from the turn of the century until the present. Prerequisite: Ger. 301-302 or app. of the department chairman. Three credits Ger. 350. Advanced German Grammar Intensive, in-depth review of grammar with emphasis on intricacies tending to cause persistent difficulties. Reading, writing and oral exercises significantly above Ger. 204 with goal of superior accuracy and proficiency. For majors and others with sufficient preparation. Prerequisite: Ger. 204 or the equivalent. Three credits Ger. 390. Foreign Language Methodology An opportunity for German language majors to synthesize their four year~ of study by examining language as a cultural device. Class sessions are supplemented by activities such as student teaching and language laboratory supervision. Prerequisite: Senior standing, permission of the dept. chairman. Ger. 395~396. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Ger. 397. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) Spanish Sp. 101. Elementary Spanish Introdu~tion to Spanish grammar; practice in reading, writing, and spe_akmg the l~nguage. Students presenting two or more units from high school m Spanish will not be granted credit for this course. Three credits Sp. 102. Elementary Spanish ~ontinuati?n of Spanish 101. Students presenting two or more u~its from high school in Spanish will not be granted credit for this course. Prerequisite: Sp. 101 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 203. Intermediate Spanish R~view of grammar; practice in oral and written Spanish; selected readmgs from modern Spanish prose. Prerequisite: Sp. 102 or equivalent. Three credits �Page 168 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Sp. 204. Intermediate Spanish Introduction to Spanish civilization; practice in oral and written Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 203 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 205. Commercial Spanish The study of Spanish as it pertains to economic relations between the Spanish-speaking countries and the United States. Special emphasis on the writing of business letters. Prerequisite: Sp. 203 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 206. Spanish Conversation Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records and language laboratory to acquire fluency in speaking Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 204 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 208. Spanish American Culture The cultural, economic, and political development of the Spanish American countries. Prerequisite: Sp. 203 or equivalent. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 169 Sp. 304. Nineteenth Century Spanish Drama Stud yo~ r~presentative work-so£ nineteenth century Spanish drama. Prereqmsite: Sp. 301-302 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 305. Nineteenth Century Spanish Novel The de~e~opment of the Spanish novel in the nineteenth century. Prereqms1te: Sp. 301-302 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 306. The Generation of 1898 . A study of the literary renaissance that took place in Spain during the turn of the century. Prerequisite: Sp. 204 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 307. Cervantes and Don Quixote A study ~f the life and works of Cervantes with special emphasis on Don Quixote. Text analysis and interpretation. Later treatments of _the Don Quixote_ theme in European culture. Open to nonma1ors fo~ ~horn smtable translations will be suggested. _P~ereqm~Ite: Sp. 204 for majors, Eng. 151 for non-majors or perm1ss10n of mstructor. Three credits Sp. 308. Survey of Spanish American Literature Sp. 30},. 302. Survey of Spanish Literature A survey of the evolution of Spanish literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of Spanish literature. Prerequisite: Sp. 204 or equivalent. Three credits each semester Sp. 303. The Golden Age of Spanish Literature Study of the great authors of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. Prerequisite: Sp. 301-302 or equivalent. Three credits A survey of the evolution of Spanish American literature from the discovery to the present. Reading of representative selections from outstanding writers of different periods and countries. Prerequisite: Sp. 204 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 350. Advanced Spanish Grammar General grammatical review; systematic, in-depth study of ~oints of grammar that generally tend to cause persistent difficulties for the student; intensive reading, writing and oral exercises significantly above intermediate college level language courses. Prerequisite: Sp. 204. Three credits �Page 170 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 171 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Sp. 390. Foreign Language Method~logy . . An opportunity for Spanish language ma1ors to synthesize ~e1r four years of study by examining language as a cultural device. Class sessions are supplemented by activities such as student teaching and language laboratory supervision. Prerequisite: Senior standing, permission of the dept. chairman. Rus. 204. Intermediate Russian Continuation of Rus. 203. Stress on conversational and written Russian to provide the student with confidence for self-expression and a basic active vocabulary. Practice in topical readings. Prerequisite: Rus. 203 or equivalent. Three credits HISTORY Sp. 395--396. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff me~ber. ~ research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper 1s reqmred. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Sp.397.Seminar . Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) Russian Rus. 101. Elementary Russian Basic systematic introduction to the gramma~ical essentials of Russian; practice in reading, writing, and speakmg the language. Three credits Rus. 102. Elementary Russian Continuation of Russian 101. Graded elementary readings depicting the culture, life, and customs of the Russian people. Prerequisite: Rus. 101 or equivalent. Three credits Professor Leach, chairman; Professors Kaslas, Cox; Assistant Professors Berg, Show, White, Meyers, Berlatski, Furlow. Hist. 101--102. History of World Civilization This course is designed as a survey of all the basic cultures of the world. The major portion of the course will be devoted to the development of western civilization. Attention will also be given to the part played by America in world history, especially during the expansion of Europe and in the twentieth century. Three credits each semester Hist. 107. American and Pennsylvania History to 1865 A general survey extending from the period of discovery and exploration to the end of the Civil War. All students will be required to do a certain proportion of their outside reading in the history of Pennsylvania and its relation to the development of the nation. Three credits Hist. 108. American History Since 1865 A general survey covering the period from 1865 to the present. Three credits Hist. 209. Ancient History: Near East Rus. 203. Intermediate Russian A review of basic grammar followed by emphasis on advanced grammatical structure. Reading of s:l~cted prose, _directed standardsituation conversation, and composition of Russian. Prerequisite: Rus. 102 or equivalent. Three credits The birth of civilization in Mesopotamia and Egypt. Babylonian, Persian and Judaic backgrounds of western civilization. Attention will also be paid to certain lesser civilizations, with emphasis o.n the role of archeology. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Page 172 - Page 173 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Hist. 21 O. Ancient History: Classical World The direct Greco-Roman antecedents for western civilization will be developed, beginning with Mycenae, through Homer, the Golden age, Hellenistic world, and the rise and fall of Rome. Emphasis will be on the cultural contributions of each group and period to our present world. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits Hist. 223. American Constitutional History A study of the origins of the American Constitution and the growth of the American constitutional system with special attention to the role of the Supreme Court. Prerequisite: Hist. 107, 108, and P. S. 102. Restricted to juniors and seniors. Three credits Hist. 226. Urban History Hist. 211. Medieval Ages Consideration will be given to political, economic, cultural institutions and activities, and intellectual development in Medieval Europe to the early Renaissance. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits Hist. 212. The Renaissance and Reformation Within the political and economic framework of the p~r_iod, study will be made of the culture of the Ren~i~sa~ce, the ~ehg1ous reform and conflicts resulting from the cns1s m the sixteenth century. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits Hist. 221,..222. American Social and Intellectual History A study of social and intellectual developmen_ts in the _United States from the colonial period to the present time. Durmg the first semester emphasis will be placed on the influence of th~ American environment during the colonial period and of expansion and sectional disputes in the federal period upon so:iety and upon religious, economic, and politic~l _tho_ught. D~rmg th~ sec?nd semester the influences of industnahzation, the nse of nationalism, and the emergence of the United States as a World Power will be emphasized. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. Three credits each semester ~ survey of the origins and development of the modern city. Primary emphasis is given to the evolution of the city in America and its influence on American society and culture. Reference is made_ to the cities of modern Europe and Asia primarily for comparative purposes. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. Three credits Hist. 235,..236. History of the Far East ~ study of the hi~tory of the civilizations developed in India, ~hma, and Japan with emphasis on their inter-relations and distmctive char_acteristics and on their transformation in response to the penetration of w~stern_ civiliz~tion from the sixteenth century onward. Some attent10n will be given to similar developments and changes among the countries of Southeast Asia. Fall semester: to c. 1760. Spring semester: 1760 to the present. Prerequisite: Hist. IO 1 and 102. Three credits each semester. Hist. 241,.,242. History of Great Britain and the British Empire and Commonwealth . A study of British history from the Neolithic period to present times. The first semester will cover social, economic, and political developments to 1783, including expansion overseas. The second semester will cover the consequences of the industrial revolution and the evolution of the Empire into the Commonwealth. Prerequisite: Hist. 10 I and 102. Three credits each semester �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 175 Page 174- DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Hist. 327-328. History of the Foreign Policy of the United States A study of the evolution of the several policies that give direction to the relations of the United States with other nations. Prerequisite: Hist. l 0 1, l 02, l 07, and l 08. Three credits each semester. Hist. 331. Colonial America Discovery, exploration and settlement; development of social, political, religious and intellectual institutions; independence and political reorganization. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. Three credits Hist. 332. The National Period A study of the political and economic history of the United States from 1783 to 1865. Special attention will be given to the evolution of sectional differences and the culmination of these differences in in tersectional warfare. Prerequisite: Hist. l 07. Hist. 353--354. Early Modern Europe 1648--1815 Topics include the absolutism of Louis XIV, the growth of Brandenbur~-Prussia, the French Revolution and French Empire, the economic forces of mercantilism and the early Industrial Revolution. The growth of science and the Enlightenment will receive careful attention. Three credits each semester Hist. 355. Europe in the Nineteenth Century A study of the political, social, and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits Hist._356. Europe in the Twentieth Century Agamst a backg~ound of the internal and international developments of the leadmg powers, the class will study the origins and results of the two World Wars. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits Three credits Hist. 333. The Age of Big Business, 1865-1914 A study of the political and economic history of the United States from \865 to 1914. Special attention will be paid to the period of congressional dominance and the restoration of presidental power at the turn of the century; the economic, social and political con· sequences of the industrial revolution; and the rise of urban America. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and l 08. Three credits Hist. 334. Twentieth Century America The emergence of the United States as an industrial, urban wvrld power and the corresponding development of its political, econom· ic, social, religious, and intellectual institutions. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. Three credits Hist. 357. History of Russia to 1815 A brief review of demographic and geographic factors will be used as background for a study of the political, social, and intellectual history of Russia from early times to 1815. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits Hist. 358. History of Modern Russia A thorough examination of nineteenth century Imperial Russia will ~er~e as a basi~ for a detailed study of the development of RuSSia ~n. the tw~nueth century. Emphasis will be on the origins and political, social, and cultural evolution of the Soviet State from its inception to the present. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 177 Page 176 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Math. 101,.,102. Fundamentals of Mathematics I & II Hist. 371. Historiography An introduction to the aims, methods and accomplishments of some of the most renowned historians of Europe and America. Prerequisite: Consent of head of department. One credit Hist. 381. History of Latin America A survey of Latin American history from colonial times to the present. Problems discussed include the influence of Spanish colonialism in the area, the problems of independent government and international relations, particularly with the United States. Three credits Hist. 395,.,396. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Hist. 497. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) MATHEMATICS Professor Wong, chairman; Associate Professors T. Richards, Earl, Mitra; Assistant Professors DeCosmo, Salsburg, Torelli, Wilks, J. Wasileski, Tillman; Instructors Kravitz, Sours, Jahr, Como. A mathematics appreciation course designed to give students a general background in mathematical concepts. It is intended for those who will not take other courses in mathematics. Not open to students with credits in Math. 103-104. Three credits each semester Math. 103,., 104. Mathematics for Elementary School Teachers I and II A study of the theory of arithmetic, structure of the number systems, geometry, and other topics relevant to the teaching of mathematics in elementary schools. Not open to students with credits in Math. 101-102. Three credits each semester Math. 111,., 112. Analysis I and II Calculus or functions of a real variable. Topics include: functions, limits and continuity, differentiation, integration and their applications. Prerequisite: Math. 100 or fulfillment of the mathematics requirements for entrance into the programs of biology, chemistry, engineering, mathematics, and physics. Four credits each semester Math. 211,.,212. Intermediate Analysis I and II Introduction to calculus of functions of several variables, infinite sequences and series, elementary linear algebra, differential equations. Prerequisite: Math. 112. Four credits each semester Math. 100. Pre,.,Calculus Mathematics A remedial course in advanced algebra and trigonometry designed to prepare students for calculus. Content of this course should normally be studied in secondary school. Prerequisite: Two years of secondary school mathematics in algebra and geometry. Four credits Math. 222. Set Theory and Logic Designed to provide the logical and set theoretical prerequisites for the upper level courses in analysis, algebra, and topology. Topics include: informal logic and propositional calculus, sets, relations, functions, axiom of choice and its equivalents, cardinal and �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 179 Page 178 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES and one hour problemThree hours lecture ordinal num b ers. discussion per week. t of department chairman. Prerequisite: Math. 211 or consen Three credits Math. 334. Linear Algebra Vector spaces, linear transformations, matrices, determinants, bilinear and quadratic forms, matrix polynomials. Prerequisite: Math. 222. Three credits . Computer Programming I Math. 267 • lntroducbo~ to d t computer languages with Math. 343. Introduction to Geometry Introduction to programmmgd an oe expected to spend extra F IV Stu ents ar emphasis. on obrtlran usi~g the computer. Fee: $20. time solvmg pro ems Three credits A study of selected topics from Euclidean geometry, affine geometry, projective geometry, and convexity. Prerequisite: Math. 222. Three credits . to Computer Programming II Math. ~68. ~ntrodu~:o;7. Devoted primarily to more sophisA contmuation of Ma . h . d'vidual interests of the stu. geared to t e m 1 bl ticated programmmg d end extra time solving pro ems dents. Enrollees are expecte to sp using the computer. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Math. 267. Three credits . s of a Real Variable I and II Math. 311--312. Function 1 . sequences and series of 1· . aries for ana ys1s, . Topologica1 pre 1m1~ . . 1 introduction to Lebesgue mfunctions, Riemann-St1elt1es mtegra ' tegral, Fourier series. Prerequisite: Math. 222. Three credits each semester . f a Complex Variable Math. 314. Functto~s ~ d t'nuity analytic functions, . hm1 t an con 1 ' Complex funct10ns, d f ula power series, Laurent exCauchy's integral theorem an orm ' Three credits ! ~!!~a~! !;~~~::.,1and 0 A study of elementary num er Prerequisite: Math. 222. Three credits , 0 Random variables, probability distributions, expectation and limit theorems, estimation, testing statistical hypotheses, confidence intervals. Prerequisite: Math. 222. Three credits each semester Math. 361--362. Advanced Calculus I and II Intended for physical science and engineering students. Topics to be selected from: vector integral and differential calculus, power series, Fourier series, matrices, determinants, and eigenvalue problems. Prerequisite: Ma th. 212. Three credits each semester. Credit for mathematics majors by permission of department chairman only. Math. 364. Numerical Analysis pansion, residues. t f department chairman. Prerequisite: Math. 311 or consen o Math. 33 t. Introduction Math. 351--352. Probability and Mathematical Statistics land II fields. Numerical methods of differentation, integration, solution of equations and of differential equations with emphasis on problems that lend themselves to solution on computers. Knowledge of computer is desirable but not required. Prerequisite: Ma th. 212. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 181 Page 180 - Math. 470. Reading Course DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Individual study of an outstanding text under the supervision of a faculty member. Designed for students who have completed a substantial amount of course work in mathematics. May be re- Math. 365. Partial Differential Equations Linear second order partial differential equations and boundary value pr~blems, Fourier series and orthogonality, method of sepa- peated for credit. Prerequisite: Senior standing and consent of department chair- ration of variables. Prerequisite: Math. 212. Three credits man. One to three credits Math. 480. Topics in Mathematics A study of topics of special interest. It may be a continuation and intensive study of topics begun in the upper level courses in analysis, topology, algebra, and probability. May be repeated for Math. 397. Seminar Presentation and discussion of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of department chairman. One to three credits Math. 413. Functions of Several Variables credit. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Three credits . A modern treatment of calculus of functions of several real v~nables. Topics include: Euclidean spaces, differentiation, integration on manifolds leading to the classical theorems of Green and Stokes. Prerequisites: Math. 311 and 334. Three credits MUSIC 1 Associate Professor Gasbarro, chairman; Associate Professor L. Schmidt, Chapline; Assistant Professors Garber, Santos, Fall, Nutaitis, A. Liva; Instructors Probert, Hill, Weber, Balshaw. Applied Music Math. 432. lntroduction to Abstract Algebra II A continuation of Math. 331. Polynomial rings, ideals, field extensions and Galois Theory. Prerequisite: Ma th. 331. Three credits Math. 441. Introduction to Topology I . Metric spaces, topological spaces, countability and separation axioms, compactness and connectedness, product spaces. Prerequisite: Ma th. 311. Three credits Math. 442. Introduction to Topology II A continuation of Math. 341. Hilbert spaces, Banach spaces, and Banach algebras. Prerequisite: Ma th. 341. Three credits Individual and group instruction are offered at all levels of difficulty to students in piano, pipe organ, voice, and orchestral and band instruments. The student receives a seri~s of fourteen lessons a semester. A performing examination before the music faculty is necessary if credit is to be obtained for such study. Students who are not music majors may receive one credit each semester for voice or instrumental study. No performing examination is necessary if credit is not desired by the student. The ability, interest, and progress of students intending to major in music will be evaluated at the end of the sophomore year by the music faculty. Students will be advised before the opening of the following semester if the faculty does not recommend a continuation of the music major. Fees for private instruct.ion are in addition to the regular tuition charge. One credit each semester I There is a music fee of $10 per semester for all Music and Music Education majors. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 183 Page 182 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Mus. 101. Introduction to the Materials and Literature of Music I The materials of music and their interrelationships. Illustrations are derived from literature of all periods for the purpose of developing understanding and enjoyment through perceptive listening. Mus. 110. History of Music II in: ;:~~:t~~::1~f !09, !~st. beginning with J. S. Bach and tracmusic will be emp[asized i~ tttee pfireselnt dkay. £Twentieth century na wee s o study Three credits · Three credits Mus. 111--112. Piano Class 1 and 2 Mus. 102. Introduction to the Materials and Literature of Music II A survey of performance literature extending from the Baroque period to the present. Directed listening to illustrations of various media, forms, and styles characteristic of each period for the purpose of stimulating critical judgment in the listener. Three credits Mus. 105--106--107--108. Theory of Music The study of the theory of music is centered upon three main principles: ( 1) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. (2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through keyboard harmony. (3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. The first two semesters of theory include ear training, two hours; solfeggio, two hours; harmony, one hour. The third and fourth semesters include ear training, one hour; solfeggio, one hour; harmony, three hours. There is no prerequisite for Mus. 105. Students may be admitted to Mus. 106, 107, and 108 by examination. Five credits each course Mus. 109. History of Music I A detailed study of the history of music from the beginning of civilization to the seventeenth century. Three credits Class instruction _in piano. The classes will be divided into suitaallbl e groups · Th"is course is required for . d accordmg . . to pro fi c1ency. moups1ce e u~a_t10n ma1ors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better · N r requisite. Two credits each semester Mus. 113,, 114. Piano Class 3 and 4 . a contmu. t"Advanced f h class .instruction in piano · This co urse 1s a wn o It e ~eqmred course for all music education majors who cannot pay piano grade 4 or better. Prerequisite: Mus. 112. Two credits each semester Mus. 121--122--123--124. Band The band offers the student a varied for various athletic events S p~ogram for concerts and band should consult w1"th th. Dt~dents desmng to participate in the e 1rector. All instrumental music education . . ipate in the band for four years. ma1ors are reqmred to partic- One-half credit each semester Mus. 125 --126--127,, 128. Chorus o: The chorus offers the student a 1 secular choral music. Students desiri~mp ete r_a~ge sacred and should consult wi"th th n· g to participate m the chorns e 1rector. All music education majors stud in . . to participate in the chorus for f y g v01ce or piano are required our years. One-half credit each semester �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 185 Page 184 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Mus. 131 .. 132 .. 133 .. 134. Orchestra Participation in the Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra gives the student experience in the complete range of symphonic literature. Students desiring to participate in the orchestra should consult with the Director. One-half credit each semester Mus. 395 .. 396. Independent Research fi rdd?ilident_ study and research for advanced students in the e o e ma1or_ under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a_ l~vel significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequ1S1te: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Mus. 397. Seminar Mus. 215. Instrumentation The instruments of the modern symphonic orchestra, their capabilities and limitations. The technique of scoring for small instrumental combinations; transposition and clef manipulation. Prerequisite: Mus. 108 or the approval of the chairman of the Department. Two credits Mus. 216. Orchestra and Band Arranging Scoring for the large orchestra or the modern symphonic band. The student may select his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Mus. 215. Two credits Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) MUSIC EDUCATION1 Mus. Ed. 10 t .. 102. Clarinet Class and Methods Methods of teaching and instruction in the clarinet. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mus. Ed. 103 .. 104. Brass Class and Methods Methods of teaching and instruction in the brass field. No pr.erequisite. Two credits each semester Mus. Ed. 105. Woodwind Class Methods Mus. 217. Analysis The technique of composition as disclosed by melodic, harmonic, and structural analysis of music in varied styles and from diverse periods. Prerequisite: Mus. 108 or equivalent as demonstrated by an examination. Two credits Mus. 218. Counterpoint A study of the sixteenth century art of contrapuntal writing as found in the styles of Palestrina, di Lasso, and Ingegneri. Prerequisite: Mus. 108. Three credits A cla~s conducte~ as an introduction to the teaching of such ~ood-wmds as clarmet, oboe, flute, and bassoon, with demonstrations of the class teaching of those instruments. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mus. Ed. 106. Brass Class Methods A cl_ass in brass is conducted as an introduction to the teaching of ~rass mstruments ai:id as demonstration of class teaching of these instruments. The mstruments taught include trumpet French horn, trombone, baritone, and tuba. ' No prerequisite. Two credits 1 Th~re is a music fee of $10 per semester for all Music and Music Education ma1ors. �Page 186 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 187 v· 1· Class and String Methods Mus. Ed. 12_1._ 10 1~ d . the teaching of string instruA class in v10lm playmg an m Mus. Ed. 202. Secondary School Music Methods ments. No prerequisite. Two credits The course is planned to provide a preparation for teaching the various aspects of music in the secondary school. Prerequisite: Junior Class standing. Two credits 22 Viola Class and String Methods Mus. Ed. . an d m . th e teaching of string instruments. A class in 1 viola• playmg Mus. Ed. 209--210. Conducting and School Music Materials No prerequisite. Two credits Mus. Ed. 123. Violoncello and Bass Class and String Meth~ds f h . 1 ncello and the bass and in the The development of an adequate baton technique and the presentation of various kinds of school music material, stressing particularly elementary and high school instrumental materials the first semester and high school choral materials the second semester. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester A class in the playmg o t e v10 o Mus. Ed. 340. Professional Semester in Music Education teaching of string instruments. No prerequisite. Two credits M us. Ed • 125• Percussion Class Methods . f mance A class in the fundamentals of percuss10n per or an dd em- onstrations of class teaching. No prerequisite. Two credits Mus. Ed. 127,.. 128 Voice Class and Methods • f correct voice production; breath- A course in the fundamentals o tud of vowel forms, and coning, breath control, elementary s d develop the student's own sonants. Elementary songs a~e us~ o . as w ell as to train him m v01ce pedagogy. v01ce No prerequisite. Two credits each semester i Mus. Ed. 201. El t r School Music Methods emen a y 1 aration for the teachers of The course involves a g~neralt pr~~ils a study of the principles, music in the elementary gra es. en . and ob1·ectives in school dures proce , d" music. Prerequisite: Junior Class stan mg. Two credits Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare for the teaching of music in elementary and secondary schools. Fee: $20. To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, students must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval of the Education Department chairman. Students may schedule late afternoon or evening classes during the professional semester. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Eight credits FOR TRANSFER AND CERTIFICATION PURPOSES, CREDIT WILL BE ASSIGNED AS FOLLOWS: Mus. Ed. 343. General Classroom Methods A study of various instructional procedures used in public school classrooms. One credit Mus. Ed. 344. Multi--Sensory Techniques in the Teaching of Music A study of the use of multi-sensory aids in the teaching of music in elementary and secondary schools. One credit �Page 188 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Mus. Ed. 346. Student Teaching in Music A course in the observation and student teaching of vocal or instrumental music in elementary and secondary schools. Six credits NURSING EDUCATION Professor Jessee, chairman; Instructors Bonawitz, Knaub, Porter. Page 189 N.E. 107. Principles and Methods in Nursing Education This course deals with the selection and organization of teaching materials and learning experiences. It includes the appraisal of effective methods of teaching and the evaluation of student progress and achievement. Prerequisite: Psych. I 02 or permission of instructor. Two credits Enrollment in all of the following courses with the exception of N.E. 104 is limited to graduate nurses. N.E. 108. Multi,.,Sensory Techniques in Nursing Education N.E. 102. Trends in Nursing A study of the use of multi-sensory teaching aids in nursing education. Prerequisite: N. E. 107 (may be taken concurrently). A discussion of present problems in nursing and trends or patterns that emerge in the efforts to solve these problems. (Enrollment limited to students who have had N.E. 101, offered previously.) Two credits N.E. 103. History and Trends in Nursing A general survey of the history of nursing with emphasis upon the religious, social, and educational factors that have stimulated its development. Discussion of present problems in nursing and trends or patterns that emerge in the efforts to solve these problems. Three credits N .E. 104. Community Resources A survey of the functions and activities of agencies and organizations contributing to the health and social welfare of the citizens of the community. Two credits N .E. 106. Supervision and Administration A discussion of the basic principles of supervision and administration with emphasis upon democratic leadership and the development of constructive interpersonal and interdepartmental relationships. Two credits One Credit N.E. 112. Field Experience in Supervision or Teaching Supervised observation and practice in a hospital. Prerequisite: Approval of adviser. Four credits N.E. 113,., 114. Medical and Surgical Nursing Advanced study of nursing principles and techniques as applied to the expert nursing care of medical and surgical patients. Offered in two semesters. Two credits each semester N .E. 209. Psychiatric Nursing In the psychiatric setting, skills and understandings pertinent to the nursing care of patients are developed with emphasis on the relationship of the nurse both to the individual patient and to groups of patients. Care of the patient is discussed in the larger context of family and community. Lectures and hospital experience. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Six credits �Page 190 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PHILOSOPHY- RELIGION Professor S. Vujica, chairman; Associate Professors Kay, Williams; Assistant Professors Belie, Henson, Jardin; Instructor Barras. Philosophy Phil. 101. Introduction to Philosophy DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 191 Phil. 230. Aesthetics Analysis of the nature, standards and criteria of value in literature, ~ai_nting, music, and other forms of arts; the meaning of resthetic Judgments and processes of appreciation. An examination of the objective qualities of those things which are found to be resthetically effective. Three credits Phil. 240. Social and Political Philosophies An introduction to the nature and function of philosophy, and its relations to some of the other fields of human interest. The approach is through such typical problems as: the nature and origin of life, the relation of mind and body, freedom of the will, the theories of right and wrong, arguments for theism. This course is a prerequisite to all advanced philosophy courses. Three credits Social and political institutions as seen by such classical critics as P_lato, Ari~totle, Hobbes, Hume, Burke, Bentham and others. Special attent10n to analy~is ?f the problems of censorship, relation ?f ~hu~ch and state, pre1udice, aims and methods of democratic mstitutions. Three credits Phil. 102. Logic and Scientific Method Phil. 250. Ancient and Medieval Philosophy Elementary principles and techniques of clear and sound thinking. General rules of inductive and deductive reasoning; recognition of fallacies; the nature of scientific knowledge, its methods, its aims, its presuppositions. Three credits A stud~ of the _development of Western thought from Thales to Occam with special attention to such key thinkers as Plato Aristotle, Democritus, Plotinus, Thomas Aquinas and Duns Sco;us. Three credits Phil. 210. Ethics A critical study of standards for judging the rightness or wrongness of conduct. An inquiry into what men ought to do. A survey of representative ethical theories with the emphasis on their application to currently controversial issues in the social, economic, and political fields. Three credits Phil. 260. History of Modern Philosophy The major trends in philosophic thought from the Renaissance to the end of the nineteenth century, with sepcial emphasis on: Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz, Locke, Berkeley, Hume, Kant, Hegel, Schopenhauer, Comte, Bentham, and Mill. Three credits Phil. 270. Contemporary Philosophy Phil. 220. Philosophy of Religion An examination of various problems that arise when religion is made the object of philosophic reflection. The nature and forms of religious experience; the relation of faith and reason; arguments for God's existence; the problem of evil; the argument for immortality. Three credits ~ re:iew ?f current ~c~ools of philosophy, with special emphasis on. Dial~ctical M~tenahsm, Pragmatism, Existentialism, British an~ Amer~can Realism, and the various trends in linguistic analysis. Ma1or philosophers to be studied: James, Dewey, Moore, Husser, Russell, Santayana, Heidegger, Sartre, Jaspers, Wittgenstein and A~~ , Three credits �Page 192 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Religion Phil. 31 O. Philosophies of History A study of the various interpretations of history. The views of Augustine, Vico, Rousseau, Kant, Hegel, Marx, Comte, Speng~er, Schweitzer, Toynbee, Sorokin, Niebuhr and others on the meaning of historical events. Three credits Page 193 Rel. 200. Man's Religions Nature and origin of religion. Sacred literatures beliefs and rituals of the great historical and living faiths. A domparis~n of the more important features of the great religions. The contributions of religion to the development and preservation of cultural values. Three credits Phil. 320. The Philosophy of Science A critical examination of the nature of science; meaning, verifiability and experimentation in the sciences; the principle of ve~ifiability in Physics and Psychology; induction and the various interpretations of probability; causality and laws of nature, and the nature of explanation and justification. Three credits Rel. 201. The Literature of the Old Testament The course aims at giving the student an insight into the books of the Old Testament and the range and depth of the religious heritage received from Israel. The biblical message is studied in its dynamic context of the culture, geography and history of the ancient Near East. Three credits Phil. 330. Existentialism A close examination of the literature of the major existentialist writers in both its theistic and atheistic phases, together with a consid~ration of its impact upon philosophy, religion, psychology, and art. Special attention will be given to the thought of Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Jaspers, Heidegger, Marcel, and Sartre. Prerequisite: Phil. 101 and instructor's permission. Three credits Phil. 395--396. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff me~ber. ~ research paper at a level significantly beyond a term pap~r Is re~mred. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman IS reqmred. One to three credits Phil. 397. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) Rel. 202. The Literature of the New Testament An examination of the form and content of the books of the New Testament as literary products and as records of the faith that gave rise to the Christian Church. The teachings of Jesus and the Apostolic Church are studied against the background of their own time and examined in their significance for contemporary Iife. Three credits Rel. 212. Contemporary Trends in Religious Thought A study of the development of religious thought from "NeoOrthodoxy" to the "Death of God" theologies. The impact of scientism, linguistic philosophies and ecumenism on modern theologizing; the thinkers whose views will be considered include: Barth, Brunner, the Niebuhrs, Bultmann, Farmer, Weiman, Maritain, Buber, Sartre, Heidegger, Tillich, Rabner, Rubenstein, Altizer, Cox, Brown and Weigel. Three credits �Page 194 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE Associate Professor Reese, chairman; Assistant Professors R. Schmidt, Rainey, Saracino; Instructor Domzalski, Foster. Because of the importance of health and the possession of a sound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students as a regular part of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of sport or exercise for each student are included in the program of physical education. Physical education is required of both men and women during the freshman and sophomore years. The College men at the beginning of each year are given a medical and a physical examination. The work in physical education includes soccer, football, basketball, baseball, volley ball, and other competitive games. The College women also are given a thorough medical and physical examination before entering upon the program of physical education. The work for women consists of such activities as dancing, basketball, and natural gymnastics. P.E. 101--102--103--104. Physical Education This course is designed to promote physical well-being and good health habits and to encourage participation in activities that will provide relaxation and exercise throughout life. Two hours each week. P.E. 105.-106. Hygiene1 A study of present day health problems. The course undertakes to help students enjoy maximum health and happiness through better understanding of nutrition, infection, disease, nervous J.nd mental disorders, and problems of parenthood. One hour each week. One credit each semester DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 195 PHYSICS Professor Bellas, chairman; Professors Donahoe, Holden; Associate Professors Thomas, Nejib, Toole; Assistant Professors Morrow, Hostler, Bailey, Placek. Phys. 101.- 102. Physical Science A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the methods, concepts, and vocabulary of physics and applications of some of its outst_anding principles to the needs of the individual and the commum~y; and _the manner in which the continually expanding frontiers of science affect our future way of life. Lecture demonstration, and discussion three hours a week. ' Three credits each semester Phys. 105--106. Introductory Physics An introductory course designed to promote an understanding of the _more impor~ant fundamental laws and methods of the major sections of p~ys1cs. Laboratory work to emphasize basic principles and to acquamt the student with measuring instruments and their use as well as the interpretation of experimental data. First semester:. ~echanics, wave motion, sound, and heat. Second semester: electnc1ty, magnetism, and optics. Three class hours and one three-hour laboratory each week. Fee: $20 each semester. Four credits each semester Phys. 201. General Physics I A thorough g:ounding in the concepts, principles, and physical laws of Me~hamcs, Therm?d~namics, and Acoustics. Instruction by dem~nstrat10n lecture, rec1tat10n, and experimental work. Demonstrat10n lecture two hours a week, recitation one hour a week, and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $20. Four credits Phys. 202. General Physics II instruction in personal hygiene is required of all students, even those excused by physicians from taking physical education. 1 Class . Continu_ation of Phys. 201. Electricity and Magnetism, and Optics and Light. Demonstration lecture two hours a week, recitation �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 197 Page 196 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Phys. 307. Topics in Theoretical Physics one hour a week, and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $20.00. Selected topics depending upon the interests of the instructor and students. Topics might include advanced mechanics, fluid mechanics, electromagnetic theory, relativity, etc. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Math. 362 or approval of the instructor. Prerequisite: Phys. 20 l. Four credits Three credits Ph s. 203. General Physics III . Phys. 311--312. Mechanics lontinuation of Phys. 201 and 202. Modern ?hysics .. In~ludmg the experimental basis, concepts, and foundat10~al principles of modern atomic and nuclear physics. Demonstrat10n lecture three Intermediate level courses designed to develop a thorough understanding of the principles of mechanics and the application of mathematical methods to the solution of its problems. Topics include Newtonian motions of particle systems (such as a harmonic oscillator, central force problems, etc.), rotations of rigid bodies, moving coordinate systems, continuous media, inertia and stress, tensors, Lagrange's equations of motion ( theory of small vibrations). Recitation lecture three hours a week. Prerequisites: Phys. 202 and Math. 212. hours a week. Prerequisite: Phys. 202. Three credits Phys. 230. Optics and Light . . . The principles of geometrical and p~ysical ~ptlcs are considered in considerably greater detail than m the mtroductory co~rse. Image formation, refraction, diffraction, origin of spectra, polarized light, optical activity, etc. Three hours class and one three-hour Four credits Phys. 231--232. Electronics . . . . A study of vacuum tubes, trans~stors, a:1d t_heir apphc~uon m circuits for rectification, amplification, oscillat10n, switching: etc. Two hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee. $20 each semester. Prerequisite: Phys. 202. Three credits each semester . The fundamental concepts of thermodynamics. The first and second laws of thermodynamics, Carnot cycle, entropy,_ and. an introduction to statistical mechanics. Three hours lecture-discussion. Prerequisite: Phys. 202. Three credits Phys. 331--332. Electricity and Magnetism Static and dynamic electricity, magnetism, electromagnetism, thcrmoelectricity, etc., are covered in considerable detail. The emphasis in this course is on fundamental analysis rather than applications. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week each semester. Fee: $20 each semester. Prerequisites: Phys. 202 and Math. 212. laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 202. Phys. 24Q. Thermodynamics Three credits each semester Four credits each semester Phys. 351. Quantum Mechanics An introduction to the theoretical and mathematical aspects of quantum mechanics. Topics include Schrodinger' s equation and its application to the harmonic oscillator, the potential-well, and the hydrogen atom problems; steady-state nondegenerate, degenerate, and time-dependent perturbation theory; angular momentum; identical particles and Pauli's exclusion principle; relativistic wave equation and the origin of electron spin. Three hours lecturediscussion. Prerequisites: Phys. 312, Math. 362. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 199 Page 198 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Phys. 361. Atomic Physics The structure of the atom, the photo-electric effect, crystal structure, X-rays, spectra, introduction to quantum theory. Class, three hours and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisites: Phys. 203, 311, 331. Four credits Phys. 370. Solid State Physics Selected topics, depending upon the interests of the instructor and students. For example, theory of electrical and thermal conductivity, semiconductors, bonding in solids, point defects, dislocation, magnetic properties, etc. Class, three hours. Prerequisites: Phys. 361, Math. 362, or approval of the instructor. Three credits Phys. 380. Nuclear Physics Special relativity, natural and induced radioactivity, nuclear structure, nuclear reactions, reactors, etc. Class, three hours and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 361. Four credits THE 400 SERIES COURSES ARE GRADUATE COURSES AVAILABLE TO UNDERGRADUATE SENIORS WITH PERMISSION OF THE INSTRUCTOR AND THE DEPARTMENT CHAIRMAN. Phys. 401--402. Methods of Mathematical Physics Study of different branches of Mathematics and their applications in Physics. Topics include: Ordinary and partial differential equations; Fourier series· and integrals; Complex variables; Matrix methods; Green's functions; Tensor analysis; Group theory; and others. Three hours lecture-discussion. Prerequisite: Math. 362 or equivalent. Three credits each semester Phys. 471. Crystallography Repetition theory and translational and rotational symmetry. Derivation of the crystal classes. Combination of symmetry operations involving reflections and inversions. The symmetrical plane and space lattices. The coordinate systems of crystallography and crystal forms. Practical determination of point-group symmetry. The algebra of operations. Space groups. Equivalent positions in space groups. The determination of space groups. Group Theory and its application to point symmetries. Three credits Phys. 391--392. Advanced Laboratory Students desiring to undertake laboratory work in topics of their own choosing should consult the department chairman. Lab fee: $7 per credit hour. Prerequisites: Phys. 203, Math. 212. One or two credits - Hours to be arranged Phys. 395--396. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Phys. 397. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.} Phys. 472. X--Ray Diffraction X-rays and their properties. · Directions and intensities of diffracted beams. Laue, Debye-Scheirer, Diffractometer, Rotating, Oscillating, Weissenberg and Precession Methods. Outline of crystal structure analysis. Laboratory, one period per week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 471. Three credits Phys. 473. Crystalline Anisotropy Groundwork of crystal physics and transformation of secondrank tensors. Paramagnetic and Diamagnetic susceptibility. Electric Polarization. Stress, .strain and thermal expansion. Elasticity and fourth-rank tensors. Matrices. Thermodynamics of equilibrium thermal conductivity, and thermoelectricity. Three hours. Prerequisite: Phys. 472. Three credits �Page 200 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES POLITICAL SCIENCE Professor Mailey, chairman; Associate Professor Sugiyama; Assistant Professors Tuhy, Niehoff. P .S. 101. Political Science I A broad, comprehensive introduction to the great topics which constitute political science, covering the nature and main elements of the modern states, their politics, their institutions, and their relations with one another. Three credits P .S. 102. Political Science II A descriptive and analytical study of the theory and practice of American National Government including its constitutional basis, organization, powers, and functions and services. Three credits P.S. 201. Constitutional Law I A course intended to show the growth of the American Constitution particularly United States governmental structure and relationships with special emphasis on change in the Constitution, the three branches of government, the Federal System, and the powers of the National Government. The case study method is used. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits P .S. 202. Constitutional Law II A course intended to show the growth of the American Constitution particularly the relations between the individual and his government with special emphasis on liberty against government, protection of civil rights, citizenship and its privileges. The case study method is used. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits P.S. 203. Politics and Political Parties A course intended to analyze the movements of political parties, elections, and the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 201 P.S. 204. Public Opinion and Propaganda A study in the behavior of governance, including the factors which determine attitude, the formation and expression of public opinion, and propaganda as used by pressure groups. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102 and Soc. 101 and 102. Three credits P.S. 205. State Government A broad, general course covering the structure, powers, and function of state governments in the United States. Special emphasis is placed on the Pennsylvania State Government. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits P.S. 206. Municipal Government A course undertaking the study of the organization, work, and administration of local government. Since the national government has assumed a new significance today, special attention is given to the relationship between local and national government. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits P.S. 207. Public Administration A study of the organization, activity, problems, and the recruitment policy of the public service. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits P.S. 208. Labor Legislation A course dealing with the role of government in the field of labor relations and with the laws affecting the conditions of employment and employee-employer relations. The course stresses the increasing importance of government in a field heretofore free of any regulation. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits �Page 202 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES P .S. 21 O. Government of Metropolitan Areas An examination of the politics and the processes of contemporary urban government, with special emphasis upon the complex problems presented by the rapidly expanding population in standard metropolitan areas. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits P .S. 211. Intergovernmental Relations An analysis of the evolution, growth, present status and characteristics, including problems, posed by the Federal system of grants-in-aid. Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and 102. Three credits P .S. 212. Management of Municipalities A study of the underlying issues, problems, and concepts encountered in local government administration affecting urban change. Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and 102. Three credits P .S. 221. International Law A study of the development of the body of customs and rules which states have developed to govern their relations, with particular consideration for the responsibility of states for their enforcement. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Desideratum: United States and European history. Three credits P .S. 222. International Relations An analysis of the major concepts, principles and factors involved in an understanding of international relations and foreign policies of nations. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Desideratum: Some knowledge of history, governments, and geography. Three credits p age203 P.S. 223. Comparative Government A comparative study of the vario f . ments that have developed . th us orms and kmds of governattention directed toward Eu:~e. e modern world with primary Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102 . Three credits P.S. 224. Soviet System of Go vernment A course dealing with the structure and f . Government emphazing the t unctions of the Soviet con rasts and si ·1 · · · governments of thew t mi anties m form with es . Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102 _ Three credits P.S. 225. International Organization f A study of the growth of coo era . ff . organization; the nature f t1ve e orts toward International ternational organization.' unc IOns, and problems relating to inPrerequisites: P.S. 101 and 102 _ Three credits P.S. 226. Government and Politics of Asia An analysis of the distinctiv . . . !ems of political develop e 1~st1tut10ns, processes, and probAsia, with emphasis on t;:ient ~~ d contemporary government in and China. e pos -m epend ence era, and on Japan Prerequisites: P.S. 101 and 102_ Three credits P.S. 251. The Role of Planning in Urban Development tty Origins and evolution of . l . . growth, legal and instit f p annmg, mfluences of urban osophical premises S u ionaf f~amework, and scientific and philthe United States. sin~;v1~0~ _city planning as it _has evolved in economic problems. m response to physical, social and Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and IOZ. Three credits �Page 204 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 205 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PSYCHOLOGY P S 252. Fundamentals of Urban Design • • b d . and the use of space A study of the principles of ur ·an. esign . to achieve efficiency with maximum visual amemty. Prerequisite: P.S. 251. Three credits Psy. 101--102. General Psychology P .S. 253. Land Use Planning Law . f ·t lanning nuisance, subA course dealing in thed law. o cibyanprenewai and public as1 · ent omam ur · , division contro s, emm . h' . 1 mphasis on the relationfi ing wit specia e pects of rea 1 estate nan~ , 1 . oals and the basis principles ship between implementmg p annmg g of constitutional law. Prerequisite: P.S. 251. Three credits P S 395 .. 396. Independent Research . • • h for advanced students m the Independent study andh red~earct· of a staff member. A research . under t e irec ion . d fie ld of th e ma1or_ . 1 b d a term paper is require . paper at a level sigmficant y eyon h . is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department c airman One to three credits p .S. 397. Seminar Professor Riley, chairman; Assistant Professors Stetten, Schaefer; Instructors Kanner, Pisaneschi, lrzinski. . Presentations and discussions of selected topics: . . d Prere uisite: Approval of the department cha1~an is require . q h d ·t (Maximum of three credits per student.) One to t ree ere i s. An introduction to the field of psychology with emphasis on objective and systematic methods of inquiry. Extensive treatment of major psychological topics such as sensation, perception, learning, motivation, intelligence, and personality development. Frustration, conflict, and mental health also receive attention. Three credits each semester Psy. 201. Advanced General Psychology A more detailed study of topics treated only superficially in the introductory course. More attention will be given to learning, perception, and the emotions. Prerequisite: Psy. 10 I and 102. Some background in biology or physiology would be desirable. Three credits Psy. 203. Psychologic Theory A comprehensive survey of classical and contemporary theories and their relationship to empirical research. Special emphasis is placed on attempts to reconcile and W1nslate these theories into operational descriptions. Prerequisite: Psy. 10 I and 102. Three credits Psy. 206. Systematic Psychology A historical introduction to the various points of view in recent psychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders in the field as Watson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler. Prerequisite: Psy. IO I and I 02 and one other course in psychology. Three credits P~. 211--212. Experimental Psychology A lecture and laboratocy course designed to familiarize the student with the methods and the results of modern psychological research. The course includes a study of several of the famous ex- �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 207 Page 206 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES periments in the field of psychology. Also included is p~actice with the older as well as the more recent methods of expenmental research. Lecture and laboratory. Fee: $20 each semester. Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits each semester Psy. 213. Physiological Psychology A systematic study of the physiological mechanisms mediating behavior. Emphasis is on the neuro-physiological bases of sensation, perception, adaptation, motivation, emotion, learning, and memory. Methods and techniques used in the study of the nervous system and sensory and muscular systems will be investigated and demonstrated. Prerequisites: Psy. IO 1-102. Three credits Psy. 221. Child Psychology The course is designed to present a general view of the development and growth of the child. It is concerned primarily with t~e heredity and native equipment of the chi~d and the m~nner m which this equipment is modified during childhood. Emotional development, language development, and social relations are considered. Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits Psy. 232. Human Behavior Human adjustment and maladjustment to life si!uations ':ith emphasis on motivation, emotional control, personality format10n, and the treatment of the lesser personality disorders. Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits Psy. 242. Psychological Tests A survey of the functions measured by psychological tests with emphasis on intelligence and personality. A vari_ety of the gr~up and individual tests which measure these funct10ns are studied. This course is a prerequisite for Psy. 243 and Psy. 245. Three credits Psy. 243. Industrial Psychology An_introduct!on t? the industrial application of psychology in the selection, classificat10n, and training of employees; reduction of monotony ~~d fatigue; the maladjusted worker; accident prevention; work condit10ns; and employee motivation and morale. Prerequisite: Psy. 242. Three credits Psy. 245. Clinical Psychology A _survey_of the clinical method in psychology with consideration o_f diagnostic an~ t~eatment techniques and the role of the profess10nal psychologist m various settings. Prerequisite: Psy. 242. Three credits Psy. 331. Abnormal Psychology A general survey of the principal forms of mental abnormalities with emphasis on causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. , Prerequisite: Psy. 221, 232 and permission of head of department. Three credits Psy. 395--396. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Psy. 397. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 209 Page 208 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES RETAILING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructor D'Zurko. Ret. 101. Principles of Retailing A basic course that discusses the opportunities in retailing; types of retail institutions; problems of store policy, store location; study of the organizational structure of department stores; organization and functions of operating division. Three credits Ret. 210. Elements of Merchandise Ret. 220. Organization and Operation of the Small Store Importance bus· . busmess . cation of new bof small . . fimess~. factors m success; justifiusmesses, nancmg· locaf . r . ebm~loyee redlathionfs; sales promotio~; usmess an t e uture. ' , tur~~;~/;:~~:.; ::;~~~7;:~i Two credits Ret: 224. R_ecent Trends and Developments m Retailing Merchandise information; fibers and fabrics; history, production, manufacturing process from fiber to finished fabric; textile terminology, trade names. Identification, testing of fibers; care of fabrics; new developments. Study of natural, industrial and synthetic Revi~w of fundamentals; trends in retail1·ng·, stu d Y of development d st m cooperation with retail store executi·ves L a b oratory work,· repor son tren sand developments. . Three credits materials. Three credits Ret. 225. Retail Practice Ret. 211. Merchandise Information Materials, other than textiles, used in the creation of merchandise are covered through the study of raw materials. Categories of merchandise covered include: leather goods, such as shoes, gloves, handbags, and luggage; floor coverings; glass, pottery, and china; and furniture. Three credits Ret. 212. Purchases and Merchandising Control The principles, techniques, and problems encountered in merchandising; purchase planning, markup, markdown, inventories and their control, turnover, retail method of inventory, and the types and limitation of stock control systems. Prerequisite: B. A. 107 or approval of instructor. Three credits Ret. 214. Retail Buying A study of the scientific principles of what, when, and how much to buy; a study of customer demand. Special attention is given to the technique of buying; markups, markdowns, stockturns, and other factors that are necessary to keep lines complete. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits op~r:i~~~edw?itfhalll reltai·tling majors in the seventh semester. In cooca s ores a progra · R .1. been established Und th: m m etai mg Practices has . b · er is program, students majoring in Retail :urmst ofe tehmploy_ed for anDaverage of 25 hours a week during th~ e semor year urin th •d f dents will be required to submit g t e per10 _o emp!oyment, stuinstructor· the store m repor s concernmg their work to the ' anager or personnel di t · • ;~aluate the ~tudents' ability and aptitude for .e course given upon certification by the mana er ;r ~~:cpt:e~f t~~r c~e-rompseroafting sltore that students h!ve satfs::~~;~f; emp oyment. Students who wish to seek their own 1 f be permitted to do so, provided the placr :t:;pl~;::::;:nt approved by the _instructor. In general, this approval will bas _een to employment m departme . e given ~:fl ::~a~~i~~ r~;:~~t I~~ :•Y t;tt~;::;s ~::!~~~ :t~rae:i•e~::ire:tpo::t;n:~d asnpdecti:h~e i:t:f~:~~~~::tt:~:i1 . , s ores are o a suffi · t · v1de adequate and diversified experience. cien size to pro- Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 211 Page 210 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Soc. 235. Crime and Juvenile Delinquency SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY sistant Professor Weinstein; Professor Moravec, ch airman; As Instructors O'Connor, Welliver. Soc. 101. Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology I . · ·n essenMan in Society; a systematic view of soc10l?gy, ~rovidi g1 . f tials for an approach to questions ab?ut man m society; ana ys1s o social processes, structures, and funct10ns. Three credits Soc. 102. Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology II Man and Culture; a general survey of the field of anthro~ology stressing its cultural aspects; study of contemporary non-literate societies and their institutions. Three credits Soc. 200. The Family . . Evaluation of current theories and research into causative factors and sociological implications of criminal and delinquent behavior. Examination of problems, programs, and issues in prevention and treatment of deviant behavior. Prerequisite: Soc. 230, or permission of the instructor. Three credits Soc. 240. Medical and Psychiatric Sociology A general survey of the application of sociology in two fields: (1) medicine - social and cultural factors affecting health and illness, doctor-patient relationships, the role of the patient, the hospital environment; and (2) psychiatry - social factors affecting the diagnosis, etiology, and treatment of mental disorders, the mental hospital as a social system, community psychiatry. Prerequisites: Soc. 101 and 102, or permission of the instructor. Three credits Soc. 251. Fields of Social Work Histor and ethnological studies of family. Role of family m the y nt of the individual. Interrelation of church, state, _and d eve1opme ff · th American family. Social conditions and _change_s a_ ectmg e family. Family instability and d1sorgamzat1on .. . . t . Soc • 101 and 102 or permission of mstructor. P rereqmsi e. Three credits A survey of the main problems of social work and of agencies and methods that have developed to cope with them. The nature and requirements of the different fields of social work. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102 and Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits Soc. 215. Sociology of Urban Life Soc. 252. Comparative Social Welfare Systems . The develo ment of modern cities; effects o_f urba_n life upon social organiz;tion and personality patterns; ma1or social problems of the cities. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 10 2 . Three credits Examination of the social welfare institution within a societal and cultural context. Exploration of historical and conflicting views on responsibility for developing measures to cope with social problems in North American, European, Asiatic, and African countries. Prerequisites: Soc. IO 1, 102, Psy. IO 1, 102. Three credits Soc. 230. Social Problems A survey of most pressing contemp?rarf social_ pr~blems and an examination of current theories of social disorganization. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102. Three credits Soc. 255. Introduction to Social Psychology A general survey of the field of social psychology. Social factors in human nature; psychology of individual differences; social inter- �Page 212 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES action; collective behavior, psychology of personality; social pathology. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102 and Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits Soc. 260. Personality and Social Structure Examination of current theories and research bearing upon the relationship between personality and social structure; contributions and convergent development in psychology, anthropology, and sociology. Prerequisite: Soc. IO I and I 02; Soc. 255. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES_ Page ZtS Soc. 280. Sociological Theory The aim of the course is to provid h ciology, or in one of the related field e t. e stu~ent _majoring in sonecessary for understandin f th s, wtth a historical background well as for clarification of ifs ~. f e curbr~nt trends in sociology as methods. is met su Ject matter, problems, and Prerequisite: Soc. IOI and 102 and . or permission of the instructor. two other courses m sociology Three credits Soc. 395. Methods of Research in Soc· 1 Introduction to sociological research· select:~ ogy search in social relations· interviewin t' . problems of resign and case studies. ' g echmques; questionaire dePrerequisite: Approval of department chairman. Three credits Soc. 265. Sociology of Industry An analysis of the formal and informal social organization of the work plant and of the relationship between modern industrial organization and the community. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102 and Ee. 101 and 102, or permission of the instructor. Three credits Soc. 270. Peoples and Cultures of the World A survey of the non-Western cultures of the world with an emphasis on one of the following areas: The Middle East, The Far East, South-East Asia, Africa, Australasia, Latin America. Prerequisite: Soc. IO I and I 02. Three credits Soc. 27 5. Sociology of Minorities A theoretical analysis of inter-group tensions and processes of adjustment with special reference to modern racial, national, and religious conflicts. Prerequisite : Soc. IO I and I 02 and Psy. IO I and I 02. Three credits Soc. 396. Independent Research Independent study d h f field of the major unde~tli/d~ear~. or advanced students in the paper at a level significantly breec Iodn of a staff member. A research yon a term paper · • d Prerequisite: Approval of the department ch . is r~qwre : One to three credits airman IS reqmred·. �Personnel of the College Board of Trustees Administration Faculty �Commitment at Wilkes The political world is metamorphosed; new remedies must henceforth be sought for new disorders. To lay down extensive but distinct and settled limits to the action of the government; to confer certain rights on private persons, and to secure to them the undisputed enjoyment of those rights; to enable individual man to maintain whatever independence, strength, and original power he still possesses; to raise him by the side of society at large, and uphold him in that position; these appear to me the main objects of legislators in the ages upon which we are now entering. One set of men can perceive nothing in the principle of equality but the anarchical tendencies that it engenders; they dread their own free agency, they fear themselves. Other thinkers, less numerous but more enlightened, take a different view: beside that track which starts from the principle of equality to terminate in anarchy, they have at last discovered the ro.a d that seems to lead men to inevitable servitude. They shape their souls beforehand to this necessary condition; and, despairing of remaining free, they already do obeisance in their hearts to the master who is soon to appear. The former abandon freedom because they think it dangerous; the latter, because they hold it to be impossible. If I had entertained the latter conviction, I should not have written this book, but I should have confined myself to deploring in secret the destiny of mankind. Board of Trustees R. STARK, Honorary Chairman Honorary Member LEVY, Honorary Member ADMIRAL HAROLD ARNAUD C. REUBEN H. MARTS, Chairman Vice Chairman KENNETH G. NORTHROP, Second Vice Chairman CHARLES H. MINER, JR., Secretary FRED R. DAVIS, Assistant Secretary JosEPH J. SAVITZ, Treasurer WILLIAM L. CONYNGHAM, Assistant Treasurer Lams SHAFFER, THOMAS H. KILEY, BEN BADMAN, JR. Miss MARY DONALD F. CARPENTER MRS. EL y LANDAU R. KooNs President p ARKHURST NOEL CAVERLY FRANCIS J. MICHELINI, ALFRED faSENPREIS F. ELLSWORTH MRS. EBERHARD L. FABER EuGENE S. FARLEY, Chancellor RICHARD L. PEARSALL JOHN A. PERKINS HoN. FRANKL. P1NOLA JOHN B. FARR ANDREW HOURIGAN, JR. MAx RosENN JOSEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. AARON WEISS TERM OF OFFICE BEN BADMAN, JR. Expiring June, 1971 JOHN B. FRED R. FARR THOMAS H. KILEY NoEL CAVERLY DAVIS JOSEPH J. KoCYAN, M.D. MRS. EBERHARD L. FABER Miss MARY R. KooNs Expiring June, 1972 DONALD F. CARPENTER RICHARD L. PEARSALL WILLIAM L. CONYNGHAM JOHN A. PERKINS MRS. EL y LANDAU HoN. FRANK L. P1NOLA F. ELLSWORTH p ARKHURST AARON WEISS Expiring June, 1973 G. ALEXIS DE TOCQUEVILLE ALFRED faSENPREIS KENNETH Democracy in America ( 1840) EUGENE MAx RosENN s. FARLEY NORTHROP J. SAVITZ ANDREW HOURIGAN, JR. JOSEPH CHARLES H. MINER, JR, Lams SHAFFER �Officers of Administration Committee Appointments Finance Executive NoEL CAVERLY, Lams SHAFFER, Chairman Vice Chairman THOMAS H. KILEY, DoNALD F. CARPENTER WILLIAM L. R. President DAVIS RICHARD HoN. FRANKL. PrnoLA FRED JOSEPH R. L. FABER KENNETH F. P. (1946) RALSTON WHITBY Chancellor H. R. WALTER Director of Graduate Studies (1947) Dean of Student Affairs and Dean of Men Dean of Admissions MOHR (1963) Director of Devefopment B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.A. (New York) G. NORTHROP JOSEPH J. SAVITZ ALEX PAWLENOK (1967) Comptroller B.S. (Wilkes) CHARLES NORTHROP Faculty-Trustee Committee on Academic Freedom JosEPH J. SAVITZ Nominations JoHN B. FARR, Chairman R. ABATE ( 1966) Business Manager B.S. (Wilkes) JOHN J. CHWALEK (1946) Director of Placement B.S. (East Tennessee) M.A. (Columbia) WILLIAM L. CONYNGHAM THOMAS H. KILEY JANE DONALD F. CARPENTER K. LAMPE Dean of Women (1969) B.A. (Rosary) M.A. (Michigan) M.Ed. (Virginia) ALFRED fasENPREIS JosEPH (1962) AARON WEISS CHARLES H. MINER, JR. G. President B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.S. (Columbia) CHARLES H. MINER, JR. MRS. EBERHARD KENNETH JOHN DAVIS THOMAS H. KILEY Chairman ROZELLE B.A. (North Carolina) M.A. (Columbia) L. PEARSALL, Chairman L. CONYNGHAM Eu GENE S. FARLEY' B. GEORGE ALFRED faSENPREIS CONYNGHAM, (1955) B.S. (Wilkes) Ph.D. (Alfred) WILLIAM J. SAVITZ Instruction WILLIAM L. RALPH Planning and Development G. NORTHROP RICHARD L. PEARSALL KENNETH MICHELINI B.S. (Seton Hall) M.S. (Delaware) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) AARON WEISS CHARLES H. MINER, JR. J. FRANCIS ANDREW HouRIGAN, JR· THOMAS H. KILEY CONYNGHAM FRED R. DAVIS FRANCIS J. MICHELINI, FRED Chairman J. KocYAN, M.D. B. oaoooaoo□□□□□□oo□o□□□□o□□□o□□□□□o□□□□□□□ HOPKINS MOSES (1967) THOMAS F. KELLY (1969) Director of Evening and Summer College (1955) Director of Alumni Relations B.A. (Wilkes) Ex Officio on all Committees - Lams SHAFFER AND FRANCIS J. MICHELINI Registrar B.A., M.A. (Syracuse) LL.D. (Parsons) ARTHUR J. HOOVER B.S. (Wilkes) M.Ed. (Pennsylvania State) LMNGSTON CLEWELL ( 1960) Director of Public Relations B.S. (Dartmouth) Date following name is the year of appointment. �OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION - Page 220 Faculty Public Relations THOMAS J. MoRAN (1970) B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Columbia) In alphabetical order, with date of appointment following the name. Director of Financial Aid RICHARD RASPEN (1967) B.S. (Wilkes) Assistant Dean of Women LINDA HoBROCK ( 1969) FRANCIS J. MICHELINI (1955) Administration President Physics Professor Environmental Science Professor Experimental Biology Professor History Professor Physics Professor English Professor Education Professor Physics Professor Nursing Education Professor History Professor B.S. (Seton Hall) M.S. (Delaware) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) B.S. (Bowling Green) M.Ed. (Lehigh) Assistant Dean of Men JoEL I. RoME (1969) B.A. (Dickinson) M.Ed. (Springfield) Assistant to Dean Student Affairs JAMES A. Moss (1970) B.A. (Wilkes) B.D. (Colgate) S.T.M. (Union Theological) STANLEY J. HoLDEN FREDERIC E. BELLAS (1961) B.S., M.S., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State) ALVAN BRUCH (1962) B.S. (Chicago) M.S., Ph.D. (New York) SHELDON G. COHEN (1951) (1963) B.A. (Brooklyn) Ph.D. (Alfred) Director of Research Services and Coordinator of Research in the Sciences Coordinator of Research and Applied Programs in_ . Humanities and Social Sciences Huco V. MAILEY (1946) B.S. (West Chester) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) B.A. (Ohio State) M.D. (New York) HAROLD E. Cox ( 1963) B.A. (William and Mary) M.A., Ph.D. (Virginia) FRANCIS College Services College Physician ROBERT M. KERR B.S. (Bucknell) M.D. (Jefferson) J. DONAHOE (1964) B.A. (LaSalle) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) BENJAMIN F. FIESTER, JR. (1956) B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Bucknell) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State) Director of Testing Service JOSEPH H. KANNER EUGENE L. HAM MER ( 1953) B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (New School for Social Research) Manager of the Bookstore MILDRED GITTINS Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds NELSON F. CARLE Community Services HUGO V. MAILEY B.S. (West Chester) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Director of Institute of Regional Afjairs Date following name is the year of appointment. B.S. (Wheaton) M.A. (Northwestern) Ed. D. (Columbia) STANLEY J. HOLDEN (1963) B.A. (Brooklyn) Ph.D. (Alfred) RurH w. JESSEE (1952) B.S., M.A. (Columbia) Ed. D. (Pennsylvania) BRONIS KASLAS ( 1949) L.L.B. (Kaunas, Lithuania) M.A., Ph.D. (Strasbourg) �... FACULTY -Page. 222 DAVID M. LEACH (1969) History Professor Political Science Professor B.S. (West Chester) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Biology FRANCIS J. MICHELINI (1955) Professor B.S. (Seton Hall) M.S. (Delaware) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) }AROSLAV G. MORAVEC Mathematics Professor JACK ALLEN (1969) Education Associate Professor Chemistry Associate Professor B.S. (Southern California) M.A. Education (Columbia) M.A. English (Wyoming) Ph.D. (SUNY, Buffalo) JAMES J. BoHNING (1959) (1963) Sociology Professor L.L.D. (Prague, Czechoslovakia) Ph.D. (Boston) CHARLES B. REIF (1942) Professor Psychology Professor English Professor Economics Professor Chemistry Professor Chemistry Professor B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Minnesota) ROBERT RILEY ( 1949) B.A. (Bucknell~ Ph.D. (Pennsy vania State) PHILIP L. Rizzo ( 1957) B.S. (Wilkes) Ph.D. (Alfred) HOWARD A. SWAIN, JR. (1960) B.S. (Grove City) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) ROBERT s. CAPIN (1959) RicHARD B. CHAPLINE ( 1959) CHESTER E. COLSON ( 1958) FRANCK G. DARTE, II (1968) STANKO M. Vu11cA (1947) B.A. (Zagreb) M.A. (Innsbruck) Ph.D. (Zagreb) Economics B.A. (Roosevelt) M.S., Ph.D. (Wisconsin) Music Associate Professor Fine Arts Associate Professor Education Associate Professor Foreign Languages Associate Professor Ma them a tics Associate Professor Economics Associate Professor Economics Associate Professor B.A. (Dickinson) Professor B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Bucknell) GEORGE F. ELLIOT (1950) RoBERT E. WERNER (1955) Associate Professor B.A. (Yale) M.S., Ed.D. (Pennsylvania) ELwoon DISQUE ( 1935) Professor B.A. (Montclair State) M.A. (Clark) WELTON G. FARRAR (1948) B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania) . ... . Date name is the year of appointment. I. . following • • .. , . Associate . Professor Accounting B.S. (Wilkes) C.P.A. (State of Pennsylvania) M.B.A. (Lehigh) BoYD L. EARL ( 1963) Philosophy and Religion Education B.S. (Massachusetts School of Art) M.S. (Columbia) B.A., M.B.A. (Boston) Ph.D. (North Carolina) RALPH B. ROZELLE (1962) . B.S. (Edinboro •• • State) I (Syracuse) M.S., Ph.D. B.S., M.S. (Juilliard) B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG ( 1948) B.S. (Valparaiso) M.S. (New York) Ph.D. (Northeastern) . HARRIE E. CALDWELL ( 1970) • I Biology . .. •••• BING K. WONG (1968) B.A. (Kansas State at Pittsburg) I (Illinois) M.A., Ph.D. B.A. (Whitman) Ph.D. (Rochester) HUGO V. MAILEY (1946) .. ' : Page 223- FACULTY I . . following name is the year of appointment. Date �FACULTY - Page 224 OWEN D. FAUT (1967) Chemistry Associate Professor Music Education Associate Professor Theater Arts Associate Professor Physics Associate Professor B.S. (Muhlenberg) Ph.D. (Massachusetts Institute of Technology) WILLIAM R. GASBARRO (1958) B.S. (Juilliard) M.A. (Columbia) ALFRED s. GROH (1947) B.A. (Syracuse) M.A. (Columbia) LEVERE C. HOSTLER (1967) B.S. (Massachusetts Institute of Technology) M.S., Ph.D. (Stanford) STANLEY B. KAY (1964) B.A. (Western Reserve) M.A. (Michigan) Ph.D. (Ohio) JOHN N. LABOWS (1967) Philosophy and Religion Biology Chemistry B.S. (Lafayette) Ph.D. (Cornell) MIZIANTY Associate Professor FRANCIS J. SALLEY (1950) B.S. (St. Joseph's) M.S. (Pennsylvania) Chemistry Associate Professor LISELOTTE M. SCHMIDT (1967) Music Associate Professor Chemistry Associate Professor Political Science Associate Professor Biology Associate Professor Engineering Associate Professor Physics Associate Professor Library Associate Professor Education Associate Professor Philosophy and Religion Associate Professor B.M. (Converse) M.A. (NYU) M.M. (Manhattan) Ed.D. (Columbia) WILLIAM R. STINE (1965) Associate Professor YASUSHI SUGIYAMA (1967) Associate Professor Associate Professor DONALD W. TAPPA (1965) B.S. (Brooklyn) M.A. (Williams) Ph.D. (Yale) CROMWELL E. THOMAS (1946) B.S. (Washington and Lee) (1969) Mathematics B.S., M.S. (Calcutta, India) Ph.D. (Washington) J. Ma them a tics B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.S. (Bucknell) B.S. (Union) Ph.D. (Syracuse) B.A. (Rochester) Ph.D. (Cornell) THOMAS THOMAS R. RICHARDS ( 1943) B.A., M.A. (Florida) Ph.D. (Maryland) GRACE C. KIMBALL ( 1963) SHASHANKA S. MITRA Page 225 - FACULTY (1965) Biology B.S. (Scranton) M.S., Ph.D. (Delaware) UMID R. NEJIB (1965) B.S. (Baghdad) M.S., Ph.D. (Carnegie) ROBERT E. OGREN (1963) Associate Professor Physics and Engineering Associate Professor Biology Associate Professor B.A. (Wheaton) M.S. (Northwestern) Ph.D. (Illinois) JOHN G. REESE (1955) Associate Professor JAMES M. TooLE ( 1968) B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.S. (Wilkes) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State) NADA K. VUJICA (1947) B.A., M.A. (Zagreb) M.A. in L.S. (Marywood) ROBERT A. WEST (1962) B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (Columbia) RoY E. WILLIAMS (1967) Physical Education B.S., M. Ed. (Pennsylvania State) Associate Professor B.A. (Eastern Nazarene) S.T.B. (Temple) Ph.D. (Drew) Date following name is the year of appointment. Date following name is the year of appointment. �FACULTY - JOHN A. ANAZA (1970) B.S. (Ibadan, Nigeria) M.A. (Southern Illinois) REED D. ACHESON (1969) Page 226 Commerce and Finance Assistant Professor PATRICIA M. BOYLE (1966) Biology Assistant Professor DALE ALLAN BUEHLER (1962) English Assistant Professor ARTHUR D. CHESLER (1969) Assistant Professor BRUCE CRADDOCK ( 1970) B.A. (Monmouth) Ph.D. (Cincinnati) FRANK c. ALLEN (1969) B.A. (Maryland) M.A. (New York) MARGARET V. ALLEN ( 1969) English B.A. (Ursuline) M.A. (Chicago) Ph.D. (Tulane) FRANK G. BAILEY (1968) Physics J. BARONE (1964) Education Assistant Professor Foreign Languages Assistant Professor "f.L.D. (Zagreb) Ph.D. (Rome, Italy) JosEPH T. BELLUCCI (1967) Education Chemistry Economics Assistant Professor English Assistant Professor Accounting Assistant Professor English Assistant Professor Ma them a tics Assistant Professor Foreign Languages Assistant Professor Economics Assistant Professor Fine Arts Assistant Professor Business Administration Assistant Professor Education Assistant Professor Music Assistant Professor B.A. (Park) M.A., Ph.D. (Texas) WARREN E. DEARMENT (1964) JAMES G. DECOSMO (1962) B.S. (West Chester) M.S. (Adelphi) JORGE E. DE CUBAS (1966) Assistant Professor Assistant Professor B.A., LL.D., P.L.D. (Havana) B.S. (Rhode Island) M.A. (Columbia) B.F.A. (Cranbrook Academy of Art) M.A. (Columbia) THEODORE J. ENGEL (1966) History History B.A. (Carleton) M.A. (Brown) Ph.D. (Northwestern) Date following name is the year of appointment. Assistant Professor Assistant Professor MAHMOUD H. FAHMY (1968) B.A. (Alexandria, Egypt) M.A. (Columbia) H. CUTLER FALL ( 1969) 1: \: B.S.C. (Washington and Lee) B.B.A., M.A. (Miami) B.A. (Harvard) B.D. (Lutheran Seminary) M.A. (Pennsylvania) JoEL BERLATSKY (1970) Assistant Professor B.A., M.A. (Rutgers) BERENICE D'VORZON ( 1968) B.S. (Florida) Ph.D. (Cincinnati) JAMES P. BERG (1965) Library B.A. (Franklin and Marshall) M.S. inL.S. (Drexel Institute of Technology) ROBERT DEYOUNG ( 1960) B.S. (Scranton) M.Ed. (Lehigh) Ed.D. (Lehigh) HERMAN p. BENECKE ( 1970) Assistant Professor B.A. (Dickinson) M.A. (Pittsburgh) B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Bucknell) ANGEL BELIC (1968) English B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Pennsylvania) E. SHELDON CURTIS (1952) Assistant Professor B.S. (Pennsylvania) M.S. (Stevens) M.A. (Columbia) Ph.D. (Polr,1echnic Institute of Brook yn) MICHAEL Page 227 - FACULTY B.A. (Brown University) M.A. (Yale University) Date following name is the year of appointment. �Page 229- FACULTY FACULTY - Page 228 JOHN JARDINE RICHARD A. FULLER (1969) Fine Arts Assistant Professor B.S. (New York) M.A. (Columbia) JOHN W. FURLOW, JR. EDWIN (1970) History Assistant Professor A.B. (Middlebury) M.A. (Michigan) Ph.D. (North Carolina) Music Assistant Professor B.A. (New York) M.A. (Columbia) Business Education GEORGE GERA (1958) Assistant Professor B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.A. (Columbia) A. MICHAEL GREENWALD (1970) English Assistant Professor A.B. (Princeton) A.M., LL.B., Ph.D. (Harvard) S. GURDIN, JR. (1969) B.A. (Michigan) J.D. (Toledo) STANLEY S. GuTIN (1959) WILBUR F. HAYES (1967) J. HEAMAN ( 1969) KLAUS HoLM (1970) D. JACOBS (1969) J. KROHLE (1965) Engineering Assistant Professor English Assistant Professor Library Assistant Professor Piano Assistant Professor English Assistant Professor Foreign Languages Assistant Professor History Assistant Professor English Assistant Professor Journalism Assistant Professor Physics Assistant Professor (Juilliard) Biology Assistant Professor English Assistant Professor Philosophy Assistant Professor Theater Arts Assistant Pr fessor THOMAS J. MORAN ( 1970) Assistant Professor LEROY W. MoRROW (1967) Fine Arts B.A. (Chicago) M.S. (Illinois Institute of Technology) Assistant Professor B.A. (Wilkes) M.S. in L.S. (Drexel Institute of Technology) Assistant Professor B.S. (New York) M.F.A. (Yale) ELLEN FREDERICK English B.A., M.A. (Purdue) Education B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Duquesne) B.S. (New York) M.A. English (Bucknell) M.A. Italian (Middlebury) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) B.A. (Detroit) M.A., Ph.D. (Michigan) DoNALD HENSON (1970) THOMAS KASKA ( 1966) CHARLOTTE V. LORD (1962) B.A. (Colby) M.S., Ph.D. (Lehigh) Assistant Professor B.S., M.S. (Kharkov Institute of Technology) Assistant Professor B.A., M.A. (Maryland) ROBERT 1. JOHNSON (1966) A NEC. LIVA (1970) Business Administration Philosophy B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Bucknell) WALTER KABY (1968) HERBERT GARBER (1965) CHARLES (1970) B.A. (Santa Clara) M.A. (Marquette) HILDA A. MARBAN ( 1969) M.A. (Trinity) Ph.D. (Havana) JOHN F. MEYERS (1967) B.A. (Minnesota) M.A. (Clark) WILLIAM J. MISTICHELLI ( 1963) B.A. (La Salle[, M.A. (Pennsy vania) B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Columbia) B.A. (Washington & Jefferson) Ph.D. (Wisconsin) Date following name is the year of appointment. Date following name is the year of appointment. �FACULTY - Poli tical Science WALTER H. NIE HOFF ( 1968) Page 230 Assistant Professor B.A. (Lafayette) M.A. (Pennsylvania State) Music Assistant Professor B.S. (Wilkes) M.M. (Eastman School of Music) RICHARDS. ORLOWSKI ( 1969) Economics Assistant Professor B.A. (Bucknell) M_.A. (Delaware) JR. (1969) Physics Assistant Professor Physical Education Assistant Professor B.S. (Wilkes) M.Ed. (Pennsylvania State) RONALD G. RAINEY (1965) Foreign Languages JosE M. RrnAs ( 1961) Assistant Professor B.A., LL.B. (Barcelona) Fine Arts J. PHILIP RICHARDS ( 1962) Assistant Professor B.F.A. (Syracuse) SALSBURG (1959) CARL F. SCHAEFER, JR. (1970) SCHMIDT, JR. (1962) STEPHENSON (1969) J. ROBERT D. STETTEN (1968) Assistant Professor English Assistant Professor Psychology Assistant Professor Chemistry Assistant Professor B.A. (Lehigh) M.A. Psychology (Iowa) M.A. Political Science (Iowa) Ph.D. (Lehigh) EDWARD STOCKHAM ( 1970) B.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) B.A. (Harvard) M.A., Ph.D. (Columbia) wAGIHA ABDEL-GAw AD TAYLOR STEPHEN Psychology Assistant Professor PAUL A. TORELLI (1969) Physical Education Assistant Professor PHILIP R. TUHY ( 1960) History Assistant Professor B.A. (Taiwan) M.A. (Pennsylvania) Date following name is the year of appointment. Assistant Professor Economics Assistant Professor English Assistant Professor Mathematics Assistant Professor Ma them a tics Assistant Professor Political Science Assistant Professor Mathematics Assistant Professor (1969) Assistant Professor Physical Education Assistant Professor Foreign Languages B.A. (Mexico City) M.A. (Middlebury) LEE C. TERRY ( 1968) B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.S. (Scranton) Kuo-KoNG SHOW (1966) Fine Arts B.A. English (Montana) B.A. French (Montana) Ph.D. (SUNY, Buffalo) Assistant Professor B.A. (St. Michael's) Ph.D. (Rochester) C. RICHARD Music B.S., M.S. (East Stroudsburg) ROLAND SIMON ( 1969) Assistant Professor B.M. (Philippines) M.M. (Catholic University of America) DORIS B. SARACINO (1960) Assistant Professor B.A., M.A. (New York) Ma them a tics B.A. (Bucknell) RosENDO E. SANTOS, JR. ( 1968) Education B.A. (Wilkes) M.S. (Scranton) CHARLES H. SWEENEY (1966) Ph.D. (Madrid) H. SILES (1963) WILLIAM G. SwARTCHILD, III, (1969) English B.S., M.Ed. (Pennsylvania State) JOSEPH J. GEORGE HERBERT B. RAYMOND J. NuTAITIS (1969) WALTER A. PLACEK, Page 231 - FACULTY B.A. (Ale<'andria) M.A. (Brown) Ph.D. (Clark) B.A. (Southern Methodist) Ph.D. (Texas) J. TILLMAN ( 1970) Sc.B., Ph.D. (Brown) B.A. (LaSalle) M.S. (Northwestern) B.A. (Valparaiso) M.G.A. (Pennsylvania) JOHNS. WASILESKI (1970) B.A. (Wilkes) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State) Date following name is the year of appointment. I I: �FACULTY - Page 234 MARY Lou LovETTE (1968) Foreign Languages Instructor 1970) B.S., M.S. (Notre Dame) Environmental Science Instructor INGER MILLER ( 1968) Foreign Languages Instructor (1964) PAUL English Instructor (1968) RAYMOND D. O'CONNOR Library Instructor Sociology Instructor Psychology Instructor (1969) PISANESCHI 1968) Music Instructor Library Instructor English Instructor Biology Instru tor B.S. (Wilkes) M.M.E. (Indiana) ALBERT W. (1966) B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.S. (Scranton) CLIFFORD E. BALSHAw B.A. (Columbia) B.Rel.Ed., MHL., DHL. (Jewish Theological Seminary) GEORGE BELL, JR. B.S. (Babson) WILLIAM D. CARVER RINEHIMER (1968) Commerce and Finance Instructor Music Instructor Accounting Instructor Part-Time Faculty ABRAHAM D. BARRAS B.A. (Wilkes) M.S. (Pennsylvania State) RICHARD PROBERT ( ZAVADA F.A.G.O. (Quilmant Organ School) B.A. (Iona) M.A. English (Pittsburgh) M.A. Sociology (Duquesne) Y. P. EDWARD AUGUSTINE (1968) B.S. in Ed. (Bloomsburg) PATRICIA (1970) B.S. (Wilkes) C.P.A. (State of Pennsylvania) B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Bucknell) LEOTA NEVIL WILLIAM J. WEBER B.S. (Maryland) M.M. (Catholic) Baccalaureate, Aarhus Cathedral School (Denmark) B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Pennsylvania State) CHESTER N. MoLLEY FRANK A. SzuMILO ( 1970) B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Lehigh) B.S. (SUNY, Cortland) M.A. (SUNY, Binghamton) CHARLES M. MATTEI ( Page 235- FACULTY B.S. (Wilkes) C.P.A. (Pennsylvania State) Business Administration Instructor Music Instructor Religion Instructor Business Administration Instructor Accounting Instructor Business Administration Instructor Business Administration Instructor Business Administration Instructor Business Administration Instructor B.A. (Wilkes) RuTH T. RoBERTS (1955) B.A. (Goucher) SARAH ScHONWETTER (1962) B.S., M.S. (Temple) ALBERT C. SERZAN (1967) B.A. (Yale) M.A.T. (Chicago) RICHARD E. SOURS Foreign Languages and Mathematics Instructor MAUREEN CASEY B.S. (Misericordia) M.S. (Scranton) JERRY B. CHARITON B.A. (Johns Hopkins) J.D. (Harvard Law) JOSEPH CHMIOLA B.A. (Wilkes) (1965) Mathematics B.S. (Towson) M.S. (Michigan State) Date following name is the year of appointment. Instructor ( on leave) CAROLYN D'ZURKO B.A. (Wellesley) Date following name is the year of appointment. �FA CULTY - p AUL IRZINSKI Psychology B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.S. (Scranton) WILLIAM JOHNS B.S. (Wilkes) JOSEPH KATZ Page 236 Instructor Page 237 - FACULTY SHELDON VALE B.A. (Pennsylvania State) Business Administration Instructor Psychology Instructor B.A. (Brooklyn) M.A. (Columbia) B.A. (Susquehanna) B.A. (King's) M.B.A. (Scranton) p ALISCHAK Nursing Education Business Administration Instructor B.A. (New York State) M.A. (Middlebury) LINDA Foreign Languages Instructor Foreign Languages Instructor B.A. (King's) M.S.Ed. (Scranton) MuRRAY PoPKY Theater Arts Instructor Nursing Education Instructor Political Science Instructor Nursing Education Instructor Education Instructor English Instructor Business Administration Instructor B.S. in N.Ed. (Wilkes) M.S. (Scranton) PAUL M. RODDA B.A., M.F.A. (Princeton) ANN ROWLANDS B.S. (Wilkes) JOSEPH SKOK B.S. (Lock Haven) M.Ed. (Pennsylvania State) CASIMIR TYBURSKI B.A. (Delaware) MURRAY UFBERG B.A. (Buckned) J.D. (Duquesne) Instructor Theater Arts Instructor Business Education Instructor WILLIAMSON 1· B.S. (Pennsylvania) Traphagen School of Fashion CORA PORTER Mathematics Instructor MYVANWY WILLIAMS B.A. (King's) ANTHONY PERRONE Instructor M.Sc.E. (Temple) B.S. (Wilkes) ANTHONY Sociology M.S. W. (Washington) DAVID WILLIAMS B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania) FRANCIS M1cocc1 Instructor BARBARA WELLIVER B.S. (Wilkes) LOISE. KNAUB Business Administration I I I I �FACULTY - Page 238 Page 239 - FACULTY Faculty Committees The following are the faculty committee assignments made for the academic year 1970-1971. The President is ex-officio on all committees except committees on Academic Freedom. Academic Standing Robert S. Capin, Chairman Benjamin Fiester, Jr. Herbert Garber Eugene L. Hammer Robert Heaman Stanley Holden Jane K. Lampe David M. Leach B. Hopkins Moses George F. Ralston Charles B. Reif Joseph Sals burg John P. Whitby Ralph B. Rozelle Admissions George Elliot, Chairman Reed Acheson Frank Allen Frederic E. Bellas John J. Chwalek Mahmoud H. Fahmy J. Philip Richards John P. Whitby Athletic Cromwell E. Thomas, Chairman Barbara Buckman Boyd Earl Welton Farrar Arthur J. Hoover John G. Reese Charles Sweeney Donald Tappa Stanko Vujica Robert West John P. Whitby Calendar-Faculty Handbook Hugo V. Mailey, Chairman Benjamin Fiester, Jr. David M. Leach B. Hopkins Moses Ralph B. Rozelle Curriculum Robert C. Riley, Chairman James DeCosmo Francis Donahoe William R. Gasbarro Arvid Lekstrom Hugo V. Mailey Robert Ogren Samuel A. Rosenberg Frank Salley J. George Siles LeeC. Terry Dean White Graduate Studies Francis Donahoe, Chairman James Behning Alvan Bruch Harold Cox Franck G. Darte, II Benjamin Fiester, Jr. Eugene L. Hammer Stanley Holden David M. Leach Charles B. Reif Philip Rizzo Samuel A. Rosenberg Ralph B. Rozelle Donald Tappa James M. Toole Robert E. Werner Charles Wilks BingK. Wong Faculty Committees The President is ex ofjicio on all committees except committees on Academic Freedom. Financial Aid Michael Barone, Chairman Margaret V. Allen Warren E. DeArment Wilbur Hayes John F. Meyers UmidNejib Raymond Nutaitis Richard Raspen Library Charlotte V. Lord, Chairman James Berg Dale E. Buehler Berenice D'Vorzon Cutler Fall Levere C. Hostler Raymond D. O'Connor Yasushi Sugiyama Howard Swain William Swartchild, III Paul Torelli Nada Vujica Research and Service Stanley Holden, Chairman Benjamin Fiester, Jr. David M. Leach Hugo V. Mailey Ralph B. Rozelle Francis J. Michelini, ex officio Student Life George F. Ralston, Chairman Joseph Bellucci Robert S. Capin Theodore J. Engel Linda Habrock Jane K. Lampe William Mistichelli James Moss Patricia Pisaneschi Richard Probert Richard Raspen Joel Rome James M. Toole Student Publications Stanley B. Kay, Chairman Joseph Bellucci James Berg Patricia Boyle Chester Colson Thomas Moran Academic Freedom a. MEDIATION Samuel A. Rosenberg Robert C. Riley Benjamin Fiester, Jr. Ralph B. Rozelle, Alternate b. FACULTY-TRUSTEE Robert E. Werner Eugene L. Hammer Robert S. Capin, Alternate �INDEX - Page 241 Index Academic Requirements Accounting 57 Degree Program ............... 93 Description of Courses ..... 111 Activities, Student . ........... 45 Administration Buildings .................... 40 Officers ................... 219 Admission Tests . ................ 12 Admissions ....... ........ I l Evening Division ........... 14 Graduate ................... 14 Requirements . ... ....... . ... ... I I Summer ........................ 14 Tests .. . .. ..... ....... .... 12 Advanced Course Standing .... 13 Alumni Office .................... 39 Anthropology ................. 88, 210 Art . . . .......... 38, 82, 158 Assistance, Financial ... .. . ..... .. I 9 Employment ...................... 23 Loans ......................... 22 Scholarships .................. .19, 21 Tuition Stipends .................. 46 Athletics ........................... 50 Attendance, Class ......... . ....... 59 Awards Senior ............................. 62 Undergraduate .................. 63 Bachelor of Arts Degree ................. 73, 74, 78 Required Courses ... ....... .. .. .. 74 Selection of a major ............ 75 Bachelor of Science Degree . . ................... 76, 77 Selection of a major ........ 76 Band ······································37, 45 Biology B.A. Degree Program .......... 79 B.S. Degree Program . . . ... .. 90 Description of Courses ....... .I 13 Graduate Program .............. 55 Board of Trustees .................. 217 Bookstore . ........... .. ............... .. 39 Buildings and Plant ...... ........ 35 Business Administration Degree Program ............. 55, 94 Description of Courses ..... 117 Business Education Major .. ································ 96 Description of Courses ...... 12 I Calendar . ······························· 2 Center for the Performing Arts .............. 37, 69 Change of Program ...... ..... ..... 60 Chemistry B.A. Degree Program . ...... 80 B.S. Degree Program .... .... .. 91 Description of Courses ..... 124 Graduate Program ....... ..... 55 Chorus ............................... 37, 45 Class Standing ....................... 58 Clubs ............................ 45, 49 College & Community 6, 27, 67 College Commons .. .. ........ .. ... 39 College Services ...................... 220 College Testing Service ......... 38 Commerce and Finance ....... . . 93 Consultation Service ............. 44 Counseling ... . .... ..... ..... ... ...... . 43 Course Credits .... ... ... .. ..... . . 57 �Page 242 - INDEX INDEX - Page 243 Courses, Description of Accounting ..... ____________ ... 111 Anthropology . .. . ......... 210 Applied Music . ......... .. 181 Biology . .. __________ . .113 Business Administration ... .117 Business Education ... _.. 121 Chemistry . . . ___ ..... ..... 124 Civil Engineering .. 141 Economics . . . . . . . . . 129 Education ..... _. . . ... .134 Electrical Engineering . . . 142 Engineering _ 141 English . _____ . . . .. .. _. .150 Environmental Science . 156 Fine Arts . .. . ..158 Foreign Languages . . . . .161 French . . . . . . ........ .161 German ....................... .164 History .......................... 171 Hygiene ............ .194 Journalism ___ . . 154 Materials Engineering . . 147 Mathematics . . ... . . . .176 Mechanical Engineering ... 149 Music .... ___ .............. 181 Music Education . 185 Nursing Education ........ .188 Philosophy . . .. . . .. ... . ..190 Physical Education ........... 194 Physics ....................... 195 Political Science . ... . . 200 Psychology . .. ... .. ... .... . . . 205 Religion ..... _.. . . . 193 Retailing ... .. ..... .... . .208 Russian . . ... .. ....... .. .. . 170 Sociology ... .... . . .. .. ...... . . 2 IO Spanish . ..... . .. ... . . . .. 167 Theater Arts . . ....... .. . . .... l 55 Curricula .......... _ . ...... . 55 Dean's List ...... . .. ....... ... 60 Debating .......... .... . .. ..... .... 45 Degree Bachelor of Arts _... 73, 74, 78 Bachelor of Science .... 76, 77 Degree Programs ... 55, 56, 73, 77 Dor mi tori es ...... . .. . . . .... l 8, 40 Dramatics . .... ........ .. . 37, 45 Economics Degree Program . . . 81 Description of Courses 129 Education Elementary . ..... . ..... . . 81 Secondary . . . .. ......... . 82 Business .............. _.... .. 55, 96 Music .......................... 104 Nursing . . ... . ..... 105 Science . ..... .......... . . . ... 55 Description of Courses 134 Graduate Programs 5 Employment 23 Engineering .. _.. . 97 Degree Programs, Common Freshman Year . .......... 9 Chemical __ _. ............. 100 Civil ... -----·-····--·-·-•··-· ..... 100 Electrical ... _. . _... ... .. . 9 Materials Science ... ........ 99 Mechanical . . ... .. . . ... 100 Description of Courses .... 141 English Degree Program ....... ... . 82 Description of Courses ... 150 Entrance Examinations . . I Environmental Science Description of Courses .... _ 156 Evening School ....... 14, 15, 60 Expenses . . . . . __. 15 Extracurricular Activities . .. 45 Faculty ······· . ···- ······ 221 Committees .. ····· ····· .. 238 Fees .. IS, 16 Financial Assistance . .17, 19 Fine Arts Degree Program . . . . 82 Description of Courses . .. .158 Fine Arts Fiesta . _. .. ___ . __ 69 Foreign Languages Degree Program .. . .... __ 83 French Description of Courses 161 Freshman Orientation 43 German Description of Courses . .. I 64 Grades 57 Graduate Curricula ...... _.. 14 At Wilkes College .. ___ .... 55 With Lehigh University __ 55 With Temple University .... 55 Graduate Placement 38 Graduate Programs In Biology 55 In Business Administration 55 In Chemistry 55 In Education . 55 In Physics ............. 55 Graduation Fee 16 Graduation Requirements for 61 Guidance Center 38 Gymnasium 38,49 History Degree Program . . . . .. .. 83 Description of Courses ___ .171 Homecoming .......... _ .... ___ .. .. 48 Honors . . .................... ____ . 60 Hygiene . . . ............... _.. ___ .... .194 Institute of Regional Affairs 67 Insurance Accident and Sickness . .. 16 Inter-Dormitory Council .. 46, 48 Interviews . _ _.... _. . _. _ 13 Journalism 154 Labor-Management Training Program 67 Liberal Arts Requirements for Major __ 73 Selection of a Major _.... .. 75 Library ........................ 35 Load, Student Work ______ ... 59 Loans . . . ..... ... ..... .. . I 7, 22 Madrigal Singers 45 Male Chorus ······ ........ 45 Majors Accounting . . .. . . .. _ . 93 Biology .79, 90 Business Administration .... 94 Business Education . . . _ 96 Chemistry ............ 80, 91, 92 Economics .. _. __ . _. 8 I Education 81 Engineering _ 97 English .. . .. .... 82 Fine Arts 82 Foreign Language 83 II I �INDEX - Page 245 Page 244 - INDEX History ...... ... .. . ......... 83 Mathematics ...... .. .. 83, 101 Medical Technology . . . .. 103 Music ..................... 85, 104 Nursing Education .......... -105 Philosophy-Religion . .. . . . 86 Physics ... . . .......... 86, 106 Poli tic al Science . ........ . .. 88 Psychology . . . . .. . ........... 88 Social Science . . .. . 89 Sociology-Anthropology .... 88 Urban Affairs . .......... 89 Course Requirements 76, 77 Master of Science Degree .... 55 In Biology ... . ............ 55 In Business Administration 55 In Chemistry ... .... ..... .. 55 In Education . .. .... . 55 In General Education .. 55 In Physics ..... ................... 55 Mathematics Degree Program ... .... 83, IO I Description of Courses ..... .I 76 Medical Technology Degree Program .... 103 Music Activity . . .. ... . 37, 45 Auditions . . ............ 13 Degree Program ....... 85, 104 Description of Courses .. .181 Music Education Degree Program. ............... 104 Description of Courses ..... .185 National Defense Student Loan Program ... .... ...... .. 22 Nursing Education Degree Program . ... 105 Description of Courses ...... .188 Orientation for Freshmen ... 43 Overload ..... ..... ...... .. ... ....... ... . 59 Parents' Day ........................... 47 Payment of Tuition .............. 17 Performing Arts Center ... 37, 69 Philosophy Degree Program . ..... ..... 86 Description of Courses ... . . 190 Physical Education and Hygiene . ..... .. .............. .... 194 Physics Degree Program ....... 86, 106 Description of Courses .. . 195 Graduate Program . .. ...... . 55 Placement Office ........ .. .... ... . . 38 Point Averages . ........... ....... 58 Political Science Degree Program .... ... . .. .. . 88 Description of Courses . . 200 Pre-Professional Degree . .. 56 Probation ............................... 59 Psychology Degree Program . .... . . 88 Description of Courses 205 Publications ......................... 46 Staff Stipends .................... 46 Refunds ................................ 17 Registration .......................... 15 Religion Description of Courses . . 193 Research .......................... 36, 69 Retailing Description of Courses .... 208 Russian Description of Courses .. .. 170 Scholarships .... .... ... ... .. ... .... . 19 Federal .. 21 Founders of . ... . .. . . 24 Pennsylvania State 22 Wilkes ................... 21 Scholastic Aptitude Tests, CEEB ................ 12 Scholastic Endowments ....... 32 Science Facilities ........... ..... . 36 Social Activities . . .... .... . 47 Social Science ................ 73, 89 Sociology and Anthropology Degree Program . ... . ... .. . 88 Description of Courses . ... .210 Spanish Description of Courses . 167 Stark Hall of Science ....... . . 36 Student Activities . .. . ... 45 Student Advisement ......... 44 Student Government ... . 45 Student Course Load ......... 59 Student Loans .................... 22 Student Responsibility ...... ... 51 Academic . ... . .... ...... .... 57 Admissions .................. ..... 11 Athletics ........................... 50 Bachelor of Arts .................. 73 Bachelor of Science ........... 76 Calendar ...... .................... .. 2 Community .................. 6, 7, 67 Counseling ........................ 43 Dormitories .............. .18, 40, 46 Employment ..................... 23 Expenses ......................... 15 Extracurricular Activities .... 45 Evening School ............... 14, 60 Government . . .. ................ 45 Grade Averages ........... 57, 58 Graduate Study ............ 55, 56 Graduation ........................ 61 Ho.nors ................................ 60 Loans ............................... 17, 22 Orientation ........................ 43 Scholarships ....................... 19 Social Activities ................. 47 Summer School ............... .14, 15 Transcripts .......................... 16 Transfer ................ .13, 14, 60 Withdrawals ................. 17, 59 Summer School .................. 14, 15 Teacher Certification ..... 81, 82 Theater Arts .......................... 155 Town and Gown Concerts 37 Transcripts of Academic Record ........................... 16 Transfer of Summer Credits. .. 60 Transfer Students ................... 13 Trustees 217 Board of ... Committees .................... 218 Tuition ............................ .15, 17 Fees .................................. IS, 16 Payment of ....................... 17 Refund of . .. ............. .......... 17 Undergraduate Programs . 56, 73 Wilkes College ........................ 6 Accreditation . ...................... 7 Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra . .................... ....... 69 Withdrawals ...................... 17, 59 Women's Chorus .... . .. . ....... 45 Wrestling Tournament ....... 48 �WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN WILKES-BARRE, PENNSYLVANIA �Wilkes College "'""'~ ., C: ( :==,-~ ~::~~~ > 1 ~WW EVENING SESSION Fall Semester 1970•1971 WILKES-BARRE, PENNSYLVANIA �seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; An CALENDAR Registration for the Evening College is as follows: Educated possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; Wednesday, September 9 .. . .............. O:00 a.m. to 8 :00 p.m. Man is aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs Thursday, September 10 .................. 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. that exist among men; Friday, September 11 ................ . .... 9 :00 a.m. to 8 :00 p.m. has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; knows that mnn' s progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; participates constrnctively in the social, economic, and political life of the community; Saturday, September 12 ................ 9 :00 a.m. to 12 :00 noon Monday, September 14 ............... Classes begin at 6:00 p.m. Saturday, October 10 .............. Report on incomplete grades Saturday, October 24 ........................ Progress reports Thursday, November 19 ......... Thanksgiving recess, 10:00 p.m. Monday, November 30 ............... Classes resume, 6:00 p.m. Thursday, December 17 ............ Christmas recess, 10 :00 p.m. Monday, January 4 .................. Classes resume, 6:00 p.m. Thursday, January 7 .................... Classes end, 10:00 p.m. Monday, January 11, through communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Thursday, January 14 ................... Examination period For further information write to: Formulated and ·adopted by the faculty as a guide to learning. Thomas F. Kelly Director of Evening and Summer College Wilkes College Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 18703 Phone 824-4651. (After 5:oo p.m., call 824-4656) 3 �Wilkes College Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell University, responding to a request of community leaders, established its Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter as a four-year liberal arts college. The College has grown steadily to its current enrollment of approximately 2400 full-time day students and 1000 evening students engaged in undergraduate, graduate, and continuing education programs. From its inception the college has been dedicated to these twin goals - a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a program of service to the community. AN INDEPENDENT COLLEGE It was inevitable that the new college should be non-sectarian, for its purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters wished the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the community. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an independent college that was interdenominational in its influence and non-denominational in its control. FREEDOM OF INQUIRY Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. McClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their decision. With responsibility came a pressing desire to strengthen the work of the faculty, united in their faith that the intellectual and spiritual resources of the student are vigorous where the creative mind is free. b~c~grounds, and countries. It encourages them to maintain their conv1ct10ns and their loyalti~s. It encourages them to create friendships based up~n respect for differences, and to adhere to thos e id eals that cren le umty and good will amidst diversity. While. academic work i_s the _b~sis of the College program, the faculty recogmzes that academic trammg will be of little importance unless students emerge as men and women of strong faith and fine character. In the words of John Stuart Mill, "Before you can make men doctors nnd lawyers, you must first make them men." Wilkes College is committed to education as a way of life. A COOPERATIVE EFFORT ,· The origi~al concept of community effort has been strengthened \\1th the passrng of the years and with growing experience. It has been clearly that. the students ' the College , and th e commum·t y 11 b demonstrated fi f ~ ene t. rom co?perat1ve effort. This cooperative relationship, with ~ts emphasi~ on tr~med intelligence and extended planning, has resulted in cooperative act10n. DECADES OF GROWTH Because. of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support_ durm~ the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily s,0 that it now rncludes most of the properties facing the River Common l·forhtunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansio~ o t e campus. ACCREDITATION S Wil~es is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the Pennsylvama and the Middle States Association of Colleges 1~10 ~n db 5 econdary Schools. The Accounting curriculum has been accred ile Y the Certified Public Accounting Examiners of the State of N York. ew ° UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY A college that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite philosophy and a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided by the thought that unity in our community, our nation, and our world requires not only great vision but warm understanding of peoples. In its small circle Wilkes College brings together students of many faiths, 5 4 �EVENING COLLEGE The College reserves the right to withdraw any course for which there is insufficient enrollment. Students who have registered for courses that may be cancelled because of insufficient enrollment will be notified as promptly as possible. INFORMATION RESEARCH AND GRADUATE CENTER CURRICULA UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM To meet the needs of ambitious men and women who desire the help which may come from college instruction, Wilkes College offers a wide program of Evening courses from which selections may be made according to individual tastes and requirements. The courses offered by the Evening College are designed for their special value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. The _Research and Graduate Center is an excellently equipped and ~taffed mstallation that is an integral part of the College complex. Durm~ the school term the Center will continue the various public and private research projects now in progress. LABOR-MANAGEMENT TRAINING COURSES . To establish a climate for industrial redevelopment the College has p10neered a Labor-Management Training Program in which the needs of the individual and the company are analyzed. Plans are arranged in consultation with officials, foremen, and other employees and are designed to meet the general and specific requirements of the particular group. Where several firms are confronted with co_mmon problems, special classes are organized to include representat10n of several companies. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire addi- tional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. INSTITUTE OF REGIONAL AFFAIRS 5. Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting and . !he ln~titut~ of Regional Affairs is a multi-purpose college organization which views regional problems as belonging to no simple aca?emic disci~li~e, but rather as a contemporary phenomenon spilling mto many disciplines. The Institute was created to assure coordination of varied efforts in order to better understand and resolve complex and contemporary problems. aspire to qualify for a certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. . Its four-fold purpose is: education and training, community informat10n, research, and consultation. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase The ~nderlying philosophy of the Institute of Regional Affairs is cooperat10n, rather than reform of partisanship. 4. Business executives who are interested in the study of problems relating to business administration and the economy of the nation and the world. their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. 7. Men and women seeking a college degree through attendance in the Evening College. Except where designated in the course schedule, classes for courses offered in the evening will be scheduled on Monday-Wednesday or Tuesday-Thursday between the hours of 6 :00 p.m. and 10 :00 p.m. 6 FACILITIES The College is located in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, in the heart of the picturesque and historic Wyoming Valley. This ideal location in the foothills of the Poconos offers abundant cultural and recreational facilities and affords close proximity and convenient transportation to the metropolitan areas of New York and Philadelphia. 7 �EVENING COLLEGE THE LIBRARY The Library will post its Fall schedule at the beginning of the U NDERGRADUATE DIVISION semester. Evening College students may borrow books from the Library by presenting their I.D. curd. BOOKSTORE The Bookstore offers a complete stock of necessary textbooks and supplies. It will be open as follows: Monday through Friday ... ............ 9 :00 a.m. to 11 :45 a.m. 1 :00 p.m. to 4 :45 p.m. Monday and Tuesday Evenings ........ 6:00 p.m. to 7:45 p.m. Saturday ............................ 9:00 a.m. to 11 :45 a.m. EXPENSES Tuition - $60 per semester hour credit. All charges must be paid at the time registration forms arc pro- FALL SEMESTER..-19'10-19'11 COURSE DAY& DESCRIPTION HOURS ROOM No. CREDIT HOURS ACCOUNTING: Acct.101E Elementary Accounting I MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 35 3 Acct.101E-2 Elementary Accounting I TTh 6:30-8:00 Par. 35 3 Acct. 101E-3 Elementary Accounting I MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 45 3 cct. 102E Elementary Accounting II (Pre: Acct. 101) MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 35 3 cct. 111E Intermediate Accounting I (Pre: Acct. 102) TTh 6 :30-8 :00 Par. 25 3 cessed. Books and supplies may be purchased at the bookstore and must be paid for at the time of purchase. Acct. 201E Advanced Cost Accounting I (Pre: Acct. 112) MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 45 3 Acct. 221E Taxes I (Pre: Acct. 102-202) TTh 6:30-8:00 Par. 45 3 WITHDRAWAL Acct. 231E Auditing Practice I (Pre: Acct. 202) MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 25 3 Advanced Accounting I (Pre: Acct. 112) MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 25 3 Bio.101E Biological Science I MW 6:30-8:00 Stark 116 3 Bio.101E-2 Biological Science I TTh 6:30-8:00 Stark 116 3 A student who withdraws from the evening session or drops courses after the first week must receive approval from the instructor and should give prompt written or verbal notice to the Director of the Evening and Summer College in order that their records may not unjustly show failure in courses. Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will rr.ceive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: during the first six weeks of the evening session one-half of the tuition will be refunded upon request to the Director of Evening and Summer College, if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After the first six weeks no refunds are allowed and the student is obligated for the full costs of the term. No student who is suspended or exprlled shall be entitled to any refunds. Occasionally changes in the Evening College Schedule become necessary. Such a change may include the cancellation of one course or the addition of another. Therefore, the College reserves the ri~ht to c~ncel or reschedule any course due to insufficient enrollment or any othe~ reason. Wherever possible, any change will be posted during registration. Students who have registered for courses that are subsequently cancelled or rescheduled will be notified as promptly as possible. 8 cct. 241E BIOLOGY: BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION : B.A. 209E Correspondence & Reports (Pre: Eng. 102) TTh 8 :00-9 :30 Par. 25 3 B.A. 225E Corporation Finance (Pre: Econ. 102) TTh 8:00-9:30 Par. 43 3 B.A. 231E Business LawIntroduction & Contracts (Pre: Econ. 102) MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 56 3 B.A. 233E Business LawPartnerships & Corporations (Pre: B.A. 231) TTh 8:00-9:30 Par. 56 3 B.A. 241E MW 6:30-8:00 Life Insurance (Pre: Approval of instructor) Par. 43 3 B.A. 251E Principles of Management I Par. 43 3 TTh 6:30-8:00 9 �DESCRIPTION COURSE DAY& HOURS CREDIT ROOM No. HOURS COURSE DESCRIPTION DAY& HOURS ROOM No. MW 8 :00-10 :00 Stark 109 CREDIT HOURS ENVIRONMENT AL SCIENCE: ECONOMICS: MW 6:30-8:00 Weck. An. Econ.101E Principles of Economics I Principles of Economics I Par. 34 Econ. 101E-2 TTh 8:00-9:30 Principles of Economics II (Pre: Econ. 101) MW 6 :30-8 :00 Par. 23 Econ. 102E Economic History MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 23 F.A. 101E Experiencing Art I Par. 34 MW 6 :30-8 :00 Con. An. 3 Money & Banking (Pre: Econ. 102) MW 8 :00-9 :30 F.A 203 Oil Painting I MW 8:00-9:30 Con. An. 3 Economics of Transportation TTh 6:30-8:00 (Pre: Econ. 102) MW 6 :30-8 :00 Collective Bargaining Par. 34 llist.101E History of Western Civilization TTh 8:00-9:30 Stark 204 3 I list. 101E-2 History of Western Civilization MW 8 :00-9 :30 Star'k 204 3 Hist. 107E American & Pennsylvania History to 1865 MW 6 :30-8 :00 Stark 204 3 Econ. 111E Econ. 201E Econ. 217E Econ. 223E Econ. 225E Econ. 227E Econ. 229E Econ. 231E c E r Econ. 241E s Econ. 245E C International Trade (Pre: Econ. 102) Par. 45 Economic Geography of North America (Pre: Econ. 102) MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 56 Comparative Economic Systems (Pre: Econ. 102 or approval of instructor) MW 8:00-9:30 TTh 6:30-8:00 Applied General Statistics (Pre: Approval of instructor) TTh 6:30-8:00 Economic Analysis (Pre: Econ.102) TTh 8:00-9:30 ll HISTORY: Par. 34 TTh 8:00-9:30 Par. 43 Weck. An. Hist. 353E Early Modern Europe W 5:30-8:30 Fkn. 30 3 Hist. 357E History of Russia (Pre: Hist. 101 & 102) M 5:30-8:30 Fkn. 30 3 Hist. 381E History of Latin America (Pre: Consent of Head of Department) T 5:30-8:30 Kirby 103 3 Hist. 497 Seminp.r (Topics in the economic history of the United States) T 5:30-8:30 Fkn. 30 3 Par. 33 3 Par. 23 Par. 23 JOURNALISM: )our. 101E EDUCATION: s Ed. 351 3 FINE ARTS: (Pre: Econ. 102) Consumer Economics (Pre: Econ. 102) Env. Sci. 101E Environmental ScienceIntroductory Earth Science Lab Fee $20 Th 3 :00-5 :00 Educational Measurements (Pre: Ed. 202) Kirby 107 Journalism Fee $10 TTh 6:30-8:00 LANGUAGES: Fr. 101E Elementary French MW 8:00-9:3 0 Kirby 103 3 Fr. 203E Intermediate French (Pre: Fr. 102) MW 6:30-8:00 Kirby 103 3 \A ENGLISH: fi tl Composition I MW 6:30-8:00 Bdf. 12 Eng. 101E Composition I MW 8:00-9:;30 Bdf. 12 Eng. 101E-2 Ger. 101E Elementary German MW 6 :30-8:00 3 S. Eng. 101E-3 TTh 6:30-8:00 Bdf. 12 Kirby 303 Composition I Ger. 203E Kirby 303 MW 8 :00-9 :30 Bdf. 13 ·MW 8:00-9:30 3 Composition II (Pre: Eng. 101) Intermediate German (Pre: Ger. 102) Eng. 102E e, a1 Eng. 131E Eng. 131E-2 rE Eng. 151E 0. ti Cc Eng. 151E-2 Fundamentals of Speech Fundamentals of Speech Western World Literature (Pre: Eng. 102) Western World Literature (Pre: Eng. 102) Th 6 :00-8 :00 Bdf. Sem. M 4:00-6:00 MW 6 :00-8 :00 Dartc 101 Bdf. 14 TTh 6:00-8:00 10 Bdf.14 Russ. 101A Elementary Russian TTh 4 :00-5 :30 Kirby 108 3 Russ. 203E Intermediate Russian (Pre: Russ. 102) TTh 6:30-8:00 Kirby 108 3 • pan. 101E Elementary Spanish TTh 6 :30-8 :00 Kirby 203 3 Span.203E Intermediate Spanish (Pre: Span. 102) TTh 8:00-9:30 Kirby 203 3 11 �COURSE DAY& HOURS DESCRIPTION ROOM No. MATHEMATICS: Math. 100E Math.101E Math. 111E Math. 267E Math. 311E Math. 312E Math. 331E Math. 334E Math. 343E Math. 413E I s Math. 441E C s MUSIC: ll Mus.101E V fi tl s e a 0 n ti Cc MW 8:00-10:00 Pre-Calculus Mathematics (Pre: two years of high school math) MW 6:30-8:00 Fundamentals of Mathematics TTh 6 :00-8 :00 Analysis I (Calculus with Analytic Geometry) (Pre: Math. 105 or both Math 107 & 109, or equivalent) TTh 6:30-8:00 Introduction to Computer Programming I Fee $20 Functions of a Real Variable I TTh 4:00-5:30 (Pre: Math. 222) MW 6:00-7:30 Functions of a Real Variable II (Pre: Math. 222) MW 4 :00-5 :30 Introduction to Abstract Algebra I (Pre: Math. 222) TTh 6:00-7:30 Linear Algebra (Pre: Math. 222) MWF 4 :00-5 :00 Introduction to Geometry (Pre: Math. 222) MW 4 :00-5 :30 Functions of Several Variables (Pre: 'Math. 311 & 334) TTh 4 :00-5 :30 Introduction to Topology I (Pre: Math. 331) Introduction to the Materials & Literature of Music I 4 Miner 11 Miner 21 TTh 6:30-8:00 Field Experience in Supervising or Teaching Medical & Surgical Nursing I Medical & Surgical Nursing II 12 ROOM No. CREDIT HOURS Phil.101E Introduction to Philosophy TTh 6:30-8:00 Fkn. 14 3 Phil.102E Logic & Scientific Method TTh 8:00-9:30 Fkn. 14 3 T 7:00-8:00 Kirby 302 1 TTh 6:30-8:00 Stark 109 3 PHYSICAL EDUCATION: 4 P.E. 105E Hygiene Physical Science POLITICAL SCIENCE: P.S.101E Political Science I TTh 6:30-8:00 Par. 56 3 Miner 22 P.S. 223E Comparative Government (Pre: P.S. 101, 102) TTh 8:00-9:30 Par. 35 3 Miner 12 P.S. 251E The Role of Planning in Urban Development (Pre: P.'S. 101,102) MW 8:00-9:30 Weck. An. 3 Miner 11 Miner 11 Miner 20 Miner 21 PSYCHOLOGY: Psy. 101E General Psychology I TTh 6:30-8:00 Kirby 102 3 Py. lOlE-2 General Psychology I TTh 8:00-9:30 Kirby 102 P y. 221E 3 Child Psychology (Pre: Psy. 101 & 102 ) MW 6:30-8:00 Kirby 208 3 P-y. 232E Human Behavior CPre: Psy. 101, 102) TTh 6:30-8:00 Kirby 303 3 Psy. 242E Psychological Tests (Pre: Psy. 101 & 102) MW 8 :00-9 :30 Kirby 208 3 Miner 20 RETAILING: Darte 202 Kirby 107 M 4:00-6:00 Kirby 107 T 4:00-6:00 Hours to be arranged Th 6 :00-8 :00 Th 8:00-10:00 DAY& HOURS PHILOSOPHY: Phys. 101E Stark 139 Hours to be arranged Trends in Nursing Supervision & Administration DESCRIPTION PHYSICS: It is important that all students who register for applied music through the evening college be advised to consult with Mr. William Gasbarro, department chairman, before completing their registration. NURSING EDUCATION: N.E.113E N.E.114E Miner 12 COURSE Ret.101E Applied Music NOTE: N.E.102E N.E.106E N.E.112E CREDIT HOURS Kirby 103 Kirby 103 Rct. 212E Principles of Retailing TTh 8 :00-9 :30 Elements of Merchandise TTh 6:30-8:00 (Pre: Approval o'f instructor) Kirby 208 3 Kirby 208 3 SECRETARIAL STUDIES: S.S. 105E Elementary Shorthand MW 6 :00-8 :00 Par. 33 2 S.S.107E Elementary Typing Fee $10 MW 8:00-10:00 Par. 33 2 SOCIOLOGY: Soc. 101E Introduction to Sociology & Anthropology MW 8:00-9:30 Kirby 302 3 Soc. 252E Comparative Social Welfare Systems (Pre: Soc. 101, 102, Psy. 101, 102) MW 6 :30-8 :00 Kirby 302 3 13 �English GRADUATE DIVISION FALL SEMESTER.-19'70-19'71 English 321 English 354 Early English Drama Romantic Prose and Poetry History WILKES COLLEGE GRADUATE PROGRAM The following graduate courses will be offered and may be applied toward the master's degree. Normal scheduling for the classes is in late afternoon or early evening. Biology Biology 402 Biology 460 Cell Biology, Embryogenesis, and Diff eren tia tion Topics in Endocrinology Business Administration Bus. Adm. 511 Bus. Adm. 513 Bus. Adm. 521 Economics 532 Accounting 542 Chemistry Chemistry 341 Chemistry 411 Chemistry 431 Chemistry 541 Education Education 402 Education 403 Education 510 Education 513 Education 520 Education 532B Education 532D Education 541 Education 595 Modern International Commerce Human Behavior and the Marketing Process Organizational Theory Wage Determination and Administration Financial and Tax Planning Elementary Physical Chemistry Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Advanced Organic Chemistry I Thermodynamics Elementary Classroom Methods Intern Teaching Psychological Foundations of Education Comparative Foundations of Education Tests and Measurements Problems in Elementary Education: Science Problems in Elementary Education: Social Studies Secondary School Curriculum Workshop: Developmental Reading History 327 History 331 History 333 History 353 History 355 History 357 History 381 History 397 History 497 HiS tory of the Foreign Policy of the United States Colonial America The Age of Big Business Early Modern Europe 1648-18l 5 Europe in the Nineteenth Century History of Russia to 1815 History of Latin America Seminar in Anthropology Seminar: Topics in Economic History 1athematics Mathematics 311 Mathematics 331 Malhematics 334 Mathematics 343 Mathematics 351 Mathematics 413 Mathematics 441 Mathematics 470 Mathematics 480 Functions of a Real Variable I Introduction to Abstract Algebra I Linear Algebra Introduction to Geometry Probability and Mathematical Statistics I Functions of Several Variables Introduction to Topology I Readings in Mathematics Topics in Mathematics Physics Physics Physics Physics Physics Physics Physics 401 471 511 531 551 571 Topics in Ma the ma tic al Physics I Crystallography Analytical Mechanics Electricity and Magnetism Quan tum Mechanics II Solid State Theory 15 14 �TEMPLE UNIVERSITY GRADUATE PROGRAM Wilkes College cooperates with Temple University in offering a General Education Program for Teachers (G.E.P.T.) leading to the De· gree of Master of Science in Education. The program is open to any• one who meets the academic requirements and is interested in exposure to a broad-base general education program. The following course is being offered this semester: G.E. 411 Registration: Social Sciences Thursday, September 10, and Friday, September 11. from 8:30 a.m. to 8:00 p.m.; Saturday, September 12 9 :00 a.m. to 12 :00 noon. (Stark Hall 136) FURTHER INFORMATION ON ALL GRADUATE COURSE CAN BE OBTAINED AT THE GRADUATE SCHOOL OFFICE AT WILKES COLLEGE (824-4651, Ext. 243). 16 �WILKES EVENING SPRING �CALENDAR Registration for the Evening College is as follows: Wilkes C:ollege Wednesday, January 27 .................. 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. Thursday, January 28 ...... . ............. 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. Friday, January 29 ...... . ................ 2 :00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m. 'BvlLuut Saturday, January 30 ...................... 9:00 a.m. to 12 noon Monday, February 1 ................. Classes begin at 6:00 p.m. Saturday, February 7 ................ Submit incomplete grades Saturday, March 13 .......................... Progress reports Thursday, April 1 ............. Easter recess begins at 10:00 p.m. Wednesday, April 12 ............ Easter recess ends at 6:00 p.m. Thursday, May 15 .................... Classes end at 10:00 p.m. Monday, May 17, to Thursday, May 20 ....... Examination period EVENING SESSION Spring Semester For further information write to: 1971 Thomas F. Kelly Director of Evening and Summer College Wilkes College Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 18703 Phone 824-4651. After 5 :00 p.m., call 824-4656 WILKES-BARBE, PENNSYLVANIA �seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; An Educated Man possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; Wilkes C:ollege has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell University, responding to a request of community leaders, established its Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter as a four-year liberal arts college. The College has grown steadily to its current enrollment of approximately 2400 full-time day students and 1000 evening students engaged in undergraduate, graduate, and continuing education programs. knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; From its inception the college has been dedicated to these twin goals - a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a program of service to the community. is aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community; communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Formulated and adopted by the faculty as a guide to learning. AN INDEPENDENT COLLEGE It was inevitable that the new college should be non-sectarian, for its purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters wished the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the community. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an independent college that was interdenominational in its influence and non-denominational in its control. FREEDOM OF INQUIRY Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. McClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their decision. With responsibility came a pressing desire to strengthen the work of the faculty, united in their faith that the intellectual and spiritual resources of the student are vigorous where the creative mind is free. UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY A college that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite philosophy and a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided by the thought that unity in our community, our nation, and our world requires not only great vision but warm understanding of peoples. In its small circle Wilkes College brings together students of many faiths, 2 3 �backgrounds, and countries. It encourages them to maintain their convictions and their loyalties. It encourages them to create friendships based upon respect for differences, and to adhere to those ideals that create unity and good will amidst diversity. EVENING COLLEGE INFORMATION While academic work is the basis of the College program, the faculty recognizes that academic training will be of little importance unless students emerge as men and women of strong faith and fine character. In the words of John Stuart Mill, "Before you can make men doctors and lawyers, you must first make them men." CURRICULA UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM _To meet the needs of ambitious men and women who desire the hel which may come !ram college instruction, Wilkes College offers a wid~ prog~am of_ E~e?mg courses from which selections may be made accordmg to md1v1dual tastes and requirements. Wilkes College is committed to education as a way of life. A COOPERATIVE EFFORT The original concept of community effort has been strengthened with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It has been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the community all benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperative relationship, with its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has resulted in cooperative action. 1:hale colurses offered by the Evening College are designed for their speci va ue to the following groups: 1 · rh~se employed in business or governmental organizations who esire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2 · Mte_n _a ndf women who wish to prepare themselves by study and rammg or work in a new field. DECADES OF GROWTH 3 · ~eachers,. n~rs~s and those in other professions who desire addi- Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Common. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansion of the campus. tlon~l trammg_ m one or more subjects in order to meet the prof ess10nal reqmrements demanded of them. 4. Busi~ess exec~tives wh~ ~re in_terested in the study of problems relatmg to busmess admm1strat10n and the economy of the naf10 and the world. n ACCREDITATION 5 · Th~se who wi~h to prepare for the profession of accounting and Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania and the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The Accounting curriculum has been accredited by the Certified Public Accounting Examiners of the State of New York. aspire to q_uahfy for_ a certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvama as Certified Public Accountants. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or t · th · k ·ll · . o mcrease . eir s 1 m certam fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. 7. Mthen and_ women seeking a college degree through attendance in e Evenmg College. ff Exr~t ~here de~ignat~d in the course schedule, classes for courses ere m t e evenmg will be scheduled on Monday-Wednesda 01 Tuesday-Thursday between the hours of 6 :00 p.m. and 10 :00 p.m.y 0 4 5 �The College reserves the right to withdraw any course for which there is insufficient enrollment. Students who have registered for courses that may be cancelled because of insufficient enrollment will be notified as promptly as possible. RESEARCH AND GRADUATE CENTER The Research and Graduate Center is an excellently equipped and staffed installation that is an integral part of the College complex. During the school term the Center will continue the various public and private research projects now in progress. THE LIBRARY sem~:~r~ibrary will post its Fall schedule at the beginning of the Evening College students ma b b presenting their I.D. card. · y arrow oaks from the Library by BOOKSTORE The Bookstore offers a com l t t k f supplies. It will be open as foll~;s~ s oc o necessary textbooks and Monday through Friday .............. . 9:00 a.m. to 11 :45 a.m. 1:00 p.m. to 4:45 p.m. Monday and Tuesday Evenings 6 ·oo t . . · · · · · · · · • p.m. o 7 :45 p ·m · Saturday EXPENSES ......... . .................. 9:oo a.m. to 11:45 a.m. . LABOR-MANAGEMENT TRAINING COURSES To establish a climate for industrial redevelopment the College has pioneered a Labor-Management Training Program in which the needs of the individual and the company are analyzed. Plans are arranged in consultation with officials, foremen, and other employees and are designed to meet the general and specific requirements of the particular group. Where several firms are confronted with common problems, special classes are organized to include representation of several companies. INSTITUTE OF REGIONAL AFFAIRS The Institute of Regional Affairs is a multi-purpose college organization which views regional problems as belonging to no simple academic discipline, but rather as a contemporary phenomenon spilling into many disciplines. The Institute was created to assure coordination of varied efforts in order to better understand and resolve complex and contemporary problems. Its four-fold purpose is: education and training, community information, research, and consultation. The underlying philosophy of the Institute of Regional Affairs is cooperation, rather than reform of partisanship. FACILITIES The College is located in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, in the heart of the picturesque and historic Wyoming Valley. This ideal location in the foothills of the Poconos offers abundant cultural and recreational facilities and affords close proximity and convenient transportation to the metropolitan areas of New York and Philadelphia. 6 Tuition -$60 per semester hour credit. ces:!!:. charges must be paid at the time registration forms are pro- . be p~~~~~/;dthseuptpliesfmay hbe purchased at the bookstore and must 1me o pure ase. . WITHDRAWAL A student who withdraws fro th . . after the first week mu t .m e evenmg sess10n or drops courses h Id . s receive approval from the instructor and s. ou gd1ve prompt written or verbal notice to the Director of the E mng an Summer c 0 11 • d ve. ege m or er that their records may not un ·ustly show fa1.1ure m 1 courses. Students in good standing who withdraw f h c~ive a refund of tuition under the following co:~~i~n:· ~:1;7Je t~il~ reSIX weeks of the evening session one-half of the tuition ~ill be ~ef:nd:s~ :~:d::i~~si: to the Director of Evening and Summer College, if the fir t . k made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After the 0 f:~ ;oes~s s 0~ t~:f~:rc: allo;ed and th_e student is obligated for shall be entitled to any ref~nd; stu ent who is suspended or expelled 8;; th: Occasionally changes in the Evening College Schedule b essary S h h . ecome necadditi~n ~~ a change may mclude the cancellation of one course or the ~~~::e~::• t~:n~~~~;i:;;•::~:I~~::;i~~tato cancel or reschedu~::~;r ~i:~.o~~u~::t:~:~sasvibele, a?yt chdanfge will be posted during ~~g~st!:~ regis ere or courses that b cancelled or rescheduled will be notified as promptly a:~::~b::.quently 7 �EVENING COLLEGE UNDERGRADUATE DIVISION Spring Semester COURSE CERTIFICATE • OF ACHIEVEMENT · PROGRAM IN BANKING MARKETING ACCOUNTING MANAGEMENT Students of Business Administration, who hold full-time jobs while studying in the evening and summer college, are required to devote many years to their quest for a bachelor's degree. To encourage these business men and women, Wilkes College will award a "Certificate of Achievement" to those who earn 42 or 44 hours of credit in evening and summer school programs with at least 24 hours in Business Ad- 1971 DAY & HOURS ROOM No. CR. HRS. ACCOUNTING: cct.101E cct. 101E-2 cct.102E Acct.102E-2 Acct.111E cct. 112E Acct. 202E Acct. 222E cct. 232E Acct. 242E ministration and a minimum of 18 hours in General Education. The Certificate of Achievement does not designate the completion of any recognized program. It gives recognition of achievement and notes that the recipient has completed a sequence of courses which may be credited toward the bachelor's degree should the student elect to DESCRIPTION - Elementary Accounting I Elementary Accounting I Elementary Accounting II (Pre: Acct. 101) Elementary Accounting II (Pre: Acct. 101) Intermediate Accounting I (Pre: Acct. 102) Intermediate Accounting II (Pre: Acct. 111) Cost Accounting II (Pre: Acct. 201) Taxes II (Pre: Acct. 221) Auditing II (Pre: Acct. 231) Advanced Accounting II (Pre: Acct. 112 and permission of instructor) MW 8:00-9:30 TTh 6:30-8:00 MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 35 Par. 35 Par. 23 3 3 3 TTh 6:30-8:00 Par. 45 3 MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 45 3 TTh 8:00-9:30 Par. 35 3 TTh 6:30-8:00 Par. 25 3 MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 45 3 MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 25 3 MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 35 3 MW 6 :30-8 :00 TTh 6 :30-8 :00 Stark 116 Stark 116 3 3 MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 34 3 MW 8:00-9:30 TTh 6:30-8:00 Par. 43 Kirby 109 3 3 TTh 6 :30-8 :00 Par. 23 3 TTh 8:00-9:30 Par. 23 3 MW 6 :30-8 :00 Par. 23 3 BIOLOGY: Bio.102E Bio.102E-2 Biological Science Biological Science BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: continue his studies for the degree. It is important to note that the courses in these programs are pres- B.A.114E ently offered at the college and are now required for the Bachelor's B.A.216E BA.220E degree in Commerce and Finance. A student taking six credit hours of work in the Fall, Spring, and Summer sessions can complete the requirements for the certificate in two and one half years. A student who elects not to attend the summer sessions will require three and one half years to complete the program. Call or write for brochure and further information. 8 B.A.222E B.A.226E BJ\.232E Salesmanship (Pre: app. of instructor) Advertising Real Estate (Pre: Econ. 102) Marketing (Pre: Econ. 102) Investments (Pre: B.A. 225) Business Law - Agency and Sales (Pre: B.A. 231) 9 �DESCRIPTION COURSE B.A.234E B.A.240E B.A. 244E B.A.252E DAY &HOURS Business Law - Property (Pre: B.A. 231) Property Insurance (Pre: B.A. 232) Time and Motion Study Principles of Management II (Pre: B.A. 251) ROOM No. CR. HRS. MW 8 :00-9 :30 Par. 34 Eng.152E MW 6 :30-8 :00 Par. 43 Eng.152E TTh 8:00-9:30 TTh 8:00-9:30 Par. 43 Par. 34 Elementary Shorthand Elementary Typewriting TIH 6:00-8:00 TTh 8:00-10:00 Par. An. Par. 33 Econ. 102E-2 Econ. 202E Econ.212E Econ. 228E Econ. 230E Econ. 232E Econ. 236E Western World Literature (Pre: Eng. 151) Western World Literature (Pre: Eng. 151) DAY & HOURS ROOM No. MW 6:00-8:00 Bdf.14 4 TTh 6:00-8:00 Bdf.14 4 T 8:00-10:00 Th 8:00-10:00 Stark 116 Stark 100 3 CR. HRS. 2 Envi.Sci. 211E Geology Laboratory Lab Fee $20 2 FINE ARTS: ECONOMICS: Econ.101E Econ.102E DESCRIPTION ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE: BUSINESS EDUCATION: Bus.Ed. 106E Bus.Ed. 108E =COURSE Principles of Economics I TTh 6:30-8:00 MW 6 :30-8 :00 Principles of Economics II (Pre: Econ. 101) Principles of Economics II TTh 6 :30-8 :00 (Pre: Econ. 101) Theory of Money TTh 8:00-9:30 (Pre: Econ. 201) TTh 8:00-9:30 Government and Business (Pre: P.S. 101, Econ. 102) Economic Geography of TTh 6:30-8:00 Asia, Africa, Latin America (Econ. 227 is not a prerequisite) MW 8:00-9:30 Business Cycles (Pre: Approval of instructor) MW 6:30-8:00 Economic Statistics (Pre: Econ. 231) TTh 6:30-8:00 Public Finance (Pre: Econ. 102, P.S. 101) Par. 34 Par. 56 Weck.An. Par. 25 Par. 56 Par. 56 Par. 56 Weck. An. Par. 43 F A.101E F.A.212C Experiencing Art I Ceramics T 5:00-8:00 MW 6 :00-8 :00 Pick. 203 Con. An.102 3 MW 8:00-9:30 Kirby 103 3 MW 6:30-8:00 Kirby 103 3 TTh 6:30-8:00 Kirby 303 3 TTh 8 :00-9 :30 Kirby 303 3 TTh 6:30-8:00 Kirby 208 3 TTh 6:30-8:00 Kirby 302 3 Stark 204 Stark 204 Fkn. 30 3 3 3 Fkn. 30 3 Fkn. 30 1 Fkn. 30 1-3 Fkn.30 1-3 3 FOREIGN LANGUAGES: French 102E Elementary French II (Pre: French 101) French 204E Intermediate French (Pre: French 203) German 102E Elementary German (Pre: German 101) German 204E Intermediate German (Pre: German 203) Spanish 102E Elementary Spanish (Pre: Spanish 101) Spanish 204E Intermediate Spanish (Pre: Spanish 203) HISTORY: EDUCATION: Ed. 201E Ed. 351E Introduction to Education (Pre: Sophomore standing) Educational Measurements (Pre: Ed. 202) MW 6:30-8:00 Chase 209 Th 4:00-6:00 Kirby 107 Hist. 358E ENGLISH: Eng.102E Eng.102E-2 Eng.102E-3 Eng.131E Hist.101E Hist.102E Hist. 354E Hist. 371E Composition (Pre-Eng. 101) Composition (Pre: Eng. 101) Composition (Pre: Eng. 101) Fundamentals of Speech MW 6:30-8:00 Bdf.12 MW 8 :00-9 :30 Bdf.12 TTh 6:30-8:00 Bdf.12 M4:00-6:00 10 Bdf.13 Hist. 396E Hist. 497E History of World Civilization MW 8 :00-9 :30 History of World Civilization TTh 8:00-9:30 Early Modern Europe W 5:30-8:30 History of Modern Russia M 5:30-8:30 (Pre. Hist. 101, 102) Historiography T 5:30-8:30 (Pre: Consent of head of department) Independent Research T 5:30-8:30 (Pre: Approval of the department chairman) Seminar (Tudor England) Th 5 :30-8:30 (Pre: Approval of the department chairman) 11 �COURSE DAY & HOURS DESCRIPTION ROOM No. CR. HRS. Journalism II . (Pre: Jour. 101 or permission of instructor) Lab Fee $10 TTh 6 :30-8 :00 Par. 33 Math.101E Math.102E Math.112E Math. 268E Math. 312E Math. 314E Math. 331E Math. 334E Math. 432E Math. 442E N.E.107E Pre-Calculus Mathematics (Pre: Two years of se_co~dary school mathematics m algebra and geometry) Fundamentals of Math I Fundamentals of Math. II . (Not open to students with credits in Math. 103, 104) Analysis II: Calculus with Analytic Geometry (Pre: Math. 111) Introduction to Computer Programming II (Pre: Math. 267) Functions of a Real Variable I and II (Pre: Math. 222) Functions of a Complex Variable (Pre: Math. 311 or consent of department chairman) Introduction to Abstract Algebra I (Pre: Math. 222) Linear Algebra . (Pre: Math. 222, or eqmvalent, and consent of department chairman) Introduction to Abstract Algebra II (Pre: Math. 331) Introduction to Topology (Pre: Math. 341) MW 8:00-10:00 Miner 11 MW 6:30-8:00 MW 6:30-8:00 Miner 12 Miner11 TTh 6 :00-8 :00 Miner11 TTh 6:30-8:00 Stark 233 4 N.E.108E N.E.112E * * 4 * * * * N.E.113E N.E.114E E. 351E CR. HRS. * Darte 202 2 Kirby 107 1 4 2 2 2 Fkn.14 Fkn.14 Fkn.14 Fkn.14 3 3 Hygiene T 7:00-8:00 Ch.Th. 1 Physical Science Stark 114 3 Kirby 203 Par. 25 3 Par. 45 3 Kirby 203 3 MW 6:30-8:00 POLITICAL SCIENCE: P.S.102E P.S. 206E P.S. 210E P.S. 222 Introduction to the Materials TTh 6:30-8:00 and Literature of Music I Kirby 107 MW 6 :30-8 :00 TTh 6:30-8:00 MW 8 :00-9 :30 TTh 8:00-9:30 PHYSICAL EDUCATION: Physics 102E * 3 Field Experience in SuperHours to be arranged vision or Teaching (Primarily for Seniors) (Pre: Approval of instructor) Medical and Surgical Nursing Th 6 :00-8 :00 Kirby 107 Medical and Surgical Nursing Th 8:00-10:00 Kirby 107 (N.E. 113 is not prerequisite) Educational Measurements Th 4:00-6:0o Kirby 107 (Pre: Ed. 202) PHYSICS: * Kirby 108 PHILOSOPHY: P.E.106E MUSIC: 12 ROOM No. 1 History and Trends in MTh 4:00-5:30 Nursing Principles and Methods in M 4:00-6:00 Nursing Education (Pre: Psy. 102 or permission of instructor) Multi-Sensory Techniques in T 4:00-6:00 Nursing Education (Pre: N.E. 107 - may be taken concurrently) Phil.101E Introduction to Philosophy Phil.102E Logic and Scientific Method Religion200E Man's Religion Phil. 220E Philosophy of Religion *Time and place to be arranged. Normally scheduled for late afternoon or evening. Music 101E DAY &HOURS NURSING EDUCATION: N.E.103E MATHEMATICS: Math.100E DESCRIPTION Applied Music Please arrange this course with Mr. Gasbarro, chairman, Music Department JOURNALISM: Jour. 102E COURSE Political Science II TTh 6:30-8:00 Municipal Government MW 6:30-8:00 (Pre: P.S. 101, 102) Government of Metropolitan TTh 8 :00-9 :30 Areas (Pre: P.S. 101-102) International Relations MW 6:30-8:0o (Pre: P.S.101-102) 13 3 3 3 �COURSE DAY & HOURS DESCRIPTION ROOM No. CR. HRS. PSYCHOLOGY: Psy.102E Psy.102E-2 Psy.242E Psy.331E General Psychology General Psychology Psychological Tests (This course is a prerequisite for Psy. 243, 245) Abnormal Psychology (Pre: Psy. 221,232 and permission of head of dept.) TTh 6 :30-8 :00 TTh 8:00-9:30 MW 8:00-9:30 Kirby 102 Kirby 102 Kirby 107 MW 6:30-8:00 Kirby 107 MW 6:30-8:00 Kirby 102 RETAILING: Ret. 224E Recent Trends and Developments in Retailing (Pre: app. of instructor) SECRETARIAL STUDIES: (See Business Education) SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY: Soc. 102E Soc. 252E · 1ogy Introduction to S oc10 and Anthropology Comparative Social Welfare Systems (Pre: Soc. 101, 102, Psy. 101,102) MW 6·30-8·00 · · Kirby 208 MW 6:30 8:00 Kirby 302 3 3 GRADUATE COURSE OFFERINGS Spring Semester 1971 Biology Biology Biology Biology Biology Biology Biology Biology 302 312 322 332 397 411 422 Cytology Bacteriology Ecology Evolutionary Mechanisms Seminar Physiology of Bacteria Advances in Ecological Research Business Administration Econ. Econ. Bus. Adm. Bus. Adm. Bus. Adm. Accounting Bus. Adm. Chemistry 501 505 507 512 522 543 554 Chemistry 342 Chemistry 352 Managerial Economics Managerial Statistics Business and Society Price Policy and Procedure Quantitative Aspects of Management Accounting Policies and Practices Managerial Finance Seminar Intermediate Physical Chemistry Biochemistry Chemistry 376 Advanced Analytical Chemistry Chemistry 432 Advanced Organic Chemistry II Chemistry 440 Quantum Chemistry Chemistry 544 Kinetics Education Education Education Education Education Education Education Education 14 404 514 520 533B 534 535 540A Intern Teaching Historical Foundations of Education Tests and Measurements Problems in Elementary Education: Science Elementary Curriculum Nongraded Instruction in the Elementary School Special Methods in Secondary School Instruction: Biology 15 �Education I I I I Education Education 5401 Special Methods in Secondary School Instruction. TEMPLE UNIVERSITY GRADUATE PROGRAM 595 Social Sciences Workshop: Developmental Reading Workshop: Production and Use of Audio-Visua: Wilkes College cooperates with Temple University in offering a General Education Program for Teachers (G.E.P.T.) leading to the Degree of Master of Science in Education. The program is open to anyone who meets the academic requirements and is interested in exposure to a broad-base general education program. The following course is being offered this semester: 595 Materials English English English 341 374 Restoration and Eighteenth-Century Drama Modern Drama G.E. 412 - Changing Perspectives in the Social Sciences. History History 328 History 332 History 334 History 354 History 356 History 358 History 371 History 396 History 497 Mathematics 312 Math. 314 Math. 331 Math. 334 Math. 352 Math. 432 Math. 442 Math. 470 Math. 480 Math. History of the Foreign Policy of the United States The National Period Twentieth Century America Early Modern Europe Europe in the Twentieth Century History of Modern Russia Historiography Independent Research Seminar: Tudor England Functions of a Real Variable II Functions of a Complex Variable Introduction to Abstract Algebra I Linear Algebra Probability and Mathematical Statistics II Introduction to Abstract Algebra II Introduction to Topology II Readings in Mathematics Topics in Mathematics Physics Physics 402 Topics in Mathematical Physics II Physics 472 X-Ray Diffraction Physics 531 Electricity and Magnetism II Physics 540 Statistical Mechanics Physics 550 Quantum Mechanics I 16 FURTHER INFORMATION ON ALL GRADUATE COURSES CAN BE OBTAINED AT THE GRADUATE SCHOOL OFFICE AT · WILKES COLLEGE (824-4651, Extension 243). REGISTRATION Thursday, January 28, and Friday, January 29, from 8:30 a.m. to 8:00 p.m.; Saturday, January 30, from 9:00 a.m. to 12:00 noon. (Stark Hall 136) ��CALENDAR DAY SESSIONS-1971 FIRST SESSION REGISTRATION -Monday, June 14, thru Friday, June 18 Weckesser Hall-8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. SESSION BEGINS-Monday, June 21 SESSION ENDS-Thursday, July 22 (Including Final Examination) SECOND SESSION REGISTRATION -Thursday, July 22, and Friday, July 23 W eckesser Hall - 8 :30 a.m. to 4 :30 p.m. Wl--~S COLLEGE u tfn SESSION BEGINS -Monday, July 26 SESSION ENDS - Wednesday, August 25 (Including Final Examination) EIGHT - WEEK EVENING SESSION REGISTRATION - Wednesday, June 16, thru Friday, June 18 Weckesser Hall-8:30 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. SUMMER SESSIONS 1971 SESSION BEGINS -Monday, June 21 SESSION ENDS - Thursday, August 12 (Including Final Examination) FoR FURTHER INFORMATION WRITE To: Director of Evening and Summer College Wilkes College Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 18703 Phone: 824-4651 (After 5:00 p.m. - call 824-4656) In order to minimize the possibility of cancelling courses, the preliminary registration form on the back cover should be completed and forwarded to the Director of Evening and Summer College as soon as possible. The preliminary registration does not obligate the registrant to take the course. Wilkes-Barre • Pennsylvania �An Educated Man seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; is aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community; communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Formulated and adopted by the faculty as a guief,e to learning. �Wilkes College Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell University, responding to. a request of community leaders, established its Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter as a four-year liberal arts college. The College has grown steadily to its current enrollment of approximately 2,400 full-time day students and 1,000 adults in the Evening College and special classes. From its inception the College has been dedicated to these twin goals - a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a program of service to the community. AN INDEPENDENT COLLEGE It was inevitable that the new College should be non-sectarian, for its purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters wished the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the community. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an independent college that was interdenominational in its influence and non-denominational in its control. FREEDOM OF INQUIRY Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junlor College to a lo.cal Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. McClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the 'Wisdom of their decision. With responsibility came a pressing des.ire to strengthen the work of the faculty, united in their faith that the intellectual and spiritual resources of the student are vigorous where the creative mind is free. UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY A college that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite philosophy and a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided by the thought that unity in our community, our nation, and our world requires not only great vision but warm understanding of �SUMMER COLLEGE peoples. In its small circle Wilkes College brings together students of many faiths, backgrounds, and countries. It encourages them to maintain their convictions and their loyalties. It encourages them to create friendships based upon respect for differences, and to adhere to those ideals that create unity and good will amidst diversity. While academic work is the basis of the College program, the faculty recognizes that academic training will be of little importance unless students emerge as men and women of strong faith and fine character. In the words of John Stuart Mill, "Before you can make men doctors and lawyers, you must first make them men." A COOPERATIVE EFFORT The original concept of community services has been strengthened with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It has been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the community all benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperative relationship, with its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has resulted in cooperative action. DECADES OF GROWTH Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Common. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansion of the campus. ACCREDITATION Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania, the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, Certified Public Accounting Examiners of the State of New York, and the American Chemical Society. Information Curricula UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM The summer program is designed for men and women interested ~n accelera_ting d~gr:e work, and for recent high school graduates mterested m begmmng their college careers. Courses are open to Wilkes College students, students of other colleges and nonmatriculated students. ' ~ourse load is limited to six semester hours of credit for each day seSSion. Students are cautioned to exercise judgment and care in scheduling both day and evening courses. Most classes for courses offered during the day sessions will meet five days per week during the morning hours as follows: FIRST PERIOD - 8 :00 A.M. TO 9 :50 A.M. SECOND PERIOD- IO: 10 A.M. To 12:00 Noon Except where designated in the course schedule, classes for courses offered during the eight-week evening session will be scheduled on Monday, Tuesday, and Thursday evenings between the hours of 6:00 P.M. and 10:00 P.M. The College reserves the right to cancel any course due to insufficient enrollment or any other reason. Students who have registered for courses that are subsequently cancelled because of insufficient enrollment wiII be notified as promptly as possible. ADMISSION Admission to the summer program is granted to: a) all Wilkes College students currently in good standing; b) high school graduates who have been admitted as degree candidates to the Wilkes regular program; c) high school graduates who have been admitted as full-time students in the regular program of an accredited college other than Wilkes; �d) all students in good standing at their respective colleges who furnish official confirmation of that status sent by the dean of their college to the director of the Wilkes summer session; e) students who enroll in the summer session upon special invitation by Wilkes Committee on Admissions. Non-Wilkes summer session students who desire to become degree candidates here will have to qualify for admission or transfer into the college's regular program via the procedures outlined by the Committee on Admissions. Such procedures must be initiated through the office of Mr. John Whitby, Director of Admissions. DORMITORY AND DINING FACILITIES Dormitory and dining facilities will be available for both male and female students. The cost for these services may be found under EXPENSES. Arrangements for dormitory accommodations may be made with the Director of Evening and Summer College. THE LIBRARY The Library will post its Summer schedule at the beginning of the first day session. TRANSFER OF CREDITS Credits earned in the Wilkes College summer session may be transferred to other institutions. Students may, at the conclusion of the course, request this service by filling out a card indicating to which institution credits earned shall be transferred. THE BOOKSTORE The Bookstore offers a complete stock of necessary textbooks and supplies. It will be open as follows: Monday through Friday 8 :30 a.m. - 4 :30 p.m. WITHDRAWAL Withdrawal from classes after the first week is inadvisable except in extenuating circumstances. A student who withdraws from the summer session or drops courses after the first week must receive permission from the instructor and the Director of the Evening and Summer College in order that their records may not unjustly show failure in courses. Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will receive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: During the first week of the day sessions and during the first two weeks of the eight-week evening session one-half of the tuition will be refunded upon written request to the Director of Evening and Summer College, if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After the periods designated no refunds are allowed and the student is obligated for the full costs of the term. No student who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any refunds. Facilities The College is located in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, in the heart of the picturesque and historic Wyoming Valley. This ideal location in the foothills of the Po.conos offers abundant cultural and recreational facilities and affords close proximity and convenient transportation to the metropolitan areas of New York and Philadelphia. Expenses The student may expect to incur the following expenses for the summer session: TUITION - $60 per credit hour. DORMITORY (Exclusive of meals) - $75 per day session. LINEN SERVICE - $5 per day session (required for dormitory students). DINING FACILITIES - Dining Hall will be open Monday through Friday. Meals may be taken on a pay-as-you-go basis. All charges must be paid at the time registration forms are pro.cessed. Charges for the second session may be paid no later than July 23, 1971. Books and supplies may ·be purchased at the bookstore and must be paid for at the time of purchase. �SCHEDULE OF COURSES FIRST SESSION SCHEDULE COURSE DE'SCRl·PTION Econ. 2225 The American Labor Movement Econ.229S Comparative Economic Systems Econ.231S Applied General Statistics June 21 - July 22, 1971- Monday through Friday COURSE DESCRIPTION ROOM HOUR HOUR Kirby 108 8:00-9:50 CR. Kirby 108 10:10-12:00 3 Par. 35 Par. 8 3 (Pre: Ec.102 or approval of instructor) Par. 23 10:10-12:00 3 Kirby 107 10:10-12:00 3 Par. 34 10:10-12:00 3 Ch. 202 10: 10-12:00 3 Ch. 209 8:00-9:50 3 (Pre: Approval of instructor) Elementary Accounting I Advanced Accounting I CR. (Pre: Econ.102) ACCOUNTING: Acct. IOlS Acct. 241S ROOM 8:00-9:50 3 8:00-9:50 3 (Pre: Acct. 112) Econ. 236S Public Finance (Pre: Econ. 102, P.S. 101) Econ. 241S Economic Analysis (Pre: Econ. 102) BIOLOGY: Biol. IOlS Biological Science St. 343 10:10-12:00 3 Ed.201S BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: B.A. 225S Corporation Finance EDUCATION: Par. 25 8:00-9:50 3 Par. 43 8:00-9:50 3 (Pre: Ee. 102) B.A.240S Property Insurance B.A. 241S Life Insurance Par. 43 10:10-12:00 3 B.A. 251S Principles of Management I Par. 35 10:10-12:00 3 (Pre: B.A. 232 or approval of instructor) (Pre: Sophomore standing) Ed.202S Chem. 232S M.E. 211S Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry Laboratory Breakage Deposit $10 Fee $20 Organic Chemistry I St. 204 MTTh St. 139 (Pre: Chem. 221 or approval of instructor) M1W Hours to be arranged 3 Hours to be arranged 3 8:00-9:50 4 11 :00-2:00 10:00-11 :SO 4 1:00-4:00 ENGLISH: Eng. 99P Eng. 99P-2 Eng. 101S Eng. 151S Bdf. Sem. Bdf. Sem. Bdf. 13 Western World Literature Bdf. 12 Eng. 151S-2 Western World Literature Bdf. 14 8:00-9:50 Western World Literature Bdf. 14 10:10-12:00 3 Chaucer Bdf. 12 10:10-12:00 3 Bdf. 13 10:10-12:00 Pre-College English Pre-College English Composition 8:00-9:50 0 10:10-12:00 0 8:00-9:50 3 8:00-9:50 3 (Pre: Eng. l 02) (Pre: Eng. 102) ECONOMICS: Principles of Economics I Economic History Money and Banking Par. 23 Par. 34 Kirby 107 8:00-9:50 3 8:00-9:50 3 8:00-9:50 3 (Pre: Econ. 102) Econ.217S Mechanics I Statics (Pre: Phys. 201, Math. 111) Laboratory Breakage Deposit $10 Fee $20 Econ. 101S Econ. 111S Econ.201S Circuit Theory I (Pre: Math. Il2) CHEMISTRY: Chem. 201S Educational Psychology ENGINEERING: E.E. 21IS (Approval of instructor) Introduction to Education Economics of Transportation (Pre: Econ. 102) Par. 25 10:10-12:00 3 Eng. 151S-3 (Pre: Eng. 102) Eng.2135 {Pre: Eng. 152) Eng.470S Studies in Modern British Literature <t:;:e: Open to advanc.ed undergraduate students permission of the Dept. Chairman) 3 3 �COURSE DESCRIPTION ROOM HOUR CR. ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE: Envi. Sci. IOlS Envi. Sci. 103S COURSE DESCRIPTION ROOM HOUR CR. 10: 10-12:30 4 Miner 12 10:10-12:00 3 Miner 12 8:00-9:50 3 IO: 10-12 :00 To be arranged 3 MATHEMATICS: Introductory Earth Science St. 13g Laboratory Fee $10 St. 132 Geology Laboratory Fee $20 8:00-9:50 3 Math. lOOS Pre-Calculus Ma them a tics Miner 11 (Pre: Two years of secondary school mathematics in Algebra and Geometry) 10:10-12:00 3 Math. IOlS Fundamentals of Mathematics Mathematics for Elementary School Teachers I Math. 103S (Not open to students with Math. 101-102) FINE ARTS: F.A. IOlS F.A. 102S Math. 267S Experiencing Art I Experiencing Art II Con. An. 101 Con. An. 101 8:00-9:50 3 8:00-9:50 3 Harding 8:00-9:50 3 Harding 8:00-9:50 3 Introduction to Computer Programming I Fee $20 Note: A number of advanced undergraduate courses will also be offered. They will be announced later. Please inquire at the De~artment of Mathematics or consult the Graduate Summer Course 1st. (Pre: F.A. 101) F.A. 210S Sculpture (Pre: F.A.211) F.A. 211S Modeling and Three Dimensional Construction MUSIC: (Pre: F.A. 102) F.A. 212S Ceramics Con.An.IOI IO: 10-12:00 3 (Pre: Permission of instructor) F.A. 226S Modern Art History Pick. 103 Music IOIS Introduction to the Darte 201 Materials and Literature of Music I Introduction to the Darte 201 Materials and Literature of Music II 10: 10-12:00 3 Music 102S 8:00-9:50 3 Introduction to Philosophy Fkn. 14 Ethics Fkn. 14 8:00-9:50 10:10-12:00 3 3 Physical Science General Physics III 10:10-12:00 3 10:10-12:00 3 HISTORY: Hist. IOlS Hist. 497S History of World Fkn. Sem. Civilization Seminar: American Diplo- Fkn. Sem. matic Relations with Asia 10:10-12:00 3 Phil. 101S Phil. 210S Elementary French Intermediate French Kirby 103 Kirby 103 8:00-9:50 3 10:10-12:00 3 Kirby 303 Kirby 303 8:00-9:50 3 10:10-12:00 3 Kirby 203 Kirby 203 8:00-9:50 J" IO: 10-12 :00 3 POLITICAL SCIENCE: Kirby 208 Kirby 208 8:00-9:50 3 10: 10-12:00 3 P.S. IOlS P.S. 395S (Pre: Fr. 102 or equivalent) Elementary German In termediate German PHYSICS: Phys. 101S Phys. 203S (Pre: Phys. 202) (Pre: Gr. 102 or equivalent) Span. IOlS Span.203S Elementary Spanish Intermediate Spanish (Pre: Span. 102 or equivalent) Russ. 101S Russ. 203S Elementary Russian Intermediate Russian (Pre: Russ. 102 or equivalent) Please arrange this course with the Department Chairman, Mr. Gasbarro. PHILOSOPHY: LANGUAGES: Gr. IOlS Gr. 203S Applied Music 8:00-9:50 3 (Pre: Approval of Dept. Chairman) Fr. IOIS Fr.203S 10:10-12:00 3 Political Science I Independent Research St. 112 St. 114 Par. 53 10:10-12:00 3 Hours to be arranged 1-3 (Pre: Approval of Dept. Chairman) �DESCRIPTION COURSE ROOM HOUR CR. COURS£ DESCRIPTION HOUR CR. CHEMISTRY: PSYCHOLOGY: Psy. lOIS Psy.221S Psy.232S General Psychology Child Psychology Human Behavior Psy.243 Industrial Psychology Par. 56 Par. 56 Par. 45 8:00-9:50 3 10:10-12:00 3 10:10-12:00 3 Chem. 2025 Par. 45 8:00-9:50 3 Chem.235S Chemical Equilibria (Pre: Chem. 201) Laboratory Breakage Deposit $10 Fee $20 Organic Chemistra Ila (Pre: Psy. 101-102) (Pre: Psy. 242) READING: ROOM (Pre: Chem. 252) St. 204 MWF 1:00-4:00 St. 306 Laboratory Breakage Deposit $10 Fee $20 Coll~e Reading & Study To be arranged 10: 10-12:00 0 Skil s (June 21 through July 23) 9:00-10:50 4 10:00-11 :SO 4 M1W I :00-4:00 ECONOMICS: SOCIOLOGY: Econ.102S Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology l Soc. 101S Par. 53 8:00-9:50 3 Principles of Economics II Par. 23 (Pre: Econ. 101) Econ.232S Economic Statistics (Pre: Econ. 231) Par. 23 8:00-9:50 3 10:10-12:00 3 EDUCATION: Ed.201S Ed.352 SECOND SESSION SCHEDULE Introduction to Education Chase 209 (Pre: Sophomore standing) Guidance (Pre: Ed. 202) Chase209 8:00-9:50 3 10:10-12:00 3 July 26 - August 25, 1971 - Monday through Friday COURSE DESCRIPTION ROOM HOUR CR. Elementary Accounting II Par. 45 8:00-9:50 3 (Pre: Acct. IOI) Acct. 242S Composition Composition Bdf. 12 Bdf. 13 8:00-9:50 3 8:00-9:50 3 Eng. 152S Western World Literature Bdf. 14 8:00-9:50 3 Western World Literature Bdf. 12 10:10-12:00 3 Western World Literature Bdf. 13 10:10-12:00 3 Fundamentals of Speech Shakespeare Studies in American Literature 8:00-9:15 2 10:10-12:00 3 10:10-12:00 3 (Pre: Eng. 101) ACCOUNTING: Acct. 102S ENGLISH: Eng. 101S Eng. 102S Advanced Accounting II Par. 45 10: 10-12:00 3 (Pre: Acct. 112) (Pre: Eng. 151) Eng. 152S-2 (Pre: Eng.151) Eng. 1525-3 (Pre: Eng.151) BIOLOGY: Biol. 102S Biological Science St. 343 10:10-12:00 3 Par. 34 Par. 34 10:10-12:00 3 8:00-9:50 3 Par. 35 10: 10-12:00 3 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: B.A. 216S B.A. 222S Advertising Marketing B.A.252 , Principles of Management Il (Pre: Econ. 10'2) (Pre: B.A. 251) Eng. 131S Eng. 221S Eng. 480S Bdf. Sem. Bdf. 14 Bdf. Sem. (Open to advanced und~aduate students by permission of Dept. airman) ENVIRON1\1ENTAL SCIBNCE: E.S. 223S Hydrology Fee $20 St. 139 10:10-12:00 3 �SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page 17 COURSE DESCRIPTION ROOM HOUR CR. COURSE DESCRIPTION HISTORY: PHILOSOPHY: Hist. 102S Phil. 102S Rel. 202S History of World Civilization Weck.An. 10:10-12:00 3 Fr. 102S Logic & Scientific Methods Fkn. 14 The Literature of the Fkn. 14 New Testament Social and Political Fkn. Sem. Philosophies Phil. 240S LANGUAGES: Elementary French II Kirby 103 8:00-9:50 3 Kirby 103 10:10-12:00 3 Kirby 303 8:00-9:50 3 Kirby 303 10:10-12:00 3 Kirby 208 8:00-9:50 3 Kirby 208 10:10-12:00 3 Kirby 203 8:00-9:50 3 Kirby 203 10:10-12:00 3 (Pre: Fr. 101) Fr. 204S Intermediate French II Ger. 102S Elementary German II (Pre: Fr. 203) ROOM PHYSICS: Phys. 102S Physical Science HOUR CR. 8:00-9:50 3 10:10-12:00 3 10:10-12:00 3 St. 112 IO: 10-12:00 3 Par. 53 Par. 53 10:10-12:00 3 8:00-9:50 3 Par. 56 Par. 43 8:00-9:50 3 10:10-12:00 3 (Pre: Ger. 101) Ger. 204S Intermediate German II (Pre: Ger. 203) Russ. 102S Elementary Russian II (Pre: Russ. 101) Russ. 204S Intermediate Russian II POLITICAL SCIENCE: P.S. 102S Political Science II P.S. 212 Management of Municipalities (Pre: P.S. 101-102) (Pre: Russ. 203) Span. 102S Elementary Spanish II Span.204S Intermediate Spanish II (Pre: Span. 101) (Pre: Span. 203) PSYCHOLOGY: Psy. I02S General Psychology Psy. 331 Abnormal Psychology (Pre: Psy. 221-232) MUSIC: Music IOIS Music 102S Applied Music Introduction to the Darte201 Materials and Literature of Music I Introduction to the Darte 202 Materials and Literature of Music II 10:10-12:00 3 10:10-12:00 3 SOCIOLOGY: Soc. 102S Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology II Par.43 8:00-9:50 3 Please arrange this course with Mr. Gasbarro, Chairman, Department of Music. EVENING SESSION SCHEDULE MATHEMATICS: Math. 102S Fundamentals of Mathematics Math. 104S Mathematics for Elementary Teachers II Miner 11 10: 10-12:00 3 Miner 11 8:00-9:50 3 June 21 - August 12, 1971 - Monday, Tuesday, Thursday (Pre: Math. 101) (Not open to students with credits in Math. 101-102) Note: A number of advanced undergraduate <.:ourses will also be offered. They will be announced later. Please inquire at the Department of Mathematics or consult the Graduate Summer Course list. COURSE DESCRIPTION ROOM HOUR CR. ACCOUNTING: Acct. IOIE Acct. 102E Elementary Accounting I Elementary Accounting II (Pre: Acct. 101) Par. 35 Par. 35 6:00-7:45 3 8:00-9:45 3 �Page 18 - SCHEDULE OF COURSES COURSE DESCRIPTION ROOM HOUR CR. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: B.A. 209E Business Correspondence and Reports Par. 43 6:00-7:45 3 COURSE HISTORY: Hist. 102E (Pre: Eng.102) B.A. 25IE Principles of Management I BUSINESS EDUCATION: B.E. 105E Elementary Shorthand B.E. 107E Elementary Typewriting Par. 43 Par. 33 Par. 33 8:00-9:45 3 6:00-7:45 2 8:00-9:45 2 6:00-7:45 3 8:00-9:45 3 Econ.223E 6:00-7:45 3 (Pre: Econ. 101) (Pre: Econ. 102) EDUCATION: Ed. 202E Educational Psychology (Pre: Psy. 102) Par. 34 Chase 202 6:00-7:45 3 ENGINEERING: E.E. 21 IS Fkn. Sem. MATHEMATICS: Math. IIIE Analysis I (Calculus with Miner II Analytic Geometry) (Pre: Math. 100 or equivalent) Math.112E Analysis II (Calculus with Miner 12 Analytic Geometry) HOUR CR. 8:00-9:45 3 6:00-7:45 4 MTWTh 4 6:00-7:45 MTWTh Note: A number of advanced undergraduate courses will also be offered. They will be announced later. Please inquire at the Department of Mathematics or consult the Graduate Summer Course list. MUSIC: Music IOIE Introduction to the Darte 201 Materials and Literature of Music I 6:00-7:45 3 Applied Music l Please arrange this course with Mr. Gasbarro, Department Chairman. NURSING EDUCATION: Circuit Theory I Hours to be arranged 3 Hours to be arranged 3 (Pre: Math 112) M.E. 21 IS History of World Civilization ROOM (Pre: Math. 111) ECONOMICS: Econ. IOIE Principles of Economics I Par. 23 Econ. 102E Principles of Economics II Par. 23 Collective Bargaining DESCRIPTION Mechanics I Statics (Pre: Phys. 201-Math. 111) Composition Composition Eng. 13IE Fundamentals of Speech Field Experience in Supervision or Teaching Bdf. 12 Bdf. 13 6:00-7:45 3 6:00-7:45 3 PHYSICAL EDUCATION: P.E.106E Hygiene Bdf. 13 8:00-9:45 2 Eng. 151E Western World Literature Bdf. 14 6:00-7:45 3 PHYSICS: Phys. 391 Eng. 152E Western World Literalure Bdf. 14 8:00-9:45 3 Eng. 201E Advanced Exposition 8:00-9:45 3 (Pre: Eng. 101) MTh (Pre: Eng. 102) (Pre: Eng. 151) (Pre: Eng. 102) Kirby 103 Hours to be arranged PHILOSOPHY: Phil. IOIE Introduction to Philosophy Fkn. 14 ENGLISH: Eng. IOIE Eng. 102E N.E. 112E Bdf. 12 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE: E.S. 102 Introductory Space Science St. 139 Fee $20 8:00-9:45 3 Advanced Laboratory (Astronomy) Lab. Fee $7/Credit Hour 6:00-7:45 3 Weck.An. T 6:00-7:30 I St. 112 1-2 Hours to be arranged (Pre: Phys. 203-Math. 212) POLITICAL SCIENCE: P.S. IOIE Political Science I P.S.102E Poli tic al Science II P.S. 222E International Relations (Pre: P.S. 101-102) 4 Par. 53 Par. 53 Par. 25 6:00-7:45 3 8:00-9:45 3 8:00-9:45 3 �COURSE DESCRIPTION ROOM HOUR CR. Summer Theater Workshop PSYCHOLOGY: Psy. IOIE Psy. 331E General Psychology Abnormal Psychology Par. 56 Kirby 108 6:00-7:45 3 6:00-7:45 3 Par. 25 6:00-7:45 3 (Pre: Psy. 221-232) Psy. 242E Psychological Tests For High School students preparing for college. For Graduate students working toward Master's Degree. SECRETARIAL STUDIES: See Business Education SOCIOLOGY: Soc. IOIE Soc. 102E Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology I Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology II Par. 45 6:00-7:45 3 Kirby 203 6:00-7:45 3 Workshop in Educational Theater Program open to teachers who have had courses in theater and/or experience in theater. Major emphasis will be on directing the student performer, interpreting the script, and staging the play. There will be class discussions and workshop sessions on technical theater operations. Teachers will also work with high school juniors and seniors in laboratory productions of scenes and theater projects and will have opportunities to design and/or direct. Six credits Workshop dates - July 7 through August 20, 1971. For further information contact: Dean of Admissions Summer Theater Workshop Wilkes College Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 18703 Telephone 824-4651, Ext. 243 �Page 22 - SCHEDULE OF COURSES GRADUATE COURSE OFFERINGS COURSE DESCRIPTION SUMMER 1971 ENGLISH: COURSE DESCRIPTION English 470 English 480 BIOLOGY: Biology 400* Chemical Physiology Biology 404 * Faunistic and Floristic Biology *Restricted to students in the M.S. in Biology Education program. Studies in Modern British Literature Studies in American Literature HISTORY: History 497 Seminar: U.S.-East Asian Diplomatic Relations in the 20th Century BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: Economics 473 Pro Seminar MATHEMATICS: Bus. Adm. 502 Management Science Courses to be announced. Bus. Adm. 523 Management Seminar Economics 533 The Labor Market Accounting 544 Controllership EDUCATION: Education 400 General Secondary School Methods Education 401 Elementary Classroom Methods Education 405 Introduction to Reading Instruction Education 510 Psychological Foundations of Education Education SI 1 Philosophical Foundations of Education Education 512 Social Foundations of Education Education 521 Statistics in Education Education 522 Research in Education Education 530 Diagnosis and Correction of Reading Difficulties Education 531 Practicum in Reading Instruction Education 532B Problems in Elementary Education: Science Education 596B Workshop: Science Education Education 596E Workshop: Fine Arts Education Dr. Ralph Rozelle Director of Graduate Studies Stark Hall, Wilkes College Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 18703 Education 596F Workshop: Early Childhood Education Telephone 824-4651 For further information contact: �PRELIMINARY REGISTRATION FORM Completio.n and filing of this form with the Director of Evening and Summer College, Wilkes College, Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, 18703, will enable the Director to determine course demand. If advance demand does not warrant giving a particular course, the prospective student filing this form will be promptly notified. The completion and filing of this form does not, in any way, obligate the prospective student. ·-----------------------------------------------------------PRE - REGISTRATION A statement of your academic standing must be submitted by your dean or registrar prior to registration. Name Address City _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ State ----Z-ip._ _ _ __ College or University now attending _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ __ 1st Semester Course No. 2nd Semester Course No. Will you require dormito,ry accommodations? Evening Course No. Yes □ NoiQ �WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN GRADUATE DIVISION Wilkes College Summer Sessions Wilkes-Barre, Penna. 18703 WILKES-BARRE, PENNSYLVANIA �FALL SEMESTER Registration Classes Begin Thursday, September 10, and Friday September 11, from 8:30 a.m. to 8:00 p.m.; Saturday, September 12, from 9:00 a.m. to 12:00 noon (Stark HaII 136). Monday, September 14. Thanksgiving Recess Saturday, November 21, at 12:00 noon to Monday, November 30, at 8:00 a.m. Christmas Recess Saturday, December 19, at 12:00 noon to Monday, January 4, at 8:00 a.m. Classes End Examination Period Saturday, January 9, 12:00 noon. Monday, January 11 , to Wednesday, January 20. SPRING SEMESTER Registration Thursday, January 28, and Friday, January 29, from 8:30 a.m. to 8:00 p.m.; Saturday, January 30, from 9:00 a.m. to 12:00 noon (Stark HaII 136). Classes Begin Monday, February 1. Easter Recess Saturday, April 3, at 12:00 noon to Monday, April 12, at 8:00 a.m. Classes End Examination Period Saturday, May 15, 12:00 noon. Monday, May 17, to Wednesday, May 26. Baccalaureate Sunday, June 6, 5 :00 p.m. Commencement Monday, June 7, 8:00 p.m. �The Graduate Division General Information The Graduate Division was established in 1959 when the CoUege Board of Trustees authorized graduate study in the Departments of Chemistry and Physics. The flrst Master of Science Degrees were conferred in l 965. The College Board of Trustees authorized expansion of the Graduate Program into the fleld of biology in 1966, and education and business admin - istration in 1969. SUMMER COLLEGE An extensive program O f graduate courses . . will be offered during the summer o f 1971 and will be available in . two con~ . . ns and one evenmg session. secutive 5-week d ay sess10 . 8-week h h dule with the ff t will be made to coordmate t e sc e Some e or h ·r ses public school schedules. The calendar and t e spec1 ic cour to be offered will be released at a later date. The graduate programs are approved by the Department of Public Instruction of Pennsylvania. The graduate programs are designed to provide the opportunity for completion of a Master's Degree in one to two years of full-time study. Cycling of graduate courses allows a fulltime student to plan for continuous progress in his program. The programs also aUow businessmen, engineers, scientists, and teachers employed in the region to continue their studies without interrupting their employment. To permit a combination of work and study, classes may meet during the early evening hours. Under these circumstances such courses usually consist of two I ½-hour evening sessions or one 3-hour session per week and carry 3 hours of credit. Cooperative Graduate Programs Wilkes Co11ege is cooperating with a number of institutions in the Lehigh Regional Consortium for graduate teacher educa- tion to provide professional graduate education on the master's level for elementary and secondary classroom teachers. Wilkes also cooperates with Temple University to offer a master's program for teachers. This program leads to a Master of Science Degree in General Education and is accepted by the Commonwealth for permanent certification of classroom teachers. Candidates may register and take courses at the College with all credits granted by Temple University. 2 3 �Admission As a general rule only well qualified men and women who have completed a normal four-year program leading to the bachelor's degree will be considered for admission to the graduate division. It is expected that candidates for admission shall have above average performance during their undergraduate years and shall show evidence of intellectual and temperamental fitness for graduate study. It is recommended that applicants take the Graduate Record Examination and forward their scores to the college in support of their applications. If an applicant fails to satisfy the requirement of demonstrated above average performance in his major field, the Graduate Record Examination is mandatory. In the graduate department of biology, the Graduate Record Examination is required of all applicants. Applicants for the M .B.A. must take the Admission Test for Graduate Study in Business. Specific departmental requirements established for each area of study are to be found herein. Each applicant should consult these requirements prior to filing an application . Admission may be granted under the following categories: 1. Regular,_, granted to students who have demonstrated an acceptable level of academic work in their undergraduate program and are prepared for work at the graduate level in their field of specialization ; 2. Provisional ,_, granted to students who satisfy the general admission requirements but have undergraduate deficiencies. Each department determines its own mechanism for removal of these deficiencies before regular admission is given; 3. Special ,_, granted to non-degree students. Admission is for one year only. Seniors at Wilkes College may be permitted to enroll in certain graduate courses with the approval of the chairman of their undergraduate department and the Director of Graduate Studies. Credit for such courses will ordinarily be at the undergraduate level. Under certain conditions a student may be permitted to register for graduate credit. In no case will a student be given both undergraduate and graduate credit for any course. 4 Academic Requirements A total _of 30 credits is required for the Master's Degree. These reqmred credits must be obtained within six calendar years preceding the granting of the degree. No more than six graduate credits may be accepted for transfer from another institution. Numerical grades are given for graduate work. 1 - Academic achievement of outstanding quality. 3 - Academic achievement of acceptable quality in meeting requirements for graduation. 2 - Academic achievement of quality below the average required for graduation. 0 - Academic achievement below the minimum required for course credit. A minimum average of 3.0 is required for graduation with the master's degree. A student who is given regular admission and who receives more than 11 credits of 2 or below or who receives more than one grade of O in graduate courses shall be in eligible to receive the master's degree. Departmental requirements in chemistry and physics allow two options with respect to the disser tation. It may be on an original research problem, or it may be a critical survey and evaluation of the literature on a specified subject. In the first instance, 24 hours of course work are required, and six hours credit is allowed for research. No graduate credit is allowed for the second option. Therefore, 30 credit hours of course work are necessary to fulflll the degree requirements. The Department of Biology requires that all candidates present a thesis based on an original research problem. All graduate students shall select a major adviser under whose direction he wishes to pursue his dissertation research before completing nine hours of graduate study if a dissertation is required. Following acceptance of the candidate, the adviser shall appoint two other members of the Graduate Faculty to serve with him as the student's Advisory Committee. 5 �Students in the programs leading to M.S . in Education or M .B.A. degrees will be assigned advisers immediately upon their acceptance to the Graduate School. When a dissertation is required, the student, in consultation with his Advisory Committee, shall submit to the Committee on Graduate Studies an outline and a tentative dissertation title, before completing more than 12 semester hours of graduate study. Part-time students employed in laboratories on a full-time basis may be permitted to conduct their dissertation research in these laboratories if a mutually satisfactory agreement can be reached by the student, the laboratory staff, and the college. In such cases, a qualified member of the staff of the employer shall be named by the Director of Graduate Studies to serve as a member of the student's Advisory Committee. He shall also be appointed an adjunct professor of the college, and shall super~ vise the day-to-day progress of the student's research. Admission to Candidacy A student shall automatically be considered a candidate for the degree when he has successfully completed the required courses and has submitted the outline of his graduate program and dissertation title where applicable. Degree Requirements Following are the requirements for the Master of Science Degree: I. Admission to graduate study. 2. Acceptance by an adviser and an advisory committee where applicable. 3. Submission and acceptance of an outline of the student's program and his tentative dissertation title where app1i~ cable. This should be done before the beginning of the third semester. 4. Completion of course requirements. 5. Sub".1ission of an acceptable thesis, in an acceptable form and m the required number, not later than May ]5 preceding the commencement at which the degree is to be conferred ( chemistry, physics and biology only). 6. 7. Completion of arrangements satisfactory to the Advisory Committee for publication of the thesis, if so directed. Satisfaction of all 1 11 genera co ege requirements for graduation. Fees and Financial Assistance The tuition charge is $70.00 per credit hour. A $20.00 per_credit hour scholarship will be granted to those engaged m teachmg or who intend to become active in education . .The college has available a number of teaching and research assistantships for selected graduate students R · · t f h . . . ecipien s o t ese assistantsh_ips wi~l take two or three graduate courses per semester . and .willd assist either in instructional or research work m · th eir ma1or epartments. Applications for assistantships for the fall term must be made to the graduata school before the precedmg February 15. Generally, research assistants will be able to write dissertations based on work done under th · · sh1ps. . eir assistantA number of counselorships in undergraduate college dormitories are available each year to graduate students Th 1 • costs. ese counse orships usually carry with them remission of room 6 7 �Master of Science in Biology Admission An applicant for admission to graduate study in biology must present at least 24 undergraduate credits in biology, regardless of the major in which his Baccalaureate Degree was granted. The candidate must have credits for at least one year in physics and the following courses in chemistry: general chemistry, one semester of analytical chemistry, and organic chemistry. Applicants deficient in any of the above requirements must take the courses for no credit in the undergraduate school. A working knowledge of calculus is also required. A graduate student in the Department of Biology is considered to be a candidate for the degree, Master of Science, after he has completed 24 credit hours of course work, fulJllled the language requirements, has passed the comprehensive written examination, and submitted the outline of his thesis. To qualify for the degree a candidate must present an acceptable thesis and must pass an oral examination in the subject area of his research. Courses of Instruction Students deficient in any of the phases may at the discretion of the Biology Department and the Director of Graduate Studies be granted provisional admission. BIOLOGY Biology 311 Bacteriology. 3 credits Degree Requirements The program leading to the Master of Science Degree in Biology includes three distinct requirements: course work, mdependent laboratory research, and a reading knowledge of one foreign language. A candidate for the Master of Science Degree in Biology must have a minimum of eighteen 400-level credits for graduation. These 400-level credits will include six for thesis. A maximum of nine 300-level credits will be allowed. A candidate must have completed three credits in biochemistry or must take them at the college for credit. The candidate must demonstrate a reading knowledge of either French, German, Italian, or Russian, either through examination or by successful completion of two years of language in undergraduate school. Following completion of 18 of the 24 required credit hour of course work a graduate student may make a written request of his adviser to take the comprehensive examination on the fundamental principles of biology. Biology 311 covers generally the morphology and identification of bacteria. Laboratory work includes microscopy, techniques of making media, methods of sterilization, and the culturing of bacteria. Fee: $20. Biology 312 Bacteriology. 3 credits Biology 312 covers the relationship of bacteria to disease, immunity, serology, and the pathogenic organisms. Laboratory work continues with special stains, identification of unknowns, isolation of bacteria from natural sources, and techniques used in applied bacteriology. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Biology 311. Biology 3 21 Genetics. 3 credits Genetics is the study of the inheritance of normal characters and the variation of those characters in plants and animals. The laboratory work concems primarily studies of inheritance in the fruit Ry. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20. 8 9 �Biology 322 Ecology. 3 credits Ecology is the study of the relationship between organisms, singly and collectively, and their environments, including the biotic and physical factors of the environments. Class, two hours a week ; laboratory and field trips, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Biology 331 Physiology. Evolutionary Mechanisms. 3 credits Evolutionary Mechanisms is a study of how new species of organisms are derived from previously existing species. Em ... phasis is placed upon the processes of organic evolution and the development of the evolutionary ideas. Lecture, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 321 or permission 0f instructor. Biology 397 Topics in Biology. 1 credit each semester A study of the history of biology is designed as a correlating effort in the field of biology through an historical approach. Biology 402 Cell Biology, Embryogenesis, and Differentiation. 3 credits Advanced study of current experiments, problems, and con . . cepts in embryonic development with emphasis on the following topics: cytology, gametogenesis, fertilization, cleavage, compar . . ative gastrulation, differentiation, and regeneration. Experimen . . tal laboratory work is available under Special Topics. Biology 411 Physiology of Bacteria. Current Concepts in Genetics. 3 credits Developments in genetics are studied by means of a review of the current literature. Topics include gene structure and func ... tion. Prerequisite: undergraduate genetics. 3 credits Physiology is the study of the physical and chemical activ... ities characteristic of all living organisms. Laboratory work in . . eludes experiments involving living forms. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Biology 332 Biology 421 3 credits This course includes such topics in advanced bacteriology as: cell structure, nutrition, metabolism, and factors which influence the rates of growth, fermentation, and death. Biology 422 Advances in Ecological Research. 3 credits This course will consist of a review of selected con tempo ... rary ecological topics. Areas to be covered wil1 include: popula ... tion dynamics, prey-predator relationships, competition, the ecological niche, and human ecology. These areas will be discussed with reference to a review of selected ecosystems. Biology 432 Comparative Physiology. Prerequisite: undergraduate physiology. Biology 441 Immunology and Immunochemistry. 3 credits This course is concerned with the biologic mechanisms and chemistry of reactants and mediators associated with natural and acquired states of immunity, tissue and blood serum responses to infection and immunization, and related patho ... physiologic alterations of hypersensitivity phenomena in vertebrate animals and man. A background in microbiology, physiology, and biochemistry is advisable. Students Jacking formal prerequisite courses but who are otherwise qualified in biology or chemfa;try may register through special arrangement with the instructor. Prerequisites: one semester of bacteriology, bio ... chemistry. 10 3 credits An analysis of life processes in invertebrate and vertebrate animals with readings, discussions, and demonstrations. Nerve excitation, muscle contraction, and humoural mediation of synapses are emphasized. 11 �Biology 451 Invertebrate Biology. Master of 3 credits The classification and biology of the invertebrate organisms with special emphasis on protozoa, helminths, mollu~ca, and arthropoda. Parasitic and free living forms will be studied. Business Administration Prerequisite: undergraduate zoology. Biology 460 Selected Topics in Biology. 1 to 3 credits each semester Selected topics in biology which are of special interest to the Staff and are designed to complement research. Biology 470 The curriculum leading to the Master of Business Administration Degree provides an opportunity for specialization in a selected field but is concerned mainly with advanced study of broad business concepts and relationships. The purposes are: 1. to develop professional managers with emphasis on the foundation, organization, operation, and control of business enterprises; 2. to develop individuals trained in research and constructive business leadership. 3. to enable individuals to create and evaluate alternative courses of action as a procedure for making decisions. 6 credits Thesis. Course Sequence* Fall 1970 Biology 402 ,......, Cell Biology Admission Biology 460 ,......, Selected Topics ,......, Endocrinology Spring 1971 Biology 411 _, Physiology of Bacteria Biology 422 ,_, Advances in Ecological Research Fall 1971 Biology 432 ,- Comparative Physiology Biology 451 ,- Invertebrate Biology Spring 1972 Biology 421 ,_, Current Concepts in Genetics Biology 441 ,_, Immunology and Immunochemistry Biology 460 ,- Selected Topics in Biology * All 300-series courses are offered each year. 12 A candidate for the M.B.A. degree who is a graduate of an approved college or university and who has had basic courses in accounting, business law, corporation finance, economics, marketing, money and banking, and statistics will probably have an adequate background to complete requirements for a degree in two years. Background Undergraduate Course Requirements for Candidates in Master of Business Administration Program: Accounting Business Law Economics Statistics Corporation Finance Money and Banking Marketing 1 year 1 semester 1 year Principles 1 semester Micro Theory 1 year of Math or 1 year of Statistics 1 semester 1 semester 1 semester 13 �The program is designed to provide businehssdeducdationada~ have ergr the master's level not on 1y f;r t h ose w hobut alsoa foruninterested uate training in business an econom,~, a minimum amount engineers, scientists, and. others who F av;hose who have backof background education m this area . or 1· t d These ground deficiencies, pre-seminarh courses arebac1ksg:o~nd and . d d ·de t e necessary courses are mten e to provf1 h ho have been away from also act as refresher courses or t ose w formal coursework for a number of years. All candidates for this degree are ~equired to take the Admission Test for Graduate Study in Busmess. Each student upon adm1ss10n . . to th e pr·ogram will be assigned an adviser to guide him in the program. Degree Requirements . . . All can d I·d ates f or the Master of Business Admm1stration · 50] D q uired to complete satisfactorily Economics . , egree are re . . . Accountin 503 or Accountmg Business Admm1stration 502'. 506 and gBusiness Administra504, Economics 505, Economics • k . 500-level tion 507. A total of 30 credits of graduate wor m courses is required. A duate student m . B usmess . Administration is required. to gra . m rehensive examination covermg pass successfully a written cod P_ . tr;tion This examination is the broad field of busmes_s a mm1st St~dents who are regisd• • g the sprmg semes er. given 1 t d their final graduate coursework for d fonceor hurm ave comp e e k h· h D orree of Master o f B usmess tere . Administration may ta e .t is examination. A student w h o fa1·] s the comprehensive exammat e eg tion may retake it only once. Courses of Instruction BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Approval of the instructor and faculty adviser is a prerequisite for all courses. Economics 473-4 Pre---Seminars ( no graduate credit) Seminars which provide review and training to a minimal level, on the current state of knowledge in respective fields. Economics 50 I Managerial Economics 3 credits Problems of the flrm . Price and output determination with analysis of cost and demand functions in markets of various types and under various conditions of business. The course will deal with the application of economic theory to business practice. Business Administration 502 Management Science 3 credits This course familiarizes the student with the general field of management theory. It surveys the current literature and practice. It is designed to give a broad view of management as a science and art. Accounting 503 Managerial Accounting 3 credits A thorough examination of financial statements and uses of accounting data for effective managerial planning and control. Topics include valuation factors; cost, expense and revenue concepts; cost control ; capital expenditure planning; the pricelevel problem and other decision-making guides. Accounting 504 Accounting Theory and Thought 3 credits Analysis of the development of modern accounting concepts; interpreting and effectively communicating data based upon the relationship of modern accounting concepts and related economic considerations. 11 15 �Economics 505 Managerial Statistics 3 credits An introductory graduate course in techniques, limits, and areas of application of statistical techniques. Economics 506 Labor,.,Management Economics 3 credits A course dealing w ith issues and trends in co1lective bargaining and industrial relations today. The shifting roles and relationships of labor management and government will be dealt with. Problems of maintaining the labor force and the social aspects of industry w ill be dealt with. Business Administration 507 program for managers to follow. Topics covered will include internal and external factors in pricing decisions, legal and ethical aspects of pricing, normative pricing models, and the special problems of manufacturers and distributors. Business Administration 513 the Marketing Process Human Behavior and 3 credits This course deals with the behavior of man in social groupings and as an individual entity. Processes such as learning, perception, motives, personality, and intelligence will be studied particularly as they relate to marketing problems and procedures. Business and Society 3 credits This course deal s with the problems of the responsible business manager in a private enterprise society, particularly those problems dealing with policy-making and administration when both economic and non-economic factors are involved. Questions are raised as to the kinds of responsibility and the extent of responsibility business managers have to the goals of our society, to the communities in which they operate, to the people they employ, and to governmental policies, as we1l as to the stockholders of their own firms . Business Administration 514 Market Research and Experimentation (Seminar) 3 credits This course deals with the experimental techniques that can be applied to the planning, execution, and analysis of marketing problems. Modern concepts of statistical decision theory and survey techniques are included. Business Administration 521 Organizational Theory 3 credits Business Administration 511 Commerce Modern International 3 credits This course is designed to introduce the student to the practical principles and methods of international marketing. Subjects covered wiJl include the development and management of exports and imports, channels of trade, the mechanics of international finance, foreign credits, technical procedures and docu mentation, and the legal aspects of trade. Business Administration 512 Procedure Price Policy and 3 credits This course describes the basic pricing process, relates it to pricing decisions, and attempts to provide a systematic pricing This course is concerned with the human relations aspects of organizations. It draws on the newer research in organization theory to analyze groups and individual behavior. It gives emphasis to the problems of managers at different levels of responsibility in regard to leadership, mobilization of resources, rationalization, planning, motivation, and dynamic administration. Business Administration 522 of Management Quan ti ta ti ve Aspects 3 credits This course examines the quantitative aspects of management. It analyzes the optimization of management decisions in the operation of the firm. It applies the new tools and techniques of game theory, linear and non-linear programming, input-output analysis, and other mathematical and statistical approaches to operational problems faced by the firm . 16 17 �Business Administration 523 Seminar I Management 3 credits This seminar brings to bear current management techniques on a variety of problems. Students will be guided in theoretical readings and will apply their knowledge in seminar discussions. Business Administration 524 Seminar II Management 3 credits This seminar has a research orientation. Research, objectives, techniques, and methodology will be dealt with. Economics 531 Industrial Relations and the Law 3 credits An in-depth study of labor legislation both federal, state, and local. Emphasis will be placed on recent N .L.R.B. decisions and precedents. Economics 532 Wage Determination and Administration 3 credits A study of economic and institutional forces determining wages. Wage theories are analyzed. Problems of wage administration will be dealt with. Economics 533 The Labor Market 3 credits Economic and non-economic forces influencing labor supply and demand will be studied. Determinants of the labor force, unemployment, labor mobility, and the functioning of the labor market will be investigated. Economics 534 Labor Seminar 3 credits This seminar deals with current issues and theoretical concepts in industrial relations. Accounting 542 Financial and Tax Planning 3 credits Analysis of federal tax regulations and interpretations. Stress will be placed upon the timing of business transactions and the tax implication in choosing financial alternatives. Accounting 543 Accounting Policies and Practices 3 credits This course considers the ethical questions and legal implications in the performance of the accounting function; reporting data to management, governmental agencies, and other interested parties. Accounting 544 Controllership 3 credits Review of the controllership function and the role of the controller in the planning and coordination of the large business organization. Attention will be directed to the effective use of accounting information and facilities. Accounting 545 Professional Seminar 3 credits Discussion of current accounting research, literature and theory, consideration of the role of the accountant in management advisory services. Business Administration 551 Portfolio Management Investment and 3 credits A study of the various types of corporation and government securities coupled with an examination of the machinery of investment. Particular emphasis will be given to the investment alternatives relating to portfolio management decisions. Business Administration 552 Financial Management 3 credits Accounting 541 Advanced Problems 3 credits A comprehensive review of technical and professional accounting problems. Review of the structure and content of the Uniform C .P.A. examination. 18 A study of financial management problems of business. Attention is given to the control of current funds, working capital operations, and estimating the need for funds; the problem of long-term capital funds and expansion, and the choice between risk and profitability in the capital structure are also considered. 19 �Business Administration 554 Seminar Managerial Finance 3 credits Master of Science in [hemistry Problems in managerial finance. Special topics. Admission Economics 571 Labor,.,Management Seminar. 3 credits This seminar will deal with labor--management conflict and successful problem--solving techniques. The orientation and ap~ proach will be that of the concerned public. Business Administration 572 ment Seminar. Management Develop,., 3 credits This seminar area will deal with techniques of management training, problems, pitfalls, objectives, and the current state of the art. For admission to graduate study in chemistry, the applicant shall have a Baccalaureate Degree in Chemistry from an accred-ited institution or the equivalent. Requirements include courses in physical chemistry and qualitative organic analysis, as well as one advanced chemistry course. A working knowledge of cal-culus and ordinary differential equations is also required. Stu-dents deficient in any phase of chemistry may, at the discretion of the Chemistry Faculty, be granted provisional admission. Degree Requirements All candidates for the Master of Science Degree in Chemis-try are required to complete satisfactorily Chemistry 431, 440 and 411. A minimum of 18 credits in 400--level or 500--level grad-uate chemistry courses is required, exclusive of dissertation cred-it. The remainder of the required credits may be obtained in mathematics or physics. Physics 401, 402, Topics in Mathemat-ical Physics is strongly recommended. Courses of Instruction CHEMISTRY Chemistry 341 Elementary Physical Chemistry. 3 credits The first, second, and third laws of thermodynamics are em-phasized. The topics of electrochemistry, chemical kinetics, the phase rule, and the states of matter are introduced. Class, three hours a week; laboratory (optional), three hours a week. Break-age deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 20 21 �Chemistry 342 Intermediate Physical Chemistry. 3 credits Electrochemistry, electrokinetic phenomena, kinetic molecular theory, statistical mechanics, chemical kinetics, and the states of matter are studied in detail. Quantum mechanics and radiochemistry are introduced. Class, three hours a week; laboratory (optional), three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Chemistry 352 Biochemistry. 3 credits A study of the nature and metabolism of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, and other physiological substances. Emphasis is placed on the mechanism of enzymatic catalysis. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Chemistry 376 Advanced Analytical Chemistry. 3 credits The theory and application of modern techniques and instructional procedures, such as spectrophotometric, electroanalytical, and chromatographic. Theory and practice of analysis of more complex materials. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chemistry 342. Chemistry 411 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. 3 credits Systematic chemistry of the elements, introduction to ligand field theory, chemistry of the first transition series and TT .- acceptor compounds. e_limination reactions, molecular rearrangements, carbonyl reactions, stereochemistry, kinetics. Chemistry 440 Quantum Chemistry. 3 credits The experimental foundations and the mathematical formulation of the quantum theory, including the quantum mechanics of simple systems, the hydrogen atom, and approximate method~. ~roup t_heory is introduced and the use of symmetry properties 1s applied to molecular orbital theory. Chemistry 516 Selected Topics in Inorganic Chemistry. 3 credits Topics of interest, probably in theoretical inorganic chemistry or transition-metal chemistry. Chemistry 531 Stereochemistry. 3 credits A detailed study of symmetry classifications, stereoisomerism, optical activity and conformational analysis, including related theory and experimental applications of ORD CD d NMR. , , an Chemistry 536 Selected Topics in Organic Chemistry. 3 credits Selected topics in organic chemistry which are of special interest to the Staff and are designed to complement research . Chemist~y J41 Chemical Thermodynamics and Statistical Thermodynamics. 3 credits First, Second, and Third Laws of thermodynamics and classical and quantum statistical thermodynamics. Applications to physical chemical processes. Chemistry 542 Spectroscopy. 3 credits A detailed study of modern theories of mechanism and structure. Topics include nucleophilic and electrophilic substitution, The theory of absorption and emission of radiation, including microwave, Raman, and infrared spectra of molecules and electronic spectra of atoms and molecules. Other topics may include magnetic resonance spectroscopy, Mossbauer spectroscopy, and fluorescence and phosphorescence spectroscopy. 22 23 Chemistry 431--432 I and II. Advanced Organic Chemistry 3 credits each �Chemistry 544 Kinetics. 3 credits A review of the analysis of kinetic results and the measurement of reaction rates. Emphasis is placed on the theoretical intrepretation of elementary gas phase reactions, liquid solution kinetics, rapid reactions, and enzyme kinetics. Chemistry 546 Selected Topics in Physical Chemistry. (Offered on demand) 3 credits Selected topics in physical chemistry which are of special interest to the Staff and are designed to complement research. Chemistry 590 Thesis. 6 credits Course Sequence Chemistry 341 Chemistry 411 Chemistry 431 Chemistry 541 Fall 1970 ,. . . . , Elementary Physical Chemistry ,. . . . , Advanced Inorganic Chemistry ,_., Advanced Organic Chemistry I ,_., Thermodynamics Spring 1971 Chemistry 342 ,. . . . , Intermediate Physical Chemistry Chemistry 352 ,. . . . , Biochemistry Chemistry 376 -- Advanced Analytical Chemistry Chemistry 432 -- Advanced Organic Chemistry II Chemistry 440 ,. . . . , Quantum Chemistry Chemistry 544 ,_., Kinetics Chemistry 341 Chemistry 411 Chemistry 440 Chemistry 531 ,......, ,. . . . , ,. . . . , ,-., Fall 1971 Elementary Physical Chemistry Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Quantum Chemistry Stereochemistry Spring 1972 Chemistry 342 ,_ Intermediate Physical Chemistry Chemistry 352 -- Biochemistry Chemistry 376 ,......, Advanced Analytical Chemistry Chemistry 516 -- Topics in Inorganic Chemistry Chemistry 536 ,. . . . , Topics in Organic Chemistry Chemistry 542 ,_ Spectroscopy Master of Science Degree Programs in Education Purpose Graduate study in Education is offered primarily to enable teachers to enhance their preparation for classroom leadership. Study in various academic fields is required as well as in professional courses. Sufficient flexibility is provided, however, to permit others interested in education to arrange programs of study appropriate to their interests. Special Features of the Program The program is arranged so that students may pursue the degree on a full- or part-time basis. Late afternoon and evening classes are offered to enable full-time teachers within a reasonable distance from Wilkes-Barre to take courses toward fulfillment of degree requirements during the academic year. Credits may also be earned during the summer sessions. Admission For admission to graduate study in education, the applicant must have a baccalaureate degree from an accredited institution or the equivalent with an appropriate major. Applicants who wish to pursue master's work in secondary education must satisfy academic departmental requirements as well as requirements of the Education Department. Applicants who wish to pursue master's work in elementary education must present adequate preparation in academic disciplines as well as satisfy requirements of the Education Department. Students deficient in any phase of requirements may, at the discretion of the academic department, the Education Department, and the Director of Graduate Studies, be granted provisional admission. Deficiencies must be made up satisfactorily before full admission to graduate study will be granted. 24 25 �Degree Requirements Education 403,..,04 A candidate for the Master of Science Degree in Secondary Education must complete 30 credits, 18 of which must be taken in his academic major subject field. A candidate for the Master of Science Degree in Elementary Education must complete 30 credits, at least 12 of which must be in education; the remaining 18 credits may be taken either in academic fields or in education. Education courses taken to fulfill provisional certification requirements may not be used to fulfill master's degree requirements. Beginning teachers holding the interim certificate are assigned to supervisors who work with them to facilitate their introduction to classroom teaching. Prerequisite: Interim certification. Section A Elementary Section B Secondary Education 405 Program of Study Each student develops a program of study which will satisfy requirements for the degree he seeks. The 12 credits required in education must be distributed as follows: 6 credits in Area I, 3 credits in Area II, and 3 credits in Area III or IV. The student's program must be approved by his adviser and by the Education Department. To facilitate securing this approval, students in secondary education are assigned a co-adviser in the Education Department. EDUCATION AREA O - CERTIFICATION COURSES General Secondary School 3 credits An introduction to principles, methods, and materials appro~ priate for secondary school instruction. Required for interim certification. Education 401,..,02 Introduction to Reading Instruction. 3 credits A foundations course in reading instruction. AREA I - FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION Education 510 Psychological Foundations of Education. 3 credits A study of human development and learning, application of psychological principles in the practice of education. C:ourses of Instruction Education 400 Methods. Intern Teaching. 3 credits each semester Elementary Classroom Methods. 3 credits each semester Education 511 Philosophical Foundations of Education. 3 credits A~ examination of philosophical issues which bear upon ~menc_an education. The problem of relating theory to practice 1s considered. Education 512 Social Foundations of Education. 3 credits An introduction to principles, methods, and materials ap~ propriate for elementary school instruction. Education 401 is prerequisite to 402. Prerequisite: Interim certification. An introduction to the history, scope, materials and methods of the sociological analysis of education. Instruction includes the concepts of culture, socialization, stratification, social control and change as they relate to formal education. 26 27 �Education 513 Comparative Foundations of Education. 3 credits An analytic study of educational patterns in contemporary societies. Educational policies and institutions are studied in their cultural context. Educational patterns of developed and developing nations are described, analyzed and compared; examples from each pattern are examined. AREA III -ELEMENTARY EDUCATION Education 530 Diagnosis and Correction of Reading Difficulties. 3 credits A study of methods and materials for detection analysis, and remediation of reading disabilities. , Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Education 514 Historical Foundations of Education. 3 credits A survey of the great landmarks of Western education from antiquity to the recent past. The development of primary, secondary, and higher education; objectives; curricula; methods; and systems of education are considered. Attention is given to some contemporary problems in their historical perspectives. Education 531 Practicum in Reading Instruction. 3 credits This course places students in a clinical setting for detection, analysis, and remedial instruction of children with reading disabilities. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Education 532,33 Education. AREA II - PROFESSIONAL SKILLS IN EDUCATION Education 520 Tests and Measurements. 3 credits Study of characteristics, construction, and use of various standardized and non-standardized measuring instruments; statistics through basic correlation. Statistics in Education. Section A Mathematics B Science C Language Arts D Social Studies E Special Subjects Research in Education 3 credits An introduction to research, techniques for gathering and presenting data. Prerequisite: Education 520 or equivalent. Elementary School Curriculum. 3 credits 3 credits Correlation and regression through statistical inference. Prerequisite: Education 520 or equivalent. Education 522 3 credits Advanced study of materials and methodology appropriate for elementary classroom instruction. Education 534 Education 521 Problems in Elementary A study of curricula offered in elementary schools, grade placement of content, articulation of subject matter areas, development of specialized programs. Education 535 Nongraded Instruction in the Elementary School. 3 credits A study of the rationale for nongrading, the nongraded curriculum, and instructional staffing design. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 28 29 �Education 539 Seminar in Elementary Education. 3 credits An advanced course dealing with some significant issues selected by the instructor. The seminar technique provides a re~ view of major problems based on the current level of knowledge in the area. AREA IX - ADVANCED GENERAL COURSES Education 595,.96 Workshop 3 ere d't 1 s each semester Provides an opp~rtunity for experienced teachers to develop study programs designed to meet their special needs. Students may. receive credit more than once if there is no duplicat 1·0 nm · su b Ject matter covered. AREA IV - SECONDARY EDUCATION Education 540 Special Methods in Secondary School Instruction. Section A Biology B Chemistry C Environmental Science D English H E History Mathematics I F J G Phy~cs Education 541 3 credits each semester Education 597 ,.9g Independent Study Affords an opportunity for independent study of selected topics under faculty supervision. Reading Social Sciences Educational Theater Secondary School Curriculum. 3 credits A study of secondary school curricula, traditional programs, recent developments, provisions for innovation and individual~ ization. Education 542 Extra,.curricular Activities. 3 credits A study of the development of extra~curricular activities, organization and administration, the role of the sponsor, recent trends. Education 549 Seminar in Secondary Education. 3 credits An advanced course dealing with some significant issues selected by the instructor. The seminar technique provides a re~ view of major problems based on the current level of knowledge in the area. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 30 3 credits each semester 31 �Master of Science Degrees Biology, Chemistry, and Physics Education • Ill Courses of Instruction ENGLISH English 310 Medieval English Literature. 3 credits A study of English literature to 1500, exclusive of Chaucer and the drama. Graduate study in Biology, Chemistry or Physics Educations affords teachers and educators an opportunity to strengthen their background in one of the disciplines as well as study in the professional field of education. A minimum of 18 credits related to the subject field is required. English 320 Admission and Requirements English 321 ( See education admission and requirements under Master of Science Degree Programs in Education.) Study of the drama from the tenth century to 1642; reading of plays by pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan dramatists exclusive of Shakespeare. Tudor Prose and Poetry. 3 credits Study of English non-dramatic literature from 1485 to 1603. English 330 Early English Drama. 3 credits Milton and the Seventeenth Century. 3 credits Master of Science in English Education Graduate study in English is offered toward the Degree of Master of Science in English Education. It is designed to offer teachers and educators an opportunity to strengthen their background in English as well as study in the professional field of education. A minimum of 18 credits in courses related to the subject field is required. Admission and Requirements ( See education admission and requirements under Master of Science Degree Programs in Education.) A study of the non-dramatic literature of the period with special emphasis on the poetry of John Milton . English 341 Restoration and Eighteenth Century Drama. 3 credits Study of the drama from 1660 to 1780. English 343 Eighteenth Century Prose and Poetry. 3 credits The chief poets and essayists of the eighteenth century. Includes Swift, Pope, and Johnson . English 345 Early English Novel. 3 credits English prose fiction of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries; rise of the novel to the close of the eighteenth century. 32 33 �English 354 Romantic Prose and Poetry. 3 credits Study of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Shelley, Keats, and Byron, with related prose writers of the Romantic Period. English 410 Studies in Medieval Literature. 3 credits The study of selected topics in Medieval English literature. English 360 Victorian Prose and Poetry. 3 credits Readings in Tennyson, Browning, Arnold, and other significant writers of the Victorian Age. English 420 Studies in Renaissance Literature. 3 credits A study of selected major figures of the English Renaissance. English 366 Later English Novel. 3 credits The major novelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. English 440 Studies in Restoration and Eighteenth Century Literature. 3 credits English 370 to 1800. A study of selected topics in English literature from 1660 Modern Poetry. 3 credits Study of the major English and American poetry of the twentieth century. English 372 Modern Novel. 3 credits Study of the major English and American novels of the twentieth century. English 450 Studies in Romantic and Victorian Literature. 3 credits A study of selected major English prose and poetry of the nineteenth century. English 470 English 374 Modern Drama. Studies in Modern British Literature. 3 credits 3 credits Study of important dramatists, European and American, from the time of Ibsen. A study of selected major British authors of the twentieth century. English 400 English 480 Introduction to Research. 3 credits An introductory course in research and bibliography designed to acquaint the graduate student with the resources and procedures used in literary research . English 405 Studies in Linguistics. 3 credits A study of generative transformational grammar as developed by Chomsky, Lees, and others resulting from work done by Harris and other structuralists. Studies in American Literature. 3 credits A study of selected major movements and figures in American literature from the Puritans to contemporary authors. English 497 Seminar in Special Problems. 1 to 3 credits This course is designed for intensive research in any specific area of English or American literature. 34 35 �Course Offerings for 1970... 1971 Fall 1970 English 321 - Early English Drama English 354 - Romantic Prose and Poetry Spring 1971 English 341 ,_ Restoration and Eighteenth Century Drama English 374 - Modern Drama Master of Science in History Education Graduate study in history is offered toward the Degree of Master of Science in History Education. The program is designed to offer teachers and educators an opportunity to strengthen their background in history as well as to study in the professional field of education. A minimum of 18 credits in courses related to the subject field is required. Admission and Requirements Summer 1971 English 405 - Studies in Linguistics English 470 ,_ Studies in Modern British Literature ( See education admission and requirements under Master of Science Degree Programs in Education.) Courses of Instruction English 480 - Studies in American Literature HISTORY History 321 ...322 History American Social and Intellectual 3 credits each semester A study of social and intellectual developments in the United States from the colonial period to the present time. During the first semester emphasis will be placed on the influence of the American environment during the colonial period and of expansion and sectional disputes in the federal period upon society and upon religious, economic, and political thought. During the second semester the influences of industrialization, the rise of nationalism, and the emergence of the United States as a World Power will be emphasized. ( For graduate students - select problems) Prerequisites: History l 07 and 108. History 327 ... J28 History of the Foreign Policy of the United States. 3 credits each semester A study of the evolution of the several policies that give direction to the relations of the United States with other nations. (For graduate students - select problems) Prerequisites: History 101 , 102, 107, and 108. 36 37 �History 331 Colonial America. 3 credits Discovery, exploration, and settlement; development of social, political, religious, and intellectual institutions; independence and political reorganization. ( For graduate students ,....,, select problems) Prerequisites: History 107 and 108. History 353,.,354 1648,.,1815 Early Modern Europe 3 credits each Topics include the absolutism of Louis XIV, the growth of Brandenburg- Prussia, the French Revolution and French Empire, the economic forces of mercantilism, and the early Industrial Revolution. The growth of science and the Enlightenment will receive careful attention. (For graduate students ,....,, select problems) History 332 The National Period (American History) 3 credits A study of the political and economic history of the United States from 1783 to 1865. Special attention will be given to the evolution of sectional differences and the culmination of these differences in intersectiona1 warfare. ( For graduate students ,....,, select problems) Prerequisites: History 107 and 108. History 355 3 credits A study of the political, social, and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. (For graduate students - select problems) Prerequisites: History 101 and 102. History 356 History 333 The Age of Big Business. Europe in the Nineteenth Century. Europe in the Twentieth Century. 3 credits 3 credits A study of the political and economic history of the United States from 1865-1914. Special attention will be paid to the period of congressional dominance and the restoration of presidential power at the turn of the century; the economic, social, and political consequences of the industrial revolution; and the rise of urban America. ( For graduate students,....,, select problems) Against a background of the internal .and international developments of the leading powers, the class will study the origins and results of the two World Wars. (For graduate students ,....,, select problems) History 357 Prerequisites: History 107 and 108. History 334 Twentieth Century America. 3 credits The emergence of the United States as an industrial, urban world power and the corresponding development of its political, economic, social, religious, and intellectual institutions. ( For graduate students - select problems) Prerequisites: History 107 and 108. 38 Prerequisites: History 101 and 102. History of Russia to 1815. 3 credits A brief review of demographic and geographic factors will be used as background for a study of the political, social, and intellectual history of Russia from early times to 1815. ( For graduate students ,......., select problems) Prerequisites: History 101 and 102. History 358 History of Modern Russia 3 credits A thorough examination of nineteenth century Imperial Russia will serve as a basis for a detailed study of the development of Russia in the twentieth century. Emphasis will be on the or39 �1gms and political, social, and cultural evolution of the Soviet State from its inception to the present. ( For graduate students ,......, select problems) Course Offerings for 1970--1971 Prerequisites: History 101 and 102. History 3 71 Historiography. Fall 1970 1 to 3 credits An introduction to the aims, methods, and accomplishments of some of the most renowned historians of Europe and America. ( Graduate students must take this course.) Prerequisite: Consent of head of department. History 327 ,......, History of the Foreign Policy of the United States I History 331 ,......, Colonial America History 333 ,_, The Age of Big Business History 353 ,......, Early Modern Europe I History 355,......, Europe in the Nineteenth Century History 381 History 357 ,......, History of Russia to 1815 History of Latin America 3 credits A survey of the colonial period of Latin American history through the achievement of national independence. ( For graduate students ,......, select problems) History 381 ,......, History of Latin America History 497 ,_, Seminar ,......, Topics in Economic History Spring 1971 History 395. . 396 Independent Research. 1 to 3 credits per semester Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman. Sociology 397 Seminar in Anthropology 3 credits History 328 ,......, History of the Foreign Policy of the United States II History 332 ,......, The National Period History 334,......, Twentieth Century America History 354 ,......, Early Modern Europe II History 356 - Europe in the Twentieth Century History 358 - History of Modern Russia History 497 ,......, Seminar ,......, British History Presentation and discussion of selected topics. Summer 1971 History 497 Seminar in American and/ or European History. 1 to 3 credits per semester Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman. 40 History 371 - Historiography History 497,......, Seminar,......, Diplomatic Relations of the United States and East Asia , 1898-1971. History 497,......, Seminar,......, Social 1900-1960 41 Thought in America , �Master of Scie11ce in Mathematics Education Mathematics 314 Functions of a Complex Variable 3 credits Complex functions, limit and continuity, analytic functions, Cauchy's integral theorem and formula, power series, Laurent expansion, residues. Admission ( See education admission requirements under Master of Science Degree Programs in Education.) Requirements The requirements for this degree consist of two components: 18 credits in mathematics courses and 12 credits in education courses. The mathematics component must include Mathematics 311-312, 331, and 334 ( if these courses or their equivalents have not been completed by the candidate prior to admission) and at least one course numbered above 400. A thesis is not required. At the time a student is admitted into this program, he will be assigned a faculty adviser who will propose a course of studies for him to follow. The mathematics and education components must be approved by the Chairmen of the Departments of Mathematics and Education, respectively. The entire program and any subsequent changes must also be approved by the Director of Graduate Studies. C:ourses of Instruction MATHEMATICS Mathematics 311~312 I and II Functions of a Real Variable 3 credits each Topological preliminaries for analysis, sequences and series of functions, Riemann-Stieltjes integral, introduction to Lebeague integral, Fourier series. 42 Mathematics 331 Introduction to Abstract Algebra I 3 credits A study of elementary number theory, groups, rings, and fields. Mathematics 334 Linear Algebra 3 credits Vector spaces, linear transformations, matrices, determinants, bilinear and quadratic forms, matrix polynomials. Mathematics 343 Introduction to Geometry 3 credits A study of selected topics from Euclidean geometry, affine geometry, projective geometry, and convexity. Mathematics 351~352 Probability and Mathematical Statistics 1 and _II 3 credits each Random variables, probability distributions, expectation and limit theorems, estimation, testing statistical hypotheses, confidence intervals. Mathematics 364 Numerical Analysis 3 credits Numerical methods of differentiation, integration, solution to equations and of differential equations with emphasis on problems that lend themselves to solution on computers. Knowledge of computers is desirable but not required. 43 �Mathematics 397 Seminar 1 to 3 credits per semester Presentation and discussion of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of department chairman. Mathematics 413 Functions of Several Variables 3 credits A modern treatment of calculus of functions of several real variables. Topics include: Euclidean spaces, differentiation, integration on manifolds leading to the classical theorems of Green and Stokes. Prerequisites: Mathematics 311 and 334. Mathematics 432 Algebra II Introduction to Abstract 3 credits A continuation of Mathematics 331. Polynomial rings, ideals, field extensions and Galois Theory. Prerequisite: Mathematics 331. Mathematics 441 Introduction to Topology I 3 credits Metric spaces, topological spaces, countability and separation axioms, compactness and connectedness, product spaces. Prerequisite: Mathematics 311. Mathematics 442 Introduction to Topology II 3 credits A continuation of Mathematics 441. Hilbert spaces, Banach spaces, and Banach algebras. Prerequisite: Mathematics 441. Mathematics 470 Readings in Mathematics 3 credits per semester Individual study of an outstanding text under the supervision of a faculty member. Designed for students who have completed a substantial amount of coursework in mathematics. Prerequisite: Senior standing and consent of department chairman. 44 Mathematics 480 Topics in Mathematics 3 credits per semester A study of topics of special interest. It may be a continuation and intensive study of topics begun in the upper level courses in analysis, topology, algebra and probability. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Course Offerings for 1970,1971 Fall 1970 Mathematics 311 ,......, Functions of a Real Variable I Mathematics 331 ,......, Introduction to Abstract Algebra I Mathematics 334 ,_ Linear Algebra Mathematics 343 ,_ Introduction to Geometry Mathematics 351 ,_ Probability and Mathematical Statistics I Mathematics 413 ,_ Functions of Several Variables Mathematics 441 ,_ Introduction to Topology I Mathematics 470 ,_ Readings in Mathematics Mathematics 480 ,_ Topics in Mathematics Spring 1971 Mathematics 312 ,_ Functions of a Real Variable II Mathematics 314 ,_ Functions of a Complex Variable Mathematics 334 ,_ Linear Algebra Mathematics 352 ,......, Probability and Mathematical Statistics II Mathematics 364 ,_ Numerical Analysis Mathematics 432 ,_ Introduction to Abstract Algebra II Mathematics 442 ,......, Introduction to Topology II Mathematics 470 ,......, Readings in Mathematics Mathematics 480 ,_ Topics in Mathematics Summer 1971 Mathematics 314 ,......, Functions of a Complex Variable Mathematics 334 ,......, Linear Algebra Mathematics 413 ,......, Functions of Several Variables Mathematics 470 ,......, Readings in Mathematics 45 �Master of Science in Physics Admission Applicants for admission to graduate study in physics must present at least 24 hours of undergraduate credit in physics. Proficiency in calculus and ordinary differential equations is assumed, and it is desirable that the student have some acquaintance with the use of complex variable theory. Physics 430 All candidates for the Master of Science Degree in Physics are required to complete satisfactorily Physics 511, Analytical Mechanics, Physics 530, Electricity and Magnetism, Physics 401-402 , Topics in Mathematical Physics, and Physics 550551 , Quantum Mechanics. A minimum of 18 credits in graduate physics courses is required, exclusive of dissertation credits. 3 credits Atomic structure and energy band theory. Application of energy band theory. Fermi-Dirac statistics. Conduction theory. Intrinsic and impurity conduction. Semi-conductor properties and characteristics of p/ n junctions. Transistors and transistor theory. Characteristics of transistors. High-current characteristics. Feedback effects. Physics 471 Degree Requirements Solid State Devices Crystallography. 3 credits Repetition theory and translational and rotational symmetry. Derivation of the crystal classes. Combination of symmetry operations involving reflections and inversions. The symmetrical plane and space lattices. The coordinate systems of crystallography and crystal forms. Practical determination of point-group symmetry. The algebra of operations. Space groups. Equivalent positions in space groups. The determination of space groups. Group Theory and its application to point symmetries. [nurses of Instruction PHYSICS Physics 401 ... 402 Topics in Mathematical Physics. 3 credits each Development of the solutions of various differential equations of physics and chemistry arising from thermodynamics and statistical mechanics, kinetic theory, hydrodynamics, etc. Physics 405 . . 406 Theoretical Physics I and II. 3 credits each The great unifying principles of physics will be examined and applied in the special branches of physics. Aspects of mechanics, optics, electromagnetism, relativity, atomic and nuclear physics will be treated from many points of view. Familiarity with subject matter will be assumed. The object of this course will be to develop deeper insight into physical laws and greater flexibility of approach to physical problems. Physics 472 X ... Ray Diffraction 3 credits X-rays and their properties. Directions and intensities of diffracted beams. Laue, Debye-Scheirer, Diffractometer, Rotating, Oscillating, Weissenberg and Precession Methods. Outline of crystal structure analysis. Fee: $20. Laboratory: one period per week. Prerequisite: Physics 471. Physics 473 Crystalline Anisotropy. 3 credits Groundwork of crystal physics and transformation of second-rank tensors. Paramagnetic and Diamagnetic susceptibility. Electric Polarization. Stress, strain and thermal expansion. Elasticity and fourth-rank tensors. Matrices. Thermodynamics of equilibrium thermal conductivity, and thermoelectricity. 46 47 �Physics 511 Analytical Mechanics. 3 credits The dynamics of particles and rigid bodies. Topics include central forces, orthogonal transformations, variational principles, Lagrange's equations, Hamiltonian method, etc. Prerequisites: differential equations, undergraduate mechanics. Physics 57 4 Semiconductivity. A detailed study of the theory of semiconductivity. Topics include statistical theory of rectification, transistor effect, etc. Corequisite: Physics 571. Physics 580.-581 Physics 530.-531 Electricity and Magnetism. 3 credits A detailed analytical study of the laws of electrostatics, magneto ... statics and electromagnetism. Topics include Laplace's equation, Poynting' s flux, etc. Nuclear Physics. 3 credits each semester An introduction to the theory and practice of nuclear physics. Nuclear reactions, scattering theory, fission, fusion, etc. Corequisite: Physics 551 . Physics 590 Physics 550.-551 3 credits Thesis. 6 credits Quantum Mechanics. 3 credits each semester The fundamental principles of quantum mechanics, according to both Schrodinger and Heisenberg formulations. Topics include variational methods, perturbation methods, the uncertainty principle, angular momentum, the hydrogen atom, radiation theory, and collision theory. Prerequisites: Physics 511, Physics 401. Corequisite: Physics 402. Course Sequence Fall 1970 Physics 401 ,......, Topics in Mathematical Physics I Physics 471 ,......, Crystallography Physics 511 ,......, Analytical Mechanics Physics 540 Statistical Mechanics. 3 credits The statistical theory of particles, both classical and quantum. Application to solid state and nuclear physics. Corcquisite : Physics 551. Physics 551 ,......, Quantum Mechanics II Spring 1971 Physics 402 ,......, Topics in Mathematical Physics II Physics 571 Solid State Theory. 3 credits An introduction to the theory of solids. Topics treated include crystal structure, point and line defects, superconductivity, the band theory of solids, etc. Corequisite: Physics 550. 48 Physics 472 ,......, X-Ray Diffraction Physics 550 ,......, Quantum Mechanics I Physics 540 ,......, Statistical Mechanics 49 �Administration of the Graduate Program Graduate programs at Wilkes College are the administrative responsibility of the Director of Graduate Studies. A Faculty Committee on Graduate Studies acts in an advisory capacity to the Director of Graduate Studies and is listed below. David M. Leach Professor of History Ph.D. (Rochester) Charles B. Reif Professor of Biology Ph.D. (Minnesota) Philip L. Riz zo Professor of English Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Faculty Committee on Graduate Studies Ralph B. Rozelle Director of Graduate Studies, Chairman Professor of Chemistry Ph.D. (Alfred) Samuel A . Rosenberg Professor of Economics Ph.D. (North Carolina) Donald W. Tappa James J. Behning James M. Toole Alvan Bruch Professor of Environmental Science Ph.D. (N.Y.U.) Robert E. Werner Harold E. Cox Franck G. Darte, II Associate Professor of History Ph.D. (Virginia) Associate Professor of Education Ed.D. (Pennsylvania) Francis J. Donahoe Professor of Physics Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Benjamin F. Fiester, Jr. Professor of English Ph.D. ( Pennsylvania State) Eugene L. Hammer Associate Professor of Biology Ph.D. (Yale) Associate Professor of Chemistry Ph.D. (Northeastern) Professor of Education Ed.D. (Columbia) Charles E. Wilks Bing K. Wong Assistant Professor of Physics Ph.D. ( Pennsylvania State) Professor of Economics Ph.D. (Wisconsin) Assistant Professor of Mathematics Ph.D. (Texas) Professor of Math ematics Ph.D. (Illinois) Information on the graduate school may be obtained by writing to: Director of Graduate Studies Wilkes College Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 18703 50 51 � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin, 1970-1971 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1970-1971 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/f3e4da00c182a116133abe1e97ed572b.pdf 7a0e80e54cc34df12276a84ba4142be0 PDF Text Text Wilkes College Summer Sessions Wilkes-Barre, Penna. 18703 ( .. . . --=: 4f-~~~-~-.·. ·. . :: l 1 . • ~~~ ~ WILKES-BARRE, PENNSYLVANIA �1969-1970 SPRING AND FALL SEMESTERS - 1969-70 VOL. XVIII �College Calendar College Calendar FALL SEMESTER - I 969- 70 SPRING SEMESTER - 1969-70 Freshman Orientation- Monday, September 8 to Saturday, September 13 Registration: All College - Registration - Thursday, September 11 Classes Begin - Monday, September 15 Report on Incomplete Grades Progress Reports - Progress Reports - Saturday, October 4 Monday, March 9 to Friday, March 13 Registration for Sophomores - Monday, March 16 to Friday, March 20 Monday, November IO to Friday, November 14 Monday, November 17 to Friday, Friday, March 20, 5:00 P.M. to Wednesday, April 1, 8:00 A.M. Easter Recess - Registration for Freshmen - Wednesday, April I to Tuesday, April 7 November 21 to Monday, December I, 8:00 A.M. Friday, December 19, 5 :00 P.M. to Monday, January 5, 8:00 A.M. Christmas Recess - Saturday, March 7 Registration for Juniors, Engineering Students - Monday, November 3 to Friday, November 7 Thanksgiving Recess -Tuesday, November 25, 10:00 P.M. Saturday, February 14 Report on Incomplete Grades - Registration for Seniors, Juniors, and Engineering Students - Registration for Freshmen - Monday, January 26 Classes Begin - Saturday, October 25 Registration for Sophomores - Friday, January 23 Final Date for Request for Summer Transfer Credit - Saturday, May 2 Classes End - Friday, May IS, 5:00 P.M. Examination Period-Monday, May 18 to Saturday, May 23 Classes End - Friday, January 9, 5:00 P.M. Examination Period - Monday, January 12 to Saturday, Memorial Day Holiday Baccalaureate - Saturday, May 30 Sunday, May 31 January 17 Commencement - Monday, June I �College Calendar Contents SUMMER COLLEGE - 1970 (The College issues a supplementary Summer Bulletin) College Calendar, 2 Wilkes College, 6 An Educated Man, 8 POLICIES AND OBJECTIVES FIRST SIX-WEEK SESSION (DAY) Registration-Tuesday, June 2, through Friday, June 5 Session Begins Session Ends - Monday, June 8 Friday, July 17 (including Final Exam) Education at Wilkes, 10 Admissions, 11 Registration, 15 Tuition, Fees & Expenses, 15 Financial Assistance, 19 Scholarships, 19 Loans, 21 Employment, 21 THE COLLEGE AND THE COMMUNITY Service at Wilkes, 64 Institute of Regional Affairs, 65 Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra, 67 Fine Arts Fiesta, 67 Performing Arts Center, 67 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS Leadership at Wilkes, 70 Bachelor of Arts Degree, 71 THE FACILITIES OF THE COLLEGE SECOND SIX-WEEK SESSION (DAY) Registration - Thursday, July 16, Friday, July 17, and Monday, July 20 Session Begins - Tuesday, July 21 Sessieon Ends - Friday, August 28 (including Final Exam) EIGHT-WEEK SESSION Experience at Wilkes, 32 Buildings and Plant, 33 Studying at Wilkes, 40 Counseling, 41 Student Activities, 43 Social Activities, 45 Athletics, 48 Student Responsibility, 49 THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM Session Begins - Monday, June 15 Session Ends - Thursday, August 6 (including Final Exam) Degree Requirements, 76 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION STUDENT LIFE (EVENING) Registration- Wednesday, June 10, through Friday, June 12 Bachelor of Science Degree, 75 Learning at Wilkes, 52 Curricula, 53 Academic Requirements, 55 Graduation Requirements, 59 Conscience at Wilkes, 108 Description of Courses, 109 PERSONNEL OF THE COLLEGE Commitment at Wilkes, 206 Board of Trustees, 207 Officers of Administration, 209 College Services, 210 Faculty, 211 INDEX, 231 �Wilkes College Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell University, responding to a request of community leaders, established its Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter as a four-year, coeducational, liberal arts college. The College has grown slowly to its current enrollment of approximately 2200 full -time day students and 500 part-time evening school students. From its inception the College has been dedicated to these twin goals - a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a program of service to the community. WILKES COLLEGE - Page 7 students of many faiths, backgrounds, and countries. It encourages them to maintain their convictions and their loyalties. It encourages them to create friendships based upon respect for differences, and to adhere to those ideals that create unity and good will amidst diversity. While academic work is the basis of the College program, the faculty recognizes that academic training will be of little importance unless students emerge as men and women of strong faith and fine character. In the words of John Stuart Mill, "Before you can make men doctors and lawyers, you must first make them men." Wilkes College is committed to education as a way of life. DECADES OF GROWTH AN INDEPENDENT COLLEGE It was inevitable that the new college should be non-sectarian for its purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporter~ wished the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the community. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an independent college that was interdenominational in its influence and non-denominational in its control. FREEDOM OF INQUIRY Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. McClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their decision. With responsibility came a pressing desire to strengthen the work of the faculty, united in their faith that the intellectual and spiritual resources of the student are vigorous where the creative mind is free. UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY A college that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite philosophy and a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided by the thought that unity in our community, our nation, and our world requires not only great vision but warm understanding of peoples. In its small circle Wilkes College brings together Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Common. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansion of the campus. A COOPERATIVE EFFORT The original concept of community services has been strengthened with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It has been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the community all benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperative relationship, with its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has resulted in cooperative action. ACCREDITATION Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania and the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The Accounting curriculum has been accredited by the Certified Public Accounting Examiners of the State of New York. The Chemistry curriculum is approved by the American Chemical Society. �Policies and Objectives seeks truth, for without truth there can be no qnderstanding; An Educated Man possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; Admissions is aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; participates constructively in the social, economic, cultural, and political life of the community; communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Formulated and adopted by the as a guide to learning. facuity Registration Tuition, Fees, and Expenses Financial Assistance �Admissions True education demands a love of learning and a spirit of acrifice and service. Education is not a right or privilege but an opportunity that carries with it obligations prescribed by the College and responsibilities shared with the student. This concept has guided the faculty and trustees in developing the philosophy and procedures of the Admissions Committee, making it possible for students of ability, determination, and soundness of character to study at Wilkes. Here the student will find an atmosphere of competitive learning in the world of ideas. His desire to undertake study at Wilkes places him among the ready men for whom education is an t•xperience in excellence. He will be charged with the responsibility for fulfilling that trust. The careful selection of able and committed students is deemed es cntial to the attainment of high standards and warm personal relationships between students and faculty. Undergraduate Ad1nission Requirements Education at Wilkes The spirit of the College derives from tht> ideals of the faculty and the quality of its intruction; from its library, its laboratories and equipment. The spirit of the College is the integrity of its mission, the intellectual climate that enriches the student as a person. The College believes that no attention can be too great which intensifies a student's thinking or deepens his interest or develops hi techniques and skills. It believes that a good student commit himself to the disciplines of his work. To learn, to master, and to understand he must accept the responsibilities that he shares with others. SFC0NDARY SCHOOL RECORD Candidates applying for admission to Wilkes should be secondary school graduates and should offer at least fifteen units of work representing the equivalent of the usual four-year secondary school preparatory school course. For entrance into certain departments, pccific courses in secondary school are necessary. Students interl'stcd in studying biology, chemistry, engineering, mathematics, medical technology, and science education should be prepared to enter Math. 111 - Analysis I (Calculus). APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION To assist students seeking admission, the College has adopted procedures designed to simplify admissions. Applications for admission and instructions regarding secondary chool records, recommendations, and entrance examinations may be obtained from the Dean of Admissions. The completed applications should be returned to him with a $10.00 registration fee. �Page 12 - ADMISSIONS ADMISSIONS - Page 13 ENTRANCE EXAMINATIONS PERSONAL INTERVIEWS All candidates for admission to the freshman class will be required to take entrance examinations. The Admissions Committee considers these test results in relation to the applicant's secondary school transcript and the record of performance during the secondary school years. A personal interview with each student is not required. Students and their families are invited to visit the College at their convenience. It is advisable to write for an appointment so that the Deans may arrange to meet with them. Music applicants are required to audition for the music faculty. ADMISSIONS TESTS The Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board is required of all applicants. Students should plan to take this examination in December or January of their senior year. If unusual circumstances prevent the applicant from taking this test, he must notify the Dean of Admissions. Students who wish the Admissions Committee to review their application on the basi of College Boards taken in their junior year should make this request in writing to the Dean of Admissions. Wilkes is a member of the College Entrance Examination Boards. Students communicating with the Educational Testing Center in Princeton, New Jersey, or in Los Angeles, California, should refer to the Wilkes College code number 2977. ACCEPTANCE OF ADMISSION AND DEPOSIT After receipt of the secondary school record, the secondary school recommendations, and the senior College Board scores, the Admissio.ns Committee meets and acts upon all applications. Notification of action by the Committee is sent immediately. Resident students are required to forward a $100.00 tuition and dormitory deposit by May I; local students are required to forward a $50.00 tuition deposit by May I in order to guarantee their entry into the College. The College accepts a limited number of applications for the February class. Procedures are similar to those followed in the fall semester. ADMISSIONS COMMITTEE The Admissions Committee is comprised of the Dean of Admissions and appointed faculty members. This committee acts upon special cases referred to it by the Dean of Admissions. TRANSFER STUDENTS Candidates from other institutions wishing to enter with advanced standing shall follow the regular procedure for admission. The student should request the college or university he is attending to forward to Wilkes a transcript and an official statement of his honorable dismissal. Students offered admission should secure a personal interview with the Dean of Admissions, at which time an evaluation of the transfer credits will be made and a tentative program scheduled. This program will be subject to final review by the faculty adviser at the time of registration. Acceptable credits wnl be placed on the Wilkes record of the student following a final evaluation. College policy prohibits the Admissions Committee from considering for admission any student who has been placed on academic probation or who has been dropped from any other college or university until a period of one year has elapsed. ADVANCED COURSE STANDING Superior students who have undertaken college-level courses in secondary school may request college credit for such work and permission to enter advanced courses. To qualify for advanced placement, the secondary school student must take the Advanced Placement tests of the College Entrance Examination Board, in addition to the regular Scholastic Aptitude tests required for admission. Action by the College will be determined by scores obtained on the Advanced Placement Examination, the secondary school record submitted by the student, and the recommendations o:f the secondary school faculty. After he is admitted the applicant will request the College Entrance Examination Board to send the results of the Advanced Placement Tests to the Dean of Admissions. The request will then be considered by the Admissions Committee and the appropriate department chairman. The applicant will be advised of their actio.n prior to registration. �Page 14 - ADMISSIONS EXPENSES - Page 15 Evening Division The evening division offers educational opporturnt1cs to adult who cannot attend day clas es. Students may register for course in the Evening Division and earn credits toward an undergraduate degree. Graduate cour es are also offered during the evening hours. Students will confer with the Director of the Evening Di\ision to arrange a course of study to meet their needs, abilities, and special requirements. During the emester student will consult with the Director of the Evening Division concerning their program. When the student completes thirty hours, his record is reviewed by the Admissions Committee. At this time the Committee recommends that a tudent continue to work for a degree, or be placed on probation, or withdraw from the Evening Division. Students who do not desire a degree may be admitted to classc which they are qualified to take by reason of their maturity, previous education, and work experience. Secondary school training is desirabl but not necessary, provided the student i qualified to follow special courses of instruction in which he wishes to register. Summer School The faculty offers selected courses during two six-week day sessions and one eight-week evening session. The course offerings are listed each year in the Summer College Bulletin available on request from the Admissions Office. A student from another college who wishes to take summer work at Wilkes must secure the approval of the proper officer of his own institution if he expects to receive credit for such work. A student from Wilkes College who wishes to take summer work at another institution must secure the approval of the Academic Standing Committee. Application in writing shall be made through the office of the Deans. Inquiries concerning summer graduate courses should be directed to the Chairman of Graduate Studies. Graduate Division Information concerning admission to the Graduate Division may be obtained from the Office of the Director of Graduate Studies. The College issues a supplementary graduate bulletin. Registration Every student is expected to register on the dates specified in the College calendar. A student presenting himself for registration after the time designated for registration will pay a late registration fee of $10.00. Incoming freshman stud en ts will be sent a program of courses they will be enrolled in for the first semester. This program should be approved by the student and returned to the Admissions Office within two weeks. Any questions or changes relating to this program should be directed to the Dean of Admissions immediately. Expenses TUITION The flat tuition fee of $700.00 per semester will be charged to all students taking a course load of fourteen to eighteen hours. A student who registers for fewer than fourteen hours of work will be charged at a rate of $50.00 per credit hour. A student who elects a heavier schedule than 18 hours will be charged $50.00 for each additional credit hour. EVENING SCHOOL Students registered in the Evening School will be charged $50.00 per semester hour. Further information regarding the content of the courses, requirements for undergraduate and graduate degrees, and requirements for teacher certification may be secured from the Office of Admissions. SUMMER SCHOOL Students registering for courses in the six and eight-week Summer School sessions will be charged $50.00 per semester hour of study payable before registration. FEES For those courses that require individual faculty supervision or the addition of supplies and equipment the College finds it necessary to charge nominal fees. These fees are listed in the Bulletin with the course description. When these fees total more than $50.00 a flat fee of $50.00 per semester will be charged. �Page 16 - EXPENSES EXPENSES - Medical technology students will be charged in both the se\enth and eighth semesters a $50.00 College Administrative he for supervision of the hospital course work required in this program. The cost of individual instruction in applied music is $50.00 for full-time students for a series of fourteen half-hour lessons. The College accepts a limited number of special students for indh idual instruction in applied music for a series of fourteen half-hour lessons at a cost of $70.00 per semester. A student activities fee of $10.00 provides for a number of special programs, including plays, recitals, and lectures, ofierc<l at the Center for the Performing Arts. A graduation fee of $25.00 is charged to all graduating seniors. There is no charge for the first transcript requested. The student will pay one dollar for each additional transcript. a. b. c. d. months and premiums arc payable in full with the first semester charges. There are four fully accredited hospitals in the vicinity of the campus, and a college physician and college infirmary arc availahle for emergency trea tmcn t. PAYMENTS Payment of all charges for tu1t10n, fees, room and board is to be made at the Finance Office, Parrish Hall, before registration. ereral plans have been developed to assist students who do not ha\e the cash in hand, and it is suggested these plans be considered \\ hen pecial assistance is needed. I. Wilkes College participates in the National Defense Student Loan Program and students needing financial assistance may apply to the College for such a loan. TRANSCRIPTS When requests for more than one transcript are given same order the charge shall be: Page 17 011 the One dollar for the first copy. Seventy-five cents for the second copy. Fifty cents for the third copy. Twenty-five cents for each copy thereafter. CHEMISTRY BREAKAGE Students taking chemistry laboratory courses are required to deposit $10.00 to cover possible charges for broken, lost, or damaged equipment. The unexpended balance of this fee is refundable. INSURANCE COVERAGE The College makes available both accident and accident and health insurance to students. Each student will be required to purchase an accident policy at a cost of $10.00. A health inrnrancc policy is available to commuting students but is optional with them. Health insurance required of all resident students is prepaid as part of the dormitory charge. Both policies provide protection for twehl' 2. If a student docs not meet the requirements for a National Defense Student Loan, but wishes to space his payments over the school year, we recommend that he apply for an educational loan at one of the local banks. Information concerning this method of financing an education may be obtained at the College. '3. Grants-in-aid and scholarships will be credited toward the student's bill at the beginning of each term. REFUNDS Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will receive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: During the first six weeks of a term one-half of the tuition will he refunded upon request if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After the first six weeks no refunds are allowed and the student is obligated for the full costs for the term. Refund of dormitory charges will not be allowed except under conditions beyond the control of the student. No student who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any refunds. �Page 18 - EXPENSES Financial Assistance Living Quarters and Board DORMITORIES Residence for boarding stud en ts is provided in a new dormitory for men and in a number of large mansions that have been given to, or purchased by, the College in recent years. The women's dormitories accommodate from eighteen to thirty students and a resident proctor. Every effort is made to maintain a homelike atmosphere. Students and their families are invited to inspect these homes. Each room includes a bureau, desk, chair, and a bed. Students will supply their own blankets; bed linens and towels are furnished through a local laundry on contract by the College. The admission of resident students is limited to the capacity of the dormitories, and all students not residing with parents or guardians are required to live in the dormitories. Any exception to this rule must be requested in writing to the Dean of Student Affairs, and must be approved by the Administrative Council after recommendation by the Council of Deans. A deposit of $50.00 is required to reserve a room. The charge for room and board is $575.00 per student per semester. This charge includes the cost of health and accident insurance and linen rental and laundry service for bed linen and towels only. Personal laundry plans are offered, and for students who wish to do their own laundry, facilities are available on campus. Resident students are required to take their meals at the College Dining Hall. Exceptions will not be made without formal recommendation from the college physician and the approval of the Dean's Council. Each resident student will be required to maintain a minimum balance of $50.00 on deposit with the College so long as that student is enrolled. Charges for damage to College dormitory property will be automatically deducted from the student's deposit. V'hen the student graduates or terminates his matriculation at the College, he will be given the refundable portion of the deposit. Information regarding dormitories can be obtained from the Office of Admissions. To provide assistance for those who need financial help, the College receives substantial gifts from friends. These gifts provide scholarship aid to those who are already making every effort to help themselves. In accepting any form of aid from the College the student accepts an obligation - which is also the obligation of every other conscientious student - to: 1. Maintain a good scholastic record. 2. Exert a constructive influence in the College and the community. 3. Participate constructively in an all-college activity of his own choice. In planning to meet any difference between his own resources and the cost of education the student should consider a combination of work, loans, and scholarships. Scholarships Scholarships and grants are available to students with good records of achievement and performance in high school or college who cannot fully finance the cost of their college education and who can demonstrate seriousness of purpose and effort. A few honor scholarships are awarded without regard to need to students of outstanding achievement in appreciation of their contribution to the intellectual life of the group. The amount of each grant will be determined by the Scholarship Committee. SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENTS 1. Students must be admitted to the College before their applications for scholarships will be considered. 2. All applicants for scholarships must obtain an interview with the Dean. �Page 20 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 21 3. No scholarship will be granted until the student has made every reasonable effort to finance as large a portion as possible of the costs of this education. Loans 4. Every applicant for scholarship aid shall submit confidential information pertaining to his financial needs and his record of achievement. The College participates in the National Defense Student Loan Program. Complete information concerning this program and applications for financial assistance under this program may be obtained at the College. 5. No student may simultaneously hold more than one scholarship granted by the College. SPECIAL LOAN FUND 6. Scholarships will be forfeited if the student, at any time, carries fewer hours than are normal for his course of study. 7. No scholarship is awarded for more than one year, but scholarships will be renewed upon request, provided this request is supported by a good academic record, by evidence of continued need, and by constructive participation in at least one all-college activity of his own choice. 8. The amount of the grant is confidential, and any breach of this confidence shall terminate the scholarship. The Florence and Joseph A. Goldman Loan Fund has been created by the donors to assist Juniors and Seniors whose education may be interrupted by unexpected difficulties. The loan bears no interest and is to be repaid by the student at the earliest practical time so that other students may also receive needed assistance from this rotating loan fund. STUDENT LOAN FUND Robert W. Hall Student Loan Fund was established by Robert W. Hall, class of 1951, to assist students in meeting small emergency financial needs. INSTRUCTIONS TO THE APPLICANT I. To establish eligibility for a scholarship, the student must first apply for admission to the College and must be accepted. Application for admission should be made prior to March I. 2. Students requiring aid shall indicate their need on the application for admission to the College. Wilkes College participates in the College Scholarship Service (CSS) of the College Entrance Examination Board. Participants in CSS subscribe to the principle that the amount of financial aid granted a student should be based upon financial need. The CSS assists colleges and universities and other agencies in determining the student's need for financial assistance. Entering students r:eeking financial assistance are required to submit a copy of the Parents' Confidential Statement (PCS) form to the College Scholarship Service, designating Wilkes College as one of the recipients, by February I. The PCS form may be obtained from a secondary school or the College Scholarship Service, P. 0. Box 176, Princeton, New Jersey 18540; or P. 0. Box 1025, Berkeley, California 97404. Employment College makes strict demands on a student's time. The student who finds it necessary to seek full-time employment during a semester is advised to work a year and then apply for admission. The College cautions the student to limit off-campus work, especially during the freshman year, when working may result in academic failure. PART-TIME EMPLOYMENT Part-time jobs in offices, stores, and industry are available for tudents wishing to earn part of their expenses. For such jobs the student shall register with the College Placement Office. CAMPUS EMPLOYMENT The College also offers part-time employment at standard rates in the dining room, offices, laboratories, library, or on the maintenance staff. The holder of these jobs will meet all obligations of his assignments or forfeit all help from the College. �Page 22 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Founders of Scholarships Each year some 1000 friends contribute to the scholarship fund of the College on an annual basis. Other friends have created scholarships which bear the names of the donors or of persons whom they have memorialized by means of a scholarship. Trust Funds and Endowed Scholarships ARNAUD CARTWRIGHT MARTS SCHOLARSHIP was created by the associates of Dr. Arnaud C. Marts, in the firm of Marts & Lundy, to honor the Chairman of their Board and former President of their Company. It is appropriate that this scholarship should bear his name for no person has done more to bring new opportunities to the young people of Wyoming Valley. As President of Bucknell University, he was instrumental in the establishment of Bucknell University Junior College, which became Wilkes College in 1947. After Wilkes College became an independent college, he joined its Board of Trustees and was elected Vice-Chairman of the Board. Because of his vision and faith in the young people of this region, he has supported and guided every forward looking and constructive effort of the College. The Arnaud C. Marts Scholarship will be awarded each year to that outstanding senior who has need of financial aid and who, by high scholarship and participation in college activities, has demonstrated those qualities of leadership that are needed in Wilkes College and in our nation. JOHN WELLES HOLLENBACK SCHOLARSHIP. Miss Anna Hollenback has created a scholarship in memory of her father, John Welles Hollenback, and the annual interest of the principal is used for scholarship purposes. JEWISH WAR VETERANS, WILKES - BARRE POST 212 SCHOLARSHIP is established in honor of B. J. Levin, one of the Post's founders. The purpose of this scholarship is to aid the child of a local war veteran. The award shall be made on the basis of need and ability without regard for race or creed. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 23 CONYNGHAM POST NO. 97, GRAND ARMY OF THE REPUBLIC, DEPARTMENT OF PENNSYLVANIA, SCHOLARSHIP. In 1968, Trustees of Post 97 established a trust at the College, the annual income of which is used to provide partial scholarships for residents of Luzerne County, with preference given to descendants of veterans of the Civil War. MABEL AND JOHN C. MOSTELLER SCHOLARSHIP FUND has been created to provide scholarships for needy and intelligent boys who have insufficient financial resources of their own and who would not have the opportunity to attend college if they were unable to secure financial assistance. The scholarships shall be granted only to boys of gcod moral character who are in the upper ten per cent of their class in academic standing and who have passed a qualifying competitive examination administered by Wilkes College. HENRY BLACKMAN PLUMB AND EDITH PLUMB SCHOLrnSHIP TRUST has been established to provide scholarships for students of outstanding ability and character majoring in one of the sciences and attending Wilkes College. WILLIAM B. SCHAEFFER MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. In 1951 a substantial bequest was left to the College by Mr. Schaeffer with the thought that it would be used to advance the interests of the College and the students. By action of the Board of Trustees a considerable portion of the income from this bequest has been set aside for scholarships. ROBERT MARC SCHUB MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP was established by Mr. and Mrs. Marvin Schub in memory of their son. This scholarship is to be awarded to a local student, preferably studying in the area of the humanities or sciences who otherwise could not attend college. The scholarship will be awarded annually to a worthy student of high potential. JESSIE STURDEVANT MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP awarded to a student of unusual promise and ability has been made available from the interest of a fund established by the late Miss Sturdevant. �Page 24 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 25 MRS. LEWIS H. TAYLOR left a bequest to the College to be used in assisting students of outstanding scholastic ability who othernisc could not gain a college education. M. W. WOOD SCHOLARSHIP. A half-tuition scholarship is ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER SCHOLARSHIP. This is an endowed scholarship created by Mrs. Walker to assist students of outstanding promise and achievement during their junior and/or senior years. ARTHUR J. PODESTA SCHOLARSHIP is given anonymously by friends, in honor of Arthur J. Podesta, 1969 Community Scholarship Campaign Chairman, for that student demonstrating strong potential academic ability who will benefit from scholarship aid. Annual Name Scholarships THE WILLIAM H. CONYNGHAM MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her late husband, a friend and neighbor of the College and for year an outstanding leader in business and community life. DICKSON MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. Funds for four scholships have been given to the College by the Trustees of the Allan H. and Kate P. Dickson Memorial Trust. These half-tuition scholarships will be granted to students of high scholastic achievement and aptitude who have also demonstrated leadership in student affairs during their high school years. JOHN LLOYD EV ANS MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP was created in memory of John Lloyd Evans, a life-long lover of music, conductor of the Dr. Mason Glee Society, conductor of The Sheldon Choral Society and the Wilkes-Barre Mixed Choral Society. The scholarship of $300 will be awarded to a senior in music or music education who has demonstrated outstanding ability in hi chosen field of study. DONALD T. JONES MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. David Ertley, Inc. has given a scholarship in memory of Donald T. Jones, a graduate of Wilkes College and a member of the Music Department up to the time of his death. MR. HARLAND W. HOISINGTON gives an annual scholarship to assist students of high scholastic ability. awarded annually to a student of high scholastic ability and financial need. RICHARD H. ROYER SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually to a student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his studies and in student activities. ANDREW J. SORDONI FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship will be used to assist students of unusual promise and proved ability. LOUISE M. THOMAS MEMORIAL AWARD is presented annually to a junior or senior girl who is majoring in education and plans to enter the teaching profession. College and Community Organizations WILLITS COLEMAN MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP has been established in memory of Willits Coleman, a member of the WilkesBarre Rotary Club, a service organization long active in efforts to raise educational standards in the schools. The scholarship will be awarded to a senior who has demonstrated ability in the classroom and in student activities. ALPHA RHO CHAPTER OF DELTA KAPPA GAMMA annually awards a partial scholarship to a deserving woman student in need of financial assistance. THE WYOMING VALLEY CHAPTER OF THE AMERICAN BUSINESS WOMEN'S ASSOCIATION offers to an outstanding woman student of the College a scholarship each year. The education committee of the club in cooperation with the administration chooses a young woman who shows promise of making an outstanding contribution in business or professional life following graduation. �Page 26 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE- Page 27 THE GILBERT D. DAVIS MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded by the Class of 1961 to a Wilkes student who demonstrates outstanding leadership abilities and who meets qualifications of academic competence and need. GREATER WILKES-BARRE JUNIOR CHAMBER OF COM MERCE awards a partial scholarship to a deserving student who without financial assistance could not attend college. LETTERWOMEN'S CLUB annually awards a partial scholarship to a woman athlete selected by the organization. THE NEIL C. DADURKA - DONALD F. STRAUB MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually to a Wilkes student of ability and need who makes a significant contribution to the life of the College. This scholarship is made possible by the generosity of the Class of 1957. NEIL DADURKA MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually by the Wilkes College Lettermen's Club. The money for this scholarship is earned and donated by the Wilkes College Lettermen's Club. The scholarship itself is named in honor of one of the most beloved athletes of Wilkes, Neil Dadurka, who was killed while flying for the United States Marine Corps. This half-tuition scholarship is given to an incoming freshman who is in need of financial aid and who is an outstanding athlete. The scholarship is given to enable an athlete to participate in the sport for which the scholarship is awarded. THETA DELTA RHO, the all-college women's service organiza tion, offers a scholarship yearly to a woman student achieving a high score in a competitive examination conducted by the College. WEST SIDE EVENING WOMAN'S CLUB SCHOLARSHIP shall be awarded annually to a Wyoming Valley girl who matriculates at Wilkes College with the intention of working toward a degree. WILKES COLLEGE FACULTY WOMEN'S CLUB SCHOLAR- SHIP is given in memory of Eleanor Coates Farley and awarded annually to a female student in need of financial support. Commercial and Industrial Concerns ARNOLD FOUNDATION. Arnold Biscontini, president, provides scholarship assistance to students who demonstrate need and academic achievement. FRANK E. BALDWIN, INC. SCHOLARSHIP. A half-tuition scholarship is awarded annually to a student maintaining high academic standing and in need of financial assistance. BALESTER OPTICAL COMPANY, INC. annually makes scholarship funds available to assist students of proved academic ability in need of financial assistance in order to complete their education. CONSOLIDATED CIGAR CORPORATION. This scholarship is awarded annually to students demonstrating scholarship excellence and financial need. FRANKLIN FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION OF WILKES-BARRE awards a one-half tuition scholarship to a student of high scholastic achievement who is active in campus and community activities. HEAVENLY SHOES INC. An annual scholarship is granted by Irving Schor, company president, who manifests concerned dedication to aiding worthy students of Wyoming Valley. THE GIBBONS SCHOLARSHIP is awarded each year to a deserving male student as selected by the Scholarship Committee. MEDICO INDUSTRIES awards a one-half tuition scholarship to a deserving student of high scholastic standing. NELSON OF KINGSTON, INC. awards a one-half tuition scholarship to a student of high scholastic standing. �Page 28 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE ADRIAN AND RICHARD PEARSALL OF CRAFT ASSOCI ATES, INC. have created a half-tuition scholarship which will be awarded to a high school graduate who has demonstrated leadership in his scholastic and extracurricular activities and who, without scholarship aid, would be unable to attend college. LAVENTHOL, KREKSTEIN, HORWATH & HORWATH SCHOLARSHIP. This award is presented annually to a senior accounting major by the firm of Laventhol, Krekstein, Horwath & Horwath in recognition of high academic endeavor. PENNSYLVANIA MILLER'S MUTUAL INSURANCE COM PANY awards a partial tuition scholarship to a student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his studies and in student activities. PENNSYLVANIA POWER AND LIGHT COMPANY awards four $300 scholarships annually to residents of PP&L's 29-county service area. These awards are made to students with outstanding academic promise and financial need. Applications for these awards may be made through the secondary school principal or guidance counselor at the time of application for admission. The Scholarship Committee of the College selects the final recipients from among all applications received. A. RIFKIN AND COMPANY awards a partial tuition scholarship to a worthy young man or woman of outstanding scholastic ability. STEGMAIER SCHOLARSHIPS. Two one-half tuition scholarships are awarded to senior male students who have made outstanding contributions to the College community. OLIVER J. R. TROUP MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is provided by Atlas Chain & Precision Products Co. Inc., the firm which Mr. Troup founded. This scholarship is presented to a freshman who intends to prepare for a business career. The award is granted annually to a young man whose potential is attested by the college board scores and the secondary school record. It is renewable at the end of each of the first three years. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE- Page 29 Employee's Family Scholarships ILGWU SCHOLARSHIPS. The Wyoming Valley District Council of the International Ladies Garment Workers Union has created partial scholarships for the sons or daughters of its members. To be eligible for candidacy, a student must graduate in the upper half of hi secondary school class, test above 550 on the Scholastic Aptitude Test, and demonstrate financial need. Final selection of scholarship winners will be made by officials of the College. THE LESLIE FAY SCHOLARSHIP is granted each year to the son or daughter of an employee of the Company whose record in secondary school and on the admissions tests has been outstanding. A recipient of the scholarship will be selected on a competitive ba is by the Scholarship Committee of Wilkes College. The scholarship will be retained by the student for the four years in College, provided his achievement and influence at the College are deemed outstanding by the faculty. THE METROPOLITAN WIRE GOODS CORPORATION has created scholarships of $500, $300 or $200 at Wilkes College for the sons or daughters of its employees. To qualify for candidacy, a student must graduate in the upper half of his secondary school class, must test above 550 on the College Board Examinations, and must demonstrate financial need. The scholarship will be granted through the College to the a pplican t making the best record in secondary school and on the College Board Examinations. To retain this scholarship, a student must make a strong academic record and must exert a constructive influence in the College. �Page 30 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Special Endowments THE W. S. CARPENTER MEMORIAL FUND was established in 1965 by W. S. Carpenter, Jr. and his sons in memory of W. S. Carpenter, who was born in Wilkes-Barre on April 5, 1853, and lived in this community during his entire active business life. The fund was given to strengthen the work of the science division by subsidizing research projects, assisting the College in attaining able teachers, providing scholarships for outstanding students, providing lectures by speakers of national prominence, purchasing exceptional tools, apparatus, or other equipment for use in the science department. THE ALLAN HAMILTON DICKSON CHAIR OF ENGLISH LITERATURE has been created by Dorothy Dickson Darte in memory of her father, Allan Hamilton Dickson, to encourage enlightened teaching, extended scholarship, and creative writing in the field of literature. GILBERT S. McCLINTOCK was the chairman of the Junior College Committee of Bucknell University when, in answer to a local need, Bucknell University in 1933 established the Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. As the first chairman of the Board of Trustees of Wilkes College, Attorney McClintock left his entire estate to Wilkes College with the understanding that the income shall b used to improve faculty salaries. The Facilities of the College Buildings and Plant �The Facilities of the College Buildings and Plant The College is constantly seeking to implement and improve its facilities for instruction. A growing campus provides added classrooms, modern laboratories and research facilities. EUGENE SHEDDEN FARLEY LIBRARY The new library, completed in the summer of 1968, has been named by the Trustees in honor of the president of Wilkes College. Since 1947 Kirby Hall, the former residence of Mr. and Mrs. Fred Morgan Kirby, has been used as the College library. The building, first named the Kirby Home for Education, was presented to the College in 1941 as a gift of Allan Kirby, son of Wilkes-Barre's most generous benefactors. It is presently being used by the Modern Foreign Language Department and contains the language laboratory, initiated by a gift of the graduating class of 1962. Experience at .Wilkes Education is the process of connecting and relating, of testing and retesting, of discover} and rediscovery. The faculty can teach the studcn t facts, but his contribution to a free society depends upon the continual expansion of his know! edge and upon its relevance to human experience. The student can strive for technical and professional competence, but the inner re sources of the mind and spirit must nourish and enrich his achievement. The new Eugene Shedden Farley Library occupies the corner of West South and South Franklin Streets. The four floors contain spacious reading rooms, student study carrels, faculty research offices; audio-visual equipment; special collection rooms. One room is devoted to Polish art treasures and exhibits of craftsmanship furnished by the W omen>s Committee for the Polish Room at Wilkes College, another contains books and papers from the estate of Attorney Gilbert McClintock, another holds historical documents presented by Admiral Harold Stark, and there is a room dedicated in memory of Eleanor Coates Farley, First Lady of Wilkes College. The library contains more than 85,000 volumes and 840 current periodicals and journals, with space provided for a to.t al of 300,000 volumes and study area for 600 students. Shelved on open stacks, books are easily accessible and may be borrowed for periods of two weeks. Reserve books for particular courses circulate for the time �Page 34 - BUILDINGS AND PLANT period specified by the instructor. Students may borrow books from the ten nearby libraries (public and college) through the interlibrary loan system. An introduction to the uses of the library is given to every freshman during the freshman orientation week. The schedule of library hours is announced at the beginning of each academic session. ST ARK HALL OF SCIENCE The departments of biology, chemistry, and physics are housed in Stark Hall of Science, named in honor of Admiral Harold R. Stark, former Chief of Naval Operations and currently Honorary Chairman of the Board of Trustees of the College. This building was completed in 1958 and enlarged in 1963, so that it now provides approximately 85,000 square feet of modern classroom, laboratory, and office space. Complete facilities are included for under• graduate instruction and student research in all departments, and for graduate study in biology, chemistry, and in physics. In addition to the usual instructional facilities, Stark Hall houses the Science Research Center, where faculty, graduate. students, and selected undergraduate students conduct various research programs, many with industrial or governmental financial support. Research in the sciences has included such varied work as research in allergy, immunochemistry, developmental plant morphology, protozoology, limnology, theoretical acoustics, atmospheric physics, experimental solid state physics, thermochemistry, surface chemistry, fuel cell research, and organic synthesis. Outside sponsors of recent research programs included the National Science Foundation, the Pennsylvania Heart Association, the National Institutes of Health, the United States Air Force, the Petroleum Research Fund of the American Chemical Society, and numerous private industries and individuals. BUILDINGS AND PLANT - Page 35 CENTER FOR THE PERFORMING ARTS A fully equipped, 500-seat theater is a gift of friends of the College. The site, with a view of the Susquehanna River and Kirby Park, was deeded to the College by the Wyoming Valley Society of Arts and Sciences. Until · 1965, theatrical activity was in Chase Theater, formerly the carriage house behind Chase Hall, presented to the College in 1937 by Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark, as a memorial to Fred M. Chase and his wife, the sister of Admiral Stark. Cue and Curtain, the student drama group, has given one-act plays by O'Neill, Sartre, Albee, Anouilh, Tennessee Williams, and others. One-act plays are student directed. Over the years the College has presented Elizabethan plays of Shakespeare, Webster, Dekker, Middleton, as well as plays of Moliere, Shaw, Ibsen, Pirandello, Wilder, Osborne, Noel Coward, Philip Barry. The students, in cooperation with the Wilkes-Barre Kiwanis Club, have presented the following musical comedies, the proceeds from which have assisted in the establishment of the Wilkes-Barre Kiwanis Charitable Foundation: Bloomer Girl, Paint Your Wagon, Annie Get Your Gun, The Music Man, The Sound of Music, Camelot, How To Succeed in Business Without Really Trying. MUSIC CENTER Faculty offices, studios, practice and rehearsal rooms are located in a new music center opened in the summer of 1969. This new facility is integrated with the Performing Arts Center completed in the fall of 1965. The band, choruses, and woodwind ensemble present concerts locally and on tour. To encourage musicianship the department has been host to the Pennsylvania Intercollegiate Choral Festival. Nationally known music educators, clinicians, and performers have participated in workshop and classroom activities. During the winter and spring semesters Town and Gown concert series presents students and music faculty in instrumental and vocal programs before audiences from both the College and the community. �Page 36 - BUILDINGS AND PLANT BUILDINGS AND PLANT - Page 37 CONYNGHAM ANNEX ( ART GALLERY) The art club holds its annual Art Fair in the Little Art Gallery in Conyngham Annex, where the work of students and of local and professional artists is shown. The public is invited to the displays and exhibits. Opportunities are offered to the students to enter their work in local and regional competition. GYMNASIUM AND OUTDOOR ATHLETIC PLANT Completed in September of I 950, the Gymnasium is well equipped for intramural and intercollegiate athletic events. It has a seating capacity of 2400. Recently, the College added modern training room facilities off campus adjacent to Kirby Park. Here also are located Ralston Field, named in honor of Wilkes' fir t athletic coach and present Dean, and the playing fields for soccer, baseball, and hockey, as well as asphalt tennis courts and an archery range. All students are invited by the Jewish Community Center, on South River Street, and the YM-YWCA, on South Franklin Street, to use their swimming pools and bowling alleys. GUIDANCE CENTER The College maintains a testing center to assist the Deans in their counseling of students. The College Testing Service is availaable at no charge to all Wilkes students and, for a fee, to members of the Community. The testing center also provides assistance to the State Bureau of Rehabilitation and other agencies. The Guidance Center, on South River Street, was the law offices of the late Gilbert S. McClintock, the first Chairman of the Board of Trustees. PLACEMENT OFFICE The Placement Office assists seniors in finding permanent employment in a position suitable to their talents and training. It also extends such assistance to any graduate of the College. The Placement Office also assists students in securing part-time employment during the school year and during the summer. Complete information about job opportunities and graduate schools is available. Each year the Office is visited by over onehundred representatives of industries and one hundred school systems from all parts of the United States to interview students for business and teaching positions. Comfortable quarters are provided for representatives from industry, from school systems, and from graduate schools to interview and discuss with students opportunities available to them. All students seeking employment are invited to register with the Placement Office. Full credentials are on file so that prospective employers may be given adequate information regarding the student. Credentials and recommendations from faculty members are submitted to the Placement Office upon the request of either the student or the Placement Offiice. The Placement Office is located in the Guidance Center, on South River Street, next to McClintock Hall. ALUMNI OFFICE The Alumni Office keeps records of all graduates and alumni of the College. It edits the Alumnus and acts as liaison for the College with alumni and interprets to the alumni chapters the changes and needs of the institution. Prospective students interested in finding out more about the College may write for information to the Alumni Office. They are always welcome at Alumni Chapter meetings. Current active Chapters are located in Pennsylvania in WilkesBarre, Allentown, Bethlehem, Easton, Harrisburg, Scranton, Philadelphia; in New York in Binghamton, New York City, Long Island; in New Jersey in Newark, Somerville, Morristown, Trenton; Wilmington, Delaware; Baltimore, Maryland; Washington, D.C. THE BOOKSTORE Books, stationery, and supplies may be purchased at the College Bookstore, Harding House, on South Franklin Street. The bookstore is operated on a cash basis. The cost of books and supplies will vary with the course of study, but will average approximately $50.00 per semester. The College also maintains a United States Post Office substation in Harding House. THE COMMONS The Commons, facing South Street, provides cafeteria service for commuting students and includes a lounge and recreation area. �Page 38 - BUILDINGS AND PLANT SNACK BAR Cafeteria service is also provided at the College's newly furnished Snack Bar, behind McClintock Hall. CLASSROOMS AND INSTRUCTION The Institute of Regional Affairs occupies the fifth floor of Parrish Hall. Classes and faculty offices in Commerce and Finance, Political Science, Psychology, and Sociology are in Parrish Hall. Conyngham Hall, located on South River Street, was one of the earliest properties acquired by the College. The Conyngham home was a gift in 1937 of Mrs. Bertha Robinson Conyngham, in memory of her husband, John N. Conyngham. The building was destroyed by fire on December 28, 1968. Bedford Hall, a gift of Mr. and Mrs. Paul Bedford, is the home of the English Department. Pickering Hall, next to the library, is the home of the Art Department. Classes in fine arts and in art education meet also in Conyngham Annex. OFFICES OF ADMINISTRATION Chase Hall, 184 South River Street, the first building on the campus, was donated in 1937 by Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark. On the first floor are the Dean of Admissions and the Director of Financial Aid. The Education Department is on the second and third floors. W eckesser Hall, 170 Sou th Franklin Street, is the gift of Mr. and Mrs. Frederick J. Weckesser. The President and the Dean of Academic Affairs have their offices in W eckesser Hall. Also in Weckesser Hall are the Dean of Men, the Dean of Women, the Director of Athletics, the Registrar, the Director of Student Activities, the Alumni Office, the Public Relations Office, and the office of College Development. Parrish Hall, formerly the Glen Alden Building of the Lehigh and Wilkes-Barre Coal Company, was acquired in 1958. Presently, the Finance Office occupies the first floor. DORMITORIES Over 25 dormitories are named after prominent local families and for patriots of the American Revolutionary War, whose history forms part of the rich heritage of the Wyoming Valley region. Student Li£e Counseling Student Activities Social Activities Athletics Student Responsibility �Counseling The guiding principle of all Wilkes counseling is to encourage the student to discover his own abilities and potentialities and to assist him in making sound, independent decisions; most of all he must learn to assume responsibility for all he does. FRESHMAN ORIENTATION PROGRAM The transition from the directed work of the high school to the independent and more intensive work of the College occasionally causes difficulty. Several days at the beginning of the term are therefore set aside to assist freshmen in planning their academic program. Studying at Wilkes In college the teacher works with the student, challenging him to extend the limits of his mind. He encourages him to think courageously and truthfully and to create with all his resources so that he may act with independent judgment. In a college community freedom of inquiry is essential. In the world community the right of the individual to differ safeguards the freedom of During the first week, new students take aptitude, interest, foreign language, and English-placement tests. The week also gives the new students an opportunity to become acquainted with one another and to learn about the College, the curriculum, and the student activities. Throughout their first term small groups of freshmen meet for one hour a week to discuss informally their personal, academic, and vocational objectives. Representatives of the faculty discuss with them: l. Methods of intelligent self-directed study. 2. Standards of value in personal conduct and in relationships with others. 3. Values of the College extracurricular program. all men. 4. The value of college experiences in developing a philosophy of life. As student and teacher engage in the experience of creative thinking, the heritage of learning becomes the responsibility of everyone. By placing responsibility upon the student for planning and conducting these discussions, the College encourages clear thinking, initiative, poise, and breadth of view. �Page 42 - COUNSELING Student Activities STUDENT ADVISEMENT Students sometimes need guidance in resolving personal, social, and academic difficulties. Since a student's physical and mental health affect his studies and ·his grades, he is encouraged throughout his college career to consult with his classroom instructors, his faculty adviser, the Deans, or the Department Chairmen concerning his scholastic progress. COLLEGE CONSULTATION SERVICE The College Consultation Service offers individual assistance to students with difficulties of a personal or environmental nature. Students may apply directly to the Consultation Service for appointments or may arrange for consultation through the Deans' Office. Interviews with the specially trained staff are conducted on an en ti rely confidential basis. The student activities of the College broaden a student's interests begun in the classroom. The faculty encourages a program of extracurricular activities that contribute to the educational development of the student who chooses to participate. Student activities are designed to appeal to a wide variety of tastes and talents; as such they enjoy the support of the College community. The student activities include Athletics, Dramatics, the College Band, Debating, Choral Club, Collegians Male Chorus, Women's Chorus, Madrigal Singers, the College newspaper, the yearbook, and the literary magazine. There are four class organizations. In addition, special departmental clubs stimulate and satisfy individual interest in academic, professional, and artistic fields. These clubs are developed for students in cooperation with the faculty. All women students may become members of Theta Delta Rho, headed by its own executive committee, which plans and arranges social activities. The College requires that all campus organizations be open to all students; consequently, groups that are exclusive do not exist. All student groups work in cooperation with faculty advisers and the Deans. STUDENT GOVERNMENT Government of student affairs rests in a Council composed of annually elected members representing the classes and other student groups. The Council serves as a coordinating agency. It formulates the student activities budget; it submits this budget to the Administrative Council for approval and is responsible for the supervision of expenditures within the budget. It plans and supervises the social calendar of the College; it is responsible for the Homecoming programs; it recommends to the Council of Deans social regulations pertaining to student life. It consults with and advises the Deans and the Administrative Council. It recommends to the Administration, nominees for a ppoin tmen t to selected faculty committees. �Page 44 - STUDENT ACTIVITIES INTER-DORMITORY COUNCIL The Inter-Dormitory Council, made up of elected representatives from the men's and women's residence halls, plans and coordinates dormitory social functions and develops and administers dormitory policy in conjunction with the Council of Deans. PUBLICATIONS The students publish the Beacon, a weekly newspaper; the Manuscript, a literary magazine, issued in the Spring; and the Amnicola, the College annual. There are opportunities for students on the editorial, art, and business staffs. Graduated amounts, in the form of tuition stipends, are available to ~t~dents in the upper classes who hold editorial and managerial positions on the Beacon, the Manuscript, and the Amnicola. Students eligible for these grants should make written application to the faculty adviser of the publication before April I for review by the publications committee and the Administrative Council. Social Activities The College believes in helping students to help themselves. Groups are encouraged to initiate programs that will serve their interest and benefit others. It has been found that students gain most from those activities, social and cultural, which release the best talents of the individual. Special projects include the following: TDR's Golden Agers Christmas party, at which residents of Convalescent Homes are entertained; Student Government's party for children of St. Stanislaus Orphanage; Wilkes J.C.'s party for YMCA children; Student Work Day, in support of an orphan in a foreign land. In addition there are various social affairs to raise money for the United Fund, to collect toys for the Salvation Army, and to donate books for students in foreign countries. A full and varied program of social and recreational activities supplements the extracurricular program. At all these functions members of the faculty and their wives are invited guests · and chaperones. C0ME-AND-MEET-US-PAKI'Y Student Government makes plans for student leaders to welcome the freshmen one week before the semester starts. An informal party and dance for the entire student body culminate the week's introduction to college life. PARENTS' DAY After they have adjusted themselves to the academic life of the College, students invite their families to a weekend of social, cultural, and athletic events. Preparations for the annual Parents' Day program are entirely the responsibility of a Student Planning Committee. The agenda includes intercollegiate soccer and football games, luncheon with the faculty, a play, and a film. �Page 46 - SOCIAL ACTIVITIES - SOCIAL ACTIVITIES HOMECOMING To welcome returning alumni, students construct displays on campus and decorate dormitory and classroom buildings. For the outstanding displays an alumni committee presents awards during halftime ceremonies at the football game. A Homecoming Queen and her escorts are feted at a dinner dance. FORMAL DANCES Student organizations and clubs sponsor four formal affairs, open to the entire student body. The Homecoming Dance, for alumni and undergraduates; the Lettermen's Christmas Formal; Theta Delta Rho's Valentine Formal; and during Spring Weekend the Cinderella Ball have become traditions on campus. TDR AND LETTERMEN TEAS Throughout the year TDR and the Lettermen sponsor afternoon teas and student receptions. The women of Theta Delta Rho entertain those high school seniors who plan to enter the College the following year. JDC CHRISTMAS PARTY The Inter-Dormitory Council sponsors an annual Christmas party preceding the winter vacation. The student body, faculty, and administration are invited to a buffet and dance. HAMPTON EXCHANGE PROGRAM IDC also sponsors a social exchange program between students from Wilkes and Hampton Institute, Hampton Roads, Virginia. Several Wilkes students and an equal number of Hampton students visit each other's campus. Faculty members and Deans accompany both groups. WILKES OPEN WRESTLING TOURNAMENT Between Christmas and New Year's the College sponsors the Wilkes Open Wrestling Championships. Known as the "Rose Bowl of Wrestling," this annual tournament attracts athletes from over sixty colleges, athletic clubs, and YMCA's throughout the Page 47 United States. Wilkes wrestlers join them in competing for individual and team awards. Tourneys and clinics are held over a three-day period in the Wilkes gymnasium. The Tournament, the largest in the country, has the record for the most number of entries. WINTER CARNIVAL Student Government sponsors a Winter Carnival, held at one of the nearby resorts in the Poconos. A day of skiing, tobagganing, and ice skating climaxes the close of the examination period. SPRING WEEKEND Student Government also plans Spring Weekend. Clubs and organizations set up gala outdoor booths, and the campus takes on a Mardi Gras atmosphere. At the Ball at midnight on Saturday a senior, chosen by the student body by secret ballot, is crowned Cinderella Queen. THE MANUSCRIPT FILMS During each semester the Manuscript Society brings to the campus distinguished motion pictures, produced by American and foreign film companies. CLUB ACTIVITIES In addition to the regular social calendar, campus organizations plan their own special activities. THE PRESIDENT'S PICNIC On the Saturday before Commencement the graduating class is invited by the President to a picnic and outing in the country. �Athletics Student Responsibility Athletics are an integral part of the activity program and as such are subject to policies set by the faculty and administration and approved by the Board of Trustees. The students in a great measure determine the influences of the College. The faculty counts upon their cooperation in establishing the highest possible standards of intellect and morals. The College may request students to withdraw when their influence and behavior are deemed detrimental to the best interests of the student body and the College. The College maintains intercollegiate schedules in eight varsity sports: football, baseball, basketball, soccer, golf, tennis, swimming, and wrestling. Men who take part in intercollegiate sports satisfy the requirements for physical education for the duration of that sport. A program of intramural sports and physical education stresses physical standards and cooperative team spirit and recreation. Every man has a chance to participate in basketball, touch football, volleyball, softball, and bowling. The athletic program for women includes dancing, folk and modern, bowling, basketball, softball, and swimming. ATHLETIC POLICY Intercollegiate athletics are introduced for the benefit of the student body and in consequence athletes receive the same consideration in admissions and in the awarding of scholarships that is given to other students. Wilkes enters into intercollegiate competition with other colleges of the Middle Atlantic Conference adhering to similar policies of admission and maintaining comparable scholastic standards. The College is a member of the Middle Atlantic Collegiate Athletic Conference, the National Collegiate Athletic Association, and the Eastern Collegiate Athletic Conference. It is recognized that courtesy and consideration are the basis of good relations between individuals. Informal and friendly associations between students and faculty are a tradition on campus. Although these relations are flexible, certain precedents have been established in the best interests of the individual and the College. A few are mentioned here: 1. The possession and use of liquor on campus are forbidden, and none will be served at college affairs. 2. Smoking is not permitted in classrooms or hallways, or in the library. Facilities are available in various buildings for students who may wish to smoke during their free periods. 3. Although participation in at least one student activity is encouraged, each student is responsible for planning and utilizing his time effectively. 4. The faculty cooperates with students who miss classes because of illness, or as representatives of the College, or for special religious observances; in cases of excessive absence the student shall present his instructors with a note from the Deans. In all instances the student is expected to make up the work that is missed. �The Academic Program Curricula Academic Require1nents Graduation Requirements �Curricula Graduate Programs WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS Learning at Wilkes Education leads men to seek answers to problems of significance and to inquire into ideas and beliefs of eternal relevance. There is no better expression of man's purpose than his sense of belonging to a universe ruled by truth. Creative thinkers set the standards and the high aims of education. One may not reach these standards in his lifetime; that they are recognized and sought after is the measure of one's intellectual concerns. The faculty encourages the student to cultivate learning that he may grow in wisdom. In this way the mind in its journeyings finds constant surprise and delight at rediscovering itself. To fulfill its objective of service to the community and the nation, Wilkes in 1961 introduced two new curricula leading to the degrees of Master of Science in Chemistry and in Physics. These curricula are designed to make practicable either full-time graduate study toward the degrees or part-time study by engineers and scientists with appropriate undergraduate training employed in the Wilkes-Barre area. A program leading to a Master of Science degree in Biology was introduced in September, 1967. In September, 1969 two programs were introduced: one leading to a Master's Degree in Business Administration, and a second leading to a Master of Science degree in Education providing for concentration in the academic disciplines of English, history, mathematcs, biology, physics, chemistry, and elementary education. Full details of these programs are published in the bulletin of the Graduate Division. COOPERATIVE GRADUATE PROGRAMS Wilkes is cooperating with both Lehigh and Temple Universities to make graduate programs available to regional teachers and businessmen. The Temple University program leads to the degree of Master of Science in General Education and is accepted by the Commonwealth for permanent certification of classroom teachers. Candidates may register at the College. Under this cooperative program, all credits are granted by Temple University. Wilkes and Lehigh University are cooperating in offering graduate courses in education leading to a Master's Degree in Education, and graduate courses in Business Administration leading to a Master's Degree in Business Administration. Details of these graduate programs may be obtained by writing to the Director of Graduate Studies. �Page 54 - CURRICULA Undergraduate Prog~ams Wilkes is an independent, liberal arts college that offers the degree of Bachelor of Arts in the humanities, the social sciences, and the natural sciences. All course work in education required for careers in teaching is available in combination with the degree programs mentioned. The College confers the degree of Bachelor of Science in biology, chemistry, engineering, physics, medical technology, commerce and finance, and certain areas of education. The College also offers in selected engineering fields a two-year program leading to transfer. A detailed description of these programs is provided in the sec tion of the bulletin titled " Degree Programs." Academic Requirements GRADES The primary purpose of any marking system is to inform the student of his achievement. Marks also aid in evaluating students for purposes of recommendation. Grade reports are sent to students and parents at the end of each term. Mid-term reports are sent if the work is unsatisfactory. Five numerical grades are given for academic work. Grade Interpretation 4 ...................... Academic achievement of outstanding quality. PRE -PROFESSIONAL DEGREE PROGRAM 3 ................... Academic achievement of high quality. Four years of undergraduate study are ordinarily required to qualify for the Bachelor's degree. Wilkes College makes an excep tion to this requirement for medical and dental students. 2 ········· ············. Academic achievement of acceptable quality in meeting requirements for graduation. Academic achievement of quality below the average required for graduation. These students may, with the approval of the graduation committee, satisfy the requirements for the Bachelor's degree by completing three years of undergraduate study at Wilkes and by requesting credit toward the degree for their first two years of work in graduate school. 0 .................... Academic achievement below the minimum required for course credit. Such students must petition the graduation committee for permission to graduate, submit official transcripts from the professional school, and pay the usual graduation fees. In all cases the final approval for the granting of the degree rests with the Academic Standing Committee of Wilkes College. Inc. means that a student receives an incomplete grade. Incompletes will be granted to students who because of illness or reasons beyond their control have been unable to satisfy specific course assignments. All unfinished work must be completed before the fourth week of the following term. If an incomplete is not removed within this period, the grade will be changed to a zero. COURSE CREDITS Each course at the College is assigned a specific number of credits. For example, English IOI is a 3 credit course and English 151 is a 4 credit course. Usually, credits assigned to the course are determined by the number of hours that the class meets per week. �ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS - Page 57 Page 58 - ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS POINT AVERAGES The student is given a number grade for every course in which he is enrolled. To calculate the number of points earned in a course, multiply the grade in each course by the number of credit hours for the course. To compute the point average, total these points for all courses and divide by the total number of credit hours. If these minimum averages are not attained during each semester of the year indicated, the student's record is reviewed by the Academic Standing Committee to determine whether or not he should be placed on probation or dismissed from the College. Below is an example illustrating the method used to compute point averages. A student placed on probation must attain the required grade average in the next semester or be subject to dismissal from the College. Course Credit Hrs. Carried Bio. 101 .. . .. ...... .... .... ......... Eng. 101 ................................... Fr. IOI ........................................ Hist. 101 . .................................. Mus. 101 . .............. .. 3 3 3 3 3 Grade Points 4 0 2 12 0 6 I 3 3 9 Credit Hrs. Passed 3 0 3 3 3 Total credit hrs. carried ...... 15 Total credit hrs. passed ........................................................... 12 Total points earned .................................................. 30 Average ............. 30 + 15 = 2.0 Notice that the student has accumulated 12 credits toward graduation. The zero grade in English means that the student must repeat that course. Averages are cumulative; the work of each semester will be added to the total. To graduate a student must have at the end of his senior year a 1.85 average in all his courses and a 2.0 average in his major field. Transfer credits are not included in the calculation of grade point averages. CLASS STANDING Grades and averages at the end of each semester of the four academic years indicate a student's progress. The faculty expects students to achieve the following minimum averages: Freshman Year Sophomore Year Junior Year ........................ . General Average Major Average 1.4 1.7 1.85 1.6 1.9 2.0 PROBATION AND DISMISSAL Unless special permission is granted by the Academic Standing Committee, a student dropped for academic failure will not be considered for readmission until one year after being dropped. If readmitted the student will still be on probation and shall be given one semester in which to prove his ability to continue in college. ATTENDANCE Attendance at all classes is expected, and repeated absence is deemed a sufficient cause for failure. After five consecutive absences from a class, a student may be readmitted to the class only by action of the appropriate Dean and the Department Chairman concerned. STUDENT LOAD No students shall be allowed to carry an overload without approval of the adviser and the Dean. An overload will be permitted only for students with an average grade record of 3 or special need. WITHDRAWALS Students may change their courses during the first week of a semester, provided they secure the approval of their faculty adviser and the Dean. A student who withdraws from a course after the first week but who continues other courses will receive a zero unless the Dean, faculty adviser, and instructor agree that the student be permitted to drop the course without prejudice. �Page 58 - ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS No student who has been advised to withdraw from the College's day school program for academic reasons will be permitted to register in the Evening Division without the written consent of the Dean and then will be allowed to register only as a non-matriculating student. Students who withdraw from the Evening Division or drop courses should give prompt written or verbal notice to the Director of the Evening Division and to the instructors concerned, in order that their records may not unjustly show failure in courses. CHANGE OF PROGRAM Students who wish to transfer from one department to another shall obtain the approval of the Department Chairmen and the Dean. The student shall satisfy the curriculum requirements of the Bulletin in force at the time of transfer. TRANSFER OF SUMMER CREDITS Students desiring to study at another college during the summer must petition the Academic Standing Committee for approval. The student must earn a grade of 2 or higher in order for the work to be credited toward graduation. In some cases it may be necessary for a student to take examinations before credit is granted. Transfer credits are not included in the calculation of grade point averages. DEAN'S LIST The faculty gives recognition for high quality work. Candidates for the Dean's List, published at the end of each term, must obtain a point average of 3.25 or higher for all courses taken. Students taking less than the full credit load for their curriculum will n0 be eligible for the Dean's List. HONORS The granting of Honors at Commencement is based upon the academic record made by students carrying a normal load for their curriculum during their last two years at the College. Requirements for Honors are as follows: for cum laude, a cumulative average of 3.35; magna cum laude, 3.60; summa cum laude, 3.80. Graduation Requirements All candidates for degrees and certificates must be present at Commencement. If circumstances prevent their attendance, students must apply to the appropriate Dean for permission to take the degree or certificate in absentia. The faculty has approved the following requirements which the student must satisfy in order to be eligible for graduation: I. He stated in program. residence must complete all subjects required for the degree as the Bulletin in force at the time of his admission to the Transfer students must complete the last 30 credits in at the College. 2. He must earn a grade of I or better in each required subject. 3. He must obtain a cumulative average of I .85 for all courses. 4. He must obtain a cumulative average of 2.0 for all subjects within his major. 5. He must satisfy all requirements pertaining to the orientation and physical education programs. 6. He must demonstrate competence in written and spoken English. No student shall graduate until all financial obligations to the College have been satisfied. �A WARDS - Page 61 Awards At Commencement a number of awards are presented to outstanding students in selected fields. The Deans also give two special awards for highest academic achievement. Senior Awards THE DEAN'S SCHOLARSHIP AWARDS are granted to the man and woman in the graduating class who have excelled in scholarship throughout their four years at the College. THE AWARD IN THE HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES is given each year by Miss Annette Evans to the man or woman in the graduating class who has demonstrated outstanding scholarship in one or both of these areas, and has manifested intellectual curiosity and creative imagination. THE PHYSICS AWARD is presented annually to the graduate of the department who has maintained throughout his or her college career the highest scholastic average in physics courses. THE BIOLOGY RESEARCH AWARD is presented annually to the graduate who has demonstrated exceptional ability in a research project. The faculty of the Biology Department selects the recipient of this award. THEW. F. DOBSON AWARD IN ACCOUNTING is given to the graduate who has made the most outstanding record in accounting during his four years at the College. THE L. J. VAN LAEYS AWARD IN JOURNALISM is given to the graduate who has done the most creditable work in the field of journalism. THE OUTSTANDING GRADUATE OF THE YEAR AWARD is given by the Wilkes College Alumni Association to the graduate considered by a special faculty committee to have made the strongest contribution to the life of the College. Undergraduate Awards THE MRS. JAMES McKANE AWARDS of $25 each are made to the man and woman in the junior class who have ranked highest in their class throughout their first two years of college. THE LINDA MORRIS AWARD is given by Mr. and Mrs. Herbert Morris in memory of their daughter, Linda, to that young woman who has maintained the highest academic record through the first three years at Wilkes College. THE JOHN WILKES, INC., ANNUAL FORENSIC AWARD is made annually to the Wilkes student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in the field of forensics during the previous year. THE CHEMISTRY AWARD is presented by the Department of Chemistry to the graduate who has maintained the highest scholastic average throughout the four years of the chemistry program. THE WILKES FACULTY WOMEN'S AWARD is given to the sophomore woman who has ranked first in her class during her freshman year. THE WALL STREET JOURNAL AWARD is granted to a graduate in commerce and finance for high scholarship in his field of concentration. THE APLHA RHO CHAPTER OF THE DELTA KAPPA GAMMA SOCIETY AWARD is offered annually to an outstanding young woman in the field of education. The Alpha Rho Committee on Professional Affairs, in cooperation with the Wilkes College Administration, will select a Junior student from Wyoming Valley who shows a concern for and a commitment to the education of young people and who possesses those qualities of enthusiastic leadership which will contribute to the advancement of the teaching profession. THE PENNSYLVANIA INSTITUTE OF CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS AWARD is granted to a graduating senior who has received high grades in accounting and demonstrated qualities of leadership in other activities. �The College and the Community Office of Community Services Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra Fine Arts Fiesta Performing Arts Center �The College and the Community The College was founded to serve the community and has received a large measure of its ever-growing support from outstanding leaders in the community. It has recognized for many years that its growth was related to the economic and social redevelopment of the community and, therefore, it has sought to. participate in every effort for community betterment. In consequence, a pattern of cooperation has developed in which the College and the Community work with one another for their mutual benefit. Institute of Regional Affairs It is his own deficiency, and no degree of fate, Service at Wilkes that makes a man sink into the depths. To think there is no escape from preordained misery is to make the misery perpetual. To seek new paths in a constant renewal of strength - that has always been the secret of progress. When a man waits helplessly for the turning in the wheel of fortune, he has to be regarded as shorn of manhood. The Institute of Regional Affairs is a multi-purpose college organization which views regional problems as belonging to no simple academic discipline, but rather as a contemporary phenomenon spilling into many disciplines. It is really the natural integration of prior activities in which members of the Wilkes College faculty have engaged for at least twenty years. The Institute of Regional Affairs was created to assure the coordination of these varied efforts and better understand and resolve co~plex and contemporary problems. Its resources include not only the College faculty in the social sciences - economics, psychology, government, sociology - but also those experts in the region who can lend their talents to teaching, research, and consultation. Its four-fold purpose is: education and training, community information, research, and consultation. If we could free even one village from the shackles of helplessness and ignorance, an ideal for the whole of India would be established. Let a few villages be rebuilt in this way, and I shall say they are my India. That is the way to discover the true India. RABINDRAN ATH TAGORE Towards Universal Man 1. Labor-Management Courses To establish a climate for industrial progress, the College has pioneered a management training program under which special classes are organized for perso.n nel in industry, commerce, and banking to meet the needs of business firms in this region. Such programs are arranged in consultation with officials, foremen, and other employees to meet the specific problems of a particular company. �Page 66-COLLEGE AND COMMUNITY A program designed for members of labor unions is also tailored to the needs of a particular group. All classes are conducted on the campus where the intellectual climate stimulates free intellec tual inquiry. Union and management personnel sometimes meet together in an effort to develop that mutual understanding that is essential to constructive action. 2. Banking Short courses have been co-sponsored with both the Institute of Banking and the Savings and Loan Institute. The instructional program offered to the personnel of these two groups is intended to assist them to meet changing needs and acquire a broad knowledge in their fields. 3. Municipal Government Program The fundamental general purpose in assisting local governments has been to help make American democracy stronger by guaranteeing the semi-autonomous structure of American local government, so long as it can retain the capacity to solve its own problems. The program of training, information and consultation service, publications, and research in this field have been aimed at improving the world of local government officials, both elected and appointed. In the fall of 1964, the Glen Alden Coal Company made available an area in Hanover Township known as Concrete City - a 40 acre site - for training the police, firemen, and civil defense workers. The In-Service training program for local government officials has been offered in full cooperation with the Public Service Institute of the Department of Public Instruction, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. 4. Other Activities From time to time, the Psychology Department, the Sociology Department, the Education Department, and the Guidance Center have initiated and participated in seminars, conferences, and workshops, in the fields of social welfare, mental health, and education. COLLEGE AND COMMUNITY - Page 67 As a result of the support and the success of the College's Area Research Center, an independent Economic Development Council has been established to serve Northeastern Pennsylvania. The College has supported a number of programs in their infancy and helped them become independent, community activities. Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra The Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra, organized under the regis of the College in the fall of 1951, presents a series of four symphony concerts annually. A number of the members are students and faculty from the department of music of the College. Fine Arts Fiesta In 1954 several members of the Board of Trustees and the faculty assisted in the formation of the · Wilkes-Barre Fine Arts Fiesta, as part of the City's Sesquicentennial celebration. The College participates with area-wide cultural groups in this five-day festival of music, drama, and the arts presented on the public square each spring. Performing Arts Center The Center for the Performing Arts provides a varied program of cultural and educational events for the Community as well as the College. Completed in October, 1965, the gift of friends of the College, the Center has facilities for theater, dance, music, and films. Dramatic productions, student recitals, lectures, choral and band concerts, Town and Gown programs, and other cultural events are offered throughout the year. The Center is operated by the students under faculty direction and supervision. �Undergraduate Programs Bachelor of Arts Degree Bachelor of Science Degree Degree Requirements �Undergraduate Programs The program at Wilkes has been carefully designed so that students may meet the entrance requirements of graduate and professional schools. tudents planning to go to graduate school should consult as early as possible with their department chairman. In its degree programs Wilkes College provides for a broad liberal ducation and for the concentration in special areas for which students are qualified and have interest. In the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of cicnce degree programs the faculty encourages the student to achieve intellectual, social, and spiritual development. Bachelor of Arts Degree Leadership at Wilkes Those of us who are concerned with the education of young people and with the vitality of our society can never accept uncertainty and confusion as the inevitable condition of society. We therefore are confronted with two choices. We can grasp and support a rigid ideology that offers final answers by ignoring uncongenial facts and truths, or we can make every effort to comprehend the significance of new facts, new truths, and new conditions. Programs leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree are primarily concerned with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and of the men who have created it and lived in it. Studies center around men and events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. Programs are designed to create breadth and perspective as opposed to more specialized skills. A liberal arts program must acquaint the student with the nature and extent of knowledge in all the principal fields. The student will carry on his explorations in the humanities, social sciences, and sciences. AREAS Humanities We must endeavor to extend the vision of our students, enlarge their understanding, and prepare them to participate in strengthening and developing our social institutions. DR. EUGENE S. FARLEY President, Wilkes College English Fine Arts Foreign Languages Mathematics Music Philosophy - Religion Social Sci.ences Commerce and Finance Economics Education History Political Science Psychology Social Science Sociology Sciences Biology Chemistry Physics �Page 72 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR B.A. DEGREE The following courses are required of all candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree. They will usually be taken in the semesters indicated. In a curriculum that requires a student to begin with courses at a more advanced level, the advanced course will be accepted as fulfilling the general requirements in that subject. This is a time of specialization and of disintegration: and one is the consequence of the other. The rapid development of knowledge makes universal knowledge impossible. There is so much to know that no one can master all the knowledge available in even a single area. Because there is so much to know, specialization of study in the professions and in all work i essential. Required Courses Humanities Eng. 101, 102 - Composition Eng.151, 152- World Literature Hist.101, 102- World Civilization Phil. 101 - Introduction; Phil. 102 - Logic F.A. 101 - Experiencing Art; or Mus. 101 - Introduction I; or Th. Arts 101 -Approach to Theater 1 For. Lang.2101, 102- Elementary, For. Lang.2 103, 104Intcrmediate Over-specialization narrows the man and splinters society into group that cannot understand one another. In some instances, specialists become so involved in their narrow fields that they fail to recognize they are all indebted to the same society. Because specialization is inevitable, and because specialization can become a divisive force, Wilkes College wishes to inject into its program, courses that will broaden the horizons of its students and cultivate some understanding of the "wholeness" of modern society. To accomplish this end the College requires students to familiarize themselves with the thinking, the processes, and the institutions upon which modern society is founded. Through this program it is hoped that each student will gain breadth of vision, depth of understanding, and an ability to communicate with others so that ideas may be exchanged and understanding attained. Only men and women who combine depth of understanding with breadth of vision can become a unifying force in modern society. To provide a feasible and productive combination of courses the College's program of general education requires the student to acquire familiarity with the humanities, the social sciences, and the sciences. Page 73 Credit To be Taken Hours in Semesters 6 8 6 6 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4-5-6 3 1 or 2 6-12 1-2-3-4 Math, Science Electives Math.3101, 102- Fundamentals; or Phys. 101, 102-Physical Science; or Bio. 101, 102- Biological Science; or Env. Sci. IOI -Earth Science, Env. Sci. 102- Space Science 12 1-2-3-4 Social Science Electives Ee. IOI, 102- Principles; or P. S. 101, 102 - Political Science; or Psy. 101, 102 - General Psychology; or Soc. 101, 102- Sociology and Anthropology 12 3-4-5-6 0 1-2-3-4 1-2 Physical Education Phys. Ed. 101, 102, 103, 104- Physical Education Phys. Ed. 105, 106 - Hygiene 2 67 1 Courses in Speech, Argumentation and Debate, and Speech for the Stage (2 credits each) are not required for the Bachelor of Arts degree, but may be taken as an elective. 'In all curricula requiring foreign language the level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. Except for foreign language majors, the language requirement is through the 104 course, or an equivalent course prescribed by the student's adviser. 1 The mathematics requirement will vary with individual programs. Students planning to major in Accounting, Biology, Business Administration, Chemistry, Economics, Engineering, Elementary Education, Mathematics, and Physics should check individual program requirements listed in the Bulletin. �Page 74 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 75 SELECTION OF A MAJOR To provide depth of knowledge, some concentration is required. It is desirable that a major be elected as early as possible, especially in the areas of biology, mathematics, and music. It is essential that the major field of concentration be elected before the beginning of the junior year. Bachelor of Science Degree The Bachelor of Science degree programs require more concentration upon a restricted area of human thought and activity. Althoug~ these programs emphasize knowledge and skill in special fields, a basic program of general education is coupled with this specialized effort. Majors in the Bachelor of Arts degree program may be selected from the following subject areas: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR B. S. DEGREE Biology Fine Arts Physics Chemistry Foreign Language Political Science Economics History Psychology Education (Elementary and Secondary) 1 Mathematics Social Science Music Sociology English Philosophy - Religion COURSE REQUIREMENTS The general requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree are bas_ically the same as those required for the Bachelor of Arts degre~. Sp~cific requirements are described in this bulletin under the section titled ''Degree Requirements." SELECTION OF A MAJOR Majors in the Bachelor of Science degree program may be selected from the following subject areas: Biology Engineering Chemistry Music Education Commerce and Finance The specific requirements for a degree in any of the above majors are listed in the section of this bulletin titled "Degree Requirements." The student with his faculty adviser will plan the proper sequence of his major course requirements. Medical Technology (a) Accounting Nursing Education (b) Business Administration Physics (c) Business Education COURSE REQUIREMENTS The specific requirements for a degree in any of the above majors are listed in the section of this bulletin titled "Degree Requirements." The student with his faculty adviser will plan the proper sequence of his major course requirements. 1 Students wishing to prepare for public school teaching should refer to page 80 for detailed information concerning the selection of a major and the sequence of required courses in Education. �Page 76 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Degree Requirements Page 77 General Requirements for B. A. Degree FIRST SEMESTER B.A. AND B.S. DEGREE PROGRAMS SECOND SEMESTER Eng. IOI - Composition For. Lang. 101- Elementary Hist. IOI - World Civilization Math, Science elective (See page 73) F.A. IOI - Experiencing Art I or Mus. 101 -Introduction or Th. Arts 101 -Approach to Theater 1 P.E.101- Physical Education P.E. 105 - Hygiene The following section of the bulletin provides the detailed information on the requirements for each of the degree programs offered at Wilke College. The general requirements for the B.A. degree are listed on page 73 of this bulletin. They are repeated on the following page to provide guidance in scheduling. Courses in Fundamentals of Speech, Argumentation and Debate, and Speech for the Stage are available as electi\'e that may be taken during the freshman year. 3 3 3 3 3 0 I Eng. 102. - Composition For. Lang. 102-Elementary Hist. 102- World Civilization Math, Science elective (see page 73) F.A. IOI -Experiencing Art I or Mus. 101 -Introduction or Th. Arts 101 -Approach to Theater 1 P.E. 102- Physical Education P.E. I 06 - Hygiene 15-16 THIRD SEMESTER Eng. ISi - World Literature For. Lang. 103 - Intermediate Math, Science elective (see page 73) Social Science electives (see page 73) (Phil. 101 - Introduction) 2 P.E.103- Physical Education The course sequence listed in the following outline is the standard sequence for all B.A. degree majors except those in biology, chemistry, fine arts, mathematics, music, and physics. These programs will be specifically o.utlined for convenience in scheduling. The following pages, therefore, describe the specific course requirements for each B.A. degree major and for each B.S. degree major. The student is responsible for meeting the requirements of his major program. The major subject areas follow in alphabetical order. I FOURTH SEMESTER 4 3 3 6 0 FIFTH SEMESTER Eng. 152- World Literature For. Lang. 104- Intermediate Math, Science elective (see page 73) Social Science electives (see page 73) (Phil. I 02 - Logic) 2 P.E. 104 - Physical Education 4 3 3 6 0 16 SIXTH SEMESTER 3 12-13 Phil. 102- Logic2 Major and electives3 15-16 SEVENTH SEMESTER \fajor and electives 3 0 15-16 16 Phil. IOI - Introduction2 Major and electives3 3 3 3 3 3 12-13 15-16 EIGHTH SEMESTER 15-16 Major and electives 15-16 1 Courses in Speech, Argumentation and Debate, and Speech for the Stage (2 credits each) are not required for the Bachelor of Arts degree, but may be taken as an elective during the freshman year. 1 Philosophy majors or students interested in earlier scheduling of philosophy may take Phil. 101 and 102 in the third and fourth semester by later scheduling of the social science requirement. Other Philosophy or Religion courses may be substituted for Phil. 102 in any major with the approval of the student's adviser and the Philosophy Department chairman. No substitutions are permitted for Phil. IOI. 1 Students planning to fulfill requirements for teacher certification will usually talce required education courses as electives in the fifth and sixth semester. �Page 78 - DEGREE PROGRAMS - DEGREE PROGRAMS FIFTH SEMESTER Bio. 321 - Genetics For. Lang. 103 - Intermediate Phys. 105- Introduction Fltrti\'esl Course Requirements in the Majors Biology1 The biology program is a general program covering basic areas of biology. Specific pre-professional training is minimized in favor of the broadest possible background in the liberal arts as well as the biological sciences. Students planning to major in biology should take courses in secondary school that prepare them to start the College mathematics program with the course in analysis, Math. 111. Experience has shown that students who have not had a minimum of four years of mathematics study in secondary school will usually require some pre-college summer course. The student may take the Pre-Calculus Mathematics (Math. 100) offered at Wilkes, or with the approval of the mathematics department take an equivalent course at some other college or university. Credit in this remedial course does not exempt the student from any required elective in his program. The B.S. curriculum listed on page 89 is recommended for the student interested in a professional career in biology. The following are the degree requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in biology. FIRST SEMESTER 4 Bio 103 - General Biology Chem. 201 - Principles of Chemistry 4 Eng. 101- Composition 3 Math Ill -Analysis I 4 P. E. 101 - Physical Education 0 P. E. 105 - Hygiene 1 SECOND SEMESTER Bio. 104 - General Biology Chem. 202 - Chemical Equilibria Eng. 102 - Composition Math. 112-Analysis II P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 16 THIRD SEMESTER Bio. 201- Vertebrate Morphogenesis 4 Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis 4 For. Lang. IOI -Elementary 3 Hist. 101 - World Civilization 3 Electives 2 3-4 P. E. 103- Physical Education 0 FOURTH SEMESTER Bio. 202-Biology of Vertebrate Organs Chem. 232 - Organic Chemistry For. Lang. 102- Elementary Hist. 102- World Civilization Electives2 P. E. 104 - Physical Education 4 4 3 4 0 l 16 4 4 3 3 3-~ 0 17-18 17-18 A pre-professional degree program is described on page 54. The first three years of the program described here will be followed by pre-professional candidates. 2 Electives must include: Ee., P.S., Psy., Soc. 101-102 - 12; Eng. 151, 152 - 8; Phil. 101, 102 - 6; F.A. 101 or Mus. 101 or Th. Arts 101 - 3; Bio. 311 and/or Bio. 331 (7th semester) or Bio. 332 (8th semester) - 4-8. 1 4 3 4 6-7 Page 79 SIXTH SEMESTER Bio. 322-Ecology Bio.224- Biological Techniques For. Lang. 104-Intermediate Phys. 106- Introduction Electives I l 7-18 SEVENTH SEMESTER Bio. 397 -Seminar Flcrtives 1 1 15-17 3 1 3 4 4-7 15-18 EIGHTH SEMESTER Bio. 397 - Seminar Electives I 16-18 1 15-17 16-18 Chemistry This curriculum is designed for the student interested in a major in chemistry in preparation for a career in teaching, medicine, dentistry, technical sales, technical librarianship, as technical translator, etc. The student will choose electives after consultation with his adviser. Experience has shown that students who have not had a minimum of four years of mathematics study in secondary school will usually require some pre-college summer course. The student may take the Pre-Calculus Mathematics (Math. 100) offered at Wilkes, or with the approval of the mathematics department, take an equivalent course at some other college or university. Credit in this remedial course does not exempt the student from any required elective in his program. The B.S. curriculum listed on page 90 is recommended for the student interested in a professional career in chemistry. Chemistry 212 and 341 must be taken in addition to those courses listed below. The general requirements for the B.A. degree, listed on page 73 in the bulletin, must also be met. FIRST SEMESTER Chem. 201 - Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry Hist.101- World Civilization \1ath. 111 - Analysis I Eng.101- Composition P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 105- Personal Hygiene 4 3 4 3 0 1 15 SECOND SEMESTER Chem. 202- Chemical Equilibria Hist. 102- World Civilization Math. 112-Analysis II Eng. 102-Composition P. E. 102- Physical Education P. E. 106- Personal Hygiene 4 3 4 3 0 1 15 'Electives must include: Ee., P.S., Psy., Soc. 101-102 - 12; Eng. 151, 152 - 8; Phil. 101, 102 - 6; F.A. 101 or Mus. 101 or Th. Arts 101 - 3; Bio. 311 and/or Bio. 331 (7th semester) or Bio. 332 (8th semester) - 4-8. �Page 80 - DEGREE PROGRAMS THIRD SEMESTER Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis Math. 211 - Intermediate Analysis I Phys. 201 - General Physics I Electives DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 81 4 4 FOURTH SEMESTER Chem. 232 - Organic Chemistry Phys. 202 - General Physics II Electives 4 6 2. Prospective secondary school teachers: 4 4 9 a. may elect to major in Biology, Chemistry, Economics, English, Foreign Languages, History, Mathematics, Physics, or Political Science. Students who major in Economics or Political Science must complete 18 credits in History beyond 102. b. must elect Psych. 101-102. c. must elect Ed. 201, 202, and 330. (Note that Psych. 102 is prerequisite to Ed. 202.) Teacher certification requirements for most states may be met at Wilkes College. Students are expected to familiarize themselves with specific state requirements. 17 18 FIFTH SEMESTER Chem. 233- Organic Chemistry Phys. 203 - General Physics III Electives 4-5 3 9 SIXTH SEMESTER Chem. 262 - Chemical Literature Electives I 15 16 16-17 SEVENTH SEMESTER Chem. 261 - History of Chemistry 1 Electives 14-17 15-18 English EIGHTH SEMESTER Electives Stu den ts who major in English are required to take English IO 1, 102, ,ind 131 in the freshman year; 151 and 152 in the sophomore year; and 24 credit hours including 201, 204, 213, 221 in addition to the general requircncnts for the B.A. deg;:ee. Those students planning to become public school teachers must also include either English 381 or English 382 among their required courses. English 132 or Theater Arts 131 may be taken instead of English 131, and English 203 may be taken instead of English 201. Selection and scheduling of these courses will be done in consultation with the student's adviser. Students with at least a 3.0 nvcrage in 101, 102, and 151 may take an advanced English course imultancously with 152. The English Department strongly recommends that its majors choose either German or French as their foreign language. 15-18 15-1 Economics Students who major in Economics are required to complete twentyfour hours of work in economics beyond Ee. 101, 102 in addition to the general requirements for the B. A. degree. Selection and scheduling of these courses will be done in consultation with the student's adviser. The twenty-four hours in economics which the major must carry includr Ee. 201, 202, 231, 232, and 241. Students who elect a program in Economics should take Math. 100, Math. 111 and 112. Education Students wishing to prepare for public school teaching in Business subjects or Music complete the B.S. program described for these subjects. Other prospective teachers must satisfy B.A. degree requirements subject to the following restrictions: I. Prospective elementary school teachers: a. may select any major listed on page 74. b. must elect Math. 103-104. c. must elect Psych. 101-102. d. must elect Ed. 201, 202, 299, and 300. (Note that Psych. 102 is prequisite to Ed. 202.) Fine Arts Students who major in Fine Arts are required to complete the following program of studies in addition to the general requirements for the B. A. degree. Electives may be used to fulfill the requirements for certification in education. FIRST SEMESTER Eng. 101 - Composition Hist. IOI - World Civilization For. Lang. 10l1- Elementary L\.201 - Color and Design P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E.105-Hygiene :\iath., Science Elective (see page 73) 1 3 3 3 3 0 I 3 SECOND SEMESTER Eng. 102 - Composition Hist. 102- World Civilization For. Lang. 1021 - Elementary F.A. 202 - Drawing & Composition P. E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 106-Hygiene Math., Science Elective (see page 73) 3 3 3 3 0 I 3 16 16 French or German is recommended for students who plan to continue with graduate programs in Art. �DEGREE PROGRA MS Page 82 - FOURTH SEMESTER THIRD SEMESTER Eng. 151 - World Literature For. Lang. 103 - Intermediate F.A. 203 - Oil Painting I F.A. 223 - History of Art I P. E. 103- Physical Education Math., Science Elective (see page 73) 4 3 3 3 0 3 Eng. 152- World Literature For. Lang. 104- Intermediate F.A. 204 - Water Color Painting F.A. 224 - History of Art II P. E. 104- Physical Education Math., Science Elective (see page 73) 3 3 3 0 3 SIXTH SEMESTER FIFTH SEMESTER Phil. 101 - Introduction F.A. 211 - Modeling & Construction F.A. 213- Metalwork and Jewelry F.A. 226 - History of Modern Art Social Science Electives (see page 73) 3 3 3 3 6 Phil. 205 - Aesthetics 3 F.A. 212- Ceramics , F.A. 206- Graphics 3 Elective (optional) 0-3 Social Science Electives (see page 73) 6 15-1 18 EIGHTH SEMESTER SEVENTH SEMESTER F.A. 231 - Contemporary Design F.A. 332- Studio Problems F.A. 311' - Senior Exhibit Electives 4 16 16 2 2 2 9-12 15-16 F.A. 311' Electives Senior Exhibit 2 14-15 The B.S. curriculum listed on page 100 is recommended for the student interested in a professional career in mathematics. Prospective elementary or secondary teachers are advised to elect Math 351-352 and 343. · It is highly recommended that the prospective mathematics majors elect French, German, or Russian in high school. As a rule, three years of one of thes_e languages is more desirable than two years or less of rach of two different languages. Spanish is not recommended. The following program lists the sequence of course requirements for the B.A. degree in Mathematics and the semesters in which they should normally be taken. SECOND SEMESTER FIRST SEMESTER Eng. IOI -Composition 3 3 3 for. Lang. 101- Elementary Elective' 1 Soual Science Elective Math. 111 - Analysis I P.E. IOI -Physical Education P.E. 105- Hygiene 3 4 0 I A major in any of the modern foreign languages consists of twentyfour additional credit hours in advanced language courses beyond the 102 course. Mathematics Students who major in mathematics are required to complete twentyfour hours of courses numbered above 211, including Math. 212, 222. 311-312, 331, and 334, in addition to the general requirements for the B.A. degree (with the exception of Phil. 102 which is replaced by Math 222 - Set Theory and Logic) . Senior Exhibit will be scheduled either the seventh or eighth semester after consultation with the department chairman. 3 4 0 1 18 FOURTH SEMESTER THIRD SEMESTER Fng. 151- World Literature l·or. Lang. 103 ..:._ Intermediate Elective" Phys. 202 - General Physics II \1ath. 211 - Intermediate Analysis I P.E. 103- Physical Education 4 3 3 4 4 O Eng. 152- World Literature For. Lang. 104- Intermediate Math. 222- Set Theory and Logic Phys. 203 - General Physics III Math. 212- Intermediate Analysis II P.E. 104 - Physical Education SIXTH SEMESTER FIFTH SEMESTER llist.101 - World Civilization ocial Science Elective 1 F.lectives' 3 3 9-12 Hist. 102- World Civilization Social Science Elective 1 Electives' 3 3 9-12 15-18 15-18 EIGHTH SEMESTER SEVENTH SEMESTER l·lectives' 4 3 3 3 4 O 17 18 History Students who major in history are required to take History 101 and 102 in the freshman year, History 107 and 108 in the sophomore year, and 18 additional credit hours in advanced history courses. Advanced courses taken must include a minimum of six hours each in American and non-American topics. Individuals planning graduate study in hi tory are urged to take History 371 and 395 or 396. 3 3 4 Eng. 102-Composition For. Lang. 102-Elementary Phys. 201 - General Physics I Social Science Elective 1 Math. 112-Analysis II P.E. 102- Physical Education P.E. 106- Hygiene 17 14-16 Foreign Languages (Modern) 1 Page 83 DEGREE PROGRAMS 15-18 Electives' 15-18 'Must be one of these: F.A. 101 - Experiencing Art I Mus 101 - Introduction, or Th. Arts 101 -Approach to Theater. ' · 1 Must · I elect two out dof the four h sequences·· Ee ·, Psy ., Soc ., PS · • 101 - 102 . p rospect,ve /cmentary or secon ary teac ers must elect Psy. 101-102 in their freshman year. Prospective elementary or secondary teachers must elect Ed 201 I t d · Others should elect Phil. 101 - Introduction. · n ro uct,on. 1 These elective must include: a. Math. 3 11-312d, 331, 334 and at least two other mathematics courses numbered a6ove 222, an b. Phil. 101 if the student has elected Ed. 201 in the third semester. �Page 84 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROG~AMS - Music 1 Students who major in music are required to complete the following program of studies in addition to the general requirements for the B. A. degree. Students interested in careers in music education should follO\\ the program described in the Bachelor of Science in Music Education. This program is described on page I 02 of this bulletin. The following are the course requirements for the music major. FIRST SEMESTER Math. 101 - Fundamentals or Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. IOI -Earth Science Eng. IOI -Composition For. Lang. 101 - Elementary Mus. 105-Theory of Music Applied Music 2 Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 3 3 3 5 1 ½ 0 1 SECOND SEMESTER Math. 102-Fundamentals or Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102 - Space Science Eng. 102 - Composition For. Lang. 102- Elementary Mus. 106 - Theory of Music Applied Music2 Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 102- Physical Education P. E. 106-Hygiene 3 5 1 3 3 3 0 ½ FOURTH SEMESTER For. Lang. 104-Intermediate Mus. 108-Theory of Music Applied Music2 Psy. 102- Psychology Hist. 102 - World Civilization Math. 102- Fundamentals or Bio. 102 - Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102- Space Science Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 104- Physical Education 4 3 3 2 3 ½ 15½ 1 2 oh 1 3 5 I 3 3 3 ½ 0 18½ 18½ FIFTH SEMESTER Eng. 151 - World Literature Phil. 101 - Introduction Mus. 109-History of Music Applied Music 2 Soc. 101- Sociology Band, Orchestra, Chorus 1 lW2 16½ THIRD SEMESTER For. Lang. 103-Intermediate Mus. 107 -Theory of Music Applied Music 2 Psy. 101 - Psychology Hist. 101- World Civilization Math. 101 - Fundamentals or Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 101- Earth Science Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 103- Physical Education 3 3 3 5 SIXTH SEMESTER Eng. 152- World Literature Phil. 230 - Aesthetics Mus. 110- History of Music Applied Music 2 Soc. 102 - Sociology Band, Orchestra, Chorus 4 3 3 2 3 ~'2 15½ There is a music fee of $10 per semester for all music and music education major. Private instruction. The fee for this instruction is in addition to the regular tuition charge. SEVENTH SEMESTER Applied Music1 Mus. 215- Instrumentation Mus. 217 - Analysis Band, Orchestra, Chorus Electives Page 85 EIGHTH SEMESTER Applied Music1 Mus. 216 -Arranging Mus. 218 - Counterpoint Band,Orchestra, Chorus Electives 2 2 2 ½ 9 2 2 3 ½ 9 16½ 15½ Philosophy-Religion A major in the combined fields of philosophy and religion consists of twenty-four hours in philosophy and religion courses beyond Philosophy 101 and 102. At least eighteen hours of the twenty-four hours must be taken in Philosophy. Philosophy-Religion majors must schedule courses in philosophy and religion in their sophomore year. Physics This B.A. curriculum in physics is designed for the student interested in a major in physics in preparation for a career in teaching, medicine, dentistry, patent law, technical sales, technical translation, technical writing, etc. The student will choose electives after consultation with his adviser. The B.S. curriculum on page 104 is recommended for the student interested in a professional career in physics. Experience has shown that students who have not had a minimum of four years of mathematics study in secondary school will usually require some pre-college summer course. The student may take the PreCalculus Mathematics (Math. 100) offered at Wilkes, or with the approval of the mathematics department take an equivalent course at some other college or university. Credit in this remedial course does not exempt the student from any required elective in his program. Normally students will begin the physics program in the first semester. In exceptional cases the mathematics and physics sequence may be started in the third semester. The preferred sequence is listed below: FIRST SEMESTER ~ath. 111 - Analysis I Eng. 101 - Composition Hist. IOI - World Civilization Phys. 201- General Physics I P.E. 105 - Personal Hygiene P.E. 101 - Physical Education I 4 3 3 4 1 0 SECOND SEMESTER Math. 112 - Analysis II Eng. 102 - Composition Hist. 102- World Civilization Phys. 202 - General Physics II P.E. 106-Personal Hygiene P.E. 102- Physical Education 4 3 3 4 1 0 15 15 Private instruction. The fee for this instruction is in addition to the regular tuition charge. �Page 86 - DEGREE PROGRAMS - DEGREE PROGRAMS THIRD SEMESTER Math. 211 -Intermediate Analysis I Phys. 203 - General Physics III For. Lang. 101 - Elementary P.E. 103-Physical Education Chem. 203-Introduction to Principles of Chemistry F.A. 101 -Experiencing Art I or Mus. 101 - Introduction or Th. Arts 101 - Approach to Theater 4 3 3 0 FOURTH SEMESTER Math. 212- Intermediate Analysis II 4 For. Lang. 102- Elementary 3 Chem. 202 - Chemical Equilibria 4 P.E. 104- Physical Education 0 Electives 6-7 3 4 3 3 4 3 SIXTH SEMESTER For. Lang. 104-Intermediate Eng. 152- World Literature Electives 3 13 3 4 9-10 16-17 EIGHTH SEMESTER Phil. 102- Logic Electives 16 3 13 16 The student must choose at least six credits from the following list in addition to those prescribed in the curriculum: Physics 230 Physics 231 Physics 240 Physics 312 ( 4) (3) (3) (3) A major in political science consists of twenty-four hours which must include either Political Science 20 I or Political Science 202. Political Science 101 and 102 are not accepted toward a major. P ychology 17-18 17 SEVENTH SEMESTER Phil. 101 -Introduction Electives Political Science 4 17 FIFTH SEMESTER Phys. 331- Electricity & Magnetism For. Lang. 103 - Intermediate Phys. 311 -Mechanics Eng. 151 - World Literature Elective Page 87 Physics 332 ( 4) Physics 361 ( 4) Physics 380 ( 4) Physics 391-392 (1-2) A student electing the minimum of 24 credits in physics must elect an additional four credits in chemistry. The student must choose 12 credits from the following course combinations: Economics IO I and I 02 or Psychology IO I and I 02; Political Science IO I and I 02 or Sociology IO I and I 02. A major in psychology consists of twenty-four hours. Psychology 101 and 102 are not accepted toward a major; Sociology 255 and Education 202 are accepted. Psychology 211 and 212 are required for the major. In addition to the general requirements the department requires that the two-semester courses in mathematics, physics, and general biology be taken. In addition, English 131 or 132 or Theater Arts 131 and Economics 231 are required. The major in psychology is designed for students who plan to continue the study of psychology on the graduate level, as well as for those whose interests lie in the teaching of psychology in colleges or in the application of the study to such fields as advertising, clinical work, business, education, and industrial personnel work. Students are cautioned that an undergraduate major in psychology does not qualify them for professional psychological work. No student can qualify as a psychologist without advanced graduate study; in a great many fields today, moreover, professional psychologists must hold the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. ociology-Anthropology A major in sociology consists of twenty-four hours. Although Sociology 101, 102 are prerequisites to all the courses in sbciology, they are not accepted toward a major in sociology. P~litical Science 204 and Philosophy 240 will be accepted toward the major in sociology. Students who intend to major in sociology are requested to plan their work in the department in consultation with the chairman. A major in sociology hall include the following courses: Sociology 255, 280, and 397. With the approval of the department chairman, however, other courses may in some instances be substituted. �Page 88 - DEG8EE PROGRAMS Social Science -- Urban Affairs The Social Science degree with a major in urban affairs is designed to provide an interdisciplinary training for those students who wish to enter careers in governmental or non-governmental agencies concerned with the general phenomenon of urbanization at the national, state, or local level. Students who complete academic work in this program can continue graduate study either in the traditional academic disciplines or in interdepartmental programs. The Social Science major in urban affairs consists of 39 semester hours in political science, economics, and socio.logy, with a minimum of 12 semester hours in each. Economics 236, Political Science 251, and Sociology 215 are required. Political Science 101 and 102, Economics 101 and 102, and Sociology 101 and 102 are not accepted toward the major. Students who intend to pursue this program should consult with the director of the Institute of Regional Affairs. DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 89 Course Requirements for B. S. Degree Programs Biology 1 The following curriculum in biology meets all of the liberal arts requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree. In addition, it provides a greater concentration of advanced biology courses. This program is recommended for those students planning to enter industry or continue with graduate study in biology. Students planning to major in biology should check the mathematics requirements on page 78. FIRST SEMESTER Bio. 103 - General Biology Chem. 201 - Principles of Chemistry Eng. 101 - Composition Math. 111 - Analysis I P. E.101-Physical Education P. E. 105- Hygiene SECOND SEMESTER 4 4 3 4 0 1 Bio. 104 - General Biology Chem. 202 - Chemical Equilibria Eng. 102-Composition Math. 112 - Analysis II P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E.106-Hygiene 4 Bio. 202 - Biology of Vertebrate 4 Chem. 232 - Organic Chemistry Eng. 152- World Literature Hist. 102- World Civilization For. Lang. 102 - Elementary P. E. 104 - Physical Education Organs 4 3 3 0 18 18 4 4 3 3 4 Bio. 322 - Ecology Bio. 224- Biological Techniques Ee., Psy., P.S., Soc. 102 For. Lang. 104- Intermediate Phys. 106- Introduction Electives 18 1 4 4 4 3 3 0 SIXTH SEMESTER SEVENTH SEMESTER Bio. 311 - Bacteriology Bio. 331 - Physiology Bio. 397 - Seminar Phil. IOI -Introduction Ee., Psy., P.S., Soc. 101 Elective 4 0 1 FOURTH SEMESTER FIFTH SEMESTER Bio. 321 - Genetics Chem. 235-0rganic Chemistry Ee., Psy., P.S., Soc. 101 For. Lang. 103 - Intermediate Phys. 105- Introduction 3 16 16 THIRD SEMESTER Bio. 201- Vertebrate Morphogenesis Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis Eng.151 - World Literature Hist.101- World Civilization For. Lang. IOI -Elementary P. E. 103- Physical Education 4 4 3 1 3 3 4 3 17 EIGHTH SEMESTER 4 4 1 3 3 3 Bio. 312- Bacteriology Bio. 332 - Evolutionary Mechanisms Bio. 397 -Seminar Phil. 102 - Logic Ee., Psy., P.S., Soc. 102 Elective 4 3 1 3 3 3 18 17 This degree meets the same general requirements as listed for B.A. Degree, page 78. �Page 90 - DEGREE PROGRAMS - DEGREE PROGRAMS Chemistry Chemistry The chemistry curriculum is planned to provide thorough trammg in the fundamentals of the science and to contribute to the general education of the student. Graduates in chemistry may enter industry immediately upon graduation or may continue their studies in graduate school. Experience has shown that students who have not had a minimum of four years of mathematics study in secondary school will usually require some pre-college summer course. The student may take the Pre-Calculus Mathematics (Math. 100) offered at Wilkes, or with the approval of the mathematics department take an equivalent course at sc.me other college or university. Credit in this remedial course does not exempt the student from any required elective in his program. Wilkes is approved by the American Chemical Society for the professional training of Ghemists. Students who wish to be certified for membership in the American Chemical Society in the minimum period of two years following graduation must elect Chemistry 310 in the senior year of the B.S. course of study. FIRST SEMESTER Chem. 201 -Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry Eng. 101-Composition Hist. 101 - World Civilization Math. 111 - Analysis I P.E. 101 - Physical Education P.E. 105 - Hygiene THIRD SEMESTER Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis For. Lang. 101 - Elementary Math. 211 - Intermediate Analysis I Phys. 201 - General Physics I P.E. 103-Physical Education Page 91 4 3 3 4 0 1 FIFTH SEMESTER Chem. 233 - Organic Chemistry Chem. 341 - Elementary Physical Chemistry Eng.151- World Literature For. Lang. 103 - Intermediate Phys. 203 - General Physics III 5 4 4 3 3 SIXTH SEMESTER Chem. 334 - Organic Qualitative Analysis Chem. 342-Intermediate Physical Chemistry Chem. 262 - Chemical Literature Eng. 152- World Literature For. Lang. 104-Intermediate Elective I 3 4 1 4 3 3 19 15-18 SEVENTH SEMESTER 3 Chem. 395 - Research Chem. 261-History of Chemistry 1 Chem. 397 - Seminar ½ Electives1 12-14 EIGHTH SEMESTER Chem. 376-Advanced Analytical 4 Chemistry Chem. 397 - Seminar ½ 1 Electives 11-12 16½-18½ 15½-16½ SECOND SEMESTER Chem. 202 - Chemical Equilibria Eng. 102-Composition Hist. 102- World Civilization Math. 112-Analysis II P.E. 102-Physical Education P.E. 106-Hygiene 15 15 4 3 4 4 0 FOURTH SEMESTER j Chem. 212 - Inorganic Chemistry .j Chem. 232 - Organic Chemistry ·3 For. Lang. 102- Elementary Math. 212 - Intermediate Analysis II .j .j Phys. 202 - General Physics II P.E. 104 - Physical Education 0 15 18 1 Electives must include two philosophy courses, Mus. 101 or F.A. 101 or Th. Arts 101, at least one advanced chemistry course in Semester 7 and/or Semester 8, and one of the following: P.S. 101-102, Psy. 101-102, or Soc. 101-102. �Page 92 - DEGREE PROGRAMS - DEGREE PROGRAMS Commerce and Finance Commerce and Finance MAJOR IN AccouNTING FIRST SEMESTER Acct. 101 -Elementary I Eng. 101-Composition Hist. 101- World Civilization Ee. 111 - Economic History Math. 100- Pre-calculus Mathematics P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 3 3 3 3 4 0 1 SECOND SEMESTER Acct. 102 - Elementary II Eng. 102 - Composition Hist. 102- World Civilization F. A. 101 -Experiencing Art I or Mus. 101 -Introduction or Th. Arts 101 - Approach to Theater B.A. 115 - Mathematics of Business and Finance P. E. 102- Physical Education P. E. 106- Hygiene 17 THIRD SEMESTER Acct. 111 - Intermediate I B. A. 231 - Business Law Ee. 101 - Principles I Eng. 151 - World Literature Bio. 101 -Biological Science or Phys. 101 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 101 -Earth Science Eng. 131 - Fundamentals of Speech P. E. 103- Physical Education 3 3 3 4 3 2 0 3 3 3 3 3 3 FOURTH SEMESTER Acct. 112- Intermediate II B. A. 232 - Business Law Ee. 102-Principles II Eng. 152- World Literature Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102 - Space Science P. E. 104- Physical Education 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 I 3 3 3 3 3 0 I FIRST SEMESTER Acct. 101 - Elementary I Ee. I11 - Economic History Eng. 101 - Composition Hist.101 - World Civilization Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101- Physical Science or Env. Sci. 101 - Earth Science P. E.101 - Physica~ Education P. E. 105- Hygiene 3 3 3 3 3 0 1 SIXTH SEMESTER Acct. 202 - Cost Accounting II Acct. 242 - Advanced B. A. 233 - Business Law Ee. 232-Economic Statistics Soc. 102 - Sociology or P. S. 102 - Political Science II Elective I 3 0 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 EIGHTH SEMESTER Acct. 232 - Auditing II Acct. 252- Internship Ee. 202 - Theory of Money or Ee. 236 - Public Finance Ee. 228 - Economic Geography Elective I SECOND SEMESTER Acct. 102 - Elementary II F. A. 101 - Experiencing Art I or Mus. 101 - Introduction or Th. Arts 101 - Approach to Theater Eng. 102 - Composition Eng. 131 - Fundamentals of Speech Hist. 102- World Civilization Bio. 102 - Biological Science or Phys. I 02 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102-Space Science P. E. 102- Physical Education P. E. 106-Hygiene 16 3 3 3 4 16 18 SEVENTH SEMESTER Acct. 221 - Taxes I Acct. 231 - Auditing I 13. :\. 209 - Correspondence & Reports n. :\. ::25 - Corporation Finance B. A. 251 - Principles of Management I Elective! MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 16 18 FIFTH SEMESTER Acct. 201- Cost Accounting I Ee. 201-Money & Banking Ee. 231 -Applied Statistics Soc. 101 - Sociology or P. S. 101 - Political Science I Phil. 101 - Introduction Elective! Page 93 THIRD SEMESTER B. A. 231 - Business Law Ec.101- Principles I Eng.151- World Literature \1ath. 100 - Pre-calculus Mathematics P. S. 101 - Political Science I or Soc. 101 - Sociology P. E. 103 - Physical Education 3 3 4 4 3 0 3 3 3 3 6 3 3 3 3 3 15 Students intending to sit for the New York State C.P.A. examinations should elect subjects in the humanities. All students should choose electives from outside the major field. FOURTH SEMESTER B. A. 232 - Business Law Ee. 102- Principles II Eng. 152- World Literature B.A. 115 - Mathematics of Business and Finance P. S. 102-Political Science II or Soc. 102 - Sociology P. E. 104- Physical Education 18 3 0 1 3 3 4 3 3 0 16 SIXTH SEMESTER B. A. 252 - Principles of Management II Ee. 202 - Theory of Money or Ee. 228 - Economic Geography or C and F elective Ee. 232 - Economic Statistics Phil. I 02 - Logic B. A. 222 - Marketing Elective 18 SEVENTH SEMESTER B. A. 209 - Correspondence & Reports 3 B. A. & Ee. electives 12 Elective 3 3 3 2 3 18 17 FIFTH SEMESTER B. A. 251 - Principles of Management Ee. 201 - Money & Banking Ee. 231 - Applied Statistics Phil.101- Introduction Electives 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 EIGHTH SEMESTER B. A. & Ee. electives Elective 12 3 15 �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 95 Page 94 - DEGREE PROGRAMS Students who major in business administration will select their electives from the following. At least six courses in one of these groups are required of students concentrating in this field. BANKING AND FINANCE B. A. 220 - Real Estate B. A. 225 - Corporation Finance B. A. 226 - Investments Ee. 202 - Theory of Money Ee. 225 - International Trade Ee. 236 - Public Finance Ee. 241 -Economic Analysis Math. 111 - Analysis I Math. 112-Analysis II Math. 267-268 - Introduction to Computer Programming I-II ECONOMICS Ee. 212 - Government & Business Ee. 217 - Economics of Transportation Ee. 222 - American Labor Movement Ee. 223 - Collective Bargaining Ee. 225 - International Trade Ee. 226 - Economic Geography of the World Ee. 229-Comparative Economic Systems Ee. 230- Business Cycles Ee. 236 - Public Finance Ee. 241 - Economic Analysis Ee. 245 - Consumer Economics Ee. 395-396 - Research Math. 111 - Analysis I Math. 112 - Analysis II Math. 267-268 - Introduction to Computer Programming 1-11 MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS B. A. 251 - Principles of Management I B. A. 252 - Principles of Management II Ee. 222-American Labor Movement B. A. 240- Property Insurance B. A. 241 - Life Insurance Ee. 223 - Collective Bargaining Psy. 212 - Psychological Tests Psy. 251 - Industrial Psychology Math. 111 - Analysis I Math. 112 - Analysis II Soc. 265 - Sociology of Industry P.S. 208- Labor Legislation Math. 267-268- Introduction to Computer Programming I-II MARKETING B. A. 114- Salesmanship B. A. 216 - Advertising B. A. 240- Property Insurance Ee. 217 - Economics of Transportation Ee. 225 - International Trade Ee. 245 - Consumer Economics Math. 111 - Analysis I Math. 112 - Analysis II Ret. 101 - Principles of Retailing Ret. 214- Retail Buying Soc. 265 - Sociology of Industry Psy. 243 - Industrial Psychology Math. 267-268 - Introduction to Computer Programming I-II MAJOR IN BUSINESS EDUCATION The degree of Bachelor of Science in business education is designed to provide a background in general education while it prepares the student for teaching business subjects in secondary schools or for a career in business. A student planning to enter as a freshman may find it advantageous, at first, to consider a two-year program leading to a certificate in general office or secretarial proficiency. This two-year program provides a foundation for general secretarial preparation, or prepares for later specialization in the four-year major in business education. FIRST SEMESTER S S. 105- Elementary Shorthand or Acct. 101- Elementary I S.S. 107 - Elementary Typewriting Eng. 131 - Fundamentals of Speech Bio. IOI - Biological Science or Phys. IOI - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 101 - Earth Science 1:ng. IOI -Composition llist. 101 - World Civilization P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 1OS - Hygiene SECOND SEMESTER 2 3 2 2 3 3 3 0 I S. S. l 06 - Elementary Shorthand or Acct. l 02 - Elementary II S.S. 108- Elementary Typewriting Eng. l 02 - Composition B.A. 115- Mathematics of Business and Finance Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102- Space Science Hist. 102- World Civilization P. E. 102- Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 16-17 THIRD SEMESTER 3 3 3 0 1 17- 18 FOURTH SEMESTER S.S. 207 - Advanced Shorthand or Acct. III - Intermediate I 3 S.S. 2011 -Advanced Typrewriting 1 \cct. 101-Elementry I or Ret. 101 - Principles 3 B. A. 231 - Business Law 3 Psy. 101 - Psychology 3 Ee. 1012 - Principles I 3-4 P. E.103- Physical Education 0 15-17 FIFTH SEMESTER Acct. 111 - Intermediate I or Ret. 101 - Principles or Elective3 Soc. IOI - Sociology or P.S. IOI - Political Science I Eng. 151 - World Literature Ed. 201 - Introduction B.A. 251 - Principles of Management I 2 3 2 3 S.S. 208-Advanced Shorthand or Acct. 112 - Intermediate II S.S. 202 1 -Advanced Typewriting Acct. 102- Elementary II or Retailing Elective Psy. 102 - Psychology P . E. 104- Physical Education Ee. 1022 - Principles II B. A. 232 - Business Law 3 1 3 3 0 3 3 15-16 SIXTH SEMESTER 3 3 4 3 Acct. 112 - Intermediate II or Retailing Elective3 Soc. 102 - Sociology or P.S. 102- Political Science II Eng. 152- World Literature Ed. 202 - Educational Psychology B.A. 252 - Principles of Management II 3 16 16 1Students following accounting sequence need not take third and fourth semesters of typewriting. 2 Two-year program students take S.S. 205 in semester 3 and Ee. 101 in semester 4. l Students who have already met required accounting and retailing courses would elect one course in both the fifth and sixth semesters, preferably one of the two should be in retailing to meet requirement for certification in retailing. �Page 96 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAM - Page 97 SEVENTH SEMESTER S.S. 243-Principles and Methods of Business Education S.S. 205- Office Procedures and Machines Phil. 101 - Introduction Mus. 101 - Introduction or F. A. 101 -Experiencing Art I or Th. Arts 101 -Approach to Theater B. A. 209- Business Correspondence & Reports EIGHTH SEMESTER 3 Ed. 330 - Secondary Education Elective I 12 Engineering 3 4 FRESHMAN YEAR COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING PROGRAMS 3 FIRST SEMESTER 3 3 16 15 Engineering Wilkes College offers four-year programs in electrical engineering and in materials engineering leading to the Bachelor of Science degree. In addition the first two years of programs in civil engineering, chemical engineering, and mechanical engineering are offered. Upon completion of the second year, students in any of these programs may transfer to the junior year at other engineering schools. The first year of all curricula in engineering is the same. The second year will vary depending upon the student's choice of major engineering interest. Experience has shown that students who have not had a mm1mum of four years of mathematics study in secondary school will usually require some pre-college summer course. The student may take the PreCalculus Mathematics (Math. 100) offered at Wilkes, or with the ap, proval of the mathematics department take an equivalent course at some other college or university. Credit in this remedial course does not exempt the student from any required elective in his program. Programs in each major field are described on the following pages. \1ath. 111 - Analysis I Chem. 201 - Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry Eng. IOI - Composition Fngi. 107 - Engineering Graphics I Liberal Arts Elective P.E. l05 - Hygiene P.E. IOI - Physical Education 4 4 3 2 3 1 0 SECOND SEMESTER Math. 112 - Analysis II Chem. 202- Chemical Equilibria Phys. 201 - General Physics I Eng. 102 - Composition Engi. 108- Engineering Graphics II P.E. 106 - Hygiene P.E. 102- Physical Education 4 3 2 I 0 17 18 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Second, third and fourth year requirements leading to a B.S. degree m electrical engineering. THIRD SEMESTER \1ath. 21 I - Intermediate Analysis I Phys. 202 - General Physics II E.E. 21 I - Circuit Theory I \1.E. 211- Mechanics I. Statics \1ath. 267 - Introduction to Computer Programming I 4 4 3 3 3 FOURTH SEMESTER Math. 212- Intermediate Analysis II 4 Phys. 203 - General Physics III 3 E.E. 212 - Circuit Theory II 4 M.E. 212-M chanics II. Dynamics 3 Ma.E. 102- Materials Science 3 Eng. 131 -Speech 2 17 FIFTH SEMESTER E.E. 231 - Electromagnetic Fields I 4 E.E. 251 - Electronic Circuits I 4 E.E. 271 - Physical Electronics 3 Math., Science or Engi. Electives 3 Liberal Arts Elective' 3-4 18 SIXTH SEMESTER E.E. 232 - Electromagnetic Fields II 4 E.E. 252- Electronic Circuits II 4 E.E. 272 - Solid State Devices 3 Math., Science or Engi. Electives 3 Liberal Arts Elective' 3-4 17-18 SEVENTH SEMESTER F..E. 331 -Energy Transmission and Radiation F.E. 381 -Advanced Engineering Laboratory I Engi. 397 - Seminar Engineering or Science Elective Liberal Arts Elective' I 4 4 Students planning to teach in Pennsylvania should elect a course in American History for permanent certification. 17-18 EIGHTH SEMESTER 3 4 I 4 6 E.E. 320 - Electromechanical Energy Conversion E.E. 382-Advanced Engineering Laboratory II Engi. 397 -Seminar Engineering or Science Elective Liberal Arts Elective' 18 I English 151, 152 (Western World Literature) is a required elective. 4 4 l 3 6 18 �Page 98 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 99 MATERIALS SCIENCE ENGINEERING CIVIL ENGINEERING Second, third and fourth year requirements leading to a B.S. dcgm• in materials science engineering.' THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER Math. 211 - Intermediate Analysis I Phys. 202 - General Physics II E.E. 211 - Circuit Theory I M.E. 211 - Mechanics I. Statics Ee. 101 - Principles of Economics 4 4 3 3 3 Math. 212 - Intermediate Analysis II 4 Phys. 203 - General Physics III . 3 M.E. 212- Mechanics II. Dynamics Ma.E. 102 - Materials Science Eng. 131 - Speech 2 Liberal Arts Elective 4 4 3 4 3 4 4 3 3 3 FOURTH SEMESTER Ma.E. 212-X-Ray Diffraction Ma.E. 242 - Physical Metallurgy Chem. 342- Intermediate Physical Chemistry Liberal Arts Elective Math. or Science Elective 18 17 3 3 4 3 17 4 3 4 3 4 le THIRD SEMESTER 4 4 \fath.211 - Intermediate Analysis I Phys. 202- General Physics II \f.F 21 I - Mechanics I. Statics Chl'm. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analvsis I iherai'Arts Elective 3 4 3 FOURTH SEMESTER Math. 212- Intermediate Analysis II 4 Phys. 203 - General Physics III 3 M.E. 212- Mechanics II. Dynamics 3 Chem. 232- Organic Chemistry I 4 Yfa.E. 102- Materials Science 3 18 SEVENTH SEMESTER 4 Math. 212- Intermediate Analysis II Phys. 203 - General Physics III M.E. 212- Mechanics II. Dynamics C.E. 104- Route Surveying Ma.E. 102- Materials Science Second year requirements for the two-year chemical engineering program.' SIXTH SEMESTER E.E. 231 - Electromagn tic Fields I E.E. 251 -Electronic Circuits I Ma.E. 211 - Crystallography Chem. 341 - Elementary Physical Chemistry Math. or Engineering Elective THIRD SEMESTER \lath. 211- Intermediate Analysis I Phv.\. 202 - General Physics II \t.i:. 211 - Mechanics I. Statics C.E. 103-Plane Surveying L1heral Arts Elective CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 17 FIFTH SEMESTER econd year requirements for the two-year civil engineering program. 1 17 EIGHTH SEMESTER Ma.E. 321 - Crystal Crowth and Defects 4 Ma.E. 331 - Crystalline Anisotropy 3 Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis 4 Liberal Arts Elective 2 3-4 Science Elective 3 Ma.E. 322- Phase Equilibria Ma.E. 382 - Materials Engineering Instrumentation Laboratory Liberal Arts Electives 2 Math. or Science Electives 17-18 3 6 h MECHANICAL ENGINEERING ccond year requirements for the two-year mechanical engineering program. 1 THIRD SEMESTER \lath. 211 - Intermediate Analysis I Ph". 202 - C neraJ Physics II \I.E. 211 - Mechanics I. Statics t.1·. 211 - Circuit Theory I I ,hual Arts Elective 4 4 3 3 3 17 'For freshman year see page 97. "English 151, 152 (Western World Literature) is a required elective. For frPshman year see page 97. FOURTH SEMESTER Math. 212- Intermediate Analysis II 4 Phys. 203 - G neral Physics III 3 M.E. 212- Mechanics II. Dynamics 3 M.E. 111 - Manufacturing Processes 3 Ma.E. 102- Materials Science 3 16 �Page 100 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 101 Mathematics Medical Technology The B.S. curriculum provides for a greater concentration of advanced mathematics courses and enables students to take more physical science electives than is possible in the B.A. program. It is highly recommended that prospective mathematics majors elect French, German, or Russian in secondary school. As a rule, three years of one of these languages is more desirable than two years or less of each of two different languages. Spanish is not acceptable toward ful fillment of the language requirement in this program. Experience has shown that students who have not had a minimum of four years of mathematics study in secondary school will usually require some pre-college summer course. The student may take the Pre-Calculus Mathematics (Math. 100) offered at Wilkes, or with the approval of the department take an equivalent course at some other college or university. Credit in this remedial course does not exempt the student from any required elective in his program. Students intending to pursue graduate studies in mathematics should elect Math. 314, 341, 432, and 442. Those contemplating careers in industry are advised to take Math. 267-268 as early as possible in their programs. Students who foresee possible change to the B.A. program in order to prepare themselves as secondary or elementary school teacher are advised to elect Psy. 101-102 in their freshman year. The following program lists the sequence of course requirements for the B.S. degree in Mathematics and the semesters in which they should normally be taken. The American Society of Clinical Pathologists and the American Society of Medical Technologists recommend certain requirements for a program of training leading to a degree in medical technology. The curriculum offered at Wilkes College follows these recommendations and is presented below. The final year in this program is taken in hospitals approved for such training by the American Society of Clinical Pathologists. FIRST SEMESTER Math. 31 I - Functions of a Real Var. I Math. 331 - Introduction to Abstract Algebra I Hist. 101 - World Civilization Electives SIXTH SEMESTER 3 3 3 6-9 SEVENTH SEMESTER 1 3 4 0 I THIRD SEMESTER Bio. I IS-Anatomy & Physiology Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis Eng.151- World Literature Hist. IOI - World Civilization For. Lang. 101 - Elementary P.E. 103-Physical Education Math. 312- Functions of a Real Var. II Math. 334 - Linear Algebra Hist. 102- World Civilization Electives 3 3 3 15-18 4 4 3 3 0 Electives' Bio. 116-Anatomy & Physiology Chem. 232- Organic Chemistry Eng. 152- World Literature Hist. 102- World Civilization For. Lang. 102 - Elementary P.E. 104- Physical Education 4 4 4 3 3 () 18 SIXTH SEMESTER 4 3 4 3 3 SEVENTH SEMESTER2 EIGHTH SEMESTER 16 Bio. 312- Bacteriology Elective Phys. 106 - Introductory Physics For. Language. 104- Intermediate Ee., Psy., P.S., Soc. 102 17 Clinical Chemistry Microbiology I rinalysis 4 4 3 4 0 1 FOURTH SEMESTER 4 FIFTH SEMESTER 31 I - Bacteriology Bio. 204- Microtechnique Phys. 105- Introductory Physics For. Lang. 103- Intermediate Ee., Psy., P.S., Soc. 101 6-9 15-1 Bio. 104- General Biology Chem. 202-Chemical Equilibria Eng. 102- Composition Math. 112 - Analysis IJl P. E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 106- Personal Hygiene 18 810. 15- 18 Electives' 4 4 16 The first two years of the B.S. program are identical to those for the B.A. degree given on page 83. FIFTH SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Bio. l03- General Biology Chem. 201 - Introduction Eng. 101 - Composition Math 111 -Analysis JI P.E. IOI - Physical Education P. E.105-Personal Hygiene 13 weeks 8weeh 4 weeks 4 3 4 3 3 17 EIGHTH SEMESTER2 Haematology & Blood Bank Histolo_g-v Serology 12 weeks 6 weeks 7 weeks 15-1 Must include each semester at least six hours of mathematics courses numbered above 222. Students who have a math deficiency may register in a lower level math course with the permission of their adviser. 'To be taken at an approved school of medical technology. Fee $50 each semester. �Page 102 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Music Education 1 SEVENTH SEMESTER !us. 215 - Instrumentation 2 Mus. Ed. 127 - Voice Class 2 Mus. Ed. 123 - Violoncello and Bass 2 :\lus. Ed. 340 - Professional Semester in Music Education 8 Applied Music 1 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus ½ Mus. 113- Piano Class or elective 2-3 i FIRST SEMESTER Eng. 101 - Composition Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 101 -Earth Science Mus. 105-Theory of Music Mus. Ed. 101 - Clarinet Class o r Mus. Ed. 103- Brass Class Hist. 101 - World Civilization Applied Music2 Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. !OS-Hygiene 3 3 5 2 3 I ½ 0 1 SECOND SEMESTER Eng. 102- Composition Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102- Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102 - Space Science Mus. 106-Theory of Music Mus. Ed. 102- Clarinet Class or Mus. Ed. 104- Brass Class Hist. 102- World Civilization Applied Music2 Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 102- Physical Education P. E. 105-Hygiene 3 5 2 3 4 2 5 3 1 3 ½ 0 FOURTH SEMESTER Eng. 152- World Literature Mus. Ed. 102- Clarinet Class or Mus. Ed. 104- Brass Class Mus. 108-Theory of Music Mus. 110 - History of Music Applied Music2 Psy. 102- Psychology Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 104- Physical Education 18½ FIFTH SEMESTER Ed. 201 - Introduction Ee. 101 - Principles I or P.S. 101 - Political Science I or Soc. 10 I - Sociology Mus. Ed. 105- Woodwind Class Mus. Ed. 209 - Conduct ing Mus. Ed. 121 - Violin Class Mus. Ed. 201 - Elementary School Methods Applied Music2 Band, Orchestra, Chorus Mus. 111 - Piano Class 3 3 2 2 2 2 1 ½ 2 1 2 1 ½ 6 2-3 15½-16½ Nursing Education The program in Nursing Education is designed for the preparation of instructors, head nurses, and supervisors in hospitals and schools of nursing. It presupposes graduation from an approved school of nursing and State registration. Credits required for the degree are one hundred twenty-three, of which at least seventy-three must be college credits. The number of credits allowed for the school of nursing program ranges from thirty-five to fifty and will be determined by an evaluation .of the student's record and by results obtained on the Graduate Nurse Examination. Wilkes College is cooperating with Albright College in offering a degree in Nursing Education to registered nurses in Reading, Pa. Academic credits earned at Albright College may be credited toward the B. S. degree in Nursing Education from Wilkes College. In order to receive the degree from Wilkes College the student must take a minimum of 15 credit hours on the Wilkes Campus. Students participating in this cooperative program should seek assistance from the chairman of the Nursing Education Department at Wilkes in planning their curriculum. I 2 5 3 I 3 ½ G 3 2 ~2 2 17½ 2 2 2 O 18½ SIXTH SEMESTER Ed. 202- Educational Psychology Ee. 102 - Principles II or P. S. 102- Political Science II or Soc. 102 - Sociology Mus. Ed. 106- Brass Class Mus. Ed. 210- Conducting Mus. Ed. 122 - Viola and String Methods Mus. Ed. 202 - Secondary School Methods Applied Music2 Band, Orchestra, Chorus Mus. 112 - Piano Class EIGHTH SEMESTER Mus. 216-Arranging Mus. Ed. 128- Voice Class Mus. Ed. 125 - Percussion Class Methods Applied Music! Band, Orchestra, Chorus Elective Mus. 114 - Piano Class or elective I ½ 18½ THIRD SEMESTER Eng. 151 - World Literature Mus. Ed. 101 - Clarinet Class or Mus. Ed. 103- Brass Class Mus. 107 -Theory of Music Mus. 109- History of Music Applied Music2 Psy. 101 - Psychology Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 103- Physical Education 17½-18½ Page 103 There is a music fee of $10 per semester for all music and music education majors. Private instruction. The fee for this instruction is in addition to the regular tuition charge. FIRST SEMESTER Eng. IOI - Composition Hist. IOI - World Civilization Bio. 103- General Biology or Math. 101- Fundamentals or Phys. 101 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 101 - Earth Science F. A. 101 - Experiencing Art I or Mus.101 -Introduction or Th. Arts IOI -Approach to Theater Soc. IOI -Sociology or Psy. IOI -Psychology N. E. 101 - Foundations 3 3 3-4 3 SECOND SEMESTER Eng. 102 - Composition Hist. 102- World Civilization Bio. 104-General Biology or Math. 102 - Fundamentals or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102-Space Science N. E. 104-Community Resources Soc. 102 - Sociology or Psy. 102-Psychology N. E. 106-Supervision Elective (optional) 2 3 3 3-4 2 3 2 2-3 3 2 16-19 17-18 1 Private instruction. The fee for this instruction is in addition to the regular tuition charge. 2 If the Bio. 104 laboratory course is taken, the elective will not be allowed. �Page 104 - DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 105 DEGREE PROGRAMS THIRD SEMESTER Eng. 151 - World Literature 4 Phil. 101 - Introduction 3 Soc. 101 - Sociology or Psy. 1011 -Psychology 3 Ed. 351 - Educational Measurements 2 N. E. 107 -Principles & Methods 2 N. E. 108 - Techniques 1 Elective 2-3 FOURTH SEMESTER Eng. 152- World Literature Phil. 102 - Logic Soc. 102 - Sociology or Psy. 1021 -Psychology N. E. 102-Trends in Nursing N. E. 112 - Field Experience Elective 15-18 4 3 3 2 4 2-3 FIFTH SEMESTER Math. 361-Advanced Calculus I Phys. 331-Electricity & Magnetism Phys. 311 - Mechanics Ger. 1031 - Intermediate Eng.151 - World Literature 3 4 3 3 4 The B.S. curriculum in physics is designed to provide a thorough grounding in the fundamentals of this rapidly-expanding science, as well as to acquaint the student with the current frontiers of knowledge and research. Upon completion of the requirements for the degree, the student will be well prepared to proceed to graduate study leading to an advanced degree or to undertake an industrial position. SEVENTH SEMESTER Phys. 361 - Atomic Physics 4 Advanced Math. Elective 3 Eng. 131 - Fundamentals of Speech 2 Electives2 6-8 15-17 3 4 3 3 4 17 17 16-19 Physics SIXTH SEMESTER Math. 362-Advanced Calculus II Phys. 332 - Electricity & Magnetism Phys. 312 - Mechanics Ger. 1051 - Scientific Eng. 152- World Literature EIGHTH SEMESTER Phys. 380- Nuclear Physics Advanced Math. Elective _Electives 2 4 3 8-10 15-17 Students planning to major in physics should check the mathematic requirements on page 85. FIRST SEMESTER Math. 111 - Analysis I Eng. IOI -Composition Hist. 101- World Civilization Phys. 201 - General Physics I P .E. I OS - Hygiene P. E. 101 - Physical Education 4 3 3 4 I 0 SECOND SEMESTER Math. 112 - Analysis II Eng. 102- Composition Hist. 102- World Civilization Phys. 202 - General Physics II P.E. 106 - Hygiene P. E. 102- Physical Education 15 4 1 0 15 4 3 3 3 4 0 Math. 212 - Intermediate Analysis II Phys. 230 - Optics and Light Phys. 240 - Thermodynamics Ger.1022-Elementary Chem. 202 - Chemical Equilibria P. E. 104- Physical Education 17 1 3 3 FOURTH SEMESTER THIRD SEMESTER Math. 211 - Intermediate Analysis I Phys. 203 - General Physics III Phys. 231 - Electronics Ger. 1012-Elementary Chem. 201 - Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry P. E. 103-Physical Education 4 P. S. 101, P. S. 102, Ee. 101, Ee. 102 may be substituted as electives. 2 Russian may be substituted for German with the approval of the adviser. 4 4 3 3 4 0 18 1 Russian may be substituted for German with the approval of the adviser. • Students contemplating graduate study in Physics should elect Phys. 351 - Quantum \1:echanics. �Courses of Instruction Description of Courses �Description of Courses ACCOUNTING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Associate Professor Capin; Assistant Professors Curtis, P. Werner; Instructor Zavada. Acct. 101. Elementary Accounting I Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classification and interpretation of financial data; technique of recording; preparation of financial statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Three credits Acct. 102. Elementary Accounting II A continuation of Accounting 101. Principles of partnership and corporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturing, and branch accounting; financial analyses of statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. IO I. Three credits Acct. 111. Intermediate Accounting I MAMA: Conscience at Wilkes Child, when do you think is the time to love somebody the most; when they done good and made things easy for everybody? Well, then, you ain't through learning - because that ain't the time at all. It's when he's at his lowest and can't believe in hisself 'cause the world done whipped him so. When you starts measuring somebody, measure him right, child, measure him right. Make sure you done taken into account what hills and valleys he come through before he got to wherever he is. LORRAINE HANSBERRY A Raisin In The Sun (Act JU) A comprehensive analysis of the accounting process and the financial statements. Intermediate pro bl ems pertaining to Cash, Receivables, Inventories, Current Liabilities, and Investments in Stocks. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 102. Three credits Acct. 112. Intermediate Accounting II A continuation of Intermediate Accounting I. Intermediate problems pertaining to Investments in Bonds and Funds, Plant and Equipment, Intangibles, Long-Term Liabilities, and Stockholders Equity; financial statement analysis and Fund and Cash Flow Reporting. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 111. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSE·s - Page 111 Page 110 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Acct. 201. Cost Accounting I Acct. 232. Auditing II Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; methods of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cost and process-cost methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, or approval of instructor. Three credits Advanced application of auditing principles to actual practice; problems of classification and interpretation of accounts; study of methods of internal control; preparation of reports to clients. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 231. Three credits Acct. 202. Cost Accounting II Acct. 241. Advanced Accounting I Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analytical and comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; standard costs; budgets; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 201, or approval of instructor. Three credits A comprehensive review of partnerships; special procedures and problems of installment sales, consignments, home office and branch relationships; introduction to accounting for business combinations and consolidations. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112. Three credits Acct. 221. Taxes I The preparation of Federal income tax returns for individuals based on current law, regulations and court decisions; problems of inclusion and exclusion from income; gains and losses from sales and exchanges; allowable deductions. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, 202, or approval of instructor. Three credits Acct. 242. Advanced Accounting II Acct. 222. Taxes II Acct. 252. Accounting Internship Tax accounting for installment and deferred paym~nt sales; Federal tax returns for partnerships; fiduciaries and corporations; miscellaneous Federal and Pennsylvania corporate taxes. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 221. Three credits This course provides a minimum of 240 hours of accounting in the office of a Certified Public Accountant. 1 Three credits Acct. 231. Auditing I An analysis of modern auditing concepts involving staff organization, professional ethics and legal responsibility, internal control, audit programs, and working papers, and original record examination. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 202. Three credits A detailed analysis of the problems of consolidations; analysis of the procedure in accounting for bankruptcies, receiverships, estates and trusts, foreign exchange, and governmental units. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112 and permission of instructor. Three credits BIOLOGY Professor Reif chairman; Professors Cohen, Michelini; Associate Professors Ogren, Kimball, Tappa, Mizianty; Assistant Professor Hayes, Acheson; Instructor Schonwetter. Bio. 101,, 102. Biological Science Biological Science is a survey course intended for students who take no other courses in biology. It presents the essential general t Or the equivalent. �Page 112 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES information about plants and animals, explains fundamental laws governing the biological world, and emphasizes their relationship to man. Class, three hours a week. Three credits each semester Bio. 103--104. General Biology This course surveys both the plant and animal kingdoms, outlines the history of biology, the organization of matter, the structure of representative plants and animals, and the methods of classification. It considers the basic principles of physiology, genetics, embryology, evolution, and ecology. Lecture, three hours a week; laborato.ry, three hours a week. Fee: $20 each course. Four credits each semester Bio. 111--112. General Botany General Botany presents a broad consideration of the plant world. It includes the study of the fundamental principles of biology, emphasizing the structure, physiology, genetics, and ecology of plants. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20 each course. Three credits each semester Bio. 113. Microbiology This course presents the basic principles of bacteriology and the relationship of micro-organisms to disease and its prevention, control and treatment. It considers the effects of microbes within the body and the body's reaction to them. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Four credits Bio. 115--116. Human Anatomy & Physiology This course provides a general study of the human body, its structure and normal function. It provides an appreciation of the complex nature of the human body with relation to. the promotion of a healthy organism. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20 each course. Four credits each semester DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 113 Bio. 201. V ertehrate Morphogenesis Vertebrate Morphogenesis is a study of the development and general morphological characteristics of selected vertebrates. The taxonomy and evolution of Phylum Chordata will be emphasized. Lecture, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: 20. Prerequisite: Bio. 104. Four credits Bio. 202. Biology of V ertehrate Organs Biology of Vertebrate Organs is a study of majo.r vertebrate tissues and organs from the modern standpoints of cytology, development, function, regulation, and interrelationships. Lecture, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisites: Bio. 201 and Chem. 221. Four credits Bio. 204. Microtechnique Microtechnique embraces all methods of studying specimens with the microscope. The course also includes the study of normal tissues and organs. The laboratory work covers the technique of preparing microscopic slides. Lecture, one hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 116, or permission of instructor. Three credits Bio. 224. Biological Techniques A laboratory course in the preparation of materials for use in the study of organisms. Included will be such procedures as are needed to prepare photographs, make microscope slides, accomplish field collecting and telemetry, and the production of drawings for publication. Three-hour practicum. One credit Bio. 311--312. Bacteriology Bio. 311 is a general introduction, covering the morphology and growth of bacteria, sterilization, and applied uses of bacteria. It also includes a brief survey of other groups of microorganisms. The laboratory work covers techniques of staining, culturing, and �Page 114 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 115 biochemical testing for the identification of bacteria. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. l 04. Four credits Bio. 312 covers the relationship of bacteria to disease, immunity, serology, and the pathogenic organisms. Laboratory work continues with special stains, identification of unknowns, isolation of bacteria from natural sources, and techniques used in applied bacteriology. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 31 I. Four credits Bio. 321. Genetics Genetics is the study of the inheritance of normal characters and the variation of these characters in plants and animals. Laboratory work includes the study of genetic mechanisms in various botanical, animal, and microbial species. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: through Bio. 202, or permission of instructor. Four credits Bio. 332. Evolutionary Mechanisms Evolutionary Mechanisms is a study of how new species of organisms are derived from previo,usly existing species. Emphasis is placed upon the processes of organic evolution and the development of the evolutionary ideas. Lecture, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Bio. 322 or permission of instructor. Three credits Bio. 395--396. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Bio. 397. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Bio. 322. Ecology Ecology is the study of the relationship between organisms, singly and collectively, and their environments, including the biotic and physical factors of the environments. Class, two hours a week; laboratory and field trips, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: through Bio. 321, or permission of instructor. Three credits Bio. 331. Physiology Physiology is the study of the physical and chemical activit1es characteristic of all living organisms. Laboratory work includes experiments involving living forms. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: through Bio. 322, Chem. 230, and Phys. 112, or permission of instructor. Four credits Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Professor R. Werner; Associate Professors Elliot, Farrar, Capin; Assistant Professors Cera, Engel, Chesler, Gurdin, Orlowski; Instructors Roberts, Wasileski, Kelly. B.A. 114. Salesmanship The art of selling; the motive behind all buying; creation of interest and desire; presentation of services; meeting objections; types of customers. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits B.A. 115. Mathematics of Business and Finance This course will include progressions, logarithms, per cent, interest, discounts, equation of value, annuities, sinking funds, depreciation, taxes, profit and loss. Three credits �Page 116 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 117 B.A. 209. Business Correspondence and Reports B.A. 226. Investments Fundamental principles of business writing with emphasis on letters and reports. Prerequisites: Eng. I 02. Three credits Consideration of leading types of investments, tests, and investment programs; financial reports of leading companies, forecasting methods and agencies, stock exchanges, brokerage houses, methods of buying and selling securities, fraudulent promotions and their detection. Laboratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: B. A. 225. Three credits B.A. 216. Advertising A study of basic principles of advertising. Elements of advertising; a survey of different departments of advertising work, including copy, art, display, engraving, trade-marks, and media. Analysis of current advertisements. Advertising as a social force. Three credits B.A. 231. Business Law - Introduction and Contracts The fundamentals of the real estate business, including consideration of titles, mortgages, leases, advertising, sale, purchase, development, and management of real property. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits The foundation for all subjects in the field of business law. The nature, classification and sources of law. An introduction to the structure and functioning of the Federal and State Courts as agencies for enforcement of legal rights. A brief resume of the law of Torts and Crimes with reference to business problems. Examination of the essential elements of a contract under both the common law and the Uniform Commercial Code, the nature of contract rights, discharge of contracts and remedies for their breach. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, or approval of instructor. Three credits B.A. 222. Marketing B.A. 232. Business Law -Agency and Sales B.A. 220. Real Estate The fundamentals of the marketing system, its functions, institutions and their importance in the economy are studied. Marketing pricing policies and practices are investigated; reference is made to marketing activities and government participation. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits B.A. 225. Corporation Finance A study of the economic principles underlying the capital structure of modern business enterprise. Consideration given to alternate types of business organization, corporate securities, and financial policies involved in promotion, disposition of net earnings, working capital and short-term financing, mergers, expansion, financial readjustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits A general study of the law of agency; its nature and creation, the rights and liabilities of principals, agents and third persons, and the termination of the agency. A study of the law of sales of goods, the transfer of title and risk of loss, warranties in sales, the duties and liabilities of the parties, remedies for breach, security interests in goods. A comparison of the uniform sales act with the sales article of the Uniform Commercial Code. Prerequisite: B. A. 231. Three credits B.A. 233. Business Law - Partnerships and Corporations The principles of law governing partnerships and corporations, with emphasis on the historical development of business enterprises. The law with respect to the formation, operation, internal relationships and dissolution of partnerships and corporations with particular reference to their dependency upon the law of agency. Rights �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 119 Page 118 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES and duties of the partnership and corporate enterprise with respect to the government, the owners, and the public. Advantages and disadvantages of these forms of business activity. Prerequisite: B. A. 231. Three credits B.A. 234. Business Law - Property The law of real property, nature and types of interests in land. A discussion of deeds and their prerequisites. The rights and duties of the landowner to the public. Rights of the government versus rights of the landowner. The landlord-tenant relationship, the mortgagor-mortgagee relationship. Business crimes ( crimes affecting property). The protection of personal and business property, tangible and intangible. Prerequisite: B. A. 231,232, Acct. 102. Three credits B.A. 240. Property Insurance This course is a study of the fundamentals of fire, casualty, and marine insurance. Prerequisite: B.A. 232, or approval of instructor. Three credits B.A. 241. Life Insurance This course is a study of the principles, practices, and uses of life insurance from the overall viewpoint of the product, cost, market, and industry. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits controlling, etc. Views management as a process of integrating knowledge developed by many disciplines. Social and ethical dimensions of the management process summarized. Three credits B.A. 252. Principles of Management II Application of universal concepts of management. Emphasis on problems of production, sales, personnel, office, finance, organization. Viewpoint on relationship to overall operation of enterprise. Develops analytical abilities and decision-making skills. Case study method emphasized. Prerequisite: B.A. 251. Three credits B.A. 395,. 396. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits B.A. 397. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Ma.ximum of three credits per student.} CHEMISTRY Professor Rozelle, chairman; Associate Professors Salley, Swain, Bohning, Faut, Stine; Assistant Professor Labows; Instructor Buckman. B.A. 244. Time and Motion Study Chem. 105. General Chemistry The principles and techniques of time and motion study. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. This course is intented for students who take no advanced courses in inorganic, physical, or analytical chemistry. It introduces some of the fundamental laws and theories of chemistry with emphasis on chemical composition. Atomic structure, chemical bonding, solutions, kinetic theory, equilibrium, and radioactivity are considered. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Laboratory fee: $20. Three credits B.A. 251. Principles of Management I Nature and evolution of management thought. Fundamental universal concepts covered: decision-making, policy formulation, planning, organizing, staffing, actuating, communicating, directing, Four credits �Page 120 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 121 Chem. 106. Organic & Biological Chemistry Chem. 221. Inorganic Quantitative Analysis An introduction to the chemistry of carbon compounds and reactions of co,mmon functional groups with emphasis on the structures of carbohydrates, proteins and amino acids, steroids and nucleic acids. The laboratory will emphasize the techniques involved in the separation and identification of various classes of organic compounds. Lecture, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Laboratory fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 105 and permission of instructor. Four credits An introduction to the theory and practice of typical analyses: volumetric, gravimetric, and instrumental. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 202, or permission of the instructor. Four credits Chem. 201. Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry Chemical periodicity and stoichiometry are emphasized. States of matter, atomic theory, and dynamic equilibrium are introduced. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Four credits Chem. 202. Chemical Equilibria A study of the principles of chemical equilibria. Laboratory will involve theory and development of schemes of qualitative analysis with particular emphasis on the reactions of metallic elements. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 201. Four credits Chem. 212. Systematic Inorganic Chemistry A systematic description of the chemistry of the elements based on fundamental chemical principles. Fundamental techniques of inorganic synthesis. Class, three ho.u rs a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 202, Math 112, or permission of instructor. Four credits Chem. 232. Organic Chemistry I An introduction to the chemistry of carbon compounds through the reactions of common functional groups in aliphatic, alicyclic, aromatic and heterocyclic systems. Reaction pathways will be considered. Emphasis in laboratory will be placed on the development of fundamental techniques. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 221, or permission of the instructor. Four credits Chem. 233'. Organic Chemistry II A continuation of Chem. 230. Emphasis in laboratory is placed on advanced techniques and sequential syntheses. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 232. Five credits Chem. 235. Organic Chemistry Ila A continuation of Chem. 230. Not open to B.S. chemistry majors. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 232. Four credits Chem. 261. History of Chemistry A study of chemistry in terms of the personalities responsible for its development. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: Completion of twenty chemistry credits. One credit �Page 122 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 123 Chem. 262. Chemical Literature and chromatographic. Theory and practice of analysis of more complex materials. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 342 . Four credits Dis_cussio~ of the important sources of chemical information and exper~enc~ m the use of Chemical Abstracts, Beilstein, and the chemical Journals. Class, one hour a week. . Prerequis_ite: Completion of twenty chemistry credits, or permission of the mstructor. One credit Chem. 352. Biochemistry Chem. 334. Organic Qualitative Analysis A st_udy of t~~ _systematic identification of organic compounds and mixtures utihzmg classical and instrumental techniques. Class, one ~our a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit reqmred. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 233. Three credits A study of the nature and metabolism of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, and other physiological substances. Emphasis is placed on the mechanism of enzymatic catalysis. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 233, 235, or permission of the instructor. Three credits Chem. 395,..,396. Independent Research T~e first, second, and third laws of thermodynamics are emphasized. The topics of electrochemistry, chemical kinetics, the phase rule, and the states of matter are introduced. Class, three hour~ a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit reqmred. Fee: $20.00. Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Cannot be taken for credit before the seventh semester but may be a continuation of work begun before the seventh semester. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits each semester. P~erequisite: Chem. 221, Math 21 I, Phys. 152, or permission of the mstructor. Four credits Chem. 397. Seminar Chem. 341. Elementary Physical Chemistry Chem. 342. _Intermediate Physical Chemistry Electrochemistry, electrokinetic phenomena, kinetic molecular , theory, Maxwell Boltzman distribution, chemical kinetics, and the st at:s of 1:1atter are studied in detail. Quantum mechanics and radwchemistry are introduced. Class, three hours a week· laboratory, t~r~e hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. P~ereqmsite: Chem. 221, Math 21 I, Phys. 152, or permission of the mstructor. Four credits Chem. 376. Advanced Analytical Chemistry The theory and application of modern techniques and instrumental procedures, such as spectrophotometric, electro-analytical, Presentations and discussions of selected topics in chemistry conducted by senior chemistry majors and the staff. All chemistry majors are invited to attend the meetings. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) Chem. 411. Systematic Inorganic Chemistry Oxidation -Reduction, atomic structure, theory and application of the principles of chemical bonding, systematic study of properties related to extra-nuclear structure of atoms, coordination chemistry, acid-base phenomena, non-aqueous solvents, descriptive chemistry. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 342, or permission of the instructor. Three credits �Page 124 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 125 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Chem. ~31,...432. Advanced Organic Chemistry A detailed study of modern theories of mechanism and structure. Topics include nucleophilic and electrophilic substitution elimination reactions, molecular rearrangements, carbonyl re;ctions, stereochemistry, kinetics. Class, three hours. Three credits each semester Chem. 440. Quantum Chemistry The experimental foundations and the mathematical formulation of the quantum theory, including the quantum mechanics of simple systems, the hydrogen atom, and approximate methods. Group theory is introduced and the use of symmetry properties is applied to molecular orbital theory. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chem. 342. Three credits Ee. 111. Economic History A study of the development of economic institutions with emphasis on the historical roots and evolutionary development of our modern economy. Analysis of causes of development. Major stress is on institutions. Three credits Ee. 201. Money and Banking A study of money, credit, and banking operations. Development of American monetary and banking system. Central banking and the Federal Reserve System. Instruments of monetary control. Financial intermediaries. Monetary standards and international monetary relations. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits Ee. 202. Theory of Money Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Professor R. Werner; Associate Professors Elliot, Farrar; Assistant Professors De Young, Engel, Chesler, Orlowski. Development of monetary theory. Liquidity preference and loanable funds theories of interest. Saving, investment, and income determination. Keynesian and neo-Keynesian analysis. The inflationary process. Exchange rates and international monetary mechanism. Prerequisite: Ee. 20 l. Ee. 101. Principles of Economics I Ee. 204. Consumer Credit An introductory course which presents basic economic problems and shows how these problems are solved in a free enterprise economy; the effects of the increasing importance of the economic role of government are pointed out. The course provides orientation in the broad field of economics and makes use of the analytical trends by means of which the student can understand the economic problems of his environment. This course includes consumer credit in its various aspects. It includes retail credit, sales finance, credit unions, and credit bureau activities. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. ECONOMICS Three credits Ee. 102. Principles of Economics II This course is a logical sequence to Economics 101. It is based upon a broad micro-economic foundation concentrated on such units as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Prerequisite: Ee. IO 1. Three credits Three credits Two credits Ee. 212. Government and Business A study of the relationship of government to economic enterprises with special attention to conditions in the United States; the regulatory activities of government agencies; administrative methods, objectives and results of governmental control. Reference is made to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situations, public utilities, trusts, transportation, extractive industries, and public enterprise. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI, Ee. 102. Three credits �Page 126 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 127 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ee. 217. Economics of Transportation Problems and policies of railroads, buses, trucks, inland waterways, and air and ocean transportation; economic aspects of transportation and traffic management; use of rates and tariff; sig.nificance of transportation to society. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 227. Economic Geography of North America, Europe and the Soviet Union A study and analysis of the characteristics, potentials and problems of the more advanced. nations of the Northern Hemisphere. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits Three credits Ee. 222. The American Labor Movement A study of the evolving American labor movement and its ideology. This course deals with the development of American labor ideology and psychology in comparison with other labor movements. The relationship of the American labor movement to other political, social and economic institutions is investigated. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits Ee. 223. Collective Bargaining An introduction to labor problems and an analyses of major issues in the field of labor. This course deals with collective bargaining, employment, wages, hours and union policies. Governmental participation in labor relations and collective bargaining is also investigated. Reference is made to social welfare devices such as social security, unemployment compensation and workmen's compensation. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits Ee. 225. International Trade Theory and practice of international trade with special reference to contemporary problems and policies. The topics covered include tariffs, quotas, foreign exchange, equilibrium in international payments. A study will be made of geographic, economic, social, and political influences on international trade. Review of current policies and developments in the United States. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits Ee. 228. Economic Geography of Asia, Africa, and Latin America A study and analysis of the characteristics, potentials and problems of the less developed natio:ns and areas of the world. Economics 227 is not a prerequisite. Three credits Ee. 229. Comparative Economic Systems The institutions of planned economy of the U.S.S.R. and those of the contemporary experiment in evolutionary socialism in Great Britain are studied. Constant objective comparisons are made with institutions which are characteristic of a capitalistic economy. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02 or approval of instructor. Three credits Ee. 230. Business Cycles A historical analysis of major business cycles. Contemporary theories and a critical examination of public policy toward business cycles. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits Ee. 231. Applied General Statistics A course in statistical methods and their application. A collection and interpretation of statistical data, frequency distribution and measures of central tendency, fitting the normal curve, analysis of variance. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Fee: $10. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits �Page 128 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 129 Ee. 232. Economic Statistics Ee. 395--396. Independent Research A continuation of Economics 231. This course will include timeseries analysis, construction of index numbers, methods of correlation analysis, multiple and partial correlation, and test of significance for samples; Chi-square test. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Fee: $10. Prerequisite: Ee. 231. Three credits Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Ee. 236. Public Finance Fundamental principles of public finance; government expenditures; revenue; financial policies and administration; taxation; principles of shifting and incidence of taxation; public debts and the budget; fiscal problems of federal, state, and local government; the relation of government finance to the economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, P. S. IOI. Three credits Ee. 241. Economic Analysis This course is designed to give coverage to the theory of value and distribution. The determinants of consumer demand and the principles governing costs and outputs of producers are analyzed with some stress on recent theoretical investigations. The method is abstract and deductive. Prerequisite: Ee. l 02. Three credits Ee. 245. Consumer Economics The place of the consumer in the economic system. Theories of consumption; consumption minima; problems of the individual consumer as affected by income, taxes, consumer habits and standards of living are investigated. A study is made of the trends in consumption, income, income disposition and marketing and pricing of consumer goods. Relationships between government activities and the consumer are studied. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits Ee. 397. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) EDUCATION Professor Hammer, chairman; Professor Jessee; Associate Professors West, Darte, J. Allen; Assistant Professors Siles, Barone, Fahmy; Instructors Johnson, Bellucci, J. Garber, Davis, Brandschain. Ed. 201. Introduction to Education A study of the historical development of American education, the role of the school in American life, educational philosophies, ed ucational organization and administration, school finance, school curricula, school personnel, and current issues in education. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. Three credits Ed. 202. Educational Psychology A study of the principles of learning and the application of psychological principles in the practice of education. Prerequisite: Psy. 102, Junior standing. Three credits Ed. 299. Principles of Elementary Education A study of the historical development and organization of the American elementary school. Prerequisite: Ed. 20 I, 202. Three credits �Page 130 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 131 Ed. 300. Professional Semester in Elementary Education Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare students for elementary school teaching. Fee $20. To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, students must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval by the Education Department Chairman. Prerequisite: Ed. 299, Math 104. Fifteen credits FOR TRANSFER AND CERTIFICATION PURPOSES, CREDIT WILL BE ASSIGNED AS FOLLOWS: Ed. 301. The Teaching of Reading An introduction to the teaching of reading in the elementary grades. Two credits Ed. 302. Methods and Materials in Elementary School Arithmetic A study of curriculum content and teaching procedures in elementary school arithmetic. Two credits Ed. 305. Multi--Sensory Techniques in Elementary School Teaching A study of the use of multi-sensory teaching aids in the elementary school classroom. One credit Ed. 306. Student Teaching in the Elementary School Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They assume classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences are arranged with cooperating teachers and college supervisors. Six credits Ed. 320. Professional Semester in Fine Arts Education Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare students for the teaching of art in elementary and secondary schools. Fee $20. To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, students must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval by the Education Department chairman. Students may schedule late afternoon or evening classes during the professional semester. Prerequisite: Ed. 202. Fourteen credits Ed. 303. Methods and Materials in Elementary School Science FOR TRANSFER AND CERTIFICATION PURPOSES, CREDIT WILL BE A study of curriculum content and teaching procedures in elementary school science. Two credits Ed. 321. Art Curriculum Ed. 304. Methods and Materials in Elementary School Social Studies A study of curriculum content and teaching procedures in elementary school history, geography, and government. Two credits ASSIGNED AS FOLLOWS: A study of the organization of teaching materials for most effective use in the art curriculum. Three credits Ed. 322. The Teaching of Art A study of materials, techniques, and experiences in the public school art program; evaluation of past and present philosophies. Three credits �Page 132 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ed. 323. General Classroom Methods A study of various instructional procedures used in public school classrooms. One credit Ed. 324. Multi~Sensory Techniques in the Teaching of Art A study of the use of multi-sensory aids in the teaching of art in elementary and secondary schools. One credit DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 133 Ed. 332. Secondary School Curriculum A study of the content and organization of the secondary school curriculum. One and one-half credits Ed. 333. Secondary School Teaching Methods A study of various teaching procedures employed in the secondary school classroom. One credit Ed. 326. Student Teaching in Art Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers and art specialists. They observe and teach in elementary and secondary school classrooms. Opportunities are provided for them to participate in school-wide activities. Conferences are arranged with co-operating teachers and college supervisors. Six credits Ed. 330. Professional Semester in Secondary Education Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare students for secondary school teaching. Fee: $20.00. To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, students must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval by the Education Department chairman. Students may schedule late afternoon or evening classes during the professional semester. Prerequisite: Ed. 202. Twelve credits Ed. 334. Multi~Sensory Techniques in Secondary School Teaching A study of the use of multi-sensory teaching aids in the secondary school classroom. One credit Ed. 335. The Teaching of Reading in Secondary School Subjects Instruction in reading methods in secondary school subjects. One credit Ed. 336. Student Teaching in the Secondary School Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They assume classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences are arranged with co-operating teachers and college supervisors. Six credits FOR TRANSFER AND CERTIFICATION PURPOSES, CREDIT WILL BE ASSIGNED AS FOLLOWS: Ed. 331. Principles of Secondary Education A study of the historical development and organization of the American secondary school. One and one-half credits Ed. 351. Educational Measurements A study of the characteristics, construction, and use of various educational measuring instruments commonly available in secondary schools. Prerequisite: Ed. 202. Two credits �•age 134 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 135 Ed. 352. Guidance An introduction to general principles and the techniques employed in guidance programs in public schools. Prerequisite: Ed. 202. Three credits Ed. 360. Introduction to Educational Administration A survey of the principles of educational administration at the federal, state and local levels. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Ed. 201. Two credits Ed. 353. Occupations ENGINEERING An introduction to occupational research as a part of the secondary school guidance program. Prerequisite: Ed. 202. Three credits Professor Donahoe; Associate Professor Thomas; Assistant Professors Nejib, Kaby, Bailey. Ed. 354. Teaching Secondary School English Engi. 107. Engineering Graphics I A study of the organization and presentation of curricular content in secondary school English courses. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Twenty-four credits in English. Three credits Methods of solving engineering problems. Instruction in the use of the slide rule and mathematical tables. The use of drawing instruments, systems of representation such as orthographic, isometric, and oblique projections. Vector quantities and vector diagrams. Graphical mathematics. Monographs. Practicum, six hours a week. Ed. 355. Teaching Secondary School Mathematics Building of a program in secondary mathematics, and informal practice in teaching arithmetic, algebra, plane and solid geometry, trigonometry, and logarithms. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Math 112. Three credits Ed. 356. Teaching Secondary School Science A study of the organization and presentation of curricular content in secondary school science courses. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Twenty-four credits in sciences other than Psychology. Three credits Ed. 357. Teaching Secondary School Social Studies A study of the organization and presentation of curricular content in secondary school social studies courses. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Twenty- four credits in social sciences other than Education. Three credits Fee: $20. Two credits Engi. 108. Engineering Graphics II A continuation of spatial relationships as represented by points, lines, planes, other surfaces and solids. Sections and conventions. The intersection of surfaces and solids. Transformation of coordinates. Practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Two credits Engi. 280. Industrial Training Program Industrial and research experience gained concurrently with undergraduate studies through organized plant assignments with \arious companies and industries. (Offered during the summer.) Prerequisite: Junior Standing. Civil Engineering C.E. 103. Plane Surveying Lectures, recitations and problems on the theory and practice of plane and topographic surveying. Field exercises, including the �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 137 Page 136 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES adjustment and use of surveying equipment including transit, levels, compass and tape for surveys of area, topography, profile, grading, excavating and the location of details. Interpretation of and mapping from field notes with attendant computations and the balancing of surveys. Emphasis on the application of surveying to engineering work in general. Practicum, seven hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Engi. 105, Math. 105 or 107 and 109. Three credits C.E. 104. Route Surveying A study of the engineering and economic problems affecting the location of routes of communication. Lectures, recitations, field work and problems on the theory and use of simple horizontal, compound, reverse, spiral and vertical alignment curves; grades, cross sections, mass diagrams and earth work computations, grade crossing, right-of-way, and drainage problems. Solar observation to determine true bearing and azimuth. Class, two hours a week; practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: C. E. 103. Four credits E.E. 212. Circuit Theory II Fourier series and its application. The Laplace transformation and evaluation of the inverse. Terminal behavior of linear networks. Impulse response; its calculation and its use in obtaining response to other excitations; the convolution integral. The sinusoidal steady state: plots, charts and loci that exhibit frequency dependance, impedance matching and transformers (Smith Charts). Feedback systems and stability. Introduction to random signal and noise; correlation functions and spectra. Three hours class and one three-hour discussion-laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisites: Phys. 151, E.E. 211. Four credits E.E. 231. Electromagnetic Fields I Vector analysis. The concept of fields. Electrostatic forces images, potential and Gauss's law. Magnetostatic forces and Ampere's law. Dielectric and Magnetic media. Fields in conductors. Electric and magnetic circuit elements. Plane electromagnetic waves. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisites: Phys. 151, Math 212. Four credits Electrical Engineering E.E. 202. Electric and Magnetic Circuits An introduction to Electrical Engineering. Sources of electrical energy. Basic treatment of electric and magnetic circuits. Steady state network theorems. Class, three hours per week. Prerequisites: Phys. 151 and co-requisite Math. 126. Three credits E.E. 232. Electromagnetic Fields II Differential form of Maxwell's equations. Electrostatics, magnetostatics and boundary condition problems in one- two- and three-space dimensions. Transverse electromagnetic waves; energy and power flow. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: E.E. 231. Four credits E.E. 211. Circuit Theory I Analysis of simple circuit models. Kirchoff's Law; v-i characteristics of network elements. Forced and natural components of response; natural frequencies, the complex frequency plane, resonance. Transfer functio.ns and the roles of their poles and zeroes. The use of digital computer in solutions. Three hours lecture a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisites: Math 125, Phys. 150. Three credits E.E. 251. Electronic Circuits I The development of the operating principles and terminal characteristics of electronic devices, particular! y semiconductor diodes and transistors. Amplifiers, oscillators and reactifiers at audio and radio frequencies. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 151 or by special permission. Four credits �Page 138 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 139 E.E. 252. Electronic Circuits II Application of electronic devices in detection, modulation waveshaping and switching circuits. Design consideration for sm'all and large signals at audio and radio frequencies. The design of complete systems using such sub-systems. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: E.E. 25 I. Four credits E.E. 312. Pulse and Timing Circuits Tube, transistor circuit techniques and design for diversity of waveforms. Functions needed in pulse systems. Instrumentation and computers. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: E.E. 251, E.E. 252. Four credits E.E. 271. Physical Electronics E.E. 320. Electromechanical Energy Conversion Structure of the solid state, wave mechanics, statistics, band theory of solids, semiconductors and semiconductor electronics. Emission ( thermionic, field and photo-), photoconductivity and luminescence. Diodes, transistors and other devices. Dielectrics, non-linear optics, piezoelectrics, ferroelectrics, ferro and ferrimagnetism. Three hours class a week. Prerequisite: Phys. 152. Three credits Principles of electromagnetic and electrostatic energy conversion and their application to develop a unified treatment of electric machinery. Idealized machines and transformers. Engineering considerations applied to d.c. and a.c. machines. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisites: E.E. 211, E.E. 231. Four credits E.E. 272. Solid State Devices Transistor processes and types, properties of semiconductors, junction characteristics and theory. Junction transistor characteristics and theory. High-current effects and low frequency feedback effects. Low frequency and high frequency hybrid parameters. Three hours class a week. Prerequisites: E.E. 231, E.E. 271. Three credits E.E. 331. Energy Transmission and Radiation Plane waves in various media; reflection and refraction, standing waves, waveguides, transmission lines, antennas and radiation. Principles of electrodynamics. Three hours lecture-discussion a week. Prerequisite: E.E. 331; Senior standing. Three credits E.E. 342. Microwave Circuits and Devices E.E. 311. Logic and Switching Circuits Application of Boolean algebra to the design of combinational logic nets; minimization procedures. Analysis and synthesi.'.. of sequential switching circuits; clocked and asynchronous operation. Effects of microelectronic technology on logic design optimization. Fault masking by redundancy techniques. Prerequisites: E.E. 25 I, E.E. 252. Four credits Matrix algebra techniques, reduction of waveguides and discontinuity problems to equivalent transmission line and network problems, obstacles as matching elements. Multiple waveguide junctions and small aperture coupling. Periodic structures. Electron ballistics and space-charge waves in electron beams. Properties and characteristics of TWT, BOW and cross-field devices. Three hours lecture a week. Prerequisite: Senior standing. Three credits �Page 140 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES E.E. 362. Control Systems Laplace and transformation theory. Introduction to the analysis and design of linear feedback control systems by means of locus and frequency response methods. Discussion of stability, transient and steadystate errors. Models and response analysis for automatic control purposes. Two hours class and one three-hour demonstration-laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Senior standing. Three credits E.E. 381--382. Advanced Engineering Laboratory I, II A study of properties and designs of various amplifiers and nonlinear circuits. Microwave devices, VHF integrated circuits and the generation and modulation of coherent optical waves. The fabrication of semiconductor devices and integrated circuits. Thin film deposition techniques, solid-state diffusion and photolithographic applications and design and fabrication of integrated capacitor and resistor circuits. One hour lecture-discussion and two three-hour laboratory a week each semester. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Senior standing. Three credits each semester. E.E. 390. Topics in Electrical Engineering Selected topics in the field of electrical engineering. These may include one or more of the following: information theory, signals and noise, network synthesis, magnetic and non-linear circuits, direct energy conversion systems, cryogenics, electrodynamics, plasma physics, digital circuits and systems. Three hours lecturediscussion a week. Prerequisite: Senior standing and special permission. Three credits E.E. 395--396. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 141 E.E. 397. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) Materials Engineering Ma. E. 102. Materials Science Introduction to the structure, properties and behavior of solid materials - metals, polymers and ceramics. The ionic, covalent and metallic bond, atomic packing, structure and imperfections. The thermodynamics and mechanical behavior of structures. Three hours class a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 201. Three credits Ma. E. 211. Crystallography Repetition theory and translational and rotational symmetry. Derivation of the crystal classes. Combination of symmetry operations involving reflections and inversions. The symmetrical plane and space lattices. The coordinate systems of crystallography and crystal forms. Practical determination of point-group symmetry. The algebra of operations. Space groups. Equivalent positions in space groups. The determination of space groups. Group theory and its application to point symmetries. Three credits Ma. E. 212. X--Ray Diffraction X-rays and their properties. Directions and intensities of diffracted beams. Laue, Debye-Scheirer, Diffractometer, Rotating, Oscillating, Weissenberg and Precession Methods. Outline of crystal structure analysis. A one hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Ma.E. 211. Three credits �Page 142 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 143 Ma. E. 242. Physical Metallurgy Ma. E. 390. Special Topics in Materials Engineering Structure and properties of pure metals, constitution, structure, and properties of alloys, mechanical and thermal treatments of metals and alloys. Three hours lecture a week. Prerequisite: Ma.E. 102. Three credits Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Approval of the department. One to three credits Ma. E. 321. Crystal Growth and Defects A broad look at the important phenomena involved in the growth and perfection of crystalline solids. Vapor, melt, solution and gel growth methods, as well as defect thermodynamics will be studied. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 342. Four credits Ma. E. 395,..,396. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Ma. E. 322. Phase Equilibria Thermodynamics approach to phase equilibria, the phase rule, and polymorphism. Theory of alloy phases. Order-disorder phenomena. Binary and ternary phase diagrams and their application to Materials Science. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chem. 342. Three credits Ma. E. 331. Crystalline Anisotropy Groundwork of crystal physics and transformation of secondrank tensors. Paramagnetic and Diamagnetic susceptibility. Electric Polarization. Stress, strain and thermal expansion. Elasticity a:1d fourth-rank tensors. Matrices. Thermodynamics of equilibrium thermal conductivity, and thermoelectricity. Three credits Ma. E. 382. Materials Engineering Instrumentation Laboratory The application of X-ray methods in Materials Engineering. X-ray spectrometers and spectrochemical analysis. Techniqu 'S for quantitative analysis. The Electron Probe and microanalysis. Techniques for quantitative analysis. Applications. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 221. Four credits Ma. E. 397. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) Mechanical Engineering M.E. 111. Manufacturing Processes Lectures, demonstrations by trips to industrial plants, instructional movies of the forming of metals and plastics by casting, rolling, pressing. Also methods of machining, and the functions performed by various machine tools on metals and plastics. Class, two hours a week; practicum, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Three credits M.E. 211. Mechanics I. Statics Study of force systems in equilibrium: catenary; friction; first and second moments of areas, volumes, masses; centroids. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Phys. 150, Math 111. Co-requisite: Math 112. Three credits �Page 144 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 145 M.E. 212. Mechanics II. Dynamics Laws of motion, rectilinear and curvilinear, for a particle and a rigid body. Work-energy; impulse-momentum. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: M. E. 21 I. Three credits Professor Fiester, chairman; Professor Rizzo; Associate Professor Groh; Assistant Professors Gutin, Kaska, Lord, DeArment, Terry, Coplan, Mistichelli, F. Allen, Heaman, Swartchild, Stephenson, Vanderhaar; Instructors Kish, Boyle, Malley, R. Roberts, Collins, Gold, Geist. A study of the various expository types. Readings. Intensive practice in the writing of informative articles. Prerequisite: Eng. I 02. Three credits Eng. 203. Creative Writing Eng. 101. Composition Principles of exposition; collateral reading; writing of themes. Three credits Eng. 102. Composition Principles of exposition continued; collateral reading; writing of themes; research paper. Prerequisite: Eng. 10 I. Three credits 1 A basic course in the preparation and delivery of short speeches. Two credits Eng. 132. Argumentation & Dehate 1 Training in the fundamentals of argumentation and debate. Practice in gathering and organizing evidence and supporting materials. Two credits Eng. 151. Western World Literature Survey of western world literature to the beginning of the eighteenth century; lectures, quizzes, conferences. Prerequisite: Eng. I 02, or substitute in composition. Four credits I Continuation of survey, bringing the study of literature down to the present time. Prerequisite: Eng. 151. Four credits Eng. 201. Advanced Exposition ENGLISH Eng. 131. Fundamentals of Speech Eng. 152. Western World Literature Credit for only one of the three courses, Eng. 131, Eng. 132, and Th. Arts 131, will be accepted toward graduation requirements in any degree program. Training in the selection and use of materials for writing the short story; attention is also given to some poetic forms and to the writing of short plays. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. Three credits Eng. 204. History of the English Language Study of the origins of the English language and of the principal phenomena of later development. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 213. Chaucer Study of Chaucer's life and major works, including The Canterbury Tales and Troilus and Criseyde. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng.221.Shakespeare A study of selected plays; written reports on others not studied in class. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits �Page 146 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 147 Eng. 310. Medieval English Literature A study of English literature to 1500, exclusive of Chaucer and the drama. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 354. Romantic Prose and Poetry . Study of Wordsworth, Coleridge,_ Shel~ey, Keats, and Byron, with related prose writers of the Romantic Penod. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 320. Tudor Prose and Poetry Study of English non-dramatic literature from 1485 to 1603. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 321. Early English Drama Study of the drama from the tenth century to 1642; reading of plays by pre-Eliza be than and Eliza be than drama tis ts exclusive of Shakespeare. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 360. Victorian Prose and Poetry . . Readings in Tennyson, Browning, Arnold, and other sigmficant writers of the Victorian Age. Prerequisite: Eng. I 52. Three credits Eng. 366. Later English Novel . The major novelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 330. Milton and the Seventeenth Century A study of the non-dramatic literature of the period with special emphasis on the poetry of John Milton. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 341. Restoration & Eighteenth Century Drama Study of the drama from 1660 to 1780. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 343. The Eighteenth Century The chief poets and essayists of the eighteenth century. Includes Swift, Pope, and Johnson. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 345. Early English Novel English prose fiction of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries; rise of the novel to the close of the eighteenth century. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 370. Modern Poetry . Study of the major English and American poetry of the Twentieth Century. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 372. Modern Novel . Study of the major English and American novels of the Twentieth Century. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 374. Modern Drama Study of important dramatists, European and American, from the time of Ibsen. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 381. American Literature I . . A study of American literature to the Civil War. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits �Page 148 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Eng. 382. American Literature II A study of American literature from the Civil War to the present time. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 395--396. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Eng. 397. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 149 Th. Arts 131. Speech for the Stage Students will receive instruction and experience in diction, delivery, interpretation. Classroom exercises will be assigned. This course is designed for those students especially interested in the theater and may be substituted for Eng. 131 or 132. Credit toward graduation requirements in any degree program may be granted for one speech course only. Two credits Th. Arts 201. Stagecraft The student will study concepts and principles in dramatic writing and staging with special reference to changes in the physical plant, in methods of acting, and in play writing that affect the modern theater. Each student must assist in the production of at least one play in the theater. Class and workshop. Three credits Th. Arts 202. Production Journalism Jour. 101. Journalism A beginner's course in gathering and writing news. Topics include: definition of news, writing leads and building the story, law of libel, and news sources. Students make comparative study of and report on representative papers of the United States, both dailies and weeklies. There is constant practice in writing, with weekly news assignments. Three credits Theater Arts Th. Arts 101. Approach to Theater Attention will be directed to the importance of the dram1tic imagination in reading and viewing plays, with the objective of developing a critical appreciatio.n of the theater. Emphasis will be on forms of the play, structure of the playhouse, type of audience, and influence of society on theater of various ages, from pre-Shakespearean to the present. Three credits Students will receive instruction and experience in the use and operation of stage and shop equipment. Each student must participate in the production of a Wilkes College play or musical. Class and workshop. Three credits Th. Arts 203. Directing: Fundamentals The course deals with play selection; the practical use of the stage; blocking; interpretation of a role; relation of performer and audience. There will be presentation by individual class members of exercises and scenes from plays, to demonstrate stage picturization, dialogue, and movement. Each student must attend rehearsals, assist in the production, and write an analysis of a play or musical performed at the college. Class and workshop. Three credits Th. Arts 395--396. Independent Research Independent study and research under professional supervision for students interested in educational theater. One to three credits each semester �Page 150 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 151 FA 203. Oil Painting I FINE ARTS Associate Professor Colson, chairman; Assistant Professors P. Richard, D'Vorzon, Fuller, Jacobs, Simon. An introductory course; no art experience is necessary. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Three credits FA 205. Oil Painting II FA 101. Experiencing Art I Two and three dimensional studio work is planned for exploration of the creative process in a variety of media. Part of the general education program, this course is open to all students; no art experience is necessary. Lecture, three hours. Three credits FA 102. Experiencing Art II A continuation of FA 101. Prerequisite: FA 101. Three credits FA 201. Color and Design A study of color systems which includes their physical, psychological, and sociological properties. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 102. or equivalent. Three credits FA 202. Drawing and Composition An introductory course which explores the potential of line, form, space, and texture with a variety of media. Studio problems include figure drawing, landscape, still life, and non-objective organization. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 20 I. Three credits FA 204. Water Color Painting A basic course in transparent water color painting. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 202 Three credits Increased emphasis is placed in the development of a more personal style and technique. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 203. Three credits FA 206. Graphics A study of graphic expression including silkscreen, linoleum block, and wood block printing; etching; and lithography. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Three credits FA 210. Sculpture The study of traditional and contemporary approaches to sculpture. Three credits FA 211. Modeling & Three Dimensional Construction An introductory, course in three-dimensional expression; various materials are employed for experimentation with realistic and nonrealistic forms. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 102. Three credits FA 212. Ceramics Students explore the making of pottery by solid, coil, slab, casting, wheel, and primitive techniques; they experiment with a variety of methods for surface decoration including slip, engobe, sgraffito, and underglaze. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 153 Page 152 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES FA 213. Metalwork and Jewelry FA 395--396. Independent Research A course in basic metalwork and jewelry techniques and design. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Three credits Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits FA 223. History of Art I FA 397. Seminar History of art from the prehistoric period through the Gothic era. Three credits Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) FA 224. History of Art II History of art from the Renaissance through the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: FA 223. Three credits FA 226. History of Modern Art A study of twentieth century art forms. Three credits FA 231. Contemporary Design A study of man's visual expression as conditioned by materials, technology, form, and function. Two credits FA 311. Senior Exhibit A study of exhibition techniques climaxed by a showing of the student's work. Required of all Fine Arts majors in either the fall or spring semester of their senior year. Studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Two credits FA 332. Studio Problems Provides advanced study and research for Fine Arts students. Lecture, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Two credits FOREIGN LANGUAGES (Modern) Associate Professor Disque; Assistant Professors Ribas, deCubas, A. Belie, Marban; Instructors Sweeney, Serzan, Miller, Lovette, L. Belie, Lekstrom, Steinbrecher. French Fr. 101. Elementary French Introduction to French grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Students presenting two or more units from high school in French will not be granted credit for this course. Three credits Fr. 102. Elementary French Continuation of Fr. 101. Students presenting two or more units from high school in French will not be granted credit for this course. Prerequisite: Fr. 101 or the equivalent. Three credits Fr. 203. Intermediate French Review of grammar; practice in oral and written French· selected readings of modern French prose. ' Prerequisites: Fr. I 02 or the equivalent. Three credits �Page 154 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Fr. 204. Intermediate French Introduction to French civilization; practice in oral and written French. Prerequisite: Fr. 203 or the equivalent. Three credits Fr. 205. Technical French Intensive practice in translating. A course designed for students who wish to be able to read material in French in their particular fields of interest. Prerequisite: Fr. 203 or the equivalent. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 155 Fr. 306. French Literature of the Nineteenth Century Study of Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, the Parnassian poets, and Symbolism. Prerequisite: Fr. 301-302 or the equivalent. Three credits Fr. 308. Contemporary French Drama The development of modern drama from the latter half of the nineteenth century to the present. Prerequisite: Fr. 301 -302 or the equivalent. Three credits Fr. 206. French Conversation Fr. 395,, 396. Independent Research . _Inten~ive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on id10matic usage. Use of records and language laboratory to acquire fluency in speaking French. Prerequisite: Fr. 204 or the equivalent. Three credits Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Fr. 301 .. 302. Survey of French Literature Fr. 397. Seminar A survey of the evolution of French literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of French literature. Prerequisite: Fr. 204 or the equivalent. Three credits each semester Fr. 303. French Literature of the Seventeenth Century Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) German Ger. 101. Elementary German Study of classicism and the outstanding writers of the seventeen th century. Prerequisite: Fr. 301-302 or the equivalent. Three credits Introduction to German grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Students presenting two or more units from high school in German will not be granted credit for this course. Three credits Fr. 305. French Literature of the Eighteenth Century Ger. 102. Elementary German .Study o~ the litera~ure and thought in the eighteenth century, with special emphasis on Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, and Rousseau. Prerequisite: Fr. 301-302 or the equivalent. Three credits Continuation of German 101. Reading of easy prose and poetry. Some stress on German culture, life, and customs. Students pr-: senting two or more units from high school in German will not be granted credit for this course. Three credits �Page 156 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ger. 203. Intermediate German Page 157 Ger. 305. Nineteenth Century German Drama Emphasis on difficult grammatical construction and idioms. Reading of prose; practice in speaking and writing German. Prerequisite: Ger. 102 or equivalent. Three credits The German drama of the nineteenth century from Ludwig Tieck to Gerhart Hauptmann. Lectures and reports on the literary and cultural history of the times. Prerequisite: Ger. 301-302 or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 204. Intermediate German Ger. 306. Modern German Short Story Continuation of Ger. 203. Rapid reading of German works representative of German life and history; practice in writing and speaking German. Prerequisite: Ger. 203 or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 205. Scientific German Reading of selections from scientific German. Prerequisite: Ger. 203 or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 206. German Conversation Emphasis laid on speaking, with drill in the colloquial vocabulary. Use of records and language laboratory to acquire fluency in speaking German. Prerequisite: Ger. 204 or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 301,.,302. Survey of German Literature A survey of the literature of the important periods from the beginning to 1932. Prerequisite: Ger. 204 or equivalent. Three credits each semester Ger. 303. Goethe Reading and interpretation of selected works of Goethe. Lectures and individual reports. Prerequisite: Ger. 301-302 or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 304. Schiller Poet of German idealism. Prerequisite: Ger. 301-302 or equivalent. Three credits The modern German short story from naturalism to the present. Individual reports; lectures on the cultural and literary history of the period. Prerequisite: Ger. 301-302 or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 395,.,396. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Ger. 397. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) Spanish Sp. 101. Elementary Spanish Introduction to Spanish grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Students presenting two or more units from high school in Spanish will not be granted credit for this course. Three credits Sp. 102. Elementary Spanish Continuation of Spanish 101. Students presenting two or more units from high school in Spanish will not be granted credit for this course. Prerequisite: Sp. IO I or equivalent. Three credits �Page 158 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 159 Sp. 203. Intermediate Spanish Sp. 303. The Golden Age of Spanish Literature Review of grammar; practice in oral and written Spanish; selected readings from modern Spanish prose. Prerequisite: Sp. 102 or equivalent. Three credits Study of the great authors of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. Prerequisite: Sp. 301-302 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 204. Intermediate Spanish Sp. 304. Nineteenth Century Spanish Drama Introduction to Spanish civilization; practice in oral and written Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 203 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 205. Commercial Spanish The study of Spanish as it pertains to economic relations between the Spanish-speaking countries and the United States. Special emphasis on the writing of business letters. Prerequisite: Sp. 203 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 206. Spanish Conversation Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records and language laboratory to acquire fluency in speaking Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 204 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 208. Spanish American Culture The cultural, economic, and political development of the Spanish American countries. Prerequisite: Sp. 203 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 301--302. Survey of Spanish Literature A survey of the evolution of Spanish literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of Spanish literature. Prerequisite: Sp. 204 or equivalent. Three credits each semester Study of representative works of nineteenth century Spanish drama. Prerequisite: Sp. 301-302 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 305. Nineteenth Century Spanish Novel The development of the Spanish novel in the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: Sp. 301-302 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 306. The Generation of 1898 A study of the literary renaissance that took place in Spain during the turn of the century. Prerequisite: Sp. 204 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 307. Cervantes and Don Quixote A study of the life and works of Cervantes with special emphasis on Don Quixote. Text analysis and interpretation. Later treatments of the Don Quixote theme in European culture. Open to nonmajors for whom suitable translations will be suggested. Prerequisite: Sp. 204 for majors, Eng. 151 for non-majors or permission of instructor. Three credits Sp. 395--396. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Sp. 397. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) �Page 160 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 161 Russian Rus. 101. Elementary Russian Basic systematic introduction to the grammatical essentials of Russian; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Three credits Rus. 102. Elementary Russian Continuation of Russian 101. Graded elementary readings depicting the culture, life, and customs of the Russian people. Prerequisite: Rus. 101 or equivalent. Three credits Rus. 203. Intermediate Russian A review of basic grammar followed by emphasis on advanced grammatical structure. Reading of selected prose, directed standardsituation conversation, and composition of Russian. Prerequisite: Rus. 102 or equivalent. Three credits Rus. 204. Intermediate Russian Continuation of Rus. 203. Stress on conversational and written Russian to provide the student with confidence for self-expression and a basic active vocabulary. Practice in topical readings. Prerequisite: Rus. 203 or equivalent. Three credits GENERAL SCIENCE The following courses in Biological Science and Physical Science are described in the offerings of the Biology and Physics Departments. These courses are generally used to meet the science requirements of the liberal arts students. The courses listed in Environmental Science may also be elected to fulfill these requirements. Bio. 101,., 102. Biological Science (See page 111.) Env. Sci. 101. Introductory Earth Science Structure and composition of Earth from core to crust, crustal movements, weathering, erosion and sedimentation; the oceans, including the principal currents, bottom topography, general chemistry and biology, and ocean-atmosphere interactions; the atmosphere, its structure and composition, and general elements of meteorology and climatology. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory. Fee: $10. · Three credits Env. Sci. 102. Introductory Space Science Descriptive astronomy with primary emphasis on the solar system and Earth as a planet; the physical and chemical processes of the outer atmosphere; and the principles of satellite orbits and space travel. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory. Fee: $10. Three credits Env. Sci. 103. Geology Structure and chemistry of minerals; eutectics, solid solution, and Bowen's reaction series; permissible mineral assemblages and common rock types; the problem of granite formation; origin and correlation of sedimentary rocks; geosynclines; metamorphism; mountain building; isostasy; geomorphology; historical geology and the fossil record. Lecture, two hours and laboratory, two hours. Fee: $20. Three credits Env. Sci. 104. Hydrology The physical and chemical properties of water; precipitation, and factors which determine the distribution and amount on a watershed; drainage systems and the climatic and geologic factors that establish them and modify them; runoff, infiltration, evaporation, and vadose, ground, and limentic water; applications of hydrology and special topics such as rain making, control of evaporation, underground storage and leaching, flood control dams, and water pollution problems. Lecture, two hours and laboratory, two hours. Fee: $20. Three credits �Page 162 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Phys. 101~102. Physical Science (See page 184.) DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 163 Hist. 210. Ancient History: Classical World HISTORY Professor Leach, chairman; Professor Kaslas; Associate Professor Cox; Assistant Profe sors Berg, Show, Rodechko, White; Instructor Meyers. Hist. 101~102. History of World Civilization This course is designed as a survey of all the basic cultures of the world. The major portion of the course will be devoted to the development of western civilization. Attention will also be given to the part played by America in world history, especially during the expansion of Europe and in the twentieth century. Three credits each semester Hist. 107. American and Pennsylvania History to 1865 A general survey extending from the period of discovery and exploration to the end of the Civil War. All students will be required to do a certain proportion of their outside reading in the history of Pennsylvania and its relation to the development of the nation. Three credits Hist. 108. American History Since 1865 A general survey covering the period from 1865 to the present. Three credits Hist. 209. Ancient History: Near East The birth of civilization in Mesopotamia and Egypt. Babylonian, Persian and Judaic backgrounds of western civilization. Attention will also be paid to certain lesser civilizations, with emphasis on the role of archeology. Prerequisite: Hist. IO I and I 02. Three credits The direct Greco-Roman antecedents for western civilization will be developed, beginning with Mycenae, through Homer, the Golden age, Hellenistic world, and the rise and fall of Rome. Emphasis will be on the cultural contributions of each group and period to our present world. Prerequisite: Hist. IO I and I 02. Three credits Hist. 211. Medieval Ages Consideration will be given to political, economic, cultural institutions and activities, and intellectual development in Medieval Europe to the early Renaissance. Prerequisite: Hist. IO I and 102. Three credits Hist. 212. The Renaissance and Reformation Within the political and economic framework of the period, study will be made of the culture of the Renaissance, the religious reform and conflicts resulting from the crisis in the sixteenth century. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits Hist. 221 ~ 222. American Social and Intellectual History A study of social and intellectual developments in the United States from the colonial period to the present time. During the first semester emphasis will be placed on the influence of the American environment during the colonial period and of expansion and sectional disputes in the federal period upon society and upon religious, economic, and political thought. During the second semester the influences of industrialization, the rise of nationalism, and the emergence of the United States as a World Power will be emphasized. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. Three credits each semester �Page 164 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Hist. 223,.., 224. American Constitutional History A study of the origins of the American Constitution and the growth of the American constitutional system with special attention to the role of the Supreme Court. Prerequisite: Hist. 107, 108, and P. S. 102. Restricted to juniors and seniors. Hist. 223 is a prerequisite for Hist. 224. Three credits each semester DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 165 Hist. 327 ,..,328. History of the Foreign Policy of the United States \ st udy ~f the evolution of the several policies that give direction to t e relat10ns of the United States with other nations. Prerequisite: Hist. 101, 102, 107, and 108. Three credits each semester. Hist. 226. Urban History Hist. 331. Colonial America A survey of the origins and development of the modern city. Primary emphasis is given to the evolution of the city in America and its influence on American society and culture. Reference is made to the cities of modern Europe and Asia primarily for comparative purposes. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. Discovery, exploration and settlement· development of · I rel·1 10 · d · II ' socia , Political . . , g ~s ~n mte ectual institutions; independence and poht1cal reorgamzat10n. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. Three credits Hist. 235,..,236. History of the Far East A study of the history of the civilizations developed in India, China, and Japan with emphasis on their inter-relations and distinctive characteristics and on their transformation in response to the penetration of western civilization from the sixteenth century onward. Some attention will be given to similar developments and changes among the countries of Southeast Asia. Fall semester: to c. 1760. Spring semester: 1760 to the present. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits each semester. Hist. 241,..,242. History of Great Britain and the British Empire and Commonwealth A study of British history from the Neolithic period to present times. The first semester will cover social, economic, and political developments to 1783, including expansion overseas. The second semester will cover the consequences of the industrial revolution and the evolution of the Empire into the Commonwealth. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits each semester Three credits Hist. 333. The Age of Big Business, 1865,.., 1914 A study of the political _and economic history of the United States from 18~5 to 1914. Special attention will be paid to the period of congress10nal dominance and the restoration of presiden tal power a~ the turn of the ~entury_; the economic, social and political consequences of the mdustnal revolution· and the rise 0 f b America. ' ur an Prcrequi ite: Hist. 107 and 108. Three credits Hist. 334. Twentieth Century America The emergence of the United States as an industrial urban world ?ower_ and t~e. corresponding development of its poli;ical economic, social, rehg10us, and intellectual institutions. ' Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. Three credits Hist. 355. Europe in the Nineteenth Century A study of the political, social, and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World w ar I . Prerequisite: Hist. IO I and I 02. Three credits �Page 166 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 167 Hist. 356. Europe in the Twentieth Century Against a background of the internal and international developments of the leading powers, the class will study the origins and results of the two World Wars. Prerequisite: Hist. 10 I and 102. Three credits MATHEMATICS Professor Wong, chairman; Associate Professors T. Richards, Earl, Mitra, Kimber; Assistant Professors DeCosmo, Wasileski, Salsburg, Torelli, Van Osdol, Wilks; Instructors Kravitz, Sours, Jahr. Hist. 357. History of Russia to 1815 Math. 100. Pre~Calculus Mathematics A brief review of demographic and geographic factors will be used as background for a study of the political, social, and intellectual history of Russia from early times to 1815. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits A remedial course in advanced algebra and trigonometry designed to prepare students for calculus. Content of this course should normally be studied in secondary school. Prerequisite: Two years of secondary school mathematics in algebra and geometry. Four credits Hist. 358. History of Modern Russia A thorough examination of nineteenth century Imperial Russia will serve as a basis for a detailed study of the development of Russia in the twentieth century. Emphasis will be on the origins and political, social, and cultural evolution of the Soviet State from its inception to the present. Prerequisite: Hist. IO I and I 02. Three credits Hist. 371. Historiography An introduction to the aims, methods and accomplishments of some of the most renowned historians of Europe and America. Prerequisite: Consent of head of department. One credit Hist. 395~396. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A resf'arch paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Hist. 497. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. ( Maximum of three credits per student.) Math. 101~102. Fundamentals of Mathematics I & II A mathematics appreciation course designed to give students a general background in mathematical concepts. It is intended for those who will not take other courses in mathematics. Not open to students with credits in Math. 103-104. Three credits each semester Math. 103~ 104. Mathematics for Elementary School Teachers I and II A study of the theory of arithmetic, structure of the number systems, geometry, and other topics relevant to the teaching of mathematics in elementary schools. Not open to students with credits in Math. 101-102. Three credits each semester Math. 111 ~ 112. Analysis I and II Calculus or functions of a real variable. Topics include: functions, limits and continuity, differentiation, integration and their applications. Prerequisite: Ma th. 100 or fulfillment of the ma them a tics requirements for entrance into the programs of biology, chemistry, engineering, mathematics, and physics. Four credits each semester �Page 168 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 169 Math. 211~212. Intermediate Analysis I and II Math. 314. Functions of a Complex Variable Introduction to calculus of functions of several variables, infinite sequences and series, elementary linear algebra, differential equations. Prerequisite: Math. 112. Four credits each semester Complex functions, limit and continuity, analytic functions, Cauchy's integral theorem and formula, power series, Laurent expansion, residues. Math. 222. Set Theory and Logic Math. 331. Introduction to Abstract Algebra I Designed to provide the logical and set theoretical prerequisites for the upper level courses in analysis, algebra, and topology. Topics include: informal logic and propositional cal cul us, sets, relations, functions, axiom of choice and its equivalents, cardinal and ordinal numbers. Three hours lecture and one hour problemdiscussion per week. Prerequisite: Math. 211 or consent of department chairman. Three credits Math. 267. Introduction to Computer Programming I Introduction to programming and to computer languages with emphasis on Fortran IV. Students are expected to spend extra time solving problems using the computer. Fee: $20. Three credits Math. 268. Introduction to Computer Programming II A continuation of Math. 267. Devoted primarily to more sophisticated programming geared to the individual interests of the students. Enrollees are expected to spend extra time solving problems using the computer. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Math. 267. Three credits Math.311~312. Functions of a Real Variable I and II Topological preliminaries for analysis, sequences and series of functions, Riemann-Stieltjes integral, introduction to Lebesgue integral, Fourier series. Prerequisite: Ma th. 222. Three credits each semester Prerequisite: Math.311 or consent of department chairman. Three credits A study of elementary number theory, groups, rings, and fields. Prerequisite: Math. 222. Three credits Math. 334. Linear Algebra Vcctor spaces, linear transformations, ma trices, determinants, bilinear and quadratic forms, matrix polynomials. Prcrcquisi te: Ma th. 222. Three credits Math. 343. Introduction to Geometry A study of selected topics from Euclidean geometry, affine geo~ctry, projective geometry, and convexity. Prerequisite: Math. 222. Three credits Math. 351~352. Probability and Mathematical Statistics I and II Random variables, probability distributions, expectation and limit theorems, estimation, testing statistical hypotheses, confidence intervals. Prerequisite: Math. 222. Three credits each semester Math. 361~362. Advanced Calculus I and II Intended for physical science and engineering students. Topics to be selected from: vector integral and differential calculus, power �Page 170 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 171 series, Fourier series, matrices, determinants, and eigenvalue problems. Prerequisite: Math. 212. Math. 441. Introduction to Topology I Metric spaces, topological spaces, countability and separation axioms, compactness and connectedness, product spaces. Prerequisite: Math. 311. Three credits Three credits each semester. Credit for mathematics majors by permission of department chairman only. Math. 364. Numerical Analysis Math. 442. Introduction to Topology II Numerical methods of differentation, integration, solution of equations and of differential equations with emphasis on problems that lend themselves to solution on computers. Knowledge of computer is desirable but not required. Prerequisite: Math. 212. Three credits A continuation of Math. 341. Hilbert spaces, Banach spaces, and Banach algebras. Prerequisite: Ma th. 341. Three credits Math. 470. Reading Course Math. 365. Partial Differential Equations Individual study or" an outstanding text under the supervision of a faculty member. Designed for students who have completed a substantial amount of course work in mathematics. May be repeated for credit. Linear, second order partial differential equations and boundary value problems, Fourier series and orthogonality, method of separation of variables. Prerequisite: Math. 212. Three credits Prerequisite: Senior standing and consent of department chairman. One to three credits Math.397.Seminar Presentation and discussion of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of department chairman. One to three credits Math. 480. Topics in Mathematics A study of topics of special interest. It may be a continuation and intensive study of topics begun in the upper level courses in analysis, topology, algebra, and probability. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Three credits Math. 413. Functions of Several Variables A modern treatment of calculus of functions of several real variables. Topics include: Euclidean spaces, differentiation, integration on manifolds leading to the classical theorems of Green and Stokes. Prerequisites: Math.311 and 334. Three credits Math. 432. Introduction to Abstract Algebra II A continuation of Math. 331. Polynomial rings, ideals, field extensions and Galois Theory. Prerequisite: Ma th. 33 I. Three credits MUSIC 1 Associate Professor Gasbarro, chairman; Associate Professor L. Schmidt, Chapline; Assistant Professors Garber, Santos, Fall; Instructors Probert, Mowery, Swoboda, Balshaw, A. Liva. I There is a music fee of $10 per semester for all Music and Music Education majors. �Page 172 - DE~CRIPTION OF COURSES Applied Music Individual and group instruction are offered at all levels of difficulty to students in piano, pipe organ, voice, and orchestral and band instruments. The student receives a series of fourteen lessons a semester. A performing examination before the music faculty is necessary if credit is to be obtained for such study. Students who are not music majors may receive one credit each semester for voice or instrumental study. No performing examination is necessary if credit is not desired by the student. The ability, interest, and progress of students intending to major in music will be evaluated at the end of the sophomore year by the music faculty. Students will be advised before the opening of the following semester if the faculty does not recommend a continuation of the music major. Fees for private instruction are in addition to the regular tuition charge. One credit each semester Mus. 101. Introduction to the Materials and Literature of Music i The materials of music and their interrelationships. Illustrations are derived from literature of all periods for the purpose of developing understanding and enjoyment through perceptive listening. Three credits Mus. 102. Introduction to the Materials and Literature of Music II A survey of performance literature extending from the Baroque period to the present. Directed listening to illustrations of various media, forms, and styles characteristic of each period for the purpose of stimulating critical judgment in the listener. Three credits Mus. 105.-106.-107,., 108. Theory of Music The study of the theory of music is centered upon three main principles: (I) The recognition of intervals and meter through die ation. (2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through keyboard harmony. (3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 173 The first two semesters of theory include ear training, two hours; solfeggio, two hours; harmony, one hour. The third and fourth semesters include ear training, one hour; solfeggio, one hour; harmony, three hours. There is no prerequisite for Mus. 105. Students may be admitted to Mus. 106, 107, and 108 by examination. Five credits each course Mus. 109. History of Music I A detailed study of the history of music from the beginning of civilization to the seventeenth century. Three credits Mus. 110. History of Music II A continuation of Mus. 109, beginning with J. S. Bach and tracing musical development to the present day. Twentieth century music will be emphasized in the final weeks of study. Three credits Mus. 111.- 112. Piano Class 1 and 2 Class instruction in piano. The classes will be divided into suitable groups according to proficiency. This course is required for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mus. 113.-114. Piano Class 3 and 4 Advanced class instruction in piano·. This course is a continuation of the required course for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. Prerequisite: Mus. I 12. Two credits each semester Mus. 121.-122.-123.-124. Band The band offers the student a varied program for concerts and for various athletic events. Students desiring to participate in the band should consult with the Director. All instrumental music education majors are required to participate in the band for four years. One-half credit each semester �Page 174 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 175 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Mus. 125--126--127--128. Chorus The chorus offers the student a complete range of sacred and secular choral music. Students desiring to participate in the chorus should consult with the Director. All music education majors studying voice or piano are required to participate in the chorus for four years. One-half credit each semester Mus. 131--132--133--134. Orchestra Participation in the Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra gives the student experience in the complete range of symphonic literature. Students desiring to participate in the orchestra should consult with the Director. One-half credit each semester Mus. 218. Counterpoint A st~dy of the sixteenth century art of contrapuntal writing as found m the styles of Palestrina, di Lasso, and Ingegneri. Prerequisite: Mus. 108. Three credits Mus. 395--396. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Mus. 397. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) Mus. 215. Instrumentation The instruments of the modern symphonic orchestra, their capabilities and limitations. The technique of scoring for small instrumental combinations; transposition and clef manipulation. Prerequisite: Mus. 108 or the approval of the chairman of the Department. Two credits Mus. 216. Orchestra and Band Arranging Scoring for the large orchestra or the modern symphonic band. The student may select his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Mus. 215. Two credits Mus. 217. Analysis The technique of composition as disclosed by melodic, harmonic, and structural analysis of music in varied styles and from diverse periods. Prerequisite: Mus. 108 or equivalent as demonstrated by an examination. Two credits I I MUSIC EDUCATION1 Mus. Ed. 10 t .. 102. Clarinet Class and Methods Methods of teaching and instruction in the clarinet. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mus. Ed. 103,, 104. Brass Class and Methods Methods of teaching and instruction in the brass field. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mus. Ed. 105. Woodwind Class Methods A cla~s conducte~ as an introduction to the teaching of such wood-wmds as clarmet, oboe, flute, and bassoon, with demonstrations of the class teaching of those instruments. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester 1 Th~re is a music fee of $10 per semester for all Music and Mus·c Ed 1· maJors. 1 uca 10n 1· �Page 176 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - :Page 177 Mus. Ed. 106. Brass Class Methods Mus. Ed. 201. Elementary School Music Methods A class in brass is conducted as an introduction to the teaching of brass instruments and as demonstration of class teaching of these instruments. The instruments taught include trumpet, French horn, trombone, baritone, and tuba. No prerequisite. Two credits The course involves a general preparation for the teachers of music in the elementary grades. It entails a study of the principles, procedures, and objectives in school music. Prerequisite: Junior Class standing. Two credits Mus. Ed. 121. Violin Class and String Methods A class in violin playing and in the teaching of string instruments. No prerequisite. Two credits Mus. Ed. 122. Viola Class and String Methods A class in viola playing and in the teaching of string instruments. No prerequisite. Two credits Mus. Ed. 123. Violoncello and Bass Class and String Methods A class in the playing of the violoncello and the bass and in the teaching of string instruments. No prerequisite. Two credits Mus. Ed. 125. Percussion Class Methods A class in the fundamentals of percussion performance and demonstrations of class teaching. No prerequisite. Two credits Mus. Ed. 127,, 128. Voice Class and Methods A course in the fundamentals of correct voice production; breathing, breath control, elementary study of vowel forms, and consonants. Elementary songs are used to develop the student's own voice as well as to train him in voice pedagogy. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mus. Ed. 202. Secondary School Music Methods The course is planned to provide a preparation for teaching the various aspects of music in the secondary school. Prerequisite: Junior Class standing. Two credits Mus. Ed. 209--210. Conducting and School Music Materials The development of an adequate baton technique and the presentation of various kinds of school music material, stressing particularly elementary and high school instrumental materials the first semester and high school choral materials the second semester. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mus. Ed. 340. Professional Semester in Music Education Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare for the teaching of music in elementary and secondary schools. Fee: $20. To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, students must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval of the Education Department chairman. Students may schedule late afternoon or evening classes during the professional semester. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Eight credits FOR TRANSFER AND CERTIFICATION PURPOSES, CREDIT WILL BE ASSIGNED AS FOLLOWS: Mus. Ed. 343. General Classroom Methods A study of various instructional procedures used in public school classrooms. One credit �Page 178 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 179 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Mus. Ed. 344. Multi-Sensory Techniques in the Teaching of Music N.E. 107. Principles and Methods in Nursing Education A study of the use of multi-sensory aids in the teaching of music in elementary and secondary schools. This course deals with the selection and organization of teaching materials and learning experiences. It includes the appraisal of effective methods of teaching and the evaluation of student progress and achievement. Prerequisite: Psych. 102 or permission of instructor. One credit Mus. Ed. 346. Student Teaching in Music A course in the observation and student teaching of vocal or instrumental music in elementary and secondary schools. Six credits NURSING EDUCATION Professor Jessee, chairman; Instructor Bonawitz. Two credits N.E. 108. Multi ... Sensory Techniques in Nursing Education A study of the use of multi-sensory teaching aids in nursing education. Prerequisite: N. E. 107 (may be taken concurrently). One Credit Enrollment in all of the following courses with the exception of N. E. 101 and 104 is limited to graduate nurses. N.E. 101. Foundations of Nursing A general survey of the history of nursing with emphasis upon the religious, social, and educational factors that have stimulated its development. Two credits N.E. 102. Trends in Nursing A discussion of present probJems in nursing and trends or patterns that emerge in the efforts to solve these problems. Two credits N .E. 104. Community Resources A survey of the functions and activities of agencies and organizations contributing to the health and social welfare of the citizens of the community. Two credits N .E. 106. Supervision and Administration A discussion of the basic principles of supervision and administration with emphasis upon democratic leadership and the development of constructive interpersonal and interdepartmental relationships. Two credits N.E. 112. Field Experience in Supervision or Teaching Supervised observation and practice in a hospital. Prerequisite: Approval of adviser. Four credits N.E. 113 . . 114. Medical and Surgical Nursing Advanced study of nursing principles and techniques as applied to the expert nursing care of medical and surgical patients. Offered in two semesters. Two credits each semester N.E. 209. Psychiatric Nursing In the psychiatric setting, skills and understandings pertinent to the nursing care of patients are developed with emphasis on the relationship of the nurse both to the individual patient and to groups of patients. Care of the patient is discussed in the larger context of family and community. Lectures and hospital experience. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Six credits �Page 180 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PHILOSOPHY-RELIGION Professor S. Vujica, chairman; Associate Professor Kay; Assistant Professors Williams, Belie, Sasso; Instructor Barras . . Philosophy DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 181 Phil. 230. Aesthetics Analysis of the nature, standards and criteria of value in literature, painting, music, and other forms of arts; the meaning of resthetic judgments and processes of appreciation. An examination of the objective qualities of those things which are found to be restheticall y effective. Three credits Phil. 101. Introduction to Philosophy An introduction to the nature and function of philosophy, and its relations to some of the other fields of human interest. The approach is through such typical problems as: the nature and origin of life, the relation of mind and body, freedom of the will, the theories of right and wrong, arguments for theism. This course is a prerequisite to all advanced philosophy courses. Three credits Phil. 102. Logic and Scientific Method Elementary principles and techniques of clear and sound thinking. General rules of inductive and deductive reasoning; recognition of fallacies; the nature of scientific knowledge, its methods, its aims, its presuppositions. Three credits Phil. 240. Social and Political Philosophies Social and political institutions as seen by such classical critics as Plato, Aristotle, Hobbes, Hume, Burke, Bentham and others. Special attention to analysis of the problems of censorship, relation of church and state, prejudice, aims and methods of democratic institutions. Three credits Phil. 250. Ancient and Medieval Philosophy A study of the development of Western thought from Thales to Occam with special attention to such key thinkers as Plato, Aristotle, Democritus, Plotinus, Thomas Aquinas and Duns Scotus. Three credits Phil. 210. Ethics Phil. 260. History of Modern Philosophy A critical study of standards for judging the rightness or wrongness of conduct. An inquiry into what men ought to do. A survey of representative ethical theories with the emphasis on their application to currently controversial issues in the social, economic, and political fields. Three credits The major trends in philosophic thought from the Renaissance to the end of the nineteenth century, with sepcial emphasis on: Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz, Locke, Berkeley, Hume, Kant, Hegel, Schopenhauer, Comte, Bentham, and Mill. Three credits Phil. 220. Philosophy of Religion An examination of various problems that arise when religion is made the object of philosophic reflection. The nature and forms of religious experience; the relation of faith and reason; arguments for God's existence; the problem of evil; the argument for immortality. Three credits Phil. 270. Contemporary Philosophy A review of current schools of philosophy, with special emphasis on: Dialectical Materialism, Pragmatism, Existentialism, British and American Realism, and the various trends in linguistic analysis. Major philosophers to be studied: James, Dewey, Moore, Husser, Russell, Santayana, Heidegger, Sartre, Jaspers, Wittgenstein, and Ayer. Three credits �Page 182 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 183 Phil. 310. Philosophies of History Rel. 202. The Literature of the New Testament A study of the various interpretations of history. The views of Augustine, Vico, Rousseau, Kant, Hegel, Marx, Comte, Spengler, Schweitzer, Toynbee, Sorokin, Niebuhr and others on the meaning of historical events. Three credits An examination of the form and content of the books of the New ~estament as literary products and as records of the faith th t ns~ to the Christian Church. The teachings of Jesus and theaA~::~ tohc Church are studied against the background of their ow t· d · d • h . n ime an examme m t eir significance for contemporary life. Three credits Phil. 320. The Philosophy of Science A critical examination of the nature of science; meaning, verifiability and experimentation in the sciences; the principle of verifiability in Physics and Psychology; induction and the various interpretations of probability; causality and laws of nature, and the nature of explanation and justification. Three credits Phil. 395--396. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Phil. 397. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) Rel. 212. Contemporary Trends in Religious Thought A study of the development of religious thought from "NeoOr~hodo~y" t? ~he "~eath of God" theologies. The impact of scic?~ism, lmgu~stic philosophies and ecumenism on mo.dern theologizmg; the thmkers whose views will be considered include· Barth Brunner, the Niebuhrs, Bultmann, Farmer Weiman Maritain' Buber, Sartre, Heidegger, Tillich, Rahner,' Rubenstein, Altizer: Cox, Brown and Weigel. Three credits PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE Assocdiate Professor Reese, chairman; Assistant Professors R. Sch mi t, Rainey, Saracino; Instructor Domzalski. Religion Rel. 200. Man's Religions Nature and origin of religion. Sacred literatures, beliefs, and rituals of the gre©t historical and living faiths. A comparison of the more important features of the great religions. The contributions of religion to the development and preservation of cultural values. Three credits Rel. 201. The Literature of the Old Testament The course aims at giving the student an insight into the books of the Old Testament and the range and depth of the religious heritage received from Israel. The biblical message is studied in its dynamic context of the culture, geography and history of the ancient Near East. Three credits Because of the importance of health and the possession of a sound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students as a regular p~rt of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of sport_ or exercis: for eac~ student are included in the program of physical ed~cat10n. Physical education is required of both men and women durmg the freshman and sophomore years. . The College ~en at th~ beginning of each year are given a med~cal and a physical exammation. The work in physical education mclude~ .soccer, football, basketball, baseball, volley ball, and other competitive games. . The Co!leg~ women also are given a thorough medical and physical e~ammat10n before entering upon the program of physical ~ducat10n. The work for women consists of such activities as dancmg, basketball, and natural gymnastics. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 185 Page 184 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Phys. 201. General Physics I P.E. 101 ... 102 . . 103 . . 104. Physical Education This course is designed to promote physical well-being and go~d health habits and to encourage participation in activities that will provide relaxation and exercise throughout life. Two hours each week. P.E. 105,.,106. Hygiene 1 A study of present day health problems. The cour_se undertakes to help students enjoy maximum health and happiness through better understanding of nutrition, infection, disease, nervous and mental disorders, and problems of parenthood. One hour each week. One credit each semester PHYSICS Professor Bellas, chairman; Professors Donahoe, Holden; Associate Professors Bruch, Thomas; Assistant Professors Morrow, Nejib, Hostler, Toole, Bailey, Placek. Phys. 101 . . 102. Physical Science . A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the methods, co?cepts, and vocabulary of physics and ap~lic~t~ons of some of its outstanding principles to the needs of the mdivi~ual and the co~munity; and the manner in which the co:1tmually expanding frontiers of science affect our future way of hfe. Lecture, demonstration, and discussion three hours a week. Three credits each semester Phys. 105 . . 106. Introductory Physics . An introductory course designed to promote an understandmg_of the more important fundamental laws and me~hods ~f th: ~a1or sections of physics. Laboratory work to emphasize basic prmc1ples and to acquaint the student with measuring instruments and their use as well as the interpretation of experimental data. First semester: mechanics, wave motion, sound, and heat. Second semester: electricity, magnetism, and optics. Three class hours and one three-hour laboratory each week. Fee: $20 each semester. Four credits each semester 1 Class instruction in personal hygiene is required of all students, even those excused by physicians from taking physical education. A thorough grounding in the concepts, principles, and physical laws of Mechanics, Thermodynamics, and Acoustics. Instruction by demonstration lecture, recitation, and experimental work. Demonstration lecture two hours a week, recitation one hour a week, and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $20. Four credits Phys. 202. General Physics II Continuation of Phys. 201. Electricity and Magnetism, and Optics and Light. Demonstration lecture two hours a week, recitation one hour a week, and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Phys. 20 I. Four credits Phys. 203. General Physics III Continuation of Phys. 201 and 202. Modern physics. Including the experimental basis, concepts, and foundational principles of modern atomic and nuclear physics. Demonstration lecture three hours a week. Prerequisite: Phys. 202. Three credits Phys. 230. Optics and Light The principles of geometrical and physical optics are considered in considerably greater detail than in the introductory course. Image formation, refraction, diffraction, origin of spectra, polarized light, optical activity, etc. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 202. Four credits Phys. 231 . . 232. Electronics A study of vacuum tubes, transistors, and their application in circuits for rectification, amplification, oscillation, switching, etc. Two hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20 each semester. Prerequisite: Phys. 202. Three credits each semester �Page 186 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 187 Phys. 240. Thermodynamics The fundamental concepts of thermodynamics. The first and second laws of thermodynamics, Carnot cycle, entropy, and an introduction to statistical mechanics. Three hours lecture-discussion. Prerequisite: Phys. 202. Three credits identical particles and Pauli's exclusion principle; relativistic wave equation and the origin of electron spin. Three hours lecturediscussion. Prerequisites: Phys. 312, Math. 362. Three credits Phys. 307. Topics in Theoretical Physics Phys. 361. Atomic Physics Selected topics depending upon the interests of the instructor and students. Topics might include advanced mechanics, fluid mechanics, electromagnetic theory, relativity, etc. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Math. 362 or approval of the instructor. Three credits The structure of the atom, the photo-electric effect, crystal structure, X-rays, spectra, introduction to quantum theory. Class, three hours and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisites: Phys. 203, 31 I, 331. Four credits Phys. 311,.312. Mechanics Intermediate level courses designed to develop a thorough understanding of the principles of mechanics and the application of mathematical methods to the solution of its problems. Topics include Newtonian motions of particle systems (such as a harmonic oscillator, central force problems, etc.), rotations of rigid bodies, moving coordinate systems, continuous media, inertia and stress, tensors, Lagrange's equations of motion (theory of small vibrations). Recitation lecture three hours a week. Prerequisites: Phys. 202 and Math. 212. Three credits each semester Phys. 331,. 332. Electricity and Magnetism Static and dynamic electricity, magnetism, electromagnetism, thermoelectricity, etc., are covered in considerable detail. The emphasis in this course is on fundamental analysis rather than applications. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week each semester. Fee: $20 each semester. Prerequisites: Phys. 202 and Math. 212. Four credits each semester Phys. 370. Solid State Physics Selected topics, depending upon the interests of the instructor and students. For example, theory of electrical and thermal conductivity, semiconductors, bonding in solids, point defects, dislocation, magnetic properties, etc. Class, three hours. Prerequisites: Phys. 361, Math. 362, or approval of the instructor. Three credits Phys. 380. Nuclear Physics Special relativity, natural and induced radioactivity, nuclear structure, nuclear reactions, reactors, etc. Class, three hours and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 361. Four credits Phys. 391 .. 392. Advanced Laboratory Students desiring to undertake laboratory work in topics of their own choosing should consult the department chairman. Lab fee: $7 per credit hour. Prerequisites: Phys. 203, Math. 212. One or two credits - Hours to be arranged Phys. 351. Quantum Mechanics An introduction to the theoretical and ma them a ti cal aspects of quantum mechanics. Topics include Schrodinger's equation and its application to the harmonic oscillator, the potential-well, and the hydrogen atom problems; steady-state nondegenerate, degenerate, and time-dependent perturbation theory; angular momentum; Phys. 395,. 396. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Page 188 - Page 189 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Phys. 397. Seminar Presentatio.ns and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. ( Maximum of three credits per student.) THE 400 SERIES COURSES ARE GRADUATE COURSES AVAILABLE TO UNDERGRADUATE SENIORS WITH PERMISSION OF THE INSTRUCTOR AND THE DEPARTMENT CHAIRMAN. Phys. 473. Crystalline Anisotropy Groundwork of crystal physics and transformation of secondrank tensors. Paramagnetic and Diamagnetic susceptibility. Electric Polarization. Stress, strain and thermal expansion. Elasticity and fourth-rank tensors. Matrices. Thermodynamics of equilibrium thermal conductivity, and thermoelectricity. Three hours. Prerequisite: Phys. 472. Three credits POLITICAL SCIENCE Phys. 401--402. Methods of Mathematical Physics Professor Mailey, chairman; Assistant Professors Tuhy, Sugiyama, Niehoff. Study of different branches of Mathematics and their applications in Physics. Topics include: Ordinary and partial differential equations; Fourier series and integrals; Complex variables; Matrix methods; Green's functions; Tensor analysis; Group theory; and others. Three hours lecture-discussion. Prerequisite: Math. 362 or equivalent. Three credits each semester A broad, comprehensive introduction to the great topics which constitute political science, covering the nature and main elements of the modern states, their politics, their institutions, and their relations with one another. Three credits Phys. 471. Crystallography P.S. 102. Political Science II Repetition theory and translational and rotational symmetry. Derivation of the crystal classes. Combination of symmetry operations involving reflections and inversions. The symmetrical plane and space lattices. The coordinate systems of crystallography and crystal forms. Practical determination of point-group symmetry. The algebra of operations. Space groups. Equivalent positions in space groups. The determination of space groups. Group Theory and its application to point symmetries. Three credits A descriptive and analytical study of the theory and practice of American National Government including its constitutional basis, organization, powers, and functions and services. Three credits Phys. 472. X--Ray Diffraction X-rays and their properties. Directions and intensities of diffracted beams. Laue, Debye-Scheirer, Diffractometer, Rotating, Oscillating, Weissenberg and Precession Methods. Outline of crystal structure analysis. Laboratory, one period per week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 471. Three credits P.S. 101. Political Science I P.S. 201. Constitutional Law I A course intended to show the growth of the American Constitution particularly United States governmental structure and relationships with special emphasis on change in the Constitution, the three branches of government, the Federal System, and the powers of the National Government. The case study method is used. Prerequisite: P. S. 10 I and 102. Three credits P.S. 202. Constitutional Law II A course intended to show the growth of the American Constitution particularly the relations between the individual and his government with special emphasis on liberty against government, pro- �Page 190 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES tection of civil rights, citizenship and its privileges. The case study method is used. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits P.S. 203. Politics and Political Parties A course intended to analyze the movements of political parties, elections, and the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits P .S. 204. Public Opinion and Propaganda A study in the behavior of governance, including the factors which determine attitude, the formation and expression of public opinion, and propaganda as used by pressure groups. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102 and Soc. 101 and 102. Three credits P.S. 205. State Government A broad, general course covering the structure, powers, and function of state governments in the United States. Special emphasis is placed on the Pennsylvania State Government. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102. Three credits P .S. 206. Municipal Government A course undertaking the study of the organization, work, and administration of local government. Since the national government has assumed a new significance today, special attention is given to the relationship between local and national government. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits P .S. 207. Public Administration A study of the organization, activity, problems, and the recruitment policy of the public service. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 191 P.S. 208. Labor Legislation A course dealing with the role of government in the field of labor relations and with the laws affecting the conditions of employment and employee-employer relations. The course stresses the increasing importance of government in a field heretofore free of any regulation. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits P.S. 210. Government of Metropolitan Areas An examination of the politics and the processes of contemporary urban government, with special emphasis upon the complex problems presented by the rapidly expanding population in standard metropolitan areas. Prerequisite: P. S. 10 I and 102. Three credits P.S. 211. Intergovernmental Relations An analysis of the evolution, growth, present status and characteristics, including problems, posed by the Federal system of grants-in-aid. Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and 102. Three credits P.S. 212. Management of Municipalities A study of the underlying issues, problems, and concepts encountered in local government administration affecting urban change. Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and 102. Three credits P.S. 221. International Law A study of the development of the body of customs and rules which states have developed to govern their relations, with particular consideration for the responsibility of states for their enforcement. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. _ Desideratum: United States and European history. Three credits �Page 192 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 193 P .S. 222. International Relations . :n- An analysis of the major concepts, principles. and factors volved in an understanding of international relat10ns and foreign policies of nations. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Desideratum: Some knowledge of history, governments, and geography. Three credits P.S. 251. The Role of Planning in Urban Development Origins and evolution of city planning, influences of urban growth, legal and institutional framework, and scientific and philosophical premises. Survey of city planning as it has evolved in the United States since 1800 in response to physical, social and economic problems. Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and 102. Three credits P .S. 223. Comparative Government A comparative study of the various forms and kind~ of go_vernments that have developed in the modern world with primary attention directed toward Europe. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits P.S. 224. Soviet System of Government A course dealing with the structure and functions of the Sov_iet Government emphazing the contrasts and similarities in form with governments of the West. Prerequisite: P. S. 10 I and 102. Three credits P.S. 225. International Organization A study of the growth of cooperative efforts toward int~rnatio~al organization; the nature, functions, and problems relatmg to mterna tional organization. Pr~requisites: P.S. 101 and 102. Three credits P.S. 226. Government and Politics of Asia An analysis of the distinctive institutions, processes, and pro?lems of political development and contemporary government m Asia, with emphasis on the post-independence era, and on Japan and China. Prerequisites: P.S. 101 and 102. Three credits P.S. 252. Fundamentals of Urban Design A study of the principles of urban design and the use of space to achieve efficiency with maximum visual amenity. Prerequisite: P.S. 251. Three credits P.S. 253. Land Use Planning Law A course dealing in the law of city planning, nuisance, subdivision controls, eminent domain, urban renewal, and public aspects of real estate financing, with special emphasis on the relationhip between implementing planning goals and the basis principles of constitutional law. Prerequisite: P.S. 251. Three credits P.S. 395--396. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits P.S. 397. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) �Page 194 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - PSYCHOLOGY Professor Riley, chairman; Assistant Professor Stetten; Instructors Hobrock, Kanner, Krasno, Bonawitz, Pisaneschi. Psy. 101--102. General Psychology An introduction to the field of psychology with emphasis on objective and systematic methods of inquiry. Extensive treatment of major psychological topics such as sensation, perception, learning, motivation, intelligence, and personality development. Frustration, conflict, and mental health also receive attention. Three credits each semester Psy. 201. Advanced General Psychology A more detailed study of topics treated only superficially in the introductory course. More attention will be given to physiological foundations of behavior, to learning, perception, and the emotions. Prerequisite: Psy. 10 I and 102. Some background in biology or physiology would be desirable. Three credits Psy. 203. Psychologic Theory A comprehensive survey of classical and contemporary theories and their relationship to empirical research. Special emphasis is placed on attempts to reconcile and translate these theories into operational descriptions. Prerequisite: Psy. 10 I and 102. Three credits Psy. 206. Systematic Psychology A historical introduction to the various points of view in recent psychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders in the field as Watson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler. Prerequisite: Psy. IO I and I 02 and one other course in psychology. Three credits Psy. 211--212. Experimental Psychology A lecture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the student with the methods and the results of modern psychological research. The course includes a study of several of the famous ex- Page 195 perimcnts in the field of psychology. Also included is practice with the older as well as the more recent methods of experimental reS('arch. Lecture and laboratory. Fee: $20 each semester. Prerequisite: Psy. 10 I and 102. Three credits each semester Psy. 221. Child Psychology The course is designed to present a general view of the development and growth of the child. It is concerned primarily with the heredity and native equipment of the child and the manner in which this equipment is modified during childhood. Emotional development, language development, and social relations are considered. Prerequisite: Psy. IO I and 102. Three credits Psy. 232. Human Behavior Human adjustment and maladjustment to life situations with emphasis on motivation, emotional control, personality formation, and the treatment of the lesser personality disorders. Prerequisite: Psy. 10 I and 102. Three credits Psy. 242. Psychological Tests A survey of the functions measured by psychological tests with emphasis on intelligence and personality. A variety of the group and individual tests which measure these functions are studied. This course is a prerequisite for Psy. 25 I and Psy. 255. This course is a prerequisite for Psy. 243 and Psy. 245. Three credits Psy. 243. Industrial Psychology An introduction to the industrial application of psychology in the selection, classification, and training of employees; reduction of monotony and fatigue; the maladjusted worker; accident prevention; work conditions; and employee motivation and morale. Prerequisite: Psy. 212. Three credits �Page 196 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Psy. 245. Clinical Psychology A survey of the clinical method in psychology with consideration of diagnostic and treatment techniques and the role of the professional psychologist in various settings. Prerequisite: Psy. 242. Three credits Psy. 331. Abnormal Psychology A general survey of the principal forms of mental abnormalities, with emphasis on causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. Prerequisite: Psy. 221, 232 and permission of head of department. Three credits Psy. 395,.,396. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Psy. 397. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) RETAILING DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 197 Ret. 211. Merchandise Information Materials, other than textiles, used in the creation of merchandise are covered through the study of raw materials. Categories of merchandise covered include: leather goods, such as shoes, gloves, handbags, and luggage; floor coverings; glass, pottery, and china; and furniture. Three credits Ret. 212. Purchases and Merchandising Control The principles, techniques, and problems encountered in merchandising; purchase planning, markup, markdown, inventories and their control, turnover, retail method of inventory, and the types and limitation of stock control systems. Prerequisite: B. A. 107 or approval of instructor. Three credits Ret. 214. Retail Buying A study of the scientific principles of what, when, and how much to buy; a study of customer demand. Special attention is given to the technique of buying; markups, markdowns, stockturns, and other factors that are necessary to keep lines complete. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits Professor Ro,senberg, chairman; Instructor D,Zurko. Ret. 101. Principles of Retailing A basic course that discusses the opportunities in retailing; types of retail institutions; problems of store policy, store location; study of the organizational structure of department stores; organization and functions of operating division. Three credits Ret. 220. Organization and Operation of the Small Store Importance of small business; factors in business success; justification of new businesses; financing; location; policies; management; employee relations; sales promotion; turnover; profit; records; small business and the future. Two credits Ret. 210. Elements of Merchandise Merchandise information; fibers and fabrics; history, production, manufacturing process from fiber to finished fabric; textile terminology, trade names. Identification, testing of fibers; care of fabrics; new developments. Study of natural, industrial and synthetic materials. Three credits Ret. 224. Recent Trends and Developments in Retailing Review of fundamentals; trends in retailing; study of developments in cooperation with retail store executives. Laboratory work; reports on trends and developments. Three credits �Page 198 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ret. 225. Retail Practice Required of all retailing majors in the seventh semester. In cooperation with local stores, a program in Retailing Practices has been established. Under this program, students majoring in Retailing must be employed for an average of 25 hours a week during the fall term of the senior year. During the period of employment, students will be required to submit reports concerning their work to the instructor; the store manager or personnel director is required to evaluate the students' ability and aptitude for retailing. Credit for the course given upon certification by the manager or personnel director of the co-operating store that students have satisfactorily completed their terms of employment. Students who wish to seek their own place of employment may be permitted to do so, provided the place of employment has been approved by the instructor. In general, this approval will be given to employment in department stores, independent stores, variety stores, chain stores, and specialty stores where students will receive a variety of experience, and the stores are of a sufficient size to provide adequate and diversified experience. Three credits SECRETARIAL STUDIES Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professor Gera; Instructor Dolbear. S.S. 105--106. Elementary Shorthand Development of reading and writing skill in basic Gregg Shorthand Simplified and review of simple English essentials that are necessary in transcription; completion of basic theory. Second semester: Review of Gregg Shorthand Simplified with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the application of shorthand; pre-transcription training; development of desirable traits and work habits. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Two credits each semester DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 199 ing, envelopes and cards, tabulation problems, copying from rough draft, manuscript writing; study of form and style. Four hours each week. One hour lecture and three hours laboratory. Fee: $10 each course. Minimum passing requirement: 50 words net per minute. Two credits each semester S.S. 201--202. Advanced Typewriting Development of greater speed and accuracy in typewriting; review of form and style in typewritten material; advanced application of typewriting skills; production typing; accuracy, speed and job techniques emphasized; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Three hours laboratory. Fee: $10 each course. Prerequisite: S. S. 108 or equivalent and net typing rate of 50 words per minute. One credit each semester S.S. 205. Office Procedures and Machines A study of technical procedures and problems in typical business and professional offices; analysis of personal and professional requirements for office personnel; a general survey and comparison of major office machines classifications; administrative machine procurement problems and procedures; operation and use of office machines and equipment, namely, adding, calculating, dictating and transcribing, duplicating, photocopying, accounting, integrated data processing. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Fee: $10. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Four credits S.S. 207--208. Advanced Shorthand S.S. 107 --108. Elementary Typewriting Review and strengthen knowledge of the principles of Gregg Shorthand Simplified; build shorthand - writing skill and speed in taking dictation with great emphasis placed on the development of transcription skill; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Five hours each week. Two hours lecture, three hours laboratory. Presentation and mastery of the keyboard and operating parts of the typewriter; stroking techniques and control emphasized. Development of skill in typewriting; application of skill to letter writ- Prerequisite: S. S. I 06 or equivalent and net typing of 50 words a minute. Three credits each semester �Page 200 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES S.S. 243. Principles and Methods of Business Education Principles of business education; business curricula in secondary schools; psychology of skill-building; objectives, standards, content; tests and measurements, and techniques of instruction in business education courses; observation. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 201 Soc. 230. Social Problems A survey of most pressing contemporary social problems and an examination of current theories of social disorganization. Prerequisite: Soc. IO I and I 02. Three credits Soc. 235. Crime and Juvenile Delinquency SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY Professor Moravec, chairman; Assistant Professor Weinstein; Instructors O'Connor, Welliver. Soc. 101. Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology I Man in Society; a systematic view of sociology, providing essentials for an approach to questions about man in society; analysis of social processes, structures, and functions. Three credits Soc. 102. Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology II Man and Culture; a general survey of the field of anthropology stressing its cultural aspects; study of contemporary non-literate societies and their institutions. Three credits Soc. 200. The Family History and ethnological studies of family. Role of family in the development of the individual. Interrelation of church, state, and family. Social conditions and changes affecting the American family. Family instability and disorganization. Prerequisite: Soc. IO 1 and 102 or permission of instructor. Three credits Soc. 215. Sociology of Urban Life The development of modern cities; effects of urban life upon social organization and personality patterns; major social problems of the cities. Prerequisite: Soc. IO I and I 02. Three credits Evaluation of current theories and research into causative factors and sociological implications of criminal and delinquent behavior. Examination of problems, programs, and issues in prevention and treatment of deviant behavior. Prerequisite: Soc. 230, or permission of the instructor. Three credits Soc. 251. Comparative Social Welfare Systems Examination of the social welfare institution within a societal and cultural context. Exploration of historical and conflicting views on responsibility for developing measures to cope with social problems in North American, European, Asiatic, and African countries. Prerequisites: Soc. 10 I, 102, Psy. 101, 102. Three credits Soc. 252. Fields of Social Work A survey of the main problems of social work and of agencies and methods that have developed to cope with them. The nature and requirements of the different fields of social work. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102 and Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits Soc. 255. Introduction to Social Psychology A general survey of the field of social psychology. Social factors in human nature; psychology of individual differences; social interaction; collective behavior, psychology of personality; social pathology. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102 and Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Page 202 - Page 203 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Soc. 260. Personality and Social Structure Examination of current theories and research bearing upon the relationship between personality and social structure; contributions and convergent development in psychology, anthropology, and sociology. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102; Soc. 255. Three credits Soc. 265. Sociology of Industry An analysis of the formal and informal social organization of the work plant and of the relationship between modern industrial organization and the community. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102 and Ee. 101 and 102, or permission of the instructor. Three credits Soc. 270. Peoples and Cultures of the World A survey of the non-Western cultures of the world with an emphasis on one of the following areas: The Middle East, The Far East, South-East Asia, Africa, Australasia, Latin America. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102. Three credits Soc. 275. Sociology of Minorities A theoretical analysis of inter-group tensions and processes of adjustment with special reference to modern racial, national, and religious conflicts. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102 and Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits Soc. 280. Sociological Theory The aim of the course is to provide the student majoring in sociology, or in one of the related fields, with a historical backgrou 1d necessary for understanding of the current trends in sociology as well as for clarification of its distinct subject matter, problems, and methods. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102 and two other courses in sociology or permission of the instructor. Three credits Soc. 395,.., 396. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Soc. 397. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) �Personnel of the College Board of Trustees Administration Faculty �Commitment at Wilkes The political world is metamorphosed; new remedies must henceforth be sought for new disorders. To lay down extensive but distinct and settled limits to the action of the government; to confer certain rights on private persons, and to secure to them the undisputed enjoyment of those rights; to enable individual man to maintain whatever independence, strength, and original power he still possesses; to raise him by the side of society at large, and uphold him in that position; these appear to me the main objects of legislators in the ages upon which we are now entering. One set of men can perceive nothing in the principle of equality but the anarchical tendencies that it engenders; they dread their own free agency, they fear themselves. Other thinkers, less numerous but more enlightened, take a different view: beside that track which starts from the principle of equality to terminate in anarchy, they have at last discovered the road that seems to lead men to inevitable servitude. They shape their souls beforehand to this necessary condition; and, despairing of remaining free, they already do obeisance in their hearts to the master who is soon to appear. The former a band on freedom because they think it dangerous; the latter, because they hold it to be impossible. If I had entertained the latter conviction, I should not have written this book, but I should have confined myself to deploring in secret the destiny of mankind. Board of Trustees ADMIRAL HAROLD ARNAUD C. R. STARK, Honorary Chairman Honorary Member MARTS, Chairman Vice-Chairman CHARLES H. MINER, JR., Secretary JOSEPH J. SAVITZ, Assistant Secretary JAMES P. HARRIS, Treasurer WILLIAM L. CONYNGHAM, Assistant Treasurer Loms SHAFFER, THOMAS KILEY, FRANK w. ANDERSON ANDREW HOURIGAN, JR. DONALD F. CARPENTER JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. Non CAVERLY MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE Miss MARY R. KooNs REUBEN H. LEVY SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. FRED R. DAVIS AI FRED EISENPREIS L. RICHARD FABER EUGENE S. FARLEY JOIIN B. G. NORTHROP F. ELLSWORTH Mrss ANNETTE EVANS MRS. EBERHARD THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. KENNETH p ARKHURST PEARSALL HoN. FRANK CHARLES FARR L. L. P1NOLA w ALLER B. AARON WEISS TERM OF OFFICE Expiring June, 1970 SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. ALFRED EISENPREIS CHARLES H. MINER, JR. THOMAS F. MORGAN' JR. Mrss ANNETTE EvANS KENNETH EUGENE S. FARLEY JOSEPH ANDREW HOURIGAN' JR. REUBEN H. LEVY G. NORTHROP J. SAVITZ Loms SHAFFER Expiring June, 1971 FRANK W. ANDERSON JOHN NoEL CAVERLY FRED R. DAVIS MRS. EBERHARD B. FARR THOMAS H. KILEY L. JOSEPH J. KoCYAN, M.D. FABER Miss MARY R. KooNs Expiring June, 1972 ALEXIS DE TOCQUEVILLE DONALD F. CARPENTER Democracy in America (1840) WILLIAM L. CONYNGHAM MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE JAMES P. HARRIS F. ELLSWORTH pARKHURST RICHARD L. PEARSALL HoN. FRANK CHARLES B. L. PrnoLA w ALLER AARON Wmss �Committee Appointments Executive Officers of Administration Buildings and Grounds Chairman KILEY, Vice-Chairman Loms SHAFFER, THOMAS H. DoN ALD F. THOMAS H. KILEY, REUBEN H. LEVY CARPENTER EUGENE S. FARLEY, R. President L. CHARLES L. B. w ALLER MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE Miss ANNETTE EvANs, MRS. EBERHARD L. Chairman FABER J. KocyAN, M .D. J osEPH SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. Miss MARY Miss ANNETTE EVANS CHARLES R. H. KooNs MINER, JR. CHARLES H. MINER, JR. KENNETH G. JOSEPH J. SAVITZ Planning and Development Nominations FRANK Loms SHAFFER, JOHN B. FARR, Chairman WILLIAM L. CONYNGHAM THOMAS H. KILEY J. KocYAN, M.D. CHARLES H. MINER, JR. L. Loms SHAFFER RICHARD Firiance AARON WEISS JOSEPH }AMES P. HARRIS, FRED R. Chairman w. ANDERSON ALFRED faSENPREIS }AMES P. HARRIS JOSEPH PEARSALL J. SAVITZ Chairman THOMAS H. KILEY Faculty-Trustee Committee on Academic Freedom WILLIAM AARON WEISS L. CoNYNGHAM THOMAS H. KILEY □□□□oooa□□□□□ooooooa□a□o□ao□a□□□oo□o□ooa Ex Officio on MICHELINI B. ROZELLE (1955) Dean of Academic Affairs (1962) Director of Graduate Studies (1946) GEORGE F. RALSTON Dean of Student Affairs and Dean of Men B.A. (North Carolina) M.A. (Columbia) (1947) JOHN P. WHITBY Dean of Admissions B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.S. (Columbia) H. R. MOHR (1963) Director of Development B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.A. (New York) CHARLES R. ABATE (1966) Business Manager (1946) Director of Placement B.S. (Wilkes) JOHN J. CHWALEK B.S. (East Tennessee) M.A. (Columbia) THOMAS F. KELLY ( 1969) Director of Evening and Summer College B.A. (Wilkes) ALEX PAWLENOK JANE REUBEN H. LEVY President (1967) Comptroller B.S. (Wilkes) DAVIS ANDREW HOURIGAN, JR- J. FRANCIS WALTER NORTHROP DONALD F. CARPENTER (1936) B.S. (Wilkes) Ph.D. (Alfred) Library Chdirman FARLEY B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) RALPH PEARSALL CONYNGHAM S. EUGENE B.S. (Seton Hall) M.S. (Delaware) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) PEARSALL Loms SHAFFER KooNs Instruction WILLIAM L. RICHARD CHARLES H. MINER, JR. RICHARD p ARKHURST F. ELLSWORTH ]AMES P. HARRIS Miss MARY Chairman all Committees - Loms SHAFFER AND EUGENE S. FARLEY K. LAMPE (1969) Dean of Women B.A. (Rosary) M.A. Theatre & Public Address (Michigan) M.A. Guidance & Counseling (Virginia) LINDA HOB ROCK ( Assistant Dean of Women 1969) B.S. (Bowling Green) M.Ed. (Lehigh) ARTHUR J. HOOVER (1955) B.S. (Wilkes) M.Ed. (Pennsylvania State) Assistant to the Dean Director of Student Activities Date following name is the year of appointment. �Page 210 - OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION B. HOPKINS MOSES ( 1967) Faculty Registrar B.A.. M.A. (Syracuse) LL.D. (Parsons) In alphabetical order, with date of appointment following the name. SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, III (1967) Director of Alumni Relations B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Bucknell) EUGENE LIVINGSTON CLEWELL ( 1960) Director of Public Relations B.S. (Dartmouth) RICHARD RASPEN (1967) Assistant to the Dean Director of Financial Aid (1946) Coordinator of Research and Applied Programs in Humanities and Social Sciences B.S. (Wilkes) HUGO V. MAILEY B.S. (West Chester) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) STANLEY J. HOLDEN (1963) B.A. (Brooklyn) Ph.D. (Alfred) Coordinator of Research in the Sciences College Services Director of College Consultation FRANCES M. SEARS B.A. (Barnard) M.A. (New York) S. (1936) FARLEY Administration President Physics Professor Experimental Professor B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) (1961) FREDERIC E. BELLAS B.S., M.S., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State) (1951) SHELDON G. COHEN B.A. (Ohio State) Biology M.D. (New York) (In affiliation with Veterans Administration Hospital) (1964) FRANCIS J. DONAHOE B.A. (LaSalle) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Physics Professor English Professor Education Professor Physics Professor Nursing Education Professor History Professor College Physician ROBERT M. KERR B.S. (Bucknell) M.D. (Jefferson) BENJAMIN F. FIESTER, JR. Director of Testing Service JOSEPH H. KANNER B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (New School for Social Research) EUGENE MILDRED GITTINS Manager of the Bookstore NELSON F. CARLE Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds L. HUGO V. MAILEY B.S. (West Chester) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) VICTOR BAIZ B.A. (Dickinson) M.A. (Bucknell) Date following name is the year of appointment. Director of Institute of Regional Alfairs Director of Science, Math Improvement Program (1953) HAMMER B.S. (Wheaton) M.A. (Northwestern) Ed. D. (Columbia) STANLEY J. HOLDEN Community Services (1956) B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Bucknell) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State) (1963) B.A. (Brooklyn) Ph.D. (Alfred) RUTH W. JESSEE (1952) B.S., M.A. (Columbia) Ed. D. (Pennsylvania) BRONIS KASLAS ( l 949) L.L.B. (Kaunas, Lithuania) M.A., Ph.D. (Strasbourg) �Page 212 - FA CULTY FACULTY -Page 213 DAVID M. LEACH (1969) History Professor B.A. (Whitman) Ph.D. (Rochester) HUGO V. MAILEY (1946) Political Science Professor B.S. (West Chester) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) FRANCIS J. MICHELINI (1955) Biology Professor (1969) B.S. (Southern California) .YI.A. Education (Columbia) M.A. English (Wyoming) Ph.D. (SUNY, Buffalo) JAMES B.S. (Seton Hall) M.S. (Delaware) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) JAROSLAV G. MORAVEC JACK ALLEN J. BOHNING (1959) ( 1963) Sociology Professor CHARLES B. REIF ( 1942) Biology Professor ROBERT RILEY ( 1949) Psychology Professor B.A. (Bucknell? Ph.D. (Pennsy vania State) PHILIP L. Rizzo (1957) Professor Economics Professor Chemistry Professor Philosophy and Religion Professor B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG ( 1948) B.A., M.B.A. (Boston) Associate Professor Physics Associate Professor Accounting Associate Professor Music Associate Professor Fine Arts Associate Professor History Associate Professor Education Associate Professor Foreign Languages Associate Professor Mathematics Associate Professor Economics Associate Professor Economics Associate Professor B.S. (Wilkes) C.P.A. (State of Pennsylvania) M.B.A. (Lehigh) RICHARD B. CHAPLINE ( 1959) B.S., M.S. (Juilliard) CHESTER E. COLSON ( 1958) English Chemistry B.S. (Chicago) M.S., Ph.D. (New York) ROBERT S. CAPIN ( 1959) B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Minnesota) Associate Professor B.S. (Valparaiso) M.S. (NewYork) Ph.D. (Northeastern) AIVAN BRUCH (1962) L.L.D. (Prague, Czechoslovakia) Ph.D. (Boston) Education B.S. (Massachusetts School of Art) M.S. (Columbia) IlAROLD E. Cox ( 1963) B.A. (William and Mary) M.A., Ph.D. (Virginia) Ph.D. (North Carolina) RALPH B. ROZELLE (1962) B.S. (Wilkes) FRANCK G. DARTE, II (1968) B.A. (Yale) M.S., Ed.D. (Pennsylvania) Ph.D. (Alfred) Er.wooo DISQUE (1935) STANKO M. VuJICA (1947) B.A. (Zagreb) M.A. (Innsbruck) Ph.D. (Zagreb) ROBERT E. WERNER (1955) BOYD Economics Profes!: r B.A. (Roosevelt) M.S., Ph.D. (Wisconsin) BING K. WONG (1968) B.A. (Dickinson) L. EARL ( 1963) B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Bucknell) GEORGE F. ELLIOT (1950) B.A. (Montclair State) M.A. (Clark) Mathematics B.A. (Kansas State at Pittsburg) M.A., Ph.D. (Illinois) Date following name is the year of appointment. Professor WELTON G. FARRAR (1948) B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania) Date following name is the year of appointment. �FACULTY - Page 214- FACULTY OwEN D. FAUT (1967) Chemistry Associate Professor LISELOTTE M. SCHMIDT ( 1967) Music Education Associate Professor WILLIAM R. STINE (1965) Associate Professor HOWARD A. SWAIN, JR. (1960) Philosophy and Religion Associate Professor DONALD Biology Associate Professor CROMWELL E. THOMAS ( 1946) B.S. (Muhlenberg) Ph.D. (Massachusetts Institute of Technology) WILLIAM R. GASBARRO (1958) B.S. (Juilliard) M.A. (Columbia) ALFRED s. GROH (1947) English B.A. (Syracuse) M.A. (Columbia) STANLEY B. KAY (1964) B.A. (Western Reserve) M.A. (Michigan) Ph.D. (Ohio) GRACE C. KIMBALL (1963) B.A. (Rochester) Ph.D. (Cornell) JOHN E. KIMBER, JR. (1969) Mathematics Associate Professor Mathematics Associate Professor Biology Associate Professor B.S., Ph.D. (Massachusetts Institute of Technology) SHASHANKA S. MITRA (1969) B.S., M.S. (Calcutta, India) Ph.D. (Washington) THOMAS J. MIZIANTY (1965) B.S. (Scranton) M.S., Ph.D. (Delaware) ROBERT E. OGREN ( 1963) Biology B.A. (Wheaton) M.S. (Northwestern) Associate Professor Physical Education B.S., M. Ed. (Pennsylvania State) THOMAS R. RICHARDS ( 1943) Associate Professor Mathematics Associate Professor Chemistry Associate Professor B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.S. (Bucknell) FRANCIS J. SALLEY (1950) Associate Professor Chemistry Associate Professor Chemistry Associate Professor Biology Associate Professor Engineering Associate Professor Library Associate Professor Education Associate Professor Biology Assistant Professor English Assistant Professor Physics Assistant Professor Education Assistant Professor B.S. (Grove City) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) w. TAPPA (1965) B.S. (Brooklyn) M.A. (Williams) Ph.D. (Yale) B.S. (Washington and Lee) ADA K. VuJICA (1947) B.A., M.A. (Zagreb) M.A. in L.S. (Marywood) ROBERT A. WEST (1962) B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (Columbia) Rr FD D. ACHESON (1969) B.A. (Monmouth) Ph.D. (Cincinnati) FRANK C. ALLEN ( 1969) B.A. (Maryland) M.A. (New York) Ph.D. (Illinois) JOHN G. REESE (1955) Music B.M. (Converse) M.A. (NYU) M.M. (Manhattan) Ed.D. (Columbia) B.S. (Union) Ph.D. (Syracuse) B.S. (St. Joseph's) M.S. (Pennsylvania) Da'te following name is the year of appointment. FRANK G. BAILEY (1968) B.S. (Pennsylvania) M.S. (Stevens) M.A. (Columbia) Ph.D. (Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn) MICHAEL J. BARONE (1964) Page 215 B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Bucknell) Date following name is the year of appointment. �Page 216 - FACULTY-Page 217 FACULTY ANGEL BELIC ( 1968) Foreign Languages Assistant Professor II. CUTLER FALL (1969) History Assistant Professor LORETT A FARRIS ( 1966) LLD. (Zagreb) Ph.D. (Rome, Italy) JAMES P. BERG (1965) B.A. (Harvard) B.D. (Lutheran Seminary) M.A. (Pennsylvania) DALE ALLAN BUEHLER (1962) ARTHUR D. CHESLER (1969) Rum E. COPLAN ( 1968) Economics Assistant Professor English Assistant Professor HERBERT GARBER (1965) Assistant Professor GrnRGE GERA (1958) B.A. (Cornell) M.A. (Virginia) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) JORGE E. DE CUBAS (1966) Foreign Languages B.A., LLD., P.LD. (Havana) E. SHELDON CURTIS ( 1952) Accounting B.S.C. (Washington and Lee) WARREN E. DEARMENT (1964) English B.A. (Dickinson) M.A. (Pittsburgh) JAMES G. DECOSMO (1962) Mathematics B.S. (West Chester) M.S. (Adelphi) ROBERT DEYOUNG (1960) Economics B.S. (Rhode Island) M.A. (Columbia) BERENICE D'VORZON ( 1968) Fine Arts B.F.A. (Cranbrook Academy of Art) M.A. (Columbia) THEODORE J. ENGEL (1966) B.B.A., M.A. (Miami) MAHMOUD H. FAHMY (1968) M JOSEPH FINNERAN (1965) Assistant Professor B.A., M.A. (Rutgers) Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Business Administration Assistant Professor Education Assistant Professor B.A. (Alexandria, Egypt) M.A. (Columbia) Date following name is the year of appointment. Assistant Professor Library Assistant Professor Library Assistant Professor Fine Arts Assistant Professor Music Assistant Professor Business Education Assistant Professor Business Administration Assistant Professor English Assistant Professor Biology Assistant Professor English Assistant Professor Physics Assistant Professor Fine Arts Assistant Professor B.S. (Bucknell) M.A. (Marywood) Library B.A. (Franklin and Marshall) M.S.inLS. (Drexel Institute of Technology) Music B.A. (Brown University) M.A. (Yale University) B.S. (Scranton) \1.S. in L.S. (Drexel Institute of Technology) RICHARD A. FULLER ( 1969) B.S. ( ew York) M.A. (Columbia) B.A. (New York) M.A. (Columbia) B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.A. (Columbia) CHARLES S. GuRDIN, JR. (1969) 8.A. (Michigan) J.D. (Toledo) TANLEY S. GuTIN (1959) B.A., M.A. (Maryland) WILBUR F. HAYES (1967) B.A. (Colby) M.S., Ph.D. (Lehigh) ROBERT J. HEAM AN ( 1969) B.A. (Detroit) M.A. (Michigan) LEVERE C. HOSTLER (1967) B.S. (Massachusetts Institute of Technology) M.S., Ph.D. (Stanford) ELLEN D. JACOBS (1969) B.A. (Chicago) M.S. (Illinois Institute of Technology) Date following name is the year of appointment. �Page 218 - FACULTY FACULTY - Page 219 WALTER KABY (1968) B.S., M.S. (Kharkov Institute of Technology) THOMAS KASKA ( 1966) B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Duquesne) FREDERICK J. KROHI.E (1965) B.A. (Wilkes) M.S. in L.S. (Drexel Institute of Technology) JOHN N. LABOWS ( 1967) B.S. (Lafayette) Ph.D. (Cornell) Engineering Assistant Professor English Assistant Professor Library Assistant Professor RONALD G. RAINEY (1965) JosE M. RIBAS (1961) Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Foreign Languages Assistant Professor Fine Arts Assistant Professor History Assistant Professor Mathematics Assistant Professor Music Assistant Professor Physical Education Assistant Professor Philosophy Assistant Professor Physical Education Assistant Professor History Assistant Professor Education Assistant Professor Fine Arts Assistant Professor English Assistant Professor B.A., LLB. (Barcelona) Ph.D. (Madrid) J. PHILIP RICHARDS ( 1962) B.F.A. (Syracuse) }AMES Chemistry Physical Education B.S., M.Ed. (Pennsylvania State) P. RoDECHKO (1968) B.A. (Hofstra) M.A., Ph.D. (Connecticut) JosFPH H. SALSBURG ( 1959) B.A. (Bucknell) CHARLOTTE V. LORD (1962) B.S. (New York) M.A. English (Bucknell) M.A. Italian (Middlebury) HILDA A. MARBAN (1969) M.A. (Trinity) Ph.D. (Havana) WILLIAM J. MISTICHELLI (1963) B.A. (La Salle(, M.A. (Pennsy vania) LEROY w. MORROW (1967) B.A. (Washington & Jefferson) Ph.D. (Wisconsin) UMm R. NEJIB (1965) B.S. (Baghdad) M.S., Ph.D. (Carnegie) WALTER H. NIEHOFF (1968) B.A. (Lafayette) M.A. (Pennsylvania State) RICHARD S. ORLOWSKI ( 1969) B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (Delaware) WALTER A. PLACEK, JR. (1969) B.S. (Wilkes) M.Ed. (Pennsylvania State) English Foreign Languages Assistant Professor Assistant Professor ROSENDO E. SANTOS, JR. (1968) B.M. (Philippines) rvt.M. (Catholic University of America) DORIS B. SARACINO ( 1960) B.S., M.S. (East Stroudsburg) JA~HS J. SASSO (1969) English Assistant Professor Physics Assistant Professor ROI.AND C. SCHMIDT, JR. (1962) Physics and Engineering Assistant Professor Kuo-KoNG SHow (1966) Political Science Assistant Professor J. GEORGE SILES (1963) Economics Assistant Professor HERBERT B. SIMON ( 1969) Physics Assistant Professor Date following name is the year of appointment. B.A. (Colgate) M.A. (Connecticut) Ph.D. (Boston) B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.S. (Scranton) B.A. (Taiwan) M.A. (Pennsylvania) B.A. (Wilkes) M.S. (Scranton) B.A., M.A. (New York) RICHARD J. STEPHENSON (1969) B.A. English (Montana) B.A. French (Montana) Ph.D. (SUNY, Buffalo) Date following name is the year of appointment. �Page 220 - FA CUL TY FA CUL TY - ROBERT D. STETTEN (1968) Psychology B.A. (Lehigh) M.A. Psychology (Iowa) M.A. Political Sci ence (Iowa) Political Science B.A., M.A. (Florida) Ph.D. (Maryland) WILLIAM G. SWARTCHILD, III, ( l 969) English B.A. (Harvard) M.A., Ph.D. (Columbia) LEE C. TERRY (1968) English B.A. (Southern Methodist) Ph.D. (Texas) Physics B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.S. (Wilkes) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State) PAUL A. TORELLI (1969) Mathematics B.A. (LaSalle) M.S. (Northwestern) Political Science M.G.A. (Pennsylvania) MARGARET M. V ANDERHAAR ( l 969) English B.A. (Ursuline) M.A. (Chicago) Ph.D. (Tulane) DONOVAN H. VAN OsnoL ( l 969) B.A. (Earlham) M.A., Ph.D. (Illinois) STANLEY H. WASILESKI (1945) B.S. (Pittsburgh) M.S. (Bucknell) RAYMOND M. WEINSTEIN (1969) B.B.A. (City College of New York) M.A., Ph.D. (UCLA) PAUL R. WERNER (1946) B.S. (Susquehanna) M.A. (New York) B.A., M.A. (Virginia) Ph.D. (Dublin, Ireland) Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Assistant Professor B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Texas) RoY E. WILLIAMS ( 1967) B.A. (Eastern Nazarene) S.T.B. (Temple) Ph.D. (Drew) LIZA BELIC (1969) B.A., M.A. (Zagreb) JAMES M. TOOLE (1968) B.A. (Valparaiso) DEAN G. WHITE ( 1968) CHARLES E. WILKS (1969) YASUSHI SUGIYAMA (1967) PHILIP R. TUHY ( l 960) Assistant Professor Mathematics Assistant Professor JOSEPH T. BELLUCCI ( l 967) Assistant Professor Sn.RUNG W. BoN AWITS ( l 969) Assistant Professor PATRICIA M. BOYLE (1966) Assistant Professor ROBERT S. BRANDSCHAIN ( 1968) Assistant Professor Ma them a tics Assistant Professor Sociology Assistant Professor Accounting Assistant Professor Date following name is the year of appointment. B.S. (Scranton) M.Ed. (Lehigh) B.S.N.Ed. (Wilkes) Page 221 History Assistant Professor Mathematics Assistant Professor Religion Assistant Professor Foreign Languages Instructor Education Instructor Psychology and Instructor Nursing Education English Instructor Education Instructor BARBARA BUCKMAN (1968) Chemistry Instructor MARIE BYCZKOWSKI (1968) Library Instructor w. CARVER COLLINS English Instructor Library Instructor B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Pennsylvania) B.A. (Vermont) M.Ed. (Temple) B.S., M.S. (Wilkes) B.A. (Douglass) M.A. in L.S. (Rutgers) ( l 968) B.A. (Pittsburgh) LoRNA C. DARTE (1969) B.A (George Washington) \it.S. in LS. (Drexel Institute of Technology) Date following name is the year of appointment. �Page 222 - FACULTY FACULTY - LILY J. DAVIS (1968) Education B.S. (Millersville) M.Ed. (Temple) Physical Education B.S. (Wyoming) B.A. (Carleton) M.A. (Columbia) (1967) Education R. MICHAEL Gow (1968) B.A. (Pennsylvania) M.A. (Chicago) JON R. C. HOB ROCK ( 1967) B.A. (Kenyon) M.S. (Lehigh) BETTY L. JAHR (1968) B.A. (St. Xavier) M.S. (Ohio) JOHNSON Instructor JOHN F. MEYERS (1967) Instructor History Instructor Foreign Languages Instructor English Instructor Music Instructor Library Instructor Sociology Instructor Psychology Instructor Music Instructor Library Instructor English Instructor Biology Instructor Instructor INGER MILLER English Instructor English Instructor Psychology Instructor Mathematics Instructor Education Instructor Psychology Instructor B.A. (Columbia) M.A. (Virginia) L. Foreign Languages B.A. (Minnesota) M.A. (Clark) EDWARD V. GEIST (1969) EDWIN MARY Lou LovETTE ( 1968) B.S. (SUNY, Cortland) M.A. (SUNY, Binghamton) EUGENE S. DOMZALSKI (1969) JEANNETTE GARBER Instructor (1966) B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Bucknell) JOSEPH H. KANNER (1949) B.A. (Bucknell) THOMAS F. KELLY ( 1969) B.A. (Wilkes) ANNE V. KISH ( 1960) B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Scranton) (1968) Baccalaureate, Aarhus Cathedral School (Denmark) B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Pennsylvania State) CHESTER N. MoLLEY (1964) B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Bucknell) WARD F. MOWERY (1968) B.S. (Ohio State) M.M., M.S. (Illinois) LI-OT A NEVIL (1968) B.S. in Ed. (Bloomsburg) RAYMOND D. O'CONNOR (1968) B.A. (Iona) M.A. English (Pittsburgh) M.A. Sociology (Duquesne) PATRICIA Y. PISANESCHI (1969) B.A. (Wilkes) M.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.A. (New School for Social Research) Economics Instructor RICHARD PROBERT ( 1968) B.S. (Wilkes) M.M.E. (Indiana) English Instructor ALBERT w. RINEHIMER (1968) B.A. (Wilkes) JUDITH E. KRAVITZ ( I 964) B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.Ed. (Temple) ARVID W. LEKSTROM (1969) B.M., M.A. (Boston) Page 223 Ma them a tics Instructor Rurn T. ROBERTS (1955) B.A. (Goucher) Foreign Languages Instructor SARAH ScHONWETTER (1962) B.S., M.S. (Temple) Date following name is the year of appointment. Date following name is the year of appointment. �Page 224 - FACULTY FACULTY - Page 225 ALBERT C. SERZAN (1967) B.A. (Yale) M.A.T. (Chicago) RICHARD E. SOURS (1965) Foreign Languages and Mathematics Instructor Mathematics Instructor ( on leave) Foreign Languages Instructor B.S. (Towson) M.S. (Michigan State) ANTON STEINBRECHER ( 1969) CAROLYN D'ZURKO B.A. (Wellesley) EDGAR w. HUGHES, JR. B.A. (Lafayette) M.A. (Scranton) ATHAN HYMAN B.A., LL.B. (Cornell) Fulbright Exchange Teacher-Austria CHARLES H. SWEENEY (1966) Foreign Languages Instructor WILLIAM JOHNS B.A. (Mexico City) M.A. (Middlebury) JOHN J. B.S. (Wilkes) SWOBODA (1968) Music Instructor JOSEPH KATZ Accounting Instructor MARY KERR B.A. (Brooklyn) M.A. (Columbia) B.S. (Rhode Island) M.A. (Connecticut) PAUL P. ZAVADA (1966) B.A. (Wellesley) M.A. (Rochester) B.S. (Wilkes) C.P.A. (State of Pennsylvania) ISADORE KRASNO B.S., M.S. (Rutgers) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Part-Time Faculty ANNE C. LIVA (Juilliard) EDWARD AUGUSTINE B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.S. (Scranton) Business Administration Instructor FRA cis MicoccI B.A. (King's) 1.B.A. (Scranton) i CLIFFORD E. BALSHAw Music I IAROLD MILLER B.S. (Scranton) D. BARRAS Religion B.A. (Wilkes) ANTONIA DoLBEAR IRWIN MORRISON BB.A. (City College of New York) LLB. (Brooklyn) C.P.A. (State of New York) Business Administration Secretarial Studies History Instructor Business Administration Instructor Business Administration Instructor Psychology Instructor English Instructor Psychology Instructor Music Instructor Business Administration Instructor Retailing Instructor Accounting Instructor Theater Arts Instructor Theater Arts Instructor Instructor B.A. (Columbia) B.Rel.Ed., MHL., DHL. (Jewish Theological Seminary) JOSEPH CHMIOLA Instructor Instructor F.A.G.O. (Quilmant Organ School) ABRAHAM Business Administration Instructor ANDREW PALENCAR Instructor B.F.A. (Pratt) M.A. (Columbia) B.S. (Misericordia) MrnRAY PoPKY Date following name is the year of appointment. BS. (Pennsylvania) Traphagen School of Fashion �Page 226 - FACULTY MARTIN SAMUELS B.E. (Vanderbilt University) CASIMIR TYBURSKI FACULTY - Business Administration Instructor English Instructor Business Administration Instructor B.A. (Delaware) SHELDON VALE B.A. (Pennsylvania State) BARBARA WELLIVER Sociology B.A. (Susquehanna) Instructor M.S.W. (Washington) M.Sc.E. (Temple) MYVANWY WILLIAMS B.A. (New York State) M.A. (Middlebury) English Instructor Page 227 Faculty Committees The following are the faculty committee assignments made for the academic year 1969-1970. The President is ex officio on all committees rxcrpt committees on Academic Freedom. Academic Standing Francis J. Michelini, Chairman Robert S. Capin Robert DeYoung Benjamin Fiester, Jr. Herbert Gar her Eugene L. Hammer Stanley Holden John N. Labows Jane K. Lampe B. Hopkins Moses George F. Ralston Charles B. Reif Roland C. Schmidt, Jr. John P. Whitby Admissions Ralph B. Rozelle, Chairman hederic E. Bellas John J. Chwalek George Elliot Mahmoud H. Fahmy J. Philip Richards Robert C. Riley John P. Whitby Athletic Robert West, Chairman Welton Farrar Arthur J. Hoover John G. Reese Thomas R. Richards Howard A. Swain, Jr. Charles Sweeney Cromwell E. Thomas Stanko Vujica John P. Whitby Calendar-Faculty Handbook Hugo V. Mailey, Chairman Francis J. Michelini B. Hopkins Moses Curriculum Robert C. Riley, Chairman James Berg James DeCosmo Francis Donahoe William R. Gasbarro Hugo V. Mailey Francis J. Michelini, Ex Officio Robert Ogren Samuel A. Rosenberg J. George Siles William Stine Lee C. Terry Stanko Vujica Library Robert E. Werner, Chairman Dale E. Buehler Elwood Disque Levere C. Hostler Charlotte V. Lord Raymond D. O'Connor James P. Rodechko Yasushi Sugiyama Nada Vujica Financial Aid James Bohning, Chairman Michael Barone Warren E. DeArment Wilbur Hayes John F. Meyers UmidNejib Richard Raspen John P. Whitby �Page 228 - FACULTY Faculty Committees The President is ex officio on all committees except committees on Academic Freedom. Graduate Studies Ralph B. Rozelle, Chairman Ja1nes Bohning Alvan Bruch Franck G. Darte, II Francis Donahoe Benjamin Fiester, Jr. Eugene L. Hammer David M. Leach Charles B. Reif Philip Rizzo Samuel A. Rosenberg Donald Tappa Robert Werner BingK. Wong Student Life George F. Ralston, Chairman Robert S. Capin Theodore J. Engel Arthur J. Hoover John N. La bows Jane K. Lampe Richard Probert Richard Raspen James M. Toole Research and Service Stanley Holden, Chairman Hugo V. Mailey Francis J. Michelini Ralph B. Rozelle Student Publications Stanley B. Kay, Chairman Patricia Boyle Chester Colson Thomas Moran Franck G. Darte, II Academic Freedom a. MEDIATION Samuel A. Rosenberg Robert C. Riley Benjamin Fiester, Jr. Ralph B. Rozelle, Alternate b. FACULTY-TRUSTEE Robert E. Werner Eugene L. Hammer Robert S. Ca pin, Alternate �Index Academic Requirements 55 ccounting Degree Program ____ _ 92 Description of Courses ____ __ 109 Activities, Student ___________________ 43 dministra tion Buildings -----····· -···38 Officers __ .. ___ .. . _____ _ 209 Admission Tests ______________________ 12 Admissions ___________________________ 11 Tests __ _ _______________________ 12 Requirements ______________ 11 Advanced Course Standing ___ 13 Alumni Office _____________ 37 Anthropology ____________________ 200 Art __ .. ___ 36, 81 ssistance, Financial ____________ 19 Employment __ . ______ __ ____ _ 21 Loans -·· ·--·-------------- 21 Scholarships _____________ 19 Tuition Stipends ______________ 44 thletics ________ _____ __ 48 ttendance, Class __ 57 .\wards Senior ----- _-- ------- 60 Undergraduate 61 Bachelor of Arts Degree _______ __ 71, 72 Required Courses _ _ 73 Selection of a major _ ________ 74 Bachelor of Science Degree _____ 75, 76 Selection of a major _________ 75 Band __ 35,43 Biology B.A. Degree Program __________ 78 B.S. Degree Program ____ _ 89 Description of Courses ____ _109 Graduate Program ______ __ _ 53 Board of Trustees _ _______________ 207 Bookstore __ ________ __ __ _ 37 __ 33 Buildings and Plant _ Business Administration Degree Program ________ 53, 93 Description of Courses ____ 115 Business Education 95 Calendar _ ______ . -- ·- 2 Center for the ______ 35, 67 Performing Arts Change of Program _ 58 Chemistry B.A. Degree Program 79 B.S. Degree Program 90 Description of Courses __ _ _l 19 Graduate Program ________ 53 Chorus ____ _________ _____ ____ _ __ 35, 43 Class Standing . ______________ 56 Clubs ---------------------- ___ ________ _43, 47 College and Community __ 25, 210 College Commons _ _ 37 College Services _ 210 College Testing Service 36 Commerce and Finance 92 Consultation Service 42 Counseling ______ 41 Course Credi ts __ 55 Courses, Description of Accounting _l 09 Anthropology ___ 200 Applied Music 172 Biology _ ___ _ ___ 111 Business Administration _ 115 �Page 232 - INDEX - INDEX Courses, Description of (cont'd) Chemistry . . .... .I 19 Civil Engineering . .... . ... 135 Economics .................. 124 Education ....................... .129 Electrical Engineering . . ... 136 Engineering ..................... .135 English ...... .. ....... . ..... 144 Fine Arts . ..... .. . . ....... 150 French ......... 153 General Science .......... .160 German . .... ...... ...... 155 History .......................... 162 Hygiene .......................... 183 Journalism ..... 148 Materials Engineering ... 141 Mathematics .................... .167 Mechanical Engineering .. . 143 Music . .... . .. . .... ................ 171 Music Education ................ 175 Nursing Education .... 178 Philosophy ...... .......... 180 Physical Education ......... 183 Physics ..... . ............. .184 Political Science . 189 Psychology .................... 194 Religion ... .. . ........... 180 Retailing . ................. 196 Russian . . .. 160 Secretarial Studies . . . . . 198 Sociology . . . . ........ 200 Spanish . ... . ..................... .157 Theater Arts ..................... 148 Curricula ........................... 53 ... ·• ... ·••·· 58 Dean's List 43 Debating Degree Bachelor of Arts . .... 71, 72, 76 Bachelor of Science . .... 75, 76 Degree Programs . 53, 54, 71, 76 Dormitories . .. ..... . . 18, 38 Drama tics . ......... . .... 35, 43 Economics Degree Program .. . 80 Description of Courses 124 fine Arts Fiesta ........... 67 Foreign Languages Degree Program 82 French Description of Courses . .. 153 Freshman Orientation 41 Education Elementary .............. . . 80 81 Secondary ............ . 53, 95 Business .... . 102 Music ... 103 Nursing ........ . 53 Science .. 129 Description of Courses 53 Graduate Programs 21 Employment ... . 96 Engineering ..... . Degree Programs, Common Freshman Year 97 Chemical . . . .. . . 99 Civil ................... . .... 99 Electrical ....... ... 97 Materials Science 9 Mechanical .... .. .... 99 Description of Courses 135 English 81 Degree Program 144 Description of Courses 12 Entrance Examinations Evening School . . . 14, 15, 5 15 Expenses 43 Extracurricular Activities 160 General Science German Description of Courses . 155 Grades ............. 55 Graduate Curricula ........... 14 At Wilkes College 53 With Lehigh University ... 53 With Temple University .... 53 Graduate Placement . ............ 36 Graduate Programs In Biology ......... 53 In Business Administration . 53 In Chemistry . . ........ ..... 53 In Education .................... 53 In Physics ....... ....... ...... 53 Graduation Fee ..................... 16 Graduation Requirements for ........... 59 Guidance Center ......... ... ...... 36 Gymnasium ................ 36, 46 Faculty 211 Committees 227 Fees 15, 16 Financial Assistance 19 Fine Arts Education Degree Program .. . 81 Description of Courses 150 History Degree Program . .. 82 Description of Courses ........ 162 Homecoming ............. 46 Honors .............. ....... 58 Hygiene ..................... 183 Institute of Regional Affairs .... 65 Insurance Accident and Sickness ... 16 Inter-Dormitory Council ... .44, 46 Interviews ................ 13 Journalism 148 Page 233 Labor-Management Training Program ....... ....... Liberal Arts Requirements for Major ...... Selection of a Major ......... Library . . .................. Load, Student Work ............ Loans ................................... 65 77 74 33 57 21 Madrigal Singers ..... .. .. ... ... .. .. 43 Male Chorus ..... .... .......... ..... .. . 43 Majors Accounting .......... 92 Biology 78 Business Administration ...... 93 Business Education ............ 95 Chemistry .... 79, 90 Economics .......................... 80 Education .. ........... ....... ... . 80 English .......................... 81 Fine Arts . . .... ....... 81 Foreign Language . 82 History . . ........................ 82 Mathematics .................. 82 Music ....... .......... . .... 84, 102 Philosophy-Religion ......... 85 Physics ..................... 85, 86, 104 Political Science .......... 87 Psychology .... . ..... . .. ... ...... 87 Social Science . . . ............ 88 Sociology-Anthropology .... 87 Urban Affairs .................... 88 Course Requirements ..... 73 Master of Science Degree .... .. 53 In Biology ................. 53 In Business Administration 53 In Chemistry .................. 53 In Education ................. 53 In General Education ......... 53 In Physics 53 �Page 234 - INDEX - INDEX Mathematics Degree Program _____ 82, 83, 100 Description of Courses _l 67 Medical Technology Degree Program 101 Music 35,42 Activity _ 84 Degree Program Description of Courses 171 Music Education Degree Program _ _ _ 102 _175 Description of Courses National Defense Student 17,21 Loan Program Nursing Education Degree Program _. __ -- -103 Description of Courses -- -178 Orientation for Freshmen Overload . . . - - --- ... 41 57 45 Parents' Day 17 Payment of Tuition Philosophy 85 Degree Program Description of Courses . .J80 Physical Education and . 183 Hygiene Physics 85,104 Degree Program 184 Description of Courses 53 Graduate Program 36 Placement Office 56 Point Averages Political Science 87 Degree Program Description of Courses -- 189 54 Pre-Professional Degree 57 Probation Psychology Degree Program ___ __ __ _ 87 Description of Courses _. __ 194 Publications ___________________ ______ 44 Staff Stipends ______________________ 44 Refunds ___ . _ 17 Registration _ _______ ________ ____ 15 Religion Description of Courses __ 180 Research _________________ .. __ 34, 67 Retailing Description of Courses _. __ 196 Russian Description of Courses 160 Scholarships _ ____ _______________ 19 Founders of ____ ____ 22 Scholastic Aptitude Tests, CEEB _______ ________ __ _ 12 Scholastic Endowments _ 30 Science Facilities _ 34 Secretarial Studies Degree Program 95 Description of Courses 198 Social Activities ___ 45 Social Science ___ . 88 Sociology and Anthropology Degree Program 87 Description of Courses 200 Spanish Description of Courses 157 Stark Hall of Science _ 34 Student Activities _ 43 Student Advisement 42 Student Government 43 Student Course Load 57 Student Loans _______ 21 Student Responsibility . 49 Academic _ _____ _ . 55 tudent Responsibility (cont'd) Admissions _____ _ __ ___ ------- 11 Athletics .. __________ 48 Bachelor of Arts _ 71 Bachelor of Science _ 75 Calendar 2 Community 6, 7, 67 Dormitories 18, 43 Employment 21 Expenses 15 Extracurricular Activities ___ 43 Evening School __ _ 14, 15, 58 Government 43 Grade Averages _ 56 Graduate Study _ 53, 54 Graduation _____________ 59 Honors ________ ______ _ ___ 58 Loans _____ 17, 21 Orientation 41 Scholarships 19 Social Activities ____ .... ------ 45 Summer School __ 14, 15 Transfer ___________ 13, 14, 58 ummer School ----·-· _ 14 Page 235 Teacher Certification __________ 74, 80 Theater Arts _ ___ _ ____________ 148 Town and Gown Concerts ____ 35 Transcripts of Academic Record __ _ __ 16 Transfer of Summer Credits 58 Transfer Students _ 13 Trustees Board of ______ ____________________ 207 Committees ____________________ 208 Tuition ___________________________ 15, 17 Fees ____ _ ____ _____________ 15, 16 Payment of 17 Refund of . 17 Undergraduate Programs 54, 71 Wilkes College .. _ _____ __ ___ 6 Accreditation _ __ _____ _____ ___ 7 Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra _________________________ 67 Withdrawals __________ 17, 57 Women's Chorus ______________ 43 Wrestling Tournament ____ _ 46 �COLLEGE SESSION FALL SEMESTER 1969-1970 �Wilkes [ollege ~v/Mut ~ . t . .. . . . ,=-= ., ~7;_~~::-..:. --~ · } : ,: :. . •· • ~:::::::::--:::~ w-.w EVENING SESSION Spring Semester 1969-1970 WILKES-BARBE, PENNSYLVANIA �seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; An Educated Man CALENDAR Registration for the Evening College is as follows: possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; is aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; Wednesday, September 10 ................. 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. Thursday, September 11 .................. 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. Friday, September 12 ..................... 9 :00 a.m. to 8 :00 p.m. Saturday, September 13 ................. 9 :00 a.m. to 12 :00 noon Monday, September 15 ................ Classes begin at 6:00 p.m. Friday, October 3 .................. Report on incomplete grades Saturday, October 25 ......................... Progress reports cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community; communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Tuesday, November 25 .......... Thanksgiving recess, 10:00 p.m. Monday, December 1 ................. Classes resume, 6:00 p.m. Thursday, December 18 ............ Christmas recess, 10 :00 p.m. Monday, January 5 ................... Classes resume, 6:oo p.m. Thursday, January 8 .................... Classes end, 10 :00 p.m. Monday, January 12, through Thursday, January 15 .................... Examination period For further information write to: Formulated and adopted by the faculty as a guide to learning. Thomas F. Kelly Director of Evening and Summer College Wilkes College Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 18703 Phone 824-4651. (After s:oo p.m., call 824-4656) �Wilkes [allege Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell Universit responding to a request of community leaders, established its Jun. College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell University }uni College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter as four-year liberal arts college. The College has grown steadily to its cur• rent enrollment of approximately 2400 full-time day students and 10 evening students engaged in undergraduate, graduate, and continui education programs. From its inception the college has been dedicated to these twin goa - a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and program of service to the community. AN INDEPENDENT COLLEGE It was inevitable that the new college should be non-sectarian, fo its purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters wish the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the com munity. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an in dependent college that was interdenominational in its influence an noR-denominational in its control. FREEDOM OF INQUIRY Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junia College to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. McClin tock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of thei decision. With responsibility came a pressing desire to strengthen th work of the faculty, united in their faith that the intellectual and spir• itual resources of the student are vigorous where the creative mind i free. UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY A college that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite philosophy and a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided b the thought that unity in our community, our nation, and our world requires not only great vision but warm understanding of peoples. In it small circle Wilkes College brings together students of many faith b ckgrounds, and countries. It encourages them to maintain their con,ictions and their loyalties. It encourages them to create friendships based upon respect for differences, and to adhere to those ideals that create unity and good will amidst diversity. While academic work is the basis of the College program, the facult recognizes that academic training will be of little importance unless tudents emerge as men and women of strong faith and fine character. In the words of John Stuart Mill, "Before you can make men doctors nd lawyers, you must first make them men." Wilkes College is committed to education as a way of life. A COOPERATIVE EFFORT The original concept of community effort has been streng.t hened , ith the passing of the years and with growing experience. It has been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the community ll benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperative relationship, with its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has resulted in cooperative action. DECADES OF GROWTH Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their upport during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily o that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Common. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansion of the campus. ACCREDITATION \ ilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the tale of Pennsylvania and the Middle States Association of Colleges nd Secondary Schools. The Accounting curriculum has been accredited by the Certified Public Accounting Examiners of the State of New York. �EVENING COLLEGE INFORMATION The College reserves the right to withdraw any course for which here is insufficient enrollment. Students who have registered for courses that may be cancelled because of insufficient enrollment will b notified as promptly as possible. RESEARCH AND GRADUATE CENTER CURRICULA UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM To meet the needs of ambitious men and women who desire the hel which may come from college instruction, Wilkes College offers a wid program of Evening courses from which selections may be made a cording to individual tastes and requirements. The courses offered by the Evening College are designed for the special value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations w desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study an training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire addi- tional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the p fessional requirements demanded of them. The Research and Graduate Center is an excellently equipped and taffed installation that is an integral part of the College complex. During the school term the Center will continue the various public and private research projects now in progress. LABOR-MANAGEMENT TRAINING COURSES To establish a climate for industrial redevelopment the College has pioneered a Labor-Management Training Program in which the needs of the individual and the company are analyzed. Plans are arranged in consultation with officials, foremen, and other employees and are designed to meet the general and specific requirements of the particular group. Where several firms are confronted with common problems, special classes are organized to include representtion of several companies. INSTITUTE OF REGIONAL AFFAIRS The Institute of Regional Affairs is a multi-purpose college organization which views regional problems as belonging to no simple aca4. Business executives who are interested in the study of prob! demic discipline, but rather as a contemporary phenomenon spilling relating to business administration and the economy of the nati into many disciplines. The Institute was created to assure coordination and the world. of varied efforts in order to better understand and resolve complex and contemporary problems. 5. Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting an aspire to qualify for a certification by the Commonwealth Its four-fold purpose is: education and training, community informPennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. ation, research, and consultation. The underlying philosophy of the Institute of Regional Affairs is 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increa cooperation, rather than reform of partisanship. their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction an: improvement. FACILITIES 7. Men and women seeking a college degree through attendance The College is located in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, in the heart the Evening College. of the picturesque and historic Wyoming Valley. This ideal location in the foothills of the Poconos offers abundant cultural and recreational Except where designated in the course schedule, classes for co facilities and affords close proximity and convenient transportation to offered in the evening will be scheduled on Monday-Wednesday the metropolitan areas of New York and Philadelphia. Tuesday-Thursday between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 10:00 p.m. �THE LIBRARY EVENING COLLEGE The Library will post its Fall schedule at the beginning of l semester. UNDERGRADUATE DIVISION Evening College students may obtain a Library Card at the Circu tion Desk of the Library. FALL SEMESTEH-1968-1969 BOOKSTORE The Bookstore offers a complete stock of necessary textbooks an supplies. It will be open as follows: Monday through Friday ............... 9 :00 a.m. to 11 :45 a.m. 1 :00 p.m. to 4:45 p.m. Monday and Tuesday Evenings ........ 6:00 p.m. to 7:45 p.rn. Saturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9:00 a.m. to 11 :45 a.rn, EXPENSES Tuition - $50 per semester hour credit. All charges must be paid at the time registration forms are pr cessed. Books and supplies may be purchased at the bookstore and m be paid for at the time of purchase. DAY& COURSE Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will ceive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: during the six weeks of the evening session one-half of the tuition will be refund upon request to the Director of Evening and Summer allege, if withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After first six weeks no refunds are allowed and the student is obligated f the full costs of the term. No student who is suspended or expel! shall be entitled to any refunds. HOURS ROOM No. CREDIT HOURS CCOUNTING: cct.101E Elementary Accounting I eet.101E-2 Elementary Accounting I eel. 101E-3 Elementary Accounting I eel. 102E Elementary Accounting II (Pre: Acct. 101) MW 6 :30-8 :00 Par. 35 3 TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 35 3 MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 45 3 MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 35 3 eet.111E Intermediate Accounting I (Pre: Acct. 102) TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 25 3 eel. 201E Advanced Cost Accounting I (Pre: Acct. 112) MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 45 3 eet. 221E Taxes I (Pre: Acct. 102-202) TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 45 3 eet. 231E Auditing Practice I (Pre: Acct. 202) MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 25 3 eel. 241E Advanced Accounting I (Pre: Acct. 112) TTH 8 :00-9 :30 Par. 35 3 WITHDRAWAL A student who withdraws from the evening session or drops cour after the first week must receive approval from the instructor a should give prompt written or verbal notice to the Director of the E\ ning and Summer College in order that their records may not unju show failure in courses. DESCRIPTION BIOLOGY: Bio. 101E Biological Science I Bio. lOlE-2 Biological Science I MW 6:30-8:00 Stark 116 3 TTH 6:30-8:00 Stark 116 3 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: B.A. 209E Correspondence & Reports (Pre: Eng. 102) TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 25 3 BA. 225E Corporation Finance (Pre: Econ. 102) TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 43 3 B. . 231E Business Law Introduction & Contracts MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 56 3 B.A. 241E Life Insurance (Pre: Approval of instructor) MW 6 :30-8 :00 Par. 46 3 B.A. 251E Principles of Management I TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 43 3 �DESCRIPTION COURSE DAY& HOURS CREDIT ROOM No. HOURS ECONOMICS: Principles of Economics I Econ.101E Econ. 101E-2 Principles of Economics I Principles of Economics II Econ.102E (Pre: Econ. 101) Economic History Econ.111E Money and Banking Econ. 201E (Pre: Econ. 102) Collective Bargaining Econ. 223E (Pre: Econ. 102) International Trade Econ.225E (Pre: Econ. 102) Economic Geography Econ. 227E of North America (Pre: Econ. 102) Comparative Economic Econ.229E Systems (Pre: Econ. 102 or approval of instructor) MW 8 :00-9 :30 MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 23 Par. 34 FINE ARTS : MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 34 F. . 109E TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 45 MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 25 IvIW 8:00-9:30 Par. 46 TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 23 Econ. 241E Economic Analysis (Pre: Econ. 102) TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 46 Econ. 245E Consumer Economics (Pre: Econ. 102) TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 23 EDUCATION: MW 6:30-8:00 DAY& HOURS ROOMNo. CREDIT HOURS E VIRONMENTAL SCIENCE: Par. 34 Par. 34 Par. 23 Applied General Statistics (Pre: Approval of instructor) Educational Psychology (Pre: Psy. 102, Junior standing) COURSE TTH 6:30-8:00 TTH 8:00-9:30 MW 6:30-8:00 Econ. 231E Ed. ZOOE DESCRIPTION TTH 8 :00-10 :00 Stark 112 3 Oil Painting I MW 8:00-9:30 Con. An.101 3 History of Western Civilization I TTH 8 :00-9 :30 Stark 204 3 History of Western Civilization I H1 l.lOlE-3 History of Western Civilization I American and Pennsylvania Hi t.107E History to 1865 United States Diplomatic Hi t. 227E History (Pre: Hist. 101, 102, 107, 108) MW 8 :00-9 :30 Stark 204 3 MW 8:00-9:30 Slark 306 ~I TTII 6:30-8:00 Stark 204 3 W 5:30-8:30 H&P Bldg. 3 T 5:30-8:30 H&P Bldg. 3 M 5:30-8:30 H&P Bldg. 3 Par. 33 3 Miner 11 4 Miner 11 3 Miner 11 4 Envi. ci. 101E Environmental ScienceIntroductory Earth Science Lab Fee HISTORY: Hist.101E Hist.101E-2 H1 t. 231E Colonial America (Pre: Hist. 107, 108) HI t. 297E Imperial Russia (seminar) (Pre: Approval of Dept. chairman) Chase 209 JOURNALISM: ENGLISH: jour. lOIE MW 6 :30-8 :00 Bdf.12 Composition I MW 8 :00-9 :30 Bdf.12 Eng.101E-3 Composition I TTH 6 :30-8 :00 Bdf.12 Eng.102E MW 8 :00-9 :30 Bdf.13 Eng.131E Composition II (Pre: Eng. 101) Fundamentals of Speech Eng.131E-2 Fundamentals of Speech M 4:00-6:00 Bdf.12 fath.101E Eng.151E Western World of Literature (Pre: Eng. 102) MW 6:00-8:00 Bdf.14 iath. 111E Eng.151E-2 Western World of Literature (Pre: Eng. 102) TTH 6:00-8:00 Bdf.14 Eng.101E Composition I Eng. lOlE-2 TH 6:00-8:00 Journalism MW 6:30-8:00 MATHEMATICS: iath. lOOE Bdf. Sem. MW 8:00-10.00 Pre-Calculus Mathematics (Pre: two years of high school math) Fundamentals of Mathematics MW 6:30-8:00 TTH 6 :00-8 :00 Analysis I (Cakulus with Analytic Geometry) (Pre: Math. 105, or both Math 107 and 109, or the equivalent) �COURSE DESCRIPTION DAY& HOURS CREDIT ROOM No. HOURS CORSE DESCRIPTION DAY& HOURS ROOM No. CREDIT HOURS LANGUAGES: POLITICAL SCIENCE: Fr. 101E Kirby 102 PS. 101E Political Science I MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 43 3 p . 205E State Government (Pre: P.S. 101, 102) MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 43 3 PS. 223E Comparative Government (Pre: P.S. 101, 102) TTTI 8 :00-9 :30 Par. 46 3 General Psychology I TTH 6 :30-8 :00 Kirby 102 3 Elementary French MW 8:00-9::.J0 Ger.101E Elementary German MW 6:30-8:00 Kirby 20:l Ger. 103E Intermediate German (Pre: Ger. 102) MW 8:00-9:30 Kirby 203 Russ.101A Elementary Russian TTIJ 4:00-5 :30 Kirby 108 Russ.103E Intermediate Russian (Pre: Russ. 102) TTH 6:30-8:00 Kirby 101.l Span.101E Elementary Spanish TTH 6 :30-8 :00 Kirby 20:l p •.101E Span.103E Intermediate Spanish (Pre: Span. 102) TTH 8 :00-9 :30 Kirby 203 P y.101E-2 Py. 207E MUSIC: I Mus.101E Introduction to the Materials and Literature of Music I Applied Music NOTE: TTlI 6 :30-8 :00 TTH 8 :00-9 :30 Kirby 102 3 MW 6 :30-8 :00 Kirby 208 3 212E Psychological Tests (Pre:Psy.101,102) MW 8:00-9:30 Kirby 208 3 255E Clinical Psychology (Pre: Psy. 212) 'f 6 :30-9 :30 Kirby 302 3 Hours to be arranged It is important that all students who register for applied music through the evening college be advised to consult with Mr. William Gasbarro, department chairman, before completing their registration. NURSING EDUCATION: RETAILING: Rct.101E Principles of Retailing TTH 8:00-9:30 Kirby 103 3 R I. 210E Elements of Merchandise TTJI 6 :30-8 :00 Kirby 103 3 ECRETARIAL STUDIES: Trends in Nursing M 4:00-6:00 Kirby 107 N. E. 106E Supervision and Administration T 4:00-6:00 Kirby 107 Field Experience in Supervising or Teaching (Pre: Approval of instructor) General Psychology I Child Psychology (Pre:Psy.101,102) CPA Annex N. E. 102E N. E. 112E P YCHOLOGY: Hours to be arranged . 105E Elementary Shorthand MW 6 :00-8 :00 Par. Annex 2 . 107E Elementary Typing Fee $10 MW 8:00-10:00 Par. 33 2 . 201E Advanced Typing Fee $10 TTH 6:00-7:00 Par. 33 1 Advanced Shorthand TTH 7:00-10:00 Par. 33 3 . S. 207E PHILOSOPHY: Phil. 101E Introduction to Philosophy TTH 6:30-8:00 H&P Bldg. Phil. 101E-2 Introduction to Philosophy TTH 8:00-9:30 H&PBldg. PHYSICAL EDUCATION: P. E. 105E Hygiene T 7: 00-8:00 0CIOLOGY: oc. 101E Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology MW 8:00-9:30 Kirby 303 3 oc. 200E The Family (Pre: Soc. 101, 102 or permission) TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. Annex 3 Comparative Social Welfare Systems (Pre:Soc.101,102 Psy. 101, 102) TTH 6:30-8:00 Kirby 303 3 Miner 20 251E PHYSICS: Phys.101E Physical Science W 6:30-9:30 Stark 109 �GRADUATE DIVISION Education 440A Special Methods in Secondary School Instruction (Biology) - SMIP FALL SEMESTEH-1969-1970 Education 440B Special Methods in Secondary School Instruction (Chemistry) - SMIP Education 440C Special Methods in Secondary School Instruction (Environmental Science) - SMIP Education 440F Special Methods in Secondary School Instruction (Mathematics) - SMIP Fclucn lion 440G Special Methods in Secondary School Instruction (Physics) - SMIP Education 441 Secondary School Curriculum WILKES COLLEGE GRADUATE PROGRAM The following graduate courses will be offered and may be applie toward the master's degree. Normal scheduling for the classes is in lat afternoon or early evening. Biology Biology 432 Comparative Physiology Biology 451 Invertebrate Biology Business Administration Accounting 503 Managerial Accounting Economics 505 Managerial Statistics Economics 473 Pre-Seminar Chemistry Chemistry 341 Elementary Physical Chemistry Chemistry 440 Quantum Chemistry Chemistry 441 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Chemistry 531 S tereochemistry Education English English 310 Medieval English Literature English 370 Modern Poetry Hi tory History 327 History of the Foreign Policy of the United States Ilistory 331 Colonial America I listory 497 Imperial Russia - Seminar fa thematics Math 311 Math 331 Math 343 Math 470 Functions of a Real Variable I Introduction to Abstract Algebra I Introduction to Geometry Readings in Mathematics Education 403 Intern Teaching Education 406 Workshop (Elementary School Staffing) Education 406 Workshop (Social Studies) Physics 333 Crystalline Anisotropy Education 413 Comparative Foundations of Education Physics 401 Topics in Mathematical Physics Education 420 Tests and Measurements Physics 511 Analytical Mechanics Education 432C Problems in Elementary Education (Langua Arts) Physics 551 Quantum Mechanics II Phy ics �TEMPLE UNIVERSITY GRADUATE PROGRAM Wilkes College cooperates with Temple University in offering General Education Program for Teachers (G.E.P.T.) leading to the D• gree of Master of Science in Education. The program is open to any• one who meets the academic requirements and is interested in exposur to a broad-base general education program. The following cours 1 being offered this semester: G.E. 421 REGISTRATION Changing Perspectives in Natural Sciences IS HELD DURING REGULAR EVE ~1.' SCHOOL REGISTRATION HOURS IN THE GRADUATE OFFICI:' ROOM 136, OF STARK HALL. FURTHER INFORMATION ON ALL GRADUATE COURSES CAN BE OBTAINED AT THE GRADUATE SCHOOL OFFICE A WILKES COLLEGE (824-4651, Ext. 243). ��U_ rNE SHEDD -N FARLEY LIBR R WILKES COLLEGE WILKES-BARRE, PA. 18703 CALENDAR Registration for the Evening Class is as follows: Monday, January 19 ..................... 9:00 a.m. to 8:00p.m Wilkes [allege Tuesday, January 20 ..................... 9:00 a.m. to 8:00p.m Wednesday, January 21 .................. 9:00 a.m. to 8:00p.m Thursday, January 22 .................... 9:00 a.m. to 8:00p. ~ulLewt Friday, January 23 ....................... 2:00 p.m. to 8:00p.m Saturday, January 24 ..................... 9:00 a.m. to 12 noon Monday, January 26 ................. Classes begin at 6:00 pm Saturday, February 21 ............... Submit incomplete grad Saturday, March 7 .......................... Progress Repor Thursday, March 24 .......... Easter recess begins at 10:00 p.m Wednesday, April 6 ............. Easter recess ends at 6:00 p.m Thursday, May 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes end at 10:00 p.m Monday, May 18 to Thursday, May 21 ...... Examination period For further information write to: EVENING SESSION Spring Semester 1970 Thomas F. Kelly Director of Evening and Summer College Wilkes College WILKES-BARBE, PENNSYLVANIA Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 18703 Phone: 824-4651. After 5 :00 p.m., call 824-4656. �seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; An Educated possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; Man is aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community; communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Formulated and adopted by the faculty as a guide to le.trning. Wilkes C:ollege Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell University, responding to a request of community leaders, established its Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter as a four-year liberal arts college. The College has grown steadily to its curnt enrollment of approximately 2400 full-time day students and 1000 vening students engaged in undergraduate, graduate, and continuing ducation programs. From its inception the college has been dedicated to these twin goals -a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a rogram of service to the community. AN INDEPENDENT COLLEGE It was inevitable that the new college should be non-sectarian, for purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters wished the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the comunity. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an inependent college that was interdenominational in its influence and on-denominational in its control. FREEDOM OF INQUIRY Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. McClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their ecision. With responsibility came a pressing desire to strengthen the ·ork of the faculty, united in their faith that the intellectual and spiritual resources of the student are vigorous where the creative mind is free. UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY A college that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite hilosophy and a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided by ethought that unity in our community, our nation, and our world requires not only great vision but warm understanding of peoples. In its mall circle Wilkes College brings together students of many faiths, �1 backgrounds, and countries. It encourages them to maintain their convictions and their loyalties. It encourages them to create friendships based upon respect for differences, and to adhere to those ideals that create unity and good will amidst diversity. EVENING COLLEGE INFORMATION While academic work is the basis of the College program, the faculty recognizes that academic training will be of little importance unless st udents emerge as men and women of strong faith and fine character. CURRICULA In the words of John Stuart Mill, "Before you can make men doctors UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM and lawyers, you must first make them men." To meet the needs of ambitious men and women who desire the help Wilkes College is committed to education as a way of life. which may come from college instruction, Wilkes College offers a wide program of Evening courses from which selections may be made according to individual tastes and requirements. A COOPERATIVE EFFORT . The origi~al concept of community effort has been strengthened 1:he courses offered by_ the Evening College are designed for their with the passmg of the years and with growing experience. It has been special value to the followmg groups: clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the community ~II benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperative relationship, with 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has resulted in cooperative action. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. DECADES OF GROWTH 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire addiBecause of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their tional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the prosupport. durin~ the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily I fessional requirements demanded of them. so that it now mcludes most of the properties facing the River Common, Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansion 4. Business executives who are interested in the study of problems of the campus. relating to business administration and the economy of the nation and the world. ACCREDITATION 5. Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting and aspire to qualify for a certification by the Commonwealth of Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. State of Pennsylvania and the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The Accounting curriculum has been accredited by the Certified Public Accounting Examiners of the State of New ' 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and York. improvement. 7. Men and women seeking a college degree through attendance in the Evening College. · Except where designated in the course schedule, classes for courses offered in the evening will be scheduled on Monday-Wednesday or Tuesday-Thursday between the hours of 6 :00 p.m. and 10 :00 p.m. �The College reserves the right to withdraw any course for which THE LIBRARY there is insufficient enrollment. Students who have registered for The Library will post its Spring schedule at the beginning of the courses that may be cancelled because of insufficient enrollment will semester. be notified as promptly as possible. Evening College students may borrow books from the Library by presenting their I.D. card. RESEARCH AND GRADUATE CENTER The Research and Graduate Center is an excellently equipped and staffed installation that is an integral part of the College complex. Dur- BOOKSTORE ing the school term the Center will continue the various public and The Bookstore offers a complete stock of necessary textbooks and private research projects now in progress. supplies. It will be open as follows: LABOR-MANAGEMENT TRAINING COURSES Monday through Friday ............... 9:00 a.m. to 11:45 a.m. 1 :00 p.m. to 4 :45 p.m. Monday and Tuesday Evenings ........ 6:00 p.m. to 7:45 p.m. Saturday ............................ 9:00 a.m. to 11:45 a.m. To establish a climate for industrial redevelopment the College has pioneered a Labor-Management Training Program in which the needs of the individual and the company are analyzed. Plans are arranged in consultation with officials, foremen, and other employees and are designed to meet the general and specific require- EXPENSES ments of the particular group. Where several firms are confronted with Tuition - $50 per semester hour credit. common problems, special classes are organized to include representAll charges must be paid at the time registration forms are proation of several companies. cessed. Books and supplies may be purchased at the bookstore and must be paid for at the time of purchase. The Institute of Regional Affairs is a multi-purpose college organization which views regional problems as belonging to no simple academic discipline, but rather as a contemporary phenomenon spilling WITHDRAWAL into many disciplines. The Institute was created to assure coordination A student who withdraws from the evening session or drops courses of varied efforts in order to better understand and resolve complex and after the first week must receive approval from the instructor and contemporary problems. should give prompt written or verbal notice to the Director of the EveIts four-fold purpose is: education and training, community inform- ning and Summer College in order that their records may not unjustly ation, research, and consultation. show failure in courses. The underlying philosophy of the Institute of Regional Affairs is Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will recooperation, rather than reform of partisanship. ceive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: during the first six weeks of the evening session one-half of the tuition will be refunded FACILITIES upon request to the Director of Evening and Summer College, if the The College is located in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, in the heart withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After the of the picturesque and historic Wyoming Valley. This ideal location in first six weeks no refunds are allowed and the student is obligated for the foothills of the Poconos offers abundant cultural and recreational !he full costs of the term. No student who is suspended or expelled facilities and affords close proximity and convenient transportation to shall be entitled to any refunds. the metropolitan areas of New York and Philadelphia. INSTITUTE OF REGIONAL AFFAIRS �COURSE EVENING COLLEGE :J.33/!, B.A.~ UNDERGRADUATE DIVISION - 1970 Spring Semester COURSE DESCRIPTION ACCOUNTING: Acct. 101E Acct. 101E-2 Acct.102E Acct. 102E-2 Acct.111E Acct. 112E Acct. 202E Elementary Accounting I Elementary Accounting I Elementary Accounting II (Pre: Acct. 101) Elementary Accounting II (Pre: Acct. 101) Intermediate Accounting I (Pre: Acct. 102) Intermediate Accounting II (Pre: Acct. 111) Cost Accounting II (Pre: Acct. 201) --tPr e . Aeet. 22-1 Acct. 232E Acct. 242E Auditing H (Pre: Acct. 231) Advanced Accounting II (Pre: Acct. 112 and permission of instructor) BIOLOGY: Bio.102E Bio. 102E-2 Biological Science Biological Science BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: B.A.114E B.A. 216E B.A. 220E B.A. 222E B.A. 226E B.A. 232E Salesmanship (Pre: app. of instructor) Advertising Real Estate (Pre: Econ. 102) -Mitr;ce Hng ,fPre. E00B. H)a,} Investments (Pre: B.A. 225) Business Law - Agency and Sales (Pre: B.A. 231) B.A. 240E B.A. 244E B.A. 252E CR. HRS. DAY & HOURS ROOM No. MW 6 :30-8 :00 TTh 6 :30-8 :00 MW 6:30-8:00 Par 35 Par. 35 Par. 45 3 3 3 TTh 6:30-8:00 Par. 45 3 MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 45 3 DESCRIPTION f'lfl(Tlv£A5IIJP5 . <1-(Jo~fO/lh-TIOIVS Busmess Law ;-e~erty (Pre: B.A. 231) Property Insurance (Pre: B.A. 232) Time and Motion Study Principles of Management II (Pre: B.A. 251) CR. HRS. DAY & HOURS ROOM No. MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 34 3 MW 6 :30-8 :00 Par. 43 3 TTh 8 :00-9 :30 TTh 6 :30-8 :00 Par. 43 Par. 34 3 3 Par. 23 Par. 56 3 3 Par. 56 3 Par. 35 3 ECONOMICS: Econ. 101E Econ.102E Econ. 102E-2 Econ. 202E TTh 8 :00-9 :30 Par. 35 3 MW 6 :30-8 :00 Par. 25 3 ~t.212E Econ. 228E Econ. 232E MW 8:00-9:30 $£1:i M 1111-9 10 w 1>:10 -9,'flO Par. 25 3 ~ 3 Econ. 236E ,.,,M . AN1''IE.-)d EDUCATION: Ed. 201'E MW 6:30-8:00 TTh 6 :30-8 :00 Stark 116 Stark 116 TTh 8:00-9:30 Principles of Economics I MW 6:30-8:00 Principles of Economics II (Pre: Econ. 101) MW 8:00-9:30 Principles of Economics II (Pre: Econ. 101) MW 8:00-9:30 Theory of Money (Pre. Econ. 201) MW &:-ee- . Ggue.r:i:uaoal and. Business ~ . E-cmr.102 Economic Geography of Asia, MW 6 :30-8-00 Africa and Latin America (Econ. 227 is not a prerequisite) TTh 6 :30-8 :00 Economics Statistics (Pre: Econ. 231) TTh 8:00-9:30 Public Finance (Pre: Econ. 102, P.S. 101) 3 3 Ed. 351E MAI C' GU. F8 Par.~ 3 Par. 23 3 Par. 34 3 l<!llBY /tJ3 'l(Jnase 2:0!'l 3 Kirby 107 2 Introduction to Education (Pre: Sophomore standing) Educational Measurements (Pre: Ed. 202) MW 6:30-8:00 Composition (Pre-Eng. 101) Composition (Pre: Eng. 101) Composition (Pre: Eng. 101) Fundamentals of Speech Fundamentals of Speech Western World Literature (Pre: Eng. 151) Western World Literature (Pre: Eng. 151) MW 6 :30-8 :00 Bdf.12 3 MW 8:00-9:30 Bdf.12 3 TTh 6:30-8:00 Bdf.12 3 Th 6:00-8:00 M 4:00-6:00 MW 6:00-8:00 Bdf.13 Bdf.13 Bdf.14 2 2 TTh 6:00-8:00 Bdf.14 4 Th 4 :00-6 :00 ENGLISH: KJ ,,•Jo~ t:/.'JV 3 Eng.102E MVv 8.88 B.80 Par. 34 TTh 6 :30-8 :00 MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 43 Kirby 108 3 Eng.102E-2 Tib 6·3Q-B~ 6 B.~ TTh 8 :00-9 :30 Par.4'6"' MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 23 Eng. 102E-3 Eng.131E Eng.131E-2 Eng.152E Eng.152E-2 f IIG. I5 ~ £ -3 W£5T. WOl(LP L.1r£~/IT//,p£ TTH , :011-'1:a o 4 8/JF, 5£.#11/.141{ f{ I) IJl't '( �COURSE DAY & HOURS DESCRIPTION ROOM No. CR. HRS. ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE: T 8:00-10:00 Th 8:00-10:00 FINE ARTS: Stark 114 MW 8:00-9:30 Watercolor Painting (Pre: F.A. 202) Pick 103 Elementary French II (Pre: French 101) MW 8:00-9:30 Kirby 102 German 102E Elementary German (Pre: German 101) TTh 6 :30-8 :00 Kirby 203 Spanish 102E Elementary Spanish (Pre: Spanish 101) TTh 6 :30-8 :00 Kirby 208 Spanish 204E Intermediate Spanish (Pre: Spanish 203) TTh 6 :30-8 :00 Kirby 302 Miner 11 4 ~1ath.102E Fundamentals of Math. II (Not open to students with credits in Math. 103, 104) MW 6:30-8:00 Kirby 108 3 ~fath.112E Analysis II (Pre: Math. 111) TTh 6 :00-8 :00 Miner 11 4 ~fath ...atnm" Introduction to Computer Programming I (Pre: Math. 267) TTh 6:30-8:00 Stark 114 3 Math. 334E MW 6:30-8:00 Linear Algebra (Pre: Math. 222 or equivalent, and consent of department chairman) Open to advanced undergraduates and graduate students Miner 20 3 3 MUSIC: HISTORY: Hist. 102E History of World Civilization TTh 8:00-9:30 Wk.An. Hist. 102E-2 History of World Civilization MW 8 :00-9 :30 C. S.C. Hist. 102E-3 JhsT. J()~ ~-'I Hist. 328E History of World Civilization MW 8:00-9:30 Wk.An. JI History of the Foreign Policy of the United States (Pre: Hist. 101, 102, 107, 108) -r,p 1:~tJ - 'Vl" W 5:30-8:30 l<l~Y H&P ~br \1usic 101E Introduction to the Materials and Literature of Music I TTh 6:30-8:00 M.B.2 Mttsie i82B fat;z;:gductian to tbe Hateriais ~e-H- 'Prh 8.66-9.98 CAlll<1£L t,f,O M Applied Music Please arrange this course with Mr. Gasbarro, chairman, Music Department Twentieth Century America (Pre: Hist. 107, 108) T 5:30-8:30 H&P Hist. 358E History of Modern Russia (Pre. Hist. 101, 102) M 5:30-8:30 H&P 3 3 NURSING EDUCATION: Foundations of Nursing M 4:00-6:00 Kirby 107 2 ~.E.107E Principles and Methods in Nursing Education (Pre: Psy. 102 or permission of instructor) T 4':00-6:00 Kirby 107 2 lE.108E Multi-Sensory Techniques in Nursing Education (Pre: N.E. 107 - may be taken concurrently) W 4:00-5:00 Kirby 107 1 lE.112E Field Experience in Supervision or Teaching (Pre: approval of advisor) JOURNALISM: Journalism II (Pre: Jour. 101 or permission of instructor) Lab Fee $10 MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 33 1 3 ~.E.101E Hist. 334E Jour.102E CR. HRS. MW 6 :00-8 :00 ~fi> ?E French 102E 11 ROOM No. Pre-Calculus Mathematics (Pre: Two years of secondary school mathematics in algebra and geometry) FOREIGN LANGUAGES: ,, DAY & HOURS Math. lO0E OIN , trNNEX H DESCRIPTION MATHEMATICS: Envi. Sci. 102E Introductory Space Science Laboratory Lab Fee $10 F.A. 204E COURSE 1E.113E Medical and Surgical Nursing 4 Hours to be arranged Th 8:00-10:00 Kirby 107 2 �COURSE DAY & HOURS DESCRIPTION ROOM No. CR. HRS. Spring Semester 1970 PHILOSOPHY: Phil. 101E AIU/l'SC5 ➔ Phil. 102E Phil. 102E-2 'ESff ITT Introduction to Philosophy Logic and Scientific Method Logic and Scientific Method MW 6:30-8:00 TTh 6:30-8:00 ..!fTh6:30-8:00 MW PHYSICAL EDUCATION: P.E.106E H&P14 H&P14 Kirby 107 3 3 3 WE-(M, /f}.W£f T 7:00-8:00 Hygiene ~- 1 Physical Science MW 6:30-8:00 Stark 109 POLITICAL SCIENCE: P.S.102E P.S. 224E P.S. 252E TTh 6:30-8:00 Political Science II Soviet System of Government MW 8:00-9:30 (Pre: P.S. 101, 102) TTh 8:00-9:30 Fundamentals of Urban Design (Pre: P.S. 251) Par. 56 Par. 43 Par. 56 PSYCHOLOGY: Psy.102E Psy.102E-2 Psy.232E Psy.242E Psy.243E Psy.331E General Psychology General Psychology Human Behavior (Pre:Psy.101,102) Psychological Tests (This course is a prerequisite for Psy. 243, 245) Industrial Psychology (Pre: Psy. 242) Abnormal Psychology (Pre: Psy. 221,232 and permission of head of dept.) RETAILING: Ret. 214E M tUHHLS8 Kirby 102 Kirby 102 Kirby 303 Th 6:30-9:30 Kirby 303 TTh 6:30-8:00 Kirby 109 T 6:30-9:30 Kirby 303 TTh 6:30-8:00 TTh 8:00-9:30 ,t111V g','p<>- ?,•,JO 1>1 W Retail Buying (Pre: app. of instructor) a,: JtJ-f'JtN) Jo).., ..!:f'Ph 8.66 9.Sfl Kirby-1'6fl TTh 6 :00-8 :00 TTh 8:00-10:00 Par. 33 Par. 33 SECRETARIAL STUDIES: S.S.106E S.S.108E Elementary Shorthand Elementary Typing Lab Fee $10 SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY: /l'E>l3ITT Soc. 102E /V(IR.SE5 ➔ Soc. 200E Soc. 251E 5 o(J, Introduction to Anthropology MW 6:30-8:00 The Family TTh 8:00-9:30 (Pre: Soc. 101, 102 or permission of instructor) Comparative Social Welfare TTh 6:30-8:00 Systems (Pre: Soc. 101, 102, Psy. 101, 102) -r.MtP.0, 70 ANTfllftJl'dLoGY IP). /5_ INFORMATION ON ALL GRADUATE COURSES CAN BE OBTAINED AT THE GRADUATE SCHOOL OFFICE AT WILKES COLLEGE (Telephone: 824-4651, Ext. 243). PHYSICS: Physics 102E GRADUATE DIVISION Kirby 208 Kirby 203 Kirby 108 1nwc;/rtrf:11(} 1<111.IJY)aJ 3 �IL �CALENDAR WI I KFS SIX-WEEK DAY SESSIONS- 1970 FIRST SESSION REGISTRATION -Tuesday, June 2, thru Friday, June 5 Weckesser Hall-8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. SESSION BEGINS-Monday, June 8 0::, ?i- - SESSION ENDS - Friday, July 17 (Including Final Examination) ~ ,-..ct) '"c,-..c ;•• en::s II) s:: 'C "'1 'C $l) ,; ::s ~ n e. ct) a. s· In order to minimize the possibility of cancelling courses, the preliminary registration form on the back cover should be completed and forwarded to the Director of Evening and Summer College as soon as possible. The preliminary registration does not obligate the registrant to take the course. - -"'CS :.Oct> ('I) "'1 .. II>'< ~a ~ ~ "Cl ..... e.. 0 ::s $l) ~ "'O 0::, 0::, t!j (:") ?> ?i- 0 ~ ~ 0 Cll -- >~ t:, Ct> Ct> Ct> C/l C/l t:, a,,< Cll ~ t!j ....... ct> Cll Cll ~ ::s •• en .... 0 ~ "'O "'1 ~ >-c:l,-..c .§ ~ 't:I $l) 3 ~ ~ct) q a. [ s:: ~ s:: '-' ~ ~- ct) ~ 0 - -"'CS >-c:lct) ..~ Pl'< "'1 't:I ..... ~a ~ ~ ! "'O "'O :-t ~ N) N) N) ~ ~ ~ - 00 - 00 0 C> - C> $l) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ .... z 0 t!j )NS C> ~ ~ I t!j Cll Cll $l) -- 0 co Jn Cll > :-. "'O $l) / zt:, s:: :-. $l) t:, > a,,< t:, (/l q ~ s::i. 1--3 > t:, s· 0 ~ > s::i. ('t) $l) .... n ,; }E ::!3 Cll e.. 0 ::s :-. I Director of Evening and Summer College Wilkes College Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 18703 Phone: 824-4651 (After 5:00 p.m. - call 824-4656) 0 .... n 0 FoR FURTHER INFORMATION WRITE To: "'O "'1 ~ 0 REGISTRATION - Wednesday, June 10, thru Friday, June 12 Weckesser Hall-8:30 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. SESSION BEGINS-Monday, June 15 SESSION ENDS - Thursday, August 6 (Including Final Examination) 0 C/l ~ a~ EIGHT-WEEK EVENING SESSION ~ C /l SECOND SESSION REGISTRATION -Thursday, July 16, Friday, July 17, and Mo.nday, July 20 Weckesser Hall- 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. SESSION BEGINS -Tuesday, July 21 SESSION ENDS - Friday, August 28 (Including Final Examination) 0::, ?i- 0 I co ~ V'an1a �CALENDAR WI I KFS SIX-WEEK DAY SESSIONS-1970 FIRST SESSION REGISTRATION - Tuesday, June 2, thru Friday, June 5 Weckesser Hall-8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. to SESSION BEGINS - Monday, June 8 SESSION ENDS - ~ '"C - "'1 ,;act> -- 0 cil ~ ~ ~ 'C "'1 'C fl) '"I::;$ ~ (') e_.ct> = 0 ~ In order to minimize the possibility of cancelling courses, the preliminary registration form on the back cover should be completed and forwarded to the Director of Evening and Summer College as soon as possible. The preliminary registration does not obligate the registrant to take the course. II)'< "CS 1-4 "5:? ::;$ o en - ~ -- ~ t::, m m m 0 ~ ~ ~ 0 Cll C/l C/l t::, ~ Cll '"C C t!j ,.:aC't> ....... "'1 o Cll Cll .. en 0 .§~ ..... ~ ,; 1-4 ~ ::;$ "tl"O ,; ct) ~ "'1 ~'< "CS fl) "CS 1-4 a::;$ "5:? o ~ g· ('t) ....., .... ~ a "'1 -!l> 0 ::;$ s~ Cl> 2 !4- '"I s:: !4- ~ '"C to ~ ?> ('t) ~~ '"C t!j fl) g·a.~ 0 to Cll C') < n e.. 0 ~~ q '"C fl) ~ :-. ~ (\j (\j (\j (;:> (;:> (;:> 0 0 ~ 0 0 0 (;:> (;:> (;:> (;:> 0 ~ 00 0 I co :? 0 0 I ~ t::, > ..,< Jn Cll t!j Cll Cll ..... 0 z ~ t::, t!j )NS fl) 0 - 0 s::i. ~ '"C :-. fl) }E ~ > s::i. ~ > ~ ..._, :-. I Director of Evening and Summer College Wilkes College Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 18703 Phone: 824-4651 (After 5:00 p.m. - call 824-4656) ::.c~ ~ ~ a 0 FoR FURTHER INFORMATION WRITE To: C/l C ~ 0 REGISTRATION - Wednesday, June 10, thru Friday, June 12 Weckesser Hall-8:30 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. SESSION BEGINS-Monday, June 15 SESSION ENDS - Thursday, August 6 (Including Final Examination) ~ 0 C/l SECOND SESSION EIGHT-WEEK EVENING SESSION ~ - Friday, July 17 (Including Final Examination) REGISTRATION -Thursday, July 16, Friday, July 17, and Monday, July 20 Weckesser Hall- 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. SESSION BEGINS -Tuesday, July 21 SESSION ENDS - Friday, August 28 (Including Final Examination) to ~ 00 0 I co ~ v-an1a �CALENDAR SIX-WEEK DAY SESSIONS- 1970 REGISTRA SESSION Bi SESSION] REGISTR/i SESSION _ _ _ _s COLLEGE u etfn B1 l SESSION REGISTRA SUMMER SESSIONS 1970 B1 SESSION l SESSION FoR FuRT Dire< Wilk Wilk Phon In order to minimize the possibility of cancelling courses, the preliminary registration form on the back cover should be completed and forwarded to the Director of Evening and Summer College as soon as possible. The preliminary registration does not obligate the registrant to take the course. Wilkes-Barre • Pennsylvania �seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; An Educated Man possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; is aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community; communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Formulated and adopted by the as a guide to learning. facuity �Wilkes College Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell Uni versity, responding to a request of community leaders, established its Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter as a four-year liberal arts college. The College has grown steadily to its current enrollment of approximately 2,400 full-time day students and 1,000 adults in the Evening College and special classes. From its inception the College has been dedicated to these twin goals - a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and fl program of service to the community. AN INDEPENDENT COLLEGE It was inevitable that the new College should be non-sectarian , for its purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters wished the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the community. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an independent college that was interdenominational in its influence and non-denominational in its control. FREEDOM OF INQUIRY Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. McClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their decision. With responsibility came a pressing desire to strengthen the work of the faculty, united in their faith that the intellectual and spiritual resources of the student are vigorous where the creative mind is free. UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY A college that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite philosophy and a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided by the thought that unity in our community, our nation, and our world requires not only great vision but warm understanding of �Page 6 - SUMMER COLLEGE WILKES COLLEGE peoples. In its small circle Wilkes College brings together students of many faiths, backgrounds, and countries. It encourages them to maintain their convictions and their loyalties. It encourages them to create friendships based upon respect for differences, and to adhere to those ideals that create unity and good will amidst diversity. While academic work is the basis of the College program, the faculty recognizes that academic training will be of little importance unless students emerge as men and women of strong faith and fine character. In the words of John Stuart Mill, "Before you can make men doctors and lawyers, you must first make them men." A COOPERATIVE EFFORT The original concept of community services has been strengthened with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It has been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the community all benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperative relationship, with its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has resulted in cooperative action. DECADES OF GROWTH Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Common. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansion of the campus. ACCREDITATION Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania, the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, Certified Public Accounting Examiners of the State of New York, and the American Chemical Society. Information Curricula UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM The summer program is designed for men and women interested in accelerating degree work, and for recent high school graduates interested in beginning their college careers. Courses are open to Wilkes College students, students of other colleges, and nonmatriculated students. Course load is limited to six semester hours of credit for each six-week session. Students are cautioned to exercise judgment and care in scheduling both day and evening courses. Most classes for courses offered during the six-week day sessions will meet five days per week during the morning hours as follows: FIRST PERIOD - 8:00 A.M. TO 9:30 A.M. SECOND PERIOD-10:00 A.M. to 11 :30 A.M. Except where designated in the course schedule, classes for courses offered during the eight-week evening session will be scheduled on Monday, Tuesday, and Thursday evenings between the hours of 6:00 P.M. and 10:00 P.M. The College reserves the right to cancel any course due to insufficient enrollment or any other reason. Students who have registered for courses that are subsequently cancelled because of insufficient enrollment will be notified as promptly as possible. ADMISSION Admission to the summer program is granted to: a) all Wilkes College students currently in good standing; b) high school graduates who have been admitted as degree candidates to the Wilkes regular program; c) high school graduates who have been admitted as full-time students in the regular program of an accredited college other than Wilkes; d) all students in good standing at their respective colleges who furnish official confirmation of that status sent by the dean of their college to the director of the Wilkes summer session; �INFORMATION - Paga 9 Page 8 - INFORMATION e) students who enroll in the summer session upon special invitation by Wilkes Committee on Admissions. Non-Wilkes summer session students who desire to become degree candidates here will have to qualify for admission or transfer into the college's regular program via the procedures outlined by the Committee on Admissions. Such procedures must be initiated through the office of Mr. John Whitby, Director of Admissions. TRANSFER OF CREDITS Credits earned in the Wilkes College summer session may be transferred to other institutions. Students may, at the conclusion of the course, request this service by filling out a card indicating to which institution credits earned shall be transferred. WITHDRAWAL Withdrawal from classes after the first week is inadvisable except in extenuating circumstances. A student who. withdraws from the summer session or drops courses after the first week must receive permission from the instructor and the Director of the Evening and Summer College in order that their records may not unjustly show failure in courses. Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will receive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: During the first week of the six-week sessions and during the first two weeks of the eight-week evening session one-half of the tuition will be refunded upon written request to the Director of Evening and Summer College, if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After the periods designated no refunds are allowed and the student is obligated for the full costs of the term. No student who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any refunds. Facilities The College is located in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, in the heart of the picturesque and historic Wyoming Valley. This ideal location in the foothills of the Poconos offers abundant cultural and recreational facilities and affords close proximity and convenient transportation to the metropolitan areas of New York and Philadelphia. DORMITORY AND DINING FACILITIES Dormitory and dining facilities will be available for both male and female students. The cost for these services may be found under EXPENSES. Arrangements for dormitory accommodations may be made with the Director of Evening and Summer College. THE LIBRARY The Library will post its Summer schedule at the beginning of the first day session. THE BOOKSTORE The Bookstore offers a complete stock of necessary textbooks and supplies. It will be open as follows: Monday through Friday 9:00 a.m. -11 :45 a.m. 1:00 p.m. - 4 :45 p.m. Monday & Tuesday Evenings 6:00 p.m. - 7:45 p.m. (First two weeks of each sessio.n) Expenses The student may expect to incur the following expenses for the summer session: TUITION - $50 per credit hour DORMITORY (Exclusive of meals) - $75 per six-week session LINEN SERVICE - $5 per six-week session (required for dormitory students) DINING FACILITIES - Dining Hall will be open Monday through Friday. Meals may be taken on a pay-as-yougo basis. All charges must be paid at the time registration forms are processed. Charges for the second six-week session may be paid no later than July 18, 1970. Books and supplies may be purchased at the bookstore and must be paid for at the time of purchase. �SCHEDULE OF COURSES - SUMMER SESSION SCHEDULE OF COURSES COURSE EDUCATION: Educational Psychology Ed.202S FIRST SESSION SCHEDULE --- DESCRIPTION ROOM Ch. 209 HOUR CR. 10 :00-11 :30 3 8:00-9:30 0 (Pre: Psy. 102, Junior standing) June 8 - July 17, 1970 - Monday through Friday COURSE ROOM DESCRIPTION Page 1l HOUR CR. ENGLISH: Eng.99P Pre-College English Bdf. Scm. (June IS-July 24) Eng. 99P-2 ACCOUNTING: Acct. l0lS Elementary Accounting I Par. 45 8:00-9:30 3 Biological Science Ecology St. 116 St. 116 IO: 00-11 :30 3 8:00-9:30 3 (See Environmental Science) Chem. 221S 10:00-11:30 0 (June IS-July 24) Eng.99P-3 Pre-College English Bdf. 14 8:00-9:30 0 Eng. Eng. Eng. Eng. 101 101S-2 131S ISIS Composition Composition Fundamentals of Speech Western World Literature Bdf. Bdf. Bdf. Bdf. 13 14 13 12 8:00-9:30 3 10:00-11 :30 3 10:00-11 :00 2 8:00-10:00 4 (Pre: Eng. 102) CHEMISTRY: Chem. 201S Bdf. Sem. (June IS-July 24) BIOLOGY: Biol. 101S Biol. 322S Pre-College English Eng. ISIS-2 Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry St. 204 Laboratory Breakage Deposit $10 Fee $20 Inorganic Quantitative St. 204 Analysis Western World Literature Kirby 203 8:00-10:00 4 (Pre: Eng. I 02) 8:30-10:00 4 10:00-1 :00 TTh Eng. ISIS-3 Western World Literature Bdf. 12 10:00-12:00 4 (Pre: Eng. 102) Eng.405S Studies in Linguistics Kirby 203 10:00-11 :30 3 8:00-10:00 3 10:00-12:00 3 8:00-9:30 3 8:00-9:30 8:00-9:30 3 3 10:00-11 :30 3 This course is open to both undergraduates and graduate students. Undergraduates will be admitted by permission of the Department Chairman. 10:00-11 :00 4 MTWTh (Pre: Chem. 202) Breakage Deposit $10 Fee $20 Laboratory 12:00-4:00 MTWTh Chem. 232S Organic Chemistry I St. 138 10:00-11 :30 4 (Pre: Chem. 221 or approval) Laboratory Breakage Deposit $10 I<ee$20 I :00-4:00 MTW ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE: Envi. Sci. IO IS Introductory Earth Science St. 109 Laboratory Fee $10 Envi. Sci. 103S Geology St. 114 Fee $20 Biology 322S Ecology St. 116 This course will stress environmental factors in human ecology and is offered primarily for students interested in environmental science rather than biology students. Biology prerequisites are waived. Occasional afternoon field trips and lab. to be arranged. ECONOMICS: Econ. IOIS Econ. lllS Econ.201S Principles of Economics I Economic History Money and Banking Econ.231S Applied General Statistics Par. 45 Par. 34 Par. 25 10:00-11 :30 3 8:00-9:30 3 10:00-11 :30 3 Par. 43 8:00-9:30 3 Par. 25 8:00-9:30 3 Par. 34 10:00-11:30 3 (Pre: Econ. 102) (Pre: Approval of instructor) Econ.236S Public Finance Fee $20 FINE ARTS P.A. 101S F.A. 211S (Pre: Econ. 102, P.S. 101) Econ.241S Economic Analysis (Pre: Econ. 102) Experiencing Art I Con. An. Modeling and Three Harding Dimensional Construction (Pre: P.A. 102) P.A. 226S Modern Art History Pick. �Page 12 - SCHEDULE OF COURSES SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page 13 COURSE DESCRIPTION ROOM HOUR CR. HISTORY: COURSE DESCRIPTION History of World Civilization History of World Civilization American and Pennsy1vania History to 1865 Age of Big Business Hist. lOlS -2 Hist. 107S History 333S (Pre: Ilist. 107, 108) Weck. An. 10:00-11 :30 3 Weck. An. 8:00-9:30 3 H&PSem. 8:00-9:30 3 H&PSem. IO :00-11 :30 3 Phil. lOlS Phil. 102S Elementary French Intermediate French (Pre: Fr. 102 or equivalent) Elementary German Intermediate German Span. 101S Span.203S Elementary Spanish lnlermcdiate Spanish (Pre: Ger. 102 or equivalent) (Pre: Span. 102 or equivalent) Kirby 108 Kirby 108 8:00-9:30 3 10:00-11 :30 3 Phys. 20IS Math. 267S Music 102S 3 3 General Physics I 10:00- 11 :30 4 Kirby 103 Kirby 103 8:00-9:30 3 10:00-11 :30 3 Kirby 107 Kirby 107 8:00-9:30 3 10:00- 11:30 3 Hours to be arranged Political Science I (Pre-College Students) P.S. lOIS P.S. 208S Political Science I Labor Legislation (Pre: P.S. 101, 102) Par. 53 8:00-9:30 3 (June IS-July 24) Par. 43 10:00-11 :30 3 Par. 53 10:00-11 :30 3 PSYCHOLOGY: Pre-Calculus Mathematics Miner I I (Pre: Two years of secondary school mathematics in algebra and geometry.) Fundamentals of Mathematics Mathematics for Elemcntary School Teachers I St. 302 POLITICAL SCIENCE: Miner 20 Miner I I 10:00-12:00 4 (June IS-July 24) Psy. IOIS Psy. lOIS-2 Psy. 213S General Psychology General Psychology Physiological Psycho] ogy Psy. 22IS Child Psychology 10 :00-1 I :30 3 (Pre: Psy. 101, 102) 8:00-9:30 3 (Pre: Psy. 101, 102) Par. 56 Kirby 208 Kirby 208 8:00-9:30 3 8:00-9:30 3 IO :00-1 I :30 3 Par. 56 10 :00-11 :30 3 10:00-1 I :30 (June IS-July 24) 3 f=> 8:00-9:30 3 Par. 35 10 :00-11 :30 3 Not open to students with Math. 101-102 Introduction to Computer Programming I Fee $20 St. I 14 3:00-4:30 3 SOCIOLOGY: Soc. lOIP Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology I Soc. 101S Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology I Sociological Theory MUSIC: Music lOIS 8:00-9:30 10:00-11 :30 (Pre: Math. 100) P.S. IOIP MATHEMATICS: Math. 103S Introduction to Philosophy H&P14 Logic and Scientific Method H&P 14 Laboratory Fee $20 Ger. 101S German203S Math. lOIS CR. PHYSICS: LANGUAGES: Math 100S HOUR PHILOSOPHY: Hist. lOlS Fr. lOlS Fr. 203S ROOM Par. 8 (Pre-College Students) Introduction to the CPA Mus. An. Materials and Literature 201 10:00-11 :30 3 of Music I Introduction to the CPA Mus. An. Materials and Literature 201 8:00-9:30 3 of Music II Applied Music Please arrange this course with the Department Chairman, Mr. Gasbarro. Soc.280S Par. (Pre: Soc. 102 and permission of Department Chairman) �Page 14 - SCHEDULE OF COURSES SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page 15 SECOND SESSION SCHEDULE July 21 - August 28, 1970 COURSE COURSE DESCRIPTION ROOM CR. HOUR ACCOUNTING: Acct. 102S Elementary Accounting II Par. 45 8:00-9:30 3 (Pre: Acct. 101) CR. Eng. lOlS Eng. 102S Composition Composition Bdf. 12 Bdf. 13 10 :00- 11 :30 8:00-9:30 3 3 Eng. 152S Western World Literature Bdf. 12 8:00-10:00 4 8:00- 10:00 4 10:00-12:00 4 10:00- 11 :30 3 8:00-10:00 3 10:00-12:00 3 8:00-9:30 IO :00-11 :30 3 3 (Pre: Eng. 101) Western World Literature Kirby 208 (Pre: Eng. 151) Biological Science St. 116 10:00-11 :30 3 Marketing Eng. 152S-3 Eng.420S Par. 34 10:00-11 :30 3 Corporation Finance Par. 34 8:00-9:30 3 Par. 23 8:00-9:30 3 Par. 23 10:00-11 :30 3 Western World Literature Bdf. 13 (Pre: Eng. 151) Studies in Renaissance Literature: Shakespeare Kirby 208 This course is open to undergraduates and graduate students. Undergraduates may take this course in place of English 221. (Pre: Econ. 102) B.A. 225S HOUR ENGLISH: Eng. 152S-2 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: B.A. 222S ROOM (Pre: Eng. 151) BIOLOGY: Biol. 102S DESCRIPTION Monday through Friday (Pre: Econ.102) B.A. 240S Property Insurance (Pre: approval of instructor) B.A. 241S Life Insurance ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE: Envi. Sci. 102S (Pre: approval of instructor) Envi. Sci. 104S CHEMISTRY: Chem. 202S Chemical Equilibria St. 204 Introductory Space Science St. 116 Lab. Fee $10 Hydrology St. 139 Fee $20 8:30- 10:00 4 (Pre: Chem. 201) FINE ARTS: Breakage Deposit $10 Fee $20 Laboratory 10:00-1 :00 F.A. lOlS F.A. 212S Experiencing Art I Ceramics Con. An. Con. An. History of World Civilization Twentieth Century America Weck. An. 8:00-9:30 3 Weck. An. 10 :00-11 :30 -) Kirby 108 8:00-9:30 3 Kirby 108 IO :00-11 :30 3 Kirby 103 8:00-9:30 3 Kirby 103 10:00-11 :30 3 TTh Chem. 235S Organic Chemistry Ila St. 204 IO :00-11 :30 4 (Pre: Chem. 232) Laboratory Breakage Deposit $10 Fee $20 1 :00-4:00 MTW HISTORY: Hist. 102S Hist. 334S ECONOMICS: () (Pre: Hist. 107, 108) Econ. 102S Principles of Economics II Econ.232S Economic Statistics Par. 23 8:00-9:30 3 Par. 23 10:00-11 :30 3 (Pre: Econ. 101) (Pre: Econ. 231) LANGUAGES: Fr. 102S Elementary French II (Pre: Fr. 101) EDUCATION: Ed. 201S Fr. 204S Introduction to Education Chase 209 8:00-9:30 3 (Pre: Sophomore standing) Ed.352S Guidance (Pre: Ed. 202) Chase 209 10 :00-11 :30 3 Intermediate French II (Pre: Fr. 203) Ger. 102S Elementary German II (Pre: Ger. 101) Ger. 204S Intermediate German II (Pre: Ger. 203) �Page 16 - SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page 1'7 SCHEDULE OF COURSES COURSE DESCRIPTION Russ. lOIS Russ. 102S Elementary Russian I Elementary Russian II ROOM Elementary Spanish II 8:00-9:30 3 10 :00-11 :30 3 Kirby 107 8:00-9:30 Kirby 107 10 :00-11 :30 3 (Pre: Span. 101) Span.204S Intermediate Spanish II CR. Kirby 203 Kirby 203 (Pre: Russ. 101) Span. 102S HOUR (Pre: Span.203) COURSE DESCRIPTION HOUR CR. POLITICAL SCIENCE: P.S. 102S P.S. 206S Political Science II Municipal Government Par. 53 Par. 53 8:00-9:30 10 :00-11 :30 3 3 General Psychology Par. 43 8:00-9:30 3 Introduction lo Sociology and Anthropology II Pnr. 56 8:00 D:30 3 I) (Pre: P.S. 101, 102) .J PSYCHOLOGY: Psy. 102S MUSIC: ROOM SOCIOLOGY: Music IOlS Introduction to the CPA Mus. An. Materials and Literature 201 10:00-11:30 3 of Music I Introduction to the CPA Mus. An. Materials and Literature 202 10:00-11:30 3 of Music II Music 102S Soc. 102S Applied Music Please arrange this course with Mr. Gasbarro, Chairman, Department of Music. EVENING SESSION SCHEDULE June IS - August 6, 1970 - Monday, Tuesday and Thursday MATHEMATICS: COURSE Math. 102S fundamentals of Mathematics Miner 11 Mathematics for Elem en tary Teachers II Miner 11 8:00-9:30 3 Not open to students with credits in Math. 101, 102 HOUR CR. Acct. IOIE Acct. 102E Elementary Accounting I Elementary Accounting II Par. 35 Par. 35 8:00-10:00 6:00-8:00 3 3 Par. 43 6:00-8:00 3 (Pre: Acct. 101) BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: PHILOSOPHY: Phil. IOIS Phil. 102S ROOM ACCOUNTING: (Pre: Math. 101) Math. 104S DESCRIPTION 10:00-11 :30 3 B.A. 209E Business Correspondence and Reports R.A. 251E Principles of Management I Par. 43 8:00-10:00 3 Time to be arranged Econ. lOIE Econ. 102E Principles of Economics I Principles of Economics II Par. 23 Par. 23 6:00-8:00 8:00-10:00 3 3 St. 114 Econ.223E Collective Bargaining Par. 34 6:00-8:00 3 Introduction to Philosophy H&P 14 Logic and Scientific Method H&P 14 10:00-11 :30 3 8:00-9:30 3 (Pre: Eng. 102) PHYSICS: ECONOMICS: Phys. 202S General Physics II Phys. 203S Laboratory Fee $20 General Physics III St. 132 (Pre: Phys. 201) (Pre: Phys. 202) 10:00-11 :30 4 10:00-11 :30 3 (Pre: Econ. 101) (Pre: Econ. 102) �Page 18 - SCHEDULE OF COURSES COURSE SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page 19 DESCRIPTION ROOM HOUR CR. ENGLISH: Composition Composition Eng. 13IE Fundamentals of Speech Eng. lSIE Western World Literature Kirby 208 (Pre: Eng. 101) Bdf. 12 Bdf. 13 6:00-8:00 3 8:00-10:00 3 Bdf. 13 6:00-8:00 2 (Pre: Eng. 102) MTh 6:00-8:00 4 MTWTh Western World Literature Kirby 208 8:00-10:00 4 Advanced Exposition 8:00-10:00 3 (Pre: Eng. 151) Eng. 20IE DESCRIPTION ROOM MTWTh Bdf. 12 (Pre: Eng. 102) N.E. 112E Hist. 108E Hist. 222E Tiours to hC' arranged Introduction to Philosophy H&P 14 Ethics H&P14 6:00-8:00 8:00- 10:00 3 6: 0-8:00 1 Phil. JOIE Phil. 210E History of World H&PSem. Civilization American and PennsylWeck.An. vania History from 1865 American Social and Weck. An. Intellectual History PHYSICAL EDUCATION: 6:00-8:00 3 Hygiene Miner 20 (Pre. Math. 100 or equivalent) Analysis II Functions of a Real Variable I Miner 11 Phys. 23IE 6:00-8:00 3 8:00-10:00 3 Introduction to Abstract Algebra I Kirby 102 Linear Algebra (Pre: Math. 222) * Enrollment for 8:00-10:00 4 Kirby 203 Time to be 3 arranged Kirby 302 Time to be 3 arranged Kirby 303 Time to be 3 arranged graduate credit restricted to students who will be able to take Math. 312 to be offered in late afternoon or evening in Fall Semester, 1970. App lied Music 6:00-8:00 3 Par. 53 Par. 53 Kirby 107 6:00-8:00 8:00-10:00 6:00-8:00 3 3 3 Kirby 108 8:00- 10:00 3 Par. 56 6:00-8:00 3 Kirby 108 6:00-8:00 3 Par. 33 Par. 33 6:00-8:00 8:00-10:00 2 2 Introduction to Sociology Par. 45 and Anthropology I Introduction to Sociology Par. 45 and Anthropology II 6:00-8:00 3 8:00-10:00 3 POLITICAL SCIENCE: Political Science I Political Science II Comparative Government (Pre: P.S. 101, 102) PSYCHOLOGY: Psy. 203E Psy. 22IE Child Psychology (Pre: Psy. 101,102) Psy. 232E Human Behavior (Pre: Psy. 101, 102) SECRET ARIAL STUDIES: Introduction to the CPA Mus. An. Materials and Literature 201 6:00-8:00 3 of Music I Soc. lOIE I Soc. 102E Please arrange this course with Mr. Gasbarro, Department Chairman. Psychologic Theory (Pre:Psy. 101,102) S.S. 105E S.S. 107E MUSIC: Music lOIE St. 132 (Pre: Phys. 202) 6:00-8:00 4 MTWTh (Pre: Math. 222) Math.334E Electronics MTWTh (Pre: Math. 222) Math. 331E PHYSICS: P.S. lOIE P.S. 102E P.S. 223E Analysis I (Pre: Math. 111) Math. 31IE* 3 T MATHEMATICS: Math. 112E 4 PHILOSOPHY: P.E. l05E (Pre: Hist. I 07, I 08) Math. llIE CR. Field Experience in Kirhy 103 Supervision or Teaching HISTORY: Hist. 102E HOUR NURSING EDUCATION: Eng. JOIE Eng. 102E Eng. 152E COURSE Elementary Shorthand Elementary Typewriting SOCIOLOGY: �Sumn1er Theater Workshop For Iligh School students preparing for college. l◄' or PRELIMINARY College students working toward Bachelor's Degree. REGISTRATION For Graduate students working toward Master's Degree. FORM Application for admission must be submitted before April 24, HJ70. Workshop dates - July 5 through August 2, 1970 For further information contact: Dean of Admissions Summer Theater Workshop Wilkes College Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 18703 Completion and filing of this form with the Director of Evening and Summer College, Wilkes College, Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, 18703, will enable the Director to determine course demand. If advance demand does not warrant giving a particular course, the prospective student filing this form will be promptly notified. The completion and filing of this form does not, in any way, obligate the prospective student. Telephone 824-4651, Ext. 201 PRE-REGISTRATION Graduate Division SUMMER - 1970 A statement of your academic standing must be submitted by your dean or registrar. For information on graduate courses contact: Dr. Ralph Rozelle Director of Graduate Studies Wilkes College Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 18703 Name ------------------------------------------·-------------------------------------------------------Address --------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------City ------------------------------------------------ State ____________ Zip Code _________________ _ Telephone 824-4651, Ext. 243 College or University now attending ----------------·----------------------------·-----------------------------------------Please mail Registration forms. 1st Semester Course No. D 2nd Semester Course No. Will you require dormitory accommodations? Evening Course No. �PLACE STAMP HERE Wilkes College Summer Sessions ~ ·. -~ . - ---: . ·. ( #,-~~~--~-.-:·- . . :: • _, Wilkes-Barre, Penna. 18703 ) > J � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin, 1969-1970 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1969-1970 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/78a248b0a1c5098dc09760b77d120ef3.pdf ec7e2001b2fc12ee9f4e9607ef5127c8 PDF Text Text ES-BARRE, PENNSYLVANIA �1968-1969 PI I I A D FALL VOL. XVII �Calendar II College Calendar FALL SEMESTER - 1968-69 R i tratiori for Freshmen- Monday, March 24 to hiday, March 28 Freshman Orientation - Monday, September 9 to aturday, t r September 14 - Friday, March 28 at 5 p.m. to W dnesday, April 9 at 8 a.m. f al Dat for Requests for Summer Transfer Credit- Registration - Thursday, September 12 aturdny, May 3 Classes Begin - Monday, September 16 Report on Incomplete Grades - Rc E11d- l◄ riday, May 16 Friday, October 4 E Progress Reports - Saturday. October 26 Registration for Seniors , Juniors, and Engineering Studc11ts - ination Period- Monday, May 19 to Saturday, May 24 1 m rial Day l loliclay - Friday, May 30 Monday, October 28 to Friday, November l alaur ate - Sunday, June 1 Registration for Sophomores - Monday, November 4 to m 11c ment - Monday, June 2 Friday, November 8 Registration for Freshmen - Monday, November 11 to I ' - WEEK SUMMER SESSION -1969 (Day) Friday, November 15 Thanksgiving Recess - Tuesday, November 26 at 5 p.m. to Monday, December 2, at 8 a.m. Christmas Recess Begins - FIRST SESSION Friday, December 20 at S p.m. R · tration -Tuesday, June 3 through Friday, June 6 Christmas Recess Ends - Monday, January 6 at 8 a.m. Semester Classes End - ion B gins- Monday, June 9 Priday, January 10 at 5 p.m. ion E11d - Friday, July 18 Examination Period - Monday, January 13 to Saturday, Jamtar) l SECOND SESSION SPRING SEMESTER - 1968-69 Registration- Friday, January 24 Classes Begin - Monday, January 27 R tration - Thursday, July 17; Friday, July 18; Monday, July 21 ion Begin -Tuesday, July 22 io i End - Friday, August 29 Report on Incomplete Grades - Saturday, February 22 Progress Reports - Saturday, March 8 Registration for Juniors and Engineering Students Monday, March 10 to Friday, March 14 Registration for Sophomores - Monday, March 17 to Friday, March 21 I· I 1IT - WEEK SUMMER SESSION - 1969 (Evening) R i tration- Wednesday, June 11 through Friday, June 13 i n B gi11 - - Monday, June 16 ion End -Thursday, August 7 �Wilkes College Contents College Calendar, 2 Wilkes College, 5 ' had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell Unindin to a request of community leaders, established II g in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College harter as a four-year liberal arts college. The Colro\ n lowly to its current enrollment of approximately II tim cl ) students and 500 part-time evening school THE COLLEGE A D THE CO MMC· ITY Institute of Regional Affairs, 65 POLICIES AND OBJECTIVES Admissions, 11 Wilkes-Barre Philharm Orchestra, 67 Registration, 14 Fine Arts Fiesta, 67 Tuition, Fees & Expenses, 14 Performing Arts C nt r, in ption the College has been dedicated to these twin ound and stimulating intellectual experience for stuprogram of service to the community. Financial Assistance, 18 Scholarships, 18 A Loans, 20 Employment, 20 THE FACILITIES OF THE COLLEGE UNDERGRADUATE PR RA Degree Requirement 76 INDEPENDENT COLLEGE in \it hie that the new college should be non-sectarian, purp was to serve all students equally and its supporters h d th oll 'g to integrate itself with all constructive efforts ommunity. It was believed that these ends could be served n ind p ·ndcnt college that was interdenominational in nAu nc and non-denominational in its control. Buildings and Plant, 31 FREEDOM OF INQUIRY STUDENT LIFE Counseling, 39 Student Activities, 41 COURSES OF I STR CTI Description of Cour Social Activities, 43 Athletics, 46 r h passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. ,u1.,..,111.11V\.:k and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of r d i ion. With responsibility came a pressing desire to h n th work of the faculty, united in their faith that the tu l and spiritual resources of the student are vigorous th r ativ mind is free. Student Regulations, 47 NITY AMIDST DIVERSITY PERSONNEL OF TIIE COlLE THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM Board of Trustee , I Curricula, 51 Academic Requirements, 55 College Services, 197 Graduation Requirements, 60 Faculty, 198 th t \ ishes to serve all groups requires both a definite nd a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided thou ht that unity in our community, our nation, and rid r quires not only great vision but warm understand£ p opl . In its small circle Wilkes College brings together h �Page 6 - WILKES COLLEGE students of many faiths, backgrounds, and countries. It ncour ages them to maintain their convictions and their loynlti I encourages them to create friendships based upon respect f differences, and to adhere to those ideals that create unity a good will amidst diversity. While academic work is the basis of the College program th faculty recognizes that academic training will be of little import ance unless students emerge as men and women of strong fa1 and fine character. In the words of John Stuart Mill, "Before} can make men doctors and lawyers, you must first make them m Wilkes College is committed to education as a way of !if DECADES OF GROWTH Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied th support during the past decades and the campus has e ·p nd steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facin River Common. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept p with the expansion of the campus. seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; n du at d n possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; is aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; ha faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; A COOPERATIVE EFFORT The original concept of community services has been str n I ened with the passing of the years and with growing exp ri It has been clearly demonstrated that the students, the Colic e, the community all benefit from cooperative effort. This coop ra relationship, with its emphasis on trained intelligence and e ·t nd planning, has resulted in cooperative action. cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; ACCREDITATION Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instrurtion the State of Pennsylvania and the Middle States Association Colleges and Secondary Schools. The Accounting curriculum been accredited by the Certified Public Accounting Examin rs the State of New York. The Chemistry curriculum is approv d the American Chemical Society. participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community; communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Formulated and adopted by the faculty as a guide to learning. �Ii i and Objectives . . nu ions 'tion, Fees, and Expenses ·nancial Assistance �1111 ions a love of learning and a spirit of rifi r ice. Education is not a right or privilege but an rtunity that carries with it obligations prescribed by the College d r p n ibilitie shared with the student. n pt has guided the faculty and trustees in developing h philo ophy and procedures of the Admissions Committee, ing it pos ible for students of ability, determination, and undn of character to study at Wilkes. I r th tudent will find an atmosphere of competitive learning m th world of ideas. His desire to undertake study at Wilkes 1 him among the ready men for whom education is an ri n in xcellence. He will be charged with the responsibility f r fulfilling that trust. Th car ful selection of able and committed students is deemed nti I t th attainment of high standards and warm personal I tion hip between students and faculty. dmi ion Requirements Education at Wilkes The spirit of the College derives from the idea of the faculty and the quality of its instructio from its library, its laboratories and equipmen The spirit of the College is the integrity of 1 mission, the intellectual climate that enrich student as a person. HI ,H CHOOL RECORD ndid t s applying for admission to Wilkes should be high 1 raduates and should offer at least fifteen units of work r pr ntin the equivalent of the usual four-year high school prep r tory chool course. For entrance into certain departments, ifi cour es in high school are necessary. An example would be f r y ar of Mathematics for those interested in studying the ph i al ci nces, engineering, or mathematics. The College believes that no attention can too great which intensifies a student's thinkin deepens his interest or develops his techniq and skills. It believes that a good student commits hi to the disciplines of his work. To learn, to ma and to understand he must accept the re po bilities that he shares with others. PPLICATION FOR ADMISSION T i t students seeking admission, the College has adopted r dur s designed to simplify admissions. pplications for admission and instructions regarding high school rd, recommendations, and entrance examinations may be bt in d from the Director of Admissions. The completed applicall n hould be returned to him with a $10.00 registration fee. r �ADMISSIONS - Page 13 Page 12 - ADMISSIONS mmittee acts upon special cases referred to it by the mi sions. ENTRANCE EXAMINATIONS All candidates for admission to the freshman class will be r quired to take entrance examinations. The Admissions Commit considers these test results in relation to the applicant's high ch transcript and the record of performance during the high ch years. ADMISSIONS TESTS The Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance E m tion Board is required of all applicants. Students should pl, take this examination in December or January of their senior If unusual circumstances prevent the applicant from takin test, he must notify the Director of Admissions. Students ,,ho the Admissions Committee to review their application on the b of College Boards taken in their junior year should make thi r quest in writing to the Director of Admissions. Wilkes is am m of the College Entrance Examination Boards. Students communicating with the Educational Testing Cen in Princeton, New Jersey, or in Los Angeles, California hou refer to the Wilkes College code number 2977. ACCEPTANCE OF ADMISSION AND DEPOSIT After receipt of the senior College Board scores the Admi Committee meets and acts upon all completed application. o cation of action by the Committee is sent immediately. R id students are required to forward a $100.00 tuition and dormit deposit by May I; local students are required to forward n tuition deposit by May I in order to guarantee their entr} i the College. The College accepts a limited number of applications for February class. Procedures are similar to those followed in the f semester. ADMISSIONS COMMITTEE The Admissions Committee is comprised of the Director of missions, Dean of Men, Dean of Women, and three faculty m r on I interview with each student is not required. Students th ir famili s arc invited to visit the College at their convenlt i cl\'i able to write for an appointment so that the Deans to meet with them. TUDENTS from other institutions wishing to enter with add t nding hall follow the regular procedure for admission. ud nt hould request the college or university he is attending r rd to Wilkes a transcript and an official statement of his r bl di missal. After the College has made a tentative evaluaf th re ord of the student, a faculty adviser will counsel him ming hi new schedule. Acceptable credits will be placed on ilk r ord of the student following a final evaluation. policy prohibits the Admissions Committee from confor admission any student who has been placed on academpr b tion or who has been dropped from any other college or TCED COURSE STANDING ri r tudents who have undertaken college-level courses in d r} chool may request college credit for such work and m ion to enter advanced courses. To qualify for advanced m nt, the high school student must take the Advanced Placet t of the College En trance Examination Board, in addit the regular Scholastic Aptitude tests required for admission. n b the College will be determined by scores obtained on the n d Placement Examination, the high school record subt d by the student, and the recommendations of the high school ult . ftcr he is admitted the applicant will request the College c E:amination Board to send the results of the Advanced P m nt Tests to the Director of Admissions. The request will 1 �Page 14 - EXPENSES EXPENSES - Page 15 then be considered by the Admissions Committee and the app riate department chairman. The applicant will be advised of action prior to registration. ur s that require individual faculty supervision or f upplies and equipment the College finds it necesnominal fees. These fees are listed in the Bulletin de cription. When these fees total more than of $50.00 per semester will be charged. Registration Every student is expected to register on the dates specifi the College calendar. A student presenting himself for regi tr after the time designated for registration will pay a late regi tra fee of $5.00. f individual instruction in applied music is $50.00 for tud nt for a series of fourteen half-hour lessons. The pt limited number of special students for individual 1 in pplicd music for a series of fourteen half-hour lest f 70.00 per semester. t Expenses t d 1t activities fee of $40.00 per semester will be charged to 1d nt taking fewer than IS or more than 9 semester hours TUITION The flat tuition rate adopted by the College for a student c ing the normal load for his course is $650.00 per semester. tu who registers for fewer than fifteen hours of work will pa} $45.00 for each semester hour or the regular tuition fee, \\hi amount is lower. A student who elects a heavier schedul th normal for his course will be charged $45.00 for each dd1 hour of credit beyond the normal load. Medical technology tud will be charged a $50.00 College Administrative Fee in conjun with the seventh and eighth semesters of hospital work. p ial tudent wishing to participate in activities. ( two-year students) h r for the first copy requested. A charge of one dollar for d1tionnl copy. for more than one transcript are given on the argc shall be: EVENING SCHOOL Students registered in the Evening School will be charged per semester hour. A fee of $40.00 is charged for those \\i hi participate in student activities. Further information regardin content of the courses, requirements for undergraduate and uate degrees, and requirements for teacher certification may secured from the Off ice of Admissions. . $25.00 _$15.00 \ nty-five cents for the second copy. I ifty cnts for the third copy. l nt ,.five cents for each copy thereafter. SUMMER SCHOOL Students registering for courses in the six and eight-week mer School sessions will be charged $45.00 per semester h study payable before registration. d n taking chemistry laboratory courses are required to I0.00 to cover possible charges for broken, lost, or damaged m nt. The unexpended balance of this fee is refundable. �Page 16 - EXPENSES EXPENSES - Page 17 INSURANCE COVERAGE fund of dormitory charges will not be allowed except under l1ti n b yond the control of the student. The College makes available both accident and accident and health insurance to students. Each student will be required to pur chase an accident policy at a cost of $10.00. A health insurance policy is available to commuting students but is optional with them Heal th insurance required of all res id en t stud en ts is prepaid as par of the dormitory charge. Both policies provide protection for t\\Ch months and premiums are payable in full with the first semest r charges. There are four fully accredited hospitals in the vicinity of the campus, and a college physician and college infirmary arc a,a1 able for emergency treatment. PAYMENTS Payment of all charges for tuition, fees, room and board is t be made at the Finance Office, Parrish Hall, before registration. Several plans have been developed to assist students who don have the cash in hand, and it is suggested these plans be consid red when special assistance is needed. l. Wilkes College participates in the National Defense Student Loan Program and students needing financial assistance ma) apply to the College for such a loan. 2. If a student does not meet the requirements for a Nation I Defense Student Loan, but wishes to space his payments mer the school year, we recommend that he apply for an educ&• tional loan at one of the local banks. Information conccrnin this method of financing an education may be obtained at the College. 3. Grants-in-aid and scholarships will be credited toward the student's bill at the beginning of each term. REFUNDS Students in good standing who withdraw from the College "ill receive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: During the first six weeks of a term one-half of the tuition \\ill be refunded upon request if the withdrawal is made for adequat and satisfactory reasons. After the first six weeks no ref11nds ar allowed and the student is obligated for the full costs for the term tud nt who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any fund. nmo- Quarters and Board R 1/TORIES for boarding students is provided in a new dormitory f rm n and in a number of large mansions that have been given r pur hascd by, the College in recent years. The women's dort ri cornmodatc from eighteen to thirty students and a res- · nt pro tor. Every effort is made to maintain a homelike atmosh r . tudcnts and their families are invited to inspect these m . Ea h room includes a bureau, desk, chair, and a bed. Stunt \\ ill supply their own blankets; bed linens and towels are f rni hed through a local laundry on contract by the College. II out-of-town students must reside in the College dormitories mpu . A deposit of $50.00 is required to reserve a room. The h r for room and board is $560.00 per student per semester. hi charge includes the cost of health and accident insurance nd lin n rental and laundry service for bed linen and towels only. I r nnl laundry plans are offered, and for students who wish to th ir own laundry, facilities are available on campus. n R id nt students arc required to take their meals at the College D nin I !nil. Exceptions will not be made without formal recomnclati n from the college physician and the approval of the ouncil. D n h r sident student will be required to maintain a minimum I n of $50.00 on deposit with the College so long as that stud nt i moiled. Charges for damage to College dormitory property ill b Htttomatically deducted from the student's deposit. When h tuclcnt graduates or terminates his matriculation at the College, \ ill be given the refundable portion of the deposit. Information regarding dormitories can be obtained from the of Admissions. ffi �Financial Assistance FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 19 o To provide assistance for those who. need financia~ help, . College receives substantial gifts from fnends. These gifts prm d scholarship aid to those who are already making every effort help themselves. holarship will be granted until the student has made nable effort to finance as large a portion as possible of t of thi education. r r , ry applicant for scholarship aid shall submit confidential f rm ti n pertaining to his financial needs and his record of hi In accepting any form of aid from the College the student accepts . 110n · an o bl 1ga - which is also the obligation of every other co scientious student- to: o tudent may simultaneously hold more than one scholarr nt d by the College. holar hips will be forfeited if the student, at any time, f " r hours than are normal for his course of study. 1. Maintain a good scholastic record. 2. Exert a constructive influence in the College and the com munity. 3. Participate construcdvely in an all-college activity of his o choice. I lanning to meet any difference between his own rcsou andn t~e cost of education the student should consider a combina tion of work, loans, and scholarships. Scholarships Scholarships and grants are available to students with records of achievement and performance in high school or_ coll who cannot fully finance the cost of their college education a who can demonstrate seriousness of purpose and effort. A few honor scholarships are awarded without ~eg_ard to need to students of outstanding achievement in appreciation of the contribution to the intellectual life of the gro~p. The ~mount each grant will be determined by the Scholarship Committee. SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENTS l. Students must be admitted to the College before their applica tions for scholarships will be considered. 2. All applicants for scholarships must obtain an interview w the Dean. 7 o holarship is awarded for more than one year, but I r hip will be renewed upon request, provided this request upported by a good academic record, by evidence of continued nd by constructive participation in at least one all-college u ity of his own choice. Th amount of the grant is confidential, and any breach of nfid nee shall terminate the scholarship. I S1'RUCTI0NS TO THE APPLICANT I To tablish eligibility for a scholarship, the student must rt pply for admission to the College and must be accepted. p Ii tion for admission should be made prior to March 1. .. tud nt requiring aid shall indicate their need on the applican for admission to the College. ollege participates in the College Scholarship Service ) of the College Entrance Examination Board. Participants uh cribc to the principle that the amount of financial aid nt d tudcnt should be based upon financial need. The CSS t coll ges and universities and other agencies in determining tudent's need for financial assistance. Entering students seekfin n inl assistance are required to submit a copy of the Parnfidcntial Statement (PCS) form to the College Scholarp nice designating Wilkes College as one of the recipients, by I l. The PCS form may be obtained from a secondary school r th ollcgc Scholarship Service, P. 0. Box 176, Princeton, New Jr 1 540; or P. 0. Box 1025, Berkeley, California 97404. �Page 20 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 21 Loans The College participates in the National Defense Student Loan Program. Complete information concerning . this program ,and applications for financial assistance under this program ma} be obtained at the College. oundcr of Scholarships E h y ar some 1000 friends contribute to the scholarship fund f th ,..ollegc on an annual basis. Other friends have created h I r hips which bear the names of the donors or of persons whom th h , memorialized by means of a scholarship. SPECIAL LOAN FUND The Florence and Joseph A. Goldman Loan Fund has been created by the donors to assist Juniors and Seniors whose educamay be interrupted by unexpected difficulties. The loan bear t. 10n h I" no interest and is to be repaid by the student at t e ear 1est practical time so that other students may also receive needed assistance from this rota ting loan fund. STUDENT LOAN FUND Robert W. Hall Student Loan Fund was established by Robert Hall, class of 1951, to assist stud en ts in meeting small emergency financial needs. w. Employment PART-TIME EMPLOYMENT College makes strict demands on a student's time. T~e student who finds it necessary to seek full-time employment durmg a semester is advised to work a year and then apply for admission. The College cautions the student to limit off-campus wor~ especially during the freshman year, when working may result in academic failure. However, part-time jobs in offices, stores, an_d industry are available for students wishing to earn part of their expenses. For such jobs the student shall register with the College Placement Office. CAMPUS EMPLOYMENT The College also offers part-time employment at standard ra_t in the dining room, offices, la bora tori es, library, or on _the. maintenance staff. The holder of these jobs will meet all obhgat10ns of his assignments or forfeit all help from the College. Trust Funds and Endowed Scholarships R 1 UD C. MARTS SCHOLARSHIP was created by the assoof Or. Arnaud C. Marts, in the firm of Marts & Lundy, to h n r the Chairman of their Board and former President of their mpany. 1 t It i appropriate that this scholarship should bear his name for n J r on has done more to bring new opportunities to the young pl of Wyoming Valley. As President of Bucknell University, he in trumental in the establishment of Bucknell University Junior II l\ which became Wilkes College in 1947. After Wilkes Colb came an independent college, he joined its Board of Trustees nd wa elected Vice-Chairman of the Board. Because of his vision ncl fnith in the young people of this region, he has supported and uid d •very forward looking and constructive effort of the College. Th Arnaud C. Marts Scholarship will be awarded each year to th t out tanding senior who has need of financial aid and who, by hi h holarship and participation in college activities, has demontr t d those qualities of leadership that are needed in Wilkes II g • and in our nation. JOH 1 WELLES HOLLENBACK SCHOLARSHIP. Miss Anna Holl nback has created a scholarship in memory of her father, John \\ Ile Hollenback, and the annual interest of the principal is used f r holarship purposes. JEW! Fl WAR VETERANS, WILKES - BARRE POST 212 CHOLARSHIP is established in honor of B. J. Levin, one of the Pot founders. The purpose of this scholarship is to aid the child of a local war veteran. The award shall be made on the basis of n d and ability without regard for race or creed. �Page 22 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 23 FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Annual Name Scholarships MABEL AND JOHN C. MOSTELLER SCHOLARSHIP FU D has been created to provide scholarships for needy and intelli boys who have insufficient financial resources of their own and\\ would not have the opportunity to attend college if they were u able to secure financial assistance. The scholarships shall be grant only to boys of gcod moral character who are in the upper ten cent of their class in academic standing and who have pa d qualifying competitive examination administered by Wilkes Coll HENRY BLACKMAN PLUMB AND EDITH PLUMB SCHOL ARSHIP TRUST has been established to provide scholar hip I students of outstanding ability and character majoring in one the sciences and attending Wilkes College. WILLIAM B. SCHAEFFER MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. I 1951 a' substantial bequest was left to the College by Mr.Schaff with the thought that it would be used to advance the intere t the College and the students. By action of the Board of Tru t considerable portion of the income from this bequest has been aside for scholarships. / H llLI M II. CONYNGHAM MEMORIAL SCHOLARIP t \\ard 'd annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her hu b, nd a f ricnd and neighbor of the College and for years ut t nding leader in business and community life. DI I<. ME1WORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. Funds for four schol- h \ b n given to the College by the Trustees of the Allan II nd ' t P. Dickson Memorial Trust. These half-tuition scholh1p \ ill b granted to students of high scholastic achievement ptitud who have al o demonstrated leadership in student 1r during their high school years. H LI OYD EV ANS MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP was cred in m mory of John Lloyd Evans, a life-long lover of music, du tor of the Dr. Mason Glee Society, conductor of The Shelh ral ociety and the Will·es-Barre Mixed Choral Society. ho) r hip of $300 will be awarded to a senior in music or i du ation who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his n fi Id of study. ROBERT MARC SCHUB MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP wa tablished by Mr. and Mrs. Marvin Schub in memory of their This scholarship is to be awarded to a local student prefcrab studying in the area of the humanities or sciences who othern could not attend college. The scholarship will be awarded annu I to a worthy student of high potential. R ~I RI..Ai D W._ HOISINGTON gives an annual scholarship 1 t tudents of high scholastic ability. n . WOOD SCHOLARSHIP. A half-tuition scholarship is rd d annually to a student of high scholastic ability and fin i 1n d. JESSIE STURDEVANT MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP a,,~rd to a student of unusual promise and ability has been made availab from the interest of a fund established by the late Miss Sturde\8 RI II RD If. ROYER SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually to a nt who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his studies nd in tudent activities. MRS. LEWIS H. TAYLOR left a bequest to the College to be in assisting students of outstanding scholastic ability who othern could not gain a college education. DREW J. SORDONI FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP. This h I r hip will be used to assist students of unusual promise and r , d bility. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER SCHOLARSHIP. This is a endowed scholarship created by Mrs. Walker to assist studen outstanding promise and achievement during their junior and senior years. L l 1 E 1. THOMAS MEMORIAL AWARD is presented anu II' t a junior or senior girl who is majoring in education and ntcr the teaching profession. �FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 25 Page 24 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE College and Community Organizations WILLITS COLEMAN MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP has b established in memory of Willits Coleman, a member of the Wilk Barre Rotary Club, a service organization long active in effort raise educational standards in the schools. The scholarship ,, ill awarded to a senior-who has demonstrated ability in the clas roo and in student activities. ALPHA RHO CHAPTER OF DELTA KAPPA GAMMA annuall awards a partial scholarship to a deserving woman student inn of financial assistance. Ell DAD RKA MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded anII b) th• Wilkes College Lettermen's Club. The money for holnr hip is earned and donated by the Wilkes College Letm n lub. The scholarship itself is named in honor of one of m t b lO\cd athletes of Wilkes, Neil Dadurka, who was killed h1l fl ing for the United States Marine Corps. I hi hulf-tuition scholarship is given to an incoming freshman l i in need of financial aid and who is an outstanding athlete. holar hip is given to enable an athlete to participate in the rt f r \\ hich the scholarship is awarded. THET 1 THE WYOMING VALLEY CHAPTER OF THE AMERICA BUSINESS WOMEN'S ASSOCIATION offers to an outstandi woman student of the College a scholarship each year. The educ tion committee of the club in cooperation with the administrati chooses a young woman who shows promise of making an ou standing contribution in business or professional life follo,,in graduation. THE GILBERT D. DAVIS MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP awarded by the Class of 1961 to a Wilkes student who demonstrat outstanding leadership abilities and who meets qualifications academic competence and need. DBLTA RHO, the all-college women's service organizaff r a scholarship yearly to a woman student achieving a h1 h cor in a competitive examination conducted by the College. \ f T SIDE EVENING WOMAN'S CLUB SCHOLARSHIP h II b uwarded annually to a Wyoming Valley girl who matric1 t at Wilkes College with the intention of working toward a COLLEGE FACULTY WOMEN'S CLUB SCHOLARgiven in memory of Mrs. Eleanor Coates Farley and rded annually to a female student in need of financial support. Commercial and Industrial Concerns GREATER WILKES-BARRE JUNIOR CHAMBER OF CO MERCE awards a partial scholarship to a deserving student \\h without financial assistance could not attend college. LETTERWOMEN'S CLUB annually awards a partial scholar h to a woman athlete selected by the organization. THE NEIL C. DADURKA - DONALD F. STRAUB MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually to a Wilkes student of ab ity and need, who makes a significant contribution to the life of th College. This scholarship is made possible by the generosity oft Class of 1957. OLD FOUNDATION - Arnold Biscontini, President, proide cholarship assistance to students who demonstrate need and d mic achievement. FR 1K E. BALDWIN, INC. SCHOLARSHIP. A half-tuition ho! r hiµ is awarded annually to a student maintaining high d mic standing and in need of financial assistance. 8 I.E TER OITICAL COMPANY, INC. annually makes scholarhip funds available to assist students of proven academic ability inn d of financial assistance in order to complete their educatio.n . �Page 26 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE-Page 27 CONSOLIDATED CIGAR CORPORATION. This scholar hip awarded annually in memory of Mrs. Eleanor C. Farley to tud demonstrating scholarship excellence and financial need. THE GIBBONS SCHOLARSHIP is awarded each year to a r und cl. This scholar hip is presented to a freshman who t pr pare for a business career. The award is granted anII t a y ung man whose potential is attested by the college rd r and the secondary school record. It is renewable at the f h of tlw first three years. p serving male student as selected by the Scholarship Commit! NELSON OF KINGSTON, INC. awards a one-half tuition ch F.mployee ·s Family Scholarships , arship to a student of high scholastic standing. ADRIAN AND RICHARD PEARSALL OF CRAFT A SOC ATES, INC. hDve created a half-tuition scholarship which ,,ill awarded to a high school graduate who has demonstrated led ship in his scholastic and extra-curricular activities and who,\\ out scholarship aid, would be unable to attend college. ll· llE FM SCHOLARSHIP is granted each year to the r d u ht r of an employee of the Company whose record in h h I and on the admissions tests has been outstanding. A 11 nt of the scholar hip will be selected on a competitive basis h h larship Committee of Wilkes College. The scholarship II b r t in d b the student for the four years in College, prod hi hi cmcnt and influence at the College arc deemed outdm b • the faculty. 1 LAVENTHAL, KREKSTEIN, SCHOLARSHIP. This award is presented annually to a n accounting major by the firm of Laventhal, Krekstein, llonvath Horwath in recognition of high academic endeavor. PENNSYLVANIA MILLER'S MUTUAL INSURANCE CO PANY awards a one-half tuition scholarship to a student \\ho demonstrated outstanding ability in his studies and in tud activities. PENNSYLVANIA POWER AND LIGHT COMPANY am four $300 scholarships annually to residents of PP&L's 29-coun service area. These awards are made to students with outstand academic promise and financial need. Applications for these r may be made through the high school principal or guidance co selor at the time of application for admission. The Scholar h Committee of the College selects the final recipients fro?Y: am all applications received. 1/E \ t."TROPOUTAN WIRE GOODS CORPORATION has h larships of $500, $300 or $200 at Wilkes College for the or daughters of its employees. To qualify for candidacy, a stuut graduate in the upper half of the high school class, must b ,c 550 011 the College Board Examinations, and must demr t financial need. The scholarship will be granted through II to the applicant making the best record in high school don th ~ollcge Board Examinations. To retain this scholarship, tud nt mu ·t makr a strong academic record, and must exert a n tru ti\e influence in the College. tm a,, A. RIFKIN AND COMPANY awards a one-half tuition scholar to a worthy young man or woman of outstanding scholastic abil" OLIVER J. R. TROUP MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is prod by Atlas Chain & Precision Products Co. Inc., the firm which Special Endowments . CARPENTER MEMORIAL FUND was established in b W. . Carpenter, Jr., and his sons in memory of W. S. r nt r, who was born in Wilkes-Barre on April 5, 1853, and d in thi community during his entire active business life. The f nd \ a in!n to strengthen the work of the science division by b idizing n•search projects, assisting the College in attaining able h r providing scholarships for outstanding students, providing �Page 28 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE lectures by speakers of national prominence, purchasing cxc pt' tools, apparatus, or other equipment for use in the science dcp ment. THE ALLAN HAMILTON DICKSON CHAIR OF !WGL/ LITERATURE has been created by his daughter, Dorothy Di Darte, to encourage enlightened teaching, extended scholar and creative writing in the field of literature. GILBERT S. McCLINTOCK, first Chairman of the Board of Tr tees and of the Junior College Committee of Bucknell ni\ r left his entire estate to the College with the understanding that income shall be used to improve faculty salaries. h Facilities the College nil lings and Plant �h acilities of the College nildin · and Plant 1 ollcg i constantly seeking to implement and improve its f r in !ruction. A growing campus provides added class- m d rn laboratories, and an up-to-date scientific research r n ,, dormitory and dining quarters were completed in II f I 6. The Center for the Performing Arts was dedicated f II of 1965. The Board of Trustees has approved plans for n II u tion of a music building adjacent to the theater. n " library. completed in the summer of I 968, has been d b th Trustees in honor of the president of Wilkes College. 1947 Kirhy I Tall, the former residence of Mr. and Mrs. r n Kirby, has been used as the College library. The fir t named the Kirby Home for Education, was presented oll g in ) ()41 as a gift of Allan Kirby, son of Wilkes-Barre's n r u benefactors. It is presently being used by the Modern n I anguage Department and contains the language laboraift f the 1 raduating class of 1962. r Education is the process of connecting and ing, of testing and retesting, of discme Experience at ·w akes rediscovery. The faculty can teach the student facts, b contribution to a free society depends u continual expansion of his knowled~e and its relevance to human experience. The student can strive for technical and sional competence, but the inner resources mind and spirit must nourish and cnr1 achievement. n , Eugcnc S. Farley Library occupies the corner of West ncl outh I rcinlJin Streets. The four floors contain spacious r om , tuclcnt study carrels, faculty research offices; audioquipnic1nt; special collection rooms. One room is devoted to rt tn, un's and craftsmanship furnished by the Women's mitt f r the Polish Room at Wilkes College, a room for books I r from the estate of Attorney Gilbert McClintock, a room t ri al cl umcnts pre ented by Admiral Harold Stark, and a cl di at d in memory of Eleanor C. Farley, First Lady of II r,. I h hbrar, ontains more than 85,000 volumes and 840 current d1 ti , ml journals, with space provided for a total of 300,000 rnd tud · area for 600 students. Shelved on open stacks, r ~ ii , accessible and may be borrowed for periods of two n hooks for particular courses circulate for the time �Page 32 - BUILDINGS AND PLANT period specified by the instructor. Students may borro\, book the ten near by libraries (public and college) through the library loan system. An introduction to the uses of the library is given to c,cr) fr man during the freshman orientation week. The library is open Monday through Thursday from am 10 p.m.; on Friday from 8 a.m. to 9 p.m.; on Saturday from Q to 4 p.m.; on Sunday from 1 p.m. to 4 p.m. During vacation pr the hours are 9 a.m. to 5 p.m.; during examination period f 8 a.m. to 10 p.m. on weekdays, from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. on Sa turd and from 1 p.m. to 4 p.m. on Sundays. ST ARK HALL OF SCIENCE The departments of biology, chemistry, and physics are ho in Stark Hall of Science, named in honor of Admiral Harold Stark, former Chief of Na val Operations and currently IIon Chairman of the Board of Trustees of the College. This buil was completed in 1958 and enlarged in 1963, so that it no\\ vides approximately 85,000 square feet of modern classroom I oratory, and office space. Complete facilities are included for un graduate instruction and student research in all departments, for graduate study in biology, chemistry, and in physics. In addition to the usual instructional facilities, Stark Hall ho the Science Research Center, where faculty, graduate students selected undergraduate students conduct various research progra many with industrial or governmental financial support. Research in the sciences has included such varied work a search in allergy, immunochemistry, developmental plant m phology, protozoology, limnology, theoretical acoustics, atmosph physics, e~perimental solid state physics, thermochemistry, surfa chemistry, fuel cell research, and organic synthesis. Outside sponsors of recent research programs included the. tional Science Foundation, the Pennsylvania Heart Association National Institutes of Health, the United States Air Force Petroleum Research Fund of the American Chemical Society, Research Corporation, and numerous private industries and ind iduals. BUILDINGS AND PLANT - Page 33 I M AND OUTDOOR ATHLETIC PLANT mpl t d in September of 1950, the Gymnasium is well J d for intramural and intercollegiate athletic events. It has tm apacity of 2400. Recently, the College added modern r m facilities off campus adjacent to Kirby Park. Here r I ated the playing fields for football, soccer, baseball, and \\ 11 as asphalt tennis courts and an archery range. All n r irn itcd by the Jewish Community Center, on South r trc t, and the YM-YWCA, on South Franklin Street, to use r , imming pools and bowling alleys. tl tioncry, and supplies may be purchased at the College rC', I larding House, on South Franklin Street. The book1 p rated on a cash basis. The cost of books and supplies r) ,dth the course of study, but will average approximately 0 p r emestcr. t olJege also maintains a United States Post Office subn in l larding House. oil gc maintains a testing center to assist the Deans in oun ling of students. The College Testing Service is availat no charge to all Wilkes students and, for a fee, to members th ommunity. The testing center also provides assistance to t t Bureau of Rehabilitation and other agencies. The Guidnter, on South River Street, was the law offices of the late rt . McClintock, the first Chairman of the Board of Trustees. 1 h Placement Office assists seniors in finding permanent emm nt in n position suitable to their talents and training. It also ncl uch assistance to any graduate of the College. The Placet fficc also assists students in securing part-time employment r n the, school year and during the summer. mplct · information about job opportunities and graduate I i a\ ailablc. Each year the Office is visited by over one- �Page 34 - BUILDINGS AND PLANT BUILDINGS AND PLANT - Page 35 hundred representatives of industries and on~ hun~red school terns from all parts of the United States to mterv1ew student business and teaching positions. Comfortable quarters are provided for representatives fro_m ind_us try, from school systems, and from graduate schools to mteme and discuss with students opportunities available to them. All students seeking employment are invited to register with th Placement Office. h band choruses, and woodwind ensemble present concerts nd on tour. To encourage musicianship the department has n ho t to the Pennsylvania Intercollegiate Choral Festival. t n lly ·nown music educators, clinicians, and performers have i ip t d in workshop and -classroom activities. During the nt r nd pring semesters Town and Gown concert series pret tud nt and music faculty in instrumental and vocal pror m b for audiences from both the College and the community. Full credentials are on file so that prospective employers may given adequate information regarding the student. Credentials and recommendations from faculty member ar submitted to the Placement Office upon the request of either th student or the Placement Offiice. The Placement Office is located in the Guidance Center, South River Street, next to McClintock Hall. THE COMMONS T h e Commons ' facing South Street, provides cafeteria. service f commuting students and includes a lounge and recreat10n area. SNACK BAR Cafeteria service is also provided at the College's newly furni h Snack Bar, behind McClintock Hall. An attractive patio provides a pleasant meeting place in warm weather. CONYNGHAM ANNEX (ART) Classes in art education meet in Conyngham Annex, behin Conyngham Hall. Here also the art club holds ~ts ~n~u~l Art Farr Work of the students is shown, and the public 1s mv1ted to th displays and exhibits. Opportunities ~re offered to_ ~he students enter their paintings in local and regional compet1t10n. BUTLER AND ASHLEY HALLS (MUSIC) Faculty offices, practice and rehearsal rooms are located in Butl and Ashley Halls on South River Street. TER FOR THE PERFORMING ARTS fully quipped, 500-seat theater is a gift of friends of the . The ite, with a view of the Susquehanna River and Kirby de dcd to the College by the Wyoming Valley Society of II ntil 1 5 theatrical activity was in Chase Theater, formerly rriag house behind Chase Hall, presented to the College in 7 b dmiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark, as a memorial to Fred and his wife, the sister of Admiral Stark. u nd Curtain, the student drama group, has given one-act by ' eill, Sartre, Albee, Anouilh, Tennessee Williams, and h r. On -act plays are student directed. Over the years the II ha presented Elizabethan plays of Shakespeare, Webster, r iddleton, as well as plays of Moliere, Shaw, Ibsen, Piran\ ilder, Osborne, Noel Coward, Philip Barry. Th College, in cooperation with the Wilkes-Barre Kiwanis Club, pr nted the following musical comedies: Bloomer Girl, Paint r Wagon, Annie Get Your Gun, The Music Man, The Sound u ic and Camelot. 1 I OFFICE Th Alumni Office keeps records of all graduates and alumni of II g . It edits the Alumnus and acts as liaison for the College th lumni and interprets to the alumni chapters the changes and of the institution. Pro pective students interested in finding out more about the II may write for information to the Alumni Office. They are I welcome at Alumni Chapter meetings. �Page 36-BUILDINGS AND PLANT Current active Chapters are located in Pennsylvania in Wilk Barre, Allentown, Bethlehem, Easton, Harrisburg, Scranton, Ph adelphia; in New York in Binghamton, New York City, ui Island; in New Jersey in Newark, Somerville, Morristown, Trent Wilmington, Delaware; Baltimore, Maryland; Washington, D.C. tudent Life OFFICES OF ADMINISTRATION Chase Hall, 184 South River Street, the first building on t campus, was donated in 1937 by Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Star On the first floor are the Director of Admissions and the Dire t r Financial Aid. The Education Department occupies the second third floors. Weckesser Hall, on South Franklin Street, is the gift of ~1r. Mrs. Frederick J. Weckesser. The President and the Dean of demic Affairs have their offices in Weckesser Hall. The Dean of Men, the Dean of Women, the Director of Athl ics, the Registrar, the Director of Student Activities, the Alu Office, the Public Relations Office, and the office of College IJe. velopment are also in Weckesser Hall. un eling tudent Activities o ial Activities CLASSROOMS AND INSTRUCTION Parrish Hall, formerly the Glen Alden Building of the Leh and Wilkes-Barre Coal Company, was acquired in 1958. Pre en the Finance Office occupies the first floor. The Institute of Regional Affairs occupies the fifth floor. Cl and faculty offices in Commerce and Finance, Political Scie Psychology, and Sociology are in Parrish Hall. Conyngham Hall, located on South River Street, was one o' earliest properties acquired by the College. The Conyngham h was a gift in 1937 of Mrs. Bertha Robinson Conyngham, in merr. of her husband, John N. Conyngham. Bedford Hall, a gift of Mr. and Mrs. Paul Bedford, of the English Department. i:; the h DORMITORIES Over twenty-five dormitories are named after prominent I families and for patriots of the American Revolutionar) \\ whose history forms part of the rich heritage of the Wyor:, Valley region. tbletics tudent Regulations �un eling 1 h guiding principle of all Wilkes counseling is to encourage tud nt to discover his own abilities and potentialities and to t him in making sound, independent decisions; most of all he u t I rn to assume responsibility for all he does. RE fl 1AN ORIENTATION PROGRAM Th tran ition from the directed work of the high school to independent and more intensive work of the College occasiondifficulty. Several days at the beginning of the term are t aside to assist freshmen in planning their academic rm. During the first week, new students take aptitude, interest, forn I nguagc, and English-placement tests. The week also gives n w tudcnts an opportunity to become acquainted with one th r nd to learn about the College, the curriculum, and the d nt activities. In college the teacher works with the dent, challenging him to extend the limi Studying at Wilkes his mind. He encourages him to think ageously and truthfully and to create v.ith his resources so that he may act with indepe en t judgment. Throu hout their first term small groups of freshmen meet for hour a week to discuss informally their personal, academic, nd ,o ational objectives. Representatives of the faculty discuss 1th th m: 1 , ethods of intelligent self-directed study. .. tandards of value in personal conduct and in relationships r. 1 h oth In a college community freedom of inq 3 alucs of the College extracurricular program. is essential. . The value of college experiences in developing a philosophy In the world community the right of individual to differ safeguards the freedom all men. As student and teacher engage in the expe ence of creative thinking, the heritage of le ing becomes the responsibility of everyone f life. B placing responsibility upon the student for planning and nducting these discussions, the College encourages clear thinkn initiative, poise, and breadth of view. DENT ADVISEMENT tudents sometimes need guidance in resolving personal, social, d cademic difficulties. Since a student's physical and mental �Page 40 - COUNSELING heal th affect his studies and his grades, he is encouraged throu out his college career to consult with his classroom instructor, faculty adviser, the Deans, or the Department Chairmen cone r ing his scholastic progress. COLLEGE CONSULTATION SERVICE The College Consultation Service offers individual assistance students with difficulties of a personal or environmental natur Students may apply directly to the Consultation Service for pointments or may arrange for consultation through the D a Office. Interviews with the specially trained staff are conducted an entirely confidential basis. t d nt Activities tud nt activities of the College broaden a student's interun in the classroom. The faculty encourages a program of urri ul r activities that contribute to the educational developt f th tudcnt who chooses to participate. d nt tivities arc designed to appeal to a wide variety of nd tal nts; as such they enjoy the support of the College unity. 1 h student activities include Athletics, Dramatics, the B nd, Debating, Choral Club, Collegians Male Chorus, horus, Madrigal Singers, the College newspaper, the nd the literary magazine. r four class organizations. In addition, special departlub timulatc and satisfy individual interest in academic, ion I and artistic fields. These clubs are developed for stum coop ration with the faculty. All women students may m mbers of Theta Delta Rho, headed by its own executive , hich plans and arranges social activities. oil g requires that all campus organizations be open to ud nt · onscqucntly, groups that are exclusive do not ~xist. 1d nt roups work in cooperation with faculty advisers and D n. rests in a Council composed of nu lly lectcd members representing the classes and other sturoup . 1 he Council serves as a coordinating agency; it apn t funds from the Student Activities budget to all student up · it upcrvises the College social calendar; it arranges the r m for Homecoming; it establishes social regulations and du t· and it serves in an advisory capacity to the Director of d nt Activities and the Administrative Council. I TER-DORMITORY COUNCIL 111 Inter-Dormitory Council, made up of elected representatives m th men's and women's residence halls, plans and coordinates ocial functions and develops and administers dormitory �Page 42 - STUDENT ACTIVITIES o ial Activities ASSEMBLY COMMITTEE The Assembly Committee, to which freshmen are elected e fall to replace members who have been graduated, assists th ministration and student organizations in arranging program h at the gymnasium and awards a trophy to the group that pre the best program of the academic year. A number of special programs, including plays, recital, lectures are offered free of charge at the Center for the Perform Arts. h College believes in helping students to help themselves. roup re encouraged to initiate programs that will serve their nt r t nd benefit others. It has been found that students gain t from those activities, social and cultural, which release the t t lent of the individual. Each student is required to attend designated assemblies dur each of his four years. cial projects include the following: TDR's Golden Agers hri tma party, at which residents of Convalescent Homes are t rt in d· Student Government's party for children of St. Stan1I u rphanage; Wilkes J.C.'s party for YMCA children; Student or· Day, in support of an orphan in a foreign land. PUBLICATIONS l mt d I◄ und, to collect toys for the Salvation Army, and to donate In addition there are various social affairs to raise money for the The students publish the Beacon, a weekly newspaper; the ar. uscript, a literary magazine, issued in the Spring; and the Amnico the College annual. There are opportunities for students on th editorial, art, and business staffs. Graduated amounts, in the form of tuition stipends, are availa to students in the upper classes who hold editorial and manager positions on the Beacon and the Amnicola. Students eligible f these grants should make written application to the faculty dir of the publication before April I. for tudents in foreign countries. tudent Seminar Committee, patterned after the Faculty min r, encourages discussion of topics of interest to the student nder sponsorship of Student Government, the seminars tr t tudents as well as faculty. full and varied program of social and recreational activities uppl m nt the extracurricular program. At all these functions mb r of the faculty and their wives are invited guests and h p rones. CO E-AND-MEET-US-PARTY tud nt Government makes plans for student leaders to welcome h fr hmcn one week before the semester starts. An informal rt and dance for the entire student body culminate the week's ntroduction to college life. P RE TTS' DAY fter they have adjusted themselves to the academic life of the Coll , students invite their families to a weekend of social, cultural and athletic events. Preparations for the annual Parents' �Page 44 - SOCIAL ACTIVITIES Day program are entirely the responsibility of a Student Plannin Committee. The agenda includes intercollegiate soccer and footba games, luncheon with the faculty, a play, and a film. HOMECOMING To welcome returning alumni, students construct displays o campus and decorate dormitory and classroom buildings. For th outstanding displays an alumni committee presents awards durin halftime ceremonies at the football game. A Homecoming Quee and her escorts are feted at a dinner dance. SOCIAL ACTIVITIES - Page 45 ILKE OPEN WRESTLING TOURNAMENT B t\\ n Christmas and New Year's the College sponsors the ii Op n Wrestling Championships. Known as the "Rose B I of Wre tling," this annual tournament attracts athletes from r i ty colleges, athletic clubs, and YMCA's throughout the nit d tates. Wilkes wrestlers join them in competing for in-· d idu I and team awards. Tourneys and clinics are held over a r -d y period in the Wilkes gymnasium. The Tournament, the tin the country, has the record for the most number of entries. I TER CARN IV AL FORMAL DANCES Student organizations and clubs sponsor four formal affairs, ope to the entire st"udent body. The Homecoming Dance, for alumn and undergraduates; the Lettermen's Christmas Formal; The Delta Rho's Valentine Formal; and during Spring Weekend the Cinderella Ball have become traditions on campus. tud nt Government sponsors a Winter Carnival, held at one of th n arby resorts in the Poconos. A day of skiing, tobagganing, nd ic PRI G WEEKEND tud nt Government also plans Spring Weekend. Clubs and r nizations set up gala outdoor booths, and the campus takes 1 rdi Gras atmosphere. At the Ball at midnight on Saturday enior, chosen by the student body by secret ballot, is crowned nd r Ila Queen. TDR AND LETTERMEN TEAS Throughout the year TDR and the Lettermen sponsor afternoo teas and student receptions. The women of Theta Delta Rho en tertain those high school seniors who plan to enter the College th following year. IDC CHRISTMAS PARTY The Inter-Dormitory Council sponsors an annual Christm party preceding the winter vacation. The student body, faculty and administration are invited to a buffet and dance. THE MA USCRIPT FILMS During each semester the Manuscript Society brings to the campu di tinguished motion pictures, produced by American and f r i n film companies. CLUB ACTIVITIES In addition to the regular social calendar, campus organizations I n their own special activities. HAMPTON EXCHANGE PROGRAM JDC also sponsors a social exchange program between studen from Wilkes and Hampton Institute, Hampton Roads, Virgini Several Wilkes students and an equal number of Hampton studen visit the others' campus. Faculty members and Deans accompan both groups. kating climaxes the close of the examination period. THE PRESIDENT'S PICNIC 1 On the Saturday before Commencement the graduating class invited by the President to a picnic and outing in the country. �Athletics tud nt Regulations Athletics are an integral part of the activity program and as such are subject to policies set by the faculty and administration and approved by the Board of Trustees. The College maintains intercollegiate schedules in eight var it sports: football, baseball, basketball, soccer, golf, tennis, swimmin and wrestling. Men who take part in intercollegiate sports sati f the requirements for physical education for the duration of tha sport. A program of intramural sports and physical education str physical standards and cooperative team spirit and recreation. Every man has a chance to participate in basketball, touch football volleyball, softball, and bowling. The athletic program for wome includes dancing, folk and modern, bowling, basketball, softbal r o nizcd that courtesy and consideration are the basis d r lation between individuals. Informal and friendly b tw Pn students and faculty are a tradition on campus. lthou h th c relations are flexible, certain precedents have n t bli hed in the best interests of the individual and the II . A few arc mentioned here: h po cs ion and use of liquor on campus are forbidden d non will be served at college affairs. ' moking is not permitted in classrooms or hallways, or in the r . F cilitics arc available in various buildings for students wi h to smoke during their free periods. and swimming. ATHLETIC POLICY Intercollegiate athletics are introduced for the benefit of the student body and in consequence athletes receive the same con sideration in admissions and in the awarding of scholarships tha is given to other students. Wilkes enters into intercollegiate com petition with other colleges of the Middle Atlantic Conference ad hering to similar policies of admission and maintaining comparabl ur im }though participation in at least one student activity is d, each student is responsible for planning and utilizing ffcctivcly. Th faculty cooperates with students who miss classes bet • of illness, or as _representatives of the College, or for special r h 1ou ob crvances; m cases of excessive absence the student shall r nt his instructors with a note from the Deans. In all instances tud nt is expected to make up the work that is missed. scholastic standards. The College is a member of the Middle Atlantic Collegial Athletic Conference, the National Collegiate Athletic Association and the Eastern Collegiate Athletic Conference. UDE T RESPONSIBILITY Th tudcnts in a great measure determine the influences of the II . The faculty counts upon their cooperation in establishing hi h t possible standards of intellect and morals. The College r qu t students to withdraw when their influence and beior are deemed detrimental to the best interests of the student and thr College. �h Academic Program urricula ademic Requirements raduation Requirements �urricula raduate Programs CHEM/ TRY, PHYSICS, AND BIOLOGY To fulfill its objective of service to the community and the n ti n \ ilkes in 1961 introduced two new curricula leading to the d r of Master of Science in Chemistry and in Physics. These rricula nre designed to make practicable either full-time graduate tudy toward the degrees or part-time study by engineers and 1 nti t with appropriate undergraduate training employed in the ii -Barre area. A program leading to a Master of Science der in Biology was introduced in September, 1967. h Full d tails of these programs are published in the bulletin of raduate Division. PERATIVE GRADUATE PROGRAMS ilk i cooperating with both Lehigh and Temple Universities m ke graduate program!. available to regional teachers and I h 1 mple University program leads to the degree of Master f i n e in General Education and is accepted by the CommonIth f r permanent certification of classroom teachers. Candi- Education leads men to seek answers to problems of significance and to inquire into ideas and Learning at Wilkes beliefs of eternal relevance. There is no better I m y rL·gister at the College. Under this cooperative program, I r dit nre granted by Temple University. expression of man's purpose than his sense of belonging to a universe ruled by truth. \ ilk nnd Lehigh University are cooperating in offering gradour cs in education leading to a Master's Degree in Educan, and graduate courses in Business Administration leading to a 1 1 r' Degree in Business Administration, both from Lehigh I Creative thinkers set the standards and the high aims of education. One may not reach these standards in his lifetime; that they are recognized and sought after is the measure of one's intellectual interests. The faculty encourages the student to cultivate learning that he may grow in wisdom. In this way the mind in its journeyings finds constant surprise and delight at rediscovering itself. l 1, r ity. D toil of these graduate Frograms may he obtained hy writing th Di, ctor of Graduate Studies. nd rgraduate Programs \ ilk is an independent, liberal arts college that offers the r e of Bachelor of Arts in the humanities, the social sciences, d the natural sciences. �CURRICULA - Page 53 Page 52 - CURRICULA All course work in education required for careers in teachi is available in combination with the degree programs mentioned The College also confers the degree of Bachelor of Scien<:e chemistry, physics, medical technology, commerce and financ:e and secondary education. A detailed description of these programs is provided in the tion of the bulletin titled "Degree Programs." PRE-PROFESSIONAL DEGREE PROGRAM Four years of undergraduate study are ordinarily required qualify for the Bachelor's degree. Wilkes College makes an ex ption to this requirement for medical and dental students. Th students may, with the approval of the graduation committ satisfy the requirements for the bachelor's degree by completi three years of undergraduate study at Wilkes and by requestin credit toward the degree for their first two years of work in grad , ill confer with the Director of the Evening Division rr n a course of study to meet their needs, abilities, and specI r quir mcnts. During the semester students will consult with i t nt Director of Evening Classes concerning their program. h n th tudcnt completes thirty hours, his record is reviewed th dmi sions Committee. At this time the Committee recomnd that a student continue to work for a degree, or be placed probation, or withdraw from the Evening Division. tud nts who do not desire a degree are admitted to all classes hi h th y arc qualified to take by reason of their maturity, preu ducation, and experience. High school training is desirable but not n ccssary, provided the student is qualified to follow special ur of instruction in which he wishes to register. Th cour cs offered in the Evening Division are designed for i I value to the following groups: I. Tho c employed in business or governmental organizations h de ire and need training to fit them for advancement. ua te school. Such students must petition the graduation committee for per mission to graduate, submit official transcripts from the profcs iona school, and pay the usual graduation fees. In all cases the fina approval for the granting of the degree rests with the Acad m Standing Committee of Wilkes College. 3 Teachers, nurses, and those in other professions who desire dditional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the rof ional requirements demanded of them . ENGINEERING . Bu incss executives who are interested in advanced problems nd di cussion courses offered in various business fields. Qualified students may enter the two-year engineering curri lum. Upon the successful completion of the engineering progra the student may transfer as a junior to an institution granti degrees in his field. A detailed description of these programs provided in the section of the bulletin titled "Degree Programs Evening Division The evening division offers educational opportunities to adu who cannot attend day classes. Students may register for cour in the Evening Division and earn credits toward an undergradu degree. Graduate courses are also offered during the evening hou en and women who wish to prepare themselves by study nd training for work in a new field. 5. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase th ir kill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and mprov ment. Day chool students will be allowed to take courses in the EvenDivision only after having received written permission from the De n or the Registrar. ummer School The faculty offers selected courses during summer sessions of six nd eight weeks. The summer sessions begin in the third week of Jun . �ad 1nic Requirements Page 54 - CURRICULA A student from another college who wishes to take summer ~or at Wilkes must secure the approval of the proper officer of his o, institution if he expects to receive credit for such work. A student from Wilkes College who wishes to take summer \\Or at another institution must secure 1he approval of the Acaderru Standing Committee. Application in writing shall be made throu the office of the Deans. Inquiries concerning summer graduate courses should be direc to the Chairman of Graduate Studies. R DES 1 h primary purpose of any marking system is to inform the tud •nt of his achievement. Marks also aid in evaluating students f r purpo of recommendation. Grade reports are sent to students nd par nt.s at the end of each term. Mid-term reports are sent if h ,ork i unsatisfactory. 11,c numerical grades are given for academic work. Grad Interpretation Academic achievement of outstanding quality. Academic achievement of high quality. Academic achievement of acceptable quality in meeting requirements for graduation. Academic achievement of quality below the average required for graduation. 0 Academic achievement below the minimum required for course credit. Inc. means that a student receives an incomplete grade. Incompl t will be granted to students who because of illness or reasons b ond their control have been unable to satisfy specific course i nments. All unfinished work must be completed before the fourth week of the following term. If an incomplete is not removed \ ithin this period, the grade will be changed to a zero. CO RSE CREDITS E ch course at the College is assigned a specific number of er dits. For example, English 101 is a 3 credit course and English 151 i a 4 credit course. Usually, credits assigned to the course are determined by the number of hours that the class meets per week. �Page 56 - ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS - Page 57 ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS If th POINT AVERAGES The student is given a number grade for every course in which he is enrolled. To calculate the number of points earned in a course multiply the grade in each course by the number of credit hou for the course. To compute the point average, total these points for all courses and divide by the total number of credit hours. Below is an example illustrating the method used to compute point averages. Credit Hrs. Carried Course Bio. 101 ...... . Eng. 101 .................................. . Fr. 101 ..................................... . Hist. 101 .................................. . Mus. 101 . . 30--;-15 3 3 Points 4 0 12 0 6 3 9 2 1 3 3 0 3 3 3 12 ....................... 30 = r tudent placed on probation must attain the required grade c in the next semester or be subject to dismissal from the II nl special permission is granted by the Academic Standing Committee, a student dropped for academic failure will not be con idered for readmission until one year after being dropped. pon readmission the student will still be on probation and hall be given one semester in which to prove his ability to continu in college. Averages are cumulative; the work of each semester will be added to the total. To graduate a student must have at the end of his senior year a 1.85 average in all his courses and a 2.0 average i his major field. CLASS STANDING Grades and averages at the end of each semester of the four a demic years indicate a student's progress. The faculty expects tu dents to achieve the following minimum averages: General Major Average Auerag 1.4 1. 7 1.85 TTE DANCE ttendance at all classes is expected, and repeated absence is d med a sufficient cause for failure. 2.0 Notice that the student has accumulated 12 credits toward graduation. The zero grade in English means that the student mu t repeat that course. Freshman Year Sophomore Year Junior Year PROBATION AND DISMISSAL 15 Total credit hrs. carried Total credit hrs. passed Total points earned Average . 3 3 3 Grade Credit Hr Pa sed minimum averages are not attained during each semester th y ar indicated, the student's record is reviewed by the Acami tanding Committee to determine whether or not he should pl d on probation or dismissed from the College. 1.6 1.9 2.0 ftcr five consecutive absences from a class, a student may be r dmitted to the class only by action of the appropriate Dean and the D partment Chairman concerned. UDENT LOAD o tudents shall be allowed to carry an overload without approval of the adviser and the Dean. An overload will be permitted only for students with an average grade record of 3 or special need. Credits in excess of the normal load are charged at the usual rate per credit, unless it can be shown that a student is compelled o take an overload because of the rotation of courses within a d partment. WITHDRAWALS tudents may change their courses during the first week of a emester, provided they secure the approval of their faculty adviser �Page 58 - ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS - Page 59 and the Dean. A student who withdraws from a course after first week but who continues other courses will receive a zero less the Dean, faculty adviser, and instructor agree that th dent be permitted to drop the course without prejudice. No student who has been advised to withdraw from the Colle day school program for academic reasons will be permitted register in the Evening Division without the written consent of Dean and then will be allowed to register only as a non-matric ting student. Students who withdraw from the Evening Division or dr courses should give prompt written or verbal notice to the Dir of the Evening Division and to the instructors concerned, in ord that their records may not unjustly show failure in courses. CHANGE OF PROGRAM Students who wish to transfer from one department to ano shall obtain the approval of the Department Chairmen and Dean. The student shall satisfy the curriculum requirement of Bulletin in force at the time of transfer. TRANSFER OF SUMMER CREDITS Students desiring to study at another college during the summ must petition the Academic Standing Committee for approval. student must earn a, grade of 2 or higher in order for the 1· ork be credited toward graduation. In some cases it may be neces for a student to take examinations before credit is granted. DEAN'S LIST The faculty gives recognition for high quality work. Candida for the Dean's List, published at the end of each term, must obta a point average of 3.25 or higher for all courses taken. Studen taking less than the full credit load for their curriculum will not~ eligible for the Dean's List. HO ORS Th granting of Honors at Commencement is based upon the d mi r ord made by stud en ts carrying a normal load for their rriculum during their last two years at the College. Requirements f Honor arc as follows: for cum laude, a cumulative average of 5 magna cum laude, 3.60; summa cum laude, 3.80. �Graduation Requirements All candidates for degrees and certificates must be present a Commencement. If circumstances prevent their attendance, stu• dents must apply to the appropriate Dean for permission to tak the degree or certificate in absentia. t Commencement a number of awards are presented to outnding students in selected fields. The Deans also give two special w rd for highest academic achievement. t nior Awards The faculty has approved the following requirements which th student must s~tisfy in order to be eligible for graduation: I. He stated in program. residence must complete all subjects required for the degree a the Bulletin in force at the time of his admission to the Transfer students must complete the last 30 credits in at the College. 2. He must earn a grade of I or better in each required subject 3. He must obtain a cumulative average of 1.85 for all courses. THE DEAN'S SCHOLARSHIP AWARDS are granted to the man nd woman in the graduating class who have excelled in scholarhip throughout their four years at the College. THE AWARD IN THE HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCI£ CES is given each year by Miss Annette Evans to the man or \Oman in the graduating class who has demonstrated outstanding holar hip in one or both of these areas, and has manifested mtell ctual curiosity and creative imagination. THE PHYSICS AWARD is presented annually to the graduate of th department who has maintained throughout his or her college re r the highest average grade in physics courses. 4. He must obtain a cumulative average of 2.0 for all subjects within his major. THE BIOLOGY RESEARCH AWARD is presented annually to he graduate who has demonstrated exceptional ability in a research project. The faculty of the Biology Department selects the reipi nt of this award. 5. He must satisfy all requirements pertaining to the orientation and physical education programs. THE CHEMISTRY AWARD is presented by the Department of 6. He must demonstrate competence in written and spoken English. Engineering students will receive certificates upon comple!ion of 60 credits of required work plus P. E. 101, 102, 103, 104, lOJ, 106. provided they attain a cumulative average of 1.7 for all courses. No student shall graduate until all financial obligations to the College have been satisfied. Chemistry to the graduate who has maintained the highest scho1 tic average throughout the four years of the chemistry course. THE ENGINEERING AWARD is given by the faculty of the D partment of Engineering to the student whose achievement in th two-year engineering course is most outstanding. THE WALL STREET JOURNAL AWARD is granted to a graduate in commerce and finance for high scholarship in his field of concentration. THE PENNSYLVANIA INSTITUTE OF CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS AWARD is granted to a graduating senior who has received high grades in accounting and demonstrated qualities of leadership in other activities. �Page 62 - AWARDS THE W. F. DOBSON AWARD IN ACCOUNTING is given to the graduate who has made the most outstanding record in accounting during his four years at the College. THE L. J. VAN LAEYS AWARD IN JOURNALISM is given to the graduate who has done the most creditable work in the field of journalism. The College and the ommunity THE OUTSTANDING GRADUATE OF THE YEAR AWARD is given by the Wilkes College Alumni Association to the graduate considered by a special faculty committee to have made the strongest contribution to the life of the College. ffice of Community Services Undergraduate Awards THE MRS. JAMES McKANE AWARDS of $25 each are mad to the man and woman in the junior class who have ranked highest in their class throughout their first two years of college. THE LINDA MORRIS AWARD is given by Mr. and Mrs. Herbeit Morris in memory of their daughter, Linda, to that young woman who has maintained the highest academic record through the first three years at Wilkes College. THE JOHN WILKES, INC., ANNUAL FORENSIC AWARD i made annually to the Wilkes student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in the field of forensics during the previous year. THE WILKES FACULTY WOMEN'S AWARD is given to the sophomore woman who has ranked first in her class during her freshman year. THE APLHA RHO CHAPTER OF THE DELTA KAPPA GAMMA SOCIETY AWARD is offered annually to an outstanding young woman in the field of education. The Alpha Rho Committee on Professional Affairs, in cooperation with the Wilkes Colleg Administration, will select a Junior student from W yarning Valle} who shows a concern for and a commitment to the education of young people and who possess those qualities of enthusiastic leadership which will contribute to the advancement of the teaching profession. ilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra inc Arts Fiesta P rforming Arts Center �The College and the Community Th College was founded to serve the community and has red a large measure of its ever-growing support from outstandn I aders in the community. It has recognized for many years th t it growth was related to the economic and social redevelopnt of the community and, therefore, it has sought to participate n \ ry effort for community betterment. In consequence, a patI rn of cooperation has developed in which the College and the mmunity work with one another for their mutual benefit. l\ In titute of Regional Affairs Th Institute of Regional Affairs is a multi-purpose college r anization which views regional problems as belonging to no Service at Wilkes It is his own deficiency, and no degree of fat that makes a man sink into the depths. To think there is no escape from preordained misery is make the misery perpetual. To seek new paths it: a constant renewal of strength - that has ahi.a been the secret of progress. When a man "° helplessly for the turning in the wheel of Fortun he has to be regarded as shorn of manhood. If we could free even one village from th shackles of helplessness and ignorance, an ide for the whole of India would be establish .. d. Le a few villages be rebuilt in this way, and I h say they are my India. That is the way to disco\ the true India. RABINDRANATH TAGORE Towards Universal Ma impl academic discipline, but rather as a contemporary phenom non spilling into many disciplines. It is really the natural ntegration of prior activities in which members of the Wilkes " II g faculty have engaged for at least twenty years. The lnstiut of Regional Affairs was created to assure the coordination of th e varied efforts and better understand and resolve complex nd contemporary problems. It re ources include not only the College faculty in the social i nee - economics, psychology, government, sociology - but Io tho e experts in the region who can lend their talents to teachm , research, and consultation. Its four-fold purpose is: education nd training, community information, research, and consultation. I. Labor-Management Courses To establish a climate for industrial progress, the College has pioneered a management training program under which special I are organized for personnel in industry, commerce, and banking to meet the needs of business firms in this region. Such programs are arranged in consultation with officials, foremen, and oth r employees to meet the specific problems of a particular comp ny. �Page 66 - COLLEGE AND COMMUNITY COLLEGE AND COMMUNITY - Page 67 A program designed for members of labor unions is also tailor to the needs of a particular group. All classes are conduct d the campus where the intellectual climate stimulates free intell tual inquiry. ult of the support and the success of the College's Area nt r, an independent Economic Development Council tablished to serve Northeastern Pennsylvania. The upported a number of programs in their infancy and th m become independent, community activities. Union and management personnel sometimes meet together 1 an effort to develop that mutual understanding that is essential constructive action. 2. Banking Short courses have been co-sponsored with both the Institute Banking and the Savings and Loan Institute. The instruction program offered to the personnel of these two groups is int nd to assist them to meet changing needs and acquire a broad kno ~1 edge in their fields. 3. Municipal Government Program The fund amen ta.I general purpose in assisting local governm has been to help make American democracy stronger by guarant ing the semi-autonomous structure of American local governm so long as it can retain the capacity to solve its own problems. Th program of training, information and consultation service, pub lications, and research in this field have been aimed at improvin the world of local government officials, both elected and appointed In the fall of 1964, the Glen Alden Coal Company made availabl an area in Hanover Township known as Concrete City - a acre site - for training the police, firemen, and civil dcfcn workers. The fo!.Service training program for local governmen officials has been offered in full cooperation with the Public r vice Institute of the Department of Public Instruction, Common wealth of Pennsylvania. 4. Other Activities From time to. time, the Psychology Department, the Sociolog) Department, the Education Department, and the Guidance Cent r have initiated and participated in seminars, conferences, and workshops, in the fields of social welfare, mental health, and education. -Barre Philharmonic Orchestra I \\ ilk -Barre Philharmonic Orchestra, organized under the f th ollege in the fall of 1951, presents a series of four ph n ' m:erts annually. A number of the members are stuncl f culty from the department of music of the College. ))) , eral members of the Board of Trustees and the faculty t d in th formation of the Wyoming Valley Fine Arts Fiesta, rt of th ,ity's Sesquicentennial celebration. The College part \\ ith area-wide cultural groups in this five-day festival of and the arts presented on the public square each 1 11. rforming Arts Center nt r for the Performing Arts provides a varied program ultural and educational events for the Community as well as Coll ge. mp! t d in 1965, the gift of friends of the College, the Center f cilitie for theater, ballet, music, and films. Dramatic proti n tudent recitals, lectures, choral and band concerts, Town own programs, and other cultural programs are offered rou hout the year. Th nter is operated by the students under faculty direction d up rvision. �ndergraduate Programs Bachelor of Arts Degree Bachelor of Science Degree Deo-ree Requirements �nd rgraduate Programs Th program at Wilkes has been carefully designed so that students m m t the entrance requirements of graduate and professional schools. ud nts planning to go to graduate school should consult as early as ibl with their department chairman. In it de rec programs Wilkes College provides for a broad liberal u tion and for the concentration in special areas for which students r gualifi d and have interest. In the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of i n d gree programs the faculty encourages the student to achieve n ll tual, social, and spiritual development. Ba h Jor of Arts Degree Leadership at Wilkes Those of us who are concerned with theed tion of young people and with the vitality of society can never accept uncertainty and conf as the inevitable condition of society. We th fore are confronted with two choices. We grasp and support a rigid ideology that offer fi answers by ignoring uncongenial facts and tru or we can make every effort to comprehend significance of new facts, new truths, and conditions. Pro rams leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree are primarily cond with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and h men who have created it and lived in it. Studies center around n nd events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. Programs r d i n d to create breadth and perspective as opposed to more specialrn d kills. lib ral arts program must acquaint the student with the nature and t nt of knowledge in all the principal fields. The student will carry hi e ·plorations in the humanities, social sciences, and sciences. AREAS We must endeavor to extend the vision of stud en ts, enlarge their understanding, and pr pare them to participate in strengthening developing our social institutions. DR. EUGENE S. FARLET President, Wilkes Col Humanities English inc Arts For ign Languages Mathematics u ic Philosophy - Religion Social Sciences Commerce and Finance Economics Education History Political Science Psychology Sociology Sciences Biology Chemistry Physics �Page 72 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR B.A. DEGREE This is a time of specialization and of disintegration: consequence of the other. The rapid development of knowledge makes universal knowledge possible. There is so much to know that no one can master all knowledge available in even a single area. Because there is so m to know, specialization of study in the professions and in all \\Or essential. Over-specialization narrows the man and splinters society into gro that cannot understand one another. In some instances, speciali ts come so involved in their narrow fields that they fail to recognize t are all indebted to the same society. Because specialization is inevitable, and because specialization become a divisive force, Wilkes College wishes to inject into its progr courses that will broaden the horizons of its students and cultivate understanding of the "wholeness" of modern society. To accomplish this end the College requires students to famili r themselves with the thinking, the processes, and the institution u which modern society is founded. Through this program it is ho that each student will gain breadth of vision, depth of understand' and an ability to communicate with others so that ideas may be changed and understanding attained. Only men and women who co bine depth of understanding with breadth of vision can become a um ing force in modern society. To provide a feasible and productive combination of courses the lege's program of general education requires the student to acq familiarity with the humanities, the social sciences, and the scien Page 73 following courses are required of all candidates for the Bachelor rt d r . They will usually be taken in the semesters indicated. urriculnm that requires a student to begin with courses at a d\ need level, the advanced course will be accepted as fulfilling n r I requirements in that subject. Credit To be Taken Hours in Semesters 6 1-2 8 3-4 I I, I02- World Civilization 6 1-2 I I -Introduction; Phil. 102 - Logic 6 3-4-5-6 3 I or 2 1- periencing Art; or Mus. IOI - Introduction I; or rt IOI -Approach to Theater 1 I n '101-102-Elementary, For. Lang. 2 103 -Int rmediate Electives - Fundamentals; or 2- Physical Science; or - Biological Science; or I - Earth Science, Env. Sci. 102 - Space Science ci nee Electives I, 102-Principles; or IOI, 102 - Political Science; or IOI, 102- General Psychology; or IOI, 102- Sociology and Anthropology 6-12 1-2-3-4 12 1-2-3-4 12 3-4-5-6 Ed. IOI, 102, 103, 104- Physical Education 0 1-2-3-4 Ed. I05, I06 - Hygiene 2 1-2 67 in Speech, Argumentation and Debate, and Speech for the Stage (2 credits h) ar not required for the Bachelor of Arts degree, but may be taken as an all urricula requiring foreign language the level of the course will depend upon hi vement of the student. Except for foreign language majors, the language u rement is through the 104 course, or an equivalent course prescribed by the ent' adviser. n planning to major in Mathematics, Biology, Chemistry, Engineering, and hould take courses in high school that prepare them to start the College h matics program with the course in Analysis I, Math. 122. Experience has n that many students can profit from a course in algebra and trigonometry. cour es are usually offered in the summer at most colleges and universities d may be taken m the summer prior to the freshman year. �Page 74 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - SELECTION OF A MAJOR a h lor of cience Degree To provide depth of knowledge, some concentration is required. I desirable that a major be elected as early as possible, especially 1 areas of biology, mathematics, and music. It is essential that the field of concentration be elected before the beginning of the junior} Majors in the Bachelor of Arts degree program may be select df the following subject areas: Biology Fine Arts Philosophy - Rel Chemistry Foreign Language Physics Economics History Political Science Education (Elementary Mathematics and Secondary) 1 Page 75 Music Psychology Sociology English Bachelor of S icnce degree programs require more concentration r tricted area of human thought and activity. Although these r m emphasize knowledge and skill in special fields, a basic prom of g neral education is coupled with this specialized effort. n ,E ERA!., REQUIREMENTS FOR B. S. DEGREE lh eneral requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree are basicII th ame as those required for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Specific uir ment are described in this bulletin under the section titled D r Requirements." ELECTION OF A MAJOR ajor in the Bachelor of Science degree program may be selected fr m th following subject areas: Biolo y hemistry COURSE REQUIREMENTS The specific requirements for a degree in any of the above ma· are listed in the section of this bulletin titled "Degree Requiremen The student with his faculty adviser will plan the proper sequence his major course requirements. Engineering 1 Music Education mmcrce and Finance Medical Technology (a) ccounting Nursing Education (b) Business Administration Physics (c) Business Education OURSE REQUIREMENTS The pccific requirements for a _deg~ee i~' any of the a?ove maj~rs are I t din the section of this bulletm titled Degree Reqmrements. T~e udent with his faculty adviser will plan the proper sequence of his m jor course requirements. 1 Students wishing to prepare for public school teaching should refer to page detailed information concerning the selection of a major and the sequence of quired courses in Education. lk College offers the first two years of the engineering curricula. Upon comp ; 10n of the second year, students making acceptable records may transfer to the umor year of other engineering schools. �Page '76 - DEGREE PROGRAMS Degree Requirements DEGREE PROGRAMS - n ral Requirements for B. A. Degree FIRST SEMESTER 1- Compo it ion n . IOI - ·lcmcntary I - World Civilization 1 I tive (See page 73) -E p ricncing Art I or . I I - Introduction or r IOI - pproach to B.A. AND B.S. DEGREE PROGRAMS The following section of the bulletin provides the detailed informa on the requirements for each of the degree programs offered at\\' College. The general requirements for the B.A. degree are listed on pa of this bulletin. They are repeated on the following page to pr guidance in scheduling. Courses in Speech, Argumentation and D and Speech for the Stage are available as electives that may bet during the freshman year. The course sequence listed in the following outline is the stand sequence for all B.A. degree majors except those in biology, chemi fine arts, mathematics, music, and physics. These programs will be cifically outlined for convenience in scheduling. The following pages, therefore, describe the specific course r qu ments for each B.A. degree major and for each B.S. degree major. student is responsible for meeting the requirements of his major p gram. The major subject areas follow in alphabetical order. Page '7'7 ~ I - Ph) ical Education ,. -Hy ienc SECOND SEMESTER 3 3 3 3 3 0 I Eng. 102. - Composition For. Lang. 102-Elementary Hist. 102- World Civilization Math, Science elective (see page 73) F.A. 1011 -Experiencing Art I or Mus. IOI -Introduction or Th. Arts IO I - Approach to Theater 1 P.E. 102- Physical Education P.E. 106-Hygiene 15-16 THIRD SEMESTER 1- World Literature L n .103- Intermediate lective (see page 73) I 1n cl tives (see page 73) I I -Introduction) 2 -Phy ical Education FOURTH SEMESTER 4 3 3 6 0 Eng. 152- World Literature For. Lang. 104- Intermediate Math, Science elective (see page 73) Social Science electives (see page 73) (Phil. I 02 - Logic) 2 P.E. 104-Physical Education r 4 3 3 6 0 16 SIXTH SEMESTER 3 12-13 Phil. 102 - Logic2 Major and electives3 15-16 E\ ENTH SEMESTER nd el tives 3 0 I 15-16 16 FIFTH SEMESTER I - Introdurtion 2 r nd lectivcs 3 3 3 3 3 3 12-13 15-16 EIGHTH SEMESTER 15-16 Major and electives 15-16 in Speech, Argumentation and Debate, and Speech for the Stage (2 credits r not required for the Bachelor of Arts degree, but may be taken as an elecdunng the freshman year. I phy majors or students interested in earlier scheduling of philosophy may Phil. IOI and 102 in the third and fourth semester by later scheduling of the I icn requirement. Other Philosophy or Religion courses may be substituted Phil. 102 \\ith the approval of the student's adviser and the Philosophy Departt hnirman. No substitutions are permitted for Phil. 101. t planning to fulfill requirements for teacher certification will usually take JtTed education courses as electives in the fifth and sixth semester. �Page 78 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Course Requirements in the Majors Biology1 FIFTH SEMESTER 1IC !03-Intermcdiate Introduction The biology program is a general program covering basic areas biology. Specific pre-professional training is minimized in favor of broadest possible background in the liberal arts as well as the biolo · sciences. Students planning to major in biology should take cours high school that prepare them to start the College mathematics pro with the course in analysis, Math. 122. Experience has shown that m students can profit from a course in algebra and trigonometry. Th courses are usually offered in the summer at most colleges and uni\'ers· and may be taken in the summer prior to the freshman year. The B.S. curriculum listed on page 88 is recommended for the stude interested in a professional career in biology. The following are the degree requirements for the Bachelor of degree with a major in biology. FIRST SEMESTER Bio 103 - General Biology Chem. 101 -Principles of Chemistry Eng. IOI -Composition Math. 122 - Analysis I Engi. 1032 - Basic Problems P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 4 4 3 4 1 0 1 SECOND SEMESTER Bio. 104- General Biology Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibria Eng. 102 - Composition Math. 125 - Analysis II P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 16-17 THIRD SEMESTER Bio. 201 - Vertebrate Morphogenesis 4 Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis 4 For. Lang. 101 - Elementary 3 Hist. 101 - World Civilization 3 Electives3 3-4 P. E. 103 - Physical Education 0 FOURTH SEMESTER Bio. 202 - Biology of Vertebrate Organs Chem. 230 - Organic Chemistry For. Lang. 102-Elementary Hist. 102World Civilization Electives3 P. E. 104-Physical Education 3 3 4 6-7 SIXTH SEMESTER Bio. 222 - Ecology Bio. 224 - Biological Techniques For. Lang. 104 - Intermediate Phys. 112 - Introduction Electives1 16-17 l 15-17 Page 79 3 1 3 4 4-7 15-18 EIGI/TH SEMESTER Bio. 297 - Seminar 1 Electives 1, -18 1 15-17 16-18 urri ulum is designed for the student interested in a major in in preparation for a career in teaching, medicine, den tis try, ni I !es technical librarianship, as technical translator, etc. The nt , ill choo e electives after consultation with his adviser. 1 try Th B. . curriculum listed on page 89 is recommended for the student t d in a professional career in chemistry. h mi try 210 and 241 must be taken in addition to those courses b 10\ . The general requirements for the B.A. degree, listed on 73 in the bulletin, must also be met. FIRST SEMESTER I I -Introduction to the pl of Chemistry 1- World Civilization 122-Analysis I I - Composition I -Phy ieal Education - Per onal Hygiene 4 3 4 3 0 1 15 SECOND SEMESTER Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibria Hist. 102 - World Civilization Math. 125 -Analysis II Eng. 102 - Composition P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E. 106-Personal Hygiene 4 3 4 3 0 1 15 17-18 A pre-professional degree program is described on page 52. The first three} of the program described here will be followed by pre-professional candidates. 2 If Engi. 103 is waived by examination, the student will carry 16 credit hour. 3 Electives must include: Ee., P.S., Psy., Soc. 101-102-12; Eng. 151, 152-8; P 101, 102- 6; P.A. 101 or Mus. 101 or Th. Arts 101 - 3; Bio. 211 plus Bio. 231 ( semester) or Bio. 232 (8th semester) - 4-8. I 1v rnu.t include: Ee., P.S., Psy., Soc. 101-102-12; Eng. 151, 152-8; Phil. , 102-6; F.A. 101 or Mus. 101 or Th. Arts 101 -3; Bio. 211 plus Bio. 231 (7th er) or Bio. 232 (8th semester) -4-8. �Page 80 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 81 THIRD SEMESTER Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis Math. 126-Analysis III Phys. 150- General Physics I Electives FOURTH SEMESTER 4 4 4 Pro pcctive secondary school teachers: Chem. 230 - Organic Chemi try Phys. 151 - General Physics II Electives a. may elect to major in Biology, Chemistry, Economics, English, Foreign Languages, History, Mathematics, Physics, or Political Science. Students who major in Economics or Political Science must complete 18 credits in History beyond 102. b. must elect Psych. IO 1-102. c. must elect Ed. 100, 200 and 230. (Note that Psych. 102 is prerequisite to Ed. 200.) 6 18 FIFTH SEMESTER Chem. 231 - Organic Chemistry Phys. 152- General Physics III Electives SIXTH SEMESTER 4-5 3 9 Chem. 262 - Chemical Litcratur Electives T a h r certification requirements for most states may be met at Wilkes II . tudents are expected to familiarize themselves with specific 16-17 SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER Chem. 261 - History of Chemistry 1 Electives 14-17 Electives tud nt who major in English are required to take English 101, 102, nd 131 in the freshman year; 151 and 152 in the sophomore year; and er dit hours including 105, 200, 205, 215 in addition to the general r uircmcnts for the B.A. degree. Those students planning to become p 1blic chool teachers must also include either English 247 or English 248 mong their required courses. English 132 or Theater Arts 131 may be t n instead of English 131, and English 106 may be taken instead of Engli h 105. Selection and scheduling of these courses will be done in n ultation with the student's adviser. Students with at least a 3.0 averin 101, 102, and 151 may take an advanced English course simult n ou ly with 152. The English Department strongly recommends that 1 majors choose either German or French as their foreign language. 15-18 Economics Students who major in Economics are required to complete t\\e four hours of work in economics beyond Ee. 101, 102 in addition to general requirements for the B. A. degree. Selection and schedulin these courses will be done in consultation with the student's advi er. twenty-four hours in economics which the major must carry incl Ee. 201, 202, 231, 232, and 241. Education Fin Arts Students wishing to prepare for public school teaching in Busines jects or Music complete the B.S. program described for these sub' Other prospective teachers must satisfy B.A. degree requirements u to the following restrictions: tudents who major in Fine Arts are required to complete the..folJ.owin program of ~tudies in addition to the general requirements for the B. . degree. Electives may be used to fulfill the requirements for rtification in education. I. Prospective elementary school teachers: a. may select any major listed on page 74. b. must elect Math. 101-102. c. must elect Psych. 101-102. d. must elect Ed. 100, 200, 209 and 210. (Note that Psych. I is prerequisite to Ed. 200.) FIRST SEMESTER En . IOI -Composition H t.101- World Civilization F r. Lang. 101 1 - Elementary F . 103 - Color and Design p E.101 - Physical Education P E.105- Hygiene ~ th., Science Elective ( see page 73) SECOND SEMESTER 3 3 3 3 0 1 3 16 1 Eng. 102 - Composition Hist. 102 - World Civilization For. Lang. 1021 - Elementary F. A. 104 - Drawing & Composition P. E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene Math., Science Elective (see page 73) 3 3 3 3 0 1 3 16 french ;; German is recommended for students who plan to continue with gradu te programs in Art. �Page 82 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - THIRD SEMESTER 4 Eng. 151 - World Literature For. Lang. 103 - Intermediate F. A. 109-Oil Painting I F. A. 201 - History of Art I P. E. 103 - Physical Education Math., Science Elective (see page 73) 3 3 3 0 3 Page 83 FOURTH SEMESTER Eng. 152- World Literature For. Lang. 104-Intermediate F. A. 106- Water Color Painting F. A. 202 - History of Art II P. E. 104 - Physical Education Math., Science Elective (see page 73) general requirements, a mathematics r mu t c mplctc a minimum of twenty-eight hours in mathematics . Cr dit will not count toward the major requirement in courses ath 122. The following program shows the sequence of the r requirements in the mathematics major. 16 FIFTH SEMESTER Phil. IOI -Introduction F. A. 121 - Modeling & Construction F. A. 125 - Metalwork & Jewelry F. A. 203 - History of Modern Art Social Science Electives (see page 73) 3 3 3 3 6 SIXTH SEMESTER Phil. 205 - Aesthetics F. A. 122 - Ceramics F. A. 126 - Graphics Elective (optional) Social Science Electives (see page 73) 18 SEVENTH SEMESTER F. A. 205 - Contemporary Design F. A. 220 - Studio Problems F. A. 2901 - Senior Exhibit Electives 2 2 2 9-12 IS. SECOND SEMESTER 3 3 3 tr EIGHTH SEMESTER F. A. 2901 - Senior Exhibit Electives FIRST SEMESTER I - Biolo ical Science I - Compo ition I n • IOI - Elementary I I - E periencing Art I or IOI - Introduction or rt IOI -Approach to 3 122- nalysis I 14- 4 I I - Physical Education I -Hygiene 0 I Bio. 102 - Biological Science Eng. 102-Composition For. Lang. 102-Elementary F. A. 101 -Experiencing Art I or Mus. 101 - Introduction or Th. Arts 101 -Approach to Theatre Math. 125 -Analysis II P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E. 106- Hygiene 3 3 3 3 4 0 I 17 15-16 Foreign Languages (Modern) A major in any of the Modern Foreign Languages consists of twent) four additional credit hours in advanced language courses beyond th 102 course. History Students who major in history are required to take Hist. IOI and I~ in the freshman year, Hist. I 07 and I 08 in the sophomore year, and l additional credit hours in advanced history courses. Mathematics Students planning to major in Mathematics should take courses 1 high school that prepare them to start the College mathematics program with the course in analysis, Math. 122. Experience has shown that man students can profit from a course in algebra and trigonometry. Th courses are usually offered in the summer at most colleges and universiti and may be taken in the summer prior to the freshman year. I 17 14- Senior Exhibit will be scheduled either the seventh or eighth semester after consulta tion with the department chairman. THIRD SEMESTER 151- World Literature FOURTH SEMESTER 4 ng. I03- Intermediate I - World Civilization 126- nalysis III ISO-General Physics I I 3- Physical Education 3 3 4 4 0 Eng. 152- World Literature For. Lang. 104 - Intermediate Hist. 102- World Civilization Math. 240 -Analysis IV Phys. 151 - General Physics II P. E. 104- Physical Education 18 FIFTH SEMESTER 12- cneral Physics III 4 4 0 18 SIXTH SEMESTER 251 - Advanced Calculus I al ·ence Electives (see page 73) 3 3 6 3 Eng. 131 -Fundamentals of Speech 2 Math. 252-Advanced Calculus II 3 Social Science Electives (see page 73) 6 Electives 4-6 15 SEVENTH SEMESTER h I tive I I - Introduction 4 3 3 15-17 EIGHTH SEMESTER 3 3 9-12 15-18 Math. elective Electives 3 12 15 �Page 84 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Music 1 Students who major in Music are required to complete the folio program of studies in addition to the general requirements for the B degree. Students interested in careers in Music Education should f the program described in the Bachelor of Science in Music Educa This program is described on page IO I of this bulletin. The folio\\ are the course requirements for the music major. FIRST SEMESTER Math. 101 - Fundamentals or Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 101 -Earth Science Eng. IOI -Composition For. Lang. IOI -Elementary Mus. 105 - Theory of Music Applied Music2 Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 101 -Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 3 3 3 5 1 ½ 0 I SECOND SEMESTER Math. 102- Fundamentals or Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. I 02 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102 - Space Science Eng. 102 - Composition For. Lang. 102- Elementary Mus. 106-Theory of Music Applied Music 2 Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 102- Physical Education P. E. 106-Hygiene 16½ THIRD SEMESTER For. Lang. 103-Intermediate Mus. 107-Theory of Music Applied Music2 Psy. IOI -Psychology Hist. 101- World Civilization Math. 101 - Fundamentals or Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 -Physical Science or Env. Sci. IOI -Earth Science Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 103- Physical Education 3 5 1 3 3 3 ½ 0 FOURTH SEMESTER For. Lang. 104-Intermediate Mus. 108-Theory of Music Applied Music 2 Psy. 102 - Psychology Hist. 102- World Civilization Math. 102- Fundamentals or Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102- Space Science Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 104-Physical Education 18½ FIFTH SEMESTER Eng. 151 - World Literature Phil. 101 - Introduction Mus. 109-History of Music Applied Music 2 Soc. 101 - Sociology Band, Orchestra, Chorus 4 3 3 2 3 ½ SIXTH SEMESTER Eng. 152- World Literature Phil. 205 - Aesthetics Mus. 110-History of Music Applied Music2 Soc. l 02 - Sociology Band, Orchestra, Chorus trumentation lysis , Chorus 2 2 2 9 ½ EIGHTH SEMESTER Applied Music1 Mus. 216- Arranging Mus. 218- Counterpoint Band, Orchestra, Chorus Electives 151/2 Page 85 2 2 3 9 ½ 16½ Philo phy-Religion m jor in the combined fields of Philosophy and Religion consists of nt -four hours in philosophy and religion courses beyond Philosophy I nd 102. Philosophy-Religion majors must schedule courses in ti ophy and religion in their sophomore year. Thi curriculum is designed for the student interested in a major in h i in preparation for a career iri teaching, medicine, dentistry, nt law, technical sales, technical translation, technical writing, etc. Th tud nt will choose electives after consultation with his advisor. Th B.S. curriculum on page I 03 is recommended for the student int d in a professional career in physics. tud nt planning to major in physics should seek to complete high I courses in trigonometry, solid geometry, and advanced algebra h t they may begin their college mathematics with the first course in I i . ormally students will begin the physics program in the first m t r. In exceptional cases the mathematics and physics sequence may t rt d in the third semester. The preferred sequence is listed below: FIRST SEMESTER h 122- Analysis I 1 1- Composition 1 1- World Civilization I - General Physics I I - Personal Hygiene I 1- Physical Education 4 3 3 4 I 0 SECOND SEMESTER Math. 125 - Analysis II Eng. 102- Composition Hist. 102- World Civilization Phys. 151 - General Physics II P.E. 106- Personal Hygiene P.E. 102-Physical Education 4 3 3 4 1 0 15½ 15 I 2 There is a music fee of $10 per semester for all Music and Music Education ma Private instruction. The fee for this instruction is in addition to the regular tu charge. 15 Pr~ t in truction. The fee for this instruction is in addition to the regular tuition ar . �Page 86 - DEGREE PROGRAMS - DEGREE PROGRAMS THIRD SEMESTER Math. 126 - Analysis III Phys. 152- General Physics III For. Lang. IOI -Elementary P.E. 103 - Physical Education Chem. IOI -Introduction to Principles of Chemistry F.A. IOI -Experiencing Art I or Mus. 101 -Introduction or Th. Arts IOI -Approach to Theater 4 3 3 0 4 FOURTH SEMESTER Math.240 - Analysis IV For. Lang. 102- Elementary Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibri P.E. 104.-Physical Education Electives 3 17 FIFTH SEMESTER Phys. 201-Electricity & Magnetism For. Lang. 103-Intermediate Phys. 203 - Mechanics Eng. 151- World Literature Elective 4 3 3 4 3 SIXTH SEMESTER For. Lang. 104- Intermediate Eng. 152- World Literature Electives 17 SEVENTH SEMESTER Phil. 101 -Introduction Electives 3 13 EIGHTH SEMESTER Phil. 102 - Logic Electives Page 87 P , hology m jar in Psychology consists of twenty-four hours. Psychology 101 d 102 re not accepted toward a major; Sociology 255 and Education 0 r ace pted. Psychology 203 and 204 are required for the major. In ddition t the general requirements the department requires that the - m ter courses in mathematics, physics, and general biology be n. In addition, English 131 or 132 or Theater Arts 131 and Economics I r required. Th major in Psychology is designed for students who plan to continue h tudy of psychology on the graduate level, as well as for those whose n re t lie in the teaching of psychology in colleges or in the application f th tudy to such fields as advertising, clinical work, business, educan and industrial personnel work. Students are cautioned that an und r raduate major in psychology does not qualify them for profession! p ychological work. No student can qualify as a psychologist without d need graduate study; in a great many fields today, moreover, prof ional psychologists must hold the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. 16 The student must choose at least six credits from the following 1· addition to those prescribed in the curriculum: Physics 202 Physics 204 Physics 211 Physics 221 ( 4) (3) (4) (3) Physics 241-242 (1-2) Physics 262 (4) Physics 212 (3) Physics 261 (4) A student electing the minimum of 24 credits in physics must elect additio.n al four credits in chemistry. The student must choose 12 credits from the following cour e co binations: Economics IO I and I 02 or Psychology IO I and 102; Political Scie 10 I and 102 or Sociology IO 1 and I 02. Political Science A majo.r in Political Science consists of twenty-four hours which rn include either Political Science 20 I or Political Science 202. Politi Science 101 and 102 are not accepted toward a major. ·iology-Anthropology major in Sociology consists of twenty-four hours. Although Socioly IOI, 102 are prerequisites to all the courses in sociology, they are ot accepted toward a major in sociology. Political Science 204 and Philo ophy 206 will be accepted toward the major in sociology. Students ho intend to major in sociology are requested to plan their work in the d partmcnt in consultation with the chairman. A major in sociology h II include the following courses: Sociology 255, 280, and 290. With h pproval of the department chairman, however, other courses may m ome instances be substituted. �Page 88 - DEGREE PROGRAMS - DEGREE PROGRAMS Course Requirements for B. S. Degree Programs h mi tr Biology 1 The following curriculum in Biology meets all of the liberal arts r quirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree. In addition, it provides greater concentration of advanced biology courses. This program is r ommended for those students planning to enter industry or contin with graduate study in biology. Students planning to major in biol should check the mathematics requirements on page 78. FIRST SEMESTER Bio. 103-General Biology Chem. 101- Principles of Chemistry Eng. 101 - Composition Math. 122 - Analysis I P. E. 101 -Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene SECOND SEMESTER 4 4 3 4 0 1 Bio. 104 - General Biology Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibria Eng. 102 - Composition Math. 125 - Analysis II P. E. 102- Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 16 Bio. 201- Vertebrate Morphogenesis 4 Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis 4 Eng. 151- World Literature 4 Hist. 101 - World Civilization 3 For. Lang. 101 - Elementary 3 P. E. 103 - Physical Education 0 Th Ch mistry curriculum is planned to provide thorough training th fundamentals of the science and to contribute to the general tion of the student. Graduates in chemistry may enter industry m di t ly upon graduation or may continue their studies in graduate 1 ud nt planning to major in chemistry should take courses in high I th t prepare them to start the College mathematics program h th cour c in Analysis, Math. 122. 11 i approved by the American Chemical Society for the pro- on I training of chemists. Students who wish to be certified for mb r hip in the American Chemical Society in the minimum period o years following graduation must elect Chemistry 310 in the ni r y ar of the B.S. course of study. SECOND SEMESTER FIRST SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER THIRD SEMESTER Page 89 Bio. 202- Biology of Vertebrate Organs Chem. 230 - Organic Chemistry Eng. 152- World Literature Hist. 102- World Civilization For. Lang. 102 - Elementary P. E. 104- Physical Education 01 - Introduction to the 1pl of Chemistry - Composition 1- World Civilization -Analysis I - Physical Education -Ilygiene 4 3 3 4 0 1 Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibria Eng. 102- Composition Hist. 102- World Civilization Math. 125-Analysis II P.E. 102-Physical Education P .E. 106 - Hygiene 4 3 3 4 0 1 15 15 18 FIFTH SEMESTER Bio. 221 - Genetics Chem. 232 - Organic Chemistry Ee., Psy., P.S., Soc. 101 For. Lang. 103 - Intermediate Phys. 111 - Introduction SIXTH SEMESTER 4 4 3 3 4 Bio. 222 - Ecology Bio. 224 - Biological Techniques Ee., Psy., P.S., Soc. 102 For. Lang. 104 - Intermediate Phys. 112 - Introduction Electives FOURTH SEMESTER TlllRD SEMESTER m 221 - Inorganic Quantitative nI I r Lang. IOI -Elementary th 12 - Calculus II ISO-General Physics I 103- Physical Education 4 3 4 4 0 18 SEVENTH SEMESTER Bio. 211 - Bacteriology Bio. 231 - Physiology Bio. 261-Topics in Biology Phil. 101 -Introduction Ee., Psy., P.S., Soc. 101 Elective EIGHTH SEMESTER 4 4 I 3 3 3 Bio. 212 - Bacteriology Bio. 232 - Evolutionary Mechanisms Bio. 262 - Topics in Biology Phil. 102 - Logic Ee., Psy., P.S., Soc. 102 Elective 18 1 This degree meets the same general requirements as listed for B.A. Degree, page 15 Chem. 210-Inorganic Chemistry Chem. 230 - Organic Chemistry For. Lang. 102-Elementary Math. 240 - Differential Equations and Infinite Series Phys. 151 -General Physics II P.E. 104- Physical Education 3 4 3 4 Lj C 18 �Page 90 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Chemistry mm r· and Finance FIFTH SEMESTER 5 4 4 3 3 Chem. 233 - Organic Qualitati\ Analysis Chem. 242 - Intermediate Ph Chemistry Chem. 262 - Chemical Literatur Eng. 152- World Literature For. Lang. 104-Intermediate Elective! 19 SEVENTH SEMESTER Chern. 295 - Research 3 Chem. 261 - History of Chemistry I Chem. 297 - Seminar ½ 1 Electives 12-14 2 FIRST SEMESTER The following chemistry electives are all three credits: Chem. 330 - Organic Chem. 340 - Physical Chem. 343-Statistical Thermodynamics SECOND SEMESTER t IOI - Elementary I IOI - Composition I 1- World Civilization 111 - conomic History It IOI - Fundamentals p I I - Physical Education P E 105-1 Iygienc EIGHTH SEMESTER Chem. 246 - Advanced Analytical Chemistry Chem. 297 - Seminar Electives1 16½-18½ Biochemistry Inorganic Organic Physical MAJOR IN ACCOUNTING SIXTH SEMESTER Chem. 231 - Organic Chemistry Chem. 241 - Elementary Physical Chemistry Eng. 151 - World Literature For. Lang. 103-Intermediate Phys. 152- General Physics III Chem. 251 Chem. 310 Chem. 331 Chem. 341 - Page 91 3 3 3 3 3 0 1 Acct. I 02 - Elementary II Eng. 102-Composition Hist. 102- World Civilization F. A. 101 -Experiencing Art I or Mus. 101 - Introduction or Th. Arts 101 - Approach to Theater Math. 102 - Fundamentals or Math. 115 - Finance P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 16 THIRD SEMESTER 111- Intermediate I B . 231 - Business Law IOI -Princtles I n 151- Word Literature B IOI - Biological Science or Ph) . IOI - Physical Science or v. 1. IOI -Earth Science 131 - Fundamentals of Speech p . 103- Physical Education 4 3 2 0 Acct. 112- Intermediate II B. A. 232-Business Law Ee. 102 - Principles II Eng. 152- World Literature Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102-Space Science P. E. 104-Physical Education 3 3 3 4 3 0 16 SIXTH SEMESTER 3 3 3 3 3 Acct. 202 - Cost Accounting II Acct. 242 - Advanced B. A. 233 - Business Law Ee. 232 - Economic Statistics Soc. 102 - Sociology or P. S. J02 - Political Science II Elective 1 18 SEVENTH SEMESTER -Taxes I Auditing I Correspondence & Reports Corporation Finance Principles of ment I 3 0 1 FOURTH SEMESTER 3 3 3 3 1vel 3 16 18 FIFTH SEMESTER . 201 - Cost Accounting I I - loney & Banking 231- pplied Statistics .101 - Sociology or P. S. IOI - Political Science I Phil. IOI - Introduction 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 EIGHTH SEMESTER 3 3 3 3 3 3 Acct. 232 - Auditing II Acct. 252-Internship Ee. 202 - Theory of Money or Ee. 236 - Public Finance Ee. 228 - Economic Geography Elective I 3 3 3 3 3 1 Electives must include two J?hilosophy courses, Mus. IOI or P.A. 101 or Th. Arts I taht Iefalslt o~e adpvaSnced chemistry course in Semester 7 and/or Semester 8 and one d e o owing: .. 101-102, Psy. 101-102, or Soc. 101-102. ' 18 15 ud nt intending to sit for the New York State C.P.A. examinations should elect bj in the humanities. All students should choose electives from outside the m jor field. �Page 92 - DEGREE PROGRAMS - DEGREE PROGRAMS tudents who major in Business Administration will select their elecfrom the following. At least six courses in one of these groups are uired of students concentrating in this field. Commerce and Finance MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Fl'RST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Acct. 101 - Elementary I Ee. 111 - Economic History Eng. 101-Composition Hist. 101 - World Civilization Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 -Physical Science or Env. Sci. 101 - Earth Science P. E. 101 -Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 3 3 3 3 3 0 I Page 93 BANKING AND FINANCE Acct. I 02 - Elementary II F. A. 101 - Experiencing Art I or Mus. 101 -Introductionor Th. Arts IOI -Approach to Theater Eng. 102-Composition Hist. 102 - World Civilization Bio. I 02 - Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102 - Space Science P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene Ee. 236-Public Finance Ee. 241 - Economic Analysis Math. 115 - Mathematics of Finance Math. 122 - Analytic Geometry Math. 125-Calculus I Comp. Sci. 101-102-Computer Science and Data Processing -R al Estate - Corporation Finance -Inv tments - Th ory of Money -International Trade ECONOMICS 16 THIRD SEMESTER 12- Gov rnment & Business 7- Economics of Transportation - m rican Labor Movement - Collective Bargaining - International Trade -Economic Geography of FOURTH SEMESTER ;3 3 2 4 3 B. A. 231 - Business Law Ee. 101 - Principles I Eng. 131 - Fundamentals of Speech Eng. 151 - World Literature Math. 101 - Fundamentals P. S. 101 - Political Science I or Soc. IO I - Sociology P. E. 103-Physical Education 3 0 B. A. 232 - Business Law Ee. 102-Principles II Eng. 152- World Literature Math. 102- Fundamentals P. S. I02 - Political Science II or Soc. I 02 - Sociology P. E. 104 - Physical Education orld - Comparative Economic 18 MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS FIFTH SEMESTER ~I - Principles of Management I 2- Principles of Management II -Arnerican Labor Movement 24 - Property Insurance . 241- Life Insurance 223- Collective Bargaining SIXTH SEMESTER B. A. 251 - Principles of Management Ee. 201-Money & Banking Ee. 231 -Applied Statistics Phil. 101 - Introduction Electives 3 3 3 3 6 Ee. 230 - Business Cycles Ee. 236 - Public Finance Ee. 241-Economic Analysis Ee. 245 - Consumer Economics Ee. 295-296 - Research Math. 122 - Analytic Geometry Math. 125 - Calculus I Comp. Sci. 101-102-Computer Science and Data Processing B. A. 252 - Principles of Management II Ee. 202 - Theory of Money or Ee. 228 - Economic Geography or C and F elective Ee. 232 - Economic Statistics Phil. 102 - Logic B. A. 222 - Marketing Electives Psy. 212- Psychological Tests Psy. 251 - Industrial Psychology Math. 122 - Analytic Geometry Math. 125- Calculus I Soc. 265 - Sociology of Industry P. S. 208-Labor Law Comp. Sci. 101-102-Computer Science and Data Processing MARKETING 18 SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER B. A. 209 - Correspondence & Reports 3 B. A. & Ee. electives 12 Elective 3 18 n. A. & Ee. electives Elective 1 3 15 .114-Salesmanship 216-Advertising 24 - Property Insurance 217 - Economics of Transportation - International Trade Ee. 245 - Consumer Economics Ret. 101 - Principles of Retailing Ret. 214- Retail Buying Soc. 265 - Sociology of Industry Psy. 251 -Industrial Psychology Comp. Sci. 101-102-Computer Science and Data Processing �Page 94 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - The degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Education is design to provide a background in general education while it prepares the dent for teaching business subjects in secondary schools or for a car in business. A student planning to enter as a freshman may find it advantageo at first, to consider a two-year program leading to a certificate in gen r office or secretarial proficiency. This two-year program provide a foundation for general secretarial preparation, or prepares for la specialization in the four-year major in business education. FIRST SEMESTER · · Jes and Methods ation rocedures and eduction roduction or periencing Art I or - Approach to 3 Ed. 230 - Secondary Education Elective 1 12 3 4 3 3 3 16 15 SECOND SEMESTER S. S. 105 - Elementary Shorthand or Acct. 101 - Elementary I S. S. 107 - Elementary Typewriting Eng. 131-Fundamentals of Speech Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 101 -Earth Science Eng. IOI -Composition Hist. 101 - World Civilization P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 105-Hygiene 2 3 2 2 3 3 3 0 l S. S. 106 - Elementary Shorthand or Acct. 102 - Elementary II S. S. 108 - Elementary Typewriting Eng. 102 - Composition Math. 115 - Mathematics of Finan Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102-Space Science Hist. I 02 - World Civilization P. E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 16-17 THIRD SEMESTER 17-1 FOURTH SEMESTER S. S. 207 - Advanced Shorthand or Acct. III - Intermediate I 3 S. S. 201 I -Advanced Typrewriting 1 Acct. 101 - Elementry I or Ret. 101 -Principles 3 B. A. 231 - Business Law 3 Psy. 101 -Psychology 3 Ee. 1012-Principles I 3-4 P. E. 103-Physical Education 0 S. S. 208 - Advanced Shorthand or Acct. 112- Intermediate II S. S. 202 1 - Advanced Typewriting Acct. 102 - Elementary II or Retailing Elective Psy. 102 - Psychology P. E. 104 - Physical Education Ee. 1022-Principles II B. A. 232 - Business Law 15-17 FIFTH SEMESTER Acct. 111 - Intermediate I or Ret. 101 - Principles or Elective3 Soc. 101- Sociology or P.S. 101 - Political Science I Eng. 151- World Literature Ed. 100-Introduction B.A. 251 -Principles of Management I EIGHTH SEMESTER EVE TH SEMESTER MAJOR IN BUSINESS EDUCATION Page 95 SIXTH SEMESTER 3 3 4 3 3 Acct. 112- Intermediate II or Retailing Elective3 Soc. 102 - Sociology or P.S. 102 - Political Science JI Eng. 152- World Literature Ed. 200 - Educational Psychology B.A. 252-Principles of Management II 16 Students following accounting sequence need not take third and fourth semester of typewriting. 2 Two-year program students take S.S. 205 in semester 3 and Ee. 101 in semester 3 Students who have already met required accounting and retailing courses wou elect one course in both the fifth and sixth semesters, preferably one of the t should be in retailing to meet requirement for certification in retailing. rrng 1lke College offers the first two years of the engineering curricula. ompletion of the second year, students making acceptable records tr nsfer to the junior year of other engineering schools. th pa t, students have transferred to, and successfully completed r ork at, such representative colleges as Alabama, Bucknell, Cathni\ r ity, Columbia, Cornell, Drexel Institute, Georgia School of hnolo y Lafayette, Lehigh, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, ork University, Pennsylvania State University, Purdue, Stevens ut yracuse, and the University of Nebraska. During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses are the ith the exception of chemical engineering, in which course stumu t take two additional hours of chemistry in the second semester. r thi reason the student should decide by the middle of the first year en chemical engineering and one of the other branches of engineerTh curricula change further at the beginning of the second year. thi r ason the student should decide by then whether he will purchil, industrial, electrical, or mechanical engineering. udent planning to major in Engineering should take courses in high I that prepare them to start the College mathematics program h th course in analysis, Math. 122. Experience has shown that y tudcnts can profit from a course in algebra and trigonometry. courses are usually offered in the summer at most colleges and \ r itics and may be taken in the summer prior to the freshman year. 1 planning to teach in Pennsylvania should elect a course in American H ry for permanent certification. �Page 96 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Engineering Page 97 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING FRESHMAN YEAR (COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING COURSES EXCEPT CHEMICAL ENGINEERING) FIRST SEMESTER Phys. 150- General Physics I Engi. 100-Engineering Problems Engi. 105-Engineering Drawing Eng. 101-Composition Math. 122 - Analysis I P. E. 101- Physical Education P.E. 105 - Hygiene SECOND SEMESTER 4 2 3 3 4 0 1 Phys. 151 - General Physics II Engi. 106- Descriptive Geometry Eng. 102 - Composition Math. 125-Analysis II Elective (Humanities or Soc. Sci.) P. E. 102-Physical Education P.E. 106-Hygiene 17 101- Introduction to the P n 1pl of Chemistry I - Engineering Problems 105- En ineering Drawing neral Physics I I th 122-Analy is I 101 - Phy ical Education 105-Hygiene - . Mechanical engineering is basic to the study of reronautical engin mg. Therefore, the first two years in mechanical engineering pr the student for the advanced work offered by several universities. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Chemical engineering is concerned with the broad field of chem industry in which materials undergo a physical or a chemical cha Such materials include paper, textiles, gasoline, other petroelum prod ~oke, gas, dyes, electrochemical products, paints, rubber, plastics, cer 1cs, drugs, heavy chemicals, solvents, and many others. The chem engineer is one skilled in the design, construction, operation and 111 ~gement of industrial plants in which materials are produced by ch 1cal change. The chemical engineer may be engaged in research or the development of a process, for he is expert in the application of fundamental unit-manufacturing processes which underlie all che engineering. The equipment of the chemical engineer includ thorough knowledge of chemistry, physics, and mathematics and sound understanding of such fundamentals of chemical, mechan· and electrical engineering as will make him a competent developm control, or sales engineer. 4 2 3 4 4 0 1 4 2 4 4 2-3 0 1 Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibria Engi. 106 - Descriptive Geometry Math. 125 - Analysis II Phys. 151 - General Physics II Elective (Humanities or Soc. Sci.) P. E. 101 -Physical Education P.E. 105 - Hygiene 17-18 18 FOURTH SEMESTER THIRD SEMESTER h. 126- Analysis III 152-General Physics III 211-M hanics I. Statics m 221 - Inorganic Quantitative ly AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING SECOND SEMESTER FIR T SEMESTER I 4 3 3 4 3 0 IOI - Composition 103- Phy ical Education Math. 240 - Analysis IV Infinite Series Ch. E. 106 - Stoichiometry Eng. 102-Co:rp.position Ee. 101- Principles of Economics I Elective! 4 4 3 3 3 3 16 17 CIVIL ENGINEERING Th civil engineer deals with problems in structural, highway, railroad hydraulic, and sanitary engineering, and also with surveying and y. He specializes in the design, construction and maintenance of ridg tunnels, dams, and the structural members of buildings. His rvi are indispensable in the design of river, canal, and harbor improvements; in the development and control of water resources; in the tment and disposal of sewage and industrial waste; and in the locan and construction of all transportation facilities. SOPHOMORE YEAR2 THIRD SEMESTER E 103 - Plane Surveying . 211 - Mechanics I. Statics th 126 - Analysis III . 152- General Physics III em. 101 - Introduction to the Prm ipl of Chemistry P E 103- Physical Education FOURTH SEMESTER 3 3 4 3 4 E. 202 or M. E. 212 is suggested. 4 3 4 3 4 0 0 17 'For fr hman year see page 96. C. E. 104 - Route Surveying M. E. 212 - Mechanics II. Dynamics Math. 240- Analysis IV Ee. 101 -Principles of Economics I Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibria P. E. 104- Physical Education 18 �Page 98 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING The electrical engineer is trained to design, construct, and operate a electrical generating equipment. He must supervise and control the dis tribution of electricity for driving the machinery in mills, factories, a mines; for electric railways, chemical processing, heating, lighting, a for all electrical devices used in the home. Communications, including telegraph, telephone, radio, radar, tele type, transmission of print and pictures, offers numerous opportunit Development of electronic tubes, transistors, circuits, and equipment f commercial processes offers opportunities in many fields of endeavor. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER Math. 126 - Analysis III Phys. 152- General Physics III M. E. 211 - Mechanics I. Statics M. E. 111 or C. E. 103 - Statics or Plane Surveying Chem. 101 - Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry P. E. 103-Physical Education 4 3 3 3 4 0 Math. 240 - Analysis IV Ee. 101 - Principles of Economics I M. E. 212-Mechanics II. Dynamics E. E. 202 - Electric and Magnetic Circuits Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibria P. E. 104 - Physical Education 17 Page 99 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING Th fi Id of industrial or management engineering has to do with the thod of manufacture and production; the effects thereon of personnel; nd design control to meet cost and production requirements. Preparan ith a background in science, engineering, economics, business dmini tration, management, and history is necessary. The successful du trial engineer must possess not only technical skill and ability but I nomic and humanistic interests, as well as character and personlit . He must work with others and enlist their cooperation in the ur uit of a common goal. The industrial engineer deals with people II a with machines and materials. This curriculum offers the first ar of work for those primarily interested in the administration hnical enterprises. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 THIRD SEMESTER I I -Principles of Economics I I 2- General Physics III 211 - Mechanics I. Statics h 126-Analysis III . IOI -Introduction to the Pr n 1pl of Chemistry I 3- Physical Education FOURTH SEMESTER 3 3 3 4 4 0 Ee. 102-Principles of Economics II Elective M. E. 212-Mechanics II. Dynamics Math. 240 - Analysis IV Chem. 102-Chemical Equilibria P. E. 104-Physical Education 3 3 3 4 4 0 ENGINEERING PHYSICS The curriculum in engineering physics is designed to equip men '\\i a flexible background of basic scientific knowledge. The primary em phasis is on the fundamental principles of physics. At the same time the engineering viewpoint is developed so that practical problems can pushed to completion. The first two years of work, offered at Wilk are similar to those of the other engineering curricula. They provide a sound basis for study toward advanced degrees in either physics specific fields of engineering. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 THIRD .SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER Math. 126 - Analysis III 4 Phys. 152 - General Physics III 3 M. E. 211 - Mechanics I. Statics 3 M. -E. ll 1 - Manufacturing Processes 3 Chem. 101 -Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry 4 P. E. 103- Physical Education 0 Math. 240-Analysis IV Ee. 101 - Principles of Econorr,csl M. E. 212 - Mechanics II. Dynami E. E. 202 - Electric and Magnetic Circuits Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibria P. E. 104- Physical Education 17 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Th m chanical engineer is concerned with the design, construction, t llation, and operation of machinery necessary for the economical pplication of mechanical power to industry. He must utilize power rorn whatever source derived. The generation of power, whether by m hydro or internal-combustion engines, is of primary concern to h mechanical engineer in the power field. His services are necessary h re,er process equipment and machine tools are made or used. Th mechanical engineer must of necessity be broadly trained in the undamental sciences and in economics and humanities. Ability and skill nth application of the basic sciences are not sufficient. He must have n understanding of the influence of his profession upon our way of life nd how its development and expansion affect our future. 17 1 For freshman year see page 96. 17 F r fr hman year see page 96. �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 101 Page 100 - DEGREE PROGRAMS SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 THIRD SEMESTER Math. 126 - Analysis III Phys. 152 - General Physics III M. E. 211 - Mechanics I. Statics M . E. 111 - Manufacturing Processes Chem. 101 - Introduction to t he Principles of Chemistry P. E. 103 - Physical Education FOURTH SEMESTER 4 3 3 3 4 0 Math. 240 - Analysis IV Ee. 101 - Principles of Economic I M. E. 212 - Mechanics II. Dvnam1 M . E. 206 - Kinematics Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibria P. E. 104- Physical Education 3 Bio. 212 - BacteriologyElective Phys. 112 - Introduction For. Language. 104-Intermediate Ee., Psy., P.S., Soc. 102 4 3 4 3 3 17 EIGHTH SEMESTERI E\'ENTH SEMESTERI 13 weeks 8 weeks 4 weeks Haematology & Blood Bank Histology Serology 12 weeks 6 weeks 7weeks 1u i Education2 Medical Technology The American Society of Clinical Pathologists and the America Society of Medical Technologists recommend certain requirements r a program of training leading to a degree in Medical Technology. Th curriculum offered at Wilkes College follows these recommendatio and is presented below. The final year in this program is taken hospitals approved for such training. FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER 4 4 3 4 0 I Bio. 104- General Biology Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibria Eng. 102- Composition Math. 125 - Analysis IP P. E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 106-Personal Hygiene 16 THIRD SEMESTER Bio. 115 - Anatomy & Physiology Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis Eng. 151 - World Literature Hist. 101 - World Civilization For. Lang. 101 - Elementary 4 3 4 3 17 17 Bio. 103 - General Biology Chem. 101 - Introduction Eng. 101 - Composition Math. 122 - Analysis I2 P.E. 101 -Physical Education P. E. 105-Personal Hygiene SIXTH SEMES7'ER FIFTH SEMESTER 211 - Bacteriology - Mi rot hnique 111 - Introduction r Lan . l 03- Intermediate P y. P.S., Soc. 101 FOURTH SEMESTER 4 4 4 3 3 Bio. 116 - Anatomy & Physiology Chem. 230 - Organic Chemistry Eng. 152- World Literature Hist. 102- World Civilization For. Lang. 102 - Elementary FIRST SEMESTER 101 - Composition 101- Biological Science or Ph . 101 - Physical Science or Em. 1.101 -Earth Science 1 . I05 - Theory of Music 1 Ed. IOI - Clarinet Class or 1u • Ed. l 03 - Brass Class H IOI- World Civilization p11cd ~usic3 nd, Orchestra, Chorus p 101 -Physical Education P E 105- Hygiene SECOND SEMESTER 3 3 5 2 3 1 ½ 0 1 Eng. 102 - Composition Bio. 102 - Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102- Space Science Mus. 106-Theory of Music Mus. Ed. 102- Clarinet Class or Mus. Ed. 104-Brass Class Hist.102- World Civilization Applied Music3 Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 102- Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 18½ THIRD SEMESTER n 151- World Literature 1 Ed. IOI -Clarinet Class or fos. Ed. I03 - Brass Class 1 . 107 - Theory of Music t 109- History of Music pphed Music3 P . IOI - Psychology nd, Orchestra, Chorus P E. 103- Physical Education 3 3 5 2 3 1 ½ 0 1 18½ FOURTH SEMESTER 4 2 5 3 1 3 ½ 0 18½ Eng. 152- World Literature Mus. Ed. 102 - Clarinet Class or Mus. Ed. l 04 - Brass Class Mus. 108-Theory of Music Mus. 110- History of Music Applied Music3 Psy. l 02 - Psychology Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 104- Physical Education 4 2 5 3 1 3 ½ 0 18½ 18 1 For freshman year see page 96. To be taken at an approved school of medical technology. Th re is a music fee of $10 per semester for all Music and Music Education majors. 2 Students who have a math deficiency may register in a lower level math course \\ th the permission of their adviser. Pmate instruction. The fee for this instruction is in addition to the regular tuition hr e. �Page 102 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - FIFTH SEMESTER Ed. 100 - Introduction Ee. 101 -Principles I or P.S. 101 - Political Science I or Soc. 101 - Sociology Mus. Ed. 105- Woodwind Class Mus. Ed. 109 - Conducting Mus. Ed. 111 - Violin Class Mus. Ed. 201 - Elementary School Methods Applied Musicl Band, Orchestra, Chorus Mus. 111 - Piano Class SIXTH SEMESTER 3 3 2 2 2 2 1 ½ 2 Ed. 200 - Educational Psychology Ee. 102-Principles II or P. S. 102- Political Science II or Soc. 102 - Sociology Mus. Ed. 106-Brass Class Mus. Ed. 110 - Conducting Mus. Ed. 112 - Violin Class Mus. Ed. 202-Secondary School Methods Applied Musicl Band, Orchestra, Chorus Mus. 112 - Piano Class 17½ SEVENTH SEMESTER Mus. 215 - Instrumentation 2 Mus. Ed. 107 - Voice Class 2 Mus. Ed. 113-String Class 2 Mus. Ed. 240 - Professional SemP-ster in Music Education 8 ,\pplied Musicl 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus ½ Mus. 113- Piano Class or elective 2-3 17½-18½ EIGHTH SEMESTER Mus. 216 -Arranging Mus. Ed. 108 - Voice Class Mus. Ed. 114 - String Class Applied Musicl Band, Orchestra, Chorus Elective Mus. 114 - Piano Class or elective 15½-l Nursing Education The program in Nursing Education is designed for the preparation instructors, head nurses, and supervisors in hospitals and schools o nursing. It presupposes graduation from an approved school of nur in and State registration. Credits required for the degree are one hundr twenty-three, of which at least seventy-three must be college credi The number of credits allowed for the school of nursing program ran from thirty-five to fifty and will be determined by an evaluation f the student's record and by results obtained on the Graduate ur Examination. Wilkes College is cooperating with Albright College in offerin a degree in Nursing Education to registered nurses in Reading, Pa. A demic credits earned at Albright College may be credited toward th B. S. degree in Nursing Education from Wilkes College. In order receive the degree from Wilkes College the student must take a mini 1 Private instruction. The fee for this instruction is in addition to the regular tun charge. Page 103 um of IS credit hours on the Wilkes Campus. Students participating hi cooperative program should seek assistance from the chairman of h ur ing Education Department at Wilkes in planning their curriclum. FIRST SEMESTER I I - Com osition I I - Wor d Civilization I 3- General Biology or 1 th. IOI - Fundamentals or P . IOI - Physical Science or nv. i. 101 - Earth Science IOI -Experiencing Art I or u . IOI - Introduction or Th. rt 101 -Approach to Th t r IOI- iology or P . IOI -Psychology . IOI - Foundations SECOND SEMESTER 3 3 1 3-4 3 Eng. 102 - Composition Hist. 102- World Civilization Bio. 104 - General Biology or Math. 102 - Fundamentals or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102 - Space Science N. E. 104-Community Resources Soc. 102 - Sociology or Psy. 102 - Psychology N. E. 106 - Supervision Elective (optional) I 3 2 17-18 TlllRD SEMESTER 3 3 3-4 2 3 2 2-3 16-19 FOURTH SEMESTER 151- World Literature I. IOI - Introduction 101 - Sociology or P . 1012 - Psychology I-Educational Measurements E.107-Principles & Methods E.108-Techniques 4 3 3 2 2 1 2-3 Eng.152- World Literature Phil. 102 - Logic Soc. 102 - Sociology or Psy. 1022-Psychology N. E. 102 - Trends in Nursing N. E. 112-Field Experience Elective 15-18 4 3 3 2 4 2-3 16-19 Phy ic Th Physics curriculum is designed to provide a thorough grounding m the fundamentals of this rapidly-expanding science, as well as to quaint the student with the current frontiers of knowledge and rerch. Upon completion of the requirements for the degree, the student Ill b well prepared either to proceed to graduate study leading to an d\anc d degree or to undertake an industrial positio.n. tudents planning to major in physics should seek to complete high hool courses in trigonometry, solid geometry, and advanced algebra o that they may begin their college mathematics with the course in If the Bio. 104 laboratory course is taken, the elective will not be allowed. P.. IOI, P. S. 102, Ee. 101, Ee. 102 may be substituted as electives. �Page 104 - DEGREE PROGRAMS analysis, Math. 122. In event of a deficiency in this respect, it must made up by summer school attendance so that the course in Analy i can be completed before the beginning of the junior year. FIRST SEMESTER 011rses of Instruction SECOND SEMESTER Math. 122-Analysis I Eng. IOI -Composition Hist. 101 - World Civilization Phys. 150- General Physics I P.E. 105 - Hygiene P. E. 101 - Physical Education 4 3 3 4 I 0 Math. 125 -Analysis II Eng. 102 - Composition Hist. 102 - World Civilization Phys. 151 - General Physics II P.E. 106 - Hygiene P. E. 102-Physical Education 15 THIRD SEMESTER D cription of Courses FOURTH SEMESTER Math. 126 - Analysis III Phys. 152-General Physics III Phys. 221 - Electronics Ger. 1011 -Elementary Chem. 101 -Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry P. E. 103 - Physical Education 4 3 3 3 4 0 Math. 240-Analysis IV Phys. 211 - Optics and Light Phys. 212- Thermodynamics Ger. 1021 -Elementary Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibria P. E. 104-Physical Education 17 FIFTH SEMESTER Math. 251 - Advanced Calculus I Phys. 201 -Electricity and Magnetism Phys. 203 - Mechanics Ger. 1031 -Intermediate Eng. 151 - World Literature SIXTH SEMESTER 3 4 3 3 4 Math. 252 - Advanced Calculus II Phys. 202 - Electricity and Magnetism Phys. 204 - Mechanics Ger. 1051 -Scientific Eng. 152- World Literature 17 SEVENTH SEMESTER Phys. 261 - Atomic Physics 4 Math. 255 - Introduction to Functions of a Complex Variable 3 Eng. 131 -Fundamentals of Speech 2 Electives 6-8 EIGHTH SEMESTER Phys. 262 - Nuclear Physics Math. 257 - Partial Diff. Equations Electives 15-17 I Russian may be substituted for German with the approval of the adviser. 15-· �D cription of Courses ACCOUNTING Prof or Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Capin, urti P. Werner; Instructor Zavada. t. 101. Elementary Accounting I Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classificauon and interpretation of financial data; technique of recording; pr paration of financial statements. Class, two hours a week; labr tory, four hours a week. Three credits t. 102. Elementary Accounting II continuation of Accounting 101. Principles of partnership and rporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturm and branch accounting; financial analyses of statements. Class, t o hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Pr requisite: Acct. 101. Three credits t. 111. Intermediate Accounting I Intermediate problems involving interpretation and detailed nalys of balance-sheet and profit and loss accounts; analytical pro cs and miscellaneous statements. Class, two hours a week; I b ratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. I 02. Three credits cct. 112. Intermediate Accounting II A continuation of accounting 111. Accounting for installment les, consignments, and branch accounting. Review of partnerships including liquidations. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 111. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 109 Page 108 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Acct. 201. Cost Accounting I Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; method of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cot and process-cost methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, or approval of instructor. Three credits Acct. 202. Cost Accounting II Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analytical and comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; standard costs; budgets; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 201, or approval of instructor. Three credits Acct. 221. Taxes I The preparation of Federal income tax returns for individual based on current law, regulations and court decisions; problems of inclusion and exclusion from income; gains and losses from sales and exchanges; allowable deductions. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, 202, or approval of instructor. Three credits Acct. 222. Taxes II Tax accounting for installment and deferred payment sales; Federal tax returns for partnerships; fiduciaries and corporations; miscellaneous Federal and Pennsylvania corporate taxes. Clas two hours a week; laboratory, .two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 221. Three credits Acct. 231. Auditing I An analysis of modern auditing concepts involving staff organization, professional ethics and legal responsibility, internal control audit programs, and working papers, and original record examination. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 202. Three credits t. 232. Auditing II d\ need application of auditing principles to actual practice; r bl m of classification and interpretation of accoun~s; study of m th d of internal control; preparation of reports to clients. Class, h ur a week ; laboratory, two hours a week. 0 Pr r quisite: Acct. 231. Tliree credits t. 24: 1. Advanced Accounting I omprchensive review of partnerships; special procedures and r hi m of installment sale."-;, consignments, home office and_ bra_nch r I tion hips; introduction to accounting for business combmat1ons nd con olidations. Class. two hours a week; laboratory, two hours k. uisite: Acct. 112. Tl1r credits ct. 24:2. Advanced Accounting II d tailed analysis of the problems of co_nsolidat_ions; ~nalysis of th procedure in accounting for bankruptcies, rece1v~rsh1ps, estates nd trusts, foreign exchange, and governmental units. Class, two hour a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Pr requisite: Acct. 112 and permission of instructor. T/iree credits ct. 252. Accounting Internship 'I his course provides a minimum of 240 hours of accounting in the offtcc of a Certified Public Accountant.' Three credits BIOLOGY Professor Reif chairman; Professors Cohen, Michelini; A~s?ciate Profcs ors Ogren, Kimball, Tappa; Assistant Professors Mmanty, H , : Instructor Schonwetter. Bio. 101--102. Biological Science Biological Science is a survey course intended for stu_dents who take no other courses in biology. It presents the essential general Or the equivalent. �Page 110 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES information about plants and animals, explains fundamental In governing the biological world, and emphasizes their relation h to man. Class, three hours a week. Three credits each semester Bio. 103.-104. General Biology This course surveys both the plant and animal kingdoms, ou lines the history of biology, the organization of matter, the tr ture of representative plants and animals, and the methods of c:n fication. It considers the basic principles of physiology, genet' embryology, evolution, and ecology. Lecture, three hours a ,, laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20 each course. Four credits each semester DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 111 Bio. 201. Vertebrate Morphogenesis rt brat Morphogenesis is a study of the development and I morphological characteristics of selected vertebrates. The n my and evolution of Phylum Chordata will be emphasized. tur two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: 20. Pr r qui. ite: Bio. 104. Four credits Bi . 202. Biology of V ~rtebrate Organs Biology of Vertebrate Organs is a study of major vertebrate u and organs from the modern standpoints of cytology, deI pm nt, function, regulation, and interrelationships. Lecture, hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Pr r quisites: Bio. 201 and Chem. 221. Four credits Bio. 111.-112. General Botany General Botany presents a broad consideration of the plan world. It includes the study of the fundamental principles of b1 ology, emphasizing the structure, physiology, genetics, and ecolo of plants. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a,, ' Fee: $20 each course. Three credits each semester Bio. 204. Microtechnique i rot chnique is a laboratory course involving the preparation ue and organs for study. This course is given in conjunc\dth the laboratory portion of Embryology, Bio. 202, for those 1d nt who do not take Embryology. Class, one hour a week; h ratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Tl ree credits Bio. 211,. 212. Bacteriology Bio. 113. Microbiology This course presents the basic principles of bacteriology and th relationship of micro-organisms to disease and its prevention, con trol and treatment. It considers the effects of microbes within tr. body and the body's reaction to them. Class, three hours a ,, E laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Four credits Bio. 115.-116. Human Anatomy & Physiology This course provides a general study of the human bod), t structure and normal function. It provides an appreciation of tr. complex nature of the human body with relation to the promoti of a healthy organism. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, thr hours a week. Fee: $20 each course. Four credits each semester Bi . 211 i a general introduction, covering the morphology and th of bacteria, sterilization, and applied uses of bacteria. It includes a brief survey of other groups of microorganisms. h laboratory work covers techniques of staining, culturing, and h mica! testing for the identification of bacteria. Class, two ur a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Pr requisite: Bio. 104. f ur credits Bi . 212 CO\"CrS the relationship of bacteria to disease, immunity, logy, and the pathogenic organisms. Laboratory _work_ conue ,dth special stains, identification of unknowns, 1solat10n of t ria from natural sources, and techniques used in applied bacri log). Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. : 20. Pr requisite: Bio. 211. Four credits �Page 112 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 113 Bio. 221. Genetics Genetics is the study of the inheritance of normal charact r and the variation of these characters in plants and animals. Lab oratory work includes the study of genetic mechanisms in vario botanical, animal, and microbial species. Class, two hours a \\ee laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: through Bio. 22 l, or permission of instructor. Three credits Bio. 222. Ecology Ecology is the study of the relationship between organi ms singly and collectively, and their environments, including the biot' and physical factors of the environments. Class, two hours awe laboratory and field trips, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: through Bio. 231, or permission of instructor. Three credits Bio. 224. Biological Techniques A laboratory course in the preparation of materials for use in the study of organisms. Included will be such procedures as arc needed to prepare photographs, make microscope slides, accomplish field collecting and telemetry, and the production of drawings for publication. Three-hour practicum. One credit Bio. 231. Physiology Physiology is the study of the physical and chemical acthiti characteristic of all living organisms. Laboratory work includ experiments involving living forms. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: through Bio. 222, Chem. 230, and Phys. l 12, or permission of instructor. Four credits Bio. 232. Evolutionary Mechanisms Evolutionary Mechanisms is a study of how new species of organisms are derived from previously existing species. Empha i i placed upon the processes of organic evolution and the development of the evolutionary ideas. Lecture, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Bio. 231 or permission of instructor. Three credits Bio. 295~ 296. Independent Research Ind p ndent study and research for advanced students in the Id of tht• major under the direction of a staff me~ her. A_ research p r at n level significantly beyond a term paper 1s required. Jr requisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. 11 to three credits Bio. 297. Seminar Pre ntations and discussions of selected topics. Pr r quisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. On to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Pr f or Rosen berg, chairman; Associate Professors Elliot, F rrar. R. Werner; Assistant Professors Capin, Gera, Engel, Bawa; In tructori;; Roberts, Lee. B.A. 114. Salesmanship ·1 h art of selling; the motive behind all buying; creation of int r t and desire; presentation of services; meeting objections; types f u tamers. Ir r quisite: approval of instructor. Thr e credits B.A. 209. Business Correspondence and Reports Fundamental principles of business writing with emphasis on I ttcr and reports. Prerequisites: Eng. 102. Thre, credits B.A. 216. Advertising tudy of basic principles of advertising. Elements of advertising; urvey of different departments of advertising "".'ork, inclu~ing py, art, display, engraving, tr~~e-marks, a~d medrn. Analysis of urr nt advertisements. Advert1smg as a socrnl force. Three credits �Page 114 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - B.A. 220. Real Estate The fundamentals of the real estate business including consideration of titles, mortgages, leases, advertising', sale, purcha , development, and management of real property. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Thre e credits B.A. 222. Marketing The fundamentals of the marketing system, its functions, in titutions and their importance in the economy arc studied. Marketing pricing policies and practices are investigated; reference is made to marketing activities and government participation. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits B.A. 225. Corporation Finance A study of the economic principles underlying the capital structure of modern business enterprise. Consideration given to alt rnate types of business organization, corporate securities, and financial ~olicies . involved in promotion, disposition of net earning, working capital and short-term financing, mergers, expansion, fi. nancial readjustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits B.A. 226. Investments Consideration of leading types of investments, tests, and in\'cstment programs; financial reports of leading companies, forecastin methods and agencies, stock exchanges, brokerage houses, method of buying and selling securities, fraudulent promotions and their detection. Laboratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: B. A. 225. Three credits B.A. 231. Business Law-Introduction and Contract The foundation for all subjects in the field of business law. The nature, classification and sources of law. An introduction to th structure and functioning of the Federal and State Courts a agencies for enforcement of legal rights. A brief resume of the la\\ of Torts and Crimes with reference to business problems. Examina- Page 115 ti n of the essential elements of a contract under both the common I \ nd the Uniform Commercial Code, the nature of contract r ht , di charge of contracts and remedies for their breach. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, or approval of instructor. Thre credits B. . 232. Business Law-Agency and Sales general study of the law of agency; its nature and creation, rights and liabilities of principals, agents and third persons, and t rmination of the agency. A study of the law of sales of goods, th tr n fer of title and risk of loss, warranties in sales, the duties nd linbilities of the parties, remedies for breach, security interests in o ds. A comparison of the uniform sales act with the sales rticle of the Uniform Commercial Code. Prerequisite: B. A. 231. Three credits B.A. 233. Business Law-Partnerships and Corporations The principles of law governing partnerships and corporations, with emphasis on the historical development of business enterprises. Th law with respect to the formation, operation, internal relationhip and dissolution of partnerships and corporations with particular reference to their dependency upon the law of agency. Rights nd duties of the partnership and corporate enterprise with respect to the government, the owners, and the public. Advantages and di advantages of these forms of business activity. Prerequisite: B. A. 231. Three credits B.A. 234. Business Law- Property The law of real property, nature and types of interests in land. di cussion of deeds and their prerequisites. The rights and duties of the landowner to the public. Rights of the government versus ri ht of the landowner. The landlord-tenant relationship, the mortgagor-mortgagee relationship. Business crimes ( crimes affecting property). The protection of personal and business property, t ngible and intangible. Prerequisite: B. A. 231, 232, Acct. 102. Three credits �Page 116 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - B.A. 240. Property Insurance This course is a study of the fundamentals of fire, casualty, and marine insurance. Prerequisite: B.A. 232, or approval of instructor. Three credits Page 117 B.A. 297. Seminar Pr ntations and discussions of selected topics. Prer quisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. On to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) B.A. 241. Life Insurance This course is a study of the principles, practices, and use of life insurance from the overall viewpoint of the product, cost, market, and industry. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits B.A. 244. Time and Motion Study The principles and techniques of time and motion study. Cla , three hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Three credits B.A. 251. Principles of Management I Nature and evolution of management thought. Fundamental universal concepts covered: decision-making, policy formulation, planning, organizing, staffing, actuating, communicating, dircctin , controlling, etc. Views management as a process of integratin knowledge developed by many disciplines. Social and ethical dimensions of the management process summarized. Three credits B.A. 252. Principles of Management II Application of universal concepts of management. Emphasis on problems of produc~ion, sales, personnel, office, finance, organization. Viewpoint on relationship to overall operation of cntcrpri e Develops analytical abilities and decision-making skills. Case stud} method emphasized. Prerequisite: B.A. 251. Three credits B.A. 295~296. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Appro,val of the department chairman is required. One to three credits CHEMISTRY Professor Rozelle, chairman; Associate Professors Salley, Swain, Bohning, Faut, Stine; Assistant Professor Labows; Instructor Bu kman. Chem. tot. Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry h mica! periodicity and stoichiometry are emphasized. States of matter, atomic theory, and dynamic equilibrium are introduced. Cla , three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakcl posit required. Fee: $20.00. Four credits Chem. 102. Chemical Equilibria tudy of the principles of chemical equilibria. Laboratory \ill involve theory and development of schemes of qualitative naly is with particular emphasis on the reactions of metallic I ments. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a \ k. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Pr requisite: Chem. 101. Four credits Chem. 106. Organic & Biological Chemistry 11 introduction to the chemistry of carbon compounds and retion of common functional groups with emphasis on the structur of carbohydrates, proteins_ and ami~o acids, ster?ids a_nd nucleic acids. The laboratory will emphasize the techmques m\Olvcd in the separation and identification of various classes of or anic compounds. Lecture, three hours a week; laboratory, three hour a week. Breakage deposit required. Laboratory fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 101 and permission of instructor. Four credits �Page 118 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 119 Chem. 21 O. Systematic Inorganic Chemistry A systematic description of the chemistry of the elements ba ed on fundamental chemical principles. Fundamental technique of inorganic synthesis. Class, three _hours a week; laboratory, thr hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 102, Math 125, or permission of instructor Four credits h m. 233. Organic Qualitative Analysis tudy of the systematic identification of organic compounds nd mi ·tun's utilizing classical and instrumental techniques. Class, n h ur n week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit r quir d. 1-ee: $20.00. Prcr qui ite: Chem. 231. Thre credits Chem. 221. Inorganic Quantitative Analysis An introduction to the theory and practice of typical analy volumetric, gravimetric, and instrumental. Class, two hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 102 or permission of the instructor. Four credits Chem. 230. Organic Chemistry I An introduction to the chemistry of carbon compounds throu h the reactions of common functional groups in aliphatic, alicyclic aromatic and heterocyclic systems. Reaction pathways will be considered. Emphasis in laboratory will be placed on the development of fundamental techniques. Class, three hours a wee laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 22 l or permission of the instructor. Four credits Chem. 231. Organic Chemistry II A continuation of Chem. 230. Emphasis in laboratory is placed on advanced techniques and sequential syntheses. Class, thr hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 230. Five credits Chem. 232. Organic Chemistry Ila A continuation of Chem. 230. Not open to B.S. chemistry major Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Brcaka deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 230. Four credits h m. 241 . Elementary Physical Chemistry l h first, second, and third laws of thermodynamics are empha i1. d. The topics of electrochemistry, chemical kinetics, the ph rule, and the states of matter are introduced. Class, three h ur a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit r quir d. Fee: $20.00. Pr r quisitc: Chem. 221, Math. 126, Phys. 152 or permission of instructor. Four credits h m. 242. Intermediate Physical Chemistry Elcctrochemistry, electrokinetic phenomena, kinetic molecular th ory, Maxwell Boltzman distribution, chemical kinetics, and the t te of matter are studied in detail. Quantum mechanics and raclioch mistry are introduced. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 221, Math. 126, Phys. 152 or permission of instructor. Four credits Chem. 246. Advanced Analytical Chemistry l he theory and application of modern techniques and instrumental procedures, such as spectrophotometric, electro-analytical, ncl chromatographic. Theory and practice of analysis of more complex materials. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours \\eek. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Pr requisite: Chem. 242. Four credits Chem. 251. Biochemistry study of the nature and metabolism of proteins, carbohydrates, lipid , and other physiological substances. Emphasis is placed on �Page 120 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES the mechanism of enzymatic catalysis. Class, three hours a week Prerequisite: Chem. 231, 232, or permission of instructor. Three credits Chem. 261. History of Chemistry A study of chemistry in terms of the personalities responsible for its development. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: Completion of twenty chemistry credits. One credit Chem. 262. Chemical Literature Discussion of the important sources of chemical information and experience in the use of Chemical Abstracts, Beilstein, and th chemical journals. Literature evaluation and preparation for Chem. 271 are included. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: Completion of twenty chemistry credits or permi. sion of instructor. One credit DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 121 r lat d to extra-nuclear structure of atoms, coordination chemistry, id-ba c phenomena, non-aqueous solvents, descriptive chemistry. I three hours a week. Pr requisite: Chem. 242 or permission of the instructor. Three credits Chem. 330--331. Advanced Organic Chemistry detailed study of modern theories of mechanism and structure. Topi include nucleophilic and electrophilic substitution, e_limin tion reactions, molecular rearrangements, carbonyl react10ns, t r ochemistry, kinetics. Class, three hours a week. Three credits each semester Chem. 340--341. Advanced Physical Chemistry Topic include kinetic theory of gases, kinetics, qu_antum chemi try, atomic and molecular structure, electrochemistry, spectra, urfacc chemistry and solid state chemistry. Class, three hours. Three credits each semester Chem. 295--296. Independent Research Chem. 342. Thermodynamics Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Cannot be taken for credit before the seventh semester but may be a continuation of work begun before the seventh semester. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. The first, second, and third laws of thermodynamics are studied in detail. Statistical mechanics, including atomic and molecular pe tra, is introduced. Equations for the th~r~odynamic proper~ies of certain systems are derived from statistical thermodynamics. Cla three hours. Prerequisite: Chem. 242 or permission of the instructor. One to three credits Three credits Chem. 297. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics in chemistry conducted by senior chemistry majors and the staff. All chemistry majors are invited to attend the meetings. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) The 300 series courses are graduate courses available to undergraduate seniors with permission of the instructor. Chem. 310. Systematic Inorganic Chemistry Oxidation-Reduction, atomic structure, theory and application of the principles of chemical bonding, systematic study of propertic ECONOMICS Professor' Rosenberg, chairman; Associate Professors Elliot, F rrar, R. Werner; Assistant Professors DeYoung, Engel, Bawa; In tructor Ahmad. Ee. 1O1. Principles of Economics I An introductory course which presents basic economic problems and shows how these problems are solved in a free enterprise conomy; the effects of the increasing importance o_f the :cono1!1ic role of government are pointed out. The course provides onentat1on �Page 122 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES in the broad field of economics and makes use of the analyti trends by means of which the student can understand the econom problems of his environment. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 123 retail credit, sales finance, credit unions, and credit bureau iti Ir r qui ite: approval of instructor. I Two credits Ee. 102. Principles of Economics II This course is a logical sequence to Economics 101. It is ha ed upon a broad micro-economic foundation concentrated on uh units as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Prerequisite: Ee. 10 I. Three credits Ee. 111. Economic History A study of the development of economic institutions with emphasis on the historical roots and evolutionary development of our modern economy. Analysis of causes of development. Major str is on institutions. Three credits Ee. 201. Money and Banking A study of money, credit, and banking operations. De\elopm n of American monetary and banking system. Central banking and the Federal Reserve System. Instruments of monetary control Financial intermediaries. Monetary standards and international monetary relations. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits Ee. 202. Theory of Money Development of monetary theory. Liquidity preference and loanable funds theories of interest. Saving, investment, and incom determination. Keynesian and neo-Keynesian analysis. The in flationary process. Exchange rates and international monetar} mechanism. Prerequisite: Ee. 20 l. Three credits Ee. 204. Consumer Credit This course includes consumer credit in its various aspects. . 212. Government and Business tudy of the relationship of government to economic enter,\ith special attention to conditions in the United States; the ul tory activities of government agencies; administrative methobjcctivcs and results of governmental control. Reference is d to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situations, public utilities, r I t transportation, extractive industries, and public enterprise. Prer quisitc: P. S. 101, Ee. 102. i Three credits . 217. Economics of Transportation Pr blems and policies of railroads, buses, trucks, inland water. and air and ocean transportation; economic aspects of transrtntion and traffic management; use of rates and tariff; signifn f transportation to society. Pr r qui ite: Ee. 102. 1 hree credits . 222. The American Labor Movement tudy of the evolving American labor movement and its ide1 y. This course deals with the development of American labor d ology and psychology in comparison with other labor movent. The relationship of the American labor movement to other litical, social and economic institutions is investigated. Pr requisite: Ee. 102. Three credits . 223. Collective Bargaining n introduction to labor problems and an analyses of major u in the field of labor. This course deals with collective barining, employment, wages, hours and union policies. Governm nt I participation in labor relations and collective bargaining al o investigated. Reference is made to social welfare devices �Page 124 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES such as social security, unemployment compensation and \\Ork men's compensation. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits Ee. 225. International Trade Theory and practice of international trade with special referenc to contemporary problems and policies. The topics covered includ tariffs, quotas, foreign exchange, equilibrium in international payments. A study will be made of geographic, economic, social and political influences on international trade. Review of current policies and developments in the United States. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 125 . 230. Business Cycles hi torical analysis of major business cycles. Contemporary th rie and a critical examination of public policy toward business \ I . Pr r quisite: approval of instructor. Thre credits E . 231. Applied General Statistics course in statistical methods and their application. A collection nd int rpretation of statistical data, frequency distribution and ure of central tendency, fitting the normal curve, analysis of 111 rinncc. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Fee: $10. Pr requisite: approval of instructor. Thr ' credits E . 232. Economic Statistics Ee. 227. Economic Geography of North America, Europe and the Soviet Union A study and analysis of the characteristics, potentials and problems of the more advanced nations of the Northern Hemisphere. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credvts ontinuation of Economics 231. This course will include timeri analysis, construction of index numbers, methods of correlation analysis, multiple and partial correlation, and test of signifi 11 e for samples; Chi-square test. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, t o hours. Fee: $10. Pr requisite: Ee. 231. Three credits E . 236. Public Finance Ee. 228. Economic Geography of Asia, Africa, and Latin America A study and analysis of the characteristics, potentials and problems of the less developed nations and areas of the world. Economics 227 is not a prerequisite. Three credits Ee. 229. Comparative Economic Systems The institutions of planned economy of the U.S.S.R. and tho e of the contemporary experiment in evolutionary socialism in Great Britain are studied. Constant objective comparisons are made with institutions which are characteristic of a capitalistic economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 or approval of instructor. Three credits I·undnmental principles of public finance; government expenditure ; revenue; financial policies and administration; taxation; prin iples of shifting and incidence of taxation; public debts and the budget; fiscal problems of federal, state, and local government; th relation of government finance to the economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, P. S. IOI. Three credits Ee. 241. Economic Analysis 1 his course is designed to give coverage to the theory of value nd distribution. The determinants of consumer demand and the principles governing costs and outputs of producers are analyzed \\ith ome stress on recent theoretical investigations. The method b tract and deductive. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits �Page 126 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ee. 245. Consumer Economics The place of the consumer in the economic system. Thcoric f consumption; consumption minima; problems of the indi\'idu consumer as affected by income, taxes, consumer habits and stand ards of living are investigated. A study is made of the trend i consumption, income, income disposition and marketing and pricin of consumer goods. Relationships between government activiti and the consumer are studied. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 127 d. 209. Principles of Elementary Education tudy of the historical development and organization of the m rican elementary school. ( r r qui itc: Ed. 100,200. Tlire credits d. 210. Professional Semester in Elementary Education Ee. 295--296. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in tn field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A re car paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required One to three credits Ee. 297. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required Prodde classwork and practical experience to prepare students r r 1 mentary school teaching. Fee $25. 1 o qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, students mu t cure the recommendation of the department chairman in h ir major and the approval by the Education Department Chairm n. Pr requisite: Ed. 209, Math. 102. Fi{ teen credits For tran fer and certification purposes, credit will be assigned as r llO\ : One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student) EDUCATION Professor Hammer, chairman; Professor Jessee; Associate Profe '>Ors West, Darte; Assistant Professors Siles, Barone, 1-ahm\ Instructors Johnson, Bellucci, J. Garber. Ed. 100. Introduction to Education A study of the historical development of American education, th role of the school in American life, educational philosophies, educational organization and administration, school finance, school cur ricula, school personnel, and current issues in education. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. Ed. 211. The Teaching of Reading An introduction to the teaching of reading in the elementary grades. Two credits Ed. 212. Methods and Materials in Elementary School Arithmetic A study of curriculum content and teaching procedures in elementary school arithmetic. Two credits Three credits Ed. 200. Educational Psychology A study of the principles of learning and the application of psychological principles in the practice of education. Prerequisite: Psy. 102, Junior standing. Three credits Ed. 213. Methods and Materials in Elementary School Science A study of curriculum content and teaching procedures in elementary school science. Two credits �Page 128 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 129 Ed. 214. Methods and Materials in Elementary School Social Studies Ed. 222. The Teaching of Art A study of curriculum content and teaching procedure elementary school history, geography, and government. Two credits study of materials, techniques, and experiences in the publi school art program; evaluation of past and present philo. ophi s. Three credits Ed. 215. Multi--Sensory Techniques in Elementary School Teaching A study of the use of multi-sensory teaching aids in th elementary school classroom. One credit Ed. 216. Student Teaching in the Elementary School Students are assigned to work with experienced clas room teachers. They assume classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences are arranged with co-operatin teachers and college supervisors. Six credits Ed. 223. Multi--Sensory Techniques in the Teaching of Art A study of the use of multi-sensory aids in the teaching of art in elementary and secondary schools. One credit Ed. 224. General Classroom Methods tudy of various instructional procedures used in public hool classrooms. On credit Ed. 225. Student Teaching in Art Ed. 220. Professional Semester in Fine Arts Education Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare student for the teaching of art in elementary and secondary schools. Fee 25 To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, studen must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval by the Education Department chairman. Students may schedule late afternoon or evening classes durin the professional semester. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Fourteen credits For transfer and certification purposes, credit will be assigned follows: Ed. 221. Art Curriculum A study of the organization of teaching materials for mo t effective use in the art curriculum. Three credits Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers and art specialists. They observe and teach in elementary and secondary school classrooms. Opportunities are provided for them to participate in school-wide activities. Conferences arc arranged with co-operating teachers and college upervisors. Six credits Ed. 230. Professional Semester in Secondary Education Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare students for econdary school teaching. Fee $25. To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, students mu t . ecure the recommendation of the department chairman in th ir major and the approval by the Education Department chairman. Students may schedule late afternoon or evening classes during th professional semester. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Twelve credits �Page 130 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES For transfer and certification purposes, credits will be assigned a follows: Ed. 231. Principles of Secondary Education A study of the historical development and organization of the American secondary school. One and one-half credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 131 Ed. 241. Educational Measurements tudy of the characteristics, construction, and use of various ducational measuring instruments commonly available in secondry chools. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Two credits Ed. 242. Guidance Ed. 232. Secondary School Curriculum A study of the content and organization of the secondary school curriculum. One and one-half credits Ed. 233. Secondary School Teaching Methods A study of various teaching procedures employed in the secondary school classroom. One credit Ed. 234. Multi--Sensory Techniques in Secondary School Teaching A study of the use of multi-sensory teaching aids in th secondary school classroom. One credit Ed. 235. Student Teaching in the Secondary School Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They assume classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences are arranged with co-operating teachers and college supervisors. Six credits Ed. 236. The Teaching of Reading in Secondary School Subjects Instruction in reading methods in secondary school subject . One credit n introduction to general principles and the techniques employ din guidance programs in public schools. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Three credits Ed. 243. Occupations n introduction to occupational research as a part of the secondary school guidance program. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Three credits Ed. 244. Teaching Secondary School English A study of the organization and presentation of curricular content in secondary school English courses. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Twenty-four credits in English. Three credits Ed. 245. Teaching Secondary School Mathematics Building of a program in secondary mathematics, and informal practice in teaching arithmetic, algebra, plane and solid geometry, trigonometry, and logarithms. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Math. 125. Three credits Ed. 246. Teaching Secondary School Science A study of the organization and presentation of curricular content in secondary school science courses. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Twenty-four credits in sciences other than Psychology. Three credits �Page 132 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 133 Ed. 247. Teaching Secondary School Social Studie A study of the organization and presentation of curricular content in secondary school social studies courses. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Twenty-four credits in social sciences other than Education. Three credits Ed. 250. Introduction to Educational Administration A survey of the principles of educational administration at th federal, state and local levels. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Ed. 100. Two credits ENGINEERING Professor Donahoe, chairman; Assistant Professors Thoma Nejib, Kaby. Engi. 105. Engineering Drawing Thi and the following course bear the same relation to the n in ring profession as the subject of English bears to our daily lif . D al with the representation of objects according to engineerm on\"entions. Several systems of representation, such as orthor phi , isometric, and oblique, are studied. Use of instruments. Ir hand sketching is emphasized. Practicum, seven hours per \\ ·k. he: $10. Three credits Engi. 106. Descriptive Geometry patial relationships as represented by points, lines, planes, and th r surfaces applied to problems in space. Emphasis is on applition lo promote visualization by the solution of practical probI m . Practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $ I 0. I rercqnisitc or Co-requisite: Math. 122;Engi.105 is recommended. Two credits Chemical Engineering Engi. 100. Engineering Problems Ch. E. 106. Stoichiometry Lectures and discussions to acquaint the student with the aim purposes and methods of the engineer. An introduction to the proper method of attack upon problems, proper presentation of solutions, both mathematical and graphical, vertical freehand lettering. Instruction in the use of the slide rule necessary to problem solution. Graphs. Lecture, one hour; practicum, three hours a week. Fee: $5. Two credits A problem course involving the application of basic chemical and ph ical concepts to the calculation of heat and material balances th y are encountered in the various chemical industrial processes. Fuels and their combustion products, gas producers, furnace and iln products. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 221; Phys. 151. Co-requisite: Phys. 152. Three credits Engi. 101. Basic Drawing A basic course covering the elements of projection drawing nccc. sary for students of chemistry. It includes use of instruments, sketching, orthographic and isometric drawing and dimensioning. Practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $10. Two credits-THE STAFF Civil Engineering C.E. 103. Plane Surveying Lectures, recitations and problems on the theory and practice of pl ne and topographic surveying. Field exercises, including the �Page 134 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES adjustment and use of surveying equipment including tran it levels, compass and tape for surveys of area, topography, profile, grading, excavating and the location of details. Interpretation of and mapping from field notes with attendant computations and the balancing of surveys. Emphasis on the application of surveying to engineering work in general. Practicum, seven hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Engi. 105, Math. 105 or 107 and 109. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 135 M.E. 206. Kinematics Analytical and graphical studies of displacement, velocity and 1 ration for rigid bodies in plane motion. Study of kinematic pair and trains involving linkages, pulle~s, gea~s a?d cam_s: i~tant centers, geartooth outlines and their apphcat10n, ep1cychc r trains. Class, two hours a week; practicum, three hours a " k. Fee: $5. Prerequisite: Engi. 106, Math. 122, Phys. 150. Three credits Three credits C.E. 104. Route Surveying A study of the engineering and economic problems affecting the location of routes of communication. Lectures, recitations, field work and problems on the theory and use of simple horizontal compound, reverse, spiral and vertical alignment curves; grade, cross sections, mass diagrams and earth work computations, grade crossing, right-of-way, and drainage problems. Solar observation to determine true bearing and azimuth. Class, two hours a week; practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: C. E. 103. Four credits M.E. 211. Mechanics I. Statics Study of force systems in equilibrium: catenary; fri~tion; first nd second moments of areas, volumes, masses; centrmds. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Phys. 150, Math. 125. Co-requisite: Math. 126. Three credits M.E. 212. Mechanics II. Dynamics Electrical Engineering E.E. 202. Electric and Magnetic Circuits An introduction to Electrical Engineering. Sources of electrical energy. Basic treatment of electric and magnetic circuits. Steady state network theorems. Class, three hours per week. Prerequisites: Phys. 151 and co-requisite Math. 126. Laws of motion, rectilinear and curvilinear, for a particle and a rigid body. Work-energy; impulse-momentum. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: M. E. 211. Three credits Three credits ENGLISH Mechanical Engineering M.E. 111. Manufacturing Processes Lectures, demonstrations by trips to industrial plants, instructional movies of the forming of metals and plastics by cast:ng, rolling, pressing. Also methods of machining, and the functions performed by various machine tools on metals and plastics. Class two hours a week; practicum, three hours a week. Fee: $15. Three credits Professor Fiester, chairman; Professor Rizzo; Associate Professor (,roh; Assistant Professors Gutin, Kaska, Lord, Perkus, DeArment, Terry, Coplan; Instructors Kish, Bosch, Boyle, Hadsel, Mistichelli, Molley, R. Roberts, Romines, Brown, Bomboy, Collins. Eng. 101. Composition Principles of exposition; collateral reading; writing of themes. Three credits �Page 136 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 137 Eng. 102. Composition Principles of exposition continued; collateral reading; writing of themes; research paper. Prerequisite: Eng. l Ol. Three credits Eng. 105. Advanced Exposition A study of the various expository types. Readings. Intcnsh practice in the writing of informative articles. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. Three credits Eng. 106. Creative Writing Eng. 152. Western World Literature ntinuation of survey, bringing the study of literature down to th pr nt time. Pr r·4uisite: Eng. 151. Four credits Eng. 200. History of the English Language tucly of the origins of the English language and of the principal ph nomcna of later development. Pr r 4uisitc: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 205. Chaucer Training in the selection and use of materials for writing the short story; attention is also given to some poetic forms and to the writing of short plays. Prerequisite: Eng. I 02. Three credits tudy of Chaucer's life and major works, including The Canterbury Tales and Troilus and Criseyde. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 131. Fundamentals of Speech 1 Eng. 210. Medieval English Literature A basic course in the preparation and delivery of short speech Two credits tudy of English literature to 1500, exclusive of Chaucer and the drama. Pr requisite: Eng. I 52. Three credits Eng. 132. Argumentation & Debate 1 Training in the fundamentals of argumentation and debate. Practice in gathering and organizing evidence and supporting materials. Two credits Eng. 151. Western World Literature Survey of western world literature to the beginning of the eighteenth century; lectures, quizzes, conferences. Prerequisite: Eng. I 02, or substitute in composition. Four credits 1 Credit for only one of the three courses, Eng. 131, Eng. 132, and Th. Arts 131, will be accepted toward graduation requirements in any degree program. Eng. 211. Early English Drama tudy of the drama from the tenth century to 1642; reading of play by pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan dramatists exclusive of hakespeare. Prerequisite: Eng. I 52. Three credits Eng. 212. Restoration and Eighteenth Century Drama Study of the drama from I 660 to I 780. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits �Page 138 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Eng. 214. Tudor Prose and Poetry Study of English non-dramatic literature from 1485 to 1603. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 215. Shakespeare A study of selected plays; written reports on others not studied in class. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Page 139 Eng. 247. American Literature I tudy of American literature to the Civil War. Prcrequisi tc: Eng. 152. Thr e credits Eng. 248. American Literature II tudy of American literature from the Civil War to the presnt time. Pr rcquisi tc: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 216. Milton and the Seventeenth Century A study of the non-dramatic literature of the period with special emphasis on the poetry of John Milton. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 220. The Eighteenth Century The chief poets and essayists of the eighteenth century. Includ Swift, Pope, and Johnson. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 237. Early English Novel English prose fiction of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries; rise of the novel to the close of the eighteenth century. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 238. Later English Novel The major novelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 240. Romantic Prose and Poetry Study of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Shelley, Keats, and Byron, with related prose writers of the Romantic Period. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 250. Victorian Prose and Poetry Readings in Tennyson, Browning, Arnold, and other significant writcrs of the Victorian Age. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 251. Modern Poetry tudy of the major English and American poetry of the Twentieth Century. Prerequisi tc: Eng. I 52. Three credits Eng. 254. Modern Novel Study of the major English and American novels of the Twentieth ntury. Prerequisite: Eng. I 52. Three credits Eng. 256. Modern Drama Study of important dramatists, European and American, from the time of Ibsen. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 295--296. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the �Page 140 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES field of the major under the directio.n of a staff member. A rescar h paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required One to three credits Eng. 297. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) Theater Arts Th. Arts 101. Approach to Theater Attention will be directed to the importance of the dramati imagination in reading and viewing plays, with the objective of developing a critical appreciation of the theater. Emphasis will be on forms of the play, structure of the playhouse, type of audience, and influence of society on theater of various ages, from pre-Shakespearean to the present. Designed for freshmen as an alternate for Music 101 or Fine Arts IOI. Three credits Th. Arts 131. Speech for the Stage Students will receive instruction and experience in diction, delivery, interpretation. Classro.o m exercises will be assigned. Incorporates within the framework of English 131, Fundamentals of Speech, material foz,- those students especially interested in th theater. May be substituted for Eng. 131 or 132. Credit may be granted for only one of these courses. Two credits Th. Arts 201. Stagecraft Play selection; types of drama; making a prompt book; the practical use of the stage. Emphasis on presentation by individual cla members of scenes from plays, to demonstrate stage picturization, dialogue, and movement. Each student must assist in the production of at least one play in the theater. Class and workshop. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 141 Th. Arts 202. Production . and operation of stage, lighting, and sou~d equi~ment. W~it1 . O f a one-act play not only as a piece of literature ut t n na Y ts c • ' h d t rticipate in practical stage production. Eac stu ent mus pa I d th produ tion of at least one play in the theater. C ass an ork hop. Thr credits Th. Art 203. Directing rious styles of acting, inter~reta_tion of a role, complete planf ning for a production culminating m workshop performances o n from various types of drama. Class and workshop. Thr credits FINE ARTS · Assistant Professors P. ociate Professor Colson, ch airman; Ri h rd, Stein, Owre, D'Vorzon. FA 101. Experiencing Art I T nd three dimensional studio work is planned for explorat' w~ ;he creative process in a variety of media. Part of the gen~a~ ;ducation program, this course is open to all students; no art pcricncc is necessary. Lecture, three hours. Three credits FA 102. Experiencing Art II continuation of FA 101. Pr requisite: FA 101. Three credits FA 103. Color and Design tudy of color systems whi_ch includes their physical, psychologicnl, and sociologica I proper t ics. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hour. Prerequisite: FA 102. or equivalent. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 143 Page 142 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES FA 104. Drawing and Composition An introductory course which explores the potential of line, form, space, and texture with a variety of media. Studio problem include figure drawing, landscape, still life, and non-objective organization. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA l 03. Three credits 124. Sculpture 'I h tur . Thr c' credits 125. Metalwork and Jewelry course in basic metalwork and jewelry techniques and design. ture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. FA 106. Water Color Painting Thr ·e credits A basic course in transparent water color painting. Lecture, tv.o hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 104. Three credits 126. Graphics tudy of graphic expression including silkscreen, linoleum k, and wood block printing; etching; and lithography. Lecture, o hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. FA 109. Oil Painting I An introductory course; no art experience is necessary. Lectur, two hours; studio, two hours. Three credits Three credits FA 201. History of Art I J i tory of art from the prehistoric period through the Gothic era. Three credits FA 110. Oil Painting II Increased emphasis is placed in the development of a more personal style and technique. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hour Prerequisite: FA 109. Three credits FA 121. Modeling and Three Dimensional Construction An introductory course in three-dimensional expression; variou materials are employed for experimentation with realistic and nonrealistic forms. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 102. Three credits FA 202. History of Art II Iii tory of art from the Renaissance through the nineteenth ntury. Prerequisite: FA 20 I. Three credits FA 203. History of Modern Art tudy of twentieth century art forms. Three credits FA 205. Contemporary Design t FA 122. Ceramics Students explore the making of pottery by solid, coil, slab, casting, wheel, and primitive techniques; they experiment with a variety of methods for surface decoration including slip, engobe, sgraffito, and underglaze. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Three credits tudy of traditional and contemporary approaches to sculp- tudy of man's visual expression as conditioned by materials, chnology, form, and function. Two credits FA 220. Studio Problems Provides advanced study and research for Fine Arts students. Le ture, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Two credits �Page 144 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 145 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES r. 103. Intermediate French FA 290. Senior Exhibit A study of exhibition techniques climaxed by a showing of th student's work. Required of all Fine Arts majors in either the fall or spring semester of their senior year. Studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Two credits I \ iew of grammar; practice in oral and written French; selected r ding of modern French prose. Ir rcqui ites: Fr. 102 or the equivalent. Three credits Fr. 104. Intermediate French FA 295--296. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in th field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits FA 297. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. Introduction to French civilization; practice in oral and written Ir nch. Ir r quisite: Fr. 103 or the equivalent. Thr credits Fr. 105. Technical French Int nsi\"e practice in translating. A course designed for students ho wi h to be able to read material in French in their particular fi Id of interest. Pr requisite: Fr. 103 or the equivalent. Three credits One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) Fr. 106. French Conversation FOREIGN LANGUAGES (Modern) Instructor Phillips, acting chairman; Associate Professor Disque; Assistant Professors Ribas, deCubas, Belie, Planiol; Instructor Sweeney, Serzan, Miller, Lovette. French Fr. 101. Elementary French Introduction to French grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Students presenting two or more unit from high school in French will not be granted credit for this cour e. Three credits Fr. 102. Elementary French Continuation of Fr. 101. Students presenting two or more unit from high school in French will not be granted credit for this cour Prerequisite: Fr. IOI or the equivalent. Three credits Inten i\"c practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records and language laboratory to acquire flu ncy in speaking French. Pr requisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. Thr e credits Fr. 201,202. Survey of French Literature urvey of the evolution of French literature from the Middle to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, nd outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative le tions from different periods of French literature. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. Three credits each semester Fr. 203. French Literature of the Seventeenth Century tudy of classicism and the outstanding writers of the sevennth century. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. Three credits �Page 146 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Fr. 205. French Literature of the Eighteenth Century Study of the literature and thought in the eighteenth century with special emphasis on Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, and Rousseau. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 147 r. 102. Elementary German ntinuation of German IO I. Reading of easy prose and poetry. m tress on German culture, life, and customs. Students p!\.: nting two or more units from high school in German will not be r nt d credit for this course. Three credits Three credits Fr. 206. French Literature of the Nineteenth Century G r. 103. Intermediate German Study of Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, the Parnassian poets, and Symbolism. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equi val en t. •mpha is on difficult grammatical construction and idioms. Readin of prose; practice in speaking and writing German. Pr requisite: Ger. 102 or equivalent. Three credits Thr Fr. 208. Contemporary French Drama The development of modern drama from the latter half of the nineteenth century to the present. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. Three credits Fr. 295..-296. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in th field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits credits Ger. 104. Intermediate German Continuation of Ger. 103. Rapid reading of German works repr entative of German life and history; practice in writing and peaking German. Prerequisite: Ger. 103 or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 105. Scientific German Reading of selections from scientific German. Prerequisite: Ger. 103 or equivalent. Three credits Fr.297.Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) German Ger. 106. German Conversation Emphasis laid on speaking, with drill in the colloquial vocabulary. of records and language laboratory to acquire fluency in speakin German. Prequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 101. Elementary German Introduction to German grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Students presenting two or more unit from high school in German will not be granted credit for this course. Three credits Ger. 201~202. Survey of German Literature A survey of the literature of the important periods from the beinning to 1932. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. Three credits each semester �Page 148 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Pa~e 149 Ger. 203. Goethe Reading and interpretation of selected works of Goethe. Lcctur and individual reports. Prerequisite: G er. 20 I -202 or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 204. Schiller Poet of German idealism. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 205. Nineteenth Century German Drama The German drama of the nineteenth century from Ludwig Tieck to Gerhart Hauptmann. Lectures and reports on the literary and cultural history of the times. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 206. Modern German Short Story The modern German short story from naturalism to the pre cnt Individual reports; lectures on the cultural and literary history of the period. Prerequisite: Ger. 201,202 or equivalent. Three credits Spanish p. 101. Elementary Spanish Introduction to Spanish grammar; practice in reading, writing, nd p aking the language. Students presenting two or more units fr m high school in Spanish will not be granted credit for this our . Thre credits p. I02. Elementary Spanish Continuation of Spanish 101. Students presenting two or more unit from high school in Spanish will not be granted credit for th1 onrsc. Pr requisite: Sp. 101 or equivalent. Thr e credits p. I 03. Intermediate Spanish R vi w of grammar; practice in oral and written Spanish; selected r ding from modern Spanish prose. Prcr quisite: Sp. 102 or equivalent. Three credits p. 104:. Intermediate Spanish Introduction to Spanish civilization; practice in oral and written pani h. Pr r quisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 295 .. 296. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Ger. 297. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) p. 105. Commercial Spanish Th t 1dy of Spanish as it pertains to economic relations between the panish-speaking countries and the United States. Special mph sis on the writing of business letters. Pr requisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. Three credits p. 106. Spanish Conversation Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records and language laboratory to acquire fluency in speaking Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. Three credits �Page 150 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Sp. 108. Spanish American Culture The cultural, economic, and political development of the Spanish American countries. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 201 .. 202. Survey of Spanish Literature A survey of the evolution of Spanish literature from the Middl Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genre and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representathe selections from different periods of Spanish literature. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. Three credits each semester DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 151 p. 207. Cervantes and Don Quixote tudy of the life and works of Cervantes with special emphasis n Don Quixote. Text analysis and interpretation. Later treatments of the Don Quixote theme in European culture. Open to nonm jor for whom suitable translations will be suggested. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 for majors, Eng. 151 for non-majors or permi ion of instructor. Three credits p.295~ 296. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the fi Id of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Sp. 203. The Golden Age of Spanish Literature p. 297. Seminar Study of the great authors of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) Three credits Russian Sp. 204. Nineteenth Century Spanish Drama Study of representative works of nineteenth century Spani h drama. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 205. Nineteenth Century Spanish Novel The development of the Spanish novel in the nineteenth century Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 206. The Generation of 1898 A study of the literary renaissance that took place in Spain during the turn of the century. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. Three credits Ru . 101. Elementary Russian Basic systematic introduction to the grammatical essentials of Ru ian; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Three credits Ru . 102. Elementary Russian Continuation of Russian 10 I. Graded elementary readings depicting the culture, life, and customs of the Russian people. Prerequisite: Rus. 10 I or equivalent. Three credits Ru . 103. Intermediate Russian A review of basic grammar followed by emphasis on advanced grammatical structure. Reading of selected prose, directed standardituation conversation, and composition of Russian. Prerequisite: Rus. 102 or equivalent. Three credits �Page 152 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 153 Rus. 104. Intermediate Russian Continuation of Rus. 103. Stress on conversational and written Russian to provide the student with confidence for self-exprc ion and a basic active vocabulary. Practice in topical readings. Prerequisite: Rus. 103 or equivalent. Three credits HISTORY Prof or Kaslas, chairman; Associate Professor Cox; Assistant Pr f ors Berg, Show, Rodechko, White; Instructors Meyers, B nn tt. Hi t. 101-102. History of World Civilization GENERAL SCIENCE The following courses in Biological Science and Physical Scien are described in the offerings of the Biology and Physics Departments. These courses are generally used to meet the science requirements of the liberal arts students. The courses listed in Environmental Science may also be elected to fulfill these requirements. Bio. 101,w 102. Biological Science (See page 109.) Env. Sci. 101. Introductory Earth Science Structure and composition of Earth from core to crust, crustal movements, weathering, erosion and sedimentation; the ocean, including the principal currents, bottom topography, general chemistry and biology, and ocean-atmosphere interactions; the atmosphere, its structure and composition, and general elements of meteorology and climatology. Two hours lecture and two hour laboratory. Three credits 1 hi course is designed as a survey of all the basic cultures of h \\orld. The major portion of the course will be devoted to the d \ l0pment of western civilization. . . tt ntion will also be given to the part played by Amenca ~n rid hi tory, especially during the expansion of Europe and m th t\\Cntieth century. Three credits each semester Hi t. 107. American and Pennsylvania History to 1865 general survey extending from the period of discovery and ploration to the end of the Civil War. . . II tudents will be required to do a certain proportion of their out idc reading in the history of Pennsylvania and its relation to th d velopment of the nation. Three credits Hit. 108. American History Since 1865 general survey covering the period from 1865 to the present. Three credits Hi t. 209. Ancient History: Near East Env. Sci. 102. Introductory Space Science Descriptive astronomy with primary emphasis on the solar system and Earth as a planet; the physical and chemical processes of the outer atmosphere; and the principles of satellite orbits and space travel. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory. Three credits Phys. 101,w 102. Physical Science (See page 174.) The birth of civilization in Mesopotamia and Egypt. Babyloni~n, p r inn and Judaic backgrounds of western civilization. Atte~t10n \ ill al O be paid to certain lesser civilizations, with emphasis on th role of archeology. Pr rcquisite: Hist. 101 and 102. 1 Three credits Hi t. 210. Ancient History: Classical World The direct Greco-Roman antecedents for western civilization will b de\'eloped, beginning with Mycenae, through Homer, the �Page 154 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Golden age, Hellenistic world, and the rise and fall of Romr.. Emphasis will be on the cultural contributions of each group and period to our present world. Prerequisite: Hist. IO I and I 02. Three credits Hist. 211. Medieval Ages Consideration will be given to political, economic, cultural institutions and activities, and intellectual development in Medieval Europe to the early Renaissance. Prerequisite: Hist. 10 I and 102. Three credits Hist. 212. The Renaissance and Reformation Within the political and economic framework of the period, study will be made of the culture of the Renaissance, the religious reform and conflicts resulting from the crisis in the sixteenth century. Prerequisite: Hist. IO I and I 02. Three credits Hist. 221,., 222. American Social and Intellectual History A study of social and intellectual developments in the United States from the colonial period to the present time. During the first semester emphasis will be placed on the influence of the American environment during the colonial period and of expansion and sectional disputes in the federal period upon society and upon religious, economic, and political thought. During the second semester the influences of industrialization, the rise of nationalism, and the emergence of the United States as a World Power will be emphasized. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. Three credits each semester Hist. 223,., 224. American Constitutional History A study of the origins of the American Constitution and the DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 155 ro,, th of the American constitutional system with special attention th role of the Supreme Court. Pr requisite: Hist. 107, 108, and P. S. 102. Restricted to juniors nd s niors. Hist. 223 is a prerequisite for Hist. 224. to Three credits each semester Hi t. 227--228. History of the Foreign Policy of the United States tudy of the evolution of the several policies that give direction to the relations of the United States with other nations. Prerequisite: Hist. 101, 102, 107, and 108. Three credits each semester. Hi t. 231. Colonial America Discovery exploration and settlement; development of social, political, religious and intellectual institutions; independence and political reorganization. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. Three credits Hi t. 234. Twentieth Century America The emergence of the United States as an industrial, urban world power and the corresponding development of its political, economic ocial, religious, and intellectual institutions. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. Three credits Hit. 235,.,236. History of the Far East A tud y of the history of the civilizations developed in India, China, and Japan with emphasis on their inter-relations and distinctive characteristics and on their transformation in response to the penetration of western civilization from the sixteenth century onward. Some attention will be given to similar developments and changes among the countries of Southeast Asia. Fall semester: to c. 1760. Spring semester: 1760 to the present. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits each semester. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 157 Page 156 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Hist. 241--242. History of Great Britain and the British Empire and Commonwealth . A study ?f British history from the Roman occupation to recent times. Durmg the first semester emphasis is placed on the relations and ~ontrasts bet':~en Br~tish and continental developments and the nse of the Bntish nat10n and its expansion overseas. During the s~co~d semester emphasis is placed on the transition from 8 con_stitut10nal monarchy to a mature democracy, from an essentially agn:ultural to an industrial economy, and from the mercantilist empire to the C?mmonwealth of Nations. Intellectual and arti tic developments will be touched upon insofar as they are related to the above changes. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits each semester. nd political, social, and cultural evolution of the Soviet State from it inception to the present. Prerequisite: Hist. 10 I and I 02 . Three credits Hi t. 271. Historiography n introduction to the aims, methods and accomplishments of om of the most renowned historians of Europe and America. Pr requisite: Consent of head of department. One credit Hi t. 295-- 296. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the fi Id of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research Hist. 255. Europe in the Nineteenth Century A study of the political, social, and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. Prerequisite: Hist. IO 1 and 102. Three credits Hist. 256. Europe in the Twentieth Century Against a backg~ound of the internal and international developments of the leadmg powers, the class will study the origins and results of the two World Wars. Prerequisite: Hist. IO 1 and 102. p per at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Hi t. 297. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) MATHEMATICS Three credits Professor Wong, chairman; Associate Professors T. Richards, Hist. 257. History of Russia to 1815 E rl; Assistant Professors DeCosmo, Wasileski, Salsburg; Instructors A brief review of demographic and geographic factors will be used a~ background_ for a study of the political, social, and intellectual history of Russia from early times to 1815. Prerequisite: Hist. IO 1 and 102. Kravitz, Sours. Three credits Math. 101--102. Fundamentals of Mathematics A course designed for those who want a general background in mathematical concepts without specialization in techniques. Three credits each semester Hist. 258. History of Modern Russia _A thorough examination of nineteenth century Imperial Russia will ~er:7e as a basi~ for a detailed study of the development of Russia m the twentieth century. Emphasis will be on the origins Math. 105. College Algebra and Trigonometry A combination of Math. 107 and 109. Five credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 159 Page 158 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Math. 107. College Algebra Proportion, progressions, inequalities, mathematical induction, binomial theorem, complex numbers, roots of equations, permutations and combinations, probability, determinants, partial fractions. Three credits Math. 109. Plane Trigonometry Trigonometric functions, solutions of triangles, trigonometric identities, inverse functions, trigonometric equations. Three credits Math. 126. Analysis III ( Calculus with Analytic Geometry) Differentiation and integration of transcendental functions, applications, improper integrals, indeterminate forms, partial derivativ multiple integrals. Prerequisite: Math. 125. Four credits Math. 213. Higher Algebra ets, mappings, operations, relations, groups, integral domains, fi Id ; particular illustration of the foregoing by an axiomatic de- Math. 115. Mathematics of Finance ' lopment of the real and complex number systems. Prerequisite: Math. 125, or permission of instructor. Three credits Progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms, simple interest, compound interest, equations of value, annuities, sinking funds, amortization, depreciation, capitalized cost. Three credits Math. 214. Linear Algebra Math. 122. Analysis I (Calculus with Analytic Geometry) Vector spaces, linear independence, linear transformations, matri e, determinants, systems of linear equations. Prerequisite: Math. 213 or permission of instructor. Three credits Study of geometric figures by means of coordinate systems, including the general problem of the equation of a locus, straight lines, circles, conic sections, transformation of coordinates, polar coordinates, parametric equations, families of curves, introduction to solid analytic geometry. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or both Math. 107 and 109, or the equivalent. Four credits Math. 125. Analysis II (Calculus with Analytic Geometry) Limits, derivatives and differentials, indefinite and definite integrals, differentiation and integration of algebraic functions, applications. Prerequisite: Ma th. 122. Four credits Math. 220. College Geometry imilar figures, systems of circles, circular inversion, triangles, Ptolemy's theorem, circles of antisimilitude, poles and polars, medians orthocenters, nine-point circle, Desargues' theorem, Pascal's th orem, theorem of Pappus. Prerequisite: Math. 126. Three credits Math. 228. Mathematical Statistics I Probability, frequency functions, empirical distributions of one variable, moment generating functions, binomial and Poisson distributions, normal distribution, the null hypothesis, elementary nmpling theory. Prerequisite: Math. 126. Three credits �Page 160 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 161 Math. 229. Mathematical Statistics II ath. 252. Advanced Calculus II Correlation and regression, theoretical distributions of more than one variable, normal surface, goodness of fit, chi-square distribution testing hypotheses, estimation of parameters, confidence interval small samples, student's t-distribution, testing for randomnes. Prerequisite: Math. 228. Three credits ontinuation of Math. 251. Pr requisite: Math. 251. Thr credits Math. 235. Vector Analysis Math. 255. Introduction to Functions of a Complex Variable Vector algebra, differentiation of vectors, divergence and curl the operator del, curvilinear coordinates, vector fields, application Prerequisites: Math. 126. Three credits complex numbers and complex plane. The elei:ientary funcontinuity and differentiability, the Cauchy-R1ema~n equati n. auchy's integral theorem and formulas. Power series. Pr requisite: Math. 252. Thre credits Math. 240. Analysis IV ( Differential Equations) First order equations, linear equations, applications, solution b successive approximation, systems of differential equations, infinit series, power series solution of differential equations. Prerequisite: Math. 126. Four credits Math. 241. Numerical Analysis Solution of equations and systems of equations, e.g. special methods which are efficient for computation, approximation of function by polynomials, interpolation, numerical integration, initial ralu problems of differential equations, matrix inversion, and matri eigenvalues. Prerequisite: Mathematics 240. Three credits Math. 251. Advanced Calculus I Introduction to the theory of functions of real variables. Th emphasis in this course and the following one is on proof, by th delta-epsilon technique, of theorems concerning sequences and other functions of one variable. Some time is spent on function of more than one variable. Prerequisite: Math. 126. Three credits Math. 257. Partial Differential Equations R \ i w of Fourier series. The linear, second-order pa~tial differntial equation, and its transformation into the cano~1cal forms. luti n of the wave equation; the method of separat10n of vari ble . olution of the potential equation; its bou?dary-value probI m . olution of the heat equation; series solut10ns. Approximate lution of partial differential equations. Prer quisite: Math 252. Three credits ath. 260. Introduction to Topology t metric spaces, topological spaces, compactness, separation, onn ctedness, Stone-Weierstrass theorems, Hausdorff spaces, n rmed linear spaces. Ir requisite: Math 251. Three credits Math. 295--296. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the fi Id of the major under the direction of a staff me1:1ber. ~ research p per nt a level significantly beyond a term paper 1s required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. 0 11 to three credits �Page 162 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 163 Math.297.Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) Computer Science Comp. Sci. 101,; 102. Computer Science & Data Processing Logical structure of a computer, algorithms, binary, arithmetic functions of computer parts, machine orders, order codes, machin solution using a programming language, problem solving. Surve} of problems and techniques involved in handling large amount of information, both numerical and non-numerical, serial file procc ing, searching and sorting, information retrieval, data reduction, file maintenance, document preparation, real time application, automatic translation. Fee: $20 each semester. Three credits each semester foll \\ ing semester if the faculty does not recommend a continuation f th music major. F for private instruction are in addition to the regular tuition hr 011e credit each semester u . 101. Introduction to the Materials and Literature of Music I Th materials of music and their interrelationships. Illustrations r d rh cd from literature of all periods for the purpose of deI pin understanding and enjoyment through perceptive listening. Thr e credit u . 102. Introduction to the Materials and Literature of Music II urvey of performance literature extending from the Baroque p ri cl to the present. Directed listening to illustrations of various m dia. forms, and styles characteristic of each period for the purpo of timulating critical judgment in the listener. Thr e credits MUSIC 1 Associate Professor Gasbarro, chairman; Associate Professor L. Schmidt; Assistant Professors Chapline, Garber, Partchey, Sulli\an· Instructors Probert, Mowery, Balshaw, A. Liva. Applied Music Individual and group instruction are offered at all levels of difficulty to students in piano, pipe organ, voice, and orchestral and band instruments. The student receives a series of fourteen lesson a semester. A performing examination before the music faculty i necessary if credit is to be obtained for such study. Students who are not music majors may receive one credit each semester for voice or instrumental study. No performing exar.1ination is necessary if credit is not desired by the student. The ability, interest, and progress of students intending to major in music will be evaluated at the end of the sophomore year by the music faculty. Students will be advised before the opening of the I There is a music fee of $10 per semester for all Music and Music Education majors. u . 105--106--107,., 108. Theory of Music 1 h tudy of the theory of music is centered upon three main principles: 1) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. (2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through key board harmony. (3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. 1 he first two semesters of theory include ear training, two hours; olfcggio, two hours; harmony, one hour. The third and fourth m tcrs include ear training, one hour; solfeggio, one hour; harmony three hours. 1 h re is no prerequisite for Mus. 105. Students may be admitted Mu. 106, 107, and 108 by examination. Five credits each course Mu . 109. History of Music I A dct,lilcd study of the history of music from the beginning of chilization to the seventeenth century. Three credits �Page 164 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 165 Mus. 110. History of Music II A continuation of Mus. 109, beginning with J. S. Bach and tracing musical development to the present day. Twentieth ccntur) music will be emphasized in the final weeks of study. Three credits Mus. 111-- 112. Piano Class 1 and 2 Class instruction in secondary piano. The classes will be divided into suitable groups according to proficiency. This course is required for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mu . 131--132--133--124. Orchestra Participation in the Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orches:ra .gives the tudent experience in the complete range of symphomc literature. Students desiring to participate in the orchestra should conult with the Director. One-half credit each semester Mu . 215. Instrumentation The instruments of the modern symphonic orchestra, their capabilities and limitations. The technique of scoring for small instrum ntal combinations; transposition and clef manipulation. Prerequisite: Mus. 102 or the approval of the Chairman of the D partment. Two credits Mus. 113--114. Piano Class 3 and 4 Class instruction in secondary piano in advance of Music I12. This course is a continuation of the required course for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. Prerequisite: Mus. 112. Two credits each semester Mu. 216. Orchestra and Band Arranging coring for the large orchestra or the modern symphonic band. Th student may select his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Mus. 215. Two credits Mus. 121--122--123--124.Band Mus. 217. Analysis The band offers the student a varied program for concerts and for various athletic events. Students desiring to participate in the band should consult with the Director. The technique of composition as disclosed by melodic, har~onic, nd structural analysis of music in varied styles and from diverse periods. All instrumental :µ-iusic education majors are required to participate in the band for four years. One-half credit each semester Prerequisite: Mus. 108 or equivalent as demonstrated by an exmination. Two credits Mus. 125--126--127--128. Chorus Mus. 218. Counterpoint The chorus offers the student a complete range of sacred and secular choral music. Students desiring to participate in the choru should consult with the Director. study of the sixteenth century art of contrapuntal_ writing as found in the styles of Palestrina, di Lasso, and Ingegneri. Prerequisite: Mus. 108. Three credits All music education majors studying voice or piano are required to participate in the chorus for four years. One-half credit each semester Mus. 295--296. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the �Page 166 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Mus.297.Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) MUSIC EDUCATION Mus. Ed. 101--102. Clarinet Class and Methods Methods of teaching and instruction in the clarinet. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mus. Ed. 103--104. Brass Class and Methods Methods of teaching and instruction in the brass field. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mus. Ed. 105. Woodwind Class Methods A class conducted as an introduction to the teaching of such wood-winds as clarinet, oboe, flute, and bassoon, with demonstrations of the class teaching of those instruments. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 102. Two credits each semester Mus. Ed. 106. Brass Class Methods A class in brass is conducted as an introduction to the teaching of brass instruments and as demonstration of class teaching of these instruments. The instruments taught include trumpet, French horn, trombone, baritone, and tuba. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 104. Two credits I There is a music fee of $10 per semester for all Music and Music Education majors. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 167 Mu . Ed. 107,, 108. Voice Class and Methods A course in the fundamentals of correct voice production; breathing, breath control, elementary study of vowel forms, and cononants. Elementary songs are used to develop the student's own voice as well as to train him in voice pedagogy. o prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mus. Ed. 109--110. Conducting and School Music Materials The development of an adequate baton technique and the precntation of various kinds of school music material, stressing particularly elementary and high school instrumental materials the first cmc ter and high school choral materials the second semester. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mu . Ed. 111--112. Violin Class and Methods A class in elementary violin playing as a practical introduction to the technical problems involved in the playing of stringed instruments. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mus. Ed. 113--114. String Instrument Class Methods A class in the playing of the viola, violoncello, and bass as an introduction to the teaching of these instruments and as a demontration of class teaching. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 112. Two credits each semester Mus. Ed. 201. Elementary School Music Methods The course involves a general preparation for the teachers of music in the elementary grades. It entails a study of the principles, procedures, and objectives in school music. No prerequisite. Two credits �Page 168 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 169 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Mus. Ed. 202. Secondary School Music Methods The course is planned to provide a preparation for teaching th various aspects of music in the secondary school. No prerequisite. Two credits Mus. Ed. 240. Professional Semester in Music Education Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare for th teaching of music in elementary and secondary schools. Fee 25. To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, studcn must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval of the Education Department chairman. Students may schedule late afternoon or evening classes durin the professional semester. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Eight credits For transfer and certification purposes, credit will be assigned as follows: 1 URSING EDUCATION Prof or Jessee, chairman; Instructor M. Riley. Enrollm nt in all of the following courses with the exception of I·. 101 and 104 is limited to graduate nurses . .E. 101. Foundations of Nursing g n ral survey of the history of nursing with emphasis upon } r ligious, social, and educational factors that have stimulated d \ lopment. Two credits .E. 102. Trends in Nursing di us ion of present problems in nursing and trends or patrn that emerge in the efforts to solve these problems. Two credits .E. 104. Community Resources urv y of the functions and activities of agencies and organiza n ontrihuting to the health and social welfare of the citizens th c mmunity. Two credits Mus. Ed. 241. General Classroom Methods A study of various instructional procedures used in public school classrooms. One credit Mus. Ed. 242. Multi,..Sensory Techniques in the Teaching of Music A study of the use of multi-sensory aids in the teaching of music in elementary and secondary schools. One credit Mus. Ed. 243. Student Teaching in Music A course in the observation and student teaching of vocai 01 instrumental music in elementary and secondary schools. Six credits .E. 106. Supervision and Administration di cu ion of the basic principles of supervision and administrat' n "'ith emphasis upon democratic leadership and the developm nt of constructive interpersonal and interdepartmental relationhip. Two credits .E. 107. Principles and Methods in Nursing Education Thi cc,urse deals with the selection and organization of teaching It includes the appraisal of ff th methods of teaching and the evaluation of student progr nnd achievement. Pr requisite: Psych. I 02 or permission of instructor. Two credits m tcrials and learning experiences. �Page 170 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 171 N.E. 108. Multi--Sensory Techniques in Nursing Education A study of the use of multi-sensory teaching aids in nur in education. Prerequisite: N. E. 107 (may be taken concurrently). One Credit N.E. 112. Field Experience in Supervision or Teaching Supervised observation and practice in a hospital. Prerequisite: Approval of adviser. Four credits N.E. 113--114. Medical and Surgical Nursing Advanced study of nursing principles and techniques as applied to the expert nursing care of medical and surgical patients. Offered in two semesters. Two credits each semester PHILOSOPHY-RELIGION Professor S. Vujica, chairman; Associate Professor Kay; Assistant Professors Williams, Belie; Instructor Barras. Phil. 105. Ethics critical study of standards for judging the rightness or wrongn of conduct. An inquiry into what men ought to do. A survey of representative ethical theories with the emphasis on their application to currently controversial issues in the social, economic, and political fields. Three credits Phil. 204. Philosophy of Religion n examination of various problems that arise when religion is made the object of philosophic reflection. The nature and forms of religious experience; the relation of faith and reason; arguments for God's existence; the problem of evil; the argument for immortality. Three credits Phil. 205. Aesthetics nalysis of the nature, standards and criteria of value in literature painting, music, and other forms of arts; the meaning of thetic judgments and processes of appreciation. An examination of the objective qualities of those things which are found to be thctically effective. Three credits Philosophy Phil. 101. Introduction to Philosophy Phil. 206. Social and Political Philosophies An introduction to the nature and function of philosophy, and its relations to some . of the other fields of human interest. The approach is through such typical problems as: the nature and origin of life, the relation of mind and body, freedom of the will, the theories of right and wrong, arguments for theism. Three credits ocial and political institutions as seen by such classical critics Plato, Aristotle, Hobbes, Hume, Burke, Bentham and others. p cial attention to analysis of the problems of censorship, relation of church and state, prejudice, aims and methods of democratic in titutions. Three credits Phil. 102. Logic and Scientific Method Phil. 207. Philosophies of History Elementary principles and techniques of clear and sound thinking. General rules of inductive and deductive reasoning; recognition of fallacies; the nature of scientific knowledge, its methods, its aims, its presuppositions. Three credits study of the various interpretations of history. The views of ugustine, Vico, Rousseau, Kant, Hegel, Marx, Comte, Spengler, hwcitzer, Toynbee, Sorokin, Niebuhr and others on the meaning of historical events. Three credits �Page 172 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Phil. 209. Ancient and Medieval Philosophy A study of the development of Western thought from Thale t Occam with special attention to such key thinkers as Plato, Ari. totle, Democritus, Plotinus, Thomas Aquinas and Duns Scotu . Three credits Phil. 210. History of Modern Philosophy The major trends in philosophic thought from the Renaissance to the end of the nineteenth century, with sepcial emphasis on: Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz, Locke, Berkeley, Hume, Kant, Heg I. Schopenhauer, Comte, Bentham, and Mill. Three credits Phil. 211. Contemporary Philosophy A review of current schools of philosophy, with special empha i on: Dialectical Materialism, Pragmatism, Existentialism, Bri ti h and American Realism, and the various trends in linguistic analy i . Major philosophers to be studied: James, Dewey, Moore, Hus er, Russell, Santayana, Heidegger, Sartre, Jaspers, Wittgenstein, and Ayer. Three credits Phil. 220. The Philosophy of Science A critical examination of the nature of science; meaning, verifiability and experimentation in the sciences; the principle of verifiability in Physics and Psychology; induction and the variou interpretations of probability; causality and laws of nature, and the nature of explanation and justification. Three credits Phil. 295,., 296. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Phil. 297. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 173 Religion R I. 200. Man's Religions 1ature and origin of religion. Sacred literatures, beliefs, and ritual of the great historical and living faiths. A comparison of th more important features of the great religions. The contributions of religion to the development and preservation of cultural values. Three credits R I. 201. The Literature of the Old Testament The course aims at giving the student an insight into the books of th Old Testament and the range and depth of the religious herit received from Israel. The biblical message is studied in its d)namic context of the culture, geography and history of the n ient Near East. Three credits Rel. 202. The Literature of the New Testament n e:amination of the form and content of the books of the New T tament as literary products and as records of the faith that gave ri to the Christian Church. The teachings of Jesus and the Apostolic Church are studied against the background of their own time nd examined in their significance for contemporary life. Three credits Rel. 212. Contemporary Trends in Religious Thought study of the development of religious thought from "Neo0rthodoxy" to the "Death of God" theologies. The impact of scintism, linguistic philosophies and ecumenism on modern theoloizing; the thinkers whose views will be considered include: Barth, Brunner, the Niebuhrs, Bultmann, Farmer, Weiman, Maritain, Buber, Sartre, Heidegger, Tillich, Rabner, Rubenstein, Altizer, Co ·, Brown and Weigel. Three credits PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE ssociate Professor Reese, chairman; Assistant Professors R. chmidt, Rainey, Saracino; Instructors Lukis, Lyons. Because of the importance of health and the possession of a ound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students �Page 174 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES as a regular part of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of sport or exercise for each student are included in the program of physical education. Physical education is required of both men and women during the freshman and sophomore years. The College men at the beginning of each year are given a medical and a physical examination. · The work in physical education includes soccer, football, basketball, baseball, volley ball, and other competitive games. The College women also are given a thorough medical and physical examination before entering upon the program of physical education. The work for women consists of such activities as dancing, basketball, and natural gymnastics. P.E. 101~ 102~ 103~ 104. Physical Education This course is designed to promote physical well-being and good health habits and to encourage participation in activities that will provide relaxation and exercise throughout life. Two hours each week. P.E. 105~106. Hygiene 1 A study of present day health problems. The course undertake to help students enjoy maximum health and happiness through better understanding of nutrition, infection, disease, nervous and mental disorders, and problems of parenthood. One hour each week. One credit each semester PHYSICS Professor Donahoe, chairman; Professors Bellas, Holden; Associate Professor Bruch; Assistant Professors Morrow, Nejib, Thoma Hostler, Toole, Bailey, Beth. Phys. 101~102. Physical Science A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the methods, concepts, and vocabulary of physics and applications of some of it outstanding principles to the needs of the individual and the community; and the manner in which the continually expanding frontiers of science affect our future way of life. Lecture, demonstration, and discussion three hours a week. Three credits each semester instruction in personal hygiene is required of all students, even those excused by physicians from taking physical education. 1 Class DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 175 Phy . 111 ~ 112. Introductory Physics n introductory course designed to promote an understanding of th more important fundamental laws and methods of the major tions of Physics. Laboratory work to emphasize basic principles ncl to acquaint the student with measuring instruments and their u as well as the interpretation of experimental data. First semt r: mechanics, wave motion, sound, and heat. Second semester: I tricity, magnetism, and optics. Three class hours and one three-hour laboratory each week. Fee: $20 each semester. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109, or permission of in tructor. Four credits each semester Phy . 150. General Physics I thorough grounding in the concepts, principles, and physical l \\ of Mechanics, Thermodynamics, and Acoustics. Instruction by demonstration lecture, recitation, and experimental work. Demontr tion lecture two hours a week, recitation one hour a week, laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Math 105, or Math. 107, 109. Four credits Phy . 151. General Physics II ontinuation of Phys. 150. Electricity and Magnetism, and Optic and Light. Demonstration lecture two hours a week, recitation one hour a week, and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Phys. 150. Four credits Phy . 152. General Physics III ontinuation of Phys. 150 and 151. Modern physics. Including th experimental basis, concepts, and foundational principles of m dcrn atomic and nuclear physics. Demonstration lecture three hours a week. I rcrequisitc: Phys. 151. Tlirce credits Phy . 201 ~ 202. Electricity and Magnetism tatic and dynamic electricity, magnetism, electromagnetism, thermoelectricity, etc., are covered in considerable detail. The em- �Page 176 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES phasis in this course is on fundamental analysis rather than applications. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week each semester. Fee: $20 each semester. Prerequisites: Phys. 151, Math. 240. Four credits each semester Phys. 203--204. Mechanics Intermediate level courses designed to develop a thorough understanding of the principles of mechanics and the application of mathematical methods to the solution of its problems. Topics includ Newtonian motions of particle systems (such as a harmonic o. cillator, central force problems, etc.), rotations of rigid bodie moving coordinate systems, continuous media, inertia and str , tensors, Lagrange's equations of motion (theory of small vibrations). Recitation lecture three hours a week. Prerequisites: Phys. 151 and Math. 240. Three credits each semester DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 177 Phys. 241~242. Advanced Laboratory tudents desiring to undertake laboratory work in topics of their O\\n 1:hoosing should consult the department chairman. Lab fee: $7 p r credit hour. Pr requisites: Phys. 152, Math. 240. 011e or two credits - Hours to be arranged Phy . 251. Electrical Measurements Pre ision measurement of electrical quantities and their application to the field of chemistry; includes thermal electromotive force, r i tance thermometers, photo electromotive force, elementary I ctronic circuits and their application. Class, two hours a week nd laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 151, Math. 126. Three credits Phys. 211. Optics and Light Phy . 261. Atomic Physics The principles of geometrical and physical optics are considered in considerably greater detail than in the introductory course. Image formation, refraction, diffraction, origin of spectra, polariz d light, optical activity, etc. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisites: Phys. 152, Math 240. Four credits 1 he structure of the atom, the photo-electric effect, crystal structure, X-rays, spectra, introduction to quantum theory. Class, three hours and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisites: Phys. 202, Math. 240. Four credits Phys. 212. Thermodynamics Phy . 262. Nuclear Physics The fundamental concepts of thermodynamics. The first and second laws of Thermodynamics, Carnot cycle, entropy, and an introduction to statistical mechanics. Three hours lecture-discussion. Prerequisite: Phys. 152, Math. 240. Three credits Special relativity, natural and induced radioactivity, nuclear tructure, nuclear reactions, reactors, etc. Class, three hours and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 261. Four credits Phys. 221--222. Electronics A study of vacuum tubes, transistors, and their application in circuits for rectification, amplification, oscillation, switching, etc. Two hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20 each semester. Prerequisite: Phys. 152. Three credits each semester Phy . 271. Modern Physics A further study of the modern concepts of atomic and nuclear physics. Spectra: radioactivity, photo-electricity, X-rays, solids. Intended for students not majoring in physics. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Phys. 151, 152, and Math. 240. Three credits �Page 178 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Phys. 281. Topics in Theoretical Physics Selected topics depending upon the interests of the instructor and students. Topics might include advanced mechanics, quantum mechanics, electromagnetic theory, relativity, etc. Class, three hour. Prerequisites: Math. 240, Math. 252. Corequisites: Phys. 261 or approval of the instructor. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 179 P. . 102. Political Science II A de criptive and analytical study of the _theory ~nd. practice ?f merican ational Government including its const1tut10nal basis, or anization, powers, and functions and services. Three credits P. . 201. Constitutional Law I Phys. 282. Topics in Solid State Physics Selected topics, depending upon the interests of the instructor and students. For example, theory of electrical and thermal conductivity, semiconductors, bonding in solids, point defects, dislocation, magnetic properties, etc. Class, three hours. Prerequisites: Math. 240, Math. 252, and Phys. 261, or appro\'al of the instructor. course intended to show the growth of the American Cons:itution particularly United States governmental struct~re _and relat10nhip with special emphasis on change in the Const1tut10n, the three branches of government, the Federal System, and the powers of the ational Government. The case study method is used. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits P. . 202. Constitutional Law II Three credits Phys. 295--296. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Phys. 297. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) course intended to show the growth of the American Constitution particularly the relations betw~en the in?ividual and his govrnmcnt with special emphasis on liberty agamst government, prot tion of civil rights, citizenship and its privileges. The case study m thod is used. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits P. . 203. Politics and Political Parties course intended to analyze the movements of political parties, I tions, and the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits P. . 204. Public Opinion and Propaganda POLITICAL SCIENCE Professor Mailey, chairman; Professor Kaslas; Assistant Professors Tuhy, Sugiyama. tudy in the behavior of governance, includin? the facto~s ,,hich determine attitude, the formation and express10n of pubhc opinion, and propaganda as used by pressure groups. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102 and Soc. 101 and 102. Three credits P .S. 101. Political Science I A broad, comprehensive introduction to the great topics which constitute political science, covering the nature and main elements of the modern states, their politics, their institutions, and their relations with one another. Three credits P. . 205. State Government broad, general course covering the structure, po~ers, and f~n~tion of state governments in the United States. Special emphasis IS pla ed on the Pennsylvania State Government. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits �Page 180 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 181 P .S. 206. Municipal Government A course undertaking the study of the organization, work, and administration of local government. Since the national government has assumed a new significance today, special attention is given to the relatiomhip between local and national government. Prerequisite: P. S. IO I and 102. Three credits P .S. 207. Public Administration A study of the organization, activity, problems, and the recruitment policy of the public service. Prerequisite: P. S. 10 I and 102. Three credits P.S. 208. Labor Legislation A course dealing with the role of government in the field of labor relations and with the laws affecting the conditions of employment and employee-employer relations. The course stress the increasing importance of government in a field heretofore free of any regulation. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102. Three credits P.S. 210. Government of Metropolitan Areas An examination of the politics and the processes of contemporarJ urban government, with special emphasis upon the complex problems presented by the rapidly expanding population in standard metropolitan areas. Prerequisite: P. S. IO I and 102. Three credits P.S. 221. International Law A study of the development of the body of customs and rule which states have developed to govern their relations, with particular consideration for the responsibility of states for their enforce• ment. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102. Desideratum: United States and European history. Three credits P.. 222. International Relations n analysis of the major concepts, principles and factors ind in an understanding of international relations and foreign policie of nations. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102. Desideratum: Some knowledge of history, governments, and eography. \Oh Three credits P.S. 223. Comparative Government comparative study of the various forms and kinds of governm nt that have developed in the modern world with primary ttention directed toward Europe. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102. Three credits P. . 224. Soviet System of Government course dealing with the structure and functions of the Soviet GO\crnment emphazing the contrasts and similarities in form with overnments of the West. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102. Three credits P. . 225. International Organization tudy of the growth of cooperative efforts toward international organization; the nature, functions, and problems relating to international organization. Prerequisites: P.S. IO I and I 02. Three credits P.S. 226. Government and Politics of Asia n analysis of the distinctive institutions, processes, and probI ms of political development and contemporary government in ia, with emphasis on the post-independence era, and on Japan and China. Prerequisites: P.S. 10 I and 102. Three credits �Page 182 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES P .S. 251. The Role of Planning in Urban Development Origins and evolution of city planning, influences of urban growt?, legal a?d institutional framework, and scientific and philosophical premises. Survey of city planning as it has evolved in the United States since 1800 in response to physical social and economic problems. ' Prerequisite: P.S. IOI and 102. Three credits P.S. 295--296. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required, One to three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 183 foundations of behavior, to learning, perception, and the emotions. Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and 102. Some background in biology or phy iology would be desirable. Three credits P ·y. 203--· 204. Experimental Psychology A lecture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the stud nt with the methods and the results of modern psychological rerch. The course includes a study of several of the famous exp riments in the field of psychology. Also included is practice with th older as well as the more recent methods of experimental rearch. Pr requisite: Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits each semester P y. 207. Child Psychology P:S. 297. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) The course is designed to present a general view of the development and growth of the child. It is concerned primarily with the her dity and native equipment of the child and the manner in \\hich this equipment is modified during childhood. Emotional de\ lopment, language development, and social relations are conid red. Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits PSYCHOLOGY Professor Riley, chairman; Assistant Professor Stetten; Instructor Hobrock, Kanner, Krasno. Psy. 101--102. General Psychology An introduction to the field of psychology with emphasis on objective and systematic methods of inquiry. Extensive treatment of maj?r ~syc~ologi~al topics such as sensation, perception, learning, mot1vat1on, mtelhgence, and personality development. Frus~cation conflict, and mental health also receive attention. Three credits each semester Psy. 201. Advanced General Psychology . A more detailed study of topics treated only superficially in the mtroductory course. More attention will be given to physiological P y. 208. Human Behavior Human adjustment and maladjustment to life situations with mphasis on motivation, emotional control, personality formation, nd the treatment of the lesser personality disorders. Prerequisite: Psy. IO 1 and 102. Three credits Py. 210. Psychologic Theory A comprehensive survey of classical and contemporary theories and their relationship to empirical research. Special emphasis is placed on attempts to reconcile and translate these theories into operational descriptions. Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits �Page 184 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 185 Psy. 212. Psychological Tests A survey of the functions measured by psychological tests with emphasis on intelligence and personality. A variety of the group and individual tests which measure these functions arc studied This course is a prerequisite for Psy. 251 and Psy. 255. Prerequisite: Psy. IO I and 102. Three credits P y. 295--296. Independent Research Ind pendent study and research for advanced students in the fi Id of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research p per at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Py. 297. Seminar Psy. 251. Industrial Psychology An introduction to the industrial application of psychology in th selection, classification, and training of employees; reduction o' monotony and fatigue; the maladjusted worker; accident prevention; work conditions; and employee motivation and morale. Prerequisite: Psy. 212. Three credits Pr ntations and discussions of selected topics. Prcr quisitc: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) RETAILING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructor D'Zurko. Psy. 254. Systematic Psychology R t. 101. Principles of Retailing A historical introduction to the various points of view in recent psychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders in the field as Watson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler Prerequisite: Psy. IOI and 102 and one other course in psychology. Three credits basic course that discusses the opportunities in retailing; types of r tail institutions; problems of store policy, store location; study of th organizational structure of department stores; organization nd functions of operating division. Three credits Psy. 255. Clinical Psychology A survey of the clinical method in psychology with consideration of diagnostic and treatment techniques and the role of the profe . sional psychologist in various settings. Prerequisite: Psy. 212. Three credits Psy. 257. Abnormal Psychology A general survey of the principal forms of mental abnormalitie, with emphasis on causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. Prerequisite: Psy. 207, 208 and permission of head of department. Three credits Ret. 210. Elements of Merchandise Merchandise information; fibers and fabrics; history, production, m nufacturing process from fiber to finished fabric; textile terminlogy, trade names. Identification, testing of fibers; care of fabrics; 11 w developments. Study of natural, industrial and synthetic mat rials. Three credits Ret. 211. Merchandise Information aterials, other than textiles, used in the creation of merchandise r co\'ercd through the study of raw materials. Categories of merchandise covered include: leather goods, such as shoes, gloves, handbags, and luggage; floor coverings; glass, pottery, and china; nd furniture. Three credits �Page 186 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ret. 212. Purchases and Merchandising Control The_ principles, techniques, and problems encountered in mer• cha_nd1smg; purchase planning, markup, markdown, inventories an their control, turnover, retail method of inventory and the ty and limitation of stock control systems. ' Prerequisite: B. A. I 07 or approval of instructor. Three credits Ret. 214. Retail Buying A study of the scientific principles of what, when, and how much to buy; a _study of cus~omer demand. Special attention is given t the techmque of buymg; markups, markdowns, stockturns, and other factors that are necessary to keep lines complete. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits Ret. 220. Organization and Operation of the Small Store I_mportance of ~mall business; factors in business success; justifi• cat10n of new ~usmesses; financing; location; policies; management; em~loyee relations; sales promotion; turnover; profit; records; smal busmess and the future. Two credits Ret. 224. Recent Trends and Developments in Retailing Revi~w of fun~amen_tals; tr~nds in retailing; study of develop• ments m cooperation with retail store executives. Laboratory work· reports on trends and developments. Three credits Ret. 225. Retail Practice Req~ired ?f all retailing majors in the seventh semester. In cooperat10n ':1th local stores, a program in Retailing Practices ha ?een established. Under this program, students majoring in Retailmg must be employed for an average of 25 hours a week during the fall ten~ of the se?ior year. During the period of employment, stu• ~ents will be reqmred to submit reports concerning their work to the mstructor; the store manager or personnel director is required to DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 187 \aluate the students' ability and aptitude for retailing. Credit for th ourse given upon certification by the manager or personnel dire tor of the co-operating store that students have satisfactorily comp! tcd their terms of employment. tudents who wish to seek their own place of employment may b p rmittcd to do so, provided the place of employment has been pprovcd by the instructor. In general, this approval will be given to employment in department stores, independent stores, variety tores, chain stores, and specialty stores where students will receive \aricty of experience, and the stores are of a sufficient size to pro\id adequate and diversified experience. Three credits SECRETARIAL STUDIES Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professo.r Gera; Instructor Dolbear. . . 105--106. Elementary Shorthand Development of reading and writing skill in basic Gregg Shorthand implified and review of simple English essentials that are ary in transcription; completion of basic theory. ccond semester: Review of Gregg Shorthand Simplified with mphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the application of shorthand; pre-transcription training; d \'Clopmcnt of desirable traits and work habits. Four hours each " k. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Tu o credits each semester .. 107 --108. Elementary Typewriting Presentation and mastery of the keyboard and operating parts of th typc\\riter; stroking techniques and control emphasized. De\ lopmcnt of skill in typewriting; application of skill to letter writing, envelopes and cards, tabulation problems, copying from rough draft, manuscript writing; study of form and style. Four hours each week. One hour lecture and three hours laboratory. Required laboratory fee: $10 each course. Minimum pasing requirement: SO words net per minute. Two credits each semester .. 201--202. Advanced Typewriting Development of greater speed and accuracy in typewriting; review of form and style in typewritten material; advanced applica- �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 189 Page 188 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ~ion of t~pewriting ski~ls; production typing; accuracy, speed and Job techmques emphasized; development of desirable work habit and attitudes. Three hours laboratory. Required laboratory fee: $10 each course. Prerequisite: S. S. 108 or equivalent and net typing rate of 50 words per minute. One credit each semester S.S. 205. Office Procedures and Machines A study of technical procedures and problems in typical busine an~ professional offices; analysis of personal and professional reqmrements for office personnel; a general survey and comparison of major office machines classifications; administrative machine procurement problems and procedures; operation and use of office machines a_n~ equip~ent? namely, adding, calculating, dictating and transcn~mg, d~phcatmg, photocopying, accounting, integrated data processmg. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Required laboratory fee: $10. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Four credits S.S. 207 ~ 208. Advanced Shorthand Review a~d s:rengthc~ knowledge of the principles of Gregg Sh~rtha~d S~mphfi_ed; bmld shorthand - writing skill and speed in takmg ~ic_tat10n _with great emphasis placed on the development of transcnpt10n skill; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Five hours each week. Two hours lecture, three hours laboratory. P~erequisite: S. S. 106 or equivalent and net typing of 50 word a mmute. Three credits each semester S.S. 243. Principles and Methods of Business Education Principles of business education; business curricula in secondary schools; psychology of skill-building; objectives, standards, content; tests and measurements, and techniques of instruction in business education courses; observation. Three credits OCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY Professor Moravec, chairman; Instructors O'Connor, Welliver. oc. 101. Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology I Man in Society; a systematic view of sociology, providing essential for an approach to questions about man in society; analysis of ocial processes, structures, and functions. Three credits oc. 102. Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology II an and Culture; a general survey of the field of anthropology tr sing its cultural aspects; study of contemporary non-literate o ietics and their institutions. Three credits oc. 200. The Family History and ethnological studies of family. Role of family in the development of the individual. Interrelation of church, state, and family. Social conditions and changes affecting the American family. Family instability and disorganization. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102 or permission of instructor. Three credits oc. 215. Sociology of Urban Life The development of modern cities; effects of urban life upon ocial organization and personality patterns; major social problems of the cities. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102. Three credits Soc. 230. Social Problems A survey of most pressing contemporary social problems and an :amination of current theories of social disorganization. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 191 Page 190 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Soc. 235. Crime and Juvenile Delinquency Evaluation of current theories and research into causative factor and sociological implications of criminal and delinquent behavior, Examination of problems, programs, and issues in prevention and treatment of deviant behavior. Prerequisite: Soc. 230, or permission of the instructor: Three credits Soc. 251. Comparative Social Welfare Systems Examination of the social welfare institution within a societal and cultural context. Exploration of historical and conflicting vie\\ on responsibility for developing measures to cope with social problems in North American, European, Asiatic, and African countric. Prerequisites: Soc. 101, 102, Psy. 101, 102. Three credits Soc. 252. Fields of Social Work A survey of the main problems of social work and of agencic and methods that have developed to cope with them. The nature and requirements of the different fields of social work. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102 and Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits Soc. 255. Introduction to Social Psychology A general survey of the field of social psychology. Social factors in human nature; psychology of individual differences; social interaction; collective behavior, psychology of personality; social pathology. Prerequisite: Soc. 10 I and 102 and Psy. 10 I and 102. Three credits Soc. 260. Personality and Social Structure Examination of current theories and research bearing upon the relationship between personality and social structure; contributions and convergent development in psychology, anthropology, and sociology. Prerequisite: Soc. IO I and I 02; Soc. 255. Three credits o . 265. Sociology of Industry n analysis of the formal and informal social organization of the ,ork plant and of the relationship between modern industrial ornization and the community. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102 and Ee. 101 and 102, or permission of the instructor. Three credits oc. 270. Peoples and Cultures of the World suney of the non-Western cultures of the world with an emph is on one of the following areas: The Middle East, The Far E t South-East Asia, Africa, Australasia, Latin America. Prercquisi te: Soc. IO I and I 02. Three credits o . 27 5. Sociology of Minorities theoretical analysis of inter-group tensions and processes of dju tmcnt with special reference to modern racial, national, and r ligious conflicts. Prerequisite: Soc. 10 I and 102 and Psy. 10 I and 102. Three credits oc. 280. Sociological Theory 'I he aim of the course is to provide the student majoring in soiology, or in one of the related fields, with a historical background n cc sary for understanding of the current trends in sociology as w II as for clarification of its distinct subject matter, problems, and m thods. Prerequisite: Soc. 10 I and 102 and two other courses in sociology or permission of the instructor. Three credits oc. 295 .. 296. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the ft Id of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research pap r at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits oc. 297. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) �Personnel of the College Board of Trustees dministration Faculty �Board of Trustees ADMIRAL HAROLD ARNAUD CHARLES C. R. STARK, Honorary Chairman Honorary Member MARTS, Vice-Chairman Secretary HARRIS, Treasurer D01 AI.D FRANK W. ANDERSON THOMAS H. KILEY DONALD F. CARPENTER WILLIAM L. CONYNGHAM JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. Miss MARY R. KooNs G. DARTE R. DAVIS THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. KENNETH G. NORTHROP ALFRED faSENPREIS F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST Miss ANNETTE EvANS RICHARD L. PEARSALL MRS. EBERHARD L. FABER HoN. FRANKL. P1NOLA Eu GENE S. FARLEY JOSEPH J. SAVITZ JOHN B. F. RICHARD L. PEARSALL WILLIAM L. CONYNGHAM HoN. FRANKL. PINOLA CHARLES DARTE JAMES P. HARRIS F. ELLSWORTH p ARKHURST B. w ALLER AARON WEISS LOUIS SHAFFER ANDREW HOURIGAN' JR. R. p ARKHURST PEARSALL CHARLES ISS MARY Chairman B. w ALLER KOONS CHARLES H. MINER, JR. Library Instruction WILLIAM L. Miss ANNETTE EvANS, CONYNGHAM, Chairman , fas. FRANCK G. DARTE AMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. Chairman MRS. EBERHARD L. FABER JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. R. KooNs H. MINER, JR. Miss MARY CHARLES M.D. NORTHROP J. SAVITZ Jou B. FARR, Chairman Do, ALD F. CARPENTER JAMES P. HARRIS JosEPII J. KocYAN, M.D. Louis SHAFFER Finance CHARLES H. MINER, JR. THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. KENNETH G. Planning and Development FRANK Chairman w. ANDERSON WILLIAM L. CONYNGHAM ALFRED ElSENPREIS THOMAS H. KILEY CHARLES H. MINER, JR. RICHARD L. PEARSALL JOSEPH J. SAVITZ Expiring June, 1970 s. FARLEY L. Loms SHAFFER, DONALD F. CARPENTER EUGENE F. ELLSWORTH RICHARD JA 1ES p. HARRIS ominations Expiring June, 1969 Miss ANNETTE EVANS President THOMAS H. KILEY, REUBEN H. LEVY T110 tAS H. KILEY JOSEPH TERM OF OFFICE ALFRED faSENPREIS CARPENTER UGENE S. FARLEY, KE ' ETH SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, Vice-Chairman CHARI.ESH. MINER, JR. ANDREW HOURIGAN ' JR. G. B. WALLER, Chairman IS SHAFFER, ISS ANNETTE EvANS AARON WEISS FARR MRS. FRANCK Buildings and Grounds REUBEN H. LEVY SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. FRED CHARLES Lo CHARLES H. MINER, JR., MRS. FRANCK Ex cutive B. WALLER, Chairman Loms SHAFFER, JAMES P. Committee Appointments G. NORTHROP JOSEPH J. SAVITZ Lams SHAFFER REUBEN H. LEVY JAMES FRED AARON WEISS P. HARRIS, Chairman R. DAVIS . DREW HOURIGAN, JR. THOMAS H. KILEY Faculty-Trustee Committee on Academic Freedom L. REUBEN H. LEVY WILLIAM AARON WEISS THOMAS H. KILEY CONYNGHAM Expiring June, 1971 FRANK FRED w. ANDERSON R. DAVIS MRS. EBERHARD L. FABER JOHN B. FARR THOMAS H. KILEY JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. Miss MARY R. Kcx>Ns Ex Officio on all Committees - CHARLES B. WALLER AND EUGENE S. FARLEY �Officers of Administration EUGENE s. FARLEY President B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) FRANCIS J. MICHELINI B. ROZELLE 1 t, Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) LH J. HOLDEN Coordinator of Research in the Sciences MOHR Dean of Student Affairs and Dean of Men ABATE COLLEGE SERVICES Director of Development B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.A. (New York) R. T Coordinator of Research & Applied Programs in Humanities & Social Sciences Ph.D. (Alfred) B.A. (North Carolina) M.A. (Columbia) CHARLES MAILEY B. . (West Chester) B•. (Brooklyn) GEORGE F. RALSTON R. Assistant to Dean Director of Financial Aid HARD RASPEN H GOV. Director of Graduate Program Director of Alumni Relations Director of Public Relations B.. (Wilkes) Dean of Academic Affairs B.S. (Wilkes) Ph.D. (Alfred) WALTER H. M. DAVENPORT, III LIVI G J'ON CLEWELL R1 B.S. (Seton Hall) M.S. (Delaware) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) RALPH tUEI. B.. (Wilkes) 1 . (Bucknell) FRA CES Business Manager M. SEARS Director of College Consultation B.. (Barnard) .A. (New York) B.S. (Wilkes) RoBERT JOHN P. WHITBY Dean of Admissions B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.S. (Columbia) JOHN J. CHWALEK Jo EPH H. KANNER Director of Placement 'B.S. (East Tennessee) M.A. (Columbia) ROBERT S. CAPIN B. S. (Wilkes) C.P.A. (Pennsylvania) ALEX PAWLENOK College Physician M. KERR B. . (Bucknell) M.O. (Jefferson) Director of Testing Service B.A. (Bucknell) M . (New School for Social Research) MILDRED GITTINS Manager of the Bookstore Director of Evening and Summer College WILLIAM JERVIS Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds Comptroller JA ESE. DAVIS Data Processing B.S. (Wilkes) MARGARET M. AHLBORN Dean of Women COMMUNITY SERVICES B.A. (Mt. Holyoke) ARTHUR J. HOOVER B.S. (Wilkes) M.Ed. (Pennsylvania State) B. HoPKINS MosEs A.B., M.A. (Syracuse) LL.D. (Parsons) Assistant to Dean Director of Student Activities Huco V. MAILEY Registrar VICTOR BAIZ B.S. (West Chester) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Ph.B. (Dickinson) M.A. (Bucknell) Director of Institute of Regional Affairs Director, Science, Math Improvement Program �FACULTY - Page 199 Faculty Sociology Professor Chemistry Professor Physics Professor Physics Professor English Professor Mathematics Professor Foreign Language Associate Professor Mathematics Associate Professor Library Associate Professor JOHN G. REESE Physical Education Associate Professor BoYo L. EARL Mathematics Associate Professor Fine Arts Associate Professor Music Education Associate Professor J RO EUGENE S. FARLEY Administration B.S. (Pennsylvania State) President LAV G. MORAVEC J.U.D. (Prague, Czechoslovakia) Ph.D. (Boston) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) RALPH B. ROZELLE CHARLES B. REIF Professor Economics Professor FRA CIS J. DONAHOE Political Science Professor TA LEY J. HOLDEN Education Professor B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Minnesota) SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG B.A., M.B.A. (Boston) Ph.D. (North Carolina) HUGO V. MAILEY B.S. (West-Chester) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) EUGENE L. HAMMER B.S. (Wheaton) M.A. (Northwestern) Ed. D. (Columbia) STANKO M. VuJICA B.A. (Zagreb) M.A. (Innsbruck) Ph.D. (Zagreb) RUTH w. JESSEE Nursing Education Professor EtWOOD DISQUE B. . (Oklahoma A&M) M . (Kansas State) Ph.D. (Illinois) B. . (Dickinson) Biology Professor Psychology Professor Biological Research Professor History Professor L.L.B. (Kaunas, Lithuania) M.A., Ph.D. (Strasbourg) PHILIP L. Rizzo B. . (Wilkes) Br GK. WoNG B.A. (Ohio State) M.D. (New York) (In affiliation with Veterans Administration Hospital) BRONIS KASLAS BE JAMIN F. FIESTER, JR. Professor B.A. (Bucknellf Ph.D. (Pennsy vania State) SHELDON G. COHEN B . (Brooklyn) Ph.D. (Alfred) Philosophy and Religion B.S. (Seton Hall) M.S. (Delaware) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) ROBERT RILEY B.A. (LaSalle) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) .. (Bucknell) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State) B.S., M.A. (Columbia) Ed. D. (Pennsylvania) FRANCIS J. MICHELINI B.S. (Wilkes) Ph.D. (Alfred) Biology THOMAS R. RICHARDS B.S. (Pennsylvania State) f.S. (Bucknell) 'ADAK. Vu;1cA B.A., M.A. (Zagreb) M.A. in L.S. (Marywood) B.S., M. Ed. (Pennsylvania State) B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Bucknell) CHESTER E. COLSON English Professor Physics Professor B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) B.S. (Massachusetts School of Art) M.S. (Columbia) WILLIAM R. GASBARRO FREDERIC E. BELLAS B.S., M.S., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State) B.S. (Juilliard) M.A. (Columbia) �FACULTY - Page 201 Page 200 - FACULTY ROBERT E. OGREN Biology Associate Professor History Associate Professor Economics Associate Professor Economics Associate Professor B.A. (Wheaton) M.S. (Northwestern) G CE C. KIMBALL Biology Associate Professor Biology Associate Professor Chemistry Associate Professor Philosophy and Religion Associate Professor Education Associate Professor Mathematics Assistant Professor Accounting Assistant Professor Engineering Assistant Professor Accounting Assistant Professor Business Education Assistant Professor Economics Assistant Professor Accounting Assistant Professor English Assistant Professor B . (Rochester) Ph.D. (Cornell) Ph.D. (Illinois) HAROLD E. Cox B.A. (William and Mary) M.A., Ph.D. (Virginia) WELTON G. FARRAR B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania) GEORGE F. ELLIOT B.A. (Montclair State) M.A. (Clark) How ARD A. SwAIN, JR. Chemistry B.S. (Grove City) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) ALVAN BRUCH Associate Profe sor LOW. LEYB. T Physics English B.A. (Syracuse) M.A. (Columbia) FRANCIS J. SALLEY LEYH. Chemistry ROBERT A. WEST B.M. (Converse) M.A. (NYU) M.M. (Manhattan) Ed.D. (Columbia) WELLE. THOMAS Economics Associate Profes or GORGE Associate Professor ROBERT Chemistry GERA B. . (Bloomsburg) .. (Columbia) OE y OUNG R•• (Rhode Island) . (Columbia) Chemistry B.S. (Muhlenberg) Ph.D. (MIT) LISELOTTE M. SCHMIDT CO Associate Professor B.S. (Valparaiso) M.S. (New York) Ph.D. (Northeastern) OWEN D. FAUT B.S.C. (Washington and Lee) Education B.A. (Roosevelt) M.S., Ph.D. (Wisconsin) JAMES J. BoHNING HELDON CURTIS B.S. (Washington and Lee) B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (Columbia) ROBERT E. WERNER Associate Professor W ASILESKI BS. (Pittsburgh) 1.S. (Bucknell) Associate Professor E B.S. (St. Joseph's) M.S. (Pennsylvania) G. DARTE, II B . (Yale) 1 ., Ed.D. (Pennsylvania) Associate Professor T ALFRED S. GROH KAY B . (Western Reserve) f . {Michigan) Ph.D. (Ohio) CK B.S. (Chicago) M.S., Ph.D. (New York) TAPPA B . (Brooklyn) 1 . (Williams) Ph.D. (Yale) Music As.,ociate Professor Associate Professor ROBERT s. CAPIN B.S. (Wilkes) CP.A. (State of Pennsylvania) II RLOTTE V. LORD B. . ( rew York) M.A. En~lish (Bucknell) .. Ita ian (Middlebury) �FACULTY - Page 203 Page 202 - FACULTY JAMES G. DECOSMO Mathematics B.S. (West Chester) M.S. (Adelphi) RICHARD B. CHAPLINE Music B.S., M.S. (Juilliard) STANLEY S. GunN Assistant Profess English Assistant Professor Library Assistant Professo B.A., M.A. (Maryland) DALE ALLAN BUEHLER Assistant Profess B.A. (Franklin and Marshall) M.S.inL.S. Fine Arts Assistant Professor Biology Assistant Professor B.F.A. (Syracuse) THOMAS J. MIZIANTY B.S. (Scranton) M.S., Ph.D. (Delaware) HERBERT GARBER Music B.A. (New York) M.A. (Columbia) JAMES P. BERG History B.A. (Harvard) B.D. (Lutheran Seminary) M.A. (Pennsylvania) u MID R. N EJIB B.S. (Baghdad) M.S., Ph.D. (Carnegie) Ro LAND C. ScH MIDT, JR. Physics and Engineering Assistant Professor Physics Assistant Professor Mathematics Assistant Professor Political Science Assistant Professor Foreign Language Assistant Professor Education Assistant Professor Fine Arts Assistant Professor English Assistant Professor Religion Assistant Professor Chemistry Assistant Professor Political Science Assistant Professor Physics Assistant Professor Biology Assistant Professor B . (Wa hington & Jefferson) PhD. (Wisconsin) EPH H. SALSBURG PHIi IP R. TunY B . ( alparaiso) 1. , . (Pennsylvania) EM. RIBAS B. ., LL.B. (Barcelona) Ph.D. (Madrid) Assistant Professor ICHAEL Assistant Professor ICHAHSTEIN J. BARONE B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Bucknell) B.F.A., M.F.A. (Kent State) H. PERKUS B. ., M.A. (Brooklyn) Ph.D. (Rochester) Assistant Professor B . (Eastern Nazarene) .T.B. (Temple) Ph.D. (Drew) Education Assistant Professor Foreign Language l1ssistant Professor English Assistant Professor L Assistant Professor WILBUR B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Duquesne) B.A. (Taiwan) M.A. (Pennsylvania) RoY W. MoRROW Assistant Professor B.A., LL.D., P.L.D. (Havana) Kuo-KONG SHow Music B . (Mansfield) I. 1. (Eastman) Physical Education B.A. (Wilkes) THOMAS KASKA C. pARTCHEY ETH Rov ·. WILLIAMS M.S. (Scranton) JORGE E. DE CUBAS Assistant Professor B . (Ju1lliard) 1 . (Columbia) RALD B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.S. (Scranton) J. GEORGE SILES Music B . (Bucknell) (Drexel Institute of Technology) J. PHILIP RICHARDS E 0. SULLIVAN History Jou . LABOWS y HI SUGIYAMA 8 .. (Lafayette) Ph.D. (Cornell) B ., • 1.A. (Florida) Ph.D. (Maryland) ERE C. HOSTLER 8 .. (MIT) 1. ., Ph.D. (Stanford) F. HAYES 8 .. (Colby) ~.S., Ph.D. (Lehigh) �FACULTY - Page 205 Page 204-FACULTY JAM ES M. TOOLE Physics B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.S. (Wilkes) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State) ANGEL BELIC LL.D. (Zagreb) Ph.D. (Rome, Italy) DORIS B. SARACINO B.S., M.S. (East Stroudsburg) w ARREN E. DEARMENT B.A. (Dickinson) M.A. (Pittsburgh) RONALD G. RAINEY Assistant Professor Physical Education Assistant Professor English B.B.A., M.A. (Miami) LEE C. TERRY Physical Education Business Administration English Education B.A. (Alexandria, Egypt) M.A. (Columbia) JAMES P. RoDECHKo History B.A. (Hofstra) M.A., Ph.D. (Connecticut) ROBERT D. STETTEN B.A. (Lehigh) M.A. (Iowa) EDWIN M. OwRE Psychology Art B.F.A., M.F.A. (Yale) BERENICE D'V0RZON Art B.F.A., M.A. (Columbia) FRANK G. BAILEY Physics B.S. (Pennsylvania) M.S. (Stevens) M.A. (Columbia) Ph.D. (Polytechnic Inst. of Brooklyn) VALENTIN PLANIOL LL.D. (Havana) M.A. (Middlebury) Assistant Professor Engineering Assistant Professor Economics Assistant Professor English Assistant Professor History Assistant Professor Psychology Instructor English Instructor English Instructor English Instructor ( on leave) Biology Instructor English Instructor English Instructor Mathematics Instructor Library Instructor English Instructor mjab, India) ennsylvania) Ph.D. (Cornell) R TH E. COPLAN B. (Cornell) 1. . (Virginia) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) G. WHITE DE B ., ~1.A. (Virginia) B.A. (Southern Methodist) Ph.D. (Texas) MAHMOUD H. FAHMY ABY . (Kharkov Institute nology) .BAWA Foreign Languages B.S., M.Ed. (Pennsylvania State) THEODORE J. ENGEL Assistant Professor Foreign Language Assistant Professor Ph.D. (Dublin, Ireland) Jo EPH H. KANNER B.A. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Assistant Professor 1.A. (New School for Social Research) RUTH T. ROBERTS B . (Goucher) \ ILLIAM J. MISTICHELLI B . (La Salle(, M.A. (Pennsy vania) Assistant Professor CHESTER N. MoLLEY Assistant Professor THELMA K. BoscH Assistant Professor JUDITH Assista1t Professor 1. Jo Assistant Professor B.A. (Wilkes) 1 . (Bucknell) B.A. (Pennsylvania State) E. KRAVITZ B.. (Pennsylvania State) M.Ed. (Temple) EPH FINNERAN B.. (Scranton) I. .in LS. (Drexel Institute of Technology) ARTIIA E. HADSEL B.A. (Wilkes) 1. . (Chicago) �Page 206 - FACULTY FACULTY - Page 207 RICHARD E. SOURS Mathematics B.S. (Towson) M.S. (Michigan State) FREDERICK J. KROHLE B.A. (Wilkes) M.S. in L.S. (Drexel Inst. of Technology) CHARLES H. SWEENEY B.A. (Mexico City) M.A. (Middlebury) M. ANN ROMINES B.A. (Central Methodist) M.A. (Tufts) PAUL P. ZAVADA B.S. (Wilkes) C.P.A. (State of Pennsylvania) EDWIN L. Library Instructor ( on leave} Jo R. C. HoBROCK Instructor D OLEY C. BROWN B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Bucknell) RAYMOND A. PHILLIPS B.A. (SUNY at Albany) M.A. (Columbia) Instructor English Instructor Foreign Language and Ma them a tics Instructor Education Instructor Business Administration Instructor Library Instructor Library Instructor Library Instructor History Instructor Foreign Language Instructor English Instructor Music Instructor Foreign Languages Instructor Chemistry Instructor Economics Instructor B. . (Marietta) .. (I high) Foreign Language Instructor English Instructor Accounting Instructor Education Instructor ( on leave) LBERT C. SERZAN B.. (Yale) M..T. (Chicago) Ro ALD LEE B . (Emory & Henry) ) D. (Tennessee) RIE 8YCZKOWSKI JOHNSON Psychology .B. (Kenyon) .. (Lehigh) B . (Douglass) M . in L.S. (Rutgers) I £OTA EVIL Foreign Language Instructor B.. in Ed. (Bloomsburg) LBERT W. RINEHIMER B . (Wilkes) PATRICIA M. BOYLE B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Pennsylvania) LORETTA FARRIS B.S. (Bucknell) English Instructor B . (Ohio Wesleyan) .. (Columbia) Library Instructor M.A. (Marywood) ROBERT BOMBOY B.A. (Wilkes) M.S. (Columbia) JOSEPH T. BELLUCCI B.S. (Scranton) M.Ed. (Lehigh) JOHN F. MEYERS B.A. (Minnesota) M.A. (Clark) SHARYN K. LYONS B.S. (West Chester) JOHN C. LUKIS B.S. (Springfield) M.S. (Trenton State) B RBARA J. BENNETT English Instructor I GER MILLER B alaurcate, Aarhus Cathedral hool (Denmark) B.. (Wilkes) 1. . (Penn State) \ . CARVFR COLLINS B.. (Pittsburgh) Education Instructor RICHARD PROBERT B.. (Wilkes) 1. .E. (Indiana) History Instructor M RY Lou LovETTE B.. (SL' Y, Cortland) . (SUNY, Binghamton) Physical Education Instructor BARBARA BUCKMAN B.. (Wilkes) Physical Education Instructor HAKII. AHMAD B.. (M.A.0., Pakistan) .. (Panjab, Pakistan) �Page 208 - FACULTY FACULTY - Page 209 w ARD F. MOWERY Music B.S. (Ohio State) M.M., M.S. (Illinois) Instructor PH KATZ B . (Brooklyn) . (Columbia) RAYMOND D. O'CONNOR Sociology B.A. (Iona) M.A. (Pittsburgh) M.S. (Duquesne) Instructor ARY KERR B.A. (Wellesley) M.A. (Rochester) I AOORE KRASNO B.S., M.S. (Rutgers) Part-Time Faculty EDWARD AUGUSTINE B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.S. (Scranton) CLIFFORD E. BALSHAw F.A.G.O. (Quilmant Organ School) Business Administration B.A. (Columbia) B.Rel.Ed., MHL., DHL. (Jewish Theological Seminary) JOSEPH CHMIOLA B.A. (Wilkes) ANTONIA DOLBEAR B.S. (Misericordia) CAROLYN D'ZURKO B.A. (Wellesley) THEODORE A. EVANS B.S., LL.B. (Pennsylvania) DAVID GURALNICK A.B. (New York) M.S. Ed. (CCNY) Ph.D. (New York) EC. Instructor JOHN HARDIE B.A. (Wilkes) EDGAR w. HUGHES, JR. B.A. (Lafayette) M.A. (Scranton) NATHAN HYMAN B.A., LL.B. (Cornell) WILLIAM JOHNS B.S. (Wilkes) LIVA Quilliard) E zo A. LIVA Music Instructor Religion Instructor Quilliard) c1s M1cocc1 B.. (King's) 1.B.. (Scranton) H ROLD MILLER B.. ( ranton) Business Administration Instructor Secretarial Studies Instructor Business Administration Instructor Political Science Instructor IRWI MORRISON B.B . (City College of New York) I LB. (Brooklyn) C.P.. (State of New York) LTER PLACEK B.. (Wilkes) .Ed. (Pennsylvania State) ARITA s. RILEY B.A. (Wilkes) Psychology Instructor English Instructor Psychology Instructor Music Instructor Music Instructor Business Administration Instructor Retailing Instructor Accounting Instructor Physics Instructor Nursing Education Instructor Business Administra tiQn Instructor English Instructor Business Administration Instructor Sociology Instructor English Instructor Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) FRA ABRAHAM D. BARRAS Psychology Instructor ART! SAMUELS B.E. (Vanderbilt University) WSIMIR English Instructor History Instructor HELOO Instructor Business Administration Instructor VALE B.. (Pennsylvania State) BARBARA Business Administration TYBURSKI B.A. (Delaware) WELLIVER B.A. (Susquehanna) M.S.W. (Washington) .. E. (Temple) YVANWY WILLIAMS B.A. (New York State) M.A. (Middlebury) �Page 210 - FA CULTY FACULTY - Page 211 Faculty Committees Academic Standing Francis J. Michelini. Chairman Margaret M. Ahlborn Robert DeYoung Benjamin Fiester Herbert Garber Eugene L. Hammer Stanley Holden John Labows B. Hopkins Moses George F. Ralston Charles B. Reif Roland C. Schmidt, Jr. John P. Whitby Admissions Ralph Rozelle, Chairman John J. Chwalek George Elliot Philip Richards Robert C. Riley Robert West John P. Whitby Athletic Robert West, Chairman George Elliot Welton Farrar Jon Habrock Arthur J. Hoover Chester Malley George F. Ralston John G. Reese Thomas R. Richards Ralph B. Rozelle Charles Sweeney Stanko Vujica John P. Whitby Calendar-Faculty Handbook Hugo V. Mailey, Chairman Francis J. Michelini B. Hopkins Moses Curriculum Robert C. Riley, Chairman James Berg James DeCosmo Francis Donahoe William R. Gasbarro Stanley S. Gutin Hugo V. Mailey Francis J. Michelini, Ex Officio Robert Ogren Samuel A. Rosenberg George Siles William Stine Stanko Vujica Library Robert E. Werner, Chairman Frederic E. Bellas Dale E. Buehler Chester Colson Harold Cox Elwood Disque Grace Kimball Jaroslav Moravec Gerald Perkus Philip Tuhy Nada Vujica Faculty Committees Graduate Studies ( continued) B njamin Fiester Eugene Hammer Bron is Kaslas Charles B. Reif Philip Rizzo amuel Rosenberg Donald Tappa Robert Werner Bing Wong William Gasbarro Alfred Groh Arthur Hoover Thomas Mizianty Ronald Rainey Richard Raspen Student Publications Stanley Kay, Chairman Patricia Boyle Chester Colson Re earch and Service Committee Stanley Holden, Chairman Hugo V. Mailey Francis J. Michelini Ralph Rozelle Eugene S. Farley, Ex Officio tudent Life Committee George F. Ralston, Chairman Margaret M. Ahlborn Robert Capin amuel Davenport Academic Freedom a) MEDIATION Samuel A. Rosenberg Ralph B. Rozelle Stanko Vujica Robert C. Riley (Alternate) b) FACULTY-TRUSTEE Eugene L. Hammer Welton Farrar Charles B. Reif (Alternate) Committee on Financial Aid James Bohning, Chairman Michael Barone James DeCosmo Wilbur Hayes Arthur J. Hoover Richard Raspen John P. Whitby Graduate Studies Ralph B. Rozelle, Chairman James Bohning Alvan Bruch Franck Darte Francis Donahoe Ex Officio on all Committees except committees on academic freedom-EUGENE S. FARLEY �nde c d mic Requirements 55 ounting 91 Program tion of Courses .. 107 , Student ................ . 41 d ration Buildings ········· ········ 36 .. ··········. 196 ··········•······ 12 ······ ... ······· 11 ····· ············ 12 R quircments 11 d\ n ed Course Standing 13 lunmi Office 35 nthropology .. ..... ........ . .. 189 rt 34, 81 mbly Committee .......... 42 i tancc, Financial .......... .. 18 mployment . ......... ......... 20 I oan ........ ........... 20 holar hips 18 Tuition Stipends 42 th! ti ............... 46 ... ·········· . 57 ·················· 61 62 B helor of Arts D rec ... . 71, 72 R quired Courses 73 lection of a major ...... 74 B ch lor of Science D gr e ...... 75, 76 lcction of a major 75 B nd . . ...................... 41 Bi lo } B. . Degree Program ...... 78 B. . Degree Program 88 D ription of Courses . .. I 09 Graduate Program .............. 51 Board of Trustees ................... .194 Bookstore .................................. 33 Buildings and Plant ................ 31 Business Administration Degree Program ....... ....... .. 92 Description of Courses ....... 113 Business Education .............. 94, 95 Calendar .................................. 2 Center for the Performing Arts ............. 35, 67 Change of Program ......... ....... 58 Chemistry B.A. Degree Program .. ....... 79 B.S. Degree Program .... 89, 90 Description of Courses .......... 117 Graduate Program .............. 51 Chorus .................................... 41 Class Standing ......................... 56 Clubs ................................... .41, 45 College and Community ..... 63, 65 College Commons .................. 34 College Services ........................ 197 College Testing Service ............ 33 Commerce and Finance .......... 91 Consultation Service .............. 40 Convocation Fee ..................... 15 Counseling .. .. .... ....... ....... ......... 39 Course Credits ........................ 55 Courses Accounting .......................... 107 Anthropology ..................... .189 Applied Music ..................... .162 Biology ................................ 109 Business Administration ..... 113 Chemistry ........................... .117 Economics ............................ 121 Education .......................... .126 Engineering .......................... 132 �Page 214 - INDEX English .................................. 135 Fine Arts .............................. 141 French ................................. .144 General Science ................... .152 German ................................ 146 History .................................. 153 Hygiene ............................... .174 Mathematics ........................ 157 Music .................................... 162 Music Education .................. 166 Nursing Education .............. 169 Philosophy ............................ 170 Physical Education .............. 173 Physics .................................. 174 Political Science .................. 178 Psychology .......................... 182 Religion ................................ 173 Retailing .............................. 185 Russian ............................... .151 Secretarial Studies ................ 187 Sociology ............................. .189 Spanish ................................ 149 Theater Arts ........................ 140 Curricula ........................ .......... 51 Dean's List ................................ 58 Debating .................................. 41 Degree Bachelor of Arts ........ 71, 72, 76 Bachelor of Science .......... 75, 76 Degree Programs ...... SI, 52, 71, 76 Dormitories .......................... 17, 36 Dramatics ............................ 35, 41 Economics Degree Program .................. 80 Description of Courses ........ 121 Education Elementary .......................... 80 Secondary ............................ 81 INDEX - Page 215 Business ........................ . Music ....................... . Nursing .................... . Science ................... . Description of Courses Graduate Programs Employment ................. . Engineering ............. . Degree Programs, Common Freshman Year . ... 95 Aeronautical ............. . Chemical .................... . Civil ........................ . Electrical ......... . Engineering Physics Industrial ............... . 99 Mechanical .......... . 99 Description of Courses I English Degree Program ... Description of Courses Entrance Examinations Evening School . ......... .14, 52, Expenses ..................... I Extracurricular Activities I Faculty .............................. I Committees .............. .. 202 Fees ............................ ..... I Financial Assistance . . . I Fine Arts Education Degree Program ..... Description of Courses I Fine Arts Fiesta ........ ..... . 67 Foreign Languages Degree Program ..... . Description of Courses French Description of Courses I Freshman Orientation .... 39 G ral Science ...................... 152 rman D ription of Courses ...... 146 Gr d ..... ... . ................ 55 33 Graduate Programs In Biology .......................... 51 In Chemistry ................ 51 In Education ........................ 51 In Physics ............................ 51 Gr duation Fee ........................ 15 Graduation R quircments for ............... 60 Guidance Center ...................... 33 G mnasium ..................... 33, 45 Hi tory D rce Program ........ ... 82 D cription of Courses ....... 153 Hom oming ............ ... .. ..... .... .. 44 Hono . ..... . ................... .. 59 Hy ienc ........... ............. 174 In titute of Regional Affairs ... 65 In urance ccidcnt and Sickness .......... 16 Int r-Dormitory Council ... 41, 44 bar-Management Training Program ................ I ibcral Arts Requirements for Major ...... lection of a Major............ Library . ...... .................... Lo d Student Work. ............... Loan 65 77 74 31 57 ··································· 20 adrigal Singers ...................... ale Chorus ......................... ajor Accounting .......................... Biology .................................. 41 41 91 78 Business Administration ...... 92 Business Education .......... 93, 94 Chemistry .................. 79, 89, 90 Economics ............................ 80 Education ............................ 80 English .................................. 81 Fine Arts .............................. 81 Foreign Language ................ 82 History .................................. 82 Mathematics ........................ 82 Music .............................. 84, IOI Philosophy-Religion ............ 85 Physics ...................... 85, 86, 103 Political Science .................. 86 Psychology ............................ 87 Social Science ...................... 87 Sociology-Anthropology ...... 87 Course Requirements .......... 73 Mathematics Degree Program .............. 82, 83 Description of Courses ....... .! 57 Medical Technology Degree Program ............ 100, 10 I Music Activity ............................ 34, 41 Degree Program .................. 84 Description of Courses ....... .162 Music Education Degree Program ............ 10 I, 102 Description of Courses ....... .166 National Defense Student Loan Program .............. 16, 20 Nursing Education Degree Program............ 102, 103 Description of Courses ....... .169 Orientation for Freshmen ........ Overload .................................. Parents' Day ............................ Payment of Tuition ................ 39 57 43 16 �Page 216 - INDEX Philosophy Degree Program __________________ 85 Description of Courses ________ 170 Physical Education and Hygiene ____________________________ I 73 Physics Degree Program ______ 85, 86, I 03 Description of Courses _______ .! 74 Graduate Program ______________ 51 Placement Office ______________________ 33 Point Averages ________________________ 56 Political Science Degree Program __________________ 86 Description of Courses ________ 178 Pre-Professional Degree __________ 52 Probation ---------------------------------- 57 Psychology Degree Program __________________ 87 Description of Courses ________ 182 Publications ------------------------------ 42 Staff Stipends ________________________ 42 Refunds ------------------------------------ 16 Registration ------------------------------ 14 Religion Description of Courses ________ 173 Research ______________________________ 32, 67 Retailing Description of Courses _______ -185 Russian Description of Courses _______ -151 Scholarships ------------------------------ 18 Founders of -------------------------- 21 Scholastic Aptitude Tests, CEEB -------------------------------- 12 Scholastic Endowments __________ 27 Science Facilities ______________________ 32 Secretarial Studies Degree Program __________________ 93 Description of Courses _______ .187 Social Activities --------······ Social Science _____ _ Sociology and Anthropology Degree Program _ . Description of Courses Spanish Description of Courses I Stark Hall of Science ___ 32 Student Activities __ Student Advisement _ Student Government Student Course Load Student Loans ______ _ Student Regulations Student Responsibility Summer School -------·-··-- .. Teacher Certification Theater Arts ------------· Town and Gown Concerts Transcripts of Academic Record ________________ _ Transfer of Summer Credits Transfer Students ------··-·· _ Trustees Board of -----------------·---·· __ Committees --------·---·-··· Tuition ----------------------·-····-·Fees --------------------------······· Payment of --------------••· .. Refund of ---------------···-··· Undergraduate Programs 57, i Wilkes College ________________ _ Accreditation ___________ _ Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra _________________ . Withdrawals ---------------·· Women's Chorus __ _____ _ Wrestling Tournament o; 16 s· �COLLEGE SESSION FALi. SEMESTER 1968-1969 �CALENDAR Registration for the Evening College is as follows: Wednesday, September 11. ........ 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p Thursday, September 12 .......... 9 :oo a.m. to a:oo p Friday, September 13 ............. 9 :00 a.m. to 8:00 p Wilkes College 2«lletiJt Saturday, September 14 ........... 9:00 a.m. to 12:00 no Monday, September 16 .......... Classes begin at 6:00 p Friday, October 4 ......... . .. Report on incomplete grad Saturday, October 26 .................... Progress repor Tuesday, November 26 ..... Thanksgiving recess, 10:00 p Monday, December 2 ............ Classes resume, 6:00 p I . . . ~~~~--=- --~ :: .-: . •· > l Thursday, December 19 ........ Christmas recess, 10:00 p Monday, January 6 .............. Classes resume, 6:00 p Thursday, January 9 .............. Classes end, 10:00 p Monday, January 13 through Thursday, January 16 ............... Examination per· For further information write to: Professor Robert S. Capin EVENING SESSION Fall Semester Director of Evening and Summer College Wilkes College 1968-1969 Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 18703 Phone 824-4651. (After 5:00 p.m., call 824-4656) WILJ.ES-BA.HHE, PEl\Tl\TSYLVA.l\TIA. �seeks truth, for without truth there ca11 be 110 understanding; An Educated possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; Man is aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; cultivates inner resources and spirit11al strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community; communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Wilkes [ollege Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell University, r ponding to a request of community leaders, established its Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter as a four-year liberal arts college. The College has grown steadily to its curnt enrollment of approximately 2200 full-time day students and 1000 v ning students engaged in undergraduate, graduate, and continuing ducation programs. From its inception the college has been dedicated to these twin goals a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a program of service to the community. AN INDEPENDENT COLLEGE It was inevitable that the new college should be non-sectarian, for 1t purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters wished h College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the comunity. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an ind pendent college that was interdenominational in its influence and non-denominational in its control. FREEDOM OF INQUIRY Y ars have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. McClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their d cision. With responsibility came a pressing desire to strengthen the ork of the faculty, united in their faith that the intellectual and spiritual resources of the student are vigorous where the creative mind is fre . Formulated and adopted by the faculty as a guide to learning. UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY college that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite philosophy and a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided by the thought that unity in our community, our nation, and our world requires not only great vision but warm understanding of peoples. In its mall circle Wilkes College brings together students of many faiths, �backgrounds, and countries. It encourages them to maintain their con• victions and their loyalties. It encourages them to create friendship based upon respect for differences, and to adhere to those ideals tha create unity and good will amidst diversity. While academic work is the basis of the College program, the facul, ty recognizes that academic training will be of little importance unl students emerge as men and women of strong faith and fine character In the words of John Stuart Mill, "Before you can make men docto and lawyers, you must first make them men." Wilkes College is committed to education as a way of life. A COOPERATIVE EFFORT The original concept of community effort has been strengthen with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It has b clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the communi all benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperative relationship, its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has result in cooperative action. DECADES OF GROWTH Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied th support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadil so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Comma Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansio of the campus. ACCREDITATION Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of State of Pennsylvania and the Middle States Association of Coll and Secondary Schools. The Accounting curriculum has been accred• ited by the Certified Public Accounting Examiners of the State of e York. EVENING COLLEGE INFORMATION CURRICULA UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM To meet the needs of ambitious men and women who desire the help hich may come from college instruction, Wilkes College offers a wide program of Evening courses from which selections may be made according to individual tastes and requirements. The courses offered by the Evening College are designed for their p cial value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire addi- tional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in the study of problems relating to business administration and the economy of the nation and the world. 5, Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting and aspire to qualify for a certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. 7. Men and women seeking a college degree through attendance in the Evening College. Except where designated in the course schedule, classes for courses offered in the evening will be scheduled on Monday-Wednesday or Tuesday-Thursday between the hours of 6 :00 p.m. and 10 :00 p.m. �The College reserves the right to withdraw any course for which there is insufficient enrollment. Students who have registered fo courses that may be cancelled because of insufficient enrollment\\. be notified as promptly as possible. RESEARCH AND GRADUATE CENTER The Research and Graduate Center is an excellently equipped an staffed installation that is an integral part of the College complex. D r• ing the school term the Center will continue the various public and private research projects now in progress. LABOR-MANAGEMENT TRAINING COURSES To establish a climate for industrial redevelopment the College ha pioneered a Labor-Management Training Program in which the need of the individual and the company are analyzed. Plans are arranged in consultation with officials, foremen, and oth employees and are designed to meet the general and specific requir ments of the particular group. Where several firms are confronted with common problems, special classes are organized to include represent• ation of several companies. INSTITUTE OF REGIONAL AFFAIRS The Institute of Regional Affairs is a multi-purpose college organization which views regional problems as belonging to no simple aca• demic discipline, but rather as a contemporary phenomenon spillin into many disciplines. The Institute was created to assure coordination of varied efforts in order to better understand and resolve complex and contemporary problems. Its four-fold purpose is: education and training, community inform· ation, research, and consultation. The underlying philosophy of the Institute of Regional Affairs i cooperation, rather than reform of partisanship. FACILITIES The College is located in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, in the hear of the picturesque and historic Wyoming Valley. This ideal location in the foothills of the Poconos offers abundant cultural and recreationa facilities and affords close proximity and convenient transportation to the metropolitan areas of New York and Philadelphia. TIIE LIBRARY The Library will observe the following schedule during the Fall ion: on day through Thursday ............. 8 :00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. Friday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 :00 a.m. to 9 :00 p.m. aturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 :00 a.m. to 4 :00 p.m. unday .............................. 1 :00 p.m. to 4 :00 p.m. Telephone number after 5 :00 p.m. is 824-4654. Evening College students may obtain a Library Card at the Circulaon Desk of the Library. BOOKSTORE The Bookstore offers a complete stock of necessary textbooks and upplies. It will be open as follows: fonday through Friday ............... 9 :00 a.m. to 11 :45 a.m. 1 :00 p.m. to 4 :45 p.m. Monday and Tuesday Evenings ....... . 6 :00 p.m. to 7 :45 p.m. aturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9:oo a.m. to 11 :45 a.m. EXPE SES Tuition - $45 per semester hour credit II charges must be paid at the time registration forms are proed. Books and supplies may be purchased at the bookstore and must paid for at the time of purchase. WITHDRAWAL student who withdraws from the evening session or drops courses fter the first week must receive approval from the instructor and hould give prompt written or verbal notice to the Director of the EveIng and Summer College in order that their records may not unjustly how failure in courses. Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will reive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: during the first i weeks of the evening session one-half of the tuition will be refunded pon request to the Director of Evening and Summer College, if the 'thdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After the rst six weeks no refunds are allowed and the student is obligated for th full costs of the term. No student who is suspended or expelled hall be entitled to any refunds. �EVENING C:DLLEGE co UNDERGRADUATE DIVISION DESCRIPTION E DAY& HOURS ROOMNo. CREDIT HOURS ECO OMICS: FALL SEMESTER -1968-1969 Principles of Economics I TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 26 3 Principles of Economics II (Pre: Econ. 101) MW 6 :30-8 :00 Par. 23 3 Economic History Money and Banking (Pre: Econ. 102) MW 8:00-9:30 MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 23 Par. 34 3 3 Collective Bargaining (Pre: Econ. 102) International Trade (Pre: Econ. 102) MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 34 3 TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 23 3 Economic Geography of North America (Pre: Econ. 102) MW 6 :30-8 :00 Par. 25 3 Applied General Statistics (Pre: Approval) TTH 6 :30-8 :00 Par. 25 3 Consumer Economics (Pre: Econ. 102) TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 34 3 MW 6 :30-8 :00 MW 8 :00-9 :30 Bdf.12 Bdf.12 3 101E·2 Composition I Composition I lOlE-3 Composition I TTH 6:30-8:00 Bdf.12 l0lE-4 Composition I Bdf.12 3 3 102E Composition II (Pre: Eng. 101) TTH 8 :00-9 :30 MW 8:00-9:30 Bdf. 13 3 Stark 116 131E Stark 110 Fundamentals of Speech Western World of Literature (Pre: Eng. 102) Western World of Literature (Pre: Eng. 102) TH 6:00-8:00 n 151E on 101E Econ 102E COURSE DESCRIPTION n 111E DAY& HOURS on 201E n.22 E ACCOUNTING: Acct. 101E Elementary Accounting I MW 6 :30-8 :00 Par. 35 on 225E Acct. 101E-2 Elementary Accounting I Acct. 101E-3 Elementary Accounting I TTH 6:30-8:00 MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 35 Par. 45 on 227E Acct.102E Elementary Accounting II (Pre: Acct. 101) Intermediate Accounting I (Pre: Acct. 102) MW 8 :00-9 :30 Par.35 TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 25 Acct.111E n. 231E Econ 245E Acct. 201E Advanced Cost Accounting I (Pre: Acct. 112) MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 45 Acct. 221E Taxes I (Pre: Acct. 102-202) TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 45 Acct. 231E Auditing Practice I (Pre: Acct. 202) Advanced Accounting I (Pre: Acct. 112) MW 8 :00-9 :30 Par. 25 TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 35 Acct. 241E 101E BIOLOGY: Bio. 101E Biological Science I Bio. 101E-2 Biological Science I TTH 6 :30-8 :00 TTH 8:00-9:30 En 151E-2 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: B. A. 209E Correspondence & Reports (Pre: Eng. 102) TTH 8:00-9:30 Par 25 B.A. 225E Corporation Finance (Pre: Econ. 102) Business Law Introduction & Contracts TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 45 En • ci. tOlE Environmental Science MW 6 :30-8 :00 MW 6 :30-8 :00 Par. 43 Par. 26 F B.A. 231E B.A. 241E B.A. 251E Life Insurance (Pre: Approval of instructor) Principles of Management I 3 Bdf. 13 2 MW 6:00-8:00 Bdf. Sem. 4 TTH 6:00-8:00 Bdf. Sem. 4 IRONMENTAL SCIENCE: TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 43 TTH 8:00-10:00 Stark 302 3 MW 6:30-8:00 MW 8 :00-9 :30 MW 6:00-8:00 Con. An.101 Con.An.101 3 3 Con. Low Lev. 3 E ARTS: 101E F . 109E F 122E Experiencing Art I Oil Painting I Ceramics �DAY& DESCRIPTION COURSE co HOURS Hist. 101E-2 Hist. 107E Hist. 221E History of Western Civilization I History of Western Civilization I American and Pennsylvania History to 1865 American Social and Intellectual History (Pre: Hist. 107 and 108) TTH 8:00-9:30 Wk An. MW 8:00-9:30 Wk. An. TTH 6:30-8:00 Wk. An. MW 6:30-8:00 Wk.An. LANGUAGES: Fr.101E Ger.101E Ger. 103E Russ.101A Russ. 103E Span.101E Span.103E Elementary French Elementary German Intermediate German (Pre: Ger. 102) Elementary Russian Intermediate Russian (Pre: Russ. 102) Elementary Spanish Intermediate Spanish (Pre: Span. 102) MW 8 :00-9 :30 TTH 6:30-8:00 TTH 8 :00-9 :30 Kirby Hall Kirby Hall Kirby Hall TTH 4:00-5:30 TTH 6:30-8:00 Kirby Hall Kirby Hall MW 6:30-8:00 MW 8:00-9:30 Kirby Hall Kirby Hall Fundamentals of Mathematics MW 6:30-8:00 MW 8:00-9:30 Mathematics of Finance TTH 6:00-8:00 Analysis II (Calculus with Analytic Geometry) (Pre: Math. 122) Stark 204 Stark 204 Stark 204 TTH 6 :30 8 :00 Chase Th. Introduction to the Materials and Literature of Music I Applied Music N. E. 112E Hours to be arranged Trends in Nursing Supervision and Administration Field Experience in Supervising or Teaching (Pre: Approval of instructor) M 4:00-6:00 T 4:00-6:00 Kirby 107 Kirby 107 Introduction to Philosophy Logic and Scientific Method Hygiene T 7:00-8 :00 Stark 109 1 lOlE Physical Science W 6:30-9:30 Stark 100 3 MW 8:00-9:30 TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 43 Par. 53 3 3 TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 53 3 MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 46 3 TTH 6:30-8:00 TTH 8:00-9:30 MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 56 Par. 56 Kirby Hall 3 3 3 T 6:30-9:30 Kirby Hall 3 MW 6:30-8:00 Kirby Hall 3 TTH 8:00-9:30 fTH 6 :30-8 :00 Par. 43 Par. 34 3 3 MW 6:00-8:00 MW 8:00-10:00 TTH 6:00-7:00 ITH 7:00-10:00 Par. 33 Par. 33 Par. 33 Par. 33 1 3 MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 26 3 ITH 6 :30-8 :00 Par. 46 3 POLITICAL SCIENCE: p p 101E 221E p 223E p 251E Political Science I International Law (Pre: P.S. 101,102) Comparative Government (Pre: P.S. 101, 102) The Role of Planning in Urban Development (Pre: P.S. 101, 102) YCHOLOGY: lOlE 101E-2 207E 257E General Psychology I General Psychology I Child Psychology (Pre: Psy. 101, 102) Human Behavior (Pre:Psy.101,102) Abnormal Psychology (Pre: Psy. 207, 208) Principles of Retailing Purchases and Merchandise Control (Pre: B.A. 107 or approval) ECRETARIAL STUDIES: 105E . 107E 201E 207E Elementary Shorthand Elementary Typing Advanced Typing Advanced Shorthand 2 2 Hrs. to be arranged Kirby 107 SOCIOLOGY: c lOlE PHILOSOPHY: Phil.101E Phil. 102E CREDIT HOURS D.iAIU G: NURSING EDUCATION: N. E. 102E N. E. 106E ROOMNo. PHYSICS: Ph R t 101E R 212E MUSIC: Mus. 101E PE 105E 208E MATHEMATICS: Math. 101E Math.115E Math.125E HOURS PHYSICAL EDUCATION: HISTORY: Hist. 101E DAY& DESCRIPTION E TTH 8:00-9:30 TTH 6:30-8:00 Stark 109 Stark 114 .252E Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology Fields of Social Work (Pre: Soc. 101, 102 Psy. 101, 102) �GRADUATE DIVISION REGISTRATION FOR WILKES AND LEHIGH-WILKES COURSES I HELD DURING REGULAR EVENING SCHOOL REGISTRATION HOURS I THE GRADUATE OFFICE, ROOM 136, OF STARK HALL. f ALL SEMESTER-1968-1969 WILKES COLLEGE GRADUATE PROGRAM The following graduate courses in biology, chemistry, and phy will be offered and may be applied toward the degree of Master Science. Normal scheduling for the classes is in late afternoon or evening. Biology Bio. 402 Bio. 422 - Cell Biology, Embryogenesis, and Differentiation 3 ho Current Concepts in Genetics 3ho Chemistry Chem. 310 Chem. 330 Chem. 342 - Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Advanced Organic Chemistry I Chemical Thermodynamics and Statistical Thermodynamics 3 ho 3 ho 3h Physics Phys. 301 Phys. 304 Phys. 331 - Analytical Mechanics Quantum Mechanics Crystallography LEHIGH-WILKES GRADUATE PROGRAM Wilkes College, in cooperation with Lehigh University, offers r uate courses in education and business administration. Education Ed. 408 - Ed. 493 - Ed. 454 - Comparative Foundations of Education Thursday 7-10 Research Wednesday 7-10 The Secondary School Curriculum Tuesday 7-10 3 ho 3h 3 ho Business Administration Econ. 333 - Labor Problems Fin. 421 - Financial Management 3 ho 3 ho TEMPLE UNIVERSITY GRADUATE PROGRAM \ ilkes College cooperates with Temple University in offering a G n ral Education Program for Teachers (G.E.P.T.) leading to the Deof Master of Science in Education. The program is open to anywho meets the academic requirements and is interested in exposure broad-base general education program. FURTHER INFORMATION ON ALL GRADUATE COURSES C BE OBTAINED AT THE GRADUATE SCHOOL OFFICE AT ILKES COLLEGE (824-4651, Ext. 243). ��CALENDAR Registration for the Evening College is as follows: Wilkes [allege Wednesday, January 22 .............. 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m Thursday, January 23 ............... 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m Friday, January 24 .................. 9:oo a.m. to 8:00 p.m. Saturday, January 25 ............... 9:00 a.m. to 12:00 noon 'l>ulLetut Monday, January 27 .............. Classes begin at 6:00 p.m Saturday, February 22 ............ Submit incomplete grade Saturday, March 8 ....................... Progress report Thursday, March 27 ....... Easter recess begins at 10:00 p.m Wednesday, April 9 .......... Easter recess ends at 6:00 p.m. Thursday, May 15 ................ Classes end at 10:00 p.m. Monday, May 19 to Thursday, May 22 .... Examination period For further information write to: Professor Robert S. Capin Director of Evening and Summer College EVENING SESSION Wilkes College Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 18703 Phone 824-4651. (After 5:oo p.m., call 824-4656) Spring Semester 1969 WILKES-BARBE, PENNSYLVANIA �Wilkes C:ollege seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; An Educated Man possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; is aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; has faith in the power of ideals to shape th lives of 11 zen; knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community; communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. ilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell University, ponding to a request of community leaders, established its Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter as a four-year liberal arts college. The College has grown steadily to its curnt enrollment of approximately 2400 full-time day students and 1000 ening students engaged in undergraduate, graduate, and continuing ducation programs. From its inception the college has been dedicated to these twin goals a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a rogram of service to the community. AN INDEPENDENT COLLEGE It was inevitable that the new college should be non-sectarian, for t purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters wished College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the comunity. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an inpendent college that was interdenominational in its influence and on-denominational in its control. FREEDOM OF INQUIRY Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. McClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their cision. With responsibility came a pressing desire to strengthen the ork of the faculty, united in their faith that the intellectual and spirual resources of the student are vigorous where the creative mind is r e. Formulated and adopted by the faculty as a guide to learning. UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY A college that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite hilosophy and a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided by e thought that unity in our community, our nation, and our world requires not only great vision but warm understanding of peoples. In its mall circle Wilkes College brings together students of many faiths, �backgrounds, and countries. It encourages them to maintain their c victions and their loyalties. It encourages them to create friend h based upon respect for differences, and to adhere to those ideal create unity and good will amidst diversity. While academic work is the basis of the College program, the fa ty recognizes that academic training will be of little importance uni students emerge as men and women of strong faith and fine char ct In the words of John Stuart Mill, "Before you can make men docto and lawyers, you must first make them men." Wilkes College is committed to education as a way of life. A COOPERATIVE EFFORT The original concept of community effort has been strengthen with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It has b clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the commun all benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperative relationship, its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has r ul in cooperative action. DECADES OF GROWTH Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied th support during the past decades and the campus has expanded ste d so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Commo Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the e pan · of the campus. ACCREDITATION Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of State of Pennsylvania and the Middle States Associati011 of Colle and Secondary Schools. The Accounting curriculum has been ace ited by the Certified Public Accounting Examiners of the State of York. EVENING C:DLLEGE INFORMATION ICULA ERGRADUATE PROGRAM To meet the needs of ambitious men and women who desire the help hich may come from college instruction, Wilkes College offers a wide rogram of Evening courses from which selections may be made acording to individual tastes and requirements. The courses offered by the Evening College are designed for their cial value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. . Business executives who are interested in the study of problems relating to business administration and the economy of the nation and the world. , Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting and aspire to qualify for a certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. 7. Men and women seeking a college degree through attendance in the Evening College. Except where designated in the course schedule, classes for courses ered in the evening will be scheduled on Monday-Wednesday or sday-Thursday between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 10:00 p.m. �The College reserves the right to withdraw any course for wh1 there is insufficient enrollment. Students who have registered f courses that may be cancelled because of insufficient enrollment be notified as promptly as possible. RESEARCH AND GRADUATE CENTER The Research and Graduate Center is an excellently equipped a staffed installation that is an integral part of the College comple . D ing the school term the Center will continue the various public an private research projects now in progress. LABOR-MANAGEMENT TRAINING COURSES To establish a climate for industrial redevelopment the College h pioneered a Labor-Management Training Program in which the n of the individual and the company are analyzed. Plans are arranged in consultation with officials, foremen, and oth employees and are designed to meet the general and specific requir ments of the particular group. Where several firms are confronted Hi common problems, special classes are organized to include repre . ation of several companies. INSTITUTE OF REGIONAL AFFAIRS The Institute of Regional Affairs is a multi-purpose college orga ization which views regional problems as belonging to no simple a demic discipline, but rather as a contemporary phenomenon spill' into many disciplines. The Institute was created to assure coordinah of varied efforts in order to better understand and resolve comple · a contemporary problems. Its four-fold purpose is: education and training, community info ation, research, and consultation. The underlying philosophy of the Institute of Regional Affair cooperation, rather than reform of partisanship. FACILITIES The College is located in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, in the h of the picturesque and historic Wyoming Valley. This ideal location 1 the foothills of the Poconos offers abundant cultural and recreation facilities and affords close proximity and convenient transportation the metropolitan areas of New York and Philadelphia. THE LIBRARY The Library will observe the following schedule during the Spring sion: Monday through Thursday .... .. ... . .. . 8 :00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. Friday ............................... 8 :00 a.m. to 5 :00 p.m. Saturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 :00 a.m. to 4 :00 p.m. Sunday ............................. . 2:00 p.m. to 9:00 p.m. Telephone number afler 5 :00 p.m. is 824-4654. Evening College students may obtain a Library Card at the Circula1on Desk of the Library. BOOKSTORE The Bookstore offers a complete stock of necessary textbooks and upplies. It will be open as follows: Monday through Friday ........ . ... . .. 9 :00 a.m. to 11 :45 a.m. 1:00 p.m. to 4:45 p.m. onday and Tuesday Evenings .... . ... 6:00 p.m. to 7:45 p.m. aturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . g:oo a.m. to 11 :45 a.m. EXPENSES Tuition - $45 per semester hour credit II charges must be paid at the time registration forms are proed. Books and supplies may be purchased at the bookstore and must paid for at the time of purchase. ITHDRAWAL A student who withdraws from the evening session or drops courses fter the first week must receive approval from the instructor and hould give prompt written or verbal notice to the Director of the Eveing and Summer College in order that their records may not unjustly how failure in courses. Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will reeive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: during the first i weeks of the evening session one-half of the tuition will be refunded upon request to the Director of Evening and Summer College, if the ithdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After the t i weeks no refunds are allowed and the student is obligated for the full costs of the term. No student who is suspended or expelled hall be entitled to any refunds. �EVENING COLLEGE DAY& HOURS ROOM No. MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 43 3 TTH 8:00-9:30 TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 43 Par. 43 3 3 Principles of Economics I TTH 8:00-9:30 Principles of Economics II MW 6 :30-8 :00 (Pre: Econ. 101) n.102E-2 Principles of Economics II MW 8 :00-9 :30 (Pre: Econ. 101) n 202E Theory of Money MW 8:00-9:30 (Pre: Econ. 201) n. 212E Government and Business MW 8:00-9:30 (Pre: P.S. 101, Econ. 102) n 228E Economic Geography of Asia, Africa, and Latin America MW 6:30-8:00 (Econ. 227 is not a prerequisite) n 230E Business Cycles TTH 6:30-8:00 (Pre: Approval) on. 232E Economics Statistics TTH 6:30-8:00 (Pre: Econ. 231) n 236E Public Finance TTH 8:00-9:30 (Pre: Econ. 102, P.S. 101) Par. 23 Par. 56 3 3 Par. 56 3 Par. 35 3 Par. 23 3 Par. 46 3 Par. 34 3 Par. 23 3 Par. 34 3 Chase 209 3 Chase 209 3 Kirby 107 2 ITH 8 :00-9 :30 MW 6 :30-8 :00 TTH 8 :00-9 :30 Bdf.12 Bdf. 12 Bdf.13 3 3 3 TTH 6:30-8:00 Bdf. 12 3 MW 8 :00-9 :30 Bdf. 13 3 TH 4:00-6:00 TH 6:00-8:00 MW 6 :00-8 :00 Bdf.13 Bdf.13 Kirby 303 2 4 TTH 6 :00-8 :00 Kirby 303 4 CORSE DESCRIPTION UNDERGRADUATE DIVISION Spring Semester COURSE DESCRIPTION - 240E 1969 DAY& HOURS CREDIT ROOM No. HOUR 244E . 252E ECO OMICS: n. 101E on.102E ACCOUNTING: Acct.101E Elementary Accounting I MW 6:30-8:00 Ace t. lOlE-2 Elementary Accounting I TTH 6:30-8:00 Acct.102E Elementary Accounting II MW 6:30-8:00 Acct. 102E-2 Elementary Accounting II TTH 6:30-8:00 (Pre: Acct. 101) Acct. lllE Intermediate Accounting I MW 8:00-9:30 (Pre: Acct. 102) Acct.112E Intermediate Accounting II TTH 8:00-9:30 (Pre: Acct. III) Acct. 202E Cost Accounting II MW 6 :30-8 :00 (Pre: Acct. 201) Acct. 222E Taxes II TTH 6:30-8:00 (Pre: Acct. 221) Acct. 232E Auditing II MW 8 :00-9 :30 (Pre: Acct. 231) Acct. 242E Advanced Accounting II TTH 8:00-9:30 (Pre: Acct. 112 and permission) Par. 35 Par. 35 Par. 45 Par. 25 Par. 45 Par. 35 Par. 25 Par. 45 Par. 25 Par25 ED CATION: lOOE BIOLOGY: Bio. 102E d 200E Biological Science TTH 6:30-8:00 Stark 116 241E BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: B.A. 114E B. A. 216E B.A. 220E B. A. 222E B.A. 226E B. A. 232E B. A. 233E Property Insurance (Pre: B.A. 232) Time and Motion Study Principles of Management II (Pre: B.A. 251) Salesmanship TTH 8:00-9:30 (Pre: Approval of instructor) Advertising MW 6:30-8:00 Real Estate TTH 8:00-9:30 (Pre: Ee. 102) Marketing TTH 6:30-8:00 (Pre: Econ. 102) Investments MW 8:00-9:30 (Pre: B.A. 225) Business Law - Agency MW 6:30-8:00 and Sales (Pre: B.A. 231) Business Law - Partnership MW 8:00-9:30 and Corporation (Pre: B.A. 231) Par. 46 CREDIT HOURS Introduction to Education MW 6:30-8:00 (Pre: Sophomore standing) Educational Psychology TTH 6:30-8:00 (Pre: Psy. 102, Junior standing) Educational Measurements TII 4 :00-6 :00 (Pre: Ed. 200) E GLISH: . 101E Par. 43 Par. 45 102E Par. 46 102E-2 Par. 46 102E-3 Par. 23 131E 131E-2 Par. 34 152E-2 Composition Composition Composition (Pre: Eng. 101) Composition (Pre: Eng. 101) Composition (Pre: Eng. 101) Fundamentals of Speech Fundamentals of Speech Western World Literature (Pre: Eng. 151) Western World Literature (Pre: Eng. 151) 2 �COURSE DESCRIPTION DAY& HOURS CREDIT ROOMNo. HO COURSE E 108 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE: Env. Sci.102E Introductory Space Science Laboratory Lab Fee $10 T 8 :00-10 :00 TH 8:00-10:00 Stark 302 Stark 302 E 112E DESCRIPTION Multi-Sensory Techniques in Nursing Education (Pre: N.E. 107) Field Experience in Supervision (Pre: Approval of Advisor) DAY& HOURS W 4:00-5:00 ROOM No. Kirby 107 Hours to be arranged CREDIT HOURS 1 4 FINE ARTS: F. A.101E F. A.102E Experiencing Art I Experiencing Art II (Pre: F.A. 101) MW 6:30-8:00 MW 8:00-9:30 Con. An 101. Con. An.101 MW 8:00-9:30 Kirby 203 TTH 6 :30-8 :00 Kirby 302 TTH 8:00-9:30 Kirby 302 TTH 5:00-6:30 MW 6 :30-8 :00 Kirby 108 Kirby 208 MW 6 :30-8 :00 Kirby 203 FOREIGN LANGUAGES: French 104E Ger. 102E Ger. 104E Rus. 101A Span. 102E Span. 104E Intermediate French (Per: French 103) Elementary German (Pre: German 101) Intermediate German (Pre: German 103) Elementary Russian Elementary Spanish (Pre: Spanish 101) Intermediate Spanish (Pre: Spanish 103) PHILOSOPHY: I 102E Logic and Scientific Method TTH 6:30-8:00 Stark 112 3 T 7:00-8:00 Stark 109 1 Par. 33 Par. 33 3 3 Par. 34 3 TTH 6:30-8:00 TTH 8:00-9:30 TH 6:30-9:30 Kirby 102 Kirby 102 Kirby 203 3 3 T 6:30-9:30 Kirby 203 3 TTH 8:00-9:30 Kirby 103 3 MW 6 :00-8 :00 MW 8:00-10:00 Par. 33 Par. 33 2 2 Kirby 108 Kirby 208 3 3 PHYSICAL EDUCATION: E 106E Hygiene POLITICAL SCIENCE: 102E 206E p 224E TTH 6:30-8:00 Political Science II TTH 8:00-9:30 Municipal Government (Pre: P.S. 102) Soviet System of Government MW 6:30-8:00 (Pre: P.S. 102) YCH0L0GY: HISTORY: Hist.102E Hist. 102E-2 Hist. 102E-3 Hist.108E Hist. 222E General Psychology History of World Civilization History of World Civilization History of World Civilization American History since 1865 American Social and Intellectual History (Pre: Hist. 107 & 108) TTH 8 :00-9 :30 MW 6 :30-8 :00 MW 8:00-9:30 TTH 6:30-8:00 Wk. An, Wk.An. Wk. An. Wk.An. MW 6:30-8:00 Stark 114 I 224E Fundamentals of Mathematics MW 6 :30-8 :00 Fundamentals of Mathematics MW 8 :00-9 :30 (Pre: Math. 101) Stark 204 Stark 204 Introduction to the Materials and Literature of Music II Applied Music TTH 6 :30-8 :00 Recent Trends and Developments in Retailing ECRET ARIAL STUDIES: MUSIC: Music 102E 255E Psychological Tests (Pre: Psy. 101 & 102) Clinical Psychology (Pre: Psy. 212) 3 RETAILING: MATHEMATICS: Math.101E Math.102E 102E-2 General Psychology Butler 20 . 106E 108E Elementary Shorthand Elementary Typing Lab Fee $10 Hours to be arranged OCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY: NURSING EDUCATION: N. E. 101E N. E. 107E Foundations of Nursing Principles and Methods in Nursing Education (Pre: Ed. 200) c 102E T 4:00-6:00 M 4:00-6:00 Kirby 107 Kirby 107 251E Introduction to Anthropology MW 8:00-9:30 TTH 6:30-8:00 Comparative Social Welfare Systems (Pre: Soc. 101, 102, & Psy. 101, 102) �GRADUATE DIVISION REGISTRATION FOR WILKES AND LEHIGH-WILKES COURSES SPRING SEMESTER - 1969 HELD DURING REGULAR EVENING SCHOOL REGISTRATION WILKES COLLEGE GRADUATE PROGRAM HOURS IN THE GRADUATE OFFICE, ROOM 136, OF STARK HALL. The following graduate courses in biology, chemistry, antl phy 1 will be offered and may be applied toward the degree of Master o Science. Normal scheduling for the classes is in late afternoon or arl evening. TEMPLE UNIVERSITY GRADUATE PROGRAM Biology Bio. 411 Bio. 432 - Physiology of Bacteria Advances in Ecological Research 3 hou 3 hou ilkes College cooperates with Temple University in offering a G neral Education Program for Teachers (G.E.P.T.) leading to the Deof Master of Science in Education. The program is open to anywho meets the academic requirements and is interested in exposure a broad-base general education program. Chemistry Chem. 331 Chem. 340 Chem. 343 - Advanced Organic Chemistry II Quantum Chemistry Kinetics 3 hour 3 hour 3 hour Physics Phys. 303 Phys. 306 Phys. 332 Math. 302 - Quantum Mechanics I Statistical Mechanics X-Ray Diffraction Applied Mathematics II 3 hou 3 hour 3 hour 3 hour LEHIGH - WILKES GRADUATE PROGRAM Wilkes College, in cooperation with Lehigh University, offers grad• uate courses in education and business administration. Education Ed. Ed. Ed. Ed. 406W 466W 422W 493W - Historical Foundations of Education - Supervision of Instruction - Ed. of Exceptional Children - Research 3 hour 3 hour 3 hour 3 hou Business Administration A course in Finance and a course in Labor will be offered in th Spring semester. Specific information pertaining to these courses ma be obtained from the Graduate School Office. FURTHER INFORMATION C ON ALL GRADUATE COURSES BE OBTAINED AT THE GRADUATE SCHOOL OFFICE AT ILKES COLLEGE (824-4651, Ext. 243). ��CALENDAR SIX-WEEK DAY SESSIONS-1969 FIRST SESSION REGISTRATION - Tuesday, June 3, thru Friday, June 6 Parrish Hall-8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. SESSION BEGINS-Monday June 9 Friday, July 4 - No Classes SESSION ENDS- Friday, July 18 (Including Final Examination) SECOND SESSION REGISTRATION - Thursday, July 17, Friday, July 18 and Monday, July 21 Parrish Hall-8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. SESSION BEGINS - Tuesday, July 22 SESSION ENDS - Friday, August 29 (Including Final Examination) ______ s COLLEGE u etfn SUMMER SESSIONS EIGHT-WEEK EVENING SESSION REGISTRATION - Wednesday, June 11, thru Friday, June 13 Parrish Hall-8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. SESSION BEGINS - Monday, June 16 SESSION ENDS - Thursday, August 7 (Including Final Examination) 1969 FoR FURTHER INFORMATION WRITE To: Director of Evening and Summer College Wilkes College Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 18703 Phone: 824-4651 (After 5:00 p.m. - call 824-4656) In o,rder to minimize the possibility of cancelling courses, the preliminary registration form on the back cover should be com pleted and forwarded to the Director of Evening and Summer College as soon as possible. The preliminary registration doe, obligate the registrant to take the course. Wilkes-Barre • Pennsylvania �seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; An Educated Man possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; is aware of the diversity of ideas and belief~ that exist among men; has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community; communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Formulated and adopted by the faculty as a guide to learning. �Wilkes College Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell Unir ity, responding to a request of community leaders, established Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell ( ni\crsity Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College r hed its charter as a four-year liberal arts college. The College h grown steadily to its current enrollment of approximately 2,400 full-time day students and 1,000 adults in the Evening College and cial classes. J'rom its inception the College has been dedicated to these twin oal - a ound and stimulating intellectual experience for students nd n program of service to the community. AN INDEPENDENT COLLEGE It was inevitable that the new College should be non-sectarian, for it purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters i hed the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the community. It was believed that these ends could be served t by an independent college that was interdenominational in its 'nfluence and non-denominational in its control. FREEDOM OF INQUIRY Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. lcClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their decision. With responsibility came a pressing desire to rcngthcn the work of the faculty, united in their faith that the ·ntellectual and spiritual resources of the student are vigorous ~h re the creative mind is free. UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY college that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite philosophy and a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided b} the thought that unity in our community, our nation, and our odd requires not only great vision but warm understanding of �Page 6 - WILKES COLLEGE peoples. In its small circle Wilkes College brings together studen of many faiths, backgrounds, and countries. It encourages th m to maintain their convictions and their loyalties. It encourag them to create friendships based upon respect for difference, and to adhere to those ideals that create unity and good will amid t diversity. While academic work is the basis of the College program, th faculty recognizes that academic training will be of little importance unless students emerge as men and women of strong faith and fine character. In the words of John Stuart Mill, "Before you can make men doctors and lawyers, you must first make them m n. A COOPERATIVE EFFORT The original concept of community services has been strengthen d with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It ha been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and th community all benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperati\ relationship, with its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has resulted in cooperative action. DECADES OF GROWTH Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Common. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pa with the expansion of the campus. ACCREDITATION Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Im.lruction of the State of Pennsylvania, the Middle States Association of Colle and Secondary Schools, Certified Public Accounting Examiner of the State of New York, and the American Chemical Society. SUMMER COLLEGE Information Curricula 'DERGRADUATE PROGRAM The summer program is designed for men and women interested ·n accC'lerating degree work, and for recent high school graduates mtcrcstrd in beginning their college careers. Courses are open to \\ ilk s College students, students of other colleges, and non• matriculated students. Course load is limited to six semester hours of credit for each i -week session. Students are cautioned to exercise judgment and arc in scheduling both day and evening courses. fost classes for courses offered during the six-week day sessions di! meet five days per week during the morning hours as follows: FIRST PERIOD SECOND PERIOD - 8:00 A.M. TO 9:30 A.M. 9 :45 A.M. TO 11: 15 A.M. Except where designated in the course schedule, classes for courses offered during the eight-week evening session will be hedulcd on Monday, Tuesday, and Thursday evenings between the hours of 6:00 P.M. and 10:00 P.M. The College reserves the right to withdraw any course for which thcrr is insufficient enrollment. Students who have registered for ourscs that are subsequently cancelled because of insufficient enrollment will be notified as promptly as possible. DMISSION Admission to the summer program is granted to: a) all Wilkes College students currently in good standing; b) high school graduates who have been admitted as degree candidates to the Wilkes regular program; c) high school graduates who have been admitted as full-time students in the regular program of an accredited college other than Wilkes; d) all students in good standing at their respective colleges who furnish official confirmation of that status sent by the dean of their college to the director of the Wilkes summer session; �INFORMATION - Page 9 Page 8 - INFORMATION e) students who enroll in the summer session upon special invitation by Wilkes Committee on Admissions. Non-Wilkes summer session students who desire to bccom degree candidates here will have to qualify for admission or transfer into the college's regular program via the procedures outlined by the Committee on Admissions. Such procedures must be initiated through the office of Mr. John Whitby, Director of Admissions. TRANSFER OF CREDITS Credits earned in the Wilkes College summer session may be transferred to other institutions. Students may, at the conclusion of the course, request this service by filling out a card indicatin to which institution credits earned shall be transferred. DORMITORY AND DINING FACILITIES Dormitory and dining facilities will be available for both male nd female students. The cost for these services may be found mder EXPENSES. Arrangements for dormitory accommodations my be made with the Director of Evening and Summer College. THE UBRARY The Library will observe the following schedule during the ummcr sessions: Monday through Friday 8:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. Saturday I :00 p.m. to 4:00 p.m. Telephone number after 5:00 p.m. is 824-4654. Summer College students may obtain a Library Card at the Circulation Desk of the Library. WITHDRAWAL Withdrawal from classes after the first week is inadvisable cept in extenuating circumstances. THE BOOKSTORE The Bookstore offers a complete stock of necessary textbooks nd ·upplies. It will be open as follows: Monday through Friday 9:00 a.m. - 11 :45 a.m. . I :00 p.m. - 4:45 p.m. Monday & Tuesday Evenings 6:00 p.m. - 7:45 p.m. (First two weeks of each session) A student who. withdraws from the summer session or drop courses after the first week must receive permission from the instructor and the Director of the Evening and Summer College i order that their records may not unjustly show failure in cour . Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will receive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: Durin the first week of the six-week sessions and during the first t\\ o weeks of the eight-week evening session one-half of the tuition will be refunded upon written request to the Director of Evening and Summer College, if the withdrawal is made for adequate and sati factory reasons. After the periods designated no refunds are allo\\ed and the student is obligated for the full costs of the term. No tudent who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any refund Expenses 1he student may expect to incur the following expenses for the ummcr session : TUITION - $45 per credit hour DORMITORY (Exclusive of meals) - $75 per six-week session LINEN SERVICE - $5 per six-week session (required for dormitory stud en ts) DINING FACILITIES - Dining Hall will be open Monday through Friday. Meals may be taken on a pay-as-yougo basis. Facilities The College is located in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, in th heart of the picturesque and historic Wyoming Valley. This ideal location in the foothills of the Poconos offers abundant cultural and recreational facilities and affords close proximity and convenient transportation to the metropolitan areas of New York and Philadelphia. All charges must be paid at the time registration forms are proed. Charges for the second six-week session may be paid no later than July 19, 1969. Books and supplies may be purchased at the bookstore and must be paid for at the time of purchase. 1: �SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page 11 SUMMER SESSION SCHEDULE OF COURSES COURSE DESCRIPTION ECO OMICS: Principles of Economics I E n. JOIS Economic History Eon. 111 Applied General Statistics Eon. 231S FIRST SESSION SCHEDULE June 9 - July 18, 1969 - Monday through Friday ROOM Par. 23 Par. 34 Par. 25 HOUR CR. 9:45-11:15 3 9:45-11: 15 3 8:00-9:30 3 (Pre: Approval of instructor) COURSE DESCRIPTION ROOM HOUR CR Eon. 236S Public Finance Par. 34 8:00-9:30 3 (Pre: Ee. 102, P.S. 101) ACCOUNTING: Elementary Accounting I Acct. 101S Intermediate Accounting I Acct. 11 IS E n. 241S Par. 45 Par. 35 8:00-9:30 8:00-9: 0 Par. 45 9:4fi-ll:15 Economic Analysis Par. 25 9:45- 11:15 3 (Pre: Econ. 102) (Pre: Acct. 102) Acct. 201S Cost Accounting I (Pre: Acct. 112 or approval) EDUCATION: Introduction to Education Ed. !OOS Ch. 202 8:00-9:30 3 (Pre: Sophomore standing) BIOLOGY: Bio. 101S Ed.200S Biological Science St. 116 Educational Psychology Ch. 209 9:45-11: 15 3 Ch . 202 9 :45- 11: 15 (Pre: Psy. 102, Junior standing) 8:00-9:30 3 Ed.242S Guidance (Pre: Ed. 200) BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: Property Insurance B.A. 240S Par. 23 8 :00-9: 0 3 (Pre: B.A. 232 or approval) CHEMISTRY: Introduction to the Principles Chem. IOIS of Chemistry Laboratory Breakage Deposit $ 10 Fee: $20 Chem. 221S Inorganic Quantitative Analysis E GLISH: Eng. 99P St. 204 8:30-10:00 I0:00-1 :00 St. 204 10:00-11 :00 11 :00-2:00 8:00-9:30 0 Pre-College English Bdf. 13 9:45-11: 15 0 (June 16-July 25) Eng. 99P-3 Pre-College English Bdf. Sem. 8:00-9:30 0 (June 16-July 25) Eng. IOIS Eng. IOIS-2 Eng. 131S Eng. ISIS Composition Composition Fundamentals of Speech Western World Literature En . ISIS-2 Western World Literature Bdf. 13 Bdf. 12 Bdf. 12 Kby. 203 8:00-9:30 9:45-11: 15 8:00-9:30 7:30-9:30 Kby. 203 9:45-1 I :45 4 Kby. 208 9:45-11 :45 4 3 3 2 4 (Pre: Eng. 102) ~1TWTh (Pre: Eng.102) En . ISIS-3 Western World Literature (Pre: Eng. 102) St. 112 IO: 00- 11 :30 (Pre: Chem. 221 or approval) Laboratory Breakage Deposit $ I 0 Fee: $20 Eng. 99P-2 f.\ Laboratory Breakage Deposit $10 Fee:$20 Organic Chemistry Par. 33 (June 16-July 25) (June 16-Augu t 7) MTWTh Chem. 230S Pre-College English En . 207S Seminar Bdf. Sem. 9:45-11: JS 3 FINE ARTS: F \. 101S Experiencing Art I Con. An. 8:00-9:30 3 1:00-4:00 M-W �Page 12 - SCHEDULE OF COURSES SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page 13 COURSE DESCRIPTION GENERAL SCIENCE: Envi. Sci. IOIS Introductory Earth Scicn e Laboratory Fee: $10 HISTORY: Hist. l0IS Hist. lOlS-2 Hist. 107S Hist. 228S ROOM HOUR St. 116 History of World Civilization Weck. An. History of World Civilization Pick. 104 American and Pennsylvania History to 1865 Weck. An. History of the Foreign Policy of the United States Pick. 104 (Pre: Hist. 101, 102, 107, 108) LANGUAGES: Ger. lOIS Elementary German Ger. 103S Intermediate German (Pre: Ger. 102 or equivalent) Span. IOIS Span. 103S Elementary Spanish Intermediate Spanish Fr. lOIS Fr. 103S Elementary French Intermediate French (Pre: Sp. 102 or equivalent) (Pre: Fr. 102) MATHEMATICS: Math. lOIS Fundamentals of Mathematics Math. I07P College Alge bra (Pre-College Students) Math. 1O9P Plane Trigonometry (Pre-College Students) CR COURSE DESCRIPTION ROOM CR. PHILOSOPHY: 9:30-11:15 9: 45-11 :I5 3 8:00-9:30 3 Phil. 101S Phil. 209S Introduction to Philosophy Ancient and Medieval Philosophy St. 114 9:45-11 :15 3 Phy. 101 S Phy. 150S Physical Science General Physics I St. 132 St. 302 8:00-9:30 3 10:00-11 :IS 4 Ph} . 152S Laboratory Fee: $20 General Physics III 8:00-9:30 3 PHYSICS: (Pre:Math. 105,or 107,109) 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-11:15 St. 114 Hours to be arranged St. 112 (Pre: Phys. 151) Pick. 104 Pick. 104 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-11:15 3 POLITICAL SCIENCE: P. l01S Political Science I P . IOIP Political Science I Pick. 203 Pick. 203 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-1 I :15 3 P.. 204S St. 301 St. 301 HOUR (Pre-College Students) Public Opinion and Propaganda Par. 53 Par. 46 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-11: IS 3 8:00-9:30 3 (June 16-July 25) Par. 46 9:45-11: 15 3 Par. 43 Par. 35 Par. 43 9:45-11 :15 3 9:45-11: 15 3 8:00-9:30 3 Par. 3° 9:45-11: 15 3 (Pre: P.S. 101, 102 and Soc. 101, 102) 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-11 :15 P YCHOLOGY: Miner 20 Miner II 9:45-11:15 3 8:00-9:30 '3 Py. l01S P>· 101S-2 Py. 207S General Psychology General Psychology Child Psychology P), 251S Industrial Psychology (Pre:Psy.101,102) (Pre: Psy. 212) (June 16-July 25) Miner 11 9:45-I 1:15 (June 16-July25) 0CIOLOGY: MUSIC: Music IOIS Applied Music .101S Introduction to the Materials and Literature of Music I Butler 20 9:45-11 :I To Be Arranged With Department Chairman . IOIP Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology I Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology I (Pre-College Students) Par. 56 Par. 56 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-11 :15 3 (June 16-July 25) �Page 14 - SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page 15 SCHEDULE OF COURSES SECOND SESSION SCHEDULE COURSE July 22 - August 29, 1969 - Monday through Friday COURSE DESCRIPTION ROOM HOUR CR DESCRIPTION EDUCATION: Introduction to Education Ed.JOOS ROOM HOUR CR. Par. 46 8:00-9:30 3 Par. 35 9:45-11:15 3 Bdf. 12 Bdf. 13 8:00-9:30 3 8:00-9:30 3 Kirby 208 7:30-9:30 4 Bdf. 12 9:45-11 :45 4 Bdf. 13 9:45-11 :45 4 Kirby 208 9:45-11:15 3 St. 116 8:00-9:30 3 (Pre: Sophomore standing) ACCOUNTING: Acct. 102S Elementary Accounting II Ed.242S Par. 45 8:00-D:30 Par. 35 8:00-9:30 (Pre: Acct. 101) Acct. l 12S Intermediate Accounting II (Pre: Acct. 111 ) Acct. 202S Cost Accounting II Par. 45 8:45-11 :I (Pre: Ed. 200) E GLISH: Eng. IOIS En . l02S Composition Composition En . !52S Western World Literature (Pre: Eng. 101) (Pre: Acct. 201 or approval) BIOLOGY: Bio. 102S (Pre: Eng. 151) Biological Science BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: B.A. 222S Marketing St. 116 9:45-11 :IS Corporation Finance Life Insurance Par. 34 8:45-11 :I Par. 25 9:45-11:1 Par. 23 8:00-9: 0 St. 204 8:30-10:00 (Pre: Chem. 101) Chem. 231S Laboratory Breakage Deposit $10 Fee: $20 Organic Chemistry II (Pre: Eng. 151) Eng.215S 10 :00-1 :00 ~rn HISTORY: Hit. 102S Hi t.108S Hit. 256S St. 112 10:00-11 :30 I :00-4:00 Laboratory Breakage Deposit $10 Fee: $20 M\ LANGUAGES: Elementary French II Fr.102S Collective Bargaining Par. 33 8 :00-9:30 Gr. 102S Par. 25 8:00-D:' 0 Ger.104S Par. 34 8:00-9:30 (Pre: Econ. 102) Econ.232S Economic Statistics (Pre: Econ. 231) 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-11:15 3 St. 303 8:00-9:30 3 Intermediate French II St. 303 9:45-11 :15 3 Pick. 203 8:00-9:30 3 Pick. 203 9:45-11:15 3 Pick. 201 8:00-9:30 3 Pick. 201 9:45-11:15 3 (Pre: Fr. 103) Par. 33 9: 45-11 :15 3 Elementary German II (Pre: Ger. 101) Intermediate German II (Pre: Ger. 103) (Pre: Econ. 102) Econ.223S 9:45-11 :15 3 (Pre: Fr. 101) (Pre: Econ. 101) Money and Banking History of World Civilization Pick. 104 American and Pennsylvania History from 1865 Weck. An. Europe in the Twentieth Century Weck. An. (Pre: Hist. 101, 102) Fr.104S Econ 201S Shakespeare E VIR0NMENTAL SCIENCE: Envi. Sci. 102S Introductory Space Science Laboratory Fee $10 (Pre: Chem. 230) ECONOMICS: Principles of Economics II Econ. 102S Western World Literature (Pre: Eng. 152) (Pre: Approval) CHEMISTRY: Chem. 102S Chemical Equilibria Western World Literature (Pre: Eng. 151) (Pre: Econ. 102) B.A. 241S En . 152S-2 Eng. 152S-3 (Pre: Econ. 102) B.A. 225S Guidance pan. 102S Elementary Spanish II (Pre: Span. 101) pan. 104S Intermediate Spanish II (Pre: Span. 103) �Page 16 - SCHEDULE OF COURSES COURSE MUSIC: Music lOIS Music 102S Applied Music SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page 17 ROOM DESCRIPTION HOUR EVENING SESSION SCHEDULE CR. June 16 August 7, 1969 Introduction to the Materials and Butler IO Literature of Music I 8:00-9:30 Introduction to the Materials and Literature of Music II Butler 20 9:45-11:15 To be arranged with Department Chairm n COURSE Monday, Tuesday and Thursday DESCRIPTION ROOM CCOUNTING: Elementary Accounting I ct. 102E Elementary Accounting II Miner I I D:45-11:15 (Pre: Math. 101) 8:00-10:00 6:00-8:00 3 3 Par. 43 6:00-8:00 3 Par. 43 8:00-10:00 3 Par. 23 Par. 23 6:00-8:00 8:00-10:00 3 3 Chase 209 6:00-8:00 3 Bdf. 12 Bdf. 13 6:00-8:00 8:00-10:00 3 3 Bdf. 12 8:00-10:00 3 Bdf. 13 6:00-8:00 2 B SINESS EDUCATION: B . 209E Business Correspondence and Reports (Pre: Eng. 102) B .25IE PHILOSOPHY: Logic and Scientifi Method Phil. 102S Ethics Phil. IOSS St. 114 8:00-1): 0 St. 114 9:45-11:15 Principles of Management I ECONOMICS: con. IOIE Principles of Economics I n.102E Principles of Economics II (Pre: Econ. 101) PHYSICS: Phys. 102S Physical Science St. 132 8:00-9:30 EDUCATION: F.d. 200E Educational Psychology (Pre: Psy. 102, Junior standing) (Pre: Phys. 101) Phys. 151S General Physics II St. 132 10:00-11: 15 (Pre: Phys. 150) Laboratory Fee: $20 Time to be arran, d E'GLISH: n . JOIE .102E Composition Composition (Pre: Eng. 10 l ) . JOSE POLITICAL SCIENCE: Poli ti cal Science II P.S. 102S State Government P.S. 205S Advanced Exposition (Pre: Eng. 102) Par. 53 Par. 53 9:4 ·-11:15 8:00-9:30 (Pre: P.S. 101, 102) En . 131E Fundamentals of Speech MTh . ISIE Western World Literature Kirby 208 (Pre: Eng. 102) PSYCHOLOGY: General Psychology Psy. 102S Par. 46 9:45-11: 15 HISTORY: H t. lOIE H1 t. l07E SOCIOLOGY: Introduction to Sociology and Soc. 102S Anthropology TI H t.222E Par. Sn 8:00-9:30 CR. Par. 35 Par. 35 (Pre: Acct. 101) MATHEMATICS: Math. 102S Fundamentals of Ma them a tics HOUR l Ii story of World Civilization American and Pennsylvania History to 1865 American Social and Intellectual History (Pre: Hist. 107, 108) 6:00-8:00 4 MTWTh Par. 25 6:00-8:00 3 Par. 34 6:00-8:00 3 Par. 34 8:00-10:00 3 �Page 18 - SCHEDULE OF COURSES COURSE DESCRIPTION MATHEMATICS: Analysis I (Calculus with Math. 122E Analytic Geometry) ROOM Analysis II (Calculus with Analytic Geometry) Miner 11 App lied Music Miner 11 8:00-10:00 MTW'Ih Introduction to the Materials and Literature of Music I Chase Th. 6:00-8:00 3 To be arranged with Department Chairman Hours to be arran !.'d Miner 20 6:30-8:00 Par. 53 Par. 53 Par. 56 8:00-10:00 6:00-8:00 3 6:00-8:00 3 Par. 56 8:00-10:00 (Pre: P.S. 101, 102) P.S. 223E Comparative Government 1hc Workshop is designed to provide trammg and experience in ta e production or directing. Students will be enrolled either in Theater rt 202 - Production ur Theater Arts 203 - Directing. Theater Arts 202 - Production 1 • e and operation of stage, lighting, and sound equipment. Each tudmt must participate in Workshop production. Theater Arts 203 - Directing Various styles of acting, interpretation of a role, complete planning r production culminating in direction of a Workshop production. T POLITICAL SCIENCE: P.S. 10IE Political Science I P.S. 102E Political Science II State Government P.S. 205E 9:30 A.M. - 4 :30 P.M. er lit NURSING EDUCATION: N.E. I 12E Field Experience in Supervision o,r Teaching Kirby 103 PHYSICAL EDUCATION: P.E. 106E Hygiene MONDAY - FRIDAY 6:00-8:00 MTWTh (Pre: Math 122) MUSIC: Music 10IE WORKSHOP IN THEATER C JUNE 23 - JULY 25, 1969 (Pre: Math. 105, or both Math 107 and 109, or the equivalent) Math. 125E HOUR (Pre: P.S. 101, 102) credits Enrollment in Theater Arts 202 is open for credit to bonafide college and a limited number of selected high school seniors. A limed number of high school juniors may participate in the program at r du cd fee ($75.00) and will receive a certificate upon successful comlction of the course. t 1dents Enrollment in Theater Arts 203 is by permission of the instructor ly and requires previous experience in theater. PSYCHOLOGY: Human Behavior Psy. 208E This offering is contingent upon sufficient enrollment in the Par. 45 6.00-8:00 3 Par. 45 8:00-10:00 3 Par. 33 Par. 33 6:00-8:00 8:00-10:00 (Pre: Psy. 101, 102) Psy. 2IOE Psychologic Theory (Pre: Psy. 101, 102) SECRETARIAL STUDIES: S.S. 105E Elementary Shorthand S.S. 107E Elementary Typewriting \ orkshop. �PRELIMINARY REGIS1RATION COURSES ADDED - 1st DAY SESSION Description Hrs. Room No. Hrs. Pre-College Mathematics (Pre: two years High School Math) 8 :00-9 :30 a.m. Miner 20 4 EVENING SESSION Description Hrs. Room No. Hrs. Introduction to Functions of a Complex Variable (Pre: Math 252) 8:00-10:00 p.m. Miner 20 3 Will you require dormitory accommodations? �PRELIMINARY REGISTRATION FORM Completion and filing of this form with the Director of Evening and Summer College, Wilkes College, Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, 18703, will enable the Director to determine course demand. If advance demand does not warrant giving a particular course, the prospective student filing this form will be promptly notified. The completion and filing of this form does not, in any way, obligate the prospective student. PRE-REGISTRATION A statement of your academic standing must be submitted by your dean or registrar. Name ..................................................................................................... . Address .................................................................................................... Qty ................................................ State ...... .... Zip Code .............. . CQllege or U Diversity now attending ........... _....................................................................... . Please mail Registration forms. 1st Semester Course No. D 2nd Semester Course No. Wm you require dormitory accommodations? Evening Course No. � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin, 1968-1969 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1968-1969 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/accce2dcbd261e3e65a45e15498c6662.pdf c495b9d923894073f5069dadb405772a PDF Text Text Wilkes College ~ . . - Summer Sessions ~ ( ;=(;_~~-~_·_ .--; } .. :: Wilkes-Barre, Penna. 18703 .-· . ..· ·~~~. '-""WW S-BARRE PENNSYLVANIA �~ ---=------s COLLEGE u et(n 1967-1968 SPRING AND FALL SEMESTERS - 1967 -68 Vol. XVI �College Calendar College Calendar SIX-WEEK SUMMER SESSION - 1967 (Day) FIRST SESSION Tuesday, June 6 thru Friday, June 9 Monday, June 12 - SP'-Sion Begins Thursday, July 20 - Session Ends Registration SECOND SESSION Thursday, July 20, Friday, June 21 and Monday, July 24 Registration Tuesday, July 25 - Session Begins Thursday, August 31 - Session Ends EIGHT-WEEK SUMMER SESSION Wednesday, June 14 thru Friday, June 16 Monday, June 19 - Session Begins Thursday, August 10 - Session Ends FALL SEMESTER - 1967 (Evening) Registration 1967 Monday, September 11 to Friday, September 15 Freshmen Orientation Thursday, September 14 - Registration Monday, September 18 - Classes Begin Saturday, October 14 - Report on Incomplete Grades Wednesday, November I - Progress Reports Monday, November 6 to Friday, November 10 - Registration for Seniors, Juniors, and Engineering Students Monday, November 13 to Friday, November 17 - Registration for Sophomores Monday, November 20 to Saturday, December 1 Registration for Freshmen Tuesday, November 21, 10:00 p.m. to Monday, November 27, 8:00 a.m. -Thanksgiving Recess Friday, December 15, 5:00 p.m. to Wednesday, January 3, 8:00 a.m. - Christmas Recess Friday, January 12, 5:00 p.m. - Classes End Monday, January 15 to Saturday, January 20 Examination Period SPRING SEMESTER - 1968 Friday, January 26 - Registration - All Classes Monday, January 29- Classes Begin Saturday, February 24 - Report on Incomplete Grades Saturday, March 16 - Progress Reports Monday, March 18 to Friday, March 22 Registration for Juniors, Engineering Students Monday, March 25 to Friday, March 29 Registration for Sophomores Monday, April I to Friday, April 5 - Registration for Freshmen Friday, April 5, 5:00 p.m. to Wednesday, April 17, 8:00 a.m. Easter Recess Saturday, May 4 Final Date for Requests for Summer Transfer Credit Saturday, May 18 - Classes end Monday, May 20 to Saturday, May 25 - Examination Period Thursday, May 30 - Memorial Day Holiday Sunday, June 2 - Baccalaureate Monday, June 3 - Commencement SIX-WEEK SUMMER SESSION - 1968 (Day) FIRST SESSION Tuesday, June 4 thru Friday, June 7 - Registration Monday, June 10 - Session Begins Thursday, July 18 (Incl. Final Examination) - Session Ends SECOND SESSION Thursday, July 18, Friday, July 19 and Monday, July 22 Registration Tuesday, July 23 - Session Begins Thursday, August 29 (Incl. Final Examination) - Session Ends EIGHT-WEEK SUMMER SESSION - 1968 (Evening) Wednesday, June 12 thru Friday, June 14 - Registration Monday, June 17 - Session Begins Thursday, August 8 (Incl. Final Examination) - Session Ends �Contents College Calendar, 2 Wilkes College, 5 THE COLLEGE AND THE COMMUNITY Institute of Regional Affairs, 65 POLICIES AND OBJECTIVES Admissions, 11 Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra, 67 Registration, 14 Fine Arts Fiesta, 67 Tuition, ·Fees & Expenses, 14 Performing Arts Center, 67 Financial Assistance, 18 Scholarships, 18 Loans, 20 Employment, 20 Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell University, responding to a request of community leaders, established its Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter as a four-year liberal arts college. The College has grown slowly to its current enrollment of approximately 1900 full-time day students and 500 part-time evening school students. From its inception the College has been dedicated to these twin goals - a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a program of service to the community. AN INDEPENDENT COLLEGE UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS Bachelor of Arts Degree, 71 THE FACILITIES OF THE COLLEGE Wilkes College Bachelor of Science Degree, 75 Degree Requirements, 76 Buildings and Plant, 31 It was inevitable that the new college should be non-sectarian, for its purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters wished the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the community. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an independent college that was interdenominational in its influence and non-denominational in its control. FREEDOM OF INQUIRY STUDENT LIFE Counseling, 39 Student Activities, 41 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION Description of Courses, 107 Social Activities, 43 Athletics, 46 Student Regulations, 47 PERSONNEL OF THE COLLEGE Board of Trustees, 186 THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM Curricula, 51 Officers of Administration, 18 Academic Requirements, 55 Assistants in Administration, 189 Graduation Requirements, 60 Faculty, 190 Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. McClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their decision. With responsibility came a pressing desire to strengthen the work of the faculty, united in their faith that the intellectual and spiritual resources of the student are vigorous where the ere a tive mind is free. UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY A college that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite philosophy and a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided by the thought that unity in our community, our nation, and our world requires not only great vision but warm understanding of peoples. In its small circle Wilkes College brings together �Page 6 - WILKES COLLEGE students of many faiths, backgrounds, and countries. It encourages them to maintain their convictions and their loyalties. It encourages them to create friendships based upon respect for differences, and to adhere to those ideals that create unity and good will amidst diversity. While academic work is the basis of the College program, the faculty recognizes that academic training will be of little importance unless students emerge as men and women of strong faith and fine character. In the words of John Stuart Mill, "Before you can make men doctors and lawyers, you must first make them men." Wilkes College is committed to education as a way of life. DECADES OF GROWTH Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Common. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansion of the campus. A COOPERATIVE EFFORT The original concept of community services has been strengthened with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It has been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the community all benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperative relationship, with its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has resulted in cooperative action. ACCREDITATION Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania and the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The Accounting curriculum has been accredited by the Certified Public Accounting Examiners of the State of New York. The Chemistry curriculum is approved by the American Chemical Society. An Educated Man seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; is aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community; communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Formulated and adopted by the as a guide to learning. facuity �Policies and Objectives Admissions Registration Tuition, Fees, and Expenses Financial Assistance �Admissions True education demands a love of learning and a spirit of sacrifice and service. Education is not a right or privilege but an opportunity that carries with it obligations prescribed by the College and responsibilities shared with the student. This concept has guided the faculty and trustees in developing the philosophy and procedures of the Admissions Committee, making it possible for students of ability, determination, and soundness of character to study at Wilkes. Here the student will find an atmosphere of competitive learning in the world of ideas. His desire to undertake study at Wilkes places hini among the ready men for whom education is an experience in excellence. He will be charged with the responsibility for fulfilling that trust. The careful selection of able and committed students is deemed essential to the attainment of high standards and warm personal relationships between students and faculty. Admission Requirements Education at Wilkes The spirit of the College derives from the ideals of the faculty and the quality of its instruction; from its library, its laboratories and equipment. The spirit of the College is the integrity of its mission, the intellectual climate that enriches the student as a person. The College believes that no attention can be too great which intensifies a student's thinking or deepens his interest or develops his techniques and skills. It believes that a good student commits himself to the disciplines of his work. To learn, to master, and to understand he must accept the responsibilities that he shares with others. HIGH SCHOOL RECORD Candidates applying for admission to Wilkes should be high school graduates and should offer at least fifteen units of work representing the equivalent of the usual four-year high school preparatory school course. For entrance into certain departments, specific courses in high school are necessary. An example would be four years of Mathematics for those interested in studying the physical sciences, engineering, or mathematics. APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION To assist students seeking admission, the College has adopted procedures designed to simplify admissions. Applications for admission and instructions regarding high school records, recommendations, and entrance examinations may be obtained from the Director of Admissions. The completed applications should be returned to him with a $10.00 registration fee. �ADMISSIONS - Page 13 Page 12 - ADMISSIONS ENTRANCE EXAMINATIONS All candidates for admission to the freshman class will be required to take entrance examinations. The Admissions Committee considers these test results in relation to the applicant's high school transcript and the record of performance during the high school years. ADMISSIONS TESTS The Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board is required of all applicants. Students should plan to take this examination in December or January of their senior year. If unusual circumstances prevent the applicant from taking this test, he must notify the Director of Admissions. Students who wish the Admissions Committee to review their application on the basis of College Boards taken in their junior year should make this request in writing to the Director of Admissions. Wilkes is a member of the College Entrance Examination Boards. Students communicating with the Educational Testing Center in Princeton, New Jersey, or in Los Angeles, California, should refer to the Wilkes College code number 2977. ACCEPTANCE OF ADMISSION AND DEPOSIT After receipt of the senior College Board scores the Admissions Committee meets and acts upon all completed applications. Notification of action by the Committee is sent immediately. Resident students are required to forward a $100.00 tuition and dormitory deposit by May 1; local students are required to forward a $50.00 tuition deposit by May 1 in order to guarantee their entry into the College. The College accepts a limited number of applications for the February class. Procedures are similar to those followed in the fall semester. ADMISSIONS COMMITTEE The Admissions Committee is comprised of the Director of Admissions, Dean of Men, Dean of Women, and three faculty mem- bers. This committee acts upon special cases referred to it by the Director of Admissions. PERSONAL INTERVIEWS A personal interview with each student is not required. Students and their families are invited to visit the College at their convenience. It is advisable to write for an appointment so that the Deans may arrange to meet with them. TRANSFER STUDENTS Candidates from other institutions wishing to enter with advanced standing shall follow the regular procedure for admission. The student should request the college or university he is attending to forward to Wilkes a transcript and an official statement of his honorable dismissal. After the College has made a tentative evaluation of the record of the student, a faculty adviser will counsel him concerning his new schedule. Acceptable credits will be placed on the Wilkes record of the student following a final evaluation. College policy prohibits the Admissions Committee from considering for admission any student who has been placed on academic probation or who has been dropped from any other college or university. ADVANCED COURSE STANDING Superior students who have undertaken college-level courses in secondary school may request college credit for such work and permission to enter advanced courses. To qualify for advanced placement, the high school student must take the Advanced Placement tests of the College Entrance Examination Board, in addition to the regular Scholastic Aptitude tests required for admission. Action by the College will be determined by scores obtained on the Advanced Placement Examination, the high school record submitted by the student, and the recommendations of the high school faculty. After he is admitted the applicant will request the College Entrance Examination Board to send the results of the Advanced Placement Tests to the Director of Admissions. The request will �Page 14 - EXPENSES then be considered by the Admissions Committee and the appropriate department chairman. The applicant will be advised of their action prior to registration. Registration Every student is expected to register on the dates specified in the College calendar. A student presenting himself for registration after the time designated for registration will pay a late registration fee of $5.00. Expenses TUITION The flat tuition rate adopted by the College for a student carrying the normal load for his course is $600.00 per semester. A student who registers for fewer than fifteen hours of work will pay either $40.00 for each semester hour or the regular tuition fee, whichever amount is lower. A student who elects a heavier schedule than is normal for his course will be charged $40.00 for each additional hour of credit beyond the normal load. Medical technology students will be charged a $50 College Administrative Fee in conjunction with the seventh and eighth semesters of hospital work. EVENING SCHOOL Students registered in the Evening School will be charged $40.00 per semester hour. A fee of $40.00 is charged for those wishing to participate in student activities. Further information regarding the content of the courses, requirements for undergraduate and graduate degrees, and requirements for teacher certification may be secured from the Office of Admissions. SUMMER SCHOOL Students registering for courses in the six and eight-week Summer School sessions will be charged $40.00 per semester hour of study payable before registration. EXPENSES - Page 15 FEES For those courses that require individual faculty supervision or the addition of supplies and equipment the College finds it necessary to charge nominal fees. These fees are listed in the Bulletin with the course description. When these fees total more than $50.00 a flat fee of $50.00 per semester will be charged. The cost of individual instruction in applied music is $50.00 for full-time students for a series of fifteen half-hour lessons. The College accepts a limited number of special students for individual instruction in applied music for a series of fifteen half-hour lessons at a cost of $60.00 per semester. A student activities fee of $40.00 per semester will be charged to those stud en ts taking fewer than 15 or more than 9 semester hours or to any special student wishing to participate in activities. SPECIAL CHARGES Graduation fee ---------------------------------- ----------------------------------------- $25.00 Convocation fee ( two-year students) -------------------------------------- $15.00 Transcript (no charge for the first copy) ---------- --- ---------- ------ _$ 1.00 CHEMISTRY BREAKAGE Students taking chemistry laboratory courses are required to deposit $10.00 to cover possible charges for broken, lost, or damaged equipment. The unexpended balance of this fee is refundable. INSURANCE COVERAGE The College makes available both accident and accident and health insurance to students. Each student will be required to purchase an accident policy at a cost of $10.00. A health insurance policy is available to commuting students but is optional with them. Health insurance required of all resident students is prepaid as part of the dormitory charge. Both policies provide protection for twelve months and premiums are payable in full with the first semester charges. There are four fully accredited hospitals in the vicinity of the campus, and a college physician and college infirmary are available for emergency treatment. �Page 16 - EXPENSES EXPENSES - Page 17 PAYMENTS Payment of all charges for tuition, fees, room and board is to be made at the Fin.ance Office, Parrish Hall, before registration. Several plans have been developed to assist students who do not have the cash in hand, and it is suggested these plans be considered when special assistance is needed. I. Wilkes College participates in the National Defense Student Loan Program and stud en ts needing financial assistance may apply to the College for such a loan. to, or purchased by, the College in recent years. At present there are three men's and fifteen women's dormitories, each of which accommodates from eighteen to twenty-three students and a resident proctor. Every effort is made to maintain a homelike atmosphere. Students and their families are invited to inspect these homes. Each room includes a bureau, desk, chair, and a bed. Students will supply their own blankets; bed linens and towels are furnished through a local laundry on contract by the College. 2. If a student does not meet the requirements for a National Defense Student Loan, but wishes to space his payments over the school year, . we recommend that he apply for an educational loan at one of the local banks. Information concerning this method of financing an education may be obtained at the College. All out-of-town students must reside in the College dormitories on campus. A deposit of $50.00 is required to reserve a room. The charge for room and board is $560.00 per student per semester. This charge includes the cost of health and accident insurance and linen rental and laundry service for bed linen and towels only. Personal laundry plans are offered, and for students who wish to do their own laundry, facilities are available on campus. 3. Grants-in-aid and scholarships will be credited toward the student's bill at the beginning of each term. Information regarding dormitories can be obtained from the Office of Admissions. REFUNDS Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will receive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: During the first six weeks of a term one-half of the tuition will be refunded upon request if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After the first six weeks no refunds are allowed and the student is obligated for the full costs for the term. Refund of dormitory charges will not be allowed except under conditions beyond the control of the student. No student who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any refunds. Living Quarters and Board DORMITORIES Residence for boarding stud en ts is provided in a new dormitory for men and in a number of large mansions that have been given �Financial Assistance To provide assistance for those who need financial help, the College receives substantial gifts from friends. These gifts provide scholarship aid to those who are already making every effort to help themselves. In accepting any form of aid from the College the student accepts an obligation - which is also the obligation of every other conscientious student- to: I. Maintain a good scholastic record. 2. Exert a constructive influence in the College and the community. 3. Participate constructively in an all-college activity of his own choice. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 19 3. No scholarship will be granted until the student has made every reasonable effort to finance as large a portion as possible of the costs of this education. 4. Every applicant for scholarship aid shall submit confidential information pertaining to his financial needs and his record of achievement. 5. No student may simultaneously hold more than one scholarship granted by the College. 6. Scholarships will be forfeited if the student, at any time, carries fewer hours than are normal for the course. 7. No scholarship is awarded for more than one year, but scholarships will be renewed upon request, provided this request is supported by a good academic record, by evidence of continued need, and by constructive participation in at least one all-college activity of his own choice. In planning to meet any difference between his own resources and the cost of education the student should consider a combination of work, loans, and scholarships. 8. The amount of the grant is confidential, and any breach of this confidence shall terminate the scholarship. Scholarships INSTRUCTIONS TO THE APPLICANT Scholarships and grants are available to students with good records of achievement and performance in high school or college who cannot fully finance the cost of their college education and who can demonstrate seriousness of purpose and effort. A few honor scholarships are awarded without regard to need to students of outstanding achievement in appreciation of their contribution to the intellectual life of the group. The amount of each grant will be determined by the Scholarship Committee. SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENTS I. Students must be admitted to the College before their applications for scholarships will be considered. 2. All applicants for scholarships must obtain an interview with the Dean. I. To establish eligibility for a scholarship, the student must first apply for admission to the College and must be accepted. Application for admission should be made prior to March I. 2. Students requiring aid shall indicate their need on the application for admission to the College. Wilkes College participates in the College Scholarship Service (CSS) of the College Entrance Examination Board. Participants in CSS subscribe to the principle that the amount of financial aid granted a student should be based upon financial need. The CSS assists colleges and universities and other agencies in determining the student's need for financial assistance. Entering students seeking financial assistance are required to submit a copy of the Parents' Confidential Statement (PCS) form to the College Scholarship Service, designating Wilkes College as one of the recipients, by April 1. The PCS form may be obtained from a secondary school or the College Scholarship Service, P. 0. Box 176, Princeton, New Jersey 18540; or P. 0. Box 1025, Berkeley, California 97404. �Page 20 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Loans The College participates in the National Defense Student Loan Program. Complete information concerning this program and applications for financial assistance under this program may be obtained at the College. SPECIAL LOAN FUND The Florence and Joseph A. Goldman Loan Fund has been created by the donors to assist Juniors and Seniors whose education may be interrupted by unexpected difficulties. The loan bears no interest and is to be repaid by the student at the earliest practical time so that other students may also receive needed assistance from this rota ting loan fund. STUDENT LOAN FUND Robert W. Hall Student Loan Fund was estabiished by Robert W. Hall, class of 1951, to assist students in meeting small emergency financial needs. Employment PART-TIME EMPLOYMENT College makes strict demands on a student's time. The student who finds it necessary to seek full-time employment during a semester is advised to work a year and then apply for admission. The College cautions the student to limit off-campus work, especially during the freshman year, when working may result in academic failure. However, part-time jobs in offices, stores, and industry arc available for students wishing to earn part of their expenses. For such jobs the student shall register with the College Placement Office. CAMPUS EMPLOYMENT The College also offers part-time employment at standard rates in the dining room, offices, laboratories, library, or on the maintenance staff. The holder of these jobs will meet all obligations of his assignments or forfeit all help from the College. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 21 Founders of Scholarships Each year some 1000 friends contribute to the scholarship fund of the College on an annual basis. Other friends have created scholarships which bear the names of the donors or of persons whom they have memorialized by means of a scholarship. WILLIAM B. SCHAEFFER MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. In 1951 a substantial bequest was left to the College by Mr. Schaeffer with the thought that it would be used to advance the interests of the College and the students. By action of the Board of Trustees a considerable portion of the income from this bequest has been set aside for scholarships. ANDREW J. SORDONI FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship will be used to assist students of unusual promise and proved ability. MRS. LEWIS H. TAYLOR left a bequest to the College to be used in assisting students of outstanding scholastic ability who otherwise could not gain a college education. DICKSON MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. Funds for four scholarships have been given to the College by the Trustees of the Allan H. and Kate P. Dickson Memorial Trust. These half-tuition scholarships will be granted to students of high scholastic achievement and aptitude who have also demonstrated leadership in student affairs during their high school years. THE WILLIAM H. CONYNGHAM MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her late husband, a friend and neighbor of the College and for years an outstanding leader in business and community life. /ESSIE STURDEVANT MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP awarded to a student of unusual promise and ability has been made available from the interest of a fund established by the late Miss Sturdevant. �Page 22 --- FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE JOHN WELLES HOLLENBACK SCHOLARSHIP. Miss Anna Hollenback has created a scholarship in memory of her father, John Welles Hollenback, and the annual interest of the principal is used for scholarship purposes. RICHARD H. ROYER SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually to a student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his studies and in student activities. MR. HARLAND W. HOISINGTON gives an annual scholarship to assist students of high scholastic ability. JOHN LLOYD EV ANS MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP was created in memory of John Lloyd Evans, a life-long lover of music, conductor of the Dr. Mason Glee Society, conductor of The Sheldon Choral Society and the Wilkes-Barre Mixed Choral Society. The scholarship of $300 will be awarded to a senior in music or music education who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his chosen field of study. HENRY BLACKMAN PLUMB AND EDITH M. PLUMB SCHOLARSHIP TRUST has been established to provide scholarships for students of outstanding ability and character majoring in one of the sciences and attending Wilkes College. THE BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL WOMEN'S CLUB of Wilkes-Barre offers to an outstanding woman student of the College a scholarship each year. The education committee of the club in cooperation with the administration choose a young woman who shows promise of making an outstanding contribution in business or professional life following graduation. THETA DELTA RHO, the all-college women's service organization, offers a scholarship yearly to a woman student achieving a high score in a competitive examination conducted by the college. NEIL DADURKA MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually by the Wilkes College Lettermen's Club. The money for this scholarship is earned and donated by the Wilkes College FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE --- Page 23 Lettermen's Club. The scholarship itself is named in honor of one of the most beloved athletes of Wilkes, Neil Dadurka, who was killed while flying for the United States Marine Corps. This half-tuition scholarship is given to an incoming freshman who is in need of financial aid and who is an outstanding athlete. The scholarship is given to enable an athlete to participate in the sport for which the scholarship is awarded. THE NEIL C. DADURKA - DONALD F. STRAUB MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually to a Wilkes student of ability and need, who makes a significant contribution to the life of the College. This scholarship is made possible by the generosity of the Class of 1957. THE NATIONAL COUNCIL OF JEWISH WOMEN -THE WILKES-BARRE SECTION - gives a scholarship annually to a young woman in the field of Education or Sociology. This young woman - a junior or senior - must be a resident of Wyoming Valley. WILLITS COLEMAN MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP has been established in memory of Willits Coleman, a member of the Wilkes-Barre Rotary Club, a service organization long active in efforts to raise educational standards in the schools. The scholarship will be awarded to a senior who has demonstrated ability in the classroom and in student activities. THE METROPOLITAN WIRE GOODS CORPORATION has created scholarships of $500, $300 or $200 at Wilkes College for the sons or daughters of their employees. To qualify for candidacy, a student must graduate in the upper half of the high school class, must test above 550 on the College Board Examinations, and must demonstrate financial need. The scholarship will be granted through the College to the applicant making the best record in high school and on the College Board Examinations. To retain this scholarship, a student must make a strong academic record, and must exert a constructive influence in the College. THE KING FIFTH WHEEL COMPANY offers each year a scholarship in the physical sciences. This scholarship will be �Page 24 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE awarded to a student entering the physical sciences who has earned an outstanding record in high school, and whose admission tests indicate the likelihood of superior achievement in the science of his choice. Ordinarily this scholarship will be in the sum of $500 for each of the four years of College. Its retention from year to year will depend upon the scholastic record and constructive influence of the recipient. TERESA S. AND ROY P. WALTER SCHOLARSHIP will be granted to a student from Forty Fort who has demonstrated ability, ambition, and need. The scholarship will be for four years at $425 per year. GREATER WILKES-BARRE JUNIOR CHAMBER OF COMMERCE awards a partial scholarship to a deserving student who without financial assistance could not attend college. PENNSYLVANIA MILLER'S MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY awards a one-half tuition scholarship to a student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his studies and in student activities. NELSON OF KINGSTON, INC. awards a one-half tuition scholarship to a student of high scholastic standing. A. RIFKIN AND COMPANY awards a one-half tuition scholarship to a worthy young man or woman of outstanding scholastic ability. THE GILBERT D. DAVIS MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded by the Class of 1961 to a Wilkes student who demonstrates outstanding leadership abilities and who meets qualifications of academic competence and need. ARNAUD C. MARTS SCHOLARSHIP was created by the associates of Dr. Arnaud C. Marts, in the firm of Marts & Lundy, to honor the Chairman of their Board and former President of their Company. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 25 It is appropriate that this scholarship should bear his name for no person has done more to bring new opportunities to the young people of Wyoming Valley. As President of Bucknell University, he was instrumental in the establishment of Bucknell University Junior College, which became Wilkes College in 1947. After Wilkes College became an independent college, he joined its Board of Trustees and was elected Vice-Chairman of the Board. Because of his vision and faith in the young people of this region, he has supported and guided every forward looking and constructive effort of the College. The Arnaud C. Marts Scholarship will be awarded each year to that outstanding senior who has need of financial aid and who, by high scholarship and by participation in college activities, has demonstrated those qualities of leadership that are needed in Wilkes College and in our nation. ROBERT MARC SCHUB MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP was established by Mr. and Mrs. Marvin Schub in memory of their son. This scholarship is to be awarded to a local student preferably studying in the area of the humanities or sciences who otherwise could not attend college. The scholarship will be awarded annually to a worthy student of high potential. WEST SIDE EVENING WOMAN'S CLUB SCHOLARSHIP shall be awarded annually to a Wyoming Valley girl who matriculates at Wilkes College with the intention of working toward a degree. MABEL AND JOHN C. MOSTELLER SCHOLARSHIP FUND has been created to provide scholarships for needy and intelligent boys who have insufficient financial resources of their own and who would not have the opportunity to attend college if they were unable to secure financial assistance. The scholarships shall be granted only to boys of good moral character who are in the upper ten per cent of their class in academic standing and who have passed a qualifying competitive examination administered by Wilkes College. ABRAHAM H. BERMAN SCHOLARSHIP has been created by members of the Management Training Program of the Consolidated �Page 26 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Cigar Corporation to honor Abraham H. Berman, Vice President of Consolidated Cigar Corporation, and a strong advocate of this training program. The scholarship is to further the education of deserving stud en ts in need of financial assistance. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER SCHOLARSHIP. This is an endowed scholarship created by Mrs. Walker to assist students of outstanding promise and achievement during their junior and/or senior years. JEWISH WAR VETERANS, WILKES-BARRE POST 212, SCHOLARSHIP is established in honor of B. J. Levin, one of the Post's founders. The purpose of this scholarship is to aid the child of a local war veteran. The award shall be made on the basis of need and ability without regard for race or creed. CARPENTER MEMORIAL MUSIC SCHOLARSHIPS were established by the Board of Trustees of First Methodist Church of Wilkes-Barre, in memory of Benjamin Harold Carpenter and Georgianna Taylor Carpenter. These awards, one for $500 and another for $300, are given annually. OLIVER ]. R. TROUP MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is provided by Atlas Chain & Precision Products Co. Inc., the firm which Mr. Troup founded. This scholarship is presented to a freshman who intends to prepare for a business career. The award is granted annually to a young man whose potential is attested by the college board scores and the secondary school record. It is renewable at the end of each of the first three years. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 27 high school and on the admissions tests has been outstanding. A recipient of the scholarship will be selected on a competitive basis by the Scholarship Committee of Wilkes College. The scholarship will be retained by the student for the four years in College, provided his achievement and influence at the College are deemed outstanding by the faculty. ADRIAN AND RICHARD PEARSALL OF CRAFT ASSOCIATES INC. have created a half tuition scholarship which will be awarded to a high school graduate who has demonstrated leadership in his scholastic and extracurricular activities and who, without scholarship aid, would be unable to attend college. Scholastic Endowments THE W. S. CARPENTER MEMORIAL FUND was established in 1965 by W. S. Carpenter, Jr., and his sons in memory of W. S. Carpenter, who was born in Wilkes-Barre on April 5, 1853, and lived in this community during his entire active business life. The fund was given to strengthen the work of the science division by subsidizing research projects, assisting the College in attaining able teachers, providing scholarships for outstanding students, providing lectures by speakers of national prominence, purchasing exceptional tools, apparatus, or other equipment for use in the science department. A number of local firms make annual gifts to the scholarship fund so that the College may provide needed assistance to able and ambitious students. These grants amount to one-half tuition pl~s a small amount to cover a portion of the difference between the tuition charges and the cost of education. PENNSYLVANIA POWER & LIGHT COMPANY awards a full tuition scholarship annually to an incoming freshman whose family resides in an area serviced by PP&L. The award is made to a student with outstanding academic promise and financial need. Application for this award is made through the high school principal or guidance counselor. The Scholarship Committee of the College selects the final recipient from among all applications received. THE LESLIE FAY SCHOLARSHIP is granted each year to the son or daughter of an employee of the Company whose record in SENIOR CAMBRIAN CLUB OF WILKES-BARRE awards a scholarship annually to a young woman of Welsh extraction and Cost of Education Scholarships �Page 28 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE a resident of Wyoming Valley. The recipient of this award is expected to show academic promise and financial need. WILKES COLLEGE FACULTY WOMEN'S CLUB SCHOLARSHIP is given in memory of Mrs. Eleanor Coates Farley and awarded annually to a female student in need of financial support. The Facilities of the College THE GIBBONS SCHOLARSHIP is awarded each year to a deserving male student as selected by the Scholarship Committee. THE ALLAN HAMILTON DICKSON CHAIR OF ENGLISH LITERATURE has been created by his daughter Dorothy Dickson Darte to encourage enlightened teaching, extended scholarship, and creativ~ writing in the fields of literature. Buildings and Plant �The Facilities of the College Buildings and Plant The College is constantly seeking to implement and improve its facilities for instruction. A growing campus provides added classrooms, modern laboratories, and an up-to-date scientific research center. A new dormitory and dining quarters were completed in the fall of 1966. The Center for the Performing Arts was dedicated in the fall of 1965. The Board of Trustees has approved plans for the construction of a music and art building adjacent to the theater. A new library, with a capacity of 300,000 volumes and study facilities for over six hundred students, will be completed in 1968. THE LIBRARY The present library is the former residence of Mr. and Mrs. Fred Morgan Kirby. The home was presented to the College in 1941 as a gift of Allan Kirby, son of Wilkes-Barre's most generous benefactors. The building was first named the Kirby Home for Education. Since 1947 it has been used as the College library. Education is the process of connecting and relating, of testing and retesting, of discovery and Experience rediscovery. at The faculty can teach the student facts, but his contribution to a free society depends upon the continual expansion of his knowledge and upon -Wilkes its relevance to human experience. The student can strive for technical and professional competence, but the inner resources of thr mind and spirit must nourish and enrich his .achievement. This three-floor stone structure contains more than 75,000 volumes and some 500 current periodicals and journals. Students and faculty use the resources of the periodical, reference, and Treasure rooms for research and reading assignments. Shelved on open stacks, the books are easily accessible and may be borrowed for periods of two weeks. Reserve books for particular courses circulate for the time period specified by the instructor. The library is open Monday through Thursday from 8 a.m. to 10 p.m. and on Friday from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m.; on Saturday and Sunday from I p.m. to 4 p.m. During vacation periods the hours are 9 a.m. to 5 p.m.; during examination periods from 8 a.m. to 10 p.m. on weekdays, from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. on Saturdays and from 1 p.m. to 4 p.m. on Sundays. Students may borrow books from the ten nearby libraries (public and college) through the interlibrary loan system. An introduction to the use of the library is given to every freshman during the freshman orientation week. �Page 32 - BUILDINGS AND PLANT BUILDINGS AND PLANT - Page 33 STARK HALL OF SCIENCE THE BOOKSTORE The departments of biology, chemistry, and physics are housed in Stark Hall of Science, named in honor of Admiral Harold R. Stark, former Chief of Naval Operations and currently Honorary Chairman of the Board of Trustees of the College. This building was completed in 1958 and enlarged in 1963, so that it now provides approximately 85,000 square feet of modern classroom, laboratory, and office space. Complete facilities are included for undergraduate instruction and student research in all departments, and for graduate study in biology, chemistry, and in physics. Books, stationery, and supplies ~ay be purchased at the College Bookstore, Harding House, on South Franklin Street. The bookstore is operated on a cash basis. The cost of books and supplies will vary with the course of study, but will average approximately $50.00 per semester. In addition to the usual instructional facilities, Stark Hall houses the Science Research Center, where faculty, graduate students, and selected undergraduate students conduct various research programs, many with industrial or governmental financial support. Research in the sciences has included such varied work as research in allergy, immunochemistry, developmental plant morphology, protozoology, limnology, theoretical acoustics, atmospheric physics, experimental solid state physics, thermochemistry, surface chemistry, fuel cell research, and organic synthesis. Outside sponsors of recent research programs included the National Science Foundation, the Pennsylvania Heart Association, the National Institutes of Health, the United States Air Force, the Petroleum Research Fund of the American Chemical Society, the Research Corporation, and numerous private industries and individuals. GYMNASIUM AND OUTDOOR ATHLETIC PLANT Completed in September of 1950, the Gymnasium is well equipped for intramural and intercollegiate athletic events. It has a seating capacity of 2400. Recently, the College added modern training room facilities off campus adjacent to Kirby Park. Here also are located the playing fields for football, soccer, baseball, and hockey, as well as asphalt tennis courts and an archery range. All students are invited by the Jewish Community Center, on South River Street, and the YM-YWCA, on South Franklin Street, to use their swimming pools and bowling alleys. The College also maintains a United States Post Office substation in Harding House. On the second floor are meeting rooms for Student Government. GUIDANCE CENTER The College maintains a testing center to assist the Deans in their counseling of students. The College Testing Service is availaable at no charge to all Wilkes students and, for a fee, to members of the Community. The testing center also provides assistance to the State Bureau of Rehabilitation and other agencies. The Guidance Center, on South River Street, was the law offices of the late Gilbert S. McClintock, the first Chairman of the Board of Trustees. PLACEMENT OFFICE The Placement Office assists seniors in finding permanent employment in a position suitable to their talents and training. It also extends such assistance to any graduate of the College. The Placement Office also assists students in securing part-time employment during the school year and during the summer. Complete information about job opportunities and graduate schools is available. Each year the Office is visited by over onehundred representatives of industries and one hundred school systems from all parts of the United States to interview students for business and teaching positions. Comfortable quarters are provided for representatives from industry, from school systems, and from graduate schools to interview and discuss with students opportunities available to them. All students seeking employment are invited to register with the Placement Office. �Page 34 - BUILDINGS AND PLANT Full credentials are on file so that prospective employers may be given adequate information regarding the student. Credentials and recommendations from faculty members are submitted to the Placement Office upon the request of either the student or the Placement Offiice. The Placement Office is located in the Guidance Center, on South River Street, next to McClintock Hall. THE COMMONS The Commons, facing South Street, provides cafeteria service for commuting students and includes a lounge and recreation area. SNACK BAR Cafeteria service is also provided at the College's newly furnished Snack Bar, behind McClintock Hall. An attractive patio provides a pleasant meeting place in warm weather. CONYNGHAM ANNEX (ART) Classes in art education meet in Conyngham Annex, behind Conyngham Hall. Here also the art club holds its annual Art Fair. Work of the students is shown, and the public is invited to the displays and exhibits. Opportunities are offered to the students to enter their paintings in local and regional competition. BUTLER AND ASHLEY HALLS (MUSIC) Gies Hall, on South Franklin Street, was formerly the home of the Music Department. This building is being razed to provide the site for the new library. Faculty offices, practice and rehearsal rooms are now located in Butler and Ashley Halls on South River Street. The band, choruses, and woodwind ensemble present concerts locally and on tour. To encourage musicianship the department has been host to the Pennsylvania Intercollegiate Choral Festival. Nationally known music educators, clinicians, and performers have participated in workshop and classroom activities. During tl.e winter and spring semesters Town and Gown concert series presents students and music faculty in instrumental and vocal programs before audiences from both the College and the community. BUILDINGS AND PLANT - Page 35 CENTER FOR THE PERFORMING ARTS A fully equipped, 500-seat theater is a gift of friends of the College. The site, with a view of the Susquehanna River and Kirby Park, was deeded to the College by the Wyoming Valley Society of Arts and Sciences. Until 1965, theatrical activity was in Chase Theater, formerly the carriage house behind Chase Hall, presented to the College in 1937 by Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark, as a memorial to Fred M. Chase and his wife, the sister of Admiral Stark. Cue and Curtain, the student drama group, has given one-act plays by O'Neill, Sartre, Albee, Anouilh, Tennessee Williams, and others. One-act plays are student directed. Over the years the College has presented Elizabethan plays of Shakespeare, Webster, Dekker, Middleton, as well as plays of Moliere, Shaw, Ibsen, Pirandello, Wilder, Osborne, Noel Coward, Philip Barry. The College, in cooperation with the Wilkes-Barre Kiwanis Club has presented the following musical comedies: Bloomer Girl, Pain; Your Wagon, Annie Get Your Gun, The Music Man The Sound of Music, and Camelot. ' ALUMNI OFFICE The Alumni Office keeps records of all graduates and alumni of the College. It edits the Alumnus and acts as liaison for the College with alumni and interprets to the alumni chapters the changes and needs of the institution. Prospective students interested in finding out more about the College may write for information to the Alumni Office. They are always welcome at Alumni Chapter meetings. Current active Chapters are located in Pennsylvania in WilkesBarre, Allentown, Bethlehem, Easton, Harrisburg, Scranton, Philadelphia; in New York in Binghamton, New York City, Long Island; in New Jersey in Newark, Somerville, Morristown, Trenton; Wilmington, Delaware; Baltimore, Maryland; Washington, D.C. OFFICES OF ADMINISTRATION Chase Hall, 184 South River Street, the first building on the campus, was donated in 1937 by Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark. �Page 36 -- BUILDINGS AND PLANT On the first floor are the Director of Admissions and the Director of Scholarships; on the second, the Dean of Men, the Dean of Women, and the Director of Athletics; on the third floor are the Director of Student Activities, the Alumni Office, the Public Relations Office, and the office of College Development. The Registrar's Office is in Parrish Hall, South River Street. Weckesser Hall, on South Franklin Street, is the gift of Mr. and Mrs. Frederick J. Weckesser. The President and the Dean of Academic Affairs have their offices in Weckesser. CLASSROOMS AND INSTRUCTION Parrish Hall, formerly the Glen Alden Building of the Lehigh and Wilkes-Barre Coal Company, was acquired in 1958. Presently, the Finance Office occupies the first floor. The Institute of Regional Affairs occupies the fifth floor. Classes and faculty offices in Commerce and Finance, Education, Political Science, Psychology, and Sociology are in Parrish Hall. The building also has a room devoted to Polish art treasures and craftsmanship, furnished by the Women's Committee for the Polish Room at Wilkes College. Conyngham Hall, located on South River Street, was one of the earliest properties acquired by the College. The Conyngham home was a gift in 1937 of Mrs. Bertha Robinson Conyngham, in memory of her husband John N. Conyngham. Pickering Hall, facing South Franklin Street, is presently being used by the Modern Foreign Language Department and contains the language laboratory, a gift of the graduating class of 1962. DORMITORIES Men's residence halls are Gore, Miner, Slocum, and Hollenback, with a newly completed dormitory in the Wright Street area of the campus. Women's dormitories are Catlin, Chapman, Denison, McClintock, Sterling, Sturdevant, Susquehannock, Warner, Weckesser, · and Weiss Halls. Additional women's dormitories are in newly acquired buildings on West River Street and South River Street. Dormitories are named after prominent local families anC: for patriots of the American Revolutionary War, whose history forms part of the rich heritage of the Wyoming Valley region. Student Life Counseling Student Activities Social Activities Athletics Student Regulations �Counseling The guiding principle of all Wilkes counseling is to encourage the student to discover his own abilities and potentialities and to assist him in making sound, independent decisions; most of all he must learn to assume responsibility for all he does. FRESHMAN ORIENTATION PROGRAM The transition from the directed work of the high school to the independent and more intensive work of the College occasionally causes difficulty. Several days at the beginning of the term are therefore set aside to assist freshmen in planning their academic program. During the first week, new students take aptitude, interest, foreign language, and English-placement tests. The week also gives the new students an opportunity to become acquainted with one another and to learn about the College, the curriculum, and the student activities. In college the teacher works with the stu- Studying at Wilkes dent, challenging him to extend the limits of his mind. He encourages him to think courageously and truthfully and to create with all his resources so that he may act with independent judgment. In a college community freedom of inquiry is essential. In the world community the right of the individual to differ safeguards the freedom of all men. As student and teacher engage in the experience of creative thinking, the heritage of learning becomes the responsibility of everyone. Throughout their first term small groups of freshmen meet for one hour a week to discuss informally their personal, academic, and vocational objectives. Representatives of the faculty discuss with them: 1. Methods of intelligent self-directed study. 2. Standards of value in personal conduct and in relationships with others. 3. Values of the College extracurricular program. 4. The value of college experiences in developing a philosophy of life. By placing responsibility upon the student for planning and conducting these discussions, the College encourages clear thinking, initiative, poise, and breadth of view. STUDENT ADVISEMENT Students sometimes need guidance in resolving personal, social, and academic difficulties. Since a student's physical and mental �Page 40 - COUNSELING health affect his studies and his grades, he is encouraged throughout his college career to consult with his classroom instructors, his faculty adviser, the Deans, or the Department Chairmen concerning his scholastic progress. COLLEGE CONSULTATION SERVICE The College Consultation Service offers individual assistance to students with difficulties of a personal or environmental nature. Students may apply directly to the Consultation Service for appointments or may arrange for consultation through the Deans' Office. Interviews with the specially trained staff are conducted on an entirely confidential basis. Student Activities The student activities of the College broaden a student's interests begun in the classroom. The faculty encourages a program of extracurricular activities that contribute to the educational development of the student who chooses to participate. Student activities are designed to appeal to a wide variety of tastes and talents; as such they enjoy the support of the College community. The student activities includ~ Athletics, Dramatics, the College Band, Debating, Choral Club, Collegians Male Chorus, Women's Chorus, Madrigal Singers. There are four class organizations. In addition, special departmental clubs stimulate and satisfy individual interest in academic, professional, and artistic fields. These clubs are developed for students in cooperation with the faculty. All women students may become members of Theta Delta Rho, headed by its own executive committee, which plans and arranges social activities. The College requires that all campus organizations be open to all students; consequently, groups that are exclusive do not exist. All student groups work in cooperation with faculty advisers and the Deans. STUDENT GOVERNMENT Government of student affairs rests in a Council composed of annually elected members representing the classes and other student groups. The Council serves as a coordinating agency; it appropriates funds from the Student Activities budget to all student groups; it supervises the College social calendar; it arranges the program for Homecoming; it establishes social regulations and conduct; and it serves in an advisory capacity to the Director of Student Activities and the Administrative Council. INTER-DORMITORY COUNCIL The Inter-Dormitory Council, made up of elected representatives from the men's and women;s residence halls, plans and coordinates dormitory social functions and develops and administers dormitory policy. �Page 42 - STUDENT ACTIVITIES ASSEMBLY COMMITTEE Social Activities Approximately half of the weekly assembly programs given during the academic year are planned and presented by students. The Assembly Committee, to which freshmen are elected each fall to replace members who have been graduated, assists the administration and student organizations in arranging these programs and awards a trophy to the group that presents the best program of the year. The College believes in helping students to help themselves. Groups are encouraged to initiate programs that will serve their interest and benefit others. It has been found that students gain most from those activities, social and cultural, which release the best talents of the individual. Each student is required to attend assemblies during each of his four years. He will, however, be allowed the following number of cuts each year: freshman and sophomore year, four cuts; junior year, eight cuts; senior year, fifteen cuts. Special projects include the following: IDR's Golden Agers Christmas party, at which residents of Convalescent Homes are entertained; Student Government's party for children of St. Stanislaus Orphanage; Wilkes J.C.'s party for YMCA children; Student Work Day, in support of an orphan in a foreign land. These requirements must be satisfied to establish eligibility for graduation. PUBLICATIONS The students publish the Beacon, a weekly newspaper; the Manuscript, a literary magazine, issued in the Spring; and the Amnicola, the College annual. There are opportunities for students on the editorial, art, and business staffs. Graduated amounts, in the form of tuition stipends, are available to students in the upper classes who hold editorial and managerial positions on the Beacon and the Amnicola. Students eligible for these grants should make written application to the faculty director of the publication before April I. In addition there are various social affairs to raise money for the United Fund, to collect toys for the Salvation Army, and to donate books for students in foreign countries. The Student Seminar Committee, patterned after the Faculty Seminars, encourages discussion of topics of interest to the student body. Under sponsorship of Student Government, the seminars attract students as well as faculty. A full and varied program of social and recreational activities supplements the extracurricular program. At all these functions members of the faculty and their wives are invited guests and chaperones. COME-AND-MEET-US-PARTY Student Government makes plans for student leaders to welcome the freshmen one week before the semester starts. An informal party and dance for the entire student body culminate the week's introduction to college life. PARENTS' DAY After they have adjusted themselves to the academic life of the College, students invite their families to a weekend of social, cultural, and athletic events. Preparations for the annual Parents' �SOCIAL ACTIVITIES - Page 45 Page 44 - SOCIAL ACTIVITIES Day program are entirely the responsibility of a Student Planning Committee. The agenda includes intercollegiate soccer and football games, luncheon with the faculty, a play, and a film. HOMECOMING To welcome returning alumni, students construct displays on campus and decorate dormitory and classroom buildings. For the outstanding displays an alumni committee presents awards during halftime ceremonies at the football game. A Homecoming Queen and her escorts are feted at a dinner dance. FORMAL DANCES Student organizations and clubs sponsor four formal affairs, open to the entire student body. The Homecoming Dance, for alumni and undergraduates; the Lettermen's Christmas Formal; Theta Delta Rho's Valentine Formal; and during Spring Weekend the Cinderella Ball have become traditions on campus. TDR AND LETTERMEN TEAS Throughout the year TDR and the Lettermen sponsor afternoon teas and student receptions. The women of Theta Delta Rho entertain those high school seniors who plan to enter the College the following year. IDC CHRISTMAS PARTY The Inter-Dormitory Council sponsors an annual Christmas party preceding the winter vacation. The student body, faculty, and administration are invited to a buffet and dance. HAMPTON EXCHANGE PROGRAM IDC also sponsors a social exchange program between students from Wilkes and Hampton Institute, Hampton Roads, Virginia Several Wilkes students during the last week of April and an equal number of Hampton students during the first week of May visit the other's campus. Faculty members and Deans accompany both groups. WILKES OPEN WRESTLING TOURNAMENT Between Christmas and New Year's the College sponsors the Wilkes Open Wrestling Championships. Known as the "Rose Bowl of Wrestling," this annual tournament attracts athletes from over sixty colleges, athletic clubs, and YMCA's throughout the United States. Wilkes wrestlers join them in competing for individual and team awards. Tourneys and clinics are held over a three-day period in the Wilkes gymnasium. The Tournament, the largest in the country, has the record for the most number of entries. WINTER CARNIVAL Student Government sponsors a Winter Carnival, held at one of the nearby resorts in the Poconos. A day of skiing, tobagganing, and ice skating climaxes the close of the examination period. SPRING WEEKEND Student Government also plans Spring Weekend. Clubs and organizations set up gala outdoor booths, and the campus takes on a Mardi Gras atmosphere. At the Ball at midnight on Saturday a senior, chosen by the student body by secret ballot, is crowned Cinderella Queen. THE MANUSCRIPT FILMS During each semester the Manuscript Society brings to the campus distinguished motion pictures, produced by American and foreign film companies. CLUB ACTIVITIES In addition to the regular social calendar, campus organizations plan their own special activities. THE PRESIDENT'S PICNIC On the Saturday before Commencement the graduating class is invited by the President to a picnic and outing in the country. �Athletics Athletics are an integral part of the activity program and as such are subject to policies set by the faculty and administration and approved by the Board of Trustees. The College maintains intercollegiate schedules in eight varsity sports: football, baseball, basketball, soccer, golf, tennis, swimming, and wrestling. Men who take part in intercollegiate sports satisfy the requirements for physical education for the duration of that sport. A program of intramural sports and physical education stresses physical standards and cooperative team spirit and recreation. Every man has a chance to participate in basketball, touch football, volleyball, softball, and bowling. The athletic program for women includes dancing, folk and modern, bowling, basketball, softball, and swimming. Student Regulations It is recognized that courtesy and consideration are the basis of good relations between individuals. Informal and friendly associations between students and faculty are a tradition on campus. Although these relations are flexible, certain precedents have been established in the best interests of the individual and the College. A few are mentioned here: I. The possession and use of liquor on campus are forbidden, and none will be served at college affairs. 2. Smoking is not permitted in classrooms or hallways, or in the library. Facilities are available in various buildings for students who may wish to smoke during their free periods. ATHLETIC POLICY Intercollegiate athletics are introduced for the benefit of the student body and in consequence athletes receive the same consideration in admissions and in the awarding of scholarships that is given to other students. Wilkes enters into intercollegiate competition with other colleges of the Middle Atlantic Conference adhering to similar policies of admission and maintaining comparable scholastic standards. The College is a member of the Middle Atlantic Collegiate Athletic Conference, the National Collegiate Athletic Association, and the Eastern Collegiate Athletic Conference. 3. Although participation in at least one student activity is encouraged, each student is responsible for planning and utilizing his time effectively. 4. The faculty cooperates with students who miss classes because of illness, or as representatives of the College, or for special religious observances; in cases of excessive absence the student shall present his instructors with a note from the Deans. In all instances the student is expected to make up the work that is missed. STUDENT RESPONSIBILITY The students in a great measure determine the influences of the College. The faculty counts upon their cooperation in establishing the highest possible standards of intellect and morals. Because students benefit from a program and policies to which they subscribe, the College may request students to withdraw when their influence and behavior are deemed detrimental to the best interests of the student body. �The Academic Program Curricula Academic Require1nents Graduation Requirements �Curricula Graduate Programs CHEMISTRY, PHYSICS, AND BIOLOGY To fulfill its objective of service to the community and the nation, Wilkes in 1961 introduced two new curricula leading to the degrees of Master of Science in Chemistry and in Physics. These curricula are designed to make practicable either full-time graduate study toward the degrees or part-time study by engineers and scientists with appropriate undergraduate training employed in the Wilkes-Barre area. A program leading to a Master of Science degree in Biology will begin in September, 1967. Full details of these programs are published in the bulletin of the Graduate Division. COOPERATIVE GRADUATE PROGRAM Learning at Education leads men to seek answers to problems of significance and to inquire into ideas and beliefs of eternal relevance. There is no better expression of man's purpose than his sense of belonging to a universe ruled by truth. Wilkes Creative thinkers set the standards and the high aims of education. One may not reach these standards in his lifetime; that they are recognized and sought after is the measure of one's intellectual interests. The faculty encourages the student to cultivate learning that he may grow in wisdom. In this way the mind in its journeyings finds constant surprise and delight at rediscovering itself. Wilkes is cooperating with Temple University to bring to the area a graduate program in education. The Temple University program leads to the degree of Master of Science in General Education and is accepted by the Commonwealth for permanent certification of classroom teachers. Candidates may register at the College. Under this cooperative program all credits are granted by Temple University. Details of this graduate program in education may be obtained by writing to the Director of Admissions. Undergraduate Programs Wilkes is an independent, liberal arts college that offers the degree of Bachelor of Arts in the humanities, the social sciences, and the natural sciences. All course work in education required for careers in teaching is available in combination with the degree programs mentioned. �Page 52 - CURRICULA CURRICULA - Page 53 The College also con£ers the degree of Bachelor of Science in chemistry, physics, medical technology, commerce and finance, and secondary education. A detailed description of these programs is provided in the section of the bulletin titled "Degree Programs." PRE-PROFESSIONAL DEGREE PROGRAM Four years of undergraduate study are ordinarily required to qualify for the Bachelor's degree. Wilkes College makes an exception to this requirement for medical and dental students. These students may, with the approval of the graduation committee, satisfy the requirements for the bachelor's degree by completing three years of undergraduate study at Wilkes and by requesting credit toward the degree for their first two years of work in graduate school. Such students must petition the graduation committee for permission to graduate, submit official transcripts from the professional school, and pay the usual graduation fees. In all cases the final approval for the granting of the degree rests with the Academic Standing Committee of Wilkes College. ENGINEERING Qualified students may enter the two-year engineering curriculum. Upon the successful completion of the engineering program the student may transfer as a junior to an institution granting degrees in his field. A detailed description of these programs is provided in the section of the bulletin titled "Degree Programs." Evening Division The evening division offers educational opportunities to adults who cannot attend day classes. Students may register for courses in the Evening Division and earn credits toward an undergraduate degree. Students will confer with the Director of the Evening Division to arrange a course of study to meet their needs, abilities, and special requirements. During the semester students will consult with the Assistant Director of Evening Classes concerning their program. When the student completes thirty hours, his record is reviewed by the Admissions Committee. At this time the Committee recommends that a student continue to work for a degree, or be placed on probation, or withdraw from the Evening Division. Students who do not desire a degree are admitted to all classes ~hich they are qualified to take by reason of their maturity, prev10us education, and experience. High school training is desirable but not necessary, provided the student is qualified to follow special courses of instruction in which he wishes to register. The courses offered in the Evening Division are designed for special value to the following groups: I. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses, and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in advanced problems and discussion courses offered in various business fields. 5. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. Day School students will be allowed to take courses in the Evening Division only after having received written permission from the Deans or the Registrar. Summer School The faculty offers selected courses during summer sessions of six and eight weeks. The summer sessions begin in the third week of June. �Page 54 - CURRICULA A student from another college who wishes to take summer work at Wilkes must secure the approval of the proper officer of his own institution if he expects to receive credit for such work. A student from Wilkes College who wishes to take summer work at another institution must secure the approval of the Academic Standing Committee. Application in writing shall be made through the off ice of the Dean of Men. Academic Requirements GRADES The primary purpose of any marking system is to inform the student of his achievement. Marks also aid in evaluating students for purposes of recommendation. Grade reports are sent to students and parents at the end of each term. Mid-term reports are sent if the work is unsatisfactory. Five numerical grades are given for academic work. Grade Interpretation 4 ......................... Academic achievement of outstanding quality. 3 ..................... Academic achievement of high quality. 2 ......................... Academic achievement of acceptable quality in meeting requirements for graduation. 1 ....................... Academic achievement of quality below the average required for graduation. 0 .......................... Academic achievement below the minimum required for course credit. Inc. means that a student receives an incomplete grade. Incompletes will be granted to students who because of illness or reasons beyond their control have been unable to satisfy specific course assignments. All unfinished work must be completed before the fourth week of the following term. If an incomplete is not removed within this period, the grade will be changed to a zero. COURSE CREDITS Each course at the College is assigned a specific number of credits. For example, English IOI is a 3 credit course and English 151 is a 4 credit course. Usually, credits assigned to the course are determined by the number of hours that the class meets per week. �ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS - Page 57 Page 56 - ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS POINT AVERAGES The student is given a number grade for every course in which he is enrolled. To calculate the number of points earned in a course, multiply the grade in each course by the number of credit hours for the course. To compute the point average, total these points for all courses and divide by the total number of credit hours. Below is an example illustrating the method used to compute point averages. Course Credit Hrs . Carried Grade Points 4 12 0 2 0 6 3 9 Bio. 101 ........ ....................... __ ... Eng. 101 .................................... Fr. 101 _____________________________________ ___ 3 3 3 Hist. 101 .................................... Mus. 100 .................................... 3 3 3 I Credit Hrs. Passed 3 0 3 3 3 Total credit hrs. carried ...... 15 Total credit hrs. passed ........................................................... 12 Total points earned .................................................. 30 Average .............. 30+ 15 = 2.0 Notice that the student has accumulated 12 credits toward graduation. The zero grade in English means that the student must repeat that course. If these yearly averages are not attained, the student's record is reviewed by the Academic Standing Committee to determine whether or not he should be allowed to remain in college. PROBATION AND DISMISSAL Any student failing to meet these grade requirements will be placed on probation. Failure to attain these standards in the next semester will result in automatic dismissal from the College. Unless special permission is granted by the Academic Standing Committee, a student dropped for academic failure will not be considered for readmission until one year after being dropped. Upon readmission the student will still be on probation and shall be given one semester in which to prove his ability to continue in college. ATTENDANCE Attendance at all classes is expected, and repeated absence is deemed a sufficient cause for failure. Five consecutive absences from a class place a student on probation. He may be readmitted to the class only by action of the appropriate Dean and the Department Chairman concerned. Averages are cumulative; the work of each semester will be added to the total. To graduate a student must have at the end of his senior year a 1.85 average in all his courses and a 2.0 average in his major field. STUDENT LOAD CLASS STANDING Credits in excess of the normal load are charged at the usual rate per credit, unless it can be shown that a student is compelled to take an overload because of the rotation of courses within a department. Marks and averages at the end of each of the four academic years indicate a student's progress. The faculty expects students to achieve the following averages: End of Freshman Year .. ..... .. .... .......... ... ...... ....... ..... End of Sophomore Year ........ ........ ............. ... ... ....... End of Junior Year ...... .......................................... .. General Average Major Average 1.4 1. 7 1.85 1.6 1.9 2.0 No students shall be allowed to carry an overload without approval of the adviser and the Dean. An overload will be permitted only for students with an average grade record of 3 or special need. WITHDRAWALS Students may change their courses during the first week of a semester, provided they secure the approval of their faculty adviser �ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS - Page 59 Page 58 - ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS and the Dean. A student who withdraws from a course after the first week but who continues other courses will receive a zero unless the Dean, faculty adviser, and instructor agree that the student be permitted to drop the course without prejudice. No student who has been advised to withdraw from the College's day school program for academic reasons will be permitted to register in the Evening Division without the written consent of the Dean and then will be allowed to register only as a non-matriculating student. Students who withdraw from the Evening Division or drop courses should give prompt written or verbal notice to the Director of the Evening Division and to the instructors concerned, in order that their records may not unjustly show failure in courses. CHANGE OF PROGRAM Students who wish to transfer from one department to another shall obtain the approval of the Department Chairmen and the Dean. The student shall satisfy the curriculum requirements of the Bulletin in force at the time of transfer. TRANSFER OF SUMMER CREDITS Students desiring to study at another college during the summer must petition the Academic Standing Committee for approval. The student must earn a grade of 2 or higher in order for the work to be credited toward graduation. In some cases it may be necessary for a student to take examinations before credit is granted. DEAN'S LIST The faculty gives recognition for high quality work. Candidates for the Dean's List, publishe_d at the end of each term, must obtain a point average of 3.25 or higher for all courses taken. Students taking less than the full credit load for their curriculum will not be eligible for the Dean's List. HONORS The granting of Honors at Commencement is based upon the academic record made by students carrying a normal load for their curriculum during their last two years at the College. Requirements for Honors are as follows: for cum laude, a cumulative average of 3.35; magna cum laude, 3.60; summa cum laude, 3.80. �Graduation Requirements All candidates for degrees and certificates must be present at Commencement. If circumstances prevent their attendance, students must apply to the appropriate Dean for permission to take the degree or certificate in absentia. Awards At Commencement a number of awards are presented to outstanding students in selected fields. The Deans also give two special awards for highest academic achievement. Senior Awards The faculty has approved the following requirements which the student must satisfy in order to be eligible for graduation: I. He stated in program. residence THE DEAN'S SCHOLARSHIP AWARDS are granted to the man and woman in the graduating class who have excelled in scholarship throughout their four years at the College. must complete all subjects required for the degree as the Bulletin in force at the time of his admission to the Transfer students must complete the last 30 credits in at the College. THE AWARD IN THE HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES is given each year by Miss Annette Evans to the man or woman in the graduating class who has demonstrated outstanding scholarship in one or both of these areas, and has manifested intellectual curiosity and creative imagination. 2. He must earn a grade of I or better in each required subject. THE PHYSICS AWARD is presented annually to the graduate of the department who has maintained throughout his or her college career the highest average grade in physics courses. 3. He must obtain a cumulative average of 1.85 for all courses. 4. He must obtain a cumulative average of 2.0 for all subjects within his major. THE BIOLOGY RESEARCH AWARD is presented annually to the graduate who has demonstrated exceptional ability in a research project. The faculty of the Biology Department selects the recipient of this award. 5. He must satisfy all requirements pertaining to the orientation and assembly programs and physical education. THE CHEMISTRY AWARD is presented by the Department of Chemistry to the graduate who has maintained the highest scholastic average throughout the four years of the chemistry course. 6. He must demonstrate competence in written and spoken English. THE ENGINEERING AWARD is given by the faculty of the Department of Engineering to the student whose achievement in the two-year engineering course is most outstanding. Engineering students will receive certificates upon completion of 60 credits of required work plus P. E. IOI, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, provided they attain a cumulative average of 1.7 for all courses. No student shall graduate until all financial obligations to the College have been satisfied. THE WALL STREET JOURNAL AWARD is granted to a graduate in commerce and finance for high scholarship in his field of concentration. THE PENNSYLVANIA INSTITUTE OF CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS AWARD is granted to a graduating senior who has received high grades in accounting and demonstrated qualities of leadership in other activities. �Page 62 - A WARDS THEW. F. DOBSON AWARD IN ACCOUNTING is given to the graduate who has made the most outstanding record in accounting during his four years at the College. The College and the Community THE L. ]. VAN LAEYS AWARD IN JOURNALISM is given to the graduate who has done the most creditable work in the field of journalism. THE OUTSTANDING GRADUATE OF THE YEAR AWARD is given by the Wilkes College Alumni Association to the graduate considered by a special faculty committee to have made the strongest contribution to the life of the College. Undergraduate Awards THE MRS. JAMES McKANE AWARDS of $25 each are made to the man and woman in the junior class who have ranked highest in their class throughout their first two years of college. THE LINDA MORRIS AWARD is given by Mr. and Mrs. Herbert Morris in memory of their daughter, Linda, to that young woman who has maintained the highest academic record through the first three years at Wilkes College. THE JOHN WILKES, INC., ANNUAL FORENSIC AWARD is made annually to the Wilkes student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in the field of forensics during the previous year. THE WILKES FACULTY WOMEN'S AWARD is given to the sophomore woman who has ranked first in her class during her freshman year. THE APLHA RHO CHAPTER OF THE DELTA KAPPA GAMMA SOCIETY AWARD is offered annually to an outstanding young woman in the field of education. The Alpha Rho Committee on Professional Affairs, in cooperation with the Wilkes College Administration, will select a Junior student from Wyoming Valle,· who shows a concern for and a commitment to the education of young people and who possess those qualities of enthusiastic leadership which will contribute to the advancement of the teaching profession. Office of Community Services Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra Fine Arts Fiesta �The College and the Community The College was founded to serve the community and has received a large measure of its ever-growing support from outstanding leaders in the community. It has recognized for many years that its growth was related to the economic and social redevelopment of the community and, therefore, it has sought to participate in every effort for community betterment. In consequence, a pattern of cooperation has developed in which the College and the Community work with one another for their mutual benefit. Institute of Regional Affairs Service at Wilkes It is his own deficiency, and no degree of fate, that makes a man sink into the depths. To think there is no escape from preordained misery is to make the misery perpetual. To seek new paths in a constant renewal of strength - that has always been the secret of progress. When a man waits helplessly for the turning in the wheel of fortune, he has to be regarded as shorn of manhood. If we could free even one village from the shackles of helplessness and ignorance, an ideal for the whole of India would be established. Let a few villages be rebuilt in this way, and I shall say they are my India. That is the way to disco·,er the true India. RABINDRAN ATH TAGORE T awards Universal Man The Institute of Regional Affairs is a multi-purpose college organization which views regional problems as belonging to no simple academic discipline, but rather as a contemporary phenomenon spilling into many disciplines. It is really the natural integration of prior activities in which members of the Wilkes College faculty have engaged for at least twenty years. The Institute of Regional Affairs was created to assure the coordination of these varied efforts and better understand and resolve complex and contemporary problems. Its resources include not only the College faculty in the social sciences - economics, psychology, government, sociology - but also those experts in the region who can lend their talents to teaching, research, and consultation. Its four-fold purpose is: education and training, community information, research, and consultation. I. Labor-Management Courses To establish a climate for industrial progress, the College has pioneered a management training program under which special classes are org~nized for personnel in industry, commerce, and banking to meet the needs of business firms in this region. Such programs are arranged in consultation with officials, foremen, and other employees to meet the specific problems of a particular company. �Page 66 - COLLEGE AND COMMUNITY COLLEGE AND COMMUNITY - Page 67 A program designed for members of labor unions is also tailored to the needs of a particular group. All classes are conducted on the campus where the intellectual climate stimulates free intellectual inquiry. Union and management personnel sometimes meet together in an effort to develop that mutual understanding that is essential to constructive action. As a result of the support and the success of the College's Area Research Center, an independent Economic Development Council has been established to serve Northeastern Pennsylvania. The College has supported a number of programs in their infancy and helped them become independent, community activities. Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra 2. Banking Short courses have been co-sponsored with both the Institute of Banking and the Savings and Loan Institute. The instructional program offered to the personnel of these two groups is intended to assist them to meet changing needs and acquire a broad knowledge in their fields. 3. Municipal Government Program The fundamental general purpose in assisting local governments has been to help make American democracy stronger by guaranteeing the semi-autonomous structure of American local government, so long as it can retain the capacity to solve its own problems. The program of training, information and consultation service, publications, and research in this field have been aimed at improving the world of local government officials, both elected and appointed. In the fall of 1964, the Glen Alden Coal Company made available an area in Hanover Township known as Concrete City - a 40 acre site - for training the police, firemen, and civil defense workers. The In-Service training program for local government officials has been offered in full cooperation with the Public Service Institute of the Department of Public Instruction, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. The Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra, organized under the regis of the College in the fall of 1951, presents a series of three symphony concerts annually. A number of the members are students and faculty from the department of music of the College. Fine Arts Fiesta The College participates with area-wide cultural groups in the Wyoming Valley Fine Arts Fiesta, a festival of music, drama, and the arts presented on the public square each spring. Performing Arts Center The Center for the Performing Arts provides a varied program of cultural and educational events for the Community as well as the College. Completed in 1965, the gift of friends of the College, the Center has facilities for theater, ballet, music, and films. Dramatic productions, student recitals, lectures, choral and band concerts, Town and Gown programs, and other cultural programs are offered throughout the year. The Center is operated by the students under faculty direction and supervision. 4. Other Activities From time to time, the Psychology Department, the Sociology Department, the Education Department, and the Guidance Center have initiated and participated in seminars, conferences, and workshops, in the fields of social welfare, mental health, and education. �Undergraduate Programs Bachelor of Arts Degree Bachelor of Science Degree Degree Requirements �Undergraduate Programs The program at Wilkes has been carefully designed so that students may meet the entrance requirements of graduate and professional schools. Students planning to go to graduate school should consult as early as possible with their department chairman. In its degree programs Wilkes College provides for a broad liberal education and for the concentration in special areas for which students are qualified and have interest. In the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science degree programs the faculty encourages the student to achieve intellectual, social, and spiritual development. Bachelor of Arts Degree Leadership at Wilkes Those of us who are concerned with the education of young people and with the vitality of our society can never accept uncertainty and confusion as the inevitable condition of society. We therefore are confronted with two choices. We can grasp and support a rigid ideology that offers final answers by ignoring uncongenial facts and truths, or we can make every effort to comprehend the significance of new facts, new truths, and new conditions. We must endeavor to extend the vision of our students, enlarge their understanding, and prepare them to participate in strengthening and developing our social institutions. DR. EUGENE S. FARLEY President, Wilkes College Programs leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree are primarily concerned with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and of the men who have created it and lived in it. Studies center around men and events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. Programs are designed to create breadth and perspective as opposed to more specialized skills. A liberal arts program must acquaint the student with the nature and extent of knowledge in all the principal fields. The student will carry on his explorations in the humanities, social sciences, and sciences. AREAS Humanities Social Sciences Sciences English Fine Arts Foreign Languages Mathematics Music Philosophy - Religion Commerce and Finance Economics Education History Political Science Sociology Biology Chemistry Physics Psychology �Page 72 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 73 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR B.A. DEGREE The following courses are required of all candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree. They will usually be taken in the semesters indicated. This is a time of specialization and of dis integration: and one is the consequence of the other. In a curriculum that requires a student to begin with courses at a more advanved level, the advanced course will be accepted as fulfilling the general requirements in that subject. The rapid development of knowledge makes universal knowledge impossible. There is so much to know that no one can master all the knowledge available in even a single area. Because there is so much to know, specialization of study in the professions and in all work is essential. Required Courses Over specialization narrows the man and splinters society into groups that cannot understand one another. In some instances, specialists become so involved in their narrow fields that they fail to recognize they are all indebted to the same society. Because specialization is inevitable, and because specialization can become a divisive force, Wilkes College wishes to inject into its program, courses that will broaden the horizons of its students and cultivate some understanding of the "wholeness" of modern society. To accomplish this end the College requires students to familiarize themselves with the thinking, the processes, and the institutions upon which modern society is founded. Through this program it is hoped that each student will gain breadth of vision, depth of understanding, and an ability to communicate with others so that ideas may be exchanged and understanding attained. Only men and women who combine depth of understanding with breadth of vision can become a unifying force in modern society. Credit To be Taken Hours in Semesters Eng. 101, 102 - Composition 6 1-2 Eng.151, 152- World Literature 8 3-4 Hist. 101, 102- World Civilization 6 1-2 Phil.101-Introduction; Phil. 102-Logic 6 3-4-5-6 F.A. 101 - Experiencing Art I; Mus. 101 - Introduction I 3 1 or 2 For. Lang.I IOI -Elementary, For. Lang.I 102-Elementary, For. Lang.I 103 - Intermediate, For. Lang.I 104 - Intermediate 12 1-2-3-4 Math.2 IOI -Fundamentals, Math.2 102-Fundamentals; or Phys. 101 - Physical Science, Phys. 102 - Physical Science; or Bio. 101 - Biological Science, Bio. 102 - Biological Science; or Env. Sci. 101 - Earth Science·, Env. Sci. 102 - Space Science 12 1-2-3-4 Ee. IO I - Principles I, Ee. 102 - Principles II; or P. S. 101 - Political Science I, P. S. 102 - Political Science II; or Psy. 101 - General Psychology, Psy. 102 - General Psychology; or Soc. IOI -Sociology; Soc. 102-Sociology 12 3-4-5-6 0 1-2-3-4 2 1-2 Phys. Ed. 101,102, 103, 104 ~ Physical Education Phys. Ed. 105, 106 - Hygiene To provide a feasible and productive combination of courses the College's program of general education requires the student to acquire familiarity with the humanities, the social sciences, and the physical and biological sciences. 67 I In all curricula requiring foreign language the level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. Except for foreign language majors, the language requirement is through the 104 course, or an equivalent course prescribed by the student's adviser. 2 Students planning to major in Mathematics, Biology, Chemistry, Engineering, and Physics shou1d take courses in high school that prepare them to start the College mathematics program with the course in Analytic Geometry, Math. 122. Experience has shown that many students can profit from a course in algebra and trigonometry. These courses are usually offered in the summer at most colleges and universities and may be taken in the summer prior to the freshman year. �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 75 Page 74 - DEGREE PROGRAMS SELECTION OF A MAJOR Bachelor of Science Degree To provide depth of knowledge, some concentration is required. It is desirable that a major be elected as early as possible, especially in the areas of biology, mathematics, and music. It is essential that the major field of concentration be elected before the beginning of the junior year. The Bachelor of Science degree programs require more concentration upon a restricted area of human thought and activity. Although these programs emphasize knowledge and skill in special fields, a basic program of general education is coupled with this specialized effort. Majors in the Bachelor of Arts degree program may be selected from the following subject areas: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR B. S. DEGREE Biology Fine Arts Philosophy - Religion Chemistry Foreign Language Physics Economics History Political Science Education (Elementary Mathematics and Secondary) English Music The general requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree are basically the same as those required for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Specific requirements are described in this bulletin under the section titled ''Degree Requirements." Psychology SELECTION OF A MAJOR Social Science Majors in the Bachelor of Science degree program may be selected from the following subject areas: Sociology Those students electing a career in elementary or secondary education are required to select a major in one of the subject areas. These subject areas may be selected from those listed above and from those listed under the Bachelor of Science degree programs that follow. Individual department programs will define the necessary course requirements. Teaching certification requirements for most states may be met at Wilkes College. Students are expected to familiarize themselves with specific state requirements. COURSE REQUIREMENTS The specific requirements for a degree in any of the above majors are listed in the section of this bulletin titled "Degree Requirements." The student with his faculty adviser will plan the proper sequence of his major course requirements. Chemistry Engineering 1 Commerce and Finance Music Education (a) Accounting Medical Technology (b) Business Administration Nursing Education (c) Business Education Physics Secondary Education in Science COURSE REQUIREMENTS The specific requirements for a degree in any of the above majors are listed in the section of this bulletin titled "Degree Requirements." The student with his faculty adviser will plan the proper sequence of his major course requirements. I Wilkes College offers the first two years of the engineering curricula. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may transfer to the junior year of other engineering schools. �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 77 Page 76 - DEGREE PROGRAMS Degree Requirements B.A. AND B.S. DEGREE PROGRAMS The following section of the bulletin provides the detailed information on the requirements for each of the degree programs offered at Wilkes College. The general requirements for the B.A. degree are listed on page 73 of this bulletin. They are repeated on the following page to provide guidance in scheduling. The course sequence listed in the following outline is the standard sequence for all B.A. degree majors except those in biology, chemistry, fine arts, mathematics, music, and physics. These programs will be specifically outlined for convenience in scheduling. The following pages, therefore, describe the specific course requirements for each B.A. degree major and for each B.S. degree major. The student is responsible for meeting the requirements of his major program. The major subject areas follow in alphabetical order. General Requirements for B. A. Degree FIRST SEMESTER Eng. IOI -Composition For. Lang. 101 - Elementary Hist. IOI- World Civilization Math. 101 - Fundamentals or Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 101 - Earth Science F.A. 1011 - Experiencing Art I or Mus. 101 - Introduction (Eng.131-Fundamentals of Speech) 1 P.E. 101 - Physical Education P.E.105-Hygiene SECOND SEMESTER 3 3 3 3 2-3 0 1 Eng. 102. - Composition For. Lang. 102 - Elementary Hist. 102 - World Civilization Math. 102. - Fundamentals or Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102 - Space Science F.A. 1011 -Experiencing Art I or Mus. 101 -Introduction (Eng. 131 -Fundamentals of Speech) I P.E. 102- Physical Education P.E. 106- Hygiene 15-16 THIRD SEMESTER Eng. 151- World Literature For. Lang. 103 - Intermediate Math. IOI -Fundamentals or Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 101 - Earth Science Psy. 101 - Psychology or Ec.101-Principles I or P.S. 101 - Political Science I or Soc.101- Sociology (Phil.101-Introduction)2 P.E. 103- Physical Education 3 6 0 Eng. 152- World Literature For. Lang. 104-Intermediate Math. 102 - Fundamentals or Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102-Space Science Psy. 102-Psychology or Ee. 102- Principles II or P.S. 102- Political Science II or Soc. 102 - Sociology (Phil. 102 - Logic) 2 P.E. 104 - Physical Education 4 3 3 6 0 16 SIXTH SEMESTER 3 12-13 Phil. 102 - Logic2 Major and electives3 15-16 SEVENTH SEMESTER t To 2-3 0 1 FOURTH SEMESTER 4 3 FIFTH SEMESTER Major and electives 3 15-16 16 Phil. 101 - Introduction2 Major and electives3 3 3 3 3 12-13 15-16 EIGHTH SEMESTER 15-16 Major and electives 15-16 fulfill the general requirements the student must take F.A. 101 or Mus. 101 in the first or second semester. Eng. 131, Fundamentals of Speech, 2 credits, is not required for the Bachelor of Arts degree but may be taken as an elective. 2 Philosophy majors or students interested in earlier scheduling of philosophy may take Phil. 101 and 102 in the third and fourth semester by later scheduling of the social science requirement. Other Philosophy or Religion courses may be substituted for Phil. 102 with the approval of the student's adviser and the Philosophy Department chairman. No substitutions are permitted for Phil. 101. 3Students planning to fulfill requirements for teacher certification will usually take required education courses as electives in the fifth and sixth s~mester. �Page 78 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 79 FIFTH SEMESTER Bio. 221 - Histology Chem. 232 - Organic Chemistry For. Lang. 101 - Elementary Phys. 111 - Introduction Ee. IOI -Principles I or P. S. 101 - Political Science I or Psy.101-Psychology or Soc. 101- Sociology Course Requirements in the Majors Biology 1 Students who major in Biology may be planning careers in medicine, teaching, industrial biology, research, or pre-professional training required for many positions in science-oriented business or professional schools. The biology program is a general program covering basic areas of biology. Specific pre-professional training is minimized in favor of the broadest possible background in the liberal arts as well as the biological sciences. Students planning to major in biology should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the College mathematics program with the course in analytic geometry, Math. 122. Experience has shown that many students can profit from a course in algebra and trigonometry. These courses are usually offered in the summer at most colleges and universities and may be taken in the summer prior to the freshman year. The following are the degree requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in biology. FIRST SEMESTER Bio. 103-General Zoolofc Chem. 101-Principles o Chemistry Eng. 101 - Composition Math. 122-Analytic Geometry Engi. 1032-Basic Problems P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 105- Hygiene 4 4 3 4 1 0 I SECOND SEMESTER Bio. 104-General Zoology Chem. 102- Chemical Equilibria Eng. 102 - Composition Math. 125- Calculus I P. E. 102- Physical Education P. E.106-Hygiene 16-17 THIRD SEMESTER Bio. 201 - Comparative Anatomy Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis Eng. 151 - World Literature Hist. 101 - World Civilization Ee. 101 -Principles I or P. S. 101 - Political Science I or Psy. 101 - Psychology or Soc. 101 - Sociology P. E. 103 - Physical Education 4 4 4 3 3 0 SEVENTH SEMESTER Major elective Bio. 231 - Physiology For. Lang. 103 - Intermediate Phil. 101 - Introduction Elective! pre-professional degree program is described on page 52. The first three years of the program described here will be followed by pre-professional candidates. 2 If Engi. 103 is waived by examination, the student will carry 16 credit hours. 3 3-4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 16 EIGHTH SEMESTER Major elective Bio. 232 - Ecology Bio. 262 - History of Biology For. Lang. 104 - Intermediate Phil. 102 - Logic Bio. 271 -Research (optional) Elective I 3-4 3 1 3 3 1 3 16-18 Chemistry Th!s cu~riculum is ~esigned for the student interested in a major in chemi_stry m prepara t10n for a career in teaching, medicine den tis try techmcal ~ales, technical librarianship, as technical translato~, etc. Th~ student will choose electives after consultation with his adviser. , The B.S._ curriculum listed on page 88 is recommended for the student interested m a professional career in chemistry. . Chemistry 210 and 24 I must be taken in addition to those courses listed below. The general requirements for the B.A. degree, listed on page 73 in the bulletin, must also be met. FIRST SEMESTER Engi.1032- Basic Problems Chem. IOI - Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry Hist. IOI - World Civilization ~ath. 122 - Analytic Geometry Lng. 101 - Composition P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 105 - Personal Hygiene 18 1A 4 16-17 16 18 4 3 SIXTH SEMESTER Bio. 222 - Genetics F.A. 101 or Mus. 101 For. Lang. 102 - Elementary Phys. 112 - Introduction Ee. 102 - Principles II or P. S. 102 - Political Science II or Psy. 102 - Psychology or Soc. 102 - Sociology 17 4 4 3 4 0 1 FOURTH SEMESTER Bio. 202- Embryology Chem. 230 - Organic Chemistry Eng. 152- World Literature Hist. 102- World Civilization Ee. 102- Principles II or P. S. 102- Political Science II or Psy. 102-Psychology or Soc. I 02 - Sociology P. E. 104-Physical Education 3 4 3 4 3 0 1 SECOND SEMESTER C~em. 102- Chemical Equilibria Hist. I 02 - World Civilization Math. 125-Calculus I Eng. 102-Composition P. E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 106-Personal Hygiene 15-16 1 2 Electives must be selected from the humanities or social sciences. If Engi. 103 is waived by examination, the student will carry 15 credit hours. 4 3 4 3 O 1 15 �Page 80 ,. . . , DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS,......, Page 81 FOURTH SEMESTER THIRD SEMESTER Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis Math. 126- Calculus II Phys. 150- General Physics I Electives 4 4 4 Chem. 230 - Organic Chemistry Phys. 151 - General Physics II Electives 4 4 9 17 6 18 SIXTH SEMESTER FIFTH SEMESTER Chem. 231-Organic Chemistry Phys. 152- General Physics III Electives 4-5 3 Chem. 262- Chemical Literature' Electives 9 English Students who major in English are required to take English 101, 102, and 131 in the freshman year; 105, 151, and 152 in the sophomore year; and 21 credit hours, including 200, 205, 215, in addition to the general requirements for the B. A. degree. Selection and scheduling of these courses will be done in consultation with the student's adviser. Students with at least a 3.0 average in 101, 102, and 151 may take an advanced English course simultaneously with 152. I 15 16 16-17 Fine Arts EIGHTH SEMESTER SEVENTH SEMESTER Chem. 261 - History of Chemistry 1 Electives 14-17 Electives 15-18 15-18 Economics Students who major in Economics are required to complete twentyfour hours of work in economics beyond Ee. 101, 102 in addition to the general requirements for the B. A. degree. Selection and scheduling of these courses will be done in consultation with the student's adviser. The twenty-four hours in economics which the major must carry includr Ee. 201, 202, 231, 232, and 241. Students who major in Fine Arts are required to complete the following program of studies in addition to the general requirements for the B. A. degree. Electives may be used to fulfill the requirements for certification in education. FIRST SEMESTER Eng. 101 - Composition Hist. IOI - World Civilization For. Lang. 101 - Elementary F. A. 103 - Color and Design P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 105- Hygiene Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Math. 101 - Fundamentals or Phys.101 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 101 - Earth Science SECOND SEMESTER 3 3 3 3 0 1 3 Eng. 102-Composition Hist. 102- World Civilization For. Lang. 102- Elementary F. A. 104- Drawing & Composition P. E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene Bio. 102 - Biological Science or Math. 102-Fundamentals or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102- Space Science 16 Education Those students electing a career in Elementary or Secondary Education are required to select a major in one of the major subject areas. These subject areas may be selected from those listed under the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree programs. Individual departmental programs will define the necessary course requirements for the prospective teacher. Teaching certification requirements for most states may hr met at Wilkes College. Students are expected to familiarize themselves with specific state requirements. THIRD SEMESTER Eng. !SI - World Literature For. Lang. 103- Intermediate F. A. 109 - Oil Painting I F. A. 201 - History of Art I P. E. 103 - Phlcsical Education Bio. IOI - Bio ogical Science or \1ath. 101- Fundamentals or Phys. 101 - Physical Science or Fnv. Sci. 101 - Earth Science 3 3 3 3 0 1 3 16 FOURTH SEMESTER 4 3 3 2 0 3 15 Eng. 152- World Literature For. Lang. 104-Intermediate F. A. 106- Water Color Painting F. A. 202 - History of Art II P. E. 104 - Physical Education Bio. 102- Biological Science or Math. 102- Fundamentals or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102- Space Science 4 3 3 2 0 3 15 �Page 82 - DEGREE PROGRAMS FIFTH SEMESTER Phil. 101 - Introduction F. A. 121 - Modeling & Construction F. A. 125-Metalwork & Jewelry F. A. 203 - History of Modern Art Ee. IOI -Principles I or P. S. 101 - Political Science I or Psy. 101 -Psychology or Soc. IOI -Sociology SEVENTH SEMESTER F. A. 205-Contemporary Design F. A. 220-Studio Problems F. A. 2901 - Senior Exhibit Electives DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 83 6 SIXTH SEMESTER Phil. 205 - Aesthetics 3 F. A. 122 - Ceramics 3 F. A. 126 - Graphics 3 Elective (optional) 0-3 Ee. 102- Principles II or P. S. 102- Political Science II or Psy. 102-Psychology or Soc. 102 - Sociology 17 15-18 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 9-12 15-16 EIGHTH SEMESTER F. A. 2901 - Senior Exhibit Electives 2 Mathematics FIRST SEMESTER Bio. IOI -Biological Science Eng. 101 - Composition For. Lang. IOI -Elementary F. A. 101 - Experiencing Art I or Mus. IOI - Introduction Math. 122 -Analytic Geometry P. E. IOI -Physical Education P. E. 105- Hygiene 3 3 3 3 4 0 1 SECOND SEMESTER Bio. 102 - Biological Science Eng. 102 - Composition For. Lang. 102- Elementary F. A. 101 -Experiencing Art I or Mus. IOI -Introduction Math. 125 - Calculus I P,·E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 106- Hygiene 3 3 3 3 4 0 1 14-15 17 17 14-16 Foreign Languages (Modern) A major in any of the Modern Foreign Languages consists of twentyfour hours beyond the 102 course. History THIRD SEMESTER Eng.151 - World Literature For. Lang. 103 - Intermediate Hist. IOI - World Civilization Math. 126 - Calculus II Phys. ISO - General Physics I P. E. 103- Physical Education Students who major in history are required to take Hist. 101 and 102 in the freshman year, Hist. 107 and 108 in the sophomore year, and 18 additional credit hours. Mathematics Students planning to major in Mathematics should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the College mathematics program with the course in analytic geometry, Math. 122. Experience has shown that many students can profit from a course in algebra and trigonometry. These courses are usually offered in the summer at most colleges and universities and may be taken in the summer prior to the freshman year. In addition to the liberal arts general requirements, a mathematics major must complete a minimum of twenty-eight hours in mathematic! courses. Credit will not count toward the major requirement in courses below Math. 122. The following program shows the sequence of the course requirements in the mathematics major. 1 Senior Exhibit will be scheduled either the seventh or eighth semester after consultation with the department chairman. 4 3 3 4 4 0 FOURTH SEMESTER Eng. 152- World Literature For. Lang. 104- lntermediate Hist. 102- World Civilization Math. 240-Differential Equations Phys. 151 - General Physics II P. E. 104-Physical Education 18 FIFTH SEMESTER Phys.152- General Physics III Math. 251 - Advanced Calculus I Ee. 101 - Principles I or P. S. IOI - Political Science I or Psy. IOI - Psychology or Soc. IOI - Sociology Elective SEVENTH SEMESTER Math. elective Phil. 101- Introduction Electives 4 3 3 4 4 0 18 6 3 SIXTH SEMESTER Eng. 131 - Fundamentals of Speech 2 Math. 252-Advanced Calculus II 3 Ee. 102- Principles II or P. S. 102- Political Science II or Psy. 102- Psychology or Soc. 102 - Sociology 6 Electives 4-6 15 15-17 3 3 3 3 9-12 15-18 EIGHTH SEMESTER Math. elective Electives 3 12 15 �Page 84 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 85 Music 1 SEVENTH SEMESTER Applied Music! Mus. 215 - Instrumentation .\1us. 217 - Analysis Electives Students who major in Music are required to complete the following program of studies in addition to the general requirements for the B. A. degree. Students interested in careers in Music Education should follow the program described in the Bachelor of Science in Music Education. This program is described on page I 00 of this bulletin. The following are the course requirements for the music major. FIRST SEMESTER Math. IOI - Fundamentals or Bio. IOI - Biological Science or Phys. 101 -Physical Science or Env. Sci. 101- Earth Science Eng. IOI -Composition For. Lang. 101 - Elementary Mus. 105-Theory of Music Applied Music2 P. E. IOI - Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 3 3 3 s 1 0 1 THIRD SEMESTER For. Lang. 103- Intermediate Mus. 107 -Theory of Music Applied Music2 Psy. 101 - Psychology Hist. 101 - World Civilization Math. 101 - Fundamentals or Bio. IOI - Biological Science or Phys. IOI -Physical Science or Env. Sci. IOI - Earth Science P. E. 103- Physical Education 3 5 I 3 3 3 0 18 FIFTH SEMESTER Eng. 151 - World Literature Phil. 101 - Introduction Mus. 109-History of Music Applied Music2 Soc. IOI - Sociology 4 3 3 2 3 IS 16 A major in the combined fields of Philosophy and Religion consists of twenty-four hours in philosophy and religion courses beyond Philosophy IOI and 102. Philosophy-Religion majors must schedule courses in philosophy and religion in their sophomore year. 3 3 3 5 I 0 I Physics 3 5 This curriculum is designed for the student interested in a major in physics in preparation for a career in teaching, medicine, dentistry, patent law, technical sales, technical translation, technical writing, etc. The student will choose electives after consultation with his advisor. 3 3 interested in a professional career in physics. I 3 0 18 SIXTH SEMESTER Eng. 152- World Literature Phil. 205-Aesthetics Mus. I IO - History of Music Applied Music2 Soc. I 02 - Sociology 2 2 3 9 15 16 FOURTH SEMESTER For. Lang. 104- Intermediate Mus. 108-Theory of Music Applied Music2 Psy. 102 - Psychology Hist. 102- World Civilization Math. 102-Fundamentals or Bio. 102 - Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102 - Space Science P. E. 104 - Physical Education EIGHTH SEMESTER Applied Music! Mus. 216-Arranging Mus. 218-Counterpoint Electives Philosophy-Religion SECOND SEMESTER Math. 102- Fundamentals or Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102- Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102-Space Science Eng. 102- Composition For. Lang. 102 - Elementary Mus. 106-Theory of Music Applied Music2 P. E. 102- Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 16 2 2 2 9 4 3 3 2 3 15 The B.S. curriculum on page 100 is recommended for the student Students planning to major in physics should seek to complete high chool courses in trigonometry, solid geometry, and advanced algebra o that they may begin their college mathematics with the course in analytic geometry. In the event of a deficiency in this respect it must be made up by summer school attendance so that the course in differential equations can be completed before the beginning o fthe junior .year. FIRST SEMESTER fath. 122 -Analytic Geometry Eng. IOI -Composition Hist. IOI - World Civilization Phys. ISO- General Physics I P.E. 105 - Personal Hygiene P.E. IOI -Physical Education There is a music fee of $10 per semester for all Music and Music Education major 2 Private instruction. The fee for this instruction is in addition to the regular tuition charge. I 4 3 3 4 1 0 IS 1 SECOND SEMESTER Math. 125 - Calculus I Eng. 102-Composition Hist. 102- World Civilization Phys. 151 - General Physics II P.E. 106 - Personal Hygiene P.E. 102 - Physical Education 4 3 3 4 I 0 15 Private instruction. The fee for this instruction is in addition to the regular tuition charge. �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 87 Page 86 - DEGREE PROGRAMS THIRD SEMESTER Math. 126- Calculus II Phys. 152 - General Physics III For. Lang. 101- Elementary P.E. 103-Physical Education Chem. 101 -Introduction to Principles of Chemistry F.A. 101 -Experiencing Art I or Mus. 101 - Introduction 4 3 3 0 4 0 4 2-3 17-18 4 3 3 4 3 SIXTH SEMESTER For. Lang. 104- Intermediate Eng. 152- World Literature Electives 4 3 3 4 9-lll 16-17 17 SEVENTH SEMESTER Phys. 261 - Atomic Physics Phil. 101 - Introduction Electives 4 3 4 3 17 FIFTH SEMESTER Phys. 201 -Electricity & Magnetism For. Lang. 103- Intermediate Phys. 203 - Mechanics Eng. 151 - World Literature Elective P ychology FOURTH SEMESTER Math. 240-Diff. Equations For. Lang. 102- Elementary Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibria P.E. 104-Physical Education Phys. 211 - Optics and Light Elective EIGHTH SEMESTER Phil. 102 - Logic Electives 3 13 9 16 16 The student must choose at least two physics courses from among the following list in addition to those prescribed in the curriculum: Physics 202 ( 4) Physics 204 (3) Physics 221 (3) Physics 262 ( 4) Physics 212 (3) The student must choose 12 credits from the following course combinations: or Economics 101 and 102 or Psychology 101 and 102 Political Science 101 and 102 or Sociology 101 and 102 Political Science A major in Political Science consists of twenty-four hours which must include either Political Science 201 or Political Science 202. Political Science 101 and 102 are not accepted toward a major. A major in Psychology consists of twenty-four hours. Psychology 101 and 102 are not accepted toward a major; Sociology 255 and Education 200 are accepted. Psychology 203 and 204 are required for the major. In addition to the general requirements the department requires that the two-semester courses in mathematics, physics, and biology be taken. In addition, English 131 and Economics 231 are required. The major in Psychology is designed for students who plan to continue the study of psychology on the graduate level, as well as for those whose interests lie in the teaching of psychology in colleges or in the application of the study to such fields as advertising, clinical work, business, education, and industrial personnel work. Students are cautioned that an undergraduate major in psychology does not qualify them for professional psychological work. No student can qualify as a psychologist without advanced graduate study; in a great many fields today, moreover, professional psychologists must hold the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. ocial Science The Social Science major requires a total of thirty-six hours in economics, history, political science, and sociology. Eighteen hours must be in one of these subject areas and at least six hours in each of the other three. Only courses beyond the 101, 102 level will count toward these major requirements. Exception will be made to this requirement for students preparing to teach in public schools. In order to meet the certification requirements in education a student preparing to teach social studies in the public schools will receive credit toward the social science major for all required courses in economics, history, political science, and sociology. ociology-Anthropology A major in Sociology consists of twenty-four hours. Although Sociology 101, 102 are prerequisites to all the courses in sociology, they are not accepted toward a major in sociology. Political Science 204 and Philosophy 206 will be accepted toward the major in sociology. Students who intend to major in sociology are requested to plan their work in the department in consultation with the chairman. A major in sociology �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 89 Page 88 - DEGREE PROGRAMS shall include the following four courses: Sociology 230, 255, 265, and 280. With the approval of the department chairman, however, other courses may in some instances be substituted. Course Requirements for B. S. Degree Programs Chemistry THIRD SEMESTER Chem. 210- Inorganic Chemistry Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis For. Lang. 101 - Elementary Math. 126 - Calculus II Phys. 150- General Physics I P.E. 103- Physical Education The Chemistry curriculum is planned to provide thorough training in the fundamentals of the science and to contribute to the general education of the student. Graduates in chemistry may enter industry immediately upon graduation or may continue their studies in graduate school. FIFTH SEMESTER Chem. 231 - Organic Chemistry Chem. 241 - Elementary Physical Chemistry Eng.151 - World Literature For. Lang. 103 - Intermediate Phys. 152- General Physics III Wilkes is approved by the American Chemical Society for the professional training of chemists. Students who wish to be certified for membership in the American Chemical Society in the minimum period of two years following graduation must elect Chemistry 310 in the senior year of the B.S. course of study. Chemistry 5 4 4 3 3 4 2 4 4 C 15 SIXTH SEMESTER Chem. 233 - Organic Qualitative Analysis Chem. 242 - Intermediate Physical Chemistry Chem. 262 - Chemical Literature Eng. 152- World Literature For. Lang. 104-Intermediate Elective I 3 4 1 4 3 3 19 15-18 SEVENTH SEMESTER 3 Chem. 271-Research 1 Chem. 261 - History of Chemistry Chem. 281 - Seminar ½ 12-14 Electives I EIGHTH SEMESTER Chem. 246 - Advanced Analytical 4 Chemistry Chem. 282 - Seminar ½ 11-12 Electives 1 16½-18½ 15½ -16½ Students planning to major in chemistry should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the College mathematics program with the course in analytic geometry, Math. 122. The following chemistry electives are all three credits: 4 1 3 3 4 SECOND SEMESTER Chem. 102-Chemical Equilibria Eng. 102- Composition Hist. 102- World Civilization Math. 125 - Calculus I P.E. 102- Physical Education P.E. 106 - Hygiene Chem. 251-Biochemistry Chem. 310 - Inorganic Chem. 331-Organic Chem. 341 -Physical Chem. 272 - Research Chem. 330 - Organic Chem. 340 - Physical Chem. 343 - Statistical Thermodynamics 0 1 15-16 I 4 3 4 4 0 18 Chemistry FIRST SEMESTER Chem. 101 -Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry Engi. 1031 - Basic Problems Eng. 101-Composition Hist. 101 - World Civilization Math. 122-Analytic Geometry P.E. 101 -Physical Education P.E. 105-Hygiene 3 FOURTH SEMESTER Chem. 230 - Organic Chemistry For. Lang. 102- Elementary Math. 240 - Differential Equations and Infinite Series Phys. 151 - General Physics II P.E. 104-Physical Education If Engi. 103 is waived by examination, the student will carry 15 credit hours. IS 1 Electives must include two philosophy courses, Mus. 101 or F.A. 101, at least one advanced chemistry course in Semester 7 and/or Semester 8, and one of the following: P.S. 101-102, Psy. 101-102, or Soc. 101-102. �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 91 Page 90 - DEGREE PROGRAMS Commerce and Finance MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION MAJOR IN ACCOUNTING FIRST SEMESTER Acct. 102- Elementary II Eng. 102 - Composition Hist. 102- World Civilization F. A. 101 - Experiencing Art I or Mus. 101 - Introduction Math. 102-Fundamentals or Math. 115 - Finance P. E. 102- Physical Education P. E. 106-Hygiene Acct. 101 - Elementary I Eng. 101- Composition Hist. 101 - World Civilization Ee. 111 - Economic History Math. 101 - Fundamentals P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 105- Hygiene 16 THIRD SEMESTER Acct. 111 - Intermediate I B. A. 231 - Business Law Ee. IOI - Principles I Eng. 151 - World Literature Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 101 - Earth Science Eng. 131 - Fundamentals of Speech P. E. 103- Physical Education 3 2 0 Acct. 112 - Intermediate II B. A. 232 - Bvsiness Law Ee. 102- Principles II Eng. 152- World Literature Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102- Space Science P. E. 104- Physical Education 3 3 3 4 3 0 16 Hist. 101- World Civilization Bio. IOI - Biological Science or Phys. IOI - Physical Science or Em. Sci. 101 - Earth Science P. E. IOI - Physical Education P. E. 105- Hygiene 3 3 3 3 0 1 Acct. 102- Elementary II F. A. IOI - Experiencing Art I or Mus. 101 - Introduction Eng. 102- Composition Hist. 102- World Civilization Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102- Space Science P. E. 102- Physical Education P. E. 106- Hygiene 3 3 3 3 3 0 1 16 16 THIRD SEMESTER B. A. 231 - Business Law Ee. 101 - Principles I Eng. 131 - Fundamentals of Speech Eng. 151- World Literature \lath. 101 - Fundamentals P. S. 101 - Political Science I or Soc. IOI - Sociology P. E. 103- Physical Education SIXTH SEMESTER 3 3 3 3 3 3 Acct. 202 - Cost Accounting II Acct. 242 - Advanced B. A. 233 - Business Law Ee. 232- Economic Statistics Soc. 102 - Sociology or P. S. 102 - Political Science II Elective! 18 SEVENTH SEMESTER 3 3 FOURTH SEMESTER 3 3 2 4 3 3 0 B. A. 232 - Business Law Ee. 102 - Principles II Eng. 152- World Literature Math. 102- Fundamentals P. S. 102- Political Science II or Soc. I 02 - Sociology P. E. 104- Physical Education 18 3 3 4 3 3 0 16 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 EIGHTH SEMESTER 3 3 3 3 18 1 3 0 1 cct. IOI - Elementary I Ee. II I -Economic History Eng. IOI - Composition 3 FOURTH SEMESTER 3 3 3 4 FIFTH SEMESTER Acct. 221 - Taxes I Acct. 231 -Auditing I B. A. 209 - Correspondence & Reports B. A. 225 - Corporation Finance B. A. 251 - Principles of Management I Elective! 3 3 3 16 18 Acct. 201 - Cost Accounting I Ee. 201- Money & Banking Ee. 231 -Applied Statistics Soc. 101 - Sociology or P. S. 101 - Political Science I Phil. 101 - Introduction Elective 1 SECOND SEMESTER FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER FIFTH SEMESTER B. A. 251 - Principles of Management h·. 201 - Money & Banking l:c. 231-Applied Statistics Phil. IOI - Introduction Elrt'tives Acct. 232 - Auditing II Acct. 252- Internship Ee. 202 - Theory of Money or Ee. 236 - Public Finance Ee. 226- Geography of World Elective I 3 3 3 3 6 Ee. 202 - Theory of Money or Ee. 226- Geography of the World or C and F elective Ee. 232 - Economic Statistics Phil. 102-Logic B. A. 222 - Marketing Electives 18 18 EIGHTH SEMESTER SEVENTH SEMESTER 15 Students intending to sit for the New York State C.P.A. examinations should elect subjects in the humanities. All students should choose electives from outside thl' major field. B. A. 209 - Correspondence & Reports 3 B. A. & Ee. electives 12 Elective 3 3 3 3 6 B. A. & Ee. electives Elective 12 3 3 18 15 �Page 92 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 93 Students who major in Business Administration will select their electives from the following. At least six courses in one of these groups are required of students concentrating in this field. BANKING AND FINANCE B. A. 220 - Real Estate B. A. 225 - Corporation Finance B. A. 226 - Investments Ee. 202 - Theory of Money Ee. 225 - International Trade Ee. 236-Public Finance Ee. 241- Economic Analysis Math. 115 - Mathematics of Finance Math. 122 - Analytic Geometry Math. 125- Calculus I ECONOMICS Ee. 212- Government & Business Ee. 217 -Economics of Transportation Ee. 222-American Labor Movement Ee. 223 - Collective Bargaining Ee. 225-International Trade Ee. 226 - Economic Geography of the World Ee. 229 - Comparative Economic Systems Ee. 230- Business Cycles Ee. 236-Public Finance Ee. 241 - Economic Analysis Ee. 245 - Consumer Economics Ee. 246 - Economics Investigation Math. 122 - Analytic Geometry Math. 125 - Calculus I MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS B. A. 251 - Principles of Management I B. A. 252-Principles of Management II Ee. 222 -American Labor Movement B. A. 240-Property Insurance B. A. 241 - Life Insurance Ee. 223 - Collective Bargaining Psy. 212 - Psychological Tests Psy. 251 -Industrial Psychology Math. 122-Analytic Geometry Math. 125 - Calculus I Soc. 265- Sociology of Industry P. S. 208 - Labor Law MARKETING B. A. 114-Salesmanship B. A. 216-Advertising B. A. 240 - Property Insurance Ee. 217 - Economics of Transportation Ee. 225 - International Trade Ee. 245 - Consumer Economics Ret. 101 -Principles of Retailing Ret. 214-Retail Buying Soc. 265-Sociology of Industry Psy. 251 - Industrial Psychology MAJOR IN BUSINESS EDUCATION The degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Education is designed to provide a background in general education while it prepares the student for teaching business subjects in secondary schools or for a career in business. A student planning to enter as a freshman may find it advantageous, at first, to consider a two-year program leading to a certificate in general office or secretarial proficiency. This two-year program provides a foundation for general secretarial preparation, or prepares for later specialization in the four-year major in business education. FIRST SEMESTER S.S. l 05 - Elementary Shorthand or Acct. 101 - Elementary I S. S. 107 - Elementary Typewriting Math. l 15 - Mathematics of Finance Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 101 -Earth Science Eng. 101 - Composition Hist. JOI - World Civilization P. E. JOI - Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 2 3 2 3 3 3 3 0 1 SECOND SEMESTER S. S. 106 - Elementary Shorthand or Acct. 102 - Elementary II S. S. 108 - Elementary Typewriting Eng. 131 -Fundamentals of Speech Eng. 102 - Composition Bio. 102 - Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102 - Space Science Hist. 102- World Civilization P. E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 17-18 THIRD SEMESTER S.S. 207 - Advanced Shorthand or Acct. III-Intermediate I 3 S.S. 201 I - Advanced Typrewriting 1 Acct.101-Elementry I or Ret. 101 -Principles 3 B. A. 231 - Business Law 3 Psy.101-Psychology 3 Ee. 1012- Principles I 3-4 P. E.103 - Physical Education 0 or Ret.101-Principles or Elective3 Soc. IOI - Sociology c,r P.S. 101 - Political Science I Eng. IS! - World Literature Ed. 100- Introduction B.A. 251 - Principles of :\fanagement I 3 3 0 1 16-17 FOURTH SEMESTER S. S. 208 - Advanced Shorthand or Acct. 112 - Intermediate II S. S. 2021 - Advanced Typewriting Acct. l 02 - Elementary II or Retailing Elective Psy. 102 - Psychology P. E. 104 - Physical Education Ee. 1022-Principles II B. A. 232 - Business Law 15-17 FIFTH SEMESTER Acct. II I - Intermediate I 2 3 2 2 3 3 1 3 3 0 3 3 15-16 SIXTH SEMESTER 3 3 4 3 3 Acct. 112 - Intermediate II or Retailing Elective3 Soc. 102 - Sociology or P.S. 102 - Political Science II Eng. 152- World Literature Ed. 200-Educational Psychology B.A. 252-Principles of Management II 3 3 4 3 3 16 16 I Students following accounting sequence need not take third and fourth semesters of typewriting. 2Two-year program students take S.S. 205 in semester 3 and Ee. 101 in semester 4. who have already met required accounting and retailing courses would elect one course in both the fifth and sixth semesters, preferably one of the two should be in retailing to meet requirement for certification in retailing. J Students �Page 94 - DEGREE PROGRAMS SEVENTH SEMESTER S.S. 243- Principles and Methods of Business Education S. S. 205 - Office Procedures and Machines Phil. 101 - Introduction Mus. 101 - Introduction or F. A. 101 -Experiencing Art I B. A. 209-Business Correspondence & Reports DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 95 3 EIGHTH SEMESTER Ed. 230 - Secondary Education Electivel 12 3 4 3 FRESHMAN YEAR (COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING COURSES 3 EXCEPT CHEMICAL ENGINEERING) 3 16 15 Engineering Wilkes College offers the first two years of the engineering curricula. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may transfer to the junior year of other engineering schools. In the past, students have transferred to, and successfully completed their work at, such representative colleges as Alabama, Bucknell, Catholic University, Columbia, Cornell, Drexel Institute, Georgia School of Technology, Lafayette, Lehigh, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, New York University, Pennsylvania State University, Purdue, Stevens Institute, Syracuse, and the University of Nebraska. During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses are the same with the exception of chemical engineering, in which course students must take two additional hours of chemistry in the second semester. For this reason the student should decide by the middle of the first year between chemical engineering and one of the other branches of engineering. The curricula change further at the beginning of the second year. For this reason the student should decide by then whether he will pursue civil, industrial, electrical, or mechanical engineering. Students planning to major in Engineering should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the College mathematics program with the course in analytic geometry, Math. 122. Experience has shown that many students can profit from a course in algebra and trigonometry. These courses are usually offered in the summer at most colleges and universities and may be taken in the summer prior to the freshman year. 1 Students Engineering planning to teach in Pennsylvania should elect a course in American History for permanent certification. FIRST SEMESTER Phys. 150 - Generaf Physics I Engi.100-Engineering Problems Engi.105-Engineering Drawing Eng.101-Composition Math. 122 -Analytic Geometry P. E.101- Physical Education P.E. 105 - Hygiene 4 2 3 3 4 0 1 SECOND SEMESTER Phys. 151 - General Physics II Engi. 106-Descriptive Geometry Eng. 102 - Composition Math. 125 - Calculus I Elective (Humanities or Soc. Sci.) P. E. 102-Physical Education P.E. 106-Hygiene 17 4 2 3 4 2-3 0 1 16-17 AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING Mechanical engineering is basic to the study of reronautical engineering. Therefore, the first two years in mechanical engineering prepare the student for the advanced work offered by several universities. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Chemical engineering is concerned with the broad field of chemical industry in which materials undergo a physical or a chemical change. Such materials include paper, textiles, gasoline, other petroelum products, coke, gas, dyes, electrochemical products, paints, rubber, plastics, ceramics, drugs, heavy chemicals, solvents, and many others. The chemical engineer is one skilled in the design, construction, operation and management of industrial plants in which materials are produced by chemical change. The chemical engineer may be engaged in research or in the development of a process, for he is expert in the application of the fundamental unit-manufacturing processes which underlie all chemical engineering. The equipment of the chemical engineer includes a thorough knowledge of chemistry, physics, and mathematics and a sound understanding of such fundamentals of chemical, mechanical, and electrical engineering as will make him a competent development, control, or sales engineer. �Page 96 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 97 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING CHEMICAL ENGINEERING FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Chem. 101 - Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry Engi. 100- Engineering Problems Engi. 105 - Engineering Drawing Phys. 1SO - General Physics I Math. 122 - Analytic Geometry P. E. 101 - Physical Education P.E. 1O5-Hygiene 4 2 3 4 4 0 1 4 2 4 4 2-3 0 Chem. 102- Chemical Equilibria Engi. 106- Descriptive Geometry Math. 125 - Calculus I Phys. 151 - General Physics II Elective (Humanities or Soc. Sci.) P. E. 101 -Physical Education P.E. 1O5-Hygiene 18 I 17-18 THIRD SEMESTER The electrical engineer is trained to design, construct, and operate all electrical generating equipment. He must supervise and control the distribution of electricity for driving the machinery in mills, factories, and mines; for electric railways, chemical processing, heating, lighting, and for all electrical devices used in the home. Communications, including telegraph, telephone, radio, radar, teletype, transmission of print and pictures, offers numerous opportunities. Development of electronic tubes, transistors, circuits, and equipment for commercial processes offers opportunities in many fields of endeavor. FOURTH SEMESTER Math. 126 - Calculus II Phys. 152- General Physics III M. E. 211 - Mechanics I. Statics Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis Eng. 1O1-Composition P. E. 103- Physical Education 4 3 3 4 3 0 Math. 240- Diff. Equations and Infinite Series Ch. E. 106- Stoichiometry Eng. 1O2-Composition Ee. 101 - Principles of Economics I Elective 1 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 4 3 3 3 3 16 THIRD SEMESTER CIVIL ENGINEERING SOPHOMORE YEAR 2 THIRD SEMESTER 3 3 4 3 4 I E. E. 202 or M. E. 212 is suggested. For freshman year see page 95. 4 3 4 3 4 0 0 17 2 FOURTH SEMESTER C. E. 104 - Route Surveying M. E. 212 - Mechanics II. Dynamics Math. 240 - Diff. Equations Ee. IOI - Principles of Economics I Chem. 102- Chemical Equilibria P. E. 104- Physical Education 4 3 3 3 4 Math. 240 - Diff. Equations Ee. 101 -Principles of Economics I M. E. 212 - Mechanics II. Dynamics E. E. 202 - Electric and Magnetic Circuits Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibria P. E. 104- Physical Education 18 4 3 3 3 4 0 0 17 17 The civil engineer deals with problems in structural, highway, railroad, hydraulic, and sanitary engineering, and also with surveying and geodesy. He specializes in the design, construction and maintenance of bridges, tunnels, dams, and the structural members of buildings. His services are indispensable in the design of river, canal, and harbor improvements; in the development and control of water resources; in the treatment and disposal of sewage and industrial waste; and in the location and construction of all transportation facilities. C. E. 1O3-Plane Surveying M. E. 211 - Mechanics I. Statics Math. 126- Calculus II Phys. 152- General Physics III Chem. 101 - Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry P. E. 103- Physical Education FOURTH SEMESTER Math. 126 - Calculus II Phys. 152- General Physics III M. E. 211 - Mechanics I. Statics M. E.111 or C. E. 103 - Statics or Plane Surveying Chem. 101 - Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry P. E. 103- Physical Education ENGINEERING PHYSICS The curriculum in engineering physics is designed to equip men with a flexible background of basic scientific knowledge. The primary emphasis is on the fundamental principles of physics. At the same time the engineering viewpoint is developed so that practical problems can be pushed to completion. The first two years of work, offered at Wilkes, are similar to those of the other engineering curricula. They provide a sound basis for study toward advanced degrees in either physics or specific fields of engineering. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER Math. 126 - Calculus II 4 Phys. 152- General Physics III 3 M. E. 211 - Mechanics I. Statics 3 M. E. 111 - Manufacturing Processes 3 Chem. 101 - Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry 4 P. E. 103- Physical Education 0 17 • For freshman year see page 95. Math. 240 - Diff. Equations Ee. 101 - Principles of Economics I M. E. 212 - Mechanics II. Dynamics E. E. 202 - Electric and Magnetic Circuits . Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibria P. E. 104- Physical Education 4 3 3 3 4 0 17 �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 99 Page 98 - DEGREE PROGRAMS SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING The field of industrial or management engineering has to do with the methods of manufacture and production; the effects thereon of personnel; and design control to meet cost and production requirements. Preparation with a background in science, engineering, economics, business administration, management, and history is necessary. The successful industrial engineer must possess not only technical skill and ability but also economic and humanistic interests, as well as character and personality. He must work with others and enlist their cooperation in the pursuit of a common goal. The industrial engineer deals with people as well as with machines and materials. This curriculum offers the first two years of work for those primarily interested in the administration of technical enterprises. SOPHOMORE YEAR THIRD SEMESTER Ee. IOI -Principles of Economics I Phys. 152 - General Physics III M. E. 211 - Mechanics I. Statics Math. 126 - Calculus II Chem. 101 -Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry P. E. 103- Physical Education 3 3 3 4 4 0 1 FOURTH SEMESTER Ee. 102- Principles of Economics II Elective M. E. 212- Mechanics II. Dynamics Math. 240 - Diff. Equations Chem. I 02 - Chemical Equilibria P. E. 104- Physical Education 17 3 3 3 4 4 0 17 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The mechanical engineer is concerned with the design, construction, installation, and operation of machinery necessary for the economical application of mechanical power to industry. He must utilize power from whatever source derived. The generation of power, whether by steam, hydro or internal-combustion engines, is of primary concern to the mechanical engineer in the power field. His services are necessary wherever process equipment and machine tools are made or used. The mechanical engineer must of necessity be broadly trained in the fundamental sciences and in economics and humanities. Ability and skill in the application of the basic sciences are not sufficient. He must have an understanding of the influence of his profession upon our way of life and how its development and expansion affect our future. THIRD SEMESTER Math. 126 - Calculus II Phys. 152- General Physics III M. E. 211 - Mechanics I. Statics M. E. 111 - Manufacturing Processes Chem. IOI -Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry P. E. 103- Physical Education 4 3 3 3 4 O 0 17 Medical Technology The American Society of Clinical Pathologists and the American Society of Medical Technologists recommend certain requirements for a program of training leading to a degree in Medical Technology The curriculum offered at Wilkes College follows these recommend ations and _is presented below. The final year in this program is taken in hospitals approved for such training. 0 FIRST SEMESTER Bio.103-General Zoology ~hem. 101 -Principles of Chemistry Eng. 101 - Com osition Math. 107 - Col ege Algebra Engi.1032-Basic Problems P. E. 101-Physical Education P. E. 1OS - Hygiene 1 4 4 3 3 1 0 SECOND SEMESTER Bio. 104- General Zoology Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibria Eng. 102 - Composition Math. I 09 - Plane Trigonometry P. E. 102- Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene THIRD SEMESTER Bio. 204 - Microtechnique Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis Eng. 151 - World Literature llist.101- World Civilization For. Lang. 101 - Elementary P. E. 103- Physical Education 4 4 3 3 0 1 1 15 15-16 3 4 4 3 3 0 FOURTH SEMESTER Eng. 131 - Fundamentals of Speech Chem. 230 - Organic Chemistry Eng. 152- World Literature Hist. 102- World Civilization For. Lang. 102 - Elementary P. E. 104-Physical Education 17 1 For For freshman year see page 95. 4 17 2 If 1 4 3 3 3 FOURTH SEMESTER Math. 240-Diff. Equations Ee. 101 - Principles of Economics I M. E. 212 - Mechanics II. Dynamics M. E. 206 - Kinematics Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibria P. E. 104 - Physical Education freshman year see page 95. Engi. 103 is waived by examination, the student will carry 15 credit hours. 2 4 4 3 3 0 16 �Page 100 - DEGREE PROGRAMS FIFTH SEMESTER Bio. 211 - Bacteriology For. Lang. 103 - Intermediate Phys. 111 - Introduction Psy. 101 -Psychology Soc. IOI - Sociology or Ee. IOI -Principles I or P. S. 101 -Political Science I 4 3 4 3 3 DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 101 SIXTH SEMESTER Bio. 212- Bacteriology For. Lang. 104 - Intermediate Phys. 112- Introduction Psy. 102-Psychology Soc. I 02 - Sociology or Ee. 102 - Principles II or P. S. 102 - Political Science II 4 3 FIFTH SEMESTER Ed. 100-Introduction Ee. IOI -Principles I or P.S. IOI - Political Science I or Soc. IOI~ Sociology Mus. Ed. 105- Woodwind Class Mus. Ed. 109 - Conducting Mus. Ed. 111 - Violin Class Applied Music! Band, Orchestra, Chorus Mus. I11 - Piano Class or Soc. Sci. elective 3 3 17 17 SEVENTH SEMESTER 1 Clinical Chemistry l3weeks Microbiology 8 weeks Urinalysis 4weeks EIGHTH SEMESTER Haematology & Blood Bank 12 weeks Histology 6 weeks Serology 7 weeks 1 3 3 5 2 3 I ½ 0 I SECOND SEMESTER Eng. I 02 - Composition Bio. 102 - Biological Science or Phys. l 02 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102 - Space Science Mus. 106 - Theory of Music Mus. Ed. 102 - Clarinet Class or Mus. Ed. 104- Brass Class Hist. 102- World Civilization Applied Music3 Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 18½ THIRD SEMESTER Eng. 151 - World Literature Mus. Ed. IOI - Clarinet Class or Mus. Ed. 103-Brass Class Mus. 107 - Theory of Music Mus. l 09 - History of Music Applied Music3 Psy. IOI -Psychology Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 103 - Physical Education 4 2 5 3 I 3 ½ 0 18½ 3 5 2-3 2 2 2 8 I ½ 2 17½ 2 3 SIXTH SEMESTER Ed. 200 - Educational Psychology 3 Ee. 102-Principles II or P. S. 102 - Political Science II or Soc. 102 - Sociology 3 Mus. Ed. 106 - Brass Class 2 Mus. Ed. 110 - Conducting 2 Mus. Ed. 112 - Violin Class 2 Applied Music! 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus ½ Mus. 112 - Piano Class or Soc. Sci. elective 2-~ 15½-16½ EIGHTH SEMESTER Mus. 216 - Arranging Mus. Ed. I 08 - Voice Class Mus. Ed. 114-String Class Applied Music! Band, Orchestra, Chorus Elective Mus. 114-Piano Class or elective 2 2 2 I ~ 2-3 15½-16½ I ½ 0 ursing Education I 4 2 5 3 I 3 ½ The program in Nursing Education is designed for the preparation of instructors, head nurses, and supervisors in hospitals and schools of nursing. It presupposes graduation from an approved school of nursing and State registration. Credits required for the degree are one hundred twenty-three, of which at least seventy-three must be college credits. The number of credits allowed for the school of nursing program ranges from thirty-five to fifty and will be determined by an evaluation of the studenrs record and by results obtained on the Graduate Nurse Qualifying Examination. 0 18~1i To be taken at an approved school of medical technology. There is a music fee of $10 per semester for aJJ Music and Music Education majors. 3 Private instruction. The fee for this instruction is in addition to the regular tuition charge. 1 2 I ½ SEVENTH SEMESTER Mus. 215- Instrumen.tation Mus. Ed. I07 - Voice Class Mus. Ed. 113 - String Class Mus. Ed. 240 - Professional Semester in Music Education Applied Music! Band, Orchestra, Chorus Mus. 113- Piano Class or elective 3 18~1z FOURTH SEMESTER Eng. 152- World Literature Mus. Ed. 102- Clarinet Class or Mus. Ed. 104- Brass Class Mus. 108 - Theory of Music Mus. 110- History of Music Applied Music3 Psy. I 02 - Psychology Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 104 - Physical Education 3 2 2 2 15½-16½ Music Education2 FIRST SEMESTER Eng. 101 - Composition Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. IOI -Physical Science or Env. Sci. IOI -Earth Science Mus. I OS - Theory of Music Mus. Ed. 101 -Clarinet Class or Mus. Ed. 103 - Brass Class Hist. IOI - World Civilization Applied Music3 Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. IOI -Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 3 Wilkes College is cooperating with Albright College in offering a degree in Nursing Education to registered nurses in Reading, Pa. Academic credits earned at Albright College may be credited toward the B. S. degree in Nursing Education from Wilkes College. In order to receive the degree from Wilkes College the student must take a mini1 Private instruction. The fee for this instruction is in addition to the regular tuition charge. �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 103 Page 102 ,....., DEGREE PROGRAMS mum of 15 credit hours on the Wilkes Campus. Students participating in this cooperative program should seek assistance from the chairman of the Nursing Education Department at Wilkes in planning their curriculum. FIRST SEMESTER Eng. IOI -CompositionHist. 101 - World Civilization Bio. 103 - General Zoology or Math. 101 - Fundamentals or Phys. IOI -Physical Science or Env. Sci. 101-Earth Science F. A. 101 -Experiencing Art I or Mus. 101 -Introduction Soc. IOI -Sociology or Psy. IOI -Psychology N. E. IOI -Foundations 3 3 3-4 3 3 2 SECOND SEMESTER Eng. I 02 - Composition Hist. 102- World Civilization Bio. 104- General Zoology or Math. 102- Fundamentals or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102- Space Science N. E. 104 - Community Resources Soc. 102 - Sociology or Psy. 102 - Psychology N. E. 106 - Supervision Elective (optional) t FOURTH SEMESTER Eng. 152- World Literature Phil. 102 - Logic Soc. 102 - Sociology or Psy. 1022 -Psychology N. E. 102 - Trends in Nursing N. E. 112 - Teaching Elective 15-18 4 3 3 4 1 0 SECOND SEMESTER Math. 125 - Calculus I Eng. 102 - Composition Hist. 102- World Civilization Phys. 151 - General Physics II P.E. 106-Hygiene P. E. 102- Physical Education 15 4 3 3 4 1 0 15 3 2 2-3 4 3 3 2 4 2-3 16-19 Physics The Physics curriculum is designed to provide a thorough grounding in the fundamentals of this rapidly-expanding science, as well as to acquaint the student with the current frontiers of knowledge and research. Upon completion of the requirements for the degree, the student will be well prepared either to proceed to graduate study leading to an advanced degree or to undertake an industrial position. Students planning to major in physics should seek to complete high school courses in trigonometry, solid geometry, and advanced algebra so that they may begin their college mathematics with the course in I If the Bio. 104 laboratory course is taken, the elective will not be allowed. 2 P. S. 101, P. S. 102, Ee. 101, Ee. 102 may be substituted as electives. FIRST SEMESTER Math. 122 - Analytic Geometry Eng. 101 - ComposiJion !Iist.101- World Civilization Phys. 150 - General Physics I P.E. 105- Hygiene P. E.101- Physical Education 3.4 2 16-19 17-18 THIRD SEMESTER Eng. 151- World Literature 4 Phil. IOI -Introduction 3 Soc. 101 - Sociology or Psy. 1012 - Psychology 3 Ed. 241-Educational Measurements 2 N. E. 107 - Principles & Methods 2 N. E. 108-Techniques 1 Elective 2-3 3 3 analytic geometry. In event of a deficiency in this respect, it must be made up by summer school attendance so that the course in differential equations can be completed before the beginning of the junior year. THIRD SEMESTER Math. 126 - Calculus II Phys. 152- General Physics III Phys. 221 - Electronics Grr.101 I -Elementary Chem. 101 - Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry P. E. 103- Physical Education 4 3 3 3 4 0 FOURTH SEMESTER Math. 240 - Diff. Equations Phys. 211 - Optics and Light Phys. 212 - Thermodynamics Ger. 1021 -Elementary Chem. 102-Chemical Equilibria P. E. 104- Physical Education 18 17 FIFTH SEMESTER Math. 251 - Advanced Calculus I Phys. 201 - Electricity and Magnetism Phys. 203 - Mechanics Ger. 1031 - Intermediate Eng.151 - World Literature 3 4 3 3 4 4 4 3 3 4 0 SIXTH SEMESTER Math. 252-Advanced Calculus II Phys. 202 - Electricity and Magnetism Phys. 204 - Mechanics Ger. 1051 -Scientific Eng. 152- World Literature 3 4 3 3 4 17 17 SEVENTH SEMESTER Phys. 261 - Atomic Physics 4 Math. 255- Introduction to Functions of a Complex Variable 3 2 Eng.131-Fundamentals of Speech Electives 6-8 EIGHTH SEMESTER Phys. 262 - Nuclear Physics 4 Math. 257 - Partial Diff. Equations 3 Electives 8-10 15-17 15-17 1Russian may be substituted for German with the approval of the adviser. �Page 104 - DEGREE PROGRAMS Courses of Instruction Science Education Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Science Education must complete the first two years in one of the science degree curricula (B.A. in Biology, B.A. in Chemistry, or B.A. in Physics) as described in this bulletin. During the student's sophomore year he will plan with his adviser a modification of his program for the third and fourth years. This modified program will include courses required for teacher certification. When such a modified program is approved by the chairman of his department and the chairman of the education department, he will be admitted to the B. S. in Science Education curriculum. Courses required for certification are: Psy. 101 - General Psychology Psy. 102- General Psychology Ed. 100 - Introduction Ed. 200 - Educational Psychology Ed. 230 - Professional Semester 3 3 3 3 12 24 Description of Courses �Description of Courses ACCOUNTING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Capin, Curtis, P. Werner; Instructor Zavada. Acct. 101. Elementary Accounting I Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classification and interpretation of financial data; technique of recording; preparation of financial statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Three credits Acct. 102. Elementary Accounting II A continuation of Accounting IO I. Principles of partnership and corporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturing, and branch accounting; financial analyses of statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. l Ol. Three credits Acct. 111. Intermediate Accounting I Intermediate problems involving interpretation and detailed analyses of balance-sheet and profit and loss accounts; analytical processes and miscellaneous statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. l 02. Three credits Acct. 112. Intermediate Accounting II A continuation of accounting II I. Accounting for installment sales, consignments, and branch accounting. Review of partnerships including liquidations. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 111. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 109 Page 108 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Acct. 232. Auditing II Acct. 201. Cost Accounting I Advanced appl~cati~n of auditing principles to actual practice; problems of_ class1ficat10n and interpretation of accounts; study of methods of mternal control; preparation of reports to clients. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 231. Three credits Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; methods of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cost and process-cost methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, or approval of instructor. Three credits Acct. 202. Cost Accounting II Acct. 241. Advanced Accounting I Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analytical and comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; standard costs; budgets; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 201, or approval of instructor. Three credits A comprehensive review of partnerships; special procedures and problems of installment sales, consignments, home office and branch relationships; introduction to accounting for business combinations and consolidations. Class, two hours a week; laboratory~ two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112. Three credits Acct. 221. Taxes I Acct. 242. Advanced Accounting II The preparation of Federal income tax returns for individuals based on current law, regulations and court decisions; problems of inclusion and exclusion from income; gains and losses from sales and exchanges; allowable deductions. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, 202, or approval of instructor. Three credits A detailed analysis of the problems of consolidations; analysis of the procedure i1: accounting for bankruptcies, receiverships, estates and trusts, foreign exchange, and governmental units. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112 and permission of instructor. Three credits Acct. 222. Taxes II Acct. 252. Accounting Internship Tax accounting for installment and deferred payment sales; Federal tax returns for partnerships; fiduciaries and corporations; miscellaneous Federal and Pennsylvania corporate taxes. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 221. Three credits This course provides a minimum of 240 hours of accounting in the office of a Certified Public Accountant. 1 Three credits Acct. 231. Auditing I Professor Reif, chairman; Professors Cohen and Michelini· Associate Professor Ogren; Assistant Professors Kimball, Mi~ianty, Tappa; Instructor Schonwetter. An analysis of modern auditing concepts involving staff organization, professional ethics and legal responsibility, internal control, audit programs, and working papers, and original record examination. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 202. Three credits BIOLOGY Bio. 101--102. Biological Science Biological Science is a survey course intended for students who take no other courses in biology. It presents the essential general I Or the equivalent. �Page 110 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES information about plants and animals, explains fundamental laws governing the biological world, and emphasizes their relationship to man. Class, three hours a week. Three credits each semester Bio. 103--104. General Zoology General Zoology surveys the entire animal kingdom, outlines the history of biology, the organization of living matter, the structure of representatiye animals, and the methods of their classification. It considers the basic principles of physiology, genetics, embryology, evolution, and ecology. Class three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20 each course. Four credits each semester Bio. 111--112. General Botany General Botany presents a broad consideration of the plant world. It includes the study of the fundamental principles of biology, emphasizing the structure, physiology, genetics, and ecology of plants. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20 each course. Three credits each semester Bio. 121--122. Advanced General Biology Advanced General Biology presents a study of the contemporary flora and fauna of the Eastern United States, emphasizing the classifying, collecting, preserving, culturing, and utilizing of available organisms for biological study. Class, two hours a week; laboratory (including field work), four hours a week. Fee: $20 each course. Prerequisite: Bio. 104 and Bio. I 12, or permission of instructor. Three credits each semester Bio. 201. Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates Comparative Anatomy includes a study of the general morphological characteristics of selected vertebrates emphasizing the structural and embryological relationships of verterbrates generally. The taxonomy of the Phylum Chordata is stressed. Class, two hours a week;- laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. I 04. Four credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 111 Bio. 202. Embryology Embryology is the study of the early development of animals. Growth is traced from the egg to later stages in the frog, chick, and man. Laboratory work includes the technique of making slides. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 20 I, or permission of instructor. Four credits Bio. 204. Microtechnique Microtechnique is a laboratory course involving the preparation of tissues and organs for study. This course is given in conjunction with the laboratory portion of Embryology, Bio. 202, for those students who do not take Embryology. Class, one hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Three credits Bio. 211--212. Bacteriology Bio. 211 is a general introduction, covering the morphology and growth of bacteria, sterilization, and applied uses of bacteria. It also includes a brief survey of other groups of microorganisms. The laboratory work covers techniques of staining, culturing, and biochemical testing for the identification of bacteria. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Bio. 104. Four credits Bio. 212 covers the relationship of bacteria to disease, immunity, serology, and the pathogenic organisms. Laboratory work continues with special stains, identification of unknowns, isolation of bacteria from natural sources, and techniques used in applied bacteriology. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 211. Four credits Bio. 221. Histology Histology is the study of normal tissues and the arrangement of tissues to form organs and organ systems. Material is restricted to vertebrate tissues. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: through Bio. 202, or permission of instructor. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 113 Page 112 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Bio. 222. Genetics Genetics is the study of the inheritance of normal characters and the variation of these characters in plants and animals. Laboratory work includes the study of genetic mechanisms in various botanical, animal, and microbial species. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: through Bio. 221, or permission of instructor. Three credits Bio. 231. Physiology Physiology is the study of the physical and chemical activities characteristic of all living organisms. Laboratory work includes experiments involving living forms. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: through Bio. 222, Chem. 230, and Phys. 112, or permission of instructor. Four credits Bio. 232. Ecology Ecology is the study of the relationship between organisms, singly and collectively, and their environments, including the biotic and physical factors of the environments. Class, two hours a week; laboratory and field trips, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: through Bio. 231, or permission of instructor. Three credits Bio. 262. History of Biology A study of the history of biology is designed as a correlating effort in the field of biology through an historical approach. It is limited to senior students majoring in biology. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. One credit Bio. 271. Research Project Credit for this may be given only in the eighth semester. Work · may begin after satisfactory completion of the fourth semester. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. One credit BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Associate Professors Chiang, Elliot, Farrar; Assistant Professors Capin, Gera, R. Werner; Instructors Engel, Johns, R. Roberts. B.A. 114. Salesmanship The art of selling; the motive behind all buying; creation of interest and desire; presentation of services; meeting objections; types of customers. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits B.A. 209. Business Correspondence and Reports Fundamental principles of business writing with emphasis on letters and reports. Prerequisites: Eng. I 02. Three credits B.A. 216. Advertising A study of basic principles of advertising. Elements of advertising; a survey of different departments of advertising work, including copy, art, display, engraving, trade-marks, and media. Analysis of current advertisements. Advertising as a social force. Three credits B.A. 220. Real Estate . The. funda~entals of the real estate business, including cons1derat10n of titles, mortgages, leases, advertising, sale, purchase, development, and management of real property. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits B.A. 222. Marketing The fundamentals of the marketing system, its functions, institutions and their importance in the economy are studied. Marketing pricing policies and practices are investigated; reference is made to marketing activities and government participation. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES- Page 115 Page 114 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES B.A. 225. Corporation Finance A study of the economic principles underlying the capital structure of modern business enterprise. Consideration given to alternate types of business organization, corporate securities, and financial policies involved in promotion, disposition of net earnings, working capital and short-term financing, mergers, expansion, financial readjustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits B.A. 226. Investments Consideration of leading types of investments, tests, and invest ment programs; financial reports of leading companies, forecasting methods and agencies, stock exchanges, brokerage houses, methods of buying and selling securities, fraudulent promotions and their detection. Laboratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: B. A. 225. Three credits B.A. 231. Business Law - Introduction and Contracts The foundation for all subjects in the field of business law. The nature, classification and sources of law. An introduction to the structure and functioning of the Federal and State Courts as agencies for enforcement of legal rights. A brief resume of the law of Torts and Crimes with reference to business problems. Examination of the essential elements of a contract under both the common law and the Uniform Commercial Code, the nature of contract rights, discharge of contracts and remedies for their breach. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, or approval of instructor. Three credits B.A. 232. Business Law-Agency and Sales A general study of the law of agency; its nature and creation, the rights and liabilities of principals, agents and third persons, and the termination of the agency. A study of the law of sales of goods, the transfer of title and risk of loss, warranties in sales, the duties and liabilities of the parties, remedies for breach, security interests in goods. A comparison of the uniform sales act with the sales article of the Uniform Commercial Code. Prerequisite: B. A. 231. Three credits B.A. 233. Business Law - Partnerships and Corporations The principles of law governing partnerships and corporations, with emphasis on the historical development of business enterprises. The law with respect to the formation, operation, internal relationships and dissolution of partnerships and corporations with particular reference to their dependency upon the law of agency. Rights and duties of the partnership and corporate enterprise with respect to the government, the owners, and the public. Advantages and disadvantages of these forms of business activity. Prerequisite: B. A. 231. Three credits B.A. 234. Business Law-Property The law of real property, nature and types of interests in land. A discussion of deeds and their prerequisites. The rights and duties of the landowner to the public. Rights of the government versus rights of the landowner. The landlord-tenant relationship, the mortgagor-mortgagee relationship. Business crimes ( crimes affecting property). The protection of personal and business property, tangible and intangible. Prerequisite: B. A. 231, 232, Acct. I 02. Three credits B.A. 240. Property Insurance This course is a study of the fundamentals of fire, casualty, and marine insurance. Prerequisite: B.A. 232, or approval of instructor. Three credits B.A. 241. Life Insurance This course is a study of the principles, practices, and uses of life insurance from the overall viewpoint of the product, cost, market, and industry. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits B.A. 244~Time and Motion Study The principles and techniques of time and motion study. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Three credits �Page 116 -DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 117 B.A. 251. Principles of Management I Nature and evolution of management thought. Fundamental universal concepts covered: decision-making, policy formulation, planning, organizing, staffing, actuating, communicating~ directi~g, controlling, etc. Views management as a process of mtegrat_mg knowledge developed by many disciplines. ~ocial and ethical dimensions of the management process summarized. Three credits B.A. 252. Principles of Management II Application of universal concepts of management. Emphasis_ on problems of production, sales, personnel, office, fi_nance, orgarn~ation. Viewpoint on relationship to overall operat10n of enterpnse. Develops analytical abilities and decision-making skills. Case study method emphasized. Prerequisite: B.A. 251. Three credits A study of the periodic relationships of the elements and of their compounds. An introduction to physical inorganic chemistry. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. I 02 or permission of the instructor. Three credits Chem. 221. Inorganic Quantitative Analysis An introduction to the theory and practice of typical analyses: volumetric, gravimetric, and instrumental. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. I 02 or permission of the instructor. Four credits Chem. 230. Organic Chemistry I CHEMISTRY Professor Rozelle, chairman; Professor Bastress; Associate Professors Salley, Soeder, Swain; Assistant Professors Bohning, Stine. Chem. 101. Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry Chemical periodicity and stoichiometry are emphasized. States of matter, atomic theory, and dynamic equilibrium are introduced. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Four credits Chem. 102. Chemical Equilibria A study of the principles of chemical equilibria. Laboratory will involve theory and development of schem~s of qualitati~e analysis with particular emphasis on the react10ns of metallic elements. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. IO I. Four credits Chem. 210. Inorganic Chemistry An introduction to the chemistry of carbon compounds through the reactions of common functional groups in aliphatic, alicyclic, aromatic and heterocyclic systems. Reaction pathways will be considered. Emphasis in laboratory will be placed on the development of fundamental techniques. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 221 or permission of the instructor. Four credits Chem. 231. Organic Chemistry II A continuation of Chem. 230. Emphasis in laboratory is placed on advanced techniques and sequential syntheses. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 230. Five credits Chem. 232. Organic Chemistry Ila A continuation of Chem. 230. Not open to B.S. chemistry majors. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 230. Four credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 119 Page 118- DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Chem. 233. Organic Qualitative Analysis A study of the systematic identification of organic compounds and mixtures utilizing classical and instrumental techniques. Class, one hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 231. Three credits Chem. 241. Elementary Physical Chemistry The first, second, and third laws of thermodynamics are emphasized. The topics of electrochemistry, chemical kinetics, the phase rule, and the states of matter are introduced. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 221, Math. 126, Phys. 152 or permission of instructor. Four credits Chem. 242. Intermediate Physical Chemistry Electrochemistry, electrokinetic phenomena, kinetic molecular theory, Maxwell Boltzman distribution, chemical kinetics, and the states of matter are studied in detail. Quan tum mechanics and radiochemistry are introduced. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 221, Math. 126, Phys. 152 or permission of instructor. Four credits the mechanism of enzymatic catalysis. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 231, 232, or permission of instructor. Three credits Chem. 261. History of Chemistry A study of chemistry in terms of the personalities responsible for its development. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: Completion of twenty chemistry credits. One credit Chem. 262. Chemical Literature Discussion of the important sources of chemical information and experience in the use of Chemical Abstracts, Beilstein, and the chemical journals. Literature evaluation and preparation for Chem. 271 are included. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: Completion of twenty chemistry credits or permission of instructor. One credit Chem. 271. Research Original laboratory research under the direction of a staff member. Cannot be taken for credit before the seventh semester but may be a continuation of work begun before the seventh semester. A written report is required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 262. Three credits Chem. 246. Advanced Analytical Chemistry Chem. 272. Research The theory and application of modern techniques and instrumental procedures, such as spectrophotometric, electro-analytical, and chromatographic. Theory and practice of analysis of more complex materials. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 242. Four credits Continuation of Chem. 271. A written report is required. Must be taken in eighth semester. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 271. Three credits Chem. 251. Biochemistry A study of the nature and metabolism of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, and other physiological substances. Emphasis is placed on Chem. 281. Seminar Discussion of research and selected topics in chemistry conducted by senior chemistry majors and the staff. All chemistry majors are invited to attend the meetings. One-half credit �Page 120 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 121 Chem. 282. Seminar A continuation of Chem. 281. One -half credit ECONOMICS Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Associate Professors Chiang, Elliot, Farrar; Assistant Professors De Young, R. Werner; Instructor Engel. The 300 series courses are graduate courses available to undergraduate seniors with permission of the instructor. Ee. 101. Principles of Economics I Chem. 310. Systematic Inorganic Chemistry Oxidation-Reduction, atomic structure, theory and application of the principles of chemical bonding, systematic study of properties related to extra-nuclear structure of atoms, coordination chemistry, acid-base phenomena, non-aqueous solvents, descriptive chemistry. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 242 or permission of the instructor. Three credits An introductory course which presents basic economic problems and shows how these problems are solved in a free enterprise economy; the effects of the increasing importance of the economic role of government are pointed out. The course provides orientation in the broad field of economics and makes use of the analytical trends by means of which the student can understand the economic problems of his environment. Three credits Chem. 330,., 331. Advanced Organic Chemistry Ee. 102. Principles of Economics II A detailed study of modern theories of mechanism and structure. Topics include nucleophilic and electrophilic substitution, elimination reactions, molecular rearrangements, carbonyl reactions, stereochemistry, kinetics. Class, three hours a week. Three credits each semester This course is a logical sequence to Economics IO I. It is based upon a broad micro-economic foundation concentrated on such units as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Prerequisite: Ee. IO I. Three credits Chem. 340,.,341. Advanced Physical Chemistry Ee. 111. Economic History Topics include kinetic theory of gases, kinetics, quantum chemistry, atomic and molecular structure, electrochemistry, spectra, surface chemistry and solid state chemistry. Class, three hours. Three credits each semester A study of the development of economic institutions with emphasis on the historical roots and evolutionary development of our modern economy. Analysis of causes of development. Major stress is on institutions. Three credits Chem. 342. Thermodynamics The first, second, and third laws of thermodynamics are studied in detail. Statistical mechanics, including atomic and molecular spectra, is introduced. Equations for the thermodynamic properties qf certain systems are derived from statistical thermodynamics. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chem. 242 or permission of the instructor. Three credits Ee. 201. Money and Banking A study of money, credit, and banking operations. Development of American monetary and banking system. Central banking and the Federal Reserve System. Instruments of monetary control. Financial intermediaries. Monetary standards and international monetary relations. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits �Page 122 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ee. 202. Theory of Money Development of monetary theory. Liquidity preferen~e and loanable funds theories of interest. Saving, investment, and mcome determination. Keynesian and neo-Keynesian analysis. The inflationary process. Exchange rates and international monetary mechanism. Prerequisite: Ee. 20 I. Three credits Ee. 204. Consumer Credit This course includes consumer credit in its various aspects. It includes retail credit, sales finance, credit unions, and credit bureau activities. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Two credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 123 mcnts. The relationship of the American labor mO\·ement to other political, social and economic institutions is investigated. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits Ee. 223. Collective Bargaining An introduction to labor problems and an analyses of major issues in the field of labor. This course deals with collective bargaining, employment, wages, hours and union policies. Governmental participation in labor relations and collective bargaining is also investigated. Reference is made to social welfare devices such as social security, unemployment compensation and workmen's compensation. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits Ee. 212. Government and Business Ee. 225. International Trade A study of the relationship of government to economic enterprises with special attention to conditions in the United States; the regulatory activities of government agencies; administrative met~ods, objectives and results of governmental c~ntrol. R:fere~~~ 1s made to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situat10ns, pubhc ut1ht1es, trusts, transportation, extractive industries, and public enterprise. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI, Ee. 102. Theory and practice of international trade with special reference to contemporary problems and policies. The topics covered include tariffs, quotas, foreign exchange, equilibrium in international payments. A study will be made of geographic, economic, social, and political influences on international trade. Review of current policies and developments in the United States. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits Ee. 217. Economics of Transportation Problems and policies of railroads, buses, trucks, inland waterways, and air and ocean transportation; economic aspect~ of t_ra~sportation and traffic management; use of rates and tariff; significance of transportation to society. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits Three credits Ee. 226. Economic Geography of the World A study and analysis of the economic and geographic factors which underlie the national, regional, and international potentials and problems of modern man. The course attempts to give to each student a more basic understanding of causative factors and a better appreciation of the complexities involved in policy formation. Prerequisites: Ee. I 02. Three credits Ee. 222. The American Labor Movement A study of the evolving American labor movement a~d its ideology. This course deals with the development of American labor ideology and psychology in comparison with other labor move- Ee. 227. Economic Geography of North America A study and analysis of the North American continent, with ,pecial emphasis on the United States. Attention is given to the �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 125 Page 124 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ee. 236. Public Finance economic and geographic factors which have contributed to past growth and which are important determinants of future growth. In addition to a study of the nation as a unit, separate regional analyses are made of the component sections. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits Fundamental principles of public finance; government expenditures; revenue; financial policies and administration; taxation; principles of shifting and incidence of taxation; public debts and the budget; fiscal problems of federal, state, and local government; the relation of government finance to the economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, P. S. 101. Three credits Ee. 229. Comparative Economic Systems The institutions of planned economy of the U.S.~.R. and those of the contemporary experiment in evolutionary socialism in Great Britain are studied. Constant objective comparisons are made with institutions which are characteristic of a capitalistic economy. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02 or approval of instructor. Three credits Ee. 230. Business Cycles A historical analysis of major business cycles. Contemporary theories and a critical examination of public policy toward business cycles. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits Ee. 231. Applied General Statistics A course in statistical methods and their application. A collection and interpretation of statistical data, frequency distribution and measures of central tendency, fitting the normal curve, analysis of variance. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Ee. 241. Economic Analysis This course is designed to give coverage to the theory of value and distribution. The determinants of consumer demand and the principles governing costs and outputs of producers are analyzed with some stress on recent theoretical investigations. The method is abstract and deductive. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits Ee. 245. Consumer Economics The place of the consumer in the economic system. Theories of consumption; consumption minima; problems of the individual consumer as affected by income, taxes, consumer habits and standards of living are investigated. A study is made of the trends in consumption, income, income disposition and marketing and pricing of consumer goods. Relationships between government activities and the consumer are studied. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits Three credits Ee. 246. Economics Investigation Ee. 232. Economic Statistics A continuation of Economics 231. This course will include timeseries analysis, construction of index numbers, methods of correlation analysis, multiple and partial correlation, and test of significance for samples; Chi-square test. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Prerequisite: Ee. 231. Three credits Each student conducts an investigation in the field of his major interest and constructs a final report. Class instruction includes: (I) the principles of scholarly criticism, (2) compilation and use of bibliographies, and (3) details of good form as to content, table, body, footnotes, and bibliography. Prerequisite: approval of instructor (for seniors only). Three credits �Page 126-DESCRIPTION OF COURSES EDUCATION Professor Hammer, chairman; Professor Jessee; Associate Professor West; Assistant Professor Siles; Instructors Barone, Evangelista, Johnson. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 127 Ed. 211. The Teaching of Reading An introduction to the teaching of reading in the elementary grades. Two credits Ed. 100. Introduction to Education A study of the historical development of American education, the role of the school in American life, educational philosophies, educational organization and administration, school finance, school curricula, school personnel, and current issues in education. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. Three credits Ed. 212. Methods and Materials in Elementary School Arithmetic A study of curriculum content and teaching procedures in elementary school arithmetic. Two credits Ed. 200. Educational Psychology Ed. 213. Methods and Materials in Elementary School Science A study of the principles of learning and the application of psychological principles in the practice of education. Prerequisite: Psy. I 02, Junior standing. Three credits A study of curriculum content and teaching procedures in elementary school science. Two credits Ed. 209. Principles of Elementary Education Ed. 214. Methods and Materials in Elementary School Social Studies A study of the historical development and organization of the American elementary school. Prerequisite: Ed. I 00, 200. Three credits A study of curriculum content and teaching procedures in elementary school history, geography, and government. Two credits Ed. 210. Professional Semester in Elementary Education Ed. 215. Multi--Sensory Techniques in Elementary School Teaching Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare students for elementary school teaching. Fee $20. A study of the use of multi-sensory teaching aids in the elementary school classroom. One credit To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, students must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval by the Education Department Chairman. · Prerequisite: Ed. 209, Math. 102. Fifteen credits For transfer and certification purposes, credit will be assigned as follows: Ed. 216. Student Teaching in the Elementary School Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They assume classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences are arranged with co-operating teachers and coIIege supervisors. Six credits �Page 128- DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 129 Ed. 220. Professional Semester in Fine Arts Education Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare students for the teaching of art in elementary and secondary schools. Fee $20. To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester,_ studen_ts must secure the recommendation of the department cha1rman m their major and the approval by the Education Department chairman. · d · Students may schedule late afternoon or evening classes urmg the professional semester. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Fourteen credits For transfer and certification purposes, credit will be assigned as follows: Ed. 221. Art Curriculum A study of the organization of teaching materials for most effective use in the art curriculum. Three credits Ed. 225. Student Teaching in Art Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers and art specialists. They observe and teach in elementary and secondary school classrooms. Opportunities are provided for them to participate in school-wide activities. Conferences are arranged with co-operating teachers and college supervisors. Six credits Ed. 230. Professional Semester in Secondary Education Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare students for secondary school teaching. Fee: $20.00. To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, students must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval by the Education Department chairman. Students may schedule late afternoon or evening classes during the professional semester. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Twelve credits Ed. 222. The Teaching of Art A study of materials, techniques, and experiences in the public school art program; evaluation of past and present philosophies. Three credits For transfer and certification purposes, credits will be assigned as follows: Ed. 231. Principles of Secondary Education A study of the historical development and organization of the American secondary school. Ed. 223. Multi--Sensory Techniques in the Teaching of Art One and one-half credits A study of the use of multi-sensory aids in the teaching of art in elementary and secondary schools. Ed. 232. Secondary School Curriculum One credit A study of the content and organization of the secondary school curriculum. One and one-half credits Ed. 224. General Classroom Methods A study of various instructional procedures used in public school classrooms. One credit Ed. 233. Secondary School Teaching Methods A study of various teaching procedures employed in the secondary school classroom. One credit �Page 130 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ed. 234. Multi .. Sensory Techniques in Secondary School Teaching A study of the use of multi-sensory teaching aids in the secondary school classroom. One credit Ed. 235. Student Teaching in the Secondary School Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They assume classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences are arranged with co-operating teachers and college supervisors. Six credits Ed. 236. The Teaching of Reading in Secondary School Subjects Instruction in reading methods in secondary school subjects. One credit Ed. 241. Educational Measurements A study of the characteristics, construction, and use of various educational measuring instruments commonly available in secondary schools. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Two credits Ed. 242. Guidance An introduction to general principles and the techniques employed in guidance programs in public schools. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Three credits Ed. 243. Occupations An introduction to occupational research as a part of the secondary school guidance program. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 131 Ed. 244. Teaching Secondary School English A study of the organization and presentation of curricular content in secondary school Eng1ish courses. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Twenty-four credits in English. Three credits Ed. 245. Teaching Secondary School Mathematics Building of a program in secondary mathematics, and informal practice in teaching arithmetic, algebra, plane and solid geometry, trigonometry, and logarithms. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Math. 125. Three credits Ed. 246. Teaching Secondary School Science A study of the organization and presentation of curricular content in secondary school science courses. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Twenty-four credits in sciences other than Psychology. Three credits Ed. 247. Teaching Secondary School Social Studies A study of the organization and presentation of curricular content in secondary school social studies courses. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Twenty-four credits in social sciences other than Education. Three credits Ed. 250. Introduction to Educational Administration A survey of the principles of educational administration at the federal, state and local levels. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Ed. 100. Two credits ENGINEERING Associate Professor Donahoe, chairman; Associate Professor Heltzel; Assistant Professors Nejib, Thomas. Engi. 100. Engineering Problems Lectures and discussions to acquaint the student with the aims, purposes and methods of the engineer. An introduction to the �Page 132 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 133 proper method of attack upon problems, proper presentation of solutions, both mathematical and graphical, vertical freehand lettering. Instruction in the use of the slide rule necessary to problem solution. Graphs. Lecture, one hour; practicum, three hours a week. Fee: $5. Two credits Engi. 101. Basic Drawing A basic course covering the elements of projection drawing necessary for students of chemistry. It includes use of instruments, sketching, orthographic and isometric drawing and dimensioning. Practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $10. Two credits - THE STAFF Chemical Engineering Ch. E. 106. Stoichiometry A ?roblem course involving the application of basic chemical and physical concepts to the_ calculation of heat and material balances as they are encountered m the various chemical industrial processes F~ els and their combustion products, gas producers, furnace and k11n products. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 221; Phys. 151. Co-requisite: Phys. 152. Three credits Civil Engineering Engi. 103. Basic Problems A course equivalent to Engi. 100 but without the engineering orientation lectures. For non-engineering students only. May be waived by examination. Practicum, three hours a week. Fee: $5.00. One credit Engi. 105. Engineering Drawing This and the following course bear the same relation to the engineering profession as the subject of English bears to our daily life. Deals with the representation of objects according to engineering conventions. Several systems of representation, such as orthographic, isometric, and oblique, are studied. Use of instruments. Freehand sketching is emphasized. Practicum, seven hours per week. Fee: $10. Three credits Engi. 106. Descriptive Geometry Spatial relationships as represented by points, lines, planes, and other surfaces applied to problems in space. Emphasis is on applications to promote visualization by the solution of practical problems. Practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $10. Prerequisite or Co-requisite: Math.122;Engi.105 is recommended. Two credits C.E. 103. Plane Surveying Lectures, recitations_ and pro~lems on the theory and practice of pl~ne and topographic surveymg. Field exercises, including the ad1ustment and use of surveying equipment including transit level~, compass ~nd tape for surveys of area, topography, profile: gradmg, e_xcavatmg and the location of details. Interpretation of and m~ppmg from field notes with attendant computations and the bal~ncm? of survey?. Emphasis on the application of surveying to engmeermg work m general. Practicum, seven hours a week Fee: $20. · Prerequisite: Engi. 105, Math. 105 or 107 and 109. Three credits C.E. 104. Route Surveying A ~tudy of the engineering and economic problems affecting the location of routes of communication. Lectures recitations field work and problems o~ the theory and use of ~imple horidontal, compoun~, reverse, spiral and vertical alignment curves; grades, cross_ sect1~ns, mass diagrams and earth work computations, grade crossmg, : 1ght-of-way, and drainage problems. Solar observation to de_termm~ true bearing and azimuth. Class, two hours a week; practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: C. E. I 03. Four credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ,...., Page 135 Page 134 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Electrical Engineering E.E. 202. Electric and Magnetic Circuits An introduction to Electrical Engineering. Sources of electrical energy. Basic treatment of electric and magnetic circuits. Steady state network theorems. Class, three hours per week. Prerequisites: Phys. 151 and co-requisite Math. 126. Three credits M.E. 212. Mechanics II. Dynamics . ~aws of motion, rectilinear and curvilinear, for a particle and a ng1d body. Work-energy; impulse-momentum. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: M. E. 21 I. Three credits ENGLISH Mechanical Engineering M.E. 111. Manufacturing Processes Assistant Professor Fiester, acting chairman; Professor Rizzo; Associate Professor Groh; Assistant Professors Gutin Kaska Lord· Instructors Bosch, Boyle, DeArment, Fenby, Hads;l, Kerr'. Kish: Miller, Mistichelli, Molley, Quick, R. Roberts, Romines, Tyburski, Williams. Lectures, demonstrations by trips to industrial plants, instructional movies of the forming of metals and plastics by casting, rolling, pressing. Also methods of machining, and the functions performed by various machine tools on metals and plastics. Class, two hours a week; practicum, three hours a week. Fee: $15. Three credits Eng. 101. Composition M.E. 206. Kinematics Eng. 102. Composition Analytical and graphical studies of displacement, velocity and acceleration for rigid bodies in plane motion. Study of kinematic pairs and trains involving linkages, pulleys, gears and cams: instant centers, geartooth outlines and their application, epicyclic gear trains. Class, two hours a week; practicum, three hours a week. Fee: $5. Prerequisite: Engi. 106, Math. 122, Phys. 150. Three credits Principles of exposition continued; collateral reading; writing of themes; research paper. Prerequisite: Eng. IO I. Three credits M.E. 211. Mechanics I. Statics Study of force systems in equilibrium: catcnary; friction; first and second moments of areas, volumes, masses; centroids. Class. three hours a week. Prerequisite: Phys. 150, Math. 125. Co-requisite: Math. 126. Three credits Principles of exposition; collateral reading; writing of themes. Three credits Eng. 105. Advanced Exposition A study of the various expository types. Readings. Intensive practice in the writing of informative articles. Prerequisite: Eng. 10 I and 102. In exceptional cases this requirement may be waived. Three credits Eng. 131. Fundamentals of Speech A basic course in the preparation and delivery of short speeches. Two credits �Page 136 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 137 Eng. 151. Western World Literature Survey of western world literature to the beginning of the eighteenth century; lectures, quizzes, conferences. Prerequisite: Eng. 102, or substitute in composition. Four credits Eng. 214. Tudor Prose and Poetry Study of English non-dramatic literature from 1485 to 1603. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng.215.Shakespeare Eng. 152. Western World Literature Continuation of survey, bringing the study of literature down to the present time. Prerequisite: Eng. 151. Four credits Eng. 200. History of the English Language Study of the origins of the English language and of the principal phenomena of later development. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 205. Chaucer Study of Chaucer's life and major works, including The Canter- bury Tales and Troilus and Criseyde. A study of selected plays; written reports on others not studied in class. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 216. Milton and the Seventeenth Century A study of the non-dramatic literature of the period with special emphasis on the poetry of John Milton. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 220. The Eighteenth Century The chief poets and essayists of the eighteenth century. Includes Swift, Pope, and Johnson. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Eng. 237. Early English Novel Three credits English prose fiction of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries; rise of the novel to the close of the eighteenth century. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Eng. 211. Early English Drama Study of the drama from the tenth century to 1642; reading of plays by pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan dramatists exclusive of Shakespeare. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Three credits Eng. 238. Later English Novel The major novelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 212. Restoration and Eighteenth Century Drama Study of the drama from 1660 to 1780. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 240. Romantic Prose and Poetry Study of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Shelley, Keats, and Byron, with related prose writers of the Romantic Period. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ,..... Page 139 Page 138 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Eng. 245. American Literature A study of significant literature from the Age of Franklin to 1900. Prerequisite: Eng. 152, or the granting of permission. Three credits members of scenes from plays, to demonstrate stage picturization, dialogue, and movement. Each student must assist in the production of at least one play in the theater. Class and workshop. Three credits Th. Arts 202. Production Eng. 250. Victorian Prose and Poetry Readings in Tennyson, Browning, Arnold, and other significant writers of the Victorian Age. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 290. Senior Seminar Designed to cover periods and figures not studied in course work; special emphasis on the research paper. Three credits Use and operation of stage, lighting, and sound equipment. Written analysis of a one-act play, not only as a piece of literature but as a practical stage production. Each student must participate in the production of at least one play in the theater. Class and workshop. Three credits Th. Arts 203. Directing Various styles of acting, interpretation of a role, complete planning for a production culminating in workshop performances of scenes from various types of drama. Class and workshop. Three credits Eng. 291. Modern Poetry FINE ARTS Study of the major English and American poetry of the Twentieth Century. Prerequisite: Senior Standing. Three credits Eng. 294. Modern Novel Study of the major English and American novels of the Twentieth Century. Prerequisite: Senior Standing Three credits Associate Professor Colson, chairman; Assistant Professor Richards; Instructors Evangelista, Stein, Tymchyshyn. FA 101. Experiencing Art I Two and three dimensional studio work is planned for exploration of the creative process in a variety of media. Part of the general education program, this course is open to all students; no art experience is necessary. Lecture, three hours. Three credits FA 102. Experiencing Art II Eng. 296. Modern Drama Study of important dramatists, European and American, from the time of Ibsen. Prerequisite: Senior Standing. Three credits Theater Arts Th. Arts 201. Stagecraft Play selection; types of drama; making a prompt book; the practical use of the stage. Emphasis on presentation by individual class A continuation of FA 101. Prerequisite: FA IO 1. Three credits FA 103. Color and Design A study of color systems which includes their physical, psychological, and sociological properties. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 102. or equivalent. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 141 Page 140 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES FA 104. Drawing and Composition FA 124. Sculpture An introductory course which explores the potential of line, form, space, and texture with a variety of media. Studio problems include figure drawing, landscape, still life, and non-objective organization. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 103. The study of traditional and contemporary approaches to sculpture. Three credits FA 106. Water Color Painting A basic course in transparent water color painting. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 104. Three credits FA 109. Oil Painting I An introductory course; no art experience is necessary. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Three credits FA 110. Oil Painting II Increased emphasis is placed in the development of a more personal style and technique. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 109. Three credits FA 121. Modeling and Three Dimensional Construction An introductory course in three-dimensional expression; various materials are employed for experimentation with realistic and nonrealistic forms. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA I 02. Three credits FA 122. Ceramics Students explore the making of pottery by solid, coil, slab, casting, wheel, and primitive techniques; they experiment with a variety of methods for surface decoration including slip, engobe, sgraffito, and underglaze. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Three credits Three credits FA 125. Metalwork and Jewelry A course in basic metalwork and jewelry techniques and design. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Three credits FA 126. Graphics A study of graphic expression including silkscreen, linoleum block, and wood block printing; etching; and lithography. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Three credits FA 201. History of Art I History of art from the prehistoric period through the Gothic era. Two credits FA 202. History of Art II History of art from the Renaissance through the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: FA 201. Two credits FA 203. History of Modern Art A study of twentieth century art forms. Two credits FA 205. Contemporary Design A study of man's visual expression as conditioned by materials, technology, form, and function. Two credits FA 220. Studio Problems Provides advanced study and research for Fine Arts Education students. Lecture, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Two credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 143 Page 142 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES FA 290. Senior Exhibit Fr. 105. Technical French A study of exhibition techniques. Required of all Fine Arts majors in either the fall or spring semester of their senior year. Studio, 2 hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Intensive practice in translating. A course designed for students who wish to be able to read material in French in their particular fields of interest. Prerequisite: Fr. 103 or the equivalent. Three credits Two credits FOREIGN LANGUAGES (Modern) Associate Professor Disque, chairman; Assistant Professor de Cubas; Instructors Goldenberg, Miller, Nitchie, Phillips, Ribas, Snyder, Sweeney, Valero. Fr. 106. French Conversation Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records and language laboratory to acquire fluency in speaking French. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. Three credits French Fr. 101. Elementary French Fr. 201.-202. Survey of French Literature Introduction to French grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Students presenting two or more units from high school in French will not be granted credit for this course. A survey of the evolution of French literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of French literature. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. Three credits Fr. 102. Elementary French Continuation of Fr. 10 I. Students presenting two or more units from high school in French will not be granted credit for this course. Prerequisite: Fr. 10 I or the equivalent. Three credits Fr. 103. Intermediate French Review of grammar; practice in oral and written French; selected readings of modern French prose. Prerequisites: Fr. 102 or the equivalent. Three credits Three credits each semester Fr. 203. French Literature of the Seventeenth Century Study of classicism and the outstanding writers of the seventeen th century. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. Three credits Fr. 205. French Literature of the Eighteenth Century Fr. 104. Intermediate French Introduction to French civilization; practice in oral and written French. Prerequisite: Fr. 103 or the equivalent. Three credits Study of the literature and thought in the eighteenth century, with special emphasis on Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, and Rousseau. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. Three credits �Page 144 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Fr. 206. French Literature of the Nineteenth Century Study of Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, the Parnassian poets, and Symbolism. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 145 Ger. 105. Scientific German Reading of selections from scientific German. Prerequisite: Ger. 103 or equivalent. Three credits Fr. 208. Contemporary French Drama Ger. 106. German Conversation The development of modern drama from the latter half of the nineteenth century to the present. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. Three credits Emphasis laid on speaking, with drill in the colloquial vocabulary. Use of records and language laboratory to acquire fluency in speaking German. Prequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. Three credits German Ger. 101. Elementary German Introduction to German grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Students presenting two or more units from high school in German will not be granted credit for this course. Three credits Ger. 102. Elementary German Ger. 201--202. Survey of German Literature A sur\'ey of the literature of the important periods from the beginning to 1932. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. Three credits each semester Ger. 203. Goethe Continuation of German 101. Reading of easy prose and poetry. Some stress on German culture, life, and customs. Students p!\. senting two or more units from high school in German will not be granted credit fo::- this course. Three credits Reading and interpretation of selected works of Goethe. Lectures and individual reports. Prerequisite: Ger.201-202 or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 103. Intermediate German Ger. 204. Schiller Emphasis on difficult grammatical construction and idioms. Reading of prose; practice in speaking and writing German. Prerequisite: Ger. 102 or equivalent. Three credits Poet of German idealism. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 104. Intermediate German Ger. 205. Nineteenth Century German Drama Continuation of Ger. 103. Rapid reading of German works representative of German life and history; practice in writing and speaking German. Prerequisite: Ger. 103 or equivalent. Three credits The German drama of the nineteenth century from Ludwig Tieck to Gerhart Hauptmann. Lectures and reports on the literary and cultural history of the times. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits �Page 146 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 147 Ger. 206. Modern German Short Story Sp. 106. Spanish Conversation The modern German short story from naturalism to the present. Individual reports; lectures on the cultural and literary history of the period. Prerequisite: Ger. 201 202 or equivalent. Three credits Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records and language laboratory to acquire fluency in speaking Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. Three credits Spanish Sp. 101. Elementary Spanish Introduction to Spanish grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Students presenting two or more units from high school in Spanish will n ot be granted credit for this course. Three credits Sp. 102. Elementary Spanish Continuation of Spanish 101. Students presenting two or more units from high school in Spanish will not be granted credit for this course. Prerequisite: Sp. 101 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 108. Spanish American Culture The cultural, economic, and political development of the Spanish American countries. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 201--202. Survey of Spanish Literature A survey of the evolution of Spanish literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of Spanish literature. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. Three credits each semester Sp. 103. Intermediate Spanish Sp. 203. The Golden Age of Spanish Literature Review of grammar; practice in oral and written Spanish; selected readings from modern Spanish prose. Prerequisite: Sp. 102 or equivalent. Three credits Study of the great authors of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, with special emphasis on Cervantes, Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina, Alarcon, and Calderon. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 104. Intermediate Spanish Introduction to Spanish civilization; practice in oral and written Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 105. Commercial Spanish The study of Spanish as it pertains to economic relations between the Spanish-speaking countries and the United States. Special emphasis on the writing of business letters. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 204. Nineteenth Century Spanish Drama Study of representative works of nineteenth century Spanish drama. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 205. Nineteenth Century Spanish Novel The development of the Spanish novel in the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: Sp.201-202 or equivalent. Three credits �Page 148 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 149 Russian Rus. 10 L Elementary Russian Basic systematic introduction to the grammatical essentials of Russian; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Three credits Rus. 102. Elementary Russian Continuation of Russian IO I. Graded elementary readings depicting the culture, life, and customs of the Russian people. Prerequisite: Rus. IO I or equivalent. Three credits Rus. 103. Intermediate Russian A review of basic grammar followed by emphasis on advanced grammatical structure. Reading of selected prose, directed standardsituation conversation, and composition of Russian. Prerequisite: Rus. I 02 or equivalent. Three credits Rus. 104. Intermediate Russian Continuation of Rus. 103. Stress on conversational and written Russian to provide the student with confidence for self-expression and a basic active vocabulary. Practice in topical readings. Prerequisite: Rus. I 03 or equivalent. Three credits GENERAL SCIENCE The following courses in Biological Science and Physical Science are described in the offerings of the Biology and Physics Departments. These courses are generally used to meet the science requirements of the liberal arts students. The courses listed in Environmental Science may also be elected to fulfill these requirements. Bio. 101--10 2. Biological Science (See page 109.) Env. Sci. 101. Introductory Earth Science Structure and composition of Earth from core to crust, crustal movements, weathering, erosion and sedimentation; the oceans. including the principal currents, bottom topography, general chemistry and biology, and ocean-atmosphere interactions; the atmosphere, its structure and composition, and general elements of meteorology and climatology. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory. Three credits Env. Sci. 102. Introductory Space Science Descriptive astronomy with primary emphasis on the solar system and Earth as a planet; the physical and chemical processes of the outer atmosphere; and the principles of satellite orbits and space travel. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory. Three credits Phys. 101--102. Physical Science (See page 169.) HISTORY Professor Kaslas, chairman; Associate Professor Cox; Assistant Professors Berg, Connolly, Ireland, Show; Instructors Hughes, Memming. Hist. 101--102. History of World Civilization This course is designed as a survey of all the basic cultures of the world. The major portion of the course will be devoted to the de\'elopment of western civilization. Attention will also be given to the part played by America in world history, especially during the expansion of Europe and in the twentieth century. Three credits each semester Hist. 107. American and Pennsylvania History to 1865 A general survey extending from the period of discovery and exploration to the end of the Civil War. All students will be required to do a certain proportion of their outside reading in the history of Pennsylvania and its relation to the development of the nation. Three credits �Page 150 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 151 Hist. 108. American History Since 1865 A general survey covering the period from 1865 to the present. Three credits Hist. 209. Ancient History: Near East The birth of civilization in Mesopotamia and Egypt. Babylonian, Persian and Judaic backgrounds of western civilization. Attention will also be paid to certain lesser civilizations, with emphasis on the role of archeology. Prerequisite: Hist. l Ol and I 02. Three credits Hist. 210. Ancient History: Classical World The direct Greco-Roman antecedents for western civilization will be developed, beginning with Mycenae, through Homer, the Golden age, Hellenistic world, and the rise and fall of Rome. Emphasis will be on the cultural contributions of each group and period to our present world. Prerequisite: Hist. IO I and I 02. Three credits Hist. 211. Medieval Ages Consideration will be given to political, economic, cultural institutions and activities, and intellectual development in Medie\'al Europe to the early Renaissance. Prerequisite: Hist. IO I and I 02. Three credits Hist. 212. The Renaissance and Reformation Within the political and economic framework of the period, study will be made of the culture of the Renaissance, the religious reform and conflicts resulting from the crisis in the sixteenth century. Prerequisite: Hist. IO I and I 02. Three credits Hist. 221 ... 222. American Social and Intellectual History A study of social and intellectual developments in the United States from the colonial period to the present time. During the first semester emphasis will be placed on the influence of the American environment during the colonial period and of expansion and sectional disputes in the federal period upon society and upon religious, economic, and political thought. During the second semester the influences of industrialization, the rise of nationalism, and the emergence of the United States as a World Power will be emphasized. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. Three credits each semester Hist. 223 . . 224. American Constitutional History A study of the origins of the American Constitution and the growth of the American constitutional system with special attention to the role of the Supreme Court. Prerequisite: Hist. 107, 108, and P. S. 102. Restricted to juniors and seniors. Hist. 223 is a prerequisite for Hist. 224. Three credits each semester Hist. 227 . . 228. History of the Foreign Policy of the United States A study of the evolution of the several policies that give direction to the relations of the United States with other nations. Prerequisite: Hist. 101, 102, 107, and 108. Three credits each semester. Hist. 235 ... 236. History of the Far East A study of the history of the civilizations developed in India, China, and Japan with emphasis on their inter-relations and distinctive characteristics and on their transformation in response to the penetration of western civilization from the sixteenth century onward. Some attention will be given to similar developments and changes among the countries of Southeast Asia. Fall semester: to c. 1760. Spring semester: I 760 to the present. Prerequisite: Hist. 10 I and 102. Three credits each semester. Hist. 241 . . 242. History of Great Britain and the British Empire and Commonwealth A study of British history from the Roman occupation to recent times. During the first semester emphasis is placed on the relations �Page 152 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 153 and contrasts between British and continental developments and the rise of the British nation and its expansion overseas. During the second semester emphasis is placed on the transition from a constitutional monarchy to a mature democracy, from an essentially agricultural to an industrial economy, and from the mercantilist empire to the Commonwealth of Nations. Intellectual and artistic developments will be touched upon insofar as they are related to the above changes. Prerequisite: Hist. IO I and I 02. Three credits each semester. Hist. 255. Europe in the Nineteenth Century A study of the political, social, and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits Hist. 256. Europe in the Twentieth Century Against a background of the internal and international developments of the leading powers, the class will study the origins and results of the two World Wars. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits Hist. 257. History of Russia to 1815 A brief review of demographic and geographic factors will be used as background for a study of the political, social, and intellectual history of Russia from early times to 1815. Prerequisite: Hist. IO I and 102. Three credits Hist. 258. History of Modern Russia A thorough examination of nineteenth century Imperial Russia will serve as a basis for a detailed study of the development of Russia in the twentieth century. Emphasis will be on the origins and political, social, and cultural evolution of the Soviet State from its inception to the present. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and I 02. Three credits Hist. 270. Historical Research Independent study including the basic techniques of the hand ling of documentary historical source materials, measuring the \ alue of evidence, and formal presentation of the results of research. A student research paper is required. Prerequisite: Consent of head of department. One to three credits Hist. 271. Historiography An introduction to the aims. methods and accomplishments of some of the most renowned historians of Europe and America. Prerequisite: Consent of head of department. One credit MATHEMATICS Associate Professor T. R. Richards, chairman; Associate Professor Earl; Assistant Professors De Cosmo, N aparsteck, Wasileski; Instructors Kravitz, Salsburg, Sours. Math. 101~102. Fundamentals of Mathematics A course designed for those who want a general background in mathematical concepts without specialization in techniques. Three credits each semester Math. 105. College Algebra and Trigonometry A combination of Math. 107 and 109. Fiue credits Math. 107. College Algebra Proportion, progressions, inequalities, mathematical induction, binomial theorem, complex numbers, roots of equations, permutations and combinations, probability, determinants, partial fractions . Three credits Math. 109. Plane Trigonometry Trigonometric functions, solutions of triangles, trigonometric identities, inverse functions, trigonometric equations. Three credits �Page 154 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Math. 115. Mathematics of Finance Progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms, simple interest, compound interest, equations of value, annuities, sinking funds, amortization, depreciation, capitalized cost. Three credits Math. 122. Analytic Geometry Study of geometric figures by means of coordinate systems, including the general problem of the equation of a locus, straight lines, circles, conic sections, transformation of coordinates, polar coordinates, parametric equations, families of curves, introduction to solid analytic geometry. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or both Math. 107 and 109, or the equi val en t. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES- Page 155 Math. 214. Linear Algebra Vector spaces, linear independence, linear transformations, matrices, determinants, systems of linear equations. Prerequisite: Math. 213 or permission of instructor. Three credits Math. 220. College Geometry Similar figures, systems of circles, circular inversion, triangles, Ptolemy's theorem, circles of antisimilitude, poles and polars, medians orthocenters, nine-point circle, Desargues' theorem, Pascal's theorem, theorem of Pappus. Prerequisite: plane geometry. Three credits Four credits Math. 125. Calculus I Limits, derivatives and differentials, indefinite and definite integrals, differentiation and integration of algebraic functions, applications. Prerequisite: Math. 122. Four credits Math. 126. Calculus II Differentiation and integration of transcendental functions, applications, improper integrals, indeterminate forms, partial derivatives, multiple integrals. Prerequisite: Math. 125. Four credits Math. 228. Mathematical Statistics I Probability, frequency functions, empirical distributions of one rnriable, moment generating functions, binomial and Poisson distributions, normal distribution, the null hypothesis, elementary sampling theory. Prerequisite: Math. 126. Three credits Math. 229. Mathematical Statistics II Correlation and regression, theoretical distributions of more than one variable, normal surface, goodness of fit, chi-square distribution, testing hypotheses, estimation of parameters, confidence intervals, small samples, student's t-distribution, testing for randomness. Prerequisite: Math. 228. Three credits Math. 213. Higher Algebra Sets, mappings, operations, relations, groups, integral · domains, fields; particular illustration of the foregoing by an axiomatic development of the real and complex number systems. Prerequisite: Math. 125, or permission of instructor. Three credits Math. 235. Vector Analysis Vector algebra, differentiation of vectors, divergence and curl, the operator del, curvilinear coordinates, vector fields, applications. Prerequisites: Math. 126. Three credits �Page 156 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 157 Math. 240. Differential Equations and Infinite Series Math. 257. Partial Differential Equations First order equations, linear equations, applications, solution by successive approximation, systems of differential equations, infinite series, power series solution of differential equations. Prerequisite: Math. 126. Review of Fourier series. The linear, second-order partial differential equation, and its transformation into the canonical forms. Solution of the wave equation; the method of separation of variables. Solution of the potential equation; its boundary-value problems. Solution of the heat equation; series solutions. Approximate solutions of partial differential equations. Prerequisite: Ma th 252. Four credits Math. 241. Numerical Analysis Three credits Solution of equations and systems of equations, e.g. special methods which are efficient for computation, approximation of functions by polynomials, interpolation, numerical integration, initial value problems of differential equations, matrix inversion, and matrix eigenvalues. Prerequisite: Mathematics 240. Math. 260. Introduction to Topology Sets, metric spaces, topological spaces, compactness, separation, connectedness, Stone-Weierstrass theorems, Hausdorff spaces, normed linear spaces. Prerequisite: Math 251. Three credits Three credits Math. 251. Advanced Calculus I Computer Science Introduction to the theory of functions of real variables. The emphasis in this course and the following one is on proof, by the delta-epsilon technique, of theorems concerning sequences and other functions of one variable. Some time is spent on functions of more than one variable. Prerequisite: Math. 126. Comp. Sci. 101. Introduction to Computer Science Logical structure of a computer, algorithms, binary, arithmetic, functions of computer parts, machine orders, order codes, machine solution using a programming language, problem solving. Fee: $20. Three credits Three credits Comp. Sci. 102. Data Processing Math. 252. Advanced Calculus II A continuation of Math. 251. Prerequisite: Math. 251. Three credits Survey of problems and techniques involved in handling large amounts of information, both numerical and non-numerical serial file processing, searching and sorting, information retrieval: data reduction, file maintenance, document preparation, real time applications, automatic translation. Fee: $20. Three credits Math. 255. Introduction to Functions of a Complex Variable The complex numbers and complex plane. The elementary functions. Continuity and differentiability, the Cauchy-Riemann equations. Cauchy's integral theorem and formulas. Power series. Prerequisite: Math. 252. Three credits MUSIC 1 Associate Professor Gasbarro, chairman; Assistant Professors Chapline, Garber, Partchey, Richter, Snyder, Sullivan; Instructors Balshaw, A. Liva. 1 There is a music fee of $10 per semester for all Music and Music Education majors. �Page 158 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Applied Music Individual and group instruction is offered at all levels of difficulty to students in piano, pipe organ, voice, and orchestral and band instruments. A series of fifteen lessons a semester and a practical demonstration (examination) before the music faculty are necessary if credit is to be obtained for such study. Students who are not music majors may receive one credit each semester for voice or instrumental study. No examination is necessary if credit is not desired by the student. The ability, interest, and progress of students intending to major in music will be evaluated at the end of the sophomore year by the music faculty. Students will be advised before the opening of the following semester if the faculty does not recommend a continuation of the music major. Fees for private instruction are in addition to the regular tuition charge. One credit each semester Mus. 101. Introduction to the Materials and Literature of Music I The materials of music and their interrelationships. Illustrations are derived from literature of all periods for the purpose of developing understanding and enjoyment through perceptive listening. Three credits Mus. 102. Introduction to the Materials and Literature of Music II A survey of performance literature extending from the Baroque period to the present. Directed listening to illustrations of various media, forms, and styles characteristic of each period for the purpose of stimulating critical judgment in the listener. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 159 The first two semesters of theory include ear training, two hours; solfeggio, two hours; harmony, one hour. The third and fourth semesters include ear training, one hour; solfeggio, one hour; harmony, three hours. The concentration of all theory into these four courses is in accordance with the method now employed in many of our leading schools of music. There is no prerequisite for Mus. 101. Students may be admitted to Mus. 102, 103, and 104 by examination. Five credits each course Mus. 109. History of Music I A detailed study of the history of music from the beginning of civilization to the seventeenth century. Three credits Mus. 110. History of Music II A continuation of Mus. 109, beginning with J. S. Bach and tracing musical development to the present day. Twentieth century music will be emphasized in the final weeks of study. Three credits Mus. 111--112. Piano Class 1 and 2 Class instruction in secondary piano. The classes will be divided into suitable groups according to proficiency. This course is required for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mus. 105--106--107 --108. Theory of Music The study of the theory of music is centered upon three main principles: ( 1) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. (2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through keyboard harmony. (3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. Mus. 113--114. Piano Class 3 and 4 Class instruction in secondary piano in advance of Music 112. This course is a continuation of the required course for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. Prerequisite: Mus. 112. Two credits each semester �Page 160 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES- Page 161 Mus. 121--122--123--124. Band Mus. 217. Analysis The band offers the student a varied program for concerts and for various athletic events. Students desiring to participate in the band should consult with the Director. All instrumental music education majors are required to participate in the band for four years. The technique of composition as disclosed by melodic, harmonic, and structural analysis of music in varied styles and from diverse periods. Prerequisite: Mus. 102 or equivalent as demonstrated by an examination. One-half credit each semester Mus. 125--126--127--128. Chorus The chorus offers the student a complete range of sacred and secular choral music. Students desiring to participate in the chorm should consult with the Director. All music education majors studying voice or piano are required to participate in the chorus for four years. Two credits Mus. 218. Counterpoint A study of the sixteenth century art of contrapuntal writing as found in the styles of Palestrina, di Lasso, and Ingegneri. Prerequisite: Mus. 102. Three credits One-half credit each semester MUSIC EDUCATION1 Mus. 131--132--133--124. Orchestra Participation in the Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra gives the student experience in the complete range of symphonic literature. Students desiring to participate in the orchestra should consult with the Director. One-half credit each semester Mus. 215. Instrumentation The instruments of the modern symphonic orchestra, their capabilities and limitations. The technique of scoring for small instrumental combinations; transposition and clef manipulation. Prerequisite: Mus. 102 or the approval of the Chairman of the Department. Two credits Mus. 216. Orchestra and Band Arranging Scoring for the large orchestra or the modern symphonic band. The student may select his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Mus. 215. Two credits Mus. Ed. 101--102. Clarinet Class and Methods Methods of teaching and instruction in the clarinet for those in the public school music course. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mus. Ed. 103--104. Brass Class and Methods A course, usually in trumpet, for students not majoring in the brass field. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mus. Ed. 105. Woodwind Class Methods A class conducted as an introduction to the teaching of such wood-winds as clarinet, oboe, flute, and bassoon, with demonstrations of the class teaching of those instruments. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 102. Two credits each semester 1 There majors. is a music fee of $10 per semester for all Music and Music Education �Page 162 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 163 Mus. Ed. 106. Brass Class Methods Mus. Ed. 201. Elementary School Music Methods A class in brass is conducted as an introduction to the teaching of brass instruments and as demonstration of class teaching of these instruments. The instruments taught include trumpet, French horn, trombone, baritone, and tuba. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 104. Two credits The course involves a general preparation for the teachers of music in the elementary grades. It entails a study of the principles, procedures, and objectives in school music. No prerequisite. Two credits Mus. Ed. 202. High School Music Methods Mus. Ed. 107,, 108. Voice Class and Methods A course in the fundamentals of correct voice production; breathing, breath control, elementary study of vowel forms, and consonants. Elementary songs are used to develop the student's own voice as well as to train him in voice pedagogy. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mus. Ed. 109-- 110. Conducting and School Music Materials The development of an adequate baton technique and the presentation of various kinds of school music material, stressing particularly elementary and high school instrumental materials the first semester and high school choral materials the second semester. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mus. Ed. 111-- 112. Violin Class and Methods A class in elementary violin playing as a practical introduction to the technical problems involved in the playing of stringed instruments. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mus. Ed. 113--114. String Instrument Class Methods A class in the playing of the viola, violoncello, and bass as an introduction to the teaching of these instruments and as a demonstration of class teaching. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 112. Two credits each semester The course is planned to provide a preparation for teaching the rnrious aspects of music in the high school. No prerequisite. Two credits Mus. Ed. 240. Professional Semester in Music Education Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare for the teaching of music in elementary and secondary schools. Fee: $20. To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, students must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval of the Education Department chairman. Students may schedule late afternoon or evening classes during the professional semester. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Eight credits For transfer and certification purposes, credit will be assigned as follows: Mus. Ed. 241. General Classroom Methods A study of various instructional procedures used in public school classrooms. One credit Mus. Ed. 242. Multi--Sensory Techniques in the Teaching of Music A study of the us~ of multi-sensory aids in the teaching of music in elementary and secondary schools. One credit �Page 164,...., DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Mus. Ed. 243. Student Teaching in Music A course in the observation and student teaching of vocal or instrumental music in elementary and secondary schools. Six credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ,...., Page 165 effective methods of teaching and the evaluation of student progress and achievement. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Two credits NURSING EDUCATION Professor Jessee, chairman; Instructors Liggett, M. Riley. Enrollment in all of the following courses with the exception of N. E. 102 and 104 is limited to graduate nurses. N.E. 101. Foundations of Nursing A general survey of the history of nursing with emphasis upon the religious, social, and educational factors that have stimulated its development. Two credits N.E. 102. Trends in Nursing A discussion of present problems in nursing and trends or patterns that emerge in the efforts to solve these problems. Two credits N.E. 104. Community Resources A survey of the functions and activities of agencies and organizations contributing to the health and social welfare of the citizens of the community. N.E. 108. Multi-Sensory Techniques in Nursing Education A study of the use of multi-sensory teaching aids in nursing education. Prerequisite: N. E. 107 (may be taken concurrently). One Credit N.E. 112. Field Experience in Supervision or Teaching Supervised observation and practice in a hospital. Prerequisite: Approval of adviser. Four credits N.E. 113,., 114. Medical and Surgical Nursing Advanced study of nursing principles and techniques as applied ~o the expert nursing care of medical and surgical patients. Offered m two semesters. Two credits each semester Two credits N .E. 106. Supervision and Administration A discussion of the basic principles of supervision and administration with emphasis upon democratic leadership and the development of constructive interpersonal and interdepartmental relationships. Two credits N.E. 107. Principles and Methods in Nursing Education This course deals with the selection and organization of teaching materials and learning experiences. It includes the appraisal of PHILOSOPHY-RELIGION Professor Vujica, chairman; Assistant Professor Kay; Instructors Barras, Williams. Philosophy Phil. 101. Introduction to Philosophy . An in_troduction to the nature and function of philosophy, and its relat10ns to some of the other fields of human interest. The approach is through such typical problems as: the nature and origin of life, the relation of mind and body, freedom of the will, the theories of right and wrong, arguments for theism. Three credits �Page 166 -- DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES- Page 167 Phil. 102. Logic and Scientific Method Phil. 207. Philosophies of History Elementary principles and techniques of clear and sound thinking. General rules of inductive and deductive reasoning; recognition of fallacies; the nature of scientific knowledge, its methods, its aims, its presuppositions. Three credits A study of the various interpretations of history. The views of Augustine, Vico, Rousseau, Kant, Hegel, Marx, Comte, Spengler, Schweitzer, Toynbee, Sorokin, Niebuhr and others on the meaning of historical even ts. Three credits Phil. 105. Ethics A critical study of standards for judging the rightness or wrongness of conduct. An inquiry into what men ought to do. A survey of representative ethical theories with the emphasis on their application to currently controversial issues in the social, economic, and political fields. Three credits Phil. 204. Philosophy of Religion An examination of various problems that arise when religion is made the object of philosophic reflection. The nature and forms of religious experience; the relation of faith and reason; arguments for God's existence; the problem of evil; the argument for immortality. Three credits Phil. 205. Aesthetics Analysis of the nature, standards and criteria of value in literature, painting, music, and other forms of arts; the meaning of resthetic judgments and processes of appreciation. An examination of the objective qualities of those things which are found to be resthetically effective. Three credits Phil. 206. Social and Political Philosophies Social and political institutions as seen by such classical critics as Plato, Aristotle, Hobbes, Hume, Burke, Bentham and others. Special attention to analysis of the problems of censorship, relation of church and state, prejudice, aims and methods of democratic ins ti tu tions. Three credits Phil. 209. Ancient and Medieval Philosophy A study of the development of Western thought from Thales to Occam with special attention to such key thinkers as Plato, Aristotle, Democritus, Plotinus, Thomas Aquinas and Duns Scotus. Three credits Phil. 210. Modern and Contemporary Thought A review of the history of Western philosophy from Descartes to Sartre with emphasis on such major figures as Spinoza, Locke, Hume, Berkeley, Kant, Hegel, Schopenhauer, Nietzche, Russell and Wittgenstein. Three credits Religion Rel. 200. Man's Religions Nature and origin of religion. Sacred literatures, beliefs, and rituals of the great historical and living faiths. A comparison of the more important features of the great religions. The contributions of religion to the development and preservation of cultural values. Three credits Rel. 201. The Literature of the Old Testament The course aims at giving the student an insight into the books of the Old Testament and the range and depth of the religious heritage received from Israel. The biblical message is studied in its dynamic context of the culture, geography and history of the ancient Near East. Three credits Rel. 202. The Literature of the New Testament An examination of the form and content of the books of the New Testament as literary products and as records of the faith that gave �Page 168- DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES- Page 169 rise to the Christian Church. The teachings of Jesus and the Apostolic Church are studied against the background of their own time and examined in their significance for contemporary life. Three credits PHYSICS PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE Associate Professor Reese, chairman; Assistant Professor Schmidt; Instructors Rainey, Saracino, Mieszkowski. Because of the importance of health and the possession of a sound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students as a regular part of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of sport or exercise for each student are included in the program of physical education. Physical education is required of both men and women during the freshman and sophomore years. The College men at the beginning of each year are given a medical and a physical examination. The work in physical education includes soccer, football, basketball, baseball, volley ball, and other competitive games. J'he College women also are given a thorough medical and physical examination before entering upon the program of physical education. The work for women consists of such activities as dancing, basketball, and natural gymnastics. P.E. 101 .. 102 .. 103 .. 104. Physical Education This course is designed to promote physical well-being and good health habits and to encourage participation in activities that will provide relaxation and exercise throughout life. Two hours each week. P.E. 105 .. 106. Hygiene 1 A study of present day health problems. The course undertakes to help students enjoy maximum health and happiness through better understanding of nutrition, infection, disease, nervous and mental disorders, and problems of parenthood. One hour each week. One credit each semester I Class instruction in personal hygiene is required of all students, even those excused by physicians from taking physical education. Associate Professor Donahoe, chairman; Professor Bellas; Associate Professors Bruch, Holden; Assistant Professors Morrow, Nejib, Postepska, Taylor, Thomas; Instructor Lewis. Phys. 101 .. 102. Physical Science A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the methods, concepts, and vocabulary of physics and applications of some of its outstanding principles to the needs of the individual and the communi~y; and . the manner in which the continually expanding frontiers of science affect our future way of life. Lecture demonstration, and discussion three hours a week. ' Three credits each semester Phys. 111 .. 112. Introductory Physics An introductory course designed to promote an understanding of the _more impor~ant fundamental laws and methods of the major sect10ns of P~ys1cs. Laboratory work to emphasize basic principles and to acquamt the student with measuring instruments and their use as well as the interpretation of experimental data. First semester: mechanics, wave motion, sound, and heat. Second semester: electricity, magnetism, and optics. Three class hours and one three-hour laboratory each week. Fee: $20 each semester. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109, or permission of instructor. Four credits each semester Phys. 150. General Physics I A thorough grounding in the concepts, principles, and physical laws of Mechanics, Thermodynamics, and Acoustics. Instruction by demonstration lecture, recitation, and experimental work. Demonstration lecture two hours a week, recitation one hour a week, laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Math 105, or Math. 107, 109. Four credits Phys. 151. General Physics II Continuation of Phys. 150. Electricity and Magnetism, and Op- �Page 170 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES tics and Light. Demonstration lecture two hours a week, recitation one hour a week, and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Phys. 150. Four credits Phys. 152. General Physics III Continuation of Phys. 150 and 151. Modern physics. Including the experimental basis, concepts, and foundational principles of modern atomic and nuclear physics. Demonstration lecture three hours a week. Prerequisite: Phys. 151. Three credits Phys. 201 ~ 202. Electricity and Magnetism Static and dynamic electricity, magnetism, electromagnetism, thermoelectricity, etc., are covered in considerable detail. The emphasis in this course is on fundamental analysis rather than applications. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week each semester. Fee: $20 each semester. Prerequisites: Phys~ 151, Math. 240. Four credits each semester Phys. 203~ 204. Mechanics Intermediate level courses designed to develop a thorough understanding of the principles of mechanics and the application of mathematical methods to the solution of its problems. Topics include Newtonian motions of particle systems (such as a harmonic oscillator, central force pro bl ems, etc.), rotations of rigid bodies, moving coordinate systems, continuous media, inertia and stress, tensors, Lagrange's equations of motion ( theory of small vibrations). Recitation lecture three hours a week. Prerequisites: Phys. 15 I and Math. 240. Three credits each semester Phys. 211. Optics and Light The principles of geometrical and physical optics are considered in considerably greater detail than in the introductory course. Image formation, refraction, diffraction, origin of spectra, polarized DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 171 light, optical activity, etc. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisites: Phys. 152, Math 240. Four credits Phys. 212. Thermodynamics The fundamental concepts of thermodynamics. The first and second laws of Thermodynamics, Carnot cycle, entropy, and an introduction to statistical mechanics. Three hours lecture-discussion. Prerequisite: Phy~. 152, Math. 240. Three credits Phys. 221 ~ 222. Electronics A study of v~~uum tubes, transistors, and their application in circuits for rectification, amplification, oscillation, switching, etc. Two hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20 each semester. Prerequisite: Phys. 152. Three credits each semester Phys. 241~242. Advanced Laboratory Students desiring to undertake laboratory work in topics of their own choosing should consult the department chairman. Lab fee: $7 per credit hour. Prerequisites: Phys. 152, Math. 240. One or two credits - Hours to be arranged Phys. 251. Electrical Measurements Precision measurement of electrical quantities and their application to the field of chemistry; includes thermal electromotive force, resistance thermometers, photo electromotive force, elementary electronic circuits and their application. Class, two hours a week and laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 151, Math. 126. Three credits Phys. 261. Atomic Physics The structure of the atom, the photo-electric effect, crystal structure, X-rays, spectra, introduction to quantum theory. Class, three hours and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisites: Phys. 202, Math. 240. Four credits �Page 172 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 173 Phys. 262. Nuclear Physics P.S. 102. Political Science II Special relativity, natural and induced radioactivity, nuclear structure, nuclear reactions, reactors, etc. Class, three hours and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 261. Four credits A descriptive and analytical study of the theory and practice of American National Government including its cons ti tu tional basis, organization, powers, and functions and services. Three credits Phys. 271. Modern Physics A course intended to show the growth of the American Constitution particularly United States governmental structure and relationships with special emphasis on change in the Constitution, the three branches of government, the Federal System, and the powers of the National Government. The case study method is used. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits A further study of the modern concepts of atomic and nuclear physics. Spectra: radioactivity, photo-electricity, X-rays, solids. Intended for students not majoring in physics. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Phys. 151, 152, and Math. 240. Three credits Phys. 281. Topics in Theoretical Physics Selected topics depending upon the interests of the instructor and students. Topics might include advanced mechanics, quantum mechanics, electromagnetic theory, relativity, etc. Class, three hours. Prerequisites: Math. 240, Math. 252. Corequisites: Phys. 261 or approval of the instructor. Three credits Phys. 282. Topics in Solid State Physics P.S. 201. Constitutional Law I P.S. 202. Constitutional Law II A course intended to show the growth of the American Constitution particularly the relations between the individual and his government with special emphasis on liberty against government, protection of civil rights, citizenship and its privileges. The case study method is used. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits P.S. 203. Politics and Political Parties Selected topics, depending upon the interests of the instructor and students. For example, theory of electrical and thermal conductivity, semiconductors, bonding in solids, point defects, dislocation, magnetic properties, etc. Class, three hours. Prerequisites: Math. 240, Math. 252, and Phys. 261, or approval of the instructor. Three credits A course intended to analyze the movements of political parties, elections, and the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite: P. S. 10 I and 102. Three credits POLITICAL SCIENCE Professor Mailey, chairman; Professor Kaslas; Instructors Tuhy, Welsh. A study in the behavior of governance, including the factors which determine attitude, the formation and expression of public opinion, and propaganda as used by pressure groups. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102 and Soc. 101 and 102. Three credits P .S. 101. Political Science I P.S. 205. State Government A broad, comprehensive introduction to the great topics which constitute political science, covering the nature and main elements of the modern states, their politics, their institutions, and their relations with one another. Three credits A broad, ·general course covering the structure, powers, and function of state governments in the United States. Special emphasis is placed on the Pennsylvania State Government. · Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits P.S. 204. Public Opinion and Propaganda �Page 174 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES- Page 175 P.S. 206. Municipal Government A course undertaking the study of the organization, work, and administration of local government. Since the national government has assumed a new significance today, special attention is given to the relatioll5hip between local and national government. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102. Three er.edits P .S. 207. Public Administration A study of the organization, activity, problems, and the recruitment policy of the public service. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102. Three credits P .S. 208. Labor Legislation A course dealing with the role of government in the field of labor relations and with the laws affecting the conditions of employment and employee-employer relations. The course stresses the increasing importance of government in a field heretofore free of any regulation. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102. Three credits P.S. 210. Government of Metropolitan Areas An examination of the politics and the processes of contemporary urban government, with special emphasis upon the complex problems presented by the rapidly expanding population in standard metropolitan areas. Prerequisite: P. S. IO I and 102. Three credits P.S. 221. International Law A study of the development of the body of customs and rules which states have developed to govern their relations, with particular consideration for the responsibility of states for their enforcement. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102. Desideratum: United States and European history. Three credits P.S. 222. International Relations An analysis of the major concepts, principles and factors involved in an understanding of international relations and foreign policies of nations. Prerequisite: P. S. IO I and 102. Desideratum: Some knowledge of history, governments, and geography. Three credits P.S. 223. Comparative Government A comparative study of the various forms and kinds of governments that have developed in the modern world with primary attention directed toward Europe. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102. Three credits P.S. 224. Soviet System of Government A course dealing with the structure and functions of the Soviet Government emphazing the contrasts and similarities in form with governments of the West. Prerequisite: P. S. IO I and I 02. Three credits P.S. 251. The Role of Planning in Urban Development Origins and evolution of city planning, influences of urban growth, legal and institutional framework, and scientific and philosophical premises. Survey of city planning as it has evolved in the United States since 1800 in response to physical, social and economic problems. Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and 102. Three credits PSYCHOLOGY Professor R. Riley, chairman; Instructors Kanner, Krasno, Rapisardi, Ross. Psy. 101-- 102. General Psych~logy An introduction to the field of psychology with emphasis on objective and systema tic methods of inquiry. Extensive treatment of �Page 176 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES major psychological topics such as sensation, perception, learning, motivation, intelligence, and personality development. Frustration, conflict, and mental health also receive attention. Three credits each semester Psy. 201. Advanced General Psychology A more detailed study of topics treated only superficially in the introductory course. More attention will be given to physiological foundations of behavior, to learning, perception, and the emotions. Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and 102. Some background in biology or physiology would be desirable. Three credits Psy. 203--204. Experimental Psychology A lecture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the student with the methods and the results of modern psychological research. The course includes a study of several of the famous experiments in the field of psychology. Also included is practice with the older as well as the more recent methods of experimental research. Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits each semester Psy. 207. Child Psychology The course is designed to present a general view of the development and growth of the child. It is concerned primarily with the heredity and native equipment of the child and the manner in which this equipment is modified during childhood. Emotional development, language development, and social relations are considered. Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 177 Psy. 210. Psychologic Theory A con:iprehe~sive ~urvey of classical and contemporary theories and thc1r relat10nsh1p to empirical research. Special emphasis is placed on attempts to reconcile and translate these theories into operational descriptions. Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits Psy. 212. Psychological Tests A su~vcy o~ the. functions measured by psychological tests with cmp~as1~ ?n mtelhgence and personality. A variety of the group an~ md1v1d~al tests which measure these functions are studied. This course 1s a prerequisite for Psy. 251 and Psy. 255. Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits Psy. 251. Industrial Psychology An. in trod uct_ion t? the ind us trial application of psychology in the select10n, class1fic_at10n, and training of employees; reduction of monotony ~~d fatigue; the maladjusted worker; accident prevention; work cond1t10ns; and employee motivation and morale. Prerequisite: Psy. 212. Three credits Psy. 254. Systematic Psychology A historical introduction to the various points of view in recent psychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders in the field as Watson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler. Prerequisite: Psy. 10 I and I 02 and one other course in psychology. Three credits Psy. 208.~•;Htiman Behavior Psy. 255. Clinical Psychology Human adjustment and maladjustment to . life situations with emphasis on motivation, emotional co_rttrol, personality formation, and the , treatment of the lesser personality disorders. Prerequisite: Psy. 10 I and 102. Three credits A _survey. of tbe clinical method in psychology with cons id era tion o_f diagnostic and treatment techniques and the role of the professional psychologist in various settings. Prerequisite: Psy. 212. Three credits �Page 178 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Pag~ 179 Psy. 257. Abnormal Psychology Ret. 212. Purchases and Merchandising Control A general survey of the principal forms of mental abnormalities, with emphasis on causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. Prerequisite: Psy. 207, 208 and permission of head of department. The principles, techniques, and problems encountered in merchandising; purchase planning, markup, markdown, inventorie:, and their control, turnover, retail method of inventory, and the types and limitation of stock control systems. Prerequisite: B. A. 107 or approval of instructor. Three credits Psy. 271--272. Research in Psychology An opportunity to conduct individual research projects under supervision. (Open to psychology majors only.) Prerequisite: permission of head of department. Three credits each semester RETAILING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructor D'Zurko. Ret. 101. Principles of Retailing A basic course that discusses the opportunities in retailing; types of retail institutions; problems of store policy, store location; study of the organizational structure of department stores; organization and functions of operating division. Three credits Ret. 210. Elements of Merchandise Merchandise information; fibers and fabrics; history, production, manufacturing process from fiber to finished fabric; textile terminology, trade names. Identification, testing of fibers; care of fabrics; new developments. Study of natural, industrial and synthetic materials. Three credits Ret. 211. Merchandise Information Materials, other than textiles, used in the creation of merchandise are covered through the study of raw materials. Categories of merchandise covered include: leather goods, such as shoes, gloves, handbags, and luggage; floor coverings; glass, pottery, and china; and furniture. Three credits Three credits Ret. 214. Retail Buying A study of the scientific principles of what, when, and how much to buy; a study of customer demand. Special attention is given to the technique of buying; markups, markdowns, stockturns, and other factors that are necessary to keep lines complete. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits Ret. 220. Organization and Operation of the Small Store Importance of small business; factors in business success; justification of new businesses; financing; location; policies; management; employee relations; sales promotion; turnover; profit; records; small business and the future. Two credits Ret. 224. Recent Trends and Developments in Retailing Review of fundamentals; trends in retailing; study of developments in cooperation with retail store executives. Laboratory work; reports on trends and developments. Three credits Ret. 225. Retail Practice Required of all retailing majors in the seventh semester. In cooperation with local stores, a program in Retailing Practices has been established. Under this program, students majoring in Retailing must be employed for an average of 25 hours a week during the fall term of the ~enior year. During the period of employment, students will be required to submit reports concerning their work to the instructor; the store manager or personnel director is required to evaluate the students' ability and aptitude for retailing. Credit for the course given upon certification by the manager or personnel �Page 180 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 181 director of the co-operating store that students have satisfactorily completed their terms of employment. . Students who wish to seek their own place of employment may be permitted to do so, provided the place ?f employme~t has ~een approved by the instructor. In general,. this approval will be gi~en to employment in department stores, mdependent store~, van~ty stores chain stores and specialty stores where students will receive a var/ety of experi~nce, and the stores are of a sufficient size to provide adequate and diversified experience. Three credits SECRETARIAL STUDIES Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professor Gera; Instructor Dolbear. S.S. 105-- 106. Elementary Shorthand Development of reading and writing skill _in basic <?regg Shorthand Simplified and review of simple English essentials that are necessary in transcription; completion of basic theory. Second semester: Review of Gregg Shorthand Simplified with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of_ s~eed a~d _ac~ curacy in the application of shorthand; pre-tr_anscnpt10n trammg, development of desirable traits and work habits. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Two credits each semester S.S. 107,, 108. Elementary Typewriting Presentation and mastery of the keyboard and operating parts of the typewriter; stroking techniques and ~ontrol e_mphasized. D_evelopment of skill in typewriting; applicat10n of skil_l to letter writing, envelopes and cards, tabulation problems, copymg from rough draft, manuscript writing; study of form and style. Four hours each week. One hour lecture and three hours laboratory. Required laboratory fee: $10 _each course. Minimum passing requirement: 50 words net per mmute. Two credits each semester S.S. 201--202. Advanced Typewriting Development of greater speed and accura:y in typewriting;. review of form and style in typewritten matenal; advanced apphca- tion of typewriting skills; production typing; accuracy, speed and job techniques emphasized; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Three hours laboratory. Required laboratory fee: $10 each course. Prerequisite: S. S. 108 or equivalent and net typing rate of SO words per minute. One credit each semester S.S. 205. Office Procedures and Machines A study of technical procedures and problems in typical business and professional offices; analysis of personal and pl'.ofessional requirements for office personnel; a general survey and comparison of major office machines classifications; administrative machine procurement problems and procedures; operation and use of office machines and equipment, namely, adding, calculating, dictating and transcribing, duplicating, photocopying, accounting, in'tegrated data processing. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Required laboratory fee: $10. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Four credits S.S. 207,, 208. Advanced Shorthand Review and strengthen knowledge of the principles of Gregg Shorthand Simplified; build shorthand - writing skill and speed in taking dictation with great emphasis placed on the development of transcription skill; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Five hours each week. Two hours lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: S. S. I 06 or equivalent and net typing of SO words a minute. Three credits each semester S.S. 243. Principles and Methods of Business Education Principles of business education; business curricula in secondary schools; psychology of skill-building; objectives, standards, content; tests and measurements, and techniques of instruction in business education courses; observation. Three credits �Page 182 ,_, DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY Professor Moravec, chairman; Assistant Professor Hapeman; Instructors Bloomburg, Green, Welliver. Soc. 101. Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology I Man in Society; a systematic view of sociology, providing essentials for an approach to questions about man in society; analysis of social processes, structures, and functions. Three credits Soc. 102. Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology II Man and Culture; a general survey of the)ield of anthropology stressing its cultural aspects; study of contemporary non-literate societies and their institutions. Three credits Soc. 200. The Family History and ethnological studies of family. Role of family in the development of the individual. Interrelation of .church, state, .and family. Social conditions and changes affectmg the American family. Family instability and disorganization. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102 or permission of instructor. Three credits Soc. 215. Sociology of Urban Life The development of modern cities; effects of urban life upon social organization and personality patterns; major social problems of the cities. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102. Three credits Soc. 230. Social Problems A survey of most pressing contemporary social problems and an examination of current theories of social disorganization. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES,_, Pa~ 183 Soc. 235. Crime and Juvenile Delinquency Evaluation of current theories and research into causative factors and sociological implications of criminal and delinquent behavior. Examination of problems, programs, and issues in prevention and treatment of deviant behavior. Prerequisite: Soc. 230, or permission of the instructor. Three credits Soc. 251. Comparative Social Welfare Systems Examination of the social welfare institution within a societal and cultural context. Exploration of historical and conflicting views on responsibility for developing measures to cope with social problems in North American, European, Asiatic, and African countries. Prerequisites: Soc. 101, 102, Psy. 101, 102. Three credits Soc. 252. Fields of Social Work A survey of the main problems of social work and of agencies and methods that have developed to cope with them. The nature and requirements of the different fields of social work. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102 and Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits Soc. 255. Introduction to Social Psychology A general survey of the field of social psychology. Social factors in human nature; psychology of individual differences; social interaction; collective behavior, psychology of personality; social pathology. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102 and Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits Soc. 260. Personality and Social Structure Examination of current theories and research bearing upon the relationship between personality and social structure; contributions and convergent development in psychology, anthropology, and sociology. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102; Soc. 255. Three credits �Page 184 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Soc. 265. Sociology of Industry An analysis of the formal and informal social organization of the work plant and of the relationship between modern industrial organization and the community. Personnel of the College Prerequisite: Soc. IO I and I 02 and Ee. IO I and I 02, or permission of the instructor. Three credits Soc. 270. Peoples and Cultures of the World A survey of the non-Western cultures of the world with an emphasis on one of the following areas: The Middle East, The Far East, South-East Asia, Africa, Australasia, Latin America. Prerequisite: Soc. IO I and I 02. Three credits Soc. 275. Sociology of Minorities A theoretical analysis of inter-group tensions and processes of adjustment with special reference to modern racial, national, and religious conflicts. Prerequisite: Soc. 10 I and 102 and Psy. 10 I and 102. Three credits Soc. 280. Sociological Theory The aim of the course is to provide the student majoring in sociology, or in one of the related fields, with a historical background necessary for understanding of the current trends in sociology as well as for clarification of its distinct subject matter, problems, and methods. Prerequisite: Soc. IO I and I 02 and two other courses in sociology or permission of the instructor. Three credits Soc. 290. Methods of Research in Sociology Introduction to sociological research; selected problems of research in social relations; case studies. Prerequisite: Soc. IO I and Soc. I 02. Three credits Board of Trustees Administration Faculty �Committee Appointments Board of Trustees ADMIRAL HAROLD R. ARNAUD C. MARTS, CHARLES Honorary Chairman Honorary Member STARK, JoHN B. L. R. Miss MARY KooNs REUBEN H. LEVY THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. F. ELLSWORTH p ARKHURST RICHARD L. PEARSALL HoN. FRANK L. P1NOLA FABER JosEPH J. SAVITZ FARR AARON WEISS HARRY F. GoERINGER Miss A:NNETTE EvANS EUGENE s. FARLEY WILLIAM L. CONYNGHAM, Chairman MRS. FRANCK SAMUEL G. DARTE M. DAVENPORT, M.D. JoHN L. B. FARR, Chairman CHARLES H. MINER, JR. Do ALD F. CARPENTER THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. JAMES THOMAS H. KILEY JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. FABER Miss MARY R. KooNs R. Miss MARY KooNs CHARLES H. MINER, JR. Planning and Development P. HARRIS JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. Loms SHAFFER FRANK Chairman w. ANDERSON L. WILLIAM CONYNGHAM THOMAS H. KILEY CHARLES H. MINER, JR. RICHARD L. PEARSALL JosEPH J. SAVITZ JAMES P. HARRIS, Chairman ANDREW HOURIGAN' JR. Facuity-Trustee Committee on Academic Freedom THOMAS H. KILEY REUBEN H. :ki).,y Expiring June, 1969 DONALD F. CARPENTER L. JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, M.D. Finance HARRY F. GoERINGER FARR WILLIAM Chairman FABER AARON WEISS w. ANDERSON B. L. CHARLES H. MINER, JR. JonN Expiring June, 1968 FRED R. DAVIS MRS. EBERHARD MRS. EBERHARD Miss ANNETTE Ev ANS REUBEN H. LEVY FRANK B. w ALLER Lams SHAFFER, JOSEPH J. SAVITZ Lams SHAFFER ANDREW HOURIGAN' JR. Lams SHAFFER Miss ANNETTE EVANS, Instruction Nominations M.D. F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST Library JOSEPH J. SAVITZ Expiring June, 1967 Chairman REUBEN H. LEVY CHARLES H. MINER, JR. TERM OF OFFICE SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, HARRY F. GoERINGER, CHARLES P. HARRIS Miss MARY R. KooNs JAMES JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. FRED R. DAVIS Miss ANNETTE Ev ANS s. FARLEY President THOMAS H. KILEY MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. EUGENE EuGENE S. FARLEY, ANDREW HOURIGAN' JR. DONALD F. CARPENTER WILLIAM L. CONYNGHAM MRS. EBERHARD B. WALLER, Chairman DONALD F. CARPENTER Vice-Chairman CHARLES H. MINER, JR., Secretary JAMES P. HARRIS, Treasurer w. ANDERSON CHARLES Loms SHAFFER, Vice-Chairman B. WALLER, Chairman Lams SHAFFER, FRANK Buildings and Grounds Executive CONYNGHAM MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE JAMES P. HARRIS F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST RICHARD L. AARON WEISS WILLIAM THOMAS L. H. CONYNGHAM KILEY PEARSALL HoN. FRANKL. P1NOLA CHARLES B. w ALLER AARON WEISS Ex Officio on all Committees - CHARLES B. WALLER AND EUGENE S. FARLEY �JOSEPH Officers of Administration EUGENE s. FARLEY President J. MICHELINI Dean of Academic Affairs B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) FRANCIS B.S. (Seton Hall) M.S. (Delaware) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) RALPH B. Dean of Student Affairs and Dean of Men GEORGE F. RALSTON B.A. (North Carolina) M.A. (Columbia) Director of Development w ALTER H. R. MOHR B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.A. (New York) Business Manager ABATE B.S. (Wilkes) JOHN Dean of Admissions P. WHITBY B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.S. (Columbia) JoHN Director of Placement J. CHWALEK B.S. (East Tennessee) M.A. (Columbia) Registrar and Director of Evening and Summer College Comptroller ROBERT S. CAPIN B. S. (Wilkes) C.P.A. (Pennsylvania) MARGARET E. CoNNOLL Y B.S. (Pennsylvania) M.A. (New York) Dean of Women MARGARET M. AHLBORN B.A. (Mt. Holyoke) ARTHUR Assistant to the Deans J. HoovER B.S. (Wilkes) M.Ed. (Pennsylvania State) GORDON E. ROBERTS B.A. (Wilkes) EDWARD J. w ALLISON B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Bucknell) ROBERTA HAMMER B.S. Director of Alumni Relations Director of Public Relations Assistant Dean of Women (Wilkes) COLLEGE SERVICES FRANCES M. SEARS B.A. (Barnard) M.A. (New York) ROBERT M. KERR B.S. (Bucknell) M.D. (Jefferson) Manager of the Bookstore Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds Data Processing WILLIAM JERVIS JAMES HUGO Director of Graduate Program ROZELLE R. M.A. (New School for Social Research) MILDRED GITTINS E. DAVIS COMMUNITY SERVICES B.S. (Wilkes) Ph.D. (Alfred) CHARLES Director of Testing Service H. KANNER B.A. (Bucknell) Director of College Consultation College Physician V. MAILEY (West Chester) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) B.S. Director of Institute of Regional Affairs Assistants m Administration HELEN A. MORGAN NANCE P. CORDY JOHANNA SISCAVAGE MARY ANN GALL llELENANNE BENDIK GRACE M. ALKER RUTH V. BISHOP FELICIA PERLICK HELEN GATTUSO ANN MARIE LENCHAK REGINA MESCHINI DORIS BARKER SANDRA DENNIS JOHANNA BOROWSKI MILDRED MARINI BETTY LICHTENSTEIN ELIZABETH CHAPPLE Jur.E CooK Hit.MA NORDSTROM RITA NIEMKIEWICZ ANNE KESTER ALICE RADER ANN MARIE KRAUSER BETTY COOK MARY ELIZABETH PROFERES NANCY SMITH KATHERN KoPETCHNE MARGARET BARTECK w Secretary to President Secretary, President's Office Secretary, President's Office Secretary to Director of Graduate Program Secretary, Division of Natural Sciences Secretary to Dean of Men Recorder Secretary to Director of Development Secretary to Business Manager Secretary to Dean of Admissions Secretary to Director of Placement Secretary to Registrar Secretary to Dean of Women Secretary to Assistant to Deans Assistant to Director of Alumni Relations Secretary to Director of Public Relations Secretary, Admissions Office Comptroller's Off ice Comptroller's Off ice Comptroller's Off ice Comptroller's Off ice Business Off ice Clerk, Alumni Office Bookstore Bookstore Bookstore Bookstore Switchboard Operator JANET L. LANGDON, Head Resident, Catlin Hall AMY ScoTT, Head Resident, Chapman Hall EDITH BECKENDORF, Head Resident, Denison Hall CLAIRE HARRISON, Head Resident, Hollenback Hall FANNIE F. KEITHAN, Head Resident, McClintock Hall MARGARET DEVERS, Head Resident, Slocum Hall MARY CRAWFORD, Head Resident, Sterling Hall MILDRED B. MELOY, Head Resident, Sturdevant Hall HELEN O'BRIEN, Head Resident, Susquehannock Hall MARJORIE HARRIS, Head Resident, Warner Hall EDITII ROBINSON, Head Resident, Weckesser Hall Gussrn KESTENBAUM, Head Resident, Weiss Hall ESTHER POKORNY, Head Resident, 36 West River Street ELIZABETH PATTON, Head Resident, 76 West South Street �Faculty EUGENE s. FARLEY FACULTY - Page 191 FREDERIC E. BELLAS Administration B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) ALFRED w. BASTRESS JAROSLAV G. MORAVEC Chemistry Professor Sociology Professor Chemistry Professor Philosophy Visiting Fulbright Professor J.U.D. (Prague, Czechoslovakia) Ph.D. (Boston) Professor B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Ph.D. (Yale) Physics B.S., M.S., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State) President RALPH B. ROZELLE B.S. (Wilkes) CHARLES B. REIF Biology Professor Economics Professor B.A., M.A., Ph.p. (Minnesota) SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG Ph.D. (Alfred) GovINDA C. DEv B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Univ. of Calcutta) 1966-67 B.A., M.B.A. (Boston) Ph.D. (North Carolina) HUGO V. MAILEY Political Science Professor GIUSEPPE T. PREGNOLATO B.S. (West Chester) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) EUGENE L. HAMMER Education Professor B.S. (Wheaton) M.A. (Northwestern) Ed. D. (Columbia) STANKO M. VuJICA B.A. (Zagreb) M.A. (Innsbruck) Ph.D. (Zagreb) RUTH w. JESSEE Nursing Education Professor Biology Professor B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) 1966-67 Foreign Language Associate Professor Mathematics Associate Professor Library Associate Professor Economics Associate Professor JOHN G. REESE Physical Education Associate Professor Mathematics Associate Professor Fine Arts Associate Professor Music Education Associate Professor Biology Associate Professor B.S., M. Ed. (Pennsylvania State) Psychology Professor Biological Research Professor BoYDL. EARL B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Bucknell) CHESTER E. COLSON B.S. (Massachusetts School of Art) M.S. (Columbia) WILLIAM R. GASBARRO History Professor English Professor L.L.B. (Kaunas, Lithuania) M.A., Ph.D. (Strasbourg) PHILIP L. RIZZO You-KENG CHIANG Visiting Fulbright Professor B.A. (Central) M.A., Ph.D. (Chicago) B.A. (Ohio State) M.D. (New York) (In affiliation with Veterans Administration Hospital) BRONIS KASLAS ADAK. VuJICA B.A., M.A. (Zagreb) M.A. in L.S. (Marywood) B.A. (Bucknell? Ph.D. (Pennsy vania State) SHELDON G. COHEN B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.S. (Bucknell) 1 B.S. (Seton Hall) M.S. (Delaware) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) ROBERT RILEY B.A. (Dickinson) Professor B.S., M.A. (Columbia) Ed. D. (Pennsylvania) FRANCIS J. MICHELINI ELWOOD DISQUE THOMAS R. RICHARDS Philosophy and Religion Mathematics Ph.D. (Universita Degli Studi Di Milano) B.S. (Juilliard) M.A. (Columbia) ROBERT E. OGREN B.A. (Wheaton) M.S. (Northwestern) Ph.D. (Illinois) �Page 192 -FACULTY HAROLD E. Cox FACULTY - Page 193 History B.A. (William and Mary) M.A., Ph.D. (Virginia) FRANCIS J. DONAHOE GEORGE F. ELLIOT Associate Professor Economics Associate Professor GEORGE CERA Economics Associate Professor ROBERT DE y OUNG Associate Professor ROBERT S. CAPIN Associate Professor CHARLOTTE V. LORD B.A. (Montclair State) M.A. (Clark) How ARD A. Sw AIN, JR. Chemistry B.S. (Grove City) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) ALVAN BRUCH Physics B.S. (Chicago) M.S., Ph.D. (New York) ALFRED s. GROH English B.A. (Syracuse) M.A. (Columbia) FRANCIS J. SALLEY Chemistry B.S. (St. Joseph's) M.S. (Pennsylvania) ROBERT W. SOEDER Chemistry Education B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (Columbia) STANLEY J. HOLDEN Physics B.A. (Brooklyn) Ph.D. (Alfred) STANLEY H. WASILESKI Mathematics B.S. (Pittsburgh) M.S. (Bucknell) ROBERT E. WERNER B.S.C. (Washington and Lee) Associate Professor Accounting Assistant Professor History Assistant Professor Business Education Assistant Professor Economics Assistant Professor Accounting Assistant Professor English Assistant Professor Mathematics Assistant Professor Music Assistant Professor English Assistant Professor Biology Assistant Professor English Assistant Professor Chemistry Assistant Professor Library Assistant Professor B.S. (Susquehanna) M.A. (New York) T. LEONARD CONNOLLY B.A. (Pennsylvania) M.A. (New York) B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.A. (Columbia) B.S. (Rhode Island) M.A. (Columbia) B.S. (Wilkes) C.P.A. (State of Pennsylvania) B.S. (New York) M.A. English (Bucknell) M.A. Italian (Middlebury) JAMES G. DECOSMO B.S. (West Chester) M.S. (Adelphi) RICHARD B. CHAPLINE Associate Professor TANLEY S. GuTIN Associate Professor GRACE C. KIMBALL Associate Professor BENJAMIN F. FIESTER, JR. Assistant Professor Economics Assistant Professor Accounting Assistant Professor B.A. (Roosevelt) M.S. (Wisconsin) E. SHELDON CURTIS Associate Professor Assistant Professor B.S., M.S. (Juilliard) B.S. (Ursinus) M.S., Ph.D. (Delaware) ROBERT A. WEST PAUL R. WERNER Engineering B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania) Engineering B.S. (Washington and Lee) Associate Professor B.S. (Gettysburg) M.S. (Bucknell) WELTONG.FARRAR CROMWELL E. THOMAS Physics B.A. (LaSalle) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) EDWARD N. HELTZEL Associate Professor B.A., M.A. (Maryland) B.A. (Rochester) Ph.D. (Cornell) B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Bucknell) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State) JAMES J. BoHNING B.S. (Valparaiso) M.S. (New York) Ph.D. (Northeastern) DALE ALLAN BUEHLER BA. (Franklin and Marshall) M.S.inL.S. (Drexel Institute of Technology) �FACULTY - Page 195 Page 194 - FACULTY J. PHILIP RICHARDS Fine Arts Assistant Professor KENNETH P. NAPARSTECK Biology Assistant Professor CLEMENT F. HAPEMAN B.F.A. (Syracuse) DONALD w. TAPPA B.S. (Brooklyn) M.A. (Williams) Ph.D. (Yale) THOMAS J. M1z1ANTY Biology OWEN s. IRELAND History B.A. (Toronto) M.A. (Colgate) Ph.D. (Pittsburgh) HERBERT GARBER Music Music B.S., M.S. (Juilliard) WILLIAM R. STINE Chemistry B.S. (Union) Ph.D. (Syracuse) JAMES P. BERG History B.A. (Harvard) B.D. (Lutheran Seminary) M.A. (Pennsylvania) ALFRED H. RICHTER, JR. B.S. (Baghdad) M.S., Ph.D. (Carnegie) ROLAND C. SCHMIDT, JR. KAY B.A. (Western Reserve) M.A. (Michigan) Ph.D. (Ohio) JORGE E. DE CUBAS B.A., LL.D., P.L.D. (Havana) English Assistant Professor History Assistant Professor Music Assistant Professor Physics Assistant Professor Physics Assistant Professor Music Assistant Professor Physics Assistant Professor Psychology Instructor English Instructor English Instructor Ma them a tics Instructor English Instructor Physical Education Instructor Political Science Instructor B.A. (Taiwan) M.A. (Pennsylvania) EUGENE D. SULLIVAN Assistant Professor !RENA PosTEPSKA Assistant Professor KENNETH C. p ARTCHEY Assistant Professor LEROY W. MoRROW Physics and Mathematics Assistant Professor B.S. (Muskingum) M.S. (Brown) B.S., M.S. (Lwow) Ph.D. (Poznan) B.S. (Mansfield) M.M. (Eastman) B.A. (Washington & Jefferson) Ph.D. (Wisconsin) JOSEPH H. KANNER B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (New School for Social Research) RuTH T. RoBERTS B.A. (Goucher) ROBERT J. MILLER Physical Education Education B.A. (Wilkes) M.S. (Scranton) STANLEY B. Kuo- KONG SHOW M. GENE TAYLOR Music B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.S. (Scranton) J. GEORGE SILES Assistant Professor B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Duquesne) Assistant Professor Assistant Professor B.M.E., M.M.E. (Indiana) u MID R. N EJIB Assistant Professor Sociology B.S. (Juilliard) M.A. (Columbia) B.A. (New York) M.A. (Columbia) THEODORE SNYDER Assistant Professor Assistant Professor B.A., M.S.S. (Syracuse) THOMAS KASKA B.S. (Scranton) M.S., Ph.D. (Delaware) Mathematics B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Pennsylvania State) Philosophy and Religion Foreign Language Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Assistant Professor B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Columbia) JosEPH H. SALSBURG B.A. (Bucknell) ANNE V. KISH B.A. (Wilkes) DORIS B. SARACINO B.S., M.S. (East Stroudsburg) PHILIP TUHY B.A. (Valparaiso) M.G.A. (Pennsylvania) �Page 196 ,....., FACULTY WILLIAM J. MISTICHELLI B.A. (La Salle(, M.A. (Pennsy vania) p ABLO VALERO Licenciado (Madrid) ANTHONY J. EVANGELISTA B.S. (Kutztown) M. Ed. (Pennsylvania State) SARAH ScHONWETTER B.S. (Temple) JOSE M. RIBAS B.A., LLB. (Barcelona) CHESTER N. MoLLEY B.A. (Wilkes) English FACULTY,....., Page 197 Instructor B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Bucknell) w ARREN E. DEARMENT B.A. (Dickinson) M.A. (Pittsburgh) THELMA K. BoscH B.A. (Pennsylvania State) JUDITH E. KRAVITZ B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.Ed. (Temple) M. JOSEPH FINNERAN B.S. (Scranton) M.S. in L.S. (Drexel Institute of Technology) MARTHA E. HADSEL B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Chicago) ROGER D. LEWIS B.S. (Youngstown) M.S. (Syracuse) RONALD G. RAINEY B.S., M.Ed. (Pennsylvania State) GWEN E. QUICK B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Chicago) RICHARD E. SOURS B.S. (Towson) M.S. (Michigan State) Fine Arts Instructor Library Instructor Foreign Languages Instructor English Instructor Accounting Instructor Fine Arts Instructor Business Administration Instructor English Instructor Sociology Instructor Education Instructor Psychology Instructor Foreign Language Instructor History Instructor Foreign Language Instructor Foreign Language Instructor B.F.A., M.F.A. (Kent State) Foreign Language Fine Arts and Art Education Instructor Instructor hEDERICK J. KROHLE B.A. (Wilkes) M.S. in LS. (Drexel Inst. of Technology) CHARLES H. SWEENEY B.A. (Mexico City) M.A. (Middlebury) Biology Instructor Foreign Language Instructor English Instructor PAUL Instructor ROMAN TYMCHYSHYN M. ANN ROMINES M.A. (Bucknell) MICHAEL J. BARONE MICHAEL STEIN Education B.A. (Central Methodist) M.A. (Tufts) P. ZAVADA B.S. (Wilkes) C.P.A. (State of Pennsylvania) B.A., M.A. (Kent State) THEODORE J. ENGEL English Instructor English Instructor Mathematics Instructor I JAROLD M. GREEN Instructor EDWIN L. JOHNSON B.b.A., M.A. (Miami) GEORGE FENBY Library B.A. (Rochester) M.A. (Southern California) B.A. (Adelphi) M.A. (New School for Social Research) B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Bucknell) English Instructor Physics Instructor Physical Education Instructor English Instructor SALVATORE C. RAPISARDI B.A. (Duke) M.A. (Temple) RAYMOND A. PHILLIPS B.A. (SUNY at Albany) M.A. (Columbia) ROLF B. MEMMING B.A. (Villanova) M.A. (Wisconsin) PETER E. NITCHIE B.A. (Yale) M.A. (Chicago) Mathematics Instructor ROBERT D. GOLDBERG B.A. (Union) Diplome (Sorbonne) M.A. (Hunter) �FACULTY - Page 199 Page 198 - FACULTY PATRICIA M. BOYLE English Instructor Library Instructor B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Pennsylvania) LoRETTA FARRIS B.S. (Bucknell) M.A. (Marywood) ANTONIA DoLBEAR CAROLYN D'ZuRKO B.A. (Wellesley) Br.YTHE H. EVANS, JR. VIRGINIA K. YusrnGco Library Instructor English Instructor B.S.C. (St. Theresa's, Philippines) M.S. in L.S. (Pittsburgh) RoBERT BoMBOY B.A. (Princeton) LL.B. (Dickinson) THEODORE A. EVANS B.A. (Wilkes) M.S. (Columbia) B.A. (Upsala) WAGIHA ABDEL-GAWAD Economics JEANNETTE GARBER B.A. (Princeton) LL.B. (Pennsylvania) E. CLIFFORD BALSHAw Instructor D. BARRAS Business Administration Instructor Music Instructor Religion Instructor B.A. (Columbia) B.Rel.Ed., MHL., DHL. (Jewish Theological Seminary) CLAYTON A. BLOOMBURG A. BUCKMAN s. CANTOR B.S. (Pennsylvania) LL.B. (Harvard) CHARLES L. CASPER Ph.B. (Yale) LL.B. (Harvard) JOSEPH CHMIOLA B.A. (Wilkes) SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, JR. B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Bucknell) Business Administration Instructor Political Science Instructor Business Administration Instructor English Instructor English Instructor EDWARD J. HELTZEL l Mathematics Instructor History Instructor Business Administration Instructor Business Administration Instructor Philosophy Instructor English Instructor Mathematics Instructor B.S. (Wilkes M.A. (Temp e) EDGAR w. HUGHES, JR. B.A. (Lafayette) M.A. (Scranton) ATHAN HYMAN B.A., LL.B. (Cornell) JOHNS B.S. (Wilkes) Sociology Instructor Chemistry Instructor Business Administration Instructor Business Administration Instructor PAUL Business Administration Instructor Jmrn G. KoNSAVAGE Business Administration Instructor B.S. (Wilkes) Business Administration Instructor HARRY KOZLOSKI Foreign Language Instructor STARK G. JONES B.S. (Wilkes) MAURICE JOHN HARDIE WILLIAM B.A. (Bucknell) BARBARA Instructor B.A. (Wilkes) F.A.G.O. (Quilmant Organ School) ABRAHAM Business Administration B.A. (Carleton) M.A. (Columbia) B.A. (Alexandria) M.S. (Brown) Ph.D. (Clark) JOHN APONICK Instructor B.S., LL.B. (Pennsylvania) 0 CAR FALCIONE Part-Time Faculty Secretarial Studies B.S. (Misericordia) B.A. (Haverford) BD. (Princeton) MARY KERR B.A. (Wellesley) M.A. (Rochester) A. KLEIN B.S. (Wilkes) M.A. (Rutgers) B.A. (King's) Army Language School (Russian) �Page 200 - FACULTY ISADORE KRASNO FACULTY -Page 201 Psychology Instructor B.S., M.S. (Rutgers) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Lucy LIGGETT Nursing Education Instructor Music Instructor Music Instructor (Juilliard) DORIS J. MERRILL B.A. (King's) M.B.A. (Scranton) JozIA MIESZKOWSKI Secretarial Studies Instructor Business Administration Physical Education Instructor Instructor Retailing Instructor Foreign Language Instructor Accounting Instructor Accounting Instructor Nursing Education Instructor Psychology Instructor Business Administration Instructor Business Administration Instructor B.S. (Wilkes) MARITA S. RILEY B.A. (Wilkes) TIN NIN A C. Ross B.S. (Marywood) M.A., M.S. (Scranton) CHARLES SHAFFER B.S., LLB. (Pennsylvania) ROBERT SLATER B.B.A. (Long Island) LLB. (New York) MYVANWY WILLIAMS Instructor Sociology Instructor Political Science Instructor English Instructor Religion Instructor Business Administration Instructor Business Administration Instructor B.A. (New York State) M.A. (Middlebury) B.A. (Eastern Nazarene) S.T.B. (Temple) Ph.D. (Drew) RONALD J. WYDO B.A., LL.B. (Maryland) B.B.A. (City College of New York) LL.B. (Brooklyn) C.P.A. (State of New York) ALEX PAWLENOK HARRY F. WELSH B.S. (Wilkes) Baccalaureate, Aarhus Cathedral School (Denmark) B.A. (Wilkes) IRWIN MORRISON English B.A. (Susquehanna) M.S.W. (Washington) M.Sc.E. (Temple) RUSSELL WILLIAMS B.S. (Scranton) INGER MILLER BARBARA WELLIVER RoY E. WILLIAMS Wilkes-Barre Ballet Theatre Ballet Theatre of New York Pennsylvania Ballet Company HAROLD MILLER CASIMIR TYBURSKI B.S. (Wilkes) B.S. (Wilkes) FRANCIS M1coccI Instructor B.A. (Delaware) (Juilliard) ENZO A. LIVA Foreign Language B.A., M.A. (Radcliffe) Ph.D. (Harvard) B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Temple) ANNE C. LIVA CAROLINE GROTE SNYDER �Faculty Committees Academic Standing Francis J. Michelini, Chairman MargaretM.Ahlborn Robert DeYoung Benjamin Fiester Eugene L. Hammer Stanley Holden George F. Ralston Charles B. Reif Roland C. Schmidt, Jr. John P. Whitby Admissions John P. Whitby, Chairman Margaret M. Ahlborn Michael Barone John J. Chwalek George F. Ralston Robert C. Riley Athletic Anthony Evangelista Arthur J. Hoover George F. Ralston John G. Reese Thomas R. Richards Ralph B. Rozelle Robert West John P. Whitby Calendar-Faculty Handbook Hugo V. Mailey, Chairman Francis J. Michelini Curriculum Robert C. Riley, Chairman James DeCosmo Francis Donahoe William R. Gasbarro Stanley S. Gutin Eugene L. Hammer Bronis J. Kaslas Stanley Kay Hugo V. Mailey Francis J. Michelini, Ex-Officio Robert Ogren Samuel A. Rosenberg Roland C. Schmidt, Jr. Robert Soeder Stanko Vujica Library Robert E. Werner, Chairman Frederic E. Bellas Dale E. Buehler Chester Colson Harold Cox Elwood Disque Jaroslav Moravec Thomas Mizianty Philip L. Rizzo Nada Vujica Scholarship Arthur J. Hoover, Chairman Margaret M. Ahlborn John J. Chwalek George F. Ralston John P. Whitby Graduate Studies Ralph B. Rozelle, Chairman Francis Donahoe Charles B. Reif James Bohning Alvan Bruch Donald Tappa External Research Support Walter H. R. Mohr, Chairman Francis Donahoe Hugo V. Mailey Francis J. Michelini Student Activities George F. Ralston, Chairman Margaret M. Ahl born Harold Cox William R. Gasbarro Alfred S. Groh Arthur J. Hoover Ronald Rainey Gordon Roberts Student Publications Edward Wallison, Chairman Chester Colson Stanley Kay William Mistichelli Philip L. Rizzo Committee on Academic Freedom a) MEDIATION Samuel A. Rosenberg (Term expires 1969) Ralph B. Rozelle (Term expires 1968) Stanko Vujica (Term expires 1967) Robert C. Riley (Alternate) (Term expires 1967) b) FACULTY-TRUSTEE Eugene L. Hammer (Term expires 1968) Welton Farrar (Term expires 1967) Charles B. Reif (Alternate) (Term expires 1967) Ex Officio on all Committees except committees on academic freedom-EUGENE S. FARLEY FACULTY - Page203 Cooperating Teachers of the Teacher Education Program 1966--67 School Year Elementary Schools Mrs. Dorothy Ainsworth Wyo. Valley West Mrs. Margaret Arnold Wilkes-Barre Mrs. Claire Bienus Wilkes-Barre Miss Rose Brislin Wilkes-Barre Miss Gertrude Check Wyo. Valley West Mr. Arthur Dawe Wilkes-Barre Miss Mabel Durkin Wilkes-Barre Mrs. Rachel Dziak Wilkes-Barre Mrs. Earl Feist Wyo. Valley West Mrs. Elizabeth Fitzgerald Wyo. Valley West Mrs. Helene Frank Wyo. Valley West Miss Ann George Wilkes-Barre Mrs. Jennie George Wilkes-Barre Miss Rosemary Hagel Wyo. Valley West Mrs. Roberta Hartin.an Wyo ming Area Mr. Robert Herman Wyo. Valley West Miss Mary Hughes Wyo. Valley West Mrs. Kathryn Hutton Wyo ming Area Miss Mary Ann Kachmar Wilkes-Barre Mrs. Helen Keiner Wilkes-Barre Miss Elizabeth Killian Nanticoke-Plymouth Twp. Miss Mary Kiney Wilkes-Barre Mrs. Betsy R. Kressler Wilkes-Barre Mr. Fred Krouse Wilkes-Barre Miss Sandra Leibman Wyo. Valley West Miss Catherine Logue Nanticoke-Plymouth Twp. Mrs. Paul McCabe Wilkes-Barre Miss Nancy McGeehan Wyo. Valley West Mrs. John Mer go Nanticoke-Plymouth Twp. Mrs. Dorothy Monk Wyoming Area Miss Irene Moss Wilkes-Barre Miss Beverly Nagle Wilkes-Barre Mrs. Doris Newman Wyo. Valley West Mrs. Jeanette Pawlak Wyo. Valley West Mrs. Nora Reese Wilkes-Barre Miss Carol Rhin us Wilkes-Barre �Index Academic Requirements . ...... 55 Accounting Degree Program .. ... ........ . 90 Description of Courses . . 107 Activities, Student ..... ........ 41 Administration Buildings . ... .. ..... . 31 Officers ................. 188 Staff Assistants ................. 189 Admission Tests .................... 12 Admissions ........... .... 11 Tests .. ........... ... 12 Requirements .................. 11 Advanced Course Standing .... 13 Alumni Office 35 Anthropology ..................... 182 Art ......... 34, 81 Assembly Committee .......... 42 As istance, Financial ............ 18 Employment ...................... 20 Loans ..................... 20 cholarships . .... ... ...... 18 Tuition Stipends . .............. 42 thletics .............. ,.. 46 ttendance, Class . ....... .. .. . 57 Awards . ................... 61, 62 Bnchelor of Arts Degree ......... 71, 72 Required Courses ... . .... .... 73 Selection of a major . ......... 74 Bachelor of Science Degree 75, 76 Selection of a major ............ 75 Band ..... :·.. ....... 41 Biology Degree Program ......... . ... 78 Description of Courses ... 109 Board of Trustees .. ......... .. 186 Bookstore . ........ .. . . .. .. ....... ... 33 Buildings and Plant ............ 31 Business Administration Degree Program ..... .... ...... 91 Description of Courses .... 113 Business Education ...... 93. 94 Calendar ........ .......... ........ 2 Center for the Performing Arts ............. 35, 67 Change of Program ............. 58 Chemistry B.A. Degree Program . . ..... 79 B.S. Degree Program ........ 88 Description of Courses ...... 116 Graduate Program . ..... .... 51 Chorus .............................. 41 Class Standing ................ .... 56 Clubs . .. . . .................. 41, 45 College and Community ...... 65 College Commons . ....... ...... 34 College Testing Service ......... 33 Commerce and Finance ... ..... 90 Consultation Service ............. _ 40 Convocation Fee . ............... 15 Cooperating Teachers ........... 203 Counseling .. ..... .. .. ... ..... .. .. 39 Course Credits ................ ..... 55 Courses Accounting ...................... 107 Anthropology ................ 182 A pp lied Music ................. 158 Biology .. ........... 109 Business Administration .... 113 Chemistry ........................ 116 Economics . ...... .... . ..... .... 121 Education ... .. ....... .. ..... . 126 Engineering .. .. .. .. .. ... ..... .... 131 English .. .. .. ....... ..... 135 �Page 208 - INDEX Fine Arts· _________________________ French ____________ . . General Science _. _____ ___ German ____ ______________________ INDEX - Page 209 139 142 148 144 History __ ···- -··-· _ ____ 149 Hygiene ....... __ 168 Mathematics . -···-···········- 153 Music _ ·---····· ··- 157 Music Education 161 Nursing Education 164 Philosophy 165 Physical Education 168 Physics _ ....... ···-- 169 Political Science ..... -··-· 172 Psychology _.......... ···-·· ... .... 175 Religion 165 Retailing . ........... ... ... _ 178 Russian 148 Secretarial Studies ·-·· ···- 180 Sociology ___ 182 Spanish . .. .... _ 146 Theater Arts __ .__ ........ _.. _.. 138 Curricula __ ..... .... 51 121 Faculty __ ___ ----· ··-····. Committees Fees ... ______ _______ ____ _ Financial Assistance Fine Arts Education Degree Program Description of Courses Fine Arts Fiesta ____ Foreign Languages French Description of Courses Freshman Orientation . 80 80 93 100 General Science ---, ___ ·- .. 148 German Description of Courses . 144 Grades ______ ·----··------------· ____ .. 55 Dean 's List . _ ..... -· .... ·-··· 58 Debating -···· .......... ··-·-·- ___ _ 41 Degree Bachelor of Arts ... 71 , 72 Bachelor of Science 75, 76 Degree Programs 51, 52, 71 Dormitories . 16, 36 Dramatics ... .. . . . _.. . 35, 41 Economics Description of Courses .. Education Elementary Secondary Business ···············-··· -··· _ .......... Music . Nursing 101 Science 104 Description of Courses 126 Graduate Programs 51 Employment 20 Engineering ____ 52, 94 Degree Programs, Common Freshman Year 95 Aeronautical _ .... 95 Chemical 95 Civil . ______ ····--···96 Electrical __ 97 Engineering Physics 97 Industrial 98 Mechanical 98 Description of Courses 131 English Description ot Courses . 135 Entrance Examinations 12 Evening School __ . __ 14, 52, 58 Expenses ____ ·-· _ __ _ __ _ 14 Extracurricular Activities 41 . 190 202 14 18 81 139 67 142 142 39 Graduate Placement ______________ 33 Graduate Programs In Biology _ __ _____________ _____ 51 In Chemistry _-·-··----------·-In Education -·-·· •-- _ ________ In Physics ·-·-··--·---·----··Graduation Fee ·········-·-------·· Graduation Requirements for ---·-·-··----Guidance Center __ _______________ _ Gymnasium ... ···--·-··---- ___ _32, 51 51 51 15 60 33 45 Iii tory Description of Courses ______ 149 Homecoming .. __ -·-----·----·-··- 44 Honors ... _______________ 59 Housemothers -······- -·····-·-· 189 Hygiene .. -----····-----·-·------- 168 Institute of Regional Affairs 65 In urance Accident and Sickness 15 Inter-Dormitory Council __ 41, 44 Labor-Management Training Program . _ ______ Liberal Arts Requirements for Major __ _ Selection of a Major _ ____ __ Library ____ -----·-Load, Student Work --·· ·------Loans Madrigal Singers _--· ____ ---·-·· _ fale Chorus ···--·--·-·--- _______ lajors Accounting -···-·-·····--··-·-----Biology _-· __ ______ _ Business Administration -··· Business Education --··-------- 65 77 74 31 57 20 41 41 90 78 91 93 Chemistry ---·-----·-·····------ 79, 88 Economics ·------------------------- 80 Education ---------··-·----·---------- 80 English ---·····----·--------·--·-----·· 81 Fine Arts -----------·---------------- 81 Foreign Language --·-··-------· 82 History -----····-·-·------------·-----· 82 Mathematics ________ ______________ 82 Music ----- -----------·----------· 84, 100 Philosophy-Religion __________ 85 Physics ····-------------·-·-·-·-- 85, 102 Political Science --·--------·-·-· 86 Psychology ------------·-··----·----- 87 Social Science ____ __ ______________ 87 Sociology-Anthropology -·-· 87 Course Requirements ________ 73 Mathematics Degree Program _______________ 83 Description of Courses ______ 153 Medical Technology Degree Program _________________ 99 Music Activity _______________ ----------·· 34, 41 Degree Program ___ ____ ________ 84 Description of Courses ______ 157 Music Education Degree Program ________________ 100 Description of Courses _____ 161 National Defense Student Loan Program -------·---- 16, 20 Nursing Education Degree Program ___________ 101 Description of Courses ______ 164 Orientation for Freshmen ____ 39 Overload _---------·-----·-------·· ---·· 57 Parents' Day ___ -------·-·-·-·-·····- 43 Payment of Tuition ----··-·------ 16 �Page210 - INDEX Philosophy Description of Courses ...... Physical Education and Hygiene .. ... ................. . .. Physics Degree Program .. .. .... 85, Description of Courses ...... Graduate Program ............ Placement Office . . .. . . .. ..... .... Point Averages ........ ... .... ... Political Science Description of Courses . ... Pre-Professional Degree ...... .. Probation ...... .. ... . .. .. . ...... ... Psychology Description of Courses ...... Publications ............................ Staff Stipends ........... .... ... 165 168 102 169 51 33 56 172 52 57 175 42 42 Refunds ................................. 16 Registration ....................... .... 14 Religion Description of Courses . . ... 165 Research ............................ 32, 67 Retailing Description of Courses ...... 178 Russian Description of Courses ...... 148 Scholarships ............................ Founders of . ...................... Scholastic Aptitude Tests, CEEB ............................. Scholastic Endowments ........ Science Facilities .................. Secretarial Studies Degree Program .. ....... ..... .. Description of Courses ...... Social Activities ..... ...... .... ....... 18 21 12 27 32 93 180 43 Social Science .. .. .. .. 87 Sociology and Anthropology Description of Courses 182 Spanish Description of Courses .. 146 Stark Hall of Science .. 32 Student Activities 41 Student Advisement . 39 Student Government 41 Student Course Load 57 Student Loans ...... . 20 Student Regulations . 47 Student Responsibility . 47 Summer School ...... .... 14, 53 Teacher Certification .. . 74, 80 Theater Arts .. .. . . 13 Town and Gown Concerts 34 Transcripts of Academic Record ......... . . . 15 Transfer of Summer Credits 5 Transfer Students 13 Trustees Board of ................... .. .. 186 Committees ...................... 187 Tuition ................................. 14 Fees ...................... ........ 15 Payment of .................... .. 16 Refund of ...... .... ............... 16 Undergraduate Programs 51, 71 Wilkes College ....... .......... ... . 5 Accreditation . ..... 6 Wilkes- Barre Philharmonic Orchestra ... ..................... 67 Withdrawals .................. 16, 57 Women's Chorus ....... .... . 41 Wrestling Tournament . ... 45 �EVENING COLLEGE SESSION FALL SEMESTER 1967-1968 �Wilkes College f?Jalkun ~,..~ {\~~~~~=:!)I~~ .) :, ~ C { ~....,,,__: :, > _,.,,...,,.-...,..., EVENING SESSION Fall Semester 1967 - 1968 WILKES-BARRE, PENNSYLVANIA �seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; An Educated Man possesses vision, for he knows that vision pre• cedes all great attainments; is aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the com• munity; communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Formulated and adopted by lbt faculty as a guide to learning. Wilkes College Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell University, responding to a request of community leaders, established its Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter as a four-year liberal arts college. The College has grown steadily to its current enrollment of approximately 2000 full-time day students and 900 evening students engaged in undergraduate, graduate, and continuing education programs. From its inception the college has been dedicated to these twin goals - a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a program of service to the community. AN INDEPENDENT COLLEGE It was inevitable that the new college should be non-sectarian, for its purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters wished the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the community. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an independent college that was interdenominational in its influence and non-denominational in its control. FREEDOM OF INQUIRY Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. McClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their decision. With responsibility came a pressing desire to strengthen the work of the faculty, united in their faith that the intellectual and spiritual resources of the student are vigorous where the creative mind is free. UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY A college that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite philosophy and a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided by the thought that unity in our community, our nation, and our world requires not only great vision but warm understanding of peoples. In its small circle Wilkes College brings together students of many faiths, backgrounds, and countries. It encourages them to maintain their convictions and their loyalties. It encourages them to create friendships based upon respect for differences, and to adhere to those ideals that create unity and good will amidst diversity. �While academic work is the basis of the College program, the faculty recognizes that academic training will be of little importance unless students emerge as men and women of strong faith and fine character. In the words of John Stuart Mill, ••Before you can make men doctors and lawyers, you must first make them men." Wilkes College is committed to education as a way of life. A COOPERATIVE EFFORT The original concept of community services has been strengthened with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It has been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the com• munity all benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperative relationship, with its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has resulted in cooperative action. DECADES OF GROWTH Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Com• mon. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansion of the campus. EVENING COLLEGE INFORMATION CURRICULA UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM To meet the needs of ambitious men and women who desire the help which may come from college instruction, Wilkes College offers a wide program of Evening courses from which selections may be made according to individual tastes and requirements. The courses offered by the Evening College are designed for their special value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in the study of problems relating to business administration and the economy of the nation and the world. 5. Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting ACCREDITATION Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania and the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The Accounting curriculum has been accredited by the Certified Public Accounting Examiners of the State of New York. and aspire through the study of accounting courses to qualify for a certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. 7. Men and W(?men seeking a college degree through attendance in the Evening College. Except where designated in the course schedule, classes for courses offered in the evening will be scheduled on Monday - Wednesday or Tuesday - Thursday between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 10:00 p.m. The College reserves the right to withdraw any course for which there is insufficient enrollment. Students who have registered for courses that may be cancelled because of insufficient enrollment will be notified as promptly as possible. �GRADUATE PROGRAM Graduate courses in Chemistry and Physics leading to the degree of Master of Science are offered in the late afternoon and evening. Information relative to these courses is available in the Graduate Division Bulletin. Wilkes College cooperates with Temple University in offering a General Education Program for Teachers (G.E.P.T.) leading to the Degree of Master of Science in Education. The program is open to anyone who meets the academic requirements and is interested in exposure to a broad-base general education program. COOPERATIVE PROGRAM WITH LEHIGH UNIVERSITY Beginning this fall, Wilkes College will offer graduate work in Education in cooperation with Lehigh University. Students wiU register at the College and attend classes here, but they will receive Lehigh University credit for this work. Present plans call for the offering of one course each semester. RESEARCH AND GRADUATE CENTER The Research and Graduate Center is an excellently equipped and staffed installation that is an integral part of the College complex. During the school term the Center will continue the various public and private research projects now in progress. LABOR-MANAGEMENT TRAINING COURSES To establish a climate for industrial redevelopment the College has pioneered a Labor-Management Training Program in which the needs of the individual and the company are analyzed. Plans are arranged in consultation with officials, foremen, and other employees and are designed to meet the general and specific requirements of the particular group. Where several firms are confronted with common problems, special classes are organiz•.:d to include representation of several companies. Its four-fold purpose is: education and training, community information, research, and consultation. The underlying philosophy of the Institute of Regional Affairs cooperation, rather than reform or partisanship. F CILITIES The College is located in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, in the heart of the picturesque and historic Wyoming Valley. This ideal location in the foothills of the Poconos offers abundant cultural and recreational facilities and affords close proximity and convenient transportation to the metropolitan areas of New York and Philadelphia. THE LIBRARY The Library will observe the following schedule during the Fall session: Monday through Thursday . . .... 8:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. Friday .................. . ...... 8:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m. Saturday . . .... . ..... . . . ........ 9:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. Sunday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1: 00 p.m. to 4: 00 p.m. Telephone number after 5:00 p.m. is 824-4654. Evening College students may obtain a Library Card at the Circulation Desk of the Library. The Graduate Science Library, located on the second floor of tark Hall, will observe the following schedule: Monday through Thursday . . . . . . 9: 00 a.m. to 9: 00 p.m. Friday ......................... 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. BOOKSTORE The Bookstore offers a complete stock of necessary textbooks and supplies. It will be open as follows: Monday through Friday ......... 9:00 a.m. to INSTITUTE OF REGIONAL AFFAIRS The Institute of Regional Affairs is a multi-purpose college organization which views regional problems as belonging to no simple academic discipline, but rather as a contemporary phenomenon spilling into many disciplines. The Institute was created to assure coordination of varied efforts in order to better understand and resolve complex and contemporary problems. Noon 1:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m. Monday and Tuesday Evenings .... 6:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m. Saturday ....................... 9:00 a.m. to Noon EXPENSES Tuition - $40 per semester hour credit. All charges must be paid at the time registration forms are processed. �EVENING COLLEGE Books and supplies may be purchased at the bookstore and mu t be paid for at the time of purchase. Fall Semester 1967-1968 WITHDRAWAL A student who withdraws from the evening session or drops courses should give prompt written or verbal notice to the Director of the Evening and Summer College and to the instructors concerned in order that their records may not unjustly show failure in courses. Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will receive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: during the first six weeks of the evening session one-half of the tuition will be refunded upon request to the Director of Evening and Summer College, if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After the first six weeks no refunds are allowed and the student is obligated for the full costs of the term. No student who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any refunds. COURSE Acct Acct. Acct. Acct. lOlE lOlE-2 lOlE-3 l02E Acct. lllE t. to to to to For further information write to: Professor Robert S. Capin Director of Evening and Summer College Wilkes College Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 18703 Phone 824-4651. (After 5:00 p.m., call 824-4656) 2.HE 8:00 p.m. 8:00 p.m. 8:00 p.m. 12:00 noon Monday, September 18 .............. Classes begin, 6:00 p.m. Saturday, October 14 ................. Submit incomplete grr.Jes Wednesday, November 1 ..................... Progress repons Tuesday, November 21 ........ Thanksgiving recess, 10:00 p.m. Monday, November 27 ............. Classes resume, 6:00 p.m. Thursday, December 14 ........... Christmas recess, 10:00 p.m. Wednesday, January 3 .............. Classes resume, 6:00 p.m. Thursday, January 11 .................. Classes end, 10:00 p.m. Monday, January 15 to 18 ................. Examination period DAY&HOURS ROOM No. CREDIT HOURS ACCOUNTING: CALENDAR Registration for the Evening College is as follows: Wednesday, September 13 ........... 9:00 a.m. Thursday, September 14 ............. 9:00 a.m. Friday, September 15 ................ 9:00 a.m. Saturday, September 16 .............. 9:00 a.m. DESCRIPTION Elementary Accounting I Elementary Accounting I Elementary Accounting I Elementary Accounting II (Pre: Acct. 101) Intermediate Accounting I (Pre: Acct. 102 ) Advanced Cost Accounting I (Pre: Acct. 112) Taxes I (Pre: Acct. 102-202) Auditing Practice I (Pre: Acct. 202 ) Advanced Accounting I (Pre: Acct. 112) TTH 6:30-8:00 MW 8:00-9:30 MW 8:00-9:30 Par. Par. Par. Par. 35 35 45 35 3 3 3 3 TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 45 3 MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 25 3 TIH 6:30-8:00 Par. 45 3 MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 25 3 TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 35 3 MW 8:00-9:30 TTH 6:30-8:00 Stark 116 Stark 116 3 TTH 8:00-9:30 MW 8:00-9:30 TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 27 Par. 26 3 3 3 MW 6:30-8:00 MW 6:30-8:00 TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 43 Par. 26 Par. 25 3 3 3 MW 6:30-8:00 BIOLOGY: Bio. 101E Biological Science I Bio lOIE-2 Biological Science I 3 BU INESS ADMINISTRATION: B . 209E B . 220E B . 225E B 231E B . 241E . 251E Correspondence and Reports Real Estate Corporation Finance (Pre: Econ. 102) Business Law Introduction and Contracts Life Insurance Principles of Management I Par. 25 �COURSE DESCRIPTION DAY&HOURS ROOM No. ECONOMICS: Econ. 101E Principles of Economics I Econ. 102E Principles of Economics II (Pre: Econ. 101) Econ. 111E Economic History Econ. 201E Money and Banking (Pre: Econ. 102) Econ. 225E International Trade (Pre: Econ. 102) Econ . 227E Economic Geography of North America (Pre: Econ. 102) Econ. 231E Applied General Statistics Econ . 245E Consumer Economics (Pre: Econ. 102) CREDIT HOUl! COUllSE DAY&HOURS DESCRIPTION ROOM No. CREDIT HOURS FINE ARTS: TTH 8:00-9: 30 MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 26 Par. 23 MW 8:00-9:30 MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 23 Par. 34 . lOlE Experiencing Art I . 109E Oil Painting I . 122E Ceramics MW 6:30-8:00 MW 8:00-9:30 MW 8:00-9:30 Con. An. 101 3 Con. An. 101 3 Con. An. 102 3 HI TORY: History of Western Civilization I Hit. lOlE-2 History of Western Civilization II Hist. 107E American and Pennsylvania History to 1865 Hit. 257E History of Russia to 1815 Hist. IOlE TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 23 MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 27 TTH 6:30-8:00 'ITH 8:00-9:30 Par. 27 Par. 27 'ITH 8:00-9:30 Con. 105 3 MW 8:00-9:30 Con. 105 3 'ITH 6:30-8:00 MW 6:30-8:00 Con. 105 Con. 105 3 3 MW TTH 'ITH 'ITH Pick. Pick. Pick. Pick. 101 101 104 104 3 3 3 3 Pick. 101 3 Con. Con. Con. Con. 100 209 209 104 3 3 3 4 'ITH 6:00-8:00 Con. 104 4 'ITH 6:30-8:00 Chase Theatre 3 LANGUAGES: EDUCATION: G.E . 211 Ed . 400 Changing Perspectives in Social Sciences Sat. 9:00-12:00 (Temple University Graduate Program) Par. 56 Psychological Foundations of Education T 7:00-10:00 ( Lehigh University Graduate Program) c.s.c. Elementary French Elementary German Elementary Russian Intermediate Russian (Pre: Russ. 102) pan. 103E Intermediate Spanish (Pre: Span. 102) Fr. Ger. Ru . Ru . IOlE lOlE 101A 103E 6:30-8:00 6:30-8:00 4:00-5:30 6: 30-8:00 MW 8:00-9:30 MATHEMATICS: ENGLISH: Eng. Eng. Eng. Eng . Eng. lOlE lOlE-2 lOlE-3 lOlE-4 102E Comp osition I Compositi<;m I Comp osition I Composition I Composition II (Pre: Eng. 101) Eng. 131E Fundamentals of Speech Eng. 131E-2 Fundamentals of Speech Eng. 151F W estern World of Literature (Pre: Eng. 102) MW MW TTH 'ITH MW 6:30-8:00 8:00-9:30 6:30-8:00 8:00-9:30 8:00-9:30 TH 4:00-6:00 TH 6:00-8:00 MW 6:00-8:00 Con. Con. Con. Con. Con. 103 104 201 ?01 103 Con. 103 Con. 103 Con. 104 Environmental Science 'ITH 6:30-8:00 MW 6: 30-8:00 MW 8:00-9:30 TTH 8:00-10:00 MU IC: {u . IOlE Introduction to the Materials and Literature of Music I RING EDUCATION: ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE: Env . Sci. lOlE Comp. Sci. lOlE Introduction to Computer Science Plane Trigonometry Math. 109E Mathematics of Finance lath. 115E lath. 122E Analytic Geometry (Pre: Math. 105 or both Math. 107 and 109) lath. 125E Calculus I (Pre: Math. 122) TTH 8 :00-10:00 Stark 302 Trends in Nursing . 106E Supervision and Administration M 4:00-6:00 T 4:00-6:00 Stark 216 Stark 21 6 2 2 �COURSE DESCRIPTION DAY&HOURS ROOM No. PHILOSOPHY: Phil. lOIE Phil. 102E Introduction to Philosophy Logic and Scientific Method TTH 8:00-9:30 TTH 6:30-8:00 Stark 109 Stark 109 T 7:00-8:00 Pick. 203 PHYSICAL EDUCATION: P.E. 105E Hygiene POLITICAL SCIENCE: P.S. lOIE P.S. 205E P.S. 221E Political Science I State Government (Pre: P.S. 101, 102) International Law (Pre: P.S. 101,_ 102) MW 8:00-9:30 MW 6:30-8:-00 Par. 43 Par. 46 TTH 8:00-9:30 Con. 103 TTH 6:30-8:00 TTH 8:00-9:30 TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 56 Par. 56 Con. 203 TTH 8:00-9:.30 Par. 34 TTH 6:30-8:00 Con. 203 TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 43 Par. 43 PSYCHOLOGY: Psy. lOlE General Psychology I Psy. lOlE-2 General Psychology I Psy. 208E Human Behavior (Pre: Psy. 101, 102) Psy. 25 IE Industrial Psychology (Pre: Psy. 212) Psy. 257E Abnormal Psychology (Pre: Psy. 207, 208) RETAILING: Ret. lOlE Ret. 21 IE Principles of Retailing Merchandise Information TTH 6:30-8:00 SECRETARIAL STUDIES: S.S. S.S. S.S. S.S. 105E 107E 201E 207E Elementary Shorthand Elementary Typing Advanced Typing Advanced Shorthand MW 6:00-8:00 MW 8:00-10:00 TTH 6:00-7:00 TTH 7:00-10:00 Par. Par. Par. Par. 33 33 33 33 SOCIOLOGY: Soc . lOIE Soc. 230E Soc. 252E Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology Social Problems ( Pre: Soc. 101, 102) Fields of Social Work (Pre: Soc. 101, 102 Psy. 101, 102) MW 8:00-9:30 MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 26 Par. 45 TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 46 ornm HOl'IJ �EVENING COLLEGE SESSION SPRING SEMESTER 1968 ~ LLaWcU.VN 000. OHC ', @ �CALENDAR Registration for the Evening College is as follows: Wednesday, January 24 .............. 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. Wilkes College ~al/din Thursday, January 25 ............... 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. Friday, January 26 .................. 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. Saturday, January 27 ................. 9:00 a.m. to 12:00 noon Monday, January 29 ................ Classes begin at 6:00 p.m. Saturday, Febru~ry 24 .. . ........... Submit incomplete grades Saturday, March 16 ......................... Progress reports Thursday, April 4 ........... Easter recess begins at 10:00 p.m. Wednesday, April 17 ............ Easter recess ends at 6:00 p.m. Thursday, May 16 .................. Classes end at 10:00 p.m. Monday, May 20 to Thursday, May 23 ...... Examination period For further information write to: EVENING SESSION Professor Robert S. Capin Director of Evening and Summer College Wilkes College Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 18703 Phone 824-4651. ( After 5: 00 p.m., call 824-4656) Spring Semester 1968 WILKES-BARRE, PENNSYLVANIA �An Educated Man seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; possesses vision, for he knows thac vision precedes all great attainments; is aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; Wilkes College Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell University, responding to a request of community leaders, established its Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter as a four-year liberal arts college. The College has grown steadily to its current enrollment of approximately 2200 full-time day students and 1000 evening students engaged in undergraduate, graduate, and continuing education programs. has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; From its inception the college has been dedicated to these twin goals - a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a program of service to the community. knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; AN INDEPENDENT COLLEGE It was inevitable that the new college should be non-sectarian, for its purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters wished the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the community. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an independent college that was interdenominational in its influence and non-denominational in its control. cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily Jiving and sustain him in times of crisis; has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; participates constructively in the ocial, economic, and political life of the community; communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Formulated and adopted by ,h, facuity as a guide to learning. FREEDOM OF INQUIRY Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. McClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their decision. With responsibility came a pressing desire to strengthen the work of the faculty, united in their faith that the intellectual and spirirual resources of the student are vigorous where the creative mind is free. UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY A college that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite philosophy and a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided by the thought that unity in our community, our nation, and our world requires not only great vision but warm understanding of peoples. In its small circle Wilkes College brings together students of many faiths, backgrounds, and countries. It encourages them to maintain their convictions and their loyalties. It encourages them to create friendships based upon respect for differences, and to adhere to those ideals that create unity and good will amidst diversity. �While academic work is the basis of the College program, the faculty recognizes that academic training will be of little importance unless students emerge as men and women of strong faith and fine character. In the words of John Stuart Mill, .. Before you can make men doctors and lawyers, you must first make them men." Wilkes College is committed to education as a way of life. A COOPERATIVE EFFORT The original concept of community services has been strengthened with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It has been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the community all benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperative relationship, with its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has resulted in cooperative action. DECADES OF GROWTH Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Common. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansion of the campus. ACCREDITATION Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania and the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The Accounting curriculum has been accredited by the Certified Public Accounting Examiners of the State of New York. EVENING COLLEGE INFORMATION CURRICULA UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM To meet the needs of ambitious men and women who desire the help which may come from college instruction, Wilkes College offers a wide program of Evening courses from which selections may be made according to individual tastes and requirements. The courses offered by the Evening College are designed for their special value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in the study of problems relating to business administration and the economy of the nation and the world. 5. Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting and aspire to qualify for a certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. 7. Men and w~men seeking a college degree through attendance in the Evening College. Except where designated in the course schedule, classes for oourses offered in the evening will be scheduled on Monday - W ednes- day or Tuesday - Thursday between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 10:00 p.m. The College reserves the right to withdraw any course for which there is insufficient enrollment. Students who have registered for courses that may be cancelled because of insufficient enrollment will be notified as promptly as possible. �RESEARCH AND GRADUATE CENTER The Research and Graduate Center is an excellently equipped and staffed installation that is an integral part of the College comple . During the school term the Center will continue the various public and private research projects now in progress. LABOR-MANAGEMENT TRAINING COURSES To establish a climate for industrial redevelopment the College has pioneered a Labor-Management Training Program in which the needs of the individual and the company are analyzed. Plans are arranged in consultation with officials, foremen, and other employees and are designed to meet the general and specific requirements of the particular group. Where several firms are confronted with common problems, special classes are organized to include representation of several companies. INSTITUTE OF REGIONAL AFFAIRS The Institute of Regional Affairs is a multi-purpose college organization which views regional problems as belonging to no simple academic discipline, but rather as a contemporary phenomenon spilling into many disciplines. The Institute was created to assure coordination of varied efforts in order to better understand and resolve complex and contemporary problems. Its four-fold purpose is: education and training, community information, research, and consultation. The underlying philosophy of the Institute of Regional Affairs is cooperation, rather than reform or partisanship. Evening College students may obtain a Library Card at the Circulation Desk of the Library. The Graduate Science Library, located on the second fl ooc of Stark Hall, will observe the following schedule: Monday through Thursday . . . . . . 9: 00 a.m. to 9: 00 p.m. Friday ......................... 9:00 a.m. to 5 :00 p.m. BOOKSTORE The Bookstore offers a complete stock of necessary textboo and supplies. It will be open as follows: Monday through Friday ......... 9:00 a.m. 1 :00 p.m. Monday and Tuesday Evenings .. 6:00 p.m. Saturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 :00 a.m. to to to to 11:45 a.m. 4:45 p.m. 7:45 p.m. Noon EXPENSES Tuition - $40 per semester hour credit. All charges must be paid at the time registration forms are processed. Books and supplies may be purchased at the bookstore and must be paid for at the time of purchase. WITIIDRAWAL FACILITIES The College is located in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, in the heart of the picturesque and historic Wyoming Valley. This ideal location in the foothills of the Poconos offers abundant cultural and recreational facilities and affords close proximity and convenient transportation to the metropolitan areas of New York and Philadelphia. THE LIBRARY The Library will observe the following schedule during the Fall session: Monday through Thursday . . . . . . 8: 00 a.m. to Friday ......................... 8:00 a.m. to Saturday ....................... 9:00 a.m. to Sunday ........................ 1:00 p.m. to Telephone number after 5:00 p.m. is 824-4654. 10: 00 9:00 4:00 4:00 p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. A student who withdraws from the evening session or drops courses should give prompt written or verbal notice to the Director of the Evening and Summer College and to the instructors concerned in order that their records may not unjustly show failure in courses. Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will receive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: during the first six weeks of the evening session one-half of the tuition will be refunded upon request to the Director of Evening and Summer College, if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After the first six weeks no refunds are allowed and the student is obligated for the full costs of the term. No student who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any refunds. �EVENING COLLEGE DESCRIPTION (X)lJRSB CREDIT HOURS DAY&HOURS ROOM No. MW 8:00-930 TIH 8:00-9:30 Par. 35 Par. 23 3 3 MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 27 3 MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 46 3 TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 27 3 TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 23 3 TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 27 3 M 6:30-9:30 Stark 100 3 W 6:30-9:30 Chase Hall 3 UNDERGRADUATE DIVISION Spring Semester - 1968 CX>URSE DESCRIPTION DAY&HOURS ECONOMICS: ROOM No. CREDIT HOURS ACCOUNTING: Acct. lOlE Elementary Accounting I MW Acct. l0lE-2 Elementary Accounting I TIH Acee. 102E Elementary Accounting II MW ( Pre: Acct. 101) Acct. 102E-2 Elementary Accounting II TIH (Pre: Acct. 101) Acct. 102E-3 Elementary Accounting II MW (Pre: Acct. 101) Acct. 11 lE Intermediate Accounting I MW (Pre: Acct. 102) Acct. 112E Intermediate Accounting II TIH (Pre: Acct. 111) Acct. 202E Cost Accounting II MW (Pre: Acct. 201) Acct. 222E Taxes II TIH (Pre: Acct. 221) Acct. 232E Auditing II MW (Pre: Acct. 231) Acct. 242E Advanced Accounting II TIH (Pre: Acct. 112 and permission) Econ. 101E Principles of Economics I Econ. 102E Principles of Economics II ( Pre: Econ. 101) Econ. 202E Theory of Money ( Pre: Econ. 201) Econ. 226E Economic Geography of the World (Pre: Econ. 102) Econ. 230E Business Cycles (Pre: Approval) Econ. 232E Economics Statistics (Pre: Econ. 231) Econ. 236E Public Finance (Pre: Econ. 102, P.S. 101) 6:30-8:00 6:30-8:00 6:30-8:00 Par. 35 Par. 35 Par. 45 6:30-8:00 Par. 25 8:00-9:30 Par. 45 8:00-9:30 Par. 33 8:00-9:30 Par. 35 6:30-8:00 Par. 25 EDUCATION: 6:30-8:00 Par. 45 Ed. lO0E 8:00-9:30 Par. 25 Id. 200E 8:00-9:30 Par. 25 Ed. 241E Introduction to Education (Pre: ~ophomore Standing) Educational Psychology (Pre: Psy. 102, Jr. Standing) Educational Measurements (Pre: Ed . 200) TH 4:00-6:00 30 W. River St. 2 BIOLOGY: Bio. 102E Biological Science Bio. 102E-2 Biological Science MW 6:30-8:00 TIH 6:30-8:00 Stark 116 Stark 116 3 3 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: B. A. 216E B. A. 222E Advertising MW Marketing MW (Pre: Econ. 102) B. A. 226E Investments MW (Pre: B.A. 225) B. A. 232E Business Law - Agency and Sales MW (Pre: B.A. 231) B. A . 233E Business Law - Partnership MW and Corporation (Pre : B.A. 231) B. A. 240E Property Insurance MW (Pre : B.A. 232) B. A. 244E Time and Motion Study TTH B. A. 252E Principles of Management II TIH (Pre: B.A. 251) 6:30-8:00 6:30-8:00 Par. 34 Par. 26 8:00-9: 30 Par. 46 6:30-8:00 Par. 23 8:00-9:30 Par. 34 8:00-9:30 6:30-8:00 6:30-8:00 Par. 26 Par. 26 Par. 43 3 3 3 ENGLISH: Eng. lOlE Composition Eng. lOlE-2 Composition Eng. 102E Composition (Pre: Eng. 101) Eng. 102E-2 Composition (Pre: Eng. 101) Eng. 102E-3 Composition (Pre: Eng. 101) Eng. 102E-4 Composition (Pre: Eng. 101) Eng. 131E Fundamentals of Speech Eng. 131E-2 Fundamentals of Speech Eng. 152E Western World Literature (Pre: Eng. 151) Eng. 152E-2 Western World Literature (Pre: Eng. 151) TTH 8:00-9:30 MW 8:00-9:30 MW 5:00-6:30 Con. 201 Con. 201 Con. 104 3 MW 6:30-8:00 Con. 104 3 TIH 6:30-8:00 Coo. 104 3 TIH 8:00-9:30 Con. 104 3 TH 4:00-6:00 6:00-8:00 MW 6:00-8:00 Con. 105 Con. 105 Con. 105 2 4 MW 8:00-10:00 Con. 201 4 nH 3 3 2 �DESCRIPTION COURSE DAY&HOURS ROOM No. CREDIT HOURS ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE: Env . Sci. 102E introductory Space Science F. A. lJOE Water Color Painting ( Pre: F.A. 104) Painting II (Oil) DAY&HOURS ROOM No. CREDIT HOURS PHILOSOPHY: TTH 8:00-9:30 Stark 302 3 MW 8:00-9:30 Con. An. 101 3 MW 6:30-8:00 Con. An. 201 3 FINE ARTS: F. A. 106E DESCRIPTION COURSE Stark 109 Stark 109 Stark 109 3 3 3 TH 7 :00-8:00 Stark 109 1 W 6:30-9:30 Stark 100 3 MW 8:00-9:30 MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 43 Par. 43 3 3 TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 43 3 TTH 6:30-8:00 TTH 8:00-9:30 TH 6:30-9:30 Par. 56 Par. 56 Con. 203 3 T 6:30-9:30 Con. 203 3 TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 26 3 TTH 6:00-8:00 MW 6:00-7:00 Par. 33 Par. 33 2 1 MW 8:00-9:30 Stark 132 3 TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 46 3 Phil lOlE Introduction to Philosophy ~~ 6:30-8:00 Phil. 102E Logic and Scientific Method 8: 00-9: 30 Phil. 206E Social and Political Philosophies TH 6: 30-9: 30 PHYSICAL EDUCATION: P.E. 106E Hygiene FOREIGN LANGUAGES: French 102E G erman 102E Spani h 104E Elementary French (Pre: Fr. 101) Elementary German (Pre: Ger. 101) Intermediate Spanish ( Pre: Sp. 103) MW 6:30-8:00 Pick. 101 3 TTH6:30-8:00 Pick. 101 3 MW 8:00-9:30 Pick. 101 3 102E 102E-2 108E 258E (Pre: P.S. 101, 102) History of World Civilization History of World Civilization American History since 1865 History of Modern Russia (Pre: Hist. 101, 102) TTH MW TTH MW 8:00-9:30 8:00-9:30 6:30-8:00 6:30-8:00 Con. 103 Weck. An. Con. 103 Weck. An. 3 3 3 3 M ath . lOlE Math. 102E Fundamentals of Mathematics Fundamentals of Mathematics (Pre: Math. 101) Math. 107E College Algebra Comp . Sci. 102E Data Processing MW 6:30-8:00 MW 8:00-9:30 Con. 203 Con. 104 TTH 6:30-8:00 TTH 6:30-8:00 Con. 204 Stark 100 TTH 6:30-8:00 N. E. 108E N . E. J l 2E T 4:00-6:00 Foundations of Nursing M 4:00-6:00 Principles and Methods in Nursing Education (Pre: Ed. 200) W 4:00-5:00 Multi-Sensory Techniques in Nursing Education (Pre: N. E. 107) Field Experience in Hours to be arranged Supervision (Pre: Approval of advisor) General Psychology Clinical Psychology (Pre: Psy. 212) 3 3 RETAILING: 3 Ret. 214E Retail Bpying (Pre: Approval) SECRETARIAL STUDIES: NURSING EDUCATION: N . E. 101E N. E . 107E PSYCHOLOGY: Psy. 255E Chase Tb. International Relations (Pre: P.S. 101, 102) Py. 102E-2 General Psychology Human Behavior (Pre: Psy. 101, 102) MUSIC: Introduction to the Materials and Literature of Music II P . 222E Py. 102E MATHEMATICS: Music 102E POUTICAL SCIENCE: P.S. 102E Political Science II P.S. 206E Municipal Government HISTORY: Hist. Hist. Hist. H ist. PHYSICS: Phys. 102E Physical Science 30 W. River St. 2 30 W. River St. 2 .S. I06E Elementary Shorthand S.S. 202E Advanced Typing OCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY: 30 W. River St. 1 30 W. River St. 4 Soc. 102E Introduction to Anthropology Soc. 25 lE Comparative Social Welfare Systems (Pre: Soc. 101, 102 & Psy. 101, 102) �GRADUATE DIVISION REGISTRATION FOR WILKES AND LEHIGH. WILKES COURSES IS HELD DURJNG REGULAR EVENING SCHOOL REGISTRATION HOURS IN THE GRADUATE OFFICE, ROOM 136, OF ST ARK HALL. Spring Semester - 1968 WILKES COLLEGE GRADUATE PROGRAM The following graduate courses in biology, chemistry, and physics will be offered and may be applied toward the degree of Master of Sc!ence. Normal scheduling for the classes is in late after• noon or early evening. Biology Biology 441 Biology 460 Immunology and Immunochemistry Selected Topics in Biology ( Physiological Problems) 3 hours Chemistry 341 - Systematic Inorganic Chemistry 3 hours Special Topics in Organic Chemistry ( Thermo and Photochemical Cycloaddition Reactions and Syntheses of Some Interesting Organic Compounds) 3 hours Advanced Physical Chemistry II 3 hours Physics Analytical Mechanics Physics 301 Solid State Theory Physics 311 Physics 321 Nuclear Physics I Mathematics 302 Applied Mathematics II 3 3 3 3 hours hours hours hours LEHIGH-WILKES GRADUATE PROGRAM Wilkes College, in cooperation with Lehigh University, offers graduate courses in education for graduate credit at Lehigh Universi• ty. Tuition for these courses is $45 per credit hour for elementaty and secondary teachers and administrators. All courses are applicable toward the mastees degree at Lehigh. In order to receive graduate credit for these courses, an applicant must apply for admission to the graduate school at Lehigh University. Course for Spring Semester Education 407 - Philosophical Foundations of Education Wilkes College cooperates with Temple University in offering a General Education Program for Teachers (G.E.P.T.) leading to the Degree of Master of Science in Education. The program is open to anyone who meets the academic requirements and is interested in exposure to a broad-base general education program. 3 hours Chemistry Chemistry 310 Chemistry 336 - TEMPLE UNIVERSITY GRADUATE PROGRAM 3 hours FURTHER INFORMATION ON ALL GRADUATE COURSES CAN BE OBTAINED AT THE GRADUATE SCHOOL OFFICE AT WILKES COLLEGE (824.4651, Ext. 243). ��CALENDAR SIX-WEEK DAY SESSIONS - 1968 FIRST SESSION REGISTRATION SESSION BEGINS SESSION ENDS - Tuesday, June 4 thru Friday, June 7 Parrish Hall-8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Monday, June IO Thursday, July 4 - No Classes Thursday, July 18 (Including Final Examinations) SECOND SESSION REGISTRATION - SESSION BEGINS SESSION ENDS - Thursday, July 18, Friday, July 19, and Monday, July 22 Parrish Hall-8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Tuesday, July 23 Thursday, August 29 (Including Final Examinations) EIGHT-WEEK EVENING SESSION REGISTRATION SESSION BEGINS SESSION ENDS - Wednesday, June 12 thru Friday, June 14 Parrish Hall - 8 :30 a.m. to, 8 :00 p.m. Monday, June 17 Thursday, August 8 (Including Final Examinations) WllKES COLLEGE u etfn SUMMER SESSIONS 1968 Fon FURTHER INFORMATION WRITE To: Professor Robert S. Capin Director of Evening and Summer College Wilkes College Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 18703 Phone: 824-4651 (After 5:00 p.m. - call 824-4656) Wilkes-Barre In order to minimize the possibility of cancelling courses, the preliminary registration form on the back cover should be completed and forwarded to the Director of Evening and Summer College as soon as possible. The preliminary registration does not o.bligate the registrant to take the course. • Pennsylvania �Q) 0 .-s ~ Q) s 0 C) 0.. co ..c: {I) ---- -- - n, ] WILKES COLLEGE Wilkes Barre, Pennsylvania SUMMER ADDENDA - 1968 . ST SESSION : P y. 102. .. CO1 D SESSION: . A. 101S-2 . A. l 02S- 2 F. A. 2 ~ S F . A. 203 S-2 So~ . 102S E SION: General Psychology II Experiencing Art I Experiencing Art II History of Modern Art History of Modern Art Introduction to Sociology &: Anthropology lv.[odern_ A r t Par. 46 9:45-11:15 Co. Ann . II 9:45-11:15 9 :45-11:15 8:00-9 :30 9:45-11:15 Par. 43 8:00-9 :3 0 Co. 6:00-8:00 II Ann �seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; An Educated Man possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; is aware of the diversity of ideas and belief~ that exist among men; has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the rel~gious convictions of all men; participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community; communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Formulated and adopted by the faculty as a guide to learning. �Wilkes College Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell University, responding to a request of community leaders, established its Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter as a four-year liberal arts college. The College has grown steadily to its current enrollment of approximately 2,200 full-time day students and 900 adults in the Evening College and special classes. From its inception the College has been dedicated to these twin goals - a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a program of service to the community. AN INDEPENDENT COLLEGE It was inevitable that the new College should be non-sectarian, for its purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters wished the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the community. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an independent college that was interdenominational in its influence and non-denominational in its control. FREEDOM OF INQUIRY Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. McClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their decision. With responsibility came a pressing desire to strengthen the work of the faculty, united in their faith that the intellectual and spiritual resources of the student are vigorous where the creative mind is free. UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY A college that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite philosophy and a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided by the thought that unity in our community, our nation, and our world requires not only great vision but warm understanding of �Page 6 - WILKES COLLEGE peoples. In its small circle Wilkes College brings together students of many faiths, backgrounds, and countries. It encourages them to maintain their convictions and their loyalties. It encourages them to create friendships based upon respect for differences, and to adhere to those ideals that create unity and good will amidst diversity. While academic work is the basis of the College program, the faculty recognizes that academic training will be of little importance unless students emerge as men and women of strong faith and fine character. In the words of John Stuart Mill, "Before you can make men doctors and lawyers, you must first make them men." A COOPERATIVE EFFORT The original concept of community services has been strengthened with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It has been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the community all benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperative relationship, with its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has resulted in cooperative action. DECADES OF GROWTH Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Common. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansion of the campus. ACCREDITATION Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania, the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, Certified Public Accounting Examiners of the State of New York, and the American Chemical Society. SUMMER COLLEGE Information Curricula UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM The summer program is designed for men and women interested in accelerating degree work, and for recent high school graduates interested in beginning their college careers. Courses are open to Wilkes College students, students of other colleges, and nonmatriculated students. Course load is limited to six semester hours of credit for each six-week session. Students are cautioned to exercise judgment and care in scheduling both day and evening courses. Most classes for courses offered during the six-week day sessions will meet five days per week during the morning hours as follows: FIRST PERIOD - 8 :00 A.M. TO 9 :30 A.M. SECOND PERIOD - 9 :45 A.M. TO 11: 15 A.M. Except where designated in the course schedule, classes for courses offered during the eight-week evening session will be scheduled on Monday, Tuesday, and Thursday evenings between the hours of 6 :00 P.M. and 10 :00 P.M. The College reserves the right to withdraw any course for which there is insufficient enrollment. Students who have registered for courses that are subsequently cancelled because of insufficient enrollment will be notified as promptly as possible. ADMISSION Admission to the summer program is granted to: a) all Wilkes College students currently in good standing; b) high school graduates who have been admitted as degree candidates to the Wilkes regular program; c) high school graduates who have been admitted as full-time students in the regular program of an accredited college other than Wilkes; d) all students in good standing at their respective colleges who furnish official confirmation of that status sent by the dean of their college to the director of the Wilkes summer session; �INFORMATION - Page 9 Page 8 - INFORMATION e) students who enroll in the summer session upon special invitation by Wilkes Committee on Admissions. Non-Wilkes summer session students who desire to become degree candidates here will have to qualify for admission or transfer into the college's regular program via the procedures outlined by the Committee on Admissions. Such procedures must be initiated through the office of Mr. John Whitby, Director of Admissions. TRANSFER OF CREDITS DORMITORY AND DINING FACILITIES Dormitory and dining facilities will be available for both male and female students. The cost for these services may be found under EXPENSES. Arrangements for dormitory accommodations may be made with the Director of Evening and Summer Col1ege. THE LIBRARY The Library will observe the following schedule during the summer sessions: Monday through Thursday 8:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. Friday 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Credits earned in the Wilkes College summer session may be transferred to other institutions. Students may, at the conclusion of the course, request this service by filling out a card indicating to which institution credits earned shall be transferred. Summer College students may obtain a Library Card at the Circulation Desk of the Library. WITHDRAWAL The Graduate Science Library, located on the second floor of Stark Hall, will observe the following schedule: Monday through Friday 9:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m. A student who withdraws from the summer sessions or drops courses should give prompt written or verbal notice to the Director of the Evening and Summer College and to the instructors concerned in order that their records may not unjustly show failure in courses. Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will receive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: During the first week of the six-week sessions and during the first two weeks of the eight-week evening session one-half of the tuition will be refunded upon written request to the Director of Evening and Summer College, if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After the periods designated no refunds are allowed and the student is obligated for the full costs of the term. No student who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any refunds. Facilities The College is located in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, in the heart of the picturesque and historic Wyoming Valley. This ideal location in the foothills of the Poconos offers abundant cultural and recreational facilities and affords close proximity and convenient transportation to the metropolitan areas of New York and Philadelphia. Telephone number after 5:00 p.m. is 824-4654. THE BOOKSTORE The Bookstore offers a complete stock of necessary textbooks and supplies. It will be open as follows: Monday through Friday 9:00 a.m. -11 :45 a.m. l :00 p.m. -4:45 p.m. Monday & Tuesday Evenings 6:00 p.m. - 7:45 p.m. Expenses The student may expect to incur the following expenses for the summer session: TumoN - $40 per credit hour DORMITORY (Exclusive of meals) - $75 per six-week session LINEN SERVICE - $5 per six-week session (required for dormitory students) DINING FACILITIES - Dining Hall will be open Monday through Friday. Meals may be taken on a pay-as-yougo basis. All charges must be paid at the time registration forms are processed. Charges for the second six-week session may be paid no later than July 21, 1968. Books and supplies may be purchased at the bookstore and must be paid for at the time of purchase. �SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page 11 SUMMER SESSION SCHEDULE OF COURSES COURSE EDUCATION: Ed. 100S Introduction to Education Ed. 200S Educational Psychology FIRST SESSION SCHEDULE June 10 - July 18, 1968- Monday thru Friday DESCRIPTION ACCOUNTING: Acct. I0IS Elementary Accounting I Acct. 11 lS Intermediate Accounting I ROOM HOUR CR. 8:00-9:30 3 8:00-9:30 3 (Pre: Acct. 102) BIOLOGY: Bio. lOIS Biological Science Stark 116 CR. 8:00-9:30 3 8:00-9:30 3 Chase H. Chase H. 9:45-11:15 3 Guidance 9:45-11: 15 3 Chase H. (Pre: Ed. 200) ENGLISH: Eng. 99P Par. 45 Par. 25 HOUR (Pre: Psy. 102, Junior standing) Ed. 242S COURSE ROOM DESCRIPTION Pre-College English Bdf. 13 8:00-9:30 (June 17-July 20) Eng. 99P-2 Pre-College English Bdf. 13 9 :45-11: 15 (June 17-July 20) lOIS lOIS-2 131S ISIS Composition Composition Fundamentals of Speech Western World Literature Eng. 151S-2 Western World Literature Eng. Eng. Eng. Eng. Par. 33 Con. 105 Par. 33 Par. 26 9:45-11: 15 8:00-9:30 8:00-9:00 9 :45-11 :45 3 3 2 4 Bdf 12 9:45-11:45 4 Bdf. 12 7:30-9:30 4 Bdf. Sem. 9 :45-11 : 15 3 Con. An. Con. An. Con. An. 8:00-9:30 3 9 :45-11 : 15 3 9:45-11:15 3 Stark 116 8:00-9:30 3 (Pre: Eng. 102) BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: B.A. 240S Property Insurance Par. 27 (Pre: Eng. 102) 8:00-9:30 3 (Pre: B.A. 232, or Approval) Eng. ISIS-3 Western World Literature (Pre: Eng. 102) CHEMISTRY: Chem. l0IS Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry Stark 204 Laboratory Breakage Deposit $10.00 Fee: $20.00 Organic Chemistry Stark 112 Chem. 230S Eng. 291S (Pre: Eng. 152) 8:30-10:00 4 10:00-1 :00 M-W ECONOMICS: Principles of Economics I Econ. lOIS Econ. 1IIS Economic History Econ. 231S Applied General Statistics FINE ARTS: F.A. 101S F.A. 109S F.A. 110S I :00-4:00 M-W GENERAL SCIENCE: Envi. Sci. 101S Introductory Earth Science Fee: $10.00 HISTORY: Hist. lOIS Par. 23 Par.34 Par. 27 9:45-11:15 3 9:45-11:15 3 8:00-9:30 3 Par. 34 8:00-9:30 3 Hist. lOIS-2 Hist. 107S (Pre: Approval of Instructor) Econ. 241S Economic Analysis (Pre: Ee. 102) Experiencing Art I Oil Painting I Oil Painting II (Pre: F.A. 109) 10:00-11 :30 4 (Pre: Chem. 221 or Approval) Laboratory Breakage Deposit $10.00 Fee: $20.00 Modern Poetry Hist. 258S History of World Civilization Weck. An. History of World Civilization Par. 53 American and Pennsylvania History to 1865 Week. An. History of Modern Russia Par. 25 (Pre: Hist. 101 and 102) 9:45-11:15 3 8:00-9:30 3 8:00-9:30 3 9 :45-11 : 15 3 �Page 12 - SCHEDULE OF COURSES COURSE DESCRIPTION LANGUAGES: Fr. IOIS Elementary French Fr. 103S Intermediate French SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page 13 ROOM HOUR Pick. 101 Pick. 101 (Pre: Fr. 102 or equivalent) Ger. 101S Ger. 103S Elementary German Intermediate German Russ. IOIS Russ. 103S Elementary Russian Intermediate Russian 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-11 :15 3 Pick. 201 Pick. 201 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-11 :IS 3 Pick. 203 Pick. 203 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-11: 15 3 (Pre: Russ. 102 or equivalent) Elementary Spanish Intermediate Spanish (Pre: Sp. I 02 or equivalent) (Pre-College Students) Plane Trigonometry Introduction to Music DESCRIPTION PSYCHOLOGY: General Psychology Psy. IOIS Child Psychology Psy. 207S HOUR Par. 43 Par. 43 CR. 8:00-9:30 9:45-11: IS 3 3 Abnormal Psychology Par. 46 5:00-6:45 3 M-T-W-Th (Pre: Psy. 207-208 or approval) SOCIOLOGY: Introduction to Sociology Soc. IOIS and Anthropology I Introduction to Sociology Soc. IOIP and Anthropology I Par. 45 Par. 56 (Pre-College Students) Sociological Theory 9:45-11:15 3 9:45-11:15 3 (June 17-July 20) Par. 46 8:00-9:30 3 (Pre: Soc. 101 and 102 and two other courses in soc. or Approval) 9:45-11: 15 3 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-11 :15 3 (June 17-July20) Chase Th. ROOM (Pre: Psy. 101 and 102) Psy. 257E SECOND SESSION SCHEDULE July 23 - August 29, 1968- Monday thru Friday (June 17-July 20) Par. 35 (Pre-College Students) MUSIC: Music lOIS Applied Music COURSE Soc. 280S MATHEMATICS: Math. IOIS Fundamentals of Mathematics St. 132 Math. 107P College Algebra Par. 35 Math. 109P 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-11 :15 3 Pick. 104 Pick. 104 (Pre: Ger. 102 or equivalent) Span. IOIS Span. I03S CR. 9:45-11 :15 3 COURSE DESCRIPTION ACCOUNTING: Elementary Accounting II Acct. 102S ROOM Par. 45 HOUR CR. 8:00-9:30 3 800-9:30 3 Stark 116 9:45-11:15 3 Stark 204 8:30-10:00 10:00-1 :00 4 (Pre: Acct. 101) Acct. I 12S Intermediate Accounting II Par. 25 (Pre: Acct. 111) PHILOSOPHY Phil. IOlS Introduction to Philosophy Phil. 105S Ethics PHYSICS: Phys. 101S Phys. 152S Physical Science General Physics III (Pre: Phys. 151) POLITICAL SCIENCE: P.S. IOlS Political Science I P.S. IOIP Political Science I Stark 100 Stark 100 Stark 132 Stark 101 Par. 53 Par. 26 (Pre-College Students) P.S. 203S Politics and Political Parties (Pre: P.S. 101 and 102) 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-11: 15 3 8:00-9:30 3 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-11:15 3 Biological Science CHEMISTRY: Chemical Equilibria Chem. 102S Laboratory M-W (Pre: Chem. 101) Chem. 232S 9:45-11:15 3 8:00-9:30 3 (June 17-July20) Par. 46 BIOLOGY: Bio. 102S Breakage Deposit $10.00 Fee: $20.00 Organic Chemistry Ila Stark 112 10:00-11 :30 4 (Pre: Chem. 230) Laboratory I :00-4:00 M-W Breakage Deposit $10.00 Fee: $20.00 �SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page 15 Page 14 - SCHEDULE OF COURSES COURSE DESCRIPTION ECONOMICS: Econ. 102S Principles of Economics II ROOM Money and Banking Economic Statistics 9:45-11: 15 3 Par. 34 8:00-9:30 3 Hist. 102S-2 Par. 27 8:00-9:30 3 (Pre: Econ. 231) BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: B.A. 222S Marketing Corporation Finance 9:45-11:15 3 Par. 25 9:45-11: 15 3 Par. 26 8:00-9:30 3 (Pre: Ee. 102) B.A. 241S Life Insurance (Pre: Approval) EDUCATION: Ed. I00S Introduction to Education Ed. 242S Guidance Western World Literature Chase H. Chase H. Western World Literature (Pre: Eng. 151) Eng. 215S Shakespeare (Pre: Eng. 152) ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE: Envi. Sci. 102S Introductory Space Science Laboratory Fee: $10.00 FINE ARTS: P.A. lOIS P.A. 102S Experiencing Art I Experiencing Art II Bdf. 12 Bdf. 13 Bdf. 12 Drawing and Composition (Pre: F.A. 103) P.A. 109S Oil Painting I 9:45-11: IS 3 8:00-9:30 3 8:00-9:30 9:45-11: 15 3 3 Pick. 101 8:00-9:30 3 Pick. 101 9 :45-11: 15 3 Pick. 104 8:00-9:30 3 Pick. 104 9:45-11: 15 3 Pick. 203 8:00-9:30 3 Pick. 203 9:45-11: 15 3 Pick. 201 8:00-9:30 3 Pick. 201 9:45-11: 15 3 Introduction to the Materials and Literature of Music II Chase Th. 8:00-9:30 Hours to be arranged with instructor 3 (Pre: Fr. 101) Intermediate French II 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-11:15 3 Ger. 102S Elementary German II (Pre: Ger. 101) Ger. 104S Intermediate German II 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-11 :15 3 9:45-11:45 4 Elementary Spanish II (Pre: Sp. 101) Span. 104S Intermediate Spanish II (Pre: Sp. 103) Russ. 102S Elementary Russian (Pre: Russ. 101) Con. 105 9:45-11 :45 4 Russ. 104S Intermediate Russian (Pre: Russ. 103) Bdf. 13 7:30-9:30 4 Bdf. Sem. 9:45-11:15 3 Stark 100 8:00-9:30 3 Con. An. Con. An. 8:00-9:30 3 8:00-9:30 3 Con. An. 9:45-11:15 3 Con. An. 9:45-11: 15 3 (Pre: P.A. 101) P.A. 104S CR. (Pre: Ger. 103) (Pre: Eng. 151) Eng. 152S-3 HOUR (Pre: Fr. 103) (Pre: Eng. 151) Eng. 152S-2 ROOM History of World Civilization Weck. An. History of World Civilization Par. 23 American and Pennsylvania History from 1865 Weck. An. Twentieth Century America Par. 27 LANGUAGES: Fr. 102S Elementary French II Span. 102S Composition Composition Western World Literature DESCRIPTION (Pre: History 107 and 108) Fr. 104S (Pre: Ed. 200) ENGLISH: Eng. lOIS Eng. 102S Eng. 152S Hist. 108S Hist. 230S Par. 26 (Pre: Ee. 102) B.A. 225S COURSE Par. 33 (Pre: Econ. 102) Econ. 232S CR. HISTORY: Hist. 102S (Pre: Econ. 101) Econ. 201S HOUR MUSIC: Music 102S Applied Music MATHEMATICS: Math. 102S Fundamentals of Mathematics St. 132 9:45 11: IS 3 8:00-9:30 9:45-11: 15 3 3 (Pre: Math. 101) PHILOSOPHY: Phil. 102S Logic and Scientific Method Stark 114 Phil. 204S Philosophy of Religion Stark 114 �SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page 17 Page 18 - SCHEDULE OF COURSES COURSE PHYSICS: Phys. 102S DESCRIPTION Physical Science ROOM HOUR CR. Stark 132 8:00-9:30 3 Stark 101 8:00-9:30 4 9:45-12:00 (Pre: Phys. 101) Phys. 150S General Physics I Laboratory COURSE DESCRIPTION ECONOMICS: Principles of Economics I Econ. lOIE Principles of Economics II Eco.n. 102E ROOM HOUR CR. Par. 23 Par. 23 6:00-8:00 8:00-10:00 3 3 Bdf. 13 Bdf. 13 Bdf. 12 6:00-8:00 8:00-10:00 8:00-10:00 3 3 3 Bdf. Sem. 6:00-8:00 3 Con. 105 6:00-8:00 2 (Pre: Econ. 101) M-T-W Lab. Fee: $20.00 POLITICAL SCIENCE: P.S. 102S Political Science II P.S. 207S Public Administration Par. 53 Par. 53 9:45-11:15 3 8:00-9:30 3 (Pre: P.S. 101 and 102) PSYCHOLOGY: Psy. 102S General Psychology ENGLISH: Eng. lOIE Eng. lOIE-2 Eng. 102E Composition Composition Composition (Pre: Eng. 101) Eng. 105E Advanced Exposition (Pre: Eng. 102) Par. 46 8:00-9:30 3 Eng. 131E Fundamentals of Speech Eng. 151E Western World Literature M-W Bdf. 12 Eng. 152E Western World Literature Bdf. 14 HISTORY: Hist. lOIE June 17 - August 8, 1968 - Monday, Tuesday and Thursday COURSE DESCRIPTION ACCOUNTING: Elementary Accounting I Acct. IOIE Elementary Accounting II Acct. 102E ROOM HOUR CR. Hist. 102E Hist. 107E Par. 35 Par. 35 8:00-10:00 3 6:00-8:00 3 Hist. 221E (Pre: Acct. 101) 4 6:00-8:00 4 M-T-W-Th (Pre: Eng. 151) EVENING SESSION SCHEDULE 6:00-8:00 M-T-W-Th (Pre: Eng. 102) History of World Weck. An. Civilization History of World Weck. An. Civilization American and Pennsylvania Stark 132 History to 1865 American Social and Stark 132 Intellectual History 6:00-8:00 3 8:00-10:00 3 6:00-8:00 3 8:00-10:00 3 (Pre: History 107 and 108) BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: Business Correspondence B.A. 209E and Reports Par. 25 6:00-8:00 3 Business Law - Introduction and Contracts Par. 34 6:00-8:00 3 (Pre: Eng. 102) B.A. 231E (Pre: Ee. 102, or Approval) B.A. 232E Business Law - Agency and Sales Par. 34 8:00-10:00 3 Par. 25 8:00-10:00 3 (Pre: B.A. 231) B.A. 251E Principles of Management I MATHEMATICS: College Algebra Math. 107E Plane Trigonometry Math. 109E Analysis I (Calculus with Math. 122E Analytic Geometry) Math. 125E Analysis II (Calculus with Analytic Geometry) (Pre: Math. 122) Stark 100 Stark 100 Stark 112 6:00-8:00 3 8:00-10:00 3 6:00-8:00 4 M-T-W-Th Stark 112 8:00-10:00 4 M-T-W-Th �Page 18 - SCHEDULE OF COURSES COURSE MUSIC: Music 101E Applied Music DESCRIPTION GRADUATE DIVISION ROOM HOUR CR. Introduction to the Materials and Literature of Music I Chase Th. 6:00-8:00 3 Hours to be arranged with instructor 1 NURSING EDUCATION: N.E. I 12E Field Experience in Supervision or Teaching 30 W. River PHILOSOPHY: Phil. 10IE Introduction to Philosophy Phil. 102E Logic and Scientific Method Par. 46 Par. 46 Hours to be arranged 4 6:00-8:00 3 8:00-10:00 3 SUMMER SESSION - 1968 LEHIGH-WILKES GRADUATE PROGRAM Wilkes College, in cooperation with Lehigh University, offers graduate courses in education for graduate credit at Lehigh University. Tuition for these courses is $45 per credit hour for elementary and secondary teachers and administrators. All courses are applicable toward the master's degree at Lehigh. In order to receive graduate credit for these courses, an applicant must apply for admission to the graduate school at Lehigh University. COURSES FOR SUMMER SEMESTER Education 400- PSYCHOLOGICAL FouNDATIONS PHYSICAL EDUCATION: P .E. I 0SE Hygiene Par. 26 6:30-8:00 T POLITICAL SCIENCE: P.S. 10IE Political Science I P.S. 102E Political Science II P.S. 222E International Relations (Pre: P.S. 101-102) PSYCHOLOGY Psy. 208E Human Behavior (Pre:Psy. 101-102) Psy. 210E Psychologic Theory (Pre: Psy. 101-102) SECRETARIAL STUDIES: S.S. I 05E Elementary Shorthand S.S. 107E Elementary Typewriting IN Date: June 11 thru July 16 Time: 6:30 to 9:30 p.m. Tuesdays, Wednesdays, and Thursdays Education 402-ANTHROPOLOGICAL FouNDATIONS Par. 53 Par. 53 Par. 56 8:00-10:00 3 6:00-8:00 3 6:00-8:00 3 Par. 45 8:00-10:00 3 Par. 45 6:00-8:00 3 Par. 33 Par. 33 6:00-8:00 2 8:00-10:00 2 EDUCATION 3 credits OF EDUCATION 3 credits Date: July 23 thru August 22 Time: 6:30 to 9:30 p.m. Tuesdays, Wednesdays Education 392- WORKSHOP (Theater) Date: June 19 - July 24 Time: All Day, Daily 6 credits This course will be tailored to the special needs of the high school drama and music coaches. Specific topics will include: I. coordinating music and drama events 2. interpreting the play 3. directing the student performer 4. blocking and stage business A co.n centrated summer program in a fully-equipped, air-conditioned new theater offers excellent opportunities to high school music and drama teachers who work in different theater environments. Full scholarships are available for those accepted for the course. �Page 20 - INFORMATION TEMPLE UNIVERSITY GRADUATE PROGRAM PRELIMINARY Wilkes College cooperates with Temple University in offering a General Education Program for Teachers (G.E.P.T.) leading to the Degree of Master of Science in Education. The program is open to anyone who meets the academic requirements and is interested in exposure to a broad-base general education program. The following course will be offered: GE 231-232- SYMPOSIUM IN EDUCATION 6 credits This course is required for the Temple University GEPT M. S. in Ed. Degree. Date: June 24 thru August 2 REGISTRATION FORM Completion and filing of this form with the Director of Evening and Summer College, Wilkes College, Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, 18703, will enable the Director to determine course demand. If advance demand does not warrant giving a particular course, the prospective student filing this form will be promptly notified. The completion and filing of this form does not, in any way, obligate the prospective student. Time: I :00 to 4 :30 p.m., Monday thru Friday Tuition: $16 per credit hour for Pennsylvania residents; $32 for non-residents. REGISTRATION FOR WILKES AND LEHIGH - WILKES COURSES IS HELD DURING REGULAR EVENING SCHOOL REGISTRATION HOURS IN THE GRADUATE OFFICE, ROOM 136, OF STARK HALL. Further information on all graduate courses can be obtained at the Graduate School Ofji.ce at Wilkes College (824-4651, Ext. 243). PRE-REGISTRATION A statement of your academic standing must be submitted by your dean or registrar. Name ....................................................................................................... . Address City ................................................ State ............ Zip Code .................. College or University now attending ....................................................................................... . Please mail Registration forms. 1st Semester Course No. D 2nd Semester Course No. Will you require dormitory accommodations? Evening Course No. Yes □ No □ �Wilkes College Summer Sessions Wilkes-Barre, Penna. 18703 6 � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin, 1967-1968 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1967-1968 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/74fc5846ce9d2b87a06e854871959523.pdf 8c1099f2c1a6c3a06a48ff30db8ef8b7 PDF Text Text -BARRE, PENNSYLVANIA �1966-1967 PRI G AND FALL Ml~ 'TER -1966-67 Vol. XV �LD College Calendar SPRING SEMESTER - 1966 Friday, January 28 - Schedule changes Monday, January 31 - Classes begin at 8 a.m. Monday, February 28 - Student Teaching begins Monday, February 28 - Submit reports on incomplete grades Wednesday, March 16 - Progress reports Monday, March 21 to Friday, March 25 Registration for Juniors and Engineering students Monday, March 28 to Friday, April 1 Registration for Sophomores Monday, April 4 to Friday, April 15 - Registration for Freshmen Tuesday, April 5 -Easter recess begins at 5 p.m. Wednesday, April 13-Easter recess ends at 8 a.m. Friday, April 22-Student Teaching ends Saturday, May 14 - Classes end Monday, May 16 to Wednesday, May 25 -Examination period Sunday, June 5 -Baccalaureate 5 p.m. Monday, June 6 - Commencement 8 p.m. 8-WEEK SUMMER SESSION - 1966 Tuesday, June 7 to Saturday, June 11 - Regist,ration Monday, June 20- Classes begin Friday, August 12 - Summer College ends 6-WEEK SUMMER SESSIONS - 1966 Session I Tuesday, June 7 to Saturday, June 11 Registration for 6-W eek Session Monday, June 13 - First 6-week session begins Wednesday, July 20 -First 6-week session ends Session II Thursday, July 21 to Monday, July 25 Registration for sedond 6-week session Tuesday, July 26-Second 6-week session begins Thursday, September 1 - Second 6-week session ends FALL SEMESTER-1966 Monday, September 12 to Friday, September 16 Orientation for Freshmen Tuesday, September 13 - 1 to 4 p.m. - Registration for Freshmen ollege Calendar hur cla , ptember 15 - 9 a.m. to 4 p.m. R gistration for upperclassmen 1 n la ·, eptember 19- Classes begin at 8 a.m. turda , October 15 - Parents' Day turda ·, 'ovember 5 - Homecoming turclay, October 15 - Final reports on incomplete grades \ ' dn cla , ovember 2 - Progress Reports I nda , 1 1 ovembcr 7 to Friday, November 11 R gi tration for Seniors, Juniors and Engineering Students nda ·, ovember 14 to Friday, November 18 R gi tration for Sophomores I nda , 'ovember 21 to Wednesday, November 30 Registration for Freshmen u da ', 'ovember 22 - Thanksgiving recess begins at 5 p.m. fon la·, 'ovember 28 - Thanksgiving recess ends at 8 a.m. u la,, December 20 - Christmas recess begins at 5 p.m. \' dn day, January 4, 1967 - Christmas recess ends at 8 a.m. \\ dne day, January 11 - Classes end at 5 p.m. Frida ,January 13-Saturday, January 21-Examination period SPRING SEMESTER- 1967 Frida , January 27 - Registration, 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. f nda ', January 30 - Classes begin at 8 a.m. 1 nday, February 27 - Submit reports on incomplete grades \ dn day, March 15 - Progress reports londay, i larch 20 to Friday, March 31 Registration for Juniors and Engineering Students 1onda , pril 3 to Friday, April 7 - Registration for Sophomores londa , April 10 to Friday, April 14 - Registration for Freshmen 1 u day, March 21 -Easter recess begins 5 p.m. dn day, March 29 - Easter recess ends at 8 a.m. Friday, pril 28 Final date for requests for summer trans/ er credit · turday, lay 13 - Classes end fonday, 1ay 15 to Wednesday, May 24 - Examination period unday, June 4 - Baccalaureate 5 p.m. onday, June 5 - Commencement 8 p.m. • On Monday, Tuesday, and Wednesday, January 9, 10, 11, the schedule for Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday classes will be followed. ening School bulletin is available uPon request. Direct inquiries to Director of Evening School, Parrish Hall. �Contents College Calendar, 2 Wilkes College, 5 THE COLLEGE AND THE COMMUNITY Office of Community Services, 65 POLICIES AND OBJECTIVES Admissions, 11 Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic, 6 Fine Arts Fiesta, 67 Registration, 14 Financial Assistance, 18 Buildings and Plant, 31 STUDENT LIFE Counseling, 39 Student Activities, 41 AN INDEPENDENT COLLEGE Bachelor of Science Degree, 73 Degree Requirements, 74 Description of Courses, 103 Athletics, 46 PERSONNEL OF THE COLLEGE Board of Trustees, 180 THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM Curricula, 51 It wa inevitable that the new college should be non-sectarian, for i purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters i h d the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in th community. It was believed that these ends could be rv d bet by an independent college that was interdenomin tional in its influence and non-denominational in its control. FREEDOM OF INQUIRY COURSES OF INSTRUCTION Social Activities, 43 Student Regulations, 47 tud nt. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS Bachelor of Arts Degree, 71 THE FACILITIES OF THE COLLEGE Wilke College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell Uniity, re ponding to a request of community leaders, established Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell niv r ity Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College r h cl it charter as a four-year liberal arts college. The Colha grown slowly to its current enrollment of approximately full-time day students and 500 part-time evening school fr m it inception the college has been dedicated to these twin I -a ound and stimulating intellectual experience for stud nt and a program of service to the community. Tuition, Fees, and Expenses, 14 Scholarships, 18 Wilkes College Officers of Administration, 182 Academic Requirements, 55 Assistants in Administration, 183 Graduation Requirements, 60 F acuity, 184 ar have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late ilb rt S. McClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wi dom of their decision. With responsibility came a pressing d ir to strengthen the work of the faculty, united in their f ith that the intellectual and spiritual resources of the student re vigorous where the creative mind is free. UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY college that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite philo ophy and a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided b the thought that unity in our community, our nation, and our world requires not only great vision but warm understanding of peoples. In its small circle Wilkes College brings together tudent of many faiths, backgrounds, and countries. It encour- �Page 6 - WILKES COLLEGE ages them to maintain their conv1ct10ns and their loyalties. It encourages them to create friendships based upon respect for differences, and to adhere to those ideals that create unity and good will amidst diversity. While academic work is the basis of the College program, the faculty recognizes that academic training will be of little import• ance unless students emerge as men and women of strong faith and fine character. In the words of John Stuart Mill, "Before you can make men doctors and lawyers, you must first make them men." Wilkes College is committed to education as a way of life. DECADES OF GROWTH Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Common. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansion of the campus. An Educated Man seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; 1s aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, a_n d physical endurance; cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; A COOPERATIVE EFFORT The original concept of community services has been strengthened with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It has been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the community all benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperative relationship, with its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has resulted in cooperative action. has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community; ACCREDITATION Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instr:Jction of the State of Pennsylvania and the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The Accounting curricuium has been accredited by the Certified Public Accounting Examiners of the State of New York. communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Formulated and ad:opted by the faculty as a guide to learning. �Policies and Objectives dmissions R gistration Tuition, Fees, and Expenses Financial Assistance �dmissions True education demands a love of learning and a spirit of sacrifice and service. Education is not a right or privilege but an opportunity that carries with it obligations prescribed by the College and responsibilities shared with the student. This concept has guided the faculty and trustees in developing the philosophy and procedures of the Admissions Committee, making it possible for students of ability, determination, and oundness of character to study at Wilkes. Here the student will find an atmosphere of competitive ming in the world of ideas. His desire to undertake study at \ ilkes places him among the ready men _for whom education i an experience in excellence. He will be charged with the re ponsibility for fulfilling that trust. The careful selection of able and committed students is deemed essential to the attainment of high standards and warm per onal relationships between students and faculty. Education at Wilkes The spirit of the College derives from the ideals of the faculty and the quality of its instruction: from its library, its laboratories and equipment The spirit of the College is the integrity of its mission, the intellectual climate that enriches the student as a person. The College believes that no attention can be too great which intensifies a student's thinking or deepens his interest or develops his techniques and skills. It believes that a good student commits himself to the disciplines of his work. To learn, to master, and to understand he must accept the responsibilities that he shares with othen. Admission Requirements HIGH SCHOOL RECORD Candidates applying for admission to Wilkes should be high chool graduates and should offer at least fifteen units of work r presenting the equivalent of the usual four-year high school or preparatory school course. For entrance into certain departments, specific courses in high school are necessary. An example would be four years of Mathematics for those interested in tudying the physical sciences, engineering, or mathematics. ENTRANCE EXAMINATIONS All candidates for admission to the freshman class will be required to take entrance examinations. The Admissions Committee considers these test results in relation to the applicant's high school transcript and the record of performance during the high school years. �ADMISSIONS - Page 13 Page 12 - ADMISSIONS ADMISSIONS COMMITTEE The Admissions Committee is comprised of the Director of Admissions, Dean of Men, Dean of Women, and three faculty members. This committee acts upon special cases referred to it by the Director of Admissions. Admissions Procedure APPLICATIONS FOR ADMISSION To assist students seeking admission, the College has adopted procedures designed to simplify admissions. Applications for admission may be obtained from the Director of Admissions and should be returned to him with a $10.00 registration fee. Upon receipt of the application, the Director of Admissions will write to the student concerning his high school transcript and recommendations. ADMISSION TESTS The Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board is required of all applicants. The December, Jan• uary, or March tests are recommended as most suitable. If unusual circumstances prevent the applicant from taking this test, he must notify the Director of Admissions. Wilkes is a member of the College Entrance Examination Boards. Students communicating with the Educational Testing Center in Princeton, New Jersey, or in Los Angeles, California, should refer to the Wilkes College code number 2977. PERSONAL INTERVIEWS A personal interview with each student is not required. Students and their families are invited to visit the College at their convenience. It is advisable to write for an appointment so that the Deans may arrange to meet with them. ACCEPTANCE OF ADMISSION AND DEPOSIT The Admissions Committee meets each week and acts upon all completed applications. Notification of admission is sent immediately. Resident students are required to forward a $100.00 tmuon and dormitory deposit by May I; local students are requ l d to forward a $50.00 tuition deposit by June l in order to uarante their entree into the College. The College accepts a limited number of applications for the F bruary class. Procedures are similar to those followed in the f, 11 me ter. TRAJ SFER STUDENTS Candidates from other institutions wishing to enter with adv need standing shall follow the regular procedure for admission. The tudent should request the college or university he is attending to forward to Wilkes a transcript and an official statement of hi honorable dismissal. After the College has made a tentative aluation of the record of the student, a faculty adviser will c un el him concerning his new schedule. Acceptable credits will b placed on the Wilkes record of the student following a final valuation. College policy prohibits the Admissions Committee from conidering for admission any student who has been placed on a demic probation or who has been dropped from any other college or university. ADVANCED COURSE STANDING uperior students who have undertaken college-level courses in condary school may request college credit for such work and pennis ion to enter advanced courses. To qualify for advanced placement, the high school student must take the Advanced Placement Tests of the College Entrance Examination Board, in addition to the regular Scholastic Aptitude tests required for admi ion. Action by the College will be determined by scores obtained on the Advanced Placement Examination, the high chool record submitted by the student, and the recommendations of the high school faculty. After he is admitted the applicant will request the College Entrance Examination Board to send the re ults of the Advanced Placement Tests to the Director of <lmissions. The request will then be considered by the Admisions Committee and the appropriate department chairman. The applicant will be advised of their action prior to registration. �EXPENSES - Page 15 Registration Every student is expected to register on the dates specified in the College calendar. A student presenting himself for registra• tion after the time designated for registration will pay a late registration fee of $5.00. Expenses The cost of individual instruction in applied music is $50.00 for full-time students for a series of fifteen half-hour lessons. The llege accepts a limited number of special students for individual in tru tion in applied music for a series of fifteen half-hour lessons t a co t of 60.00 per semester. tudent activities fee of $35.00 per semester will be charged to tho e tudents taking fewer than 15 or more than 9 semester hours or to any special student wishing to participate in activities. PECIAL CHARGES TUITION The flat tuition rate adopted by the College for a student carrying the normal load for his course is $525.00 per semester. A student who registers for fewer than fifteen hours of work will pay either $35.00 for each semester hour or the regular tuition fee, whichever amount is lower. A student who elects a heavier schedule than is normal for his course will be charged $35.00 for each additional hour of credit beyond the normal load. EVENING SCHOOL Students registered in the Evening School will be charged $35.00 per semester hour. A fee of $35.00 is charged for those wishing to participate in student activities. Further information regarding the content of the courses, requirements for undergraduate and graduate degrees, and requirements for teacher certification may be secured from the Office of Admissions. raduation fee ...................................... $25.00 nvocation fee (two-year students) ... .... ............. $15.00 Tran cript (no charge for the first copy) ................. $ 1.00 CHE 1/STRY BREAKAGE tudents taking chemistry laboratory courses are required to d po it 10.00 to cover possible charges for broken, lost, or damaged equipment. The unexpended balance of this fee is refundable. 1 'SURANCE COVERAGE Students registering for courses in the eight-week Summer School session will be charged $35.00 per semester hour of study payable before registration. The College makes available both accident and accident and h alth insurance to students. Each student will be required to pur ha e an accident policy at a cost of $10.00, and dormitory tudents also are required to accept a health insurance policy o ting $20.00. This health insurance is also available to commuting students but is optional with them. Both policies provide protection for twelve months and premiums are payable in full with the first semester charges. There are four fully accredited ho pitals in the vicinity of the campus, and a college physician is a ailable for emergency treatment. FEES PAYMENTS SUMMER SCHOOL For those courses that require individual faculty supervision or the addition of supplies and equipment the College finds it neces• sary to charge nominal fees. These fees are listed in the Bulletin with the course description. When these fees total more than $50.00 a flat fee of $50.00 per semester will be charged. Payment of all charges for tuition, fees, room and board is to be made at the Finance Office, Parrish Hall, before registration. everal plans have been developed to assist students who do not have the cash in hand, and it is suggested these plans be conidered when special assistance is needed. �Page 16 - EXPENSES I. Wilkes College participates in the National Defense Student Loan Program, and students needing financial assistance may apply to the College for such a loan. EXPENSES - Page 17 bureau, blanket I undry for thi · de k, chair, and a bed. Students will supply their own ; bed linens and towels are furnished through a local on contract by the College. The charge to the student ervice is 26.00 per year. 2. If a student does not meet the requirements for a National Defense Student Loan, but wishes to space his payments over the school year, we recommend that he apply for an educa• tional loan at one of the local banks. Information concerning this method of financing an education may be obtained at the College. II out-of-town students must reside in the College dormitories on campus. A deposit of $50.00 is required to reserve a room. 1 h charge for room and board is $525.00 per student per semest r. All dormitory students must purchase accident and health in urance at a cost of $30.00. 3. Grants-in-aid and scholarships will be credited toward the student's bill at the beginning of each term. Information regarding dormitories can be obtained from the Offi e of Admissions. REFUNDS Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will receive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: During the first six weeks of a term one-half of the tuition will be refunded upon request if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After the first six weeks no refunds are allowed and the student is obligated for the full costs for the term. Refund of dormitory charges will not be allowed except under conditions beyond the control of the student. No student who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any refunds. Living Quarters and Board DORMITORIES Residence for boarding students is provided in a number al large mansions that have been given to, or purchased by, the College in recent years. At present there are nine men's and eight women's dormitories, each of which accommodates from eighteen to twenty-three students and a resident proctor. Every effort i made to maintain a homelike atmosphere. Students and their families are invited to inspect these homes. Each room includes a �Financial Assistance To provide assistance for those who need financial help, the College receives substantial gifts from friends. These gifts provide scholarship aid to those who are already making every effort to help themselves. In accepting any form of aid from the College the student accepts an obligation-which is also the obligation of every other conscientious student-to: 1. Maintain a good scholastic record. 2. Exert a constructive influence in the College and the com· munity. 3. Participate constructively in an all-college activity of his own choice. In planning to meet any difference between his own resources and the cost of education the student should consider a combina• tion of work, loans, and scholarships. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 19 3. o scholarship will be granted until the student has made every reasonable effort to finance as large a portion as possible of the costs of this education. 4. Every applicant for scholarship aid shall submit confidential information pertaining to his financial needs and his record of hievement. 5. No student may simultaneously hold more than one scholarhip granted by the College. 6. Scholarships will be forfeited if the student, at any time, rrie fewer hours than are normal for the course. 7. No scholarship is awarded for more than one year, but holarships will be renewed upon request, provided this request i upported by a good academic record, by evidence of continued need, and by constructive participation in at least one all-college ctivity of his o\4Tn choice. 8. The amount of the grant is confidential, and any breach of this confidence shall terminate the scholarship. IA 'STRUCTIONS TO THE APPLICANT Scholarships Scholarships and grants are available to students with good records of achievement and performance in high school or college who cannot fully finance the cost of their college education and who can demonstrate seriousness of purpose and efjort. A few honor scholarships are awarded without regard to need to students of outstanding achievement in appreciation of their contribution to the intellectual life of the group. The amount of each grant will be determined by the Scholarship Committee. SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENTS I. Students must be admitted to the College before their applications for scholarships will be considered. 2. All applicants for scholarships must obtain an interview with the Dean. I. To establish eligibility for a scholarship, the student must fir t apply for admission to the College and must be accepted. pplication for admission should be made prior to March 1. 2. Students requiring aid shall indicate their need on the pplication for admission to the College. Wilke College participates in the College Scholarship Service ) of the College Entrance Examination Board. Participants in C · ubscribe to the principle that the amount of financial aid ramed a tudent should be based upon financial need. The CSS i t colleges and universities and other agencies in determining the student's need for financial assistance. Entering students seeking financial assistance are required to submit a copy of the Parnt ' Confidential Statement (PCS) form to the College Scholarhip Service, designating Wilkes College as one of the recipients, by pril I. The PCS form may be obtained from a secondary school or the College Scholarship Service, P. 0. Box 176, Princeton, New Jer ey 18540 or P. 0. Box 1025, Berkeley, California 97404. �Page 20 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 21 Loans The College participates m the National Defense Student Loan Program. Complete information concerning this program and applications for financial assistance under this program may be obtained at the College. SPECIAL LOAN FUND The Florence and Joseph A. Goldman Loan Fund has been created by the donors to assist Juniors and Seniors whose educa• tion may be interrupted by unexpected difficulties. The loan bears no interest and is to be repaid by the student at the earliest practical time so that other students may also receive needed assistance from this rotating loan fund. STUDENT LOAN FUND Robert W. Hall Student Loan Fund was established by Robert W. Hall, class of I 951, to assist students in meeting small emergency financial needs. Employment PART-TIME EMPLOYMENT College makes strict demands on a student's time. The student who finds it necessary to seek full-time employment during a semester is advised to work a year and then apply for admission. The College cautions the student to limit off-campus work, especially during the freshman year, when working may result in academic failure. However, part-time jobs in offices, stores, and industry are available for students wishing to earn part of their expenses. For such jobs the student shall register with the College Place• ment Office. CAMPUS EMPLOYMENT The College also offers part-time employment at standard rates in the dining room, offices, laboratories, library, or on the maintenance staff. The holder of these jobs will meet all obligations of his assignments or forfeit all help from the College. ounders of Scholarships •, h year some 1000 friends contribute to the scholarship fund of th College on an annual basis. Other friends have created chola hip which bear the names of the donors or of persons \'110111 they have memorialized by means of a scholarship. WILLIAM B. SCHAEFFER MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. In 1951 a substantial bequest was left to the College by Mr. haeffer with the thought that it would be used to advance the int re t · of the College and the students. By action of the Board f Tru tees a considerable portion of the income from this b que t has been set aside for scholarships. A DREW ]. SORDONI FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP. hi scholarship will be used to assist students of unusual promi e and proved ability. URS. LEWIS H. TAYLOR left a bequest to the College to be u d in assisting students of outstanding scholastic ability who otherwise could not gain a college education. DICKSON MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. Funds for four holar hips have been given to the College by the Trustees of the Allan H. and Kate P. Dickson Memorial Trust. These halftuition scholarships will be granted to students of high scholastic chievement and aptitude who have also demonstrated leaderhip in student affairs during their high school years. THE WILLIAM H. CONYNGHAM MEMORIAL SCHOLARHIP is awarded annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her late husband, a friend and neighbor of the College, and for years n outstanding leader in business and community life. JESSIE STURDEVANT MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP awarded to a student of unusual promise and ability has been made available from the interest of a fund established by the late Mi Sturdevant. �Page 22 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE JOHN WELLES HOLLENBACK SCHOLARSHIP. Miss Anna Hollenback has created a scholarship in memory of her father, John Welles Hollenback, and the annual interest of the principal is used for scholarship purposes. RICHARD H. ROYER SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually to a student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his studies and in student activities. MR. HARLAND W. HOISINGTON gives an annual scholarship to assist students of high scholastic ability. JOHN LLOYD EVANS MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP was created in memory of John Lloyd Evans, a life-long lover of music, conductor of the Dr. Mason Glee Society, conductor of The Sheldon Choral Society and the Wilkes-Barre Mixed Choral Society. The scholarship of $300 will be awarded to a senior in music or music education who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his chosen field of study. HENRY BLACKMAN PLUMB AND EDITH M. PLUMB SCHOLARSHIP TRUST has been established to provide scholarships for students of outstanding ability and character majoring in one of the sciences and attending Wilkes College. THE BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL WOMEN'S CLUB of Wilkes-Barre offers to an outstanding woman student of the College a scholarship each year. The education committee of the club in cooperation with the administration choose a young woman who shows promise of making an outstanding contribution in business or professional life following graduation. THETA DELTA RHO, the all-college women's service organization, offers a scholarship yearly to a woman student achieving a high score in a competitive examination conducted by the college. NEIL DADURKA MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually by the Wilkes College Lettermen's Club. The money for this scholarship is earned and donated by the Wilkes College FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 23 Lettermen's Club. The scholarship itself is named in honor of one of the most beloved athletes of Wilkes, Neil Dadurka, who wa killed while flying for the United States Marine Corps. This half-tuition scholarship is given to an incoming freshman who is in need of financial aid and who is an outstanding athlete. The scholarship is given to enable an athlete to participate in the sport for which the scholarship is awarded. THE NEIL C. DADURKA-DONALD F. STRAUB MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually to a Wilkes student of ability and need, who makes a significant contribution to the life of the College. This scholarship is made possible by the generosity of the Class of 1957. THE NATIONAL COUNCIL OF JEWISH WOMEN-THE WILKES-BARRE SECTION-gives a scholarship annually to a young woman in the field of Education or Sociology. This young woman-a junior or senior-must be a resident of Wyoming Valley. WILLITS COLEMAN MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP has been e tablished in memory of Willits Coleman, a member of the Wilkes-Barre Rotary Club, a service organization long active in efforts to raise educational standards in the schools. The scholarhip will be awarded to a senior who has demonstrated ability in the classroom and in student activities. THE METROPOLITAN WIRE GOODS CORPORATION has created scholarships of $500, $300 or $200 at Wilkes College for the sons or daughters of their employees. To qualify for candidacy, a student must graduate in the upper half of the high school class, must test above 550 on the College Board Examinations, and must demonstrate financial need. The scholarship will be granted through the College to the applicant making the best record in high school and on the College Board Examinations. To retain this scholarship, a student must make a strong academic record, and must exert a constructive influence in the College. THE KING FIFTH WHEEL COMPANY offers each year a scholarship in the physical sciences. This scholarship will be �Page 24 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE awarded to a student entering the physical sciences who has earned an outstanding record in high school, and whose admission tests indicate the likelihood of superior achievement in the science of his choice. Ordinarily this scholarship will be in the sum of $500 for each of the four years of College. Its retention from year to year will depend upon the scholastic record and constructive influence of the recipient. TERESA S. AND ROY P. WALTER SCHOLARSHIP will be granted to a student from Forty Fort who has demonstrated ability, ambition, and need. The scholarship will be for four years at $425 per year. GREATER WILKES-BARRE JUNIOR CHAMBER OF COMMERCE awards a partial scholarship to a deserving student who without financial assistance could not attend college. PENNSYLVANIA SUPERINTENDENT'S AND FOREMAN'S ASSOCIATION OF THE SHOE INDUSTRY SCHOLARSHIP was established in February 1963 and is presented annually. The grant provides a $500.00 scholarship. PENNSYLVANIA MILLER'S MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY awards a one-half tuition scholarship to a student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his studies and in student activities. NELSON OF KINGSTON, INC. awards a one-half tuition scholarship to a student of high scholastic standing. A. RIFKIN AND COMPANY awards a one-half tuition scholarship to a worthy young man or woman of outstanding scholastic ability. THE GILBERT D. DAVIS MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded by the Class of 1961 to a Wilkes student who demonstrates outstanding leadership abilities and who meets the qualifications of academic competence and need. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 25 n C. MARTS SCHOLARSHIP was created by the assoi l of Dr. Arnaud C. Marts, in the firm of Marts & Lundy, to h nor the Chairman of their Board and former President of their ompany. It is appropriate that this scholarship should bear his name for n p r on has done more to bring new opportunities to the young p plc of Wyoming Valley. As President of Bucknell University, h wa instrumental in the establishment of Bucknell University Junior College, which became Wilkes College in 1947. After Wilke College became an independent college, he joined its Hoard of Trustees and was elected Vice-Chairman of the Board. n cau c of his vision and faith in the young people of this region, h ha· supported and guided every forward looking and conn uctive effort of the College. The Arnaud C. Marts Scholarship will be awarded each year to that outstanding senior who has need of financial aid and who, by high scholarship and by participation in college activiti , has demonstrated those qualities of leadership that are n eded in Wilkes College and in our nation. ROBERT MARC SCHUB MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP was tablished by Mr. and Mrs. Marvin Schub in memory of their on. 'l his scholarship is to be awarded to a local student preferably tudying in the area of the humanities or sciences who otherwi e could not attend college. The scholarship will be awarded nnually to a worthy student of high potential. JJ'l~ T SIDE EVENING WOMAN'S CLUB SCHOLARSHIP hall be awarded annually to a Wyoming Valley girl who matriculates at Wilkes College with the intention of working toward a degree. MABEL AND JOHN C. MOSTELLER SCHOLARSHIP FUND has been created to provide scholarships for needy and intelligent boy who have insufficient financial resources of their own and who would not have the opportunity to attend college if they were unable to secure financial assistance. The scholarships shall be rrantcd only to boys of good moral character who are in the upper ten per cent of their class in academic standing and who have pa sed a qualifying competitive examination administered by Wilke College. �Page 26 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE ABRAHAM H. BERMAN SCHOLARSHIP has been created by members of the Management Training Program of the Consolidated Cigar Corporation to honor Abraham H. Berman, Vice President of Consolidated Cigar Corporation, and a strong advocate of this training program. The scholarship is to further the education of deserving students in need of financial assistance. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER SCHOLARSHIP-This is an endowed scholarship created by Mrs. Walker to assist students of outstanding promise and achievement during their junior and/ or senior years. JEWISH WAR VETERANS, WILKES-BARRE POST 212, SCHOLARSHIP is established in honor of B. J. Levin, one of the Post's founders. The purpose of this scholarship is to aid the child of a local war veteran. The award shall be made on the basis of need and ability without regard for race or creed. CARPENTER MEMORIAL MUSIC SCHOLARSHIPS were established by the Board of Trustees of First Methodist Church of Wilkes-Barre, in memory of Benjamin Harold Carpenter and Georgianna Taylor Carpenter. These awards, one for $500 and another for $300, are given annually. OLIVER ]. R. TROUP MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is provided by Atlas Chain & Precision Products Co. Inc., the firm which Mr. Troup founded. This scholarship is presented to a freshman who intends to prepare for a business career. The award is granted annually to a young man whose potential is attested by the college board scores and the secondary school record. It is renewable at the end of each of the first three years. Cost of Education Scholarships A number of local firms make annual gifts to the scholarship fund so that the College may provide needed assistance to able and ambitious students. These grants amount to one-half tuition plus a small amount to cover a portion of the difference between the tuition charges and the cost of education. THE LESLIE FAY SCHOLARSHIP is granted each year to the son or daughter of an employee of the Company whose record FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 27 in high school and on the admissions tests has been outstanding. recipient of the scholarship will be selected on a competitive basi by the Scholarship Committee of Wilkes College. The cholarship will be retained by the student for the four years in College, provided his achievement and influence at the College are deemed outstanding by the faculty. ADRIAN AND RICHARD PEARSALL OF CRAFT ASSOCIATES INC. have created a half tuition scholarship which will be awarded to a high school graduate who has demonstrated leadership in his scholastic and extracurricular activities and who, without scholarship aid, would be unable to attend college. cholastic Endowments THE W. S. CARPENTER MEMORIAL FUND was established in 1956 by W. S. Carpenter, Jr., and his sons in memory of W. S. Carpenter, who was born in Wilkes-Barre on April 5, 1853, and lived in this community during his entire active business life. The fund was given to strengthen the work of the science division by subsidizing research projects, assisting the College in attaining able teachers, providing scholarships for outstanding students, providing lectures by speakers of national prominence, purchasing exceptional tools, apparatus, or other equipment for use in the science department. THE ALLAN HAMILTON DICKSON CHAIR OF ENGLISH LITERATURE has been created by his daughter Dorothy Dickson Darte to encourage enlightened teaching, extended scholarship, and creative writing in the fields of literature. �The Facilities of the College Buildings and Plant �The Facilities of the College Building and Plant Th College is constantly seeking to implement and improve i facilities for instruction. A growing campus provides added cJa rooms, modern laboratories, and an up-to-date scientific r arch center. Construction of a dormitory and dining quarters b un la ·t pring, and preparations are under way for buildin a new library. The Center for the Performing Arts was dedit d in the fall of 1965. The Board of Trustees has approved pl, n for the onstruction of a music and art building adjacent to th theater. THE LIBRARY he pre ent library is the former residence of Mr. and Mrs. Fr d forgan Kirby. The home was presented to the College in 194 I a a gift of Allan Kirby, one of Wilkes-Barre's most generous b nefactors. The building was first named the Kirby Home for Education. Since 1947 it has been used as the College library. Experience at Wilkes Education is the process of connecting and rebt ing, of testing and retesting, of discovery and rediscovery. The faculty can teach the student facts, but h contribution to a free society depends upon the continual expansion of his knowledge and upon its relevance to human experience. The student can strive for technical and professional competence, but the inner resources of the mind and spirit must nourish and enrich his achievement. 1 hi three-floor stone structure contains more than 75,000 \'Olume and some 500 current periodicals and journals. Students nd faculty use the resources of the periodical, reference, and Tr a ure rooms for research and reading assignments. Shelved n open stacks, the books are easily accessible and may be borlO\\ eel for periods of two weeks. Reserve books for particular our e circulate for the time period specified by the instructor. The library is open Monday through Thursday from 8 a.m. to IO p.m. and on Friday from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m.; on Saturday and unday from l p.m. to 4 p.m. During vacation periods the hours re 9 a.m. to 5 p.m.; during examination periods from 8 a.m. to IO p.m. on weekdays, from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. on Saturdays, and from I p.m. to 4 p.m. on Sundays. Students may borrow books from the ten nearby libraries (public and college) through the interlibrary loan system. An introduction to the use of the library is given to every freshman during the freshman orientation week. �Page 32 - BUILDINGS AND PLANT BUILDINGS AND PLANT - Page 33 STARK HALL OF SCIENCE THL BOOKSTORE The departments of biology, chemistry, and physics arc hou ed in Stark Hall of Science, named in honor of Admiral Harold R Stark, former Chief of Naval Operations and currently Chairman of the Board of Trustees of the College. This building was completed in 1958 and enlarged in 1963, so that it now provide approximately 85,000 square feet of modern classroom, laboratory, and office space. Complete facilities are included for undergraduate instruction and student research in all departments, and for graduate study in chemistry and in physics. B ok , tationery, and supplies may be purchased at the ColBookstore, Harding House, on South Franklin Street. The book tore is operated on a cash basis. The cost of books and upplies will vary with the course of study, but will average appro imately $50.00 per semester. In addition to the usual instructional facilities, Stark Hall houses the Science Research Center, where faculty, graduate students, and selected undergraduate students conduct variou research programs, many with industrial or governmental financial support. Research in the sciences has included such varied work a research in allergy, immunochemistry, developmental plant morphology, protozoology, limnology, theoretical acoustics, atmo. pheric physics, experimental solid state physics, thermochemistry, surface chemistry, fuel cell research, and organic synthesis. Outside sponsors of recent research programs have included the National Science Foundation, the Pennsylvania Heart As ociation, the National Institutes of Health, the United States Air Force, the Petroleum Research Fund of the American Chemical Society, the Research Corporation, and numerous private indu tries and individuals. GYMNASIUM AND OUTDOOR ATHLETIC PLANT Completed in September of 1950, the Gymnasium is well equipped for intramural and intercollegiate athletic events. It has a seating capacity of 2400. Recently, the College added modern training room facilities off campus adjacent to Kirby Park. Here also are located the playing fields for football, soccer, base• ball, and hockey, as well as asphalt tennis courts and an archery range. All students are invited by the Jewish Community Center, on South River Street, and the YM-YWCA, on South Franklin Street, to use their swimming pools and bowling alleys. t Th College also maintains a United States Post Office subtion in Harding House. On the second floor are meeting rooms for Student Government. UIDANCE CENTER 1 h College maintains a testing center to assist the Deans in th ir coun eling of students. The College Testing Se~vice is vailable at no charge to all Wilkes students and, for a fee, to m mbers of the Community. The testing center also provides i tance to the State Bureau of Rehabilitation and other ageni . ·1 he Guidance Center, on South River Street, was the law ffi s of the late Gilbert S. McClintock, the first Chairman of th Board of Trustees. PLACEMENT OFFICE he Placement Office assists seniors in finding permanent mployment in a position suitable to their talents and training. It al o extends such assistance to any graduate of the College. l h Placement Office also assists students in securing part-time mployment during the school year and during the summer. Complete information about job opportunities and graduate hool is available. Each year the Office is visited by over onehundred representatives of industries and one hundred school tern from all parts of the United States to interview students for bu iness and teaching positions. Comfortable quarters are provided for representatives from indu try, from school systems, and from graduate schools to interview and discuss with students opportunities available to them. 11 tudents seeking employment are invited to register with the Placement Office. �Page 34 - BUILDINGS AND PLANT Full credentials are on file so that prospective employers ma be given adequate information regarding the student. Credentials and recommendations from faculty members ar submitted to the Placement Office upon the request of either the student or the Placement Office. The Placement Office is located in the Guidance Center, on South River Street, next to McClintock Hall. THE COMMONS The Commons, facing South Street, serves as a dining hall for the resident students. It also provides cafeteria service for commuting students. SNACK BAR Cafeteria service is also provided at the College's newly furnished Snack Bar, behind McClintock Hall. An attractive patio provides a pleasant meeting place in warm weather. CONYNGHAM ANNEX (ART) Classes in art education meet in Conyngham Annex, behind Conyngham Hall. Here also the art club holds its annual Art Fair. Work of the students is shown, and the public is invited to the displays and exhibits. Opportunities are offered to the students to enter their paintings in local and regional competition. GIES HALL (MUSIC) Gies Hall, on South Franklin Street, is the temporary home of the Music Department. Faculty offices, practice and rehearsal rooms are located in this building. In 1945 it was affectionate! named in memory of the late Professor Paul Gies, who in the early years of the College was director of music. The band, choruses, and woodwind ensemble present concert locally and on tour. To encourage musicianship the department has been hosr to the Pennsylvania Intercollegiate Choral Festival. Nationally known music educators, clinicians, and performers have participated in workshop and classroom activities. During the winter and spring semesters Town and Gown concert serie presents students and music faculty in instrumental and vocal programs before audiences from both the College and the community. BUILDINGS AND PLANT - Page 35 CE 1Tl-:R FOR THE PERFORMING ARTS fully equipped, 500-seat theater is a gift of friends of the . The ite, with a view of the Susquehanna River and Kirb, Park, was deeded to the College by the Wyoming Valley icty of rts and Sciences. Prcviou ly, theatrical activity was in Chase Theater, formerly th arriage house behind Chase Hall, presented to the College in I!)37 by dmiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark, as a memorial to Fr d M. Cha ·e and his wife, the sister of Admiral Stark. ue and Curtain, the student drama group, has given one-act pl, by O' eill, Sartre, Albee, Anouilh, Tennessee Williams ncl others. Frequently, the plays are student directed. Over th~ ar the College has presented Elizabethan plays of ShakeP are, Webster, Dekker, Middleton, as well as those of Moliere, haw, Ibsen, Pirandello, Wilder, Osborne, Noel Coward, Philip Barry. The College, in cooperation with the Wilkes-Barre Kiwanis lub, has presented the following musical comedies: Bloomer irl, Paint Your Wagon, Annie Get Your Gun, The Music Man, nd The Sound of Music. AL M I OFFICE 1 he Alumni Office keeps records of all graduates and alumni of the College. It edits the Alumnus and acts as liaison for the ollcge with alumni and interprets to the alumni chapters the change and needs of the institution. Pro pective students interested in finding out more about the ollege may write for information to the Alumni Office. They are always welcome at Alumni Chapter meetings. urrent active Chapters are located in Pennsylvania in WilkesBarre, Allentown, Bethlehem, Easton, Harrisburg, Scranton, Philadelphia; in New York in Binghamton, New York City, Long Island; in New Jersey in Newark, Somerville, Morristown, l renton; Wilmington, Delaware; Baltimore, Maryland; Washington, D. C. OFFICES OF ADMINISTRATION Chase Hall, 180 South River Street, the first building on the ampus, was donated in 1937 by Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. tark. �Page 36 - BUILDINGS AND PLANT On the first floor are the Director of Admissions, the Regi trar, and the Director of Scholarships; on the second, the Dean of Men, the Dean of Women, and the Director of Athletics; on the third floor are the Director of Student Activities, the Alumni Office, the office of Information and News, and the office of College Development. Weckesser Hall, the College's most recent building, is the gift of Mr. and Mrs. Frederick J. Weckesser. The President and the Dean of Academic Affairs have their offices in Weekes er. tudent Life Counseling CLASSROOMS AND INSTRUCTION Parrish Hall, formerly the Glen Alden Building of the Lehigh and Wilkes-Barre Coal Company, was acquired in 1958. Preently, the Finance Office occupies the first floor. The Office of Community Services and the Institute of Municipal Government occupy the fifth floor. Classes and facult offices in Commerce and Finance, Education, Political Science, and Psychology are in Parrish Hall. The building also has a room devoted to Polish art treasure and craftsmanship, furnished by the Women's Committee for the Polish Room at Wilkes College. Conyngham Hall, located on South River Street, was one of the earliest properties acquired by the College. The Conyngham home was a gift in 1937 of Mrs. Bertha Robinson Conyngham, in memory of her husband John N. Conyngham. Pickering Hall, facing South Franklin Street, is presently being used by the Modern Foreign Language Department and contain the language laboratory, a gift of the graduating class of 1962. DORMITORIES Men's dormitories are Ashley, Barre, Butler, Denison, Gore, Hollenback, Miner, Slocum, and Warner Halls. Women's dormitories are Catlin, Chapman, McClintock, Sterling, Sturdevant, Susquehannock, Weckesser, and Weiss Halls. Dormitories are named after prominent local families and for patriots of the American Revolutionary War, whose history forms part of the rich heritage of the Wyoming Valley region. tudent Activities ocial Activities Athletics Student Regulations �ounseling h guiding principle of all Wilkes counseling is to encourage tudcnt to discover his own abilities and potentialities and to i t him in making sound, independent decisions; most of all h mu t learn to assume responsibility for all he does. th FRE HMAN ORIENTATION PROGRAM The transition from the directed work of the high school to the independent and more intensive work of the College occaionally causes difficulty. Several days at the beginning of the t rm are therefore set aside to assist freshmen in planning their cad mic program. Studying at Wilkes In college the teacher works with the stu• dent, challenging him to extend the limits of his mind. He encourages him to think courageously and truthfully and to create with all his resources so that he may act with independent judgment. In a college community freedom of inqui and responsibility are essential. In the world community the right of the individual to differ safeguards the freedom of all men. As student and teacher engage in the experience of creative thinking, the heritage of learning becomes the responsibility of everyone. During the first week, new students take aptitude, interest, for ign language, and English-placement tests. The week also giv the new students an opportunity to become acquainted with one another and to learn about the College, the curriculum, nd the student activities. Throughout their first term small groups of freshmen meet for one hour a week to discuss informally their personal, academic, , nd vocational objectives. Representatives of the faculty discuss with them: l. Methods of intelligent self-directed study. 2. Standards of value in personal conduct and in relationships with others. 3- Values of the College extracurricular program. 4. 1 he value of college experiences in developing a philosophy of life. By placing responsibility upon the student for planning and conducting these discussions, the College encourages clear thinking, initiative, poise, and breadth of view. TUDENT ADVISEMENT Students sometimes need guidance in resolving personal, social, and academic difficulties. Since a student's physical and mental �Page 40 - COUNSELING htalth affect his studies and his grades, he is encouraged throughout his college career to consult with his classroom instructors, his faculty adviser, the Deans, or the Department Chairmen concerning his scholastic progress. COLLEGE CONSULTATION SERVICE The College Consultation Service offers individual assistance to students with difficulties of a personal or environmental nature. Students may apply directly to the Consultation Service for appointments or may arrange for consultation through the Deans' Office. Interviews with the specially trained staff are con• ducted on an entirely confidential basis. tudent Activities tudent activities of the College broaden a student's interb gun in the classroom. The faculty encourages a program of tracuu icular activities that contribute to the educational d velopment of the student who chooses to participate. tudcnt activities are designed to appeal to a wide variety of t and talents; as such they enjoy the support of the College ommunity. The student activities include Athletics, Dramatics, th ollcge Band, Debating, Choral Club, Collegians Male horu, Women's Chorus, Madrigal Singers. t 1 here arc four class organizations. In addition, special departmental clubs stimulate and satisfy individual interest in acad mic, professional, and artistic fields. These clubs are developed for tuclent in cooperation with the faculty. All women students m y become members of Theta Delta Rho, headed by its own utive committee, which plans and arranges social activities. 1 he College requires that all campus organizations be open t all students; consequently, groups that are exclusive do not 11 student groups work in cooperation with faculty adand the Deans. TUDENT GOVERNMENT Government of student affairs rests in a Council composed of nnually elected members representing the classes and other tudent groups. The Council serves as a coordinating agency; it appropriates funds from the Student Activities budget to all tudent groups; it supervises the College social calendar; it arranges the program for Homecoming; it establishes social regulations and conduct; and it serves in an advisory capacity to the Director of Student Activities and the Administrative Council. I TER-DORMITORY COUNCIL The Inter-Dormitory Council, made up of elected representatiYe from the men's and women's residence halls, plans and coordinates dormitory social functions and develops and admini ters dormitory policy. �Page 42 - STUDENT ACTIVITIES ocial Activities ASSEMBLY COMMITTEE Approximately half of the weekly assembly programs given during the academic year are planned and presented by students. The Assembly Committee, to which freshmen are elected each fall to replace members who have been graduated, assists the administration and student organizations in arranging thee programs and awards a trophy to the group that presents the best program of the year. Each student is required to attend assemblies during each of his four years. He will, however, be allowed the following number of cuts each year: freshman and sophomore year, four cuts; junior year, eight cuts; senior year, fifteen cuts. These requirements must be satisfied to establish eligibility for graduation. PUBLICATIONS The students publish the Beacon, a weekly newspaperj the Manuscript, a literary magazine, issued in the Spring; and the Amnicola, the College annual. There are opportunities fo, students on the editorial, art, and business staffs. Graduated amounts, in the form of tuition stipends, are avail• able to students in the upper classes who hold editorial and managerial positions on the Beacon and the Amnicola. StudentJ eligible for these grants should make written application to the faculty director of the publication before April I. he College believes in helping students to help themselves. Groups are encouraged to initiate programs that will serve their int r t and benefit others. It has been found that students gain mo t from those activities, social and cultural, which release the b t talents of the individual. p ial projects include the following: TDR's Golden Agers hri tn1as party, at which residents of Convalescent Homes are nt rtaine<l; Student Government's party for children of St. Stani lau Orphanage; Wilkes J.C.'s party for YMCA children; Stud nt Work Day, in support of an orphan in a foreign land. In addition there are various social affairs to raise money for the United Fund, to collect toys for the Salvation Army, and to donate books for students in foreign countries. The Student Seminar Committee, patterned after the Faculty minars, encourages discussion of topics of interest to the student body. Under sponsorship of Student Government, the seminar attract students as well as faculty. A full and varied program of social and recreational activities upplements the extracurricular program. At all these functions members of the faculty and their wives are invited guests and haperones. CO IE-AND-MEET-US-PAR TY tudent Government makes plans for student leaders to welome the freshmen one week before the semester starts. An informal party and dance for the entire student body culminate the week's introduction to college life. PARENTS' DAY After they have adjusted themselves to the academic life of the allege, students invite their families to a weekend of social, cultural, and athletic events. Preparations for the annual Parents' �Page 44 - SOCIAL ACTIVITIES Day program are entirely the responsibility of a Student Planning Committee. The agenda includes intercollegiate soccer and foot• ball games, luncheon with the faculty, a play, and a film. SOCIAL ACTIVITIES - Page 45 WILKE OPEN WRESTLING TOURNAMENT To welcome returning alumni, students construct displays on campus and decorate dormitory and classroom buildings. For the outstanding displays an alumni committee presents awards during halftime ceremonies at the football game. A Homecoming Queen and her escorts are feted at a dinner dance. R tween Christmas and New Year's the College sponsors the Wilk Open Wrestling Championships. Known as the "Rose Bowl of Wrestling," this annual tournament attracts athletes from over sixty colleges, athletic clubs, and YMCA's throughout th nitcd States. Wilkes wrestlers join them in competing for individual and team awards. Tourneys and clinics are held over thr c•day period in the Wilkes gymnasium. The Tournament, th largest in the country, has the record for the most number of ntrie . FORMAL DANCES n1 Student organizations and clubs sponsor four formal affair, open to · the entire student body. The Homecoming Dance, for alumni and undergraduates; the Lettermen's Christmas Formal; Theta Delta Rho's Valentine Formal; and during Spring Weekend the Cinderella Ball have become traditions on campus. tudcnt Government sponsors a Winter Carnival, held at one f the nearby resorts in the Poconos. A day of skiing, tobogganin , and ice skating climaxes the close of the examination period. TDR AND LETTERMEN TEAS tudent Government also plans Spring Weekend. Clubs and o ani,ations set up gala outdoor booths, and the campus takes on a • fardi Gras atmosphere. At the Ball at midnight on Saturday enior, chosen by the student body by secret ballot, is crowned inderella Queen. HOMECOMING Throughout the year TOR and the Lettermen sponsor after, noon teas and student receptions. The women of Theta Delta Rho entertain those high school seniors who plan to enter the College the following year. IDC CHRISTMAS PARTY The Inter-Dormitory Council sponsors an annual Christrna party preceding the winter vacation. The student body, facult)', and administration are invited to a buffet and dance at the Commons. HAMPTON EXCHANGE PROGRAM JDC also sponsors a social exchange program between students from Wilkes and Hampton Institute, Hampton Roads, Virginia. Several Wilkes students during the last week of April and an equal number of Hampton students during the first week of Ma\ visit the other's campus. Faculty members and Deans accornpan, both groups. 1 TER cARNIVAL PR! 1 G WEEKEND Tl/E MANUSCRIPT FILMS During each semester the Manuscript Society brings to the mpus distinguished motion pictures, produced by American nd foreign film companies. CLUB ACTIVITIES In addition to the regular social calendar, campus organization plan their own special activities, such as the Beaux Arts Ball, sponsored by the Art Club. THE PRESIDENT'S PICNIC On the Saturday before Commencement the graduating class is invited by the President to a picnic and outing in the country. �Athletics Athletics are an integral part of the activity program and a such are subject to policies set by the faculty and administration and approved by the Board of Trustees. The College maintains intercollegiate schedules in eight varsit sports: football, baseball, basketball, soccer, golf, tennis, swim• ming, and wrestling. Men who take part in intercollegiate sport satisfy the requirements for physical education for the duration of that sport. A program of intramural sports and physical education stresse physical standards and cooperative team spirit and recreation. Every man has a chance to participate in basketball, touch foot• ball, volleyball, softball, and bowling. The athletic program for women includes dancing, folk and modern, bowling, basketball, so£ tball, and swimming. ATHLETIC POLICY Intercollegiate athletics are introduced for the benefit of the student body and in consequence athletes receive the same con• sideration in admissions and in the awarding of scholarships that is given to other students. Wilkes enters into intercollegiate competition with other colleges of the Middle Atlantic Conference adhering to similar policies of admission and maintaining comparable scholastic standards. The College is a member of the Middle Atlantic Collegiate Athletic Conference, the National Collegiate Athletic Association, and the Eastern Collegiate Athletic Conference. tudent Regulations Jt i recognized that courtesy and consideration are the basis f good relations between individuals. Informal and friendly ociations between students and faculty are a tradition on ampu. !though these relations are flexible, certain precedents have b en e tablished in the best interests of the individual and the College. A few are mentioned here: I. The possession and use of liquor on campus are forbidden, nd none will be served at college affairs. 2. Smoking is not permitted in classrooms or hallways, in the library, or on the first floor of the Commons. Facilities are availhie in various buildings for students who may wish to smoke during their free periods. S. The College provides several parking lots for student automobiles. Since facilities are limited, dormitory and commuting tudents are required to purchase at the Finance Office a permit which entitles them to park their cars in the areas reserved for th ir use. Cars which do not display appropriate parking stickers will be towed away at the student's expense. Freshmen and ophomore dormitory students are not permitted to maintain car on campus. 4. Although participation in at least one student activity is encouraged, each student is responsible for planning and utilizing his time effectively. 5. The faculty cooperates with students who miss classes because of illness, or as representatives of the College, or for special religious observances; in cases of excessive absence the student hall present his intructors with a note from the Deans. In all in tances the student is expected to make up the work that is mi sed. �Page 48 - STUDENT REGULATIONS STUDENT RESPONSIBILITY The students in a great measure determine the influences of the College. The faculty counts upon their cooperation in e tab. lishing the highest possible standards of intellect and morals. The Academic Program Because students benefit from a program and policies to which they subscribe, the College may request students to withdraw when their influence and behavior are deemed detrimental to the best interests of the student body. urricula cademic Requirements Graduation Requirements �urricula raduate Programs CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS To fulfill its objective of service to the community and the nation, Wilkes in 1961 introduced two new curricula leading to the degrees of Master of Science in Chemistry and in Physics. Th e curricula are designed to make practicable either full-time r duate study toward the degrees or part-time study by engineers ncl icntists with appropriate undergraduate training employed in the Wilkes-Barre area. Full details of this program are published in the bulletin of the Graduate Division. COOPERATIVE GRADUATE PROGRAM Learning at Wilkes Education leads men to seek answers to problems of significance and to inquire into ideas and beliefs of eternal relevance. There is no better expression of man's purpose than his sense ol belonging to a universe ruled by truth. Creative thinkers set the standards and the high aims of education. One may not reach these standards in his lifetime; that they are recog nized and sought after is the measure of one' creative interests. The faculty encourages the student to cultivate learning that he may grow in wisdom. In thiswa the mind in its journeyings finds constant surprilt and delight at rediscovering itself. Wilkes is cooperating with Temple University to bring to the r a a graduate program in education. The Temple University program leads to the degree of Master of Science in General Education and is accepted by the Commonwealth for permanent certification of classroom teachers. Candidates may register at the College. Under this cooperative program all credits are granted by Temple University. Details of this graduate program in education may be obtained by writing to the Director of Admissions. ndergraduate Programs Wilkes is a liberal arts college that offers the degree of Bachelor of Arts in the humanities, the social sciences, and the natural iences. All course work in education required for careers in teaching available in combination with the degree programs mentioned. �Page52-CURRICULA The College also confers the degree of Bachelor of Science in chemistry, physics, medical technology, commerce and finance, and secondary education. A detailed description of these programs is provided in the sec• tion of the bulletin titled "Degree Programs." PRE-PROFESSIONAL DEGREE PROGRAM Four years of undergraduate study are ordinarily required to qualify for the Bachelor's degree. Wilkes College makes an exception to this requirement for medical and dental students. These students may, with the approval of the graduation committee, satisfy the requirements for the bachelor's degree by completing three years of undergraduate study at Wilkes and by requesting credit toward the degree for their first two years of work in graduate school. Such students must petition the graduation committee for per mission to graduate, submit official transcripts from the profes• sional school, and pay the usual graduation fees. In all cases the final approval for the granting of the degree rests with the gradu ation committee of Wilkes College. ENGINEERING Qualified students may enter the two-year engineering curricu• lum. Upon the successful completion of the engineering program the student may transfer as a junior to an institution granting degrees in his field. A detailed description of these programs is provided in the section of the bulletin titled "Degree Programs.'' TERMINAL PROGRAM Students may earn a terminal Certificate in the two-year secre• tarial curriculum. A detailed description of this program will be found under "Degree Programs," on page 88. Evening Division The evening division offers educational opportunities to adults who cannot attend day classes. Students may register for courses in the Evening Division and earn credits toward an undergraduate degree. CURRICULA - Page 53 tudents will confer with the Director of the Evening Division to arrange a course of study to meet their needs, abilities, and p cial requirements. During the semester students will consult with the Assistant Director of Evening Classes concerning their program. \ hen the student completes thirty hours, his record is revi wed by the Admissions Committee. At this time the Committ e recommends that a student continue to work for a degree, or be placed on probation, or withdraw from the Evening Division. tudents who do not desire a degree are admitted to all classes which they are qualified to take by reason of their maturity, previous education, and experience. High school training is de irable but not necessary, provided the student is qualified to follow special courses of instruction in which he wishes to register. The courses offered in the Evening Division are designed for pedal value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. ~- Teachers, nurses, and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in advanced problems and discussion courses offered in various business fields. 5. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. Day School students will be allowed to take courses in the Evening Division only after having received written permission from the Deans or the Registrar. �Page 54 - CURRICULA cademic Requirements Summer School RADES The faculty offers selected courses during summer session of six and eight weeks. The summer sessions begin in the third week of June. A student from another college who wishes to take summer work at Wilkes must secure the approval of the proper officer of his own institution if he expects to receive credit for such work. h primary purpose of any marking system is to inform the tucl nt of his achievement. Marks also aid in evaluating students for purposes of recommendation. Grade reports are sent to tucl nt and parents at the end of each term. Mid-term reports ar ent if the work is unsatisfactory. Five numerical grades are given for academic work. Grad Interpretation ............ Academic achievement of ou_tstanding quality. 3 ............ Academic achievement of high quality. 2 ............ Academic achievement of acceptable quality in meeting requirements for graduation . . . . . . . . . . . . . Academic achievement of quality below the average required for graduation. O ............ Academic achievement below the minimum required for course credit. Inc. means that a student receives an incomplete grade. Incompletes will be granted to students who because of illness or rea on beyond their control have been unable to satisfy specific cour e assignments. All unfinished work must be completed before the fourth week of the following term. If an incomplete i not removed within this period, the grade will be changed to a zero. COURSE CREDITS Each course at the College is assigned a specific number of credits. For example, English IOI is a 3 credit. course and English 151 is a 4 credit course. Usually, credits assigned to the course arc determined by the number of hours that the class meets per week. �Page 56 - ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS - Page 57 POINT AVERAGES The student is given a number grade for every course in which he is enrolled. To calculate the number of points earned in a course, multiply the grade in each course by the number of credit hours for the course. To compute the point average, total these points for all courses and divide by the total number of credit hours. Below is an example illustrating the method used to compute point averages. Course Credit Hrs. Carried Grade Bio. IOI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Eng. IOI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Fr. IOI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Hist. IOI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Mus. 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Total credit hrs. carried. . . 15 Points 4 12 0 0 6 3 9 2 I 3 Credit Hrs. Passed 3 0 3 3 3 Total credit hrs. passed ............................ 12 Total points earned ....................... 30 Average ...... 30 + 15 == 2.0 Notice that the student has accumulated 12 credits toward graduation. The zero grade in English means that the student must repeat that course. Averages are cumulative; the work of each semester will be added to the total. To graduate a student must have at the end of his senior year a 1.85 average in all his courses and a 2.0 average in his major field. CLASS ST ANDING Marks and averages at the end of each of the four academic years indicate a student's progress. The faculty expects students to achieve the following averages: End of Freshman Year ...... . .............. . End of Sophomore Year .................... . End of Junior Year ........................ . General Average Major Average 1.4 1.7 1.85 1.6 1.9 2.0 If these yearly averages are not attained, the student's record is r viewed by the Committee on Academic Standing to determine whether or not he should be allowed to remain in college. PROBATION AND DISMISSAL ny student failing to meet these grade requirements will be pla ed on probation. Failure to attain these standards in the next mester will result in automatic dismissal from the College. nlc pecial permission is granted by the Academic Standing mmiuee, a student dropped for academic failure will not be on idcred for readmission until one year after being dropped. pon readmission the student will still be on probation and h II be given one semester in which to prove his ability to contmue in college. ATTENDANCE Attendance at all classes is expected, and repeated absence is deemed a sufficient cause for failure. Five consecutive absences from a class place a student on probation. He may be readmitted to the class only by action of the appropriate Dean and the Department Chairman concerned. STUDENT LOAD o students shall be allowed to carry an overload without approval of the adviser and the Dean. An overload will be permitted only for students with an average grade record of 3 or pe ial need. Credits in excess of the normal load are charged at the usual rate per credit, unless it can be shown that a student is compelled to take an overload because of the rotation of courses within a department. WITHDRAWALS tudents may change their courses during the first week of a semester, provided they secure the approval of their faculty ad- �Page 58 - ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS viser and the Dean. A student who withdraws from a course after the first week but who continues other courses will receive a mo unless the Dean, faculty adviser, and instructor agree that the student be permitted to drop the course without prejudice. No student who has been advised to withdraw from the Col• lege's day school program for academic reasons will be permitted to register in the Evening Division without the written consent of the Dean and then will be allowed to register only as a non• matriculating student. Students who withdraw from the Evening Division or drop courses should give prompt written or verbal notice to the Director of the Evening Division and to the instructors con• cerned, in order that their records may not unjustly show failure in courses. CHANGE OF PROGRAM Students who wish to transfer from one department to another shall obtain the approval of the Department Chairmen and the Dean. The student shall satisfy the curriculum requirements ol the Bulletin in force at the time of transfer. TRANSFER OF SUMMER CREDITS Students desiring to study at another college during the summer must petition the Graduation Committee for approval. The student must earn a grade of 2 or higher in order for the worl to be credited toward graduation. In some cases it may be necessary for a student to take examinations before credit is granted. DEAN'S LIST The faculty gives recognition for high quality work. Candidates for the Dean's List, published at the end of each tenn, must obtain a point average of 3.25 or higher for all courses taken. Students taking less than the full credit load for their curriculum will not be eligible for the Dean's List. ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS - Page 59 HO ORS The granting of Honors at Commencement is based upon the ad mic record made by students carrying a normal load for th ir curriculum during their last two years at the College. Requi1 mcnts for Honors are as follows: for cum laude, a cumulathe a\'erage of 3.35; magna cum laude, 3.60; summa cum laudc, 3.80. �Graduation Requirements All candidates for degrees and certificates must be present at Commencement. If circumstances prevent their attendance, stu• dents must apply to the appropriate Dean for permission to take the degree or certificate in absentia. ard At ommencement a number of awards are presented to outstanding students in selected fields. The Deans also give two pedal awards for highest academic achievement. nior Awards The faculty has approved the following requirements which the student must satisfy in order to be eligible for graduation: I. He must complete all subjects required for the degree aJ stated in the Bulletin in force at the time of his admission to the program. Transfer students must complete the last 30 credit.I in residence at the College. 2. He must earn a grade of I or better in each required subject. 3. He must obtain a cumulative average of 1.85 for all courses. 4. He must obtain a cumulative average of 2.0 for all subjects within his major. 5. He must satisfy all requirements pertaining to the orientJ. tion and assembly programs and physical education. THE DEAN'S SCHOLARSHIP A WARDS are granted to the man and woman in the graduating class who have excelled in olar hip throughout their four years at the College. THE AWARD IN THE HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCl1CE is given each year by Miss Annette Evans to the man or woman in the graduating class who has demonstrated ou tstanding holarship in one or both of these areas, and has manif t d intellectual curiosity and creative imagination. THE PHYSICS AWARD is presented annually to the ·graduate of the department who has maintained throughout his or her oll ge career the highest average grade in physics courses. THE BIOLOGY RESEARCH AWARD is presented annually to th graduate who has demonstrated exceptional ability in a r earch project. The faculty of the Biology Department selects th r ipient of this award. 6. He must demonstrate competence in written and spoken English. THE CHEMISTRY A WARD is presented by the Department of Chemistry to the graduate who has maintained the highest holastic average throughout the four years of the chemistry course. Students enrolled in the two-year terminal program must complete all course requirements and must earn a cumulative average of I. 7 for all courses. THE ENGINEERING A WARD is given by the faculty of the Department of Engineering to the student whose achievement in the two-year engineering course is most outstanding. Engineering students will receive certificates upon completion of 60 credits of required work plus P. E. IOI, 102, 103,104,105,106, provided they attain a cumulative average of I. 7 for all courses. No student shall graduate until all financial obligations to the College have been satisfied. THE WALL STREET JOURNAL AWARD is granted to a graduate in commerce and finance for high scholarship in his field of concentration. THE PENNSYLVANIA INSTITUTE OF CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS AWARD is granted to a graduating senior who has received high grades in accounting aµd demontrated qualities of leadership in other activities. �Page 62 - A WARDS THEW. F. DOBSON AWARD IN ACCOUNTING is given to the graduate who has made the most outstanding record in ac• counting during his four years at the College. THE L. ]. VAN LAEYS AWARD IN JOURNALISM is given to the graduate who has done the most creditable work in jour• nalism courses. THE OUTSTANDING GRADUATE OF THE YEAR AWARD is given by the Wilkes College Alumni Association to the graduate considered by a special faculty committee to hm made the strongest contribution to the life of the College. The College and the Community Office of Community Services Undergraduate Awards THE MRS. JAMES McKANE AWARDS of $25 each are made to the man and woman in the junior class who have ranked highest in their class throughout their first two years of college. THE LINDA MORRIS AWARD is given by Mr. and Mrs. Herbert Morris in memory of their daughter, Linda, to that young woman who has maintained the highest academic record through the first three years at Wilkes College. THE JOHN WILKES, INC., ANNUAL FORENSIC AWARD is made annually to the Wilkes student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in the field of forensics during the previous year. THE WILKES FACULTY WOMEN'S AWARD is given to the sophomore woman who has ranked first in her class during her freshman year. THE ALPHA RHO CHAPTER OF THE DELTA KAPPA GAMMA SOCIETY A WARD is offered annually to an outstanding young woman in the field of education. The Alpha Rho Committee on Professional Affairs, in cooperation with Wilkes College Administration, will select a Junior student from Wyoming Valley who shows a concern for and a commitment to the education of young people and who possesses those qualities of enthusiastic leadership which will contribute to the advancement of the teaching profession. Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra Fine Arts Fiesta �The College and the Community The College was founded to serve the community and has received a large measure of its ever-growing support from outtanding leaders in the community. It has recognized for many car that its growth was related to the economic and social redevelopment of the community and, therefore, it has sought to participate in every effort for community betterment. In conqucnce, a pattern of cooperation has developed in which the College and the Community work with one another for their mutual benefit. Office of Community Services Service at Wilkes It is his own deficiency, and no degree of fate, that makes a man sink into the depths. To thinl there is no escape from preordained misery is to make the misery perpetual. To seek new paths in a constant renewal of strength-that ha always been the secret of progress. When a man waits helplessly for the turning in the wheel of fortune, he has to be regarded as shorn of manhood. If we could free even one village from the shackles of helpnessness and ignorance, an ideal for the whole of India would be established. Let a few villages be rebuilt in this way, and I shall say they are my India. That is the way to discover the true India. RABINDRANATH TAGORE Towards Universal Man ln cooperation with the Chamber of Commerce, The Industrial Fund, and other community groups, the College has pro, ided for some years a program designed for the improvement of labor-management relations and for the study of modern practices in local government. These efforts have been maintained on a minimum basis by funds from the College, the Chamber of Commerce, local governments, and other civic groups. Thee local efforts have been recently strengthened by a grant of 150,000 from the Ford Foundation. In consequence, the work in both areas will be enlarged and a new Area Research enter has been established at Wilkes College. AREA RESEARCH CENTER The Area Research Center provides professional direction and ecretarial and research assistance in cooperation with the county and city development agencies, the Economy League, the Industrial Fund, the Committee of 100, the Chamber of Commerce, employers, labor unions, the Planning Council of the United Fund, and other agencies desiring special services. The purposes of the Center are (1) to coordinate the many tudies of community problems and trends so that the results may always be available to interested community groups and to �Page 66 - COLLEGE AND COMMUNITY others; (2) to assure continuity of studies so that long-time trends may be known and their significance in the local and national scene may be understood; (3) to make special studie for public and private groups, including municipalities, the Industrial Fund, corporations, labor organizations, the Econom} League, school boards; (4) to cooperate with the Planning Commissions of the City and County, with the United Fund, and with other social agencies and civic organizations. LABOR-MANAGEMENT TRAINING PROGRAM COLLEGE AND COMMUNITY - Page 67 tional program for public officials. By providing training, the Jn titute informs locally elected or appointed public leaders of modern practices in government. The Institute does not campaign or enter politics. The Institute does cooperate with municipal leagues and associations engaged in consultation and r earch on the local governmental level. . The In~titute publishes a monthly Newsletter containing umely articles related to the responsibilities of local officials interested in the development of the region. Because Wilkes serves an area which has been undergoing drastic economic readjustments, it is deemed essential that every effort be made to encourage cooperative planning and action. To establish a climate for industrial redevelopment the College has pioneered a Labor-Management Training Program in which the needs of the individual and the company are analyzed. The Institute has offered courses to magistrates, borough and town hip secretaries, police, councilmen and commissioners, health officers, and school directors. During the past five years over one hundred merit awards have been presented to outstanding local officials for service to their communities. Plans are arranged in consultation with officials, foremen, and other employees and are designed to meet the general and spe• cific requirements of the particular company. Where several finn are confronted with common problems, special classes are or• ganized to include representation of several companies. Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra The program designed for members of labor unions is tailored to the particular needs of the group. Broad topics in economics are presented to provide a basis for the discussion of ideas, laws, and practices. All classes are conducted on the College campu where the academic climate induces and stimulates free intellectual inquiry. It has been demonstrated that in this atmosphere the members participate more freely in the discussion and consideration of significant problems. As an integral part of the three-pronged Labor-Management Training Program, union and management personnel sometime meet together in an effort to develop that mutual understanding that is essential to constructive action. INSTITUTE OF MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT The Institute of Municipal Government, developed from the activities of the Political Science department, offers an educa- The Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra, organized under the gis of the College in the fall of 1951, presents a series of three mphony concerts annually. A number of the members come from the department of music of the College. Fine Arts Fiesta /he.College parti_cipates wit? area-wide _cultural groups in the \\ yommg Valley Fme Arts Fiesta, a festival of music, drama, , nd the arts presented on the public square each spring. �Undergraduate Programs Bachelor of Arts Degree Bachelor of Science Degree Degree Requirements �1dergraduate Programs Th program at Wilkes has been carefully designed so that students m y mr. t the entrance requirements of graduate and professional schools. tud nt planning to go to graduate school should consult as early as ibl, with their department chairman. In it degree programs Wilkes College provides for a broad liberal ducation and for the concentration in special areas for which students r qualified and have interest. In the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of i nc degree programs the faculty encourages the student to achieve int ]I tual, social, and spiritual development. Bachelor of Arts Degree Leadership at Wilkes Those of us who are concerned with the education of young people and with the vitality of our society can never accept uncertainty and confusion as the inevitable condition of society. We therefore are confronted with two choices. We can grasp and support a rigid ideology that offers final answers by ignoring uncongenial facts and truths, or we can make every effort to comprehend the significance of new facts, new truths, and ne\l conditions. Pro rams leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree are primarily conrn d with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and of th men who have created it and lived in it. Studies center around m n and events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. Programs r d igned to create breadth and perspective as opposed to more specialized kills. liberal arts program must acquaint the student with the nature and of knowledge in all the principal fields. The student will carry on his explorations in the humanities, social sciences, and sciences. t nt AREAS We must endeavor to extend the vision of our students, enlarge their understanding, and prepare them to participate in strengthening and developing our social institutions. DR. EUGENE s. FARLEY, President, Wilkes College Humanities Social Sciences Sciences English Fine Arts Foreign Languages Mathematics Music Philosophy - Religion Commerce and Finance Economics Education History Political Science Sociology Biology Chemistry Physics Psychology �B.A. DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 73 Page 72 - B.A. DEGREE PROGRAMS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR B. A. DEGREE ELECTION OF A MAJOR The following courses are required of all candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree. They will usually be taken in the semesters indicated In a curriculum that requires a student to begin with courses at a more advanced level, the advanced course will be accepted as fulfillin the general requirements in that subject. To provide depth of knowledge, some concentra_tion is req:1ired: It is d irable that a major be elected as early as possible, especially m the r a of biology, mathematics, and music. It is essential that the major fi Id of concentration be elected before the beginning of the junior year. ajors in the Bachelor of Arts degree program may be selected from th following subject areas: Required Courses Credit To be Ta Hours Eng. 101, 102- Composition 6 1-2 Eng. 151, 152- World Literature 8 3-4 Hist. 101, 102- Western Civilization 6 1-2 Phil. 101 - Introduction; Phil. 102 - Logic 6 3.4-5-6 F. A. 101 - Experiencing Art I; Mus. 100- Introduction 3 1or2 For. Lang. 1 101-Elementary, For. Lang.I 102-Elementary, For. Lang. 1 103- Intermediate, For. Lang.I 104-Intermediate 12 1-2-3-4 Math.2 101 - Fundamentals, Math2 102-Fundamentals; or Phys. 101 -Physical Science, Phys. 102-Physical Science; or Bio. 101 - Biological Science, Bio. 102- Biological Science 12 1-2-3-4 Ee. 101 - Principles I, Ee. 102-Principles II; or P. S. 101 - Political Science I, P. S. 102- Political Science II; or Psy. 101 - General Psychology, Psy. 102-General Psychology; or Soc. 101 - Sociology; Soc. 102- Sociology 12 3.4.5-6 Biology Chemistry Economics Education (Elementary and Secondary) English Fine Arts Foreign Language History Mathematics Music Philosophy - Religion Political Science Psychology Social Science Sociology Thoe students electing a career in elementary or secondary education re required to select a major in one of the subject areas. Th_ese subject r a may be selected from those listed above and from th~s: listed under th Bachelor of Science degree programs that follow. Ind1v1dual departm nt programs will define the necessary course requiremen_ts. Teaching rtification requirements for most states may be met at Wilkes College. tudents are expected to familiarize themselves with specific state requirements. Phys. Ed. 101, 102, 103, 104- Physical Education 0 1.2.3-4 COURSE REQUIREMENTS Phys. Ed. 105, 106-Hygiene 2 1-2 The specific requirements for a degree in any of the above majors re listed in the section of this bulletin titled "Degree Requirements." The student with his faculty adviser will plan the proper sequence of hi major course requirements. 67 1 In all curricula requiring foreign language the level of the course will depend upon the ~chievem~nt of the student. Except for foreign language majors, the language reqmrement 1s through the 104 course, or an equivalent course prescribed by the student's adviser. 2 Students planning to major in Mathematics, Biology, Chemistry, Engineering, a Physics s~ould take courses in high school that prepare them to start the Coller mathematics program with the course in Analytic Geometry, Math. 122. Experience has shown that many students can profit from a course in algebra and trigonom• e~r_y. These courses are usually offered in the summer at most colleges and universities and may be taken in the summer prior to the freshman year. Bachelor of Science Degree The Bachelor of Science degree programs require more concentration upon a restricted area of human thoug?t _and ac~ivity. Althoug~ these programs emphasize knowledge and s~ill m. speci~l ~elds, a basic proram of general education is coupled with this specialized effort. �B.A. DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 75 Page 74 - B.A. DEGREE PROGRAMS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR B. S. DEGREE The general requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree are basic ally the same as those required for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Specifi requirements are described in this bulletin under the section titled ' ·Degree Requirements." SELECTION OF A MAJOR Majors in the Bachelor of Science degree program may be selected from the following subject areas: Chemistry Commerce and Finance (a) Accounting (b) Business Administration ( c) Business Education Engineering' Music Education Medical Technology Nursing Education Physics Secondary Education in Science COURSE REQUIREMENTS The specific requirements for a degree in any of the above majors ar listed in the section of this bulletin titled "Degree Requirements." The student with his faculty adviser will plan the proper sequence of h major course requirements. neral Requirements for B. A. Degree For all majors other than biology, fine arts, mathematics, and music' Eng. 102 - Composition 3 For. Lang. 102- Elementary 3 Hist. 102- Western Civilization 3 Math. 102 - Fundamentals or Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science 3 F. A. 1012 - Experiencing Art I or Mus. 100 - Introduction Eng.131-Fundamentals of Speech 2-3 P. E. 1O2-Physical Education 0 P. E. I 06 - Hygiene 1 15-16 15-16 4 3 3 6 0 Eng. 152- World Literature For. Lang. 104 - Intermediate Math. 102 - Fundamentals or Bio. 102 - Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science Psy. l 02 - Psychology or Ee. 102 - Principles II or P. S. 102- Political Science II or Soc. l 02 - Sociology P. E. 104 - Physical Education 16 1 jor and electivesi The following section of the bulletin provides the detailed information on the requirements for each of the degree programs offered at Wilkes College. FOURTH SEMESTER TlllRD SEMESTER Eng. ISi - World Literature F r. Lang. 103 - Intermediate 1a h. IOI - Fundamentals or Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phf(s.101-Physical Science P ·. 01 - Psychology or . IOI -Principles I or P. S. 101 - Political Science I or . 101 - Sociology p 103- Physical Education FIFTH SEMESTER Phil. IOI - Introduction3 Degree Requirements SECOND SEMESTER FIRST SEMESTER 3 n IOI -Composition 3 F r. l n . IOI -Elementary 3 H t.101- Western Civilization 1 th.101- I•undamentals or Bio. IOI -Biological Science or 3 Phys. IOI -Physical Science F 1012 - Experiencing Art I or us. 100- lntroduction Eng.131-Fundamentals of Speech 2-3 P . IOI -Physical Education 0 P E.105-Hygiene I 3 3 6 0 16 SIXTH SEMESTER 3 12 Phil. 102 - Logic3 Major and electivesi 3 12 15 15 EIGHTH SEMESTER SEVENTH SEMESTER 1 jor and electives 4 15 Major and electives 15 I Detailed programs for these majors are outlined on the following pages. 2To fulfill the general requirements the student must take F. A. 101 or Mus. 100 in 1 Wilkes College offers the first two years of the engineering curricula. Upon com• pletion of the second year, students making acceptable records may transfer to tht junior year of other engineering schools. the fir tor second semester. Eng. 131 is not required for the Bachelor of Arts degree, but may be taken as an elective. Philosophy majors or students interested in earlier scheduling of philosophy may t e Phil. 101 and 102 in the third and fourth semester by later scheduling of the !al ience requirement. 1 tudents planning to fulfill requirements for teacher certification will usually take required education courses as electives in the fifth and sixth semester. �B.A. DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 77 Page 76 - B.A. DEGREE PROGRAMS Course Requirements in the Majors Biology1 Students who major in Biology may be planning careers in medicin teaching, industrial biology, research, or pre-professional training required for many positions in science-oriented business or professio schools. The biology program is a general program covering basic ar of biology. Specific pre-professional training is minimized in favor the broadest possible background in the liberal arts as well as the b logical sciences. Students planning to major in biology should t courses in high school that prepare them to start the College ma ematics program with the course in analytic geometry, Math. I Experience has shown that many students can profit from a course algebra and trigonometry. These courses are usually offered in summer at most colleges and universities and may be taken in summer prior to the freshman year. The following are the degree requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in biology. FIRST SEMESTER Bio. 103 - General Zoology Chem. 101 -Principles of Chemistry Eng. 101 - Composition Math. 122 - Analytic Geometry Engi. 1032 - Basic Problems P. E. 101-Physical Education P. E. 105-Hygiene 4 3 4 1 0 1 Bio. 104 - General Zoology Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibria Eng. 102 - Composition Math. 125 - Calculus I P. E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 17 THIRD SEMESTER Bio. 201 - Comparative Anatomy Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis Eng. 151- World Literature Hist. 101- Western Civilization Ee. 101 - Principles I or P. S. 101 - Political Science I or Psy. 101 - Psychology or Soc. IOI -Sociology P. E. 103 - Physical Education FOURTH SEMESTER 4 4 4 3 3 0 Bio. 202-Embryology Chem. 230 - Organic Chemistry Eng. 152- World Literature Hist. 102 - Western Civilization Ee. 102-Principles II or P. S. 102 - Political SciencL II or Psy. 102 - Psychology or Soc. 102 - Sociology P. E. 104- Physical Education 18 3 4 3 4 3 Bio. 222 - Genetics F. A. 101 or Mus. 100 For. Lang. 102-Elementary Phys. 112 - Introductory Ee. 102- Princi~les II or P. S. 102 - Po itical Science II or Psy. 102-Psychology or Soc. 102 - Sociology 3-4 4 3 3 3 Major elective Bio. 232 - Ecology Bio. 262 - History of Biology For. Lang. 104-Intermediate Phil. 102 - Logic Bio. 271 - Research (optional) Electivet pre-professional degree program is described on page 52. The first three} of the program described here will be followed by pre-professional candidates. 2 If Engi. 103 is waived by examination, the student will carry 16 credit hours. 4 3 3-4 3 I 3 3 1 3 16-18 16-17 h mi try Thi curriculum is designed for the student interested in a major in t h mi try in preparation for a career in teaching, medicine, dentistry, hnical sales, technical librarianship, as technical translator, etc. The ud nt will choose electives after consultation with his advisor. The B.S. curriculum listed on page 85 is recommended for the student int r ted in a professional career in chemistry. Ch mi try 210 and 241 must be taken in addition to those courses Ii tcd below. The general requirements for the B.A. degree, listed on p 72 in the bulletin, must also be met. FIRST SEMESTER En 1. 1032-Basic Problems Chem. 101 - Introduction to the Prm iples of Chemistry Ph . 150- Introductory neral Physics I lath. 122-Analytic Geometry n .161 - Composition P . 101 - Physical Education P. E. I05 - Personal Hygiene SECOND SEMESTER 4 4 4 3 0 Chem. 102- Chemical Equilibria Phys. 151 - Introductory General Physics II Math. 125 - Calculus I Eng. 102 - Composition P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E. 106-Personal Hygiene 1 17 1A 3 EIGHTH SEMESTER SEVENTH SEMESTER tive Physiology 103- Intermediate Introduction 3 3 16 17 SECOND SEMESTER 4 SIXTH SEMESTER FIFTH SEMESTER 221 - I listology . 232 - Organic Chemistry r. l ng. IOI -Elementary P . II I - Introduction IOI - Princi~les I or P. . 101 - Po itical Science I or P . IOI -Psychology or . 101 - Sociology I El 2lf ives must be selected from the humanities or social sciences. Engi. 103 is waived by examination, the student will carry 16 credit hours. 4 4 4 3 0 1 16 �Page 78 - B.A. DEGREE PROGRAMS B.A. DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 79 THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis Math. 126-Calculus II Phys. 152- Introductory General Physics III Electives 4 4 F. n Ii h Chem. 230 - Organic Chemistry Electives tud nts who major in English are required to take English IOI, 102, nd 131 in the freshman year; 105, 151, and 152 in the sophomore year; nd 21 credit hours, including 200, 205, 215, in addition to the general requirements for the B. A. degree. Selection and scheduling of these courses will be done in consultation with the student's adviser. Students Ith at least a 3.0 average in IOI, 102, and 151 may take an advanced n lish course simultaneously with 152. 3 6 17 FIFTH SEMESTER Chem. 231 -Organic Chemistry Electives SIXTH SEMESTER 4-5 12 Chem. 262 - Research Electives r 16-17 SEVENTH SEMESTER Chem. 261 - History of Chemistry l Electives 14-17 EIGHTH SEMESTER Electives 15-18 Fin Art tudcnts who major in Fine Arts are required to complete the followprogram of studies in addition to the general require~ents for the B. . degree. Electives may be used to fulfill the reqmrements for c rtification in education. 111 Economics Students who major in Economics are required to complete twenty• four hours of work in economics beyond Ee. IO I, I 02 in addition to tht general requirements for the B. A. degree. Selection and scheduling of these courses will be done in consultation with the student's adviser. The twenty-four hours in economics which the major must carry includ Ee. 201, 202, 231, 232, and 241. FIRST SEMESTER En . 101 -Composition H1 t.101- Western Civilization F r. Lan . 101 - Elementary F. . 103 - Color and Design P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 105- Hygiene Bio. 101 - Biological Science or ath. 101 - Fundamentals or Phy . 101 - Physical Science SECOND SEMESTER 3 3 3 3 0 I 3 Eng. 102 - Composition Hist. 102- Western Civilization For. Lang. 102 - Elementary F. A. 104- Drawing & Composition P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene Bio. 102- Biological Science or Math. 102 - Fundamentals or Phys. I 02 - Physical Science 16 3 3 3 3 0 I 3 16 Education Those students electing a career in Elementary or Secondary Educa• tion are required to select a major in one of the major subject areas These subject areas may be selected from those listed under the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree programs. Individual departmental programs will define the necessary course requirements for the prospective teach:r. Teaching certification requirements for most states may~ met at Wilkes College. Students are expected to familiarize themselves with specific state requirements. THIRD SEMESTER Eng. ISi - World Literature For. Lang. 103 - Intermediate F. . I09 - Oil Painting I F. . 20 I - History of Art I P. E. 103 - Phfcsical Education Bio. IOI - Bio ogical Science or ath. 101 - Fundamentals or Phys. IOI -Physical Science FOURTH SEMESTER 4 3 3 2 0 3 15 Eng. 152- World Literature For. Lang. 104 - Intermediate F. A. 106- Water Color Painting F. A. 202-History of Art II P. E. 104 - Phfcsical Education Bio. 102-Bio ogical Science or Math. 102 - Fundamentals or Phys. 102- Physical Science 4 3 3 2 0 3 15 �Page 80 - B.A. DEGREE PROGRAMS B.A. DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 81 FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER Phil. 101 - Introduction F. A. 121- Modeling & Construction F. A. 125-Metalwork & Jewelry F. A. 203 - History of Modern Art Ee. 101 - Principles I or P. S. 101 - Political Science I or Psy. I 01 - Psychology or Soc. 101 - Sociology 3 3 3 2 6 fa thematics Phil. 205 - Aesthetics F. A. 122-Ceramics F. A. 126 - Graphics Elective (optional) Ee. 102- Principles II or P. S. 102- Political Science II or Psy. 102- Psychology or Soc. 102 - Sociology FIRST SEMESTER Bo. IOI - Biological Science En . 101 - Composition For. Lang. IOI - Elementary F. . IOI - Experiencing Art I or 17 SEVENTH SEMESTER F. A. 205 - Contemporary Design F. A. 220- Studio Problems F. A. 2901 - Senior Exhibit Electives 1u . I 00 - Introduction EIGHTH SEMESTER 2 2 2 9-12 15-16 SECOND SEMESTER 3 3 3 F. A. 290 1- Senior Exhibit Electives 2 14-15 3 4 0 I ath. 122-Analytic Geometry P. E. IOI - Physical Education P. E. 1OS - Hygiene Bio. 102 - Biological Science Eng. I 02 - Composition For. Lang. I 02 - Elementary F. A. 101 - Experiencing Art I or Mus. 100 - Introduction Math. 125 - Calculus I P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 3 3 3 3 4 0 I 17 17 14-1 Foreign Languages (Modern) A major in any of the Modern Foreign Languages consists of twentyfour hours beyond the 102 course. History Students who major in history are required to take Hist. 101 and 102 in the freshman year, Hist. 107 and 108 in the sophomore year, and I additional credit hours. THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER n .151- World Literature ~ r. Lang. I03 - Intermediate H, • IOI - Western Civilization th. 126- Calculus II Phy . 150- Introduction to G neral Physics I P. E. 103 - Physical Education 4 3 3 4 4 0 4 3 Eng. 152- World Literature For. Lang. 104 - Intermediate Hist. 102- Western Civilization Math. 240 - Differential Equations Phys. 151 - Introduction to General Physics II P. E. 104- Physical Education 18 3 4 4 0 18 Mathematics Students planning to major in Mathematics should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the College mathematics program with the course in analytic geometry, Math. 122. Experience has sho\\n that many students can profit from a course in algebra and trigonometry. These courses are usually offered in the summer at most colleges and universities and may be taken in the summer prior to the freshman year. FIFTH SEMESTER Phy .152- Introduction to G neral Physics III 1nth. 251 -Advanced Calculus I . IOI - Principles I or P. S. I01 - Political Science I or Psy.101-Psychology or . IOI -Sociology El tive 1 SEVENTH SEMESTER Moth. elective Phil. JOI -Introduction Senior Exhibit will be scheduled either the seventh or eighth semester after consultation with the department chairman. 3 3 6 3 15 In addition to the liberal arts general requirements, a mathematics major must complete a minimum of twenty-eight hours in mathematics courses. Credit will not count toward the major requirement in courses below Ma th. 122. The following program shows the sequence of the course requirements in the mathematics major. SIXTH SEMESTER Eng. 131 -Fundamentals of Speech 2 Math. 252 - Advanced Calculus II 3 Ee. I 02 - Principles II or P. S. 102 - Political Science II or Psy. I 02 - Psychology or Soc. I 02 - Sociology 6 Electives 4-6 El ives 15-17 EIGHTH SEMESTER 3 3 9-12 15-18 Math. elective Electives 3 12 15 �B.A. DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 83 Page 82 - B.A. DEGREE PROGRAMS Music EVENTEi SEMESTER Music! 5- Instrumentation - Analysis Students who major in Music are required to complete the follow1 program of studies in addition to the general requirements for the B. degree. Students interested in careers in Music Education should foll the program described in the Bachelor of Science in Music Educati This program is described on page 96 of this bulletin. The following the course requirements for the music major. 2 2 2 9 15 EIGHTH SEMESTER Applied Music 1 Mus. 216-Arranging Mus. 218-Counterpoint Electives 2 2 3 9 16 I hilo ophy-Religion major in the combined fields of Philosophy and Religion consists of nty-fom hours in philosophy and religion courses beyond Philosophy 101 and 102. Philosophy-Religion majors must schedule courses in philo ophy and religion in their sophomore year. t\ FIRST SEMESTER Math. 101 - Fundamentals or Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 - Physical Science Eng. IOI -Composition For. Lang. 101 -Elementary Mus. IOI -Theory of Music Applied Music! P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene_ 3 3 3 5 1 0 1 SECOND SEMESTER Math. 102-Fundamentals or Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102- Physical Science Eng. 102- Composition For. Lang. 102 - Elementary Mus.102-Theory of Music: Applied Music! P. E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene P ychology A major in Psychology consists of twenty-four hours. Psychology IOI nd 102 are not accepted toward a major; Sociology 255 and Education 200 are accepted. Psychology ~W3 and 204 are required for the major. In ddition to the general requirements the department requires that the two-semester courses in mathematics, physics, and biology be taken. In ddition, English 131 and Economics 231 are required. The major in Psychology is designed for students who plan to continue th study of psychology on the graduate level, as well as for those whose interests lie in the teaching of psychology in colleges or in the application of the study to such fields as advertising, clinical work, business, education, and industrial personnel work. Students are cautioned that an undergraduate major in psychology does not qualify them for profession! psychological work. No student can qualify as a psychologist without dvanced graduate study; in a great many fields today, moreover, prof sional psychologists must hold the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. 16 THIRD SEMESTER For. Lang. 103-Intermediate Mus. 103-Theory of Music Applied Music! Psy. 101-Psychology Hist. 101 - Western Civilization Math. IOI -Fundamentals or Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101- Physical Science P. E. 103-Physical Education 3 5 1 3 3 3 0 FOURTH SEMESTER For. Lang. 104 - Intermediate Mus. 104-Theory of Music Applied Music! Psy. 102 - Psychology Hist. 102- Western Civilization Math. 102- Fundamentals or Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science P. E. 104- Physical Education 18 FIFTH SEMESTER Eng. 151- World Literature Phil. 101 -Introduction Mus. 109 - History of Music Applied Music! Soc. 101- Sociology 4 3 3 2 3 15 t Political Science SIXTH SEMESTER Eng. 152 - World Literature Phil. 205 - Aesthetics Mus. 110 - History of Music Applied Musicl Soc. 102 - Sociology Private instruction. The fee for this instruction is in addition to the regular tuiti charge. A major in Political Science consists of twenty-four hours. Political cience 101 and 102 are not accepted toward a major. r ocial Science The Social Science major requires a total of thirty-six hours in economics, history, political science, and sociology. Eighteen hours must be I Private charge. instruction. The fee for this instruction is in addition to the regular tuition �Page 84 - B.A. DEGREE PROGRAMS B.S. DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 85 in one of these subject areas and at least six hours in each of the other three. Only courses beyond the IOI, 102 level will count toward th major requirements. Exception will be made to this requirement for students preparing to teach in public schools. In order to meet th certification requirements in education a student preparing to teach social studies in the public schools will receive credit toward the soci~ science major for all required courses in economics, history, politica science, and sociology. Sociology-Anthropology A major in Sociology consists of twenty-four hours. Although Sociology l OI, I 02 are prerequisites to all the courses in sociology, they are not accepted toward a major in sociology. Political Science 204 and Philosophy 206 will be accepted toward the major in sociology. Studen who intend to major in sociology are requested to plan their work in th department in consultation with the chairman. A major in sociolo should ordinarily include the following four courses: Sociology 230 255, 265, and 280. With the approval of the department chairman, ho\\• ever, other courses may in some instances be substituted. h 1111 try FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Ch m. IOI -Introduction to Prin 1pl of Chemistry f.n 1. 10 1- Basic Problems 1 • IOI -Composition 1 th. I22- Analytic Geometry Ph . 150- Introduction to neral Phhsics I P ·. 101-P ysical Education P E. 105 - Personal Hygiene 4 1 3 4 4 0 1 THIRD SEMESTER Students planning to major in chemistry should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the College mathematics program with the course in analytic geometry, Math. 122. 4 0 1 16 FOURTH SEMESTER Ch m. 210- Inorganic Chemistry Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis I or. Lang. th. 126- Calculus II Ph . 152- Introduction to neral Phhsics III P. E. I 03- P ysical Education 3 4 3 4 4 0 Chem. 230 - Organic Chemistry Chem. 222 - Quantitative Analysis For. Lang. Math. 240-Differential Equations and Infinite Series P. E. 104 - Physical Education Elective2 18 4 4 3 4 0 3 18 SIXTH SEMESTER Ch m. 231 - Organic Chemistry Chem. 241 -Elementary Phy ical Chemistry En .151- World Literature For. Lang. El tive2 5 4 4 3 3 Chemistry The Chemistry curriculum is planned to provide thorough trainin in the fundamentals of the science and to contribute to the general education of the student. Graduates in chemistry may enter industry immediately upon graduation or may continue their studies in graduate school. 4 3 4 16-17 FIFTH SEMESTER Course Requirements for B. S. Degree Programs Chem. 102-Chemical Equilibria Eng. 102-Composition Math. 125 - Calculus I Phys. 151 - Introduction to General Physics II P. E. 102- Physical Education P. E. 106- Personal Hygiene Chem. 233 - Organic Qualitative Analysis Chem. 242 - Intermediate Physical Chemistry Chem. 262-Chemical Literature Eng. 152- World Literature For. Lang. Elective2 16-19 SEVENTH SEMESTER Ch m. 271 - Research 3 Chem. 261 - History of Chemistry 1 Chem. 281 - Seminar ½ El tives2 12-14 3 4 1 4 3 3 15-18 EIGHTH SEMESTER Chem. 282 - Seminar Electives2 16½-18½ ½ 15-18 15½-18½ The following chemistry electives are all three credits: Chem. 251 Chem. 310 Chem. 331 Chem. 341 I This Biochemistry Inorganic Organic Physical Chem. 272 - Research Chem. 330 - Organic Chem. 340 - Physical Chem. 342 - Statistical Thermodynamics course may be waived by examination. tives must include two philosophy courses, Mus. 100 or F. A. IOI, at least one dvanced chemistry course in Semester 7 and/or Semester 8, Hist. 101-102, and one of the following: P. S. 101-102, Psy. 101-102, or Soc. 101-102. 2 El �B.S. DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 87 Page 86 - B.S. DEGREE PROGRAMS Commerce and Finance MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION MAJOR IN ACCOUNTING FIRST SEMESTER Acct. 101 - Elementary I Eng. 101 - Composition Hist. 101 - Western Civilization Ee. 111 - History Math. 101 - Fundamentals P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 105- Hygiene . 101 - Elementary I 111-lli tory n 101 - Composition H t.101- Western Civilization 101 - Biological Science or SECOND SEMESTER 3 3 3 3 3 0 1 SECOND SEMESTER FIRST SEMESTER Acct. 102 - Elementary II Eng. 102 - Composition Hist. 102 - Western Civilization F. A. 101 - Experiencing Art I or Mus. 100 - Introduction Math. 102-Fundamentals or Math. 115 - Finance P. E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 106- Hygiene Ph . IOI -Physical Science P E 101 - Physical Education p 105-IIygiene 3 3 3 3 3 0 1 Acct. 102 - Elementary II F. A. 101-Experiencing Art I or Mus. 100 - Introduction Eng. 102- Composition Hist. 102 - Western Civilization Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science P. E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 3 3 3 3 3 0 1 16 16 16 THIRD SEMESTER Acct. 111 - Intermediate I B. A. 231 - Business Law Ee. 101 - Principles I Eng. 151 - World Literature Bio. 101- Biological Science or Phys. 101 - Physical Science Eng. 131 -Fundamentals of Speech P. E. 103 - Physical Education FOURTH SEMESTER 3 3 3 4 3 2 0 TllIRD SEMESTER . 231 - Business Law 101- Princte I Acct. 112- Intermediate II B. A. 232 - Business Law Ee. 102- Principles II Eng. 152- World Literature Bio. 102 - Biological Science or Phys. I 02 - Physical Science P. E. 104- Physical Education .131- Fun amentals of Speech .151- World Literature 1ath. 101 - Fundamentals p . IOI - Political Science I or . IOI -Sociology p .103- Physical Education 18 FIFTH SEMESTER Acct. 201 -Cost I Ee:. 201- Money & Banking Ee. 231 -Applied Statistics Soc. 101 - Sociology or P. S. 101 - Political Science I Phil. 101 - Introduction Elective 1 FOURTH SEMESTER 3 3 2 4 3 3 0 3 0 SIXTH SEMESTER 3 3 3 3 3 3 SEVENTH SEMESTER Acct. 202-Advanced Cost II Acct. 242 - Advanced B. A. 233 - Business Law Ee. 232 - Economic Statistics Soc. 102 - Sociology or P. S. 102 - Political Science II Elective I SIXTH SEMESTER FIFTH SEMESTER 251 - Principles of Management 3 3 201 - Money & Banking 3 E 231 - pplied Statistics 3 Ph1l. !Ol -Introduction 6 I tiv 3 3 Ee. 202 - Theory of Money or Ee. 226-Geography of the World or C and F elective Ee. 232 - Business Law Phil. 102 - Logic B. A. 222 - Marketing Electives Acct. 232 - Auditing Practice Acct. 252 - Internship Ee. 202 - Theory of Money or Ee. 236 - Public Finance Ee. 226- Geography of World Elective 1 SEVENTH SEMESTER B . 209 - Correspondence & Reports 3 12 B . Ee. electives IS Students intending to sit for the New York State C.P.A. examinations should el subjects in the humanities. All students should choose electives from outside thf major field. El ~ 3 3 3 3 6 18 18 EIGHTH SEMESTER 3 3 3 3 18 1 3 3 4 3 16 18 18 Acct. 221 - Taxes I Acct. 231 -Auditing Principles B. A. 209 - Correspondence & Reports B. A. 225 - Corporation Finance B. A. 251 - Principles of Management I Elective 1 B. A. 232 - Business Law Ee. 102-Composition Eng. 152- World Literature Math. 102 - Fundamentals P. S. 102- Political Science II or Soc. 102 - Sociology P. E. 104 - Physical Education EIGHTH SEMESTER B. A. & Ee. electives Elective 12 3 3 18 15 �Page 88 - B.S. DEGREE PROGRAMS B.S. DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 89 Students who major in Business Administration will select their el tives from the following. At least six courses in one of these groups are required of students concentrating in this field. tudcnt planning to enter as a freshman may find it advantageous, fir t to consider a two-year program leading to a certificate in general ffi or ccrctarial proficiency. This two-year program provides a t r undntion for general secretarial preparation, or prepares for later inlization in the four-year major in business education. BANKING AND FINANCE B. A. 220 - Real Estate Ee. 236 - Public Finance Ee. 241-Economic Analysis Math. 115- Mathematics of Finance Math. 122 - Analytic Geometry Math. 125- Calculus I B. A. 225 - Corporation Finance B. A. 226 - Investments Ee. 202 - Theory of Money Ee. 225 - International Trade FIRST SEMESTER 105- Elementary Shorthand t. IOI -Elementary I 107 - Id mentary Typewriting f th. 115- Mathematics of Finance B 101 - Biological Science or Ph) .101 - Physical Science 3 En IOI - Composition 3 II IOI - Western Civilization 3 P E I I - Physical Education 0 P . 105 - I Iygiene 1 r ECONOMICS Ee. 212- Government & Business Ee. 217 - Economics of Transportation Ee. 222-American Labor Movement Ee. 223 - Collective Bargaining Ee. 225-International Trade Ee. 226 - Economic Geography of the World Ee. 229 - Comparative Economic Systems Ee. 230- Business Cycles Ee. 236-Public Finance Ee. 241-Economic Analysis Ee. 245 - Consumer Economics Ee. 246 - Economics Investigation Math. 122 - Analytic Geometry Math. 125- Calculus I Tll/RD SEMESTER . 207 - Advanced Shorthand c:ct. III - Intermediate I 3 201' -Advanced Typrewriting I . IOI - Elementry I r Ret.101 -Principles 3 B . 231 - Business Law 3 P hology IOI 3 E 1012- Principles I 3-4 P E. 103- Physical Education 0 Psy. 212 - Psychological Tests Psy. 251 - Industrial Psychology Math. 122-Analytic Geometry Math. 125-Calculus I Soc. 265 - Sociology of Industry P. S. 208-Labor Law FIFTH SEMESTER t. 111 - Intermediate I r R t. IOI -Principles Ee. 225 - International Trade Ee. 245 - Consumer Economics Ret. 101 -Principles of Retailing Soc. 265 - Sociology of Industry Psy. 251 - Industrial Psychology or El tive3 . 101 - Sociology or P.. IOI - Political Science En .151- World Literature Ed. 100- Introduction Prm iple of Management I 3 3 4 3 3 16 2 3 2 2 3 3 3 0 1 16-17 FOURTH SEMESTER S.S. 208-Advanced Shorthand or Acct. 112 - Intermediate II S.S. 2021 -Advanced Typewriting Acct. 102 - Elementary II or Retailing Elective Psychology 102 P. E. 104-Physical Education Ee. 1022 - Principles II B. A. 232 - Business Law 15-17 MARKETING B. A. 114- Salesmanship B. A. 216 -Advertising B. A. 239 - Sales Management B. A. 240 - Property Insurance Ee. 217 - Economics of Transportation SECOND SEMESTER S. S. 106 - Elementary Shorthand or Acct. 102 - Elementary II S. S. 108 - Elementary Typewriting Eng. 131 - Fundamentals of Speech Eng. 102-Composition Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science Hist. 102- Western Civilization P. E. 102- Physical Education P. E. 106- Hygiene 17-18 MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS B. A. 251 - Principles of Management I B. A. 252 - Principles of Management II Ee. 222-American Labor Movement B. A. 240 - Property Insurance B. A. 241-Life Insurance Ee. 223 - Collective Bargaining 2 3 2 3 3 1 3 3 0 3 3 15-16 SIXTH SEMESTER Acct. 112 - Intermediate II or Retailing Elective3 Soc. 102 - Sociology or P. S. 102-Political Science Eng. 152- World Literature Ed. 200-Educational Psychology Principles of Management II 3 3 4 3 3 16 MAJOR IN BUSINESS EDUCATION The degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Education is designed to provide a background in general education while it prepares the stu• dent for teaching business subjects in secondary schools or for a career in business. tudents following accounting sequence need not take third and fourth semesters of typ writing. 2 Two-year program students take S. S. 205 in semester 3 and Ee. 101 in semester 4. udents who have already met required accounting and retailing courses would el one course in both the fifth and sixth semesters, preferably one of the two ould be in retailing to meet requirement for certification in retailing. I �Page 90 - B.S. DEGREE PROGRAMS SEVENTH SEMESTER S. S. 243 - Principles and Methods of Business Education S. S. 205 - Office Procedures and Machines Phil. 101 -Introduction Mus. 100 - Introduction or F. A. 101 -Experiencing Art I B. A. 209- Business Correspondence and Reports 3 B.S. DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 91 EIGHTH SEMESTER Ed. 230 - Secondary Education Elective4 I nm ring 3 FRESHMAN YEAR 4 3 (COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING COURSES EXCEPT CHEMICAL ENGINEERING) 3 3 16 Engineering Wilkes College offers the first two ·years of the engineering curricula Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may transfer to the junior year of other engineering schools. In the past, students have transferred to, and successfully completed their work at, such representative colleges as Alabama, Bucknell, Cath• olic University, Columbia, Cornell, Drexel Institute, Georgia School of Technology, Lafayette, Lehigh, Massachusetts Institute of Technolog} New York University, Pennsylvania State University, Purdue, Stevens Institute, Syracuse, and the University of Nebraska. During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses are the same with the exception of chemical engineering, in which course stu• dents must take two additional hours of chemistry in the second semester For this reason the student should decide by the middle of the first year between chemical engineering and one of the other branches of engineering. The curricula change further at the beginning of the second year For this reason the student should decide by then whether he will pur• sue civil, industrial, electrical, or mechanical engineering. Students planning to major in Engineering should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the College mathematics program with the course in analytic geometry, Math. 122. Experience has shown tha many students can profit from a course in algebra and trigonometry. These courses are usually offered in the summer at most colleges and universities and may be taken in the summer prior to the freshman year 4 Students planning to teach in Pennsylvania should elect a course in America History for permanent certification. FIRST SEMESTER • I ·o- Introd. General Physics I 1. 100- Engineering Problems n 1. 105- E11ginecring Drawing 101- Composition 1th 122 - AnalyticGeometry p IOI - Physical Education F IOS - Prrsonal Hygiene 4 2 3 3 4 0 1 SECOND SEMESTER Phys. 151 - Introd. Gen'! Physics II Engi. 106- Descriptive Geometry Eng. 102-Composition Math. 125 - Calculus I Eng. 131 - Fundamentals of Speech P. E. 102- Physical Education P. E. 106- Personal Hygiene 17 4 2 3 4 2 0 1 16 AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING hanical engineering is basic to the study of reronautical engineerTherefore, the first two years in mechanical engineering prepare th tudcnt for the advanced work offered by several universities. in . CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Ch mical engineering is concerned with the broad field of chemical mdu try in which materials undergo a physical or a chemical change. uch materials include paper, textiles, gasoline, other petroelum products, coke, gas, dyes, electrochemical products, paints, rubber, plastics, cer~mi drugs, heavy chemicals, solvents, and many others. The chemical nginccr is one skilled in the design, construction, operation and mangcment of industrial plants in _which materials are pr?duced by che~i I change. The chemical engmeer may be engaged m research or m the development of a process, for he is expert in the application of the rundamental unit-manufacturing processes which underlie all chemical ngineering. The equipment of the chemical engineer includes a thorough knowledge of chemistry, physics, and mathematics and a ound understanding of such fundamentals of chemical, mechanical, nd electrical engineering as will make him a competent development, control, or sales engineer. �Page 92 - B.S. DEGREE PROGRAMS B.S. DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 93 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING FIRST SEMESTER ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Th electrical engineer is trained to design, construct, and operate all I trical generating equipment. He must supervise and control the distribution of electricity for driving the machinery in mills, factories, and min ; for electric railways, chemical processing, heating, lighting, and for all electrical devices used in the home. SECOND SEMESTER Chem. 101 - Introduction to Principles of Chemistry Engi. 100 - Engineering Problems Engi. 1OS - Engineering Drawing Phys. 150-Introd. Gen'l Physics I Math. 122 -Analytic Geometry P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 1OS - Personal Hygiene 4 2 3 4 4 0 l Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibria Engi. 106-Descriptive Geometry Math. 125 - Calculus I Phys. 151 -Introd. Gen'! Physics II Eng. 131 - Fundamentals of Speech P. E. 101 -Physical Education P . E. 105-Personal Hygiene Communications, including telegraph, telephone, radio, radar, teletransmission of print and pictur~s, offer~ n~merous op~ortunities. D v Iopment of electronic tubes, transistors, circmts, and eqmpment for commercial processes offers opportunities in many fields of endeavor. l •pe, 18 THIRD SEMESTER Math. 126-Calculus II Phys. 152 - In trod. Gen'! Physics III M. E. 211 - Mechanics I. Statics Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis Eng. 101 - Composition P. E. 103-Physical Education 4 3 3 4 3 0 FOURTH SEMESTER SOPHOMORE YEAR I Math. 240 - Diff. Equations and Infinite Series Ch. E. 106 - Stoichiometry Eng. 102 - Composition Ee. 101 - Principles of Economics I Elective' Tl-lIRD SEMESTER 17 FOURTH SEMESTER 1 th. 126- Calculus II Ph . 152- Introd. Gen'I Physics III 1 ·.211-Mechanics I. Statics 1 ·. 111 or C. E. 103- Statics or Plan urvcying Ch m. IOI - Introduction to Prrncipl s of Chemistry P. E. !03-Physical Education 16 CIVIL ENGINEERING 4 3 3 3 4 0 Math. 240 - Diff. Equations Ee. 101 -Principles of Economics I M. E. 212- Mechanics II. Dynamics E. E. 202 - Electrk and Magnetic Circuits Chem. 102-Chemical Equilibrium P. E. 104-Physical Education 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR 2 THIRD SEMESTER C. E. 103 - Plane Surveying M. E. 211 - Mechanics I. Statics Math. 126-Calculus II Phys. 152-Introd. Gen'! Physics III Chem. 101 - Introduction to Principles of Chemistry P. E. 103 - Physical Education 3 3 4 3 4 0 17 3 3 3 4 0 17 The civil engineer deals with problems in structural, highway, railroad, hydraulic, and sanitary engineering, and also with surveying and geodesy. He specializes in the design, construction and maintenance of bridges, tunnels, dams, and the structural members of buildings. His services are indispensable in the design of river, canal, and harbor improvements; in the development and control of water resources; in th treatment and disposal of sewage and industrial waste; and in the loca• tion and construction of all transportation facilities. 4 ENGINEERING PHYSICS The curriculum in engineering physics is designed to equip men with fl ible background of basic scientific knowledge. The primary emphasis is on the fundamental principles of physics .. At the same time the ngineering viewpoint is developed so that practical problems ca_n be pushed to completion. The first tw~ yea~s of wo_rk, offered at W~lkes, are similar to those of the other engmeermg curricula. They provide a ound basis for study toward advanced degrees in either physics or s ific fields of engineering. FOURTH SEMESTER SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 C. E. 104 - Route Surveying M. E. 212- Mechanics II. Dynamic Math. 240 - Diff. Equations Ee. 101 -Principles of Economics I Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibrium P. E. 104- Physical Education THIRD SEMESTER 18 1 th.126- Calculus II Ph . 152- Introd. Genr'I Physics III M. E. 211 - Mechanics I. Statics M. E. 111 - Manufacturing Processes Ch m. IOI -Introduction to Principles of Chemistry P. E.103- Physical Education 1 E. E. 202 or M. E. 212 is suggested. 2 For freshman year see page 91. FOURTH SEMESTER 4 3 3 3 4 0 17 t For freshman year see page 91. Math. 240 - Diff. Equations Ee. IOI - Principles of Economics I M. E. 212 - Mechanics II. Dynamics E. E. 202-Electric and Magnetic Circuits Chem. 102- Chemical Equilibrium P. E. 104- Physical Education 4 3 3 3 4 0 17 �Page 94 - B.S. DEGREE PROGRAMS B.S. DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 95 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 The field of industrial or management engineering has to do with t methods of manufacture and production; the effects thereon of personne and design control to meet cost and production requirements. Prepara tion with a background in science, engineering, economics, busin administration, management, and history is necessary. The successf industrial engineer must possess not only technical skill and ability b also economic and humanistic interests, as well as character and person ality. He must work with others and enlist their cooperation in th pursuit of a common goal. The industrial engineer deals with peop as well as with machines and materials. This curriculum offers the firr. two years of work for those primarily interested in the administratio of technical enterprises. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 THIRD SEMESTER Ee. 101 - Principles of Economics I Phys. 152-Introduction to General Physics III M. E. 211 - Mechanics I. Statics Math. 126 - Calculus II Chem. 101 - Introduction to Principles of Chemistry P. E. 103 - Physical Education 3 3 4 4 0 P. E. 103 - Physical Education FOURTH SEMESTER 4 3 3 3 3 3 4 0 4 0 17 17 I" MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The mechanical engineer is concerned with the design, constructio installation, and operation of machinery necessary for the economical application of mechanical power to industry. He must utilize po\\e from whatever source derived. The generation of power, whether b steam, hydro or internal-combustion engines is of primary concern t the mechanical engineer in the power field. His services are necessar wherever process equipment and machine tools are made or used. The mechanical engineer must of necessity be broadly trained in th fundamental sciences and in economics and humanities. Ability and skill in the application of the basic sciences are not sufficient. He must hm an understanding of the influence of his profession upon our way of lile and how its development and expansion affect our future. SECOND SEMESTER FIRST SEMESTER Bio. 103 - General Zoology Ch m.101-Principles of Chemistry Eng. 101 - Composition th. I07 - College Algebra En i. 1032 - Basic Problems P. E. 101 - Physical Education P.E !OS-Hygiene 4 4 3 3 1 0 I Bio. 104-General Zoology Chem. 102- Chemical Equilibria Eng. 102 - Composition Math. 109 - Plane Trigonometry P. E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 15-16 I For 2 Thi 4 4 3 3 0 I 15 FOURTH SEMESTER THIRD SEMESTER Bio. 204- M1crotechnique Chm. 221-lnorganic Quantitative Analysis En . 151 - World Literature H1 t. IOI -- Western Civilization For. Lang. 101 - Elementair P. E.103-- Physical Education 3 4 4 3 3 Eng. 131 -Fundamentals of Speech Chem. 230 - Organic Chemistry Eng. 152- World Literature Hist. 102- Western Civilization For. Lang. 102 - Elementary P. E. 104-Physical Education 2 4 4 3 3 0 0 17 For freshman year see page 91. 4 3 The American Society of Clinical Pathologists . and . t~e American oci ty of Medical Technologists recomm:nd cer~am reqmrements for rogram of training leading to a degree m Medical Technology. !he u~riculum offered at Wilkes College followsh!hese recom~en{at10~s nd is presented below. The final year in t 1s program 1s ta ·en m ho pitals approved for such training. Ee. 102- Principles of Economi('s11 Elective M. E. 212 - Mechanics II. Dynamics Math. 240 - Diff. Equations Chem. I 02 - Chemical Equilibria P. E. 104- Physic?! Education 17 1 Math. 240 - Diff. Equations Ee. 101 - Principles of Economics I M. E. 212- Mechanics II. Dynamics M. E. 206 -- Kinematics Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibria P. E. 104- Physical Education f dical Technology FOURTH SEMESTER 3 TlJIRD SEMESTER 1 th. 126- Calculus II Ph . 152- Introduction to n rnl Physics III 1 . 211 - Mechanics I. Statics 1 E. 111 - Manufacturing Processes Ch m.101- Introduction to Prin ipl of Chemistry . freshman year see page 91. course may be waived by examination. 16 �Page 96 - B.S. DEGREE PROGRAMS FIFTH SEMESTER Bio. 211 - Bacteriology For. Lang. 103 - Intermediate Phys. 111 - Introductory Physics Psy. IOI -Psychology Soc. IOI - Sociology or Ee. IOI - Principles I or P. S. IOI - Political Science I 4 3 4 3 3 B.S. DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 97 SIXTH SEMESTER Bio. 212 - Bacteriology For. Lang. 104 - Intermediate Phys. 112- Introductory Physics Psy. 102 - Psychology Soc. I 02 - Sociology or Ee. 102-Principles II or P. S. 102- Political Science II 17 SEVENTH SEMESTERI Clinical Chemistry !3 weeks Microbiology 8 weeks Urinalysis 4weeks EIGHTH SEMESTER' Haematology & Blood Bank 12 weeks Histology 6\\ Serology 7 weeks 3 3 5 2 3 1 ½ 0 I SECOND SEMESTER Eng. 102-Composition Bio. 102 - Biological Science or Phys. I 02 - Phyf;ical Science Mus. 102 - Theory of Music Mus. Ed. 102 - Clarinet Class or Mus. Ed. 104 - Brass Class Hist. I 02 - Western Civilization Applied Music2 Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 18½ THIRD SEMESTER Eng. 151 - World Literature Mus. Ed. IOI -Clarinet Class or Mus. Ed. 103 - Brass Class Mus.103-Theory of Music Mus. 109-History of Music Applied Music2 Psy. IOI -Psychology Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 103- Physical Education 4 2 5 3 I 3 ½ 0 18½ 3 2 2 2 1 ½ 2-3 15½-16½ 2 2 2 8 I ½ SIXTH SEMESTER Ed. 200 - Educational Psychology Ee. 102 - Principles II or P. S. 102- Political Science II or Soc. 102 - Sociology Mus. Ed. 106 - Brass Class Mus. Ed. 110 - Conducting Mus. Ed. 112 - Violin Class Applied Musict Band, Orchestra, Chorus Mus. 112 - Piano Class or Soc. Sci. elective 3 3 2 2 2 I ½ 2-3 15½-16½ EIGHTH SEMESTER Mus. 216-Arranging Mus. Ed. 108 - Voice Class Mus. Ed. 114 - String Class Applied Music! Band, Orchestra, Chorus Elective Mus. 114 - Piano Class or elective 2 2 2 1 ½. 6 2-3 2 17½ 15½-16½ 2 3 I 12 ursing Education 0 I 1812 FOURTH SEMESTER Eng. 152- World Literature Mus. Ed. 102 - Clarinet Class or Mus. Ed. I 04 - Brass Class Mus. 104 - Theory of Music Mus. 110 - History of Music Applied Music2 Psy. 102-Psychology Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 104-Physical Education 3 SEVENTH SEMESTER u . 215 - Instrumentation 1u • Ed. I07 - Voice Class fu . Ed. 113 - String Class 1us. Ed. 240 - Professional Semester in Music Education Applied Music! Band, Orchestra, Chorus 1u • 113 - Piano Class or elective Music Education FIRST SEMESTER Eng. IOI -Composition Bio. IOI - Biological Science or Phys. IOI - Physical Science Mus. IOI -Theory of Music Mus. Ed. IOI - Clarinet Class or Mus. Ed. 103- Brass Class Hist. IOI - Western Civilization Applied Music2 Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. IOI - Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene FIFTH SEMESTER Ed. 100- Introduction Ee. IOI -Principles I or P. S. 101 - Political Scienee I or Soc. 101 - Sociology Mu . Ed. 105- Woodwind Class fu. Ed.109-Conducting fu . Ed. 111 - Violin Class pplied Music! B nd, Orchestra, Chorus fu . 111 - Piano Class or Soc. Sci. elective 2 5 3 I 3 ½ 0 1812 1 To be taken at an approved school of medical technology. 2 Private instruction. The fee for this instruction is in addition to the regular tuition charge. The program in Nursing Education is designed for the preparation of instructors, head nurses, and supervisors in hospitals and schools of nursing. It presupposes graduation from an approved school of nursing and State registration. Credits required for the degree are one hundred twenty-three, of which at least seventy-three must be college credits. The number of credits allowed for the school of nursing program ranges from thirty-five to fifty and will be determined by an evaluation of the student's record and by results obtained on the Graduate Nur~e Qualifying Examination. Wilkes College is cooperating with Albright College in offering a degree in Nursing Education to registered nurses in Reading, Pa. Academic credits earned at Albright College may be credited toward the B. S. degree in Nursing Education from Wilkes College. In order to receive the degree from Wilkes College the student must take a mini1Private instruction. The fee for this instruction is in addition to the regular tuition charge. �Page 98 - B.S. DEGREE PROGRAMS mum of 15 credit hours on the Wilkes Campus. Students participatin in this cooperative program should seek assistance from the chairman of the Nursing Education Department at Wilkes in planning their curriculum. FIRST SEMESTER Eng. IOI -Composition Hist. 101- Western Civilization Bio. 103 - General Zoology or Math. 101 - Fundamentals or Phys. IOI -Physical Science F. A. 101 -Experiencing Art I or Mus. 100 - Introduction Soc. 101 - Sociology or Psy. IOI -Psychology N . E. 101 - Foundations SECOND SEMESTER 3 3 3-4 3 3 2 analytic geometry. In event of a deficiency in this respect, it must be mad up by summer school attendance so that the course in differential equations can be completed before the beginning of the junior year. FIRST SEMESTER Eng. 102 - Composition Hist. 102 - Western Civilization Bio. 104- General Zoology or Math. 102 - Fundamentals or Phys. I 02 - Physieal Science ~ N. E. 104 - Community Resources Soc. 102 - Sociology or Psy. 102 - Psychology N. E. 106 - Supervision Elective (optional) t 2-3 17-18 B.S. DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 99 SECOND SEMESTER 1 th. 122 - Analytic Geometry n . 101 - Composition Ch m. 101 - Introduction to Prin iple. of Chemistry Phy . 150- Introduction to G n ral Physics I P. E. 105- Personal Hygiene P E. IOI - Physical Education 4 3 4 4 1 0 Eng. 151 - World Literature 4 Phil. 101 - Introduction 3 Soc. 101 -Sociology or Psy.1012-Psychology 3 Ed. 241 - Educational Measurements 2 N. E. 107 - Principles & Methods 2 N. E. 108 - Techniques 1 Elective 2-3 4 1 0 16 16 FOURTH SEMESTER th. 126 - Calculus II Phi . 152- Introduction to General Physics III Ph 221-Electronics . IOI I - Elementary H1 . IOI - Western Civilization P. E. I03- Physical Education FOURTH SEMESTER Eng. 152- World Literature Phil. 102 - Logic Soc. 102 - Sociology or Psy. 1022 - Psychology N. E. 102 - Trends in Nursing N. E. 112 - Teaching Elective 15-18 4 3 3 3 3 0 Math. 240 - Diff. Equations Phys. 211 - Optics and Light Phys. 212 - Thermodynamics Ger.102 1 -Elementary Hist. 102- Western Civilization P. E. 104 - Physical Education 16 16-1 Physics The Physics curriculum is designed to provide a thorough groundin in the fundamentals of this rapidly-expanding science, as well as to acquaint the student with the current frontiers of knowledge and re• search. Upon completion of the requirements for the degree, the studen will be well prepared either to proceed to graduate study leading to an advanced degree, or to undertake an industrial position. Students planning to major in physics should seek to complete high school courses in trigonometry, solid geometry, and advanced algebra so that they may begin their college mathematics with the course in t 4 3 4 16-1 THIRD SEMESTER THIRD SEMESTER Math. 125-Calculus I Eng. 102 - Composition Chem. 102- Chemical Equilibria Phys. 151 - Introduction to General Physics II P. E. 106 - Personal Hygiene P. E. 102-Physical Education FIFTH SEMESTER th. 251 -Advanced Calculus I Ph . 201 - Electricity and gnetism Ph 203- Mechanics Ger. 1031 - Intermediate En .151- World Literature 3 4 3 3 4 4 Functions of a Complex Variable 3 F.n 131- Fundamentals of Speech 2 I tires 6-8 3 3 3 0 17 SIXTH SEMESTER Math. 252 - Advanced Calculus II Phys. 202 - Electricity and Magnetism Phys. 204 - Mechanics Ger. 1051 - Scientific Eng. 152- World Literature 17 SEVENTH SEMESTER Ph .261-Atomic Physics th. 255- Introduction to 4 4 3 4 3 3 4 17 EIGHTH SEMESTER Phys. 262 - Nuclear Physics 4 Math. 257 - Partial Diff. Equations 3 Electives 8-10 15-17 If the Bio. 104 laboratory course is taken, the elective will not be allowed. 2 P. S. 101, P. S. 102, Ee. 101, Ee. 102 may be substituted as electives. 1 Ru ian may be substituted for German with the approval of the adviser. 15-17 �Page 100 - B.S. DEGREE PROGRAMS Courses of Instruction Science Education Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Science Education must complete the first two years in one of the science degree curricula (B.A. in Biology, B.A. in Chemistry, or B.S. in Physics) as described in this bulletin. During the student's sophomore year he will plan with his adviser a modification of his program for the third and fourth years. This modified program will include courses required for teacher certification. When such a modified program is approved by the chairman of his department and the chairman of the education department, he will be admitted to the B. S. in Science Education curriculum. Courses required for certification are: Psy. 101- General Psychology Psy. 102 - General Psychology Ed. 100 - Introduction Ed. 200 - Educational Psychology Ed. 230 - Professional Semester 3 3 3 3 12 24 Description of Courses �Description of Courses ACCOUNTING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Capin, Curtis, P. Werner. Acct. 101. Elementary Accounting I Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classification and interpretation of financial data; technique of recording; preparation of financial statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Three credits Acct. 102. Elementary Accounting II A continuation of Accounting IOI. Principles of partnership and corporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturing, and branch accounting; financial analyses of statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. IO I. Three credits Acct. 111. Intermediate Accounting I Intermediate problems involving interpretation and detailed analyses of balance-sheet and profit and loss accounts; analytical processes and miscellaneous statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. I 02. Three credits Acct. 112. Intermediate Accounting II A continuation of accounting I I I. Accounting for installment sales, consignments, and branch accounting. Review of partnerships including liquidations. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. I I I. Three credits �Page 104 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 105 Acct. 201. Cost Accounting I Acct. 232. Auditing Practice II Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; methods of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cost and process-cost methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. I 12 or approval of instructor. Three credits Advanced application of auditing principles to actual practice; problems of classification and interpretation of accounts; study of methods of internal control; preparation of reports to clients. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 231. Three credits Acct. 202. Advanced Cost Accounting II Acct. 241. Advanced Accounting I Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analytical and comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; standard costs; budgets; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 201 or approval of instructor. Three credits A comprehensive review of partnerships; special procedures and problems of installment sales, consignments, home office and branch relationships; introduction to accounting for business combinations and consolidations. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112. Three credits Acct. 221. Taxes I The preparation of Federal income tax returns for individuals based on current law, regulations and court decisions; problems of inclusion and exclusion from income; gains and losses from sales and exchanges; allowable deductions. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. I 12, 202 or approval of instructor. Three credits Acct. 222. Taxes II Tax accounting for installment and deferred payment sales; Federal tax returns for partnerships; fiduciaries and corporations; miscellaneous Federal and Pennsylvania corporate taxes. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 221. Three credits Acct. 231. Auditing Principles I An analysis of modern auditing concepts involving staff organization, professional ethics and legal responsibility, internal control, audit programs, and working papers, and original record examination. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 202. Three credits Acct. 242. Advanced Accounting II A detailed analysis of the problems of consolidations; analysis of the procedure in accounting for bankruptcies, receiverships, estates and trusts, foreign exchange, and governmental units. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112 and permission of instructor. Three credits Acct. 252. Accounting Internship This course provides a minimum of 240 hours of accounting in the office of a Certified Public Accountant. 1 Three credits BIOLOGY Professor Reif, chairman; Professors Cohen and Michelini; Associate Professor Ogren; Assistant Professors Kimball, Mizianty, Tappa; Instructor Schonwetter. Bio. 101 .. 102. Biological Science Biological Science is a survey course intended for students who take no other courses in biology. It presents the essential general 1 Or the equivalent. �Page 106 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 107 information about plants and animals, explains fundamental laws governing the biological world, and emphasizes their relationship to man. Class, three hours a week. Three credits each semester Bio. 103--104. General Zoology General Zoology surveys the entire animal kingdom, outlines the history of biology, the organization of living matter, the structure of representative animals, and the methods of their classification. It considers the basic principles of physiology, genetics, embryology, evolution, and ecology. Class three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20 each course. Four credits each semester Bio. 111--112. General Botany General Botany presents a broad consideration of the plant world. It includes the study of the fundamental principles of biology, emphasizing the structure, physiology, genetics, and ecology of plants. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20 each course. Three credits each semester Bio. 121--122. Advanced General Biology Advanced General Biology presents a study of the contemporary flora and fauna of the Eastern United States, emphasizing the classifying, collecting, preserving, culturing, and utilizing of available organisms for biological study. Class, two hours a week; laboratory (including field work), four hours a week. Fee: $20 each course. Prerequisite: Bio. 104 and Bio. l 12 or permission of instructor. Three credits each semester •mbryology is the study of the early development of animals. Growth is traced from the egg to later stages in the frog, chick, and m n. Laboratory work includes the technique of making slides. la , two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 201, or permission of instructor. Four credits Bio. 204. Microtechnique Biological technique is a laboratory course involving the preparation of tissues and organs for study. This course is given in conjunction with the laboratory portion of Embryology, Bio. 202, for those students who do not take Embryology. Lecture, one hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Three credits Bio. 211--212. Bacteriology Bio. 211 covers generally the morphology and identification of bacteria. Laboratory work includes microscopy, techniques of making media, methods of sterilization, and the culturing of bacteria. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. l 04. Bio. 212 emphasizes medical and industrial processes such as biological prophylaxis and allergy, diseases and disease transmission, viruses, rickettsias, and pathogenic protozoa. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 211. Four credits each semester Bio. 201. Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates Comparative Anatomy includes a study of the general morphological characteristics of selected vertebrates emphasizing the structural and embryological relationships of verterbrates generally. The taxonomy of the Phylum Chordata is stressed. Class, two ho 1rs a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 104. 1 Four credits Bio. 202. Embryology Bio. 221. Histology Histology is the study of normal tissues and the arrangement of tissues to form organs and organ systems. Material is restricted to vertebrate tissues. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: through Bio. 202 or permission of instructor. Three credits �Page 108 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 109 Bio. 222. Genetics Genetics is the study of the inheritance of normal characters and the variation of those characters in plants and animals. The laboratory work concerns primarily studies of inheritance in the fruit fly. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: through Bio. 221 or permission of instructor. Three credits Bio. 231. Physiology Physiology is the study of the physical and chemical activities characteristic of all living organisms. Laboratory work includes experiments involving living forms. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: through Bio. 222, Chem. 230, and Phys. 112, or permission of instructor. Four credits Bio. 232. Ecology Ecology is the study of the relationship between organisms, singly and collectively, and their environments, including the biotic and physical factors of the environments. Class, two hours a week; laboratory and field trips, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: through Bio. 23 I or permission of instructor. Three credits Bio. 262. History of Biology A study of the history of biology is designed as a correlating effort in the field of biology through an historical approach. It is limited to senior students majoring in biology. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. One credit Bio. 271. Research Project Credit for this may be given only in the eighth semester. Work may begin after satisfactory completion of the fourth semester. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. One credit BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Associate Professors Chiang, Elliot, Farrar; Assistant Professors Capin, Gera, R. Werner; Instructor Casper, Johns, Krohn, Roberts. B.A. 114. Salesmanship The art of selling; the motive behind all buying; creation of int r t and desire; presentation of services; meeting objections; types of customers. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits B.A. 209. Business Correspondence and Reports Fundamental principles of business writing with emphasis on I tters and reports. Prerequisites: Eng. I 02. Three credits B.A. 216. Advertising A study of basic principles of advertising. Elements of advertising; a survey of different departments of advertising work, including copy, art, display, engraving, trade-marks, and media. Analysis of current advertisements. Advertising as a social force. Three credits B.A. 220. Real Estate The fundamentals of the real estate business, including conideration of titles, mortgages, leases, advertising, sale, purchase, development, and management of real property. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits B.A. 222. Marketing The fundamentals of the marketing system, its functions, institutions and their importance in the economy are studied. Marketing pricing policies and practices are investigated; reference is made to marketing activities and government participation. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits �Page 11 O - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES B.A. 225. Corporation Finance A study of the ec?nomic princ!ples underlying the capital structure of modern ~usmess en~erpnse. Consideration given to altern_ate ty~e~ of _busmess ~rgamzation, corporate securities, and financial .policies . mvolved m promotion, disposition of net earnings work!ng cap~tal and short-term financing, mergers, expansion, fi. nancial read1ustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits B.A. 226. Investments Consideration of leading types of investments, tests, and investment programs; financial reports of leading companies forecasting metho~s and agencies, stock exchanges, brokerage hou~es, methods of bu~mg and selling securities, fraudulent promotions and their detect10n. Laboratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: B. A. 225. Three credits B.A. 231. Business Law - Introduction and Contracts The foundation for all subjects in the field of business law The nature, classification and sources of law. An introduction ~o the struct~re and functioning of the Federal and State Courts as agencies for enforcement of legal rights. A brief resume of the law o_f Torts and Crimes with reference to business problems. Examinat10n of the essential elements of a contract under both the com l~w and_ the Uniform Commercial Code, the nature of con:c~ rights, discharge of contracts and remedies for their breach. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 or approval of instructor. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 111 B.A. 233. Business Law- Partnerships and Corporations The principles of law governing partnerships and corporations, with emphasis on the historical development of business enterprises. The law with respect to the formation, operation, internal relationhip and dissolution of partnerships and corporations with particular reference to their dependency upon the law of agency. Rights and duties of the partnership and corporate enterprise with respect to the government, the owners, and the public. Advantages and di advantages of these forms of business activity. Prerequisite: B. A. 231. Three credits B.A. 234. Business Law - Property The law of real property, nature and types of interests in land. A discussion of deeds and their prerequisites. The rights and duties of the landowner to the public. Rights of the government versus rights of the landowner. The landlord-tenant relationship, the mortgagor-mortgagee relationship. Business crimes ( crimes affecting property). The protection of personal and business property, tangible and intangible. Prerequisite: B. A. 23 I, 232, Acct. I 02. Three credits B.A. 240. Property Insurance This course is a study of the fundamentals of fire, casualty, and marine insurance. Prerequisite: B. A. 232 or approval of instructor. Three credits B.A. 241. Life Insurance B.A. 232. Business Law-Agency and Sales A _general study of the law of agency; its nature and creation the nght_s a~d liabilities of principals, agents and third persons, and the termmat10n of the agency. A study of the law of sales of goods the t~an~f:: of title and risk of loss, warranties in sales, the dutie; ?nd habiht1es of the parties, remedies for breach, security interests m _goods. A co~panson of the uniform sales act with the sales article of the U mform Commercial Code. Prerequisite: B. A. 23 I. Three credits This course is a study of the principles, practices, and uses of life insurance from the overall viewpoint of the product, cost, market, and industry. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits B.A. 244. Time and Motion Study The principles and techniques of time and motion study. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 113 Page 112 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES B.A. 251. Principles of Management I Chem. 21 O. Inorganic Chemistry ~ature and evolution of management thought. Fundamental umversal concepts covered: decision-making, policy formulation plannin?' organizin?, staffing, actuating, communicating, directing: controllmg, etc. Views management as a process of integrating knowledge developed by many disciplines. Social and ethical dimensions of the management process summarized. Three credits A study of the periodic relationships of the elements and of their compounds. An introduction to physical inorganic chemistry. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 102 or permission of the instructor. Three credits B.A. 252. Principles of Management II Application of universal concepts of management. Emphasis on ~roble~s of ~roduction, sales, personnel, office, finance, organiza. t10n. Viewpomt on relationship to overall operation of enterprise. Develops analytical abilities and decision-making skills. Case study method emphasized. · Prerequisite: B.A. 251. Three credits CHEMISTRY Associate Professor Rozelle, chairman; Professor Bastress· Asso• ci~te Professor Swain; Assistant Professors Bohning, Salley, Soeder, Stme. Chem. 101. Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry Chemical periodicity and stoichiometry are emphasized. States of matter, atomic theory, and dynamic equilibrium are introduced. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Four credits Chem. 102. Chemical Equilibria _A ~tudy of the principles of chemical equilibria. Laboratory will n~volv: theor~ and development of schemes of qualitative analysis with particular emphasis on the reactions of metallic elements. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. IO I. Four credits Chem. 221. Inorganic Quantitative Analysis An introduction to the theory and practice of typical analyses: ,olumetric, gravimetric, and instrumental. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fe : $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. I 02 or permission of the instructor. Four credits Chem. 222. Quantitative Analysis Theory and practice of analysis of more complex materials. More recent techniques and instrumental procedures. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 221. Four credits Chem. 230. Organic Chemistry An introduction to the chemistry of carbon compounds through the reactions of common functional groups in aliphatic, alicyclic, aromatic and heterocyclic systems. Reaction pathways will be considered. Emphasis in laboratory will be placed on the development of fundamental techniques. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 22 I or permission of the instructor. Four credits Chem. 231. Organic Chemistry A continuation of Chem. 230. Emphasis in laboratory is placed on advanced techniques and sequential syntheses. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 230. Five credits �Page 114 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 115 Chem. 232. Organic Chemistry the mechanism of enzymatic catalysis. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 231,232, or permission of instructor. A continuation of Chem. 230. Not open to B.S. chemistry majors. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 230. Four credits Chem. 233. Organic Qualitative Analysis A study of the systematic identification of organic compounds and mixtures utilizing classical and instrumental techniques. Class, one hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 231. Three credits Ch.em. 241. Elementary Physical Chemistry The first, second, and third laws of thermodynamics are emphasized. The topics of electrochemistry, chemical kinetics, the phase rule, and the states of matter are introduced. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 221, Math. 126, Phys. 152 or permission of instructor. Four credits Chem. 242. Intermediate Physical Chemistry Electrochemistry, electrokinetic phenomena, kinetic molecular theory, Maxwell Boltzman distribution, chemical kinetics, and the states of matter are studied in detail. Quantum mechanics and radiochemistry are introduced. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 221, Math. 126, Phys. 152 or permission of instructor. Four credits Chem. 251. Biochemistry A study of the nature and metabolism of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, and other physiological substances. Emphasis is placed on Three credits Chem. 261. History of Chemistry A study of chemistry in terms of the personalities responsible for its development. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: Completion of twenty chemistry credits. One credit Chem. 262. Chemical Literature Discussion of the important sources of chemical information and xpericnce in the use of Chemical Abstracts, Beilstein, and the chemical journals. Literature evaluation and preparation for Chem. 271 are included. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: Completion of twenty chemistry credits or permission of insfructor. One credit Chem. 271. Research Original laboratory research under the direction of a staff member. Cannot be taken for credit before the seventh semester but may be a continuation of work begun before the seventh semester. A written report is required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 262. Three credits Chem. 272. Research Continuation of Chem. 271. A written report is required. Must be taken in eighth semester. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 271. Three credits Chem.281.Seminar Discussion of research and selected topics in chemistry conducted by senior chemistry majors and the staff. All chemistry majors are invited to attend the meetings. One-half credit �Page 116 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Chem. 282. Seminar A continuation of Chem. 281. One-half credit The 300 series courses are graduate courses available to undergraduate seniors with permission of the instructor. Chem. 310. Systematic Inorganic Chemistry Oxidation-Reduction, atomic structure, theory and application of the principles of chemical bonding, systematic study of properties related to extra-nuclear structure of atoms, coordination chemistry, acid-base phenomena, non-aqueous solvents, descriptive chemistry. Class, three hours a week. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 117 ECONOMICS Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Associate Professors Chiang, Elliot, Farrar; Assistant Professors De Young, R. Werner. Ee. 101. Principles of Economics I An introductory course which presents basic economic problems nd shows how these problems are solved in a free enterprise conomy; the effects of the increasing importance o_f the :cono~ic role of government are pointed out. The course provides onentat_10n in the broad field of economics and makes use of the analytical trends by means of which the student can understand the economic problems of his environment. Three credits Prerequisite: Chem. 242 or permission of the instructor. Three credits Ee. 102. Principles of Economics II Chem. 330-331. Advanced Organic Chemistry A detailed study of modern theories of mechanism and structure. Topics include nucleophilic and electrophilic substitution, elimination reactions, molecular rearrangements, carbonyl reactions, stereochemistry, kinetics. Class, three hours a week. Three credits each semester Chem. 340-341. Advanced Physical Chemistry Topics include kinetic theory of gases, kinetics, quantum chemistry, atomic and molecular structure, electrochemistry, spectra, surface chemistry and solid state chemistry. Class, three hours. Three credits each semester Chem. 342. Thermodynamics The first, second, and third laws of thermodynamics are studied in detail. Statistical mechanics, including atomic and molecular spectra, is introduced. Equations for the thermodynamic properties of certain systems are derived from statistical thermodynamics. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chem. 242 or permission of the instructor. Three credits This course is a logical sequence to Economics 101. It is based upon a broad micro-economic foundation concentrated on such units as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Prerequisite: Ee. 101. Three credits Ee. 111. Economic History A study of the development of economic institutions with emphasis on the historical roots and evolutionary development of our modern economy. Analysis of causes of development. Major stress is on institutions. Three credits Ee. 201. Money and Banking A study of money, credit, and banking operations. Development of American monetary and banking system. Central banking and the Federal Reserve System. Instruments of monetary control. Financial intermediaries. Monetary standards and international monetary relations. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits �Page 118 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 119 Ee. 202. Theory of Money Development of monetary theory. Liquidity preference and loanable funds theories of interest. Saving, investment, and income determination. Keynesian and neo-Keynesian analysis. The in• flationary process. Exchange rates and international monetary mechanism. Prerequisite: Ee. 20 I . Three credits Ee. 204. Consumer Credit This course includes consumer credit in its various aspects. It includes retail credit, sales finance, credit unions, and credit bureau activities. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Two credits ments. The relationship of the American labor movement to other political, social and economic institutions is investigated. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits Ee. 223. Collective Bargaining An introduction to labor problems and an analyses of major i ues in the field of labor. This course deals with collective bargaining, employment, wages, hours and union policies. Governmental participation in labor relations and collective bargaining i also investigated. Reference is made to social welfare devices uch as social security, unemployment compensation and workmen's compensation. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits Ee. 212. Government and Business A study of the relationship of government to economic enterprises with special attention to conditions in the United States; the regulatory activities of government agencies; administrative methods, objectives and results of governmental control. Reference is made to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situations, public utilities, trusts, transportation, extractive industries, and public enterprise. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI, Ee. 102. Three credits Ee. 225. Intemational Trade Theory and practice of international trade with special reference to contemporary problems and policies. The topics covered include tariffs, quotas, foreign exchange, equilibrium in international payments. A study will be made of geographic, economic, social, and political influences on international trade. Review of current policies and developments in the United States. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits Ee. 217. Economics of Transportation Problems and policies of railroads, buses, trucks, inland waterways, and air and ocean transportation; economic aspects of transportation and traffic management; use of rates and tariff; significance of transportation to society. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits Ee. 222. The American Labor Movement A study of the evolving American labor movement and its ideology. This course deals with the development of American labor ideology and psychology in comparison with other labor move- Ee. 226. Economic Geography of the World A study and analysis of the economic and geographic factors which underlie the national, regional, and international potentials and problems of modern man. The course attempts to give to each student a more basic understanding of causative factors and a better appreciation of the complexities involved in policy formation. Prerequisites: Ee. I 02. Three credits E. 227. Economic Geography of North America A study and analysis of the North American continent, with !pecial emphasis on the United States. Attention is given to the �Page 120 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 121 economic and geographic factors which have contributed to past growth and which are important determinants of future growth. In addition to a study of the nation as a unit, separate regional analyses are made of the component sections. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits Ee. 229. Comparative Economic Systems The institutions of planned economy of the U.S.S.R. and those of the contemporary experiment in evolutionary socialism in Great Britain are studied. Constant objective comparisons are made with institutions which are characteristic of a capitalistic economy. Prerequisite:· Ee. I 02 or approval of instructor. Three credits Ee. 230. Business Cycles A historical analysis of major business cycles. Contemporary theories and a critical examination of public policy toward business cycles. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits Ee. 231. Applied General Statistics A course in statistical methods and their application. A collection and interpretation of statistical data, frequency distribution and measures of central tendency, fitting the normal curve, analysis of variance. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits Ee. 232. Economic Statistics A continuation of Economics 231. This course will include timeseries analysis, construction of index numbers, methods of correlation analysis, multiple and partial correlation, and test of significance for samples; Chi-square test. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Prerequisite: Ee. 231. Three credits Ee. 236. Public Finance Fundamental principles of public finance; government expenditures; revenue; financial policies and administration; taxation; principles of shifting and incidence of taxation; public debts and the budget; fiscal problems of federal, state, and local government; the relation of government finance to the economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, P. S. 101. Three credits Ee. 241. Economic Analysis This course is designed to give coverage to the theory of value nd distribution. The determinants of consumer demand and the principles governing costs and outputs of producers are analyzed with some stress on recent theoretical investigations. The method is abstract and deductive. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits Ee. 245. Consumer Economics The place of the consumer in the economic system. Theories of consumption; consumption minima; problems of the individual consumer as affected by income, taxes, consumer habits and standards of living are investigated. A study is made of the trends in consumption, income, income disposition and marketing and pricing of consumer goods. Relationships between government activities and the consumer are studied. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits Ee. 246. Economics Investigation Each student conducts an investigation in the field of his major interest and constructs a final report. Cl.ass instruction includes: (I) the principles of scholarly criticism, (2) compilation and use of bibliographies, and (3) details of good form as to content, table, body, footnotes, and bibliography. Prerequisite: approval of instructor (for seniors only). Three credits �Page 122 -- DESCRIPTION OF COURSES EDUCATION DESCRIPTION OF COURSES -- Page 123 Ed. 211. The Teaching of Reading Professor Hammer, chairman; Professor Jessee; Associate Professor Colson; Assistant Professors Richards, West; Instructors Barone, Evangelista, Siles. An introduction to the teaching of reading in the elementary grades. Two credits Ed. 100. Introduction to Education Ed. 212. Methods and Materials in Elementary A study of the historical development of American education, tht' role of the school in American life, educational philosophies, educational organization and administration, school finance, school curricula, school personnel, and current issues in education. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. Three credits A study of curriculum content and teaching procedures in elementary school arithmetic. Two credits Ed. 200. Educational Psychology A study of the principles of learning and the application of psychological principles in the practice of education. Prerequisite: Psy. 102, Junior standing. Three credits Ed. 209. Principles of Elementary Education A study of the historical development and organization of the American elementary school. Prerequisite: Ed. 100,200. Three credits Ed. 210. Professional Semester in Elementary Education Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare students for elementary school teaching. Fee $20. To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, st1:dents must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval by the Education Department Chairman. Prerequisite: Ed. 209, Math. I 02. Fifteen credits For transfer and certification purposes, credit will be assigned as follows: School Arithmetic Ed. 213. Methods and Materials in Elementary School Science A study of curriculum content and teaching procedures in elementary school science. Two credits Ed. 214. Methods and Materials in Elementary School Social Studies A study of curriculum content and teaching procedures in elementary school history, geography, and government. Two credits Ed. 215. Multi,.,Sensory Techniques in Elementary School Teaching A study of the use of multi-sensory teaching aids in the elementary school classroom. One credit Ed. 216. Student Teaching in the Elementary School Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They assume classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences are arranged with co-operating teachers and college supervisors. Six credits �Page 124 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 125 Ed. 220. Professional Semester in Fine Arts Education Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare students for the teaching of art in elementary and secondary schools. Fee $20. To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, students must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval by the Education Department chairman. Students may schedule late afternoon or evening classes during the professional semester. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Four teen credits For transfer and certification purposes, credit will be assigned as follows: Ed. 221. Art Curriculum A study of the organization of teaching materials for most effective use in the art curriculum. Three credits Ed. 222. The Teaching of Art A study of materials, techniques, and experiences in the public school art program; evaluation of past and present philosophies. Three credits Ed. 223. Multi~Sensory Techniques in the Teaching of Art A study of the use of multi-sensory aids in the teaching of art in elementary and secondary schools. One credit Ed. 225. Student Teaching in Art Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers and art specialists. They observe and teach in elementary and secondary school classrooms. Opportunities are provided for them to participate in school-wide activities. Conferences are arranged with co-operating teachers and college supervisors. Six credits Ed. 230. Professional Semester in Secondary Education Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare students for secondary school teaching. Fee: $20.00. To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, students must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval by the Education Department chairman. Students may ·schedule late afternoon or evening classes during the professional semester. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Twelve credits For transfer and certification purposes, credits will be assigned as foIIows: Ed. 231. Principles of Secondary Education A study of the historical development and organization of the American secondary school. One and one-half credits Ed. 232. Secondary School Curriculum A study of the content and organization of the secondary school curriculum. One and one-half credits Ed. 224. General Classroom Methods A study of various instructional procedures used in public school classrooms. One credit Ed. 233. Secondary School Teaching Methods A study of various teaching procedures employed in the secondary school classroom. One credit �Page 126 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - P~ 127 . Ed. 234. Multi-Sensory Techniques in Secondary School Teaching A study of the use of multi-sensory teaching aids in the secondary school classroom. One credit Ed. 235. Student Teaching in the Secondary School Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They assume classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences are arranged with co-operating teachers and college supervisors. Six credits Ed . 236. The Teaching of Reading in Secondary School Subjects Instruction in reading methods in secondary school subjects. One credit Ed. 244. Teaching Secondary School English A study of the organization and presentation of curricular content in secondary school English courses. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Twenty-four credits in English. Three credits Ed. 245. Teaching Secondary School Mathematics Building of a program in secondary mathematics, and informal practice in teaching arithmetic, algebra, plane and solid geometry, trigonometry, and logarithms. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Math. 125. Three credits Ed. 246. Teaching Secondary School Science A study of the organization and presentation of curricular content in secondary school science courses. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Twenty-four credits in sciences other than Psychology. Three credits Ed. 247. Teaching Secondary School Social Studies Ed. 241. Educational Measurements A study of the characteristics, construction, and use of various educational measuring instruments commonly available in secondary schools. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Two credits Ed. 242. Guidance An introduction to general principles and the techniques employed in guidance programs in public schools. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Three credits Ed. 243. Occupations An introduction to occupational research as a part of the secondary school guidance program. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Three credits A study of the organization and presentation of curricular content in secondary school social studies courses. ( Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Twenty-four credits in social sciences other than Education. Three credits Ed. 250. Introduction to Educational Administration A survey of the principles of educational administration at the federal, state and local levels. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Ed. 100. Two credits ENGINEERING Professor Detwiler, chairman; Associate Professor Heltzel; Assistant Professor Thomas. Engi. 100. Engineering Problems Lectures and discussions to acquaint the student with the aims, purposes and methods of the engineer. An introduction to the �Page 128 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 129 proper method of attack upon problems, proper presentation of solutions, both mathematical and graphical, vertical freehand lettering. Instruction in the use of the slide rule necessary to problem solution. Graphs. Lecture, one hour; practicum, three hours a week. Fee: $5. Two credits Engi. 101. Basic Drawing A basic course covering the elements of projection drawing necessary for students of chemistry. It includes use of instruments, sketching, orthographic and isometric drawing and dimensionin. Practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $ I 0. Two credits - THE STAFF Chemical Engineering Ch. E. 106. Stoichiometry A problem course involving the application of basic chemical and physical concepts to the calculation of heat and material balances a they are encountered in the various chemical industrial processes. Fuels and their combustion products, gas producers, furnace and kiln products. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 221; Phys. 151. Co-requisite: Phys. 152. Three credits Civil Engineering Engi. 103. Basic Problems A course equivalent to Engi. 100 but without the engineerin orientation lectures. For non-engineering students only. May be waived by examination. Practicum, three hours a week. Fee: $5.00. One credit Engi. 105. Engineering Drawing This and the following course bear the same relation to the engineering profession as the subject of English bears to our daily life. Deals with the representation of objects according to engineering conventions. Several systems of representation, such as orthographic, isometric, and oblique, are studied. Use of instruments. Freehand sketching is emphasized. Practicum, seven hours per week. Fee: $IO. Three credits Engi. 106. Descriptive Geometry Spatial relationships as represented by points, lines, planes, and other surfaces applied to problems in space. Emphasis is on applications to promote visualization by the solution of practical problems. Practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $10. Prerequisite or Co-requisite: Math.122;Engi.105 is recommended. Two credits C.E. 103. Plane Surveying Lectures, recitations and problems on the theory and practice of plane and topographic surveying. Field exercises, including the adjustment and use of surveying equipment including transit, levels, compass and tape for surveys of area, topography, profile, rading, excavating and the location of details. Interpretation of and mapping from field notes with attendant computations and the balancing of surveys. Emphasis on the application of surveying to engineering work in general. Practicum, seven hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Engi. 105, Math. 105 or 107 and 109. Three credits C.E. 104. Route Surveying A study of the engineering and economic problems affecting the location of routes of communication. Lectures, recitations, field work and problems on the theory and use of simple horizontal, compound, reverse, spiral and vertical alignment curves; grades, cross sections, mass diagrams and earth work computations, grade crossing, right-of-way, and drainage problems. Solar observation to determine true bearing and azimuth. Class, two hours a week; practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: C. E. l 03. Four credits �Page 130 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 131 Electrical Engineering E.E. 202. Electric and Magnetic Circuits An introduction to Electrical Engineering. Sources of electrical energy. Basic treatment of electric and magnetic circuits. Steady state network theorems. Class, three hours per week. Prerequisites: Phys. 151 and co-requisite Math. 126. M.E. 212. Mechanics II. Dynamics Laws of motion, rectilinear and curvilinear, for a particle and a rigid body. Work-energy; impulse-momentum. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: M. E. 21 I. Three credits Three credits ENGLISH Mechanical Engineering M.E. 111. Manufacturing Processes Lectures, demonstrations by trips to industrial plants, instructional movies of the forming of metals and plastics by casting, rolling, pressing. Also methods of machining, and the functions performed by various machine tools on metals and plastics. Class, two hours a week; practicum, three hours a week. Fee: $15. Three credits Professor McCrossen, chairman; Professor Davies; Associate Professors Groh, Rizzo; Assistant Professors Fiester, Gutin, Lord; Instructors DeArment, Hadsel, Kerr, Kish, Miller, Mistichelli, Molley, Quick, R. Roberts, Tyburski, Williams. Eng. 101. Composition· Principles of exposition; collateral reading; writing of themes. Three credits M.E. 206. Kinematics Analytical and graphical studies of displacement, velocity and acceleration for rigid bodies in plane motion. Study of kinematic pairs and trains involving linkages, pulleys, gears and cams: instant centers, geartooth outlines and their application, epicyclic gear trains. Class, two hours a week; practicum, three hours a week. Fee: $5. Eng. 102. Composition Principles of exposition continued; collateral reading; writing of themes; research paper. Prerequisite: Eng. IOI. Three credits Prerequisite: Engi. 106, Math. 122, Phys. ISO. Three credits M.E. 211. Mechanics I. Statics Study of force systems in equilibrium: catenary; friction; first and second moments of areas, volumes, masses; centroids. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Phys. 150, Math. 125. Co-requisite: Math. 126. Three credits Eng. 105. Advanced Exposition A study of the various expository types. Readings. Intensive practice in the writing of informative articles. Prerequisite: Eng. IO I and I 02. In exceptional cases this requirement may be waived. Three credits Eng.131. Fundamentals of Speech A basic course in the preparation and delivery of short speeches. Two credits �Page 132 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Eng. 151. Western World Literature Survey of western world literature to the beginning of the eighteenth century; lectures, quizzes, conferences. Prerequisite: Eng. 102, or substitute in composition. Four credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 133 Eng. 214. Tudor Prose and Poetry tudy of English non-dramatic literature from 1485 to 1603. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng.215.Shakespeare Eng. 152. Western World Literature Continuation of survey, bringing the study of literature down to the present time. Prerequisite: Eng. 151. Four credits Eng. 200. History of the English Language Study of the origins of the English language and of the principal phenomena of later development. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 205. Chaucer Study of Chaucer's life and major works, including The Canterbury Tales and Troilus and Criseyde. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 211. Early English Drama Study of the drama from the tenth century to 1642; reading of plays by pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan dramatists exclusive of Shakespeare. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 212. Restoration and Eighteenth Century Drama Study of the drama from 1660 to 1780. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits A study of selected plays; written reports on others not studied in class. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 216. Milton and the Seventeenth Century A study of the non-dramatic literature of the period with special mphasis on the poetry of John Milton. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 220. The Eighteenth Century The chief poets and essayists of the eighteenth century. Includes wift, Pope, and Johnson. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 237. Early English Novel English prose fiction of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries; ri e of the novel to the close of the eighteenth century. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 238. Later English Novel The major novelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 240. Romantic Prose and Poetry Study of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Shelley, Keats, and Byron, with related prose writers of the Romantic Period. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 135 Page 134 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Eng. 245. American Literature A study of significant literature from the Age of Franklin to 1900. Prerequisite: Eng. 152, or the granting of permission. Three credits members of scenes from plays, to demonstrate stage picturization, dialogue, and movement. Each student must assist in the production of at least one play in the theater. Class and workshop. Three credits Th. Arts 202. Production Eng. 250. Victorian Prose and Poetry Readings in Tennyson, Browning, Arnold, and other significant writers of the Victorian Age. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Use and operation of stage, lighting, and sound equipment. Written analysis of a one-act play, not only as a piece of literature but as a practical stage production. Each student must participate in the production of at least one play in the theater. Class and workshop. Three credits Eng. 290. Senior Seminar Designed to cover periods and figures not studied in course work· special emphasis on the research paper. ' Three credits Eng. 291. Modern Poetry Study of the major English and American poetry of the Twentieth Century. Prerequisite: Senior Standing. Three credits Eng. 294. Modern Novel Study of the major English and American novels of the Twentieth C-entury. Prerequisite: Senior Standing Three credits Th. Arts 203. Directing Various styles of acting, interpretation of a role, complete planning for a production culminating in workshop performances of cenes from various types of drama. Class and workshop. Three credits FINE ARTS Associate Professor Colson, chairman; Assistant Professor Richards; Instructors Evangelista, Stein. FA 101. Experiencing Art I Two and three dimensional studio work is planned for exploration of the creative process in a variety of media. Part of the general education program, this course is open to all students; no art experience is necessary. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Three credits Eng. 296. Modern Drama Study of important dramatists, European and American, from the time of Ibsen. Prerequisite: Senior Standing. Three credits FA 102. Experiencing Art II A continuation of FA IO I. Prerequisite: FA 101. Three credits FA 103. Color and Design Theater Arts Th. Arts 201. Stagecraft . Play selection; types of drama; making a prompt book; the prac• t1cal use of the stage. Emphasis on presentation by individual class A study of color systems which includes their physical, psychological, and sociological properties. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours . Prerequisite: FA 102. or equivalent. Three credits �Page 136 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 137 FA 104. Drawing and Composition An introductory course which explores the potential of line, form, space, and texture with a variety of media. Studio problems include figure drawing, landscape, still life, and non-objective organization. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 103. Three credits FA 106. Water Color Painting A basic course in transparent water color painting. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 104. Three credits FA 109. Oil Painting I An introductory course; no art experience is necessary. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Three credits FA 11 O. Oil Painting II Increased emphasis is placed in the development of a more personal style and technique. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 109. Three credits FA 121. Modeling and Three Dimensional Construction An introductory course in three-dimensional expression; various materials are employed for experimentation with realistic and nonrealistic forms. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA I 02. Three credits FA 122. Ceramics Students explore the making of pottery by solid, coil, slab, cast• ing, wheel, and primitive techniques; they experiment with a variety of methods for surface decoration including slip, engobe, sgraffito, and underglaze. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Three credits FA 124. Sculpture Th study of traditional and contemporary approaches to sculptur. Three credits FA 125. Metalwork and Jewelry course in basic metalwork and jewelry techniques and design. L cturc, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Three credits FA 126. Graphics tudy of graphic expression includi~g silkscreen, linoleum block, and wood block printing; etching; and lithography. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Three credits FA 201. History of Art I History of art from the prehistoric period through the Gothic era. Two credits FA 202. History of Art II History of art from the Renaissance through the nineteenth ntury. Prerequisite: FA 201. Two credits FA 203. History of Modern Art A study of twentieth century art forms. Two credits FA 205. Contemporary Design A study of man's visual expression as conditioned by materials, technology, form, and function. Two credits FA 220. Studio Problems Provides advanced study and research for Fine Arts Education tudents. Lecture, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Two credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 139 Page 138 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES FA 290. Senior Exhibit Fr. 105. Technical French A study of exhibition techniques. Required of all Fine Arts majors in either the fall or spring semester of their senior year. Studio, 2 hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Two credits Intensive practice in translating. A course designed for students who wish to be able to read material in French in their particular fields of interest. Prerequisite: Fr. 103 or the equivalent. Three credits FOREIGN LANGUAGES (Modern) Associate Professor Disque, chairman; Assistant Professor Force; Instructors Allmayer-Beck. Rasi, Ribas. Valero. French Fr. 101. Elementary French Introduction to French grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Students presenting two or more units from high school in French will not be granted credit for this course. Three credits Fr. 102. Elementary French Fr. 106. French Conversation Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records and language laboratory to acquire fluency in speaking French. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. Three credits Fr. 201~202. Survey of French Literature A survey of the evolution of French literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative elections from different periods of French literature. Prerequisite: Fr. I 04 or the equivalent. Three credits each semester Continuation of Fr. 101. Students presenting two or more units from high school in French will not be granted credit for this course. Prerequisite: Fr. 101 or the equivalent. Three credits Fr. 203. French Literature of the Seventeenth Fr. 103. Intermediate French Study of classicism and the outstanding writers of the seventeenth century. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. Three credits Review of grammar; practice in oral and written French; selected readings of modern French prose. Prerequisites: Fr. 102 or the equivalent. Three credits Century Fr. 205. French Literature of the Eighteenth Century Fr. 104. Intermediate French Introduction to French civilization; practice in oral and written French. Prerequisite: Fr. I 03 or the equivalent. Three credits Study of the literature and thought in· the eighteenth century, with special emphasis on Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, and Rousseau. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 141 Page 140 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Fr. 206. French Literature of the Nineteenth Century Study of Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, the Parnassian poets, and Symbolism. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. Three credits Ger. 105. Scientific German Reading of selections from scientific German. Prerequisite: Ger. 103 or equivalent. Three credits Fr. 208. Contemporary French Drama Ger. 106. German Conversation The development of modern drama from the latter half of the nineteenth century to the present. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. Three credits Emphasis laid on speaking, with drill in the c~lloquial vo~abulary. sc of records and language laboratory to acqmre fluency m speaking German. Prequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. Three credits German Ger. 101. Elementary German Introduction to German grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Students presenting two or more unit from high school in German will not be granted credit for this course. Three credits Ger. 102. Elementary German Continuation of German 10 I. Reading of easy prose and poetry. Some stress on German culture, life, and customs. Students presenting two or more units from high school in German will not be granted credit for this course. Three credits Ger. 103. Intermediate German Emphasis on difficult grammatical construction and idioms. Reading of prose; practice in speaking and writing German. Prerequisite: Ger. 102 or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 201 .. 202. Survey of German Literature A survey of the literature of the important periods from the beginning to 1932. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. Three credits each semester Ger. 203. Goethe Reading and interpretation of selected works of Goethe. Lectures nd individual reports. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 204. Schiller Poet of German idealism. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 104. Intermediate German Ger. 205. Nineteenth Century German Drama Continuation of Ger. 103. Rapid reading of German v; orks representative of German life and history; practice in writing and speaking German. Prerequisite: Ger. 103 or equivalent. Three credits The German drama of the nineteenth century from Ludwig Tieck to Gerhart Hauptmann. Lectures and reports on the literary and cultural history of the times. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits �Page H2 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ger. 206. Modern German Short Story The modern German short story from naturalism to the present. Individual reports; lectures on the cultural and literary history of the period. Prerequisite: Ger. 201 202 or equivalent. Three credits Spanish Sp. 101. Elementary Spanish Introduction to Spanish grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Students presenting two or more units from high school in Spanish will not be granted credit for this course. Three credits Sp. 102. Elementary Spanish Continuation of Spanish 101. Students presenting two or more units from high school in Spanish will not be granted credit for this course. Prerequisite: Sp. 101 or equivalent. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 143 p. 106. Spanish Conversation Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use o_f records and language laboratory to acquire flu ncy in speaking Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 108. Spanish American Culture The cultural, economic, and political development of the Spanish American countries. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 201--202. Survey of Spanish Literature A survey of the evolution of Spanish literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative elections from different periods of Spanish literature. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. Three credits each semester Sp. 103. Intermediate Spanish Sp. 203. The Golden Age of Spanish Literature Review of grammar; practice in oral and written Spanish; selected readings from modern Spanish prose. Prerequisite: Sp. 102 or equivalent. Three credits Study of the great authors of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, with special emphasis on Cervantes, Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina, Alarcon, and Calderon. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 104. Intermediate Spanish Introduction to Spanish civilization; practice in oral and written Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 105. Commercial Spanish The study of Spanish as it pertains to economic relations between the Spanish-speaking countries and the United States. Special emphasis on the writing of business letters. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 204. Nineteenth Century Spanish Drama Study of representative works of nineteenth century Spanish drama. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 205. Nineteenth Century Spanish Novel The development of the Spanish novel in the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits �Page lH - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Russian Rus. 101. Elementary Russian Ba_sic syste~atic introduction to the grammatical essentials of Russrnn; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Three credits Rus. 102. Elementary Russian . C_ontinuation of R_ussian IOI. Graded elementary readings dcpictmg the culture, hfe, and customs of the Russian people. Prerequisite: Rus. IOI or equivalent. Three credits Rus. 103. Intermediate Russian A revi~w of basic grammar followed by emphasis on advanced g:am~atical structure. Reading of selected prose, directed standardsituat10n conversation, and composition of Russian. Prerequisite: Rus. 102 or equivalent. Three credits Rus. 104. Intermediate Russian Continuation of Rus. 103. Stress on conversational and written Russian t~ pro:7ide the student with confidence for self-expression and a basic active vocabulary. Practice in topical readings. Prerequisite: Rus. I 03 or equivalent. Three credits GENERAL SCIENCE Bio. 101--102. Biological Science (See page I 05.) Geol. 100. General Geology General geology deals with the probable formation of the planet Earth, the establishment of its crust, and subsequent movements of t?e crust. The chief approach of the course is through a con:.ideration of the paleontological, physical, and economic evidence in Earth's rocks. Two credits Phys. 101-- 102. Physical Science (See page I 63.) DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 145 HISTORY Professor Kaslas, chairman; Associate Professors Bliss, Cox; Assistant Professors Berg, Connolly, Ireland; Instructor Hughes. Hist. 101--102. History of Western Civilization A chronological survey of the civilization of the western world from the earliest times to the present. Emphasis is placed on general trends and on concepts that have influenced the modern world . Due attention is given to the part played by America in world history, especially during the expansion of Europe and in the twentieth century. Three credits each semester Hist. 107. American and Pennsylvania History to 1865 A general survey extending from the period of discovery and exploration to the end of the .Civil War. All students will be required to do a certain proportion of their outside reading in the history of Pennsylvania and its relation to the development of the nation. Three credits Hist. 108. American History Since 1865 A general survey covering the period from 1865 to the present. Three credits Hist. 211. Medieval Ages Consideration will be given to political, economic, cultural institutions and activities, and intellectual development in Medieval Europe to the early Renaissance. Prerequisite: Hist. IOI and 102. Three credits Hist. 212. The Renaissance and Reformation Within the political and economic framework of the period, study will be made of the culture of the Renaissance, the religious reform and conflicts resulting from the crisis in the sixteen th century. Prerequisite: Hist. IO I and I 02. Three credits �Page 146 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 147 Hist. 221-222. American Social and Intellectual History A study of social and intellectual developments in the United States from the colonial period to the present time. During the first semester emphasis will be placed on the influence of the American environment during the colonial period and of expansion and sectional disputes in the federal period upon society and upon religious, economic, and political thought. During the second semester the influences of industrialization, the rise of nationalism, and the emergence of the United States as a World Power will be emphasized. Prerequisite: Hist. I 07 and I 08. Three credits each semester Hist. 223-224. American Constitutional History A study of the origins of the American Constitution and the growth of the American constitutional system with special attention to the role of the Supreme Court. Prerequisite: Hist. 107, 108, and P. S. 102. Restricted to junior and seniors. Hist. 223 is a prerequisite for Hist. 224. Three credits each semester Hist. 227 -228. History of the Foreign Policy of the United States A study of the evolution of the several policies that give direction to the relations of the United States with other nations. Prerequisite: Hist. l OI, l 02, I 07, and I 08. Three credits each semester. Hist. 235-236. History of the Far East A study of the history of the civilizations developed in India, China, and Japan with emphasis on their inter-relations and distinctive characteristics and on their transformation in response to the penetration of western civilization from the sixteenth century onward. Some attention will be given to similar developments and changes among the countries of Southeast Asia. Fall semester: to c. 1760. Spring semester: 1760 to the present. Prerequisite: Hist. IOI and 102. Three credits each semester. Hi t. 241--242. History of Great Britain and the British Empire and Commonwealth A study of British history from the Roman occupation to recent times. During the first semester emphasis is placed on the relations and contrasts between British and continental developments and th rise of the British nation and its expansion overseas. During the second semester emphasis is placed on the transition from a constitutional monarchy to a mature democracy, from an essentially a ricultural to an industrial economy, and from the mercantilist empire to the Commonwealth of Nations. Intellectual and artistic dc\'elopments will be touched upon insofar as they are related to the above changes. Prerequisite: Hist. IO I and I 02. Three credits each semester. Hist. 255. Europe in the Nineteenth Century A study of the political, . social, and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. Prerequisite: Hist. IO I and I 02. Three credits Hi t. 256. Europe in the Twentieth Century Against a background of the internal and international developments of the leading powers, the class will study the origins and re ults of the two World Wars. Prerequisite: Hist. IO I and I 02. Three credits Hist. 257. History of Russia to 1815 A brief review of demographic and geographic factors will be u ed as background for a study of the political, social, and intellectual history of Russia from early times to 1815. Prerequisite: Hist. IO I and I 02. Three credits Hist. 258. History of Modern Russia A thorough examination of nineteenth century Imperial Russia will serve as a basis for a detailed study of the development of Russia in the twentieth century. Emphasis will be on the origins �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 149 Page 148 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES and political, social, and cultural evolution of the Soviet State from its inception to the present. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits MATHEMATICS Associate Professor T. R. Richards, chairman; Associate Professor Earl; Assistant Professors De Cosmo, Nejib, Wasileski; Instructors E. J. Heltzel, Kravitz, Salsburg, Sours. Math. 101,,102. Fundamentals of Mathematics A course designed for those who want a general background in mathematical concepts without specialization in techniques. Students taking Math. 105, 107, or 109 will not be granted credit for Math. 101 or 102. Three credits each semester Math. 105. College Algebra and Trigonometry A combination of Math. 107 and 109. Five credits Math. 107. College Algebra Proportion, progressions, inequalities, mathematical induction, binomial theorem, complex numbers, roots of equations, permutations and combinations, probability, determinants, partial fractions. Three credits Math. 122. Analytic Geometry tudy of geometric figures by means of coordinate systems, including the general problem of the equ~tion of a lo~us, straight line circles, conic sections, transformat10n of coordmates, polar coordinates, parametric equations, families of curves, introduction to solid analytic geometry. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or both Math. 107 and 109, or the equivalent. Four credits Math. 125. Calculus I Limits, derivatives and differentials, indefinite and definite integrals, differentiation and integration of algebraic functions, applications. Prerequisite: Math. 122. Four credits Math. 126. Calculus II Differentiation and integration of transcendental functions, applications, improper integrals, indeterminate forms, partial derivatives, multiple integrals. Prerequisite: Math. 125. Four credits Math. 213. Higher Algebra Trigonometric functions, solutions of triangles, trigonometric identities, inverse functions, trigonometric equations. Three credits Sets, mappings, operations, relations, g~oups, integr~l do~ains, fields; particular illustration of the foregoing by an ax1omat1c development of the real and complex number systems. Prerequisite: Math. 125, or permission of instructor. Three credits Math. 115. Mathematics of Finance Math. 214. Linear Algebra Progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms, simple interest, compound interest, equations of value, annuities, sinking funds, amortization, depreciation, capitalized cost. Three credits Vector spaces, linear independence, linear transformations, matrices, determinants, systems of linear equations. Prerequisite: Math. 213 or permission of instructor. Three credits Math. 109. Plane Trigonometry �Page 150 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 151 Math. 220. College Geometry Similar figures, systems of circles, circular inversion, triangles, P_tolemy's theorem, circles of antisimilitude, poles and polars, medians orthocenters, nine-point circle, Desargues' theorem, Pascal's theorem, theorem of Pappus. Prerequisite: plane geometry. Three credits Math. 228. Mathematical Statistics I Probability, frequency functions, empirical distributions of one variable, moment generating functions, binomial and Poisson dis• tributions, normal distribution, the null hypothesis, elementary sampling theory. Prerequisite: Math. 126. Three credits Math. 251. Advanced Calculus I Introduction to the theory of functions of real variables. The emphasis in this course and the following one is on proof, by the delta-epsilon technique, of theorems concerning sequences and other functions of one variable. Some time is spent on functions of more than one variable. Prerequisite: Math. 126. Three credits Math. 252. Advanced Calculus II A continuation of Math. 251. Prerequisite: Math. 251. Three credits Math. 255. Introduction to Functions of a Complex Variable Math. 229. Mathematical Statistics II Correlation and regression, theoretical distributions of more than one variable, normal surface, goodness of fit, chi-square distribution, testing hypotheses, estimation of parameters, confidence intervals, small samples, student's t-distribution, testing for randomness. Prerequisite: Math. 228. Three credits Math. 235. Vector Analysis Vector algebra, differentiation of vectors, divergence and curl, the operator del, curvilinear coordinates, vector fields, applications. Prerequisites: Math. 126. Three credits Math. 240. Differential Equations and Infinite Series First. order equ_atioi:s, linear equations, applications, olution by successive approx1mat10n, systems of differential equations, infinite series, power series solution of differential equations. Prerequisite: Math. 126. Four credits The complex numbers and complex plane. The elementary functions. Continuity and differentiability, the Cauchy-Riemann equations. Cauchy's integral theorem and formulas. Power series. Prerequisite: Math. 252. Three credits Math. 257. Partial Differential Equations Review of Fourier series. The linear, second-order partial differential equation, and its transformation into the canonical forms. Solution of the wave equation; the method of separation of variables. Solution of the potential equation; its boundary-value problems. Solution of the heat equation; series solutions. Approximate .solutions of partial differential equations. Prerequisite: Math 252. Three credits Math. 260. Introduction to Topology Sets, metric spaces, topological spaces, compactness, separation, connectedness, Stone-Weierstrass theorems, Hausdorff spaces, normed linear spaces. Prerequisite: Ma th 251. Three credits �Page 152 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 153 MUSIC Associate Professor Gasbarro, chairman; Assistant Professors Chapline, Garber, Richter, Snyder; Instructors Nutaitis, Balshaw, A. Liva. Applied Music The first two semesters of theory include ear training, two hours; olfeggio, two hours; harmony, one hour. The third and fourth semesters include ear training, one hour; solfeggio, one hour; harmony, three hours. The concentration of all theory into these four courses is in accordance with the method now employed in many of our leading chools of music. Individual and group instruction is offered at all levels of difficulty to students in piano, pipe organ, voice, and orchestral and band instruments. A series of fifteen lessons a semester and a practical demonstration ( examination) before the music faculty are necessary if credit is to be obtained for such study. There is no prerequisite for Mus. IOI. Students may be admitted to Mus. 102, 103, and 104 by examination. Five credits each course Students who are not music majors may receive one credit each semester for voice or instrumental study. No examination is necessary if credit is not desired by the student. Mus. 109. History of Music The ability, interest, and progress of students intending to major in music will be evaluated at the end of the sophomore year by the music faculty. Students will be advised before the opening of the following semester if the faculty does not recommend a continuation of the music major. Fees for private instruction are in addition to the regular tuition charge. One credit each semester Mus. 100. Introduction to Music An elementary course in the art of enjoying and listening to music. Non-technical, it covers briefly the entire range of music in various forms, styles, and media. Emphasis is placed upon enlarging the musical horizon through the use of a considerable number of illustrations. Three credits Mus. 101 ... 102... 10J... 104. Theory of Music The study of the theory of music is centered upon three main principles: A detailed study of the history of music from the beginning of civilization to the seventeenth century. Three credits Mus. 110. History of Music A continuation of Mus. I 09, beginning with J. S. Bach and tracing musical development to the present day. Twentieth century music will be emphasized in the final weeks of study. Three credits Mus. 111 ... 112. Piano Class 1 and 2 Class instruction in secondary piano. The classes will be divided into suitable groups according to proficiency. This course is required for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester (I) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. Mus. 11 J... 114. Piano Class 3 and 4 (2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through keyboard harmony. (3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. Class instruction in secondary piano in advance of Music ll2. This course is a continuation of the required course for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. Prerequisite: Mus. II2. Two credits each semester �Page 154-DESCRIPTIONOFCOURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 155 Mus. 121--122--123--124. Band Mu . 217. Analysis The band offers the student a varied program for concerts and for various athletic events. Students desiring to participate in the band should consult with the Director. All instrumental music education majors are required to partic• ipate in the band for four years. One-half credit each semester The technique of composition as disclosed by melodic, harmonic, nd structural analysis of music in varied styles and from diverse periods. Prerequisite: Mus. 102 or equivalent as demonstrated by an examination. Two credits Mus. 125--126--127--128. Chorus Mu. 218. Counterpoint The chorus offers the student a complete range of sacred and secular choral music. Students desiring to participate in the chorm should consult with the Director. All music education majors studying voice or piano are required to participate in the chorus for four years. One-half credit each semester A study of the sixteenth century art of contrapuntal writing as found in the styles of Palestrina, di Lasso, and Ingegneri. Prerequisite: Mus. 102. Three credits MUSIC EDUCATION1 Mus. 131--132--133--124. Orchestra Mu . Ed. 101--102. Clarinet Class and Methods Participation in the Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra gives the student experience in the complete range of symphonic literature. Students desiring to participate in the orchestra should consult with the Director. One-half credit each semester Methods of teaching and instruction in the clarinet for those in the public school music course. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mus. Ed. 103--104. Brass Class and Methods Mus. 215. Instrumentation The instruments of the modern symphonic orchestra, their capabilities and limitations. The technique of scoring for small instrumental combinations; transposition and clef manipulation. Prerequisite: Mus. 102 or the approval of the Chairman of the Department. Two credits Mus. 216. Orchestra and Band Arranging Scoring for the large orchestra or the modern symphonic band. The student may select his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Mus. 215. Two credits A course, usually in trumpet, for students not majoring in the brass field. o prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mus. Ed. 105. Woodwind Class Methods A class conducted as an introduction to the teaching of such wood-winds as clarinet, oboe, flute, and bassoon, with demonstrations of the class teaching of those instruments. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 102. Two credits each semester ~ students. an instrument rental fee of $10.00 per semester for music education �Page 156 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 157 Mus. Ed. 106. Brass Class Methods A cl_ass in brass is conducted as an introduction to the teachingof ?rass Instruments a~d as demonstration of class teaching of these mstruments. The mstruments taught include trumpet French horn, trombone, baritone, and tuba. ' Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 104. Two credits Mus. Ed. 107 -108. Voice Class and Methods . A course in the fundamentals of correct voice production; breath- mg, breath control, elementary study of vowel forms, and conso~ants. Elementary songs are used to develop the student's own voice as well as to train him in voice pedagogy. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mu. Ed. 201. Elementary School Music Methods The course involves a general preparation for the teachers of mu ic in the elementary grades. It entails a study of the principles, proc dures, and objectives in school music. No prerequisite. Two credits Mu . Ed. 202. High School Music Methods The course is planned to provide a preparation for teaching the various aspects of music in the high school. No prerequisite. Two credits Mu . Ed. 240. Professional Semester in Music Education Mus. Ed. 109- 110. Conducting and School Music Materials Th~ develop~ent o~ an adequate baton technique and the pres~ntat10n of various kmds of school music material, stressing particularly elementary and high school instrumental materials the first semester and high school choral materials the second semester. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mus. Ed. 111-112. Violin Class and Methods A class in elementary violin playing as a practical introduction to the technical problems involved in the playing of stringed instruments. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mus. Ed. 113-114. String Instrument Class Methods . A class in the playing of the viola, violoncello, and bass as an mtroduction to the teaching of these instruments and as a demonstration of class teaching. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. II2. Two credits each semester Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare for the teaching of music in elementary and secondary schools. Fee: $20. To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester,_ stude~ts must secure the recommendation of the department chairman m their major and the approval of the Education Department chairman. Students may schedule late afternoon or evening classes during the professional semester. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Eight credits For transfer and certification purposes, credit will be assigned as follows: Mus. Ed. 241. General Classroom Methods A study of various instructional procedures used in public school classrooms. One credit Mus. Ed. 242. Multi-Sensory Techniques in the Teaching of Music A study of the use of multi-sensory aids in -the teaching of music in elementary and secondary schools. One credit �Page 158 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Mus. Ed. 243. Student Teaching in Music A course in the observation and student teaching of vocal or instrumental music in elementary and secondary schools. Six credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 159 ffoctive methods of teaching and the evaluation of student progre s and achievement. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Two credits NURSING EDUCATION Professor Jessee, chairman; Instructors Liggett, M. Riley. Enrollment in all of the following courses with the exception of N. E. 102 and 104 is limited to graduate nurses. N.E. 101. Foundations of Nursing A general survey of the history of nursing with emphasis upon the religious, social, and educational factors that have stimulated its development. Two credits N.E. 102. Trends in Nursing A discussion of present problems in nursing and trends or pat• terns that emerge in the efforts to solve these problems. Two credits N.E. 104. Community Resources A survey of the functions and activities of agencies and organize• tions contributing to the health and social welfare of the citizens of the community. Two credits N.E. 106. Supervision and Administration A discussion of the basic principles of supervision and administra• tion with emphasis upon democratic leadership and the development of constructive interpersonal and interdepartmental relationships. Two credits N.E. 107. Principles and Methods in Nursing Education This course deals with the selection and organization of teaching materials and learning experiences. It includes the appraisal of N.E. 108. Multi-Sensory Techniques in Nursing Education A study of the use of multi-sensory teaching aids in nursing education. Prerequisite: N. E. 107 (may be taken concurrently). One Credit N.E. 112. Field Experience in Supervision or Teaching Supervised observation and practice in a hospital. Prerequisite: Approval of adviser. Four credits N.E. 113,., 114. Medical and Surgical Nursing Advanced study of nursing principles and techniques as applied to the expert nursing care of medical and surgical patients. Offered in two semesters. Two credits each semester PHILOSOPHY-RELIGION Professor Vujica, chairman; Instructors Kay, Barras, Gilmore, Jacobson, Williams. Philosophy Phil. 101. Introduction to Philosophy An introduction to the nature and function of philosophy, and its relations to some of the other fields of human interest. approach is through such typical problems as: the nature and_ ongm of life the relation of mind and body, freedom of the will, the theori~s of right and wrong, arguments for theism. !~e Three credits �Page 160 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Phil. I 02. Logic and Scientific Method Elementary principles and techniques of clear and sound thinking. General rules of inductive and deductive reasoning; recognition of fallacies; the nature of scientific knowledge, its methods its aims, its presuppositions. Three credits Phil. I 05. Ethics A critical study of standards for judging the rightness or wrong• ness of conduct. An inquiry into what men ought to do. A survey of representative ethical theories with the emphasis on their application to currently controversial issues in the social, economic, and political fields. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 161 Phil. 207. Philosophies of History A study of the various interpretations of history. The views of ugustine, Vico, Rousseau, Kant, Hegel, Marx, Comte, Speng~er, chwcitzer, Toynbee, Sorokin, Niebuhr and others on the meamng of historical events. Three credits Phil. 209. Ancient and Medieval Philosophy A study of the development of Western thought from Thales to O cam with special attention to such key thinkers as Plato, Aristotle, Democritus, Plotinus, Thomas Aquinas and Duns Scotus. Three credits Three credits Phil. 210. Modern and Contemporary Thought Phil. 204. Philosophy of Religion An examination of various problems that arise when religion is made the object of philosophic reflection. The nature and forms of religious experience; the relation of faith and reason; arguments for God's existence; the problem of evil; the argument for immortality. Three credits A review of the history of Western philosophy from Descartes to artre with emphasis on such major figures as Spinoza, Locke, Hume, Berkeley, Kant, Hegel, Schopenhauer, Nietzche, Russell and Wittgenstein. Three credits Religion Rel. 200. Man's Religions Phil. 205. Aesthetics Analysis of the nature, standards and criteria of value in literature, painting, music, and other forms of arts; the meaning of resthetic judgments and processes of appreciation. An examination of the objective qualities of those things which are found to be resthetically effective. Three credits Phil. 206. Social and Political Philosophies Social and political institutions as seen by such classical critics as Plato, Aristotle, Hobbes, Hume, Burke, Bentham and others. Special attention to analysis of the problems of censorship, relation of church and state, prejudice, aims and methods of democratic ins ti tu tions. Three credits Nature and origin of religion. Sacred literatures, beliefs, and rituals of the great historical and living faiths. A comparison of the more important features of the great religions. The contributions of religion to the development and preservation of cultural values. Three credits Rel. 201. The Literature of the Old Testament The course aims at giving the student an insight into the books of the Old Testament and the range and depth of the religious heritage received from Israel. The biblical message is studied in its dynamic context of the culture, geography and history of the ancient Near East. Three credits Rel. 202. The Literature of the New Testament An examination of the form and content of the books of the New Testament as literary products and as records of the faith that gave �Page 162 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 163 rise to the Christian Church. The teachings of Jesus and the Apostolic Church are studied against the background of their own time and examined in their significance for contemporary life. Three credits PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE Associate Professor Reese, chairman; Instructors Rainey, Sara• ceno, Schmidt. Because of the importance of health and the possession of a sound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students as a regular part of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of sport or exercise for each student are included in the program of physical education. Physical education is required of both men and women during the freshman and sophomore years. The College men at the beginning of each year are given a medical and a physical examination. The work in physical education includes soccer, football, basketball, baseball, volley ball, and other competitive games. The College women also are given a thorough medical and phys• ical examination before entering upon the program of physical education. The work for women consists of such activities as dancing, basketball, and natural gymnastics. P.E. 101--102--103--104. Physical Education This course is designed to promote physical well-being and good health habits and to encourage participation in activities that will provide relaxation and exercise throughout life. Two hours each week. P.E. 105--106. Personal Hygiene 1 A study of present day health problems. The course undertakes to help students enjoy maximum health and happiness through better understanding of nutrition, infection, disease, nervous and mental disorders, and problems of parenthood. One hour each week. One credit each semester I Class instruction in personal hygiene is required of all students, even those excused by physicians from taking physical education. PHYSICS Professor Detwiler, chairman; Associate Professors Bellas, Bruch, Donahoe, Ripley; Assistant Professors Holden, Nejib, Thomas; Intructor, Lewis. Phy. 101--102. Physical Science A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the methods, cone pts, and vocabulary of physics and applications of some of its out tanding principles to the needs of the individual and the community; and the manner in which the continually expanding frontiers of science affect our future way of life. Lecture, demontration, and discussion three hours a week. Three credits each semester Phys. 111 .. 112. Introductory Physics An introductory course designed to promote an understanding of the more important fundamental laws and methods of the major ctions of Physics. Laboratory work to emphasize basic principles and to acquaint the student with measuring instruments and their u c as well as the interpretation of experimental data. First seme tcr: mechanics, wave motion, sound, and heat. Second semester: electricity, magnetism, and optics. Three class hours and one three-hour laboratory each week. Fee: $20 each semester. Prerequisit.e: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109, or permission of instructor. Four credits each semester Phys. 150. Introductory General Physics I A thorough grounding in the concepts, principles, and physical laws of Mechanics, Thermodynamics, and Acoustics. Instruction by demonstration lecture, recitation, and experimental work. Demontration lecture two hours a week, recitation one hour a week, laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Math 105, or Math. 107, 109. Four credits Phys. 151. Introductory General Physics II Continuation of Phys. 150. Electricity and Magnetism, and Op- �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 165 Page 164 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES tics and Light. Demonstration lecture two hours a week, recitation one hour a week, and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Phys. 150. Four credits light, optical activity, etc. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisites: Phys. 152, Math 240. Four credits Phys. 212. Thermodynamics Phys. 152. Introductory General Physics III Continuation of Phys. 150 and 151. Modern physics. Including the experimental basis, concepts, and foundational principles of modern atomic and nuclear physics. Demonstration lecture three hours a week. Prerequisite: Phys. 151. Three credits Phys. 201--202. Electricity and Magnetism Static and dynamic electricity, magnetism, electromagnetism thermoelectricity, etc., are covered in considerable detail. The emphasis in this course is on fundamental analysis rather than applications. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week each semester. Fee: $20 each semester. Prerequisites: Phys. 151, Math. 240. Four credits each semester Phys. 203--204. Mechanics Intermediate level courses designed to develop a thorough understanding of the principles of mechanics and the application of mathematical methods to the solution of its problems. Topics include Newtonian motions of particle systems ( such as a harmonic oscillator, central force problems, etc.), rotations of rigid bodies, moving coordinate systems, continuous media, inertia and stress, tensors, Lagrange's equations of motion ( theory of small vibrations). Recitation lecture three hours a week. Prerequisites: Phys. 151 and Math. 240. Three credits each semester Phys. 211. Optics and Light The principles of geometrical and physical optics are considered in considerably greater detail than in the introductory course. Image formation, refraction, diffraction, origin of spectra, polarized The fundamental concepts of thermodynamics. The first and ccond laws of Thermodynamics, Carnot cycle, entropy, and an introduction to statistical mechanics. Three hours lecture-discussion. Prerequisite: Phys. 151, 152, Math. 252, Math. 240. Three credits Phys. 221,. 222. Electronics A study of vacuum tubes, transistors, and their application in circuits for rectification, amplification, oscillation, switching, etc. Two hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20 ach semester. Prerequisites: Phys. 152, Math. 240. Three credits each semester Phys. 241,.242. Advanced Laboratory Students desiring to undertake laboratory work in topics of their own choosing should consult the department chairman. Lab fee: $7 per credit hour. Prerequisites: Phys. 152, Math. 240. One or two credits - Hours to be arranged Phys. 251. Electrical Measurements Precision measurement of electrical quantities and their application to the field of chemistry; includes thermal electromotive force, resistance thermometers, photo electromotive force, elementary electronic circuits and their application. Class, two hours a week and laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 151, Math. 126. Three credits Phys. 261. Atomic Physics The structure of the atom, the photo-electric effect, crystal structure, X-rays, spectra, introduction to quantum theory. Class, three hours and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisites: Phys. 202, Math. 240. Four credits �Page 166 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 167 Phys. 262. Nuclear Physics P.S. 102. Political Science II Special relativity, natural and induced radioactivity, nuclear structure, nuclear reactions, reactors, etc. Class, three hours and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 261. Four credits A descriptive and analytical study of the theory and practice of American National Government including its constitutional basis, organization, powers, and functions and services. Three credits Phys. 271. Modern Physics A course intended to show the growth of the American Constitution particularly United States governmental structure and relationhips with special emphasis on change in the Constitution, the three branches of government, the Federal System, and the powers of the 1 ational Government. The case study method is used. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits A further study of the modern concepts of atomic and nuclear physics. Spectra: radioactivity, photo-electricity, X-rays, solids. Intended for students not majoring in physics. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Phys. 151, 152, and Math. 240. Three credits Phys. 281. Topics in Theoretical Physics Selected topics depending upon the interests of the instructor and students. Topics might include advanced mechanics, quantum mechanics, electromagnetic theory, relativity, etc. Class, three hours. Prerequisites: Math. 240, Math. 252. Corequisites: Phys. 261 or approval of the instructor. Three credits Phys. 282. Topics in Solid State Physics Selected topics, depending upon the interests of the instructor and students. For example, theory of electrical and thermal conductivity, semiconductors, bonding in solids, point defects, dislocation, magnetic properties, etc. Class, three hours. Prerequisites: Math. 240, Math. 252, and Phys. 261, or approval of the instructor. Three credits P.S. 201. Constitutional Law I P.S. 202. Constitutional Law II A course intended to show the growth of the American Constitution particularly the relations between the individuai and his government with special emphasis on liberty against government, protection of civil rights, citizenship and its privileges. The case study method is used. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits P.S. 203. Politics and Political Parties A course intended to analyze the movements of political parties, elections, and the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits P.S. 204. Public Opinion and Propaganda Professor Mailey, chairman; Professor Kaslas; Instructors Tuhy, Welsh. A study in the behavior of governance, including the factors which determine attitude, the formation and expression of public opinion, and propaganda as used by pressure groups. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102 and Soc. 101 and 102. Three credits P .S. 101. Political Science I P.S. 205. State Government A broad, comprehensive introduction to the great topics which constitute political science, covering the nature and main elements of the modern states, their politics, their institutions, and their relations with one another. Three credits A broad, general course covering the structure, powers, and function of state governments in the United States. Special emphasis is placed on the Pennsylvania State Government. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits POLITICAL SCIENCE �Page 168 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 169 P .S. 206. Municipal Government P.S. 221. International Law A course undertaking the study of the organization, work, and administration of local government. Since the national government has assumed a new significance today, special attention is given to the relationship between local and national government. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits A study of the development of the body of customs and rules which states have developed to govern their relations, with particular consideration for the responsibility of states for their enforcement. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Desideratum: United States and European history. Three credits P .S. 207. Public Administration A study of the organization, activity, problems, and the recruit• ment policy of the public service. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits P .S. 208. Labor Legislation A course dealing with the role of government in the field of labor relations and with the laws affecting the conditions of employment and employee-employer relations. The course stresses the increasing importance of government in a field heretofore free of any regulation. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits P.S. 209. Social Legislation A course dealing with the broad, humanitarian, social legislation of recent years which is generally labeled social insurance: unemployment compensation, workmen's compensation, and social security. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits P .S. 210. Government of Metropolitan Areas An examination of the politics and the processes of contemporary urban government, with special emphasis upon the complex problems presented by the rapidly expanding population in standard metropolitan areas. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits P.S. 222. International Politics A broad, general course which aims to present many of the fac tors that condition the foreign policies of nations. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102. Desideratum: Some knowledge of history 1 governments, and geography. Three credits P.S. 223. Cabinet Systems of Government A study of the European versions of democratic government beginning with Great Britain and considering the variations from the British system of government found on the continent. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits P.S. 224. Soviet System of Government A course dealing with the structure and functions of the Soviet Government emphazing the contrasts and similarities in form with governments of the West. Prerequisite: P. S. 10 I and 102. Three credits PSYCHOLOGY Professor R. Riley, chairman; Instructors Kanner, Krasno. Psy. 101-102. General Psychology An introduction to the field of psychology with emphasis on objective and systematic methods of inquiry. Extensive treatment of �Page 170 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES major psychological topics such as sensation, perception, learning, motivation, intelligence, and personality development. Frustration conflict, and mental health also receive attention. Three credits each semester Psy. 201. Advanced General Psychology A more detailed study of topics treated only superficially in the introductory course. More attention will be given to physiological foundations of behavior, to learning, perception, and the emotions. Prerequisite: Psy. IOI and 102. Some background in biology or physiology would be desirable. Three credits Psy. 203-204. Experimental Psychology A lecture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the student with the methods and the results of modern psychological research. The course includes a study of several of the famous experiments in the field of psychology. Also included is practice with the older as well as the more recent methods of experimental research. Prerequisite: Psy. IO I and 102. Three credits each semester Psy. 207. Child Psychology DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 171 P y. 210. Psychologic Theory comprehensive survey of classical and contemporary theories nd their relationship to empirical research. Special emphasis is pl d on attempts to reconcile and translate these theories into op rational descriptions. Pr requisite: Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits P y. 212. Psychological Tests mvey of the functions measured by psychological tests with emphasis on intelligence and personality. A variety of the group nd individual tests which measure these functions are studied. l hi course is a prerequisite for Psy. 251 and Psy. 255. Prerequisite: Psy. IOI and 102. Three credits Py. 251. Industrial Psychology n introduction to the industrial application of psychology in the I tion, classification, and training of employees; reduction of monotony and fatigue; the maladjusted worker; accident prevention; work conditions; and employee motivation and morale. Prerequisite: Psy. 212. Three credits The course is designed to present a general view of the development and growth of the child. It is concerned primarily with the heredity and native equipment of the child and the manner in which this equipment is modified during childhood. Emotional development, language development, and social relations are considered. Prerequisite: Psy. IO I and 102. Three credits the field as Watson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler. Prerequisite: Psy. l 0 I and I 02 and one other course in psychology. Three credits Psy. 208. Human Behavior P y. 255. Clinical Psychology Human adjustment and maladjustment to life situations with emphasis on motivation, emotional control, personality formation, and the treatment of the lesser personality disorders. Prerequisite: Psy. IO I and I 02. Three credits A survey of the clinical method in psychology with considcra tion of diagnostic and treatment techniques and the role of the profesional psychologist in various settings. Prerequisite: Psy. 212. Three credits P y. 254. Systematic Psychology A historical introduction to the various points of view in recent p ychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders in �Page 172 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 173 Psy. 257. Abnormal Psychology Ret. 212. Purchases and Merchandising Contro~ A general survey of the principal forms of mental abnormalities with emphasis on causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. Prerequisite: Psy. 207, 208 and permission of head of department. Three credits The principles, techniques, and problems encou~tered i~ merchandising; purchase planning, markup, m~rkdown, mventones and th ir control, turnover, retail method of inventory, and the types nd limitation of stock control systems. Prerequisite: B. A. 107 or approval of instructor. Psy. 271--272. Research in Psychology An opportunity to conduct individual research projects under supervision. (Open to psychology majors only.) Prerequisite: permission of head of department. Three credits each semester RETAILING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructor D'Zerko. Ret. 101. Principles of Retailing A basic course that discusses the opportunities in retailing; types of retail institutions; problems of store policy, store location; stud} of the organizational structure of department stores; organization and functions of operating division. Three credits Ret. 210. Elements of Merchandise Merchandise information; fibers and fabrics; history, production. manufacturing process from fiber to finished fabric; textile terminology, trade names. Identification, testing of fibers; care of fabrics; new developments. Study of natural, industrial and synthetic materials. Three credits Ret. 211. Merchandise Information Materials, other than textiles, used in the creation of merchandise are covered through the study of raw materials. Categories of merchandise covered include: leather goods, such as shoes, gloves, handbags, and luggage; floor coverings; glass, pottery, and china; and furniture. Three credits Three credits Ret. 214. Retail Buying A tudy of the scientific principles of what, when, ~nd ?o~ much to buy; a study of customer demand. Special attent10n is given to the technique of buying; markups, markdowns, stockturns, and oth r factors that are necessary to keep lines complete. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits Ret. 220. Organization and Operation of the Small Store Importance of small business; factors ~n busin_e~s success; justifi~ cation of new businesses; financing; location; policies; management, employee relations; sales promotion; turnover; profit; records; small bu iness and the future. Two credits Ret. 224. Recent Trends and Developments in Retailing Review of fundamentals; trends in retailing; study of developments in cooperation with retail store executives. Laboratory work; reports on trends and developments. Three credits Ret. 225. Retail Practice Required of all retailing majors in the sevent~. semester .. In cooperation with local stores, a program in Retaih~g _Pra~tices h_as been established. Under this program, students ma1onng m ~etailing must be employed for an ave:age of 25 ~ours a week durmg th~ fall term of the senior year. Durmg the penod ~f emp!oyment, stu dents will be required to submit reports concer~mg the_ir wor~ to the instructor; the store manager or personnel direct~r. is reqmr:d to evaluate the students' ability and aptitude for retailmg. Credit for the course given upon certification by the manager or personnel �Page 174 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES director of the co-operating store that students have satisfactoril} completed their terms of employment. Stude~ts who wish to seek their own place of employment ma} be permitted to do so, provided the place of employment has been approved by the _instructor. In general, this approval will be gh·en to employ~ent in department stores, independent stores, variety stores, chain stores, and specialty stores where students will receire a. variety of experience, and the stores are of a sufficient size to provide adequate and diversified experience. Three credits SECRETARIAL STUDIES Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professor Cera. S.S. 105--106. Elementary Shorthand Deve!op~ent of reading and writing skill in basic Gregg Shorthand Simplified and review of simple English essentials that are necessary in transcription; completion of basic theory. Seco~d semester: Review of Gregg Shorthand Simplified with emphas~s on fluen~y ~nd legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the apphcat10n of shorthand; pre-transcription trainingdevelopment of desirable traits and work habits. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Two credits each semester S.S. 107 --108. Elementary Typewriting Presentat_ion and ~astery of the keyboard and operating parts of the typewnter; stroking techniques and control emphasized. De:elopment of skill in typewriting; application of skill to letter writing, envelopes and cards, tabulation problems, copying from rough draft, manuscript writing; study of form and style. Four hours each week. One hour lecture and three hours labo_ratory. ~equired laboratory fee: $10 each course. Minimum passing reqmrement: 50 words net per minute. Two credits each semester S.S. 201--202. Advanced Typewriting . Development of greater speed and accuracy in typewriting· review of form and style in typewritten material; advanced appiica- DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 175 tion of typewriting skills; production typing; accuracy, speed and job techniques emphasized; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Three hours laboratory. Required laboratory fee: $10 each course. Prerequisite: S. S. 108 or equivalent and net typing rate of 50 \ ords per minute. One credit each semester . . 205. Office Procedures and Machines A study of technical procedures and problems in typical business and professional offices; analysis of personal and professional requirements for office personnel; a general survey and comparison of major office machines classifications; administrative machine procur ment problems and procedures; operation and use of office machines and equipment, namely, adding, calculating, dictating nd transcribing, duplicating, photocopying, accounting, integrated data processing. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Required laboratory fee: $10. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Four credits S.S. 207,. 208. Advanced Shorthand Review and strengthen knowledge of the principles of Gregg horthand Simplified; build shorthand - writing skill and speed in taking dictation with great emphasis placed on the development of transcription skill; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Five hours each week. Two hours lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: S. S. 106 or equivalent and net typing of 50 words a minute. Three credits each semester S.S. 243. Principles and Methods of Business Education Principles of business education; business curricula in secondary schools; psychology of skill-building; objectives, standards, content; tests and measurements, and techniques of instruction in business education courses; observation. Three credits �Page 176 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY Associate Professor Moravec, chairman; Instructors Olson, Bloomburg, Greenspan, Moroski, Welliver. Soc. 101. Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology I . Man in Society; a systematic view of sociology, providing essent1al_s for an approach to questions about man in society; analysis of soctal processes, structures, and functions. Three credits Soc. 102. Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology II M~n a1?d Culture; a general survey of the field of anthropology str~ss~ng its cultural aspects; study of contemporary non-literate soc1et1es and their institutions. Three credits Soc. 200. The Family History and ethnological studies of family. Role of family in the dev:lopment_ of the individual. Interrelation of church, state, and fam~ly. Social conditions and changes affecting the American family. Family instability and disorganization. Prerequisite: Soc. l OI and I 02 or permission of instructor. Three credits Soc. 215. Sociology of Urban Life ~he deve!opi:ient of modern cities; effects of urban life upon soctal orgamzat10n and personality patterns; major social problems of the cities. Prerequisite: Soc. IOI and 102. Three credits Soc. 230. Social Problems A ~urv~y of most pressing contemporary social problems and an exammat10n of current theories of social disorganization. Prerequisite: Soc. IO I and I 02. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 177 oc. 235. Crime and Juvenile Delinquency Evaluation of current theories and research into causative factors and sociological implications of criminal and delinquent behavior. Examination of problems, programs, and issues in prevention and treatment of deviant behavior. Prerequisite: Soc. 230, or permission of the instructor. Three credits oc. 251. Comparative Social Welfare Systems Examination of the social welfare institution within a societal and cultural context. Exploration of historical and conflicting views on responsibility for developing measur_es _to cope wi~h social pr~blems in North American, European, Asiatic, and African countries. Prerequisites: Soc. 101, 102, Psy. 101, 102. Three credits Soc. 252. Fields of Social Work A survey of the main problems of social work and of agencies and methods that have developed to cope with them. The nature and requirements of the different fields of social work. Prerequisite: Soc. 10 I and 102 and Psy. 10 I and 102. Three credits Soc. 255. Introduction to Social Psychology A general survey of the field of social psychology. Soci~l f~ctors in human nature; psychology of individual differences; social mteraction; collective behavior, psychology of personality; social pathology. Prerequisite: Soc. IOI and 102 and Psy. IOI and 102. Three credits Soc. 260. Personality and Social Structure Examination of current theories and research bearing upon the relationship between personality and social structure; contributions and convergent development in psychology, anthropology, and sociology. Prerequisite: Soc. IO I and I 02; Soc. 265. Three credits �Page 178 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Soc. 265. Sociology of Industry Personnel of the College An analysis of the formal and informal social organization of the work plant and of the relationship between modern industrial organization and the community. Prerequisite: Soc. IO I and I 02 and Ee. IO 1 and 102, or permission of the instructor. Three credits Soc. 270. Peoples and Cultures of the World Board of Trustees A survey of the non-Western cultures of the world with an emphasis on one of the following areas: The Middle East, The Far East, South-East Asia, Africa, Australasia, Latin America. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102. Three credits Administration Soc. 275. Sociology of Minorities Faculty A theoretical analysis of inter-group tensions and processes of adjustment with special reference to modern racial, national, and religious conflicts. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102 and Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits Soc. 280. Sociological Theory The aim of the course is to provide the student majoring in sociology, or in one of the related fields, with a historical background necessary for understanding of the current trends in sociology a well as for clarification of its distinct subject matter, problems, and methods. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and I 02 and two other courses in sociology or permission of the instructor. Three credits Soc. 290. Methods of Research in Sociology Introduction to sociological research; selected problems of research in social relations; case studies. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and Soc. 102. Three credits �Board of Trustees Committee Appointments ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK, Honorary Chairman ARNAUD C. MARTS, Honorary Member Chairman Lams SHAFFER, Vice-Chairman CHARLES H. MINER, JR., Secretary JAMES P. HARRIS, Treasurer CHARLES B. WALLER, FRANK w. ANDERSON Chairman Vice-Chairman CHARLES B. WALLER, HARRY F. GoERINGER, Louis SHAFFER, REUBEN H. LEVY P. HARRIS EuGENE S. FARLEY, JR. ANDREW HOURIGAN, THOMAS H. KILEY WILLIAM L. CONYNGHAM JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE Miss MARY SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. FRED R. DAVIS JOSEPH F. LESTER Miss ANNETTE EVANS THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. Mrss MARY R. LOUIS SHAFFER President WILLIAM L. Library CoNYNGHAM, Chairman REUBEN H. LEVY FRANK BURNSIDE MRS. EBERHARD L. FABER F. ELLSWORTH EUGENE S. FARLEY HoN. FRANK L. PINOLA SAMUEL JOSEPH J. SAVITZ AARON WEISS CHARLES H. MINER, JR. JOHN B. FARR HARRY F. GoERINGER p ARKHURST M. DAVENPORT, M.D. Mrss ANNETTE EvANS WILLIAM L. CONYNGHAM MRs. FRANCK G. DARTE F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST HoN. FRANKL. PrnoLA JAMES P. HARRIS JOSEPH F. LESTER CHARLES B. WALLER AARON WEISS Chairman MRS. EBERHARD L. FABER Miss MARY R. KooNs CHARLES H. MINER, JR. J. SAVITZ Planning and Development TERM OF OFFICE Expiring June, 1966 Miss ANNETTE EVANS, JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE JOSEPH w ALLER CHARLES B. KooNs l nstruction KooNs Chairman p ARKHURST F. ELLSWORTH CHARLES H. MINER, JR. JAMES FRANK BURNSIDE R. Buildings and Grounds Executive Nominations JonN Lams SHAFFER, FRANK B. FARR, Chairman P. HARRIS WILLIAM JAMES JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, M.D. Chairman w. ANDERSON L. CoNYNGHAM THOMAS H. KILEY CHARLES Louis SHAFFER H. MINER, JR. JOSEPH J. SAVITZ AARON WEISS Expiring June, 1967 CHARLES H. MINER, JR. Finance Miss ANNETTE EVANS THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. JAMES EUGENE S. FARLEY ANDREW HOURIGAN, JR. REUBEN H. LEVY JOSEPH J. SAVITZ Lams SHAFFER FRANK BURNSIDE SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. w. FRANK ANDERSON FRANK BURNSIDE FRED R. DAVIS MRS. EBERHARD L. FABER JOHN B. FARR P. HARRIS, Chairman Faculty-Trustee Committee on Academic Freedom ANDREW HOURIGAN, JR. THOMAS H. KILEY Expiring June, 1968 REUBEN H. LEVY WILLIAM L. CONYNGHAM AARON WEISS THOMAS H. KILEY HARRY F. GoERINGER THOMAS H. KrLEY JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, M.D. Miss MARY R. KooNs Ex Officio on all Committees-CHARLES B. WALLER AND EUGENE s. FARLEY �Officers of Administration EUGENE S. FARLEY B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) FRANCIS J. MICHELINI DANIEL P. DETWILER Dean of Men B.A. (North Carolina) M.A. (Columbia) WHITBY Dean of Admissions B.A. (Mt. Holyoke) MARGARETE. CON NOLL y B.S. (Pennsylvania) M.A. (New York) S. JOHANNA SISCAVAGE GRACE M. Dean of Women Comptroller w ALKER ANN MARIE LENCHAK V. BISHOP SANDRA DENNIS JOAN OSTROWSKI DORIS BARKER REGINA MESCHINI FELICIA PERLICK Director of Evening and Summer College J. CHWALEK JOHANNA BOROWSKI KATHLEEN O'DONNELL EILEEN SHEPHERD B.S. (East Tennessee) M.A. (Columbia) Director of Placement B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.A. (New York) Director of Development BARBARA FRITZ ELIZABETH CHAPPLE w ALTER H. R. MOHR RosANN M. STEARNS SusAN ZuPKO JOAN THOMAS ALFONSO S. ZAWADSKI Registrar B.S. (Wilkes) JULE COOK HILMA NORDSTROM JUDITH MACIEROWSKJ ARTHUR J. HOOVER B.S. (Wilkes) M.Ed. (Pennsylvania State) GORDON E. ROBERTS Assistant to the Deans J. W ALLISON B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Bucknell) LoISYOUNG LoISWEBB SHEILA ROLFE Director of Alumni Relations and of Student Activities Director of Public Relations B.A. (Wilkes) Enw ARD ANCE P. CORDY NANCY BABINSKI CAPIN B. S. (Wilkes) C.P.A. (Pennsylvania) JOHN Assistants m Administration Rum MARGARET M. AHLBORN ANN MARIE KRAUSER BETIY COOK MARY ELIZABETH PROFERES MARGARET BARTECK FRANCES M. SEARS B.A. (Barnard) M.A. (New York) ROBERT M. KERR B.S. (Bucknell) M.D. (Jefferson) JOSEPH H. KANNER B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (New School for Social Research) Director of College Consultation College Physician Director of Testing Service L. Secretary to President Secretary, President's Office Secretary, President's Office Secretary to Director of Graduate Program Secretary to Dean of Men Secretary to Dean of Admissions Recorder Secretary to Dean of Women Assistant to Comptroller Secretary to Director of Evening & Summer College Secretary to Director of Placement Secretary to Director of Development Secretary to Registrar Secretary to Assistant to Deans Assistant to Director of Alumni Relations Secretary to Director of Student Activities Secretary to Director of Public Relations Secretary, Admissions Office Secretary, Admissions Office Clerk, Recorder's Office Cashier Accounts Payable Bookkeeper Accounts Receivable Bookkeeper Clerk, Comptroller's Office Clerk, Comptroller's Office Clerk-Stenographer, Development Office Registrar's Office Clerk, Alumni Office Clerk, Bookstore Clerk, Bookstore Switchboard Operator Head Resident, Catlin Hall Head Resident, Chapman Hall CLAIRE HARRISON, Head Resident, Hollenback Hall FANNIE F. KEITHAN, Head Resident, McClintock Hall MARGARET DEVERS, Head Resident, Slocum Hall MARY CRAWFORD, Head Resident, Sterling Hall MILDRED B. MELOY, Head Resident, Sturdevant Hall HELEN O'BRIEN, Head Resident, Susquehannock Hall EDITH ROBINSON, Head Resident, Weckesser Hall RUTH SWEZEY, Head Resident, Weiss Hall EsTHER POKORNY, Head Resident, 36 West River Street ELIZABETH PATION, Head Resident, 76 West South Street JANET COLLEGE SERVICES Director of Institute of Municipal Government B.S. (West Chester) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) MARY ANN GALL B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.S. (Columbia) ROBERT I luGO V. MAILEY HELEN A. MORGAN GEORGE F. RALSTON P. COMMUNITY SERVICES Director of Graduate Program B.A. (Swarthmore) M.S., Ph.D. (Yale) JOHN President Dean of Academic Affairs B.S. (Seton Hall) M.S. (Delaware) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Manager of the Bookstore Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds MILDRED GITTINS WILLIAM JERVIS LANGDON, ETHEL STARK, �Faculty EUGENE S. FARLEY B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) ALFRED w. BASTRESS B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Ph.D. (Yale) CHARLES B. REIF B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Minnesota) SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG B.A., M.B.A. (Boston) Ph.D. (North Carolina) HuGo V. MAILEY B.S. (West Chester) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) EUGENE L. HAMMER B.S. (Wheaton) M.A. (Northwestern) Ed. D. (Columbia) FRANK J. J. DAVIES B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Yale) STANKO M. VUJICA B.S. (Zagreb) M.A. (Innsbruck) Ph.D. (Zagreb) RUTH w. JESSEE B.S., M.A. (Columbia) Ed. D. (Pennsylvania) DANIEL P. DETWILER B.A. (Swarthmore) M.S., Ph.D. (Yale) FRANCIS J. MICHELINI B.A. (Seton Hall) M.S. (Delaware) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) ROBERT RILEY B.A. (Bucknell? Ph.D. (Pennsy vania State) SHELDON G. COHEN FACULTY - Page 185 History Professor English Professor Foreign Language Associate Professor Mathematics Associate Professor Library Associate Professor Economics Associate Professor English Associate Professor JULIEN A. RIPLEY B.A. (Yale) M.A. (Harvard) Ph.D. (Virginia) Physics Associate Professor FREDERIC E. BELLAS Physics Associate Professor Physical Education Associate Professor Mathematics Associate Professor Art Education Associate Professor Music Education Associate Professor Biology Associate Professor BRO IS KASLAS Administration President Chemistry Professor L.L.B. (Kaunas, Lithuania) ., Ph.D. (Strasbourg) : r A. McCRossE N \ Ii B. \. (Dickinson) Ph.D. (Pittsburgh) Etwooo DISQUE Biology Professor Economics Professor Political Science Professor Education Professor B.A. (Dickinson) THOMAS R. RICHARDS B.S. (Pennsylvania State) f.S. (Bucknell) ADA K. Vu JICA B. ., M.A. (Zagreb) 1.A. in L.S. (Marywood) Yo -KENc CHIANG B.A. (Central) M ., Ph.D. (Chicago) PHILIP English Philosophy and Religion Nursing Education L. RIZZO B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Professor Emeritus Professor B.S., M.S., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State) Professor JOHN G. REESE B.S., M. Ed. (Pennsylvania State) Physics Professor BOYD L. EARL B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Bucknell) Biology Professor CHESTER E. COLSON B.S. (Massachusetts School of Art) M.S. (Columbia) Psychology Biological Research B.A. (Ohio State) M.D. (New York) (In affiliation with Veterans Administration Hospital) Professor WILLIAM R. GASBARRO Professor ROBERT E. OGREN B.S. (Juilliard) M.A. (Columbia) B.A. (Wheaton) M.S. (Northwestern) Ph.D. (Illinois) �Page 186- FACULTY HAROLD E. Cox B.A. (William and Mary) M.A., Ph.D. (Virginia) ]AROSLAV G. MORAVEC FACULTY - Page 187 History B.A., M.A. (Oxford, England) Ph.D. (Pittsburgh) FRANCIS J. DoN AHOE B.A. (LaSalle) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) EDWARD N. HELTZEL B.S. (Gettysburg) M.S. (Bucknell) WELTONG.FARRAR B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania) GEORGE F. ELLIOT B.A. (Montclair State) M.A. (Clark) HOWARD A. SWAIN, JR. B.S. (Grove City) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) RALPH B. ROZELLE B.S. (Wilkes) Ph.D. (Alfred) ALVAN BRUCH B.S. (Chicago) M.S., Ph.D. (New York) ALFRED S. GROH B.A. (Syracuse) M.A. (Columbia) STANLEY H. WASILESKI B.S. (Pittsburgh) M.S. (Bucknell) FRANCIS J. SALLEY B.S. (St. Joseph's) w ERNER B.A. (Roosevelt) B.S.C. (Washington and Lee) Assistant Professor Accounting Assistant Professor History Assistant Professor Business Education Assistant Professor Economics Assistant Professor Accounting Assistant Professor History Associate Professor Physics Associate Professor Engineering Associate Professor Economics Associate Professor Economics Associate Professor ROB .RT w. SOEDER Chemistry Assistant Professor Associate Professor CHARI..OT'I ' V. LORD English Assistant Professor Associate Professor ROBERT A. WEST Education Assistant Professor Associate Professor JA1 Ma them a tics Assistant Professor Associate Professor RICHARD B. CHAPLlNE Music Assistant Professor English Assistant Professor Physics Assistant Professor Biology Assistant Professor English Assistant Professor Chemistry Chemistry Physics English Mathematics Assistant Professor Chemistry Assistant Professor Economics. Assistant Professor Accounting Assistant Professor M.S. (Wisconsin) E. SHELDON CURTIS Engineering B.. (Wa hington and Lee) Associate Professor M.S. (Pennsylvania) ROBERT E. ROMWEI.L E. THOMAS Sociology J.U.D. (Prague, Czechoslovakia) Ph.D. (Boston) WILLIAM H. Buss Associate Professor 1. LEO RD ONNOLLY B . (P nnsylvania) M . ( ew York) EORGE CERA B.. (Bloomsburg) .. (Columbia) ROBERT 01: y OUNG B.. (Rhode I land) . (Columbia) ROBERT . CAPIN B.. (Wilkes) C P. . (State of Pennsylvania) B. . (Ur inus) 1 ., Ph.D. (Delaware) B. . ( ew York) 1. . mglish (Bucknell) 11. . Italian (Middlebury) B. . (Bucknell) M. . (Columbia) G. DECOSMO B.S. (W t Chester) 1.S. ( delphi) B.S., M.S. (Juilliard) STANLFY s. GUTIN B.A., M.A. (Maryland) TANLEY J. HOLDEN B. . (Brooklyn) Ph.D. (Alfred) GRACE C. KIMBALL 8.. (Rochester) Ph.D. (Cornell) BENJAMIN F. FIESTER, JR. B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Bucknell) �Page 188 - FACULTY }AMES J. BOHNING B.S. (Valparaiso) M.S. (New York) Ph.D. (Northeastern) MURRAY S. FORCE B.A. (South Dakota) M.A. (Missouri) DALE ALLAN BUEHLER B.A. (Franklin and Marshal!) M.S.inL.S. (Drexel Institute of Technology) J. PHILIP RICHARDS B.F.A (Syracuse) DONALD W. TAPPA B.S. (Brooklyn) M.A. (Williams ) Ph.D. (Yale) THOMAS J. MIZIANTY B.S. (Scranton) M.S., Ph.D. (Delaware) OWENS. IRELAND B.A. (Toronto) M.A. (Colgate) HERBERT GARBER B.A. (New York) M.A. (Columbia) THEODORE SNYDER B.S., M.S. (Juilliard) WILLIAM R. STINE B.S. (Union) Ph.D. (Syracuse) }AMES P. BERG B.A. (Harvard) B.D. (Lutheran Seminary) A.M. (Pennsylvania) ALFRED H. RICHTER, JR. B.M.E., M.M.E. (Indiana) u MID R. N EJIB B.S. (Baghdad) M.S. (Carnegie) JOSEPH H. KANNER B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (New School for Social Research) FACULTY -Page 189 Chemistry Foreign Language Library Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Art Education Assistant Professor Biology Assistant Professor English Instructor ROBERT J. MILLER English Instructor Jo EPH H. SALSBURG Ma them a tics Instructor English Instructor Physical Education Instructor Political Science Instructor Physical Education Instructor Education Instructor English Instructor Foreign Language Instructor Art Education Instructor Biology Instructor JosH M. RIBAS Foreign Language Instructor CHESTER N. MoLLEY English Instructor Education Instructor Philosophy and Religion Instructor R TH T. ROBERTS B.A. (Goucher) 8. . (Wilkes) M.A. (Columbia) 8.A. (Bucknell) EV. KISH B.A. (Wilkes) DoR1s B. SARACINO B.S. (Stroudsburg) PmuPTUHY B.A. (Valparaiso) M.G.A. (Pennsylvania) ROLAND C. SCHMIDT, JR. Biology History Music Music Chemistry History Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Assistant Professor B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.S. (Scranton) J. GEORGE SILES B.A. (Wilkes) M.S. (Scranton) WILLIAM J. MISTICHELLI B.A. (La Salle[, M.A. (Pennsy vania) PABLO VALERO Licenciado (Madrid) THONY J. EVANGELISTA B.S. (Kutztown) M. Ed. (Pennsylvania State) SARAH ScHONWETTER B.S. (Temple) B.A., LL.B. (Barcelona, Spain) Music Assistant Professor Physics and Mathematics Assistant Professor MICHAEL J. BARONE Psychology Instructor STANLEY B. KAY B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Bucknell) B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Bucknell) 8.A. (Western Reserve) M.A. (Michigan) �Page 190 .-FACULTY FACULTY.- Page 191 w ARREN E. DEARMENT B.A. (Dickinson) M.A. (Pittsburgh) MARENE M. OLSON B.A. (Hiram) M.A. (Kent) RAYMOND J. NuTAITIS B.S. (Wilkes) English Instructor Sociology Instructor Music Instructor B.A. (Syracuse) M.A. (Middlebury) THELMA K. BoscH B.A. (Pennsylvania State) ELEANOR LANG B.A. (Chestnut Hill) M.A. (Lehigh) MARY K. BOHAN B.A., B.S. in L.S. (Marywood) M. JOSEPH FINNERAN B.S. (Scranton) M.S. (Drexel Institute of Technology) MARTHA E. HADSEL B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Chicago) STEPHEN P. RASI B.A. (Catholic Univ. of America) M.A. (West Virginia) ROGER D. LEWIS B.S. (Youngstown) M.S. (Syracuse) RoN ALD G. RAINEY B.S., M.Ed. (Pennsylvania State) GWEN E. QUICK B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Chicago RICHARD E. SOURS B.S. (Towson) M.A. (Michigan) MICHAEL STEIN B.F.A., M.F.A. (Kent) CuFFORD E. BALSHAw Music Instructor Religion Instructor Sociology Instructor Business Administration Instructor Business Administration Instructor B.A. (Wilkes) TONIA DoLBEAR Secretarial Studies Instructor Business Administration Instructor Physical Education Instructor English Instructor Mathematics Instructor EDGAR w. HUGHES, JR. History Instructor Religion Instructor Business Administration Instructor Business Administration Instructor English Instructor F.A.G.O. (Quilmant Organ School) BRAHAM D. BARRAS M.M. (Eastman School of Music) ROSEMARY ALLMAYER-BECK Part-Time Faculty B.A. (Columbia) B.Rel.Ed., MHL., DHL. (Jewish Theological Seminary) Foreign Language English Instructor Instructor CLAYTON A. BLOOMBURG B.A. (Bucknell) CHART.ES L. CASPER Ph.B. (Yale) LLB. (Harvard) English Instructor Jo EPH CnMIOLA Library Instructor B.S. (Misericordia) Library Instructor CAROLYN D'ZuRKO B.A. (Wellesley) URIEL I TACKER English Instructor Foreign Language Instructor Physics Instructor Physical Education Instructor English Instructor BENJAMIN JACOBSON Instructor WILI.IAM JOHNS Instructor BE, JAMIN R. JONES, III B.A. (Princeton) B. . (Hunter) M.. (Columbia) Jou HARDIE B.A. (Wilkes) EDWARD J. HELTZEL Mathematics Art Education B.S. (Wilkes£ M.A. (Temp e) B.A. (Lafayette) M.A. (Scranton) B.A. (Augustana) B.D. (Union Theological Seminary) B.S. (Wilkes) L.L.B. (Temple) FREDERICK J. KROHLE B.A. (Wilkes) M.S. in L.S. (Drexel Inst. of Technology) Library Instructor MARY KERR B.A. (Wellesley) M.A. (Rochester) �Page 192 - FACULTY HARRY KOZLOSKI B.A. (King's) Army Language School (Russian) ISADORE KRASNO B.S., M.S. (Rutgers) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) THEODORE L. KROHN B.A. (Wilkes) LL.B. (Dickinson) Lucy LIGGETT B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Temple) ANNE C. LIVA (J uilliard) ENZO A. LIVA (Juilliard) DORIS J. MERRILL B.S. (Wilkes) FRANCIS M1coccI B.A. (King's) M.B.A. (Scranton) HAROLD MILLER B.S. (Scranton) INGER MILLER Baccalaureate, Aarhus Cathedral School (Denmark) B.A. (Wilkes) IRWIN MORRISON B.B.A. (City College of New York) LL.B. (Brooklyn) C.P.A. (State of New York) ALEX p AWLENOK B.S. (Wilkes) MARITA S. RILEY B.A. (Wilkes) CHARLES SHAFFER B.S., LL.B. (Pennsylvania) ROBERT SLATER B.B.A. (Long Island) LL.B. (New York) FACULTY - Page 193 Foreign Language Instructor ARTIN SLOANE Economics Instructor English Instructor Sociology Instructor Political Science Instructor English Instructor Religion Instructor Business Administration Instructor Accounting Instructor B.S. (Syracuse) LL.B. (New York) Psychology Instructor CASIMIR TYBURSKI B.A. (Delaware) Business Administration Instructor Nursing Education Instructor BARBARA WELLIVER B.A. (Susquehanna) M.S.W. (Washington) HARRY F. WELSH B.S. (Wilkes) MYVANWY WILLIAMS Music Instructor Music Instructor Secretarial Studies Instructor B.A. (New York State) M.A. (Middlebury) RoY E. WILLIAMS B.A. (Eastern Nazarene) .T.B. (Temple) Ph.D. (Drew) RUSSELL WILLIAMS Business Administration B.S. (Wilkes) Instructor PAULZAVADA Retailing Instructor Foreign Language Instructor Accounting Instructor Accounting Instructor Nursing Education Instructor Business Administration Inst uctor Business Administration Instructor B.S. (Wilkes) C.P.A. (State of Pennsylvania) �Faculty Committees Academic Standing Committee Francis J. Michelini, Chairman Margaret M. Ahlborn Robert DeYoung Benjamin Fi ester Eugene Hammer Stanley Holden George F. Ralston Charles B. Reif John P. Whitby Admissions Committee John P. Whitby, Chairman Margaret M. Ahlborn John J. Chwalek Welton G. Farrar George F. Ralston Robert C. Riley Assembly Committee Margaret M. Ahlborn, Chairman Wi11iam R. Gasbarro Alfred S. Groht George F. RalS on Gordon E. Roberts Athletic Committee Welton G. Farrar, Chairman George EUiot t Anthony Evange1iS a Arthur J. Hoover George Ralston John G. F. Reese Thomas R. Richards Ralph B. Roze11e Robert West Calendar-Faculty Handbook Committee Hugo V. Mailey, Chairman Francis J. Michelini Alfonso S. Zawadski Curriculum Committee Robert C. Riley, Chairman James DeCosmo Daniel P. Detwiler Wi11iam R. Gasbarro Stanley S. Gutin Eugene L. Hammer Bronis J. Kas1as Hugo V. Mailey FrancisOgren J. Michelini, Ex-Officio Robert Samuel A. Rosenberg Robert Soeder Stanko Vujica Library Committee Robert E. Werner, Chairman Frederic E. Be11as Alvan Bruch Dale E. Buehler Chester Colson Harold Cox Elwood Disque Jaros1av Moravec Philip L. Rizzo Nada Vujica Scholarship Committee John P. Whitby, Chairman Margaret M. Ahlborn John J. Chwalek Arthur J. Hoover George F. Ralston Graduate Studies Committee Daniel P. Detwiler, Chairman Alfred W. Bastress Frederic E. BeUas Ralph B. Roze11e External Research Support Committee Walter H. R. Mohr, Chairman Daniel P. Detwiler Hugo V. Mailey Francis J. Michelini Student Activities Committee Gordon E. Roberts, Chairman Margaret M. Ahlborn Wi11iam R. Gasbarro Alfred S. Groh MarthaJ.Hadse1 Arthur Hoover John G. Reese Student Publications Committee Gordon E. Roberts, Chairman Chester Colson Alfred S. Groh Martha Hadse1 Philip L. Rizzo Edward J. Wa11ison Committee on Academic Freedom a) MEDIATION Samuel A. Rosenberg (Term expires 1966) Stanko Vujica (Term expires 1967) Robert C. Riley (Alternate (Term expires 1967) 1 b) FACULTY-TRUSTEE Eugene L. Hammer (Term expires 1966) Julien A. Ripley (Term expires 1967) Charles B. Reif (Alternate) (Term expires 1967) Ex Officio on all Committees except committees on academic freedom-EUGENE S. FARLEY FACULTY - Page 19S ooperating Teachers of the Teacher Education Program Elementary Schools Mrs. Virginia Aagaard Kingston Miss Margaret Arnold Wilkes-Barre Mrs. Genevieve Balogh Wilkes-Barre Mrs. Claire Bienus Wilkes-Barre Mr. William Bosso Kingston Mrs. Mary Burke Nanticoke Plymouth Twp. Jointure Miss Gertrude Check Kingston Miss Mary Beth Comisky Kingston Mr. Luke Corbett Wilkes-Barre Miss Edith Davis West Pittston Miss Margaret Ehrhart Forty Fort Mrs. Ruth Evans Wilkes-Barre Mrs. Jennie George Wilkes-Barre Mrs. Ruth Harris Wilkes-Barre Miss Mary Hughes Kingston Mrs. Kathryn Hutton West Pittston Mrs. Louise Jennings Wilkes-Barre Mrs. Sybil Jones Kingston Miss Elizabeth Killian NanticokePlymouth Twp. Jointure Miss Catherine Logue NanticokePlymouth Twp. Jointure Miss Cornelia Mackevrican Forty Fort Mrs. Ailene McCabe Wilkes-Barre Miss Nancy McGeehan Kingston Mrs. Dorothy Monk West Pittston Mrs. Margaret Morris Forty Fort Miss Irene Moss Wilkes-Barre Miss Beverly Nagle Wilkes-Barre Mrs. Charlotte Nerhood Forty Fort Mrs. Doris Newman Kingston Mrs. Marion Rheinhart Forty Fort Mr. Donald Sabatino Wilkes-Barre Miss Mildred Schang Wilkes-Barre Mrs. Rena Schoenfeld Kingston Miss Josephine Shovlin Plymouth �FACULTY - Page 197 Page 196 - FACULTY Elementary Schools Miss Margaret Smith Kingston Miss Thelma Smith Forty Fort Mrs. Elsie Stauffer Kingston Mrs. Catherine Symons NanticokePlymouth Twp. Jointure Miss Dorothy Thomas Plymouth Miss Mary Volbrath NanticokePlymouth Twp. Jointure Mrs. Ida Wallace Wilkes-Barre Mrs. Florence Weinberg Kingston Mrs. Mary Williams NanticokePlymouth Twp. Jointure Mrs. Ruth Young Plymouth Cooperating Teachers of the Teacher Education Program Secondary Schools Mr. Albert Brenner Kingston Miss Veronica Brislin Wilkes-Barre Mr. Frank Castrignano Wilkes-Barre Mr. Warren Challis Wilkes-Barre Mr. Harold Chromey West Pittston Mr. Samuel Cohen Plymouth Miss Elizabeth Davenport Kingston Mr. George Davenport West Pittston Mr. Donald Devans Wilkes-Barre Mr. Robert Elias Wilkes-Barre Mr. Joseph Evan Plymouth Mr. Gordon Evans Forty Fort Mrs. Margaret Evans Wilkes-Barre Mr. Olin Evans, Jr. Wilkes-Barre Mrs. Esther Forbes Central Luzerne Co. Jointure Miss Mary C. Ford Wilkes-Barre Mr. Ralph Gramley Forty Fort Mrs. E. P. Gray Wilkes-Barre Mr. Edward Green Plymouth Miss Marjorie Green West Pittston Mrs. Miriam Harris West Pittston Mr. Robert Henderson Kingston Secondary Schools Mrs. Gladys Hilbert Wilkes-Barre Mr. Chester Hine Wilkes-Barre Miss Theresa Juzwiak Wilkes-Barre Miss Myra B. Kuschel West Pittston Mr. Joseph Lapore Kingston Miss Helen Lees Wilkes-Barre Mrs. Paul Lipiec Wilkes-Barre Mr. Graden Mayer Kingston Mrs. Florence McHose Central Luzerne Co. Jointure Miss Helen Miller Forty Fort Mrs. E. Norbert Kingston Miss Elizabeth Owens Wilkes-Barre Miss June Owens Wilkes-Barre Mr. Louis Palermo Wilkes-Barre Miss Elizabeth Payne Wilkes-Barre Mr. Reese Pelton Forty Fort Mr. Michael Powell Wilkes-Barre Mr. Harold Pugh Kingston Miss Lorraine Rice Forty Fort Mrs. Rita Ryan Wilkes-Barre Miss Jo Anne Sabol Kingston Mr. Gilbert Schappert Wilkes-Barre Mr. James Selingo Plymouth Mr. Lewis Shook West Pittston Mr. Thomas Smith, Jr. Forty Fort Mr. Leo Solomon Wilkes-Barre Mr. Andrew Stah Wilkes-Barre Mr. James Steltzer Forty Fort Mr. Fred Super Wilkes-Barre Mr. Walter Sweetra Plymouth Mr. Thomas Tryba Wilkes-Barre Miss Dorothy Turner Kingston Miss Casimir Tyburski Wilkes-Barre Mrs. Marion Uhl Kingston Mr. Walter Umlah Wilkes-Barre Miss Loretta Weis Kingston Mr. Frank Wempa Wilkes-Barre Mrs. Ruth Wetzel Wilkes-Barre Miss Myrtle Wharmby Plymouth Mr. Edward Zaboski Wilkes-Barre Mr. GeraldZezza West Pittston �Index cadcmic Requirements __ _____ 55 ounting D grc Program 86 D cription of Courses ______ 103 cti ities, Student ______________ 39 dministration Buildings ---·····-··-----·------- 35, 36 Officers ________________ 182 Staff Assistants __ ···-----------dmi sion Tests _________________ dmissions .. __ .. ··-····- _____ ____ _____ Procedure ____ ______________ Requirements ________________ dvanced Course Standing __ lumni Office ______________________ Anthropology _ _ _____________ r a Research Center ____________ rt ___ . __________ cmbly Committee __ _________ istance, Financial ·----------Employment _____________________ 183 12 11 12 11 13 35 176 65 34 42 18 20 Loans . ·····----------------Scholarships ___ _______________ Tuition Stipends ________________ Athletics . _ __ _______________ Attendance, Class _ _______________ Awards . .... ________ ···------ 61, 20 18 42 46 57 62 Bachelor of Arts D gree ···-····- _________________ 71, 72 Selection of a major __________ 73 Bachelor of Science Degree __________________ 73, 74 Selection of a major __________ 74 Band _____ ··------------------------------- 41 Biology Degree Program ---------------- 76 Description of Courses ____ __ 105 Board of Trustees _. _.. ___ .... __ ___ 180 Bookstore -------------------------------- 33 Buildings and Plant ______________ 31 Business Administration Degree Program ________________ 87 Description of Courses ______ 109 Business Education __________ 88, 89 2 35 58 Calendar -------------------------------Center for Performing Arts __ Change of Program ______________ Chemistry B.A. Degree Program ________ B.S. Degree Program ________ Description of Courses ______ Graduate Program ____________ 77 85 112 51 Chorus --------------------- --------------Class Standing ______________________ 41 56 Clubs ---------------------- ------------ 41, 45 College and Community 65, 183 College Commons __________________ 34 College Testing Service ________ 33 Commerce and Finance ________ 86 Consultation Service ____________ 40 Convocation Fee ____________________ 15 Cooperating Teachers __________ 195 Counseling ________________________ 39, 182 Course Credits ______________________ 55 Courses Accounting ________________________ 103 Anthropology ____________________ 176 Applied Music ____________________ 152 Biology -------------------------------- 105 Business Administration ___ _ 109 Chemistry -------------------------- 112 Economics __________________________ 117 Education -------------------------- 122 Engineering ________________________ 127 English -------------------------------- 131 Fine Arts ---------------------------- 135 �Page 200 - INDEX INDEX - Page 201 138 144 140 145 162 148 152 155 I 58 159 162 163 166 169 161 172 French ................................ General Scienc~ ................ German .............................. History ....... .... .. ..... .... .. .. ...... Hygiene .. ........ ... .. .. .. ........... Mathematics ...................... Music ·······-······---··············-·· Music Education ................ Nursing Education ........ .. .. Philosophy .......................... Physical Education ............ Physics ····························-··Political Science .......... ...... Psychology ....... .. ... ...... ... ... Religion .............................. Retailing ................ _........... Russian .. ... ..... .......... ... ..... .. Secretarial Studies ............ Sociology ... .. ...... ....... ........ .. Spanish .............................. Theater Arts .. ... .... .......... .. . Curricula ..... ........... ................ I44 174 176 142 134 5l Dean's List ................. ........... Debating ................................ Degree, Bachelor of Arts ...... Degree, Bachelor of Science .. Degree Programs ........ 51, 52, Dormitories ..... .... ...... .... ... 16, Drama tics ........ ........ ........ 35, Economics, Description of Courses .. .................... ..... Education Elementary ........................ Secondary ..... ........... .. ........ Business .............................. Music ......... ........................ Nursing .............................. Science ............................... . 58 41 71 73 71 36 41 117 78 78 89 96 97 100 Description of Courses ...... 122 Graduate Programs .......... 51 Employment .......................... 20 Engineering ........................ 52, 90 Engineering, Program Requirements ............ . . 90 Degree Programs, Common Freshman Year ........... 91 Aeronautical ...................... 91 Chemical ............................ 91 Civil .................................... 92 Electrical ... .. .... .. ................. 93 Engineering Physics ... ...... 93 Ind us trial .... ...... ....... .. .. ...... 94 Mechanical ........................ 92 Description of Courses ...... 127 English, Description of Courses .......................... 131 Entrance Examinations .... 11, 12 Evening School ............ 14, 52, 58 Expenses _····--.. .. .. .... .............. 14 Extracurricular Activities . . 41 Faculty .................................... Committees .. .... ..... ... .......... Fees ........................................ Financial Assistance .............. Fine Arts Education Degree Program ... ........ .. . Description of Courses ...... Fine Arts Fiesta ... .. ........ .... .. Foreign Languages ................ French, Description of Courses .......................... Freshman Orientation .......... General Science .................... German, Description of Courses ........................... Grades ........... ......................... Graduate Placement ............. 184 194 14 18 79 135 67 138 138 39 144 140 55 33 raduate Programs In Chemistry ..... .. ..... .. ....... In Education ...................... In Physics .......................... Graduation Fee Graduation, Requirements 51 51 51 15 for 60 Guidance Center ........ . ...... 33 ymnasium ... ... ......... .. 32, 45 Hi tory, Description of Courses ... .... ....... 145 Homecoming ...... .... ... ..... ....... 44 Honors .... ............. 59 Hou emothers ..................... 183 Hygiene . .. ......... . .. ... .. 162 In titute of Municipal Government . . . . 66 In urance, Accident and Sickness ............... IS Inter-Dormitory Council .. 41, 44 Labor-Management Training Program Liberal Arts Requirements for Major .... Selection of a Major .... ...... Library . .. .. ......... Load, Student Work ............ Loans .. ... . .. .. . ............... Madrigal Singers . ················· Male Chorus Majors Accounting .. ..................... Business Administration .... Business Education ............ Economics . .... .......... ........ .. English .. ..................... Foreign Language ........ ... ... History .. .... ........... 66 75 73 31 57 20 41 41 86 87 89 78 79 80 80 Mathematics ··················-··- 80 Philosophy-Religion .......... 83 Political Science ...... .......... 83 Psychology ........... ... ......... ... 83 Social Science ....... ... ...... .. .. 83 Sociology-Anthropology .... 84 Course Requirements ........ 76 Mathematics Degree Program .. ... ........... 81 Description of Courses ...... 148 Medical Technology Degree Program ... .. . .. .... ... 95 Music Activity .......................... 34, 41 Degree Program ................ 82 Description of Courses ...... 152 Music Education Degree Program ... ... .......... 96 Description of Courses ...... 155 National Defense Student Loan Program ... .... ..... 16, 20 Nursing Education Degree Program ... .... ...... ... 97 Description of Courses ...... 158 Office of Community Services 65 Orientation for Freshmen .... 39 Overload ................... ............. 57 Parents' Day .......................... Payment of Tuition .............. Philosophy Description of Courses ..... ....... ... .. .. ....... Physical Education and Hygiene ........................ Physics Degree Program .... ...... ...... Description of Courses ...... Graduate Program ............ 43 15 159 162 98 163 51 �Page 202 - INDEX Placement Office ____________________ 33 Point Averages ______________________ 56 Political Science, Description of Courses _________ _____ ____ ____ 166 Pre-Professional Degree ______ 52 Probation -------------------------------- 57 Psychology, Description of Courses __________ .____ ___ ________ 169 Publications _____ _____________________ 42 Staff Stipends ____ _____ __ __ ____ __ _ 42 Refunds __________________________________ 16 Registration ---------------------------- 14 Religion, Description of Courses __________________ _____ _ 161 Research __ _________ __ ______________ 32, 65 Retailing Description of Courses ____ __ 172 Russian Description of Courses ______ 144 Scholarships ____________________________ 18 Founders of ________________________ 21 Scholastic Aptitude Tests, CEEB ------------------------------ 12 Scholastic Endowments ________ 27 Science Facilities ____________________ 32 Secretarial Studies Degree Program ________________ 89 Description of Courses ______ I 74 Sociology and Anthropology, Description of Courses __ I 76 Social Activities _______ _______________ 43 Social Science _____ ____ ____ ___________ 83 Spanish, Description of Courses ___________ _______________ 142 Stark Hall of Science __________ Student Activities ____________ ___ Student Advisement ____________ . Student Government ____________ Student Course Load __ _________ Student Loans ___________________ .. Student Regulations _ Student Responsibility . Summer School _ . 14, 32 41 39 41 57 20 41 48 54 Teacher Certification 73, 75, 78 Terminal Program ___________ 52, 89 Theater Arts ____________________ 134 Town and Gown Concerts _ 34 Transcripts of Acedemic Record ------------------------- 15 Transfer of Summer Credits 58 Transfer Students ________ ______ 13 Trustees Board of ______________________________ 180 Committees _______________________ 181 Tuition -----------------------------------Fees ------------------------------ _____ Payment of ________________________ Refund of _____________ .______________ 14 14 15 16 Undergraduate Programs 51, 71 Wilkes College __ ______ ______________ 5 Accreditment __________________ 6 Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra _____ _________ ____ ___ 67 Withdrawals ---------------------- 16, 57 Women's Chorus ____________ _____ 41 Wrestling Tournament _______ 45 �EVENING COLLEGE SESSION FALL SEMESTER 1966 - 1967 �Wilkes College ~al/din f"\,AJll\,<11\ (' (' {< {(. ---=--~~~ > > .) _,.,,..,.. EVENING SESSION Fall Semester 1966-1967 WILK.ES-BARRE, PENNSYLVANIA �An Educated Man seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; is aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; Wilkes College ilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell Unir ity, responding to a request of community leaders, established its Juni r College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter a four-year liberal arts college. The College has grown steadily to it current enrollment of approximately 1750 full-time day students and 900 evening students engaged in undergraduate, graduate, and continuing education programs. has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; Fr n its inception the college has been dedicated to these twin g ls - a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a pr gram of service to the community. knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; AN INDEPENDENT COLLEGE It was inevitable that the new college should be non-sectarian, for it purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters i bed the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the community. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an independent college that was interdenominational in its influence and non-denominational in its control. cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily Ji,. ing and sustain him in times of crisi ; has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community; communicates ideas in a manner t at assures understanding, f o r understandin3 unites men in their search for truth. Formulated and adopted by 1h, faculty as a guide to learning, FREEDOM OF INQUIRY ' ar have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior Hege to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. cClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their d ision. With responsibility came a pressing desire to strengthen the ork of the faculty, united in their faith that the intellectual and piritual resources of the student are vigorous where the creative mind is free. UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY A college that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite philo ophy and a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided by th thought that unity in our community, our nation, and our world require not only great vision but warm understanding of peoples. In its mall circle Wilkes College brings together students of many faiths, ba grounds, and countries. It encourages them to maintain their conietions and their loyalties. It encourages them to create friendships b upon respect for differences, and to adhere to those ideals that aeate unity and good will amidst diversity. �While academic work is the basis of the College program, rbe faculty recognizes that academic training will be of little importuee unless students emerge as men and women of strong faith and fine character. In the words of John Stuart Mill, "Before you can mab men doctors and lawyers, you must first make them men." EVENING COLLEGE INFORMATION CURRICULA UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM Wilkes College is committed to education as a way of life. To meet the needs of ambitious men and women who desire the help which may come from college instruction, Wilkes College offers A COOPERATIVE EFFORT The original concept of community services has been strengthened with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It has been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the community all benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperative relatioaship, with its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has resulted in cooperative action. DECADES OF GROWTH Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Common. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansion of the campus. ACCREDITATION Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania and the Middle States Association of Co~ leges and Secondary Schools. The Accounting curriculum has heel accredited by the Certified Public Accounting Examiners of the State of New York. wide program of Evening courses from which selections may be made according to individual tastes and requirements. 1 The courses offered by the Evening College are designed for their special value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in the study of problems relating to business administration and the economy of the nation and the world. 5. Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting and aspire through the study of accounting courses to qualify for a certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. 7. Men and w~men seeking a college degree through attendance in the Evening College. Except where designated in the course schedule, classes for courses offered in the evening will be scheduled on Monday - Wednesday or Tuesday - Thursday between the hours of 6: 00 p.m. and 10:00 p.m. The College reserves the right to withdraw any course for which there is insufficient enrollment. Students who have registered for course that may be cancelled because of insufficient enrollment will be notified as promptly as possible. �GRADUATE PROGRAM Graduate courses in Chemistry and Physics leading to the de, gree of Master of Science are offered in the late afternoon and evening. Information relative to these courses is available in the Graduate Division Bulletin. Wilkes College cooperates with Temple University in offering a General Education Program for Teachers (G.E.P.T.) leading to th Degree of Master of Science in Education. The program is open to anyone who meets the academic requirements and is interested in exposure to a broad-base general education program. RESEARCH AND GRADUATE CENTER The Research and Graduate Center is an excellently equipped and staffed installation that is an integral part of the College complex. During the school term the Center will continue the various public and private research projects now in progress. LABOR-MANAGEMENT TRAINING COURSES To establish a cJimate for industrial redevelopment the College has pioneered a Labor-Management Training Program in which the needs of the individual and the company are analyzed. Plans are arranged in consultation with officials, foremen, and other employees and are designed to meet the general and specific requirements of the particular group. Where several firms are con, fronted with common problems, special classes are organized to include representation of several companies. INSTITUTE OF MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT Programs on topics of current municipal interest are sponsored by the Institute of Municipal Government throughout the year. Ar times, these conferences and meetings are co-sponsored with other community organizations in order to acquaint both the local gov. ernment officials and the general public with emerging issues in public affairs. Information relative to these courses is available in a special brochure published by the Institute. VETERANS READJUSTMENT BENEFITS ACT OF 1966 Veterans and inservice personnel may qualify for educational assistance under the Veterans Readjustment Benefits Act. Qualified veterans should make arrangements with the Veterans Administration for uch benefits. It is also suggested that the prospective student contaet the director of the Evening and Summer College to discuss a program of study. F CIUTIES The College is located in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, in the heart of the picturesque and historic Wyoming Valley. This ideal location in the foothills of the Poconos offers wonderful cultural and recreational facilities and affords close proximity to the metropolitan area of ew York and Philadelphia. 111E LIBRARY The Library will observe the following schedule during the F II e ion: Monday through Thursday . . . . . . 8: 00 a.m. to 10: 00 Friday ......................... 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 aturday ....................... 9:00 a.m. to 4:00 Sunday ........................ 1:00 p.m. to 4:00 Telephone number after 5:00 p.m. is 824-4654. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. Evening College students may obtain a Library Card at the Circulation Desk of the Library. The Graduate Science Library, located on the second floor of tark Hall, will observe the following schedule: Monday through Friday ......... 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. BOOKSTORE The Bookstore offers a complete stock of necessary textbooks and supplies. It will be open as follows: Monday through Friday ......... 9:00 a.m. 1:00 p.m. Monday and Tuesday Evenings .... 6:00 p.m. Saturday ....................... 9:00 a.m. to Noon to 5:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m. to Noon EXPENSES Tuition - $35 per semester hour credit. All charges must be paid at the time registration forms are processed. Books and supplies may be purchased at the bookstore and must be paid for at the time of purchase. �EVENING COLLEGE Fall Semester 1966-1967 WITHDRAWAL A student who withdraws from the evening session or drop courses should give prompt written or verbal notice to the Director of the Evening and Summer College and to the instructors concerned in order that their records may not unjustly show failure in courses. Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will receive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: durin the first two weeks of the evening session one-half of the tuition will be refunded upon request to the Director of Evening and Summer College, if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After the first two weeks no refunds are allowed and the student is obligated for the full costs of the term. No student who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any refunds. a,um ccou A For further information write to: Professor Robert S. Capin Director of Evening and Summer College Wilkes College Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 18703 Phone 824-4651. (After 5:00 p.m., call 824-4656) DAY&HOURS ROOM No. CREDIT HOURS TING: Elementary Accounting I MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 35 3 . l0lE-2 Elementary Accounting I MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 35 3 101E·3 Elementary Accounting I TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 35 3 A . 101E A . 102E Elementary Accounting II (Pre: Acct. 101) MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 45 3 A . lllE Intermediate Accounting I (Pre: Acct. 102 ) TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 45 3 Cost Accounting I (Pre: Acct. 112) MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 25 3 Auditing Principles I (Pre: Acct. 202 ) TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 25 3 Advanced Accounting I (Pre: Acct. 112) TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 25 3 Taxes I (Pre: Acct. 112, 202) TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 45 3 Biological Science TTH 6:30-8:00 Stark 116 3 TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 23 3 MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 26 3 CALENDAR Registration for the evening session is as follows: Thursday, September 8 ............. 9:00 a. 01. to 8:00 p.m. Friday, September 9 ............... 9:00 a. m. to 8:00 p.m. Saturday, September 10 ............. 9:00 a. m. to 12:00 noon Monday, September 12 ............. 9:00 a. m. to 8:00 p.m. Tuesday, September 13 .............. 9:00 a. m. to 8:00 p. m. Monday, September 19 ................ Classes begin 6:00 p.m. Wednesday, November 2 .................... Progress Repons Tuesday, November 22 Thanksgiving recess begins at 10:00 p. m. Monday, November 28 Thanksgiving recess ends at 6:00 p. m. Tuesday, December 20 Christmas recess begins at 10:00 p.m. Wednesday, January 4 ....... Christmas recess ends at 6:00 p.m. Thursday, January 12 ................ Classes end at 10:00 p. m. Monday, January 16 to Thursday, January 19 ................. Examination period DESCRIPTION A 201E A . 2 IE A 2 lE A , 221E BIOLOGY: Bio. lOlE B I ESS ADMINISTRATION: B . 209E Business Correspondence and Reports (Pre: Eng. 102) B . 225E Corporation Finance (Pre: Econ. 102) B . 231E Business Law - Introduction and Contracts MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 34 3 B . 23 E Business Law - Partnerships and Corporations MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 26 3 8.A. 2 7E Production Management TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 34 3 MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 46 3 B 2 IE Life Insurance �COURSE DESCRIPTION DAY&HOURS DESCRIPTION ECO OMICS: Econ. IOIE OREIG Principles of Economics I MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 45 Econ. lO lE-2 Principles of Economics I TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 27 ITH 8:00-9:30 Par. 35 Econ. 102E Principles of Economics II (Pre: Econ. 101) Economic History ITH 8:00-9:30 Par. 26 Econ. 201E Money and Banking (Pre: Econ. 102) MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 27 Econ. 22 5E International Trade (Pre: Econ. 102) MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 34 Economic Geography of North America (Pre: Econ. 102) TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 23 Econ. 231E Applied General Statistics MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 27 Econ. 2tf5E Consumer Economics (Pre: Econ. 102) MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 25 Econ. 227E Composition MW 6:30-8:00 Con. 104 Eng. I OIE-2 Composition MW 8:00-9:30 Con. 104 Eng. IOlE-3 Composition TTH 6:30-8:00 Con. 104 Eng. l OlE-4 Composition Eng. 102E Eng. 131E Composition (Pre: Eng. 101) TTH 8:00-9:30 MW 8:00-9:30 Con. 104 Con. 103 Fundamentals of Speech TH 4:00-6:00 Con. 103 Eng. 131E-2 Fundamentals of Speech TH 6:00-8:00 Con. 103 MW 6:00-8:00 Con. 103 Eng. 151E Western World Literature (Pre: Eng. 102) MW 8:00-9:30 Pick. 101 3 MW 8:00-9:30 Pick. 102 3 IOIE Elementary German I n IOIE El mentary Spanish I MW 6:30-8:00 Pick. 101 3 JOIE Elementary Russian I TTH 6:30-8:00 Pick. 101 3 T 8:00-10:00 Stark 116 2 G neral Geology IOOE HI TORY: H IOIE Hi tory of Western Civilization ITH 8:00-9:30 Con. 103 3 H1 IOIE-2 History of Western Civilization MW 8:00-9:30 Con. 105 3 H1 10 E ITH 6:30-8:00 Con . 201 3 H 22 E Foreign Policy of the U.S. TTH 6:30-8:00 (Pre: Hist. 101, 102, 107 & 108) Con. 105 3 Con. 203 3 American and Pennsylvania History to 1865 THEMATICS: th 109E Plane Trigonometry MW 6:30-8:00 th. 115E Mathematics of Finance MW 8:00-9:30 Con. 203 3 th 12 E Calculus I ITH 6:00-8:00 Stark 100 4 Introduction to Music TTH 6:30-8:00 Chase Theater 3 IC: IOOE 102E Experiencing Art I Intermediate French I ( Pre: Fr. 102) ING EDUCATION: FINE ARTS: F.A. JOIE CREDIT HOURS OLOGY: ENGLISH: Eng. JOIE Ru ROOM No. LANGUAGES: 10 E r Econ. ll lE DAY&HOURS MW 6:30-8:00 F.A. 109E Oil Painting I TTH 8:00-9:30 F.A. 122E Ceramics MW 8:00-9:30 106E . 112 II E Trends in Nursing upervision and Administration M 4:00-6:00 Stark 216 2 T 4:00-6:00 Stark 216 2 Field Experience in Supervision or Teaching Hrs. to be arranged fcdical & Surgical Nursing TH 4:00-6:00 4 Par. 46 2 �COURSE DESCIUPTION DAY&HOURS PHILOSOPHY: Phil. lOl E Introduction to Philosophy TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 34 Phil. 102E logic & Scientific Method MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 43 PHY ICAL EDUCATION: P.E. 105F, Personal Hygiene T 7:00-8:00 Pick. 102 Physical Science MW 6:30-8:00 Stark 100 PHY JCS: Phy . 10 lE POLITICAL SCIENCE: P .S. JO IE Political Science I MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 53 P.S. 207 E Public Administration (Pre: P.S. 101 and 102) TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 53 Par. 56 PSYCHOLOGY: Psy. JO IE General Psychology TTH 6:30-8:00 Psy. lOlE-2 General Psychology TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 56 Psy. 208E Human Behavior (Pre: Psy. 101 and 102 ) TTH 8:00-9:30 Con. 203 Psy. 25 E Abnormal Psychology (Pre: Psy. 207 and 208) TTH 6:30-8:00 Con. 203 RETAILING: Ret. 101E Principles of Retailing TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 43 Ret. 2 l 2E Purchases and Merchandising Control TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 43 MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 23 Comparative Social Welfare Systems TTH 8: 00-9: 30 (Pre: Soc.101, 102, Psy. 101,102) Par. 46 SOCIOLOGY: Soc. I0lE Soc. 2 IE Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology SECRETARIAL STUDIES: S.S. 105E Elementary Shorthand S. . l 07E Elementary Typewriting MW 6:00-8:00 Par. 33 MW 8:00-10:00 Par. 33 LLEWELLYN OHO~. INC." f.li...• (/_9 �YENING COLLEGE SESSION SPRING SEMESTIR 1967 �Wilkes College !Jlalldm EVENING SESSION Spring Semester 1967 WILKES-BARRE, PENNSYLVANIA �seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; An Educated Man possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; is aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; Wilkes College Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell Unier ity, responding to a request of community leaders, established its Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter a four-year liberal arts college. The College has grown steadily to i current enrollment of approximately 1950 full-time day students and 900 evening students engaged in undergraduate, graduate, and oootinuing education programs. has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; From its inception the college has been dedicated to these twin ls - a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a program of service to the community. knows that man! s progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physial endurance; It was inevitable that the new college should be non-sectarian, cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community; communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, f o r understanding unites men in their search for truth. Formulated and adopted by th, faculty as a guide to learning. AN INDEPENDENT COLLEGE for its purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters ished the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the community. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an independent college that was interdenominational in its influence and non-denominational in its control. FREEDOM OF INQUIRY Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a ~ocal Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. McClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their decision. With responsibility came a pressing desire to strengthen the work of the faculty, united in their faith that the intellectual and piritual resources of the student are vigorous where the creative mind is free. UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY A college that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite philosophy and a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided by the thought that unity in our community, our nation, and our world requires not only great vision but warm understanding of peoples. In its mall circle Wilkes College brings together students of many faiths, backgrounds, and countries. It encourages them to maintain their conietions and their loyalties. It encourages them to create friendships b upon respect for differences, and to adhere to those ideals that er te unity and good will amidst diversity. �While academic work is the basis of the College program, the faculty recognizes that academic training will be of little importance unless students emerge as men and women of strong faith and fule character. In the words of John Stuart Mill, ..Before you can make men doctors and lawyers, you must first make them men." Wilkes College is committed to education as a way of life. A COOPERATIVE EFFORT The original concept of community services has been strengthened with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It has been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the com• munity all benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperative relationship, with its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has resulted in cooperative action. DECADES OF GROWTH Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Common. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansion of the campus. EVENING COLLEGE INFORMATION CURRICULA UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM To meet the needs of ambitious men and women who desire the help which may come from college instruction, Wilkes College offers a wide program of Evening courses from which selections may be made according to individual tastes and requirements. The courses offered by the Evening College are designed for their special value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in the study of problems relating to business administration and the economy of the nation and the world. 5. Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting ACCREDITATION Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania and the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The Accounting curriculum has been accredited by the Certified Public Accounting Examiners of the State of New York. and aspire through the study of accounting courses to qualify for a certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. 7. Men and w~men seeking a college degree through attendance in the Evening College. Except where designated in the course schedule, classes for courses offered in the evening will be scheduled on Monday - Wednesday or Tuesday - Thursday between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 10:00 p.m. The College reserves the right to withdraw any course for which there is insufficient enrollment. Students who have registered for courses that may be cancelled because of insufficient enrollment will be notified as promptly as possible. �GRADUATE PROGRAM FACILITIES Graduate courses in Chemistry and Physics leading to the degree of Master of Science are offered in the late afternoon and evening. Information relative to these courses is available in the Graduate Division Bulletin. Wilkes College cooperates with Temple University in offering 1 General Education Program for Teachers (G.E.P.T.) leading to the Degree of Master of Science in Education. The program is open to anyone who meets the academic requirements and is interested in exposure to a broad-base general education program. RESEARCH AND GRADUATE CENTER The Research and Graduate Center is an excellently equipped and staffed installation that is an integral part of the College complex. During the school term the Center will continue the various public and private research projects now in progress. LABOR-MANAGEMENT TRAINING COURSES To establish a cµmate for industrial redevelopment the College has pioneered a Labor-Management Training Program in which the needs of the individual and the company are analyzed. Plans are arranged in consultation with officials, foremen, and other employees and are designed to meet the general and specific requirements of the particular group. Where several firms are COO• fronted with common problems, special classes are organized to include representation of several companies. INSTITUTE OF REGIONAL AFFAIRS The Institute of Regional Affairs is a multi-purpose co1Jege organization which views regional problems as belonging to no simple academic discipline, but rather as a contemporary pheno.r.enon spilling into many disciplines. The Institute was created to assure coordination of varied efforts in order to better understand and resolve complex and ~ontemporary problems. Its four-fold purpose is: education and training, community in, formation, research, and consultation. The underlying philosophy of the Institute of Regional Affairs is cooperation, rather than reform or partisanship. The College is located in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, in the heart of the picturesque and historic Wyoming Valley. This ideal location in the foothills of the Poconos offers wonderful cultural and recreational facilities and affords close proximity to the metropolitan areas of New York and Philadelphia. THE LIBRARY The Library will observe the following schedule during the Fall session: Monday through Thursday ...... ~:00 a.m. to Friday ......................... 8:00 a.m. to Saturday ....................... 9:00 a.m. to Sunday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 :00 p.m. to Telephone number after 5:00 p.m. is 824-4654. 10:00 p.m. 9:00 p.m. 4:00 p.m. 4:00 p.m. Evening College students may obtain a Library Card at the Circulation Desk of the Library. The Graduate Science Library, located on the second floor of tark Hall, will observe the following schedule: Monday through Thursday ...... 9:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m. Friday ......................... 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. BOOKSTORE The Bookstore offers a complete stock of necessary textbooks d supplies. It will be open as follows: Monday through Friday ......... 9:00 a.m. 1:00 p.m. Monday and Tuesday Evenings .... 6:00 p.m. Saturday ....................... 9:00 a.m. to to to to Noon 5:00 p.m. 8:00 p.m. Noon EXPENSES Tuition - $35 per semester hour credit. AH charges must be paid at the time registration forms are processed. Books and supplies may be purchased at the bookstore and must be paid for at the time of purchase. �EVENING COLLEGE WITHDRAWAL A student who withdraws from the evening session or drop courses should give prompt written or verbal notice to the Dir of the Evening and Summer College and to the instructors concerned in order that their records may not unjustly show failure in co Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will receive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: durin the first six weeks of the evening session one-half of the tuition will be refunded upon request to the Director of Evening and Summer College, if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfacto reasons. After the first two weeks no refunds are allowed and student is obligated for the full costs of the term. No student who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any refunds. CALENDAR Registration for the Evening College is as follows: Tuesday, January 24 ................ 9:00 a.m. Wednesday, January 25 .............. 9:00 a.m. Thursday, January 26 ............... 9:00 a.m. Friday, January 27 .................. 9:00 a.m. Saturday, January 28 ............... 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m to 12:00 noon Monday, January 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin at 6:00 p.m. Monday, February 27 ............... Submit incomplete grad Wednesday, March 15 ....................... Progress repons Tuesday, March 21 .......... Easter recess begins at 10:00 p.m. Wednesday, March 29 ........... Easter recess ends at 6:00 p.m. Thursday, May 11 ................... Classes end at 10:00 p.m. Monday, May 15 to Thursday, May 18 ...... Examination period For further information write to: Professor Robert S. Capin Director of Evening and Summer College Wilkes College Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 18703 Phone 824-4651. ( After 5: 00 p.m., call 824-4656) Spring Semester 1967 CREDIT HOURS DESCRIPTION DAY&HOURS ROOM No. Elementary Accounting I Elementary Accounting I A , 102E Elementary Accounting II (Pre: Acct. 101) . 102£-2 Elementary Accounting II (Pre: Acct. 101) !llE Intermediate Accounting I (Pre: Acct. 101-102) 112E Intermediate Accounting II (Pre: Acct. 111) . 202E Advanced Cost Accounting (Pre: Acct. 201) 222E Taxes II (Pre: Acct. 221) A 232E Auditing Practice II (Pre: Acct. 231) 2 2E Advanced Accounting II (Pre: Acct. 112) TTH 6: 30-8: 00 MW 8:00-9:30 TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 25 Par. 35 Par. 25 TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 35 MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 35 TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 45 MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 45 TTH 8:00-9: 30 Par. 45 TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 35 MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 45 TTH 6:30-8:00 Stark 116 3 TTH 8:00-9:30 Stark 116 3 MW 6:30-8:00 MW 8:00-9:30 MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 25 Par. 25 Par. 43 MW 6: 30-8:00 Par. 34 MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 43 MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 23 TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 46 MW 6: 30-8:00 Par. 26 MW 8:00.9:30 M 6:00-9:00 Par. 34 Con. 201 OOUllS.H BIOLOGY: Bio. 102E Biological Science II (Pre: Bio. 101) B 102E-2 Biological Science II ADMINISTRATION: B B B Salesmanship Advertising Marketing (Pre: Econ. 102) B 226E Investments ( Pre: B.A. 225) B . 2 2E Business Law - Agency & Sales (Pre: B.A. 231) B 2 2E-2 Business Law - Agency & Sales (Pre: B.A. 231) B , 2 E Partnerships and Corporation (Pre: B.A. 231) B 2 OE Property Insurance (Pre: B.A. 232) B 2 E Time and Motion Study B 251E Principles of Management I �OOURSE DESCRIPTION DAY&:HOURS E f ECONOMICS: Econ. 101E Principles of Economics I Econ. 102E Principles of Economics II (Pre: Econ. 101) Econ. 202E Theory of Money (Pre: Econ. 201) Econ. 212E Government and Business (Pre: P.S. 101, Econ. 102) Econ. 226E Economic Geography of the World (Pre: Econ. 102) Econ. 232E Economic Statistics (Pre: Econ. 231) Econ. 236E Public Finance (Pre: Econ. 102, P.S. 101) Ed. 241E Ed. 246E Principles of Elementary Education (Pre: Ed. 100 and 200) Educational Measurements (Pre: ~d. 200) Teaching Secondary School Science (Pre: 24 Cr. Hrs. in Sciences other than Psy.) Par. 34 Par. 27 TTII 8: 00-9: 30 Par. 27 HI TORY: MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 26 H 102E Par. 34 MW 8:00-9: 30 Par. 27 MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 27 106E ROOM No. CREDIT HOURS MW 6:30-8:00 Con. Annex 3 TTH 8:00-9:30 Con. Annex 3 6:30-8:00 Con. 103 3 6:30-8:00 Con. 105 3 8:00-9:30 Con. 103 3 6:30-8:00 Con. 105 3 MW 6:30-8:00 Pick. 101 3 TTH 6:30-8:00 Pick. 101 3 MW 8:00-9:30 Pick. 101 3 Con. 203 Con. 203 Stark. 100 3 3 4 History of Western Civilization TTH 102E-2 History of Western Civilization MW Hist 10 E History of America and Pennsylvania from 1865 TTH Hist 228E Foreign Policy of the United States TTH (Pre: Hist. 101, 102, 107, 108) GUAGES: Gtr 102E MW 6:30-8:00 M 4:00-6:00 MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 46 Stark 100 Elementary German II (Pre: Ger. 101) R 102£ Elementary Russian II (Pre: Russ. 101) n. 102E Elementary Spanish IT (Pre: Span. 101) Par. 46 Fundamentals of Mathematics MW 6:30-8:00 College Alegbra MW 8:00-9:30 Calculus II TTH 6:00-8:00 (Pre: Math. 125) ENGUSH: Eng. lOlE Composition Eng. lOlE-2 Composition Eng. 102E Composition II (Pre: Eng. 101) Eng. 102E-2 Composition II (Pre: Eng. 101) Eng. 102E-3 Composition II (Pre: Eng. 101) Eng. 102E-4 Composition II (Pre: Eng. 101) Eag. 131E Fundamentals of Speech Eng. 131E-2 Fundamentals of Speech Eng. 152E Western World of literature (Pre: 151) Eng. 200E History of English language (Pre: Eng. 152) Experiencing Art II (Pre: F.A. 101) Water Color Painting (Pre: F.A. 104) TTH 8:00-9:30 TTII 6: 30-8: 00 TTII 6: 30-8 :00 DAY&HOURS ARTS: 102E EDUCATION: Ed. 209E DESCRIPTION TTH 6:30-8:00 TTH 8:00-9:30 MW 5:00-6:30 Con. 201 Con. 201 Con. 104 MW 6:30-8:00 Con. 104 TTII 6: 30-8: 00 Con. 203 IC: ' lOOE Introduction to Music ppliedMusic TTH 6:30-8:00 Chase Theatre 3 I G EDUCATION: TTH 8:00-9:30 Con. 203 TH 4:00-6:00 TH 6:00-8:00 MW 6:00-8:00 Con. 104 Con. 104 Con. 103 TTH 8:00-9:30 Con. 105 Foundations of Nursing TH Principles and Methods in Nursing Education T (Pre: Ed. 200) E. IO E Multi-Sensory Techniques in Nursing Education W (Pre: N.E. 107) E II E Medical and Surgical Nursing TH (Pre: N.E. 113) 112E Field Experience in Supervision or Teaching To Be 4:00-6:00 Stark 216 2 4:00-6:00 Stark 216 2 4:00-5:00 Stark 216 1 4:00-6:00 Par. 46 2 Arranged 4 �OOURSB DBM:R.IPTION DAY&HOURS ROOMNo. PHILOSOPHY: Phil. lOlE Phil. 206E Introduction to Philosophy Social and Political Philosophies TTH 6:30-8:00 Barre 24 MW 6:30-8:00 Barre 2 PHYSICAL EDUCATION: P.E. 106E Personal Hygiene T 7:00-8:00 Pick. 102 MW 6:30-8:00 Stark 100 PHYSICS: Phys. 10'2E Physical Science II (Pre: Phys. 101) POLITICAL SCIENCE: P.S. 102E P.S. 224E P.S. 251E Political Science II MW 6:30-8:00 Soviet System of Government M 6:00-9:00 (Pre: P.S. 101-102) Planning in Urban Development TTH 6:30-8:00 (Pre: P.5. 101-102) Par. 53 Par. 23 Par. 53 PSYCHOLOGY: General Psychology II (Pre: Psy. 101) Psy. 102E-2 General Psychology II (Pre: Psy. 101) Psy. 212E Psychological Tests (Pre: Psy. 101-102) Psy. 255E Clinical P~ychology ( Approval of Instructor) Psy. 102E TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 56 TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 56 TTH 6:30-8:00 Con. 204 TTH 8:00-9:30 Con. 204 RETAILING: :Ret. 224E Recent Trends and Developments in Retailing TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 46 SECRETARIAL STIJDIES: S.S. S.S. S.S. S.S. 106E 108E 202E 208E Elementary Shorthand II Elementary Typewriting II Advanced Typewriting II Advanced Shorthand MW 6:00-8:00 MW 8:00-10:00 TTH 9:00-10:00 TTH 6:00-9:00 Par. Par. Par. Par. 33 33 33 33 SOCIOLOGY: Soc. 102E Soc. 102E-2 Soc. 252E Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology TTH 6:30-8:00 Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology TTH 8:00-10:00 Fields of Social Work TTH 8:00-9:30 (Pre: Soc. 101-102, Psy. 101-102) Par. 23 Par. 23 Par. 34 aa �~ LL.WCLLV'N ..o:.•. ~ �SUMMER SESSIONS 1967 ~.~, . ~~{.:( " ( ::,....~,.;r-- -_·.- . . r::·.. Wilkes-Barre • . il ~ Pennsylvania �seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; An Educated ~an possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; is aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community; communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Formulated and adopted by the as a guide to learning. facuity �Wilkes College Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell Uni· r ity, responding to a request of community leaders, established Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College ived its charter as a four-year liberal arts college. The College grown steadily to its current enrollment of approximately 2,000 ull-time day students and 900 adults in the Evening College and pecial classes. From its inception the College has been dedicated to these twin oals- a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a program of service to the community. AN INDEPENDENT COLLEGE It was inevitable that the new College should be non-sectarian, for its purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters rished the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the community. It was believed that these ends could be served t by an independent college that was interdenominational in its uence and non-denominational in its control. FREEDOM OF INQUIRY Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. 1cClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their decision. With responsibility came a pressing desire to trengthen the work of the faculty, united in their faith that the tellectual and spiritual resources of the student are vigorous here the creative mind is free. UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY Acollege that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite philosophy and a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided b· the thought that unity in our community, our nation, and our orld requires not only great vision but warm understanding of �Page 6 - WILKES COLLEGE peoples. In its small circle Wilkes College brings together studcn of many faiths, backgrounds, and countries. It encourages them to maintain their convictions and their loyalties. It encoura them to create friendships based upon respect for difference, and to adhere to those ideals that create unity and good will amid diversity. While academic work is the basis of the College program, th faculty recognizes that academic training will be of little importance unless students emerge as men and women of strong f ith and fine character. In the words of John Stuart Mill, "Before yo can make men doctors and lawyers, you must first make them men' A COOPERATIVE EFFORT The original concept of community services has been strengthened with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It ha been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and th community all benefit from cooperative effort. This coopcrati relationship, with its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has resulted in cooperative action. DECADES OF GROWTH Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facing th River Common. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pa with the expansion of the campus. SUMMER COLLEGE Information Curricula DERGRADUATE PROGRAM The summer program is designed for men and women interested accelerating degree work, and for recent high school graduates re ted in beginning their college careers. Courses are open to 'ilk College students, students of other colleges, and nontric11lated stud en ts. Course load is limited to six semester hours of credit for each •\\ k session. Students are cautioned to exercise judgment and r in cheduling both day and evening courses. fo t classes for courses offered during the six-week day sessions I meet five days per week during the morning hours as follows: FIRST PERIOD - SECOND PERIOD - 8:00 A.M. TO 9:30 A.M. 9 :45 A.M. m 11: 15 A.M. Except where designated in the course schedule, classes for e offered during the eight-week evening session will be hcduled on Monday, Tuesday, and Thursday evenings between hours of 6:00 P.M. and 10:00 P.M. The College reserves the right to withdraw any course for which r is insufficient enrollment. Students who have registered for r that are subsequently cancelled because of insufficient enllmcnt will be notified as promptly as possible. ACCREDITATION Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania and the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The Accounting curriculum h been accredited by the Certified Public Accounting Examiner of the State of New York. DMISSION dmission to the summer program is granted to: all Wilkes Co,llege students currently in good standing; high school graduates who have been admitted as degree candidates to the Wilkes regular 1967-68 program; high school graduates who have been admitted as full-time students in the regular 1967-68 program of an accredited college other than Wilkes; II tudents in good standing at their respective colleges who furni h official confirmation of that status sent by the dean of their college to the director of the Wilkes summer session; �INFORMATION - Page 9 Page 8 - INFORMATION e) students who enroll in the summer session upon special imit tion by Wilkes Committee on Admissions. Non-Wilkes summer session students who desire to becom degree candidates here will have to qualify for admission or tran fr into the college's regular program via the procedures outlined b the Committee on Admissions. Such procedures must be initiated through the office of Mr. John Whitby, Director of Admission TRANSFER OF CREDITS Credits earned in the Wilkes College summer session may transferred to other institutions. Students may, at the conclu io of the course, request this service by filling out a card indicatin to which institution credits earned shall be transferred. WITHDRAWAL A student who withdraws from the summer sessions or dro courses should give prompt written or verbal notice to the Director of the Evening and Summer College and to the instructors concerned in order that their records may not unjustly show failur in courses. \ 0RKSHOP IN EDUCATIONAL THEATER - Ed. 392 Lehigh University, in cooperation with Wilkes College, will ffer a summer graduate program in educational theater to proide intensive training for high school drama coaches. Emphasis ill be on methods of directing and techniques of staging to imprO\ e the presentation of plays and musicals. Sessions will be nducted in seminar fashion, and members will participate in I boratory workshops covering all aspects of high school drama production. The course will be tailored to the special needs of the high chool drama and music coaches. Sp cific topics will include: I. coordinating music and drama events 2. interpreting the play 3. directing the student performer 4. blocking and stage business concentrated summer program in a fully-equipped, airnditioned new theater offers excellent opportunities to high hool music and drama teachers who work in different theater mironments. The course should satisfy the requirements of those teachers who pl n to broaden their background in educational theater. The · graduate credit hours offered by Lehigh University are transr rable to other institutions. The course will be offered for five eks Monday thru Friday, from July 27, 1967 to August 30, 1967. Students in good standing who withdraw from the College \\ill receive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: Durin the first week of the six-week sessions and during the first t\\O weeks of the eight-week evening session one-half of the tuition \\ii be refunded upon written request to the Director of Evening and Summer College, if the withdrawal is made for adequate and sat' • factory reasons. After the periods designated no refunds are allo'\\ed and the student is obligated for the full costs of the term. No stu· dent who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any refund During the summer months the Research and Graduate Center, an integral part of the College complex, will continue the various r arch projects now in progress. Special Graduate Programs BIOLOGY SUMMER INSTITUTE GENERAL EDUCATION PROGRAM FOR TEACHERS Wilkes College cooperates with Temple University in offering General Education Program for Teachers (G.E.P.T.) leading t the Degree of Master of Science in Education. The program open to anyone who meets the academic requirements and interested in exposure to a broad-base general education progra This summer a number of elective courses will be offered. RESEARCH AND GRADUATE CENTER The Department of Biology will conduct a Summer Institute for high school teachers of biology made possible by a grant from the Tational Science Foundation. The Institute will be a seven-week pro ram from June 26 to August 11, 1967. The program of this Institute is designed to meet the needs of the secondary school teacher of biology who has little preparation in the subject or no recent exposure to modern concepts in molecular biology and ecology. �Page 10 - INFORMATION INFORMATION - Page 11 Facilities DORMITORY (Exclusive of meals) - The College is located in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, in th heart of the picturesque and historic Wyoming Valley. This ideal location in the foothills of the Poconos offers abundant cultural and recreational facilities and affords close proximity and convenient transportation to the metropolitan areas of New York and Philadelphia. DORMITORY AND DINING FACILITIES Dormitory and dining facilities will be available for both ma! and female students. The cost for these services may be found under EXPENSES. Arrangements for dormitory accommodations may be made with the Director of Evening and Summer College. THE LIBRARY The Library will observe the following schedule during the summer sessions: Monday through Thursday Friday 8:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Telephone number after 5:00 p.m. is 824-4654. Summer College students may obtain a Library Card at the Circulation Desk of the Library. The Graduate Science Library, located on the second floor of Stark Hall, will observe the following schedule: Monday through Friday 9:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m. THE BOOKSTORE The Bookstore offers a complete stock of necessary t.:xtbooks and supplies. It will be open as follows: Monday through Friday Monday & Tuesday Evenings 9:00 a.m. -Noon l :00 p.m. - 5:00 p.m. 6:00 p.m. -8:00 p.m. Expenses The student may expect to incur the following expenses for th summer session: TUITION - $35 per credit hour $75 per six-week session LINEN SERVICE - $5 per six-week session (required for dormitory students) DINING FACILITIES - Dining Hall will be open Monday through Friday. Meals may be taken on a pay-as-yougo basis. All charges must be paid at the time registration forms are prord. Charges for the second six-week session may be paid no I tr than July 24, 1967. Books and supplies may be purchased at the bookstore and must be paid for at the time of purchase. Rl:GISTRATION In order to minimize the possibility of cancelling courses, the pr liminary registration form on the back cover should be completed and forwarded to the Director of Evening and Summer College as soon as possible. The preliminary registration does not obligate the registrant tQ take the course. Final registration must be completed in Parrish Hall at the following times: Registration for both six-week day sessions and the eight-week ,ening session is as follows: Fir t Six-Weck cssion Tuesday, June 6 to Friday, June 9. 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. ccond Six-Week Session Thursday, July 20; Friday, July 21; and Monday, July 24-8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Eight-Week Erening Session Tuesday, June 13 to Friday, June 16. 8: 30 a.m. to 8: 00 p.m. For further information or additional preliminary registration forms, write to: PROFESSOR ROBERT S. CAPIN Director of Evening and Summer College Wilkes College Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 18703 Phone: 824-4651. (After 5:00 p.m., call 824-4656) �SUMMER SESSION SCHEDULE OF COURSES EDULE OF COURSES - Page 13 ROOM HOUR CR. FIRST SESSION SCHEDULE June 12 - July 21, 1967 Con. 105 Monday thru Friday .. .... .. 0 COURSE ~ DESCRIPTION ROOM ACCOUNTING: Acct. I0IS Elementary Accounting I Acct. I I IS Intermediate Accounting II (Pre: Acct. 102) BIOLOGY: Bio. IOIS Stark ll6 8:00-9:30 Eng. 101S-2 8:00-9:30 9:45-12:00 Stark ll2 Par. 43 Par. 34 Par. 27 (Pre: Econ. 102) Applied General Statistics (Pre: Approval of Instructor) Public Finance (Pre: Econ. 102- P.S. 101) EDUCATION: Ed. l00S Introduction to Education Ed. 209S Principles of Elementary Education r Ii r=--- - - ~ ,.......-.-- - ~ - 8:00-9:45 3 Par. 27 8:00-10:00 3 6:00-8:00 3 B .222E Marketing 9:45-12:00 B.A.225 Corporation Finance Stark II2 Com. Sci. 101 Introduction to Computer Science Stark 109 8:00-10:00 3 9:45-11 :l Cl) 8:00-9:30 Cll ..-4 0 Par. 34 Con. 104 8:00-9:30 8:00-9:30 ti) Q Par. 46 8:00-9:30 Par. 46 9:45-11:15 ti\ ..... z . A l) -' a, "" s:: j I I Par. 27 Composition t-t1 (Pre: Ed. 100,200) I q_ EVENING SESSION M-T-W Organic Chemistry ECONOMICS: Econ. lOlS Principles of Economics I Econ. lllS Economic History Econ.201S Money and Banking - 9:45-ll :15 3 Q .Lf.t:;'._ 11 .1 I:;'. FIRST SESSION M-T- - Con. 104 r,......,,, 1ni:;: E Par. 45 Par. 25 Laboratory Econ.236S e 9:45-II: IS (June 19 - July 22) ADDENDA Biological Science (Pre: Chem. 221 or Approval) Econ.23IS Con. 103 0 C7' 0 CHEMISTRY: Chem. I0IS Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry Stark 204 Laboratory Chem. 230S HOUR 8:00-9:30 (June 19 - July 22) 0 0 =--· icy 0 ~ r:l > ~ rz1 ... St. 133 9:45-II :15 3 Pick. IOI Pick. IOI 8:00-9:30 9:45-1 I: 15 3 Pick. 104 Pick. 104 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-1 I: IS 3 3) 0 () ~ �SUMMER SESSION SCHEDULE OF COURSES EDULE OF COURSES - Page 13 ROOM HOUR CR. FIRST SESSION SCHEDULE June 12 - July 21, 1967 COURSE DESCRIPTION Con. 105 Mo.nday thru Friday ROOM HOUR . 0 0 0 0' ....0 <") .. 0 0 r-- CX) ("') o• "'"1 ..... C ..' lt\ 0 ~ • • 0 Con. 104 Con. 105 9:45-11 :15 3 9:45-11: 15 -.) St. 306 Par. 26 8:00-9:00 2 9:45-11 :45 4 '° St. 306 9:45-11 :45 4 k Par. 33 9:45-11: 15 3 0 ""' 0 = '1.t ~ .... Con. Annex Con. Annex Con. Annex 9:45-11: 15 3 8:00-9:30 3 8:00-9:30 3 Con. Annex 9:45-11: 15 3 St. 116 9:45-11: 15 3 Par. 45 9:45-11 :15 3 St. 133 8:00-9:30 3 ~ 'O .-( ~ 0 () fl. .. (,) 9:45-11: 15 (June 19 - July 22) 00 ....0""' "' Con. 103 o• 0 I"\ 0 8:00-9:30 (June 19 - July 22) a 0 4> 0 z N Econ.231S Applied General Statistics Econ.236S Public Finance (Pre: Approval of Instructor) (Pre: Econ. 102- P.S. 101) EDUCATION: Ed. l00S Introduction to Education Ed. 209S Principles of Elementary Education (Pre: Ed. 100, 200) Par. 27 8:00-9:30 ti) ....rn' 0 Par. 34 8:00-9:30 0 Cl) ~ CJ) 8:00-9:30 Par. 46 9:45-11:15 (ltl • <ll ..... Q . ..d z l) ~ Par. 46 ia fl) .... C: icy 0 i5 z rzl > ~ ~ N St. 133 3) 9:45-11 :15 3 .... 0 Pick. 101 Pick. 101 8:00-9:30 9:45-11: 15 3 3 Pick. 104 Pick. 104 8:00-9:30 9:45-11: 15 J 3 ') �SUMM SCHEDUL FIRST SE: SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page 13 COURSE DESCRIPTION CR. E GLISH: Eng. 99P Pre-College English Eng. 99P-2 Pre-College English En . !OlS Eng. lOSS Composition Advanced Exposition En. l3lS En. lSlS Fundamentals of Speech Western World Literature En . lSlS-2 Western World Literature Con. 105 8:00-9:30 (June 19 - July 22) June 12 - July 21, l! COURSE HOUR ROOM DESCRIPTION Con. 103 9:45-11: 15 (June 19 - July 22) Con. 104 Con. 105 9:45-11 :15 9:45-11: 15 3 St. 306 Par. 26 8:00-9:00 9:45-11 :45 2 4 St. 306 9:45-11 :45 4 Par. 33 9:45-11: 15 3 Con. Annex Con. Annex Con. Annex 9:45-11: 15 8:00-9:30 8:00-9:30 3 3 3 Con. Annex 9:45-11: IS 3 St. 116 9:45-11: 15 3 Par. 45 9:45-11: 15 3 St. 133 8:00-9:30 3 St. 133 9:45-11 :IS 3 Pick. IOI Pick. IOI 8:00-9:30 9:45-11: 15 3 Pick. 104 Pick. 104 8:00-9:30 9:45-11: IS 3 3 (Pre: Eng. 101, 102) (Pre: Eng. 102) (Pre: Eng. 102) En . 2l5S Shakespeare F . !OlS F.. lOlS-2 F.. l02S Experiencing Art I Experiencing Art I Experiencing Art II F .109S Oil Painting I (Pre: Eng. 152) (Pre: F.A. 101) GENERAL SCIENCE: Introductory Earth Science En.S.101 HISTORY: Hit. lOIS Hi t.107S Econ.231S Applied Gener Hist.227S (Pre: Approv Econ.236S (Pre: Hist. 101, 102, 107, 108) Public FinancE (Pre: Econ. 11 EDUCATION: Ed. I00S Introduction tc Ed. 209S Principles of E Education (Pre: Ed. 100 History of Western Civilization American and Pennsylvania History to 1865 History of the Foreign Policy of the United States LANGUAGES: Fr. !01S Fr. 103S Elementary French Intermediate French Ger. 101S Ger.103S Elementary German Intermediate German 3 (Pre: Fr. 102 or equivalent) (Pre: Ger. 102 or equivalent) 3 �Page 14 - SCHEDULE OF COURSES COURSE SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page 15 DESCRIPTION ROOM LANGUAGES Span. IOIS Elementary Spanish Span. 103S Intermediate Spanish 9:45-1 I :15 Pick. 201 8:00-9:30 . IOIP Spanish Conversation (Pre: Sp. 104 or equivalent) MATHEMATICS: Math. IOIS Fundamentals of Mathematics St. 132 Math. 107P College Algebra Par. 35 (Pre-College Students) Math. 109P Par. 35 (Pre-College Students) MUSIC: Music I00S Introduction to Music PHILOSOPHY Phil. 102S Logic and Scientific Method Phil. 210S Modern Contemporary Thought PHYSICS: Phys. IOIS Phys. 150S .235S 9:45-11:15 8:00-9:30 9:45-11: 15 3 Par. 23 9:45-11: IS 3 (June 19 - July 22) 8:00-9:30 3 SECOND SESSION SCHEDULE July 25 - August 31, 1967 - 9:45-11 :15 9:45-11:15 COURSE Monday thru Friday DESCRIPTION CCOUNTING: Elementary Accounting II cct. 102S ROOM HOUR CR. Par. 45 8:00-9:30 3 Par. 25 8:00-9:30 3 Stark 116 8:00-9:30 3 Stark 204 8:00-9:30 4 (Pre: Acct. 101) Barre 2 8:00-9:30 cct. l 12S Intermediate Accounting II (Pre: Acct. 111) Barre 2 9:45-11: 15 Stark 132 Stark 101 8:00-9:30 8:00-9:30 9:45-12:30 BIOLOGY: Advanced Laboratory Biological Science (Pre: Bio. 101) CHEMISTRY: Chemical Equilibria Chem.102S (Pre: Chem. 101) M-T-\\ Phys. 241S CR. Par. 25 Crime & Juvenile Delinquency Par. 23 Bo. l02S Physical Science General Physics Laboratory HOUR (Pre: Soc. 230 or permission) (June 19 - July 22) Chase Th. and Anthropology I Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology I (Pre-College Students) (June 19- July 22) Plane Trigonometry ROOM OCIOLOGY: lntro,duction to Sociology .IOIS Pick. 203 Pick. 201 (Pre: Sp. 102 or equivalent) Span. 106S DESCRIPTION COURSE Laboratory Hours to be arranged 1-.. 9:45-12:00 M-T-W POLITICAL SCIENCE: P.S. IOIS Political Science I P.S. IOIP Political Science I (Pre-College Students) P.S. 204S Chem. 231S Par. 53 Par. 26 Public Opinion & Propaganda Par. 43 International Politics (Pre: P.S. 101-102) PSYCHOLOGY: Psy. IOIS General Psychology Psy.207S Child Psychology Psy. 257E Abnormal Psychology (Pre: Psy. 207-208 or approval) Stark 112 8:00-9:30 9:45-12:00 - I :00-3:00 Par. 53 9:45-11: 15 8:00-9:30 5 (Pre: Chem. 230) 9:45-11: 15 8:00-9:30 Laboratory M-T-W (June 19- Jul} 22) (Pre: P.S. 101-102,Soc. 101-102) P.S. 222S Organic Chemistry ECONOMICS: Principles of Economics II Econ.102S Par. 23 9:45-11: 15 3 Par. 27 8:00-9:30 3 Par. 46 Par. 46 8:00-9:30 9:45-11: 15 3 3 (Pre: Econ. IOI) Econ. 232S Eco.nomic Statistics (Pre: Econ. 231) Par. 56 Par. 56 Par. 46 8:00-9:30 9:45-11:15 3 5:00-6:45 M-T-W-1h EDUCATION: Introduction to Education Ed. JOOS Guidance Ed. 242S (Pre: Ed. 200) �SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page 17 Page 16 - SCHEDULE OF COURSES COURSE ROOM DESCRIPTION ENGLISH: Eng. lOlS Eng. 102S Eng. 152S Composition Composition Western World Literature Eng. 152S-2 Western World Literature ROOM DESCRIPTION HOUR Fundamentals of Ma them a tics Con. 103 Con. 103 Par. 35 Stark 132 Par. 34 Field Experience in Supervision and Teaching (Pre: Eng. 151) Physical Science Con. Annex Con. Annex Oil Painting II F.A. 125S P.A. 205S Metalwork and Jewelry Contemporary Design 4 Stark 133 9:45-11:15 3 Stark 101 8:00-9:30 4 (Pre: Phys. 101) General Physics II (Pre: F.A. 101) F.A. ll0S (Pre: Phys. 150) Con. Annex 9:45-12:30 Laboratory (Pre: F.A. 109) Con. Annex Con. Annex .242S M-T-W Advanced Laboratory Hours to be arranged POLITICAL SCIENCE: HISTORY: Hist. 102S Hist. 108S Hist. 228S History of Western Civilization American and Pennsylvania History from 1865 History of the Foreign Policy of the United States .102S Par. 45 Political Science II Municipal Government 1-2 Par. 53 Par. 53 9:45-11:15 8:00-9:30 3 3 Par. 43 8:00-9:30 3 (Pre: P.S. 101-102) Par. 26 Par. 26 9:45-11 :l .102S Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology II (Pre: Hist. 101-102-107-108) EVENING SESSION SCHEDULE LANGUAGES: Fr. 102S Elementary French II Fr. 104S Intermediate French II Ger. 102S Elementary German II Ger. 104S Intermediate German II Span. 102S Elementary Spanish II Span. 104S Intermediate Spanish II Pick. 101 (Pre: Fr. 101) June 19 - August 10, 1967 - Pick. 101 Monday, Tuesday and Thursday DESCRIPTION ROOM HOUR CR. (Pre: Fr. 103) Pick. 104 (Pre: Ger. 101) CC0UNTING: Elementary Accounting I Elementary Accounting II Pick. 104 (Pre: Ger. 103) Pick. 201 (Pre: Span. 103) BUSI ESS ADMINISTRATION: Business Correspondence and B .209E Par. 25 Reports B .220E Introduction to Music Par. 45 Par. 45 8:00-10:00 3 r, 6:00-8:00 .) Pick. 201 (Pre: Span. 101) MUSIC: Music l00S 3 9:45-11:15 RSING EDUCATION (Pre: Eng. 151) Experiencing Art I Experiencing Art II CR. (Pre: Math. 101) FINE ARTS: F.A. lOlS F.A. 102S HOUR Chase Th. B .241E Real Estate Life Insurance Par. 23 Par. 23 6:00-8:00 3 8:00-10:00 3 6:00-8:00 3 �Page 18 - SCHEDULE OF COURSES SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page 19 COURSE DESCRIPTION ECONOMICS: Econ. lOIE Principles of Economics I Econ. 102E Principles of Economics II (Pre: Econ. 101) Econ. lllE Economic History EDUCATION: Ed.200E Educational Psychology (Pre: Psy. 102) HOUR ROOM Par. 27 Par. 26 6:00-8:00 8:00-10:00 Par. 26 6:00-8:00 Par. 53 8:00-10:00 COURSE ic lOOE DESCRIPTION Introduction to Music ROOM HOUR CR. Chase Th. 6:00-8:00 3 Introduction to Philosophy Stark 109 6:00-8:00 3 PHYSICAL EDUCATION: Personal Hygiene Stark 116 6:30-8:00 Tuesday only ENGLISH: Eng. lOIE Eng. lOIE-2 Eng. 102E Composition Composition Composition (Pre: Eng. 101) Stark 306 Stark 306 Stark 338 POLITICAL SCIENCE: Political Science I Political Science II State Government (Pre: P.S. 101-102) Eng. 131E Fundamentals of Speech Stark 309 Eng. 15IE Western World Literature Stark 338 (Pre: Eng. 102) Eng. 152E Western World Literature (Pre: Eng. 151) PSYCHOLOGY P . 208E Human Behavior Stark 309 (Pre: Psy. 101-102) P .212E HISTORY: Hist. lOIE Hist. 102E Hist. 107E Hist. 256E Psychological Testing (Pre: Psy. 101-102) History of World Civilization History of World Civilization American and Pennsylvania Histo.ry to 1865 History of the 20th Century Europe (Pre: Hist. 101-102) MATHEMATICS: Math. 107E College Algebra Math. 109E Plane Trigonometry Math. 125E Calculus I (Pre: Math. 122) Stark 132 6:00-8:00 Stark 132 8:00-10:00 Stark 133 6:00-8:00 ECRETARIAL STUDIES: . lOSE Elementary Shorthand .106E Elementary Typewriting .201E Advanced Typewriting Stark 100 Stark 100 Stark 112 8 :00-10:00 3 6:00-8:00 3 8:00-10:00 3 8 :00-10:00 M-T-W-Th 8:00-10:00 3 6:00-8:00 3 6:00-8:00 3 Par. 35 8:00-10:00 3 Par. 35 6:00-8:00 3 Par. 34 Par. 34 Par. 33 (Pre: S.S. 108 or SO words per minute) .207E Stark 133 Par. 56 Par. 56 Par. 53 Advanced Shorthand 6:00-8:00 2 8:00-10:00 2 6:00-7:00 1 Par. 33 7:00-10:00 3 Par. 25 8:00-10:00 3 (Pre: S.S. 106 and net typing of SO words a minute) .243E Principles and Methods of Business Education Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology I Stark 116 8:00-10:00 3 �PRELIMINARY REGISTRATION FORM Completion and filing of this form with the Director of Evening and Summer College, Wilkes College, Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, 18703, will enable the Director to determine course demand. If adrance demand does not warrant giving a particular course, the prospective student filing this form will be promptly notified. The completion and filing of this form does not, in any way, obligate the prospective student. PRE-REGISTRATION A statement of your academic standing must be submitted by your dean or registrar. ame ....................................................................................................... . ddrcss ................................................................................................... . City ............................................... State ............ Zip Code ................. . College or University no,v attending ....................................................................................... . Please mail Registration forms. 1st Semester Course No. D 2nd Semester Course No. Will you require dormitory accommodations? Evening Course No. Yes □ No □ �Wilkes College Summer Sessions Wilkes-Barre, Penna. 18703 � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin, 1966-1967 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1966-1967 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/87725a5436715efa96c046039f958e40.pdf b44032ecad203b09605932e695eeee06 PDF Text Text �~ ES COLLEGE u t{n 1965-1966 FALL AND SPRING SEMESTERS-1965-66 Vol. XIV �College Calendar SUMMER SESSION - College Calendar 1965 Wednesday, June 16 to Friday, June 18 - Registration Monday, June 21 - Classes begin Friday, August 13 -Summer School ends FALL SEMESTER - 1965 Monday, September 13 to Friday, September 17 Orientation for Freshmen Tuesday, September 14 - I to 4 p.m. - Registration for Freshmen Friday, September 17 - I to 4 p.m. Schedule changes for Upperclassmen Monday, September 20- Classes begin at 8 a.m. Saturday, October 9 - Parents' Day Saturday, October 16 - Homecoming Saturday, October 16 - Submit reports on incomplete grades Monday, October 18 - Student Teaching begins Wednesday, October 27 -Mid-semester reports Monday, November I to Friday, November S Registration for Seniors, Juniors, and Engineering students Monday, November 8 to Friday, November 12 Registration for Sophomores Monday, November IS to Friday, November 19 Registration for Freshmen Tuesday, November 23 - Thanksgiving recess begins at 5 p.m. Monday, November 29 - Thanksgiving recess ends at 8 a.m. Wednesday, December 8 -Student Teaching ends Saturday, December 18 - Christmas recess begins at noon Monday, January 3, 1966- Christmas recess ends at 8 a.m. Saturday, January IS - Classes end Monday, January 17 to Wednesday, January 26 Examination period Monday, April 4 to Friday, April 8 - Registration for Freshmen Tuesday, April 12 - Easter recess begins at 5 p.m. Wednesday, April 20- Easter recess ends at 8 a.m. Friday, April 22 - Student Teaching ends Saturday, May 21 - Classes end Monday, May 23 to Wednesday, June I (May 30, Holiday) Examination period Sunday, June 5 - Baccalaureate 5 p.m. Monday, June 6 - Commencement 8 p.m. SUMMER SESSION - 1966 Wednesday, June 15 to Friday, June 17 - Registration Monday, June 20- Classes begin Friday, August 12 - Summer School ends Evening School FALL SEMESTER - Thursday, September 16, Friday, September 17, and Monday, September 20, from noon until 8 p.m.; Saturday, September 18, from 9 a.m. to noon - Registration Monday, September 20 - Classes begin at 6 p.m. Saturday, October 16 - Submit reports on incomplete grades Wednesday, October 27 -Mid-semester reports Tuesday, November 23 - Thanksgiving recess begins at JO p.m. Monday, November 29 - Thanksgiving recess ends at 6 p.m. Thursday, December 16 - Christmas recess begins at JO p.m. Monday, January 3 - Christmas recess ends at 6 p.m. Thursday, January 13 - Classes end at IO p.m. Monday, January 17 to Thursday, January 20 Examination period SPRING SEMESTER - SPRING SEMESTER-1966 Friday, January 28 - Schedule changes Monday, January 31 - Classes begin at 8 a.m. Monday, February 28 - Student Teaching begins Saturday, February 28 - Submit reports on incomplete grades Wednesday, March 16 - Mid-semester reports Monday, March 21 to Friday, March 25 Registration for Juniors and Engineering students Monday, March 28 to Friday, April I-Registration for Sophomores 1965 1966 Thursday, January 27, Friday, January 28, and Monday, January 31, from noon until 8 p.m.; Saturday, January 29, from 9 a.m. to noon - Registration Monday, January 31 - Classes begin at 6 p.m. Monday, February 28 - Submit reports on incomplete grades Wednesday, March 16 -Mid-semester reports Tuesday, April 12- Easter recess begins at JO p.m. Wednesday, April 20 - Easter recess ends at 6 p.m. Thursday, May 19- Classes end at 10 p.m. Monday, May 23 to Thursday, May 26 - Examination period �Contents College Calendar, 2 Wilkes College, 5 THE COLLEGE AND THE COMMUNITY Office of Community Services, 63 POLICIES AND OBJECTIVES Admissions, 11 Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic, 65 Fine Arts Fiesta, 65 Registration, 14 Tuition, Fees, and Expenses, 14 Financial Assistance, 18 Scholarships, 18 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS Degree Programs, 69 THE FACILITIES OF THE COLLEGE Buildings and Plant, 29 Terminal Program, 72 Degree Requirements, 73 Wilk~es College Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell University, responding to a request of community leaders, established its Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter as a four-year liberal arts college. The College has grown slowly to its current enrollment of approximately 1400 full-time day students and 500 part-time evening school students. From its inception the college has been dedicated to these twin goals-a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a program of service to the community. AN INDEPENDENT COLLEGE It was inevitable that the new college should be non-sectarian, for its purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters wished the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the community. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an independent college that was interdenominational in its influence and non-denominational in its control. FREEDOM OF INQUIRY STUDENT LIFE Counseling, 37 Student Activities, 39 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION Description of Courses, 101 Social Activities, 41 Athletics, 44 Student Regulations, 45 Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. McClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their decision. With responsibility came a pressing desire to strengthen the work of the faculty, united in their faith that the intellectual and spiritual resources of the student are vigorous where the creative mind is free. PERSONNEL OF THE COLLEGE UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY Board of Trustees, 176 THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM Officers of Administration, 178 Academic Requirements, 53 Assistants in Administration, 179 Graduation Requirements, 58 Faculty, 180 Curricula, 49 A college that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite philosophy and a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided by the thought that unity in our community, our nation, and our world requires not only great vision but warm understanding of peoples. In its small circle Wilkes College brings together students of many faiths, backgrounds, and countries. It encour- �Page 6 - WILKES COLLEGE ages them to maintain their conv1ct10ns and their loyalties. It · encourages them to create friendships based upon respect for differences, and to adhere to those ideals that create unity and good will amidst diversity. While academic work is the basis of the College program, the faculty recognizes that academic training will be of little importance unless students emerge as men and women of strong faith and fine character. In the words of John Stuart Mill, "Before you can make men doctors and lawyers, you must first make them men." Wilkes College is committed to education as a way of life. DECADES OF GROWTH Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Common. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansion of the campus. An Educated seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; Man 1s aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; A COOPERATIVE EFFORT The original concept of community services has been strengthened with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It has been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the community all benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperative relationship, with its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has resulted in cooperative action. has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community; ACCREDITATION Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania and the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The Accounting curriculum has been accredited by the Certified Public Accounting Examiners of the State of New York. communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Formulated and adopted by the f acuity as a guide to learning. �Policies and Objectives Admissions Registration Tuition, Fees, and Expenses Financial Assistance �Admissions True education demands a love of learning and a spirit of sacrifice and service. Education is not a right or privilege but an opportunity that carries with it obligations prescribed by the College and responsibilities shared with the student. This concept has guided the faculty and trustees in developing the philosophy and procedures of the Admissions Committee, making it possible for students of ability, determination, and soundness of character to study at Wilkes. Here the student will find an atmosphere of competitive learning in the world of ideas. His desire to undertake study at Wilkes places him among the ready men for whom education is an experience in excellence. He will be charged with the responsibility for fulfilling that trust. The careful selection of able and committed students is deemed essential to the attainment of high standards and warm personal relationships between students and faculty. Education at Wilkes The spirit of the College derives from the ideals of the faculty and the quality of its instruction; from its library, its laboratories and equipment. Ad1nission Requirements The spirit of the College is the integrity of its mission, the intellectual climate that enriches the student as a person. Candidates applying for admission to Wilkes should be high school graduates and should offer at least fifteen units of work representing the equivalent of the usual four-year high school or preparatory school course. For entrance into certain departments, specific courses in high school are necessary. An example would be four years of Mathematics for those interested m studying the physical sciences, engineering, or mathematics. HIGH SCHOOL RECORD The College believes that no attention can be too great which intensifies a student's thinking or deepens his interest or develops his techniques and skills. ENTRANCE EXAMINATIONS It believes that a good student commits himself to the disciplines of his work. To learn, to master, and to understand he must accept the responsibilities that he shares with others. All candidates for admission to the freshman class will be required to take entrance examinations. The Admissions Committee considers these test results in relation to the applicant's high school transcript and the record of performance during the high school years. �Page 12 - ADMISSIONS ADMISSIONS COMMITTEE The Admissions Committee is comprised of the Director of Admissions, Dean of Men, Dean of Women, and three faculty members. This committee acts upon special cases referred to it by the Director of Admissions. ADMISSIONS - Page 13 tmt10n and dormitory deposit by May l; local students are requested to forward a $50.00 tuition deposit by June 1 in order to guarantee their entree into the College. The College accepts a limited number of applications for the February class. Procedures are similar to those followed in the fall semester. Admissions Procedure TRANSFER STUDENTS APPLICATIONS FOR ADMISSION To assist students seeking admission, the College has adopted procedures designed to simplify admissions. Applications for admission may be obtained from the Director of Admissions and should be returned to him with a $10.00 registration fee. Upon receipt of the application, the Director of Admissions will write to the student concerning his high school transcript and recommendations. ADMISSION TESTS The Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board is required of all applicants. The December, January, or March tests are recommended as most suitable. If unusual circumstances prevent the applicant from caking this test, he must notify the Director of Admissions. Wilkes is a member of the College Entrance Examination Boards. Students communicating with the Educational Testing Center in Princeton, New Jersey, or in Los Angeles, California, should refer to the Wilkes College code number 2977. PERSONAL INTERVIEWS A personal interview with each student is not required. Students and their families are invited to visit the College at their convenience. It is advisable to write for an appointment so that the Deans may arrange to meet with them. ACCEPTANCE OF ADMISSION AND DEPOSIT The Admissions Committee meets each week and acts upon all completed applications. Notification of admission is sent immediately. Resident students are required to forward a $100.00 Candidates from other institutions wishing to enter with advanced standing shall follow the regular procedure for admission. The student should request the college or university he is attending to forward to Wilkes a transcript and an official statement of his honorable dismissal. After the College has made a tentative evaluation of the record of the student, a faculty adviser will counsel him concerning his new schedule. Acceptable credits will be placed on the Wilkes record of the student following a final evaluation. College policy prohibits the Admissions Committee from considering for admission any student who has been placed on academic probation or who has been dropped from any other college or university. ADVANCED COURSE STANDING Superior students who have undertaken college-level courses in secondary school may request college credit for such work and permission to enter advanced courses. To qualify for advanced placement, the high school student must take the Advanced Placement Tests of the College Entrance Examination Board, in addition to the regular Scholastic Aptitude tests required for admission. Action by the College will be determined by scores obtained on the Advanced Placement Examination, the high school record submitted by the student, and the recommendations of the high school faculty. After he is admitted the applicant will request the College Entrance Examination Board to send the results of the Advanced Placement Tests to the Director of Admissions. The request will then be considered by the Admissions Committee and the appropriate department chairman. The applicant will be advised of their action prior to registration. �EXPENSES - Page 15 Registration Every student is expected to register on the dates specified in the College calendar. A student presenting himself for registration after the time designated for registration will pay a late registration fee of $5.00. Expenses The cost of individual instruction in applied music is $50.00 for full-time students for a series of fifteen half-hour lessons. The College accepts a limited number of special students for individual instruction in applied music for a series of fifteen half-hour lessons at a cost of $60.00 per semester. A student activities fee of $30.00 per year will be charged to those students taking fewer than 15 or more than 9 semester hours or to any special student wishing to participate in activities. SPECIAL CHARGES TUITION The flat tuition rate adopted by the College for a student carrying the normal load for his course is $450.00 per semester. A student who registers for fewer than fifteen hours of work will pay either $30.00 for each semester hour or the regular tuition fee, whichever amount is lower. A student who elects a heavier schedule than is normal for his course will be charged $30.00 for each additional hour of credit beyond the normal load. Graduation fee . . . .................................. $25.00 Convocation fee (two-year students) .... . ............... $ 15.00 Transcript (no charge for the first copy) ................. $ 1.00 CHEMISTRY BREAKAGE Students taking chemistry laboratory courses are required to deposit $10.00 to cover possible charges for broken, lost, or damaged equipment. The unexpended balance of this fee is refundable. EVENING SCHOOL Students registered in the Evening School will be charged $30.00 per semester hour. A fee of $30.00 is charged for those wishing to participate in student activities. Further information regarding the content of the courses, requirements for undergraduate and graduate degrees, and requirements for teacher certification may be secured from the Office of Admissions. SUMMER SCHOOL Students registering for courses in the eight-week Summer School session will be charged $30.00 per semester hour of study payable before registration. FEES For those courses that require individual faculty supervision or the addition of supplies and equipment the College finds it necessary to charge nominal fees. These fees are listed in the Bulletin with the course description. When these fees total more than $50.00 a flat fee of $50.00 per semester will be charged. INSURANCE COVERAGE The College makes available both accident and accident and health insurance to students. Each student will be required to purchase an accident policy at a cost of $10.00, and dormitory students also are required to accept a health insurance policy costing $20.00. This health insurance is also available to commuting students but is optional with them. Both policies provide protection for twelve months and premiums are payable in full with the first semester charges. There are four fully accredited hospitals in the vicinity of the campus, and a college physician is available for emergency treatment. PAYMENTS Payment of all charges for tuition, fees, room and board is to be made at the Finance Office, Parrish Hall, before registration. Several plans have been developed to assist students who do not have the cash in hand, and it is suggested these plans be considered when special assistance is needed. �Page 16 - EXPENSES I. Wilkes College participates in the National Defense Student Loan Program, and students needing financial assistance may apply to the College for such a loan. 2. If a student does not meet the requirements for a National Defense Student Loan, but wishes to space his payments over the school year, we recommend that he apply for an educational loan at one of the local banks. Information concerning this method of financing an education may be obtained at the College. 3. Grants-in-aid and scholarships will be credited toward the student's bill at the beginning of each term. REFUNDS Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will receive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: During the first six weeks of a term one-half of the tuition will be refunded upon request if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After the first six weeks no refunds are allowed and the student is obligated for the full costs for the term. Refund of dormitory charges will not be allowed except under conditions beyond the control of the student. No student who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any refunds. Living Quarters and Board DORMITORIES Residence for boarding students is provided in a number of large mansions that have been given to, or purchased by, the College in recent years. At present there are nine men's and eight women's dormitories, each of which accommodates from eighteen to twenty-three students and a resident proctor. Every effort is made to maintain a homelike atmosphere. Students and their families are invited to inspect these homes. Each room includes a EXPENSES - Page 17 bureau, desk, chair, and a bed. Students will supply their own blankets; bed linens and towels are furnished through a local laundry on contract by the College. The charge to the student for this service is $26.00 per year. All out-of-town students must reside in the College dormitories on campus. A deposit of $50.00 is required to reserve a room. The charge for room and board is $450.00 per student per semester. All dormitory students must purchase accident and health insurance at a cost of $30.00. Information regarding dormitories can be obtained from the Office of Admissions. �Financial Assistance To provide assistance for those who need financial help, the College receives substantial gifts from friends. These gifts provide scholarship aid to those who are already making every effort to help themselves. In accepting any form of aid from the College the student accepts an obligation-which is also the obligation of every other conscientious student-to: 1. Maintain a good scholastic record. 2. Exert a constructive influence in the College and the community. 3. Participate constructively in an all-college activity of his own choice. In planning to meet any difference between his own resources and the cost of education the student should consider a combination of work, loans, and scholarships. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 19 3. No scholarship will be granted until the student has made every reasonable effort to finance as large a portion as possible of the costs of this education. 4. Every applicant for scholarship aid shall submit confidential information pertaining to his financial needs and his record of achievement. 5. No student may simultaneously hold more than one scholarship granted by the College. 6. Scholarships will be forfeited if the student, at any time, carries fewer hours than are normal for the course. 7. No scholarship is awarded for more than one year, but scholarships will be renewed upon request, provided this request is supported by a good academic record, by evidence of continued need, and by constructive participation in at least one all-college activity of his own choice. 8. The amount of the grant is confidential, and any breach of this confidence shall terminate the scholarship. Scholarships Scholarships and grants are available to students with good records of achievement and performance in high school or college who cannot fully finance the cost of their college education and who can demonstrate seriousness of purpose and effort. A few honor scholarships are awarded without regard to need to students of outstanding achievement in appreciation of their contribution to the intellectual life of the group. The amount of each grant will be determined by the Scholarship Committee. SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENTS 1. Students must be admitted to the College before their applications for scholarships will be considered. 2. All applicants for scholarships must obtain an interview with the Dean. INSTRUCTIONS TO THE APPLICANT 1. To establish eligibility for a scholarship, the student must first apply for admission to the College and must be accepted. Application for admission should be made prior to March 1. 2. Students requiring aid shall indicate their need on the application for admission to the College. 3. Wilkes is a member of the College Scholarship Service. Applicants for scholarship aid are required to forward to the College Scholarship Service in Princeton the Parents' Confidential Statement with a request that a copy be sent to Wilkes. The Parents' Confidential Statement can be secured from the high school guidance counselor. �Page 20 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Loans The College participates in the National Defense Student Loan Program. Complete information concerning this program and applications for financial assistance under this program may be obtained at the College. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE-Page 21 Founders of Scholarships Each year some 1000 friends contribute to the scholarship fund of the College on an annual basis. Other friends have created scholarships which bear the names of the donors or of persons whom they have memorialized by means of a scholarship. SPECIAL LOAN FUND The Florence and Joseph A. Goldman Loan Fund has been created by the donors to assist Juniors and Seniors whose education may be interrupted by unexpected difficulties. The loan bears no interest and is to be repaid by the student at the earliest practical time so that other students may also receive needed assistance from this rotating loan fund. WILLIAM B. SCHAEFFER MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. In 1951 a substantial bequest was left to the College by Mr. Schaeffer with the thought that it would be used to advance the interests of the College and the students. By action of the Board of Trustees a considerable portion of the income from this bequest has been set aside for scholarships. STUDENT LOAN FUND Robert W. Hall Student Loan Fund was established by Robert W. Hall, class of 1951, to assist students in meeting small emergency financial needs. ANDREW ]. SORDONI FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship will be used to assist students of unusual promise and proved ability. Employment MRS. LEWIS H. TAYLOR left a bequest to the College to be used in assisting students of outstanding scholastic ability who otherwise could not gain a college education. PART-TIME EMPLOYMENT College makes strict demands on a student's time. The student who finds it necessary to seek full-time employment during a semester is advised to work a year and then apply for admission. The College cautions the student to limit off-campus work, especially during the freshman year, when working may result in academic failure. However, part-time jobs in offices, stores, and industry are available for students wishing to earn part of their expenses. For such jobs the student shall register with the College Placement Office. CAMPUS EMPLOYMENT The College also offers part-time employment at standard rates in the dining room, offices, laboratories, library, or on the maintenance staff. The holder of these jobs will meet all obligations of his assignments or forfeit all help from the College. DICKSON MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. Funds for four scholarships have been given to the College by the Trustees of the Allan H. and Kate P. Dickson Memorial Trust. These halftuition scholarships will be granted to students of high scholastic achievement and aptitude who have also demonstrated leadership in student affairs during their high school years. THE WILLIAM H. CONYNGHAM MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her late husband, a friend and neighbor of the College, and for years an outstanding leader in business and community life. JESSIE STURDEVANT MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP awarded to a student of unusual promise and ability has been made available from the interest of a fund established by the late Miss Sturdevant. �Page 22-FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE JOHN WELLES HOLLENBACK SCHOLARSHIP. Miss Anna Hollenback has created a scholarship in memory of her father, John Welles Hollenback, and the annual interest of the principal is used for scholarship purposes. RICHARD H. ROYER SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually to a student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his studies and in student activities. MR. HARLAND W. HOISINGTON gives an annual scholarship to assist students of high scholastic ability. JOHN LLOYD EVANS MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP was created in memory of John Lloyd Evans, a life-long lover of music, conductor of the Dr. Mason Glee Society, conductor of The Sheldon Choral Society and the Wilkes-Barre Mixed Choral Society. The scholarship of $300 will be awarded to a senior in music or music education who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his chosen field of study. HENRY BLACKMAN PLUMB AND EDITH M. PLUMB SCHOLARSHIP TRUST has been established to provide scholarships for students of outstanding ability and character majoring in one of the sciences and attending Wilkes College. THE BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL WOMEN'S CLUB of Wilkes-Barre offers to an outstanding woman student of the College a scholarship each year. The education committee of the club in cooperation with the administration choose a young woman who shows promise of making an outstanding contribution in business or professional life following graduation. THETA DELTA RHO, the all-college women's service organization, offers a scholarship yearly to a woman student achieving a high score in a competitive examination conducted by the college. NEIL DADURKA MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually by the Wilkes College Lettermen's Club. The money for this scholarship is earned and donated by the Wilkes College FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 23 Lettermen's Club. The scholarship itself is named in honor of one of the most beloved athletes of Wilkes, Neil Dadurka, who was killed while flying for the United States Marine Corps. This half-tuition scholarship is given to an incoming freshman who is in need of financial aid and who is an outstanding athlete. The scholarship is given to enable an athlete to participate in the sport for which the scholarship is awarded. THE NEIL C. DADURKA-DONALD F. STRAUB MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually to a Wilkes student of ability and need, who makes a significant contribution to the life of the College. This scholarship is made possible by the generosity of the Class of 1957. THE NATIONAL COUNCIL OF JEWISH WOMEN-THE WILKES-BARRE SECTION-gives a scholarship annually to a young woman in the field of Education or Sociology. This young woman-a junior or senior-must be a resident of Wyoming Valley. WILLITS COLEMAN MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP has been established in memory of Willits Coleman, a member of the Wilkes-Barre Rotary Club, a service organization long active in efforts to raise educational standards in the schools. The scholarship will be awarded to a senior who has demonstrated ability in the classroom and in student activities. THE METROPOLITAN WIRE GOODS CORPORATION has created scholarships of $500, $300 or $200 at Wilkes College for the sons or daughters of their employees. To qualify for candidacy, a student must graduate in the upper half of the high school class, must test above 550 on the College Board Examinations, and must demonstrate financial need. The scholarship will be granted through the College to the applicant making the best record in high school and on the College Board Examinations. To retain this scholarship, a student must make a strong academic record, and must exert a constructive influence in the College. THE KING FIFTH WHEEL COMPANY offers each year a scholarship in the physical sciences. This scholarship will be �Page 24 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE awarded to a student entering the physical sciences who has earned an outstanding record in high school, and whose admission tests indicate the likelihood of superior achievement in the science of his choice. Ordinarily this scholarship will be in the sum of $500 for each of the four years of College. Its retention from year to year will depend upon the scholastic record and constructive influence of the recipient. TERESA S. AND ROY P. WALTER SCHOLARSHIP will be granted to a student from Forty Fort who has demonstrated ability, ambition, and need. The scholarship will be for four years at $425 per year. GREATER WILKES-BARRE JUNIOR CHAMBER OF COMMERCE awards a partial scholarship to a deserving student who without financial assistance could not attend college. PENNSYLVANIA SUPERINTENDENT'S AND FOREMAN'S ASSOCIATION OF THE SHOE INDUSTRY SCHOLARSHIP was established in February 1963 and is presented annually. The grant provides a $500.00 scholarship. PENNSYLVANIA MILLER'S MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY awards a one-half tuition scholarship to a student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his studies and in student activities. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 25 ARNAUD C. MARTS SCHOLARSHIP was created by the associates of Dr. Arnaud C. Marts, in the firm of Marts & Lundy, to honor the Chairman of their Board and former President of their Company. It is appropriate that this scholarship should bear his name for no person has done more to bring new opportunities to the young people of Wyoming Valley. As President of Bucknell University, he was instrumental in the establishment of Bucknell University Junior College, which became Wilkes College in 1947. After Wilkes College became an independent college, he joined its Board of Trustees and was elected Vice-Chairman of the Board. Because of his vision and faith in the young people of this region, he has supported and guided every forward looking and constructive effort of the College. The Arnaud C. Marts Scholarship will be awarded each year to that outstanding senior who has need of financial aid and who, by high scholarship and by participation in college activities, has demonstrated those qualities of leadership that are needed in Wilkes College and in our nation. ROBERT MARC SCHUB MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP was established by Mr. and Mrs. Marvin Schub in memory of their son. This scholarship is to be awarded to a local student preferably studying in the area of the humanities or sciences who otherwise could not attend college. The scholarship will be awarded annually to a worthy student of high potential. Cost of Education Scholarships NELSON OF KINGSTON, INC. awards a one-half tuition scholarship to a student of high scholastic standing. A. RIFKIN AND COMPANY awards a one-half tuition scholarship to a worthy young man or woman of outstanding scholastic ability. A number of local firms make annual gifts to the scholarship fund so that the College may provide needed assistance to able and ambitious students. These grants amount to one-half tuition plus a small amount to cover a portion of the difference between the tuition charges and the cost of education. THE GILBERT D. DAVIS MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded by the Class of 1961 to a Wilkes student who demonstrates outstanding leadership abilities and who meets the qualifications of academic competence and need. THE LESLIE FAY SCHOLARSHIP is granted each year to the son or daughter of an employee of the Company whose record in high school and on the admissions tests has been outstanding. A recipient of the scholarship will be selected on a competitive �Page 26 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE basis by the Scholarship Committee of Wilkes College. The scholarship will be retained by the student for the four years in College, provided his achievement and influence at the College are deemed outstanding by the faculty. The Facilities of the College ADRIAN AND RICHARD PEARSALL OF CRAFT ASSOCIATES INC. have created a half tuition scholarship which will be awarded to a high school graduate who has demonstrated leadership in his scholastic and extracurricular activities and who, without scholarship aid, would be unable to attend college. Scholastic Endowments THE W. S. CARPENTER MEMORIAL FUND was established in 1956 by W. S. Carpenter, Jr., and his sons in memory of W. S. Carpenter, who was born in Wilkes-Barre on April 5, 1853, and lived in this community during his entire active business life. The fund was given to strengthen the work of the science division by subsidizing research projects, assisting the College in attaining able teachers, providing scholarships for outstanding students, providing lectures by speakers of national prominence, purchasing exceptional tools, apparatus, or other equipment for use in the science department. THE ALLAN HAMILTON DICKSON CHAIR OF ENGLISH LITERATURE has been created by his daughter Dorothy Dickson Darte to encourage enlightened teaching, extended scholarship, and creative writing in the fields of literature. Buildings and Plant �The Facilities of the College Buildings and Plant The College is constantly seeking to implement and improve its facilities for instruction. A growing campus provides added classrooms, modem laboratories, and an up-to-date scientific research center. Preparations are under way for building a new library, dormitory and dining quarters. A theater and recital hall is under construction and will be completed in September 1965. The Board of Trustees has approved plans for the construction of a music and art building adjacent to the theater. THE LIBRARY The present library is the former residence of Mr. and Mrs. Fred Morgan Kirby. The home was presented to the College in 1941 as a gift of Allan Kirby, one of Wilkes-Barre's most generous benefactors. The building was first named the Kirby Home for Education. Since 1947 it has been used as the College library. Education is the process of connecting and relating, of testing and retesting, of discovery and Experience at Wilkes rediscovery. The faculty can teach the student facts, but his contribution to a free society depends upon the continual expansion of his knowledge and upon its relevance to human experience. The student can strive for technical and professional competence, but the inner resources of the mind and spirit must nourish and enrich his achievement. This three-floor stone structure contains more than 70,000 volumes and some 500 current periodicals and journals. Students and faculty use the resources of the periodical, reference, and Treasury rooms for research and reading assignments. Shelved on open stacks, the books are easily accessible and may be borrowed for periods of two weeks. Reserve books for particular courses circulate for the time period specified by the instructor. The library is open Monday through Thursday from 8 a.m. to IO p.m. and on Friday from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m.; on Saturday and .Sunday from 1 p.m. to 4 p.m. During vacation periods the hours are 9 a.m. to 5 p.m.; during examination periods from 8 a.m. to 10 p.m. on weekdays, from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. on Saturdays, and from I p.m. to 4 p.m. on Sundays. Students may borrow books from the ten nearby libraries (public and college) through the interlibrary loan system. An introduction to the use of the library is given to every freshman during the freshman orientation week. �DUILDINGS AND PLANT-Page 31 Page 30 - BUILDINGS AND PLANT STARK HALL OF SCIENCE THE BOOKSTORE The departments of biology, chemistry, and physics are housed in Stark Hall of Science, named in honor of Admiral Harold R. Stark, former Chief of Naval Operations and currently Chairman of the Board of Trustees of the College. This building was completed in 1958 and enlarged in 1963, so that it now provides approximately 85,000 square feet of modern classroom, laboratory, and office space. Complete facilities are included for undergraduate instruction and student research in all departments, and for graduate study in chemistry and in physics. Books, stationery, and supplies may be purchased at the College Bookstore, Harding House, on South Franklin Street. The bookstore is operated on a cash basis. The cost of books and supplies will vary with the course of study, but will average approximately $50.00 per semester. In addition to the usual instructional facilities, Stark Hall houses the Science Research Center, where faculty, graduate students, and selected undergraduate students conduct various research programs, many with industrial or governmental financial support. GUIDANCE CENTER Research in the sciences has included such varied work as research in allergy, immunochemistry, developmental plant morphology, protozoology, limnology, theoretical acoustics, atmospheric physics, experimental solid state physics, thermochemistry, surface chemistry, fuel cell research, and organic synthesis. Outside sponsors of recent research programs have included the National Science Foundation, the Pennsylvania Heart Association the National Institutes of Health, the United States Air Fore:, the Petroleum Research Fund of the American Chemical Society, the Research Corporation, and numerous private industries and individuals. GYMNASIUM AND OUTDOOR ATHLETIC PLANT Completed in September of 1950, the Gymnasium is well equipped for intramural and intercollegiate athletic events. It has a seating capacity of 2400. Recently, the College added modern training room facilities off campus adjacent to Kirby Park. Here also are located the playing fields for football, soccer, baseball, and hockey, as well as asphalt tennis courts and an archery range. All students are invited by the Jewish Community Cente_r, on South River Street, and the YM-YWCA, on South Franklm Street, to use their swimming pools and bowling alleys. The College also maintains a United States Post Office substation in Harding House. On the second floor are meeting rooms for Student Government. The College maintains a testing center to assist the Deans in their counseling of students. The College Testing Service is available at no charge to all Wilkes students and, for a fee, to members of the Community. The testing center also provides assistance to the State Bureau of Rehabilitation and other agencies. The Guidance Center, on South River Street, was the law offices of the late Gilbert S. McClintock, the first Chairman of the Board of Trustees. PLACEMENT OFFICE The Placement Office assists seniors in finding permanent employment in a position suitable to their talents and training. It also extends such assistance to any graduate of the College. The Placement Office also assists students in securing part-time employment during the school year and during the summer. Complete information about job opportunities and graduate schools is available. Each year the Office is visited by over onehundred representatives of industries and one hundred school systems from all parts of the United States to interview students for business and teaching positions. Comfortable quarters are provided for representatives from industry, from school systems, and from graduate schools to interview and discuss with students opportunities available to them. The Placement Office is located in the Guidance Center, on South River Street, next to McClintock Hall. �Page 32-BUILDINGS AND PLANT BUILDINGS AND PLANT-Page 33 THE COMMONS The Commons, facing Sou th Street, serves as a dining hall for the resident students. It also provides cafeteria service for commuting students. SNACK BAR Cafeteria service is also provided at the College's newly furnished Snack Bar, behind McClintock Hall. An attractive patio provides a pleasant meeting place in warm weather. CONYNGHAM ANNEX (ART) Classes in art education meet in Conyngham Annex, behind Conyngham Hall. Here also the art club holds its annual Art Fair. Work of the students is shown, and the public is invited to the displays and exhibits. Opportunities are offered to the students to enter their paintings in local and regional competition. GIES HALL (MUSIC) Gies Hall, on South Franklin Street, is the temporary home of the Music Department. Faculty offices, practice and rehearsal rooms are located in this building. In 1945 it was affectionately named in memory of the late Professor Paul Gies, who in the early years of the College was director of music. The band, choruses, and woodwind ensemble present concerts locally and on tour. To encourage musicianship the department has been host to the Pennsylvania Intercollegiate Choral Festival. Nationally known music educators, clinicians, and performers have participated in workshop and classroom activities. During the winter and spring semesters Town and Gown concert series presents students and music faculty in instrumental and vocal programs before audiences from both the College and the community. CHASE THEATER Chase Theater, once the carriage house behind Chase Hall, was presented to the College in 1937 by Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark, as a memorial to Fred M. Chase and his wife, the sister of Admiral Stark. Cue and Curtain, the student drama group, has given one-act plays by O'Neill, Sartre, Albee, Anouilh, Tennessee Williams, and others. Frequently, the plays are student directed. Over the years the College has presented Elizabethan plays of Shakespeare, Webster, Dekker, Middleton, as well as those of Moliere, Shaw, Ibsen, Pirandello, Wilder, Osborne, Noel Coward, Philip Barry. The College, in cooperation with the Wilkes-Barre Kiwanis Club, has presented the following musical comedies: Bloomer Girl, Paint Your Wagon, Annie Get Your Gun, and The Music Man. ALUMNI OFFICE The Alumni Office keeps records of all graduates and alumni of the College. It edits the Alumnus and acts as liaison for the College with alumni and interprets to the alumni chapters the changes and needs of the institution. Prospective students interested in finding out more about the College may write for information to the Alumni Office. They are always welcome at Alumni Chapter meetings. Current active Chapters are located in Pennsylvania in WilkesBarre, Allentown, Bethlehem, Easton, Harrisburg, Scranton, Philadelphia; in New York in Binghamton, New York City, Long Island; in New Jersey in Newark, Somerville, Morristown, Trenton; Wilmington, Delaware; Baltimore, Maryland; Washington, D. C. OFFICES OF ADMINISTRATION Chase Hall, 180 South River Street, the first building on the campus, was donated in 1937 by Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark. On the first floor are the Director of Admissions, the Registrar, and the Director of Student Activities; on the second, the Dean of Men, the Dean of Women, and the Director of Athletics; on the third floor are the Alumni Office, the office of Information and News, and the office of College Development. �Page 34 - BUILDINGS AND PLANT Weckesser Hall, the College's most recent building, is the gift of Mr. and Mrs. Frederick J. Weckesser. The President and the Dean of Academic Affairs have their offices in Weckesser. Student Li£e CLASSROOMS AND INSTRUCTION Parrish Hall, formerly the Glen Alden Building of the Lehigh and Wilkes-Barre Coal Company, was acquired in 1958. Presently, the Finance Office occupies the first floor. Counseling The Office of Community Services and the Institute of Municipal Government occupy the fifth floor. Classes and faculty offices in Commerce and Finance, Education, Political Science, and Psychology are in Parrish Hall. Student Activities The building also has a room devoted to Polish art treasures and craftsmanship, furnished by the Women's Committee for the Polish Room at Wilkes College. Social Activities Conyngham Hall, located on South River Street, was one of the earliest properties acquired by the College. The Conyngham home was a gift in 1937 of Mrs. Bertha Robinson Conyngham, in memory of her husband John N. Conyngham. Athletics Pickering Hall, facing South Franklin Street, is presently being used by the Modern Foreign Language Department and contains the language laboratory, a gift of the graduating class of 1962. Student Regulations DORMITORIES Men's dormitories are Ashley, Barre, Butler, Denison, Gore, Hollenback, Miner, Slocum, and Warner Halls. Women's dormitories are Catlin, Chapman, McClintock, Sterling, Sturdevant, Susquehannock, Weckesser, and Weiss Halls. Dormitories are named after prominent local families and for patriots of the American Revolutionary War, whose history forms part of the rich heritage of the Wyoming Valley region. �Counseling The guiding principle of all Wilkes counseling is to encourage the student to discover his own abilities and potentialities and to assist him in making sound, independent decisions; most of all he must learn to assume responsibility for all he does. FRESHMAN ORIENTATION PROGRAM The transition from the directed work of the high school to the independent and more intensive work of the College occasionally causes difficulty. Several days at the beginning of the term are therefore set aside to assist freshmen in planning their academic program. Studying at Wilkes In college the teacher works with the student, challenging him to extend the limits of his mind. He encourages him to think courageously and truthfully and to create with all his resources so that he may act with independent judgment. In a college community freedom of inquiry and responsibility are essential. In the world community the right of the individual to differ safeguards the freedom of all men. As student and teacher engage in the experience of creative thinking, the heritage of learning becomes the responsibility of everyone. During the first week, new students take aptitude, interest, foreign language, and English-placement tests. The week also gives the new students an opportunity to become acquainted with one another and to learn about the College, the curriculum, and the student activities. Throughout their first term small groups of freshmen meet for one hour a week to discuss informally their personal, academic, and vocational objectives. Representatives of the faculty discuss with them: 1. Methods of intelligent self-directed study. 2. Standards of value in personal conduct and in relationships with others. 3. Values of the College extracurricular program. 4. The value of college experiences in developing a philo5ophy of life. By placing responsibility upon the student for planning and conducting these discussions, the College encourages clear thinking, initiative, poise, and breadth of view. STUDENT ADVISEMENT Students sometimes need guidance in resolving personal, social, and academic difficulties. Since a student's physical and menta] �Page 38 - COUNSELING health affect his studies and his grades, he is encouraged throughout his college career to consult with his classroom instructors, his faculty adviser, the Deans, or the Department Chairmen concerning his scholastic progress. COLLEGE CONSULTATION SERVICE The College Consultation Service offers individual assistance to students with difficulties of a personal or environmental nature. Students may apply directly to the Consultation Service for appointments or may arrange for consultation through the Deans' Office. Interviews with the specially trained staff are conducted on an entirely confidential basis. Student Activities The student activities of the College broaden a student's interests begun in the classroom. The faculty encourages a program of extracurricular activities that contribute to the educational development of the student who chooses to participate. Student activities are designed to appeal to a wide variety of tastes and talents; as such they enjoy the support of the College community. The student activities include Athletics, Dramatics, the College Band, Debating, Choral Club, Collegians Male Chorus, Women's Chorus, Madrigal Singers. There are four class organizations. In addition, special departmental clubs stimulate and satisfy individual interest in academic, professional, and artistic fields. These clubs are developed for students in cooperation with the faculty. All women students may become members of Theta Delta Rho, headed by its own executive committee, which plans and arranges social activities. The College requires that all campus organizations be open to all students; consequently, groups that are exclusive do not exist. All student groups work in cooperation with faculty advisers and the Deans. STUDENT GOVERNMENT Government of student affairs rests in a Council composed of annually elected members representing the classes and other student groups. The Council serves as a coordinating agency; it appropriates funds from the Student Activities budget to all student groups; it supervises the College social calendar; it arranges the program for Homecoming; it establishes social regulations and conduct; and it serves in an advisory capacity to the Director of Student Activities and the Administrative Council. INTER-DORMITORY COUNCIL The Inter-Dormitory Council, made up of elected representatives from the men's and women's residence halls, plans and coordinates dormitory social functions and develops and administers dormitory policy. �Page 40 - STUDENT ACTIVITIES Social Activities ASSEMBLY COMMITTEE Approximately half of the weekly assembly programs given during the academic year are planned and presented by students. The Assembly Committee, to which freshmen are elected each fall to replace members who have been graduated, assists the administration and student organizations in arranging these programs and awards a trophy to the group that presents the best program of the year. Each student is required to attend assemblies during each of his four years. He will, however, be allowed the following number of cuts each year: freshman and sophomore year, four cuts; junior year, eight cuts; senior year, fifteen cuts. These requirements must be satisfied to establish eligibility for graduation. PUBLICATIONS The students publish the Beacon, a weekly newspaper; the Manuscript, a literary magazine, issued in the Spring; and the Amnicola, the College annual. There are opportunities for students on the editorial, art, and business staffs. Graduated amounts, in the form of tuition stipends, are available to students in the upper classes who hold editorial and managerial positions on the Beacon and the Amnicola. Students eligible for these grants should make written application to the faculty director of the publication before April I. The College believes in helping students to help themselves. Groups are encouraged to initiate programs that will serve their interest and benefit others. It has been found that students gain most from those activities, social and cultural, which release the best talents of the individual. Special projects include the following: TDR's Golden Agers Christmas party, at which residents of Convalescent Homes are entertained; Student Government's party for children of St. Stanislaus Orphanage; Wilkes J.C.'s party for YMCA children; Student Work Day, in support of an orphan in a foreign land. In addition there are various social affairs to raise money for the United Fund, to collect toys for the Salvation Army, and to donate books for students in foreign countries. The Student Seminar Committee, patterned after the Faculty Seminars, encourages discussion of topics of interest to the student body. Under sponsorship of Student Government, the seminars attract students as well as faculty. A full and varied program of social and recreational activities supplements the extracurricular program. At all these functions members of the faculty and their wives are invited guests and chaperones. COME-AND-MEET-US-PARTY Student Government makes plans for student leaders to welcome the freshmen one week before the semester starts. An informal party and dance for the entire student body culminate the week's introduction to college life. PARENTS' DAY After they have adjusted themselves to the academic life of the College, students invite their families to a weekend of social, cultural, and athletic events. Preparations for the annual Parents' �Page 42 - SOCIAL ACTIVITIES Day program are entirely the responsibility of a Student Planning Committee. The agenda includes intercollegiate soccer and football games, luncheon with the faculty, a play, and a film. SOCIAL ACTIVITIES - Page 43 WILKES OPEN WRESTLING TOURNAMENT To welcome returning alumni, students construct displays on campus and decorate dormitory and classroom buildings. For the outstanding displays an alumni committee presents awards during halftime ceremonies at the football game. A Homecoming Queen and her escorts are feted at a dinner dance. Between Christmas and New Year's the College sponsors the Wilkes Open Wrestling Championships. Known as the "Rose Bowl of Wrestling," this annual tournament attracts athletes from over sixty colleges, athletic clubs, and YMCA's throughout the United States. Wilkes wrestlers join them in competing for individual and team awards. Tourneys and clinics are held over a three-day period in the Wilkes gymnasium. The Tournament, the largest in the country, has the record for the most number of entries. FORMAL DANCES WINTER CARNIVAL Student organizations and clubs sponsor four formal affairs, open to the entire student body. The Homecoming Dance, for alumni and undergraduates; the Lettermen's Christmas Formal; Theta Delta Rho's Valentine Formal; and during Spring Weekend the Cinderella Ball have become traditions on campus. Student Government sponsors a Winter Carnival, held at one of the nearby resorts in the Poconos. A day of skiing, tobogganing, and ice skating climaxes the close of the examination period. TDR AND LETTERMEN TEAS Student Government also plans Spring Weekend. Clubs and organizations set up gala outdoor booths, and the campus takes on a Mardi Gras atmosphere. At the Ball at midnight on Saturday a senior, chosen by the student body by secret ballot, is crowned Cinderella Queen. HOMECOMING Throughout the year TDR and the Lettermen sponsor afternoon teas and student receptions. The women of Theta Delta Rho entertain those high school seniors who plan to enter the College the following year. IDC CHRISTMAS PARTY The Inter-Dormitory Council sponsors an annual Christmas party preceding the winter vacation. The student body, faculty, and administration are invited to a buffet and dance at the Commons. HAMPTON EXCHANGE PROGRAM IDC also sponsors a social exchange program between students from Wilkes and Hampton Institute, Hampton Roads, Virginia. Several Wilkes students during the last week of April and an equal number of Hampton students during the first week of May visit the other's campus. Faculty members and Deans accompany both groups. SPRING WEEKEND THE MANUSCRIPT FILMS During each semester the Manuscript Society brings to the campus distinguished motion pictures, produced by American and foreign film companies. CLUB ACTIVITIES In addition to the regular social calendar, campus organizations plan their own special activities, such as the Beaux Arts Ball, sponsored by the Art Club. THE PRESIDENT'S PICNIC On the Saturday before Commencement the graduating class is invited by the President to a picnic and outing in the country. �Athletics Athletics are an integral part of the activity program and as such are subject to policies set by the faculty and administration and approved by the Board of Trustees. The College maintains intercollegiate schedules in eight varsity sports: football, baseball, basketball, soccer, golf, tennis, swimming, and wrestling. Men who take part in intercollegiate sports satisfy the requirements for physical education for the duration of that sport. A program of intramural sports and physical education stresses physical standards and cooperative team spirit and recreation. Every man has a chance to participate in basketball, touch football, volleyball, softball, and bowling. The athletic program for women includes dancing, folk and modern, bowling, basketball, softball, and swimming. A THLETJC POLICY Intercollegiate athletics are introduced for the benefit of the student body and in consequence athletes receive the same consideration in admissions and in the awarding of scholarships that is given to other students. Wilkes enters into intercollegiate competition with other colleges of the Middle Atlantic Conference adhering to similar policies of admission and maintaining comparable scholastic standards. The College is a member of the Middle Atlantic Collegiate Athletic Conference, the National Collegiate Athletic Association, and the Eastern Collegiate Athletic Conference. Student Regulations It is recognized that courtesy and consideration are the basis of good relations between individuals. Informal and friendly associations between students and faculty are a tradition on campus. Although these relations are flexible, certain precedents have been established in the best interests of the individual and the College. A few are mentioned here: I. The possession and use of liquor on campus are forbidden, and none will be served at college affairs. 2. Smoking is not permitted in classrooms or hallways, in the library, or on the first floor of the Commons. Facilities are available in various buildings for students who may wish to smoke during their free periods. 3. The College provides several parking lots for student automobiles. Since facilities are limited, dormitory and commuting students are required to purchase at the Finance Office a permit which entitles them to park their cars in the areas reserved for their use. Cars which do not display appropriate parking stickers will be towed away at the student's expense. Freshmen and sophomore dormitory students are not permitted to maintain cars on campus. 4. Although participation in at least one student activity is encouraged, each student is responsible for planning and utilizing his time effectively. 5. The faculty cooperates with students who miss classes because of illness, or as representatives of the College, or for special religious observances; in cases of excessive absence the student shall present his intructors with a note from the Deans. In all instances the student is expected to make up the work that is missed. �Page 46 - STUDENT REGULATIONS STUDENT RESPONSIBILITY The Academic Program The students in a great measure determine the influences of the College. The faculty counts upon their cooperation in establishing the highest possible standards of intellect and morals. Because students benefit from a program and policies to which they subscribe, the College may request students to withdraw when their influence and behavior are deemed detrimental to the best interests of the student body. Curricula Academic Requirements Graduation Requirements �Curricula Graduate Programs CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS To fulfill its objective of service to the community and the nation, Wilkes in 1961 introduced two new curricula leading to the degrees of Master of Science in Chemistry and in Physics. These curricula are designed to make practicable either full-time graduate study toward the degrees or part-time study by engineers and scientists with appropriate undergraduate training employed in the Wilkes-Barre area. Full details of this program are published in the bulletin of the Graduate Division. COOPERATIVE GRADUATE PROGRAM Wilkes is cooperating with Temple University to bring to the area a graduate program in education. Learning at Wilkes Education leads men to seek answers to problems of significance and to inquire into ideas and beliefs of eternal relevance. There is no better expression of man's purpose than his sense of belonging to a universe ruled by truth. Creative thinkers set the standards and the high aims of education. One may not reach these standards in his lifetime; that they are recognized and sought after is the measure of one's creative interests. The faculty encourages the student to cultivate learning that he may grow in wisdom. In this way the mind in its journeyings finds constant surprise and delight at rediscovering itself. The Temple University program leads to the degree of Master of Science in General Education and is accepted by the Commonwealth for permanent certification of classroom teachers. Candidates may register at the College. Under this cooperative program all credits are granted by Temple University. Details of this graduate program in education may be obtained by writing to the Director of Admissions. Undergraduate Programs Wilkes is a liberal arts college that offers the degree of Bachelor of Arts in the humanities, the social sciences, and the natural sciences. All course work in education required for careers in teaching is available in combination with the degree programs mentioned. �Page 50 - CURRICULA The College also confers the degree of Bachelor of Science in chemistry, physics, medical technology, commerce and finance, and secondary education. A detailed description of these programs is provided in the section of the bulletin titled "Degree Programs." PRE-PROFESSIONAL DEGREE PROGRAM Four years of undergraduate study are ordinarily required to qualify for the Bachelor's degree. Wilkes College makes an exception to this requirement for medical and dental students. These students may, with the approval of the graduation committee, satisfy the requirements for the bachelor's degree by completing three years of undergraduate study at Wilkes and by requesting credit toward the degree for their first two years of work in graduate school. Such students must petition the graduation committee for permission to graduate, submit official transcripts from the professional school, and pay the usual graduation fees. In all cases the final approval for the granting of the degree rests with the graduation committee of Wilkes College. ENGINEERING Qualified students may enter the two-year engineering curriculum. Upon the successful completion of the engineering program the student may transfer as a junior to an institution granting degrees in his field. A detailed description of these programs is provided in the section of the bulletin titled "Degree Programs." CURRICULA - Page 51 Students will confer with the Director of the Evening Division to arrange a course of study to meet their needs, abilities, and special requirements. During the semester students will consult with the Assistant Director of Evening Classes concerning their program. When the student completes thirty hours, his record is reviewed by the Admissions Committee. At this time the Committee recommends that a student continue to work for a degree, or be placed on probation, or withdraw from the Evening Division. Students who do not desire a degree are admitted to all classes which they are qualified to take by reason of their maturity, previous education, and experience. High school training is desirable but not necessary, provided the student is qualified to follow special courses of instruction in which he wishes to register. The courses offered in the Evening Division are designed for special value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. TERMINAL PROGRAM 3. Teachers, nurses, and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. Students may earn a terminal Certificate in the two-year secretarial curriculum. A detailed description of this program will be found under "Degree Programs." 4. Business executives who are interested in advanced problems and discussion courses offered in various business fields. Evening Division 5. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. The evening division offers educational opportunities to adults who cannot attend day classes. Students may register for courses in the Evening Division and earn credits toward an undergraduate degree. Day School students will be allowed to take courses in the Evening Division only after having received written permission from the Deans or the Registrar. �Page 52 - CURRICULA Summer School The faculty offers selected courses during an eight week summer session, which begins in the third week of June. A student from another college who wishes to take summer work at Wilkes must secure the approval of the proper officer of his own institution if he expects to receive credit for such work. Academic Requirements GRADES The primary purpose of any marking system is to inform the student of his achievement. Marks also aid in evaluating students for purposes of recommendation. Grade reports are sent to students and parents at the end of each term. Mid-term reports are sent if the work is unsatisfactory. Five numerical grades are given for academic work. Grade Interpretation 4 ............ Academic achievement of outstanding quality. 3 ............ Academic achievement of high quality. 2 ............ Academic achievement of acceptable quality in meeting requirements for graduation . . . . . . . . . . . . . Academic achievement of quality below the average required for graduation. 0 ............ Academic achievement below the minimum required for course credit. Inc. means that a student receives an incomplete grade. Incompletes will be granted to students who because of illness or reasons beyond their control have been unable to satisfy specific course assignments. All unfinished work must be completed before the fourth week of the following term. If an incomplete is not removed within this period, the grade will be changed to a zero. COURSE CREDITS Each course at the College is assigned a specific number of credits. For example, English 101 is a 3 credit course and English 151 is a 4 credit course. Usually, credits assigned to the course are determined by the number of hours that the class meets per week. �Page 54 - ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS - Page 55 POINT AVERAGES The student is given a number grade for every_ course in w~ich he is enrolled. To calculate the number of pomts earned I~.a e multiply the grade in each course by the number of c~e It for the course. To compute the point average, total tnes_e points for all courses and divide by the total number of credit hours. ~~~:: Below is an example illustrating the method used to compute point averages. Course Credit Hrs. Carried Grade Bio. 101 ............ · · · · · · Eng. 101 ......... · ·. · · · · · · Fr. 101 ......... · · · · · · · · · · 3 4 3 3 0 Hist. 101 .......... · · · · · · · 3 Mus. 100 ........ •. • • • · · · · 3 Total credit hrs. carried .. • 15 2 1 3 Points 12 0 Credit Hrs. Passed 6 3 0 3 3 J 9 3 C) Total credit hrs. passed .. • • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 12 Total points earned • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 30 Average ...... 30 + 15 == 2.0 If these yearly averages are not attained, the student's record is reviewed by the Committee on Academic Standing to determine whether or not he should be aIIowed to remain in college. PROBATION AND DISMISSAL Any student failing to meet these grade requirements wiU be placed on probation. Failure to attain these standards in the next semester will result in automatic dismissal from the CoIIege. Unless special permission is granted, a student dropped for academic failure wiU not be considered for readmission until one year after being dropped. ATTENDANCE Attendance at aII classes is expected, and repeated absence is deemed a sufficient cause for failure. Five consecutive absences from a class place a student on probation. He may be readmitted to the class only by action of the appropriate Dean and the Department Chairman concerned. STUDENT LOAD Notice that the student has accumulated 12 credits toward graduation. The zero grade in English means that the student must repeat that course. No students shaII be allowed to carry an overload without approval of the adviser and the Dean. An overload wiII be permitted only for students with an average grade record of 3 or special need. Averages are cumulative; the work of each semester will be dded to the total. To graduate a student must have at the end :, his senior year a J .85 average in all his courses and a 2.0 average in his major field. Credits in excess of the normal load are charged at the usual rate per credit, unless it can be shown that a student is compelled to take an overload because of the rotation of courses within a department. CLASS ST ANDING WITHDRAWALS Marks and averages at the end of each of the four academic years indicate a student's progress. The faculty expects students to achieve the following averages: Average End End End Of F res h man Year .... • • • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · .......... 1.4,., of Sophomore Year ......... • • . • • • • • • • • · • • · · · · · · · · · l. /,, · y ear ... • • • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · .......... 1.8::, of Jun1or Students may change their courses during the first week of a semester, provided they secure the approval of their faculty adviser and the Dean. A student who withdraws from a course after the first week but who continues other courses wiU receive a zero unless the Dean, faculty adviser, and instructor agree that the student be permitted to drop the course without prejudice. Students may drop overloads at any time without prejudice. �Page 56 - ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS Students carrying a normal load may drop courses for personal reasons with the permission of the Dean, but the grades for the remaining courses will not count toward honors, awards, or scholarships. No student who has been advised to withdraw from the College's day school program for academic reasons will be permitted to register in the Evening Division without the written consent of the Dean and then will be allowed to register only as a nonmatriculating student. Students who withdraw from the Evening Division or drop courses should give prompt written or verbal notice to the Director of the Evening Division and to the instructors concerned, in order that their records may not unjustly show failure in courses. CHANGE OF PROGRAM Students who wish to transfer from one department to another shall obtain the approval of the Department Chairmen and the Dean. The student shall satisfy the curriculum requirements of the Bulletin in force at the time of transfer. TRANSFER OF SUMMER CREDITS Students desiring to study at another college during the summer must petition the Graduation Committee for approval. The student must earn a grade of 2 or higher in order for the work to be credited toward graduation. In some cases it may be necessary for a student to take examinations before credit is granted. DEAN'S LIST The faculty gives recogmt10n for high quality work. Candidates for the Dean's List, published at the end of each term, must obtain a point average of 3.25 or higher for all courses taken. Students taking less than the full credit load for their curriculum will not be eligible for the Dean's List. ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS - Page 57 HONORS The ?ranting of Honors at Commencement is based upon the academic record made by students carrying a normal load for their curriculum during their last two years at the College. Requirements for Honors are as follows: for cum laude, a cumulative average of 3.35; magna cum laude, 3.60; summa cum laude, 3.80. �Graduation Requirements All candidates for degrees and certificates must be present at Commencement. If circumstances prevent their attendance, students must apply to the appropriate Dean for permission to take the degree or certificate in absentia. Awards At Commencement a number of awards are presented to outstanding students in selected fields. The Deans also give two special awards for highest academic achievement. Senior Awards The faculty has approved the following requirements which the student must satisfy in order to be eligible for graduation: I. He must complete all subjects required for the degree as stated in the Bulletin in force at the time of his admission to the program. Transfer students must complete the last 30 credits in residence at the College. 2. He must earn a grade of 1 or better in each required subject. 3. He must obtain a cumulative average of 1.85 for all courses. 4. He must obtain a cumulative average of 2.0 for all subjects within his major. 5. He must satisfy all requirements pertaining to the orientation and assembly programs and physical education. 6. He must demonstrate competence in written and spoken English. Students enrolled in the two-year terminal program must complete all course requirements and must earn a cumulative average of 1. 7 for all courses. Engineering students will receive certificates upon completion of 60 credits of required work plus P. E. 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, provided they attain a cumulative average of 1.7 for all courses. No student shall graduate until all financial obligations to the College have been satisfied. THE DEAN'S SCHOLARSHIP A WARDS are granted to the man and woman in the graduating class who have excelled in scholarship throughout their four years at the College. THE AWARD IN THE HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES is given each year by Miss Annette Evans to the man or woman in the graduating class who has demonstrated outstanding scholarship in one or both of these areas, and has manifested intellectual curiosity and creative imagination. THE PHYSICS AWARD is presented annually to the graduate of the department who has maintained throughout his or her college career the highest average grade in physics courses. THE BIOLOGY RESEARCH AWARD is presented annually to the graduate who has demonstrated exceptional ability in a research project. The faculty of the Biology Department selects the recipient of this award. THE CHEMISTRY A WARD is presented by the Department of Chemistry to the graduate who has maintained the highest scholastic average throughout the four years of the chemistry course. THE ENGINEERING A WARD is given by the faculty of the Department of Engineering to the student whose achievement in the two-year engineering course is most outstanding. THE WALL STREET JOURNAL AWARD is granted to a graduate in commerce and finance for high scholarship in his field of concentration. THE PENNSYLVANIA INSTITUTE OF CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS AWARD is granted to a graduating senior who has received high grades in accounting and demonstrated qualities of leadership in other activities. �Page 60 - AWARDS THEW. F. DOBSON AWARD IN ACCOUNTING is given to the graduate who has made the most outstanding record in accounting during his four years at the College. The College and the Community THE L. ]. VAN LAEYS AWARD IN JOURNALISM is given to the graduate who has done the most creditable work in journalism courses. THE OUTSTANDING GRADUATE OF THE YEAR AWARD is given by the Wilkes College Alumni Association to the graduate considered by a special faculty committee to have made the strongest contribution to the life of the College. Office of Community Services Undergraduate Awards THE MRS. JAMES McKANE AWARDS of $25 each are made to the man and woman in the junior class who have ranked highest in their class throughout their first two years of college. THE LINDA MORRIS AWARD is given by Mr. and Mrs. Herbert Morris in memory of their daughter, Linda, to that young woman who has maintained the highest academic record through the first three years at Wilkes College. THE JOHN WILKES, INC., ANNUAL FORENSIC AWARD is made annually to the Wilkes student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in the field of forensics during the previous year. THE WILKES FACULTY WOMEN'S AWARD is given to the sophomore woman who has ranked first in her class during her freshman year. Will{_es-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra Fine Arts Fiesta �The College and the Community The College was founded to serve the community and has received a large measure of its ever-growing support from outstanding leaders in the community. It has recognized for many years that its growth was related to the economic and social redevelopment of the community and, therefore, it has sought to participate in every effort for community betterment. In consequence, a pattern of cooperation has developed in which the College and the Community work with one another for their mutual benefit. Office of Community Services Service at Wilkes It is his own deficiency, and no degree of fate, that makes a man sink into the depths. To think there is no escape from preordained misery is to make the misery perpetual. To seek new paths in a constant renewal of strength-that has always been the secret of progress. When a man waits helplessly for the turning in the wheel of fortune, he has to be regarded as shorn of manhood. If we could free even one village from the shackles of helpnessness and ignorance, an ideal for the whole of India would be established. Let a few villages be rebuilt in this way, and I shall say they are my India. That is the way to discover the true India. RABINDRANATH TAGORE Towards Universal Man In cooperation with the Chamber of Commerce, The Industrial Fund, and other community groups, the College has provided for some years a program designed for the improvement of labor-management relations and for the study of modern practices in local government. These efforts have been maintained on a minimum basis by funds from the College, the Chamber of Commerce, local governments, and other civic groups. These local efforts have been recently strengthened by a grant of $150,000 from the Ford Foundation. In consequence, the work in both areas will be enlarged and a new Area Research Center has been established at Wilkes College. AREA RESEARCH CENTER The Area Research Center provides professional direction and secretarial and research assistance in cooperation with the county and city development agencies, the Economy League, the Industrial Fund, the Committee of I 00, the Chamber of Commerce, employers, labor unions, the Planning Council of the United Fund, and other agencies desiring special services. The purposes of the Center are (I) to coordinate the many studies of community problems and trends so that the results may always be available to interested community groups and to �COLLEGE AND COMMUNITY - Page 65 Page 64 - COLLEGE AND COMMUNITY others; (2) to assure continuity of studies so that long-time trends may be known and their significance in the local and national scene may be understood; (3) to make special studies for public and private groups, including municipalities, the Industrial Fund, corporations, labor organizations, the Economy League, school boards; (4) to cooperate with the Planning Commissions of the City and County, with the United Fund, and with other social agencies and civic organizations. LABOR-MANAGEMENT TRAINING PROGRAM Because Wilkes serves an area which has been undergoing drastic economic readjustments, it is deemed essential that every effort be made to encourage cooperative planning and action. To establish a climate for industrial redevelopment the College has pioneered a Labor-Management Training Program in which the needs of the individual and the company are analyzed. Plans are arranged in consultation with officials, foremen, and other employees and are designed to meet the general and specific requirements of the particular company. Where several firms are confronted with common problems, special classes are organized to include representation of several companies. The program designed for members of labor unions is tailored to the particular needs of the group. Broad topics in economics are presented to provide a basis for the discussion of ideas, laws, and practices. All classes are conducted on the College campus where the academic climate induces and stimulates free intellectual inquiry. It has been demonstrated that in this atmosphere the members participate more freely in the discussion and consideration of significant problems. As an integral part of the three-pronged Labor-Management Training Program, union and management personnel sometimes meet together in an effort to develop that mutual understanding that is essential to constructive action. INSTITUTE OF MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT The Institute of Municipal Government, developed from the activities of the Political Science department, offers an educa- tional program for public officials. By providing training, the Institute informs locally elected or appointed public leaders of modern practices in government. The Institute does not campaign or enter politics. The Institute does cooperate with municipal leagues and associations engaged in consultation and research on the local governmental level. The Institute publishes a monthly Newsletter containing timely articles related to the responsibilities of local officials interested in the development of the region. The Institute has offered courses to magistrates, borough and township secretaries, police, councilmen and commissioners, health officers, and school directors. During the past five years over one hundred merit awards have been presented to outstanding local officials for service to their communities. Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra The \Vilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra, organized under the a!gis of the College in the fall of 1951, presents a series of three symphony concerts annually. A number of the members come from the department of music of the College. Fine Arts Fiesta The College participates with area-wide cultural groups in the Wyoming Valley Fine Arts Fiesta, a program of music, drama, and the arts presented on the public liquare each spring. �Undergraduate Programs Degree Programs Terminal Program Degree Requirements �Undergraduate Programs The program at Wilkes has been carefully designed so that students may meet the entrance requirements of graduate and professional schools. Liberal arts preparation provides an excellent background for work in professional schools, such as those of Business Administration, Education, Medicine, Library, Law, or Theology. Students planning to go to graduate school should consult as early as possible with their department chairman. In its degree programs Wilkes College provides for a broad liberal education which aims at helping students achieve intellectual, social, resthetic, and spiritual development, and for the concentration in special areas for which students are qualified and have interest. In the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science degree programs the College endeavors to acquaint the student with the nature and extent of knowledge in all the principal fields, and to give him some idea of the methods used in controlling and extending that knowledge. In addition to gaining this general knowledge the student is required to develop greater competence and understanding in one major field of study. Leadership at Wilkes Those of us who are concerned with the education of young people and with the vitality of our society can never accept uncertainty and confusion as the inevitable condition of society. We therefore are confronted with two choices. We can grasp and support a rigid ideology that offers final answers by ignoring uncongenial facts and truths, or we can make every effort to comprehend the significance of new facts, new truths, and new conditions. We must endeavor to extend the vision of our students, enlarge their understanding, and prepare them to participate in strengthening and developing our social institutions. DR. EUGENE s. FARLEY, President, Wilkes College Bachelor of Arts Degree The Bachelor of Arts degree programs are primarily concerned with individual development and with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and of the men who have created it and lived in it. Studies are concerned with men and events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. Programs are designed to create breadth and perspective as opposed to more specialized skills. A liberal arts program must necessarily include a wide range of subjects if it is to cultivate understanding of the thoughts, ideals, and institutions upon which our civilization is based. For the sake of simplicity these subjects are classified into three areas in which the student will carry on his explorations. AREAS Humanities English Fine Arts Foreign Languages Mathematics Music Philosophy - Religion Social Sciences Commerce and Finance Economics Education History Political Science Sociology Sciences Biology Chemistry Physics Psychology �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 71 Page 70 - DEGREE PROGRAMS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR B. A. DEGREE SELECTION OF A MAJOR The following courses are required of all candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree. They will usually be taken in the semesters indicated. To provide depth of knowledge, some concentration is required. It is desirable that a major be elected as early as possible, especially in the areas of biology, mathematics, and music. It is essential that the major field of concentration be elected before the beginning of the junior year. In a curriculum that requires a student to begin with courses at a more advanced level, the advanced course will be accepted as fulfilling the general requirements in that subject. R equired Courses Credit To be Taken Hours in Semesters Eng. 101, 102- Composition 6 1-2 Eng. 151, 152- World Literature 8 3-4 Hist. 101, 102- Western Civilization 6 1-2 Phil. 101 - Introduction; Phil. 102 - Logic 6 5-6 F. A. 101 - Experiencing Art I; Mus. 100 - Introduction 3 1 or 2 For. Lang.I 101 - Elementary, For. Lang.I 102- Elementary, For. Lang.I 103- Intermediate, For. Lang.I 104 - Intermediate 12 1-2-3-4 Math.2101-Fundamentals, Math2102-Fundamentals; or Phys. 101 -Physical Science, Phys. 102-Physical Science; or Bio. 101 - Biological Science, Bio. 102 - Biological Science 12 1-2-3-4 Ee. 101 - Principles I, Ee. 102- Principles II; or P. S. 101 - Political Science I, P. S. 102- Political Science II; or Psy. 101- General Psychology, Psy. 102-General Psychology; or Soc. 101 - Sociology; Soc. 102 - Sociology 12 3-4-5-6 Phys. Ed. 101, 102, 103, 104- Physical Education 0 1-2-3-4 Phys. Ed. 105, 106 - Hygiene 2 1-2 67 In all curricula requiring foreign language the level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. Except for foreign language majors, the language requirement is through the 104 course, or an equivalent course prescribed by the student's adviser. 2 Students planning to major in Mathematics, Biology, Chemistry, Engineering, and Physics should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the College mathematics program with the course in Analytic Geometry, Math. 122. Experience has shown that many students can profit from a course in algebra and trigonometry. These courses are usually offered in the summer at most colleges and universities and may be taken in the summer prior to the freshman year. I Majors in the Bachelor of Arts degree program may be selected from the following subject areas: Biology Economics Education (Elementary and Secondary) English Fine Arts Foreign Language History Mathematics Music Philosophy - Religion Political Science Psychology Social Science Sociology Those students electing a career in elementary or secondary education are required to select a major in one of the subject areas. These subject areas may be selected from those listed above and from those listed under the Bachelor of Science degree programs that follow. Individual department programs will define the necessary course requirements. Teaching certification requirements for most states may be met at Wilkes College. Students are expected to familiarize themselves with specific state requirements. COURSE REQUIREMENTS The specific requirements for a degree in any of the above majors are listed in the section of this bulletin titled "Degree Requirements." The student with his faculty adviser will plan the proper sequence of his major course requirements. Bachelor of Science Degree The Bachelor of Science degree programs require more concentration upon a restricted area of human thought and activity. Although these programs emphasize knowledge and skill in special fields, a basic program of general education is coupled with this specialized effort. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR B. S. DEGREE The general requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree are basically the same as those required for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Specific requirements are described in this bulletin under the section titled ''Degree Requirements." �Page 72 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 73 SELECTION OF A MAJOR Majors in the Bachelor of Science degree program may be selected from the following subject areas: Chemistry Commerce and Finance (a) Accounting (b) Business Administration ( c) Business Education (d) Secretarial Studies Engineering 1 Music Education Medical Technology Nursing Education Physics Secondary Education in Science COURSE REQUIREMENTS The specific requirements for a degree in any of the above majors are listed in the section of this bulletin titled "Degree Requirements." The student with his faculty adviser will plan the proper sequence of his major course requirements. Degree Requirements This section of the bulletin provides the detailed information on the requirements for each of the degree programs offered at Wilkes College. General Requirements for B. A. Degree For all majors other than biology, fine arts, mathematics, and music 1 FIRST SEMESTER Eng. 101-Composition 3 For. Lang. 101-Elementary 3 Hist. 101 - Western Civilization 3 Math. 101-Fundamentals or Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 - Physical Science 3 F. A.1012-Experiencing Art I Mus. 100 - Introduction Eng.131-Fundamentals of Speech 2-3 P. E. 101 - Physical Education 0 P. E. 105-Hygiene I SECOND SEMESTER Eng. 102-Composition 3 For. Lang. 102 - Elementary 3 Hist. 102- Western Civilization 3 Math. 102- Fundamentals or Bio. 102-Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science 3 F. A. 1012-Experiencing Art I Mus. 100- Introduction Eng.131-Fundamentals of Speech 2-3 P. E. l 02 - Physical Education 0 P. E. 106-Hygiene I 15-16 Terminal Program The College awards a Certificate to those students who successfully complete the requirements of the program in secretarial studies. The two-year intensive secretarial program has a threefold purpose: to provide a general education; to develop an understanding of business activities; and to give specialized training for secretarial work. The required courses in this program may be counted toward the degree of Bachelor of Science in Commerce and Finance or toward that of Bachelor of Science in Business Education when students desire to continue their education after completing these courses. The specific requirements for a certificate are listed in the section of this bulletin titled "Degree Requirements." THIRD SEMESTER Eng. 151- World Literature For. Lang. 103 - Intermediate Math. IOI -Fundamentals or Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 - Physical Science Psy. IOI -Psychology or Ee. l 01 - Principles I or P. S. 101 - Political &ience I or Soc. 101 - Sociology P. E. 103 - Physical Education 6 0 3 12 15 4 3 3 6 0 16 SIXTH SEMESTER Phil. 102 - Logic Major and electives3 15 SEVENTH SEMESTER Major and electives 3 12 15 EIGHTH SEMESTER Major and electives 15 Detailed programs for these majors are outlined on the following pages. fulfill the general requirements the student must take F. A. 101 or Mus. 100 in the first or second semester. Eng. 131 is not required for the Bachelor of Arts degree, but may be taken as an elective. 3 Students planning to fulfill requirements for teacher certification will usually take required education courses as electives in the fifth and sixth semester. t Wilkes College offers the first two years of the engineering curricula. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may transfer to the junior year of other engineering schools. 3 16 FIFTH SEMESTER Phil. 101 - Introduction Major and electives3 2 To I 4 3 15-16 FOURTH SEMESTER Eng. 152- World Literature For. Lang. 104 - Intermediate Math. l 02 - Fundamentals or Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science Psy. l 02 - Psychology or Ee. 102 - Principles II or P. S. 102- Political Science II or Soc. 102 - Sociology P. E. 104-Physical Education �Page 74 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 75 Course Requirements in the Majors FIFTH SEMESTER Bio. 221 - Histology Chem. 232 - Organic For. Lang. IOI -Elementary Phys. 111 - Introduction Ee. IOI -Principles or P. S. 101 - Political Science I or Psy. 101 - Psychology or Soc. IOI -Sociology Biology 1 Students who major in Biology may be planning careers in medicine, teaching, industrial biology, research, or pre-professional training required for many positions in science-oriented business or professional schools. The biology program is a general program covering basic areas of biology. Specific pre-professional training is minimized in favor of the broadest possible background in the liberal arts as well as the biological sciences. Students planning to major in biology should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the College mathematics program with the course in analytic geometry, Math. 122. Experience has shown that many students can profit from a course in algebra and trigonometry. These courses are usually offered in the summer at most colleges and universities and may be taken in the summer prior to the freshman year. The following are the degree requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in biology. FIRST SEMESTER Bio. 103- General Zoology Chem. 101 - General Inorganic Eng. IOI -Composition Math. 122 - Analytic Geometry Phys. 103 - Basic Physical Problems P. E. 101 -Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 4 4 3 4 I 0 SECOND SEMESTER Bio. 104- General Zoology Chem. I 02 - Qualitative Analysis Eng. 102 - Composition Math. 125 - Calculus I P. E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 106-Hygiene I 17 THIRD SEMESTER Bio. 201 - Comparative Anatomy Chem. 221 - Inorganic Eng. 151 - World Literature Hist. 101- Western Civilization Ee. IOI -Principles I or P. S. 101 - Political Science I or Psy. 101-Psychology or Soc. 101-Sociology P. E. 103 - Physical Education 4 4 4 3 3 0 18 I 3 4 3 4 3 SIXTH SEMESTER Bio. 222 - Genetics F. A. 101 or Mus. 100 For. Lang. 102 - Elementary Phys. 112- Introductory Ee. 102 - Principles or P. S. 102- Political Science II or Psy. 102 - Psychology or Soc. I 02 - Sociology 17 SEVENTH SEMESTER Major elective Bio. 231 - Physiology For. Lang. 103-Intermediate Phil. IOI -Introduction Elective 1 3-4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 16 EIGHTH SEMESTER Major elective Bio. 232 - Ecology Bio. 262 - History of Biology For. Lang. 104-Intcrmediate Phil. 102 - Logic Bio. 271 - Research (optional) Elective 1 16-17 3-4 3 I 3 3 I 3 16-18 Economics 4 6 3 4 0 I Students who major in Economics are required to complete twentyfour hours of work in economics beyond Ee. IOI, 102 in addition to the general requirements for the B. A. degree. Selection and scheduling of these courses will be done in consultation with the student's adviser. The twenty-four hours in economics which the major must carry include• Ee. 201, 202, 231, 232, and 241. 18 FOURTH SEMESTER Bio. 202-Embryology Chem. 230 - Organic Eng. 152- World Literature Hist. 102- Western Civilization Ee. 102 - Principles II or P. S. 102-Political Science II or Psy. 102 - Psychology or Soc. I 02 - Sociology P. E. 104- Physical Education Education 4 4 4 3 3 0 18 A pre-professional degree program is described on page 50. The first three years of the program described here will be followed by pre-professional candidates. Those students electing a career in Elementary or Secondary Education are required to select a major in one of the major subject areas. These subject areas may be selected from those listed under the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree programs. Individual departmental programs will define the necessary course requirements for the prospective teacher. Teaching certification requirements for most states may be met at Wilkes College. Students are expected to familiarize themselves with specific state requirements. 1 Electives must be selected from the humanities or social sciences. �Page 76 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 77 FIFTH SEMESTER English Students who major in English are required to take English 101, 102, and 131 in the freshman year; 105, 151, and 152 in the sophomore year; and 21 credit hours, including 200, 205, 215, in addition to the general requirements for the B. A. degree. Selection and scheduling of these courses will be done in consultation with the student's adviser. Students with at least a 3.0 average in 101, 102, and 151 may take an advanced English course simultaneously with 152. SIXTH SEMESTER Phil. IOI -Introduction F. A. 121 - Modeling & Construction F. A. 125-Metalwork & Jewelry F. A. 203 - History of Modern Art Ee. 101 - Principles I or P. S. 101 - Political Science I or Psy. IOI -Psychology or Soc. 101 - Sociology 3 3 3 2 6 17 SEVENTH SEMESTER Fine Arts Students who major in Fine Arts are required to complete the following program of studies in addition to the general requirements for the B. A. degree. Electives may be used to fulfill the requirements for certification in education. Eng. IOI -Composition Hist. 101- Western Civilization For. Lang. 101 -Elementary F. A. 103 - Color and Design P. E. 101 -Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene Bio. 101 -Biological Science or Math. I 01 - Fundamentals or Phys. IOI -Physical Science 0 1 3 Eng. 102-Composition Hist. 102- Western Civilization For. Lang. 102 - Elementary F. A. 104- Drawing & Composition P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E. 106- Hygiene Bio. 102 - Biological Science or Math. 102-Fundamentals or Phys. 102 - Physical Science 16 3 3 3 3 0 4 3 3 2 0 3 15 EIGHTH SEMESTER F. A. 205 - Contemporary Design 2 F. A. 220 - Studio Problems 2 F. A. 291-Senior Exhibit I Electives 10-12 15-17 F. A. 292 - Senior Exhibit Electives I 14-15 15-16 Foreign Languages (Modern) Students who major in history are required to take Hist. 101 and 102 in the freshman year, Hist. 107 and 108 in the sophomore year, and 18 additional credit hours. Mathematics 3 16 Eng. 152- World Literature For. Lang. 104 - Intermediate F. A. 106 - Water Color Painting F. A. 202-History of Art II P. E. 104- Physical Education Bio. 102-Biological Science or Math. 102- Fundamentals or Phys. 102 - Physical Science 18 1 FOURTH SEMESTER THIRD SEMESTER Eng. 151- World Literature For. Lang. 103-Intermediate F. A. 105-Oil Painting F. A. 201 -History of Art I P. E. 103-Physical Education Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Math. IOI -Fundamentals or Phys. 101 -Physical Science 6 History SECOND SEMESTER 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 A major in any of the Modern Foreign Languages consists of twentyfour hours beyond the 102 course. B. A. IN FINE ARTS FIRST SEMESTER Phil. 205 - Aesthetics F. A. 122 - Ceramics F. A. 126 - Graphics Elective (optional) Ee. 102-Principles II or P. S. 102-Political Science II or Psy. 102- Psychology or Soc. 102 - Sociology 4 3 3 2 0 3 15 Students planning to major in Mathematics should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the College mathematics program with the course in analytic geometry, Math. 122. Experience has shown that many students can profit from a course in algebra and trigonometry. These courses are usually offered in the summer at most colleges and universities and may be taken in the summer prior to the freshman year. In addition to the liberal arts general requirements, a mathematics major must complete a minimum of twenty-eight hours in mathematics courses. Credit will not count toward the major requirement in courses below Math. 122. The following program shows the sequence of the course requirements in the mathematics major. �Page 78 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 79 Music B. A. IN MATHEMATICS FIRST SEMESTER Bio. 101 - Biological Science Eng. IOI -Composition For. Lang. 101 - Elementary F. A. 101 - Experiencing Art I or Mus. 100 - Introduction Math. 122 -Analytic Geometry P. E. 101-Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 3 3 3 3 4 0 1 SECOND SEMESTER Bio. 102 - Biological Science Eng. 102 - Composition For. Lang. 102 - Elementary F. A. 101 -Experiencing Art I or Mus. 100- Introduction Math. 125- Calculus I P. E. 102- Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 17 THIRD SEMESTER Math. 126-Calculus II For. Lang. 103 - Intermediate Eng. 151 - World Literature Hist. 101 - Western Civilization Eng. 131-Fundamentals of Speech P. E. 103 - Physical Education 4 3 4 3 2 0 4 3 6 3 FOURTH SEMESTER Math. 240 - Diff. Equations For. Lang. 104 - Intermediate Eng. 152- World Literature Hist. 102- Western Civilization Phys. 150 - General Physics I P. E. 104-Physical Education 3 3 9-12 15-18 1 4 3 4 3 4 0 18 SIXTH SEMESTER Phys. 152- General Physics III Math. 252 -Advanced Calculus II Ee. 102-Principles I or P. S. 102 - Political Science II or Psy. 102 - Psychology or Soc. I 02 - Sociology Elective 16 SEVENTH SEMESTER Math. elective Phil. 101 - Introduction Electives 3 4 0 B. A. IN MUSIC 17 16 FIFTH SEMESTER Phys. 151 - General Physics II Math. 251-Advanced Calculus I Ee. 101 - Principles I or P. S. 101 -Political Science I or Psy. 101 -Psychology or Soc. IOI -Sociology Elective 3 3 3 Students who major in Music are required to complete the following program of studies in addition to the general requirements for the B. A. degree. Students interested in careers in Music Education should follow the program described in the Bachelor of Science in Music Education. This program is described in a later section of this bulletin. The following are the course requirements for the B. A. degree in music. 4 3 3 3 3 5 1 0 1 SECOND SEMESTER Ma th. 102 - Fundamentals or Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. I 02 - Physical Science Eng. 102 - Composition For. Lang. 102 - Elementary Mus. I 02 - Theory of Music Applied Music! P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 16 THIRD SEMESTER For. Lang. 103 - Intermediate Mus. 103 - Theory of Music Applied Musict Psy. 101 - Psychology Hist. 101 - Western Civilization Math. 101 -Fundamentals or Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 - Physical Science P. E. 103-Physical Education 3 5 1 3 3 3 0 FIFTH SEMESTER Eng.151- World Literature Phil. 101 - Introduction Mus. 109 - History of Music Applied Music! Soc. IOI -Sociology 4 3 3 2 3 15 3 3 3 5 1 0 1 16 FOURTH SEMESTER For. Lang. 104- Intermediate Mus. 104 - Theory of Music Applied Music! Psy. 102 - Psychology Hist. I 02 - Western Civilization Math. 102 - Fundamentals or Bio. 102 - Biological Science or Phys. I 02 - Physical Science P. E. 104- Physical Education 18 6 3 16 EIGHTH SEMESTER Math. elective Electives FIRST SEMESTER Math. 101 -Fundamentals or Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 - Physical Science Eng. 101 - Composition For. Lang. 101 - Elementary Mus. 101 - Theory of Music Applied Music! P. E. IOI -Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 3 5 1 3 3 3 0 18 SIXTH SEMESTER Eng. 152- World Literature Phil. 205 - Aesthetics Mus. 110 - History of Music Applied Music! Soc. 102 - Sociology 4 3 3 2 3 15 3 12 15 instruction. Charges for this instruction are a separate billing and are in addition to the regular tuition charge. 1 Private �Page 80 - DEGREE PROGRAMS SEVENTH SEMESTER Applied Music! Mus. 215 - Instrumentation Mus. 217 - Analysis Electives DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 81 2 2 2 9 15 EIGHTH SEMESTER Applied Music! Mus. 216-Arranging Mus. 218 - Counterpoint Electives 2 2 3 9 16 Philosophy-Religion A major in the combined fields of Philosophy and Religion consists of twenty-four hours in philosophy and religion courses. Philosophy 101 and 102 will not count toward the major but must be taken as part of the general requirements. Philosophy-Religion majors must schedule courses in philosophy and religion in their sophomore year. Psychology A major in Psychology consists of twenty-four hours. Psychology 101 and 102 are not accepted toward a major; Sociology 255 and Education 200 are accepted. Psychology 203 and 204 are required for the major. In addition to the general requirements the department requires that the two-semester courses in mathematics, physics, and biology be taken. In addition, English 131 and Economics 231 are required. The major in Psychology is designed for students who plan to continue the study of psychology on the graduate level, as well as for those whose interests lie in the teaching of psychology in colleges or in the application of the study to such fields as advertising, clinical work, business, education, and industrial personnel work. Students are cautioned that an undergraduate major in psychology does not qualify them for professional psychological work. No student can qualify as a psychologist without advanced graduate study; in a great many fields today, moreover, professional psychologists must hold the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. Political Science A major in Political Science consists of twenty-four hours. Political Science 101 and 102 are not accepted toward a major. Social Science The Social Science major requires a total of thirty-six hours in economics, history, political science, and sociology. Eighteen hours must be I Private instruction. Charges for this instruction are a separate billing and are in addition to the regular tuition charge. in one of these subject areas and at least six hours in each of the other three. Only courses beyond the 101, 102 level will count toward these major requirements. Exception will be made to this requirement for students preparing to teach in public schools. In order to meet the certification requirements in education a student preparing to teach social studies in the public schools will receive credit toward the social science major for all required courses in economics, history, political science, and sociology. Sociology-Anthropology A major in Sociology consists of twenty-four hours. Although Sociology 101, 102 are prerequisites to all the courses in sociology, they are not accepted toward a major in sociology. Political Science 204 and Philosophy 206 will be accepted toward the major in sociology. Students who intend to major in sociology are requested to plan their work in the department in consultation with the chairman. A major in sociology should ordinarily include the following four courses: Sociology 230, 255, 265, and 280. With the approval of the department chairman, however, other courses may in some instances be substituted. Course Requirements for B. S. Degree Programs Chemistry The Chemistry curriculum is planned to provide thorough training in the fundamentals of the science and to contribute to the general education of the student. Graduates in chemistry may enter industry immediately upon graduation or may continue their studies in graduate school. To satisfy the requirements for this degree students must complete one hundred thirty-one credits. These credits include forty-four in chemistry, thirty-two in physics and mathematics, a minimum of fortysix in the social sciences and the humanities, and the language requirement.1 1A reading knowledge of scientific German or of French is required for this degree. The requirement may be satisfied as follows: 1. A student prepared in a language may take a reading-knowledge test. 2. A student who has taken two years or more of German in high school must complete scientific German; if he has taken two years or more of French he must complete six hours of intermediate or advanced French. ' 3. Students beginning either language must complete twelve semester hours. Those beginning German must include German 105 in the twelve hours. �Page 82 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 83 Students planning to major in chemistry should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the College mathematics program with the course in analytic geometry, Math. 122. Commerce and Finance B. S. IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE MAJOR IN ACCOUNTING B. S. IN CHEMISTRY FIRST SEMESTER Chem. IO I - General Inorganic Eng. 101 - Composition Math. 122 -Analytic Geometry P. S. IOI -Political Science I Phys. 103 - Basic Physical Problems P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 4 3 4 3 I 0 I SECOND SEMESTER Chem. 102 - Qualitative Analysis Eng. 102 - Composition Math. 125 - Calculus I Phys. 150- General Physics I P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 16 THIRD SEMESTER Chem. 210 - Inorganic Chem. 221 - Quantitative Analysis Hist. 101- Western Civilization Math. 126 - Calculus II Phys. 151 - General Physics II P. E. 103 - Physical Education 3 4 3 4 4 0 FIRST SEMESTER Acct. 101 - Elementary I Eng. IOI -Composition Hist. IOI - Western Civilization Ee. 111 - History Math. l 01 - Fundamentals P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 6 3 4 4 0 I 18 FOURTH SEMESTER Chem. 230-Organic Hist. 102- Western Civilization Math. 240 - Diff. Equations Phys. 152- General Physics III P. E. 104- Physical Education Elective (optional) I 18 3 3 3 3 3 0 I SECOND SEMESTER Acct. 102 - Elementary II Eng. 102-Composition Hist. 102- Western Civilization F. A. 101 -Experiencing Art I or Mus. 100-Introduction Math. 102 - Fundamentals or Math. I IS-Finance P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E. 106- Hygiene 16 THIRD SEMESTER Acct. 111 - Intermediate I B. A. 231 - Business Law Ee. IOI - Principles I Eng. 151 - World Literature Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 -Physical Science Eng. 131 -Fundamentals of Speech P. E. 103 - Physical Education 4 3 4 4 0 3 15-18 3 3 3 4 3 2 0 5 4 3 3 3 SIXTH SEMESTER Chem. 242 - Physical Chemistry elective For. Lang. 102 - Elementary Electives I 18 SEVENTH SEMESTER Chem. 233 - Qualitive Organic Chem. 261 - History Eng. 151 - World Literature For. Lang. 103 - Intermediate Electives I 3 I 4 3 7 4 3 3 8 18 EIGHTH SEMESTER Chem. 222 - Quantitative Analysis Chem. 262 - Chemical Literature Eng. 152- World Literature For. Lang. 104 - Intermediate Chem. electives Electives I 18 FIFTH SEMESTER Acct. 201 - Cost I B. A. 233 - Business Law Ee. 201 - Money & Banking Ee. 231 - Applied Statistics Soc. 101 - Sociology or P. S. 101 - Political Science I Phil. IOI -Introduction 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 18 SEVENTH SEMESTER Acct. 221 - Taxes I Acct. 231-Auditing Principles B. A. 209 - Correspondence & Reports B. A. 225 - Corporation Finance B. A. 237 - Production Management Elective 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 1 Electives are to be selected with the advice and consent of the faculty adviser. 1 3 0 I FOURTH SEMESTER Acct. 112-Intermediate II B. A. 232 - Business Law Ee. 102 - Principles II Eng. 152- World Literature Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science P. E. 104 - Physical Education 3 3 3 4 3 0 16 SIXTH SEMESTER Acct. 202 - Advanced Cost II Acct. 242 - Advanced B. A. 234 - Business Law Ee. 232-Economic Statistics Soc. I 02 - Sociology or P. S. J 02- Political Science II Elective I 18 5 I 4 3 16 18 FIFTH SEMESTER Chem. 231 - Organic Chem. 241 - Physical For. Lang. 101 -Elementary Phys. 251 - Electrical Measurements Elective I 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 EIGHTH SEMESTER Acct. 232 - Auditing Practice Acct. 252-Internship Ee. 202 - Theory of Money or Ee. 236 - Public Finance Ee. 226-Geography of World Elective! 3 3 3 3 3 15 Students intending to sit for the New York State C.P.A. examinations should elect subjects in the humanities. �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 85 Page 84 - DEGREE PROGRAMS Students who major in Business Administration will select their electives from the following. At least six courses in one of these groups are required of students concentrating in this field. MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION FIRST SEMESTER Acct. 101 -Elementary I Ee. 111 - History Eng. IOI -Composition Hist. 101 - Western Civilization Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 - Physical Science P. E. IOI -Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 3 3 3 3 3 0 I SECOND SEMESTER Acct. I 02 - Elementary II F. A. IOI -Experiencing Art I or Mus. 100 - Introduction Eng. 102 - Composition Hist. 102- Western Civilization Bio. 102 - Biological Science or Phys. I 02 - Physical Science P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 16 THIRD SEMESTER B. A. 231 - Business Law Ee. 101 -Principle I Eng. 131-Fundamentals of Speech Eng. 151 - World Literature Math. IOI -Fundamentals P. S. 101 - Political Science I or Soc. 101 - Sociology P. E. 103 - Physical Education 3 3 2 4 3 3 0 3 3 3 3 6 18 3 0 1 FOURTH SEMESTER B. A. 232 - Business Law Ee. 102 - Composition Eng. 152- World Literature Math. 102 - Fundamentals P. S. 102-Political Science II or Soc. I 02 - Sociology P. E. 104 - Physical Education SIXTH SEMESTER Ee. 202 - Theory of Money or Ee. 226-Geography of the World or C and F elective Ee. 232 - Business Law Phil. 102 - Logic B. A. 222 - Marketing Electives BANKING AND FINANCE B. A. 218 - Credit & Collections B. A. 220-Real Estate B. A. 225-Corporation Finance B. A. 226 - Investments Ee. 202 - Theory of Money Ee. 225 - International Trade Ee. 236-Public Finance Ee. 241 -Economic Analysis Math. 115-Mathematics of Finance ECONOMICS 16 18 SEVENTH SEMESTER B. A. 209 - Correspondence & Reports 3 B. A. & Ee. electives 12 Elective 3 3 3 3 16 18 FIFTH SEMESTER B. A. 237 - Production Management Ee. 201 - Money & Banking Ee. 231 -Applied Statistics Phil. 101 -Introduction Electives 3 Ee. 212 - Government & Business Ee. 223 - Collective Bargaining Ee. 225 - International Trade Ee. 226 - Economic Geography of the World Ee. 229 - Comparative Economic Systems Ee. 230-Business Cycles Ee. 236-Public Finance Ee. 241 - Economic Analysis Ee. 245 - Consumer Economics Ee. 246 - Economics Investigation MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS 3 3 3 3 6 B. A. 236 B. A. 237 B. A. 238 B. A. 239 - Personnel Management Production Management Office Management Sales Management B. A. 240 - Property Insurance B. A. 241-Life Insurance Ee. 223 - Collective Bargaining Psy. 212 - Psychological Tests 18 EIGHTH SEMESTER B. A. & Ee. electives Elective MARKETING 12 3 15 B. A. 114- Salesmanship B. A. 216-Advertising B. A. 217 - Transportation & Traffic Management B. A. 239 - Sales Management B. A. 240-Property Insurance Ee. 225 - International Trade Ee. 245 - Consumer Economics Ret. 101 -Principles of Retailing �Page 86 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Pa~e 87 MAJOR IN BUSINESS EDUCATION MAJOR IN SECRETARIAL STUDIES The degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Education is designed to provide a background in general education while it prepares the student for teaching the business subjects in the public secondary schools or for a career in business. FIRST SEMESTER Acct. 101 -Elementary I B. A. 107 - Business Mathematics Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 -Physical Science Eng. 101-Composition Hist. 101 - Western Civilization P. E. 101 -Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 3 3 3 3 3 0 1 SECOND SEMESTER Acct. I 02 - Elementary II 16 THIRD SEMESTER Acct. 111 - Intermediate I or Ret. 101 -Principles Ee. 101 -Principles I Hist. 107 - American & Pennsylvania History to 1865 S.S. 105-Elementary Shorthand S. S. I 07 - Elementary Typewriting Psy. 101 - Psychology P. E. 103-Physical Education 3 3 3 2 2 3 0 S. S. 201 - Advanced Typewriting S. S. 207 - Advanced Shorthand B. A. 231 - Business Law Soc. IO I - Sociology or P. S. 101 - Political Science I Eng. 151 - World Literature Ed. 100 - Introduction 0 I Retailing elective Ee. 102 - Principles II Hist. I 08 - American History since 1865 S. S. I 06 - Elementary Shorthand S. S. 108 - Elementary Typewriting Psy. I 02 - Psychology P. E. 104-Physical Education 3 3 3 2 2 3 0 16 SIXTH SEMESTER I 3 3 3 4 3 S. S. 202 - Advanced Typewriting S. S. 208 - Advanced Shorthand B. A. 232 - Business Law Soc. I 02 - Sociology or P. S. 102 - Political Science II Eng. 152- World Literature B. A. 238 - Office Management SEVENTH SEMESTER I 3 4 3 17 Ed. 230- Secondary Education Elective 12 3 4 3 3 3 2 18 3 3 3 3 3 0 I 15 Bio. 102 - Biological Science or Phys. I 02 - Physical Science Eng. 102 - Composition Hist. 102- Western Civilization Math. 102 - Fundamentals Electives P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 16 THIRD SEMESTER 0 I 16 3 3 2 3 2 2 0 Acct. 102 - Elementary II P. S. 102-Political Science II Mus. 100-Introduction S. S. 106 - Elementary Shorthand S. S. 108 - Elementary Typewriting Elective P. E. 104-Physical Education 15 FIFTH SEMESTER Ee. IOI - Principles I Eng. 151 - World Literature S.S. 201 -Advanced Typewriting S. S. 207 - Advanced Shorthand Electives 3 3 3 3 3 FOURTH SEMESTER Acct. 101 - Elementary I Eng. 105 - Advanced Composition Eng. 131-Fundamentals of Speech P. S. 101 - Political Science I S. S. 1OS - Elementary Shorthand S. S. 107 - Elementary Typewriting P. E. 103-Physical Education 3 3 EIGHTH SEMESTER 3 SECOND SEMESTER 3 3 3 FOURTH SEMESTER Acct. 112- Intermediate II or 17 S.S. 243-Principles & Methods of Business Education S.S. 205-Office Procedures & Machines Phil. 101- Introduction Ed. 200-Educational Psychology B. A. 209 - Correspondence & Reports Eng. 131 -Fundamentals of Speech 3 16 16 FIFTH SEMESTER 3 Mus. 100-Introduction or F. A. IOI -Experiencing Art I Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. I 02 - Physical Science Eng. 102 - Composition Hist. l 02 - Western Civilization P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene FIRST SEMESTER Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 -Physical Science Eng. 101 - Composition Hist. 101- Western Civilization Math. 101 -Fundamentals Electives P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 3 3 3 2 2 3 0 16 SIXTH SEMESTER 3 4 I 3 6 Ee. 102 - Principles II Eng. 152- World Literature S. S. 202 - Advanced Typewriting S. S. 208 - Advanced Shorthand Electives 17 SEVENTH SEMESTER 3 4 I 3 6 17 EIGHTH SEMESTER B. A. 209 - Correspondence & Reports 3 S. S. 205 - Office Procedures & Machines 4 Electives 8-9 15-16 B. A. 238-Office Management Electives 3 15 18 �Page 88 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 89 Engineering Wilkes College offers the first two years of the engineering curricula. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may transfer to the junior year of other engineering schools. In the past, students have transferred to, and successfully completed their work at, such representative colleges as Alabama, Bucknell, Catholic University, Columbia, Cornell, Drexell, Georgia School of Technology, Lafayette, Lehigh, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, New York University, Pennsylvania State University, Purdue, Stevens Institute, Syracuse, and the University of Nebraska. During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses are the same with the exception of chemical engineering, in which course students must take two additional hours of chemistry in the second semester. For this reason the student should decide by the middle of the first year between chemical engineering and one of the other branches of engineering. The curricula change further at the beginning of the second year. For this reason the student should decide by then whether he will pursue civil, industrial, electrical, or mechanical engineering. Students planning to major in Engineering should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the College mathematics program with the course in analytic geometry, Math. 122. Experience has shown that many students can profit from a course in algebra and trigonometry. These courses are usually offered in the summer at most colleges and universities and may be taken in the summer prior to the freshman year. FRESHMAN YEAR (COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING COURSES) 4 2 3 3 4 0 l 17 Mechanical engineering is basic to the study of reronautical engineering. Therefore, the first two years in mechanical engineering prepare the student for the advanced work offered by several universities. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Chemical engineering is concerned with the broad field of chemical industry in which materials undergo a physical or a chemical change. Such materials include paper, textiles, gasoline, other petroelum products, coke, gas, dyes, electrochemical products, paints, rubber, plastics, ceramics, drugs, heavy chemicals, solvents, and many others. The chemical engineer is one skilled in the design, construction, operation and management of industrial plants in which materials are produced by chemical change. The chemical engineer may be engaged in research or in the development of a process, for he is expert in the application of the fundamental unit-manufacturing processes which underlie all chemical engineering. The equipment of the chemical engineer includes a thorough knowledge of chemistry, physics, and mathematics and a sound understanding of such fundamentals of chemical, mechanical, and electrical engineering as will make him a competent development, control, or sales engineer. (For freshman year see page 88.) SOPHOMORE YEAR THIRD SEMESTER Ee. 101 - Principles I Math. 126- Calculus II Phys. 151 - General Physics II M. E. 211 - Mechanics I Chem. ?21 - Inorganic P. E. 103 - Physical Education B. S. IN ENGINEERING FIRST SEMESTER Chem. 101 - Inorganic Engi.100-Problems Engi. 105-Drawing Eng. 101 -Composition Math. 122 - Analytic Geometry P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. l 05 - Hygiene AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING SECOND SEMESTER Chem. 102 - Qualitative Analysis or Chem. 1041-General Chemistry Engi. 106-Descriptive Geometry Eng. 102 - Composition Math. 125- Calculus I Phys. 150- General Physics I P. E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 3 4 4 3 4 0 18 4-6 2 3 4 4 0 l 18-20 1 Chemical engineers will register for Chem. 102 (six hours). All other engineering students will register for Chem. 104 (four hours). IE. E. 202 or M. E. 212 is suggested. FOURTH SEMESTER Eng. 134- Fundamentals of Speech Math. 240 - Diff. Equations Phys. 152- General Physics III Ch. Engi. 106 - Stoichiometry Elective! P. E. 104 - Physical Education 3 4 4 3 3 0 17 �Page 90 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 91 CIVIL ENGINEERING ENGINEERING PHYSICS The civil engineer deals with problems in structural, highway, railroad, hydraulic, and sanitary engineering, and also with surveying and geodesy. He specializes in the design, construction and maintenance of bridges, tunnels, dams, and the structural members of buildings. His services are indispensable in the design of river, canal, and harbor improvements; in the development and control of water resources; in the treatment and disposal of sewage and industrial waste; and in the location and construction of all transportation facilities. The curriculum in engineering physics is designed to equip men with a flexible background of basic scientific knowledge. The primary emphasis is on the fundamental principles of physics. At the same time the engineering viewpoint is developed so that practical problems can be pushed to completion. The first two years of work, offered at Wilkes, are similar to those of the other engineering curricula. They provide a sound basis for study toward advanced degrees in either physics or specific fields of engineering. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 THIRD SEMESTER C. E. I 03 - Plane Surveying Ee. 101 - Principles I M. E. 211 - Mechanics I Math. 126-Calculus II Phys. 151 - General Physics II P. E. 103-Physical Education 3 3 3 4 4 0 C. E. 104 - Route Surveying Math. 240 - Diff. Equations Eng. 134-Fundamentals of Speech M. E. 212 - Mechanics II. Dynamics Phys. 152- General Physics III P. E. 104- Physical Education 17 FOURTH SEMESTER THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER 4 4 3 3 4 0 Ee. 101 - Principles I Math. 126- Calculus II Phys. ISi -Generai Physics II M. E. 211 - Mechanics I M. E. 111 - Manufacturing Processes P. E. 103 - Physical Education 3 4 4 3 3 0 Eng. 134 - Fundamentals of Speech Math. 240 - Diff. Equations Phys. 152- General Physics III M. E. 212 - Mechanics II E. E. 202 - Circuits P. E. 104-Physical Education 17 17 18 3 4 4 3 3 0 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING The electrical engineer is trained to design, construct, and operate all electrical generating equipment. He must supervise and control the distribution of electricity for driving the machinery in mills, factories, and mines; for electric railways, chemical processing, heating, lighting, and for all electrical devices used in the home. Communications, including telegraph, telephone, radio, radar, teletype, transmission of print and pictures, offers numerous opportunities. Development of electronic tubes, transistors, circuits, and equipment for commercial processes offers opportunities in many fields of endeavor. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 THIRD SEMESTER Ee. 101 - Principles I Math. 126- Calculus II Phys. 151 - General Physics II M. E. 211 - Mechanics I M. E. 111 - Manufacturing Processes C. E. 103 - Plane Surveying P. E. 103-Physical Education For freshman year see page 88. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 FOURTH SEMESTER 3 4 4 3 or 3 0 17 I The field of industrial or management engineering has to do with the methods of manufacture and production; the effects thereon of personnel; and design control to meet cost and production requirements. Preparation with a background in science, engineering, economics, business administration, management, and history is necessary. The successful industrial engineer must possess not only technical skill and ability but also economic and humanistic interests, as well as character and personality. He must work with others and enlist their cooperation in the pursuit of a common goal. The industrial engineer deals with people as well as with machines and materials. This curriculum offers the first two years of work for those primarily interested in the administration of technical enterprises. Eng. 134-Fundamentals of Speech Math. 240 - Diff. Equations Phys. 152- General Physics III M. E. 212 - Mechanics II E. E. 202 - Circuits P. E. 104- Physical Education 3 4 4 3 3 0 THIRD SEMESTER Ee. 101 - Principles I Phys. 151 - General Physics II M. E. 211 - Mechanics I Math. 126 - Calculus II C. E. 103 -Plane Surveying P. E. 103 - Physical Education 17 FOURTH SEMESTER 3 4 3 4 3 0 17 I For freshman year see page 88. Ee. 102 - Principles II Phys. 152- General Physics III M. E. 212 - Mechanics II Math. 240 - Diff. Equations Eng. 134- Fundamentals of Speech .P. E. 104-Physical Education 3 4 3 4 3 0 17 �Page 92 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 93 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The mechanical engineer is concerned with the design, construction, installation, and operation of machinery necessary for the economical application of mechanical power to industry. He must utilize power from whatever source derived. The generation of power, whether by steam, hydro or internal-combustion engines is of primary concern to the mechanical engineer in the power field. His services are necessary wherever process equipment and machine tools are made or used. The mechanical engineer must of necessity be broadly trained in the fundamental sciences and in economics and humanities. Ability and skill in the application of the basic sciences are not sufficient. He must have an understanding of the influence of his profession upon our way of life and how its development and expansion affect our future. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 THIRD SEMESTER Ee. IOI -Principles I 3 Math. 126-Calculus II 4 Phys. 151 - General Physics II 4 M. E. 211 - Mechanics I 3 M. E. 111 - Manufacturing Processes 3 P. E. 103-Physical Education 0 FOURTH SEMESTER Eng. 134- Fundamentals of Speech Math. 240 - Diff. Equations Phys. 152- General Physics III M. E. 212 - Mechanics II M. E. 206 - Kinematics P. E. 104- Physical Education 17 3 4 4 3 3 0 THIRD SEMESTER Bio. 204 - Microtechnique Chem. 221- Quantitative Analysis Eng. 151- World Literature Hist. 101- Western Civilization For. Lang. 101 -Elementary P. E. 103-Physical Education 3 4 4 3 3 0 FOURTH SEMESTER Eng. 131 -Fundamentals of Speech Chem. 230 - Organic Eng. 152- World Literature Hist. 102- Western Civilization For. Lang. 102- Elementary P. E. 104-Physical Education 16 17 FIFTH SEMESTER Bio. 211 - Bacteriology For. Lang. 103-Intermediate Phys. 111 - Introductory Physics Psy. 101 -Psychology Soc. 101 - Sociology or Ee. 101 - Principles I or P. S. 101 - Political Science I 4 3 4 3 3 2 4 4 3 3 0 SIXTH SEMESTER Bio. 212 - Bacteriology For. Lang. 104 - Intermediate Phys. 112 - Introductory Physics Psy. 102 - Psychology Soc. 102 - Sociology or Ee. 102-Principles II or P. S. 102- Political Science II 4 3 4 3 3 17 17 SEVENTH SEMESTERI Clinical Chemistry 13 weeks Microbiology 8 weeks Urinalysis 4weeks EIGHTH SEMESTER 1 Haematology & Blood Bank 12 weeks Histology 6 weeks Serology 7weeks 17 Medical Technology The American Society of Clinical Pathologists and the American Society of Medical Technologists recommend certain requirements for a program of training leading to a degree in Medical Technology. The curriculum offered at Wilkes College follows these recommendations and is presented below. The final year in this program is taken in hospitals approved for such training. B. S. IN MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY FIRST SEMESTER Bio. 103- General Zoology Chem. 101 - General Inorganic Eng. IOI -Composition Math. 107 -College Algebra Phys. 103- Basic Problems P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 4 4 3 3 1 0 1 16 I For freshman year see page 88. SECOND SEMESTER Bio. 104-General Zoology Chem. 102 - Qualitative Analysis Eng. 102 - Composition Math. 109 - Plane Trigonometry P. E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 4 6 3 3 Music Education B. S. IN MUSIC EDUCATION FIRST SEMESTER Eng. IOI -Composition Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. IOI -Physical Science Mus. 101-Theory Mus. Ed. IOI -Clarinet or Mus. Ed. 103 - Brass Hist. 101 - Western Civilization Applied Music2 Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 3 3 5 2 3 1 ½ 0 1 SECOND SEMESTER Eng. 102 - Composition Bio. 102 - Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science Mus. 102 - Theory Mus. Ed. 102 - Clarinet or Mus. Ed. 104 - Brass Hist. 102 - Western Civilization Applied Music2 Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 3 3 5 2 3 2 ½ 0 1 0 1 17 18½ I 18½ To be taken at an approved school of medical technology. instruction. Charges for this instruction are a separate billing and are in addition to the regular tuition charge. 2 Private �Page 94 - DEGREE PROGRAMS THIRD SEMESTER Eng. 151 - World Literature Mus. Ed. IOI -Clarinet or Mus. Ed. 103-Brass Mus. 103 - Theory Mus. 109 - History Applied Music! Psy. IOI -Psychology Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 103-Physical Education DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 95 4 2 5 3 I 3 ½ 0 FOURTH SEMESTER Eng. 152- World Literature Mus. Ed. I 02 - Clarinet or Mus. Ed. 104-Brass Mus. 104 - Theory Mus. 110-History Applied Music! Psy. I 02 - Psychology Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 104-Physical Education 18½ FIFTH SEMESTER Ed. I 00 - Introduction Ee. IOI - Principles I or P. S. IOI - Political Science I or Soc. IOI -Sociology Mus. Ed. 105 - Brass Mus. Ed. 109 - Conducting Mus. Ed. 111 - Violin Applied Music! Band, Orchestra, Chorus Mus. 111 - Piano or Soc. Sci. elective 4 2 5 3 I 3 ½ 0 18½ 2-3 SIXTH SEMESTER Ed. 200 - Educational Psychology 3 Ee. 102 - Principles II or P. S. 102 - Political Science II or Soc. I 02 - Sociology 3 Mus. Ed. 106 - Brass 2 Mus. Ed. 110 - Conducting 2 Mus. Ed. 112 - Violin 2 Applied Music! I Band, Orchestra, Chorus ½ Mus. 112 - Piano or Soc. Sci. elective 2-3 15½-16½ 15½-16½ 3 3 2 2 2 I ½ SEVENTH SEMESTER Mus. 215 - Instrumentation Mus. Ed. I07 - Voice Mus. Ed. 113 - String Mus. Ed. 240 - Professional Semester in Music Education Applied Musict Band, Orchestra, Chorus Mus. 113- Piano or elective 2 2 2 8 I ½ 2 17½ EIGHTH SEMESTER Mus. 216 - Arranging Mus. Ed. 108- Voice Mus. Ed. 114 - String Applied Music! Band, Orchestra, Chorus Elective Mus. 114- Piano or elective 2 2 2 I ½ 6 2-3 15½-16½ Nursing Education The program in Nursing Education is designed for the preparation of instructors, head nurses, and supervisors in hospitals and school of nursing. It presupposes graduation from an approved school of nursing and State registration. Credits required for the degree are one hundred twenty-three, of which at least seventy-three must be college credits. 1 Private instruction. Charges for this instruction are a separate billing and are in addition to the regular tuition charge. The number of credits allowed for the school of nursing program ranges from thirty-five to fifty and will be determined by an evaluation of _the student's record and by results obtained on the Graduate Nur~e Qualifying Examination. Wilkes College is cooperating with Albright College in offering a degree in Nursing Education to registered nurses in Reading, Pa. Academic credits earned at Albright College may be credited toward the B. S. degree in Nursing Education from Wilkes College. In orde~ :o receive the degree from Wilkes College the student must take. a_ m1?1mum of 15 credit hours on the Wilkes Campus. Students part1c1patmg in this cooperative program should seek assistance from the chairman of the Nursing Education Department at Wilkes in planning their curriculum. B. S. IN NURSING EDUCATION FIRST SEMESTER Eng. IOI -Composition Hist. IOI - Western Civilization Bio. 103 - General Zoology or Math. IOI -Fundamentals or Phys. IOI -Physical Science F. A. IOI -Experiencing Art I or Mus. 100-Introduction Soc. IO I - Sociology or Psy. IOI -Psychology N. E. IOI -Foundations 3 3 3-4 3 3 2 SECOND SEMESTER Eng. 102-Composition Hist. 102- Western Civilization Bio. 104 - General Zoology or Math. I 02 - Fundamentals or Phys. 102-Physical Science N. E. 104 - Community Resources Soc. 102 - Sociology or Psy. 102-Psychology N. E. 106- Supervision Elective (optional) I 3-4 2 3 2 2-3 16-19 17-18 THIRD SEMESTER Eng. 151- World Literature 4 Phil. IOI -Introduction 3 P. S. IOI - Political Science I or Ee. IOI -Principles I 3 Ed. 241 - Educational Measurements 2 N. E. 107 - Principles & Methods 2 N. E.108-Techniques I Elective 2-3 3 3 FOURTH SEMESTER Eng. 152- World Literature Phil. 102 - Logic P. S. 102- Political Science II or Ee. 102-Principles II N. E. 102-Trends in Nursing N. E. 112 - Teaching Elective 15-18 4 3 3 2 4 2-3 16-19 Physics The Physics curriculum is designed to provide a thorough grounding in the fundamentals of this rapidly-expanding science, as well as to acquaint the student with the current frontiers of knowledge and reI If the Bio. 104 laboratory course is taken, the elective will not be allowed. �Page 96 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 97 search. Upon completion of the requirements for the degree, the student will be well prepared either to proceed to graduate study leading to an advanced degree, or to undertake an industrial position. SEVENTH SEMESTER Phys. 261 -Atomic Physics Phys. 212-Thermodynamics Phys. 241 -Advanced Laboratory Electives 1 Phys. 2812-Theoretical Physics Students planning to major in physics should seek to complete high school courses in trigonometry, solid geometry, and advanced algebra so that they may begin their college mathematics with the course in analytic geometry. In event of a deficiency in this respect, it must be made up by summer school attendance so that the course in differential equations can be completed before the beginning of the junior year. 4 3 4 3 1 1 0 4 4 3 3 3 0 SECOND SEMESTER Math. 125 - Calculus I Eng. 102 - Composition Chem. 104 - General Chemistry Engi. 106-Descriptive Geometry Phys. ISO- General Physics I P. E. 106 - Hygiene P. E. 102-Physical Education 3 4 3 4 3 17 1 Students 16-18 Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Science Education must complete the first two years in one of the science degree curricula (B. A. in Biology, B. S. in Chemistry, or B. S. in Physics) as described in this bulletin. 4 3 4 2 4 During the student's sophomore year he will plan with his adviser a modification of his program for the third and fourth years. This modified program will include courses required for teacher certification. When such a modified program is approved by the chairman of his department and the chairman of the education department, he will be admitted to the B. S. in Science Education curriculum. Courses required for certification are: I 0 18 FOURTH SEMESTER Math. 240 - Diff. Equations Phys. 152- General Physics III M. E. 212 - Mechanics II Ger. 1021 - Elementary Hist. 102 - Western Civilization P. E. 104-Physical Education 17 FIFTH SEMESTER Math. 251 -Advanced Calculus I Phys. 201 -Electricity & Magnetism Phys. 221 - Electronics Eng. 151 - World Literature Ger. 103-Intermediate 16-18 B. S. IN SCIENCE EDUCATION 16 THIRD SEMESTER Math. 126 - Calculus II Phys. 151 - General Physics II M. E. 211 - Mechanics I Ger. 1011 - Elementary Hist. 101 - Western Civilization P. E. 103-Physical Education EIGHTH SEMESTER Phys. 262 - Nuclear Physics 4 Phys. 242 - Advanced Laboratory 3 Eng. 134- Fundamentals of Speech 3 Electives I 6-8 Phys. 2822 - Solid State Physics 3 Science Education B. S. IN PHYSICS FIRST SEMESTER Math. 122 -Analytic Geometry Eng. IOI -Composition Chem. IOI - General Inorganic Engi. I OS - Drawing Phys. 103 - Basic Physical Problems P. E. 105-Hygiene P. E. 101 -Physical Education 4 3 0-2 6-8 3 4 4 3 3 3 0 Psy. IOI Psy. I 02 Ed. 100 Ed. 200 Ed. 230 - , 3 3 3 3 12 24 17 SIXTH SEMESTER Math. 252 - Advanced Calculus II Phys. 202 - Electricity & Magnetism Phys. 211 - Optics & Lights Eng. 152- World Literature Ger. 105- Scientific General Psychology General Psychology Introduction Educational Psychology Professional Semester 3 4 4 4 3 18 who have completed the equivalent of Ger. 102 before entering colleg s (as determined by a placement test) will take Ger. 103 and 105 in the sophomore year. Those students will then be permitted electives in place of the German in the junior year. Elective hours must be chosen with the approval of the student's adviser. The selection will depend upon the student's choice of industry or graduate study. 2 Either physics 281 or 282, but not both are required. t �Page 98 - TERMINAL PROGRAM Terminal Program Courses of Instruction Secretarial Studies The College awards a Certificate to those students who successfully complete the requirements of the following program. The two-year intensive secretarial program has a threefold purpose: to provide a genera) education; to develop an understanding of business activities; and tc give specialized training for secretarial work. The required courses in this program may be counted toward the degree of Bachelor of Science in Commerce and Finance or toward that of Bachelor of Science Education when students desire to continue their education after completing these courses. Students who have had shorthand and typewriting in high school may substitute electives for one or more of the courses in the stenographic skills, provided they demonstrate adequate ability. Placement examinations will be given the first week of the term to determine the student's levels of attainment. TERMINAL PROGRAM IN SECRETARIAL STUDIES FIRST SEMESTER Acct. 101 -Elementary I Eng. IOI -Composition Hist. 101- Western Civilization S. S. 105 - Elementary Shorthand S. S. 107 - Elementary Typewriting P. E. 101 -Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene Bio. 101 - Biological Science 3 3 3 2 2 0 1 3 SECOND SEMESTER Acct. 102- Elementary II Eng. 102 - Composition Bio. 102-Biological Science H ist. 102 - Western Civilization S. S. 106 - Elementary Shorthand S. S. 108 - Elementary Typewriting P. E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 17 THIRD EMESTER B. A. 107 - Mathematics B. A. 231 - Business Law S. S. 201 - Advanced Typewriting S. S. 207 - Advanced Shorthand S. S. 205 - Office Procedures Psy. 101 -Psychology P. E. 103 - Physical Education 3 3 1 3 4 3 0 17 3 3 3 3 2 2 0 1 17 FOURTH SEMESTER B. A. 238 - Office Management Ee. 101 -Principles I S. S. 202 - Advanced Typewriting S. S. 208 - Advanced Shorthand Psy. 102 - Psychology B. A. 209 - Correspondence & Reports Eng. 131-Fundamentals of Speech P. E. 104- Physical Education 3 3 1 3 3 3 2 0 18 Description of Courses �Description of Courses ACCOUNTING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Curtis, P. Werner; Instructor Capin. Acct. 101. Elementary Accounting I Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classification and interpretation of financial data; technique of recording; preparation of financial statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Three credits -THE STAFF Acct. 102. Elementary Accounting II A continuation of Accounting IOI. Principles of partnership and corporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturing, and branch accounting; financial analyses of statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. IO I. Three credits -THE STAFF Acct. 111. Intermediate Accounting I Intermediate problems involving interpretation and detailed analyses of balance-sheet and profit and loss accounts; analytical processes and miscellaneous statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. I 02. Three credits - MR. CURTIS Acct. 112. Intermediate Accounting II A continuation of accounting II I. Accounting for installment sales, consignments, and branch accounting. Review of partnerships including liquidations. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. I I I. Three credits - MR. CURTIS �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 103 Page 102 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Acct. 201. Cost Accounting I Acct. 231. Auditing Principles I Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; methods of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cost and process-cost methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112 or approval of instructor. Three credits - MR. P. WERNER An analysis of modern auditing concepts involving staff organization, professional ethics and legal responsibility, internal control, audit programs, and working papers, and original record examination. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 202. Three credits - MR. CAPIN Acct. 202. Advanced Cost Accounting II Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analytical and comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; standard costs; budgets; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 201 or approval of instructor. Three credits-MR. P. WERNER Acct. 220. Accounting Systems Analysis of procedures necessary for the establishment of a proper accounting system, and review of specialized systems for mercantile, manufacturing, and service organizations. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, 202 or approval of instructor. Three credits - MR. CAPIN Acct. 221. Taxes I Acct. 232. Auditing Practice II Advanced application of auditing principles to actual practice; problems of classification and interpretation of accounts; study of methods of internal control; preparation of reports to clients. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 231. Three credits - MR. CAPIN Acct. 242. Advanced Accounting Problems of consolidation, bankruptcies and insolvencies, and estates and trusts. Prerequisite: Acct. 112. Three credits-THE STAFF Acct. 252. Accounting Internship This course provides a minimum of 240 hours of accounting in the office of a Certified Public Accountant. 1 Three credits The preparation of Federal income tax returns for individuals based on current law, regulations and court decisions; problems of inclusion and exclusion from income; gains and losses from sales and exchanges; allowable deductions. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, 202 or approval of instructor. Three credits - MR. CURTIS Professor Reif, chairman; Professors Cohen and Michelini; Associate Professor Ogren; Assistant Professors Gershenowitz, Kimball; Instructor Schonwetter. Acct. 222. Taxes II Bio. 101-102. Biological Science Tax accounting for installment and deferred payment sales; Federal tax returns for partnerships; fiduciaries and corporations; miscellaneous Federal and Pennsylvania corporate taxes. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 221. Three credits -THE STAFF Biological Science is a survey course intended for students who take no other courses in biology. It presents the essential general information about plants and animals, explains fundamental laws governing the biological world, and emphasizes their relationship to man. Class, three hours a week. Three credits each semester - MR. GERSHENOWITZ BIOLOGY 1 Or the equivalent. �Page 104 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 105 Bio. 103-104. General Zoology General Zoology surveys the entire animal kingdom, outlines the history of biology, the organization of living matter, the structure of representative animals, and the methods of their classification. It considers the basic principles of physiology, genetics, embryology, evolution, and ecology. Biology 103 has class three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Biology 104 has class three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20 each course. Four credits each semester - MR. REIF Bio. 202. Embryology Embryology is the study of the early development of animals. Growth is traced from the egg to later stages in the frog, chick, and man. Laboratory work includes the technique of making slides. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 201, or permission of instructor. Four credits - MR. OGREN Bio. 204. Microtechnique Bio. 111-112. General Botany General Botany presents a broad consideration of the plant world. It includes the study of the fundamental principles of biology, emphasizing the structure, physiology, genetics, and ecology of plants. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20 each course. Three credits each semester - Biological technique is a laboratory course involving the preparation of tissues and organs for study. This course is given in conjunction with the laboratory portion of Embryology, Bio. 202, for those students who do not take Embryology. Lecture, one hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Three credits - MRs. ScHONWETTER MR. MICHELINI Bio. 211-212. Bacteriology Bio. 121-122. Advanced General Biology Advanced General Biology presents a study of the contemporary flora and fauna of the Eastern United States, emphasizing the classifying, collecting, preserving, culturing, and utilizing of available organisms for biological study. Class, two hours a week; laboratory (including field work), four hours a week. Fee: $20 each course. Prerequisite: Bio. 104 and Bio. 112 or permission of instructor. Three credits each semester - THE STAFF Bio. 211 covers generally the morphology and identification of bacteria. Laboratory work includes microscopy, techniques of making media, methods of sterilization, and the culturing of bacteria. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 104. Bio. 212 emphasizes medical and industrial processes such as biological prophylaxis and allergy, diseases and disease transmission, viruses, rickettsias, and pathogenic protozoa. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 211. Four credits each semester - Miss KIMBALL Bio. 201. Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates Comparative Anatomy includes a study of the general morphological characteristics of selected vertebrates emphasizing the structural and embryological relationships of verterbrates generally. The taxonomy of the Phylum Chordata is stressed. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 104. Four credits-MR. OGREN Bio. 221. Histology Histology is the study of normal tissues and the arrangement of tissues to form organs and organ systems. Material is restricted to vertebrate tissues. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: through Bio. 202 or permission of instructor. Three credits - MR. REIF �Page 106 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 107 Bio. 222. Genetics Genetics is the study of the inheritance of normal characters and the variation of those characters in plants and animals. The laboratory work concerns primarily studies of inheritance in the fruit fly. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: through Bio. 221 or permission of instructor. Three credits - MR. OGREN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Associate Professors Chiang, Elliot, Farrar; Assistant Professors Gera, Hoover, R. Werner; Instructors Capin, Casper, Johns, Krohn, Roberts. B.A. 107. Business Mathematics Bio. 231. Physiology Physiology is the study of the physical and chemical activities characteristic of all living organisms. Laboratory work includes experiments involving living forms. Class, two hours a week- laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. ' Prerequisite: through Bio. 222, Chem. 230, and Phys. 112, or permission of instructor. Four credits - MR. OGREN Review of fundamental arithmetic processes; relation of fractions, decimals, and per cent; simple interest; mark-ups, profits and losses; inventory and turnover; depreciation and distribution of overhead; payroll problems including social security and other deductions; sales and property taxes; credit and credit instruments involving interest; bank discounts; compound interest and present value; insurance and annuities; stocks and bonds; graphs and their use in business. Three credits -THE STAFF Bio. 232. Ecology . Ecology is the study of the relationship between organisms, smgly and collectively, and their environments, including the biotic and physical factors of the environments. Class, two hours a week; laboratory and field trips, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: through Bio. 231 or permission of instructor. Three credits - MR. REIF Bio. 262. History of Biology A s~udy of the history of biology is designed as a correlating e_ff~rt m the field of biology through an historical approach. It is hm1ted to senior students majoring in biology. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. One credit - THE STAFF B.A. 114. Salesmanship The art of selling; the motive behind all buying; creation of interest and desire; presentation of services; meeting objections; types of customers. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits -THE STAFF B.A. 209. Business Correspondence and Reports Fundamental principles of business writing with emphasis on letters and reports. Prerequisites: Eng. 102. Three credits - MRs. RoBERTS Bio. 271. Research Project B.A. 216. Advertising Credit for this may be given only in the eighth semester. Work may begin after satisfactory completion of the fourth semester. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. One credit - THE STAFF A study of basic principles of advertising. Elements of advertising; a survey of different departments of advertising work, including copy, art, display, engraving, trade-marks, and media. Analysis of current advertisements. Advertising as a social force. Three credits -THE STAFF �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 109 Page 108 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES B.A. 217. Transportation and Traffic Management B.A. 226. Investments Problems and policies of railroads, buses, trucks, inland waterways, and air and ocean transportation; economic aspects of transportation and traffic management; use of rates and tariff; significance of transportation to society. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits -THE STAFF Consideration of leading types of investments, tests, and investment programs; financial reports of leading companies, forecasting methods and agencies, stock exchanges, brokerage houses, methods of buying and selling securities, fraudulent promotions and their detection. Laboratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: B. A. 225. Three credits - MR. CHIANG B.A. 218. Credit and Collections The fundamentals of credit; investigation, analysis of risks; collection plans and policies. Special attention given to the organization of credit and collection offices. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, Acct. 102. Three credits -THE STAFF B.A. 220. Real Estate The fundamentals of the real estate business, including consideration of titles, mortgages, leases, advertising, sale, purchase, development, and management of real property. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits - MR. FARRAR B.A. 231. Business Law-Introduction and Contracts The foundation for all subjects in the field of business law. The nature, classification and sources of law. An introduction to the structure and functioning of the Federal and State Courts as agencies for enforcement of legal rights. A brief resume of the law of Torts and Crimes with reference to business problems. Examination of the essential elements of a contract under both the common law and the Uniform Commercial Code, the nature of contract rights, discharge of contracts and remedies for their breach. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 or approval of instructor. Three credits - MR. CASPER, MR. KROHN B.A. 232. Business Law-Agency and Sales B.A. 222. Marketing The fundamentals of the marketing system, its functions, institutions and their importance in the economy are studied. Marketing pricing policies and practices are investigated; reference is made to marketing activities and government participation. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits- MR. R. WERNER B.A. 225. Corporation Finance A study of the economic principles underlying the capital structure of modern business enterprise. Consideration given to alternate types of business organization, corporate securities, and financial policies involved in promotion, disposition of net earnings, working capital and short-term financing, mergers, expansion, financial readjustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits - MR. CHIANG A general study of the law of agency; its nature and creation, the rights and liabilities of principals, agents and third persons, and the termination of the agency. A study of the law of sales of goods, the transfer of title and risk of loss, warranties in sales, the duties and liabilities of the parties, remedies for breach, security interests in goods. A comparison of the uniform sales act with the sales article of the Uniform Commercial Code. Prerequisite: B. A. 231. Three credits - MR. CASPER, MR. KROHN B.A. 233. Business Law-Partnerships and Corporations The principles of law governing partnerships and corporations, with emphasis on the historical development of business enterprises. The law with respect to the formation, operation, internal relationships and dissolution of partnerships and corporations with particular reference to their dependency upon the law of agency. Rights and duties of the partnership and corporate enterprise with respect �Page 110 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES to the government, the owners, and the public. Advantages and disadvantages of these forms of business activity. Prerequisite: B. A. 231. Three credits - MR. KROHN B.A. 234. Business Law-Property The law of real property, nature and types of interests in land. A discussion of deeds and their prerequisites. The rights and duties of the landowner to the public. Rights of the government versus rights of the landowner. The landlord-tenant relationship, the mortgagor-mortgagee relationship. Business crimes ( crimes affecting property). The protection of personal and business property, tangible and intangible. Prerequisite: B. A. 231,232, Acct. 102. Three credits - MR. KROHN B.A. 236. Personnel Management A study of principles of organization; problems of the interrelationship of the functions operating in the fields of management; principles and modern practices of personnel management; instruments of control; the training and education of the worker; incentives used and special problems encountered. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 or approval of instructor. Three credits -THE STAFF B.A. 237. Production Management A study of the production problems that confront executives; developing operational plans; handling production problems; appraisal of relative risks. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 or approval of instructor. Three credits -THE STAFF B.A. 238. Office Management The organization and management of the office with emphasis on administration and effective control of office activities; work simplification and paperwork cost reduction with output efficiency. Office layout and working conditions; work-flow processes; forms design and control; records administration; systems analysis; scheduling, mechanization, and paperwork production and utilization. Job analysis, specifications, motivation, training, job descrip- DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 111 tion, evaluation, and salary determination. Emphasis on measurement and control of office work and setting of standards; importance of time and motion study. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits -THE STAFF B.A. 239. Sales Management The relation of the sales department to all other departments; types of sales organizations; selection, training, compensation, and management of the sales force; sales research and market analysis; determination of price and brand policies; preparation of sales budgets; costs of distribution. Prerequisite: B. A. 237 or approval of instructor. Three credits -THE STAFF B.A. 240. Property Insurance This course is a study of the fundamentals of fire, casualty, and marine insurance. Prerequisite: B. A. 232 or approval of instructor. Three credits - MR. FARRAR B.A. 241. Life Insurance This course is a study of the principles, practices, and uses of life insurance from the overall viewpoint of the product, cost, market, and industry. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits-MR. FARRAR B.A. 244. Time and Motion Study The principles and techniques of time and motion study. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Three credits - MR. JoHNS CHEMISTRY Professor Bastress, chairman; Associate Professor Swain; Assistant Professors Bohning, Bone, Rozelle, Salley, Soeder. Chem. 101. General Inorganic Chemistry An introduction to the fundamental laws and theories of inorganic chemistry. The chemistry of selected non-metallic elements. �Page 112 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 113 Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Four credits - THE STAFF Chem. 102. General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis The reactions of the common metallic elements, the theory and practice of elementary qualitative analysis. Class, four hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. IO I. Six credits - Miss BONE, MR. RozELLE, MR. SALLEY, MR. SOEDER Chem. I 04. General Chemistry A continuation of Chemistry 101. The chemistry of the metals. Laboratory work includes some qualitative analysis. Will not be accepted as a prerequisite for further chemistry courses. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. l 0 l. Four credits-MISS BONE, MR. ROZELLE, MR. SOEDER, MR. SWAIN Chem. 210. Inorganic Chemistry A study of the periodic relationships of the elements and their compounds. An introduction to physical inorganic chemistry. Three credits- MR. ROZELLE, MR. SwAIN Chem. 221. Inorganic Quantitative Analysis Theory and practice of typical analyses. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. I 02. Four credits - MR. SALLEY Chem. 230. Organic Chemistry An introduction to the chemistry of carbon compounds. The preparation and properties of aliphatic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 221. Four credits - MR. BASTRESS, MR. SOEDER Chem. 231. Organic Chemistry A continuation of Chemistry 230, with special attention to cyclic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 230. Five credits - MR. BASTRESS, MR. SOEDER Chem. 232. Organic Chemistry A continuation of Chemistry 230, with special attention to cyclic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 230. Four credits - MR. BASTRESS, MR. SOEDER Chem. 233. Qualitative Organic Analysis A course designed to give practice in the systematic identification of pure organic compounds and mixtures. Class, one hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 231. Three credits - MR. BASTRESS, MR. SOEDER Chem. 234. Topics in Organic Chemistry Special topics in organic chemistry, including theories of organic reactions. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 23 l. Three credits - MR. BASTRESS, MR. SOEDER Chem. 222. Inorganic Quantitative Analysis Chem. 241-242. Physical Chemistry A continuation of Chemistry 221. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, nine hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 221. Five credits - MR. SALLEY An introduction to the principles of physical chemistry and the elements of thermodynamics. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20 each course. Prerequisite: Chem. 221, Math. 126, Phys. 152. Four credits each semester - MR. SWAIN �Page 114 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Chem. 243. Topics in Physical Chemistry A study of advanced thermodynamics, chemical equilibrium, kinetics, and colloid chemistry. Advanced material is presented concerning the three phases of matter. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 242. Three credits- MR. RozELLE, MR. SWAIN Chem. 244. Topics in Inorganic Chemistry A course designed to introduce the student to the modern theories of inorganic chemistry. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 221. Three credits - MR. RozELLE, MR. SALLEY DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 115 ECONOMICS Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Associate Professors Chiang, Elliot, Farrar; Assistant Professors DeYoung, R. Werner. Ee. 101. Principles of Economics I An introductory course which presents basic economic problems and shows how these problems are solved in a free enterprise economy; the effects of the increasing importance of the economic role of government are pointed out. The course provides orientation in the broad field of economics and makes use of the analytical trends by means of which the student can understand the economic problems of his environment. Three credits -THE STAFF Chem. 251. Biological Chemistry The application of chemical and physiochemical principles and methods to chemical constitution, reaction, and products of living matter. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 221 and 230. Three credits - MR. SOEDER Ee. 102. Principles of Economics II This course is a logical sequence to Economics IO I. It is based upon a broad micro-economic foundation concentrated on such units as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Prerequisite: Ee. 10 I . Three credits -THE STAFF Chem. 261. History of Chemistry The development of the science in terms of the personalities responsible for the development. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. One credit - MR. BASTRESS Chem. 262. Chemical Literature An orientation course in foreign and domestic chemical literature. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. One credit - MR. BASTRESS Chem. 271-272. Research Project Fee: $7 per credit. Prerequisite: approval of research adviser. One to three credits each semester-THE STAFF Ee. 111. Economic History A study of the development of economic institutions with emphasis on the historical roots and evolutionary development of our modern economy. Analysis of causes of development. Major stress is on institutions. Three credits - MR. DEYOUNG Ee. 201. Money and Banking A study of money, credit, and banking operations. Development of American monetary and banking system. Central banking and the Federal Reserve System. Instruments of monetary control. Financial intermediaries. Monetary standards and international monetary relations. Prerequisite : Ee. I 02. Three credits - MR. CHIANG �Page 116 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ee. 202. Theory of Money Development of monetary theory. Liquidity preference and loanable funds theories of interest. Saving, investment, and income determination. Keynesian and neo-Keynesian analysis. The inflationary process. Exchange rates and international monetary mechanism. Prerequisite: Ee. 201. Three credits - MR. CHIANG Ee. 204. Consumer Credit This course includes consumer credit in its various aspects. It includes retail credit, sales finance, credit unions, and credit bureau activities. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Two credits - MR. RosENBERG Ee. 212. Government and Business DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 117 mental participation in labor relations and collective bargaining is also investigated. Reference is made to social welfare devices such as social security, unemployment compensation and workmen's compensation. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits- MR. R. WERNER Ee. 225. International Trade Theory and practice of international trade with special reference to contemporary problems and policies. The topics covered include tariffs, quotas, foreign exchange, equilibrium in international payments. A study will be made of geographic, economic, social, and political influences on international trade. Review of current policies and developments in the United States. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits - MR. ELLIOT Ee. 226. Economic Geography of the World A study of the relationship of government to economic enterprises with special attention to conditions in the United States; the regulatory activities of government agencies; administrative methods, objectives and results of governmental control. Reference is made to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situations, public utilities, trusts, transportation, extractive industries, and public enterprise. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 , Ee. 102. Three credits - MR. FARRAR A study and analysis of the economic and geographic factors which underlie the national, regional, and international potentials and problems of modern man. The course attempts to give to each student a more basic understanding of causative factors and a better appreciation of the complexities involved in policy formation. Prerequisites: Ee. 102. Three credits - MR. ELLIOT Ee. 222. The American Labor Movement Ee. 227. Economic Geography of North America A study of the evolving American labor movement and its ideology. This course deals with the development of American labor ideology and psychology in comparison with other labor movements. The relationship of the American labor movement to other political, social and economic institutions is investigated. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits --MR. R. WERNER A study and analysis of the North American continent, with special emphasis on the United States. Attention is given to the economic and geographic factors which have contributed to past growth and which are important determinants of future growth. In addition to a study of the nation as a unit, separate regional analyses are made of the component sections. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits - MR. ELLIOT Ee. 223. Collective Bargaining An introduction to labor problems and an analyses of major issues in the field of labor. This course deals with collective bargaining, employment, wages, hours and union policies. Govern- Ee. 229. Comparative Economic Systems The institutions of planned economy of the U.S.S.R. and those of the contemporary experiment in evolutionary socialism in Great �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 119 Page 118 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Britain are studied. Constant objective comparisons are made with institutions which arc characteristic of a capitalistic economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 or approval of instructor. Three credits - MR. FARRAR Ee. 230. Business Cycles A historical analysis of major business cycles. Contemporary theories and a critical examination of public policy toward business cycles. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits - MR. FARRAR Ee. 231. Applied General Statistics A course in statistical methods and their application. A collection and interpretation of statistical data, frequency distribution and measures of central tendency, fitting the normal curve, analysis of variance. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits - MR. RosENBERG Ee. 232. Economic Statistics A continuation of Economics 231. This course will include timeseries analysis, construction of index numbers, methods of correlation analysis, multiple and partial correlation, and test of significance for samples; Chi-square test. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Prerequisite: Ee. 231. Three credits - MR. RosENBERG Ee. 236. Public Finance Fundamental principles of public finance; government expenditures; revenue; financial policies and administration; taxation; principles of shifting and incidence of taxation; public debts and the budget; fiscal problems of federal, state, and local government; the relation of government finance to the economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, P. S. 101. Three credits -MR. RosENBERG, MR. R. WERNER Ee. 241. Economic Analysis This course is designed to give coverage to the theory of value and distribution. The determinants of consumer demand and the principles governing costs and outputs of producers are analyzed with some stress on recent theoretical investigations. The method is abstract and deductive. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. · Three credits - MR. FARRAR, MR. DEYOUNG Ee. 245. Consumer Economics The place of the consumer in the economic system. Theories of consumption; consumption minima; problems of the individual consumer as affected by income, taxes, consumer habits and standards of living are investigated. A study is made of the trends in consumption, income, income disposition and marketing and pricing of consumer goods. Relationships between government activities and the consumer are studied. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits-MR. R. WERNER Ee. 246. Economics Investigation Each student conducts an investigation in the field of his major interest and constructs a final report. Class instruction includes: (I) the principles of scholarly criticism, (2) compilation and use of bibliographies, and (3) details of good form as to content, table, body, footnotes, and bibliography. Prerequisite: approval of instructor ( for seniors only). Three credits -THE STAFF EDUCATION Professor Hammer, chairman; Professor Jessee; Associate Professors Colson, Hulser; Assistant Professors Hoover, West; Instructors Barone, Richards, Siles. Ed. 100. Introduction to Education A study of the historical development of American education, the role of the school in American life, educational philosophies, educational organization and administration, school finance, school curricula, school personnel, and current issues in education. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. Three credits - MR. HuLSER �Page 120 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ed. 200. Educational Psychology A study of the principles of learning and the application of psychological principles in the practice of education. Prerequisite: Psy. 102, Junior standing. Three credits - MR. HAMMER Ed. 209. Principles of Elementary Education DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 121 Ed. 214. Methods and Materials in Elementary School Social Studies A study of curriculum content and teaching procedures in elementary school history, geography, and government. Two credits Ed. 215. Multi-Sensory Techniques in Elementary School Teaching A study of the historical development and organization of the American elementary school. Prerequisite: Ed. I 00, 200. Three credits - MR. HuLSER A study of the use of multi-sensory teaching aids in the elementary school classroom. One credit Ed. 210. Professional Semester in Elementary Education Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They assume classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences are arranged with co-operating teachers and college supervisors. Six credits Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare students for elementary school teaching. Fee $20. To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, students must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval by the Education Department Chairman. Prerequisite: Ed. 209, Math. 102. Fifteen credits - MR. SILES For transfer and certification purposes, credit will be assigned as follows: Ed. 211. The Teaching of Reading An introduction to the teaching of reading in the elementary grades. Two credits Ed. 212. Methods and Materials in Elementary School Arithmetic A study of curriculum content and teaching procedures in elementary school arithmetic. Two credits Ed. 213. Methods and Materials in Elementary School Science A study of curriculum content and teaching procedures in elementary school science. Two credits Ed. 216. Student Teaching in the Elementary School Ed. 220. Professional Semester in Fine Arts Education Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare students for the teaching of art in elementary and secondary schools. Fee $20. To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, students must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval by the Education Department chairman. Students may schedule late afternoon or evening classes during the professional semester. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Fourteen credits - MR. VlEsT For transfer and certification purposes, credit will be assigned as follows: Ed. 221. Art Curriculum A study of the organization of teaching materials for most effective use in the art curriculum. Three credits - MR. RICHARDS Ed. 222. The Teaching of Art A study of materials, techniques, and experiences in the public school art program; evaluation of past and present philosophies. Three credits - l\.fa. RICHARDS �Page 122 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ed. 223. Multi-Sensory Techniques m the Teaching of Art A study of the use of multi-sensory aids in the teaching of art in elementary and secondary schools. One credit Ed. 224. General Classroom Methods A study of various instructional procedures used in public school classrooms. One credit - MR. WEST Ed. 225. Student Teaching in Art Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers and art specialists. They observe and teach in elementary and secondary school classrooms. Opportunities are provided for them to participate in school-wide activities. Conferences are arranged with co-operating teachers and college supervisors. Six credits Ed. 230. Professional Semester in Secondary Education Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare students for secondary school teaching. This program includes study of the teaching of reading in secondary school subjects. Fee $20. To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, students must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval by the Education Department chairman. Students may schedule late afternoon or evening classes during the professional semester. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Twelve credits-MR. WEST For transfer and certification purposes, credits will be assigned as follows: Ed. 231. Principles of Secondary Education A study of the historical development and organization of the American secondary school. Two credits -MR. HAMMER DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 123 Ed. 232. Secondary School Curriculum A study of the content and organization of the secondary school curriculum. Two credits - MR. HAMMER Ed. 233. Secondary School Teaching Methods A study of various teaching procedures employed in the secondary school classroom. One credit Ed. 234. Multi-Sensory Techniques m Secondary School Teaching A study of the use of multi-sensory teaching aids in the secondary school classroom. One credit Ed. 235. Student Teaching in the Secondary School Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They assume classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences are arranged with co-operating teachers and college supervisors. Six credits Ed. 241. Educational Measurements A study of the characteristics, construction, and use of various educational measuring instruments commonly available in secondary schools. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Two credits - Miss JESSEE Ed. 242. Guidance An introduction to general principles and the techniques employed in guidance programs in public schools. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Three-credits - MR. BARONE Ed. 243. Occupations An introduction to occupational research as a part of the secondary school guidance program. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Three credits - MR. BARONE �Page 124 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ed. 244. Teaching Secondary School English A study of the organization and presentation of curricular content in secondary school English courses. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Twenty-four credits in English. Three credits - THE STAFF Ed. 245. Teaching Secondary School Mathematics Same as Math. 127. (See page 145.) (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Math. 125. Three credits- MR. WEST Ed. 246. Teaching Secondary School Science A study of the organization and presentation of curricular content in secondary school science courses. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Twenty-four credits in sciences other than Psychology. Three credits -THE STAFF Ed. 247. Teaching Secondary School Social Studies A study of the organization and presentation of curricular content in secondary school social studies courses. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Twenty-four credits in social sciences other than Education. Three credits - MR. HuLSER Ed. 250. Introduction to Educational Administration A survey of the principles of educational administration at the federal, state and local levels. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Ed. I 00. Three credits -THE STAFF ENGINEERING Professor Detwiler, chairman; Associate Professor Heltzel; Assistant Professor Thomas. Engi. 100. Engineering Problems Lectures and discussions to acquaint the student with the aims, purposes and methods of the engineer. An introduction to the DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 125 proper method of attack upon problems, proper presentation of solutions, both mathematical and graphical, vertical freehand lettering. Instruction in the use of the slide rule necessary to problem solution. Graphs. Lecture, one hour; practicum, three hours a week. Fee: $5. Two credits - THE STAFF Engi. 101. Basic Drawing A basic course covering the elements of projection drawing necessary for students of chemistry. It includes use of instruments, sketching, orthographic and isometric drawing and dimensioning. Practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $10. Two credits - THE STAFF Engi. 105. Engineering Drawing This and the following course bear the same relation to the engineering profession as the subject of English bears to our daily life. Deals with the representation of objects according to engineering conventions. Several systems of representation, such as orthographic, isometric, and oblique, are studied. Use of instruments. Freehand sketching is emphasized. Practicum, seven hours per week. Fee: $10. Three credits - MR. HELTZEL Engi. 106. Descriptive Geometry Spatial relationships as represented by points, lines, planes, and other surfaces applied to problems in space. Emphasis is on applications to promote visualization by the solution of practical problems. Practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $10. Prerequisite or Co-requisite: Math.122;Engi.105 is recommended. Two credits-MR. HELTZEL Chemical Engineering Ch. E. 106. Stoichiometry A problem course involving the application of basic chemical and physical concepts to the calculation of heat and material balances as they are encountered in the various chemical industrial processes. Fuels and their combustion products, gas producers, furnace and kiln products. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 221; Phys. 151. Co-requisite: Phys. 152. Three credits - MR. SALLEY �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 127 Page 126 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Civil Engineering C.E. 103. Plane Surveying rolling, pressing. Also methods of machining, and the functions performed by various machine tools on metals and plastics. Class, two hours a week; practicum, three hours a week. Fee: $15. Three credits - MR. THOMAS Lectures, recitations and problems on the theory and practice of plane and topographic surveying. Field exercises, including the adjustment and use of surveying equipment including transit, levels, compass and tape for surveys of area, topography, profile, grading, excavating and the location of details. Interpretation of and mapping from field notes with attendant computations and the balancing of surveys. Emphasis on the application of surveying to engineering work in general. Practicum, seven hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Engi. 105, Math. 105 or 107 and 109. Three credits - MR. THOMAS Analytical and graphical studies of displacement, velocity and acceleration for rigid bodies in plane motion. Study of kinematic pairs and trains involving linkages, pulleys, gears and cams: instant centers, geartooth outlines and their application, epicyclic gear trains. Class, two hours a week; practicum, three hours a week. Fee: $5. Prerequisite: Engi. 106, Math. 122, Phys. ISO. Three credits - MR. HELTZEL C.E. 104. Route Surveying M.E. 211. Mechanics I. Statics A study of the engineering and economic problems affecting the location of routes of communication. Lectures, recitations, field work and problems on the theory and use of simple horizontal, compound, reverse, spiral and vertical alignment curves; grades, cross sections, mass diagrams and earth work computations, grade crossing, right-of-way, and drainage problems. Solar observation to determine true bearing and azimuth. Class, two hours a week; practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: C. E. I 03. Four credits - MR. THOMAS Study of force systems in equilibrium: catenary; friction; first and second moments of areas, volumes, masses; centroids. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Phys. 150, Math. 125. Co-requisite: Math. 126. Three credits-MR. HELTZEL Electrical Engineering E.E. 202. Electric and Magnetic Circuits An introduction to Electrical Engineering. Sources of electrical energy. Basic treatment of electric and magnetic circuits. Steady state network theorems. Class, three hours per week. Prerequisites: Phys. 151 and co-requisite Math. 126. Three credits - MR. THOMAS M.E. 206. Kinematics M.E. 212. Mechanics II. Dynamics Laws of motion, rectilinear and curvilinear, for a particle and a rigid body. Work-energy; impulse-momentum. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: M. E. 211. Three credits - MR. HELTZEL ENGLISH Professor Davies, chairman; Associate Professor Rizzo; Assistant Professors Fiester, Groh, Gutin, Lord; Instructors DeArment, Kerr, Kish, Miller, Mistichelli, Molley, R. Roberts, Tyburski, Williams. Mechanical Engineering M.E. 111. Manufacturing Processes Lectures, demonstrations by trips to industrial plants, instructional movies of the forming of metals and plastics by casting, Composition Eng. 101. Composition Principles of exposition; collateral reading; writing of themes. Three credits -THE STAFF �Page 128 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 129 Eng. 102. Composition Eng. 200. History of the English Language Principles of exposition continued; collateral reading; writing of themes; research paper. Prerequisite: Eng. 101. Three credits -THE STAFF Study of the origins of the English language and of the principal phenomena of later development. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits - MR. Rizzo Eng. 105. Advanced Exposition Eng. 205. Chaucer A study of the various expository types. Readings. Intensive practice in the writing of informative articles. Prerequisite: Eng. 101 and 102. In exceptional cases this requirement may be waived. Three credits -THE STAFF Speech Eng. 131. Fundamentals of Speech A basic course in the preparation and delivery of short speeches. Two credits -THE STAFF Eng. 134. Fundamentals of Speech Similar to Eng. 131, but with an extra hour of work. Required for engineering students. Three credits -THE STAFF Language and Literature Study of Chaucer's life and major works, including The Canterbury Tales and Troilus and Criseyde. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits - MR. Rizzo Eng. 211. Early English Drama Study of the drama from the tenth century to 1642; reading of plays by pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan dramatists exclusive of Shakespeare. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits- MR. GROH, Miss LORD Eng. 212. Restoration and Eighteenth Century Drama Study of the drama from l 660 to 1780. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits - MR. GROH, Miss LORD Eng. 214. Tudor Prose and Poetry Study of English non-dramatic literature from 1485 to 1603. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits -THE STAFF Eng. 151. Western World Literature Survey of western world literature to the beginning of the eighteenth century; lectures, quizzes, conferences. Prerequisite: Eng. 102, or substitute in composition. Four credits - THE STAFF Eng. 215. Shakespeare Eng. 152. Western World Literature Eng. 216. Milton and the Seventeenth Century Continuation of survey, bringing the study of literature down to the present time. Prerequisite: Eng. 151. Four credits -THE STAFF A study of the non-dramatic literature of the period with special emphasis on the poetry of John Milton. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits - MR. DAVIES A study of selected plays; written reports on others not studied in class. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits - MR. DAVIES �Page 130 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 131 Eng. 220. The Eighteenth Century Eng. 291. Modern Poetry The chief poets and essayists of the eighteenth century. Includes Swift, Pope, and Johnson. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits - MR. MILLER Study of the major English and American poetry of the Twentieth Century. Prerequisite: Senior Standing. Three credits - MR. GuTIN Eng. 237. Early English Novel Eng. 294. Modern Novel English prose fiction of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries; rise of the novel to the close of the eighteenth century. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits - MR. DAVIES Eng. 238. Later English Novel The major novelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits - MR. DAVIES Eng. 240. Romantic Prose and Poetry Study of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Shelley, Keats, and Byron, with related prose writers of the Romantic Period. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits - MR. MILLER, MR. RIZZO Eng. 245. American Literature A study of significant literature from the Age of Franklin to 1900. Prerequisite: Eng. 152, or the granting of permission. Three credits - MR. GuTIN Eng. 250. Victorian Prose and Poetry Readings in Tennyson, Browning, Arnold, and other significant writers of the Victorian Age. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits - MR. DAVIES, MR. Rizzo Eng. 290. Senior Seminar Designed to cover periods and figures not studied in course work; special emphasis on the research paper. Three credits Study of the major English and American novels of the Twentieth Century. Prerequisite: Senior Standing Three credits - MR. Rizzo Eng. 296. Modern Drama Study of important dramatists, European and American, from the time of Ibsen. Prerequisite: Senior Standing. Three credits - MR. GROH , Miss LORD FINE ARTS Associate Professor Colson, chairman; Instructors Evangelista, Richards. FA 101. Experiencing Art I Two and three dimensional studio work is planned for exploration of the creative process in a variety of media. Part of the general education program, this course is open to all students; no art experience is necessary. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Three credits -THE STAFF FA 102. Experiencing Art II A continuation of FA 101. Prerequisite: FA 101. Three credits -THE STAFF FA 103. Color and Design A study of color systems which includes their physical, psychological, and sociological properties. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 102. or equivalent. Three credits - MR. COLSON �Page 132 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 133 FA 104. Drawing and Composition FA 126. Graphics An introductory course which explores the potential of line, form, space, and texture with a variety of media. Studio problems include figure drawing, landscape, still life, and non-objective organization. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA I 03. Three credits - MR. COLSON A study of graphic expression including silkscreen, linoleum block, and wood block printing; etching; and lithography. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Three credits - MR. RICHARDS FA 105. Oil Painting An introductory course; no art experience is necessary. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Three credits - MR. RICHARDS FA 106. Water Color Painting FA 201. History of Art I History of art from the prehistoric period through the Gothic era. Two credits - MR. COLSON FA 202. History of Art II History of art from the Renaissance through the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: FA 20 I. Two credits - MR. COLSON A basic course in transparent water color painting. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA I 04. Three credits - MR. RICHARDS FA 203. History of Modern Art FA 121. Modeling and Three Dimensional Construction FA 205. Contemporary Design An introductory course in three-dimensional expression; various materials are employed for experimentation with realistic and nonrealistic forms. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 102. Three credits - THE STAFF A study of man's visual expression as conditioned by materials, technology, form, and function. Two credits - MR. EvANGE LIST A FA 122. Ceramics Students explore the making of pottery by solid, coil, slab, casting, wheel, and primitive techniques; they experiment with a variety of methods for surface decoration including slip, engobe, sgraffito, and underglaze. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Three credits - THE STAFF FA 125. Metalwork and Jewelry A course in basic metalwork and jewelry techniques and design. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Three credits - MR. EVANGELISTA A study of twentieth century art forms. Two credits - MR. EVANGELISTA FA 220. Studio Problems Provides advanced study and research for Fine Arts Education students. Lecture, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Two credits - THE STAFF FA 291. Senior Exhibit A study of exhibition techniques; each senior exhibits his work at the College. Studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. One credit - THE STAFF FA 292. Senior Exhibit A continuation of FA 291. Prerequisite: FA 291. One credit-THE STAFF �Page 134 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES FOREIGN LANGUAGES (Modern) Associate Professor Disque, chairman; Assistant Professor Force; Instructors Allmayer-Beck, Ribas, Valero. French DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 135 Fr. 107. French Composition Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern French, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. Three credits - MR. VALERO Fr. 101. Elementary French Fr. 201-202. Survey of French Literature Introduction to French grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Three credits -THE STAFF A survey of the evolution of French literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of French literature. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. Three credits each semester - MR. VA.LERO Fr. 102. Elementary French Continuation of Fr. 101. Prerequisite: Fr. 101 or the equivalent. Three credits -THE STAFF Fr. 103. Intermediate French Review of grammar; practice in oral and written French; selected readings of modern French prose. Prerequisites: Fr. 102 or the equivalent. Three credits - MR. VALERO Fr. 104. Intermediate French Introduction to French civilization; practice in oral and written French. Prerequisite: Fr. 103 or the equivalent. Three credits - MR. VALERO Fr. 203. French Literature of the Seventeenth Century Study of classicism and the outstanding writers of the seventeenth century. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. Three credits - MR. VALERO Fr. 205. French Literature of the Eighteenth Century Study of the literature and thought in the eighteenth century, with special emphasis on Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, and Rousseau. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. Three credits - MR. VALERO Fr. 105. Technical French Intensive practice in translating. A course designed for students who wish to be able to read material in French in their particular fields of interest. Prerequisite: Fr. 103 or the equivalent. Three credits - MR. VALERO Fr. 106. French Conversation Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records to acquire fluency in speaking French. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. Three credits - MR. VALERO Fr. 206. French Literature of the Nineteenth Century Study of Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, the Parnassian poets, and Symbolism. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. Three credits - MR. VALERO Fr. 208. Contemporary French Drama The development of modern drama from the latter half of the nineteenth century to the present. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. Three credits - MR. VALERO �Page 136 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 137 German Ger. 101. Elementary German Ger. 201-202. Survey of German Literature Introduction to German grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Three credits -THE STAFF A survey of the literature of the important periods from the beginning to 1932. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. Three credits each semester - MR. DISQUE Ger. 102. Elementary German Continuation of German 101. Reading of easy prose and poetry. Some stress on German culture, life, and customs. Prerequisite: Ger. 101 or equivalent. Three credits - THE STAFF Ger. 103. Intermediate German Emphasis on difficult grammatical construction and idioms. Reading of prose; practice in speaking and writing German. Prerequisite: Ger. 102 or equivalent. Three credits - MR. DISQUE Ger. 104. Intermediate German Continuation of Ger. 103. Rapid reading of German works representative of German life and history; practice in writing and speaking German. Prerequisite: Ger. 103 or equivalent. Three credits - MR. DISQUE Ger. 105. Scientific German Reading of selections from scientific German. Prerequisite: Ger. 103 or equivalent. Three credits - MR. DISQUE Ger. 106. German Conversation Emphasis laid on speaking, with drill in the colloquial vocabulary. Prequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. Three credits - MR. DISQUE Ger. 107. German Composition Idiomatic usage in modern German. To develop the ability to write free compositions. Prerequisite: Ger. I 04 or equivalent. Three credits - MR. DISQUE Ger. 203. Goethe Reading and interpretation of selected works of Goethe. Lectures and individual reports. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits - MR. DISQUE Ger. 204. Schiller Poet of German idealism. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits - MR. DISQUE Ger. 205. Nineteenth Century German Drama The German drama of the nineteenth century from Ludwig Tieck to Gerhart Hauptmann. Lectures and reports on the literary and cultural history of the times. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits - MR. DISQUE Ger. 206. Modern German Short Story The modern German short story from naturalism to the present. Individual reports; lectures on the cultural and literary history of the period. Prerequisite: Ger. 201 202 or equivalent. Three credits - MR. DISQUE Spanish Sp. 101. Elementary Spanish Introduction to Spanish grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Three credits -THE STAFF �Page 138 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Sp. 102. Elementary Spanish Continuation of Spanish 101. Prerequisite: Sp. 10 I or equivalent. Three credits -THE STAFF Sp. 103. Intermediate Spanish Review of grammar; practice in oral and written Spanish; selected readings from modern Spanish prose. Prerequisite: Sp. 102 or equivalent. Three credits - MR. RIBAS Sp. 104. Intermediate Spanish Introduction to Spanish civilization; practice in oral and written Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. I 03 or equivalent. Three credits - MR. RIBAS Sp. 105. Commercial Spanish The study of Spanish as it pertains to economic relations between the Spanish-speaking countries and the United States. Special emphasis on the writing of business letters. Prerequisite: Sp. I 03 or equivalent. Three credits - MR. RIBAS Sp. 106. Spanish Conversation Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records to acquire fluency in speaking Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. Three credits - MR. RIBAS DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 139 Sp. 108. Spanish American Culture The cultural, economic, and political development of the Spanish American countries. Prerequisite: Sp. I 03 or equivalent. Three credits - MR. RIBAS Sp. 201-202. Survey of Spanish Literature A survey of the evolution of Spanish literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of Spanish literature. Prerequisite: Sp. I 04 or equivalent. Three credits each semester - MR. RIBAS Sp. 203. The Golden Age of Spanish Literature Study of the great authors of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, with special emphasis on Cervantes, Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina, Alarcon, and Calderon. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits - MR. RIBAS Sp. 204. Nineteenth Century Spanish Drama Study of representative works of nineteenth century Spanish drama. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits - MR. RIBAS Sp. 205. Nineteenth Century Spanish Novel The development of the Spanish novel in the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits - MR. RIBAS GENERAL SCIENCE Sp. 107. Spanish Composition Bio. 101-102. Biological Science Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern Spanish, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: Sp. I 04 or equivalent. Three credits - MR. RIBAS Geol. 100. General Geology (See page 103.) General geology deals with the probable formation of the planet Earth, the establishment of its crust, and subsequent movements of �Page 140 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES the crust. The chief approach of the course is through a consideration of the paleontological, physical, and economic evidence in Earth's rocks. Two credits - MR. REIF Phys. 101-102. Physical Science DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 141 religious, economic, and political thought. During the second semester the influences of industrialization, the rise of nationalism, and the emergence of the United States as a World Power will be emphasized. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. Three credits each semester - MR. Cox (See page 159.) HISTORY Professor Thatcher, chairman; Associate Professors Bliss, Cox, Kaslas; Assistant Professor Connolly; Instructor Hughes. Hist. 101-102. History of Western Civilization A chronological survey of the civilization of the western world from the earliest times to the present. Emphasis is placed on general trends and on concepts that have influenced the modern world. Due attention is given to the part played by America in world history, especially during the expansion of Europe and in the twentieth century. Three credits each semester - THE STAFF Hist. 107. American and Pennsylvania History to 1865 A general survey extending from the period of discovery and exploration to the end of the Civil War. All students will be required to do a certain proportion of their outside reading in the history of Pennsylvania and its relation to the development of the nation. Three credits -THE STAFF ,_,/ Hist. 108. American History Since 1865 A general survey covering the period from I 865 to the present. Three credits - THE STAFF /4ist. 221-222. American Social and Intellectual History A study of social and intellectual developments in the United States from the colonial period to the present time. During the first semester emphasis will be placed on the influence of the American environment during the colonial period and of expansion and sectional disputes in the federal period upon society and upon Hist. 223-224. American Constitutional History A study of the origins of the American Constitution and the growth of the American constitutional system with special attention to the role of the Supreme Court. Prerequisite: Hist. 107, 108, and P. S. 102. Restricted to juniors and seniors. Hist. 223 is a prerequisite for Hist. 224. Three credits each semester - MR. THATCHER Hist. 225. History of the American Frontier A study of the westward movement in American history. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. Three credits - MR. THATCHER Hist. 228. History of the Foreign Policy of the United States A study of the evolution of the several policies that give direction to the relations of the United States with other nations. Prerequisite: Hist. 107, 108, and P. S. 102. Restricted to juniors and seniors. Three credits - MR. THATCHER Hist. 235-236. History of the Far East A study of the history of the civilizations developed in India, China, and Japan with emphasis on their inter-relations and distinctive characteristics and on their transformation in response to the penetration of western civilization from the sixteenth century onward. Some attention will be given to similar developments and changes among the countries of Southeast Asia. Winter semester: to c. 1760. Spring semester: 1760 to the present. Prerequisite: Hist. IO I and I 02. Three credits each semester - MR. Buss �Page 142 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Hist. 241-242. History of Great Britain and the British Empire and Commonwealth A study of British history from the Roman occupation to recent times. During the first semester emphasis is placed on the relations and contrasts between British and continental developments and the rise of the British nation and its expansion overseas. During the second semester emphasis is placed on the transition from a constitutional monarchy to a mature democracy, from an essentially agricultural to an industrial economy, and from the mercantilist empire to the Commonwealth of Nations. Intellectual and artistic developments will be touched upon insofar as they are related to the a hove changes. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits each semester - MR. Buss vflist. 255. Europe in the Nineteenth Century A study of the political, social, and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits - MR. KASLAS Hist. 256. Europe in the Twentieth Century Against a background of the internal and international developments of the leading powers, the class will study the origins and results of the two vVorld Wars. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits - MR. KASLAS / Hist. 257. History of Russia to 1815 A brief review of demographic and geographic factors will be used as background for a study of the political, social, and intellectual history of Russia from early times to 1815. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits - MR. KASLAS DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 143 and political, social, and cultural evolution of the Soviet State from its inception to the present. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits - MR. KASLAS MATHEMATICS Associate Professor T. R. Richards, chairman; Associate Professor Earl; Assistant Professors De Cosmo and W asileski; Instructors Klein, Salsburg. Math. 99. Algebra Review Secondary algebra, extending through simultaneous quadratic equations. Three hours a week. No credit-THE STAFF Math. 101-102. Fundamentals of Mathematics A course designed for those who want a general bac~ground in mathematical concepts without specialization in techmques .. Students taking Math. 105, 107, or 109 will not be granted credit for Ma th. 101 or 102. Three credits each semester - THE STAFF Math. 105. College Algebra and Trigonometry A combination of Math. 107 and 109. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. Five credits - THE STAFF Math. 107. College Algebra Proportion, progressions, inequalities, mathemat~cal induction, binomial theorem complex numbers, roots of equations, permutations and combin;tions, probability, determinants, partial fractions. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. Three credits -THE STAFF Math. 109. Plane Trigonometry ./ Hist. 258. History of Modern Russia A thorough examination of nineteenth century Imperial Russia will serve as a basis for a detailed study of the development of Russia in the twentieth century. Emphasis will be on the origins Trigonometric functions, solutions o! triang~es, trigonometric identities, inverse functions, trigonometric equat10ns. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. Three credits -THE STAFF �Page 144 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 145 Math. 115. Mathematics of Finance Math. 127. Teaching of Mathematics in Secondary Schools Prog~essions, bino~ial theorem, logarithms, simple interest, com~ou~d Interest, equat10ns of value, annuities, sinking funds, amort1zat1011, depreciation, capitalized cost. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. Three credits -THE STAFF Building of a program in secondary mathematics, mat~rials. of instruction, aids in teaching, maintenance of interest, testmg, 11:formal practice in teaching arithmetic, algebra, plane and solid geometry, trigonometry, and logarithms. Prerequisite: Math. 125. Three credits - MR. W ASILESKI Math. 118. Introduction to Statistics Frequency distributions and their graphical representation, measures of central tendency, dispersion, skewness, kurtosis, correlation, elementary curve fitting, use of tables of areas under normal curve. Prequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. Three credits -THE STAFF Math. 213. Higher Algebra Sets, mappings, operations, relations, g~oups, integr~l do~ains, fields; particular illustration of the foregomg by an ax10mat1c development of the real and complex number systems. Prerequisite: Math. 125, or permission of instructor. Three credits - MR. SALSBURG Math. 122. Analytic Geometry St~dy of geometric figures by means of coordinate systems, inc_ludmg_ the gene~al pro_blem of the equation of a locus, straight Imes,. circles, come s:ct10ns, transformation of coordinates, polar coordmates, parametric equations, families of curves introduction to solid analytic geometry. ' Prerequisite: Math. 105, or both Math. 107 and Math. 109. Four credits -THE STAFF Math. 214. Linear Algebra Vector spaces, linear independence, linear transformations, matrices, determinants, systems of linear equations. Prerequisite: Math. 213 or permission of instructor. Three credits - MR. SALSBURG Math. 220. College Geometry Math. 125. Calculus I Limits, derivatives and differentials, indefinite and definite inte?ral~, differentiation and integration of algebraic functions, applications. Prerequisite: Math. 122. Four credits - THE STAFF Math. 126. Calculus II _Di~eren:iation an~ integrati~n of transcendental functions, apphcat10ns, improper mtegrals, mdeterminate forms partial derivatives, multiple integrals. ' Prerequisite: Math. 125. Four credits -THE STAFF Similar figures, systems of circles, circular inversion, triangles, Ptolemy's theorem, circles of antisimilitude, poles and polars, m~dians orthocenters, nine-point circle, Desargues' theorem, Pascals theorem, theorem of Pappus. Prerequisite: plane geometry. Three credits - MR. W ASILESKI Math. 228. Mathematical Statistics I Probability, frequency functions, empirical distributio1:s of o~e variable, moment generating functions, binomial an~ P01sson distributions, normal distribution, the null hypothesis, elementary sampling theory. Prerequisite: Math. 126. Three credits - MR. W ASILESKI �Page 146 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 147 Ma th · 22 9. Mathematical Statistics II Math. 255. Introduction to Functions of a Complex Variable on;~::~~~lzn and r:gre;sion, theoretical distributions of more than testing hyp~t~~;:a e!~:n:~~' goofness of fit, chi-square distribution, small samples student's t-~~~ ?b p~ramete:s, confidence intervals, . . ' is n ut10n, testing for randomness. P rereqms1te: Math. 228. Three credits - MR. WASILESKI The complex numbers and complex plane. The elementary functions. Continuity and differentiability, the Cauchy-Riemann equations. Cauchy's integral theorem and formulas. Power series. Prerequisite: Math. 252. Three credits -THE STAFF Math. 260. Introduction to Topology Math. 235. Vector Analysis th Vector algebra, di~~rentiation of vectors, divergence and curl epoperat~~ del, curvilinear coordinates, vector fields applications' rereqms1tes: Math. 126. ' · Three credits - MR. RICHARDS Sets, metric spaces, topological spaces, compactness, separation, connectedness, Stone-Weierstrass theorems, Hausdorff spaces, normed linear spaces. Prerequisite: Math. 126. Three credits - MR. EARL Ma~h. 240. Differential Equations and Infinite Series First order equation i-1 . su~cessive approximati~~' ;;s~:~;:~t~ii;;;r:;~~f ~ions,_ solu~ion series, power series solution of d•ff . I . quat10ns, infimte 1 erentia equatrnns Prerequisite: Math. 126. · Four credits - THE STAFF ?Y MUSIC Associate Professor Gasbarro, acting chairman; Assistant Professors Chapline and Friedmann; Instructors Balshaw, A. Liva, Marcase, Nutaitis. Applied Music Math. 251. Advanced Calculus I er!;~:~!u~:i~~i:oc;:setheory of functi?ns of real variables. The delta-epsilon technique anofd tthhe following one _is on proof, by the , eorems concerning s d oth er functions of one variable S . . equences an of more than one variable. . ome time is spent on functions Prerequisite: Math. 126. Three credits - MR. RICHARDS Math. 252. Advanced Calculus II A continuation of Math. 251. Prerequisite: Math. 251. Three credits - MR. RrcHARDs Individual and group instruction is offered at all levels of difficulty to students in piano, pipe organ, voice, and orchestral and band instruments. A series of fifteen lessons a semester and a practical demonstration (examination) before the music faculty are necessary if credit is to be obtained for such study. Students who are not music majors may receive one credit each semester for voice or instrumental study. No examination is necessary if credit is not desired by the student. The ability, interest, and progress of students intending to major in music will be evaluated at the end of the sophomore year by the music faculty. Students will be advised before the opening of the following semester if the faculty does not recommend a continuation of the music major. Fees for private instruction are in addition to the regular tuition charge. One credit each semester �Page 148 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 149 Mus. 100. Introduction to Music A~ elementary course in the art of enjoying and listening to music. Non-technical, it covers briefly the entire range of music in various forms, styles, and media. Emphasis is placed upon enlarging the musical horizon through the use of a considerable number of illustrations. Three credits - THE STAFF Music 111-112. Piano Class 1 and 2 Class instruction in secondary piano. The classes will be divided into suitable groups according to proficiency. This course is required for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester - MRs. LIVA Mus. 101-102-103-104. Theory of Music The study of the theory of music is centered upon three main principles: ( 1) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. (2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through keyboard harmony. (3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. The ~rst two semesters of theory include ear training, two hours; solfegg10, two hours; harmony, one hour. The third and fourth semesters include ear training, one hour; solfeggio, one hour; harmony, three hours. The concentration of all theory into these four courses is in accordance with the method now employed in many of our leading schools of music. There is no prerequisite for Mus. 101. Students may be admitted to Mus. 102, 103, and 104 by examination. Five credits each course-THE STAFF Music 113-114. Piano Class 3 and 4 Class instruction in secondary piano in advance of Music II2. This course is a continuation of the required course for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. Prerequisite: Mus. 112. Two credits each semester - MRs. LIVA Mus. 121-122-123-124. Band The band offers the student a varied program for concerts and for various athletic events. Students desiring to participate in the band should consult with the Director. All instrumental music education majors are required to participate in the band for four years. One-half credit each semester- MR. MARCASE Mus. 125-126-127-128. Chorus A detailed study of the history of music from the beginning of civilization to the seventeenth century. Three credits - MR. FRIEDMANN The chorus offers the student a complete range of sacred and secular choral music. Students desiring to participate in the chorus should consult with the Director. All vocal and piano music education majors are required to participate in the chorus for four years. One-half credit each semester - MR. CHAPLINE Mus. 110. History of Music Music 131-132-133-134. Orchestra A continuation of Mus. 109, beginning with J. S. Bach and tracing musical development to the present day. Twentieth century music will be emphasized in the final weeks of study. Three credits - MR. FRIEDMANN Participation in the Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra gives the student experience in the complete range of symphonic literature. Students desiring to participate in the orchestra should consult with the Director. One-half credit each semester - MR. GASBARRO Mus. 109. History of Music �Page 150 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 151 Music 215. Instrumentation Mus. Ed. 103-104. Brass Class and Methods The instruments of the modern symphonic orchestra, their capabilities and limitations. The technique of scoring for small instrumental combinations; transposition and clef manipulation. Prerequisite: Mus. 102 or the approval of the Chairman of the Department. Two credits - MR. GASBARRO A course, usually in trumpet, for students not majoring in the brass field. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester - MR. MARCASE Mus. Ed. 105. Woodwind Class Methods Music 216. Orchestra and Band Arranging Scoring for the large orchestra or the modern symphonic band. The student may select his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Mus. 215. Two credits - MR. GASBARRO A class conducted as an introduction to the teaching of such wood-winds as clarinet, oboe, flute, and bassoon, with demonstrations of the class teaching of those instruments. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 102. Two credits each semester - MR. GASBARRO Mus. 217. Analysis Mus. Ed. 106. Brass Class Methods The technique of composition as disclosed by melodic, harmonic, and structural analysis of music in varied styles and from diverse periods. A class in brass is conducted as an introduction to the teaching of brass instruments and as demonstration of class teaching of these instruments. The instruments taught include trumpet, French horn, trombone, baritone, and tuba. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 104. Two credits - MR. MARcASE Prerequisite: Mus. 102 or equivalent as demonstrated by an examination. Two credits - MR. MARCASE Mus. 218. Counterpoint A study of the sixteenth century art of contrapuntal writing as found in the styles of Palestrina, di Lasso, and Ingegneri. Prerequisite: Mus. 102. Three credits-MR. MARCASE MUSIC EDUCATION1 Mus. Ed. 107-108. Voice Class and Methods A course in the fundamentals of correct voice production; breathing, breath control, elementary study of vowel forms, and consonants. Elementary songs are used to develop the student's own voice as well as to train him in voice pedagogy. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester - MR. CHAPLINE Mus. Ed. 101-102. Clarinet Class and Methods Methods of teaching and instruction in the clarinet for those in the public school music course. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester - MR. GASBARRO 1 There is an instrument rental fee of $10.00 per semester for music education students. Mus. Ed. 109-110. Conducting and School Music Materials The development of an adequate baton technique and the presentation of various kinds of school music material, stressing particularly elementary and high school instrumental materials the first semester and high school choral materials the second semester. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester - MR. GASBARRO �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 153 Page 152 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Mus. Ed. 111-112. Violin Class and Methods A class in elementary violin playing as a practical introduction to the technical problems involved in the playing of stringed instruments. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester - MR. FRIEDMANN Students may schedule late afternoon or evening classes during the professional semester. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Eight credits-MR. WEST For transfer and certification purposes, credit will be assigned as follows: Mus. Ed. 241. General Classroom Methods A study of various instructional procedures used in public Mus. Ed. 113-114. String Instrument Class Methods A class in the playing of the viola, violoncello, and bass as an introduction to the teaching of these instruments and as a demonstration of class teaching. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 112. Two credits each semester - MR. FRIEDMANN school classrooms. One credit Mus. Ed. 242. Multi-Sensory Techniques in the Teaching of Music A study of the use of multi-sensory aids in the teaching of music in elementary and secondary schools. One credit Mus. Ed. 201. Elementary School Music Methods The course involves a general preparation for the teachers of music in the elementary grades. It entails a study of the principles, procedures, and objectives in school music. No prerequisite. Two credits-THE STAFF Mus. Ed. 243. Student Teaching in Music A course in the observation and student teaching of vocal or instrumental music in elementary and secondary schools. Six credits NURSING EDUCATION Mus. Ed. 202. High School Music Methods The course is planned to provide a preparation for teaching the various aspects of music in the high school. No prerequisite. Two credits -THE STAFF Mus. Ed. 240. Professional Semester in Music Education Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare for the teaching of music in elementary and secondary schools. Fee: $20. To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, students must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval of the Education Department chairman. Professor Jessee, chairman; Instructors Liggett, M. Riley. Enrollment in all of the following courses with the exception of N. E. 102 and 104 is limited to graduate nurses. N.E. 101. Foundations of Nursing A general survey of the history of nursing with empha_sis upon the religious, social, and educational factors that have stimulated its development. Two credits - Miss JESSEE N.E. 102. Trends in Nursing A discussion of present problems in nursing and trends or patterns that emerge in the efforts to solve these problems. Two credits - Miss JESSEE �Page 154 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES N.E. 104. Community Resources DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 155 PHILOSOPHY-RELIGION A survey of the functions and activities of agencies and organizations contributing to the health and social welfare of the citizens of the community. Two credits - Miss JESSEE Professor Vujica, chairman; Instructors Kay, Barras, Gilmore, Jacobson, Williams. N.E. 106. Supervision and Administration Phil. 101. Introduction to Philosophy A discussion of the basic principles of supervision and administration with emphasis upon democratic leadership and the development of constructive interpersonal and interdepartmental relationships. Two credits - Miss JESSEE An introduction to the nature and function of philosophy, and its relations to some of the other fields of human interest. approach is through such typical problems as: the nature and_ ongm of life the relation of mind and body, freedom of the will, the theori~s of right and wrong, arguments for theism. Three credits -THE STAFF N.E. 107. Principles and Methods in Nursing Education Phil. 102. Logic and Scientific Method This course deals with the selection and organization of teaching materials and learning experiences. It includes the appraisal of effective methods of teaching and the evaluation of student progress and achievement. · Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Two credits - Miss JESSEE Elementary principles and techniques of cl~ar and so~nd thinking. General rules of inductive and deductive reaso~mg; recognition of fallacies; the nature of scientific knowledge, its methods, its aims, its presuppositions. Three credits - THE STAFF Philosophy !~e Phil. 105. Ethics A study of the use of multi-sensory teaching aids in nursing education. Prerequisite: N. E. 107 (may be taken concurrently). One credit- Miss JESSEE A critical study of standards for judging the rightness or wrongness of conduct. An inquiry into what men oug~t to do .. A sur_vey of representative ethical theories with the emphas~s on their a?phcation to currently controversial issues in the social, economic, and political fields. Three credits - MR. KAY N.E. 112. Field Experience in Supervision or Teaching Phil. 204. Philosophy of Religion N.E. 108. Multi-Sensory Techniques in Nursing Education Supervised observation and practice in a hospital. Prerequisite: Approval of adviser. Four credits - Miss JESSEE N.E. 113-114. Medical and Surgical Nursing Advanced study of nursing principles and techniques as applied to the expert nursing care of medical and surgical patients. Offered in two semesters. Two credits each semester - Miss LIGGETT An examination of various problems that arise when religion is made the object of philosophic reflection. The nature and forms of religious experience; the relation of fa~th and reason; argum~nts for God's existence; the problem of evil; the argument for immortality. Three credits-MR. VuJICA Phil. 205. Aesthetics Analysis of the nature, standards and criteria of value in !iterature, painting, music, and other forms of arts; the meanmg of �Page 156 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 157 resthetic j~dgments and processes of appreciation. An examination of the ob1ective qualities of those things which are found to be resthetically effective. Three credits - MR. VUJICA dynamic context of the culture, geography and history of the ancient Near East. Phil. 206. Social and Political Philosophies Rel. 202. The Literature of the New Testament Social and political institutions as seen by such classical critics as P_lato, Ari~totle, Hobbes, Hume, Burke, Bentham and others. Special attent10n to analysis of the problems of censorship, relation ?f ~hu~ch and state, prejudice, aims and methods of democratic mst1tut10ns. Three credits - MR. KA y Three credits - MR. BARRAS An examination of the form and content of the books of the New Testament as literary products and as records of the faith that gave rise to the Christian Church. The teachings of Jesus and the Apostolic Church are studied against the background of their own time and examined in their significance for contemporary life. Three credits-THE STAFF Phil. 207. Philosophies of History A st~dy of. the various interpretations of history. The views of Augus~me, V1co, Rousseau, Kant, Hegel, Marx, Comte, Spengler, Sch~e1tz~r, Toynbee, Sorokin, Niebuhr and others on the meaning of historical events. Three credits -THE STAFF Phil. 208. History of Philosophy A b:ief survey of the major historical divisions; a systematic analysis of some of the major figures and a consideration of their relevance to present problems. Three credits-MR. KAY Religion Rel. 200. Man's Religions . Nature and origin of religion. Sacred literatures beliefs and rituals of_ the great historical and living faiths. A ;omparis~n of the m?r_e important features of the great religions. The contributions of rehg10n to the development and preservation of cultural values. Three credits-MR. VUJICA PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE Associate Professor Reese, chairman; Instructors Ferris, Saraceno, Schmidt. Because of the importance of health and the possession of a sound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students as a regular part of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of sport or exercise for each student are included in the program of physical education. Physical education is required of both men and women during the freshman and sophomore years. The College men at the beginning of each year are given a medical and a physical examination. The work in physical education includes soccer, football, basketball, baseball, volley ball, and other competitive games. The College women also are given a thorough medical and physical examination before entering upon the program of physical education. The work for women consists of such activities as dancing, basketball, and natural gymnastics. P.E. 101-102-103-104. Physical Education Rel. 201. The Literature of the Old Testament The course aims at giving the student an insight into the books of ~he Old ~estament and the range and depth of the religious heritage received from Israel. The biblical message is studied in its This course is designed to promote physical well-being and good health habits and to encourage participation in activities that will provide relaxation and exercise throughout life. Two hours each week. THE STAFF �Page 158 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES P.E. 105-106. ·Personal Hygiene 1 A study of present day health problems. The course undertakes to help students enjoy maximum health and happiness through better understanding of nutrition, infection, disease, nervous and mental disorders, and problems of parenthood. One hour each week. One credit each semester. -THE STAFF DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 159 electricity, magnetism, and optics. Three class hours and one three-hour laboratory each week. Fee: $20 each semester. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109, or permission of instructor. Four credits each semester -THE STAFF Phys. 150. General Physics I Professor Detwiler, chairman; Associate Professors Bellas Donahoe, Ripley; Assistant Professors Bruch, Holden, Thomas.' A thorough grounding in the physical laws of nature. Mechanics. Instruction by demonstration lecture, recitation, and experimental work. Class, three hours a week and laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109. Four credits - THE STAFF Phys. 101-102. Physical Science Phys. 151. General Physics II A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the methods, concepts, and vocabulary of physics and applications of some of its outstanding principles to the needs of the individual and the community; and the manner in which the continually expanding frontiers of science affect our future way of life. Lecture, demonstration, and discussion three hours a week. Continuation of Phys. 150. Electricity and modern physics. Class, three hours a week and laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 150. Four credits - THE STAFF PHYSICS Three credits each semester - MR. RIPLEY Phys. 103. Basic Physical Problems An introduction to the proper procedure for problem solution, both mathematical and graphical. Slide rule practice, graphs, and lettering. Practicum, three hours a week. Fee: $5. One credit - THE STAFF Phys. 111-112. Introductory Physics An introductory course designed to promote an understanding of the more important fundamental laws and methods of the major sections of Physics. Laboratory work to emphasize basic principles and to acquaint the student with measuring instruments and their use as well as the interpretation of experimental data. First semester: mechanics, wave motion, sound, and heat. Second semester: 1 Class instruction in personal hygiene is required of all students, even those excused by physicians from taking physical education. Phys. 152. General Physics III Continuation of Phys. 150 and 151. Sound, heat, and light. Class, three hours a week and laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 150. Four credits-THE STAFF Phys. 201-202. Electricity and Magnetism Static and dynamic electricity, magnetism, electromagnetism, thermoelectricity, etc., are covered in considerable detail. The emphasis in this course is on fundamental analysis rather than applications. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week each semester. Fee: $20 each semester. Prerequisites: Phys. 151, Math. 240. Four credits each semester Phys. 211. Optics and Light The principles of geometrical and physical optics are considered in considerably greater detail than in the introductory course. Image formation, refraction, diffraction, origin of spectra, polarized �Page 160 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES light, optical activity, etc. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisites: Phys. 152, Math 240. Four credits Phys. 212. Thermodynamics The fundamental concepts of thermodynamics. The first and ~econd l~ws of Thermodynamics, Carnot cycle, entropy, and an mtroduct10n to statistical mechanics. Three hours lecture-discussion. Prerequisite: Phys. 151, 152, Math. 252, Math. 240. Three credits Phys. 221-222. Electronics . A _study of vacuum tubes, transistors, and their application in c1rcmts for rectification, amplification, oscillation, switching, etc. Two hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20 each semester. Prerequisites: Phys. 152, Math. 240. Three credits each semester Phys. 241-242. Advanced Laboratory Students desiring to undertake laboratory work in topics ~f their own choosing should consult the department chairman. Lab fee: $7 per credit hour. Prerequisites: Phys. 152, Math. 240. One or two credits -Hours to be arranged Phys. 251. Electrical Measurements Precision measurement of electrical quantities and their application to the field of chemistry; includes thermal electromotive force resistance thermometers, photo electromotive force, elementar; electronic circuits and their application. Class, two hours a week and laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 151, Math. 126. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 161 Phys. 262. N udear Physics Special relativity, natural and induced radioactivity, nuclear structure, nuclear reactions, reactors, etc. Class, three hours and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 261. Four credits Phys. 271. Modern Physics A further study of the modern concepts of atomic and nuclear physics. Spectra: radioactivity, photo-electricity, X-rays, solids. Intended for students not majoring in physics. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Phys. 151, 152, and Math. 240. Three credits Phys. 281. Topics in Theoretical Physics Selected topics depending upon the interests of the instructor and students. Topics might include advanced mechanics, quantum mechanics, electromagnetic theory, relativity, etc. Class, three hours. Prerequisites: Math. 240, Math. 252. Corequisites: Phys. 261 or approval of the instructor. Three credits Phys. 282. Topics in Solid State Physics Selected topics, depending upon the interests of the instructor and students. For example, theory of electrical and thermal conductivity, semiconductors, bonding in solids, point defects, dislocation, magnetic properties, etc. Class, three hours. Prerequisites: Math. 240, Math. 252, and Phys. 261, or approval of the instructor. Three credits POLITICAL SCIENCE Professor Mailey, chairman; Associate Professor Kaslas; Instructors Tuhy, Welsh. Phys. 261. Atomic Physics P.S. 101. Political Science I The structure of the atom, the photo-electric effect, crystal structure, X-rays, spectra, introduction to quantum theory. Class, three hours and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisites: Phys. 202, Math. 240. Four credits A broad, comprehensive introduction to the great topics which constitute political science, covering the nature and main elements of the modern states, their politics, their institutions, and their relations with one another. Three credits -THE STAFF �Page 162 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 163 P .S. 102. Political Science II P.S. 206. Municipal Government A descriptive and analytical study of the theory and practice of American National Government including its constitutional basis, organization, powers, and functions and services. Three credits -THE STAFF A course undertaking the study of the organi~ation, work, a:~ administration of local government. Since the nation~! g?ve~nme has assumed a new significance today, special attention is given to the relationship between local and national government. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102. Three credits - MR. TuHY P.S. 201. Constitutional Law I A course intended to show the growth of the American Constitution particularly United States governmental structure and relationships with special emphasis on change in the Constitution, the three branches of government, the Federal System, and the powers of the National Government. The case study method is used. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102. Three credits - MR. MAILEY P.S. 207. Public Administration . A study of the organization, activity, problems, and the recrmtment policy of the public service. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits - MR. Tm-IY P.S. 202. Constitutional Law II A course intended to show the growth of the American Constitution particularly the relations between the individual and his government with special emphasis on liberty against government, protection of civil rights, citizenship and its privileges. The case study method is used. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102. Three credits - MR. MAILEY P.S. 203. Politics and Political Parties A course intended to analyze the movements of political parties, elections, and the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102. Three credits - MR. MAILEY P.S. 204. Public Opinion and Propaganda P.S. 208. Labor Legislation A course dealing with the role of government in. :he field of labor relations and with the laws affecting the conditions of employment and employee-employer relations. The course stresses the increasing importance of government in a field heretofore free of any regulation. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits - MR. MAILEY P.S. 209. Social Legislation . . social legislation A course d ealing with the broad, humanitarian, d •1· • un of recent years which is generally labe1e socia _msuran~e. . employment compensation, workmen's compensation, an socia I A study in the behavior of governance, including the factors which determine attitude, the formation and expression of public opinion, and propaganda as used by pressure groups. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102 and Soc. 101 and 102. Three credits - MR. MAILEY security. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits -- MR. MAILEY P.S. 205. State Government An examination of the politics and the. processes of contemporary urban government, with special emphasis upon th: co~plex problems presented by the rapidly expanding population m standard metropolitan areas. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits -THE STAFF A broad, general course covering the structure, powers, and function of state governments in the United States. Special emphasis is placed on the Pennsylvania State Government. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits - MR. TuHY p .S. 210. Government of Metropolitan Areas �Page 164 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES P.S. 221. International Law A study of the development of the body of customs and rules which states have developed to govern their relations, with particular consideration for the responsibility of states for their enforcement. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102. Desideratum: United States and European history. Three credits - MR. KASLAS P.S. 222. International Politics A broad, general course which aims to present many of the factors that condition the foreign policies of nations. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102. Desideratum: Some knowledge of history, governments, and geography. Three credits - MR. KASLAS DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 165 major psychological topics such as sensation, perception, learn~ng, motivation, intelligence, and personality development. Frustrat10n, conflict, and mental health also receive attention. Three credits each semester -THE STAFF Psy. 201. Advanced General Psychology A more detailed study of topics treated only superficially in the introductory course. More attention will be given to physiological foundations of behavior, to learning, perception, and the emotions. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. IO I and I 02. Some background in biology or physiology would be desirable. Three credits -THE STAFF Psy. 203-204. Experimental Psychology A study of the European versions of democratic government beginning with Great Britain and considering the variations from the British system of government found on the continent. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102. Three credits - MR. KASLAS A lecture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the student with the methods and the results of modern psychological research. The course includes a study of several of the famous experiments in the field of psychology. Also included is p~actice with the older as well as the more recent methods of expenmental research. ( Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. IO I and I 02. Three credits each semester - THE STAFF P.S. 224. Soviet System of Government Psy. 207. Child Psychology A course dealing with the structure and functions of the Soviet Government emphazing the contrasts and similarities in form with governments of the West. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102. Three credits - MR. KASLAS The course is designed to present a general view of the development and growth of the child. It is concerned primarily with t~e heredity and native equipment of the child and the manner m which this equipment is modified during childhood. Emotional development, language development, and social relations are considered. Prerequisite: Psy. IOI and 102. Three credits -THE STAFF P.S. 223. Cabinet Systems of Government PSYCHOLOGY Professor R. Riley, chairman; Assistant Professor Zellner; Instructors Kanner, Krasno. Psy. 101-102. General Psychology An introduction to the field of psychology with emphasis on objective and systematic methods of inquiry. Extensive treatment of Psy. 208. Human Behavior Human adjustment and maladjustment to life situations with emphasis on motivation, emotional control, personality formation, and the treatment of the lesser personality disorders. Prerequisite: Psy. IOI and 102. Three credits - THE STAFF �Page 166 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Psy. 210. Psychologic Theory A comprehensive survey of classical and contemporary theories and their relationship to empirical research. Special emphasis is placed on attempts to reconcile and translate these theories into operational descriptions. Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits - MR. KANNER Psy. 212. Psychological Tests A survey of the functions measured by psychological tests with emphasis on intelligence and personality. A variety of the group and individual tests which measure these functions are studied. This course is a prerequisite for Psy. 251 and Psy. 255. Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits -THE STAFF Psy. 251. Industrial Psychology An introduction to the industrial application of psychology in the selection, classification, and training of employees; reduction of monotony and fatigue; the maladjusted worker; accident prevention; work conditions; and employee motivation and morale. Prerequisite: Psy. 212. Three credits -THE STAFF Psy. 254. Systematic Psychology A historical introduction to the various points of view in recent psychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders in the field as Watson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 10 I and I 02 and one other course in psychology. Three credits -THE STAFF DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 167 Psy. 257. Abnormal Psychology .. A general survey of the principal forms of mental abnormaht1es, with emphasis on causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 207,208 and permission of head of department. Three credits -THE STAFF Psy. 271-272. Research in Psychology An opportunity to conduct individual research projects under supervision. (Open to psychology majors only.) Prerequisite: permission of head of department. Three credits each semester - THE STAFF RETAILING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructor D'Zerko. Ret. 101. Principles of Retailing A basic course that discusses the opportunities in retailing; types of retail institutions; problems of store policy, store location;_ st~dy of the organizational structure of department stores; orgamzat10n and functions of operating division. Three credits -THE STAFF Ret. 210. Elements of Merchandise Merchandise information; fibers and fabrics; history, production, manufacturing process from fiber to finished fabric; textile term!nology, trade names. Identification, testing of fibe:s; care of fabric~; new developments. Study of natural, industrial and synthetic materials. Three credits -THE STAFF Psy. 255. Clinical Psychology Ret. 211. Merchandise Information A survey of the clinical method in psychology with consideration of diagnostic and treatment techniques and the role of the professional psychologist in various settings. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 212. Three credits -THE STAFF Materials, other than textiles, used in the creation of merchandise are covered through the study of raw materials. Categories of merchandise covered include: leather goods, such as shoes, glo:7es, handbags, and luggage; floor coverings; glass, pottery, and chma; and furniture. Three credits-THE STAFF �Page 168 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ret. 212. Purchases and Merchandising Control The principles, techniques, and problems encountered in merchandising; purchase planning, markup, markdown, inventories and their control, turnover, retail method of inventory, and the types and limitation of stock control systems. Prerequisite: B. A. 107 or approval of instructor. Three credits -THE STAFF Ret. 214. Retail Buying A study of the scientific principles of what, when, and how much to buy; a study of customer demand. Special attention is given to the technique of buying; markups, markdowns, stockturns, and other factors that are necessary to keep lines complete. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits -THE STAFF Ret. 220. Organization and Operation of the Small Store I_mportance of ~mall business; factors in business success; justificat10n of new busmesses; financing; location; policies; management; employee relations; sales promotion; turnover; profit; records; small business and the future. Two credits -THE STAFF Ret. 224. Recent Trends and Developments in Retailing Revi~w of fun~amen_tals; tr:nds in retailing; study of developments m cooperation with retail store executives. Laboratory work; reports on trends and developments. Three credits -THE STAFF Ret. 225. Retail Practice Required of all retailing majors in the seventh semester. In cooperation with local stores, a program in Retailing Practices has ?een established. Under this program, students majoring in Retailmg must be employed for an average of 25 hours a week during the fall terr~ of the se?ior year. During the period of employment, stu~ents will be reqmred to submit reports concerning their work to the mstructor; the store manager or personnel director is required to evaluate the students' ability and aptitude for retailing. Credit for the course given upon certification by the manager or personnel DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 169 director of the co-operating store that students have satisfactorily completed their terms of employment. Students who wish to seek their own place of employment may be permitted to do so, provided the place of employment has been approved by the instructor. In general, this approval will be given to employment in department stores, independent stores, variety stores, chain stores, and specialty stores where students will receive a variety of experience, and the stores are of a sufficient size to provide adequate and diversified experience. Three credits -THE STAFF SECRETARIAL STUDIES Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Gera, Hoover. S.S. 105-106. Elementary Shorthand Development of reading and writing skill in basic Gregg Shorthand Simplified and review of simple English essentials that are necessary in transcription; completion of basic theory. Second semester: Review of Gregg Shorthand Simplified with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the application of shorthand; pre-transcription training; development of desirable traits and work habits. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Two credits each semester - MR. GERA, MR. HoovER S.S. 107-108. Elementary Typewriting Presentation and mastery of the keyboard and operating parts of the typewriter; stroking techniques and control emphasized. Development of skill in typewriting; application of skill to letter writing, envelopes and cards, tabulation problems, copying from rough draft, manuscript writing; study of form and style. Four hours each week. One hour lecture and three hours laboratory. Required laboratory fee: $10 each course. Minimum passing requirement: SO words net per minute. Two credits each semester - MR. GERA, MR. HoovER S.S. 201-202. Advanced Typewriting Development of greater speed and accuracy in typewriting; review of form and style in typewritten material; advanced applica- �Page 170 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES tion of typewriting skills; production typing; accuracy, speed and job techniques emphasized; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Three hours laboratory. Required laboratory fee: $10 each course. Prerequisite: S. S. 108 or equivalent and net typing rate of 50 words per minute. One credit each semester - MR. GERA S.S. 205. Office Procedures and Machines A study of technical procedures and problems in typical business and professional offices; analysis of personal and professional requirements for office personnel; a general survey and comparison of major office machines classifications; administrative machine procurement problems and procedures; operation and use of office machines and equipment, namely, adding, calculating, dictating and transcribing, duplicating, photocopying, accounting, integrated data processing. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Required laboratory fee: $10. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Four credits - MR. GERA S.S. 207-208. Advanced Shorthand Review and strengthen knowledge of the principles of Gregg Shorthand Simplified; build shorthand - writing skill and speed in taking dictation with great emphasis placed on the development of transcription skill; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Five hours each week. Two hours lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: S. S. I 06 or equivalent and net typing of 50 words a minute. Three credits each semester - MR. GERA DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 171 SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY Associate Professor Moravec, chairman; Instructors Olson, Bloomburg, Greenspan, Moroski, Welliver. Soc. 101. Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology I Man in Society; a systematic view of sociol?gy, ~roviding es~e~f tials for an approach to questions about man m society; analysis social processes, structures, and functions. Three credits - THE STAFF Soc. 102. Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology II Man and Culture; a general survey of the field of anthro~ology stressing its cultural aspects; study of contemporary non-literate societies and their institutions. Three credits - THE STAFF Soc. 200. The Family . . History and ethnological studies of family. Role of family m the development of the individual. Interrelation of church, state, _and family. Social conditions and _change_s ~ffecting the American family. Family instability and d1sorgamzat1on. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102 or permission of instructor. Three credits-MR. MORAVEC Soc. 215. Sociology of Urban Life . The development of modern cities; e!Iects o_f urba_n hfe upon social organization and personality patterns; ma1or social problems of the cities. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102. Three credits - Miss OLSON S.S. 243. Principles and Methods of Business Education Principles of business education; business curricula in secondary schools; psychology of skill-building; objectives, standards, content; tests and measurements, and techniques of instruction in business education courses; observation. Three credits - MR. HOOVER Soc. 230. Social Problems A survey of most pressing contemp?rar~ social_ pr~blems and an examination of current theories of social d1sorgamzat10n. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102. Three credits - Miss OLSON �Page 172 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 173 Soc. 235. Crime and Juvenile Delinquency Soc. 270. Peoples and Cultures of the World Evaluation of current theories and research into causative factors and sociological implications of criminal and delinquent behavior. Examination of problems, programs, and issues in prevention and treatment of deviant behavior. Prerequisite: Soc. 230, or permission of the instructor. Three credits-MR. MORAVEC A survey of the non-Western cultures of the world with an emphasis on one of the following areas: The Middle East, The Far East, South-East Asia, Africa, Australasia, Latin America. Prerequisite : Soc. IO I and I 02. Three credits - Miss OLSON Soc. 275. Sociology of Minorities Soc. 245. Fields of Social Work A survey of the main problems of social work and of agencies and methods that have developed to cope with them. The nature and requirements of the different fields of social work. Prerequisite: Soc. l Ol and l 02 and Psy. IO I and I 02. Three credits -Miss OLSON A theoretical analysis of inter-group tensions and processes of adjustment with special reference to modern racial, national, and religious conflicts. Prerequisite: Soc. IOI and 102 and Psy. IOI and 102. Three credits - Miss OLSON Soc. 280. Sociological Theory Soc. 255. Introduction to Social Psychology . A general survey of the field of social psychology. Social factors m human nature; psychology of individual differences· social interaction; collective behavior, psychology of personality;' social pathology. Prerequisite: Soc. IOI and 102 and Psy. IOI and 102. Three credits -MR. MORAVEC Soc. 260. Personality and Social Structure E~amin~tion of current theories and research bearing upon the relat10nsh1p between personality and social structure; contributions an~ convergent development in psychology, anthropology, and soc10logy. Prerequisite: Soc. IOI and 102; Soc. 265. Three credits - MR. MORAVEC Soc. 265. Sociology of Industry An analysis of the formal and informal social organization of the wor~ p~ant and of the relationship between modern industrial orgamzat1on and the community. Prerequisite: Soc. IO I and I 02 and Ee. IO I and I 02, or permission of the instructor. Three credits - MR. MORAVEC The aim of the course is to provide the student majoring in sociology, or in one of the related fields, with a historical background necessary for understanding of the current trends in sociology as well as for clarification of its distinct subject matter, problems, and methods. Prerequisite: Soc. IOI and 102 and two other courses in sociology or permission of the instructor. Three credits-MR. MORAVEC �Personnel of the College Board of Trustees Administration Faculty �Committee Appointments Board of Trustees R. Honorary Chairman CHARLES B. WALLER, Chairman Lams SHAFFER, Vice-Chairman CHARLES H. MINER, JR., Secretary }AMES P. HARRIS, Treasurer ADMIRAL HAROLD STARK, JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. FRANK BURNSIDE Miss MARY MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT JOSEPH F. LESTER L. THOMAS H. KILEY CONYNGHAM R. ARNAUD C. MARTS, FRANK CHARLES H. MINER, JR. FRANK BURNSIDE JAMES P. HARRIS LOUIS SHAFFER WILLIAM L. CoNYNGHAM, THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST L. THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. Instruction REUBEN H. LEVY HoN. FRANK President KooNs AARON WEISS SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. Miss ANNETTE EvANs FABER R. PINOLA Chairman FRANK BURNSIDE Buildings and Grounds HARRY F. GoERINGER, Chairman REUBEN H. LEVY MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT F. ELLSWORTH p ARKHURST MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE Lams SHAFFER JOHN B. FARR JOSEPH J. SAVITZ MRS. ESTHER W ECKESSER WALKER SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. CHARLES B. HARRY F. GoERINGER AARON WEISS Miss ANNETTE EvANS EUGENE S. FARLEY ANDREW HOURIGAN, JR. Library TERM OF OFFICE Miss ANNETTE EVANS, WILLIAM Expiring June, 1965 w. ANDERSON WILLIAM w. BOYD FRANK FRANK BURNSIDE MRS. EBERHARD B. L. FABER FARR Nominations HARRY F. GoERINGER JoHN B. FARR, THOMAS H. KILEY J osEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. Miss MARY R. KooNs MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER }AMES w ALKER Expiring June, 1966 MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT WILLIAM L. CONYNGHAM MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE ARNAUD C. MARTS F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST HoN. FRANK L. CHARLES B. JOSEPH F. LESTER AARON WEISS Expiring June, 1967 DAVENPORT, M.D. CHARLES H. EUGENE s. FARLEY ANDREW HOURIGAN, JR. REUBEN H. LEVY P1NOLA w ALLER }AMES P. HARRIS SAMUEL M. Miss ANNETTE EvANS w ALLER CHARLES H. MINER, JR. JOSEPH J. SAVITZ JOHN Chairman w. ANDERSON }AMES P. HARRIS KooNs ARNAUD C. MARTS L. Chairman Vice-Chairman Lams SHAFFER, Miss MARY MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE MRS. EBERHARD Development CHARLES B. WALLER, EUGENE S. FARLEY, w. ANDERSON WILLIAM w. BOYD FRANK WILLIAM Executive Committee MRS. EBERHARD Chairman Chairman w. BOYD L. FABER JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. P. HARRIS Miss MARY R. KooNs JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. CHARLES H. MINER, JR. Lams SHAFFER MRS. ESTHER W ECKESSER WALKER Finance JAMES P. HARRIS, Chairman Campaign Planning Chairman Louis SHAFFER, WILLIAM W. BoYD FRANK BURNSIDE L. ANDREW HOURIGAN, JR. WILLIAM THOMAS H. KILEY THOMAS H. KILEY CONYNGHAM REUBEN H. LEVY CHARLES H. MINER, JR. AARON WEISS JOSEPH J. SAVITZ MINER, JR. THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. J. JOSEPH SAVITZ Lams SHAFFER Ex Officio on all Committees-CHARLES B. WALLER AND EUGENE s. FARLEY �Officers of Administration President EUGENE S. FARLEY Data Processing Programmer RIA FRIJTERS DRA, Econ. (Rotterdam) Manager of the Bookstore Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds MILDRED GITTINS WILLIAM JERVIS B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Dean of Academic Affairs FRANCIS J. MICHELINI B.S. (Seton Hall) M.S. (Delaware) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Director of Graduate Program DANIEL P. DETWILER B.A. (Swarthmore) M.S., Ph.D. (Yale) Director of Admissions B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.S. (Columbia) Dean of Women B.A. (Mt. Holyoke) Comptroller MARGARET E. CoNNOLL Y B.S. (Pennsylvania) M.A. (New York) Director of Evening Division STANLEY H. WASILESKI B.S. (Pittsburgh) M.S. (Bucknell) Director of Placement JOHN J. CHWALEK B.S. (East Tennessee) M.A. (Columbia) Director of Development MoHR B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.A. (New York) s. ZAWADSKI Registrar B.S. (Wilkes) Assistant to the Dean of Men ARTHUR J. HOOVER B.S. (Wilkes) M.Ed. (Pennsylvania State) Director of Alumni Relations GORDON E. ROBERTS B.A. (Wilkes) Director of Information Services W ALLISON B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Bucknell) COLLEGE SERVICES FRANCES Director of Area Research Office OTTO Secretary to the President Secretary, President's Office RITA LEVIN Secretary to the Director of Graduate Program GRACE M. WALKER Secretary to the Dean of Men ANN MARIE LENCHAK Secretary to the Director of Admissions RuTH V. BISHOP Recorder SANDRA DENNIS Secretary to the Dean of Women JOAN OSTROWSKI Assistant to the Comptroller PATRICIA OLEXA Secretary to the Director of Evening Division FELICIA PERLICK Secretary to the Director of Development ELIZABETH CHAPPLE Secretary to the Registrar JOHANNA BOROWSKI Secretary to Assistant to Dean of Men KATHLEEN O'DONNELL Assistant to Director of Alumni Relations BARBARA FRITZ Secretary to the Director of Information Services MARILOU CAPRIONE Secretary, Admissions Office RuTHELLEN HAMMOND Assistant Recorder SusAN ZuPKO Clerk JOAN THOMAS Cashier JuLE CooK Accounts Payable Bookkeeper HILMA NoRDSTROM Accounts Receivable Bookkeeper BETH ALLES Clerk EILEEN RoARTY Secretary, Alumni Office MARGARET BARTECK Switchboard Operator NANCE P. CoRDY HELEN A. MORGAN MARGARET M. AHLBORN EDWARD J. L. Assistants in Administration JOHN P. \VHITBY ALFONSO HERMAN Director of Institute of Municipal Government Dean of Men B.A. (North Carolina) M.A. (Columbia) R. B.S. (West Chester) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) B.A. (Pennsylvania State) GEORGE F. RALSTON WALTER H. COMMUNITY SERVICES HUGO V. MAILEY M. SEARS Director of College Consultation B.A. (Barnard) M.A. (New York) ROBERT M. KERR College Physician B.S. (Bucknell) M.D. (Jefferson) JOSEPH H. KANNER B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (New School for Social Research) Director of Testing Service L. Head Resident, Catlin Hall Head Resident, Chapman Hall FANNIE F. KEITHAN, Head Resident, McClintock Hall MARY CRAWFORD, Head Resident, Sterling Hall MILDRED B. MELOY, Head Resident, Sturdevant Hall HELEN O'BRIEN, Head Resident, Susquehannock Hall EDITH ROBINSON, Head Resident, Weckesser Hall ESTHER BoKORNY, Head Resident, 36 West River Street JANET LANGDON, ETHEL STARK, �.Faculty EUGENE s. FARLEY FACULTY - Page 181 Administration President Chemistry Professor Biology Professor History Professor Economics Professor Political Science Professor Education Professor B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) ALFRED w. BASTRESS B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Ph.D. (Yale) CHARLES B. REIF SAMUE,L A. ROSENBERG EUGENE L. HAMMER FRANK J. J. DAVIES B.S., M.S. (Bucknell) M.A. (Columbia) STANKO M. VuJICA B.S. (Zagreb) M.A. (Innsbruck) Ph.D. (Zagreb) RUTH w. JESSEE English Professor Physics and Engineering Professor Emeritus Philosophy and Religion Professor B.A. (Seton Hall) M.S. (Delaware) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) *Retired 1964 Ma them a tics Associate Professor Library Associate Professor History Associate Professor Economics Associate Professor English Associate Professor Physics Associate Professor Physics Associate Professor Education Associate Professor Physical Education Associate Professor Mathematics Associate Professor Art Education Associate Professor L.L.B. (Kaunas, Lithuania) M.A., Ph.D. (Strasbourg) B.A. (Central) M.A., Ph.D. (Chicago) JULIEN A. RIPLEY B.A. (Yale) M.A. (Harvard) Ph.D. (Virginia) FREDERIC E. BELLAS Nursing Education B.S., M.S., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State) JOHN V. HULSER Professor B.S. (New Haven) M.A. (Yale-New Haven Plan) Ph.D. (Connecticut) JOHN G. REESE B.S., M. Ed. (Pennsylvania State) Physics Professor B.A. (Swarthmore) M.S., Ph.D. (Yale) FRANCIS J. MICHELINI Associate Professor B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) B.S., M.A. (Columbia) Ed. D. (Pennsylvania) DANIEL P. DETWILER Foreign Language B.A., M.A. (Zagreb) M.A. in L.S. (Marywood) PHILIP L. Rizzo B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Yale) *VORIS B. HALL Professor B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.S. (Bucknell) You-KENG CHIANG B.S. (Wheaton) M.A. (Northwestern) Ed. D. (Columbia) Biological Research B.A. (Dickinson) BRONIS KASLAS B.S. (West Chester State) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Professor B.A. (Ohio State) M.D. (New York) NADA K. VuJICA B.A., M.B.A. (Boston) Ph.D. (North Carolina) HUGO V. MAILEY SHELDON G. COHEN THOMAS R. RICHARDS B.A., M.A. (Columbia) Ph.D. (Chicago) Psychology B.A. (Bucknell[ Ph.D. (Pennsy vania State) ELWOOD DISQUE B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Minnesota) HAROLD w. THATCHER ROBERT RILEY BOYD L. EARL B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Bucknell) Biology Professor CHESTER E. COLSON B.S. (Massachusetts School of Art) M.S. (Columbia) �Page 182-FACULTY WILLIAM R. GASBARRO FACULTY -Page 183 Music Education B.S. (J uilliard) M.A. (Columbia) ROBERT E. OGREN Biology B.A. (Wheaton) M.S. (Northwestern) Ph.D. (Illinois) HAROLD E. Cox History Sociology J.U.D. (Prague, Czechoslovakia) Ph.D. (Boston) WILLIAM H. Buss How ARD A. SwAIN, JR. Economics Associate Professor Associate Professor ROBERT Associate Professor RALPH B. ROZELLE Chemistry Chemistry w ASILESKI Ma them a tics B.S. (Pittsburgh) M.S. (Bucknell) FRANCIS J. SALLEY Chemistry Assistant Professor English Assistant Professor Economics Assistant Professor B.S. (St. Joseph's) M.S. (Pennsylvania) ALFRED s. GROH w ERNER B.A. (Roosevelt) M.S. (Wisconsin) Assistant Professor Library Assistant Professor History Assistant Professor Business Education Assistant Professor Business Education Assistant Professor Economics Assistant Professor Accounting Assistant Professor Chemistry Assistant Professor Physics Assistant Professor Chemistry Assistant Professor English Assistant Professor Education Assistant Professor B.S. (Wilkes) M. Ed. (Pennsylvania State) B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.A. (Columbia) RoBJ;RT DEYouNG B.S. (Rhode Island) M.A. (Columbia) s. CAPIN B.S. (Wilkes) C.P.A. (Pennsylvania) B.S. (Wilkes) Ph.D. (Alfred) ALVAN BRUCH B.S. (Chicago) M.S., Ph.D. (New York) ROBERT w. SOEDER B.S. (Ursinus) M.S., Ph.D. (Delaware) CHARLOTTE V. LORD B.A. (Syracuse) M.A. (Columbia) ROBERT E. Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Accounting B.A. (Pennsylvania) M.A. (New York) GEORGE GERA B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State) STAN LEY H. T. LEONARD CONNOLLY Associate Professor Economics Assistant Professor B.A. (Wilkes) M.S. in L.S. (Syracuse) Engineering B.S. (Grove City) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) CATHERINE H. BONE GEORGE F. ERMEL ARTHUR J. HOOVER B.A. (Montclair State) M.A. (Clark) Engineering B.S. (Susquehanna) M.A. (New York) Associate Professor B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania) GEORGE F. ELLIOT Associate Professor Assistant Professor B.S. (Washington and Lee) Physics B.S. (Gettysburg) M.S. (Bucknell) WELTON G. FARRAR CROMWELL E. THOMAS Associate Professor B.A. (LaSalle) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) EDWARD N. HELTZEL Associate Professor Accounting B.S.C. (Washington and Lee) History B.A., M.A. (Oxford, England) Ph.D. (Pittsburgh) FRANCIS J. DONAHOE Associate Professor E. SHELDON CURTIS PAUL R. WERNER A.B. (William and Mary) M.A., Ph.D. (Virginia) JAROSLAV G. MORAVEC Associate Professor B.S. (New York) . M.A. English (Bucknell) M.A. Italian (Middlebury) ROBERT A. w EST B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (Columbia) �Page 184 - FACULTY FACULTY-Page 185 HARRY GERSHENOWITZ B.A., M.S. (Long Island) B.S. in Pharmacy (St. John's) ]AMES G. DECOSMO B.S. (West Chester) M.S. (Adelphi) DONALD K. ZELLNER B.A. (Hamilton) DONALD E. MARCASE B.M.,M.M. (Cincinnati Conservatory of Music) MARTIN FRIEDMANN B.S., M.S. (Juilliard) RICHARD B. CHAPLINE B.S., M.S. (Juilliard) STANLEY S. GUTIN B.A., M.A. (Maryland) STANLEY J. HOLDEN B.A. (Brooklyn) Ph.D. (Alfred) GRACE C. KIMBALL A.B. (Rochester) Ph.D. (Cornell) BENJAMIN F. FIE STER, JR. B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Bucknell) JAMES J. BOHNING B.S. (Valparaiso) M.S. (New York) MURRAY S. FORCE B.A. (South Dakota) M.A. (Missouri) JOSEPH H. KANNER B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (New School for Social Research) RUTH T. ROBERTS B.A. (Goucher) THEODORE L. KROHN B.A. (Wilkes) LL.B. (Dickinson) Biology Mathematics Psychology Music Music Assistant Professor ROBERT J. MILLER Assistant Professor JOSEPH H. SALSBURG Assistant Professor ANNE V. KISH Assistant Professor DORIS B. SARACINO Assistant Professor PHILIP TUHY B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Columbia) B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (Columbia) B.A. (Wilkes) B.S. (Stroudsburg) B.A. (Valparaiso) M.G.A. (Pennsylvania) Music Assistant Professor English Assistant Professor Physics Assistant Professor ROLAND C. SCHMIDT, JR. Assistant Professor J. PHILIP RICHARDS Assistant Professor J. GEORGE SILES Assistant Professor WILLIAM J. MISTICHELLI Assistant Professor p ABLO VALERO Instructor MARVIN RASNICK Biology English Chemistry Foreign Language Psychology DALE ALLAN BUEHLER A.B. (Franklin and Marshall) M.S.inL.S. (Drexel Institute of Technology) B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.S. (Scranton) B.F.A. Syracuse) B.A. (Wilkes) M.S. (Scranton) B.A. (La Salle(, M.A. (Pennsy vania) Licenciado (Madrid) B.S. (New Paltz) M.L.S. (Albany) English Business Administration Instructor Instructor ANTHONY J. EVANGELISTA B.S. (Kutztown) M. Ed. (Pennsylvania State) SARAH ScHONWETTER B.S. (Temple) English Instructor Mathematics Instructor English Instructor Physical Education Instructor Political Science Instructor Library Instructor Physical Education Instructor Art Education Instructor Education Instructor English Instructor Foreign Language Instructor Library Instructor Art Education Instructor Biology Instructor �FACULTY-Page 187 Page 186-FACULTY JOSE M. RIBAS Foreign Language Instructor JAMES F. FERRIS Physical Education Instructor English Instructor Education Instructor CHARLES L. CASPER Ph.B. (Yale) LL.B. (Harvard) B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Bucknell) CHESTER N. MoLLEY CLAYTON A. BLOOMBURG B.A. (Bucknell) B.A., LL.B. (Barcelona, Spain) ANTONIA DoLBEAR B.S. (Misericordia) B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Bucknell) CAROLYN D'ZURKO MICHAEL J. BARONE B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Bucknell) B.A. (Wellesley) JOHN GILMORE STANLEY B. KAY B.A. (Western Reserve) M.A. (Michigan) w ARREN E. DEARMENT Philosophy and Religion Instructor English Instructor Sociology Instructor Music Instructor Foreign Language Instructor English Instructor English Instructor A.B. (Dickinson) M.A. (Pittsburgh) MARENE M. OLSON B.A. (Hiram) M.A. (Kent) RAYMOND J. NuTAITIS B.S. (Wilkes) M.M. (Eastman School of Music) RosEMARY ALLMAYER-BECK B.A. (Syracuse) M.A. (Middlebury) B.A. (Temple) B.D. (Theological Seminary of Reformed Episcopal Church) LARRY GREENSPON B.S. (Harvard) M.Sc.E. (Temple) EDWARD J. HELTZEL B.A. (Pennsylvania State) EDGAR w. HUGHES, JR. B.A. (Lafayette) M.A. (Scranton) BENJAMIN JACOBSON A.B. (Chestnut Hill) M.A. (Lehigh) Business Administration Instructor Secretarial Studies Instructor Business Administration Instructor Religion Instructor Sociology Instructor Ma them a tics Instructor History Instructor Religion Instructor Business Administration Instructor English Instructor Ma them a tics Instructor Business Administration Instructor Psychology Instructor Nursing Education Instructor B.A. (Augustana) B.D. (Union Theological Seminary) B.S. (Wilkes) MARY KERR ELEANOR LANG Instructor B.S. (Wilkes? M.A. (Temp e) WILLIAM JOHNS THELMA K. BoscH Sociology B.A. (Wellesley) M.A. (Rochester) PAUL KLEIN B.S. (Wilkes) Part-Time Faculty JoHN G. KoNSAVAGE B.S. (Wilkes) CLIFFORD E. BALSHAW Music Instructor F.A.G.O. (Quilmant Organ School) ABRAHAM D. BARRAS B.A. (Columbia) B.Rel.Ed., MHL., DHL. (Jewish Theological Seminary) Religion Instructor ISADORE KRASNO B.S., M.S. (Rutgers) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Lucy LIGGETT B.S. (Wilkes) �Faculty Committees Page 188-FACULTY ANNE C. LIVA Music Instructor Music Instructor (Juilliard) ENzoA. LIVA (J uilliard) CLINTON LONG B.S. (Pennsylvania) THOMAS MoROSKI Retail Merchandise Sociology Instructor Nursing Education Instructor Instructor Political Science Instructor Business Administration Instructor B.A. (Wilkes) FRANK J. SALVATINI B.S. (Wilkes) M.B.A. (Scranton) ROBERT SLATER B.B.A. (Long Island) LL.B. (New York) CASIMIR TYBURSKI Business Administration THOMAS Instructor English Instructor Sociology Instructor Instructor B.S. (Wilkes) MYVANWY WILLIAMS English Instructor B.A. (New York State) M.A. (Middlebury) RoY E. WILLIAMS A.B. (Eastern Nazarene) S.T.B. (Temple) Ph.D. (Drew) Religion RICHARDS Calendar and Faculty Handbook Committee FRANCIS Political Science R. HuGo V. MAILEY, Chairman B.A. (Susquehanna) M.S.W. (Washington) HARRY F. WELSH WELTON G. FARRAR, Chairman GEORGE ELLIOT EUGENE L. HAMMER ARTHUR J. HOOVER GEORGE F. RALSTON JOHN G. REESE HAROLD W. THATCHER B.A. (Delaware) BARBARA WELLIVER JOHN P. WHITBY, Chairman MARGARET M. AHLBORN JOHN J. CHWALEK WELTON G. FARRAR GEORGE F. RALSTON ROBERT C. RILEY Athletic Committee B.A. (Wilkes) A. FRANCIS RIOFSKI s. Admissions Committee B.S. (Scranton) M.S. (Fordham) MARITA S. RILEY Academic Standing Committee GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman MARGARET M. AHLBORN ALFRED GROH EUGENE L. HAMMER FRANCIS J. MICHELINI CHARLES B. REIF JOHN P. WHITBY Instructor J. MICHELINI JOHN P. WHITBY Curriculum Committee ROBERT C. RILEY, Chairman ALFRED BASTRESS DANIEL P. DETWILER WILLIAM R. GASBARRO STANLEY S. GUTIN EUGENE L. HAMMER BRONIS J. KASLAS HUGO V. MAILEY FRANCIS J. MICHELINI, Ex-officio ROBERT OGREN SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG STANKO VuJICA JAMES DECOSMO w. Library Committee ROBERT E. WERNER, Chairman FREDERIC E. BELLAS DALE A. BUEHLER CHESTER COLSON HAROLD Cox ELWOOD DISQUE GEORGE F. ERMEL JAROSLAV MORAVEC JULIEN A. RIPLEY PHILIP L. Rizzo NADA VuJICA Scholarship Committee JOHN P. WHITBY, Chairman MARGARET M. AHLBORN JOHN J. CHWALEK ARTHUR J. HOOVER GEORGE F. RALSTON Committee on Graduate Studies DANIEL P. DETWILER, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS FREDERIC E. BELLAS RALPH B. ROZELLE Committee on External Research Support WALTER H. MoHR, Chairman DANIEL p. DETWILER HUGO V. MAILEY FRANCIS J. MICHELINI Student Activities Committee ARTHUR J. HoovER, Chairman MARGARET M. AHLBORN WILLIAM R. GASBARRO GEORGE F. RALSTON JOHN G. REESE Student Publications Committee ALFRED S. GROH, Chairman CHESTER COLSON PHILIP L. RIZZO JOSEPH H. SALSBURG EDWARD J. ALLISON w Committee on Academic Freedom a) M ediation Committee SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG (Term expires 1966) HAROLD W. THATCHER (Term expires 1965) STANKO VuJICA (Term expires 1967) ROBERT C. RILEY (Alternate) (Term expires 1967) b) Faculty-Trustee Committee EUGENE L. HAMMER (Term expires 1966) JULIEN A. RIPLEY (Term expires 1967) CHARLES B. REIF (Alternate) (Term expires 1967) Ex Officio on all Committees except committees on academic freedom-EUGENE S. FARLEY �Index Academic Requirements ________ 53 Accounting Degree Program ___ ___ ___ ___ 83 Description of Courses ______ 101 Activities, Student _______ ______ _ 39 Administrative Officers __ _____ 178 Assistants __________________ ________ 179 Admission Tests ___________________ 12 Admissions ___ __ _____ _ __ _______ __ 11 Procedure ___ _ ____________________ 12 Requirements _ _ ____________ 11 Advanced Course Standing __ 13 Alumni Office _______________ _____ 33 Anthropology ___ _ __ __ _______ 172 Area Research Center _____ ___ 63 Assembly Committee __________ 40 Assistance, Financial __ _______ 18 Employment _ __ ___ _______ 20 Loans __ _ ___ _ ___ __ ________ 20 Scholarships _ 18 Tuition Stipends 40 Athletics _____ _____ ___________________ 44 Attendance ___ __ ____ ______________ 55 Awards _____________ . _____________ 59, 60 Bachelor of Science Selection of a Major _________ 72 Biology Degree Program _______ ____ _ 74 Description of Courses ______ I 03 Bookstore __ __ ___ __________ 31 Buildings and Plant _ __ __ ____ 29 Business Administration Degree Program _ 84 Description of Courses _____ 107 Business Education ____ ________ 86 Calendar -------------------------------Change of Program ______________ 2 56 Chemistry Degree Program _________ ______ 82 Description of Courses ______ 111 Class Standing ___ ______ ______ _ 54 Clubs _ _ __ _ ____ _ _39, 43 College and Community ____ _ 63 College Commons ______ __ 32 Commerce and Finance __ 83 Consultation Service _ ____ 38 Convocation Fee ____________________ 15 Counseling 37 Course Credits 53 Courses Accounting _ IO I Anthropology 172 Applied Music _____ ____ _ 147 Biology . I 03 Business Administration I 07 Chemistry 111 Economics 115 Education I 19 Engineering 124 English 127 Fine Arts 131 French ____ __ ____ 134 General Science 139 German 136 History 140 Hygiene 157 - Mathematics 143 Music 148 Music Education 150 Nursing Education 153 Philosophy 155 Physical Education 157 Physics 158 Political Science __ 161 Psychology 164 Religion 156 �Page 192 - INDEX Retailing __ __ . Secretarial Studies Sociology ________ ···- ________ Spanish _ --···-···- ___________ -·· Curricula ·····-··-·····- ___ ... _____ INDEX - Page 193 167 169 171 137 49 Dean's List _ . _ -- 56 Degree, Bachelor of Arts __ _ 70 Degree, Bachelor of Science 71 Degree Programs ______ .... 69 Dormitories 16,34 Economics, Description of Courses __ _ ---------·· 115 Education Elementary ________ --·------···· 75 Secondary 75 Business __ _ 86 Music _________ -·-···· ___ 93 Nursing . 94 Science ______ 97 Description of Courses 119 Graduate Programs 49 Employment __ _ --··· ____________ 20 Engineering __ __ 50 Engineering, Program Requirements __ __ _ _ _ _ 88 Degree Programs, Common Freshman Year ______________ 88 Aeronautical ______ _ _ 89 Chemical _--------·-·-·-----·-----·- 89 Civil __ _______________________ 90 Electrical 90 Engineering Physics ----··-·-- 91 Industrial ____ _ ____ 91 Mechanical _. ____ ___ _ _____ 92 Description of Courses _____ 124 English, Description of Courses ___________ ______________ 127 Entrance Examinations ____ 11, 12 Evening School __________________ 14, 50 Expenses ----- --------------------------- 14 Extracurricular Activities ____ 39 Faculty ____ ______ ______________________ 180 Committees _-··--·---------------Fees _____ ________ --------------------·Fine Arts Education Degree Program _____ _ _ ____ Description of Courses ______ Fine Arts Fiesta ____ ______________ Foreign Languages _____________ French, Description of Courses __ . ________________ Freshman Orientation __________ 189 14 76 131 65 134 134 37 General Science ___ _______ ________ 139 German, Description of Courses __ 136 Grades ______ ___ ___ __ ___ __________ 53 Graduate Placement ____________ 31 Graduate Programs In Chemistry ______________________ 49 In Education _____ ________________ 49 In Physics __________________________ 49 Graduation Fee ______ ______ ______ 15 Graduation, Reguirements for ____ ------------------·-·--·-----·- 58 Guidance Center _-··----- -----·- 31 History, Description of Courses -----------·-------------- 140 Honors ------·--------·-------·--------·--· 57 Hygiene ----•--·---· ___________________ 157 Institution of Municipal Government _ 64 Insurance, Accident and Sickness ______ ___ ____ _____ _ 15 Inter-Dormitory Council __ 39, 42 Labor-Management Training Program 64 Liberal Arts Requirements for Major ____ 70 Selection of a Major _____ ____ 71 Library _________________ ___ __________ 29 Load, Student Work ___________ 55 Loans _____________ ____________________ ___ 20 Majors, Course Requirements 74 Mathematics Degree Program ____ 77 Description of Courses _____ 143 Medical Technology, Degree Program _ 92 Music Degree Program ______ _ 79 Description of Courses __ _ 149 Music Education Degree Program _ 93 Description of Courses 150 National Defense Student Loan Program ________ 16, 20 Nursing Education Degree Program _______ ________ 94 Description of Courses _____ 153 Office of Community Services 63 Orientation for Freshmen ____ 37 Overload _____________________ ________ 55 Parents' Day __ _______ ________________ 42 Payment of Tuition ______________ 15 Philosophy, Description of Courses -------------------------- 155 Physical Education and Hygiene ______________________ 157 Physics Degree Program ___ Description of Courses _____ Placement Office ____ .. _ _____ Point Averages ___ _ Political Science, Description of Courses ____ ___ Pre-Professional Degree Probation ___ _______ ____ _____ _ ___ Psychology, Description of Courses __________________ Publications _ _ Staff Stipends 95 158 31 54 161 50 55 164 40 40 Refunds 16 Registration _ 14 Religion, Description of Courses 155 Research __ 30,63 Retailing Description of Courses -· _ 167 Scholarships Founders of Scholastic Aptitude Tests, CEEB __ _ __ Scholastic Endowments ______ Science Facilities __ _____ Secretarial Studies Degree Program ___ _ Description of Courses _ Secretarial Studies, Terminal Program __ Sociology and Anthropology, Description of Courses __ Social Activities ____________ . ______ Spanish, Description of Courses Student Activities _ 18 21 12 26 30 87 169 98 171 41 137 39 �Page 194 - INDEX Student Advisement 37 Student Government 39 Student Load __ _ .. __ ______ 55 Student Loans ___ _ 20 Student Regulations _ 45 Student Responsibility _____ 46 Summer School _ _ 14, 52 Trustees Board of Committees Tuition Fees Payment of __ _ _ ___ _ Refund of ___ _ Teacher Certification __ 71, 75 Terminal Program __________ _ 72 Secretarial __ . _______ 50, 98 Transcripts of Academic Record 15 Transfer of Summer Credits 56 Transfer Students ____ ____ ____ 13 Wilkes College 5 Accreditment _. 6 Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra -----· -- - -- _ 65 16,55 Withdrawals 43 Wrestling Tournament 176 177 14 14 15 16 ��WllKES COLLEGE u et{n SUMMER SESSIONS 1966 Wilkes-Barre • Pennsylvania �An Educated Man seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; is aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community; communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Formulated and adopted by the faculty as a guide to learning. �Wilkes College Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell Uni · versity, responding to a request of community leaders, established its Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter as a four-year liberal arts college. The College has grown steadily to its current enrollment of approximately 1,700 full-time day students and 900 adults in the Evening College and special classes. From its inception the College has been dedicated to these twin goals - a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a program of service to the community. AN INDEPENDENT COLLEGE It was inevitable that the new College should be non-sectarian, for its purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters wished the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the community. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an independent college that was interdenominational in its influence and non-denominational in its control. FREEDOM OF INQUIRY Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. McClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their decision. With responsibility came a pressing desire to strengthen the work of the faculty, united in their faith that the intellectual and spiritual resources of the student are vigorous where the creative mind is free. UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY A college that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite philosophy and a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided by the thought that unity in our community, our nation, and our world requires not only great vision but warm understanding of peoples. In its small circle Wilkes College brings together students �Page 6 - WILKES COLLEGE of many faiths, backgrounds, and countries. It encourages them to maintain their convictions and their loyalties. It encourages them to create friendships based upon respect for differences, and to adhere to those ideals that create unity and good will amidst diversity. While academic work is the basis of the College program, the faculty recognizes that academic training will be of little importance unless students emerge as men and women of strong faith and fine character. In the words of John Stuart Mill, "Before you can make men doctors and lawyers, you must first make them men." Wilkes College is committed to education as a way of life. A COOPERATIVE EFFORT The original concept of community services has been strengthened with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It has been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the community all benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperative relationship, with its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has resulted in cooperative action. DECADES OF GROWTH Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Common. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansion of the campus. ACCREDITATION Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania and the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The Accounting curriculum has been accredited by the Certified Public Accounting Examiners of the State of New York. SUMMER COLLEGE Information Curricula UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM The summer program is designed for men and women interested in accelerating degree work, and for recent high school graduates interested in beginning their college careers. Courses are open to Wilkes College students, students of other colleges, and nonmatriculated students. Course load is limited to six semester hours of credit for each six-week session. Students are cautioned to exercise judgment and care in scheduling both day and evening courses. Most classes for courses offered during the six-week day sessions will meet five days per week during the morning hours as follows: FIRST PERIOD - 8:00 A.M. TO 9:30 A.M. SECOND PERIOD - 9 :45 A.M. TO 11: 15 A.M. Except where designated in the course schedule, classes for courses offered during the eight-week evening session will be scheduled on Monday, Tuesday, and Thursday evenings between the hours of 6:00 P.M. and 10:00 P.M. The College reserves the right to withdraw any course for which there is insufficient enrollment. Students who have registered for courses that may be cancelled because of insufficient enrollment will be notified as promptly as possible. WITHDRAWAL A student who withdraws from the summer sessions or drops courses should give prompt written or verbal notice to the Director of the Evening and Summer College and to the instructors concerned in order that their records may not unjustly show failure in courses. �Page 8 - INFORMATION Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will receive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: During the first week of the six-week sessions and during the first two weeks of the eight-week evening session one-half of the tuition will be refunded upon written request to the Director of Evening and Summer College, if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After the periods designated no refunds are allowed and the student is obligated for the full costs of the term. No student who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any refunds. GRADUATE PROGRAM Wilkes College cooperates with Temple University in offering a General Education Program for Teachers (G.E.P.T.) leading to the Degree of Master of Science in Education. The program is open to anyone who meets the academic requirements and is interested in exposure to a broad-base general education program. This summer a Symposium in Education will be offered. RESEARCH AND GRADUATE CENTER During the summer months the Research and Graduate Center, an integral part of the College complex, will continue the various research projects now in progress. nIOLOGY SUMMER INSTITUTE The Department of Biology will conduct a Summer Institute for high school teachers of biology made possible by a grant from the National Science Foundation. The Institute will be a seven-week program from July 5 to August 20, 1966. The program of this Institute is designed to meet the needs of the secondary school teacher of biology who has little preparation in the subject or no recent exposure to modern concepts in molecular biology and ecology. Registration for this Institute closed on February 15, 1966. Facilities The College is located in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, in the heart of the picturesque and historic Wyoming Valley. This ideal location in the foothills of the Poconos offers wonderful cultural and recreational facilities and affords close proximity to the metropolitan areas of New York and Philadelphia. INFORMATION - Page 9 DORMITORY AND DINING FACILITIES Dormitory and dining facilities will be available for both male and female students. The cost for these services may be found under EXPENSES. Arrangements for dormitory accommodations may be made with the Director of Evening and Summer College. THE LIBRARY The Library will observe the following schedule during the summer sessions: Monday through Thursday 8:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. Friday 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Telephone number after 5:00 p.m. is 824-4654. Summer College students may obtain a Library Card at the Circulation Desk of the Library. The Graduate Science Library, located on the second floor of Stark Hall, will observe the following schedule: Monday through Friday 9:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m. THE BOOKSTORE The Bookstore offers a complete stock of necessary textbooks and supplies. It will be open as follows: Monday through Friday 9:00 a.m. -Noon I :00 p.m. - 5 :00 p.m. Monday & Tuesday Evenings 6:00 p.m. -8:00 p.m. Expenses The student may expect to incur the following expenses for the summer session: TUITION - $30 per credit hour DORMITORY (Exclusive of meals) - $60 per six-week session LINEN SERVICE - $5 per six-week session (required for dormitory students) DINING FACILITIES - Dining Hall will be open Monday through Friday. Meals may be taken on a pay-as-yougo basis. All charges must be paid at the time registration forms are pro- �Page 10-INFORMATION PRELIMINARY REGISTRATION FORM cessed. Charges for the second six-week session may be paid no later than July 25, 1966. Books and supplies may be purchased at the bookstore and must be paid for at the time of purchase. REGISTRATION In order to minimize the possibility of cancelling courses, preliminary registration forms should be completed on the enclosed form and forwarded to the Director of Evening and Summer College as soon as possible. The preliminary registration does not obligate the registrant to take the course. Final registration must be completed in Parrish Hall at the following times: Registration for both six-week day sessions and the eight-week evening session is as follows: First Six-Week Session Tuesday, June 7 to Friday June 10. 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Second Six-Week Session Thursday, July 21; Friday, July 22; and Monday, July 25. - 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Eight-Week Evening Session Tuesday, June 14 to Friday, June 17. 8:30 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. Completion and filing of this form with the Director of Evening and Summer College, Wilkes College, Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, 18703, will enable the Director to determine course demand. If advance demand does not warrant giving a particular course, the prospective student filing this form will be promptly notified. The completion and filing of this form does not, in any way, obligate the prospective student. I propose to take the following courses in the 1966 Summer Session at Wilkes College. SECOND SESSION FIRST SESSION COURSE NO. COURSE EVENING SESSION NO. COURSE For further information or additional preliminary registration forms, write to: PROFESSOR ROBERT s. NO. I CAPIN Director of Evening and Summer College Wilkes College Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 18703 Phone 824-4651. (After 5:00 p.m., Call 824-4656) WILL YOU REQUIRE DORMITORY FACILITIES?: YEs ........ No ....... . NAME .................................................... . ..... .................. . ......... . . ........... . COLLEGE PRESENTLY ATTENDING COLLEGE ADDRESS ···············•·•·································································· Ho ME ADDRESS ·············•········································································· · �SUMMER SESSION SCHEDULE OF COURSES FIRST SESSION SCHEDULE June 13 - July 21, 1966- Monday thru Friday COURSE DESCRIPTION ACCOUNTING Elementary Accounting I Acct. IOIS Intermediate Accounting I Acct. 11 IS (Pre: Acct. 102) ROOM HOUR CR. 8:00-9:30 8:00-9:30 3 3 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION B.A. 240S Property Insurance Par. 33 8:00-9:30 (Pre: B.A. 232 or approval of Instructor) 3 Par. 45 Par. 25 CHEMISTRY Chem. I0IS Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry Stark 204 Laboratory Chem. 230S Organic Chemistry Stark 112 8 :00-9 :30 4 (Pre: Chem. 221 or approval of Instructor) Laboratory 9:45-12:00 M-T-W 8:00-9:30 4 9:45-12:00 M-T-W ECONOMICS Econ. lOIS Econ. lllS Principles of Economics I Economic History Par.27 Par. 45 9:45-11:15 3 9 :45-11: 15 3 EDUCATION Ed.200S Ed. 209S Educational Psychology Par. 46 (Pre: Psy. 102, Junior Standing) Principles of Elementary Par.46 Education (Pre: Ed. 100,200) 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-11:15 3 �SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page 15 Page 14 - SCHEDULE OF COURSES COURSE DESCRIPTION ROOM ENGLISH Eng. 99S Pre-college English Par. 56 HOUR CR. 9:45-11:15 (June 20- July 22) Eng. 131S Eng. I0IS Eng. ISIS Eng. 245S FINE ARTS F.A. IOIS F.A. I0SS HISTORY Hist. IOIS Hist. 107S Hist. 258S 8:30-9:30 2 Par. 23 Fundamentals of Speech 8:00-9:30 3 Par. 53 Composition 9:45-11 :45 4 Western World Literature Par. 33 (Pre: Eng. 102 or substitute) 8:00-9:30 3 Par. 34 American Literature (Pre: Eng. 152 or approval of Instructor) Experiencing Art I Oil Painting I Con. Annex Con. Annex 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-11: 15 3 History of Western Civilization Par. 56 7:30-9:30 3 M-T-W-TH American and Pennsylvania History to 1865 History of Modern Russia (Pre: Hist. 101 and 102) Par. 43 Par. 25 9:45-11 :IS 3 9:45-11 :45 3 M-T-W-TH Stark 116 Stark 116 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-10:45 2 GENERAL SCIENCE Bio. IOIS Biological Science Geo. I00S General Geology COURSE DESCRIPTION MUSIC Music I00S Introduction to Music Chase Th'tre PHILOSOPHY Introduction to Philosophy Phil. IOIS PHYSICS Phys. IOI Phys. 150 Par. 23 Physical Science Stark 338 General Physics Stark 109 (Pre: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109) Laboratory POLITICAL SCIENCE Political Science I P.S. IOIS Politics and Political Parties P.S. 203S Par. 53 Par. 26 SOCIOLOGY Introduction to Sociology Soc. IOIP and Anthropology I Par. 43 HOUR CR. 8:00-9:30 3 9 :45-11: 15 3 8:00-9:30 8:00-9:30 3 4 9:45-12:30 M-T-W 9:45-11: 15 8:00-9:30 3 3 8:00-9:30 3 (June 20- July 22) Soc. IOIS Soc.200S FOREIGN LANGUAGES Elementary French Stark 306 Fr. IOIS Intermediate French Stark 306 Fr. 103S (Pre: Fr. 102 or equivalent) Stark 100 Elementary German Ger. IOIS Intermediate German Stark 100 Ger. 103S (Pre: Ger. 102 or equivalent) Elementary Spanish Stark 309 Span. IOIS Intermediate Spanish Stark 309 Span. 103S (Pre: Span. 102 or equivalent) MATHEMATICS Fundamentals of Math. IOIS Par. 34 Mathematics College Algebra Par. 35 Math. 107S Par. 35 Plane Trigonometry Math. 109S ROOM Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology I Par. 26 9:45-11 :IS 3 The Family Par. 27 8:00-9:30 3 (Pre: Soc. 10 I & 102 or approval of Instructor) SECOND SESSION SCHEDULE 8:00-9:30 9:45-11: IS 3 3 July 26 - September I, 1966 - Monday thru Friday COURSE 8:00-9:30 9:45-11:15 3 3 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-11 :15 3 9:45-11: 15 3 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-11: 15 3 DESCRIPTION ACCOUNTING Elementary Accounting II Acct. 102S (Pre: Acct. 10 I) Acct. I 12S Intermediate Accounting II (Pre: Acct. 111) CHEMISTRY Chem. 102S Chemical Equilibria (Pre: Chem. 101) Laboratory ROOM HOUR CR. Par. 35 8:00-9:30 3 Par. 45 8:00-9:30 3 Stark 204 8:00-9:30 4 9:45-12:00 M-T-W �Page 16 - SCHEDULE OF COURSES COURSE DESCRIPTION Chem. 231S Organic Chemistry (Pre: Chem. 230) Laboratory SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page t 7 ROOM HOUR CR. Stark 112 8:00-9:30 5 9:45-12:00 & I :00-3:00 M-T-W ECONOMICS Principles of Economics II Econ. 102S (Pre: Econ. 101) Par. 45 EDUCATION Introduction to Education Ed. I00S Guidance Ed. 242S (Pre: Ed. 200) Par. 46 Par. 46 ENGLISH Eng. 102S Eng. 152S FINE ARTS F.A. 102S P.A. II0S HISTORY Hist. 102S Hist. 108S Hist. 228S DESCRIPTION Fr. 104S Intermediate French II (Pre: Fr. 103) Elementary German II (Pre: Ger. 101) Intermediate German II (Pre: Ger. I 03) Elementary Spanish II (Pre: Span. 10 I) Intermediate Spanish II (Pre: Span. 103) Ger. 102S 3 Ger. 104S Span. 102S Composition (Pre: Eng. 101) Western World Literature (Pre: Eng. 151) Experiencing Art II (Pre: P.A. 101) Oil Painting II (Pre: P.A. 105) 9:45-11: IS COURSE 8:00-9:30 9:45-11: IS 3 3 Span. 104S ROOM HOUR CR. Stark 306 9:45-11: 15 3 Stark 100 8:00-9:30 3 Stark 100 9:45-11: IS 3 Stark 309 8:00-9:30 3 Stark 309 9:45-11:15 3 Par. 34 8:00-9:30 3 Chase Th'tre 9:45-11: 15 3 Par. 23 9:45-11: IS 3 Stark 338 Stark 109 8:00-9:30 8:00-9:30 3 4 Par. 56 9:45-11: IS 3 MATHEMATICS Math. 102S Fundamentals of Mathematics Par. 34 9:45-11 :45 4 MUSIC Music I00S PHILOSOPHY Phil. 102S Logic & Scientific Method Con. Annex 8:00-9:30 3 Con. Annex 9:45-11 :IS 3 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-11:15 3 8:00-9:30 3 3 History of Wes tern Par. 56 Civilization American and Pennsylvania Par. 43 History from 1865 History of the Foreign Policy of the United States Par. 26 (Pre: Hist. 101, 102, 107, 108) GENERAL SCIENCE Biological Science II Bio. 102S (Pre: Bio. 101) Stark 116 8:00-9:30 FOREIGN LANGUAGES Elementary French II Fr. 102S (Pre: Fr. 101) Stark 306 8:00-9:30 3 PHYSICS Phys. 102 Phys. ISIS Introduction to Music Physical Science General Phvsics II (Pre: Phys. ISO) Laboratory POLITICAL SCIENCE P.S. 102S Political Science II Par. 53 Government of Metropolitan P.S. 210S Areas Par. 53 (Pre: P.S. 101) PSYCHOLOGY Psy.257S Abnormal Psychology Par. 43 9:45-12:30 M-T-W 9:45-11: 15 3 8:00-9:30 3 5:00-6:45 M-T-W-TH (Pre: Psy. 207,208 or approval of Instructor) 3 SOCIOLOGY Introduction to Sociology and Soc. 102S Anthropology II Par. 26 9:45-11: 15 3 �SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page 19 Page 18 - SCHEDULE OF COURSES EVENING SESSION SCHEDULE June 20 - August 12, 1966 - ROOM HOUR Acct. 11 lE B.A. 236E Elementary Accounting I Elementary Accounting II (Pre: Acct. 101) Intermediate Accounting I (Pre: Acct. 102) Par. 45 Par. 45 8:00-10:00 3 6:00-8:00 3 Econ.223E 6:00-8:00 3 Hist. 108E Hist. 256E Business Correspondence Par. 26 6:00-8:00 and Reports Par. 26 8:00-10:00 Personnel Management (Pre: Econ. 102 or approval of Instructor) 3 3 Principles of Economics I Money and Banking (Pre: Econ. 102) Collective Bargaining (Pre: Econ. 102) Par. 25 Par. 27 Par. 25 8:00-10:00 8:00-10:00 6:00-8:00 Eng. 131E Eng. 151E Eng. 152E Math. 107E Math. 109E Math. 125E MUSIC 3 Music l00E CR. Phil. 102E Educational Measurements Stark 338 (Pre: Ed. 200) 4:00-6:00 M-W Western World Literature (Pre: Eng. 102) Western World Literature (Pre: Eng. 151) 3 History of Western Civilization Par. 43 American History since 1865 Par. 35 Europe in the 20th Century Con. 105 (Pre: Hist. 101 and 102) 8:00-10:00 3 6:00-8:00 3 8:00-10:00 3 College Algebra Plane Trigonometry Calculus I (Pre: Math. 122) Introduction to Music Con. 203 Con. 203 Con.304 Chase Th'tre 6:00-8:00 3 8:00-10:00 3 6:00-8:00 4 M-T-W-TH 6:00-8:00 3 Con.204 Con. 104 Con. 104 Con. 105 Logic and Scientific Method Par. 34 6:00-8:00 3 Stark 338 4:00-6:00 T-TH 2 Stark 116 6:30-8:00 Tuesday 2 NURSING EDUCATION N.E. lOIE Pre-college English Composition Composition (Pre: Eng. 101) Fundamentals of Speech 3 PHILOSOPHY ENGLISH Eng. 99E Eng. lOIE Eng. 102E HOUR MATHEMATICS 3 3 EDUCATION Ed. 241E ROOM HISTORY Hist. 102E Par. 27 ECONOMICS Econ. lOIE Econ. 201E History of the English Language Con. 201 8:00-10:00 (Pre: Eng. 152) American Literature Con. 204 6:00-8:00 (Pre: Eng. 152 or approval of Instructor) Eng. 245E BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION B.A. 209E Eng. 200E CR. ACCOUNTING Acct. lOIE Acct. 102E DESCRIPTION Monday, Tuesday and Thursday DESCRIPTION COURSE COURSE 8:00-10:00 8:00-10:00 3 6:00-8:00 3 6:00-8:00 2 M-TH Con. 103 6:00-8:00 4 M-T-W-TH Con. 103 8:00-10:00 4 M-T-W-TH Foundations of Nursing PHYSICAL. EDUCATION P.E. 105E Personal Hygiene POLITICAL SCIENCE P.S. lOIE P.S. 102E P.S. 203E Political Science I Political Science II Politics and Political Parties (Pre: P.S. 101 and 102) Par. 46 Par. 46 Par. 34 6:00-8:00 3 8:00-10:00 3 8:00-10:00 3 �Page 20 .- SCHEDULE OF COURSES DESCRIPTION ROOM General Psychology Child Psychology (Pre: Psy. 101 and 102) Human Behavior (Pre: Psy. 101 and 102) Psychological Tests (Pre: Psy. 101 and 102) Par. 56 Par. 35 COURSE HOUR CR. PSYCHOLOGY Psy. lOIE Psy. 207E Psy. 208E Psy. 212E 6:00-8:00 3 8:00-10:00 3 Par. 53 6:00-8:00 3 Par. 53 8:00-10:00 3 Par. 33 Par. 33 6:00-8:00 2 8:00-10:00 2 SECRET ARIAL STUDIES S.S. 105E S.S. 107E Elementary Shorthand Elementary Typewriting SOCIOLOGY Soc. lOIE Introduction to Sociology and Par. 23 Anthropology 6:00-8:00 3 � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin, 1965-1966 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1965-1966 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/d957d81b966cc2a174dd2dbe43f4b8fe.pdf 131f46506132f0c79e1a12d799841c9b PDF Text Text WILKES-BARRE, PENNSYLVANIA �WllKES COUEGE u etfn 1964-1965 . FALL AND SPRING EMESTERS-1964-65 Vol. XIII �College Calendar SUMMER SESSION-1964 Wednesday, June IO to Friday, June 12-Registration Monday, June 15-Classes begin Friday, August 7-Summer School ends FALL SEMESTER-1964 Monday, September 14 to Friday, September 18 Orientation for Freshmen Tuesday, September 15-1 to 4 p.m.-Registration for Freshmm Thursday, September 17-1 to 4 p.m. ]J.egistration for Upperclassmen Monday, September 21-Classes begin at 8 a.m. Saturday, October IO-Parents' Day Saturday, October 17-Homecoming, Wilkes vs. Ursinus Monday, October 19-Student Teaching begins Saturday, October 31-Final date to remove incompletes Wednesday, October 28-Mid-semester reports Monday, November 2 to Friday, November 6 Registration for Seniors, Juniors, and Engineering stHd<'nls Monday, November 9 to Friday, November 13 Registration for Sophomores Monday, November 16 to Friday, November 20 Registration for Freshmen Tuesday, November 24-Thanksgiving recess begins at 5 p.m. Monday, November 30-Thanksgiving recess ends at 8 a.m. Wednesday, December 9-Student Teaching ends Saturday, December I 9-Christmas recess begins at noon Monday, January 4, 1965-Christmas recess ends at 8 a.m. Saturday, January 16-Classes end Monday, January 18 to Wednesday, January 27 Examination period SPRING SEMESTER-1965 Thursday, January 28-All-College Registration Monday, February I-Classes begin at 8 a.m. Monday, March I-Student Teaching begins Saturday, March 13-Final date to remove incompletes Wednesday, March 17-Mid-semester reports Monday, March 22 to Friday, March 26 Registration for Juniors and Engineering students Monday, March 29 to Friday, April 2 Registration for Sophomores College Calendar \fonday, April 5 to Friday, April 9-Registration for Freshmen I ue day, April 13-Easter recess begins at 5 p.m. Wednesday, April 20-Easter recess ends at 8 a.m. Fiiday, April 23-Student Teaching ends .'aturday, May 22-C lasses end \fonday, May 24 to Wednesday, June 2-Examination period Sunday, June 6-Baccalaureate .\fonday, June ?-Commencement SUMMER SESSION-1965 Wednesday, June 9 to Friday, June I I-Registration ~Ionday, June 14-Classes begin Friday, August 6-Summer school ends Evening School FALL SEMESTER-I964 Thursday, September 17, Friday, September 18, and Monday, ~eptember 21, from noon until 8 p.m.; Saturday, September 19 from ~l a.m. to noon-Registration ~fonday, September 21-Classes begin at 6 p.m. aturday, October 31-Final date to remove incompletes Wednesday, October 28-Mid-semester reports Tuesday, November 24.-Thanksgiving recess begins JO p.m. ~1onday, November 30-Thanksgiving recess ends at 6 p.m. Thur day, December I,7-Christmas recess begins at 10 p.m. Monday, January 4., 1965-Christmas recess ends at 6 p.m. Thursday, January 14-Classes end at 10 p.m. Monday, Jan~iarr 18 to ~hursday, January 21 Examination period SPRING SEMESTER-1965 Thursday, January 28, Friday, January 29, and Monday Febrnary I, from noo~ unt~l 8 p.m.; Saturday, January 30, £;om g a.m. to noon-Registration \fonday, February I-Classes begin at 6 p.m. Saturday, March 13-Final date to remove incompletes Wednesday, March 17-M id-semester reports Tuesday, April 13-Easter recess begins at 10 p.m. Wednesday, April 20-Easter recess ends at 6 p.m. Thursday, May 20-Classes end at 10 p.m. ~tonday, May 24 to Thursday, May 27-Examination period �Contents College Calendar, 2 Wilkes College, 5 THE COLLEGE AND THE COMMUNITY Office of Community Services, 63 POLICIES AND OBJECTIVES Admissions, 11 Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic, 65 Fine Arts Fiesta, 65 Registration, 14 Tuition, Fees, and Expenses, 14 Financial Assistance, 18 Scholarships, 18 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS Degree Programs, 69 THE FACILITIES OF THE COLLEGE Buildings and Plant, 29 Terminal Program, 72 Degree Requirements, 73 Wilkes College Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell University, responding to a request of community leaders, established its Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter as a four-year liberal arts college. The College has grown slowly to its current enrollment of approximately 1400 full-time day students and 500 part-time evening school students. From its inception the college has been dedicated to these twin goals-a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a program of service to the community. AN INDEPENDENT COLLEGE It was inevitable that the new college should be non-sectarian, for its purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters wished the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the community. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an independent college that was interdenominational in its influence and non-denominational in its control. A COOPERATIVE EFFORT STUDENT LIFE Counseling, 37 Student Activities, 39 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION Description of Courses, 101 Social Activities, 41 Athletics, 44 Student Regulations, 45 PERSONNEL OF THE COLLEGE Board of Trustees, 176 THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM Officers of Administration, 178 Academic Requirements, 53 Assistants in Administration, 179 Graduation Requirements, 58 Faculty, 180 Curricula, 49 The original concept of community services has been strengthened with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It has been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the community all benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperative relationship, with its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has resulted in cooperative action. UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY A college that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite philosophy and a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided by the thought that unity in our community, our nation, and our world requires not only great vision but warm understanding of peoples. In its small circle Wilkes College brings together students of many faiths, backgrounds, and countries. It encour- �Page 6 - WILKES COLLEGE ages them to maintain their conv1ct10ns and their loyalties. It encourages them to create friendships based upon respect for differences, and to adhere to those ideals that create unity and good will amidst diversity. While academic work is the basis of the College program, the faculty recognizes that academic training will be of little importance unless students emerge as men and women of strong failh and fine character. In the words of John Stuart Mill, "Before you can make men doctors and lawyers, you must fir t make them men." seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; An Educated Man possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; 1s aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; Wilkes College is committed to education as a way of life. DECADES OF GROWTH Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Common. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansion of the campus. knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; FREEDOM OF INQUIRY Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control ol the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. McClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their decision. With responsibility came a pres mg desire to strengthen the work of the faculty, united in thei1 faith that the intellectual and spiritual resources of the student are vigorous where the creative mind is free. has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community; ACCREDITATION Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania and the Middle States Association ol Colleges and Secondary Schools. The Accounting curriculum has been accredited by the Certified Public Accounting Examiners of the State of New York. communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Formulated and adopted by the faculty as a guide to learning. �Policies and Objectives Admissions Registration Tuition, Fees, and Expenses Financial Assistance �Admissions True education demands a love of learning and a spirit of sacrifice and service. Education is not a right or privilege but an opportunity that carries with it obligations prescribed by the College and responsibilities shared with the student. This concept has guided the faculty and trustees in developing Lhe philosophy and procedures of the Admissions Committee, making it possible Lor students of ability, determination, and oundness of character to study at Wilkes. Here the student will find an atmosphere of competitive learning in the world of ideas. His desire to undertake study at Wilkes places him among the ready men for whom education is an experience in excellence. He will be charged with the responsibility for fulfilling that trust. Education at Wilkes The spirit of the College derives from the ideal of the faculty and the quality of its instruction; from its library, its laboratories and equipment. The spirit of the College is the integrity of it mission, the intellectual climate that enriches the student as a person. The College believes that no attention can be too great which intensifies a student's thinking or deepens his interest or develops his techniques and skills. l t believes that a good student commits himself to the disciplines of his work. To learn, to master, and to understand he must accept the responsi• bilities that he shares with others. The careful selection of able and committed students is deemed essential to the attainment of high standards and warm personal relationships between students and faculty. Admission Requirements HIGH SCHOOL RECORD Candidates applying for admission to Wilkes ,r,hould be high ·chool graduates and should offer at least fifteen units of work representing the equivalent of the usual four-year high school or preparatory school course. For entrance into certain departments, specific courses in high school are necessary. An example would be four years of Mathematics for those interested in studying the physical sciences, engineering, or mathematics. ENTRANCE EXAMINATIONS \11 candidates for admission to the freshman cl ass will be required to take entrance examinations. The Admissions Committee considers these test results in relation to the applicant's high school transcript and the record of performance during 1he higJ1 school years. �Page 12 - ADMISSIONS ADMISSIONS - Page 13 ADMISSIONS COMMITTEE ACCEPTANCE OF ADMISSION AND DEPOSIT The Admissions Committee is comprised of the Director of Admissions, Dean of Men, Dean of Women, and three faculty members. This committee acts upon special cases referred to it by the Director of Admissions. Admissions Procedure APPLICATIONS FOR ADMISSION The Admissions Committee meets each week and acts upon all completed applications. Notification of admission is sent immediately. Resident students are required to forward a $100.00 tuition and dormitory deposit by May l; local students are requested to forward a $50.00 tuition deposit by June I in order to guarantee their entree into the College. The College accepts a limited number of applications for the February class. Procedures are similar to those followed in the fall semester. To assist students seeking admission, the College has adopted procedures designed to simplify admissions. TRANSFER STUDENTS Applications for admission may be obtained from the Director of Admissions and should be returned to him with a 10.00 regi. tration fee. Upon receipt of the application, the Director of Admissions will write to the student concerning his high school transcript and recommendations. Candidates from other institutions wishing to enter with advanced standing shall follow the regular procedure for admission. The student should request the college or university he is attending to forward to Wilkes a transcript and an official statement of his honorable dismissal. After the College has made a tentative evaluation of the record of the student, a faculty adviser will counsel him concerning his new schedule. Acceptable credits will be placed on the Wilkes record of the student following a final evaluation. ADMISSION TESTS The Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board is required of all applicants. The December, January, or March tests are recommended as most suitable. lf unusual circumstances prevent the applicant from taking this test, he must notify the Director of Admissions. Wilkes is a member of the College Entrance Examination Boards. Students communicating with the Educational Testing Center in Princeton, New Jersey, or in Los Angeles, California, should refer to the Wilkes College code number 2977. PERSONAL INTERVIEWS A personal interview with each student is not required. tudents and their families are invited to visit the College at their convenience. It is advisable to write for an appointment so that the Deans may arrange to meet with them. College policy prohibits the Admissions Committee from conidering for admission any student who has been placed on academic probation or who has been dropped from any other college or university. ADVANCED COURSE STANDING Freshmen who are equipped to enter advanced courses in college may enroll in such courses upon passing a placement examination, or upon approval by the department or departments concerned. �Registration EXPENSES - Page 15 EVENING SCHOOL Every student is expected to register on the dates specified in the College calendar. A student presenting himself for registration after the time designated for registration will pay a late registration fee of $5.00. Expenses TUITION The Hat tuition rate adopted by the College for a student carrying the norm al load for his course is $450.00 per seme Ler. A student who registers for fewer than fifteen hours of work will pay either $30.00 for each semester hour or the regular tuition fee, whichever amount is lower. A student who elects a heavic1 schedule than is normal for his course will be charged $30.00 fo1 each additional hour of credit beyond the normal load. FEES For those courses that require individual faculty supervision or the addition of supplies and equipment the College finds it nece • sary to charge nominal fees. These fees are listed in the Bulletin with the course description. When these fees total more than $50.00 a flat fee of $50.00 per semester will be charged. The cost of individual instruction in applied music is $50.00 for full-time students for a series of fifteen half-hour lessons. The College accepts a limited number of special students for individual instruction in applied music for a series of fifteen half-hour lesson at a cost of $60.00 per semester. A student activities fee of $30.00 per year will be charged to those students taking fewer than 15 or more than 9 semester hour or to any special student wishing to participate in activities. Students registered in the Evening School wiJI be charged $30.00 per semester hour. A fee of $30.00 is charged for those wishing to participate in student activities. Further information regarding the content of the courses, requirements for undergraduate and graduate degrees, and requirements for teacher certification may be secured from the Office of Admissions. SUMMER SCHOOL Students registering for courses in the eight-week Summer School ~ession will be charged $30.00 per semester hour of study payable before registration. CHEMISTRY BREAKAGE Students taking chemistry laboratory courses are required to deposit $10.00 to cover possible charges for broken, lost, or damaged equipment. The unexpended balance of this fee is refundable. INSURANCE COVERAGE The College makes available both accident and accident and health insurance to students through the American Casualty Company, Reading, Pennsylvania. Each student will be required to purchase an accident policy at a cost of $10.00, and dormitory students also are required to accept a health insurance policy costing $20.00. This health insurance is also available to commuting students but is optional with them. Both policies provide protection for the full College term and premiums are payable in full with the first semester charges. There are four fully accredited hospitals in the vicinity of the campus, and a college physician is available for emergency treatment. PAYMENTS SPECIAL CHARGES Payment of all charges for tuition, fees, room and board is to be made at the Finance Office, Parrish Hall, before registration. Graduation fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.00 Convoca tion fee (two-year students) . . . . . .. . .. . . . .. .. . . . $15.00 Transcript (no charge for the first copy) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00 Several plans have been developed to assist students who do not have the cash in hand, and it is suggested these plans be considered when special assistance is needed. �EXPENSES - Page 17 Page 16 - EXPENSES 1. Wilkes College participates in the National Defense Student Loan Program, and students needing financial assistance may apply to the College for such a loan. 2. If a student does not meet the requirements for a ational Defense Student Loan, but wishes to space his payments over the school year, we recommend that he apply for an educational loan at one of the local banks. Information concerning this method of financing an education may be obtained at the College. 3. Grants-in-aid and scholarships will be credited toward the student's bill at the beginning of each term. REFUNDS Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will receive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: During the first six weeks of a term one-half of the tuition will be refunded upon request if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After the first six weeks no refunds are allowed and the student is obligated for the full costs for the term. Refund of dormitory charges will not be allowed except under conditions beyond the control of the student. No student who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any refunds. Living Quarters and Board DORMITORIES Residence for boarding students is provided in a number of large mansions that have been given to, or purchased by, the College in recent years. At present there are nine men's and eight women's dormitories, each of which accommodates from eighteen to twenty-three students and a resident proctor. Every effort is made to maintain a homelike atmosphere. Students and their families are invited to inspect these homes. Each room includes a bureau, desk, c~air, and a bed. Students will supply their own blankets; bed lmens and towels are furnished through a local laundry on contract by the College. The charge to the student for this service is $26.00 per year. All out-of-town students must reside in the College dormitories on campus. A deposit of $50.00 is required to reserve a room. The charge room and board is $450.00 per student per semester. All dormitory students must purchase accident and health insurance at a cost of $30.00. fo: Information regarding dormitories can be obtained from the Office of Admissions. �Financial Assistance To provide assistance for those who need financial help, the College receives substantial gi[ ts from friends. These gifts provide scholarship aid to those who are already making every effort to help themselves. In accepting any form of aid from the College the student accepts an obligation-which is also the obligation of every othe, conscientious student-to: I. Maintain a good scholastic record. · 2. Exert a constructive influence in the College and the community. 3. Participate constructively in an all-college activity of his own choice. In planning to meet any difference between his own resources and the cost of education the student should consider a combination of work, loans, and scholarships. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 19 3. No scholarship will be granted until the student has made C\·ery reasonable effort to finance as large a portion as possible of Lhe costs of this education. 4. Every applicant for scholarship aid shall submit confidential information pertaining to his financial needs and his record of achievement. 5. No student may simultaneously hold more than one scholarship granted by the College. 6. Scholarships will be forfeited if the student, at any time, carries fewer hours than are normal for the course. 7. No scholarship is awarded for more than one year, but cholarships will be renewed upon request, provided this request is upported by a good academic record, by evidence of continued need, and by constructive participation in at least one all-college activity of his own choice. 8. The amount of the grant is confidential, and any breach of this confidence shall terminate the scholarship. Scholarships INSTRUCTIONS TO THE APPLICANT Scholarships and grants are available to students with good records of achievement and performance in high school or college who cannot fully finance the cost of their college education and who can demonstrate seriousness of purpose and effort. A few honor scholarships are awarded without regard to need to students of outstanding achievement in appreciation of their contribution to the intellectual life of the group. The amount o( each grant will be determined by the Scholarship Committee. SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENTS 1. Students must be admitted to the College before their applications for scholarships will be considered. 2. All applicants for scholarships must obtain an interview with the Dean. I. To establish eligibility for a scholarship, the student must hrst apply for admission to the College and must be accepted. Application for admission should be made prior to March 1. t Students requiring aid shall indicate their need on the application for admission to the College. l Wilkes is a member of the College Scholarship Service. Applicants for scholarship aid are required to forward to the College Scholarship Service in Princeton the Parents' Confidential StaLement with a request that a copy be sent to Wilkes. The Parents' Confidential Statement can be secured from the high ~chool guidance counselor. �Page 20 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 21 Loans The College participates in the National Defense Student Loan Program. Complete information concerning this program and applications for financial assistance under this program may be obtained at the College. Founders of Scholarships Each year some 1000 friends contribute to the scholarship fund of the College on an annual basis. Other friends have created 'Cholarships which bear the names of the donors or of persons whom they have memorialized by means of a scholarship. SPECIAL LOAN FUND The Florence and Joseph A. Goldman Loan Fund has been created by the donors to assist Juniors and Seniors whose education may be interrupted by unexpected difficulties. The loan bear no interest and is to be repaid by the student at the earliest practical time so that other students may also receive needed assistance from this rota ting loan fund. Employment PART-TIME EMPLOYMENT College makes strict demands on a student's time. The student who finds it necessary to seek full-time employment during a semester is advised to work a year and then apply for admission. The College cautions the student to limit off-campus work, especially during the freshman year, when working may result in academic failure. However, part-time jobs in offices, stores, and industry are available for students wishing to earn part of their expenses. For such jobs the student shall register with the College Placement Office. WILLIAM B. SCHAEFFER MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. In 1951 a substantial bequest was left to the College by Mr. Schaeffer with the thought that it would be used to advance the interests of the College and the students. By action of the Board of Trustees a considerable portion of the income from this bequest has been set aside for scholarships. ANDREW ]. SORDONJ FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship will be used to assist students of unusual promise and proved ability. MRS. LEWIS H. TAYLOR left a bequest to the College to be used in assisting students of outstanding scholastic ability who otherwise could not gain a college education. DICKSON MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. Funds for four cholarships have been given to the College by the Trustees of the Allan H. and Kate P. Dickson Memorial Trust. These halftuition scholarships will be granted to students of high scholastic achievement and aptitude who have also demonstrated leadership in student affairs during their high school years. CAMPUS EMPLOYMENT THE WILLIAM H. CONYNGHAM MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her late husband, a friend and neighbor of the College, and for years an outstanding leader in business and community life. The College also offers part-time employment at standard rates in the dining room, offices, laboratories, library, or on the maintenance staff. The holder of these jobs will meet all obligations of his assignments or forfeit all help from the College. JESSIE STURDEVANT MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP awarded to a student of unusual promise and ability has been made available from the interest of a fund established by the late Miss Sturdevant. �Page 22 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 23 JOHN WELLES HOLLENBACK SCHOLARSHIP. Miss Anna Hollenback has created a scholarship in memory of her father, John Welles Hollenback, and the annual interest of the principal is used for scholarship purposes. College Lettermen's Club. The scholarship itself is named in honor of one of the most beloved athletes of Wilkes, Neil Dadurka, who was killed while flying for the United States Marine Corps. THE RICHARD H. ROYER SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually to a student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his studies and in student activities. This half-tuition scholarship is given to an incoming freshman who is in need of financial aid and who is an outstanding athlete. The scholarship is given to enable an athlete to participate in the sport for which the scholarship is awarded. MR. HARLAND W. HOISINGTON gives an annual scholar ship to assist students of high scholastic ability. THE JOHN LLOYD EVANS MEMORIAL scholarship was created in memory of John Lloyd Evans, a life-long lover of music, conductor of the Dr. Mason Glee Society, conductor of The Sheldon Choral Society and the Wilkes-Barre Mixed Choral Society. The scholarship of $300 will be awarded to a senior in music or music education who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his chosen field of study. HENRY BLACKMAN PLUMB AND EDITH M. PLUMB SCHOLARSHIP TRUST has been established to provide scholarships for students of outstanding ability and character majoring in one of the sciences and attending Wilkes College. THE BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL WOMEN'S CLUB of Wilkes-Barre offers to an outstanding woman student of the College a scholarship each year. The education committee of the club in cooperation with the administration choose a young woman who shows promise of making an outstanding contribution in business or professional life following graduation. THETA DELTA RHO, the all-college women's service organization, offers a scholarship yearly to a woman student achieving a high score in a competitive examination conducted by the college. THE NEIL DADURKA MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually by the Wilkes College Lettermen's Club. The money for this scholarship is earned and donated by the Wilkes THE NATIONAL COUNCIL OF JEWISH WOMEN-THE WILKES-BARRE SECTION-gives a scholarship annually to a young woman in the field of Education or Sociology. This young woman-a junior or senior-must be a resident of Wyoming Valley. I'HE WILLITS COLEMAN MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP has been established in memory of Willits Coleman, a member of the Wilkes-Barre Rotary Club, a service organization long active in efforts to raise educational standards in the schools. The scholarship will be awarded to a senior who has demonstrated ability in the classroom and in student activities. THE METROPOLITAN WIRE GOODS CORPORATION has created scholarships of $500, $300 or $200 at Wilkes College for the sons or daughters of their employees. To qualify for candidacy, a student must graduate in the upper half of the high school class, must test above 550 on the College Board Examinations, and must demonstrate financial need. The scholarship will be granted through the College to the applicant making the best record in high school and on the College Board Examinations. To retain this scholarship, a student must make a strong academic record, and must exert a constructive influence in the College. THE KING FIFTH WHEEL COMPANY offers each year a scholarship in the physical sciences. This scholarship will be awarded to a student entering the physical sciences who has earned an outstanding record in high school, and whose admission tests indicate the likelihood of superior achievement in the science of his choice. �Page 24 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Ordinarily this scholarship will be in the sum of $500 for each of the four years of College. Its retention from year to year will depend upon the scholastic record and constructive influence of the recipient. THE TERESA S. AND ROY P. WALTER SCHOLARSHIP will be granted to a student from Forty Fort who has demonstrated ability, ambition, and need. The scholarship will be for four years at $425 per year. Cost of Education Scholarships A number of local firms m ake annual gifts to the scholarship fund so that the College may provide needed assistance to able and ambitious students. These grants amount to one-half tuition plus a small amount to cover a portion of the difference between the tuition charges and the cost of education. THE LESLIE FAY SCHOLARSHIP is granted each year to the son or daughter of an employee of the Company whose record in high school and on the admissions tests has been outstanding. A recipient of the scholarship will be selected on a competitive basis by the Scholarship Committee of Wilkes College. The scholarship will be retained by the student for the four years in College, provided his achievement and influence at the College are deemed outstanding by the faculty. ADRIAN AND RICHARD PEARSALL OF CRAFT ASSOCIATES INC. have created a half tuition scholarship which will be awarded to a high school graduate who has demonstrated leadership in his scholastic and extracurricular activities and who, without scholarship aid, would be unable to attend college. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 25 Scholastic Endowments THE W. S. CARPENTER MEMORIAL FUND was established in 1956 by W. S. Carpenter, Jr., and his sons in memory of W. S. Carpenter, who was born in Wilkes-Barre on April 5, 1853, and lived in this community during his entire active business life. The fund was given to strengthen the work of the science division by subsidizing research projects, assisting the College in attaining able teachers, providing scholarships for outstanding students, providing lectures by speakers of national prominence, purchasing exceptional tools, apparatus, or other equipment for use in the science department. THE ALLAN HAMILTON DICKSON CHAIR OF ENGLISH LITERATURE has been created by his daughter Dorothy Dickson Darte to encourage enlightened teaching, extended scholarship, and creative writing in the fields of literature. �The Facilities of the College Buildings and Plant �The Facilities of the College Buildings and Plant The College is constantly seeking to implement and improve its facilities for instruction. A growing campus provides added classrooms, modern laboratories, and an up-to-date scientific research center. Preparations are under way for building a new library, dormitory and dining quarters. A theater and recital hall i under construction and will be completed in September 1965. The Board of Trustees has approved plans for the construction of a music and art building adjacent to the theater. THE LIBRARY The present library is the former residence of Mr. and Mrs. Fred Morgan Kirby. The home was presented to the College in 19-11 as a gift of Allan Kirby, one of Wilkes-Barre's most generous benefactors. The building was first named the Kirby Home for Education. Since 1947 it has been used as the College library. Education is the process of connecting and relat• ing, of testing and retesting, of discovery and Experience rediscovery. at Wilkes The faculty can teach the student facts, but his contribution to a free society depends upon the continual expansion of his knowledge and upon its relevance to human experience. The student can strive for technical and profes• sional competence, but the inner resources of the mind and spirit must nourish and 1:nrich hi achievement. This three-floor stone structure contains more than 70,000 volumes and some 500 current periodicals and journals. Students and faculty use the resources of the periodical, reference, and Treasury rooms for research and reading assignments. Shelved on open stacks, the books are easily accessible and may be borrowed for periods of two weeks. Reserve books for particular courses circulate for the time period specified by the instructor. The library is open Monday through Thursday from 8 a.m. 10 p.m. and on Friday from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m.; on Saturday and unday from I p.m. to 4 p.m. During vacation periods the hours are 9 a.m. to 5 p.m.; during examination periods from 8 a.m. to IO p.m. on weekdays, from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. on Saturdays, and from I p.m. to 4 p.m. on Sundays. Students may borrow books from the ten nearby libraries (public and college) through the interlibrary loan system. to An introduction to the use of the library is given to every freshman during the freshman orientation week. �Page 30-BUILDINGS AND PLANT BUILDINGS AND PLANT-Page 31 STARK HALL OF SCIENCE THE BOOKSTORE The departments of biology, chemistry, and physics are hou eel in Stark Hall of Science, named in honor of Admiral Harold R. Stark, former Chief of Naval Operations and currently Chairman of the Board of Trustees of the College. This building was completed in 1958 and enlarged in 1963, so that it now provides approximately 85,000 square feet of modern classroom, laboratory, and office space. Complete facilities are included for under graduate instruction and student research in all departments, and for graduate study in chemistry and in physics. Books, stationery, and supplies may be purchased at the College Bookstore, Harding House, on South Franklin Street. The bookstore is operated on a cash basis. The cost of books and upplie~ will vary with the course of study, but will average approximately $50.00 per semester. In addition to the usual instructional facilities, Stark Hall houses the Science Research Center, where faculty, graduate students, and selected undergraduate students conduct various research programs, many with industrial or governmental financial support. GUIDANCE CENTER Research in the sciences has included such varied work as research in allergy, immunochemistry, developmental plant morphology, protozoology, limnology, theoretical acoustics, atmospheric physics, experimental solid state physics, thermochemistry, surface chemistry, fuel cell research, and organic synthesis. Outside sponsors of recent research programs have included the National Science Foundation, the Pennsylvania Heart Association, the National Institutes of Health, the United States Ai1 Force, the Petroleum Research Fund of the American Chemical Society, the Research Corporation, and numerous private industries and individuals. GYMNASIUM AND OUTDOOR ATHLETIC PLANT Completed in September of 1950, the Gymnasium is well equipped for intramural and intercollegiate athletic events. It has a seating capacity of 2400. Recently, the College added modern training room facilities off campus adjacent to Kirby Park. Here also are located the playing fields for football, soccer, haseball, and hockey, as well as asphalt tennis courts and an archery range. All students are invited by the Jewish Community Center, on South River Street, and the YM-YWCA, on South Franklin Street, to use their swimming pools and bowling alleys. The College also maintains a United States Post Office substation in Harding House. On the second floor are meeting rooms for Student Government. The College maintains a testing center to assist the Deans in their counseling of students. The College Testing Service is available at no charge to all Wilkes students and, for a fee, to me_mbers of the Community. The testing center also provides a~'lstance to ~he State Bureau of Rehabilitation and other agenoes. The Guidance Center, on South River Street, was the law offices of the late Gilbert S. McClintock, the first Chairman of the Board of Trustees. PLACEMENT OFFICE The Placement Office assists seniors in finding permanent employment in a position suitable to their talents and training. It also extends such assistance to any graduate of the College. The Placement Office also assists students in securing part-time employment during the school year and during the summer. Comp!ete i1!formation about job opportunities and graduate schools 1s available. Each year the Office is visited by over onehundred representatives of industries and one hundred school systems from all parts of the United States to interview students for business and teaching positions. Comfortable quarters are provided for representatives from industry, from school systems, and from graduate schools to interview and discuss with students opportunities available to them. The Placement Office is located in the Guidance Center, on South River Street, next to McClintock Hall. �BUILDINGS AND PLANT-Page 33 Page 32 - BUILDINGS AND PLANT THE COMMONS The Commons, facing South Street, serves as a dining hall fot the resident students. It also provides cafeteria service for com• muting students. SNACK BAR Cafeteria service is also provided at the College's newly im• nished Snack Bar, behind McClintock Hall. An attractive patio provides a pleasant meeting place in warm weather. CONYNGHAM ANNEX (ART) Classes in art education meet in Conyngham Annex, behind Conyngham Hall. Here also the art club holds its annual Art Fair. Work of the students is shown, and the public is invited to the displays and exhibits. Opportunities are offered to the students to enter their paintings in local and regional competition. GIES HALL (MUSIC) Gies Hall, on South Franklin Street, is the temporary home of the Music Department. Faculty offices, practice and rehearsal rooms are located in this building. In 1945 it was affectionatel) named in memory of the late Professor Paul Gies, who in the early years of the College was director of music. The band, choruses, and woodwind ensemble present concert locally and on tour. To encourage musicianship the department has been host to the Pennsylvania Intercollegiate Choral Festival. Nationally known music educators, clinicians, and performers have participated in workshop and classroom activities. During the winter and spring semesters Town and Gown concert series presents students and music faculty in instrumental and vocal programs before audiences from both the College and the community. CHASE THEATER Chase Theater, once the carriage house behind Chase Hall, was presented to the College in 1937 by Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark, as a memorial to Fred M. Chase and his wife, the sister of Admiral Stark. Cue and Curtain, the student drama group, has given one-act plays by O'Neill, Sartre, Albee, Anouilh, Tennessee Williams, ,md others. Frequently, the plays are student directed. Over the )Cars the College has presented Elizabethan plays of Shake~reare, Webster, Dekker, Middleton, as well as those of Moliere, Shaw, Ibsen, Pirandello, Wilder, Osborne, Noel Coward, Philip Barry. The College, in cooperation with the 'Wilkes-Barre Kiwanis Club, has presented the following musical comedies: Bloomer Girl, Paint Your Wagon, Annie Get Your Gun, and The Music Man. ALUMNI OFFICE The Alumni Office keeps records of all graduates and alumni of the College. It edits the Alumnus and acts as liaison for the College with alumni and interprets to the alumni chapters the changes and needs of the institution. Prospective students interested in finding out more about the College may write for information to the Alumni Office. They are always welcome at Alumni Chapter meetings. Current active Chapters are located in Pennsylvania in ·wilkesBarre, Allentown, Bethlehem, Easton, Harrisburg, Scranton, Philadelphia; in New York in Binghamton, New York City, Long Island; in New Jersey in Newark, Somerville, Morristown, Trenton; Wilmington, Delaware; Baltimore, Maryland; Washington, D. C. OFFICES OF ADMINISTRATION Chase Hall, 180 South River Street, the first building on the campus, was donated in 1937 by Admiral and Mrs. Harold R . Stark. On the first floor are the Director of Admissions, the Registrar, and the Director of Student Activities; on the second, the Dean of \fen, the Dean of Women, and the Director of Athletics; on the third floor are the Alumni Office, the office of Information and News, and the office of College Development. �Page 34 - BUILDINGS AND PLANT Weckesser Hall, the College 's most recent building, is the gift of Mr. and Mrs. Frederick J. Weckesser. The President antl the Dean of Academic Affairs h ave their offices in Weckesscr. Student Life CLASSROOMS AND INSTRUCTION Parrish Hall, formerly the Glen Alden Building of the Lehigh and Wilkes-Barre Coal Company, was acquired in 1958. Presently, the Finance Office occupies the first floor. The Office of Community Services and the Institute of Municipal Government occupy the fifth floor. Classes and faculty offices in Commerce and Finance, Education, Political Science, and Psychology are in Parrish Hall. The building also has a room devoted to Polish art treasure · and craftsmanship, furnished by the Women's Committee for the Polish Room at Wilkes College. Conyngham Hall, located on South River Street, was one of the earliest properties acquired by the College. The Conyngham home was a gift in 1937 of Mrs. Bertha Robinson Conyngham, in memory of her husband John N. Conyngham. Pickering Hall, facing South Franklin Street, is presently being used by the Modern Foreign Language Department and contains the language laboratory, a gift of the graduating class of 1962. DORMITORIES Men's dormitories are Ashley, Barre, Butler, Dennison, Gore, Hollenback, Miner, Slocum, and Warner Halls. Women's dormitories are Catlin, Chapman, McClintock, Ster• ling, Sturdevant, Susquehannock, Weckesser, and Weiss Halls. Dormitories are named after prominent local families and for patriots of the American Revolutionary War, whose history forms part of the rich heritage of the Wyoming Valley region. Counseling Student Activities Social Activities Athletics Student Regulations �Counseling The guiding principle of all Wilkes counseling is to encourage the student to discover his own abilities and potentialities and to a sist him in making sound, independent decisions; most of all he must learn to assume responsibility for all he does. FRESHMAN ORIENTATION PROGRAM The transition from the directed work of the high school to the independent and more intensive work of the College occaionally causes difficulty. Several days at the beginning of the term are therefore set aside to assist freshmen in planning their academic program. Studying at Wilkes In college the teacher works with the student, challenging him to extend the limits of his mind. He encourages him to think courageously and truthfully and to create with all his resources so that he may act with independent judgment. In a college community freedom of inquiry and responsibility are essential. In the world community the right of the individual to differ safeguards the freedom of During the first week, new students take aptitude, interest, loreign language, and English-placement tests. The week also gives the new students an opportunity to become acquainted with one another and to learn about the College, the curriculum, ,ind the student activities. Throughout their first term small groups of freshmen meet for one hour a week to discuss informally their personal, academic, and vocational objectives. Representatives of the faculty discuss with them: I. Methods of intelligent self-directed study. 2. Standards of value in personal conduct and in relationships with others. 3. Values of the College extracurricular program. all men. 4. The value of college experiences in developing a philosophy of life. As student and teacher engage in the experience of creative thinking, the heritage of learning becomes the responsibility of By placing responsibility upon the student for planning and conducting these discussions, the College encourages clear thinking, initiative, poise, and breadth of view. everyone. TVDENT ADVISEMENT Students sometimes need guidance in resolving personal, social, and academic difficulties. Since a student's physical and mental �Page 38 - COUNSELING health affect his studies and his grades, he is encouraged throughout his college career to consult with his classroom i_nstructors, his faculty adviser, the Deans, or the Department Chairmen concerning his scholastic progress. COLLEGE CONSULTATION SERVICE The College Consultation Service offers individual_ assistance to students with difficulties of a personal or environmental nature. Students may apply directly to the Consultation Service for appointments or may arrange for _consult~tion through the Deans' Office. Interviews with the specially tramed staff are conducted on an entirely confidential basis. Student Activities The student activities of the College broaden a student's interests begun in the classroom. The faculty encourages a program of extracurricular activities that contribute to the educational development of the student who chooses to participate. Student activities are designed to appeal to a wide variety of tastes and talents; as such they enjoy the support of the College community. The student activities include Athletics, Dramatics, the College Band, Debating, Choral Club, Collegians Male Chorus, Women's Chorus, Madrigal Singers. There are four class organizations. In addition, special departmental clubs stimulate and satisfy individual interest in academic, professional, and artistic fields. These clubs are developed for students in cooperation with the faculty. All women students may become members of Theta Delta Rho, headed by its own executive committee, which plans and arranges social activities. fhe College requires that all campus organizations be open to all students; consequently, groups that are exclusive do not exist. All student groups work in cooperation with faculty advisers and the Deans. STUDENT GOVERNMENT Government of student affairs rests in a Council composed of annually elected members representing the classes and other student groups. The Council serves as a coordinating agency; it appropriates funds from the Student Activities budget to all student groups; it supervises the College social calendar; it arranges the program for Homecoming; it establishes social regulations and conduct; and it serves in an advisory capacity to the Director of Student Activities and the Administrative Council. INTER-DORMITORY COUNCIL The Inter-Dormitory Council, made up of elected representatives from the men's and women's residence halls, plans and coordinates dormitory social functions and develops and administers dormitory policy. �Page 40 - STUDENT ACTIVITIES Social Activities ASSEMBLY COMMITTEE Approximately half of the weekly assembly programs given during the academic year are planned and presented by students. The Assembly Committee, to which freshmen are elected each fall to replace members who have been graduated, assists the administration and student organizations in arranging these programs and awards a trophy to the group that presents the bet program of the year. Each student is required to attend assemblies during each of his four years. He will, however, be allowed the following number of cuts each year: freshman and sophomore year, four cuts; junior year, eight cuts; senior year, fifteen cuts. These requirements must be satisfied to establish eligibility for graduation. PUBLICATIONS The students publish the Beacon, a weekly newspaper; the Manuscript, a literary magazine, issued in the Spring; and the Amnicola, the College annual. There are opportunities for students on the editorial, art, and business staffs. Graduated amounts, in the form of tuition stipends, are available to students in the upper classes who hold editorial and managerial positions on the Beacon and the Amnicola. Student eligible for these grants should make written application to the faculty director of the publication before April 1. The College believes in helping students to help themselves. Groups are encotiraged to initiate programs that will serve their interest and benefit others. It has been found that students gain mo t from those activities, social and cultural, which release the best talents of the individual. Special projects include the following: TDR's Golden Agers Christmas party, at which residents of Convalescent Homes are entertained; Student Government's party for children of St. Stanislaus Orphanage; Wilkes J.C.'s party for YMCA children; Student Work Day, in support of an orphan in a foreign land. In addition there are various social affairs to raise money for the United Fund, to collect toys for the Salvation Army, and to donate books for students in foreign countries. The Student Seminar Committee, patterned after the Faculty Seminars, encourages discussion of topics of interest to the student body. Under sponsorship of Student Government, the seminars attract students as well as faculty. A full and varied program of social and recreational activities supplement the extracurricular program. At all these functions members of the faculty and their wives are invited guests and chaperones. COME-AND-MEET-US-PARTY Student Government makes plans for student leaders to welcome the freshmen one week before the semester starts. An informal party and dance for the entire student body culminate the week's introduction to college life. PARENTS' DAY After they have adjusted themselves to the academic life of the College, students invite their families to a weekend of social, cultural, and athletic events. Preparations for the annual Parents' �Page 42 - SOCIAL ACTIVITIES SOCIAL ACTIVITIES - Page 43 Day program are entirely the responsibility of a Student Planning Committee. The agenda includes intercollegiate soccer and foot ball games, luncheon with the faculty, a play, and a film. HOMECOMING To welcome returning alumni, students construct displays on campus and decorate dormitory and classroom buildings. For the outstanding displays an alumni committee presents awards during half time ceremonies at the football game. A Homecoming Queen and her escorts are feted at a dinner dance. FORMAL DANCES Student organizations and clubs sponsor four formal affair, open to the entire student body. The Homecoming Dance, for alumni and undergraduates; the Lettermen's Christmas Formal: Theta Delta Rho 's Valentine Formal; and during Spring Weekend the Cinderella Ball have become traditions on campus. TDR AND LETTERMEN TEAS Throughout the year TDR and the Lettermen sponsor afternoon teas and student receptions. The women o( Theta Delta Rho entertain those high school seniors who plan to enter the College the following year. WILKES OPEN WRESTLING TOURNAMENT Between Christmas and New Year's the College sponsors the Wilkes Open ·wrestling Championships. Known as the "Rose Bowl of Wrestling," this annual tournament attracts athletes from over sixty colleges, athletic clubs, and YMCA's throughout the United States. ,t\Tilkes wrestlers join them in competing for individual and team awards. Tourneys and clinics are held over a three-day period in the Wilkes gymnasium. The Tournament, the largest in the country, has the record for the most number o( entries. WINTER CARNIVAL Student Government sponsors a Winter Carnival, held at one of the nearby resorts in the Poconos. A day of skiing, tobogganing, and ice skating climaxes the close of the examination period. SPRING WEEKEND Student Government also plans Spring Weekend. Clubs and organizations set up gala outdoor booths, and the campus takes on a Mardi Gras atmosphere. At the Ball at midnight on Saturday a senior, chosen by the student body by secret ballot, is crowned Cinderella Queen. TDC CHRISTMAS PARTY fHE MANUSCRIPT FILMS The Inter-Dormitory Council sponsors an annual Christmas party preceding the winter vacation. The student body, faculty, and administration are invited to a buffet and dance at the Commons. During each semester the Manuscript Society brings to the campus distinguished motion pictures, produced by American and foreign film companies. CLUB ACTIVITIES HAMPTON EXCHANGE PROGRAM IDC also sponsors a social exchange program between student from Wilkes and Hampton Institute, Hampton Roads, Virginia. Several Wilkes students during the last week of April and an equal number of Hampton students during the first week of May visit the other's campus. Faculty members and Deans accompany both groups. In addition to the regular social calendar, campus organizations plan their own special activities, such as the Beaux Arts Ball, sponsored by the Art Club. THE PRESIDENT'S PICNIC On the Saturday before Commencement the graduating class is invited by the President to a picnic and outing in the country. �Athletics Athletics are an integral part of the activity program and a~ such are subject to policies set by the faculty and administration and approved by the Board of Trustees. The Colleo-e maintains intercollegiate schedules in eight varsit, t> • • sports: football, baseball, basketball, soccer, golf, tennis, swimming, and wrestling. Men who take part in intercollegiate sport\ satisfy the requirements for physical education for the duration of that sport. A program of intramural sports and physical education stresse physical standards and cooperative team spirit and recreation. Every man has a chance to participate in basketball, touch football, volleyball, softball, and bowling. The athletic program for women includes dancing, folk and modern, bowling, ba~ketball, softball, and swimming. ATHLETIC POLICY Intercollegiate athletics are introduced for the benefit of the student body and in consequence athletes receive the same consideration in admissions and in the awarding of scholarships that is given to other students. Wilkes enters into intercollegiate competition with other colleges of the Middle Atlantic Conference adhering to similar policies of admission and maintaining comparable scholastic standards. The College is a member of the Middle Atlantic Collegiate Athletic Conference, the National Collegiate Athletic Association, and the Eastern Collegiate Athletic Conference. Student Regulations It is recognized that courtesy and consideration are the basis of good relations between individuals. Informal and friendly associations between students and faculty are a tradition on campus. Although these relations are flexible, certain precedents have been established in the best interests of the individual and the College. A few are mentioned here: 1. The possession and use of liquor on campus are forbidden, and none will be served at college affairs. 2. Smoking is not permitted in classrooms or hallways, in the library, or on the first floor of the Commons. Facilities are available in various buildings for students who may wish to smoke during their free periods. 3. The College provides several parking lots for student automobiles. Since facilities are limited, dormitory and commuting students are required to purchase at the Finance Office a permit which entitles them to park their cars in the areas reserved for their use. Cars which do not display appropriate parking stickers will be towed away at the student's expense. Freshmen and ophomore dormitory students are not permitted to maintain cars on cam pus. 4. Although participation in at least one student activity is encouraged, each student is responsible for planning and utilizing his time effectively. 5. The faculty cooperates with students who miss classes because of illness, or as representatives of the College, or for special religious observances; in cases of excessive absence the student shall present his intructors with a note from the Deans. In all instances the student is expected to make up the work that is missed. �Page 46-STUDENT REGULATIONS STUDENT RESPONSIBILITY The Academic Program The students in a great measure determine the influences of the College. The faculty counts upon their cooperation in establishing the highest possible standards of intellect and morals. Because students benefit from a program and policies to which they subscribe, the College may request students to withdraw when their influence and behavior are deemed detrimental to the best interests of the student body. Curricula Academic Requirements Graduation Requirements �Curricula Graduate Programs CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS To fulfill its objective of service to the community and th e nation, Wilkes in 1961 introduced two new curricula leading to the degrees of Master of Science in Chemistry and in Physics. These curricula are designed to make practicable either full-time graduate study toward the degrees or part-time study by engineers and scientists with appropriate undergraduate training employed in the Wilkes-Barre area. Full details of this program are published in the bulletin of the Graduate Division. COOPERATIVE GRADUATE PROGRAM Wilkes is cooperating with Temple University to bring to the area a graduate program in education. Learning at Wilkes Education leads men to seek answers to problems of significance and to inquire into ideas and beliefs of eternal relevance. There is no better expression of man's purpose than his sense of belonging to a universe ruled by truth. Creative thinkers set the standards and the high aims of education. One may not reach these standards in his lifetime; that they are recognized and sought a£ ter is the measure of one's creative interests. The faculty encourages the student to cultivate learning that he may grow in wisdom. In this w_ay the mind in its journeyings finds constant surpme and delight at rediscovering itself. The Temple University program leads to the degree of Master of Science in General Education and is accepted by the Commonwealth for permanent certification of classroom teachers. Candidates may register at the College. Under this cooperative program all credits are granted by Temple University. Details of this graduate program in education may be obtained by writing to the Director of Admissions. Undergraduate Programs Wilkes is a liberal arts college that offers the degree of Bachelor of Arts in the humanities, the social sciences, and the natural sciences. 1· All course work in education required for careers in leaching available in combination with the degree programs mentioned. �CURRICULA - Page 51 Page 50 - CURRICULA The College also confers the degree of Bachelor of Science in chemistry, physics, medical technology, commerce and finance, and secondary education. A detailed description of these programs is provided in the section of the bulletin titled "Degree Programs." PRE-PROFESSIONAL DEGREE PROGRAM Four years of undergraduate study are ordinarily required to qualify for the Bachelor's degree. Wilkes College makes an excep· tion to this requirement for medical and dental students. The c students may, with the approval of the graduation committee, satisfy the requirements for the bachelor's degree by completing three years of undergraduate study at Wilkes and by requesting credit toward the degree for their first two years of work in graduate school. Such students must petition the graduation committee for permission to graduate, submit official transcripts from the professional school, and pay the usual graduation fees. In all cases the final approval for the granting of the degree rests with the gradu• ation committee of Wilkes College. ENGINEERING Qualified students may enter the two-year engineering curricu• lum. Upon the successful completion of the engineering program the student may transfer as a junior to an institution granting degrees in his field. A detailed description of these programs is provided in the section of the bulletin titled "Degree Programs." TERMINAL PROGRAM Students may earn a terminal Certificate in the two-year secretarial curriculum. A detailed description of this program will be found under "Degree Programs." Evening Division The evening division offers educational opportunities to adults who cannot attend day classes. Students may register for course in the Evening Division and earn credits toward an undergraduate degree. Student5 will confer with the Director of the Evening Division arrange a course of study to meet their needs, abilities, and special requirements. During the semester students will consult with the Assistant Director of Evening Classes concerning their program. to When the student completes thirty hours, his record is reviewed by the Admissions Committee. At this time the Committee recommends that a student continue to work for a degree, or be placed on probation, or withdraw from the Evening Division. Students who do not desire a degree are admitted to all classes which they are qualified to take by reason of their maturity, previous education, and experience. High school training is desirable but not necessary, provided the student is qualified to follow special courses of instruction in which he wishes to register. The courses offered in the Evening Division are designed for special value to the following groups: l. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses, and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in advanced problems and discussion courses offered in various business fields. 5. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. Day School students will be allowed to take courses in the Evening Division only after having received written permission from the Deans or the Registrar. �Page 52 - CURRICULA Sum1ner School The faculty offers selected courses during an eight week summer session, which begins in the third week of June. A student from another college who wishes to take summer work at Wilkes must secure the approval of the proper officer o[ his own institution if he expects to receive credit for such work. Academic Requirements GRADES The primary purpose of any marking system is to inform the student of his achievement. Marks also aid in evaluating students for purposes of recommendation. Grade reports are sent to students and parents at the end of each term. Mid-term reports are sent if the work is unsatisfactory. Iive numerical grades are given for academic work. Grade Interpretation ,J ...•.••...•• Academic achievement of outstanding quality. 3 ........ . ... Academic achievement of high quality. '.? ••..•••...•• Academic achievement of acceptable quality in meeting requirements for graduation . . . . . . . . . . . . . Academic achievement of quality below the average required for graduation. 0 ............ Academic achievement below the minimum required for course credit. Inc. means that a student receives an incomplete grade. Incompletes will be granted to students who because of illness or reasons beyond their control have been unable to satisfy specific course assignments. All unfinished work must be completed before the sixth week of the following term. If an incomplete is not removed within this period, the grade will be changed to a zero. COURSE CREDITS Each course at the College is assigned a specific number of credits. For example, English 101 is a 3 credit course and English 151 is a 4 credit course. Usually, credits assigned to the course are determined by the number of hours that the class meets per week. �Page 54 - ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS - Page 55 ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS POINT AVERAGES The student is given a number grade for every course in which he is enrolled. To calculate the number of points earned in a course, multiply the grade in each course by the number of credit hours for the course. To compute the point average, total these points for all courses and divide by the total number of credit hours. Below is an example illustrating the method used to compute point averages. Course Credit Hrs . Grade Carried Points Credit Hrs. Passed 4 12 3 Bio. 101 0 0 3 Eng. 101 (i 2 Fr. 101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 3 Hist. 101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 9 3 Mus. 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Total credit hrs. carried. . . 15 Total credit hrs. passed ............................ Total points earned ....................... 30 Average ...... 30 + 15 3 0 ~ CJ ;J 3 12 If these yearly averages are not attained, the student's record is reviewed by the Committee on Academic Standing to determine whether or not he should be allowed to remain in college. PROBATION AND DISMISSAL Any student failing to meet these grade requirements will be placed on probation. Failure to attain these standards in the next semester will result in automatic dismissal from the College. Unless special permission is granted, a student dropped for academic failure will not be considered for readmission until one ear after being dropped. ATTENDANCE Attendance at all classes is expected, and repeated absence is deemed a sufficient cause for failure. Five consecutive absences from a class place a student on probation. He may be readmitted to the class only by action of the appropriate Dean and the Department Chairman concerned. STUDENT LOAD == 2.0 Notice that the student has accumulated 12 credits toward graduation. The zero grade in English means that the student must repeat that course. Averages are cumulative; the work of each semester will be added to the total. To graduate a student must have at the end of his senior year a 1.85 average in all his courses and a 2.0 average in his major field. No students shall be allowed to carry an overload without approval of the adviser and the Dean. An overload will be permitted only for students with an average grade record of 3 or special need. Credits in excess of the normal load are charged at the usual rate per credit, unless it can be shown that a student is compelled to take an overload because of the rotation of courses within a department. WITHDRAWALS CLASS STANDING Marks and averages at the end of each of the four academic years indicate a student's progress. The faculty expects students to achieve the following averages: Average End of Freshman Year .................................. ]A End of Sophomore Year ............ ....... ............. 1.7 End of Junior Year ... .. .. ............................. 1.85 Students may change their courses during the first week of a semester, provided they secure the approval of their faculty adviser and the Dean. A student who withdraws from a course after the first week but who continues other courses will receive a zero unless the Dean, faculty adviser, and instructor agree that the tudent be permitted to drop the course without prejudice. Students may drop overloads at any time without prejudice. �Pa~e 56 - ACA DEMlC REQUIREMENT Students carrying a normal load may drop courses for personal reasons with the permission of the Dean, but the grades for the remaining courses will not count toward honors, awards, or scholarships. No student who has been advised to withdraw from the College's day school program for academic reasons will be permitted to register in the Evening Division without the written consent of the Dean and then will be allowed to register only as a nonmatriculating student. Students who withdraw from the Evening Division or drop courses should give prompt written or verbal notice to the Director of the Evening Division and to the instructors concerned, in order that their records may not unjustly show failure in courses. CHANGE OF PROGRAM Students who wish to transfer from one department to another shall obtain the approval of the Department Chairmen and the Dean. The student shall satisfy the curriculum requirements of the Bulletin in force at the time of transfer. TRANSFER OF SUMMER CREDITS Students desiring to study at another college during the summer must petition the Graduation Committee for approval. The student must earn a grade of 2 or higher in order for the work to be credited toward graduation. In some cases it may be necessary for a student to take examinations before credit is granted. DEAN'S LIST The faculty gives recogmt10n for high quality work. Candidates for the Dean's List, published at the end of each term, must obtain a point average of 3.25 or higher for all courses taken. Students taking less than the full credit load for their curriculum will not be eligible for the Dean's List. ACADEMIC REQUIH.EMENTS - Page 57 HONORS The granting of Honors at Commencement is based upon the academic record made by students carrying a normal load for their curriculum during their last two years at the College. Requirements for Honors are as follows: for cum laude, a cumulati,c average of 3.35; magna cum laude, 3.60; summa cum /nude, 3.80. �Graduation Requirements All candidates for degrees and certificates must be present at Commencement. If circumstances prevent their attendance, students must apply to the appropriate Dean for permission to take the degree or certificate in absentia. Awards At Commencement a number of awards are presented to outstanding students in selected fields. The Deans also give two pecial awards for highest academic achievement. ~'enior Awards The faculty has approved the following requirements w~ich the student must satisfy in order to be eligible for graduation: 1. He must complete all subjects required for the degree as stated in the Bulletin in force at the time of his admission to the program. Transfer students must complete the last 30 credits in residence at the College. 2. He must earn a grade of 1 or better in each required subject. 3. He must obtain a cumulative average of l .85 for all courses. 4. He must obtain a cumulative average of 2.0 for all subjects within his major. 5. He must satisfy all requirements pertaining to the orientation and assembly programs and physical education. 6. He must demonstrate competence in written and spoken English. Students enrolled in the two-year terminal program must complete all course requirements and must earn a cumulative average of 1.7 for all courses. Engineering students will receive certificates upon completion of 60 credits of required work plus P. E. 101, 102,103,104, 105, IOG, provided they attain a cumulative average of 1.7 for all courses. No student shall graduate until all financial obligations to the College have been satisfied. THE DEAN'S SCHOLARSHIP A WARDS are granted to the man and woman in the graduating class who have excelled in scholarship throughout their four years at the College. THE AWARD IN THE HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES is given each year by Miss Annette Evans to the man or woman in the graduating class who has demonstrated outstanding scholarship in one or both of these areas, and has manifcsted intellectual curiosity and creative imagination. THE PHYSICS AWARD is presented annually to the graduate of the department who has maintained throughout his or her college career the highest average grade in physics courses. THE BIOLOGY RESEARCH AWARD is presented annually to the graduate who has demonstrated exceptional ability in a research project. The faculty of the Biology Department selects the recipient of this award. THE CHEMISTRY A WARD is presented by the Department of Chemistry to the graduate who has maintained the highest scholastic average throughout the four years of the chemistry course. THE ENGINEERING AWARD is given by the faculty of the Department of Engineering to the student whose achievement in the two-year engineering course is most outstanding. THE WALL STREET JOURNAL AWARD is granted to a graduate in commerce and finance for high scholarship in his field of concentration. THE PENNSYLVANIA INSTITUTE OF CERTIFIED PUBUC ACCOUNTANTS AWARD is granted to a graduating senior who has recei\'ed high grades in accounting and demontrated qualities of leadership in other activities. �Page 60 - AWARDS THE W. F. DOBSON AWARD IN ACCOUNTING is given to the graduate who has made the most outstanding record in accounting during his four years at the College. THE L. ]. VAN LAEYS AWARD IN JOURNALISM is given to the graduate who has done the most creditable work in journalism courses. THE OUTSTANDING GRADUATE OF THE YEAR AWARD is given by the Wilkes College Alumni Association to the graduate considered by a special faculty committee to have made the strongest contribution to the life of the College. The College and the Community Office of Community Services Undergraduate Awards THE MRS. ]AMES lvl.cKANE A WARDS of $25 each are made to the man and woman in the junior class who have ranked highest in their class throughout their first two years of college. THE LINDA MORRIS AWARD is given by Mr. and Mrs. Herbert Morris in memory of their daughter, Linda, to that young woman who has maintained the highest academic record through the first three years at ·wilkes College. THE JOHN WILKES, INC., ANNUAL FORENSIC AWARD is made annually to the ·wilkes student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in the field of forensics during the previous year. THE WILKES FACULTY WOMEN'S AWARD is given to the sophomore woman who has ranked first in her class during her freshman year. Willres-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra Fine Arts Fiesta �The College and the Community The College was founded to serve the community and has received a large measure of its ever-growing support from out·tanding leaders in the community. It has recognized for many years that its growth was related to the economic and social redevelopment of the community and, therefore, it has sought to participate in every effort for community betterment. In consequence, a pattern of cooperation has developed in which the College and the Community work with one another for their mutual benefit. Office of Community Services Service at Wilkes It is his own deficiency, and no degree of fate, that makes a man sink into the depths. To think there is no escape from preordained misery is to make the misery perpetual. To seek new path in a constant renewal of strength-that has always been the secret of progress. When a man waits helplessly for the turning in the wheel of fortune, he has to be regarded as shorn of manhood. If we could free even one village from the shackles of helpnessness and ignorance, an ideal for the whole of India would be established. Let a few villages be rebuilt in this way, and I shall say they are my India. That is the way to discover the true India. RAlilNDRANATH TAGORF Towards Univ ersal Ma11 In cooperation with the Chamber of Commerce, The Industrial Fund, and other community groups, the College has pro\ icled for some years a program designed for the improvement of labor-management relations and for the study of modern practices in local government. These efforts have been maintained on a minimum basis by funds from the College, the Chamber of Commerce, local governments, and other civic groups. These local efforts have been recently strengthened by a grant of $150,000 from the Ford Foundation. In consequence, the work in both areas will be enlarged and a new Area Research Center has been established at Wilkes College. AREA RESEARCH CENTER The Area Research Center provides professional direction and secretarial and research assistance in cooperation with the county and city development agencies, the Economy League, the Industrial Fund, the Committee of 100, the Chamber of Commerce, employers, labor unions, the Planning Council of the United Fund, and other agencies desiring special services. The purposes of the Center are (I) to coordinate the many studies of community problems and trends so that the results may always be available to interested community groups and to �COLLEGE AND COMMUNITY - Page 65 Page 64 - COLLEGE AND COMM UNITY others; (2) to assure continuity of studies so that long-time trends may be known and their significance in the local and national scene may be understood; (3) to make special studie for public and private groups, including municipalities, the Industrial Fund, corporations, labor organizations, the Economy League, school boards; (4) to cooperate with the Planning Commissions of the City and County, with the United Fund, and with other social agencies and civic organizations. LABOR-MANAGEMENT TRAINING PROGRAM Because Wilkes serves an area which has been undergoing drastic economic readjustments, it is deemed essential that every effort be made to encourage cooperative planning and action. To establish a climate for industrial redevelopment the College has pioneered a Labor-Management Training Program in which the needs of the individual and the company are analyzed. Plans are arranged in consultation with officials, foremen, and other employees and are designed to meet the general and spe· cific requirements of the particular company. Where several firms are confronted with common problems, special classes are organized to include representation of several companies. The program designed for members of labor unions is tailored Lo the particular needs of the group. Broad topics in economics are presented to provide a basis for the discussion of ideas, laws, and practices. All classes are conducted on the College campus where the academic climate induces and stimulates free intellectual inquiry. It has been demonstrated that in this atmosphere the members participate more freely in the discussion and consideration of significant problems. As an integral part of the three-pronged Labor-Management Training Program, union and management personnel sometimes meet together in an effort to develop that mutual understanding that is essential to constructive action. INSTITUTE OF MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT The Institute of Municipal Government, developed from the activities of the Political Science department, offers an educa- tional program for public officials. By providing training, the Institute informs locally elected or appointed public leaders of modern practices in government. The Institute does not campaign or enter politics. The Institute does cooperate with municipal leagues and associations engaged in consultation and research on the local governmental level. The Institute publishes a monthly Newsletter containing timely articles related to the responsibilities of local officials interested in the development of the region. The Institute has offered courses to magistrates, borough and township secretaries, police, councilmen and commissioners, health officers, and school directors. During the past five years over one hundred merit awards have been presented to outstanding local officials for service to their communities. Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra The Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra, organized under the c£gis of the College in the fall of 1951, presents a series of three ymphony concerts annually. A number of the members come from the department of music of the College. Fine Arts Fiesta The College participates with area-wide cultural groups in the Wyoming Valley Fine Arts Fiesta, a program of music, drama, and the arts presented on the public square each spring. �Undergraduate Programs Degree Programs Terminal Program Degree Requirements �Undergraduate Programs Leadership at Wilkes Those of us who are concerned with the education of young people and with the vitality of our society can never accept uncertainty and confusion as the inevitable condition of society. We therefore are confronted with two choices. We can grasp and support a rigid ideology that offers final answers by ignoring uncongenial facts and truths, or we can make every effort to comprehend the significance of new facts, new truths, and new conditions. We must endeavor to extend the vision of our students, enlarge their understanding, and prepare them to participate in strengthening and developing our social institutions. DR. EUGENE s. FARLEY, President, Wilkes College The program at Wilkes has been carefully designed so that students may meet the entrance requirements of graduate and professional schools. Liberal arts preparation provides an excellent background for work in professional schools, such as those of Business Administration, Education, Medicine, Library, Law, or Theology. Students planning to go to graduate school should consult as early as possible with their department chairman. In its degree programs Wilkes College provides for a broad liberal education which aims at helping students achieve intellectual, social, resthetic, and spiritual development, and for the concentration in special areas for which students are qualified and have interest. In the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science degree programs the College endeavors to acquaint the student with the nature and extent of knowledge in all the principal fields, and to give him some idea of the methods used in controlling and extending that knowledge. In addition to gaining this general knowledge the student is required to develop greater competence and understanding in one major field of study. Bachelor of Arts Degree The Bachelor of Arts degree programs are primarily concerned with individual development and with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and of the men who have created it and lived in it. Studies are concerned with men and events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. Programs are designed to create breadth and perspective as opposed to more specialized skills. A liberal arts program must necessarily include a wide range of subjects if it is to cultivate understanding of the thoughts, ideals, and institutions upon which our civilization is based. For the sake of simplicity these subjects are classified into three areas in which the student will carry on his explorations. AREAS Humanities English Fine Arts Foreign Languages Mathematics Music Philosophy - Religion Social Sciences Commerce and Finance Economics Education History Political Science Sociology Sciences Biology Chemistry Physics Psychology �Page 70 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 71 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR B. A. DEGREE SELECTION OF A MAJOR The following courses are required of all candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree. They will usually be taken in the semesters indicated. In a curriculum that requires a student to begin with courses at a more advanced level, the advanced course will be accepted as fulfilling the general requirements in that subject. Required Courses Cr.edit Hours To be Taken in Semesters English 101, 102 6 1-2 English 151, 152 8 3-4 History IO 1, 102 6 1-2 Philosophy IO 1, 102 6 5-6 Fine Arts 101 or Music 100 3 1 or 2 12 1-2-3-4 12 1-2-3-4 12 3-4-5-6 Physical Education 101, 102, 103, 104 0 1-2-3-4 Physical Education 105, 106 2 1-2 Foreign Languages 1 101, 102, 103, 104 Mathematics 2 101, 102; or Physics 101, 102; or Biology 101, 102 Economics 101, 102; or Political Science 101, 102; or Psychology 101, 102; or Sociology 101, 102 Majors in the Bachelor of Arts degree program may be selected from the following subject areas: Biology Economics Education (Elementary and Secondary) English Fine Arts Foreign Language History Ma them a tics Music Philosophy - Religion Political Science Psychology Social Science Sociology Those students electing a career in elementary or secondary education are required to select a major in one of the subject areas. These subject areas may be selected from those listed above and from those listed under the Bachelor of Science degree programs that follow. Individual department programs will define the necessary course requirements. Teaching certification requirements for most states may be met at Wilkes College. Students are expected to familiarize themselves with specific state requirements. COURSE REQUIREMENTS 67 1 In all curricula requiring foreign language the level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. Except for foreign language majors, the language requirement is through the 104 course, or an equivalent course prescribed by thr student's adviser. 2 To provide depth of knowledge, some concentration is required. It is desirable that a major be elected as early as possible, especially in the areas of biology, mathematics, and music. It is essential that the major field of concentration be elected before the beginning of the junior year. Students planning to major in Mathematics, Biology, Chemistry, Engineering, and Physics should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the College mathematics program with the course in Analytic Geometry, Math. 122. Experience has shown that many students can prof it from a course in algebra and trigonometry. These courses are usually offered in the summer at most colleges and universities and may be taken in the summer prior to the freshman year. The specific requirements for a degree in any of the above majors are listed in the section of this bulletin titled "Degree Requirements." The student with his faculty adviser will plan the proper sequence of his major course requirements. Bachelor of Science Degree The Bachelor of Science degree programs require more concentration upon a restricted area of human thought and activity. Although these programs emphasize knowledge and skill in special fields, a basic program of general education is coupled with this specialized effort. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR B. S. DEGREE The general requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree are basically the same as those required for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Specific requirements are described in this bulletin under the section titled ''Degree Requirements." �Page 72 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 73 SELECTION OF A MAJOR Degree Requirements Majors in the Bachelor of Science degree program may be selected from the following subject areas: Chemistry Commerce and Finance (a) Accounting (b) Business Administration (c) Business Education (d) Secretarial Studies This section of the bulletin provides the detailed information on the requirements for each of the degree programs offered at Wilkes College. Engineering Music Education Medical T echnology Nursing Education Physics Secondary Education in Science 1 General Requirements for B. A. Degree Program of general requirements for all majors other than biology, fine arts, mathematics, and music 1 First Semester Eng. 101 For. Lang. IO I Hist. 101 :v1ath. IO I or Bio. IO l or Phys. IOI F.A.10l2, Mus.JOO, Eng.131 P. E. 101 r. E. 10s COURSE REQUIREMENTS The specific requirements for a degree in any of the above majors are listed in the section of this bulletin titled "Degree Requirements." The student with his faculty adviser will plan the proper sequence of his major course requirements. Second Semester 3 3 3 3 2-3 0 1 Eng. 102 For. Lang. 102 Hist. 102 Math. 102 or Bio. 102 or Phys. 102 F.A.10!2, Mus.100, Eng.131 P. E. 102 P. E. 106 15-16 Third Semester Terminal Program The College awards a Certificate to those students who successfully complete the requirements of the program in secretarial studies. The two-year intensive secretarial program has a threefold purpose: to provide a general education; to develop an understanding of business activities; and to give specialized training for secretarial work. The required courses in this program may be counted toward the degree of Bachelor of Science in Commerce and Finance or toward that of Bachelor of Science in Business Education when students desire to continue their education after completing these courses. The specific requirements for a certificate are listed in the section of this bulletin titled "Degree Requirements." Eng. 151 for. Lang. 103 Math. 101 or Phys. 101 or Bio. 101 Psy. IO 1 or Ee. 101 or P. S. 101 or Soc. 101 P. E. 103 6 0 Fifth Semester Phil. 101 Major and electives 3 Fourth Semester Eng. 152 For. Lang. 104 Math. 102 or Phys. 102 or Bio. 102 Psy. 102 or Ee. 102 or P. S. 102 or Soc. 102 P. E. 104 3 6 0 Sixth Semester 3 12 Seventh Semester Major and electives 4 3 16 Phil. 102 Major and electives3 15 1 College offers the first two years of the engineering curricula. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may transfer to the junior year of other engineering schools. 3 3 2-3 0 I 15-16 16 3 12 15 Eighth Semester 15 Major and electives 15 Detailed programs for these majors are outlined on the following pages. To fulfill the general requirements the student must take F. A. IOI or Mus. 100 in the first or second semester. 3 Stud~ts planni_ng to fulfill requirements for teacher certification will usually take required educatwn courses as electives in the fifth and sixth semester. 2 1 Wilkes 4~ 3 3 3 3 �Page 74-DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 75 Course Requirements in the Majors Fifth Semester Bio. 221 Chem. 232 For. Lang. IOI Phys. I 1I Ee. 101 or P. S. IOI or Psy. IO 1 or Soc. 101 Biology 1 Students who major in Biology may be planning careers in medicine, teaching, industrial biology, research, or pre-professional training required for many positions in science-oriented business or professional schools. The biology program is a general program covering basic areas of biology. Specific pre-professional training is minimized in favor of the broadest possible background in the liberal arts as well as the biological sciences. Students planning to major in biology should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the College mathematics program with the course in analytic geometry, Math. 122. Experience has shown that many students can profit from a course in algebra and trigonometry. These courses are usually offered in the summer at most colleges and universities and may be taken in the summer prior to the freshman year. The following are the degree requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in biology. First Semester Bio. 103 Chem. 101 Eng. 101 Math. 122 Phys. 103 P. E. 101 P. E. 105 4 4 3 4 l 0 I Second Semester Bio. 104 Chem. 102 Eng. 102 Math. 125 P. E. 102 P. E. 106 17 Third Semester Bio. 201 Chem. 221 Eng. 151 Hist. 101 Ee. 101 or P. S. IOI or Psy. IOI or Soc. 101 P . E. 103 4 4 4 3 3 0 18 1 4 6 3 4 0 1 1~ Fourth Semester Bio. 202 Chem. 230 Eng. 152 Hist. 102 Ee. 102 or P. S. 102 or Psy. 102 or Soc. 102 P. E. 104 3 4 3 4 3 Sixth Semester Bio. 222 F. A. IOI or Mus. 100 For. Lang. I 02 Phys. 112 Ee. 102 or P. S. 102 or Psy. 102 or Soc. I 02 3 3 3 4 3 17 Seventh Semester Major elective Bio. 231 For. Lang. I 03 Phil. 101 Elective' 3-4 4 3 3 3 16 Eighth Semester Major elective Bio. 232 Bio. 262 For. Lang. 104 Phil. 102 Bio. 271 (optional) Elective 1 16-17 3-4 3 I 3 3 l 3 16-18 Economics St udents who major in Economics are required to complete twentyfour ho urs o~ work in economics beyond Ee. IOI, 102 in addition to the 1 genera reqmre~ents for t?e B. A. degree. Selection and scheduling of these courses will be_ done 111 consultation with the student's adviser. The twenty-four hours m economics which the major m t · 1d Er. 201 , 202, 231, 232, and 241. us carry me u e Education 4 4 4 3 3 0 -18 Those students electing a career in Elementary or Seco d Ed · · d n ary ucatJOn are r_eqmre to select a major in one of the major subject areas. These sub1cct areas may _be selected from those listed under the Bachelor of Arts or B~chelor of Science degree programs. Individual departmental r~r~grams will defin~ the n~cess~ry course requirements for the prospect1\e teach:r. Teachmg cert1ficat10n requirements for most states may be at ~ilkes College. Students are expected to familiarize themselves \r1th specific state requirements. m:t A pre-professional degree program is described on page 50. The first three year of the program described here will be followed by pre-professional candidates. ' Electives must be selected from the humanities or social sciences. �Page 76 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 77 English Fifth Semester Phil. 101 F. A. 121 F. A. 125 F. A. 203 Ee. 101 or P. S. 101 or Psy. 101 or Soc. IO 1 Students who major in English are required to take English 101, 102, and 131 in the freshman year; 105, 151, and 152 in the sophomore year; and 21 credit hours, including 200, 205, 215, in addition to the general requirements for the B. A. degree. Selection and scheduling of these courses will be done in consultation with the student's adviser. Students with at least a 3.0 average in 101, 102, and 151 may take an advanced English course simultaneously with 152. 3 3 3 2 6 Sixth Semester Phil. 205 F. A. 122 F. A. 126 Elective ( optional) Ee. 102 or P. S. 102 or Psy. I 02 or Soc. 102 Seventh Semester Fine Arts F. A. 220 F.A.291 Electives Students who major in Fine Arts are required to complete the following program of studies in addition to the general require~ents for the B. A. degree. Electives may be used to fulfill the reqmrements for certification in education. 2 2 6 15-18 17 F. A. 205 3 3 3 0-3 Eighth Semester F. A. 292 Electives 1 14-15 1 10-12 15-17 15-16 Foreign Languages (Modern) A major in any of the Modern Foreign Languages consists of twentyfour hours beyond the 102 course. B. A. IN FINE ARTS First Semester Eng. 101 Hist. 101 For. Lang. 101 F. A. 103 P.E. 101 P. E. 105 Bio. 101 or Math. 101 or Phys. 101 3 3 3 3 0 I 3 Second Semester Eng. 102 Hist. 102 For. Lang. 102 F. A. 104 P. E. 102 P. E. 106 Bio. 102 or Math. 102 or Phys. 102 16 Third Semester Eng. 151 For. Lang. 103 F. A. 105 F. A. 201 P. E. 103 Bio. 101 or Math. 101 or Phys. 101 4 3 3 2 0 3 15 Fourth Semester Eng. 152 For. Lang. 104 F. A. 106 F. A. 202 P. E. 104 Bio. 102 or Math. 102 or Phys. 102 3 3 3 3 0 1 History A major in History consists of twenty-four hours, of which twelve are in courses numbered 200 or above. Majors in history are required to take Hist. 101, 102, 107, 108. History 101 and 102, however, may not count toward the twenty-four hours constituting a major. 3 Mathematics 16 Students planning to major in Mathematics should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the College mathematics program with the course in Analytic Geometry, Math. 122. Experience has shown that many students can profit from a course in algebra and trigonometry. These courses are usually offered in the summer at most colleges and universities and may be taken in the summer prior to the freshman year. -- 4 3 3 2 0 3 15 In addition to the liberal arts general requirements, a mathematics major must complete a minimum of twenty-eight hours in mathematics courses. Credit will not count toward the major requirement in courses below Math. 122. The following program shows the sequence of the course requirements in the mathematics major. �Page 78 _ DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 79 )fosic B. A. IN MATHEMATICS Second Semester First Semester Bio. 101 Eng. 101 For. Lang. 101 F. A. 101 or Mus. 100 Math. 122 P. E. 101 P. E. 105 3 3 3 3 4 0 1 -- Bio. 102 Eng. 102 For. Lang. 102 F. A. 101 or Mus. 100 Math. 125 P. E. 102 P. E. 106 Fourth Semester Third Semester 4 3 4 3 2 0 Math. 240 For. Lang. 104 Eng. 152 Hist. 102 Phys. 150 P. E. 104 Phys. 151 Math. 251 Ee. 101 or P. S. 101 or Psy. 101 or Soc. 101 Elective 4 3 6 3 -- Sixth Semester Phys. 152 Math. 252 Ee. 102 or P. S. 102 or Psy. 102 or Soc. 102 Elective -15-18 Hist. 101 Math. 101 or Phys. IOI or Bio. 101 3 12 15 3 Fifth Semester Eng. 151 Phil. IOI Mus. 109 Applied Music 1 Soc. IOI For. Lang. 104 Mus. 104 Applied Music 1 Psy. 102 Hist. 102 Math. 102 or Phys. 102 or Bio. 102 P. E. 104 3 5 I 3 3 3 0 18 Sixth Semester 4 3 3 2 3 IS 1Private 5 l 0 l 16 18 -- 3 3 3 Fourth Semester 3 5 l 3 3 0 6 3 16 Math. elective Electives 5 l 0 I Third Semester P. E. 103 Eighth Semester 3 3 9-12 3 3 3 Math. 102 or Bio. 102 or Phys. 102 Eng. 102 For. Lang. l 02 Mus. 102 Applied Music 1 P. E. 102 P. E. 106 16 Psy. IOI 4 3 Second Semester P. E. IOI P. E. 105 For. Lang. l 03 Mus. 103 Applied Music 1 16 Seventh Semester Math. elective Phil. 101 Electives 4 3 4 3 4 0 First Semester Math. 10 I or Bio. IO l or Phys. 101 Eng. 101 For. Lang. IO l Mus. 101 Applied Music 1 18 16 Fifth Semester B. A. IN MUSIC 17 17 Math. 126 For. Lang. 103 Eng. 151 Hist. 101 Eng. 131 P. E. 103 3 3 3 3 4 0 1 Students who major in Music are required to complete the following program of studies in addition to the general requirements for the B. A. degree. Students interested in careers in Music Education should follow the program described in the Bachelor of Science in Music Education. This program is described in a later section of this bulletin. The following are the course requirements for the B. A. degree in music. Eng. 152 Phil. 205 Mus. 110 Applied Music 1 Soc. 102 4 3 3 2 3 IS instruction. Charges for this instruction are a separate billing and are in addition to the regular tuition charge. �Page 80 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 81 Seventh Semester Applied Music 1 Mus.215 Mus.217 Electives 2 2 2 9 Eighth Semester Applied Music 1 Mus. 216 Mus. 218 Electives 15 in one of these subject areas and at least six hours in each of the other thr('c. Only courses beyond the IOI , 102 level will count toward these major requirements. Exception will be made to this requirement for tudcnts preparing to teach in public schools. In order to meet the crtiftcation requirements in education a student preparing to teach ocial studies in the public schools will receive credit toward the social cicnce major for all required courses in economics, history, political cicncc, and sociology. 2 2 3 9 16 Philosophy - Religion A major in the combined fields of Philosophy and Religion consists of twenty-four hours in philosophy and religion courses. Philosophy 101 and 102 will not count toward the major but must be taken as part of the general requirements. ociology-Anthropology .\ major in Sociology consists of twenty-four hours. Although Sociology 101, 102 are prerequisites to all the courses in sociology, they are not accepted toward a major in sociology. Political Science 204 and Philosophy 206 will be accepted toward the major in sociology. Students who intend to major in sociology are requested to plan their work in the department in consultation with the chairman. A major in sociology hould ordinarily include the following four courses: Sociology 230, 255 265, and 280. With the approval of the department chairman, however, other courses may in some instances be substituted. Psychology A major in Psychology consists of twenty-four hours. Psychology 101 and 102 are not accepted toward a major; Sociology 255 and Education 200 are accepted. Psychology 203 and 204 are required for the major. In addition to the general requirements the department requires that the two-semester courses in mathematics, physics, and biology be taken. In addition, English 131 and Economics 231 are required. The major in Psychology is designed for students who plan to continue the study of psychology on the graduate level, as well as for those whose interests lie in the teaching of psychology in colleges or in the application of the study to such fields as advertising, clinical work, business, education, and industrial personnel work. Students are cautioned that an undergraduate major in psychology does not qualify them for professional psychological work. No student can qualify as a psychologist without advanced graduate study; in a great many fields today, moreover, professional psychologists must hold the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. Political Science A major in Political Science consists of twenty-four hours. Political Science 10 I and I 02 are not accepted toward a major. Social Science Course Requirements for B. S. Degree Programs Chemistry The Chemistry curriculum is planned to provide thorough trammg in the fundamentals of the science and to contribute to the general education of the student. Graduates in chemistry may enter industry immediately upon graduation or may continue their studies in graduate school. To satisfy the requirements for this degree students must complete one hundred thirty-one credits. These credits include forty-four in chemistry, thirty-two in physics and mathematics, a minimum of fortyix in the social sciences and the humanities, and the language requirement.1 1 The Social Science major requires a total of thirty-six hours in economics, history, political science, and sociology. Eighteen hours must be 1 Private instruction. Charges for this instruction are a separate billing and are in addition to the regular tuition charge. A reading knowledge of scientific German or of French is required for this degree. The requirement may be satisfied as follows: I. A student prepared in a language may take a reading-knowledge test. 2. A student who has taken two years or more of German in high school must complete scientific German; if he has taken two years or more of French, he must complete six hours of intermediate or advanced French. 3. Students beginning either language must complete twelve semester hour.<: Those beginning German must include German 105 in the twelve hours. �Page 82 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 83 Students planning to major in chemistry should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the College mathematics program with the course in analytic geometry, Math. 122. Commerce and Finance B. S. IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE MAJOR IN ACCOUNTING B. S. IN CHEMISTRY First Semester Chem. 101 Eng. 101 Math. 122 P. S. 101 Phys. 103 P. E. 101 P. E. 105 4 3 4 3 1 0 First Semester Second Semester Chem. 102 Eng. 102 Math. 125 Phys. 150 P. E. 102 P. E. 106 6 3 4 4 0 1 I 16 cct. 101 Eng. 101 Hist. 101 Ee. 111 lath. 101 P. E. 101 P. E. 105 3 3 3 3 3 0 1 16 18 Third Semester Third Semester Chem. 210 Chem. 221 Hist. 101 Math. 126 Phys. 151 P. E. 103 3 4 3 4 4 0 Fourth Semester Chem. 230 Hist. 102 Math. 240 Phys. 152 P. E. 104 Elective ( optional) 1 18 Fifth Semester Chem. 231 Chem. 241 For. Lang. 101 Phys. 251 Elective 1 5 4 3 3 3 kct. 111 4 3 4 4 0 3 18 Seventh Semester Chem. 233 Chem. 261 Eng. 151 For. Lang. 103 Electives 1 3 1 4 3 7 Eighth Semester Chem. 222 Chem. 262 Eng. 152 For. Lang. 104 Chem. electives Electives 1 Electives are to be selected with the advice and consent of the faculty adviser. 3 3 3 4 3 2 0 Fifth Semester 4 3 3 8 Acct. 201 B. A. 233 Ee. 201 Ee. 231 . oc. 101 or P. S. 101 Phil. 101 3 3 3 3 3 3 Seventh Semester 5 I 4 3 3 2 Fourth Semester Acct. 112 B. A. 232 Ee. 102 Eng. 152 Bio. I 02 or Phys. I 02 P. E. 104 B.A.209 B.A.225 B.A.237 Elective 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 18 I 3 3 3 3 0 6 3 3 3 4 3 0 16 Sixth Semester Acct. 202 Acct. 242 B. A. 234 Ee. 232 Soc. 102 or P. S. 102 Elective 1 18 Acct. 221 \cct. 231 3 16 18 18 18 I B.A.231 Ee. 101 Eng. 151 Bio. 101 or Phys. 101 Eng. 131 P. E. 103 15-18 Sixth Semester Chem. 242 Chemistry elective For. Lang. 102 Electives 1 Second Semester Acct. 102 Eng. 102 Hist. 102 F. A. 101 or Mus. 100 Math. 102 or Math. 115 P. E. 102 P. E. 106 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 Eighth Semester Acct. 232 Acct. 252 Ee. 202 or Ee. 236 Ec.226 Elective 1 3 3 3 3 3 15 Students Intending to sit for the New York State C.P.A. examinations should elect subjects in the humanities. �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 85 Page 84 - DEGREE PROGRAMS Students who major in Business Administration will select their electives from the following. At least six courses in one of these groups are required of students concentrating in this field. MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION First Semester Acct. IOI Ee. 111 Eng. IOI Hist. IOI Bio. 10 I or Phys. 10 I P. E. IOI P. E. 105 3 3 3 3 3 0 1 Second Semester Acct. 102 F. A. IOI or Mus. 100 Eng. 102 Hist. 102 Bio. I 02 or Phys. I 02 P. E. 102 P. E. 106 16 16 Third Semester B. A. 231 Ee. IOI Eng. 131 Eng. 151 Math. IOI P. S. IOI or Soc. IOI P. E. 103 3 3 2 4 3 3 0 3 3 3 3 3 0 1 Fourth Semester B. A. 232 Ee. 102 Eng. 152 Math. 102 P. S. 102 or Soc. 102 P. E. 104 18 BANKING AND FINANCE B. A. 218 B. A. 220 B. A. 225 B. A. 226 Ec.202 Ec.225 Ec.236 Ee. 241 Math. 115 ECONOMICS 3 3 4 3 3 0 Ec.212 Ee. 223 Ec.225 Ee. 226 Ec.229 Ec.230 Ec.236 Ec.241 Ee. 245 Ee. 246 16 MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS Fifth Semester B. A. 237 Ee. 201 Ec.231 Phil. 101 Electives 3 3 3 3 6 Sixth Semest.er Ee. 202 or Ee. 226 or C and F elective .. Ee. 232 Phil. 102 B. A. 222 Electives 3 12 Eighth Semester B. A. and Ee. electives Elective 12 3 3 18 B. A. 239 B. A. 240 B. A. 241 Ec. 223 Psy.212 MARKETING 18 18 Seventh Semester B. A. 209 B. A. and Ee. electives Elective 3 3 3 3 6 B.A.236 B. A. 237 B. A. 238 15 B. A. 114 B.A.216 B.A.217 B. A. 239 B. A. 240 Ec.225 Ee. 245 Ret. IOI �Page 86 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 87 MAJOR IN BUSINESS EDUCATION The degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Education is designed to provide a background in general education while it prepares the student for teaching the business subjects in the public secondary schools or for a career in business. First Semester Acct. 101 B. A. 107 Bio. 10 I or Phy. 10 I Eng. 101 Hist. IOI P. E. 101 P. E. 105 3 3 3 3 3 0 I -- Second Semester Acct. 102 Mus. 100 or F. A. 101 Bio. 102 or Phy. 102 Eng. 102 Hist. 102 P. E. 102 P. E. 106 16 Third Semester Acct. 111 or Ret. 101 Ee. 101 Hist. 107 S.S. 105 S.S. 107 Psy,. 101 P. E. 103 3 3 3 2 2 3 0 3 3 3 2 2 3 0 S.S. 202 S. S.208 B. A 232 Soc. 102 or P. S. 102 Eng. 152 B. A. 238 17 I 3 3 3 4 3 4 3 3 3 2 18 0 1 Second Semester Bio. 102 or Phys. 102 Eng. 102 Hist. 102 Math. 102 Electives P. E. 102 P. E. 106 3 3 3 3 3 0 I 16 Third Semester Acct. 101 Fng. 105 Eng. 131 P. S. 101 S.S. 105 S.S. 107 P. E. 103 3 3 2 3 2 2 0 -- 16 Fourth Semester Acct. 102 P. S. 102 Mus. 100 S.S. 106 S.S. 108 Elective P. E. 104 15 3 3 3 2 2 3 0 16 Ee. 101 Eng. 151 S.S.201 S.S. 207 Electives 3 4 I 3 6 Sixth Semester Ee. 102 Eng. 152 S.S.202 S.S.208 Electives 17 Ed. 230 Elective 12 3 Seventh Semester B.A.209 S.S. 205 Electives 3 4 8-9 15-16 15 3 4 I 3 6 17 17 Eighth Semester 3 3 3 3 3 3 Fifth Semester Sixth Semester 1 3 3 3 4 3 First Semester Bio. 101 or Phys. 101 Eng. 101 !fist. 10 I Math. 101 Electives P. E. 101 P. E. 101 16 Fifth Semester Seventh Semester S.S.243 S.S.205 Phil. 101 Ed. 200 B. A. 209 Eng. 131 I 16 Fourth Semester Acct. 112 or Ret. elective Ee. 102 Hist. 108 S.S. 106 S.S. 108 Psy. 102 P. E. 104 16 S.S.201 S.S.207 B. A. 231 Soc. 101 or P. S. 101 Eng. 151 Ed. 100 3 3 3 3 3 0 MAJOR IN SECRETARIAL STUDIES Eighth Semester B. A. 238 Electives 3 15 18 �Page 88 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 89 Engineering AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING Wilkes College offers the first two years of the engineering curricula. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable record may transfer to the junior year of other engineering schools. . Mechanical engineering is basic to the study of reronautical engineermg. Therefore, the first two years in mechanical engineering prepare the student for the advanced work offered by several universities. In the past, students have transferred to, and successfully completed their work at, such representative colleges as Alabama, Bucknell, Catholic University, Columbia, Cornell, Drexell, Georgia School of Technology, Lafayette, Lehigh, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Ne\\ York University, Pennsylvania State University, Purdue, Stevens Institute, Syracuse, and the University of Nebraska. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Chemical engineering is concerned with the broad field of chemical industry in_ wh.ich materials undergo a physical or a chemical change. Such materials mclude pape:, textiles, gasoline, other petroelum products, ~oke, gas, dyes, electrochemical products, paints, rubber, plastics, ceramics,. drugs: heavy ?hemicals, solvents, and many others. The chemical engineer Is one skilled in the design, construction, operation and man~gement of industrial p~ants in .which materials are produced by chemical change. The chemical engmeer may be engaged in research or in the development_ of a process, for he is expert in the application of the fun?am~ntal umt-manufacturing processes which underlie all chemical t'ngmeenng. The equipment of the chemical engineer includes a thorough knowledge of chemistry, physics, and mathematics and a sound understanding of such fundamentals of chem1·cal mecha · 1 d 1 · 1 • . . , n1ca , an e ectnca engm~ermg as will make him a competent development, control, or sales engmeer. (For freshman year see page 88.) During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses arc the same with the exception of chemical engineering, in which course students must take two additional hours of chemistry in the second semester. For this reason the student should decide by the middle of the first year between chemical engineering and one of the other branches of engineering. The curricula change further at the beginning of the second year. For this reason the student should decide by then whether he will pursue civil, industrial, electrical, or mechanical engineering. Students planning to major in Engineering should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the College mathematics program with the course in analytic geometry, Math. 122. Experience has shown that many students can profit from a course in algebra and trigonometry. These courses are usually offered in the summer at most colleges and universities and may be taken in the summer prior to the freshman year. SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Ee. 101 Math. 126 Phys. 151 .vf. E. 2II Chem. 221 P. E. 103 B. S. IN ENGINEERING FRESHMAN YEAR (COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING COURSES) First Semester Chem. IOI Engi. 100 Engi. 105 Eng. IOI Math. 122 P. E. IOI P.E. 105 4 2 3 3 4 0 I 17 1 Second Semester Chem. I 02 or Chem. I 04 1 Engi. 106 Eng. 102 Math. 125 Phys. 150 P. E. 102 P. E. 106 3 4 4 3 4 0 18 4-6 2 3 4 4 0 l 18-20 Chemical engineers will register for Chem. 102 (six hours). All other engineering students will register for Chem. 104 (four hours). 1 E. E. 202 or M. E. 212 is suggested Fourth Semester Eng. 134 Math. 240 Phys. 152 Ch. Engi. 106 Elective 1 P. E. 104 3 4 4 3 3 0 17 �Page 90 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 91 CIVIL ENGINEERING ENGINEERING PHYSICS Th~ curriculum in engineering physics is designed to equip men with The civil engineer deals with problems in structural, highway, railroad, hydraulic, and sanitary engineering, and also with surveying and geodesy. He specializes in the design, construction and maintenance of bridges, tunnels, dams, and the structural members of buildings. His services are indispensable in the design of river, canal, and harbor improvements; in the development and control of water resources; in the treatment and disposal of sewage and industrial waste; and in the location and construction of all transportation facilities. a fle~1~le background of basic scientific knowledge. The primary emphasis 1s on the fundamental principles of physics. At the same time the engineering viewpoint is developed so that practical problems can be pushed to completion. The first two years of work, offered at Wilkes are similar_ to those of the other engineering curricula. They provide ~ sound basis for study toward advanced degrees in either physics or specific fields of engineering. SOPHOMORE YEAR' SOPHOMORE YEAR I Third Semester 3 3 3 4 C. E. 103 Ee. IOI M. E. 211 Math. 126 Phys. 151 P. E. 103 4 0 Third Semester Fourth Semester C. E. 104 Math. 240 Eng. 134 M. E. 212 Phys. 152 P. E. 104 Ee. 101 Math. 126 Phys. 151 M. E. 211 M. E. 111 P. E. 103 4 4 3 3 4 0 3 4 4 3 3 0 Fourth Semester Eng. 134 Math. 240 Phys. 152 M. E. 212 E. E. 202 P. E. 104 17 3 3 0 17 18 17 3 4 4 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING The field of industrial or management engineering has to do with the ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING The electrical engineer is trained to design, construct, and operate all electrical generating equipment. He must supervise and control the di~• tribution of electricity for driving the machinery in mills, factories, and mines; for electric railways, chemical processing, heating, lighting, and for all electrical devices used in the home. Communications, including telegraph, telephone, radio, radar, teletype, transmission of print and pictures, offers numerous opportunities. Development of electronic tubes, transistors, circuits, and equipment for commercial processes offers opportunities in many fields of endeavor. methods_ of manufacture and production; the effects thereon of personnel; a_nd de~1gn control to meet cost and production requirements. Preparation. \:1th ~ background in science, engineering, economics, business ~dmm1~trat10n_, management, and history is necessary. The successful industrial engineer must possess not only technical skill and ability but al~o economic and huma?istic interests, as well as character and personality.. He must work with others and enlist their cooperation in the pursuit of a_ comma~ goal. The industrial engineer deals with people as well as with machmes and materials. This curriculum offers the first two years of work for those primarily interested in the administration of technical enterprises. SOPHOMORE y EAR I Ee. 101 Math. 126 Phys. 151 M. E. 211 Engi. 111 or C. E. 103 P. E. 103 3 4 4 3 3 0 17 1 For freshman year see page 88. SOPHOMORE YEAR I Fourth Semester Third Semester Eng. 134 Math. 240 Phys. 152 M. E. 212 E. E. 202 P. E. 104 Third Semester 3 4 4 3 3 0 Ee. 101 Phys. 151 M. E. 211 Math. 126 C. E. 103 P. E. 103 17 3 4 3 4 3 0 17 1 For freshman year see page 88. Fourth Semester Ee. 102 Phys. 152 M. E. 212 Math. 240 Eng. 134 P. E. 104 3 4 3 4 3 0 17 �Page 92 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 93 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The mechanical engineer is concerned with the design, construction, installation, and operation of machinery necessary for the economical application of mechanical power to industry. He must utilize power from whatever source derived. The generation of power, whether by steam, hydro or internal-combustion engines is of primary concern to the mechanical engineer in the power field. His services are necessar\ wherever process equipment and machine tools are made or used. The mechanical engineer must of necessity be broadly trained in the fundamental sciences and in economics and humanities. Ability and skill in the application of the basic sciences are not sufficient. He must have an understanding of the influence of his profession upon our way of life and how its development and expansion affect our future. Third Semester Bio. 204 Chem. 221 Ee. 101 Math. 126 Phys. 151 M. E. 211 Engi. 111 P. E. 103 Eng. 134 Math. 240 Phys. 152 M. E. 212 M. E. 206 P. E. 104 17 4 3 3 0 Hist. 101 For. Lang. IO I P. E. 103 Fourth Semester Eng. 131 Chem. 230 Eng. 152 Hist. 102 For. Lang. 102 4 4 3 3 2 P. E. 104 O 17 16 Fifth Semester Bio. 211 For. Lang. I 03 Phys. 111 Psy. 101 Soc. 101 or Ee. 101 or P. S. 101 Fourth Semester 3 4 4 3 3 0 4 Eng. 151 SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 Third Semester 3 4 3 4 3 3 Sixth Semester Bio. 212 For.Lang. 104 Phys. 112 Psy. 102 Soc. 102 or Ee. 102 or P. S. 102 4 3 4 3 3 17 3 4 4 3 3 0 17 Seventh Semester 1 13 weeks Clinical Chemistry Microbiology Urinalysis 8 weeks 4 weeks 17 Eighth Semester 1 Haematology and Blood Bank Histology Serology 12 weeks 6 weeks 7 weeks Medical Technology The American Society of Clinical Pathologists and the American Society of Medical Technologists recommend certain requirements for a program of training leading to a degree in Medical Technology. The curriculum offered at Wilkes College follows these recommendations and is presented below. The final year in this program is taken in hospitals approved for such training. B. S. IN MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY First Semester Bio. 103 Chem. IOI Eng. IOI Math. 107 Phys. 103 P. E. IOI P. E. 105 Second Semester 4 4 3 3 I 0 I 16 I For freshman year see page 88. Bio. 104 Chem. 102 Eng. 102 Math. 109 P. E. 102 P. E. 106 4 6 3 3 0 l 17 Music Education B. S. IN MUSIC EDUCATION First Semester Eng. 101 Bio. 101 or Phys. IOI Mus. 101 Mus. Ed. IOI or Mus. Ed. 103 Hist. 101 Applied Music 2 Band, Orchestra, Chorus P.E.101 P. E. 105 3 3 5 2 3 1 ½ 0 I 18½ 1 Second Semester Eng. 102 Bio. 102 or Phys. 102 Mus. 102 Mus. Ed. 102 or Mus. Ed. 104 Hist. 102 Applied Music 2 Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 102 P.E. 105 3 3 5 2 3 1 ½ O 1 18½ To be taken at an approved school of medical technology. Pri~a.te instruction. Cha_r?es for this instruction are a separate billin and are in addition to the regular tmtion charge. g 2 �Page 94 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 95 Fourth Semester Third Semester Eng. 151 Mus. Ed. 101 or Mus. Ed. 103 Mus. 103 Mus. 109 Applied Music 1 Psy. 101 Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 103 0 18½ 18 1 , 2 5 3 I 3 ½ Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Ed. 100 3 Ee. 101 or P. S. IOI or Soc. 101 3 Mus. Ed. 105 2 Mus. Ed. 109 2 Mus.Ed.Ill 2 Applied Music 1 I Band, Orchestra, Chorus ½ Mus. 111 or Soc. Sci. elective 2-3 15½-16½ Ed.200 3 Ee. 102 or P. S. 102 or Soc. 102 3 Mus. Ed. 106 2 Mus. Ed. 110 2 Mus. Ed. 112 2 Applied Music 1 I Band, Orchestra, Chorus ½ Mus. 112 or Soc. Sci. elective 2-3 lS½-I6L2 from thirty-five to fifty and will be determined by an evaluation of the student's record and by results obtained on the Graduate Nurse Qualifying Examination. Wilkes College is cooperating with Albright College in offering a degree in Nursing Education to registered nurses in Reading, Pa. Academic credits earned at Albright College may be credited toward the 13. S. degree in Nursing Education from Wilkes College. In order to receive the degree from Wilkes Co1lege the student must take a minimum of 15 credit hours on the Wilkes Campus. Students participating in this cooperative program should seek assistance from the chairman of the Nursing Education Department at Wilkes in planning their curriculum. B. S. IN NURSING EDUCATION First Semester Eng. 101 IIist. 101 Bio. 103 or Math. 101 or Phys. 101 F. A. 101 or Mus. 100 Soc. 101 or Psy. IOI . E. 101 Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Mus. 215 Mus. Ed. 107 Mus. Ed. 113 Mus. Ed. 240 Applied Musk 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus Mus. 113 or elective 'I he number of credits allowed for the school of nursing program ranges Eng. 152 4 Mus. Ed. 102 or Mus. Ed. 104 2 Mus. 104 5 Mus. 110 3 Applied Music ' I Psy. 102 3 Band, Orchestra, Chorus 1/2 P. E. 104 0 4 2 2 2 8 I ½ 2 17½ Mus. 216 Mus. Ed. 108 Mus. Ed. 114 Applied Music 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus Elective Mus. 114 or elective 2 2 2 I ½ 6 2-3 15½-161,_ 1 Private instruction. Charges for this instruction are a separate billing and are in addition to the regular tuition charge. 3 3-4 3 3 2 Eng. 102 Hist. 102 Bio. 104 or Math. 102 or Phys. 102 N. E. 104 Soc. I 02 or Psy. I 02 N. E. 106 Elective (optional) 1 17-18 Third Semester Eng. 151 Phil. 101 P. S. 101 or Ee. 101 Ed.241 XE.107 . E.108 Elective Nursing Education The program in Nursing Education is designed for the preparation of instructors, head nurses, and supervisors in hospitals and schools. of nursing. It presupposes graduation from an approved school of nursmi and State registration. Credits required for the degree are one hund~ed twenty-three, of which at least seventy-three must be collete credits. Second Semester 3 3 3 3-4 2 3 2 2-3 16-19 Fourth Semester 4 3 3 2 2 1 Eng. 152 Phil. 102 P. S. 102 or Ee. 102 N. E. 102 N. E. 112 Elective 2-3 15-18 4 3 3 2 4 2-3 16-19 Physics The Physics curriculum is designed to provide a thorough grounding in the fundamentals of this rapidly-expanding science, as well as to acquaint the student with the current frontiers of knowledge and re1If the Bio. 104 laboratory course is taken, the elective will not be allowed. �Page 96 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 97 Seventh Semester Phys. 261 Phys. 212 Phys. 241 Elective 1 Phys. 2812 search. Upon completion of the requirements for the degree, th_e student will be well prepared either to proceed to graduate study leadmg to an advanced degree, or to undertake an industrial position. Students planning to major in physics should seek to complete high school courses in trigonometry, solid geometry, and advanced algebra so that they may begin their college mathematics with the course in analytic geometry. In event of a deficiency in this respect, it must be made up by summer school attendance so that the course in differential equations can be completed before the beginning of the junior year. 4 3 4 3 1 1 0 Second Semester Math. 125 Eng. 102 Chem. 104 Engi. 106 Phys. 150 P. E. 106 P. E. 102 16 Third Semester Math. 126 Phys. 151 M. E. 211 Ger. 101 1 Hist. 101 P. E. 103 4 4 3 3 3 0 3 4 3 4 3 -17 16-18 B. S. IN SCIENCE EDUCATION Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Science Education must complete the first two years in one of the science degree curricula (B. A. in Biology, B. S. in Chemistry, or B. S. in Physics) as described in this bulletin. 4 3 4 2 4 1 During the student's sophomore year he will plan with his adviser a modification of his program for the third and fourth years. This modified program will include courses required for teacher certification. When such a modified program is approved by the chairman of his department and the chairman of the education department, he will be admitted to the B. S. in Science Education curriculum. Courses required for certification are: 0 4 4 3 3 3 0 Sixth Semester Math. 252 Phys. 202 Phys. 211 Eng. 152 Ger. 105 Psy. IOI, 102 Ed. 100,200, 210 6 18 3 4 4 4 3 -18 who have completed the equivalent of Ger. 102 before. entering college1 (as determined by a placement test) will take Ger: 103_ and 105 m the sophomo:e year. Those students will then be permitted electives m place of the German m the junior year. 1 Students 3 6-8 3 17 17 Fifth Semester Math. 251 Phys. 201 Phys. 221 Eng. 151 Ger. 103 4 0-2 cience Education 18 Fourth Semest.er Math. 240 Phys. 152 M. E. 212 Ger. 102 1 Hist. 102 P. E. 104 Eighth Semester Phys. 262 Phys. 242 Eng. 134 Elective 1 Phys. 2822 16-18 B. S. IN PHYSICS First Semester Math. 122 Eng. 101 Chem. 101 Engi. 105 Phys. 103 P. E. 105 P. E. 101 4 3 0-2 6-8 3 1 Elective hours must be chosen with the approval of the student's adviser. The selection will depend upon the student's choice of industry or graduate study. 2 Either physics 281 or 282, but not both are required. �Page 98 - TERMINAL PROGRAM Courses of Instruction Terminal Program Secretarial Studies The College awards a Certificate to those students who successfully complete the requirements of the following program. The two-year intensive secretarial program has a threefold purpose: to provide a general education; to develop an understanding of business activities; and to give specialized training for secretarial work. The required courses in this program may be counted toward the degree of Bachelor of Science in Commerce and Finance or toward that of Bachelor of Science Education when students desire to continue their education after completing these courses. Students who have had shorthand and typewriting in high school may substitute electives for one or more of the courses in the stenographic skills, provided they demonstrate adequate ability. Placement examinations will be given the first week of the term to determine the student's levels of attainment. TERMINAL PROGRAM IN SECRETARIAL STUDIES First Semester 3 3 3 2 2 Acct. 101 Eng. 101 Hist. 101 S.S. 105 S.S. 107 P. E. 101 P. E. 105 Bio. IOI 0 1 3 Second Semester Acct. 102 Eng. 102 Bio. 102 Hist. 102 S.S. 106 S.S. 108 P. E. 102 P. E. 106 17 Third Semester B. A. 107 B. A. 231 S.S.201 S.S.207 S.S.205 Psy. 101 P. E. 103 3 3 1 3 4 3 0 17 3 3 3 3 2 2 0 I 17 Fourth Semester B. A. 238 Ee. 101 S.S.202 S.S.208 Psy. 102 B. A. 209 Eng. 131 P. E. 104 3 3 I 3 3 3 2 0 18 Description of Courses �Description of Courses ACCOUNTING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Curtis, P. Werner ; Instructor Capin. Acct. 101. Elementary Accounting I Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classification and interpretation of financial data; technique of recording; preparation of financial statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four huurs a week. Three credits- THE STAFF Acct. 102. Elementary Accounting II A continuation of Accounting 101. Principles of partnership and corporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturing, and branch accounting; financial analyses of statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 101. Three credits- THE STAFF Acct. 111. Intermediate Accounting I Intermediate problems involving interpretation and detailed analyses of balance-sheet and profit and loss accounts; analytical processes and miscellaneous statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 102. Three credits-MR. CuR TIS Acct. 112. Intermediate Accounting II A continuation of accounting 111. Accounting for installment sales, consignments, and branch accounting. Review of partnerships including liquidations. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 11 1. Three credits-MR. CURTIS �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 103 Page 102 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Acct. 201. Cost Accounting I Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; methods of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cost and process-cost methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112 or approval of instructor. Three credits-MR. P. WERNER Acct. 202. Advanced Cost Accounting II Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analytical and comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; standard costs; budgets; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 201 or approval of instructor. Three credits- MR. P. Acct. 231. Auditing Principles I An a_nalysis o~ modern auditing co~c~~ts involving staff organization, prof ess1onal eth1~s and legal resp~n:1bil1ty, internal control, audit programs, and workmg papers, and ongmal record examination. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 202. Three credits-MR. CAPIN Acct. 232. Auditing Practice II Advanced ~ppl~cation o~ auditing principles to actual practice; proble1~s of classification and 1~terpretation of accounts; study of methods of rnternal control; preparation of reports to clients. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 231. Three credits-MR. CAPIN WERNER Acct. 242. Advanced Accounting Acct. 220. Accounting Systems Analysis of procedures necessary for the establishment of a proper accounting system, and review of specialized systems for mercantile, manufacturing, and service organizations. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, 202 or approval of instructor. Three credits- MR. CAPIN Acct. 252. Accounting Internship This course provides a minimum of 240 hours of accounting in the office of a Certified Public Accountant. I Acct. 221. Taxes I The preparation of Federal income tax returns for individuals based on current law, regulations and court decisions; problems of inclusion and exclusion from income; gains and losses from sales and exchanges; allowable deductions. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, 202 or approval of instructor. Three credits- MR. Problems of consolidation, bankruptcies and insolvencies, and estates and trusts. Prerequisite: Acct. 112. Three credits-THE STAFF CURTIS Three credits BIOLOGY Professor Reif, chairman; Professors Cohen and Michelini; Associate Professor Ogren; Assistant Professors Gershenowitz Kimball· Instructor Schonwetter. ' ' Acct. 222. Taxes II Bio. 101-102. Biological Science Tax accounting for installment and deferred payment sales; Federal tax returns for partnerships; fiduciaries and corporations; miscellaneous Federal and Pennsylvania corporate taxes. Class two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 221. Three credits- THE STAFF Biological Science is a survey course intended for students who take n~ other courses in biology. It presents the essential general in~ormat10n _abou~ plants and animals, explains fundamental laws governmg the b1olog1eal world, and emphasizes their relationship to man. Class, three hours a week. Three credits each semester-MR. 1 Or the equivalent. GERSHENOWITZ �Page 104 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 105 Bio. 103-104. General Zoology Bio. 204. Microtechnique General Zoology surveys the entire animal kingdom, outlines the history of biology, the organization of living matter, the structure of representative animals, and the methods of their classification. It con, siders the basic principles of physiology, genetics, embryology, evolution, and ecology. Biology 103 has class three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Biology 104 has class three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20 each course. Four credits each semester-MR. REIF Biological technique is a laboratory course involving the preparation of tissues and organs for study. This course is given in conjunction with the laboratory portion of Embryology, Bio. 202, for those students who do not take Embryology. Lecture, one hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Three credits-MRS. SCHONWETTER Bio. 111-112. General Botany General Botany presents a broad consideration of the plant world. It includes the study of the fundamental principles of biology, emphasizing the structure, physiology, genetics, and ecology of plants. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20 each course. Three credits each semester-MR. MICHELINI Bio. 121-122. Advanced General Biology Bio. 211-212. Bacteriology Bio. 211 covers generally the morphology and identification of bacteria. Laboratory work includes microscopy, techniques of making media, methods of sterilization, and the culturing of bacteria. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 104. Bio. 212 emphasizes medical and industrial processes such as biological prophylaxis and allergy, diseases and disease transmission, viruses, rickettsias, and pathogenic protozoa. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, ix hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 211. Fo11r credits each semester-Miss KIMBALL Advanced General Biology presents a study of the contemporary flora and fauna of the Eastern United States, emphasizing the classifying, collecting, preserving, culturing, and utilizing of available organisms for biological study. Class two hours a week; laboratory (including field work), four hours a week. Fee: $20 each course. Prerequisite: Bio. 104 and Bio. 112 or permission of instructor. Three credits each semester-THE STAFF Histology is the study of normal tissues and the arrangement of tissues to form organs and organ systems. Material is restricted to vertebrate tissues. Class two hours a week; laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: through Bio. 202 or permission of instructor. Fee: $20. Three credits-MR. REIF Bio. 201. Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates Bio. 222. Genetics Comparative Anatomy includes a study of the general morphological characteristics of selected vertebrates emphasizing the structural and embryological relationships of verterbrates generally. The taxonomy ot the Phylum Chordata is stressed. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 104. Four credits-MR. OGREN Genetics is the study of the inheritance of normal characters and the variation of those characters in plants and animals. The laboratory work concerns primarily studies of inheritance in the fruit fly. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Prerequisite: through Bio. 221 or permission of instructor. Fee: $20. Three credits-MR. OGREN Bio. 202. Embryology Bio. 231. Physiology Embryology is the study of the early development of animals. Growth is traced from the egg to later stages in the frog, chick, and man. Laboratory work includes the technique of making slides. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 201, or permission of instructor. Four credits- MR. OGREN Physiology is the study of the physical and chemical activities charac~eristic_ of ~11- living organisms. Laboratory work includes experiments mvolvmg livrng forms. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Prerequisite: through Bio. 222, Chem. 230, and Phys. 112, or permission of instructor. Fee: $20. Fo11r credits-MR. OGREN Bio. 221. Histology �Page 106 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 107 Bio. 232. Ecology B.A. 114. Salesmanship Ecology is the study of the relationship between organisms, singly and collectively, and their environments, including the biotic and physical factors of the environments. Class, two hours a week; laboratory and field trips, three hours a week. Prerequisite: through Bio. 231 or permission of instructor. Fee: $20. Three credits-MR. REIF The art of selling; the motive behind all buying; creation of interest and desire; presentation of services; meeting objections; types of customers. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits-MR. HOOVER B.A. 209. Business Correspondence and Reports Bio. 262. History of Biology A study of the history of biology is designed as a correlating effort in the field of biology through an historical approach. It is limited to senior students majoring in biology. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. One credit-THE STAFF Bio. 271. Research Project Credit for this may be given only in the eighth semester. Work may begin after satisfactory completion of the fourth semester. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. One credit-THE STAFF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Associate Professor Chiang; Assistant Professors Elliot, Farrar, Gera, Hoover, R. Werner; Instructors Capin, Casper, Johns, Krohn, Roberts. B.A. 107. Business Mathematics Review of fundamental arithmetic processes; relation of fractions, decimals, and per cent; simple interest; mark-ups, profits and losses; inventory and turnover; depreciation and distribution of overhead; payroll problems including social security and other deductions; sales and property taxes; credit and credit instruments involving interest; bank discounts; compound interest and present value; insurance and annuities; stocks and bonds; graphs and their use in business. Three credits-MR. HOOVER Fundamental principles of business writing with emphasis on letters and reports. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. Three credits-MR. Hoov1m, MRS. ROBERTS B.A. 216. Advertising A study ~f basic principles of advertising. Elements of advertising; a s~rvey of differ~nt departments of advertising work, including copy, art, display, engravmg, trade-marks, and media. Analysis of current advertisements. Advertising as a social force. Three credits-THE STAFF B.A. 217. Transportation and Traffic Management Pr~blems and policies of railroads, buses, trucks, inland waterways, and air and ocean transportation; economic aspects of transportation and traffic_ management; use of rates and tariff; significance of transportation to society. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits-THE STAFF B.A. 218. Credit and Collections The fundamentals of credit; investigation, analysis of risks; collection plans and policies. Special attention given to the organization of credit and collection offices. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, Acct. 102. Three credits-THE STAFF B.A. 220. Real Estate T~e fundamentals of the real estate business, including consideration of titles, mortgages, leases, advertising, sale, purchase, development, and management of real property. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits-MR. FARRAR �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 109 Page 108 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES B.A. 232. Business Law-Agency and Sales B.A. 222. Marketing The fundamentals of the marketing system, its functions, institutions and their importance in the economy are studied. Marketing pricing policies and practices are investigated; reference is made to marketing activities and government participation. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits-MR. R. WERNER B.A. 225. Corporation Finance A study of the economic principles underlying the capital structure of modern business enterprise. Consideration given to alternate types of business organization, corporate securities, and financial policies involved in promotion, disposition of net earnings, working capital and short- term financing, mergers, expansion, financial readjustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits-MR. CHIANG B.A. 226. Investments Consideration of leading types of investments, tests, and investment programs; financial reports of leading companies, forecasting meth~ds and agencies, stock exchanges, brokerage houses, methods of buymg and selling securities, fraudulent promotions and their detection. Laboratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: B.A. 225. Three credits-MR. CHIANG B.A. 231. Business Law-Introduction and Contracts The foundation for all subjects in the .field of business law. The nature, classification and sources of law. An introduction to the structure and functioning of the Federal and State Courts as agencies for enforcement of legal rights. A brief resume of the law of Torts and Crimes with reference to business problems. Examination of the essential elements of a contract under both the common law and the Uniform Commercial Code, the nature of contract rights, discharge of contracts and remedies for their breach. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 or approval of instructor. Three credits-MR. CASPER, MR. KROHN A general study of the law of agency; its nature and creation, the rights and liabilities of principals, agents and third persons, and the termination of the agency. A study of the law of sales of goods, the transfer of title and risk of loss, warranties in sales, the duties and liabilities of the parties, remedies for breach, security interests in goods. A comparison of the uniform sales act with the sales article of the Uniform Commercial Code. Prerequisite: B.A. 231. Three credits-MR. CASPER, MR. KROHN Il.A. 233. Business Law-Partnerships and Corporations The principles of law governing partnerships and corporations, with emphasis on the historical development of business enterprises. The law with respect to the formation, operation, internal relationships and dissolution of partnerships and corporations with particular reference to their dependency upon the Jaw of agency. Rights and duties of the partnership and corporate enterprise with respect to the government, the owners, and the public. Advantages and disadvantages of these forms of business activity. Prerequisite: B.A. 231. Th1'ee credits-MR. KROHN B.A. 234. Business Law-Property The law of real property, nature and types of interests in land. A discussion of deeds and their prerequisites. The rights and duties of the landowner to the public. Rights of the government versus rights of the landowner. The landlord-tenant relationship, the mortgagormortgagee r~lationship. Business crimes ( crimes affecting property). The protection of personal and business property, tangible and intangible. Prerequisite: B.A. 231, 232, Acct. 102. Three credits-MR. KROHN B.A. 236. Personnel Management A study of principles of organization; problems of the interrelationship of the functi?ns operating in the .fields of management; principles and modern practices of personnel management; instruments of control· the training and education of the worker; incentives used and speciai problems encountered. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 or approval of instructor. Three credits-THE STAFF �Page 110 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 111 B.A. 23 7. Production Management A study of the production problems that confront executives; develop1ng operational plans; handling production problems; appraisal of relative risks. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 or approval of instructor. Three credits-THE STAFF B.A. 244. Time and Motion Study The principles and techniques of time and motion study. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Three credits-MR. JOHNS B.A. 238. Office Management The organization and management of the office with emphasis on administration and effective control of office activities; work simplification and paperwork cost reduction with output efficiency. Office layout and working conditions; work-flow processes; forms des1gn and control; records administration; systems analysis; scheduling, mechanization, and paperwork production and utilization. Job analysis, specification, ?1ot~vation, training, job description, evaluation, and salary determmat10n. Emphasis on measurement and control of office work and setting of standards; importance of time and motion study. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. Three credits-THE STAFF CHEMISTRY Professor Bastress, chairman; Assistant Professors Bone, Rozelle, alley, Soeder, Swain. Chem. 101. General Inorganic Chemistry An introduction to the fundamental laws and theories of inorganic chemistry. The chemistry of selected non-metallic elements. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Fottr credits-THE STAFF B.A. 239. Sales Management Chem. 102. General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis The relation of the sales department to all other departments; types of sales organizations; selection, training, compensati~n, and ~ana~ement of the sales force; sales research and market analysis; determrnat1on of price and brand policies; preparation of sales budgets; costs of distribution. Prerequisite: B.A. 237 or approval of instructor. Three credits-THE STAFF The reactions of the common metallic elements, the theory and practice of elementary qualitative analysis. Class, four hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 101. B.A. 240. Property Insurance Chem. 104. General Chemistry This course is a study of the fundamentals of fire, casualty, and marine insurance. A continuation of Chemistry 101. The chemistry of the metals. Laboratory work includes some qualitative analysis. Will not be accepted as a prerequisite for further chemistry courses. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 101. Prerequisite: B.A. 232 or approval of instructor. Three credits-MR. FARRAR B.A. 241. Life Insurance This course is a study of the principles, practices, and uses of life insurance from the overall viewpoint of the product, cost, market, and industry. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits-MR. FARRAR Six credits-MISS Fottr credits-Miss BONE, MR. ROZELLE, MR. SALLEY, MR. SOEDER BONE, MR. ROZELLE, MR. SOEDER, MR. SWAIN Chem. 210. Inorganic Chemistry A study of the periodic relationships of the elements and their compounds. An introduction to physical inorganic chemistry. Three credits-MR. ROZELLE, MR. SWAIN �Page 112 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 113 Chem. 221. Inorganic Quantitative Analysis Chem. 234. Topics in Organic Chemistry Theory and practice of typical analyses. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 102. Special topics in organic chemistry, including theories of organic reactions. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chem. 231. Four credits- MR. SALL EY Three credits- MR. BASTRESS, MR. SOEDER Chem. 222. Inorganic Quantitative Analysis Chem. 241-242. Physical Chemistry A continuation of Chemistry 221. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, nine hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 221. Five credits- MR. SALLEY An introduction to the principles of physical chemistry and the elements of thermodynamics. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20 each course. Prerequisite: Chem. 221, Math. 126, Phys. 152. four credits each semester-MR. SWAIN Chem. 230. Organic Chemistry An introduction to the chemistry of carbon compounds. The preparation and properties of aliphatic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 221. Four credits- MR. BASTRESS, MR. SOEDER Chem. 231. Organic Chemistry A continuation of Chemistry 230, with special attention to cycli, compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 230. Five credits-MR. BASTRESS, MR. SOEDER Chem. 232. Organic Chemistry A continuation of Chemistry 2 30, with special attention to cyclic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 230. Four credits- MR. BASTRESS, MR. SOEDER Chem. 243. Topics in Physical Chemistry A study of advanced thermodynamics, chemical equilibrium, kinetics, and colloid chemistry. Advanced material is presented concerning the three phases of matter. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 242. Three credits- MR. ROZELLE, MR. SWAIN Chem. 244. Topics in Inorganic Chemistry A course designed to introduce the student to the modern theories of inorganic chemistry. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chem. 221. Three credits-MR. ROZELLE, MR. SALLEY Chem. 251. Biological Chemistry The application of chemical and physiochemical principles and methods to chemical constitution, reaction, and products of living matter. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 221 and 230. Three credits- MR. SOEDER Chem. 233. Qualitative Organic Analysis A course designed to give practice in the systematic identification of pure organic compounds and mixtures. Class, one hour a week; lab oratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 2 31. Three credits-MR. BASTRESS, MR. SOEDER Chem. 261. History of Chemistry The development of the science in terms of the personalities responsible for the development. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. One credit- MR. BASTRESS �Page 114 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 115 Chem. 262. Chemical Literature An orientation course in foreign and domestic chemical literature. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. One credit- MR. BASTRESS Chem. 271-272. Research Project Fee: $7 per credit. A study of money, credit, and banking operations. Development of American monetary and banking system. Central banking and the Federal Reserve System. Instruments of monetary control. Financial intermediaries. Monetary standards and international monetary relations. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits- MR. Prerequisite: approval of research adviser. One to three credits each semester- THE STAFF ECONOMICS Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Associate Professor Chiang; Assistant Professors DeYoung, Elliot, Farrar, R. Werner. Ee. 101. Principles of Economics I An introductory course which presents basic economic problems and shows how these problems are solved in a free enterprise economy; the effects of the increasing importance of the economic role of government are pointed out. The course provides orientation in the broad field of economics and makes use of the analytical trends by means of which the student can understand the economic problems of his environment. Three credits- THE STAFF Ee. 102. Principles of Economics II This course is a logical sequence to Economics 101. It is based upon a broad micro-economic foundation concentrated on such units as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Prerequisite: Ee. 101. Three credits-THE Ee. 201. Money and Banking CHIANG Ee. 202. Theory of Money Development of monetary theory. Liquidity preference and loanable funds theories of interest. Saving, investment, and income determination. Keynesian and nee-Keynesian analysis. The inflationary process. Exchange rates and international monetary mechanism. Prerequisite: Ee. 201. Three credits- MR. CHIANG Ee. 204. Consumer Credit This course includes consumer credit in its various aspects. It includes retail credit, sales finance, credit unions, and credit bureau activities. Prerec1uisite: approval of instructor. Two credits- MR. ROSENBERG Ee. 212. Government and Business A study of the relationship of government to economic enterprises with special attention to conditions in the United States; the regulatory activities of government agencies; administrative methods, objectives and results of governmental control. Reference is made to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situations, public utilities, trusts, transportation, extractive industries, and public enterprise. Prerequisite: P.S. 101, Ee. 102. Three credits-MR. FARRAR STAFF Ee. 222. The American Labor Movement Ee. 111. Economic History A study of the development of economic institutions with emphasis on the historical roots and evolutionary development of our modern economy. Analysis of causes of development. Major stress is on institutions. Three credits-MR. DEYOUNG A study of the evolving American labor movement and its ideology. This course deals with the development of American labor ideology and psychology in comparison with other labor movements. The relationship of the American labor movement to other political, social and economic institutions is investigated. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits-MR. R. WERNER �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 117 Page 116 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ee. 223. Collective Bargaining Ee. 229. Comparative Economic Systems An introduction to labor problems and an analyses of major issues in the field of labor. This course deals with collective bargaining, employment, wages, hours and union policies. Governmental participation in labor relations and collective bargaining is also investigated. Reference is made to social welfare devices such as social security, unemployment compensation and workmen's compensation. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits-MR. R. WERNER The institutions of planned economy of the U.S.S.R. and those of the contemporary experiment in evolutionary socialism in Great Britain are studied. Constant objective comparisons are made with institutions which are characteristic of a capitalistic economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 or approval of instructor. Three credits-MR. FARRAR Ee. 225. International Trade Theory and practice of international trade with special reference to contemporary problems and policies. The topics covered include tariffs, quotas, foreign exchange, equilibrium in international payments. A study will be made of geographic, economic, social, and political influences on international trade. Review of current policies and developments in the United States. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits-MR. ELLIOT Ee. 226. Economic Geography of the World A study and analysis of the economic and geographic factors which underlie the national, regional, and international potentials and problems of modern man. The course attempts to give to each student a more basic understanding of causative factors and a better appreciation of the complexities involved in policy formation. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits-MR. ELLIOT Ee. 230. Business Cycles A hist_o:ical anal~sis _o f major business cycles. Contemporary theories and a cntlcal examrnat10n of public policy toward business cycles. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits-MR. Ee. 231. Applied General Statistics A course in statistical methods and their application. A collection and interpretation of statistical data, frequency distribution and measures of central tendency, fitting the normal curve, analysis of variance. 3 hours lecture; 2 hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits-MR. A study and analysis of the North American continent, with special emphasis on the United States. Attention is given to the economic and geographic factors which have contributed to past growth and which are important determinants of future growth. In addition to a study of the nation as a unit, separate regional analyses are made of the component sections. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits-MR. ELLIOT ROSENBERG Ee. 232. Economic Statistics A continuation of Economics 231. This course will include timeseries analysis, construction of index numbers, methods of correlation analysis, multiple and partial correlation, and test of significance for samples; Chi-square test. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Prerequisite: Ee. 231. Three credits-MR. Ee. 227. Economic Geography of North America FARRAR ROSENBERG Ee. 236. Public Finance Fundamental principles of public .finance; government expenditures; re:e~ue; .fina~ci~l policies and. administration; taxation; principles of sh1ftmg and rnc1dence of taxat10n; public debts and the budget; .fiscal problems of federal, state, and local government; the relation of government .finance to the economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, P.S. 101. Three credits-MR. ROSENBERG, MR. R. WERNER �Page 118 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 119 Ee. 241. Economic Analysis Ed. 200. Educational Psychology This course is designed to give coverage to the theory of value and distribution. The dt'terminants of consumer demand and the principles governing costs and outputs of producers are analyzed with some stress on recent theoretical investigations. The method is abstract and deductive. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits-MR. FARRAR, MR. DEYOUNG A study of the principles of learning and the application of psychological principles in the practice of education. Prerequisite: Psy. 102, Junior standing. Three credits-MR. HAMMER Ee. 245. Consumer Economics The place of the consumer in the economic system. Theories of consumption; consumption minima; problems of the individual consumer as affected by income, taxes, consumer habits and standards of living are investigated. A study is made of the trends in consumption, income, income disposition and marketing and pricing of consumer goods. Relationships between government activities and the consumer are studied. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits-MR. R. WERNER Ee. 246. Economics Investigation Each student conducts an investigation in the field of his major interest and constructs a final report. Class instruction includes: ( 1) the principles of scholarly criticism, (2) compilation and use of bibliographies, and (3) details of good form as to content, table, body, footnotes, and bibliography. Prerequisite: approval of instructor (for seniors only). Three credits-THE STAFF EDUCATION Professor Hammer, chairman; Professor Jessee; Associate Professors Colson, Hulser; Assistant Professors Hoover, West; Instructors Barone, Richards, Siles. Ed. 100. Introduction to Education A study of the historical development of American education, the role of the school in American life, educational philosophies, educational organization and administration, school finance, school curricula, school personnel, and current issues in education. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. Three credits- MR. HULSER Ed. 209. Principles of Elementary Education A study of the historical development and organization of the American elementary school. Prerequisite: Ed. 100, 200. Three credits-MR. HuLSER Ed. 210. Professional Semester in Elementary Education Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare students for elementary school teaching. Fee $20. To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, students must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval by the Education Department Chairman. Prerequisite: Ed. 209, Math. 102. Fifteen credits- MR. SILES For transfer and certification purposes, credit will be assigned as follows: Ed. 211. The Teaching of Reading An introduction to the teaching of reading in the elementary grades. Two credits Ed. 212. Methods and Materials in Elementary School Arithmetic A study of curriculum content and teaching procedures in elementary school arithmetic. Two credits Ed. 213. Methods and Materials in Elementary School Science A study of curriculum content and teaching procedures in elementary school science. Two credits �Page 120 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 121 Ed. 214. Methods and Materials in Elementary School Social Studies A study of curriculum content and teaching procedures in elementary school history, geography, and government. Two credits Ed. 215. Multi-Sensory Techniques in Elementary School Teaching A study of the use of multi-sensory teaching aids in the elementary school classroom. One credit Ed. 223. Multi-Sensory Techniques in the Teaching of Art A study of the use of multi-sensory aids in the teaching of art in elementary and secondary schools. One credit Ed. 224. General Classroom Methods A study of various instructional procedures used m public school classrooms. One credit-MR. WEST Ed. 216. Student Teaching in the Elementary School Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They assume classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences are arranged with co-operating teachers and college supervisors. Six credits Ed. 220. Professional Semester in Fine Arts Education Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare students for the teaching of art in elementary and secondary schools. Fee $20. Ed. 225. Student Teaching in Art Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers and art specialists. They observe and teach in elementary and secondary school classrooms. Opportunities are provided for them to participate in school-wide activities. Conferences are arranged with co-operating teachers and college supervisors. Six credits Ed. 230. Professional Semester in Secondary Education To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, students must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval by the Education Department chairman. Students may schedule late afternoon or evening classes during the professional semester. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Fourteen credits- MR. WEST To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, students must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval by the Education Department chairman. For transfer and certification purposes, credit will be assigned as follows: Students may schedule late afternoon or evening classes during the professional semester. Ed. 221. Art Curriculum A study of the organization of teaching materials for most effective use in the art curriculum. Three credits-MR. RICHARDS Ed. 222. The Teaching of Art A study of materials, techniques, and experiences in the public school art program; evaluation of past and present philosophies. Three credits-MR. RICHARDS Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare students for secondary school teaching. This program includes study of the teaching of reading in secondary school subjects. Fee $20. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Twelve credits- MR. WEST For trans£er and certification purposes, credits will be assigned as foIIows: Ed. 231. Principles of Secondary Education A study of the historical development and organization of the American secondary school. Two credits-MR. HAMMER �Page 122 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 123 Ed. 232. Secondary School Curriculum A study of the content and organization of the secondary school curriculum. Two credits-MR. HAMMER Ed. 233. Secondary School Teaching Methods A study of various teaching procedures employed in the secondary school classroom. One credit Ed. 234. Multi-Sensory Techniques in Secondary School Teaching A study of the use of multi-sensory teaching aids in the secondary school classroom. One credit Ed. 235. Student Teaching in the Secondary School Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They assume classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences are arranged with co-operating teachers and college supervisors. Six credits Ed. 241. Educational Measurements A study of the characteristics, construction, and use of various educational measuring instruments commonly available in secondary schools. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Two credits-Miss JESSEE Ed. 242. Guidance An introduction to general principles and the techniques employed in guidance programs in public schools. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Three credits-MR. BARONE Ed. 243. Occupations An introduction to occupational research as a part of the secondary school guidance program. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Three credits-MR. BARONE Ed. 244. Teaching Secondary School English A study of the organization and presentation of curricular content in secondary school English courses. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Twenty-four credits in English. Three credits-THE STAFF Ed. 245. Teaching Secondary School Mathematics Same as Math. 127. (See page 138.) (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Math. 125. Three credits-MR. WEST Ed. 246. Teaching Secondary School Science A study of the organization and presentation of curricular content in secondary school science courses. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Twenty-four credits in sciences other than Psychology. Three credits-THE STAFF Ed. 247. Teaching Secondary School Social Studies A study of the organization and presentation of curricular content in secondary school social studies courses. ( Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Twenty-four credits in social sciences other than Education. Three credits-MR. HULSER Ed. 250. Introduction to Educational Administration A survey of the principles of educational administration at the federal, state and local levels. ( Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Ed. 100. Three credits-THE STAFF ENGINEERING Professor Hall, chairman; Assistant Professors Heltzel and Thomas. Engi. 100. Engineering Problems lectures and discussions to acquaint the student with the aims, purposes and methods of the engineer. An introduction to the proper method of attack upon problems, proper presentation of solutions both mathematical and graphical, vertical freehand lettering. Instructi~n in the use of the slide rule necessary to problem solution. Graphs. Lecture, one hour; practicum, three hours a week. Fee: $5. Two credits-THE STAFF �Page 124 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 125 Engi. 101. Basic Drawing A basic course covering the elements of projection drawing necessary for students of chemistry. It includes use of instruments, sketching, orthographic and isometric drawing and dimensioning. Practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $10. Two credits-THE STAFF Engi. 105. Engineering Drawing This and the following course bear the same relation to the engineering profession as the subject of English bears to our daily life. Deals with the representation of objects according to enginering conventions. Several systems of representation, such as orthographic, isometric, and oblique, are studied. Use of instruments. Freehand sketching is emphasized. Practicum, seven hours per week. Fee: $10. Three credits- MR. HELTZEL Engi. 106. Descriptive Geometry Spatial relationships as represented by points, lines, planes, and other surfaces applied to problems in space. Emphasis is on applications to promote visualization by the solution of practical problems. Practicum, six hours per week. Fee: $ 10. Prerequisite or Co-requisite: Math. 122; Engi. 105 is recommended. Two credits-MR. Civil Engineering C.E. 103. Plane Surveying Lectures, rec!tations a~d problems on the theory and practice of plane and topographic ~urveym'?. Field exercises, including the adjustment lnd use of surveymg equipment including transit, levels, compass and tape for _surveys of. area, topography, pro.file, grading, excavating anJ th_e location of details. Interpretation of and mapping from field notes with attend~nt. computations_ and the ~alancing of surveys. Emphasis ~n the appltcat10n of surveymg to engrneering work in general. Practicum, seven hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Engi. 105, Math. 105 or 107 and 109. Three credits-MR. THOMAS C.E. 104. Route Surveying . A study of the engineering and economic problems affecting the locar1on of routes of communication. Lectures, recitations, field work and pr?blems on th~ theorf and use of simple horizontal, compound, reverse, spiral and vertical alignment curves; grades, cross sections, mass dia~r~s and earth work computations, grade crossing, right-of-way, and Jr~mage problems. Solar observation to determine true bearing and azimuth. Class, two hours a week; practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: C.E. 103. Four credits-MR. THOMAS HELTZEL Electrical Engineering Chemical Engineering Ch. E. 106. Stoichiometry A problem course involving the application of basic chemical and physical concepts to the calculation of heat and material balances as they are encountered in the various chemical industrial processes. Fuels and their combustion products, gas producers, furnace and kiln products. Class, three hours a week. E.E. 202. Electric and Magnetic Circuits An intro~uction to Electrical Engineering. Sources of electrical energy. Basic treatment of electric and magnetic circuits. Steady state network theorems. Class three hours per week. Prerequisites: Phys. 151 and co-requisite Math. 126. Three credits-MR. THOMAS Mechanical Engineering Prerequisite: Chem. 221; Phys. 151. Co-requisite: Phys. 152. M.E. 111. Manufacturing Processes Three credits-MR. L~ctures, demonstrations by trips to industrial plants, instructional movies of the forming of metals and plastics by casting, rolling, press- SALLEY �Page 126 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 127 ing. Also methods of machining, and the functions performed by various machine tools on metals and plastics. Class, two hours a week; practicum, three hours a week. Pee: $15. Three credits-MR. THOMAS Eng. 102. Composition Principles of exposition continued; collateral reading; writing of themes; research paper. Prerequisite: Eng. 101. M.E. 206. Kinematics Three credits-THE Analytical and graphical studies of displacement, velocity and acceleration for rigid bodies in plane motion. Study of kinematic pairs and trains involving linkages, pulleys, gears and cams: instant centers ~eartooth outlines and their application, epicyclic gear trains. Class, two hours a week; practicum, three hours a week. Fee: $5. Prerequisite: Engi. 106, Math. 122, Phys. 150. Three credits-MR. HELTZEL STAFF Eng. 105. Advanced Exposition . A. study of. t~e various expository types. Readings. Intensive practice m the wntmg of informative articles. Prerequisite: Eng. 101 and 102. In exceptional cases this requirement may be waived. Three credits-THE STAFF M.E. 211. Mechanics I. Statics Study of force systems in equilibrium: catenary; friction; first and second moments of areas, volumes. masses: centroids. Class, three hours .1 week. Prerequisite: Phys. 150, Math. 125. Co-requisite: Math. 126. Three credits-MR. HELTZEL M.E. 212. Mechanics II. Dynamics Laws of motion, rectilinear and curvilinear, for a particle and a rigid body. Work-energy; impulse-momentum. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: M.E. 211. Three credits-MR. HELTZEL Speech Eng. 131. Fundamentals of Speech A basic course in the preparation and delivery of short speeches . Two credits-THE STAFF Eng. 134. Fundamentals of Speech S~mila~ to Eng. 131, but with an extra hour of work. Required for cngmeenng students. Three credits-THE STAFF Language and Literature Eng. 151. Western World Literature ENGLISH Professor Davies, Chairman; Associate Professor Rizzo; Assistant Professors Fiester, Groh, Gutin, Lord; Instructors Kerr, Kish, Miller, Mistichelli, R. Roberts, Tyburski, Williams. Composition Eng. 101. Composition Principles of exposition; collateral reading; writing of themes. Three credits-THE STAFF Survey of western world literature to the beginning of the eighteenth century; lectures, quizzes, conferences. Prerequisite: Eng. 102, or substitute in composition. Four credits-THE STAFF Eng. 152. Western World Literature Conti~uation of survey, bringing the study of literature down to the present time. Prerequisite: Eng. 151. Fottr credits-THE STAFF �Page 128 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Eng. 200. History of the English Language Study of the origins of the English language and of the principal phenomena of later development. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits- MR. RIZZO DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 129 Eng. 220. The Eighteenth Century The chief poets and essayists of the eighteenth century. Includes wif t, Pope, and Johnson. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits-MR. MILLER Eng. 205. Chaucer Eng. 237. Early English Novel Study of Chaucer's life and major works, including The Canterbury Tales and Troiltts and Criseyde. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits- MR. RIZZO English prose fiction of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries; rise of the novel to the close of the eighteenth century. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits-MR. DA VIES Eng. 211. Early English Drama Eng. 238. Later English Novel Study of the drama from the tenth century to 1642; reading of plays by pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan dramatists exclusive of Shakespeare. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits- MR. GROH, MISS LORD Eng. 212. Restoration and Eighteenth Century Drama Study of the drama from 1660 to 1780. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits-MR. GROH, MISS LORD Eng. 214. Tudor Prose and Poetry Study of English non-dramatic literature from 1485 to 1603. Prerequisite: Eng. 15 2. Three credits-THE STAFF Eng. 215. Shakespeare A study of selected plays; written reports on others not studied in class. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits-MR. DAVIES Eng. 216. Milton and the Seventeenth Century A study of the non-dramatic literature of the period with special emphasis on the poetry of John Milton. Prerequisite: Eng. 15 2. Three credits- MR. DAVIES The major novelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits-MR. DAVIES Eng. 240. Romantic Prose and Poetry Study of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Shelley, Keats, and Byron, with related prose writers of the Romantic Period. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits-MR. MILLER, MR. RIZZO Eng. 245. American Literature A study of significant literature from the Age of Franklin to 1900. Prerequisite: Eng. 152, or the granting of permission. Three credits-MR. GuTIN Eng. 250. Victorian Prose and Poetry ~eadings in Tennyson, Browning, Arnold, and other significant wnters of the Victorian Age. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits-MR. DAVIES, MR. RIZZO Eng. 290. Senior Seminar Designed to cover periods and figures not studied in course work• special emphasis on the research paper. ' Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 131 Page 130 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Eng. 291. Modern Poetry FA 104. Drawing and Composition Study of the major English and American poetry of the Twentieth Century. Prerequisite: Senior Standing. An introductory course which explores the potential of line, form, space, and texture with a variety of media. Studio problems include figure drawing, landscape, still life, and non-objective organization. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 103. Three credits-MR. GUTIN Eng. 294. Modern Novel Three credits-MR. Study of the major English and American novels of the Twentieth Century. Prerequisite: Senior Standing. Three credits-MR. RIZZO Study of important dramatists, European and American, from the time of Ibsen. Prerequisite: Senior Standing Three credits-MR. FA 105. Oil Painting An introductory course; no art experience is necessary. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Three credits-MR. Eng. 296. Modern Drama GROH, MISS LORD Associate Richards. Professor Colson, chairman; A basic course in transparent water color painting. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 104. Evangelista, Two and three dimensional studio work is planned for exploration of the creative process in a variety of media. Part of the general education program, this course is open to· all students; no art experience is necessary. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. STAFF FA 102. Experiencing Art II A continuation of FA 1 O1. Prerequisite: FA 101. Three credits-THE RICHARDS FA 121. Modeling and Three Dimensional Construction Instructors FA 1O1. Experiencing Art I Three credits-THE RICHARDS FA 106. Water Color Painting Three credits-MR. FINE ARTS COLSON STAFF An introductory course in three-dimensional expression; various materials are employed for experimentation with realistic and nonrealistic forms. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 102. Three credits-THE STAFF FA 122. Ceramics Students explore the making of pottery by solid, coil, slab, casting, wheel, and primitive techniques; they experiment with a variety of methods for surface decoration including slip, engobe, sgraffito, and underglaze. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Three credits-THE STAFF FA 103. Color and Design FA 125. Metalwork and Jewelry A study of color systems which includes their physical, psychological, and sociological properties. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 102 or equivalent. A course in basic metalwork and jewelry techniques and design. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Three credits-MR. COLSON Three credits-MR. EVANGELISTA �Page 132 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 133 FA 126. Graphics A study of graphic expression including silkscreen, linoleum block, and wood block printing; etching; and lithography. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Three credits-MR. RICHARDS FA 201. History of Art I History of art from the prehistoric period through the Gothic era. Two credits-MR. COLSON FA 202. History of Art II History of art from the Renaissance through the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: FA 201. Two credits-MR. COLSON GENERAL SCIENCE Bio. 101-102. Biological Science (See page 103.) Geol. 100. General Geology General geology deals with the probable formation of the planet Earth, the establishment of its crust, and subsequent movements of the crust. The chief approach of the course is through a consideration of the paleontological, physical, and economic evidence in Earth's rocks. Two credits-MR. REIF Phys. 101-102. Physical Science (See page 158.) FA 203. History of Modern Art A study of twentieth century art forms. Two credits-MR. EVANGELISTA HISTORY Professor Thatcher, chairman; Associate Professors Bliss, Cox, Kaslas; Assistant Professor Connolly; Instructor Hughes. FA 205. Contemporary Design A study of man's visual expression as conditioned by materials, technology, form, and function. Two credits-MR. EVANGELISTA FA 220. Studio Problems Provides advanced study and research for Fine Arts Education students. Lecture, 2 hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Two credits-THE STAFF FA 291. Senior Exhibit A study of exhibition techniques; each senior exhibits his work at the College. Studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. One credit-THE STAFF FA 292. Senior Exhibit A continuation of FA 291. Prerequisite: FA 291. One credit-THE STAFF Hist. 101-102. History of Western Civilization A chronological survey of the civilization of the western world from the earliest times to the present. Emphasis is placed on general trends and on concepts that have influenced the modern world. Due attention is given to the part played by America in world history, especially during the expansion of Europe and in the twentieth century. Three credits each semester-THE STAFF Hist. 107. American and Pennsylvania History to 1865 A general survey extending from the period of discovery and exploration to the end of the Civil War. All students will be required to do a certain proportion of their outside reading in the history of Pennsylvania and its relation to the development of the nation. Three credits-MR. THATCHER Hist. 108. American History Since 1865 A general survey covering the period from 1865 to the present. Three credits-MR. THATCHER �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 135 Page 134 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Hist. 221-222. American Social and Intellectual History A study of social and intellectual developments in the United States from the colonial period to the present time. During the first semester emphasis will be placed on the influence of the American environment during the colonial period and of expansion and sectional disputes in the federal period upon society and upon religious, economic, and political thought. During the second semester the influences of industrialization, the rise of nationalism, and the emergence of the United States as a World Power will be emphasized. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. Three credits each semester-MR. Cox Hist. 223-224. American Constitutional History A study of the origins of the American Constitution and the growth of the American constitutional system with special attention to the role of the Supreme Court. Prerequisite: Hist. 107, 108, and P.S. 102. Restricted to juniors and seniors. Hist. 223 is a prerequisite for Hist. 224. Three credits each semester-MR. THATCHER Hist. 225. History of the American Frontier A study of the westward movement in American history. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. T htee credits-MR. THATCHER western civilization from the sixteenth century onward. Some attention will be given to similar developments and changes among the countries of Southeast Asia. Winter semester: to c. 1760. Spring semester: 1760 to the present. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits each semester-MR. Buss Hist. 241-242. History of Great Britain and the British Empire and Commonwealth A. study of British history from the Roman occupation to recent times. Durmg the first semester emphasis is placed on the relations and contrasts between British and continental developments and the rise of the British nation and its expansion overseas. During the second semester emphasis is placed on the transition from a constitutional monarchy to a mature democracy, from an essentially agricultural to an industrial economy, and from the mercantilist empire to the Commonwealth of Nations. Intellectual and artistic developments will be touched upon insofar as they are related to the above changes. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits each semester-MR. Buss Hist. 255. Europe in the Nineteenth Century A study of the political, social, and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits-MR. KASLAS Hist. 256. Europe in the Twentieth Century Hist. 228. History of the Foreign Policy of the United States Against a background of the internal and international developments of the leading powers, the class will study the origins and results of the A study of the evolution of the several policies that give direction to the relations of the United States with other nations. Prerequisite: Hist. 107, 108, and P.S. 102. Restricted to juniors and two World Wars. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits-MR. KASLAS seniors. Three credits-MR. Hist. 257. History of Russia to 1815 THATCHER Hist. 235-236. History of the Far East A study of the history of the civilizations developed in India, China, and Japan with emphasis on their inter-relations and distinctive characteristics and on their transformation in response to the penetration of A brief review of demographic and geographic factors will be used as background for a study of the political, social, and intellectual history of Russia from early times to 1815. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits-MR. KAsLAS �Page 136 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 137 Hist. 258. History of Modern Russia Math. 109. Plane Trigonometry A thorough examination of nineteenth century Imperial Russia will serve as a basis for a detailed study of the development of Russia in the twentieth century. Emphasis will be on the origins and political, social, and cultural evolution of the Soviet State from its inception to the present. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102 . Three credits- MR. KAsLAS Trigonometric functions, solutions of triangles, trigonometric identities, inverse functions, trigonometric equations. MATHEMATICS Associate Professor T. R. Richards, chairman; Associate professor Earl; Assistant Professors De Cosmo and Wasileski; Instructors Klein, Salsburg. Math. 99. Algebra Review Secondary algebra, extending through simultaneous quadratic equations. Three hours a week. No credit-THE STAFF Math. 101-102. Fundamentals of Mathematics A course designed for those who want a general background in mathematical concepts without specialization in techniques. Students taking Math. 105, 107, or 109 will not be granted credit for Math. 101 or 102. Three credits each semester- THE STAFF Math. 105. College Algebra and Trigonometry A combination of Math. 107 and 109. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. Five credits-THE STAFF Math. 107. College Algebra Proportion, progressions, inequalities, mathematical induction, binomial theorem, complex numbers, roots of equations, permutations anci combinations, probability, determinants, partial fractions. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. Three credits-THE STAFF Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. Three credits-THE STAFF Math. 115. Mathematics of Finance Progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms, simple interest, compound interest, equations of value, annuities, sinking funds, amortization, depreciation, capitalized cost. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. Three credits-THE STAFF Math. 118. Introduction to Statistics Frequency distributions and their graphical representation, measures of central tendency, dispersion, skewness. kurtosis, correlation, elementary curve fitting, use of tables of areas under normal curve. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. Three credits- THE STAFF Math. 122. Analytic Geometry Study of geometric figures by means of coordinate systems, including the general problem of the equation of a locus, straight lines, circles, conic sections, transformation of coordinates, polar coordinates, parametric equations, families of curves, introduction to solid analytic geometry. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or both Math. 107 and Math. 109. Four credits-THE STAFF Math. 125. Calculus I Limits, derivatives and differentials, indefinite and definite integrals, differentiation and integration of algebraic functions, applications. Prerequisite: Math. 122. Fo11r credits-THE STAFF �Page 138 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 139 Math. 126. Calculus II Math. 228. Mathematical Statistics I Differentiation and integration of transcendental functions, applications, improper integrals, indeterminate forms, partial derivatives, multiple integrals. Probability, frequency functions, empirical distributions of one variable, moment generating functions, binomial and Poisson distributions, normal distribution, the null hypothesis, elementary sampling theory. Prerequisite: Math. 126. Prerequisite: Math. 125. Four credits-THE STAFF Three credits-MR. Math. 127. Teaching of Mathematics in Secondary Schools Math. 229. Mathematical Statistics II Building of a program in secondary mathematics, materials of instruction, aids in teaching, maintenance of interest, testing, informal practice in teaching arithmetic, algebra, plane and solid geometry, trigonometry, and logarithms. Prerequisite: Math. 125. Three credits- MR. WASILESKI Correlation and regression, theoretical distributions of more than one variable, normal surface, goodness of .fit, chi-square distribution, testing hypotheses, estimation of parameters, confidence intervals, small samples, student's t-distribution, testing for randomness. Prerequisite: Math. 228. W ASILESKI Three credits-MR. Math. 213. Higher Algebra WASILESKI Math. 235. Vector Analysis Sets, mappings, operations, relations, groups, integral domains, fields; particular illustration of the foregoing by an axiomatic development of the real and complex number systems. Vector algebra, differentiation of vectors, divergence and curl, the operator del, curvilinear coordinates, vector fields, applications . Prerequisite: Math. 126. Prerequisite: Math. 125, or permission of instructor. Three credits- MR. SALSBURG Three credits-MR. RICHARDS Math. 214. Linear Algebra Math. 240. Differential Equations and Infinite Series Vector spaces, linear mdependence, linear transformations, matrices, determinants, systems of linear equations. First order equations, linear equations, applications, solution by successive approximation, systems of differential equations, in.finite series, power series solution of differential equations. Prerequisite: Math. 126. Fo111' credits-THE STAFF Prerequisite: Math. 213 or permission of instructor. Three credits- MR. SALSBURG Math. 220. College Geometry Similar figures, systems of circles, circular inversion, triangles, Ptolemy's theorem, circles of antisimilitude, poles and polars, medians, orthocenters, nine-point circle, Desargues' theorem, Pascal's theorem, theorem of Pappus. Prerequisite: plane geometry. Three credits- MR. W ASILESKI Math. 251. Advanced Calculus I . In~roduction to the theory_ of fun~ions of real variables. The emphasi<; this course and the foilowrng one 1s on proof, by the delta-epsilon tech nique, of theorems concerning sequences and other functions of one variable. Some time is spent on functions of more than one variable. Prerequisite: Math. 126. in Three credits-MR. RICHARDS �Page 140 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Math. 252. Advanced Calculus II A continuation of Math. 251. Prerequisite: Math. 251. Three credits- MR. RICHARDS DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 141 Fr. 103. Intermediate French Review of grammar; practice in oral and written French; selected readings of modern French prose. Prerequisite: Fr. 102 or the equivalent. Three credits- MR. VALERO Math. 255. Introduction to Functions of a Complex Variable Fr. 104. Intermediate French The complex numbers and complex plane. The elementary functions. Continuity and differentiability, the Cauchy-Riemann equations. Cauchy's integral theorem and formulas. Power series. Prerequisite: Math. 252. Three credits- THE STAFF Introduction to French civilization; practice French. Prerequisite: Fr. 103 or the equJvalent. Three credits- MR. VALERO 10 oral and written Fr. 105. Technical French Math. 260. Introduction to Topology Sets, metric spaces, topological spaces, compactness, separation, connectedness, Stone-Weierstrass theorems, Hausdorff spaces, normed linear spaces. Prerequisite : Math. 126. Three credits-MR. EARL Intensive practice in translating. A course designed for students who wish to be able to read material in French in their particular fields of interest. Prerequisite: Fr. 103 or the equivalent. Three credits- MR. VALERO Fr. 106. French Conversation MODERN FOREIGN LANGUAGES Associate Professor Disque, chairman; Instructors Ribas, Valero. Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records to acquire fluency in speaking French. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. Three credits-MR. VALERO Fr. 107. French Composition French Fr. 101. Elementary French Introduction to French grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Three credits- THE STAFF Fr. 102. Elementary French Continuation of Fr. 101. Prerequisite: Fr. 101 or the equivalent. T hree credits-THE STAFF Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern French, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. Three credits- MR. VALERO Fr. 201-202. Survey of French Literature A survey of the evolution of French literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of French literature. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. Three credits each semester-MR. VALERO �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 143 Page 142 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Fr. 203. French Literature of the Seventeenth Century Ger. 103. Intermediate German Study of classicism and the outstanding w nters of the seventeenth century. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. Emphasis on difficult grammatical construction and idioms. Reading of prose; practice in speaking and writing German. Three credits- MR. VALERO Fr. 205. French Literature of the Eighteenth Century Study of the literature and thought in the eighteenth century, with special emphasis on Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, and Rousseau. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. Three credits- MR. Prerequisite: Ger. 102 or equivalent. Three credits-MR. VALERO DISQUE Ger. 104. Intermediate German _Continuation of <?er. 103. ~apid reading of German works representative of German ltfe and history; practice in writing and speaking German. Prerequisite: Ger. 103 or equivalent. Fr. 206. French Literature of the Nineteenth Century Study of Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, the Parnassian poets. and Symbolism. Three credits-MR. DISQUE Ger. 105. Scientific German Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. Reading of selections from scientific German. Three credits- MR. Prerequisite: Ger. 10 3 or equivalent. VALERO Fr. 208. Contemporary French Drama The development of modern drama from the latter half of the nineteenth century to the present. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. Three credits- MR. VALERO Three credits-MR. Ger. 106. German Conversation Emphasis laid on speaking, with drill in the colloquial vocabulary. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. Three credits-MR. German Ger. 101. Elementary German Introduction to German grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Three credits- THE DISQUE DISQUE Ger. 107. German Composition Idiomatic usage in modern German. To develop the ability to write free c.omposit10ns. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. Three credits-MR. DISQUE STAFF Ger. 102. Elementary German Ger. 201-202. Survey of German Literature Continuation of German 101. Reading of easy prose and poetry. Some stress on German culture, life, and customs. A survey of the literature of the important periods from the beginning to 1932. Prerequisite: Ger. 101 or equivalent. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. Three credits-THE Three credits each semester-MR. STAFF DISQUE �Page 144 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 145 Ger. 203. Goethe Sp. 103. Intermediate Spanish Reading and interpretation of selected works of Goethe. Lectures and individual reports. Review of grammar; practice in oral and written Spanish; selected readings from modern Spanish prose. Prerequisite: Sp. 102 or equivalent. Thfee credits-MR. RIBAS Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits-MR. DISQUE Ger. 204. Schiller Sp. 104. Intermediate Spanish Poet of German idealism. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits-MR. DISQUE Introduction to Spanish civilization; practice in oral and written Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. Three credits-MR. RIBAS Ger. 205. Nineteenth Century German Drama The German drama of the nineteenth century from Ludwig Tieck to Gerhart Hauptmann. Lectures and reports on the literary and cultural history of the times. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits- MR. DISQUE Ger. 206. Modern German Short Story The modern German short story from naturalism to the present. Individual reports; lectures on the cultural and literary history of the period. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits-MR. DISQU E Spanish Sp. 101. Elementary Spanish Introduction to Spanish grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Three credits-THE STAFF Sp. 102. Elementary Spanish Continuation of Spanish 101. Prerequisite: Sp. 101 or equivalent. Three credits-THE STAFF Sp. 105. Commercial Spanish The study of Spanish as it pertains to economic relations between the Spanish-speaking countries and the United States. Special emphasis on the writing of business letters. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. Three credits-MR. RIBAS Sp. 106. Spanish Conversation Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records to acquire fluency in speaking Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. Three credits-MR. RIBAS Sp. 107. Spanish Composition Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern Spanish, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. Three credits-MR. RIBAS Sp. 108. Spanish American Culture The cultural, economic, and political development of the Spanish American countries. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. Three credits-MR. RIBAS �Page 146 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 147 Sp. 201-202. Survey of Spanish Literature A survey of the evolution of Spanish literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of Spanish literature. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. Three credits each semester-MR. RIBAS Sp. 203. The Golden Age of Spanish Literature Study of the great authors of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, with special emphasis on Cervantes, Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina, Alarcon, and Calderon. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits-MR. RIBAS Sp. 204. Nineteenth Century Spanish Drama Study of representative works of nineteenth century Spanish drama. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits-MR. RIBAS Sp. 205. Nineteenth Century Spanish Novel The development of the Spanish novel in the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits-MR. RIBAS MUSIC Associate Professor Gasbarro, acting chairman; Assistant Professors Chapline and Friedmann; Instructors Balshaw, A. Liva, Marcase. Applied Music Individual and group instruction is offered at all levels of difficulty to students in piano, pipe organ, voice, and orchestral and band instruments. A series of fifteen lessons a semester and a practical demonstration (examination) before the music faculty are necessary if credit is to be obtained for such study. Students who are not music majors may receive one credit each semester for voice or instrumental study. No examination is necessary if credit is not desired by the student. The ability, interest, and progress of students intending to major in music will be evaluated at the end of the sophomore year by the music faculty. Students will be advised before the opening of the following semester if the faculty does not recommend a continuation of the music major. Fees for private instruction are m addition to the regular tuition charge. Mus. 100. Introduction to Music An elementary course in the art of enjoying and listening to music. Non-technical, it covers briefly the entire range of music in various for~s, styles, and media. Emphasis is placed upon enlarging the musical horizon through the use of a considerable number of illustrations. Three hours-THE STAFF Mus. 101-102-103-104. Theory of Music The study of the theory of music is centered upon three main principles: (1) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. (2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through keyboard harmony. ( 3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. The .first two semesters of theory are divided between ear training, two hours; solfeggio, two hours; harmony, one hour. The third and fourth semesters are divided between ear training, one hour; solfeggio, one hour; harmony, three hours. The concentration of all theory into these four courses is in accordance with the method now employed in many of our leading schools of music. There is no prerequisite for Mus. 101. Students may be admitted to Mus. 102, 103, and 104 by examination. Five credits each course-MR. MARCASE �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 149 Page 148 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Mus. 109. History of Music Music 131-132-133-134. Orchestra A detailed study of the history of music from the beginning of civilization to the seventeenth century. Three credits-MR. FRIEDMANN Participation in the Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra gives the student experience in the complete range of symphonic literature. Students desiring to participate in the orchestra should consult with the Director. Mus. 110. History of Music A continuation of Mus. 109, beginning with J. S. Bach and tracing musical development to the present day. Twentieth century music will be emphasized in the final weeks of study. Three credits-MR. FRIEDMANN Music 111-112. Piano Class 1 and 2 Clas 3 instruction in secondary piano. The classes will be divided into suitable groups according to proficiency. This course is required for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester-MRS. One-half credit each semester- MR. GASBARRO Music 215. Instrumentation The instruments of the modern symphonic orchestra, their capabilities and limitations. The technique of scoring for small instrumental combinations; transposition and clef manipulation. Prerequisite: Mus. 102 or the approval of the Chairman of the Department. Two credits-MR. GASBARRO LIVA Music 113-114. Piano Class 3 and 4 Music 216. Orchestra and Band Arranging Class instruction in secondary piano in advance of Music 112. This course is a continuation of the required course for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. Prerequisite: Mus. 112. Two credits each semester-MRS. LIVA Scoring for the large orchestra or the modern symphonic band. The student may select his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Mus. 215. Mus. 121-122-123-124. Band The band offers the student a varied program for concerts and for various athletic events. Students desiring to participate in the band should consult with the Director. All instrumental music education majors are required to participate in the band for four years. One-half credit each semester- MR. MARCASE Two credits- MR. GASBARRO Mus. 217. Analysis The technique of composition as disclosed by melodic, harmonic, and structural analysis of music in varied styles and from diverse periods. Prerequisite: Mus. 102 or equivalent as demonstrated by an examination. Two credits-MR. MARCASE Mus. 125-126-127-128. Chorus The chorus offers the student a complete range of sacred and secular choral music. Students desiring to participate in the chorus should consult with the Director. All vocal and piano music education majors are required to participate in the chorus for four years. One-half credit each semester-MR. CHAPLINE Mus. 218. Counterpoint A study of the sixteenth century art of contrapuntal writing as found in the styles of Palestrina, di Lasso, and Ingegneri. Prerequisite: Mus. 102. Three credits-MR. MARCASE �Page 150 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES MUSIC EDUCATION1 Mus. Ed. 101-102. Clarinet Class and Methods Methods of teaching and instruction in the clarinet for those in the public school music course. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester-MR. GASBARRO DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 151 Mus. Ed. 109-110. Conducting and School Music Materials The development of an adequate baton technique and the presentation of various kinds of school music material, stressing particularly elementary and high school instrumental materials the first semester and high school choral materials the second semester. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester-MR. GASBARRO Mus. Ed. 103-104. Brass Class and Methods A course, usually in trumpet, for students not majoring in the brass field. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester-MR. MARCASE Mus. Ed. 105. Woodwind Class Methods A class conducted as an introduction to the teaching of such woodwinds as clarinet, oboe, flute, and bassoon, with demonstrations of the class teaching of those instruments. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 102. Two credits each semester-MR. GASBARRO Mus. Ed. 111-112. Violin Class and Methods A class in elementary violin playing as a practical introduction to the technical problems involved in the playing of stringed instruments. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester-MR. Mus. Ed. 113-114. String Instrument Class Methods A class in the playing of the viola, violoncello, and bass as an introduction to the teaching of these instruments and as a demonstration of class teaching. Mus. Ed. 106. Brass Class Methods Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 112. A class in brass is conducted as an introduction to the teaching of brass instruments and as demonstration of class teaching of these instruments. The instruments taught include trumpet, French horn, trombone, baritone, and tuba. Prerequisite Mus. Ed. 104. Two credits-MR. MARCASE Two credits each semester-MR. Mus. Ed. 107-108. Voice Class and Methods A course in the fundamentals of correct voice production; breathing, breath control, elementary study of vowel forms, and consonants. Ell!mentary songs are used to develop the student's own voice as well as to train him in voice pedagogy. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester-MR. CHAPLINE 1 There is an instrument rental fee of $10.00 per semester for music education students. FRIEDMANN FRIEDMANN Mus. Ed. 20 I. Elementary School Music Methods The course involves a general preparation for the teachers of music in the elementary grades. It entails a study of the principles, procedures, and objectives in school music. No prerequisite. Two credits-THE STAFF Mus. Ed. 202. High School Music Methods The course is planned to provide a preparation for teaching the various aspects of music in the high school. No prerequisite. Two credits-THE STAFF �Page 152 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 153 Mus. Ed. 240. Professional Semester in Music Education N.E. 101. Foundations of Nursing Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare for the teaching of music in elementary and secondary schools. Fee: $20. _general _survey of the ~istory of nursing with emphasis upon the religious, social, and educational factors that have stimulated its development. To qualify for admission into the Professional Sem~ster, ~tuden~s must secure the recommendation of the department chauman m their major and the approval of the Education Department chairman. Students may schedule late afternoon or evening classes during the professional semester. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Eight credits-MR. WEST For trans£er and certification purposes, credit will be assigned as follows: Mus. Ed. 241. General Classroom Methods A study of various instructional procedures used m public school classrooms. One credit Mus. Ed. 242. Multi-Sensory Techniques in the Teaching of Music 1: Two credits-Miss JESSEE N.E. 102. Trends in Nursing A discussion of present problems in nursing and trends or patterns that emerge in the efforts to solve these problems. Two credits-Miss JESSEE N.E. 104. Community Resources A survey of the functions and activities of agencies and organizations contributing to the health and social welfare of the citizens of the commumty. Two credits-MISS JESSEE N.E. 106. Supervision and Administration A study of the use of multi-sensory aids in the teaching of music in elementary and secondary schools. One credit A discussion of the basic principles of supervision and administration with emphasis upon democratic leadership and the development of constructive interpersonal and interdepartmental relationships. Two credits-MISS JESSEE Mus. Ed. 243. Student Teaching in Music N.E. 107. Principles and Methods in Nursing Education A course in the observation and student teaching of vocal or instrumental music in elementary and secondary schools. Six credits NURSING EDUCATION Professor Jessee, chairman; Instructors Jackson, Janjigian, Klein, Liggett, M. Riley, Seeherman. Enrollment in all of the following courses with the exceptions of N.E. 102 and 104 is limited to graduate nurses. This course deals with the selection and organization of teaching materials and learning experiences. It mdudes the appraisal of effective methods of teaching and the evaluation of student progress and achievement. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Two credits-Miss JESSEE N.E. 108. Multi-Sensory Techniques in Nursing Education A study of the use of multi-sensory teaching aids in nursing education. Prerequisite: N.E. 107 ( may be taken concurrently). One credit-Miss JESSEE �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 155 Page 154 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES N.E. 112. Field Experience in Supervision or Teaching Supervised observation and practice in a hospital. Prerequisite: Approval of adviser. Fottr credits-MISS JESSEE N.E. 113-114. Medical and Surgical Nursing Advanced study of nursing principles and techniques as applied to the expert nursing care of medical and surgical patients. Offered in two semesters. Two credits each semester-MISS LIGGETT N.E. 120. Problems of School Nursing The identification and discussion of the problems involved in the administration of school health programs. Two credits-MISS JACKSON PHILOSOPHY-RELIGION Professor Vujica, chairman; Instructors Barras, Gilmore, Jacobson. Philosophy Phil. 101. Introduction to Philosophy N.E. 115. Obstetric Nursing Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as applied lo expert care of the obstetric patient. Two credits-MRS. SEEHERMAN N.E. 116. Pediatric Nursing Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as they apply to the effective care of children. Two credits-DR. KLEIN N .E. 117. Psychiatric Nursing Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as utilized in providing expert care for psychiatric patients. Two credits-DR. JANJIGIAN N.E. 118. Public Health Nursing An introduction to the field of public health nursing, including historical development, organization, functions, and trends. Two credits-MISS JACKSON N.E. 119. Public School Nursing A study of the public school health program and the functions of the nurse as an integral part of the health team. Two ct'edits-Miss JACKSON An introduction to the nature and function of philosophy, and its relations to some of the other fields of human interest. The approach is through such typical problems as: the nature and origin of life, the relation of mind and body, freedom of the will, the theories of right and wrong, arguments for theism. Three credits-THE STAFF Phil. 102. Logic and Scientific Method Elementary principles and techniques of clear and sound thinking. General rules of inductive and deductive reasoning; recognition of fallacies; the nature of scientific knowledge, its methods, its aims, its presuppositions. Three ·credits-MR. VUJICA Phil. 105. Ethics A critical study of standards for judging the rightness or wrongness of conduct. An inquiry into what men ought to do. A survey of representative ethical theories with the emphasis on their application to currently controversial issues in the social, economic, and political fields. Three credits-THE STAFF Phil. 204. Philosophy of Religion An examination of various problems that arise when religion is made the object of philosophic reflection. The nature and forms of religious experience; the relation of faith and reason; arguments for God's existence; the problem of evil; the argument for immortality. Three credits-MR. VuJICA �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 157 Page 156 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Rel. 202. The Literature of the New Testament Phil. 205. Aesthetics Analysis of the nature, standards and criteria of value in literature, painting, music, and other forms of arts; the meaning of aesthetic judgments and processes of appreciation. An examination of the objective qualities of those things which are found to be aesthetically effective. Three credits-THE STAFF Phil. 206. Social and Political Philosophies Social and political institutions as seen by such classical critics as Plato, Aristotle, Hobbes, Hume, Burke, Bentham and others. Special attention to analysis of the problems of censorship, relation of church and state, prejudice, aims and methods of democratic institutions. Three credits-THE STAFF Phil. 207. Philosophies of History A study of the various interpretations of history. The views of Augustine, Vico, Rousseau, Kant, Hegel, Marx, Comte, Spengler, Schweitzer, Toynbee, Sorokin, Niebuhr and others on the meaning of historical events. Three credits-MR. Vu JICA Phil. 208. The History of Philosophy A brief survey of the major historical divisions; a systematic analysis of some of the major figures and a consideration of their relevance to present problems. Three credits-MR. Vu JICA Religion Rel. 200. Man's Religion Nature and origin of religion. Sacred literatures, beliefs, and rituals of the great historical and living faiths. A comparison of the more important features of the great religions. The contributions of religion to the development and preservation of cultural values. Three credits-THE STAFF Rel. 201. The Literature of the Old Testament The course aims at giving the student an insight into the books of the Old Testament and the range and depth of the religious heritage received from Israel. The biblical message is studied in its dynamic context of the culture, geography and history of the ancient Near fast. Three credits- MR. VUJICA An examination of the form and content of the books of the New Testament ~s !iterary products and as records of the faith that gave rise to the Christian. Chur0. The teachings of Jesus and the Apostolic Church are studied agamst the background of their own time and examined in their significance for contemporary life. Three credits-MR. VuJICA PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE Associate Professor Reese, chairman; Instructors Ferris Saraceno Schmidt. ' ' Because of the importance of health and the possession of a sound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students as a regular part of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of sport or exercise for each student are included in the program of physical education. Physical education is required of both men and women during the freshman and sophomore years. The College men at the beginning of each year are given a medical and a physical examination. The work in physical education includes soccer, football, basketball, baseball, volley ball, and other competitive games. Th~ C?llege women al~o are given a thorough medical and physical examination before entering upon the program of physical education. The work for women consists of such activities as dancing, basketball, and natural gymnastics. P.E. 101-102-103-104. Physical Education This co~rse is designed to promote physical well being and good h~alth habi~s and to encourage participation in activities that will provide relaxatton and exercise throughout life. Two hours each week. THE STAFF P.E. 105-106. Personal H ygiene 1 A study of present day health problems. The course undertakes to help students enjoy maximum health and happiness through better understanding of nutrition, infection, disease, nervous and mental disorders, and problems of parenthood. One hour each week. One credit each semester-THE STAFF 1 Class instructio~ ~n personal ~ygiene ~s required of all students, even those excused by physmans from taking physical education. �Page 158 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PHYSICS Professor Detwiler, chairman; Professor Hall; Associate Professors Bellas, Ripley; Assistant Professors Bruch, Holden, Thomas. Phys. 101-102. Physical Science Phys. 151. General Physics II Continuation of Phys. 150. Electricity and modern physics. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 150 Fo11r credits-THE STAFF A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the methods, concepts, and vocabulary of physics and applications of some of its outstanding principles to the needs of the individual and the community; and the manner in which the continually expanding frontiers of science affect our future way of life. Lecture demonstration and discussion three hours a week. Three credits each semester-MR. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 159 Phys. 152. General Physics III Continuation of Phys. 150 and 151. Sound, heat, and light. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 150. Fo11r credits-THE STAFF RIPLEY Phys. 103. Basic Physical Problems Phys. 201-202. Electricity and Magnetism An introduction to the proper procedure for problem solution, both mathematical and graphical. Slide rule practice, graphs, and lettering. Practicum 3 hours a week. Fee: $ 5. Sta~i~ and dynamic electricity, magnetism, electromagnetism, thermoelectr1C1ty, etc., are covered in considerable detail The en1ph · · h' · • as1s m t 1s course 1s on fundamental analysis rather than applications. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week each semester Fe . $20 each semester. · e· One credit-THE STAFF Phys. 111-112. Introductory Physics Prerequisites: Phys. 151, Math. 240. An introductory course designed to promote an understanding of the more important fundamental laws and methods of the major sections of Physics. Laboratory work to emphasize basic principles and to acquaint the student with measuring instruments and their use as well as the interpretation of experimental data. First semester: mechanics, wave motion, sound, and heat. Second semester: electricity, magnetism, and optics. Three class hours and one three-hour laboratory each week. Fee: $20 each semester. Po1✓r credits each semester Prerequisite: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109, or permission of instructor. Fottr credits each semester-THE STAFF Phys. 211. Optics and Light T~e principles of geo~netrical_ and physical optics are considered in con~1derably g~eater ?etatl than m the introductory course. Image forma_t1~n, refract10n, d1ff raction, origin of spectra, polarized light, optical act1v1ty, etc. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week Fee: $20. · Prerequisites: Phys. 152, Math. 240. Po11r credits Phys. 150. General Physics I Phys. 212. Thermodynamics A thorough grounding in the physical laws of nature. Mechanics. Instruction by demonstration lecture, recitation, and experimental work. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee $20. The funJamental concepts of thermodynamics. The first and second laws o_f _Thermodyn~mics, Carnot cycle, entropy, and an introduction to statistical mecharncs. Three hours lecture-discussion. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109. Fo11r credits-THE STAFF Prerequisites: Phys. 151, 152, Math. 252, Math. 240. Three credits �Page 160 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 161 Phys. 221-222. Electronics Phys. 271. Modern Physics A study of vacuum tubes, transistors, and their application in circuits for rectification, amplification, oscillation, switching, etc. Two hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20 each semester. Prerequisites: Phys. 152, Math. 240. Three credits each semester A further study of the modern concepts of atomic and nuclear physics. Spectra: radioactivity, photo-electricity, X-rays, solids. Intended for students not majoring in physics. Class three hours. Prerequisite: Phys. 151, 152, and Math. 240. Three credits Phys. 281. Topics in Theoretical Physics Phys. 241-242. Advanced Laboratory Students desiring to undertake laboratory work in topics of their own choosing should consult the department chairman. Lab fee: $7 per credit hour. Prerequisites: Phys. 15 2, Math. 240. One or two credits-Hours to be arranged Selected topics depending upon the interests of the instructor and students. Topics might include advanced mechanics, quantum mechanics, electromagnetic theory, relativity, etc. Class three hours. Prerequisites: Math. 240, Math. 252. Corequisites: Atomic Physics 261 or approval of the instructor. Three credits Phys. 251. Electrical Measurements Phys. 282. Topics in Solid State Physics Precision measurement of electrical quantities and their application to the .field of chemistry; includes thermal electromotive force, resistance thermometers, photo electromotive force, elementary electronic circuits and their application. Class two hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 151, Math. 126. Selected topics, depending upon the interests of the instructor and students. For example, theory of electrical and thermal conductivity, semiconductors, bonding in solids, point defects, dislocation, magnetic properties, etc. Class three hours. Three credits Prerequisites: Math. 240, Math. 252, and Phys. 261, or approval of the instructor. Three credits Phys. 261. Atomic Physics The structure of the atom, the photo-electric effect, crystal structure, X-rays, spectra, introduction to quantum theory. Class three hours and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisites: Phys. 202, Math. 240. Four credits POLITICAL SCIENCE Professor Mailey, chairman; Associate Professor Kaslas; Instructors Tuhy, Welsh. Phys. 262. N udear Physics P.S. 101. Political Science I Special relativity, natural and induced radioactivity, nuclear structure, nuclear reactions, reactors, etc. Class three hours and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 261. Four credits A broad, comprehensive introduction to the great topics which constitute political science, covering the nature and main elements of the modern states, their politics, their institutions, and their relations with one another. Three credits-THE STAFF �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 163 Page 162 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES P.S. 102. Political Science II P.S. 205. State Government A descriptive and analytical study of the theory and practice of American National Government including its constitutional basis, organization, powers, and functions and services. Three credits-THE STAFF A broad, general course covering the structure, powers, and function of state governments in the United States. Special emphasis is placed on the Pennsylvania State Government. Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and 102. Three credits-MR. TuHY P.S. 201. Constitutional Law I A course intended to show the growth of the American Constitution particularly United States governmental structure and relationships with special emphasis on change in the Constitution, the three branches of government, the Federal System, and the powers of the National Government. The case study method is used. Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and 102. Three credits-MR. MAILEY P.S. 206. Municipal Government P.S. 202. Constitutional Law II P.S. 207. Public Administration A course intended to show the growth of the American Constitution particularly the relations between the individual and his government with special emphasis on liberty against government, protection of civil rights, citizenship and its privileges. The case study method is used. Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and 102. Three credits- MR. MAILEY A course undertaking the study of the organization, work, and administration of local government. Since the national government has assumed a new significance today, special attention is given to the relationship between local and national government. Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and 102. Three credits-MR. TUHY A study of the organization, activity, problems, and the recruitment policy of the public service. Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and 102. Three credits- MR. TUHY P.S. 208. Labor Legislation P.S. 203. Politics and Political Parties A course intended to analyze the movements of political parties, elec• tions, and the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and 102. Three credits-MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the role of government in the field of labor relations and with the laws affecting the conditions of employment and employee-employer relations. The course stresses the increasing importance of government in a field heretofore free of any regulation. Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and 102. Three credits- MR. MAILEY P.S. 204. Public Opinion and Propaganda P.S. 209. Social Legislation A study in the behavior of governance, including the factors which determine attitude, the formation and expression of public opinion, ancl propaganda as used by pressure groups. A course dealing with the broad, humanitarian, social legislation of recent years which is generally labeled social insurance: unemployment compensation, workmen's compensation, and social security. Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and 102 and Soc. 101 and 102. Three credits-MR. MAILEY Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and 102. Three credits-MR. MAILEY �Page 164 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 165 P.S. 210. Government of Metropolitan Areas An examination of the politics and the processes of contemporary urban government, with special emphasis upon the complex problems presented by the rapidly expanding population in standard metropolitan areas. Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and 102. Three credits-THE STAFF P.S. 221. International Law A study of the deYelopment of the body of customs and rules whicL states have developed to govern their relations, with particular consid eration for the responsibility of states for their enforcement. Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and 102. Desideratum: United States and European history. Three credits-MR. KASLAS P.S. 222. International Politics A broad, general course which aims to present many of the factors that condition the foreign policies of nations. Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and 102. Desideratum: Some knowledge of history, governments, and geography. Three credits-MR. KASLAS P.S. 223. Cabinet Systems of Government A study of the European versions of democratic government beginning with Great Britain and considering the variations from the British system "f government found on the continent. Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and 102. Three credits-MR. KAsLAS P.S. 224. Soviet System of Government A course dealing with the structure and functions of the Soviet Government emphasizing the contrasts and similarities in form with governments of the West. Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and 102. Three credits-MR. KAsLAS PSYCHOLOGY Professor R. Riley, chairman; Assistant Professor Zellner; Instructors Kanner, Krasno. Psy. 101-102. General Psychology An introduction to the field of psychology with emphasis on objective and systematic methods of inquiry. Extensive treatment of major psychological topics such as sensation, perception, learning, motivation, intelligence, and personality development. Frustration, conflict, and mental health also receive attention. Three credits each semester-THE STAFF Psy. 201. Advanced General Psychology A more detailed study of topics treated only superficially in the introductory course. More attention will be given to physiological foundations of behavior, to learning, perception, and the emotions. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and 102. Some background in biology or physiology would be desirable. Three credits-THE STAFF Psy. 203-204. Experimental Psychology A lecture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the student with the methods and the results of modern psychological research. The course includes a study of several of the famous experiments in the .field of psychology. Also mcluded is practice with the older as well as the more recent methods of experimental research. ( Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits each semester-THE STAFF Psy. 207. Child Psychology The course is designed to present a general view of the development and growth of the child. It is concerned primarily with the heredity and native equipment of the child and the manner in which this equipment is modified during childhood. Emotional development, language development, and social relations are considered. Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits-THE STAFF �Page 166 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 167 Psy. 208. Human Behavior Psy. 255. Clinical Psychology Human adjustment and maladjustment to life situations with emphasis on motivation, emotional control, personality formation, and the treatment of the lesser personality disorders. Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits-THE STAFF A survey of the clinical method in psychology with consideration of diagno~ti~ and ~reatmer~t techniques and the role of the professional psychologist m various settings. ( Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 212. Psy. 210. Psychologic Theory Psy. 25 7. Abnormal Psychology A comprehensive survey of classical and contemporary theories and their relationship to empirical research. Special emphasis is placed on attempts to reconcile and translate these theories into operational descriptions. Prerequisites: Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits-MR. KANNER A general survey of the principal forms of mental abnormalities, with emphasis on causes. symptoms, course, and treatment. (Offered in alternate years.) Three credits-THE STAFF Prerequisite: Psy. 207, 208 and permission of head of department. Three credits-THE STAFF Psy. 271-272. Research in Psychology Psy. 212. Psychological Tests A survey of the functions measured by psychological tests with emphasis on intelligence and personality. A variety of the group and individual tests which measure these functions are studied. This course is a prerequisite for Psy. 251 and Psy. 255. Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits-THE STAFF An opportunity to conduct individual research projects under supervision. (Open to psychology majors only.) Prerequisite: permission of head of department. Three credits each semester-THE STAFF RETAILING Psy. 251. Industrial Psychology An introduction to the industrial application of psychology in the selection, classification, and training of employees; reduction of monotony and fatigue; the maladjusted worker; accident prevention; work conditions; and employee motivation and morale. Prerequisite: Psy. 212. Three credits-THE STAFF Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructor D'Zerko. Ret. 101. Principles. of Retailing A basic course that discusses the opportunities in retailing; types of retail institutions; problems of store policy, store location; study of the organizational structure of department stores; organization and functions of operating division. Three credits-THE STAFF Psy. 254. Systematic Psychology A historical introduction to the various points of view in recent psychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders ·n the field as Watson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and 102 and one other course in psychology. Three credits-THE STAFF Ret. 210. Elements of Merchandise Merchandise information; .fibers and fabrics; history, production, manufacturing process from .fiber to .finished fabric; textile terminology, trade names. Identification, testing of fibers; care of fabrics; new devel opments. Study of natural, industrial and synthetic materials. Three credits-THE STAFF �Page 168 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 169 Ret. 211. Merchandise Information Ret. 225. Retail Practice Materials, other than textiles, used in the creation of merchandise are covered through the study of raw materials. Categories of merchandise covered include: leather goods, such as shoes, gloves, handbags, and luggage; floor coverings; glass, pottery, and china; and furniture. . Req~ired of all retailing majors in the seventh semester. In co-operation w1th local stores, a program in Retailing Practices has been established. Under this program, students majoring in Retailing must be employed for an average of 25 hours a week during the fall term of the senior year. During the period of employment, students will be required to submit reports concerning their work to the instructor; the store manager or personnel director is required to evaluate the students' ability and aptitude for retailing. Credit for the course given upon certification by the manager or personnel director of the co-operating store that students have satisfactorily completed their terms of employment. Three credits-THE STAFF Ret. 212. Purchases and Merchandising Control The principles, techniques, and problems encountered in merchandising; purchase planning, markup, markdown, inventories and their control, turnover, retail method of inventory, and the types and limitation of stock control systems. Prerequisite: B.A. 107 or approval of instructor. Three credits-THE STAFF Ret. 214. Retail Buying A study of the scientific principles of what, when, and how much to buy; a study of customer demand. Special attention is given to the technique of buying; markups, markdowns, stockturns, and other factors that are necessary to keep lines complete. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits-THE STAFI-" Students who wish to seek their own place of employment may be permit~ed to do so, provided the place of employment has been approved by the mstructor. In general, this approval will be given to employment in department stores, independent stores, variety stores, chain stores, and specialty stores where students will receive a variety of experience, and the stores are of a sufficient size to provide adequate and diversified experience. Three credits-THE STAFF SECRETARIAL STUDIES Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Gera, Hoover. S.S. 105-106. Elementary Shorthand Ret. 220. Organization and Operation of the Small Store Importance of small busmess; factors in business success; justification of new businesses; .financing; location; policies; management; employee relations; sales promotion; turnover; pro.fit; records; small business and the future. Two credits-THE STAFF Ret. 224. Recent Trends and Developments in Retailing Review of fundamentals; trends in retailing; study of developments in cooperation with retail store executives. Laboratory work; reports on trends and developments. Three credits-THE STAFF Development of reading and writing skill in basic Gregg Shorthand Simplified and review of simple English essentials that are necessary in transcription; completion of basic theory. Second semester: Review of Gregg Shorthand Simplified with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the application of shorthand; pre-transcription training; development of desirable traits and work habits. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Ttvo credits each semester-MR. GERA, MR. HOOVER S.S. 107-108. Elementary Typewriting Presentation and mastery of the keyboard and operating parts of the typewriter; stroking techniques and control emphasized. Development �Page 170 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES of skill in typewriting; application of skill to letter writing, envelo~es and cards, tabulation problems, copying from rough draft, manusmpt writing; study of form and style. Four hours each week. One hour lecture and three hours laboratory. Required laboratory fee: $10 each course. Minimum passing requirement: 50 words net per minute. Two credits each semester-MR. GERA, MR. HOOVER S.S. 201-202. Advanced Typewriting Development of greater speed and accuracy in typewr~tin~; review of form and style in typewritten material; advanced appli~at10n of ~pewriting skills; production typing; accuracy, speed and Job techmques emphasized; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Three hours laboratory. Required laboratory fee: $10 each course. Prerequisite: S.S. 108 or equivalent and net typing rate of 50 words per minute. One credit each semester-MR. GERA DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 171 S.S. 243. Principles and Methods of Business Education Principles of business education; business curricula in secondary schools; psychology of skill-building; objectives, standards, content; tests and measurements, and techniques of instruction in business education courses; observation. Three credits-MR. HOOVER SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY Associate Professor Moravec, chairman; Instructors Bloomburg, Greenspon, Moroski, Welliver. Soc. 101. Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology I Man in Society; a systematic view of sociology, providing essentials for an approach to questions about man in society; analysis of social processes, structures, and functions. Three credits-THE STAFF S.S. 205. Office Procedures and Machines A study of technical procedures and problems in typical business and professional offices; analysis of personal and professional requirements for office personnel; a general survey and comparison of major office machines classifications; administrative machine procurement problems and procedures; operation and use of office machin~s. and equipm~nt, namely, adding, calculating, dictating and transcnbmg, duplICatmg, photocopying, accounting, integrated data processing. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Required laboratory fee: $10. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Four credits-MR. GERA S.S. 207-208. Advanced Shorthand Review and strengthen knowledge of the principles of Gregg Shorthand Simplified; build shorthand-writing skill and speed in t_ak~ng dictation with great emphasis placed on the development of transcnpt1on skill; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Five hours each week. Two hours lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: S.S. 106 or eq_uivalent and net typing of 50 words a minute. Three credits each semester-MR. GERA Soc. 102. Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology II Man and Culture; a general survey of the field of anthropology stressing its cultural aspects; study of contemporary non-literate societies and their institutions. Three credits-THE STAFF Soc. 200. The Family History and ethnological studies of family. Role of family in the development of the individual. Interrelation of church, state, and family. Social conditions and changes affecting the American family. Family instability and disorganization. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102 or permission of instructor. Three credits-THE STAFF Soc. 215. Sociology of Urban Life The development of modern cities; effects of urban Iife upon social organization and personality patterns; major social problems of the cities. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102. Three credits-THE STAFF �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 173 Page 172-DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Soc. 230. Social Problems Soc. 265. Sociology of Industry A survey of most pressing contemporary social problems and an exam ination of current theories of social disorganization. An analysis of tbe formal and informal social organization of the ~ork plant and of the relationship between modern industrial organiza. t1on and the community. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102. Three credits-THE STAFF Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102 and Ee. 101 and 102, or permission of the instructor. Three credits-THE STAFF Soc. 235. Crime and Juvenile Delinquency Evaluation of current theories and research into causative factors and sociological implications of criminal and delinquent behavior. Examination of problems, programs, and issues in prevention and treatment of deviant behavior. Soc. 270. Peoples and Cultures of the World A survey of the n?n-Western cultures of the world with an emphasis on _one of_the followrng areas: The Middle East, The Far East, South-East Asta, A[ nca, Australasia, Latin America. Prerequisite: Soc. 230, or permission of the instructor. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102. Three credits-THE Three credits-THE STAFF Soc. 245. Fields of Social Work A survey of the main problems of social work and of agencies and methods that have developed to cope with them. The nature and require• rnents of the different fields of social work. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102 and Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits-THE STAFF STAFF Soc. 275. Sociology of Minorities A the_oretical _analysis of inter-group tensions and processes of adjustment with special reference to modern racial, national, and religious conflicts. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102 and Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits-THE STAFF Soc. 280. Sociological Theory Soc. 255. Introduction to Social Psychology A general survey of the field of social psychology. Social factors in human nature; psychology of individual differences; social interaction. collective behavior, psychology of personality; social pathology. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102 and Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits-THE STAFF !he aim of the course is to provide the student majoring in sociology, or m one o~ the related fields, with a historical background necessary for ~nderst~nd1~g. of the current trends in sociology as well as for clarification of its d1stmct subject matter, problems, and methods. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102 and two other courses in sociology or permission of the instructor. Three credits Soc. 260. Personality and Social Structure Examination of current theories and research bearing upon the relationship between personality and social structure; contributions and convergent development in psychology, anthropology, and sociology. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102; Soc. 265. Three credits-THE STAFF �Personnel of the College Board of Trustees Administration Faculty �Committee Appointments Board of Trustees Executiv.e Committee Development ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK, ARNAUD C. MARTS, Chairman Chairman FRANK w. ANDERSON ARNAUD C. MARTS, Vice-Chairman FRANK BURNSIDE Lours SHAFFER, Vice-Chairman JAMES P. HARRIS R. STARK, Chairman ARNAUD C. MARTS, Vice-Chairman LoUis SHAFFER, Vice-Chairman CHARLES H. MINER, JR., Secretary JAMES P. HARRIS, Treasurer ADMIRAL HAROLD FRANK CHARLES H. MINER, JR. w. ANDERSON THOMAS H. KILEY J osEPH J. KocY AN, M.D. WILLIAM W. BoYD R. FRANK BURNSIDE Miss MARY MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT JosEPH F. LESTEn L. WILLIAM JAMES P. HARRIS Mrss MARY REUBEN H. LEVY CONYNGHAM THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. Instruction SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST WILLIAM Miss ANNETTE EvANS HoN. FRANK MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE MRS. EBERHARD EUGENE L. s. FARLEY L. P1NOLA JOSEPH J. SAVITZ MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER FABER CHARLES B. JOHN B. FARR HARRY F. GoERINGER w ALLER LOUIS SHAFFER EUGENE S. FARLEY, KooNs w ALKER AARON WEISS President AARON Wmss KooNs Buildings and Grounds L. CoNYNGHAM, HARRY F. GoERINGER, Chairman Chairman REUBEN H. LEVY FRANK BURNSIDE F. ELLSWORTH MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT LOUIS SHAFFER MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE CHARLES B. SAMUEL ANDREW HOURIGAN' JR. R. THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. M. p ARKHURST w ALLER DAVENPORT, M.D. Miss ANNETTE EvANS CHARLES H. MINER, JR. TERM OF OFFICE JOSEPH Nominations CHARLES H. MINER, JR. Miss ANNETTE EVANS THOMAS F. MoRGAN, JR. EUGENE JOSEPH J. SAVITZ s. FARLEY ANDREW HOURIGAN' JR. REUBEN H. LEVY Library Miss ANNETTE EvANS, WILLIAM Expiring June, 1964 SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. J. SAVITZ MRS. EBERHARD CHARLES B. WALLER, Chairman JOHN B. FARR LOUIS SHAFFER ADMIRAL HAROLD JAMES R. ST ARK L. FABER JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. Miss MARY P. HARRIS Chairman w. BOYD R. KooNs CHARLES H. MINER, JR. JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER Lours SHAFFER Expiring June, 1965 Finance JAMES P. w. ANDERSON WILLIAM w. BOYD THOMAS H. KILEY FRANK BURNSIDE JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. FRANK BURNSIDE Miss MARY R. KooNs MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER ANDREW HOURIGAN' FRANK MRS. EBERHARD L. FABER JOHN B. FARR HARRY F. GoERINGER w ALKER Expiring June, 1966 MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT WILLIAM L. CONYNGHAM HARRIS, Chairman JR. THOMAS H. KILEY Campaign Planning Chairman LOUIS SHAFFER, WILLIAM w. BOYD WILLIAM L. CONYNGHAM THOMAS H. KILEY REUBEN H. LEVY CHARLES H. MINER, JR. AARON WEISS JOSEPH J. SAVITZ ARN AUD C. MARTS F. ELLSWORTH p ARKHURST L. MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE HoN. FRANK JAMES P. HARRIS CHARLES B. JosEPH F. LESTER AARON WEISS PINoLA w ALLER Ex Officio on all Committees-ADMIRAL HAROLD AND EUGENE s. R. STARK FARLEY �Officers of Administration President EUGENE S. FARLEY B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Dean of Academic Affairs FRANCIS J. MICHELINI COMMUNITY SERVICES IlERMAN L. OTTO B.A. (Pennsylvania State) Huco V. MAILEY B.S. (West Chester) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) B.S. (Seton Hall) M.S. (Delaware) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) B.A. (Swarthmore) M.S., Ph.D. (Yale) Director of Admissions B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.S. (Columbia) Dean of Men GEORGE F. RALSTON B.A. (North Carolina) M.A. (Columbia) Dean of Women MARGARET M. AHLBORN B.A. (Mt. Holyoke) Comptroller MARGARETE. CONNOLLY B.S. (Pennsylvania) M.A. (New York) w ASILESKI Director of Evening Division B.S. (Pittsburgh) M.S. (Bucknell) JOHN J. CHWALEK Director of Placement B.S. (East Tennessee) M.A. (Columbia) w ALTER H. R. MOHR Director of Development ALFONSO S. ZAWADSKI Registrar B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.A. (New York) B.S. (Wilkes) ARTHUR J. HOOVER Assistant to the Dean of Men B.S. (Wilkes) M.Ed. (Pennsylvania State) Director of Alumni Relations GORDON E. ROBERTS B.A. (Wilkes) COLLEGE SERVICES FRANCES M. SEARS ROBERT M. KERR College Physician Director of Testing Service B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (New School for Social Research) DRA, Econ. (Rotterdam) Data Processing Programmer L. Head Resident, Catlin Hall Head Resident, Chapman Hall FANNIE F. KEITHAN, Head Resident, McClintock Hall MARY CRAWFORD, Head Resident, Sterling Hall AGNES SILVANY, Head Resident, Sturdevant Hall HELEN O'BRIEN, Head Resident, Susquehannock Hall Emn-1 ROBINSON, Head Resident, Weckesser Hall ANNA CABORE, Head Resident, Weiss Hall JANET B.S. (Bucknell) M.D. (Jefferson) JOSEPH H. KANNER HELEN A. MORGAN Director of College Consultation B.A. (Barnard) M.A. (New York) RIAFRIJTERS Secretary to the President Secretary, President's Office RITA LEVIN Secretary to the Director of Graduate Program ANN MARIE LENCHAK Secretary to the Director of Admissions Run1 V. BISHOP Recorder GRACE M. WALKER Secretary to the Dean of Men SANDRA DENNIS Secretary to the Dean of Women JOAN OsrnowsKI Assistant to the Comptroller ALICE PHILIPP Secretary to the Director of Evening Division MILDRED MARINI Secretary to the Dir.ector of Placement FELICIA PERLICK Secretary to the Director of Development ELIZABETH CHAPPLE Secretary to the Registrar Jo.HANNA BOROWSKI Secr.etary to Assistant to Dean of Men KATHLEEN O'DONNELL Assistant to the Alumni Secretary BARBARA FRITZ Secretary to the Director of Public Relations RUT.HELLEN HAMMOND Assistant Recorder SusAN ZuPKO Clerk JoAN THOMAS Cashier JuLE CooK Accounts Payable Bookke.eper Hn.MA NORDSTROM Accounts Receivable Bookkeeper EILEEN ROARTY Secretary, Alumni Office MARGARET BARTECK Switchboard Operator MILDRED GITTINS Manager of the Bookstore WILLIAM JERVIS Sup.erintendent of Buildings and Grounds NANCE P. CoRDY JOHN P. WHITBY STAN LEY H. Director of Institute of Municipal Government Assistants in Administration Director of Graduate Program DANIEL P. DETWILER Director of Area Research Office LANGDON, ETHEL STARK, ( �FACULTY-Page 181 Faculty ROBERT RILEY EUGENE S. FARLEY Administration President B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) ALFRED W. BASTRESS SHELDON G. COHEN Chemistry Professor B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Ph.D. (Yale) CHARLES B. REIF Biology Professor HAROLD w. THATCHER History Professor SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG Economics Professor HUGO V. MAILEY EUGENE L. HAMMER Political Science Professor Education Professor J. DAVIES B.S., M.S. (Bucknell) M.A. (Columbia) K. VuJICA Associate Professor Mathematics Associate Professor Library Associate Professor History Associate Professor Economics Associate Professor English Associate Professor Physics Associate Professor Physics Associate Professor Education Associate Professor Physical Education Associate Professor Mathematics Associate Professor Art Education Associate Professor L.L.B. (Kaunas, Lithuania) M.A., Ph.D. (Strasbourg) B.A. (Central) M.A., Ph.D. (Chicago) PHILIP L. RIZZO B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) English Professor JULIEN A. RIPLEY Professor B.A. (Yale) M.A. (Harvard) Ph.D. (Virginia) B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Yale) VORIS B. HALL Foreign Language B.A., M.A. (Zagreb) M.A. in L.S. (Marywood) You-KENG CHIANG B.S. (Wheaton) M.A. (Northwestern) Ed. D. (Columbia) FRANK J. DISQUE BRONIS KASLAS B.S. (West Chester State) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Professor B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.S. (Bucknell) NADA B.A., M.B.A. (Boston) Ph.D. (North Carolina) Biological Research B.A. (Dickinson) THOMAS R. RICHARDS B.A., M.A. (Columbia) Ph.D. (Chicago) Professor B.A. (Ohio State) M.D. (New York) ELWOOD B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Minnesota) Psychology B.A. (Bucknell) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State) Physics and Engineering FREDERIC E. BELLAS B.S., M.S., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State) STANKO M. VuJICA B.S. (Zagreb) M.A. (Innsbruck) Ph.D. (Zagreb) RUTH w. JESSEE Philosophy and Religion Professor Jm-IN V. HuLSER B.S. (New Haven) M.A. (Yale-New Haven Plan) Ph.D. (Connecticut) Nursing Education Professor JOI-ING. REESE B.S., M.A. (Columbia) Ed. D. (Pennsylvania) DANIEL P. DETWILER B.S., M. Ed. (Pennsylvania State) Physics Professor B.A. (Swarthmore) M.S., Ph.D. (Yale) FRANCIS J. MICHELINI B.A. (Seton Hall) M.S. (Delaware) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) BoYDL. EARL B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Bucknell) Biology Professor CHESTER E. COLSON B.S. (Massachusetts School of Art) M.S. (Columbia) �FACULTY -Page 183 Page 182-FACULTY WILLIAM R. GASBARRO Music Education B.S. (J uilliard) M.A. (Columbia) ROBERT E. OGREN Biology B.A. (Wheaton) M.S. (Northwestern) Ph.D. (Illinois) HAROLD E. Cox w ASILESKI B.S. (Washington and Lee) Chemistry Assistant Professor Economics Assistant Professor ROBERT s. CAPIN Accounting Assistant Professor Assistant Professor RALPH B. ROZELLE Chemistry Assistant Professor Assistant Professor ALVAN BRUCH Physics Assistant Professor Assistant Professor ROBERT w. SOEDER Chemistry Assistant Professor Assistant Professor CHARLOTTE V. LORD English Assistant Professor Education Assistant Professor Biology Assistant Professor Economics Economics Chemistry English Economics Accounting B.S.C. (Washington and Lee) CROMWELL E. THOMAS Assistant Professor Assistant Professnr Engineering B.A. (Roosevelt) M.S. (Wisconsin) E. SHELDON CURTIS Business Education ROBERT DE YoUNG B.A. (Syracuse) M.A. (Columbia) w ERNER Assistant Professor Assistant Professor B.S. (St. Joseph's) M.S. (Pennsylvania) ROBERT E. Business Education Mathematics B.A. (Montclair State) M.A. (Clark) ALFRED s. GROH Assistant Professor Assistant Professor B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania) FRANCIS J. SALLEY History Chemistry M.S. (Bucknell) GEORGE F. ELLIOT T. LEONARD CONNOLLY Associate Professor B.S. (Gettysburg) WELTON G. FARRAR Assistant Professor History B.S. (Pittsburgh) M.S. (Bucknell) EDWARD N. HELTZEL Library B.A. (Wilkes) M.S. in L.S. (Syracuse) Associate Professor B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State) ST AN LEY H. GEORGE F. ERMEL Assistant Professor Sociology B.A., M.A. (Oxford, England) Ph.D. (Pittsburgh) CATHERINE H. BONE Associate Professor Accounting B.S. (Susquehanna) M.A. (New York) Associate Professor J.U.D. (Prague, Czechoslovakia) Ph.D. (Boston) WILLIAM H. Buss PAUL R. WERNER History A.B. (William and Mary) M.A., Ph.D. (Virginia) JAROSLAV G. MORAVEC Associate Professor Engineering Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Assistant Professor B.A. (Pennsylvania) M.A. (New York) ARTHUR J. HOOVER B.S. (Wilkes) M. Ed. (Pennsylvania State) GEORGE GERA n.S. (Bloomsburg) M.A. (Columbia) How ARD A. Sw AIN, JR. B.S. (Grove City) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) B.S. (Rhode Island) M.A. (Columbia) B.S. (Wilkes) C.P.A. (Pennsylvania) B.S. (Wilkes) Ph.D. (Alfred) B.S. (Chicago) M.S., Ph.D. (New York) B.S. (Ursinus) M.S., Ph.D. (Delaware) B.S. (New York) M.A. English (Bucknell) M.A. Italian (Middlebury) ROBERT A. WEST B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (Columbia) HARRY GERSHENOWITZ B.A., M.S. (Long Island) B.S. in Pharmacy (St. John's) �Page 184 - FACULTY JAMES G. DECOSMO FACULTY - Page 185 Ma them a tics B.S. (West Chester) M.S. (Adelphi) DoN ALD K. ZELLNER Psychology Assistant Professor Music Assistant Professor B.A. (Hamilton) DONALD E. MARCASE B.M.,M.M. (Cincinnati Conservatory of Music) MARTIN FRIEDMANN STANLEY J. HOLDEN Assistant Professor J. PHILIP RICHARDS Physics Assistant Professor J. GEORGE SILES Biology Assistant Professor WILLIAM Assistant Professor pABLO VALE RO Psychology Instructor MARVIN RASNICK English Instructor Business Administration Instructor English Instructor Mathematics Instructor English Instructor English B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (New School for Social Research) RUTH T. ROBERTS B.A. (Goucher) THEODORE L. KROHN B.A. (Wilkes) LL.B. (Dickinson) ROBERT J. MILLER B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (Columbia) ANNE V. KISH B.A. (Wilkes) Political Science Instructor Library Instructor ROLAND C. SCHMIDT, JR. Physical Education Instructor B.F.A. Syracuse) Art Education Instructor B.A. (Wilkes) M.S. (Scranton) Education Instructor J. MISTJCHELLI English Instructor Foreign Language Instructor Library Instructor Art Education Instructor Biology Instructor Foreign Language Instructor Physical Education Instructor English Instructor B.A. (La Salle(, M.A. (Pennsy vania) Licenciado (Madrid) B.S. (New Paltz) M.L.S. (Albany) ANTHONY J. EVANGELISTA B.S. (Kutztown) M. Ed. (Pennsylvania State) SARAH ScHONWETTER B.S. (Temple) B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Columbia) JOSEPH H. SALSBURG Instructor A.B. (Franklin and Marshall) M.S.inL.S. (Drexel Institute of Technology) English B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Bucknell) JOSEPH H. KANNER DALE ALLAN BUEHLER B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.S. (Scranton) A.B. (Rochester) Ph.D. (Cornell) BENJAMIN F. FIESTER, JR. B.A. (Valparaiso) M.G.A. (Pennsylvania) Assistant Professor B.A. (Brooklyn) Ph.D. (Alfred) GRACE C. KIMBALL PIIILIPTUHY Music B.A., M.A. (Maryland) Physical Education B.S. (Stroudsburg) Assistant Professor B.S., M.S. (Juilliard) STAN LEY S. GUTIN DORIS B. SARACINO Music B.S., M.S. (Juilliard) RICHARD B. CHAPLINE Assistant Professor JosE M. RIBAS B.A., LL.B. (Barcelona, Spain) JAMES F. FERRIS B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Bucknell) CHESTER N. MOLLEY B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Bucknell) �Page 186-FACULTY FACULTY-Page 187 MICHAEL J. BARONE Education B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Bucknell) Instructor WILLIAM JOHNS B.S. (Wilkes) STANLEY B. KAY Philosophy and Religion B.A. (Western Reserve) M.A. (Michigan) Instructor MARY KERR B.A. (Wellesley) M.A. (Rochester) PAUL KLEIN Part-Time Faculty CLIFFORD E. BALSHAw F.A.G.O. (Quilmant Organ School) ABRAHAM D. BARRAS B.A. (Columbia) B.Rel.Ed., MHL., DHL. (Jewish Theological Seminary) CLAYTON A. BLOOMBURG B.A. (Bucknell) CHARLES L. CASPER Ph.B. (Yale) LL.B. (Harvard) ANTONIA DOLBEAR B.S. (Misericordia) B.S. (Wilkes) Music Instructor Religion Instructor Sociology Instructor Business Administration Instructor Jmrn G. KoNSAVAGE B.S. (Wilkes) ISADORE KRASNO B.S., M.S. (Rutgers) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Lucy LIGGETT B.S. (Wilkes) NNE C. LIVA (Juilliard) ENzoA. LIVA Secretarial Studies Instructor Business Administration Instructor Religion Instructor (Juilliard) CLINTON LONG CAROLYN D'ZURKO B.A. (Wellesley) JOHN GILMORE B.A. (Temple) B.D. (Theological Seminary of Reformed Episcopal Church) LARRY GREENSPON B.S. (Harvard) M.Sc.E. (Temple) B.S. (Pennsylvania) TIIOMAS MOROSKI B.S. (Scranton) M.S. (Fordham) MARITA S. RILEY Sociology Instructor B.A. (Wilkes) J\. FRANCIS RIOFSKI B.A. (Wilkes) EDWARD J. HELTZEL B.S. (Wilkes£ M.A. (Tempe) EDGAR w. HUGHES, JR. B.A. (Lafayette) M.A. (Scranton) BENJAMIN JACOBSON B.A. (Augustana) B.D. (Union Theological Seminary) Mathematics Instructor FRANK J. SALVATINI B.S. (Wilkes) M.B.A. (Scranton) History Instructor English Instructor Mathematics Instructor Business Administration Instructor Psychology Instructor Nursing Education Instructor Music Instructor Music Instructor Retail Merchandise Instructor Sociology Instructor Nursing Education Instructor Political Science Instructor Business Administration Instructor Business Administration Instructor English Instructor Instructor ROBERT SLATER Religion Business Administration B.B.A. (Long Island) LL.B. (New York) Instruc 1or CASIMIR TYBURSKI B.A. (Delaware) �Page 188-FACULTY BARBARA WELLIVER Faculty Committees Sociology Instructor B.A. (Susquehanna) M.S.W. (Washington) HARRY F. WELSH Political Science Instructor English Instructor B.S. (Wilkes) MYVANWY WILLIAMS B.A. (NewYorkState) M.A. (Middlebury) RoY E. WILLIAMS A.B. (Eastern Nazarene) S.T.B. (Temple) Ph.D. (Drew) Academic Standing Committee (~EORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman MARGARET M. AHLBORN ROBERT CAPIN STANLEY S. GuTIN EUGENE L. HAMMER FRANCIS MICHELINI STANKO VuJICA s. J. Admissions Committee Religion Instructor J01rn P. WHITBY, Chairman MARGARET M. AHLBORN JOHN J. CHWALEK WELTON G. FARRAR GEORGE F. RALSTON ROBERT C. RILEY Athletic Committee HAROLD W. THATCHER, GEORGE ELLIOT EUGENE L. HAMMER ARTHUR HOOVER GEORGE F. RALSTON JOHN G. REESE THOMAS R. RICHARDS Chairman J. Calendar Committee HuGO V. MAILEY, Chairman FRANCIS J. MICHELINI JOHN P. WHITBY Curriculum Committee ROBERT C. RILEY, Chairman ALFRED BASTRESS DANIEL P. DETWILER WILLIAM R. GASBARRO STANLEY S. GunN EUGENE L. HAMMER BRONIS J. KASLAS HUGO V. MAILEY FRANCIS J. MICHELINI, Ex-officio CHARLES B. REIF SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG STANKO VuJICA STANLEY H. WASILESKI w. ELWOOD DISQUE ALFRED GROH FRANCIS MICHELINI CHARLES B. REIF JOHN P. WHITBY s. J. Library Committee ROBERT E. WERNER, FREDERIC E. BELLAS CHESTER COLSON ELWOOD DISQUE JULIEN A. RIPLEY PHILIP L. Rizzo NADA VUJICA Chairman Scholarship Committee JOHN P. WHITBY, Chairman MARGARET M. AHLBORN JOHN J. CHWALEK ARTHUR J. HOOVER GEORGE F. RALSTON Student Activities and Planning ARTHUR J. HoovER, Chairman MARGARET M. AHLBORN WILLIAM R. GASBARRO GEORGE F. RALSTON JOHN G. REESE Student Publications Committee ALFRED S. GROH, Chairman PHILIP L. Rizzo JOSEPH H. SALSBURG FRANCIS J. SALLEY Mediation Committee on Academic Freedom SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG HAROLD W. THATCHER FRANCIS J. MICHELINI ROBERT C. RILEY Graduation Committee Faculty-Trustee Comniittee on Academic Freedom GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman MARGARET M. AHLBORN FRANK J. J. DAVIES EUGENE L. HAMMER Ex Officio on all Committees except committees on academic freedom-EUGENE S. FARLEY ��WILKES COLLEGE WILKES-BARRE, PA. EVENING SCHOOL Fall Semester 1964 - 1965 �WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN < ( ~ ~- _,_,..,._..., ') > ~ I EVENING SCHOOL Fall Semester 1964-1965 WILKES-BARRE, PENNSYLVANIA �EVENING SCHOOL CALENDAR Fall Semester 1964-1965 Thursday, September 17, Friday, September 18, and Monday, September 21, from noon until 8 p.m.; Saturday, September 19 from 9 a.m. to noon ........... Registration Monday, September 21 ............................... Classes begin Saturday, November 7 ............. Final day to remove lncompletes Wednesday, November 4 . ........... . ........ Mid-semester reports Tuesday, November 24 .......... Thanksgiving recess begins 10 p.m. Monday, November 30 ............ Thanksgiving recess ends at 6 p.m. Thursday, December 10 ... . . .. .. . .. Christmas recess begins at 10 p.m. Monday, January 4, 1965 ............. Christmas recess ends at 6 p.m. Thursday, January 14 ........................ Classes end at 10 p.m. Monday, January 18 to Thursday, January 21 ..... Examination period Wilkes College Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell University, responding to a request of community leaders, established its Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter a a four-year liberal arts college. The College has grown slowly to its current enrollment of approxin~ately 1400 full-time day students and 500 part-time evening school students. From its inception the college has been dedicated to these twin goals - a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a program of service to the community. A N IN D EPEND ENT COLLEGE It was inevitable that the new college should be non-sectarian, for its purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters wished the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the community. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an independent college that was interdenominational in its influence and non-denominational in its control. FREEDOM OF INQUIRY KEY TO BUILDINGS Chase Hall Administration 184 S. River St. Co. Conyngham Hall 120 S. River St. GHA Gies Hall A 191 S. Franklin St. GHB Gies Hall B 195 S. Franklin St. Kirby Hall Library 190 S. River St. Par. Parrish Hall 16 S. River St. Pick. Pickering Hall 181 S. Franklin St. Stark Hall Science Hall rear 159 S. River St. Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. McClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their decision. With responsibility came a pressing desire to strengthen the work of the faculty, united in their faith that the intellectual and spiritual resources of the student are vigorous where the creative mind is free. UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY A college that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite philosophy and a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided by che thought that unity in our community, our nation, and our world requires not only great vision but warm understanding of peoples. In its small circle Wilkes College brings together students of many faiths, backgrounds, and countries. It encourages them to maintain their con,ictions and their loyalties. It encourages them to create friendships based upon respect for differences, and to adhere to those ideals that create unity and good will amidst diversity. �While academic work is the basis of the College program, the faculty recognizes that academic training will be of little importance unless students emerge as men and women of strong faith and fine character. In the words of John Stuart Mill, "Before you can make men doctors and lawyers, you must first make them men." Wilkes College is committed to education as a way of life. A COOPERATIVE EFFORT The original concept of community services has been strengthened with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It has been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the community all benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperative relationship, with its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has resulted in cooperative action. DECADES OF GROWTH Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Common. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansion of the campus. ACCREDITATION Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania and the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The Accounting curriculum has been accredited by the Certified Public Accounting Examiners of the State of New York. seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; An Educated Man possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; is aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community; communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Formultt-ted and adopted by the faculty as a guide to learning. �FALL SEMESTER INFORMATION REGISTRATION All applicants must register in person at Parrish Hall, Room 3, 16 South River Street, Wilkes-Barre, on the dates specified. The office of the Director of the Evening School will be open daily from 12 noon to 8 p.m. throughout the registration period. Classes will begin September 21 according to schedule. Students are urged to take only courses for which they have prerequisites. Those who lack the prerequisites specified for the courses they wish to take must consult with the Director of the Evening School or the Registrar. TUITION AND FEES Students registering for courses in the Evening Session will be charged $30.00 per semester hour of study payable before registration. Payment of a $3.00 fee entitles the student to a parking permit for the eight-week session. WITHDRAWAL Students who withdraw from the Evening Semester or drop courses should give prompt written or verbal notice to the Director of the Evening School and to the instructors concerned, in order that their records may not unjustly show failure in courses. Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will receive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: Durng the first two weeks of the Evening Semester one-half of the tuition will be refunded upon written request to the Director, Evening School, Wilkes College, if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After the first two weeks no refunds are allowed and the student is obligated for the full costs of the term. No student who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any refunds. he Library The Library, located on the corner of South River and outh Streets is open Fonday, Tuesday, ~ ednesday and Thursday rom 8 a.m. to 10 p.m., and on Friday from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. r.e Library is also open Saturday and Sunday from 1 p.m. to .m. Telephone number is 824-4651, Ext. #28. THE BOOKSTORE The Bookstore, in Harding Hall, 141 South Franklin Street, will be open on Monday from 12 noon to 5 p.m., and from 6 p.m. to 8 p.m.; Tuesday through Friday the Bookstore will be open from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. CANCELLATION OF COURSES: The College reserves the right to change hours and to cancel any course. �THE LIBRARY The Library, located on the corner of South River and South treets, is open Monday, Tuesday and Thursday from 2 p.m. until 10 p.m., and Wednesday and Friday from 9 a.m. until 5 p.m. Telephone number after 5 p.m. is 824-'4652. --· :.,, , ___ ........; uates specified. The office of the Director of the Evening School will be open daily from 12 noon to 8 p.m. throughout the registration period. Classes will begin September 21 according to schedule. Students are urged to take only courses for which they have prerequisites. Those who lack the prerequisites specified for the courses they wish to take must consult with the Director of the Evening School or the Registrar. TUITION AND FEES Students registering for courses in the Evening Session will be charged $30.00 per semester hour of study payable before registration. Payment of a $3.00 fee entitles the student to a parking permit for the eight-week session. WITHDRAWAL Students who withdraw from the Evening Semester or drop courses should give prompt written or verbal notice to the Director of the Evening School and to the instructors concerned, in order that their records may not unjustly show failure in courses. Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will receive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: Durng the first two weeks of the Evening Semester one-half of the tuition will be refunded upon written request to the Director, Evening School, Wilkes College, if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After the first two weeks no refunds are allowed and the student is obligated for the full costs of the term. No student who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any refunds. THE BOOKSTORE The Bookstore, in Harding Hall, 141 South Franklin Street, will be open on Monday from 12 noon to 5 p.m., and from 6 p.m. to 8 p.m.; Tuesday through Friday the Bookstore will be open from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. CANCELLATION OF COURSES: The College reserves the right to change hours and to cancel any course. �EVENING SCHOOL SCHEDULE BJECT Fall Semester 1964-1965 SUBJECT COURSE DAYS & HOURS Acct. 102E Acer. 111E Acct. 201E Acer. 220E ROOM No. Elementary Accounting I MW 6:30-8 Elementary Accounting II (Pre: Acct. 101) Par. 35 MW 8-9:30 Par. 35 Intermediate Accounting I ( Pre: Acct. 102) TTH 6:30-8 Par. 35 Cost Accounting ( Pre: Acct. 112 or approval of Instructor) TTH Accounting Systems (Pre: Acct. 112, 202 or approval of Instructor) Acct. 231E Auditing Principles I (Pre: Acct. 202) North America ( Pre: Ee. 102) .H. E. 23IE Applied General Statistics I (Pre: Approval of Instructor) c. 2.flE Economic Analysis (Pre: Ee. 102) B j Biological Sciences 8-9:30 Par. 35 B.A. 2.HE B.A. 237E Business Correspondence and Reports (Pre: Eng. 102) MW 6:30-8 Ed. 242E Guidance Eng. IOIE Ee. 102E MW 8-9:30 Eng. 102E Par. 45 MW 6:30-8 Ee. 2'01 E Eng. 131E Fundamentals of Speech Eng. 151E Western World Literature (Pre: Eng. 102) Ee. .23E MW 8-9:30 Par. 43 Production Management ( Pre: Ee. 102 or approval of Instructor) MW 6:30-8 Collective Bargaining ( Pre: Ee. 102) TTH 8-9:30 Par. 25 3 TTH 6:30-8 Par. 23 3 MW 8-9:30 Par. 25 3 TTH 6:30-8 Par. 43 3 TTH 6:30-8 Co. 104 3 TTH 8-9:30 Co. 104 3 MW 8-9:30 Co. 104 3 T 6-8 Co. 209 2 MW6-8 Co. 104 4 T 8-10 Stark 116 2 Co. 103 3 Co. 103 3 T 7-8 Par. 27 1 GEOLOGY: Geo. IOOE Bu iness Law - Introduction and Contracts ( Pre: Ee. 102 or approval of Instructor) Money and Banking ( Pre: Ee. 102) Composition (Pre: Eng. 101) Stark 116 Par. 26 Principles of Economics II ( Pre: Ee. 101) Composition Eng. 101EE Composition TTH 6:30-8 Principles of Economics I .H. ) Par. 45 General Geology HISTORY: Par. 43 Hit. IOIE History of Western Civilization TTH 8-9:30 Hit. 107E American and Pennsylvania History to 1865 TTH 6:30-8 HYGIENE: ECO 1OMICS: Ee. l0IE RooMNo. E GLISH: ESS ADMINISTRATION: B.A. 209E HOURS EDUCATION: BIOLOGY: Bio. JOIE DAYS & c. 227E Economic Geography of ACCOUNTING: Acct. l0IE COURSE P.E. 105E Personal Hygiene {1st part) MW 6:30-8 Par. 2.2 MW 6:30-8 Par. 27 MW 8-9:30 MW 8-9:30 Par. 26 Par. 27 LANGUAGES: Fr. lOlE Elementary French MW 6:30-8 p. lOlE Co. 204 Elementary Spanish 3 MW 8-9:30 Co. 204 3 Ger. lOlE Elementary German TTH 6:30-8 Rus. IOlE Co. 204 Elementary Russian 3 TTH 8-9:30 Co. 204 3 �SUBJECT COURSE DAYS & HOURS RooMNo. S.H. MATHEMATICS: M ath. l09E Plane Trigonometry (Pre: Math. 99 or equivalent) MW 6:30-8 Par. 26 M ath. llSE Mathematics of Finance (Pre: Math. 99 or equivalent) MW 8-9:30 Par. 23 Introduction to Music MW 8-9:30 GHA 101 M IC: M usic lOOE N I RSING EDUCATION: Trends in Nursing M 4-6 Par. 46 2 N .£. 106E Supervision and Administration T 4-6 Par. 46 2 N .:E. 113E Medical and Surgical Nursing TH 4-6 Par. 46 2 MW 6:30-8 Par. 25 3 3 .E. 102E PHILOSOPHY: Ph H. l OlE Introduction to Philosophy POUTICAL SCIENCE: P .. 101E Introduction to Political Science MW 8-9:30 Par. 46 P .. 205E State Government (Pre: P.S. 101 and 102) MW 6:30-8 Par. 46 P YCHOLOGY: Psy. 101E General Psychology TTH 6:30-8 Par. 46 3 Psy. 257E Abnormal Psychology (Pre: Psy. 207, 208 and permission of head of dept.) TTH 8-9:30 Par. 46 3 TTH 8-9:30 Par. 27 3 RELIGION: R el. 200E Man's Religion SOCIOLOGY: Soc.. 101E Introduction to Sociology MW 8-9:30 Par. 8 Soc. 245E Fields of Social Work (Pre: Soc. 101 and 102 and Psy. 101 and 102.) TTH 6:30-8 Par. 25 �� Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin, 1964-1965 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1964-1965 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/a5d4323ecbbd43ff5f0cdeffd6356b95.pdf 8c4ddf5638f6d63e43e07454f0acbc8d PDF Text Text lL LI RARY 1961-1962 �J__ ES COLLEGE u tin 1961-1962 FALL AND SPRING SEMESTERS-1961-62 Vol. X �College Calendar College Calendar SUMMER SESSION - 1961 Wednesday, June 14 to Friday, June 16 Registration Monday, June 19 Classes begin Tuesday, July 4 Independence Day Friday, August 11 Summer School ends FIRST SEMESTER- 1961 Monday, September 11 to Friday, September 15 Orientation for Freshmen Tuesday, September 12 Registration for Freshmen Thursday, September 14 Registration for U pperclassrnen Monday, September 18 Classes begin at 8:00 a.rn. Saturday, October 21 Homecoming, Wilkes vs. Lycoming Saturday, October 28 Final date to remove incompletes Wednesday, November 1 Mid-semester reports Monday, November 6 to Friday, ovember 10 Registration Tuesday, November 21 Thanksgiving recess begins at 5 :00 p.m. Monday, November 27 Thanksgiving recess ends at 8 :00 a.m. Saturday, December 16 Christmas recess begins at noon Wednesday, January 3, 1962 Christmas recess ends at 8:00 a.m. Wednesday, January 17 Classes end Friday, January 19 to Saturday, January 27 Examination period SECOND SEMESTER - 1962 Wednesday, January 31 All-College Regis tra ti on ~fonday, February 5 Classes begin at 8:00 a.m. Saturday, March 17 Final date to remove incompletes Wednesday, March 21 Mid-semester reports ~fonday, March 26 to Friday, March 30 Registration Tue ·day, April 17 Easter recess begins at 5 :00 p.m. Wednesday, April 25 Easter recess ends at 8 :00 a.1n. Sunday, May 6 Parents Day Saturday, May 26 Classes end ~londay, May 28 to Tuesday, June 5 Examination period aturday, June 9 Alumni Day Sunday, June 10 Baccalaureate . fonday, June 11 Commencement SUMMER SESSIO Wednesday, June 13 to Friday, June 15 Registration \londay, June 18 Classes begin Wednesday, July 4 Independence Day Friday, August 10 Summer School ends -1962 �seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; An Educated Man possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; 1s aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; The spirit of the College derives from the ideals of the Faculty and the quality of its instruction; from its library, its laboratories and equipment. Education at The spirit of the College is the integrity of its mission, the intellectual climate that enriches the student as a person. Wilkes The College believes that no attention can be too great which intensifies a student's thinking or deepens his interest or develops his techniques and skills. It believes that a good student commits himself to the disciplines of his work. To learn, to master, and to understand he must accept the responsibilities that he shares with others. cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; participates cons tructi vel y in the social, economic, and political life of the community; communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Formulated and adopted by the Faculty as a guide to learning. �Wilkes College Contents College Calendar . 2 Education at Wilkes 4 An Educated Man . 5 College and Community . 8 Admissions 12 Expenses 15 Financial Assistance 19 Registration 25 Counseling 29 Educational Resources 31 Student Activities 33 Athletics 36 Student Regulations 37 Curricula . 41 Faculty Requirements 44 Graduation 49 Advanced Study . 52 Degree Programs 55 Terminal Programs 84 Description of Courses 87 Board of Trustees . . 150 Officers of Administration . 152 Assistants in Administration . 153 Faculty . . 154 Map of College Campus . Index . Facing Page 162 . 163 Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell University, responding to a request of community leaders, established its Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter as a four-year liberal arts college. From its inception the college has been dedicated to twin goals-a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a program of service to the community. It was inevitable that the new college should be non-sectarian, for its purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters wished the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the community. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an independent college that was interdenominational in its influence and non-denominational in its control. The original concept of community services has been strengthened with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It has been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the community all benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperative relationship, with its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has resulted in cooperative action. Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Common. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansion of the campus. Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. McClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their decision. With responsibility came a pressing desire to strengthen the work of the Faculty, united in their faith that the intellectual and spiritual resources of the student are vigorous where the creative mind is free. �COLLEGE AND COMMUNITY - Page 9 College and Community The College was founded to serve the community and has received a large measure of its ever-growing support from outstanding leaders in the community. It has recognized for many years that its growth was related to the economic and social redevelopment of the community and, therefore, it has sought to participate in every effort for community betterment. In consequence, a pattern of cooperation has developed in which the College and the Community work with one another for their mutual benefit. Office of Community Services In cooperation with the Chamber of Commerce, The Industrial Fund, and other community groups, the College has provided for some years a program designed for the improvement of labor-management relations and for the study of modern practices in local government. These efforts have been maintained on a minimum basis by funds from the College, the Chamber of Commerce, local governments, and other civic groups. These local efforts have been recently strengthened by a grant of $150,000 from the Ford Foundation. In consequence, the work in both areas will be enlarged and a new Area Research Center has been established at Wilkes College. AREA RESEARCH CENTER others; (2) to assure continuity of studies so that long-time trends may be known and their significance in the local and national scene may be understood; (3) to make special studies for public and private groups, including municipalities, the Industrial Fund, corporations, labor organizations, the Economy League, school boards; (4) to cooperate with the Planning Commi sions of the City and County, with the United Fund, and with other social agencies and civic organizations. LABOR-MANAGEMENT TRAINING PROGRAM Because Wilkes serves an area which has been undergoing drastic economic readjustments, it is deemed essential that every effort be made to encourage cooperative planning and action. To establish a climate for industrial redevelopment the College has pioneered a Labor-Management Training Program in which the needs of the individual and the company are analyzed. Plans are arranged in consultation with officials, foremen, and other employees and are designed to meet the general and specific requirements of the particular company. Where several firms are confronted with common problems, special classes are organized to include representation of several companies. The program designed for members of labor unions is tailored to the particular needs of the group. Broad topics in economics are presented to provide a basis for the discussion of ideas, laws, and practices. All classes are conducted on the College campus where the academic climate induces and stimulates free intellectual inquiry. It has been demonstrated that in this atmosphere the members participate more freely in the discussion and consideration of significant problems. The Area Research Center provides professional direction and secretarial and research assistance in cooperation with the county and city development agencies, the Economy League, the Industrial Fund, the Committee of 100, the Chamber of Commerce, employers, labor unions, the Planning Council of the United Fund, and other agencies desiring special services. As an integral part of the three-pronged Labor-Management Training Program, union and management personnel sometimes meet together in an effort to develop that mutual understanding that is essential to constructive action. The purposes of the Center are (1) to coordinate the many studies of community problems and trends so that the results may always be available to interested community groups and to The Institute of Municipal Government, developed from the activities of the Political Science department, offers an educa- INSTITUTE OF MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT �Page 10 __, COLLEGE AND COMMUNITY tional program for public officials. By providing trammg, the Institute informs locally elected or appointed public leaders of modern practices in government. The Institute does not campaign or enter politics. The Institute does cooperate with municipal leagues and associations engaged in consultation and research on the local governmental level. Policies and Objectives of the College The Institute publishes a monthly Newsletter containing timely articles related to the responsibilities of local officials interested in the rehabilitation of the region. The Institute has offered courses to magistrates, borough and township secretaries, police, councilmen and commissioners, health officers, and school directors. During the past five years over one hundred merit awards have been presented to outstanding local officials for service to their communities. Admissions Expenses MATHEMATICS FOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHERS Wilkes College, under the sponsorship of the National Science Foundation, has offered for high school teachers classroom instruction intended to increase the competence of teachers in the subject matter of mathematics and the natural sciences. Particular emphasis is on topics in the new mathematics and science of the twentieth century. WILKES-BARRE PHILHARMONIC ORCHESTRA The Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra, organized under the a!gis of the College in the fall of 1951, presents a series of three symphony concerts annually. The professional leadership, as well as a number of the members, comes from the department of music of the College. FINE ARTS FIESTA The College participates with area-wide cultural groups in the Wyoming Valley Fine Arts Fiesta, a program of music, drama, and the arts presented on the public square each spring. Financial Assistance Registration �ADMISSIONS - Page 13 Admissions True education demands a love of learning and a spirit of sacrifice and service. Education is not a right or privilege but an opportunity that carries with it obligations prescribed by the College and responsibilities shared with the student. This concept has guided the faculty and trustees in developing the philosophy and procedures of the Admissions Committee, making it possible for students of ability, determination, and soundness of character to study at Wilkes. Here the student will find an atmosphere of competitive learning in the world of ideas. His desire to undertake study at Wilkes places him among the ready men for whom education is an experience in excellence. He will be charged with the responsibility for fulfilling that trust. ,chool transcript and the record of performance during the high school years. ,1DMISSIONS COMMITTEE The Admissions Committee is comprised of the Director of Admissions, Dean of Men, Dean of Women, and three faculty members. This committee acts upon special cases referred to it by the Director of Admissions. Admissions Procedure APPLICATIONS FOR ADMISSION To assist students seeking admission, the College has adopted procedures designed to simplify admissions. The careful selection of able and committed students is deemed essential to the attainment of high standards and warm personal relationships between students and faculty. Applications for admission may be obtained from the Director of Admissions and should be returned to him with a $5.00 registration fee. Upon receipt of the application, the Director of .\dmissions will write to the student concerning his high school transcript and recommendations. Ad1nission Requirements ADMISSION TESTS HIGH SCHOOL RECORD Candidates applying for admission to Wilkes should be high school graduates and should offer at least fifteen units of work representing the equivalent of the usual four-year high school or preparatory school course. For entrance into certain departments, specific courses in high school are necessary. An example would be four years of Mathematics for those interested m studying the physical sciences, engineering, or mathematics. The Scholastic Aptitude test of the College Entrance Examination Board is required of all applicants. The December, January, or February tests are recommended as most suitable. If unusual circumstances prevent the applicant from taking this test, he must notify the Director of Admissions. For information concerning these tests the student should write to the Educational Testing Service, Box 592, Princeton, , rew Jersey. PERSONAL INTERVIEWS ENTRANCE EXAMINATIONS All candidates for admission to the freshman class will be required to take entrance examinations to determine the applicant's readiness for college work. The Admissions Committee considers these test results in relation to the applicant's high Although a personal interview with each student is not required, the Admissions Officer reserves the right to request an interview with a candidate for admission. Students and their families are cordially invited to visit the College at their convenience. It is advisable to write for an appointment so that the Deans may arrange to meet with them. �Page 14 ,...., ADMISSIONS Expenses ACCEPTANCE OF ADMISSION AND DEPOSIT The Admissions Committee meets each week and acts upon all completed applications. Notification of admission is sent immediately and students are required to forward a $50.00 tuition deposit in order to guarantee their entry into the College. Thi deposit will be applied toward the tuition charges for the first semester. The College accepts a limited number of applications for the February class. Procedures are similar to those followed in the fall semester. TRANSFER STUDENTS Candidates from other institutions wishing to enter with advanced standing shall follow the regular procedure for admission. The student should request the college or university he is attending to forward to Wilkes a transcript and an official statement of his honorable dismissal. After the College has made a tentative evaluation of the record of the student, a faculty adviser will counsel him concerning his new schedule. Acceptable credits will be placed on the Wilkes record of the student following a final evaluation. Faculty policy prohibits the Admissions Committee from considering for admission any student who has been placed on academic probation or who has been dropped from any other college or university. ADVANCED COURSE STANDING Freshmen who are equipped to enter advanced courses in college may enroll in such courses upon passing a placement examination, or upon approval by the department or departments concerned. Although the student will not receive credit for the courses that he has omitted, he will be spared the necessity of repeating work that he has previously covered outside of college. TUITION AND FEES The flat tuition rate adopted by the College for a student carrying the normal load for his course is $375.00 per semester. A student who registers for fewer than fifteen hours of work will pay either $25.00 for each semester hour or the regular tuition fee, whichever amount is lower. A student activities fee of $25.00 will be charged to those students taking fewer than 15 or more than 9 semester hours or to any special student wishing to participate in activities. A student who elects a heavier schedule than is normal for his course will be charged $25.00 for each additional hour of credit beyond the normal load. The cost of individual instruction in music is $50.00 for a series of fifteen half-hour lessons. For a fifteen-week series of one-hour lessons on string and wind instruments in groups conisting of no fewer than three and of no more than five students the fee will be $50.00. In the sciences and the secretarial studies nominal fees are charged for laboratory work. There are no fees for library or the Town and Gown concert series. EVENING SCHOOL Students registered in the Evening School will be charged 25.00 per semester hour. A fee of $25.00 is charged for those wishing to participate in student activities. Students may arrange with the Finance Office for deferred payments. A service fee of $1.00 for each course is charged. Further information regarding the content of the courses, requirements for undergraduate and graduate degrees, and requirements for teacher certification may be secured from the Office of Admissions. SUMMER SCHOOL Students registering for courses in the eight-week Summer School session will be charged $25.00 per semester hour of study. �Page 16 ,....., EXPENSES CHEMISTRY BREAKAGE Students taking chemistry laboratory courses are required to deposit $10.00 to cover possible charges for broken, lost, or damaged equipment. The unexpended balance of this fee is refundable. INSURANCE COVERAGE The College makes available both accident and accident and health insurance to students through the American Casualty Company, Reading, Pennsylvania. Each student will be required to purchase an accident policy at a cost of $10.00, and dormitory students also are required to accept a health insurance policy costing $20.00. This health insurance is also available to commuting students but is optional with them. Both policies provide protection for the full College term and premiums are payable in full with the first semester charges. There are four fully accredited hospitals in the vicinity of the campus, and a college physician is available for emergency treatment. EXPENSES ,....., Page 17 '1. In exceptional cases, the College will accept installment payments of tuition. In such cases, arrangements must be approved by the Finance Office before registration. A service fee of $10.00 per semester will be charged for this plan of payments. REFUNDS Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will receive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: During the first six weeks of a term one-half of the tuition will be refunded upon request if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After the first six weeks no refunds are allowed and the student is obligated for the full costs for the term. Refund of dormitory charges will not be allowed except under exceptional conditions. o student who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any refunds. PAYMENTS Payment of all charges for tuition, fees, room and board is to be made at the Finance Office, Parrish Hall, before registration. Several plans have been developed to assist students who do not have the cash in hand, and it is suggested these plans be considered when special assistance is needed. I. Wilkes College participates in the National Defense Student Loan Program, and students needing financial assistance may apply to the College for such a loan. Living Quarters and Board DORMITORIES 2. If a student does not meet the requirements for a National Defense Student Loan, but wishes to space his payments over the school year, we recommend that he apply for an educational loan at one of the local banks. Information concerning this method of financing an education may be obtained at the College. Residence for boarding students is provided in a number of large mansions that have been given to, or purchased by, the College in recent years. At present there are six men's and six women's dormitories, each of which accommodates from eighteen to twenty-three students and a faculty proctor. Every effort is made to maintain a homelike atmosphere. Students and their families are invited to inspect these homes. Each room includes a bureau, desk, chair, and a bed. Students will supply their own blankets, towels, and linen. 3. Grants-in-aid and scholarships will be credited toward the student's bill at the beginning of each term. All out-of-town students must reside in the College dormitories on campus. A deposit of $50.00 is required to reserve a room. �Page 18 - EXPENSES Financial Assistance The charge for room and board is $375.00 per student per semester. All dormitory students must purchase accident and health insurance at a cost of $30.00. Information regarding dormitories can be obtained from the Office of Admissions. ESTIMATE OF EXPENSES Items of personal expense vary according to each student's habits and circumstances. Below is an estimate of certain basic expenses for the college year: Tuition and General Expenses Commuting Students Dormitory Students Tuition .......................... . Room and Board ........... . ...... . Books, Supplies, Fees* ....... _..... . Insurance .................. . ...... . $750 $ 750 100 IO 750 100 30 Total ........... . ............ . $860 $1630 To provide assistance for those who need financial help, the College receives substantial gifts from friends. These gifts provide scholarship aid to those who are already making every effort to help themselves. In accepting any form of aid from the College the student accepts an obligation-which is also the obligation of every other conscientious student-to: I. Maintain a good scholastic record. 2. Exert a constructive influence in the College and the community. 3. Participate constructively in an all-college activity of his own choice. In planning to meet any difference between his own resources and the cost of education the student should consider a combination of work, loans, and scholarships. Scholarships COLLEGE BOOK STORE Books, stationery, and supplies may be purchased at the College Book Store, Harding House. The book store is operated on a cash basis. The College also maintains a United States Post Office sub-station in Harding House. COLLEGE COMMONS The Commons serves as a dining hall for the resident students. It also provides cafeteria service for commuting students. Scholarships and grants are available to students with good records of achievement and performance in high school or college who cannot fully finance the cost of their college education and who can demonstrate seriousness of purpose and effort. A few honor scholarships are awarded without regard to need to students of outstanding achievement in appreciation of their contribution to the intellectual life of the group. The amount of each grant will be determined by the Scholarship Committee. SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENTS I. Students must be admitted to the College before their applications for scholarships will be considered. • The amount is higher or lower depending upon the student's curriculum. 2. All applicants for scholarships must obtain an interview with the Dean. �Page 20 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE 3. No scholarship will be granted until the student has made every reasonable effort to finance as large a portion as possible of the costs of this education. 4. Every applicant for scholarship aid shall submit confidential information pertaining to his financial needs and his record of achievement. 5. No student may simultaneously hold more than one scholarship granted by the College. 6. Scholarships will be forfeited if the student, at any time, carries fewer hours than are normal for the course. 7. No scholarship is awarded for more than one year, but scholarships will be renewed upon request, provided this request is supported by a good academic record, by evidence of continued need, and by constructive participation in at least one all-college activity of his own choice. 8. The amount of the grant is confidential, and any breach of this confidence shall terminate the scholarship. INSTRUCTIONS TO THE APPLICANT I. To establish eligibility for a scholarship, the student must first apply for admission to the College and must be accepted. Application for admission should be made prior to March I. 2. Students requiring aid shall indicate their need on the application for admission to the College. 3. Students indicating such need shall receive an application for scholarship aid with their notification of admission to the College. This completed application should be submitted to the Director of Admissions before April I. 4. The applicant is responsible for the submission of personal references from three teachers or other members of the community. These references should be mailed directly to the Director of Admissions prior to April l. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 21 Loans The College participates in the National Defense Student Loan Program. Complete information concerning this program and applications for financial assistance under this program may he obtained at the College. PEG/AL LOAN FUND The Florence and Joseph A. Goldman Loan Fund has been created by the donors to assist Juniors and Seniors whose education may be interrupted by unexpected difficulties. The loan bears no interest and is to be repaid by the student at the earliest practical time so that other students may also receive needed assistance from this rotating loan fund. Employment PART-TIME EMPLOYMENT College makes strict demands on a student's time. The student who finds it necessary to seek full-time employment during a semester is advised to work a year and then apply for admission. The College cautions the student to limit off-campus work, especially during the freshman year, when working may result in academic failure. However, part-time jobs in offices, stores, and industry are available for students wishing to earn part of their expenses. For such jobs the student shall register with the College Placement Office. CAMPUS EMPLOYMENT The College also offers part-time employment at standard rates in the dining room, offices, laboratories, library, or on the maintenance staff. The holder of these jobs will meet all obligations of his assignments or forfeit all help from the College. �Page 22 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 23 Founders of Scholarships made available from the interest of a fund established by the late Miss Sturdevant. Each year some 700 friends contribute to the scholarship fund of the College on an annual basis. Other friends have created scholarships which bear the names of the donors or of persons whom they have memorialized by means of a scholarship. JOHN WELLES HOLLENBACK SCHOLARSHIP. Miss Anna Hollenback has created a scholarship in memory of her father, John Welles Hollenback, and the annual interest of the principal is used for scholarship purposes. ADOLPH HERSKOWITZ MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP FUND. For a period of years Mr. Ernest Herskowitz is giving funds that will assist a worthy student to gain an education. THE RICHARD H. ROYER SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually to a student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his studies and in student activities. WILLIAM B. SCHAEFFER MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. In 1951 a substantial bequest was left to the College by Mr. Schaeffer with the thought that it would be used to advance the interests of the College and the students. By action of the Board of Trustees a considerable portion of the income from thi bequest has been set aside for scholarships. MR. HARLAND W. HOISINGTON gives an annual scholarship to assist students of high scholastic ability. ANDREW J. SORDONI FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship will be used to assist students of unusual promise and proved ability. THE JOHN LLOYD EVANS MEMORIAL scholarship was created by Rulison Evans in memory of his father, a life-long lover of music, conductor of the Dr. Mason Glee Society, conductor of The Sheldon Choral Society and the Wilkes-Barre l\Iixed Choral Society. The scholarship of $300 will be awarded to a senior in music or music education who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his chosen field of study. MRS. LEWIS H. TAYLOR left a bequest to the College to be used in assisting students of outstanding scholastic ability who otherwise could not gain a college education. HENRY BLACKMAN PLUMB AND EDITH M. PLUMB SCHOLARSHIP TRUST has been established to provide scholarships for students of outstanding ability and character majoring in one of the sciences and attending Wilkes College. DICKSON MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. Funds for four scholarships have been given to the College by the Trustees of the Allan H. and Kate P. Dickson Memorial Trust. These halftuition scholarships will be granted to students of high scholastic achievement and aptitude who have also demonstrated leadership in student affairs during their high school years. THE BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL WOMEN'S CLUB of Wilkes-Barre offers to an outstanding woman student of the College a scholarship each year. The education committee of the club in cooperation with the administration choose a young woman who shows promise of making an outstanding contribution in business or professional life following graduation. THE WILLIAM H. CONYNGHAM MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her late husband, a friend and neighbor of the College, and for years an outstanding leader in business and community life. THETA DELTA RHO, the all-college women's service organization, offers a scholarship yearly to a woman student achieving a high score in a competitive examination conducted by the college. JESSIE STURDEVANT MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP awarded to a student of unusual promise and ability has been THE NEIL DADURKA MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually by the Wilkes College Lettermen's Club. The money for this scholarship is earned and donated by the Wilkes �REGISTRATION - Page 25 Page 24 ,....., FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE College Lettermen's Club. The scholarship itself is named in honor of one of the most beloved athletes of Wilkes, Neil Dadurka, who was killed while flying for the United States Marine Corps. This half-tuition scholarship is given to an incoming freshman who is in need of financial aid and who is an outstanding athlete. The scholarship is given to enable an athlete to participate in the sport for which the scholarship is awarded. THE NATIONAL COUNCIL OF JEWISH WOMEN-THE WILKES-BARRE SECTION-gives a scholarship annually to a young woman in the field of Education or Sociology. This young woman-a junior or senior-must be a resident of Wyoming Valley. COST OF EDUCATION SCHOLARSHIPS A number of local firms make annual gifts to the scholarship fund so that the College may provide needed assistance to able and ambitious students. These grants amount to one-half tuition plus a small amount to cover a portion of the difference between the tuition charges and the cost of education. In announcing the donors of these scholarships, the College also wishes to acknowledge its appreciation to the donors. Frank E. Baldwin Co. General Roofing Co. Barre Footwear Co. Glen Alden Corp. Central Slipper Co., Inc. C. F. Goeringer Construction Co., Inc. Custom Products Eastern Pennsylvania Supply Co. First National Bank of Wilkes-Barre Fowler, Dick and Walker Penna. Power & Light Co. Pioneer Manufacturing Co. Planters Nut & Chocolate Co. ]. B. Post Co. Triangle Shoe Stores Wilk es-Barre Iron & Wire Works Wyoming National Bank of Wilkes-Barre Walben, Inc. Northeastern Pennsylvania National Bank & Trust Co. Scholastic Endowrnents THE W. S. CARPENTER MEMORIAL FUND was established in 1956 by W. S. Carpenter, Jr., and his sons in memory of W. S. Carpenter, who · was born in Wilkes-Barre on April 5, 1853, and lived in this community during his entire active business life. The fund was given to strengthen the work of the science division by ubsidizing research projects, assisting the College in attaining able teachers, providing scholarships for outstanding students, providing lectures by speakers of national prominence, purchasing exceptional tools, apparatus, or other equipment for use in the science department. THE ALLAN HAMILTON DICKSON CHAIR OF ENGLISH LJTERA TURE has been created by his daughter Dorothy Dickson Darte to encourage enlightened teaching, extended cholarship, and creative writing in the fields of literature. Harry F. Goeringer & Sons George W. Guckelberger Kanaar Corp. Registration Lester Pontiac Franconi Auto Parts Melody Shoe Corp. Franklin Federal Savings & Loan Assn. Miners National Bank Frank E. Parkhurst, Inc. Every student is expected to register term on dates specified in the College senting himself for registration after registration will pay a late registration at the beginning of each calendar. A student prethe time designated for fee of $5.00. �Student Li£e at the College Counseling Educational Resources Student Activities Athletics Student Regulations �Counseling Studying at Wilkes Higher education is the area wherein men of conviction are brought together in their search for know ledge. In college the teacher works with the student, challenging him to extend the limits of his mind. He encourages him to think courageously and truthfully and to create with all his resources so that he may act with independent judgment. In a college community freedom of inquiry and responsibility are essential. In the world community the right of the individual to differ safeguards the fri:!edom of all men. As student and teacher engage in the experience of creative thinking, the heritage of learning becomes the responsibility of everyone. The guiding principle of all Wilkes counseling is to encourage the student to discover his own abilities and potentialities and to assist him in making sound, independent decisions; most of all he must learn to assume responsibility for all he does. FRESHMAN ORIENTATION PROGRAJ\f The transition from the directed work of the high school to the independent and more intensive work of the College occasionally causes difficulty. Several days at the beginning of the term are therefore set aside to assist freshmen in planning their academic program. During the first week, new students take aptitude, interest, foreign language, and English-placement tests. The week also gives the new students an opportunity to become acquainted with one another and to learn about the College, the curriculum, and the student activities. Throughout their first term small groups of freshmen meet for one hour a week to discuss informally their personal, academic, and vocational objectives. Representatives of the Faculty discuss with them: 1. Methods of intelligent self-directed study. 2. Standards of value in personal conduct and in relationships with others. 3. Values of the College extra-curricular program. 1. The value of college experiences in developing a philosophy of life. By placing responsibility upon the student for planning and conducting these discussions, the College encourages clear thinking, initiative, poise, and breadth of view. STUDENT ADVISEMENT Students sometimes need guidance in resolving personal, social, and academic difficulties. Since a student's physical and mental �Page 30 - COUNSELING health affect his studies and his grades, he is encouraged throughout his college career to consult with his classroom instructor , his faculty adviser, the Deans, or the Department Chairmen concerning his scholastic progress. COLLEGE CONSULTATION SERVICE The College Consultation Service offers individual assistance to students with difficulties of a personal or environmental nature. Students may apply direct]y to the Consultation Service for appointments or may arrange for consultation through the Deans' Office. Interviews with the specially trained staff are conducted on an entirely confidential basis. Educational Resources THE LIBRARY Kirby Hall, the gift of Allen P. Kirby, houses the College library. Students and faculty use the resources of its periodical and reference rooms and depend on the more than 50,000 volumes and some 400 current periodicals and journals for research and reading assignments. Shelved on open stacks, the books are easily accessible and may be borrowed for periods of two weeks. Reserve books for par- ticular courses circulate for the time period specified by the instructor. The library is open Monday through Thursday from 8:00 A.M. to 9:30 P.M. and on Friday from 8:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M.; on Saturday from 1:00 P.M. to 4:00 P.M. During vacation periods the hours are 9:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M.; during examination periods from 8:00 A.M. to 4:00 P.M. The services of the two community libraries, the Osterhout Free Library in Wilkes-Barre and the Hoyt Library in Kingston, are also available to students. CIENCE FACILITIES Stark Hall, named in honor of Admiral Harold R. Stark and completed in 1958, houses the science departments of the college. These facilities include 5 physics laboratories completely equipped for studies in all fields of the physical sciences; 5 chemical laboratories equipped for instruction and research in all fields of chemistry; 5 biology laboratories completely equipped for instruction and research in the biological sciences. In addition to the completely equipped class laboratories in each department, there are thirteen faculty offices equipped for research, two photographic dark rooms, animal rooms, greenhouse facilities, and student research rooms available for undergraduate studies. �Page 32 ,__ EDUCATIONAL RESOURCES RESEARCH Research in the sciences has included such varied work as allergy research sponsored by the National Institutes of Health, Education and Welfare; immunochemical research sponsored by the Pennsylvania Heart Association; basic research on plant development sponsored by the National Science Foundation; and basic research in protozoology sponsored by the National Science Foundation. Student Activities The student activities of the College broaden a student's intere t begun in the classroom. The Faculty encourages a program of extra-curricular activities that contribute to the educational development of the student who chooses to participate. Student activities are designed to appeal to a wide variety of ta tes and talents; as such they enjoy the support of the College community. The student activities include Athletics, Dramatics, the College Band, Debating, Choral Club, Collegians Male Chorus, Women's Chorus, Madrigal Singers. There are four class organizations. In addition, special departmental clubs stimulate and satisfy individual interest in academic, professional, and artistic fields. These clubs are developed for students in cooperation with the Faculty. All women students may become members of Theta Delta Rho, headed by its own c,'ccutive committee, which plans and arranges social activities. The Faculty discourages the formation of campus organizations that are not open to all students, and groups that are exclusive do not exist. All student groups work in cooperation with faculty advisers and the Deans. STUDENT GOVERNMENT Government of student affairs rests in a Council composed of annually elected members representing the classes and other tudent groups. The Council serves as a coordinating agency; it appropriates funds from the Student Activiti~s budget to a~l tudent groups; it supervises the College social calendar; 1t arranges the program for Homecoming; it establishes social regulations and conduct; and it serves in an advisory capacity to the Director of Student Activities and the Administrative Council. !1 TER-DORMITORY COUNCIL The Inter-Dormitory Council, made up of elected representatives from the men's and women's residence halls, plans and �Page 34 - STUDENT ACTIVITIES coordinates dormitory social functions and develops and administers dormitory policy. STUDENT ACTIVITIES - Page 35 Tuition Stipends for the Staffs of the Amnicola and Beacon Based on Years of Service ASSEMBLY COMMITTEE YEARS OF SERVICE POSITION Approximately half of the weekly assembly programs given during the academic year are planned and presented by student. The Assembly Committee, to which freshmen are elected each fall to replace members who have been graduated, assists the administration and student organizations in arranging these programs and awards a trophy to the group that presents the best program of the year. Each student is required to attend assemblies during each of his four years. He will, however, be allowed the following number of cuts each year: Freshman and sophomore year-four cuts. Junior year-eight cut&. Senior year-fifteen cuts. These requirements must be satisfied to establish eligibility for graduation. Publications The students publish the Beacon, a weekly newspaper; the Manuscript, a literary magazine, issued in the Spring; and the A mnicola, the College annual. There are opportunities for students on the editorial, art, and business staffs. Graduated amounts, in the form of tuition stipends, are available to students in the upper classes who hold editorial and managerial positions on the student publications. Students eligible for these grants should make written application to the faculty director of the publication before April I. 4 3 2 $750.00 $562.50 $500.00 Business Managers ... } $562.50 Special Editors ...... $375.00 $250.00 Editors-in-Chief ...... �Athletics Athletics are an integral part of the activity program and as such are subject to policies set by the faculty and administration and approved by the Board of Trustees. The College maintains intercollegiate schedules in eight varsity sports: football, baseball, basketball, soccer, golf, tennis, swimmi~g, and wrestling. Men who take part in intercollegiate sports satisfy the requirements for physical education for the duration of that sport. A program of intramural sports and physical education stressc physical standards and cooperative team spirit and recreation. Every man has a chance to participate in basketball, touch football, volleyball, softball, and bowling. The athletic program for women includes dancing, folk and modern; bowling, basketball, softball and swimming. ATHLETIC POLICY Intercollegiate athletics are introduced for the benefit of the student body and in consequence athletes receive the same con~ide~ation in admissions and in the awarding of scholarships that 1s give~ . to ot_her students. Wilkes enters into intercollegiate compet1t10n with other colleges of the Middle Atlantic Conference adhering to similar policies of admission and maintainino0 comparable scholastic standards. The. College is a member of the Middle Atlantic Collegiate ~thlet1c Conference, the National Collegiate Athletic Association, and the Eastern Collegiate Athletic Conference. Student Regulations It is recognized that courtesy and consideration are the basis of good relations between .individuals. Informal and friendly a ociations between students and faculty are a tradition on campus. Although these relations are flexible, certain precedents have been established in the best interests of the individual and the College. A few are mentioned here: 1. The possession and use of liquor on campus are forbidden, and none will be served at college affairs. 2. Smoking is not permitted in classrooms or hallways, in the library, or on the first floor of the Commons. Facilities are available in various buildings for students who may wish to smoke during their free periods. 3. The College provides several parking lots for student automobiles. Since facilities are limited, dormitory and commuting tudents are required to purchase at the Finance Office a permit which entitles them to park their cars in the areas reserved for their use. Cars which do not display appropriate parking stickers will be towed away at the student's expense. Freshmen and ophomore dormitory students are not permitted to maintain cars on campus. 4. Although participation in at least one student activity is encouraged, each student is responsible for planning and utilizing his time effectively. 5. The Faculty cooperates with students who miss classes because of illness, or as representatives of the College, or for special religious observances; in such cases, the student shall present his instructors with a note from the Deans explaining his absence. In all instances the student is expected to make up the work that is missed. �Page 38 - STUDENT REGULATIONS STUDENT RESPONSIBILITY The students in a great measure determine the influences of the College. The Faculty counts upon their cooperation in establishing the highest possible standards of intellect and morals. The Academic Program of the College Because students benefit from a program and policies to which they subscribe, the College may request students to withdraw when their influence and behavior are deemed detrimental to the best interests of the student body. Curricula Faculty Require1nents Graduation Advanced Study �Curricula Learning at Wilkes Education leads men to seek answers to problems of significance and to inquire into ideas and beliefs of eternal relevance. There is no better expression of man's purpose than his sense of belonging to a universe ruled by truth. Thought has roots in the world of human experience. Creative thinkers set the standards and the high aims of education. One may not reach these standards in his lifetime; that they are recognized and sought after is the measure of one's creative interests. The student can strive for technical and profe sional competence, but the inner resources of the mind and spirit must nourish and enrich his achievement. The Faculty can teach the student facts, but his contribution to a free society depends upon the :ontinual expansion of his knowledge and upon Its relevance to human experience. Education is the process of connecting and relating, of testing and retesting, of discovery and rediscovery. The Faculty encourages the student to cultivate learning that he may grow in wisdom. In this way the mind in its journeyings finds constant surpri e and delight at rediscovering itself. Undergraduate Programs Wilkes is a liberal arts college that offers the degree of Bachelor of Arts in the humanities, the social sciences, and the natural sciences. The College also confers the degree of Bachelor of Science in chemistry and in physics, medical technology, commerce and finance, and elementary, secondary, art, business, music, and nursing education. ENGINEERING Qualified students may enter the two-year engineering curriculum. Upon the successful completion of the engineering program the student may transfer as a junior to an institution granting degrees in his field. TERMINAL PROGRAMS tudents may earn terminal Certificates in the two-year secretarial and pre-dental curricula, in addition to the three-year pre-dental program. Graduate Programs To fulfill its objective of service to the community and the nation, Wilkes plans to introduce two new curricula leading to the degrees of Master of Science in Chemistry and in Physics. These curricula are designed to make practicable either full-time graduate study toward the degrees or part-time study by engineers and scientists with appropriate undergraduate training employed in the Wilkes-Barre area. Full details of this program will be published in the Bulletin of the Graduate Division. COOPERATIVE GRADUATE PROGRAMS IN EDUCATION Wilkes is cooperating with two universities, Bucknell and Temple, to bring to the area graduate programs in education. �CURRICULA - Page 43 Page 42 - CURRICULA The Bucknell University program leads to the degree of Master of Science in Education and satisfies the requirements of the Commonwealth in guidance and administration. Courses are offered in the evening. The courses offered in the Evening Division are designed for special value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. The Temple University program leads to the degree of Master of Science in General Education and is accepted by the Commonwealth for permanent certification of classroom teachers. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. Candidates may register at the College. Under the cooperative program existing between Wilkes and the two universities, all credits are granted by the universities. 3. Teachers, nurses, and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. Details of these graduate programs may be obtained by writing to the Director of Admissions. EVENING DIVISION 4. Business executives who are interested in advanced problems and discussion courses offered in various business fields. 5. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. The evening division offers educational opportunities to adults who cannot attend day classes. Students may register for courses in the Evening Division and earn credits toward an undergraduate degree. Day School students will be allowed to take courses in the Evening Division only after having received written permission from the Deans or the Registrar. Students will confer with the Director of the Evening Division to arrange a course of study to meet their needs, abilities, and special requirements. During the semester students will consult with the Assistant Director of Evening Classes concerning their program. SUMMER SCHOOL When the student completes thirty hours, his record is reviewed by the Admissions Committee. At this time the Committee recommends that a student continue to work for a degree, or be placed on probation, or withdraw from the Evening Division. Students who do not desire a degree are admitted to all classes which they are qualified to take by reason of their maturity, previous education, and experience. High school training is desirable but not necessary, provided the student is qualified to follow special courses of instruction in which he wishes to register. The Faculty offers selected courses during an eight week summer session, which begins in the third week of June. A student from another college who wishes to take summer work at Wilkes must secure the approval of the proper officer of his own institution if he expects to receive credit for such work. �FACULTY REQUIREMENTS - Page 45 Faculty Requirements COURSE CREDITS GRADES The primary purpose of any marking system is to inform the student of his achievement. Marks also aid in evaluating students for purposes of recommendation. Grade reports are sent to students and parents at the end of each term. Mid-term reports are sent if the work is unsatisfactory. Five numerical grades and a subscript E for English usage are given for academic work. Grade Interpretation 4 ....................... Superior 3 ....................... Very good Each course at the College is assigned a specific number of credits. For example, English 101 is a 3 credit course and English 151 is a 4 credit course. Usually, credits assigned to the course are determined by the number of hours that the class meets per week. POINT AVERAGES The student is given a number grade for every course in which he is enrolled. To calculate the number of points earned in a course, multiply the grade in each course by the number of credit hours for the course. To compute the point average, total these points for all courses and divide by the total number of credit hours. Below is an example illustrating the method used to compute point averages. 2 ....................... Good 1 ....................... Passing 0 ....................... Failing An E subscript is given with the grade for the course when the written or oral English of the student is below standard. If the student at the end of any term is judged deficient by two or more instructors of subjects other than English, he must complete satisfactorily an additional course in English composition. This course shall be taken during the term immediately following, if possible, but under any circumstance it must be taken during the following year. No student is eligible for graduation unless he is deemed competent in the use of the English language. Inc. means that a student receives an incomplete grade. Incompletes will be granted to students who because of illness or reasons beyond their control have been unable to satisfy specific course assignments. All unfinished work must be completed before the sixth week of the following term. If an incomplete is not removed within this period, the grade will be changed to a zero. Course Credit Hrs. Grade Carried Points Credit Hrs . Passed 3 4 12 Bio. 100 .................. 3 3 9 3 3 . ................. 101 Eng. 3 6 2 Fr. 101 ................... 3 3 1 3 ................. 3 101 Hit. 0 0 0 Mus. 100 .................. 3 Total credit hrs. carried. . . 15 Total credit hrs. passed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Total points earned ....................... 30 Average ...... 30 + 15 == 2.0 otice that the student has accumulated 12 credits toward graduation. The zero grade in music means that the student must repeat that course. Averages are cumulative; the work of each semester will be added to the total. Graduation from the College requires that a tudent maintain a 1.85 over-all average and a 2.0 over-all average in his major field. �FACULTY REQUIREMENTS,....., Page 47 Page 46-FACULTY REQUIREMENTS CLASS ST ANDING Marks and averages determine whether or not a student is receiving sufficient benefit to remain in college. The Faculty requires that the student earn the following averages to advance from class to class: Class Average Sophon1ore ........... . .............. . .............. 1.4 Junior .......... .. .... . ..... . ...................... 1.7 Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.85 PROBATION A student failing to meet these requirements must petition the Deans' Probation and Evaluation Committee and convince them that he merits another opportunity. All petitions must be submitted by July 20. Any student failing to meet the grade requirements for his class, but permitted to return by action of the Deans' Committee, shall be given only one term to establish his ability and willingness to meet the requirements of the College. ATTENDANCE Attendance at all classes is expected, and repeated absence is deemed a sufficient cause for failure. Five consecutive absences from a class place a student on probation. He may be readmitted to the class only by action of the appropriate Dean and the Department Chairman concerned. STUDENT LOAD Students shall ordinarily be limited to the normal load for the course of their choice. In the Liberal Arts this will be 16 hours with Physical Education; in the Sciences it will sometimes be 17 or 18 hours. Any student wishing to carry an overload must obtain the approval of his adviser and of the Dean. The maximum load for students with a 3.0 average shall be 18 hours, and 20 hours the absolute maximum for all students. Credits in excess of the normal load are charged at the usual rate per credit, unless it can be shown that a student is compelled to take an overload because of the rotation of courses within a department. WITHDRAWALS Students may change their courses during the first two weeks of a semester, provided they secure the approval of their faculty adviser and the Dean. A student who withdraws from a course after the first two weeks but who continues other courses will receive a zero unless the Dean, faculty adviser, and instructor agree that the student be permitted to drop the course without prejudice. No student who has been advised to withdraw from the College's day school program for academic reasons will be permitted to register in the Evening Division without the written consent of the Deans and then will be allowed to register only as a nonmatriculating student. Students who withdraw from the Evening Division or drop courses should give prompt written or verbal notice to the Director of the Evening Division and to the instructors concerned, in order that their records may not unjustly show failure in courses. CHANGE OF PROGRAM Students who wish to transfer from one department to another shall obtain the approval of the Department Chairmen. The student shall satisfy the curriculum requirements of the Bulletin in force at the time of transfer. TRANSFER OF SUMMER CREDITS Students desiring to study at another college during the summer must petition the Graduation Committee for approval. The student must earn a grade of 2 or higher in order for the work to be credited toward graduation. In some cases it may be necessary for a student to take examinations before credit is granted. �Page 48,....., FACULTY REQUIREMENTS DEAN'S LIST The Faculty gives recogmt10n for high quality work. Candidates for the Dean's List, published at the end of each term, must obtain a point average of 3.25 or higher. HONORS The granting of Honors at Commencement is based upon the academic record made by the student during his last two years at the College. Requirements for Honors are as follows: for cum laude} a cumulative average of 3.35; magna cum laude} 3.60; summa cum laude} 3.80. Requirements for Graduation All candidates for degrees and certificates must be present at Commencement. If circumstances prevent their attendance, students must apply to the appropriate Dean for permission to take the degree or certificate in absentia. The Faculty has approved the following requirements which the student must satisfy in order to be eligible for graduation: 1. He must complete all subjects required for the degree as stated in the Bulletin in force at the time of his admission to the program. Transfer students must complete the last 30 credits in residence at the College. 2. He must earn a grade of 1 or better in each required subject. 3. He must obtain a cumulative average of 1.85 for all courses. 4. He must obtain a cumulative average of 2.0 for all subjects within his major. 5. He must satisfy all requirements pertaining to the orientation and assembly programs and physical education. 6. He must show competency in speaking and writing English. Students enrolled in terminal programs must complete all course requirements and must earn a cumulative average of 1. 7 for all courses. Engineering students will receive certificates upon completion of 60 credits of required work plus P. E. 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, provided they attain a cumulative average of 1.7 for all courses. No student shall graduate until all financial obligations to the College have been satisfied. �Awards At Commencement a number of awards are presented to outstanding students in selected fields. The Deans also give two special awards for highest academic achievement. A WARDS - Page 51 THE OUTSTANDING GRADUATE OF THE_ ~EAR AWARD is given by the Wilkes College Alumni ~ssociauon to the graduate considered by a special fa~ulty committee to have made the strongest contribution to the life of the College. SENIOR AWARDS THE DEAN'S SCHOLARSHIP AWARDS are granted to the man and woman in the graduating class who have excelled in scholarship throughout their four years at the College. THE AWARD IN THE HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES is given each year by Miss Annette Evans to the man or woman in the graduating class who has demonstrated outstanding scholarship in one or both of these areas, and has manifested intellectual curiosity and creative imagination. THE CHEMISTRY A WARD is presented by the Department of Chemistry to the graduate who has maintained the highest scholastic average throughout the four years of the chemistry course. THE ENGINEERING AWARD is given by the faculty of the Department of Engineering to the student whose achievement in the two-year engineering course is most outstanding. THE WALL STREET JOURNAL AWARD is granted to a graduate in commerce and finance for high scholarship in his field of concentration. THE PENNSYLVANIA INSTITUTE OF CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS AWARD is granted to a graduating senior who has received high grades in accounting and demonstrated qualities of leadership in other activities. THEW. F. DOBSON AWARD IN ACCOUNTING is given to the graduate who has made the most outstanding record in accounting during his four years at the College. THE L. J. VAN LAEYS AWARD IN JOURNALISM is given to the graduate who has done the most creditable work in jour• nalism courses. Undergraduate Awards THE MRS. JAMES McKANE A WARDS of $25 each are made to the man and woman in the junior class who have ranked highest in their class throughout their first two years of college. THE LINDA MORRIS AWARD is given b~ Mr. and Mrs. Herbert Morris in memory of their daughter, Lm~a, to that young woman who has maintained the highest academic record through the first three years at Wilkes College. THE JOHN WILKES, INC., ANNUAL FORENSIC AWARD is made annually to the Wilkes student who has demonstr~ted outstanding ability in the field of forensics during the previous year. THE WILKES FACULTY WOMEN'S AWARD is give11: to the sophomore woman who has ranked first in her class durmg her freshman year. �Advanced Study PREPARATION FOR PROFESSIONS Students planning to go to graduate school should consult as early as possible with their department chairman. The program at Wilkes has been carefully designed so that students may meet the entrance requirements of graduate and professional schools. Liberal arts preparation provides an excellent background for work in professional schools, such as those of Business Administration, Education, Library, Law or Theology. Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania, the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, and the University of the State of New York. ALUMNI OFFICE The Alumni Office keeps records of the addresses of all living graduates and alumni of the College. It edits the Alumnus and acts as liaison for the College with alumni and interprets to the alumni chapters the changes and needs of the institution. Programs and Courses of the College Degree Programs The basic requirements for degree programs are outlined on the following pages. All courses listed are required. Electives may be chosen to satisfy the interests of the students and to meet the requirements for graduation within each major program as conditions may require. GRADUATE PLACEMENT Terminal Programs The Placement Office assists seniors in finding permanent employment in a position suitable to their talents and training. It also extends such assistance to any graduate of the College. Description of Courses �Degree Programs BACHELOR OF ARTS PURPOSE The liberal arts program is primarily concerned with individual development and with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and of the men who have created it and lived in it. Its studies are concerned with men and events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. It creates breadth and perspective as opposed to narrow skills. NATURE OF THE PROGRAM A liberal program must necessarily include a wide range of subjects if it is to cultivate understanding of the thoughts, ideals, and institutions upon which our civilization is based. For the sake of simplicity, these subjects are classified into three divisions in which the student will carry on his explorations and from which he will select his major study. DIVISIONS Humanities Social Sciences Sciences English Fine Arts Foreign Languages Mathematics Music Philosophy Religion Economics Education History Political Science Sociology Biology Chemistry Physics Psychology SELECTION OF A MAJOR To provide depth of knowledge, some concentration is required. It is desirable that a major be elected as early as possible, and it is essential that it be elected before the beginning of the junior year. Students who expect to take the Bachelor's degree in biology, mathematics or music choose their major when they enter the College. A major may be taken in any subject listed in the divisions except chemistry, education, and physics. The requirements for each major are specified in the section headed "Description of Courses" in the catalogue. A major may also be taken in social science. The social-science major requires a total of thirty-six hours in economics, history, political science, and sociology; eighteen hours must be taken in one of these and at least six hours �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 57 Page 56 - DEGREE PROGRAMS BACHELOR OF ARTS in each of the other three. Social science courses required in the first two years shall not count toward this major. Students preparing to teach in the public schools are required to take twenty hours in education to obtain certification. It is therefore impossible for the prospective teacher of social studies to satisfy all of the requirements mentioned above. For that reason, a student preparing to teach social studies in the public schools will receive credit toward the social science major for all required courses in economics, history, political science, and sociology. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS IN CREDITS FOR LIBERAL ARTS MAJORS General requirements for all majors other than art, biology, mathematics, and music FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester N1,mber Cr. Tille Biological Science1 ..•• ••• ••• Bio 100 3 Compasicion . .. . ............ Eng 101 3 3 Foreign Language2 •••••••••• Hise. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Al cernates: Introduction to Music .... . . Mus 100} 3 Physical Science . ... . ...... Phys 100 0 Phys. Ed ................... P .E. 101 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Titu Cr. 3 2 3 102 3 N1,mber ComJtsition ... . . .... . . . .. . Eng Fun amentals of Speech ...... Eng Foreign Language2 .••• •• •••• Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist Alternates: Introduction to Music ...... Mus Physical Science1 .•• . ••• .•• Phys Phys. Ed ...... . ............ P .E. Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 102 131 100} 3 100 102 0 106 1 15 16 HUMANITIES M.ajor Subject English ............. Foreign Language .... Mathematics ......... Music .............. Philosophy-Religion ... Major Humanities 40 24 28* 47 24 24 31 34 45 37 Social Sciences 15 15 15 15 15 Sciences 6 6 14 6 6 35 45 30 14 38 SOCIAL SCIENCES Major Subject Economics ........... History ......... .. .. Political Science ... . ... Sociology .... . ...... Social Science ........ Major Humanities 24 24 24 24 36 37 37 37 37 37 Social Sciences 15 15 15 15 15 SOPHOMORE YEAR Free Elective Sciences free Elective 6 6 6 6 39 39 39 39 6 27 Title Major Humanities Social Sciences Sciences 31 24 32 37 15 15 31 9 *Does not include Math. 105. If a student is required to take Math. 105, it will count as a free elective. 101) 100 ~ 100 J 3 1001 101 1001 6 100 100 103 0 N1,mber World Literature .... ..... Eng Foreign Language2 . • • • • • • Alternates: Algebra or Trig ....... . Math Hist. of Religions ...... Rel Intro. to Philosophy 3 ... Phil Alternates:4 Intro. to Economics ... . Ee Intro. to Education .. .. Ed Intro. to Political Science . .. .. .... . . .... P .S. General Psychology .... Psy Elective ... ........ .. . . Phys. Ed ................ P.E. 152 Cr. 4 3 107- 109} 100 3 100 1001 101 lOOl 6 104 0 100 16 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Major and Electives-30 hours SENIOR YEAR :,eventh Semester Eighth Semester Major and Electives-30 hours Free Elective 15 35 3 Tille 16 1 Biology ............. Psychology .......... Cr. 151 4 Number World Literature .. . . ........ Eng Foreign Language2 • • • • • • • • • • Alternates: Fundamentals of Math .. ... Math History of Religions .. ..... Rel Intro. to Philosophy3 • • • •• Phil Alternates :4 Intro. co Economics ....... Ee Intro. to Education . .. . .... Ed Intro. to Political Science .. P .S. General Psychology ........ Psy Intro. to Sociology .... . ... Soc Elective ................. . Phys. Ed ... .. .. .. ... .... ... P .E. SCIENCES Major Subject Fourth Semester Third Semester Students may substitute a laboratory course in science for Bio. 100 or Phys. 100. 2 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. Exc:pt for foreign language majors, language requirement is through 104 course, or an equivalent course prescribed by his adviser. 1 Philosophy is required in either the third or fourth semester. 4 During the third and fourth semesters, nine h~urs must be chosen from the alte~nates, with only three hours being allowed for electives. In the event tha~ the scheduling of any of the alternates interferes with the necessary sequence ?f a maJ<;>r, one. or _more of the alternates may be delaved, with the approval of the adviser, until the Jumor year. �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 59 Page 58 - DEGREE PROGRAMS BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Biology FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Title Number Cr. General Zoology .... . . .. . ... Bio 101 5 Gen . Inorganic Chem . . . .... . Chem 101 4 Composition . ..... .. . .. . . . . . Eng 101 3 College Algebra .... . . .. .. ... Math Basic Physical Problems ... . . Phys Phys. Ed . . .. ............... P.E. Pers. Hyg . . . ... . .. ..... ... . P.E. Orientat ion 107 3 101 101 105 1 0 1 Number Cr. Title General Zoology . . . .. . . ..... Bio Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Anal. . ..... . .. Chem Composition . . . .. . . . . . . .. ... Eng Trigonometry ..... .. .. .. .... Math Phys. Ed ... . ...... . .... .... P.E. Pers. Hyg ... .. . . ... . .. . .... P.E. 102 4 102 6 3 102 109 3 102 106 O 1 17 17 First Semester SOPHOMORE YE.AR Number Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates .... ..... .. Bio Inorganic Quantitative Anal..Chem World Literature . ...... ..... Eng Hist. of W. Civilization . . .... Hist Phys. Ed ........ .. .. . ..... P .E. Title Cr. 201 121 151 101 103 4 4 4 3 0 FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester Number Cr. Title N umb8r Cr. Biological Science .. . . ... .... Bio 100 3 Composition . ... ... . ...... . . Eng 102 3 Compasition . .... . . .... . . . .. Eng 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Tit!, Fourth Semester Third Semester Title BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Mathematics Students planning to major in mathematics should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the college mathematics program with the course in Analytic Geometry. However, since not all students are prepared for this course, the program may be started with the course in College Algebra and Trigonometry. Students doing the latter should plan to finish Differential Equations and Infinite Series by the end of the fourth semester. This may be accomplished in several ways: 1. Math. 107 and Math. 109 may be taken in the summer session preceding the freshman year. 2. After completion of Math. 105 and Math. 122 in the freshman year, Math. 125 may be taken in the summer session between the freshman and sophomore years. N umber Cr. 202 4 230 4 152 4 Embryology . ... ... ..... .. .. Bio Organic Chem ..... . .... .. .. . Chem World Literature . .. ........ . Eng Hist. of W. Civilization .. . . .. Hist Phys. Ed . .... . ..... .. ...... P.E. 102 104 3 0 Foreign Language1 • Phys. Ed .. ... . .... . .. . ..... P.E. Pers. Hyg ......... .. .. . .. . . P.E. Orientation Sixth Semester N umber Cr. Histology .. .. .. ... .. .. ..... Bio 221 4 Organic Chem . ... . ..... ..... Chem 231 5 Title Number Cr. Genetics ..... . . .. .... .... . . Bio 222 3 Foreign Language1 . • • • • • • • . • 3 Introductory Physics ... . . .. . Phys 112 4 Intro . to Political Science . . . . P.S. 100 3 Intro. to Sociology .. . .... . . . Soc 100 3 3 4 Intro. to Economics ... . . . .. . Ee Principles of Economics ...... Ee World Literature ...... .. .. .. Eng Foreign Language 1 . • •• •. •.. • Calculus II ............ .. ... Math General Psychology . .. . . .. . . Psy Phys. Ed .... .. ... .......... P.E. Fifth Semester SENIOR YEAR T itle 3-4 3-4 Title Number Cr. Ecology .......... .. ....... Bio 232 3 History of Biology .. .... ... . Bio 262 1 Foreign Language1 . . . • •.•... Botany, Bio. 112 or Bacteriology, Bio. 212 1 •• • .•. 3-4 Electives3 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 6-7 16-18 16-18 Number Cr. 231 4 Physiology . ...... . .. .. . . . .. Bio Introduction to Economics ... Ee Foreign Language1 . . . . . . . . . . Botany, Bio. 111 or Bacteriology, Bio. 211 2 • • • • • . Electives 3 • . . . . • • • • • • • • • • • • • Title Eighth Semester Seventh Semester 100 3 3 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. The student must take a foreign language through 104 or an equivalent course prescribed by his adviser. 2 The student must take a full year course in botany or bacteriology in the senior year. 3 Electives must be selected from the humanities or social sciences. 1 16 100} 3 101 151 4 3 126 4 100 3 103 Fourth Semester N umber Cr. 152 4 World Literature . . . .. . . ... .. Eng Foreign Language 1 • • • • • . • . • • Differential Equations and Infinite Series ... ..... . Math General Physics I .. .. . . .... Phys Phys. Ed . .. . .......... . . .. . P.E. 3 240 150 104 15 JUNIOR YEAR N umber C,·. Title History of W. Civilization . . . Hist 101 3 Mathematics Elective2 • • • • • • • 3 General Physics II . ...... . . Phys 151 4 Intro. to Sociology . ... . ..... Soc 100 3 Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Sixth Semester N ttmber Cr. 102 3 History of W. Civilization .. . Hist Mathematics Elective 2 • • •• •• • Intro. to Philosophy . .. ..... Phil Intro. to Political Science .... P.S. Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-19 Seventh Semester Tit/, 3 100 3 9-12 15-18 1 The 3 3 100 3 3-4 100 lS- 16 SENIOR YE.AR N umber Cr. Title Mathematics Elective2 • • ••• •• Intro. to Music . . . .. ... . ... . Mus Elective ............ . .. .. . . . 4 4 0 0 17 16 16 1 Third Semester JUNIOR YE.AR Foreign Language1 ••.•• • ••• • Introductory Physics . .... ... Phys 111 o SOPHOMORE YEAR Number Cr. Title Fifth Semester Title 101 105 Foreign Language1 • . • • . . • . . . 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . {Math Mat h emat1cs Math 125} 122 4 Elective .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Phys. Ed ........ . ....... . . . P.E. 102 0 Pers. Hyg .. .. .. . .. . . . . . . ... P.E. 106 1 14- 15 15 15 3 . • . . • • . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . {Milhlll} Mathematics. Math 4-5 105 Eighth Semester Mathematics Elective2 • • • • • • • Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N umber Cr. 3 12 15 level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. The student must take a foreign language through 104 or an equivalent course presc ribed by his adviser. 2 Math 100, 101, 102, 115, 118 will not count toward a major. �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 61 Page 60 - DEGREE PROGRAMS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Music FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition .. .. . . ........ .. Eng 101 3 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Music Theory ............... Mus 101 5 Applied Music 1 . . . . • . . . . . . . . 1 Phvs . Ed . . .. .. . ... ...... ... P.E . 101 0 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title Number Cr. Composition .. . . ...... ..... Eng 102 3 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Music Theory .... .. . .... . . . Mus 102 S 1 Applied Music • • • • • • . • • • . • • 1 Physical Science .... ........ Phys 100 3 Phys. Ed ......... .. . . . . .... P.E. 102 0 Pers. Hyg . . . ..... .. ...... .. P.E. 106 1 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Music Theory ............ . . Mus 103 5 Applied Music 1 • • . . • . . . ••.•• 1 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psy . . . . . . . 6 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 103 0 Title N11mber Cr. Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Music Theory .... . ... .. .... Mus 104 S 1 Applied Music . . . .. .• . .. .. . 1 Electives in Humanities, Soc . Science or Psy. . . . . . . 6 Phys. Ed .. . . . ....... .. ... .. P.E. 104 0 15 lS The chemistry curriculum is planned to provide thorough training in the fundamentals of the science and to contribute to the general education of the student. Graduates in chemistry may enter industry immediately upon graduation or may continue their studies in graduate school. To satisfy the requirements for this degree students must complete one hundred thirty-four credits. These credits include forty-five in chemistry. thirty-two in physics and mathematics, fifteen to twenty-one in the social sciences and psychology, twenty-one to thirty-three in the humanities, and the language requirement. Students planning to major in Chemistry or Physics should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the college mathematics program with the course in Analytic Geometry. However, since not all students are prepared for this course, the program may be started with the course in College Algebra and Trigonometry. Students doing the latter should plan to finish Differential Equations and Infinite Series by the end of the fourth semester. This may be accomplished in several ways: 1. Math. 107 and Math. 109 may be taken in the summer session pre- ceding the freshman year. 2. After completion of Math. 105 and Math. 122 in the freshman year, Math. 125 may be taken in the summer session between the freshman and sophomore years. FRESHMAN YEAR JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Fundamentals of Speech . .. ... Eng 131 2 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Hist. of W. Civilization . .... Hist 101 3 History of Music ...... ... ... Mus 109 3 1 Applied Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psy .. . . . . . . 3 Title N11mber Cr. World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Hist. of W. Civilization . ... . Hist 102 3 History of Music .. ........ .. Mus 110 3 Applied Music. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psy .. . .. .. . Second Semester First Semester Title Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem .. . ... Chem 101 4 Composition ............. . .. Eng 101 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . {Math Mathematics. Math 122} 4-5 105 Intro. to Political Science .... P .S. 100 3 Basic Physical Problems ...... Phys 101 1 Phys . Ed ................... P.E. 101 0 Pers. Hyg .. ............ .... P .E. 105 1 Orientation 16-17 Title Number Cr. Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal. . .. Chem 102 6 Composition .. .. .... . .. .... . Eng 102 3 M at h emat1cs. · . . . . . . . . . . . . . {Math Math 125} 4 122 General Physics I .......... Phys 150 4 Phys. Ed .. .......... .. . .... P.E. 102 O Pers. Hyg ... .. .. ... ... . .. .. P.E. 106 1 18 SOPHOMORE YEAR 17 Third Semester SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Applied Music 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Instrumentation .......... . . Mus 215 2 Analysis ......... . . .. .. .. .. Mus 217 2 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Title Numher Cr 2 Applied Music 1 •••••• •• •••• • Orchestration . .... . .. . ... .. . Mus 216 2 Counterpoint . .. . . . . ... .. ... Mus 218 3 9 Electives ..... . ........ ... . . 15 16 1 Private instruction. Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Inor. Quantitative Analysis .. . Chem 121 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ... . .. Hist 101 3 Calculus II . . .. . ... .. .. . .... Math 126 4 General Physics II ..... . ... Phys 151 4 Phys. Ed .. . . . .... . . .... . ... P.E. 103 0 Title Nttmbcr Cr. Organic Chemistry ..... .. . .. Chem 230 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... . Hist 102 3 Differential Equations and Infinite Series ......... Math 240 4 General Physics III ..... .. ... Phys 152 4 Elective (optional). . . . . . . . . . 0-3 Phys. Ed .... .. ..... . .. .... . P.E. 104 0 15 15-18 �Page 62 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 63 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICS JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title Number Cr. Organic Chemistry . . .. .. .... Chem 231 5 Physical Chemistry .......... Chem 241 4 Foreign Language 1 . . . • • • • • • • 101 or 103 3 Elec. Measurements ......... Phys 251 3 Elective................... . 3 Title Number Cr. Physical Chemistry .......... Chem 242 Foreign Language 1 • • • . • . . . • • 102 or 104 Stoichiometry .......... Ch. Engi. 106 Elective .. ...... ........... . 18 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Title Number Cr. Qualitative Organ. Anal. .... Chem 233 3 History of Chemistry .... .... Chem 261 1 West . World Literature ...... Eng. 151 4 Foreign Laoguage 1 . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Title Number Cr. Ioorg. Quan. Analysis ....... Chem 122 5 West. World Literature ...... Eng. 152 4 Chemical Literature ......... Chem 262 1 Foreign Language 1 ••••••••.. 3 Chemistry Elective. . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 18 18 Beginning with the_ academic year 1961, a four-year curriculum leading to the Ba~helor of Science in Physics will be inaugurated. The third year courses will be offered for the first time in the fall of 1962; and in the fall of 1963 the fourth year courses will be given. . The physics curriculum is designed to provide a thorough grounding m the fundam~ntals of this rapidly-~xpanding science, as well as to acquaint the stu~ent with the c~rrent frontiers of knowledge and research. Upon complet10n_ of the reqmrements for the degree, the student will be wellprepared either to proceed to graduate study leading to an advanced degree, or to undertake an industrial position. Students planning to major in physics should seek to complete high school courses in trigonometry, solid geometry, and advanced algebra so that they may begin their college mathematics with the course in analytic geometry. In event of a deficiency in this respect, it must be made up by summer school attendance so that the course in differential equations can be completed before the beginning of the junior year. A detailed curriculum for this program will be included m the next issue of the bulletin. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Tit/, Second Semester Number ~lath . . . ............. .. . . {~~~~ Composition ............... Eng Chemistry ................. Chem Engineering Drawing ....... Engi Basic Physical Problems .... . Phys Personal Hygiene ........... P.E. Phys. Educ ........ . ...... .. P .E. Orientation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i~~ 101 101 105 101 105 101 Cr. 4-5 3 4 3 1 1 o Title Number Cr. Differential Calculus ........ Math 125 4 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Chemistry ................. Chem 104 4 Descriptive Geometry ....... Engi 106 2 Physics .................... Phys 150 4 Personal Hygiene ........... P.E. 106 1 Phys. Educ ................. P.E. 102 o O 16 18 SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. See page 98. Electives are to be selected with the advice and consent of the faculty adviser as follows: Humanities: Nine to eighteen credits may be chosen from the following: Eng. 131, 153, 154; Phil. 101, 102; Mus. 100; Rel. 101. Social Sciences and Psychology: Nine to fifteen credits may be chosen from the following: Soc. 100, 107, 205; P. S. 100, 203; Ee. 100, 101, 102; His. 107, 108; Ed. 101, 201, 207; Psy. 100. Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Integral Calculus .......... . Math 126 4 Phy~ics .................... Phys 151 4 tat1cs ..................... M.E. 211 3 1 German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ger. 101 3 Hit. of Western Civ ........ Hist 101 3 Phys. Educ ................. P.E. 103 O Title Number Cr. Differential Equations ....... Math 240 4 Physics .................... Phys 152 4 Dynamics .................. M.E. 212 3 German 1 . • • • • . • . . . . . • . • • • . . Ger 102 3 Hist. of Western Civ ........ Hist 102 3 Phys. Educ ... .... ... ... .... P.E. 104 O 18 �Page 64 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 65 JUNIOR YEAR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title Number Cr. Advanced Calculus .. ... ..... Math 251 3 Electricity and Magnetism .. . Phys 201 4 Electronics . . .. . ... ... ... . .. Phys 221 3 Western World Lit . . . .. ..... Eng 151 4 German 1 . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . Ger 103 3 Title Number Cr. Advanced Calculus . . ........ Math 252 Electricity and Magnetism . . . Phys 202 Optics and Light . .......... Phys 211 Western World Lit .... . . .. .. Eng 152 Scientific German 1 . . . . . .. .• .. Ger 105 18 17 SENIOR YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Title Nttmber Cr. General Zoology . ....... . .. Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem . . .. . Chem 101 4 Composition . .. ..... .. .... . Eng 101 3 College Algebra ... . ... ... .. Math 107 3 Basic Physical Problems ..... Phys 101 1 Phys. Ed . . . . .... .. . . .. .. ... P.E. 101 0 Pers. Hyg . . .. ... .. .. . . .. ... P.E. 105 1 Cr. Title Number General Zoology . . ..... ... . Bio 102 4 lnor. Chem. & Qual. Anal. .. . Chem 102 6 Composition . .... . ... . .... . Eng 102 3 Plane Trigonometry .... .. . .. Math 109 3 Phys . Ed . .. ... . . . .. .. ... . . P.E. 102 0 Pers . Hyg ..... .. . . . . . .. .. .. P.E. 106 1 17 17 Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Title Number Cr. Atomic Physics . . . ...... . . . . Phys 261 4 Heat and Thermodynamics ... Phys 212 3 Advanced Lab .. . ...... .... . Phys 241 0-2 Elective2 . . . • . . • • • • . • . • • • • 6- 8 Topics in Solid State .... . .. . Phys 302 3 Title Number Cr. Nuclear Physics .... . . .... .. Phys 262 4 Advanced Lab ... . .. . . . ... . . Phys 242 0-2 Speech ..... . .. .. ........... Eng 134 3 Elective2 • . . . . . . • . • • • . • • • • • • 9 11 16- 18 16-18 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Cr. Inor. Quantitative Analysis .. Chem 121 4 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Hist.ofW.Civilization ... ... Hist 101 3 Foreign Language 1 . . . . • . • • . • 3 Analytic Geometry ..... .. . . Math 122 4 Phys. Ed . . ... .. .... . ..... . . P.E. 103 0 Title Number Cr. 2 Microtechnique ... . . . .... ... Bio 204 Organic Chemistry . ... . . . .. . Chem 330 4 Hist. of W. Civilization . . . .. Hist 102 3 3 Foreign Language1 . . . . . . . . . . General Psychology ... ... ... Psy 100 3 Phys . Ed . ... . .. .. ... ... . .. . P.E. 104 0 16 15 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title N11mber Cr. 4 Bacteriology . .. . ..... . ... .. Bio 211 4 World Literature . .......... Eng 151 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . • • • •• 3 4 Introductory Physics . . . ..... Phys 111 Elective in the Social Sciences . 3 Title N11mber Cr. Bacteriology ... ... . .. . ... .. Bio 212 4 World Literature ... . ....... Eng 152 4 3 Foreign Language 1 . . • .• • •. • . Introductory Physics . . . ..... Phys 112 4 Sociology . .. . ...... . . . ..... Soc 100 3 18 18 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester 1 2 Students who have completed the equivalent of Ger 102 before entering college (as determined by a placement test) will take Ger 103 and 105 in the Sophomore year Those students will then be permitted electives in place of the German in the Junior year. Elective hours must be chosen with the approval of the student's adviser. The selection will depend upon the student's choice of industry or graduate study. 2 Eighth Semester Tit!, Clinical Chemistry . .. ....... 13 Weeks Microbiology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Weeks Urinalysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Weeks Title Haematology and Blood Bank 12 Weeks Histology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Weeks Serology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Weeks 25 Weeks 25 Weeks Total academic hours during first three years-104 Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 1 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. The student must take a foreign language through 104 or an equivalent course prescribed by his adviser. 2 To be taken at an approved school of medical technology. �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 66 DEGREE PROGRAMS,...., Page 67 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE 1N COMMERCE AND FINANCE The commerce and finance curricula provide training for economic and business activities supplemented by a study of the humanities, sciences, and social sciences. Its objectives are to prepare the student for effective personal, social, and economic life in a competitive society, to aid in the development of an appreciation for cultural pursuits, to broaden the viewpoint, to develop sound thinking and intellectual interests, and to provide technical instruction in preparation for business and professional careers and graduate study. To insure a well-balanced program faculty advisers assist each student in the choice of his major and elective studies. The commerce and finance curricula include four groups of study to meet the individual needs and purposes of the students. These groups are: Group I, . Accounting; Group II, Business Administration; Group III, Retailing; Group IV, Secretarial Studies. GROUP REQUIREMENTS Group I Subjects Major Group III Group IV Accounting Business Administration Retailing Secretarial Studies Cr. 36 Cr. 24-39 Cr. 24 Cr. 23 ............ Commerce and Finance 1 . . . . . . . . Group II 21 6 30-33 15 9 15 12 38-39 28 28 28 28 Science ........ . ... 6 6 6 6 ..... 33 33-48 24-27 15 .. ............. 2 2 2 2 135 129 129 127-128 Social Sciences Physical Education Total 1 FRESHMAN YEAR1 First Semester Second Semester T,tl, Number Cr. Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 urvey of Business .. ..... .... B.A. 100 3 Biological Science . .......... Bio 100 3 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . .... . Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed ................... P .E. 101 0 Pers. Hyg ....... ..... ...... P .E . 105 1 Orientation 16 Title Number Cr. Principles of Accounting ... .. Acct 102 3 Composition ... ... .......... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . . . . . Hist 102 3 Intro. to Political Science .... P .S. 100 3 Physical Science . .. . . . . . .... . Phys 100 3 Phys. Ed .................. P.E. 102 0 Pers. Hyg . .. . ...... . . . . . .. . P.E. 106 1 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Intermediate Accounting .. ... Acct 111 3 Business Law . . .. . .... . ... . . B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 \Vorld Literature . . ..... . .. .. Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math .... ... Math 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech . .... Eng 131 2 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 103 0 Title Number Cr. Advanced Accounting. : . . .. . . Acct 112 3 Business Law ... ..... ... . .. . B.A. 232 3 Principles of Economics .. . . .. Ee 102 3 World Literature . .. . . . . . .. .. Eng 152 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 102} Mathematics of Finance .... .. Math 115 3 18 16 Phys . Ed . . . . .. ...... . . ... .. P.E. 104 0 JUNIOR YEAR .......... Humanities ........ Electives BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Accounting Does not include major courses. Pif th Semester Sixth Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Cost Accounting .... .. ....... Acct 201 3 Business Law .... ........... B.A. 233 3 , ioney and Banking ..... .... Ee 201 3 Applied General Statistics .. . . Ee 231 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Free Elective2••••• • • • • • • • • • • 3 Title Number Cr . Advanced Cost Accounting ... Acct 202 3 Accounting Systems ......... Acct 220} 3 C.P .A. Problems . . . ..... .... Acct 242 Business Law ............... B.A. 234 3 Intro. to Philosophy . .. ...... Phil 100} 3 History of Religions . ....... . Rel 100 Economic Statistics .......... Ee 232 3 Free Elective.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 18 18 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester fit/, Number Cr. Tax Accounting ... . ........ . Acct 221 3 Auditing Principles .......... Acct 231 3 Bus. Cor. and Reports ........ B.A. 209 3 Corporation Finance ....... .. B.A. 225 3 Intro. to Music .. ........ . . . . Mus 100 3 Free Elective2 • • • • • . • • • • • • • . 3 Title Number Cr. Auditing Practice ....... ..... Acct 232 3 Theory of Money .... . .... .. . Ee 202} 3 Public Finance .... . . . .. .. ... Ee 236 Economic Geography . .. ... . . Ee 226 3 Accounting Internsl;iip .. . . .. Acct 252 6 18 15 is suggested that all students take Typewriting (S.S. 107) during one semester of the freshman year. :? tudents intending to sit for the New York State C. P. A. examinations should elect humanity subjects. 1 It �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 68 DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 69 BACHELOR OF SUENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Business Administration Students who major rn business administration will select their electives from the following: FRESHMAN YEAR 1 BANKING AND FINANCE 1 Second Semester First Semester Title Number Cr. Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 Survey of Business ........... B.A. 100 3 Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 101 0 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title Number Cr. Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Intro. to Political Science .... P .S. 100 3 Physical Science ............. Phys 100 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 102 0 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Number Cr. Title Business Law ............... B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 2 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 0 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 103 Title Number Cr. Business Law ............... B.A. 232 3 Princi pies of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Alternates: Fundamentals of Math ...... Math 102 \ Mathematics of Finance .... Math 115 f Intro. to Music ............. Mus 100 Phys. Ed ................... P .E. 104 15 16 Title Number Credits and Collections ........... B.A. 218 Real Estate ..................... B.A. 220 Corporation Finance ............. B.A. 225 Investments ..................... B.A. 226 Title Number Theory of Money ................ Ee 202 Public Finance .................. Ee 236 Mathematics of Finance I ........ Math 115 ECONOMICS 1 Title Number Government and Business ........ Ee 212 Collective Bargaining ............ Ee 223 International Trade .............. Ee 225 Economic Geography ............ Ee 226 Comparative Economic Systems ... Ee 229 Business Cycles .................. Ee 230 Title Number Public Finance .................. Ee 236 Economic History ............... Ee 238 Economic Analysis .............. Ee 241 Consumer Economics ............ Ee 245 Economic Investigation .......... Ee 246 MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS1 Title Number Industrial Management .......... B.A. 235 Personnel Management ........... B.A. 236 Production Management ......... B.A. 237 Office Management .............. B.A. 238 ales Management .............. B.A. 239 Property Insurance ............... B.A. 240 Title Number Life Insurance ................... B.A. 241 Labor Problems ................. Ee 223 Applied Psychology ............. Psy 206 Psychological Tests ............. Psy 212 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title Number Cr. Money and Banking ......... Ee 201 3 Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Elective in Social Science .... . 3 6 Free Electives ............. . Number Cr. Title Alternates: Theory of Money .......... Ee 202) Economic Geography ..... Ee 226 C. & F. Elective ......... . Economic Statistics .......... Ee 232 Alternates: Intro. to Philosophy ....... Phil 100} History of Religions ....... Rel 100 Marketing ................. BA. 222 Free Elective .............. . 15 18 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Title Number Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports ........ B.A. 209 3 Bus. Adm. and Ee. Electives 1 .• 12 Free Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 18 1 2 See footnote preceding page. See footnote next page. Title Bus. Adm. and Ee. Electives 2 •• Free Elective .............. . Cr. 12 3 15 MARKETING1 Title Number Salesmanship .................... B.A. 114 Advertising ..................... B.A. 216 Transportation .................. B.A. 217 Marketing ...................... B.A. 222 1 Title Number Sales Management ............... B.A. 239 Property Insurance ............... B.A. 240 International Trade .............. Ee 225 Consumer Economics ............ Ee 245 Principles of Retailing ........... Ret 101 At least six courses in one of these groups are required of students concentrating in this field. �DEGREE PROGRAMS,...., Page 71 DEGREE PROGRAMS,...., Page 70 tlACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Secretarial Studies Major in Retailing FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR1 Number Cr. Title 3 Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Survey of Business ........... B.A. 100 3 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed. ................. P.E. 101 0 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation 16 Second Semester First Semester Second Semester First Semester Number Cr. Title Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Physical Science ............. Phys 100 3 Intro. to Political Science .... P .S. 100 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 102 0 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 Title Number Cr. urvey of Business .......... B.A. 100 3 Composition ............... Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Phys. Education ............ P .E. 101 0 Per.Hyg .................. P.E. 101 1 Title Number Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 102 2 Elective.................... 3 Phys. Education ............ P.E. 102 0 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 16-17 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Number Cr. Title 3 Business Law ............... B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 4 World Literature ............ Eng 151 3 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Elective in Retailing ....... . Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 103 0 Title Number Cr. Business Law .............. . B.A. 232 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 102 3 Elective in Retailing. . . . . . . . 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 104 0 16 16 Title Number Cr. Intro. to Music ............. Mus 100 Alternates: Intro. to Philosophy ....... Phil 100\ History of Religions ....... Rel 100f Electives in Retailing or Com. & Fin............... 6 Free Elective................ 3 Marketing ................. B.A. 222 3 18 17 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Title Number Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports ....... B.A. 209 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Electives in Retailing or Com. & Fin............... 6 Elec. in Com. & Fin. or Soc. Sc................... 3 15 1 See footnote page 67. 16 15 Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Titu Number Cr. Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 Advances Exposition ........ Eng 105 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Intro to Music ............. Mus 100 3 Shorthand and Typewriting .. S.S. 101 4 Phys.Ed ................... P.E. 103 0 Title Numb1r Cr. Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 Intro. to Political Science .... P.S. 100 3 Physical Science ............. Phys 100 3 Shorthand and Typewriting .. S.S. 102 4 Free Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 104 0 JUNIOR YEAR JUNIOR YEAR Title Number Cr. Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Electives in Social Science.... 3 Electives in Retailing or Com. & Fin............... 9 Fourth Semester Third Semester Fourth Semester Title N11mber Cr. Electives in Retailing or Com. & Fin .............. . Free Electives .............. . 15 Title Number Cr. Principle ofEconomics ....... Ee 101 3 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Advanced Stenography ...... S.S. 109 4 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Number Cr. Title 102 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Advanced Stenography ...... S.S. llO 4 6 Electives .................. . 17 17 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Titu Number Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports ....... B.A. 209 3 Office Proc. & Machines ..... S.S. 205 4 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Title Number Cr. Office Management .......... B.A. 238 3 Alternates: Medical Stenography ...... S.S. 200 3 Speech Reporting ......... S.S. 203 3 Free Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 15-16 15 The candidate for a degree with a major in medical stenography should consult with her adviser before planning a program of study. The following science courses are required: Chem. 101, Bio. 251-252, to provide the necessary background for work in a medical office. �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 73 DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 72 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN SECONDARY EDUCATION The programs outlined below are designed to prepare students for certification in most states. Students are expected to familiarize themselves with specific state requirements. Students electing this degree curriculum must major in one of the following teaching fields: English, Foreign Language, Mathematics, Science, Social Studies. All majors - common requirements: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Title N umber Composition .... .... . . . .. . . Eng Hist. of \V. Civilization . . . .. Hist Physical Science .. . . . . . ..... Phys Intro. to Music .. ... ... . .... Mus Intro. to Political Science .... P .S. Phys. Ed ... .. .. . . . . . . . ..... P.E. Pers. Hyg . . . .. . ... . . ... . . .. P.E. Orientation P. E . 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106 Phys 100* P.S. 100 Psy 100,207 Soc 100 (Total-75 credits) Subject field majors - additional requirements: Number Composition . . . .. . .. . .. .. .. Eng Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist Biological Science . ...... .. .. Bio General Psychology .. . ... .. . Psy Intro. to Sociology .... .. ... . Soc Phys. Ed .... . .. . . . .. . . ..... P.E. Pers. H yg ... . . ..... . . .. .... P.E . 3 3 3 3 3 0 1 Cr. 102 102 100 100 100 102 106 3 3 3 3 3 0 1 16 16 (*May be replaced by another course in the same department.) Bio 100* Ee 100* Ed 101,201, 204, 205, 207, 212 Eng 101, 102, 131, 151, 152 Hist 107, 108 Math 101*, 102* Phil 100 T itle Cr. 101 101 100 100 100 101 105 Second Semester Third Semester Title SOPHOMORE YEAR N11mber T itle Cr. World Literature .. . ..... . . . Eng 151 Child Psychology . . .. ... . ... Psy 207 Intro. to Education .... .. . . . Ed 101 U.S. History to 1865 .... .... Hist 107 Basic Art .. . . . . . .. . .... . ... Art 102 Phys. Ed ... . .. . .... . ....... P.E. 103 Fourth Semester N umber Cr. World Literature .... . . . .. .. Eng 152 Human Behavior .. . .... ... . Psy 208 Intro. to Philosophy . . . ..... Phil 100 U .S. History since 1865 . ... .. Hist 108 Elective other than Education Phys. Ed ...... . . .. . . . .. . .. . P.E. 104 4 3 3 3 3 0 4 3 3 3 3 0 16 16 ( *No more than 3 credits in Education.) ENGLISH: Eng 105, 201, 12 additional credits; Hist 101, 102; Fr, Ger, Sp (12 credits in one language) ; Electives 15.* Minimum total 126. FOREIGN LANGUAGE: Eng 105, 201; Fr, Ger, Sp {24 credits in one language beyond 102); Hist 101, 102; Electives 9 to 15_,:, Minimum total 126. MATHEMATICS: Chem 101, 104 (or 102}; Hist 101, 102; Math 122, 125, 126,240, 15 additional credits in 200-level courses; Phys 111 and 112 (or 150, 151, and 152); Electives 6.* Minimum total 125. SCIENCE: Bio 101, 102; Chem 101, 102; Math 122 plus 3 credits; Phys 101, Phys 111 and 112 (or 150, 151, and 152); Bio 111, 112, 201, and 202 (or Chem 121, 230, Math 125, and 126); Electives 14 to 16* (minimum of 43 credits in sciences other JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Title T itle Number Cr. Intro. to Economics .. . . . .. . . Ee Basic Art ... . . . ..... . ...... Art Fundamentals of Math . . ..... Math Educational Psychology . . .. . Ed Fundamentals of Speech . .. . . Eng Elective other than Education 100 101 101 201 131 Sixth Semester 3 3 3 3 2 3 Number Cr. Economic Geography . .... . . Ee 226 Fundamentals of Math ... . .. . Math l 02 Electives other than Education 3 3 9 15 17 than Psy). Minimum total 127. SOCIAL STUDIES: Ee 101, 102, 226; Hist 101, 102, 12 additional credits; P .S. 6 credits; Soc 6 credits; Electives 15.* Minimum total 126. CREDITS PER SEMESTER First Semester ..... .. ..... . ..... 16-17 Second Semester . .. . . ..... . . . .. 16-17 Fifth Semester. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-18 Sixth Semester ......... . . .. .... 15-18 Third Semester . . . . .. . .... . ... . 16-17 Fourth Semester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-17 Seventh Semester ........... .. . 15-17 Eighth Semester ... . . . . ... ..... 15-17 Students may secure detailed program schedules from the Education Department office in Sturdevant Hall. Seventh Semester Title SENIOR YEAR Number tudent Teaching . .. . . ...... Ed Teaching of Reading . . . . . . . Ed Tchg. Elem. Social Studies . .. Ed Principles of Elem. Ed .. .. . .. Ed Curriculum of Elem. Sch .... . Ed Art in Elem. School . . . .. .... Ed Music in Elem. School .... . . Ed 208 231 236 237 238 241 242 Eighth Semester Title Cr. 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 16 Number Student Teaching . . . .. .. ... . Ed Visual Education . . ..... . . . . Ed Teaching of Arithmetic .. .... Ed Tchg . Elem . Sch. Science .. ... Ed Hlth. and P.E. in El. Sch . ... . Ed 209 212 232 239 243 Cr. 8 1 2 2 2 15 �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 75 DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 74 SENIOR YEAR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BUSINESS EDUCATION Tit/, Number Cr. Bus. Corres. and Reports . .... B.A. 209 3 Bus. Education and Methods of Instruction in S.S ....... S.S. 243 3 Intro. to Philosophy ..... ... Phil 100 3 Office Procedures and Machines ............ S.S. 20S 4 Elective.... . . ..... . ........ 3 The degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Education is designed to provide a backgro~rnd in g~neral .education w_hile it prepares the student for teaching the busmess subJects m th~ publ_ic sec~ndary schools for a career in business. The program that 1s outlined will meet the requirements of the state of Pennsylvania for certification in bookkeeping, shorthand, typing, office practice, e_conomics, . comme:cia~ law, busi_ness English, ~~mmercial arithmetic, and m the social studies 1f both sooology and political science are elected. Students pref erring to be certifi~d in. salesn:ianship or retail selling may modify the course through consultation with their advisers. o: Provisional College Certificates will be issued by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania to graduates of the course in business education. Certification will be offered in business subjects only as the following requirements Second Semester Nttmber Cr. Title Survey of Business .......... B.A. 100 3 3 Business Mathematics ..... .. B.A. 107 Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 3 Composition .............. . Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 101 0 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 101 Pers. Hyg ....... ........... P .E. 105 1 Orientation Number Cr. Title Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 102 3 Intro. to Music ............. Mus. 100 3 Physical Science ............ Phys 100 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100\ or Intro. to Political Science .... P .S. 100J Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 102 0 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Number Cr. Title 3 Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 Principles of Economics ...... Econ 101 3 101 Intro. to Education ......... Ed 3 U.S. - Pa. History to 1865 .... Hist 107 4 Shorthand and Typewriting .. S.S. 101 or Elective 0 Phys. Ed ... .. .. ............ P.E. 103 Number Cr. Title Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 Principles of Economics ...... Econ 102 3 U.S. Hist . since 1865 ....... Hist 108 3 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Shorthand and Typewriting .. S.S. 102 4 or Elective Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 104 0 16 16 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Title Number Cr. Intermediate Accounting .... . Acct 111 3 or Elective Business Law ............... B.A. 231 3 Educational Psychology ..... Ed 201 3 English Elective ........ Eng 151 or 153 4-3 Intermediate Stenography .... S.S. 109 4 or Elective 17-16 Title Number Cr. Visual Education ........... Ed 212 1 Sec. School Curriculum ...... Ed 205 3 Student Teaching ........... Ed 207 8 Elective.................... 3 16 FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Advanced Accounting ...... Acct 112 3 or Elective Business Law ............. .. B.A. 232 Office Management .......... B.A. 238 3 English Elective ........ Eng 152 or 1S4 4-3 Advanced Stenography ...... S.S. 110 4 or Elective 17-16 are met: Bookkeeping ..................................... 12 semester hours Commercial Law .................................. 6 semester hours Commercial Arithmetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Office Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Shorthand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 semester hours Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Business English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 semester hours plus twelve (12) semester hours in English Certificates are valid for teaching only those business subjects which are written on the certificate. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MUSIC EDUCATION The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in music education is designed for students wishing to teach music in the public schools. Students following the four-year curriculum will have all of the requirements necessary to obtain a teacher certificate in music education in Pennsylvania and in many other states. The curriculum will also enable the student to become a proficient performer through the study of applied music subjects. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Title Number Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 3 Composition ............... Eng 101 2 Fundamentals of Speech ..... Eng 131 5 Music Theory .............. Mus 101 Clarinet Class and Mus } Methods or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 101 2 Brass Class and Mus Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 103 App 1 Major Instrument. . . . . . . . . . . Mus ½ Band, Orchestra, Chorus .... . 0 Phys. Ed ................... P.E . 101 Pers. Hyg .... .. .. .......... P .E . 105 1 Orientation 17½ Title Nttmber Cr. Composition ......... ... . .. Eng 102 3 Music Theory ......... . .. . . Mus 102 5 Clarinet Class and Mus } Methods or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 102 2 Brass Class and Mus Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 104 App Major Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Physical Science ............ Phys 100 3 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 102 0 Pers. Hyg ............. . .... P.E. 106 1 18½ �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 76 DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 77 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING EDUCATION Fourth Semester N11mher Cr. World Literature ....... . .. . Eng 151 4 Music Theory ... .... . . ..... Mus 103 5 Music History . ...... .. . .... Mus 109 3 Title App Major Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . Mus Intro . to Education .. .... .. . Ed 101 Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . Phys. Ed ... .. . . ..... .. . ... . P.E . 103 1 3 ½ O Title Numher Cr. World Literature .. . .... . . .. Eng 152 4 Music Theory . ... . ... . .... . Mus 104 5 Music History .... . . ... ... . . Mus ll0 3 App Major Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus . . . . . 11 General Psychology . . ....... Psy 100 3 Phys. Ed .. .. . ... . ... . . ... .. P.E. 104 O 16½ 16½ JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester N umher Cr. Educational Psychology . . . .. Ed 201 3 U.S. and Pa. Hist. to 1865 ... Hist 107 3 Title Mus Woodwind Class Methods . . . . Ed 105 2 Mus Conducting (Instrumental) . . . Ed 109 2 Mus Violin Class and Methods .. . . Ed 111 2 App Major Instrument. . . . . . . . . . . Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 T itle Nttmher Cr. 108 3 U.S. History since 1865 .. .. .. Hist Mus Brass Class Methods . . . . . . . . Ed Mus Conducting (Choral) .. .. .... Ed Mus Violin Class and Methods ... . Ed App Major Instrument . ........ . . Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 ll0 112 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester N11mher Cr. Principles of Secondary ... ... Ed 204) Education or Principles of Elementary ..... Ed Education Instrumentation ....... .... . Mus Mus Voice Class and Methods . . . . . Ed String Instrument Class and Mus Methods ..... .. .. . .. . .. . . Ed Observation and Practice Mus Teaching.. . . .. .. .. .. .. . .. Ed M . I App aior nstrument. . . . . . . . . . . Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus . . . . . l 237f 3 215 2 107 2 113 2 203 4 1 Title First Semester 6 16½ Seventh Semester JUNIOR YEAR 1 ½ 16½ Title The program in nursing education is designed for the preparation of instructors, head nurses, and supervisors in hospitals and schools of nursing. It presupposes graduation from an approved school of nursing and State registration.1 Credits required for the degree are one hundred twenty-four, of which at least sixty-four must be college credits. The number of credits allowed for the school of nursing program ranges from forty to sixty and will be determined by an evaluation of the student's record and by results obtained on the Graduate Nurse Qualifying Examination. Wilkes College is cooperating with Lebanon Valley College and Albright College in offering a degree in Nursing Education to registered nurses in the areas of Lebanon and Reading. Academic credits earned at Lebanon Valley College or at Albright College may be credited toward the B.S. degree in Nursing Education from Wilkes College. To satisfy the residence requirements for graduation from Wilkes, the candidate may take one-half of the work at Lebanon Valley College or Albright College and the other one-half on the campus at Wilkes. Students participating in this cooperative program should seek assistance from the chairman of the Nursing Education department at Wilkes in planning their curriculum. Number Cr. 212 1 Visual Education . . ..... .... Ed Orchestration ..... . ..... . .. Mus Mus Voice Class and Methods. . . . Ed String Instrument Class Mus and Methods . . .. . ..... . .. Ed Observation and Practice Mus Treaching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed App Major Instrument .... . ... . .. Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . Elective . . .. ....... . . . .. . . . . 216 Title N11mher Cr. 100 3 201 3 102 3 102 3 104 2 106 2 Biological Science .... .. ..... Bio Educational Psychology ..... Ed Composition ... . ..... . ... . . . Eng Hist. of West. Civ. 2 • • • • • • • • • Hist Community Resources ...... . N .E . Supervision and Admin .. . . . . N .E. Elective Optional3 . . ....... . 16-19 17 2 SENIOR YEAR 108 Third Semester 114 204 1 ½ 3 Fourth Semester Title Nttmher Cr. Educational Measurements ... Ed 202 2 Visual Education ......... . . . Ed 212 1 World Literature ......... . . . Eng 151 4 Prin. and Meth. in N.E ... . .. N.E. 107 2 Electives 3 ..••• • . • •• • .•••.•• 15- 19 ½ 14½ Second Semester Title N11mher Cr. Composition ..... . . . . . ... . .. Eng 101 3 Hist. of West. Civ. 2 . •• ••• • •• Hist 101 3 Foundations of Nursing . .. . .. N .E. 101 2 Phvsical Science ..... .. ... .. . Phys 100 3 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 ociology . . ................ Soc 100 3 15½ 1 To Title Numher Cr. 214 2 131 2 102 2 112 4 Guidance . . . ... ... .... . ..... Ed Fundamentals of Speech ..... . Eng Trends in Nursing Ed .... .. .. N.E. Field Experience ............ N.E. Electives 3 • •• • •• • • •• •• • • • • • • 15-19 enable graduates of approved schools of nursing to obtain the necessary preparation, the College offers a program leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Nursing Lducation. A minimum of sixty-four college credits is needed to fulfill the requirements for the degree. ~ Hist. 107 and 108 may be substituted for Hist. 101 and 102. 3 Electives may be selected from academic subjects (Economics, English, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology) or Nursing Education courses with approval of the adviser. �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 79 DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 78 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN FINE ARTS EDUCATION FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester Firrt Semester T itle N umber Cr. Drawing & Composition . .... F.A. 103 3 Composition . .. ........... . Eng 101 3 History of Western Civ . ..... Hist 101 3 Physical Science ........ . ... Phys 100 3 Intro . to Pol. Sci . ...... .. ... P.S. 100 3 Physical Education .... . .... P .E. 101 0 Personal Hygiene . ........ . . P .E. 105 1 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 Title Number Cr. Color and Design ...... . . . .. F.A. 104 3 Composition . ... . .. : ...... . E~g 102 3 History of Western C1v ... .. . Hist 102 3 Biological Science ........ .. Bio 100 3 Intro . to Music . .......... . . Mus 100 3 Physical Education .. . ... .. . P .E. 102 0 Personal Hygiene ......... . . P .E. 106 l 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester T itle Number Cr. Oil Painting I. ..... . ... . ... F.A . 105 3 History of Art I. . . ..... . .. . F.A. 201 2 Intro . to Education .. . ..... . Ed 101 3 Western World Literature .... Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math . . . ... Math 101 3 Physical Education .... . . . .. P.E. 103 0 Title Number Cr . Oil Painting II . . ......... .. F.A. 106 2 History of Art II .... . . . ... .F.A. 202 2 Intro . to Psychology .... . . . . Psy 100 3 Western World Literature . . .. Eng 152 4 Fundamentals of Math . . . .. . Math 102 3 Intro. to Sociology . . .. .. .. . Soc 100 3 Physical Education . .. .... . . P.E. 104 0 15 17 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title Number Cr. Water Color Painting .. . .... F.A. 107 3 Modeling and 3-Dim Const .. . F.A. 121 3 History of Modern Art . . . . .. F .A. 203 2 Educational Psychology .... . Ed 201 3 Fundamentals of Speech ..... Eng 131 2 American and Pennsylvania History to 1865 ... . .. . .. . . Hist 107 3 Title Number Cr. Ceramics ...... . . ... . . . . . . .. F.A. 122 3 Graphics . ..... . . . . ...... . . . F.A. 126 3 Contemporary Design ..... . . F.A. 204 2 Intro. to Economics . .... . . .. Ee 100 3 Intro. to Philosophy .. . . ... . Phil 101 3 American History since 1865 . Hist 108 3 16 17 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Title Number Cr. Metalwork & Jewelry . .... . . F.A. 210 3 Studio Problems ., . . ........ F.A . 220 2 Senior Exhibit ..... ... . . .. .. F.A. 291 1 Aesthetics . . . .. . .. ... ..... . Phil 205 3 Child Psychology .... .. .... . Psy 207 3 Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Title Number Cr. Senior Exhibit . . .. . .... .. . .. F.A. 292 1 Student Teaching in Art .. .. . Ed 220 8 The Teaching of Art ... . .. . . Ed 221 4 Art Curriculum . . . ... . ... . .. Ed 222 3 15 16 Wilkes College offers the first two years of the engineering curricula. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may transfer to the junior year of other engineering schools. In the past, students have transferred to, and successfully completed their work at, such representative colleges as Alabama, Bucknell, Catholic University, Columbia, Cornell, Drexel, Georgia School of Technology, Lafayette, Lehigh, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, New York University, Pennsylvania State University, Purdue, Stevens Institute, Syracuse, and the University of Nebraska. The engineer's main purpose is to apply scientific knowledge and discoveries to the uses of civilization. The engineer is obliged to specialize because of the vast range of modern engineering techniques. In selecting his particular field, the student should consider his natural interests. The demands of this profession are exacting, but it appeals to those genuinely interested in mathematics, the natural sciences and in their application. The following general distinctions may be made between the various fields: research appeals most to the imaginative mind; the more practical person may be interested in development and design; others find satisfaction in the tangible results of construction, operation, andJroduction. Technically trained men are always needed to sell applications an equipment. As his experience broadens and his judgment matures, the engineer qualifies for the higher executive and administrative positions. During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses are the same with the exception of chemical engineering, in which course students must take two additional hours of chemistry in the second semester. For this reason the student should decide by the middle of the first year between chemical engineering and one of the other branches of engineering. The curricula change further at the beginning of the second year. For this reason the student hould decide by then whether he will pursue civil, industrial, electrical, or mechanical engineering. Students planning to major in Engineering should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the college mathematics program with the course in Analytic Geometry. However, since not all students are prepared for this course, the program may be started with the course in College Algebra and Trigonometry. Students doing the latter should plan to finish Differential Equations and In.finite Series by the end of the fourth semester. This may be accomplished in several ways: 1. Math. 107 and Math. 109 may be taken in the summer session preceding the Freshman year. 2. After completion of Math. 105 and Math. 122 in the Freshman year, Math. 125 may be taken in the summer session between the Freshman and Sophomore years. �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 81 DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 80 CIVIL ENGINEERING FRESHMAN YEAR (COMMON TO ALL ENGINE ERING COURSES) Second Semester First Semester T itle Number Cr. General [norganic Chem .. .... Chem 101 4 Engineering and Orientation Problems .. ....... .. . . . .. . Engi 100 2 Engineering Drawing .... ... . Engi 105 3 Composition .. .............. Eng 101 3 Ma t h emat1cs · . . . . . . . . . . . . . . {Math Math 122} 4-5 105 Phys. Ed .. .. . . ..... . .. .. ... P.E . 101 0 Pers. Hyg ........ . ...... . .. P.E. 105 1 Orientation 17- 18 Title Cr. Numhsr Alternates :1 Inor. Chem. & Qua] . Anal. .. Chem 102} __ General Inorganic Chem ... . Chem 104 4 6 Des. Geometry . .. .. . .... ... Engi 106 2 Composition .... . ..... ... .. Eng 102 3 . Mat h emattcs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . {Math Math 125} 122 General Physics I . .... ...... Phys 150 4 Phys. Ed . . . ... .. ........ ... P.E. 102 0 Pers . Hyg ... .... . .... .. .. .. P.E. 106 1 18-20 AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING Mechanical engineering is basic to the study of aeronautical engineering. Therefore, the .first two years in mechanical engineering prepare the student for the advanced work offered by several universities. The civil engineer deals with problems in structural, highway, railroad, hydraulic, and sanitary engineering, and also with surveying and geodesy. HP specializes in the design, construction and maintenance of bridges, tunnels, dams, and the structural members of buildings. His services are indispensable in the design of river, canal, and harbor improvements; in the development and control of water resources; in the treatment and disposal of sewage and industrial waste; and in the location and construction of all transport:itinn facilities. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Plane Surveying ... . ...... . .. C.E. 103 3 Principles of Economics . . . Ee 100 or 101 3 tatics . . ....... . .. ... . ... .. M.E. 211 3 Calculus II ................. Math 126 General Physics II . ... . .. .. . Phys 151 Phys. Ed ... . ... .. .. .. .. .. .. P.E. 103 4 4 0 Title Number Cr. 104 4 240 4 134 3 212 3 152 4 104 0 Route Surveying ............. C.E . Mathematics .......... . .... Math Fundamentals of Speech . . ... Eng Dynamics ....... . . . ..... . . . M .E. General Physics III . . ...... .. Phys Phys. Ed ... .. .. .. .......... P.E. 18 17 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Chemical engineering is concerned with the broad .field of chemical industry in which materials undergo a physical or a chemical change. Such materials include paper, textiles, gasoline, other petroleum products, coke, gas, dyes, electrochemical products, paints, rubber, plastics, ceramics, drugs, heavy chemicals, solvents, and many others. The chemical engineer is one skilled in the design, construction, operation and management of industrial plants in which materials are produced by chemical change. The chemical engineer may be engaged in research or in the development of a process, for he is expert in the application of the fundamental unit-manufacturing processes which underlie all chemical engineering. The equipment of the chemical engineer includes a thorough knowledge of chemistry, physics and mathematics and a sound understanding of such fundamentals of chemical, mechanical, and electrical engineering as will make him a competent development, control or sales engineer. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Today nearly every activity of civilized life depends upon electricity. The electrical engineer is trained to design, construct, and operate all electrical generating equipment. He must supervise and control the distribution of electricity for driving the machinery in mills, factories, and mines; for electric railways, chemical processing, heating, lighting, and for all electrical devices used in the home. The communications .field, including telegraph, telephone, radio, radar, teletype, transmission of print and pictures, offers numerous opportunities. Development of electronic tubes, transistors, circuits, and equipment for commercial processes offers opportunities in many .fields of endeavor. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 Title Number Cr. 101 3 Economics . ... .. ... . . . . . Ee 100 or Integral Calculus . .. . . ..... . Math Genl. Physics II . . .. . . . . . . .. Phys Statics . ... . ... . . ... ..... . . . M .E. Quantitative Anal. .... ... . .. Chem Phys. Ed . ..... .. . . . . ..... . . P.E. 126 151 211 121 103 4 4 3 4 0 18 1 2 3 Title Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Fourth Semester Third Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR 2 Number Cr. 134 3 2 tO 4 Fund. of Speech .......... . . Eng Diff. Equations . . .. . . . . . . . . . Math Genl. Physics III ....... .... Phys Stoichiometry .. . . . . ... . . Ch. Engi Elective 3 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Phys . Ed . .... . . ... . . . . . ... . P.E. 152 106 4 3 3 104 Number Cr. Economics .. ... . . ... .. .. Ee 100 or 101 3 Mathematics ..... . .. . ..... . Math General Physics II ....... .. . Phys Statics ............. .. ...... M.E. Mfg. Processes l Engi Surveying \or · · · · · · · · · · c.E. Phys. Ed .. .. ....... .. ...... P.E. 126 151 211 111 l 103 \ 103 4 4 3 3 0 Title Number Cr. 134 3 240 4 152 4 Fund. of Speech .. .... ...... Eng Diff. Equa ...... ... . . . . . .... Math General Physics III . . . . . . . Phys Dynamics ........ .. .. . . . ... M.E. Electric and Magnetic Circuits . ... .... . ..... . . ... . E.E. Phys. Ed .. . ...... . . ..... ... P.E. 212 3 202 3 104 0 0 17 17 Chemical engineers will register for Chem. 102 (six hours). All other engineering students will register for Chem. 104 (four hours). For freshman year see above. E.E. 202 or M.E. 212 is suggested. 1 For freshman year see page 80. 17 �Page 82 --- DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS --- Page 83 ENGINEERING PHYSICS MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The curriculum in engineering physics is designed to equip men with a flexible background of basic scientific knowledge. The primary emphasis is on the fundamental principles of physics. At the same time the engineering viewpoint is developed so that practical problems can be pushed to completion. The first two y~ars of :Vork, offered at ~ilkes, are simi~ar to those of the other engineering cumcula. They provide a sound basis for study toward advanced degrees in either physics or specific fields of engineering. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Cr. Economics ........... .. . Ee 100 or 101 Integral Calculus . ..... . . . .. Math 126 General Physics II .......... Phys 151 Statics ..................... M.E. 211 Mfg. Processes .. . ........ .. M .E. 111 Phys. Ed .. ................. P.E. 103 3 4 4 3 3 0 Title Number Cr. Fund. of Speech . . .......... Eng Diff. Equa . ................. Math General Physics III ......... Phys Dynamics . .. .. . ...... ... ... M.E. Electrical and Magnetic Circuits ......... E.E. Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 134 3 240 4 152 4 212 3 202 104 3 O 17 17 The mechanical engineer is concerned with the design, construction, installation, and operation of machinery necessary for the economical application of mechanical power to industry. He must utilize power from whatever source derived. The generation of power, whether by- steam, hydro or internal-combustion engines is of primary concern to the mechanical engineer in the power field. His services are necessary wherever process equipment and machine tools are made or used. The mechanical engineer must of necessity be broadly trained in the fundamental sciences and in economics and humanities. Ability and skill in the application of the basic sciences are not sufficient. He must have an understanding of the influence of his profession upon our way of life and how its derelopment and expansion affect our future. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 Thi-rd Semester 17 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING The field of industrial or management engineering has to do with the methods of manufacture and production; the effects thereon of personnel; and design control to meet cost and production req~iremen.ts. Prepar_at~on ~ith a background in science, engineering, economics, ~usines~ adm1.n1stration, management, and history is necessary. The successful indust~tal engineer n:iu~t possess not only technical skill and ability b~t also economic and ~umantshc interests, as well as character and personaltty. He must work w1~h oth~rs and enlist their co-operation in the pursuit of a common goal. The industnal engineer deals with people as well as with machines an~ ma.teri~ls. This curriculum offers the first two years of work for those pnmanly interested in the administration of technical enterprises. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 Third Semester Title Fourth Semester Number Cr. Economics . .......... . . ... . Ee General Physics II . .. ....... Phys Statics .. .......... .. .. . . ... M.E. Integral Calculus . .......... Math Surveying l C.E. Mfg. Processes\ or· · · · · · · · · ·M.E. Phys. Ed ... . .. ..... ... ..... P.E. 101 151 211 126 3 4 3 4 103 l 111 \ 3 103 0 17 1 For freshman year see page 80. T itle Fourth Semester Tttle Number Cr. Economics . . ............ Ee 100 or 101 3 Integral Calculus ........... Math 126 4 General Physics II ....... . .. Phys 151 4 caries ................... M.E. 211 3 \lfg.Processes ............. Engi 111 3 Ph) Ed ................... P.E. 103 0 Number Cr. Economics ....... .. ........ Ee General Physics III . ... .. ... Phys Dynamics .............. ... . M.E. Diff. Equa . . . .............. . Math Fund. of Speech . .. .. . .. .. .. Eng Phys . Ed ................... P.E. 102 152 212 240 134 104 3 4 3 4 3 0 17 1 For freshman year see page 80. Title Nttmber Cr. Fund. of Speech ............ Eng Diff. Equa .. .. .. . . .......... Math General Physics III ......... Phys Dynamics .................. M.E. Kinematics . . ...... . ....... M.E. Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 134 3 240 4 152 4 212 3 206 3 104 0 17 �TERMINAL PROGRAMS,....., Page 85 Terminal ·Programs PRE-DENTAL PRE-DENTAL (Three years) (Two years) FRESHMAN YEAR The following pre-dental curricula are recommended as fulfilling the requirements established by the majority of colleges of dentistry. The threeyear curriculum is less condensed and permits a more complete preparation in chemistry and biology. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. General Zoology ............ Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 Composition ............... Eng 101 3 College Algebra ............ Math 107 3 Basic Physical Problems ..... Phys 101 1 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 101 0 Pers . Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title Number Cr. General Zoology ............ Bio 102 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Analysis .... Chem 102 6 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Trigonometry .............. Math 109 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 102 O Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Histology .................. Bio 221 3 Inorganic Quantitative Anal..Chem 121 4 Introductory Physics ........ Phys 111 4 Alternates: World Literature .......... Eng 151 4 Hist. of West. Civ ......... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed .... ........... .. .. P.E. 103 0 Title Number Cr. Embryology ................ Bio 202 3 Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 230 4 Introductory Physics ........ Phys 112 4 Alternates: World Literature .......... Eng 152 4 Hist. of West. Civ . . ....... Hist 102 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 104 0 14-15 14-15 Second Semester First Semester Title Number Cr. General Zoology ........... Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem ..... Chem 101 4 Composition ............... Eng 101 3 College Algebra ............ Math 107 3 Ba ic Physical Problems ..... Phys 101 1 Phys. Ed ................... P .E. 101 0 Pers.Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title Number Cr. General Zoology ........... Bio 102 4 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Analysis .... Chem 102 6 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Trigonometry .............. Math 109 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 102 0 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Number Cr. Title Basic Art .................. Art 101 3 Comp. Anatomy of the Vert .. Bio 201 4 Inorg. Quantitative Anal. .... Chem 121 4 World Literature ........... Eng 151 4 Phys. Ed ................... P .E. 103 0 Title Number Cr. Basic Art . ................. Art 102 3 Embryology ................ Bio 202 4 Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 230 4 World Literature ........... Eng 152 4 Phys. Ed ................... P.E .104 0 15 15 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title Nttmber Cr. Bacteriology ............... Bio 211 4 Hiscology .................. Bio 221 3 Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 231 5 Introductory Physics ........ Phys 111 4 Title Number Cr. Bacteriology ............... Bio 212 4 Genetics ................... Bio 222 3 Chemistry Elective ......... . 3 Introductory Physics ..... ... Phys 112 4 16 14 �Page 86-TERMINAL PROGRAMS Description of Courses SECRETARIAL COURSE The two-year intensive secretarial program has a threefold purpose: to provide a general education; to develop an understanding of business activities; and to give specialized training for secretarial work. The required courses in this program may be counted toward the degree Bachelor of Science in Commerce and Finance or toward that of Bachelor of Science in Business Education when students desire to continue their education after completing their secretarial training. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester T itle Number Cr. Survey of Business . . . . ....... B.A. 100 3 Composition .. ... ..... . ... .. Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Shorthand and Ty pewriting . .. S.S. 101 4 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 101 o Pers . Hyg . . .. .............. P.E. 105 1 Title Number Cr. Biological Science .... ... .... Bio 100 3 Composition ... .... . ....... Eng 102 3 Fundamentals of Speech ... . .. Eng 131 2 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 102 4 Phys. Ed ......... .......... P.E. 102 O Pers. Hyg .... .. . ........... P.E. 106 1 14 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Title Number Cr. Business Mathematics ....... B.A . 107 3 Office Management . ......... B.A. 238 3 Business Law . . ........... .. B.A. 231 3 Intro. to Economics ......... Econ 100 3 Intermediate Stenography .... S.S. 109 4 Advanced Stenography .... .. . S.S. llO 4 Office Pro. and Machines ... . . S.S. 205 4 ... Secretarial Accounting ....... S.S. 120 3 Elective .... . . .. .. . ... ... .. . 3 Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 103 ·o Phys . Ed .. ........... . ...... P.E. 104 O 17 16 ACCOUNTING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Curtis, P. Werner; Instructor Capin. 101. ELEMENTARY AccouNTING--Three credits THE STAFF Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classification and interpretation of .financial data; technique of recording; preparation of .financial statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. AccT. THE STAFF AccouNTING--Three credits A continuation of Accounting 101. Principles of partnership and corporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturing, and branch accounting; financial analyses of statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 101. ACCT. 102. PRINCIPLES OF 111. INTERMEDIATE AccouNTING--Three credits THE STAFF Intermediate problems involving interpretation and detailed analyses of balance-sheet accounts; analytical processes and miscellaneous statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 102. AccT. 112. ADVANCED AccouNTING--Three credits THE STAFF An advanced study of partnerships and corporations; consignments and branch accounting; consolidated statements; estate and municipal accounting. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct.111. AccT. AccouNTING--Three credits P. WERNER Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; methods of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cost and process-cost methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112 or approval of instructor. AccT. 201. CosT Students who have had shorthand and typewriting in high school may sub- stitute electives for one or more of the courses in the stenographic skills, pro• vided they demonstrate adequate skill. Placement examinations will be given the first week of the term to determine their levels of attainment. AccouNTING--Three credits P. WERNER Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analytical and comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; standard costs; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 201 or approval of instructor. AccT. 202. ADVANCED CosT �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 89 Page 88 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Prerequisite: Acct. 112, 201. MR. CURTIS I-Three credits The preparation of Federal income tax returns for individuals based on current law, regulations and court decisions; problems of inclusion and exclusion from income; gains and losses from sales and exchanges; allowable deductions; methods of effecting tax savings. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, 202 or approval of instructor. AccT. 221. TAXES THE STAFF II-Three credits Tax accounting for installment and deferred payment sales; Federal tax returns for partnerships; fiduciaries and corporations; miscellaneous Federal and Pennsylvania corporate taxes. Class two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 221. AccT. 222. TAXES MR. (APIN PRINOPLEs-Three credits Methods used in verifying, analyzing, and interpreting the records and balance sheet and income accounts; study of the procedures applicable under various circumstances. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, AccT. 231. AUDITING two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 202. MR. (APIN PRACTICE-Three credits Advanced application of auditing principles to actual practice; problems of classification and interpretation of accounts; study of methods of internal control; preparation of reports to clients. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct.. 231. AccT. 232. AUDITING THE STAFF PROBLEMS-Three credits Advanced corporation problems including consolidations, mergers, and holding companies. Class two hours a week. Laboratory, two hours AccT. 242. ADVANCED BIOLOGY MR. CAPIN SYSTEMS-Three credits A study of the accounting methods of banks, utilities, building and loan associations, and other specialized businesses, with special attention given to internal control, ease of recording, and forms. AccT. 220. AccouNTING a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112. Professor Reif, chairman; Associate Professors Cohen, Michelini; Assistant Professors Leagus, Namisniak; Instructor Freeman. MRS. NAMISNIAK SCIENCE-Three credits Biological Science is a survey course intended for students who take no other courses in biology. It presents the essential general information about plants and animals, explains fundamental laws governing the biological world, and emphasizes their relationship to man. Class, three hours a week. BIO. 100. BIOLOGICAL MR. REIF ZooLOGY-Nine credits General Zoology surveys the entire animal kingdom, outlines the history of biology, the organization of living matter, the structure of representative animals, and the methods of their classification. It considers the basic principles of physiology, genetics, embryology, evolution, and ecology. Biology 101 has class four hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Biology 102 has class three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Biology 102 must be satisfactorily completed before credit will be given for Biology 101. Fee: $20 each course. BIO. 101-102. GENERAL B10. 111-112. GENERAL BOTANY-Three credits each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK General Botany presents a broad consideration of the plant world. It includes the study of the fundamental principles of biology, emphasizing the structure, physiology, genetics, and ecology of plants. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20 each course. MR. REIF TAXONOMY-Four credits Botanical Taxonomy presents a survey of the great divisions of the plant kingdom with special reference to the seed plants. Class, two hours a week; field work, six hours a week. Fee: $20. BIO. 113. BOTANICAL BIO. 201. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE VERTEBRATESFour credits MR. MICHELINI Comparative Anatomy includes a study of the general morphological characteristics of selected vertebrates emphasizing the structural and embryological relationships of verterbrates generally. The taxonomy ot the Phylum Chordata is stressed. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 102. credits MR. MICHELINI Embryology is the study of the early development of animals. Growth is traced from the egg to later stages in the frog, chick, and BIO. 202. EMBRYOLOGY-Four credits This course provides a minimum of 240 hours of accounting in the 1 office of a Certified Public Accountant. AccT. 252. AccouNTING INTERNSHIP-Six 1 Or the equivalent. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 91 Page 90 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES man. Laboratory work includes the technique of making slides. Oass, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 201, or permission of instructor. MR. MICHELINI credits Biological technique is a laboratory course involving the preparation of tissues and organs for study. This course is given in conjunction with the laboratory portion of Embryology, Bio. 202, for those students who do not take Embryology. Laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. BIO. 204. MICROTECHNIQUE-Two Bio. 211-212. BACTERIOLOGY-Four credits each semester MR.FREEMAN Bio. 211 covers generally the morphology and identification of bacteria. Laboratory work includes microscopy, techniques of making media, methods of sterilization, and the culturing of bacteria. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 102. Bio. 212 emphasizes medical and industrial processes such as biological prophylaxis and allergy, diseases and disease transmission, viruses, rickettsias, and pathogenic protozoa. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 211. MR. REIF HISTOLOGY-Four credits Histology is the study of normal tissues and the arrangement of tissues to form organs and organ systems. Material is restricted to vertebrate tissues. Class two hours a week; laboratory six hours a week. Prerequisite: through Bio. 202 or permission of instructor. Fee: 20. BIO. 221. MR. MICHELINI BIO. 222. GENETICS-Three credits Genetics is the study of the inheritance of normal characters and the variation of those characters in plants and animals. The laboratory work concerns primarily studies of inheritance in the fruit fly. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Prerequisite: through Bio. 221 or permission of instructor. Fee: $20. BIO. 231. PHYSIOLOGY-Four credits MR. MICHELINI Physiology is the study of the physical and chemical activities characteristic of all living organisms. Laboratory work includes experiments involving living forms. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Prerequisite: through Bio. 222, Chem. 230, and Phys. 112, or permission of instructor. Fee: $20. MR. REIF BIO. 232. ECOLOGY-Three credits Ecology is the study of the relationship between organisms, singly and collectively, and their environments, including the biotic and physical factors of the environments. Class, two hours a week; laboratory and field trips, three hours a week. Prerequisite: through Bio. 231 or permi sion of instructor. Fee: $20. Bio. 262. HISTORY OF BIOLOGY-One credit THE STAFF A study of the history of biology is designed as a correlating effort in the field of biology through an historical approach. It is limited to senior students majoring in biology. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. 271. RESEARCH PROJECT-One credit THE STAFF ~redit for t~is may be given_only in the eighth semester. Work may begm after satisfactory completion of the fourth semester. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. B10. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Associate Professor Chiang; Assistant Professors Elliot, Farrar, Hoover, R. Werner; Instructors Capin, Casper, Johns, Krohn, Cappellini, Roberts, Bernstein. B.A. 100. SURVEY OF BUSINESS-Three credits THE STAFF This course is designed as an introduction to the .field of business and must be taken by commerce and .finance students during the .first semester of the _freshman yea~ .. Emphasis is placed upon examining ~he vanous vocational op~ortumties in modern business and upon studymg the necessary educat10nal and other requisites for such jobs. Attempts are made to plan in advance with each student a tentative course prog~am. Ea~h s~dent i~ required to make an individual study of some vocat10nal obJective. This course can be taken for credit by Freshmen only. B.A. 107. BUSINESS MATHEMATICS-Three credits MR. HOOVER Review of fundamental arithmetic processes; relation of fractions decimals, and per cent; simple interest; mark-ups, pro.fits and losses; mventory and ~urnov_er; dep~eciation_ and distribution of overhead; payroll problems mcludmg soC1al secunty and other deductions; sales and property taxes; credit and credit instruments involving interest• bank discounts; compound interest and present value; insurance and an~uities; stocks and bonds ; graphs and their use in business. Three credits MR. HOOVER The art of selling; the motive behind all buying; creation of interest and desire; presentation of services; meeting objections; types of customers. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. 114. 1 Credit SALESMANSHIP 1 - will not be given if credit for Ret. 207 has been received. �Page 92 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 93 B.A. 209. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE AND REPORTS-Three credits MRS. ROBERTS Fundamental principles of business writing with emphasis on letters and reports. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. B.A. 216. ADVERTISING--Three credits THE STAFF A survey of the different departments of advertising work, including copy, art, display, engraving, trade-marks, and media; advertising as a social force. THE STAFF B.A. 217. TRANSPORTATION- Th ree credits Problems and policies of railroads, buses, trucks, inland waterways, and air and ocean transportation; economic importance of transportation; significance of transportation to society. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 THE STAFF credits The fundamentals of credit; investigation, analysis of risks; collection plans and policies. Special attention given to the organization of credit and collection offices. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, Acct. 102. B.A. 218. CREDIT AND CoLL ECTIONs- T h ree THE STAFF B.A. 220. REAL ESTATE-Three credits The fundamentals of the real estate business, including consideration of titles, mortgages, leases, advertising, sale, purchase, development, and management of real property. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. B.A. 222. MARKETING--Three credits MR. R. WERNER Evolution of the marketing system and functions of marketing, trade structure and organization, and the nature of competition. Principles of distribution, assembling, grading, transportation, finance, and storage. Each student is required to make a special study of the marketing of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. MR. CHIANG B.A. 225. CORPORATION FINANCE-Three credits A study of the economic principles underlying the capital structure of modern business enterprise. Consideration given to alternate types of business organization, corporate securities, and financial policies involved in promotion, disposition of net earnings, working capital and short-term financing, mergers, expansion, financial readjustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. B.A. 226. INVESTMENTS-Three credits MR. CHIANG Consideration of leading types of investments, tests, and investment programs; financial reports of leading companies, forecasting methods and agencies, stock exchanges, brokerage houses, methods of buying and selling securities, fraudulent promotions and their detection. Laboratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: B.A. 225. B.A. 231. BUSINESS LAW-INTRODUCTION AND CONTRACTS Three credits MR. CASPER, MR. KROHN The foundation for all subjects in the .field of business law. The nature, classification and sources of law. An introduction to the structure and functioning of the Federal and State Courts as agencies for enforcement of legal rights. A brief resume of the law of Torts and Crimes with reference to business problems. Examination of the essential elements of a contract under both the common law and the Uniform Commercial Code, the nature of contract rights, discharge of contracts and remedies for their breach. Prerequisite: Ee 102 or approval of instructor. B.A. 232. BusINESS LAW-AGENCY AND SALES-Three credits MR. CASPER, MR. KROHN A general study of the law of agency; its nature and creation, the rights and liabilities of principals, agents and third persons, and the termination of the agency. A study of the law of sales of goods, the transfer of title and risk of loss, warranties in sales, the duties and liabilities of the parties, remedies for breach, security interests in goods. A comparison of the uniform sales act with the sales article of the Uniform Commercial Code. Prerequisite: B.A. 231. B.A. 233. BUSINESS LAW-PARTNERSHIPS AND CORPORATIONS Three credits MR. KROHN The principles of law governing partnerships and corporations, with emphasis on the historical development of business enterprises. The law with respect to the formation, operation, internal relationships and dissolution of partnerships and corporations with particular reference to their dependency upon the law of agency. Rights and duties of the partnership and corporate enterprise with respect to the government, the owners, and the public. Advantages and disadvantages of these forms of business activity. Prerequisite: B.A. 231. B.A. 234. BUSINESS LAW-PROPERTY-Three credits MR. KROHN The law of real property, nature and types of interests in land. A discussion of deeds and their prerequisites. The rights and duties of �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 95 Page 94 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES the landowner to the public. Rights of the government versus rights of the landowner. The landlord-tenant relationship, the mortgagormortgagee relationship. Business crimes ( crimes affecting property). The protection of personal and business property, tangible and intangible. Prerequisite: B.A. 231, 232, Acct. 102. B.A. 235. INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT-Three credits THE STAFF A study of the organization and management of industry, with emphasis on the principles developed; problems of the interrelationship of the functions operating in the fields of management, such as production control, personnel, financing, and the forecasting of business conditions, particularly as they relate to industry. Prerequisite: B.A. 225. B.A. 236. PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT-Three credits THE STAFF Principles and modern practices of personnel management; instruments of control; the training and education of the worker; incentives used and special problems encountered. Prerequisite: Ee. 223 or approval of instructor. MR. FAMAR B.A. 240. PROPERTY INSURANCE-Three credits This course is a study of the fundamentals of .fire, casualty, and marine insurance. Prerequisite: Business Administration 232 or approval of instructor. B.A. 241. LIFE INSURANCE-Three credits MR. FARRAR This course is a study of the principles, practices, and uses of life insurance from the overall viewpoint of the product, cost, market, and industry. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. 244. TIME AND MOTION STUDY-Three credits MR. JOHNS The principles and techniques of time and motion study. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. B.A. 245. TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT-Three credits MR. CAPIN Economic and historical aspects of traffic management; evaluation of comparative aspects of competitive modes of transportation, development of managerial ability; use of rates and tariff. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. 237. PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT-Three credits THE STAFF A study of the production problems that confront executives; developing operational plans; handling production problems; appraisal of relative risks. Prerequisite: Ee. 223 or approval of instructor. Professor Bastress, chairman; Assistant Professors Bone, Salley, Swain; Instructor Bohning. B.A. 238. OFFICE MANAGEMENT-Three credits THE STAFF The organization and management of the office with emphasis on the administration and supervision of office routines; problems of ofice records and .filing; selection of stationery and other office supplies; design and effective use of forms; job analysis, specification, evaluation, and classification; selection and use of machines and specialized equipment"; office arrangement and working conditions; employment, training, and compensation of office workers ; the measurement of work and setting of standards. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. A reading knowledge of scientific German or of French is required for this degree. The requirement may be satisfied as follows: 1. A student prepared in a language may take a reading-knowledge test. 2. A student who has taken two years or more of German in high school must complete scientific German; if he has taken two years or more of French, he must complete six hours of intermediate or advanced French. 3. Students beginning either language must complete twelve semester hours. Those beginning German must include German 105 in the twelve hours. B.A. 239. SALES MANAGEMENT-Three credits CHEMISTRY LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS THE STAFF The relation of the sales department to all other departments; types of sales organizations; selection, training, compensation, and management of the sales force ; sales research and market analysis; determination of price and brand policies; preparation of sales budgets; costs of distribution. Prerequisite: B.A. 114 or equivalent. (HEM. 101. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four credits THE STAFF An introduction to the fundamental laws and theories of inorganic chemistry. The chemistry of selected non-metallic elements. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ,......, Page 97 Page 96 ,....., DESCRIPTION OF COURSES CHEM. 102. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS Six credits MR. BoHNING, Miss BONE, MR. SALLEY The reactions of the common metallic elements, the theory and practice of elementary qualitative analysis. Class, four hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 101. CHEM. 104. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four credits MR. BOHNING, MISS BONE, MR. SWAIN A continuation of Chemistry 101. The chemistry of the metals. Laboratory work includes some qualitative analysis. Will not be accepted as a prerequisite for further chemistry courses. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 1 O1. ANALYSIS--Four credits MR. SALLEY Theory and practice of typical analyses. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 102. CHEM. 121. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE CHEM. 122. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS-Five credits MR. SALLEY A continuation of Chemistry 121. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, nine hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 121. CHEM. 230. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY- Four credits pure organic compounds and mixtures. Class, one hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 231. (HEM. 234. TOPICS IN ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Three credits MR. BASTRESS Special topics in organic chemistry, including theories of organic reactions. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chem. 231. (HEM. 241-242. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-Four credits each semester MR. SWAIN An introduction to the principles of physical chemistry and the elements of thermodynamics. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20 each course. Prerequisite: Chem. 121, Math. 126, Phys. 152. (HEM. 243. TOPICS IN PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-Three credits MR. SWAIN A study of advanced thermodynamics, chemical equilibrium, kinetics, and colloid chemistry. Advanced material is presented concerning the three phases of matter. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 242. (HEM. 244. TOPICS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Three credits MR. SALLEY A course designed to introduce the student to the modern theories of inorganic chemistry. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chem. 121. (HEM. 251-252. BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY-Three credits each semester MR. BASTRESS, MR. BOHNING MR. BASTRESS An introduction to the chemistry of carbon compounds. The preparation and properties of aliphatic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 121. The application of chemical and physiochemical principles and methods to chemical constitution, reaction, and products of living matter. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20 each course. Prerequisite: Chem. 121 and 230. 231. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Five credits MR. BASTRESS A continuation of Chemistry 230, with special attention to cyclic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee : $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 230. CHEM. CHEM. 233. QUALITATIVE ORGANIC ANALYSIS-Three credits MR. BASTRESS A course designed to give practice in the systematic identification of MR. BASTRESS 261. HISTORY OF CHEMISTRY-One credit The development of the science in terms of the personalities responsible for the development. Prert<.Juisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits . (HEM. MR. BASTRESS 262. CHEMICAL LITERATURE-One credit An orientation course in foreign and domestic chemical literature. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. CHEM. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 99 Page 98 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES CHEM. 271-272. RESEARCH PROJECT-One to three credits each semester Fee: $7 per credit. THE STAFF temporary economics; currency and credit problems; governmental regulations; control of foreign exchange, and central banking. Prerequisite: Ee. 201. Ee. 204. CONSUMER CREDIT-Two credits ECONOMICS Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Associate Professor Chiang; Assistant Professors DeYoung, Elliot, Farrar, R. Werner; Instructor Bernstein. Students who major in economics in the Bachelor of Arts course are required to complete twenty-four hours of work in economics beyond Ee. 101 and 102. The twenty-four hours in economics which the major must carry include Ee. 201, 202, 231, 232, 241. Ee. 100. INTRODUCTION TO EcoNOMICs-Three credits THE STAFF An introductory course in principles of economics designed for students who plan to take only one semester of work in this field. Theoretical aspects of capital value, national income, money and banking, and international trade are included. Ee. 101. PRINCIPLES OF EcoNOMics-Three credits THE STAFF An introductory course which presents basic economic problems and shows how these problems are solved in a free enterprise economy; the effects of the increasing importance of the economic role of government are pointed out. The course provides orientation in the broad field of economics and makes use of the analytical trends by means of which the student can understand the economic problems of his environment. Ee. 102. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS-Three credits THE STAFF This course is a logical sequence to Economics 101. It is based upon a broad micro-economic foundation concentrated on such units as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Prerequisite: Ee. 101. Ee. 201. MONEY AND BANKING--Three credits MR. CHIANG A study of the organization of financial institutions, their operatioi1 and influence upon the economy. Consideration is given to commercial and savings banks, investment institutions, and the Federal Reserve System. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 202. THEORY OF MoNEY-T hree credits MR. CHIANC, An analysis of the theory of money and credit rn relation to con- MR. ROSENBERG This course includes consumer credit in its various aspects. It includes retail credit, sales finance, credit unions, and credit bureau activities. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. MR. FARRAR Ee. 212. GOVERNMENT AND BusINEss-Three credits A study of the relationship of government to economic enterprises with special attention to conditions in the United States; the regulatory activities of government agencies; administrative methods, objectives and results of governmental control. Reference is made to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situations, public utilities, trust, transportation, extractive industries, and public enterprise. Prerequisite: P.S. 101, Ee. 102. Ee. 222. THE AMERICAN LABOR MOVEMENT-Three credits MR. R. WERNER A study of the evolving labor movement and its ideology. The course deals with the development of American labor ideology and psychology in comparison with other labor movements. This course views the present position of American labor in regard to political and social institutions and to the rest of the economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 223. COLLECTIVE BARGAINING--Three credits MR. R. WERNER An introduction to labor problems; analyses of major issues in the field of labor. This course deals with employment, wages, hours, history, growth and present position of organized labor, union policies, governmental participation in labor relations, collective bargaining, investigation and arbitration in labor disputes, and social security. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 225. INTERNATIONAL TRADE-Three credits MR. ELLIOT Theory and practice of international trade with special reference to contemporary problems and policies. The topics covered include tariffs, quotas, foreign exchange, equilibrium in international payments. A study will be made of geographic, economic, social, and political influences on international trade. Review of current policies and developments in the United States. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. �Page 100 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 101 226. ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY-Three credits MR. ELLIOT A study of the relation of geography to the economic activity of man. This course describes and ana lyzes the world distribution of resources, industries, and population. It is designed as an introductory course in world resources and related .fields. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 or approval of instructor. Ee. shifting and incidence of taxation; public debts and the budget; fiscal problems of federal, state, and local government; the relation of government finance to the economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, P.S. 101. Ee. 238. ECONOMIC HISTORY-Three credits MR. R. WERNER, MR. DEYOUNG Ee. 227. ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY- NORTH AMERICA- Three credits MR. ELLIOT A study of the economic regions of the North American continent, with special emphasis on the role of the United States in the western hemisphere. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. An advanced course which deals with the origin, growth, and significance of economic institutions, with special emphasis upon those of Europe and the United States. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 241. ECONOMIC ANALYSIS-Three credits MR. FARRAR, MR. DEYOUNG Ee. 229. COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC SYSTEMS-Three credits MR. FARRAR The institutions that have developed in Soviet Russia are contrasted with those in the United States and the United Kingdom. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. 230. BusINEss CYCLES-Three credits MR. FARRAR A historical analysis of major business cycles. Contemporary theories and a critical examination of public policy toward busmess cycles. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Ee. Ee. 231. APPLIED GENERAL STATISTICS-Three credits MR. ROSENBERG A course in statistical methods and their application to business. A collection and interpretation of statistical data, frequency distribution and measures of central tendency, fitting the normal curve, Chi-square test; test of significance for small samples, analysis of variance. 3 hours lecture; 2 hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. 232. ECONOMIC STATISTICS-Three credits MR. ROSENBERG A continuation of Economics 231. This course will include timeseries analysis, construction of index numbers, methods of correlation analysis, multiple <1.nd partial correlation, and test of significance for samples. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Prerequisite: Ee. 2 31. Ee. Ee. 236. PUBLIC FINANCE-Three credits MR. ROSENBERG, MR. R. WERNER Fundamental principles of public finance; government expenditures; revenue; financial policies and administration; taxation; principles of This course is designed to give coverage to the theory of value and distribution. The determinants of consumer demand and the principles governing costs and outputs of producers are analyzed with some stress on recent theoretical investigations. The method is abstract and deductive. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 245. CONSUMER ECONOMICS-Three credits MR. R. WERNER The place of the consumer in the economic system. Theories of consumption; problems of the individual consumer as affected by income, consumer habits, standard of living, planning and budgeting; a study of the trends of consumption, income disposition, marketing processes of consumption of goods. Each student is required to make a study of the consumption of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 246. ECONOMICS INVESTIGATION-Three credits THE STAFF Each student conducts an investigation in the field of his major interest and constructs a final report. Class instruction will consist of: (1) the principles of scholarly criticism, (2) compilation and use of bibliographies, and (3) details of good form as to content, table, body, footnotes, and bibliography. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. EDUCATION Professor Hammer, chairman; Associate Professors Jessee, Smith; Assistant Professors Colson, Gasbarro, Hoover; Instructors Chwalek, Pinkowski, Roderick. THE STAFF En. 101. INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATION-Three credits A broad, general introduction to the field of education. A historical and philosophical background of American public education. Study of �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES,....., Page 103 Page 102 ,....., DESCRIPTION OF COURSES the educational structure, the teacher, the pupils, the materials of instruction, the school plant, the financing of education, the profession of teaching, the participation of the public, contemporary issues and trends in public education. PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits MR. HAMMER Practical application of basic psychological principles; study of human growth and development; the nature and measurement of intelligence; mental hygiene of pupil and teacher; the nature and general principles of learning; the measurement and facilitation of learning; guidance of the individual; effective methods of study; special aspects of learning; the psychology of teaching methods; and simple statistical concepts. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. En. 201. EDUCATIONAL ED. 207. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL Eight credits Miss SMITH Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They observe several teachers. Gradually they assume classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences with cooperating teachers and college supervisors are arranged. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Ed. 204. Fifteen hours of credit at Wilkes, permission of the instructor. ED. 208. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (OBSERVATION-Four credits Miss SMITH Students are assigned to area schools where they observe various teachers and participate as aides in the classroom. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. ED. 202. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE SECONDARY SCHOOL ED. 203. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Two credits Miss JESSEE A consideration of the characteristics, uses, and interpretations of intelligence and subject-matter tests available for school use; study of methods of treating scores; principles and purposes of measurement; practice in the construction of objective tests; supervised administration, scoring, and interpretation of tests; some aspects of evaluation. Prerequisite: Ed. 101,201. ED. 209. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (TEACHING)-Eight credits Miss SMITH Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They assume classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences with cooperating teachers and college supervisors are arranged. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Fifteen hours of credit at Wilkes, permission of the instructor. ED. 211. EXTRACURRICULAR ACTIVITIES-Three credits ED. 204. PRINOPLES AND METHODS OF SECONDARY EDUCATIONThree credits THE STAFF The historical development of the secondary school; a philosophical background from which are drawn basic principles; other factors in the development of the secondary school; promising practices in the secondary school; methodology in different subjects; motivation; the secondary pupil; guidance and control; records and reports-a survey of secondary school teaching. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. Eo. 205. SECONDARY CURRICULUM-Three credits THE STAFF Developments of recent years in the secondary school curriculum; consideration of college preparation, preparation for life, vocational needs, etc.; planning of classroom activities; extracurricular activities; treatment of individual differences; organization of curriculum units; study methods; tests and marking; a survey of secondary school curriculum and its continuing development. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. THE STAFF Consideration of the place of extracurricular activities in the education of the child; the organization of extracurricular activities; the tendency to bring them into the school curriculum; their place in the guidance program. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 212. VISUAL EDUCATION-One credit Miss JESSEE A study of the materials and techniques of visual education; prin- ciples and plans for the use of audio-visual or sensory aids; the incorporation of visual instruction in the work for the classroom. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 214. GUIDANCE-Two credits MR. CHWALEK A general survey of the principles and problems of guidance, and an introduction to activities and techniques used in a guidance program in the public school. Required for the Pennsylvania guidance teachers' and counselors' certificates. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 105 Page 104 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ED. 236. TEACHING THE ELEMENTARY SOCIAL STUDIES-Two credits ED. 215. INTRODUCTION TO OCCUPATIONS AND OCCUPATIONAL RESEARCH-Two Credits MR. CHWALEK A study of individual and social factors affecting occupational choices; methods of making vocational choices; types of occupational preparation; means of entry into occupations; problems of adjustment to job, leisure time, and unemployment. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. Miss RODERICK Study of social situations pertinent to elementary school children; relation of school and home activities to the community; the study of methods and techniques designed to stimulate interest and create understanding. Development of units in civics, history, and geography. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 237. PRINCIPLES OF ELEMENTARY EDUCATION-Two credits ART- Eight credits Miss SMITH Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers and art specialists. They observe in both elementary and secondary school classrooms, and teach. Opportunities are provided for them to participate in school-wide activities. Conferences with cooperating teachers and college supervisors are arranged. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Fifteen hours of credit at Wilkes, permission of the Miss RODERICK ED. 220. STUDENT TEACHING IN instructor. MR. COLSON ART-Four credits A study of materials, techniques, and experiences in the public school art program; evaluation of past and present philosophies. En. 221. THE TEACHING OF Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. MR. (OLSON En. 222. ART CURRICULUM- Three credits A study of the organization of teaching materials for most effectiYc use in the art curriculum. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. The historical development of the elementary school; a philosophical background from which are drawn basic principles of elementary education; other factors in the development of the elementary school; promising practices in the elementary school; methodology and guidance; characteristics of the elementary school child; discipline and control; mental and physical hygiene; records and reports; a survey of principles and techniques in the elementary school. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 238. THE CURRICULUM OF THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Two credits The development of the elementary society that supports it; the emerging ment to individual needs; relation of content and method; utilizing the arts, tion, etc., in the elementary curriculum. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. Miss RODERICK curriculum; its relation to the elementary curriculum; adjustobjectives to children's needs; music, science, physical educa- ED. 239. TEACHING OF ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SCIENCE-Two credits READING-Two credits MISS RODERICK Analysis of the reading task; consideration of the relationship of maturation to reading; problems and methods in developing reading readiness; methods and techniques of teaching reading; the place of experiences; development of reading interests; types of reading; evaluation of reading growth; remedial procedures in reading. En. 231. THE TEACHING OF Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. Mrss RoDERICK Basic elements of the sciences suitable for elementary school use; materials for demonstration; methods of presentation; consideration of the integration of science in the elementary curriculum; aims and objectives of science teaching; development of a spirit of inquiry. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 241. ART IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two credits MR. COLSON En. 232. THE TEACHING OF ARITHMETIC-Two credits Miss RODERICK Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary arithmetic; methods, aims, and objectives; methods and teaching techniques for developing units of work; attention given to methods of instruction in concepts of quantitative relationships. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary art; methods, aims, objectives; methods and techniques for developing units of work; basic principles; selection and manipulation of various media; the development of creative expression and appreciation. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. �Page 106-DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES-Page 107 ED. 242. Music IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two credits MR. GASBARRO Study of methods for developing appreciation for and enjoyment of music through performance and listening; developing the rhythm band; rote singing; program music for children; discovery of talent; writing and interpretation of scales; training in group leadership in singing. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ENGi. 106. DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY-Two credits Spatial relationships as represented by points, lines, planes, and other surfaces applied to problems in space. Emphasis is on applications to promote visualization by the solution of practical problems. Practicum, six hours per week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite or Co-requisite: Math. 122; Engi. 105 is recommended. ED. 243. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two credits Miss RODERICK This course considers the health of the elementary school child including wholesome health ideas, attitudes and habits. The prospective teacher learns the fundamentals of first aid, care of the sick and attention to child health problems. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. MR. HELTZEL Chemical Engineering CH. E. 106. STOICHIOMETRY-Three credits MR. SALLEY A problem course involving the application of basic chemical and physical concepts to the calculation of heat and material balances as they are encountered in the various chemical industrial processes. Fuels and their combustion products, gas producers, furnace and kiln products. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 121; Phys. 151. Co-requisite: Phys. 152. ENGINEERING Professor Hall, chairman; Assistant Professors Heltzel and Thomas; Instructor Koo. ENGi. 100. ENGINEERING PROBLEMS-Two credits THE STAFF Lectures and discussions to acquaint the student with the aims, pur• poses and methods of the engineer. An introduction to the proper method of attack upon problems, proper presentation of solutions, both mathematical and graphical, vertical freehand lettering. Instruction in the use of the slide rule necessary to problem solution. Graphs. Lecture, one hour; practicum, three hours a week. Fee: $20. ENGi. 101. BASIC DRAWING--Two credits THE STAFF A basic course covering the elements of projection drawing necessary for students of chemistry. It includes use of instruments, sketching, orthographic and isometric drawing and dimensioning. Practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $20. ENGi. 105. ENGINEERING DRAWING-Three credits MR. HELTZEL This and the following course bear the same relation to the engineering profession as the subject of English bears to our daily life. Deals with the representation of objects according to enginering conventions. Several systems of representation, such as orthographic, isometric, and oblique, are studied. Use of instruments. Freehand sketching is emphasized. Practicum, seven hours per week. Fee: $20. Civil Engineering C.E. 103. PLANE SURVEYING-Three credits MR. Koo Lectures, recitations and problems on the theory and practice of plane and topographic surveying. Field exercises, including the adjustment and use of surveying equipment including transit, levels, compass and tape for surveys of area, topography, profile, grading, excavating and the location of details. Interpretation of and mapping from field notes with attendant computations and the balancing of surveys. Emphasis on the application of surveying to engineering work in general. Practicum, seven hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Engi. 105, Math. 105 or 107 and 109. C.E. 104. ROUTE SuRVEYING--Four credits MR. Koo A study of the engineering and economic problems affecting the location of routes of communication. Lectures, recitations, field work and problems on the theory and use of simple horizontal, compound, reverse, spiral and vertical alignment curves; grades, cross sections, mass diagrams and earth work computations, grade crossing, right-of-way, and drainage problems. Solar observation to determine true bearing and azimuth. Class, two hours a week; practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: C.E. 103. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 109 Page 108 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Electrical Engineering E.E. 202. ELECTRIC AND MAGNETIC CIRCUITS-Three credits MR. THOMAS An introduction to Electrical Engineering. Sources of electrical energy. Basic treatment of electric and magnetic circuits. Steady state network theorems. Class three hours per week. Prerequisites: Phys. 151 and co-requisite Math. 126. Mechanical Engineering PROCESSES-Three credits MR. THOMAS Lectures, demonstrations by trips to industrial plants, instructional movies of the forming of metals and plastics by casting, rolling, pressing. Also methods of machining, and the functions performed by various machine tools on metals and plastics. Class, two hours a week; practicum, three hours a week. Fee: $20. M.E. 111. MANUFACTURING M.E. 206. KINEMATICS-Three credits MR. HELTZEi Analytical and graphical studies of displacement, velocity and acceleration for rigid bodies in plane motion. Study of kinematic pairs and trains involving linkages, pulleys, gears and cams: instant centers, ~eartooth outlines and their application, epicyclic gear trains. Class, two hours a week; practicum, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Eng 1• 106, Math. 122, Phys. 150. M.E. 211. MECHANICS I. STATICS-Three credits MR. Koo Study of force systems in equilibrium: catenary; friction; first and ,;econd moments of areas, volumes, masses; centroids. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Phys. 150, Math. 125. Co-requisite: Math. 126. M.E. 212. MECHANICS II. DYNAMICS-Three credits MR. Kro Laws of motion, rectilinear and curvilinear, for a particle and a rigid body. Work-energy; impulse-momentum. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: M.E. 211. ENGLISH Professor Davies, Chairman; Professors Edgerton and Kruger; Associate Professor Rizzo; Assistant Professor Groh; Instructors Budd, Bush, Fiester, Gutin, Kish, Miller, Roberts, Schwartzchild, Taranow, Tyburski. Students who major in English are required to complete the followino program of English studies: Freshman and Sophomore Years: 101, 10; 131, 151, 152 (16 hours); Junior and Senior Years: 215 (3 hours); 201 or 205 (3 hours); one course from the group 105, 106, 121, 123, 124 (3 hours); four elective courses in literature (12 hours); one elective course in English that can be any course offered by the department ( 3 hours) . (If 201 is taken, 205 may be taken as one of the four elective courses in literature.) Majo~s in English, especially students who wish to take graduate work in English, are strongly advised to take as many courses in foreign lan~uages (preferably French and German) as possible beyond the minimum of twelve hours. All entering freshmen are required to take a placement test in English. As a result of the test so.me students may be exempted from taking Eng. 101; such students must take Eng. 102 and 105. Students who show a defi_ciency 1~1ay be required to take an extra hour of drill to supplement their wor~ m Eng. 101. Any student in Eng. 101 or 102 may be required to take this extra work should his instructor think it necessary. Composition COMPOSITION-Three credits THE STAFF Principles of exposition; collateral reading; writing of themes. ENG. 101. THE STAFF COMPOSITION-Three credits Principles of exposition continued; collateral reading; writing of themes; research paper. Prerequisite: Eng. 1 O1. ENG. 102. THE STAFF EXPOSITION-Three credits A study of the various expository types. Readings. Intensive practice in the writing of informative articles. Prerequisite: Eng. 101 and 102. In exceptional cases this requirement may be waived. ENG. 105. ADVANCED STORY-Three credits MR. KRUGER, MR. Rizzo A writing course. Training in the selection and use of materials for the short story. Prerequisite: Eng. 102 and permission of instructor. ENG. 106. SHORT �Page 110,...., DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ,...., Page 111 f ournalism ENG. 154. AMERICAN LITERATURE-Three credits WRITING-Three credits MR. BusH A beginner's course in gathering and writing news. Topics include: definition of news, writing leads and building the story, law of libel, news sources; a brief survey of the history of American journalism and the current status of freedom of the press. Editors of local and nearby papers address the class and answer questions. Students make comparative study of and report on representative papers of U. S., both dailies and country weeklies. There is constant practice in writing, with weekly news assignments. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 121. JOURNALISTIC WRITING-Three credits MR. BUSH Fundamental techniques of publicity. Recent developments in fields of public opinion, propaganda, public relations, public opinion polls. Special attention is given to trade journals and house organs covering the industrial, merchandising, and professional fields. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. MR. KRUGER, MR. GUTIN Survey of American literature from the Civil War to the present time. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 155 AND 156. CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE-Three credits each semester MR. KRUGER, MR. GuTIN A course designed to familiarize the student with the best books of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 201. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE-Three credits ENG. 123. PUBLICITY MR. BUSH WRITING-Three credits Feature writing for newspapers and magazines. Analysis of the feature field and the magazine market. Finding suitable subjects and their treatment: the interview, the how-to-do-it article, popular biographies and success stories, personal experiences, narratives. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 124. FEATURE lAnguage and Literature ENG. 151. WESTERN WORLD LITERATURE-Four credits MR. DAVIES, MR. EDGERTON, M R. GUTIN, MR. RIZZO Survey of western world literature to the beginning of the eighteenth century; lectures, quizzes, conferences. Prerequisite: Eng. 102, or substitute in composition. ENG. 152. WESTERN WORLD LITERATURE-Four credits MR. DAVIES, MR. EDGERTON, MR. GuTIN, MR. Rizzo Continuation of survey, bringing the study of literature down to the present time. Prerequisite: Eng. 151. ENG. 153. l\.MERICAN LITERATURE-Three credits MR. KRUGER, MR. RIZZO Study of the origins of the English language and of the principal phenomena of later development. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. 205. CHAUCER- Three credits MR. Rizzo Study of the linguistic features of late Middle English; reading of some of the Canterbury Tales; written reports on collateral reading. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. ENG. 211. EARLY ENGLISH DRAMA-Three credits MR. DA VIES, MR. GROH Study of the drama as a literary type and its history from the earliest times to 1642; reading of plays by pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan dramatists exclusive of Shakespeare. Prerequisite: Eng. 15 2 and permission of instructor. ENG. 212. LATER ENGLISH DRAMA-Three credits MR. ENG. 215. SHAKESPEARE- Three credits Survey of American literature from the beginning to the Civil War. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. MR. EDGERTON Intensive study of selected plays; written reports on others not studied in class. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 216. SEVENTEENTH CENTURY- Three credits MR. GUTIN DAVIES, MR. GROH Study of the drama from 1660 to the present. Prerequisite: Eng. 15 2 and permission of instructor. MR. EDGERTON A study of the non-dramatic literature of the period with special emphasis on the poetry of John Milton. Prerequisite: Eng. 15 2. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 113 Page 112 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES POPE-Three credits MR. EDGERTON A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of this period, including the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Speech ENG. 221. AGE OF JOHNSON-Three credits MR. EDGERTON A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of 1740-1798, including the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 222. AGE OF MR. DAVIES NovEL-Three credits English prose fiction of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries; rise of the novel to the close of the eighteenth century. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. SPEECH-Two credits THE STAFF A basic course in the preparation and delivery of short speeches. ENG. 131. FUNDAMENTALS OF 134. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH FOR TECHNICAL STUDENTS Three credits MR. KRUGER, MR. GROH Similar to Eng. 131, but with an extra hour of work directed to the specific needs of the student. ENG. ENG. 237. EARLY ENGLISH MR. DAVIES NovEL-Three credits The major novelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 238. LATER ENGLISH MOVEMENT-Three credits MR. MILLER Study of the poetry of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Scott, and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 241. THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT-Three credits MR. MILLER Study of the poetry of Byron, Shelley, Keats and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 242. THE ROMANTIC BROWNING--Three credits MR. DAVIES Study of the poetry of Alfred Tennyson and Robert Browning. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 259. TENNYSON AND ENG. 260. VICTORIAN PROSE-Three credits MR. DAVIES Study of the influence of movements in science, philosophy, art, religion, and society as reflected in the works of Carlyle, Arnold, Huxley, Newman, and Ruskin. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. DRAMA-Three credits MR. GROH The development of our native drama from the colonial period to the present. Representative plays for reading and study. Written reports. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. FINE ARTS AND FINE ARTS EDUCATION Assistant Professor Colson, chairman; Instructor Palencar. FA 101. I-Three credits MR. COLSON Two and three dimensional studio work is planned for exploration of the creative process in a variety of media. Part of the general education program, this course is open to all students; no art experience is necessary. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. FA EXPERIENCING ART 102. EXPERIENCING ART II-Three credits MR. COLSON A continuation of FA 101. Prerequisite: FA 101. FA 103. DRAWING AND COMPOSITION-Three credits MR. COLSON An introductory course which explores the potential of line, form, space, and texture with a variety of media. Studio problems include figure drawing, landscape, still life, and non-objective organization. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 102 or equivalent. FA 104. MR. COLSON COLOR AND DESIGN-Three credits A study of color systems which includes their physical, psychological, and sociological properties. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 103. FA 105. THE STAFF OIL PAINTING I-Three credits An introductory course; no art experience is necessary. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. ENG. 287. AMERICAN FA 106. THE STAFF OIL PAINTING II-Two credits A continuation of FA 105. Lecture, one hour; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 105 or equivalent. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES-Page 115 Page 114-DESCRIPTION OF COURSES FA 107. WATER COLOR PAINTING--Three credits THE STAFF A basic course in transparent water color painting. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 104. FA 121. MODELING AND THREE DIMENSIONAL CONSTRUCTIONThree credits THE STAFF An introductory course in three-dimensional expression; various materials are employed for experimentation with realistic and nonrealistic forms. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 102. FA 122. CERAMICS-Three credits THE STAFF Students explore the making of pottery by solid, coil, slab, casting, wheel, and primitive techniques; they experiment with a variety of methods for surface decoration including slip, engobe, sgraflito, and underglaze. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. THE STAFF FA 126. GRAPHICS-Three credits A study of graphic expression including silkscreen, linoleum block, and wood block printing; etching; and lithography. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. THE STAFF FA 201. HISTORY OF ART I-Two credits History of art from the prehistoric period through the Gothic era. THE STAFF FA 202. HISTORY OF ART II-Two credits History of art from the Renaissance through the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: FA 201. FA 203. HISTORY OF MODERN ART-Two credits A study of twentieth century art forms. THE STAFF THE STAFF FA 204. CONTEMPORARY DESIGN-Two credits A study of man's visual expression as conditioned by materials, technology, form, and function. FA 210. METALWORK AND JEWELRY-Three credits THE STAFF A course in basic metalwork and jewelry techniques and design. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. FA 220. STUDIO PROBLEMS- Two credits MR. COLSON Provides advanced study and research for Fine Arts Education students. Lecture, 2 hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. MR. COLSON FA 291. SENIOR EXHIBIT- One credit A study of exhibition techniques; each senior exhibits his work at the College. Studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. FA 292. SENIOR EXHIBIT- One credit A continuation of FA 291. Prerequisite: FA 291. MR. COLSON MODERN FOREIGN LANGUAGES Associate Professor Disque, chairman; Associate Professor Dworski; Assistant Professor Peirone. French A major in French consists of twenty-four hours beyond Fr. 102. Miss DwoRSKI FR. 101. ELEMENTARY FRENCH-Three credits Introduction to French grammar; practice in reading, writing, and peaking the language. FR. 102. ELEMENTARY FRENCH-Three credits Continuation of Fr. 1O1. Prerequisite: Fr. 101 or the equivalent. MISS DWORSKI MISS DWORSKI FR. 103. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three credits Review of grammar; practice in oral and written French; selected readings of modern French prose. Prerequisite: Fr. 102 or the equivalent. FR. 104. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three credits Miss DwoRSKI Introduction to French civilization; practice m oral and written French. Prerequisite: Fr. 103 or the equivalent. MISS DWORSKJ FR. 105. TECHNICAL FRENCH-Three credits Intensive practice in translating. A course designed for students who wish to be able to read material in French in their particular .fields of interest. Prerequisite: Fr. 103 or the equivalent. �Page 116-DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 117 106. FRENCH CONVERSATION-Three credits MISS DWORSKJ Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records to acquire fluency in speaking French. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. FR. COMPOSITION-Three credits MISS DWORSKJ Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern French, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. FR. 107. FRENCH LITERATURE-Three credits each semester Miss DwoRSKJ A survey of the evolution of French literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of French literature. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. FR. 201-202. SURVEY OF FRENCH German A major in German consists of twenty-four hours beyond Ger. 102. GER. 101. ELEMENTARY GERMAN-Three MR. DISQUE credits Introduction to German grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. MR. DISQUE 102. ELEMENTARY GERMAN-Three credits Continuation of German 101. Reading of easy prose and poetry. Some stress on German culture, life, and customs. Prerequisite: Ger. 101 or equivalent. GER. MR. DISQUE GERMAN-Three credits Emphasis on difficult grammatical construction and idioms. Reading of prose; practice in speaking and writing German. Prerequisite: Ger. 102 or equivalent. GER. 103. INTERMEDIATE MR. DISQUE 104. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN-Three credits Continuation of Ger. 103. Rapid reading of German works representative of German life and history; practice in writing and speaking German. Prerequisite: Ger. 103 or equivalent. GER. FR. 203. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY Three credits Miss DwoRsKI Study of classicism and the outstanding writers of the seventeenth century. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. GERMAN-Three credits Reading of selections from scientific German. Prerequisite: Ger. 103 or equivalent. GER, 105. SCIENTIFIC FR. 205. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY Three credits Miss DwoRsKJ Study of the literature and thought in the eighteenth century, with special emphasis on Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, and Rousseau. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 206. 208. MR. DISQUE CONVERSATION-Three credits Emphasis laid on speaking, with drill in the colloquial vocabulary. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. GER. 106. GERMAN FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY Three credits MISS DwoRsKJ Study of Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, the Parnassian poets and Symbolism. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. MR. DISQUE CONTEMPORARY FRENCH DRAMA-Three creatts MISS DWORSKI The development of modern drama from the latter half of the nineteenth century to the present. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. COMPOSITION-Three credits MR. DISQUE Idiomatic usage in modern German. To develop the ability to write free compositions. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. GER. 107. GERMAN GER. 201-202. SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE Three credits each semester MR. DISQUE A survey of the literature of the important periods from the beginning to 1932. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. �Page 118,......, DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES,......, Page 119 GOETHE-Three ctedits MR. DISQUE Reading and interpretation of selected works of Goethe. Lectures and individual reports. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. GER. 203. GER. 204. ScHILLER-Three credits SP. 105. COMMERCIAL SPANISH-Three credits MISS PEIRONE The study of Spanish as it pertains to economic relations between the Spanish-speaking countries and the United States. Special emphasis on the writing of business letters. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE Poet of German idealism. SP. 106. SPANISH CONVERSATION-Three credits Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records to acquire fluency in speaking Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. GER. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY GERMAN DRAMA-Three credits Miss PEIRONE MR. DISQUE The German drama of the nineteenth century from Ludwig Tieck to Gerhart Hauptmann. Lectures and reports on the literary and cultural history of the times. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. GER. 206. MODERN GERMAN SHORT STORY-Three credits MR. DISQUE The modern German short story from naturalism to the present. Individual reports; lectures on the cultural and literary history of the period. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. Spanish A major in Spanish consists of twenty-four hours beyond Sp. 102. SPANISH- Three credits MISS PEIRONE Introduction to Spanish grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. SP. 107. SPANISH COMPOSITION-Three credits MISS PEIRONE Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern Spanish, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. SP. 108. SPANISH AMERICAN CULTURE-Three credits Miss PEIRONE The cultural, economic, and political development of the Spanish American countries. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. SP. 201-202. SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE Three credits each semester Miss PEIRONE A survey of the evolution of Spanish literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of Spanish literature. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. SP. 101. ELEMENTARY SPANISH-Three credits Continuation of Spanish 101. Prerequisite: Sp. 101 or equivalent. SP. 102. ELEMENTARY Miss PEIRONE SP. 203. THE GOLDEN AGE OF SPANISH LITERATURE-Three credits Miss PEIRONE Study of the great authors of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, with special emphasis on Cervantes, Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina, Alarcon, and Calderon. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. SPANISH- Three credits MISS PEIRONF Review of grammar; practice in oral and written Spanish; selected readings from modern Spanish prose. Prerequisite: Sp. 102 or equivalent. SP. 204. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH DRAMA-Three credits SPANISH-Three credits Miss PEIRONE Introduction to Spanish civilization; practice in oral and written Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. SP. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH NovEL-Three credits SP. 103. INTERMEDIATE SP. 104. INTERMEDIATE Miss PEIRONE Study of representative works of nineteenth century Spanish drama. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. MISS PEIRONE The development of the Spanish novel in the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. �Page 120 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 121 GENERAL SCIENCE 206. THE UNITED STATES IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY Three credits MR. THATCHER An intensive study of the period since the Spanish-American War, emphasizing the emergence of the United States as a world power and the economic and social problems of the present century. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. HIST. BIO. 100. See page 89. GEOL. 100. GENERAL GEOLOGY-Two credits MR. REIF General geology deals with the probable formation of the planet Earth, the establishment of its crust, and subsequent movements of the crust. The chief approach of the course is through a consideration of the paleontological, physical, and economic evidence in Earth's rocks. PHYS. 100. See page 134. HIST. 223-224. AMERICAN CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY Three credits each semester MR. THATCHER A study of the origins of the American Constitution and the growth of the American constitutional system with special attention to the role of the Supreme Court. Prerequisite: Hist. 107, 108, and P.S. 101. Restricted to juniors and seniors. Hist. 223 is a prerequisite for Hist. 224. HISTORY 225. HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN FRONTIER-Three credits MR. THATCHER A study of the westward movement in American history. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. HIST. Professor Thatcher, chairman; Associate Professors Mui and Kaslas; Assistant Professor Connolly; Instructors Hehn, Hughes. A major in history consists of twenty-four hours, of which twelve are in courses numbered 200 or above. Majors in history are required to take Hist. 101, 102, 107, and 108; Hist. 101 and 102, however, may not count toward the twenty-four hours constituting a major. HIST. 101-102. HISTORY OF WESTERN CIVILIZATION THE STAFF Three credits each semester. A chronological survey of the civilization of the western world from the earliest times to the present. Emphasis is placed on general trends and on concepts that have influenced the modern world. Due attention is given to the part played by America in world history, especially during the expansion of Europe and in the twentieth century. HIST. 228. HISTORY OF THE FOREIGN POLICY OF THE UNITED STATES Three credits MR. THATCHER A study of the evolution of the several policies that give direction to the relations of the United States with other nations. Prerequisite: Hist. 107, 108, and P.S. 101. Restricted to juniors and seniors. 235. SOVIET RussIA AND THE FAR EAST-Three credits MR. MUI A study of the historical conditions under which the Communist state was established in Russia and portions of the Far East. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. HIST. HIST. 107. AMERICAN AND PENNSYLVANIA HISTORY TO 1865 Three credits MR. THATCHER A general survey extending from the period of discovery and exploration to the end of the Civil War. All students will be required to do a certain proportion of their outside reading in the history of Pennsylvania and its relation to the development of the nation. HIST. 242. ENGLISH HISTORY FROM THE REIGN OF ELIZABETH Three credits MR. MUI Traces the growth and expansion of England from a national state to a world empire and later to a mother of commonwealths. The development of the national church, the Puritan revolt, the influences of the American and the French revolutions , the industrial revolution, political and social reform, growth of the cabinet system, and liberalism. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. HIST. 108. AMERICAN HISTORY SINCE 1865-Three credits MR. THATCHER A general survey covering the period from 1865 to the present. HIST. 243. THE BRITISH EMPIRE AND COMMONWEALTH OF NATIONS-Three credits MR. MUI A study of the evolution of the British Commonwealth of Nations, �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 123 Page 122 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES the expansion of British rule in India, and the growth of the British dependent empire, with emphasis on the imperial and foreign policies of Great Britain after the American Revolution. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. HIST. 255. EUROPE IN THE NINETEENTH CENTURY-Three credits MR.KASLAS A study of the political, social, and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. HIST. 256. EUROPE IN THE TwENTIETH CENTURY-Three credits MR. KAsLAS Against a background of the internal and international developments of the leading powers, the class will study the origins and results of the two World Wars. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. MATHEMATICS Associate Professor T. R. Richards, chairman; Professor Kostenbauder; Assistant Professor Wasileski; Instructors Morgan, Salsburg, West. The major in mathematics is outlined on page 59. THE STAFF 99. ALGEBRA REVIEW-No credit Secondary algebra, extending through simultaneous quadratic equa• tions. Three hours a week. MATH. MATH. 100. SAME AS PHYS. 101-See page 134. MATH. 101. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS-Three credits THE STAFF A course designed for those who want a general background itJ mathematical concepts without specialization in techniques. Students taking Math. 105, 107, or 109 will not be granted credit for Math. 101 or 102. MATH. 102. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS-Three credits THE A continuation of Math. 101. STAFF 105. COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY-Five credits THE STAFF A combination of Math. 107 and 109. Prerequisite Math. 99 or its equivalent. MATH. MATH. 107. COLLEGE ALGEBRA-Three credits THE STAFF Proportion, progressions, inequalities, mathematical induction binomial ~he~rem, compl:~ numbers, roots of equations, permutatio~s and combmations, probability, determinants, partial fractions. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 109. PLANE TRIGONOMETRY-Three credits THE STAFF Trigonometric functions, solutions of triangles, trigonometric identities, inverse functions, trigonometric equations. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 115. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE-Three credits THE STAFF Prog~essions, binomial theorem, logarithms, simple interest, compound interest, equations of value, annuities, sinking funds, amortization, depreciation, capitalized cost. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 118. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS-Three credits THE STAFF Frequency distributions and their graphical representation, measures of central tendency, dispersion, skewness. kurtosis, correlation, elementary curve fitting, use of tables of areas under normal curve. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 122. ANALYTIC GEOMETRY-Four credits THE STAFF Study of geometric figures by means of coordinate systems, including the _gener~l problem of the equation of a locus, straight lines, circles, coni~ section~, transfor_~ation of coordinates, polar coordinates, parametnc equations, families of curves, introduction to solid analytic geometry. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or both Math. 107 and Math. 109. MATH. 125. CALCULUS I-Four credits THE STAFF . Limits_, ~erivativ:s and ~ifferentials, indefinite and de.finite integrals, differentiation and mtegrahon of algebraic functions, applications. Prerequisite: Math. 122. MATH. 126. CALCULUS II-Four credits THE STAFF . Di~erentiatio~ and int~gration ~f transcendental functions, applications, improper integrals, mdetermmate forms, partial derivatives multiple integrals. ' Prerequisite: Math. 125. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 125 Page 124 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES MATH 127. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS Three credits MR. W ASILESKI Building of a program in secondary mathematics, materials of instruction, aids in teaching, maintenance of interest, testing, informal practice in teaching arithmetic, algebra, plane and solid geometry, trigonometry, and logarithms. Prerequisit~ath. 12 5. MATH. 240. DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS AND INFINITE SERIES-Four credits THE STAFF F!rst order ~qua~ions, linear equations, applications, solution by successive approxima~10n, sys_tems o~ differential equations, infinite series, power senes solut10n of differential equations. Prerequisite: Math. 126. MATH. 213. HIGHER ALGEBRA-Three credits MR. SALSBURG Sets, mappings, operations, relations, groups, integral domains, fields; particular illustration of the foregoing by an axiomatic development of the real and complex number systems. Prerequisite: ath. 125, or permission of instructor. MATH. 251. ADVANCED CALCULUS I-Three credits MR. KosTENBAUDER . In~roduction to the theory of functions of real variables. The emphasis 1~ this course and the following one is on proof, by the delta-epsilon technique, of th~ore~s concerning sequences and other functions of one variable. Some time is spent on functions of more than one variable. Prerequisite: Math. 126. MR. SALSBURG MATH. 214. LINEAR ALGEBRA-Three credits Vector spaces, linear independence, linear transformations, matrices, determinants, systems of linear equations. Prerequisite: Math. 213 or permission of instructor. MATH. 252. ADVANCED CALCULUS II-Three credits MR. KOSTENBAUDER A continuation of Math. 251. Prerequisite: Math. 251. MATH. 220. COLLEGE GEOMETRY-Three credits MR. W ASILESKI Similar figures, systems of circles, circular inversion, triangles, Ptolemy's theorem, circles of antisimilitude, poles and polars, medians, orthocenters, nine-point circle, Desargues' theorem, Pascal's theorem, theorem of Pappus. Prerequisite: lane geometry. MATH. 228. MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS I-Three credits MR. W ASILESKJ Probability, frequency functions, empirical distributions of one variable, moment generating functions, binomial and Poisson distributions, normal distribution, the null hypothesis, elementary sampling theory. Prerequisite: Math. 126. ~ MATH. 229. MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS II-Three credits MR. W ASILESKI Correlation and regression, theoretical distributions of more than one variable, normal surface, goodness of fit, chi-square distribution, testing hypotheses, estimation of parameters, confidence intervals, small samples, student's t-distribution, testing for randomness. Prerequisite: Math. 228. MR. KosTENBAUDER MATH. 235. VECTOR ANALYSIS-Three credits Vector algebra, differentiation of vectors, divergence and curl, the operator del, curvilinear coordinates, vector fields, applications. Prerequisite: Math. 126. MUSIC Associate Professor Detroy, chairman; Assistant Professor Gasbarro· Instructors Balshaw, Friedmann, A. Liva, F. Liva, Chapline, Weed. ' Liberal_ Arts students wishing to major in music will follow the program outlmed on page 60. APPLIED MUSIC Individua~ an~ group_ instruction is offered at all levels of difficulty to students m piano, pipe organ, voice, and orchestral and band inst~ents. A s~rie~ of fifteen lessons a semester and a practical demon~tration ( ex~mmation) before the music faculty are necessary if credit 1s to be obtamed for such study. Students_ who a~e not music majors may receive one credit each semester ~o~ vo1ee ~r mstrumental study. No examination is necessary if credit is not desired by the student. T~e a?ility, interest, and progress of students intending to major in mus1e will be evaluated at the end of the sophomore year by the music ~aculty. Stud~nts will be advised before the opening of the followmg _seme~ter 1f the f acuity does not recommend a continuation of the mus1e maJor. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES,...., Page 127 Page 126- DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Music 113-114. Mus. 100. INTRODUCTION TO Music- Three hours An elementary course in the art of enjoying and listeni_ng_ to m~sic. Non~technical, it covers briefly the entire range of m~s1c m van?us forms, styles, and media. Emphasis is placed upon enl~rgmg t_he musical horizon through the use of a considerable number of 11lustrattons. Mus. PIANO CLASS 3 AND 4-Two credits each semester MR. CHAPLINE THE STAFF 101-102-103-104. THEORY OF Music-Five credits each course Class instruction in secondary piano in advance of Music 112. This course is a continuation of the required course for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. Prerequisite: Mus. 112. Mus. 121-122-123-124. BAND-One-half credit each semester MR. WEED MR. DETROY, MR. WEED The study of the theory of music is centered upon three main prin ciples: (1) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. (2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through keyboard harmony. (3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. The first two semesters of theory are divided between ear training, two hours; solfeggio, two hours; harmony, one hour. The third a~d fourth semesters are divided between ear training, one hour; solf egg10, one hour; harmony, three hours. The concentration of all theory into these four courses is in accord ance with the method now employed in many of our leading schoob of music. There is no prerequisite for Mus. 101. Students may be admitted to Mus. 102, 103, and 104 by examination. 109. HISTORY OF Music- Three credits MR. FRIEDMAN A detailed study of the history of music from the beginning of civi- Mus. ~he band ~:ffers the student a varied program for concerts and for vanous athletic events. Students desiring to participate in the band should consult with the Director. All instrumental music education majors are required to participate in the band for four years. Mus. 125-126-127-128. CHORUS-One-half credit each semester MR. CHAPLINE The chorus offers the student a complete range of sacred and secular choral music. Students desiring to participate in the chorus should consult with the Director. All vocal and piano music education majors are required to participate in the chorus for four years. Music 131-132-133-134. ORCHESTRA-One-half credit each semester MR. LIVA Participation ir_i the. Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra gives the student ~xpenence m. t~e complete range of symphonic literature. Students desmng to participate in the orchestra should consult with the Director. lization to the seventeenth century. MUSIC 215. INSTRUMENTATION-Two credits 110. HISTORY OF Music- Three credits MR. FRIEDMAN A continuation of Mus. 109, beginning with J. S. Bach and tracing mu ical development to the present day. Twentieth century music will be t m phasized in the final weeks of study. Th~ i?st~uments of the m.odern symphonic orchestra, their capabilities and l1m1tat10ns. The techntque of scoring for small instrumental combinations; transposition and clef manipulation. Prerequisite: Mus. 102 or the approval of the Chairman of the Department. Music 111-112. Music 216. Mus. PIANO CLASS 1 AND 2-Two credits each semester MR. CHAPLINE ( lass instruction in secondary piano. The classes will be divided into :mil Lble groups according to proficiency. This course is required for all mwic education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. No prerequisite. ORCHESTRA AND BAND ARRANGING--Two MR. GASBARRO credits MR. GASBARRO Scoring for the large orchestra or the modern symphonic band. The student may select his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Mus. 215. �Page 128 ,....., DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES,....., Page 129 MR. DETROY ANALYSIS-Two credits The technique of composition as disclosed by melodic, harmonic, and structural analysis of music in varied styles and from diverse periods. Prerequisite: Mus. 102 or equivalent as demonstrated by an examination. Mus. 217. COUNTERPOINT-Three credits MR. DETROY A study of the sixteenth century art of contrapuntal writing as found in the styles of Palestrina, di Lasso, and Ingegneri. Prerequisite: Mus. 102. Mus. 218. Music Education 1 METHODS-Two credits per semester MR. GASBARRO Methods of teaching and instruction in the clarinet for those in the public school music course. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 101-102. CLARINET CLASS AND METHODS-Two credits per semester MR. WEED A course, usually in trumpet, for students not majoring in the brass field. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 103-104. BRASS CLASS AND Mus. ED. 105. WOODWIND CLASS METHODS-Two credits per semester MR. GASBARRO A class conducted as an introduction to the teaching of such woodwinds as clarinet, oboe, flute, and bassoon, with demonstrations of the class teaching of those instruments. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 102. MR. WEED METHODS-Two credits A class in brass is conducted as an introduction to the teaching of brass instruments and as demonstration of class teaching of these instruments. The instruments taught include trumpet, French horn, trombone, baritone, and tuba. Prerequisite Mus. Ed. 104. Mus. ED. 106. BRASS CLASS METHODS-Two credits pe, semester MR. CHAPLINE A course in the fundamentals of correct voice production; breathing, breath control, elementary study of vowel forms, and consonants. Elementary songs are used to develop the student's own voice as well as to train him in voice pedagogy. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 107-108. VOICE CLASS AND 1 There is an instrument rental fee of $10.00 per semester for music education students. Mus. ED. 109-110. CONDUCTING AND SCHOOL MUSIC MATERIALS-Two credits per semester MR. GASBARRO The development of an adequate baton technique and the presentation of various kinds of school music material, stressing particularly elementary and high school instrumental materials the first semester and high school choral materials the second semester. No prerequisite. VIOLIN CLASS AND METHODS-Two credits per semester MR. FRIEDMANN A class in elementary violin playing as a practical introduction to the technical problems involved in the playing of stringed instruments. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 111-112. Mus. ED. 113-114. STRING INSTRUMENT CLASS METHODS-Two creditJ per semester MR. FRIEDMANN A class in the playing of the viola, violoncello, and bass as an introduction to the teaching of these instruments and as a demonstration of class teaching. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 112. Mus. ED. 201. ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Music METHODS- Two credits THE STAFF The course involves a general preparation for the teachers of music in the elementary grades. It entails a study of the principles, procedures, and objectives in school music. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 202. HIGH SCHOOL Music METHODS-Two credits THE STAFF The course is planned to provide a preparation for teaching the various aspects of music in the high school. No prerequisite. Mus. En. 203-204. OBSERVATION AND PRACTICE TEACHING-FotJr credits per semester THE STAFF A course in the observation and practice teaching of vocal or instrumental music in the elementary or high schools. Fee: $10.00 each semester. NURSING EDUCATION Professor Jessee, chairman; Instructors Conboy, Jackson, Janjigian, Klein, Miller, Seeherman. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 131 Page 130 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Enrollment in all of the following courses, with the exceptions of N.E. 102 and 104 is limited to graduate nurses. NURSING-Two credits Miss JESSEE A general survey of the history of nursing with emphasis upon the N.E. 101. FOUNDATIONS OF religious, social, and educational factors that have stimulated its development. N.E. 116. PEDIATRIC NURSING-Two credits DR. KLEIN Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as they apply to the effective care of children. N.E. 117. Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as utilized in providing expert care for psychiatric patients. NURSING-Two credits Miss JESSEE A discussion of present problems in nursing and trends or patterns that emerge in the efforts to solve these problems. N.E. 118. RESOURCES-Two credits Miss JESSEF A survey of the functions and activities of agencies and organizations contributing to the health and social welfare of the citizens of the commumt y. N.E. 119. N.E. 106. SUPERVISION AND ADMINISTRATION-Two NURSING-Two credits DR. JANJIGIAN N.E. 102. TRENDS IN N.E. 104. COMMUNITY PSYCHIATRIC PUBLIC HEALTH NURSING-Two credits Miss JACKSON An introduction to the field of public health nursing, including historical development, organization, functions, and trends. credits Miss JACKSON A study of the public school health program and the functions of the nurse as an integral part of the health team. N. E. PUBLIC SCHOOL NURSING-Two 120. PROBLEMS OF SCHOOL NURSING-Two Miss JESSEE A discussion of the basic principles of supervision and administration with emphasis upon democratic leadership and the development of constructive interpersonal and interdepartmental relationships. N.E. 107. PRINCIPLES AND METHODS IN NURSING EDUCATION Two credits Miss JESSEE This course deals with the selection and organization of teaching materials and learning experiences. It includes the appraisal of effective methods of teaching and the evaluation of student progress and achievement. Prerequisite: Ed. Psychology. MISS JACKSON The identification and discussion of the problems involved in the administration of school health programs. PHILOSOPHY- Supervised observation and practice in a hospital. Prerequisite: Approval of adviser. N.E. 113 & 114. MEDICAL AND SURGICAL NURSING-Two credits each semester Miss CONBOY Advanced study of nursing principles and techniques as applied to the c=xpert nursing care of medical and surgical patients. Offered in two semesters. 115. OBSTETRIC NURSING-Two credits MRS. SEEHERMAN Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as applied to expert care of the obstetric patient. RELIGION Professor Vujica, chairman; Instructor Friedlander. A major in the combined fields of philosophy and religion consists of twenty-four hours in philosophy and religion. Phil. 100 and Rel. 100 will not count toward the major. Prerequisites are determined by the Chairnun on an individual basis. N.E. 112. FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SUPERVISION OR TEACHING Four credits Miss JESSEE N.E. credits credits Philosophy PHILOSOPHY- Three credits THE STAFF An introduction to the nature and function of philosophy, and its relations to some of the other fields of human interest. The approach is through such typical problems as: the nature and origin of life, the relation of mind and body, freedom of the will, the theories of right and wrong, arguments for the existence of God. PHIL. 100. INTRODUCTION TO LoGic- Th ree credits MR. VuJICA Elementary principles and techniques of clear and sound thinking. General rules of inductive and deductive reasoning; recognition of fallacies; the nature of scientific knowledge, its methods, its aims, its presuppositions. PHIL. 103. �Page 132 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PHIL. 105. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 133 THE STAFF ETHICS-Three credits A critical study of standards for judging the rightness or wrongness of conduct. An inquiry into what men ought to do. A survey of representative ethical theories with the emphasis on their application to currently controversial issues in the social, economic, and political fields. PHIL. 204. PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION-Three credits MR. VUJICA An examination of various problems that arise when religion is made the object of philosophic reflection. The nature and forms of religious experience; the relation of faith and reason; arguments for God's existence; the problem of evil; the argument for immortality. PHIL. 205. AESTHETICS-Three credits THE STAFF Analysis of the nature, standards and criteria of value in literature, painting, music, and other forms of arts; the me_ani~g of aesthetic_ ju~gments and processes of appreciation. An exammat10n of the obJective qualities of those things which are found to be aesthetically effective. PHIL. 206. SOCIAL AND POLITICAL PHILOSOPHIES-Three credits THE STAFF Social and political institutions as seen by such classical cri~ics as Pl~to, Aristotle, Hobbes, Hume, Burke, Bentham and others. Speoal attention to analysis of the problems of censorship, relation of church and state, prejudice, aims and methods of democratic institutions. PHIL. 207. PHILOSOPHIES OF HISTORY-Three credits MR. VuJICA A study of the various interpretations of history. The views of Augustine, Vico, Rousseau, Kant, Hegel, Marx, Comte, Sp~ngler, Schweitzer, Toynbee, Sorokin, Niebuhr and others on the meaning of historical events. PHIL. 208. THE HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY-Three credits MR. VuJICA A brief survey of the major historical divisions; a systematic analysis of some of the major figures and a consideration of their relevance to present problems. REL. 201. THE LITERATURE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT-Three credits MR. REL. 204. THE LITERATURE OF THE NEW TESTAMENT-Three credits MR. VUJICA An examination of the form and content of the books of the New Testament as literary products and as records of the faith that gave rise to the Christian Church. The teachings of Jesus and the Apostolic Church are studied against the background of their own time and examined in their significance for contemporary life. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE Assistant Professor Reese, chairman; Instructor Saraceno. Because of the importance of health and the possession of a sound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students as a regular part of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of sport or exercise for each student are included in the program of physical education. Physical education is required of both men and women during the freshman and sophomore years. The College men at the beginning of each year are given a medical and a physical examination. The work in physical education includes soccer, football, basketball, baseball, volley ball, and other competitive games. The College women also are given a thorough medical and physical examination before entering upon the program of physical education. The work for women consists of such activities as dancing, basketball, and natural gymnastics. P.E. 101-102. PHYSICAL EDUCATION 1 THE STAFF This course is designed to promote physical well being and good health habits and to encourage participation in activities that will provide relaxation and exercise throughout life. Two hours each week. P.E. 103-104. PHYSICAL EDUCATION This course is a continuation of P.E. 101 and 102. Religion VUJICA The course aims at giving the student an insight into the books of the Old Testament and the range and depth of the religious heritage received from Israel. The biblical message is studied in its dynamic context of the culture, geography and history of the ancient Near East. P.E. 105-106. PERSONAL THE STAFF HYGIENE-One credit each semester THE STAFF THE STAFF Nature and origin of religion. Sacred literatures, beliefs, and rituals of the great historical and living faiths. A comparison of the more important features of the great religions. The contributions of religion to the development and preservation of cultural values. A study of present day health problems. The course undertakes to help students enjoy maximum health and happiness through better understanding of nutrition, infection, disease, nervous and mental disorders, and problems of parenthood. One hour each week. REL. 100. MAN'S RELIGION-Three credits 1 Class instruction in personal hygiene is required of all students, even those excused by physicians from taking physical education. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 135 Page 134 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PHYS. 201-202. ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISMPHYSICS Four credits each semester Professor Hall, chairman; Professor Detwiler; Associate Professor Ripley; Assistant Professor Thomas. PHYS. 100. PHYSICAL ScIENCE-Three credits MR. RIPLEY A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the me~hods, conc~pts, a?d vocabulary of physics and applications of some of its outstanding prm· ciples to the needs of the individual and the c?mmuni~; and the manner in which the continually expanding frontiers of sC1ence affect our future way of life. Lecture demonstration and discussion three hours a week. PROBLEMS-One credit · THE STAFF An introduction to the proper procedure for problem solution, both mathematical and graphical. Slide rule practice, graphs, and lettering. Practicum 3 hours a week. Fee: $20. PHYS. 101. BASIC PHYSICAL PHYS. 111-112. INTRODUCTORY PHYSICS-Four credits each semester THE STAFF An introductory course designed to promote an understanding of the more important fundamental laws an~ met~ods ?f ~he major sections _of Physics. Laboratory work to emphasize basic prmciples and to acquaint the student with measuring instruments and their use as well as the interpretation of experimental data. First semes~e~: mechani~s, wave motion, sound, and heat. Second semester: electncity, magnetism, and optics. Three class hours and one three-hour laboratory each week. Fee: $20 each semester. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109, or permission of in- II-Four credits THE STAFF Continuation of Phys. 150. Electricity and modern physics. C11ss three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $20. PHYS. 151. GENERAL PHYSICS Prerequisite: Phys. 150. III-Four credits THE STAFF Continuation of Phys. 150 and 151. Sound, heat, and light. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 150. THERMODYNAMICS-Three credits The fundamental concepts of thermodynamics. The first and second laws of Thermodynamics, Carnot cycle, entropy, and an introduction to statistical mechanics. Three hours lecture-discussion. Prerequisites: Phys. 151, Math. 252, Math. 240. PHYS. 212. ELECTRONICS-Three credits each semester A study of vacuum tubes, transistors, and their application in cir- PHYS. 221-222 cuits for rectification, amplification, oscillation, switching, etc. Two hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20 each semester. Prerequisites: Phys. 152, Math. 240. THE STAFF I-Four credits A thorough grounding in the physical laws of nature. Mechanics. Instruction by demonstration lecture, recitation, and experimental work. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee 20. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109. PHYS. 152. GENERAL PHYSICS LIGHT-Four credits The principles of geometrical and physical optics are considered in considerably greater detail than in the introductory course. Image formation, refraction, diffraction, origin of spectra, polarized light, optical activity, etc. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisites: Phys. 151, Math. 240. PHYS. 211. OPTICS AND PHYS. 241-242. INTERMEDIATE structor. PHYS. 150. GENERAL PHYSICS Static and dynamic electricity, magnetism, electromagnetism, thermoelectricity, etc., are covered in considerable detail. The emphasis in this course is on fundamental analysis rather than applications. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week each semester. Fee: 20 each semester. Prerequisites: Phys. 15 2, Math. 240. LABORATORY-One or two credits Hours to be arranged Students desiring to undertake laboratory work in topics of their own choosing should consult the department chairman. Lab fee: $7 per credit hour. Prerequisites: Phys. 152, Math. 240. PHYS. 251. ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS-Three credits MR. DETWILER Precision measurement of electrical quantities and their application to the field of chemistry; includes thermal electromotive force, resistance thermometers, photo electromotive force, elementary electronic circuits and their application. Class two hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 151, Math. 126. �Page 136 ,....., DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PHYS. 261. ATOMIC PHYSICS- Four credits The structure of the atom, the photo-electric effect, crystal structure, X-rays, spectra, introduction to quantum theory. Class three hours and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisites: Phys. 202, Ma th . 240 · PHYS. 262. NUCLEAR PHYSICS- Four credits Special relativity natural and induced radioactivity, nuclear struchture, ' nuclear reactions, reactors, etc. Cl ass th r ee hours and one three- our laboratory_ a week. Fee: $ 2 0. Prerequisite: Phys. 261. PHYS. 271. MODERN PHYSICS-Three credits . f rther study of the modern concepts of atomic . and nucldeadr A . photo-e1ectnc1 · ·ty' X -rays ' solids . Inten e h sicsu Spectra: radioactivity, o; students not majoring in physics. Class three hours. Prerequisite: Phys. 151 and Ma th . 240 · f credits P HYS. 301 . TOPICS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS-Three f h . t t and Selected topics depending upon the interests ? t e ms rue or h tudents. Topics might include advanced mechamcs, quantum mec an~cs, electromagnetic theory, relativity, etc. Class three hours. Prerequisites: Math. 240, Ma th . 252 · . . 't es: Atomic Physics 261 or approval of the mstructor. Coreqms1 PHYS. 302. TOPICS IN SOLID STATE PHYSICS-Three cr~dits Selected to ics depending upon the interests of the mstructor_ ~nd p ' mple theory of electrical and thermal conductmty, stud ents. F or exa ' d' 1 . . d t sem1con uc ors, bonding in solids ' point defects, is ocation, magnetic properties, etc. Class three hours. . ·tes .. Math • 240 , Math · 252 ' and Phys. 261, or approval of P rereqms1 the instructor. POLITICAL SCIENCE Professor Mailey, Chal·rman·, Associate Professor Kaslas; Instructor Tuhy. A major in political science consists o f twe~ t y- f our hours . All courses except P.S. 100 are acceptable toward the ma1or. INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL ScIENCE--Three credits P.S. loo . THE STAFF . ·s a broad comprehensive introduction to political sciTh is course 1 , d · 1 d ence. All the subdivisions of political science are presente s1mp y an DESCRIPTION OF COURSES-Page 137 clearly and the interrelationships ot these subdivisions are shown. These commonly recognized fields of political science are covered: Political theory, American government, comparative governments, public administration, political parties, pressure groups, public opinion, propaganda, international politics, international law, legal systems. P.S. 200. AMERICAN NATIONAL GOVERNMENT STAFF A Study of the National Government of the United States presenting the historical background for each major policy area, the broad outlines of existing programs, the interest groups and organizations most immediately concerned, the values that are in conflict, and the interrelations between process and policy. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 201. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW MR. TUHY A course intended to show the growth of the American Constitution particularly United States governmental structure and relationships with special emphasis on change in the Constitution, the three branches of government, the Federal System, and the powers of the National Government. The case study method is used. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 202. CONSTITUTIONAL LA w MR. MAILEY A course intended to show the growth of the American Constitution particularly the relations between the individual and his government with special emphasis on liberty against government, protection of civil rights, citizenship and its privileges. The case study method is used. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 203. POLITICS AND POLITICAL PARTIES-Three credits MR. MAILEY A course intended to analyze the movements of political parties, elecrions, and the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 204. PUBLIC OPINION AND PROPAGANDA-Three credits MR. MAILEY A study in the behavior of governance, including the factors which determine attitude, the formation and expression of public opinion, and propaganda as used by pressure groups. Prerequisite: P.S. 100 and Soc. 100. P.S. 205. STATE GOVERNMENT-Three credits MR. TUHY A broad, general course covering the structure, powers, and function of state governments in the United States. Special emphasis is placed on the Pennsylvania State Government. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ,....., Page 139 Page 138 ~ DESCRIPTION OF COURSES P.S. 206. MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT-Three credits MR. MAILEY A course undertaking the study of the organization, work, and administration of local government. Since the national government ha assumed a new significance today, special attention is given to the rela tionship between local and national government. P.S. 224. SOVIET SYSTEM OF GOVERNMENT-Three credits MR. KASLAS A course dealing with the structure and functions of the Soviet Government emphasizing the contrasts and similarities in form with governments of the West. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. MR. TuHY A study of the organization, activity, problems, and the recruitment P.S. 207. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION-Three credits policy of the public service. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 208. LABOR LEGISLATION-Three credits Assistant Professor R. Riley, chairman; Assistant Professor Gaito· Instructors Kanner and Krasno. ' MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the role of government in the field of labor relations and with the laws affecting the conditions of employment and employee-employer relations. The course stresses the increas_ing importance of government in a field heretofore free of any regulation. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 209. SOCIAL LEGISLATION-Three credits MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the broad, humanitarian, social legislation of recent years which is generally labeled social insurance: unemployment compensation, workmen's compensation, and social security. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 221. INTERNATIONAL LAW-Three credits MR. KAsLAS A study of the development of the body of customs and rules whi_ch states have developed to govern their relations, with particular consideration for the responsibility of states for their enforcement. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. . Desideratum: United States and European history. P.S. 222. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS-Three credits MR. K.ASLAS A broad, general course which aims to present many of the factors that condition the foreign policies of nations. Prerequisite: P .S. 100. Desideratum: Some knowledge of history, governments, and geography. P.S. 223. CABINET SYSTEMS OF GOVERNMENT-Three credits MR. KASLAS A study of the European versions of democratic governmen~ ?eginning with Great Britain and considering the variations from the British system of government found on the continent. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. PSYCHOLOGY A. major in psychology consi~ts of t:venty-four hours. Psychology 100 rs not accepted toward a maJor; Soc10logy 255 is accepted. The Depa~tment requires that psychology majors take one year of a la?orator! sCienc_e; they_ may elect biology, chemistry, or physics and substitute this for eithe~ B10logy 100 or Physics 100. Students planning to ~ake graduate work m psychology should study either French or German m order to meet graduate school requirements. The major in psychology is designed for students who plan to continue the study of psychology on the graduate level, as well as for those who~e i?terests lie in the teaching of psychology in colleges or in the applteatlon ~f the study to such fields as advertising, clinical work, business, education, and industrial personnel work. Students are cautioned that an_ undergraduate. major in psychology does not qualify them for p~ofess_1onal psychological work. No student can qualify as a psychologist without advanced graduate study; in a great many fields today, moreover, professional psychologists must hold the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. St~dents wh? desire certification by the Pennsylvania Department of P~bltc Instruction as psycholog~cal examiners or public school psychologists should carefully plan their programs under the direction of their faculty advisers to preclude the possibility of omitting necessary courses. PsY. 100. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF An introducti~n t? ~he study o~ huma~ behavior. The emphasis is on the study of the md1V1dual and his reactions to other individuals and to his environment. An attempt is made to equip the student with certain general psychological principles and to encourage the acquisition of a technical vocabulary. PsY. 201. ADVANCED GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF . A m?re detailed study of some of the topics treated only superficially m the introductory course. More attention is given to such subjects as �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 141 Page 140 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES learning, perception, emotions, etc. Required of prospective majors. ( Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PsY. 203-204. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits each THE STAFF semester A lecture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the student with the methods and the results of modern psychological research. The course includes a study of several of the famous experiments in the field of psychology. Also included is practice with the older as well as the more recent methods of experimental research. ( Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 100. THE STAFF PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits A survey of significant contributions to individual differences. Methods of evaluating and measuring these differences; their significance to the individual, the home, the school, and to vocational and community PsY. 206. APPLIED life. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF The course is designed to present a general view of the development and growth of the child. It is concerned primarily with the heredity and native equipment of the child and the manner in which this equipment is modified during childhood. Emotional development, language development, and social relations are considered. PsY. 207. CHILD ony and fatigue; the maladjusted worker; accident prevention; work conditions; and employee motivation and morale. Prerequisite: Psy. 212. PsY. 254. SYSTEMATIC PsYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A historical introduction to the various points of view in recent psychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders in the ~eld as Watson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler. (Offered m alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 100 and one other course in psychology. PsY. 255. CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF . A sur:ey of the clinical method in psychology with consideration of diagno~ti~ and ~reatme~t techniques and the role of the professional psychologist rn various settings. ( Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 212. PsY. 257. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY-Tht'ee credits THE STAFF A general survey of the principal forms of mental abnormalities with emphasis on causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 207, 208 and permission of head of department. 1 PsY. 271-272. RESEARCH IN PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits each semester. THE STAFF . ~n opportunity to conduct individual research projects under supervmon. (Open to psychology majors only.) Prerequisite: permission of head of department. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. THE STAFF BEHAVIOR-Three credits Human adjustment and maladjustment to life situations with emphasis on motivation, emotional control, personality formation, and the treatment of the lesser personality disorders. PsY. 208. HUMAN Prerequisite: Psy. 100. TEsTs-Three credits THE STAFF A survey of the functions measured by psychological tests with emphasis on intelligence and personality. A variety of the group and individual tests which measure these functions are studied. This course is a prerequisite for Psy. 251 and Psy. 255. PsY. 212. PSYCHOLOGICAL Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF An introduction to the industrial application of psychology in the selection, classification, and training of employees; reduction of monot- PsY. 251. INDUSTRIAL RETAILING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructor Flower. . A major in Retailing consists of 24 credits in retailing courses which include Ret. 101, 102,207,212,214,224. RET. 101. PRINCIPLES OF RETAILING-Three ct'edits MR. FLOWER A b~sic_ co~m~ that discusses the opportunities in retailing; types of retail ms~1tu~10ns; problems of store policy, store location; study of th~ organizational structure of department stores; organization and functions of operating division. RET. 102. RETAIL STORE ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT Three credits THE STAFF Bas!c ~rinciples of suc~essful retail store organization; study of tht organ1zat10nal structure of department swres; organization and functiom �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - p age 143 Page 142 - DESCRlPTION OF COURSES of operating divisions; planned observation in employment, training, receiving, marking, delivery, wrapping, phone, mail order and adjustment departments. Field trips to retail stores. RET. 205. RETAIL ADVERTISING AND SALES PROMOTION- Three credits MR. FLOWER Study of basic principles of retail advertising and sales promotion. Special emphasis is placed on the preparation of copy for various types of retail establishments as well as on the analyses of current advertisements. Elements of the advertisement: headline, copy, layout, type, illustrations, and selection of media are analyzed. MR. FLOWER SELLING 1- Three credits Techniques of retail selling. Analysis of the needs of customers; the handling of difficult situations; the techniques to increase sales; build- RET. 207. RETAIL ing permanent business. THE STAFF MERCHANDISE-Three credits Merchandise information; fibers and fabrics; history, rise, production, manufacturing process from fiber to finished fabric; textile terminology, trade names. Identification, testing of fibers; care of fabrics; new developments. Study of natural, industrial and synthetic materials. RET. 210. ELEMENTS OF RET. 212. PURCHASES AND MERCHANDISING CONTROL-Three credits MR. relations; the future.sales promotion.' turnover; pro.fit; records; small business and RET. 224. RECENT TRENDS AND D EVELOPMENTS IN RETAILING . Th ree ere d its Review of fundamentals· trends in reta · . . THE STAFF cooperation with retail st~re . ilmg, study of developments in executives Laborato k tren ds and developments. · ry wor ; reports on SECRETARIAL STUDIES Professor Rosenberg cha· A . Instructor Jenkins. ' irman; ssistant Professors Gera, Hoover; Students majoring in secretarial studie . of twenty-four credits outside th D s are reqmred to take a sequence is advisable to dec1·de tl . e epartment of Secretarial Studies. It upon 11s sequenc t 1 1 year. The remainder of the electives ma e no . a~er t 1an the sophomore and finance and liberal arts co . yd~e divided between commerce . . urses accor mg to the · t d t1ona1 o6Jectives of each studen. t rn erests an vocaS.S. 101-102. SHORTHAND AND TYP EWRITING Two credits shorthand, two credits typewriting each semester FLOWER The principles, techniques, and problems encountered in merchandising; purchase planning, markup, markdown, inventories and their control, turnover, retail method of inventory, and the types and limitation of stock control systems. Prerequisite: B.A. 107- Business Math. BUYING-Three credits MR. FLOWER A study of the scientific principles of what, when, and how much to buy; a study of customer demand. Special attention is given to the technique of buying; markups, markdowns, stockturns, and other factors that are necessary to keep merchandise lines complete. Development of read· d .. MR. GERA, MR. HoovER . l'.fi mg an wntmg skill in G Sh .. regg orthand, Simp i ed; development of sk"ll . skill to typical office problems· ~rai:nty~ewntmg,_ a~d ability tL apply notes, during second semester' 'th g I~ t:anscnpt10n from shorthand ing. laboratory fee required' hte:p asis on punctuation and spellture, six hours laboratory. Fee.:$;~. ours each week. Two hours lee- i~ RET. 214. RETAIL RELATIONS- Three credits THE STAFF Retail personnel policies; job analysis; employment procedure; wage plans and incentives; employee training; employee evaluation; employee stabilization; employee participation; legislation affecting labor problems RET. 219. RETAIL PERSONNEL in retailing. RET. 220. ORGANIZATION AND OPERATION OF THE SMALL STORE Two credits THE STAFF Importance of small busmess; factors in business success; justification of new businesses; financing; location; policies; management; employee S.S. 105. SHORTHANDl-Two credits Development of readin d .. . THE STAFF Simplified, and review s:: ;r~m1 ·s~11l in basic Gregg Shorthand, in transcription; completion of ha~ic :~ is essentials that are necessary hour lecture, three hours laboratory. ory. Four hours each week. One of .S. 106. SHORTHAND1-Two credits Review of Gregg Shorthand s· . . THE STAFF and legibility; development of ; 1;pl1~ed, with ~mphasis on fluency shorthand; pre-transcription tra1:: ~nd acturacy m the application of and work habits. Four hours each w~~k eve opment of desirable traits laboratory. · One hour lecture, three hours Prerequisite: S.S. 105 or equivalent. 1 Credit will be given onl Y t O st u d ents who have not previousry tiken S.S.101-102. 1 Credit will not be given if credit for B.A. 114 has been received. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 145 Page 144 ~ DESCRIPTION OF COURSES credits each semester MR. JENKINS Development of skill in typewriting; application of skill to letter writing, envelopes and cards, tabulation problems, copying :r~m rough draft, manuscript writing; study of form and style; transcn~t10n from shorthand notes during second semester. Laboratory fee reqmred. Four hours laboratory each week. Fee: $10 each course. S.S. 107-108. TYPEWRITING 1-Two S.S. 109-110. ADVANCED STENOGRAPHY Three credits shorthand, one credit typewriting each semester MR. GERA, MR. HOOVER Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluenc~ ~nd legibility; development of speed and accuracy in shorth~n_d, typewnt~ng, and transcription; application of typing skill to letter wntmg, tabulatt.on, rough drafts, commercial forms; preparation o~ telegr_a1:1s, 1:1anuscnpts and term papers, stencils and Ditlo master copies; trammg m punctuation, spelling, and other English problems; stu~y of correct f?rm and style; development of desirable work habits, attitudes, and traits. La?· oratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Fee: $10 each course. Prerequisite: S.S. 102. S.S. 113-114. ADVANCED SH0RTHAND 2-Two credits each semester MR. JENKIN~ Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with e~phasis on fl~en_cy and legibility; development of speed and accuracy m the ap~lteat1on of shorthand, typewriting, and English; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: S.S. 106. 115. ADVANCED TYPEWRITING2-Two credits MR. JENKINS Development of greater speed and _accuracy_ in_ typewriti?g; re:7iew of form and style in typewritten matenal; application of typmg skill to letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercial forms; preparation of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto °:aster copies; transcription from shorthand notes; d~velopment of demable work habits and attitudes. Laboratory fee reqmred. Four hours laboratory each week. Fee: $10. Prerequisite: S.S. 108. S.S. AccouNTING--Three credits MR. HOOVER Fundamental principles of accounting and their application to the keeping of books and records in business and profess1onal offices. S.S. S.S. 120. SECRETARIAL 1 2 See footnote preceding page. Credit will be given only to students who have not previously taken S.S. 109-110. 120 may not be used for credit toward the accounting requirement for Business Education majors. S.S. 200. MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY-Three credits MR. GERA Study of accepted procedures in typical medical offices, clinics, and hospitals; application of stenographic skills to medical dictation; transcription of case histories taken from hospital records; specialized dictation in several branches of medicine. Five hours each week. One hour lecture, four hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 203. SPEECH REPORTING-Two credits MR. GERA, MR. HOOVER Speed dictation for speech reporting. Four hours each week. Prerequisite: satisfactory background in English; ability to take dictation at 100 words a minute and to transcribe notes rapidly and accurately. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approva.l of instructor. S.S. 205. OFFICE PROCEDURES AND OFFICE MACHINES-Four credits MR. GERA, MR. HOOVER Application of skills to integrated office problems; procedures in typical business and professional offices; study of personal and technical requirements for secretaries; understanding and use of various commercial forms; operation and use of office machines and equipment; personal and vocational guidance. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Fee: $10. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 243. BUSINESS EDUCATION AND METHODS OF INTRUCTION IN SECRETARIAL STUDIEs-Three credits THE STAFF Principles of business education; business curricula in secondary schools; psychology of skill-building as applied to shorthand and typewriting; techniques of instruction in typewriting and shorthand, standards, tests, and measurement in the secretarial studies ; content, objectives, and methods of instruction in office practice. SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY Professor Symmons, chairman; Instructors Bloomburg, L. Mui, Y arnal. A major in sociology consists of twenty-four hours. Although Soc. 100 is prerequisite to all the courses in sociology, it is not accepted toward a major in sociology. P.S. 204 and Phil. 206 will be accepted toward the major in sociology. �Page 146 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Students who intend to major in sociology are requested to plan their work in the Department in consultation with the Chairman. A major in sociology should ordinarily include the following three courses: Soc. 255, 265, and 280. With the approval of the Department Chairman, however, other courses may in some instances be substituted. SOCIOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A systematic view of sociology, providing essentials for an intelligent approach to questions about man in society and for specialized study of sociological problems. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 147 Soc. 255. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A general survey of the field of social psychology. Social factors in human nature; psychology of individual differences; social interaction; collective behavior, psychology of personality; social pathology. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and Psy. 100. Soc. 100. INTRODUCTION TO 200. MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY-Three credits MR. SYMMONS The development of marriage and the family in ethnological and historical perspective. Family disorganization and oroblems of adjustment to modern conditions. Psychological aspects of marriage. Factors responsible for marital success or failure. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 or permission of the instructor. Soc. INDUSTRY-Three credits MRS. MUI An analysis of the formal and informal social organization of the work plant and of the relationship between modern industrial organization and the community. Soc. 212. SOCIOLOGY OF Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and Ee. 100, or permission of the instructor. 215. SOCIOLOGY OF URBAN LIFE-Three credits THE STAFF The development of modern cities; effects of urban life upon social organization and personality patterns; major social problems of the cities. Prerequisite: Soc. 100. Soc. 230 SOCIAL PROBLEMS-Three credits THE STAFF A survey of most pressing contemporary social problems and ~n examination of current theories of social disorganization. Prerequisite: Soc. 100. Soc. 260. CULTURE, SOCIETY, AND PERSONALITY-Three credits MR.SYMMONS A study of the influences on personality that derive from group and cultural sources. Comparative study of personality formation under clifferent cultural conditions. Analysis of social factors related to personality disorganization and reorganization. Prerequisite: Soc. 255 or Soc. 265. Soc. 265. INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY-Three credits MR.SYMMONS A general survey of the field of anthropology stressing its cultural aspects. Human origins and evolution; the modern races; culture: its development, nature and characteristics, contemporary non-literature societies and their institutions. Prerequisite: Soc. 100. Soc. 270. PEOPLES AND CULTURES OF THE WoRLD--Three credits MR. SYMMONS A survey of the non-Western cultures of the world with an emphasis on one of the following areas: The Middle East, The Far East, South-East Asia, Africa, Australasia, Latin America. Prerequisite: Soc. 100. Soc. MRS. MUI 235. CRIMINOLOGY-Three credits Crime and the criminal are considered with reference to individual and environmental factors in crime causation. An analysis of theories of crime and punishment; statistics on crime; police methods; prisons; scientific objectives of the new penology. Prerequisite: Soc. 230, or permission of the instructor. Soc. 245. FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK-Three credits THE STAFF A survey of the main problems of social work and of agencies and methods that have developed to cope with them. The nature and requirements of the different fields of social work. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and Psy. 100. Soc. Soc. 275. GROUP RELATIONS IN THE MODERN WORLD-Three credits MR. SYMMONS A the_oretical _analysis of inter-group tensions and processes of adjustment with speCial reference to modern racial, national, and religious conflicts. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and Psy. 100. Soc. 280. MODERN SoaOLOGY AND ITS HISTORICAL BACKGROUNDThree credits MR. SYMMONS !he aim of the course is to provide the student majoring in sociology, or m one o~ the related fields, with a historical background necessary for understandmg of the current trends in sociology as well as for clarification of its distinct subject matter, problems, and methods. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and two other courses in sociology or permission of the instructor. �Board of Trustees Administration Faculty �Committee Appointments Board of Trustees Executive Committee Chairman ARNAUD C. MARTS, Vice-Chairman ANDREW J. SoRDONI, Vice-Chairman CHARLES H. MINER, JR., Secretary JAMES p. HARRIS, Treasurer Finance ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK, MRS. p AUL Miss MARY R. KooNs FRANK BURN SIDE JOSEPH F. LESTER MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT REUBEN L. Chairman ARNAUD C. MARTS, Vice-Chairman \NDREW J. SORDONI, Vice-Chairman JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. BEDFORD WILLIAM BOYD WILLIAM \DMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK, H. E GENE S. FARLEY, President Miss MARY R. KooNs JAMES p. HARRIS \ 1DREW J. SORDONI LEVY THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. CONYNGHAM p ARKHURST L. P1NoLA MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE F. ELLSWORTH SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. Ho . FRANK Miss ANNETTE EvA ' S REV. CHARLES S. RousH EUGENE S. FARLEY JOSEPH J. SAVITZ JOHN FARR HoN. JoHN S. FINE LOUIS SHAFFER MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER HARRY F. Go ERIN GER CHARLES B. Foundation w ALLER AARON WEISS TERM OF OFFICE Instruction Expiring June, 1961 CHARLES H. MINER, JR. Miss ANNETTE EVANS THOMAS F. MORGAN' JR. s. Chairman JOSEPH J. SAVITZ LOUIS SHAFFER FARLEY HON. JOHN s. FINE ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK REUBEN H. LEVY MRs. PAUL BEDFORD JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. WILLIAM BoYD FRANK BUR 1SIDE Miss MARY R. Koo s REV. CHARLES ROUSH _JOHN FARR HARRY F. GoERINGER ANDREW J. SORDONI MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER s. wALKER MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT L. CONYNGHAM MRS. FRA CK G. DARTE JAMES p. HARRIS J OSEPII F. LESTER AR AUD C. MARTS p ARKHURST L. PINOLA REV. CHARLES ARNAUD C. MARTS, Chairman FRANK BURNSIDE JAMES P. HARRIS THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. LOUIS SHAFFER, ANDREW J. SORDONI AARON WEISS Buildings and Grounds LoUis SHAFFER, Chairman s. HON. JOHN FINE REUBEN H. LEVY ARNAUD C. MARTS F. ELLSWORTH p ARKHURST ANDREW J. SORDONI HARRY F. GoERINGER Chairman WILLIAM BOYD ' WILLIAM L. CONYNGHAM MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE Miss ANNETTE EvANS Miss MARY R. KooNs JOSEPH F. LESTER CHARLES H. MI ER, JR. AARON WEISS Library Nominations Expiring June, 1963 WILLIAM FRANK BURN SIDE i\!Rs. CHARLES E. CLIFT ~fas. FRANCK G. DARTE SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. MISS ANNETTE EVANS REV. CHARLES ROUSH JOSEPH J. SAVITZ s. Expiring June, 1962 Development Scholarships CHARLES H. MINER, JR., SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. EUGENE CHARLES B. WALLER, Chairman FRANK BURNSIDE JOHN FARR JAMES P. HARRIS REUBEN H. LEVY HoN. FRANKL. PINOLA JAMES P. HARRIS, Chairman REUBEN H. LEVY ANDREW J. SORDONI AARON WEISS s. ROUSH, Chairman JAMES p. HARRIS JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. LOUIS SHAFFER Miss AN ETTE EVANS, Chairman WILLIAM BOYD JosEPH KocYAN, M.D. Miss MARY R. Koo s CHARLES H. MINER, JR. MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER J. F. ELLSWORTH HoN. FRANK CHARLES B. w ALLER AARON WEISS Ex Officio on all Committees-ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK AND EUGENE S. FARLEY �Assistants in Administrat10n Officers of Administration DORIS MERRILL . . . . . . . . . . ~ . . . . . . . . . . Secretary EUGENE s. FARLEY President ,B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) P. JOHN WHITBY RUTH Director of Admissions B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.A. (Columbia) GEORGE F. RALlTON B.A. (Whittier) Comptroller H. WASILESKI B.S. (Pittsburgh) M.S. (Bucknell) JOHN J. CHWALEK B.A. (East Tennessee State) M.A. (Columbia) FRANCES M. SEARS B.A. (Barnard) M.A. (New York) ALFONSO S. ZAWADSKI B.S. (Wilkes) ROBERT B. MORRIS B.S. (Wilkes) GORDON ROBERTS B.A. (Wilkes) NADA VUJICA B.A., M.A. (Zagreb) M.A. (Marywood) LIVINGSTON CLEWELL JOAN OSTROWSKI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant LICE PHILIPP . . . . Secretary to the Comptroller to the Alumni Secretary RUTH LEE ROHLFS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretary to the D ean of Men to the Dean of Women to the Director of Evening Division MILDRED MARINI . . . . . . . . Secretary MARIE OPSITOS • . . • . . . . Secretary B.S. (Pennsylvania) M.A. (NewYork) STANLEY BISHOP • . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Recorder MOLLIE BACK • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretary Dean of Women MARGARET E. CONNOLLY V. to the Director of Admissions KATHLEEN O'Do NELL . . . . . . . Assistant Dean of Men B.A. (North Carolina) M.A. (Columbia) BERYL COLE JA ET TROSKO . . . . . . . . . . Secretary to th e President to the Director of Placement to the Director of Development Director of Evening Division JOHANNA BOROWSKI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretary to Admin. Asst. JA ICE YARRISH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretary to the Registrar Director of Guidance and Placement JoAN THOMAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cashier Director of College Consultation HILMA NORDSTROM . . . . . . . . . . . Accounts JULE CooK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accounts Receivable Bookkeeper BEVERLY GILLETTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registrar Administrative Assistant to the President Director of Development and Alumni Secretary Associate ProfessorLibrarian Payable Bookkeeper Office Machine Clerk GRACE WozNIAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant MILDRED GITTINS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager WILLIAM JERVIS • . . . . . Superintendent of the Bookstore of Buildings and Grounds BEVERLY WILLIAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretary LOUISE O'Do NELL Recorder to the Librarian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registrar's Office Publicity B.S. (Dartmouth) JOSEPH H. KANNER Director of Tes ting Service B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (New School for Social Research) HERMAN L. OTTO B .A. (Pennsylvania State) ROBERT KERR ANNA E. CABORE, Director of Area Research Center College Physician FRANKLIN GRIFFITH M.D. (Hahnemann) JANET L. Head Resident, Sterling Hall Head Resident, McClintock Hall LANGDON, College Physician Head Resident, Catlin Hall DAMARIS M. STURDEVANT, MARGARET BARBER, M.D. (Virginia) B. MARY CRAWFORD, HELEN O'BRIEN, Head Resident, Weiss Hall Head Resident, Chapman Hall Head Resident, Weckesser Hall �FACULTY,....., Page 155 Faculty Name EUGENE S. FARLEY B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Department Administration President Chemistry ALFRED w. BASTRESS B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Ph.D. (Yale) CHARLES B. REIF Biology B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Minnesota) HAROLD W. THATCHER History B.A., M.A., (Columbia) Ph.D. (Chicago) SAMUEL A. RosENBERG Economics B.A., M.B.A. (Boston University) Ph.D. (North Carolina) Political HUGO V. MAILEY Science B.A. (West Chester State Teachers) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Education EUGENE L. HAMMER B.S. (Wheaton) M.A. (Northwestern) Ed. D. (Columbia) FRANK .J . .J. DAVIES B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Yale) KONSTANTIN SYMMONS B.A., M.A. (Warsaw) Ph.D. (Columbia) VORIS B. HALL B.S., M.S. (Bucknell) M.A. (Columbia) STANKO M. VUJICA B.S. (Zagreb) M.A. (Innsbruck) Ph.D. (Zagreb) ADNAH G. KosTENBAUDER B.A. (Rochester) M.A., Ph.D. (Syracuse) ARTHUR N. KRUGER B.A. (Alabama) Ph.D. (Louisiana State) Position Professor R unr Nursing Education Professor DANIEL DETWILER B.A. (Swarthmore) Ph.D. (Yale) Physics Professor W1LLIAM EDGERTON English B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Professor w. .JESSEE B.S., M.A. (Columbia) Ed. D. (Pennsylvania) Professor ELWOOD DISQUE B.A. (Dickinson) German Associate Professor Professor Hon-CHEUNG Mm B.A. (Lingnan) M.A., Ph.D. (Columbia) History Associate Professor French Associate Professor Professor SYLVIA DWORSKI B.A. (Connecticut College) M.A., Ph.D. (Yale) Professor Professor English Professor Sociology Professor Professor Physics and Engineering Philosophy Professor Mathematics Professor English Professor .JoHN G. DETROY Music B.M. (Eastman School of Music) M.M. (Rochester) Biological SHELDON G. COHEN Research B.A. (Ohio State) M.D. (New York) Mathematics THOMAS R. RICHARDS B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.S. (Bucknell) Biology fRA CIS .J. MICHELINI B.S. (Seton Hall) M.S. (Delaware) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Library 1 ADA VUJICA B.A., M.A. (Zagreb) M.A. (Marywood) History BRONIS KASLAS L.L.B. (Kaunas, Lithuania) M.A., Ph.D. (Strasbourg) Economics You-KE G CHIANG B.A. (Central) M.A., Ph.D. (Chicago) PHILIP Rizzo English B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Physics JULIAN RIPLEY B.A. (Yale) M.S., Ph.D. (Virginia) Associate Professor Associate Professor Associate Professor Associate Professor Associate Professor Associate Professor Associate Professor Associate Professor Associate Professor �FACULTY -- Page 157 Page 156 -- FACULTY Chemistry Assistant Professor EDITH D. NAMISNIAK B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (Michigan) Biology Assistant Professor Mathematics Assistant Professor GEORGE F. ERMEL B.A. (Wilkes) l\I.A. (Syracuse) Library Assistant Professor Engineering Assistant Professor FRANCES SMITH B.S., M.A. (Columbia) Education Assistant Professor Economics T. LEONARD CONNOLLY B.A. (Pennsylvania) M.A. (New York) History Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Economics GEORGE F. ELLIOT B.A. (Montclair State Teachers) M.A. (Clark) Assistant Professor .\RTHUR ]. HOOVER B.S. (Wilkes) M. Ed. (Pennsylvania State) Secretarial Studies Assistant Professor FRANCIS J. SALLEY B.S. (St. Joseph's) M.S. (Pennsylvania) Chemistry Assistant Professor GEORGE GERA B.S. (Bloomsburg) :\I.A. (Columbia) Business Admin. Assistant Professor ALFRED s. GROH B.A. (Syracuse) M.A. (Columbia) Assistant Professor C.\RLA PEIRO E Ph.D. (Turin) Spanish English Assistant Professor Chemistry Assistant Professor ROBERT C. RILEY B.A. (Bucknell) Psychology llOWARD SWAIN B.S. (Grove City) M .. , Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Biology Economics Assistant Professor Assistant Professor ROBERT E. WERNER B.A. (Roosevelt) M.S. (Wisconsin) BI-RNICE LEAGUS B.S. (Bucknell) M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) E. SHELDON CURTIS B.S.C. (Washington and Lee) Accounting Assistant Professor CROMWELL E. THOMAS B.S. (Washington and Lee) Engineering Assistant Professor Economics ROBERT DEYOUNG B.S. (University of Rhode Island) M.A. (Columbia) p \UL R. WERNER B.S. (Susquehanna) M.A. (New York) Accounting Assistant Professor CATHERINE H. BONE B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State) STANLEY H. W ASILESKI B.S. (Pittsburgh) M.S. (Bucknell) EDWARD N. HELTZEL B.S. (Gettysburg) M.S. (Bucknell) WELTON G. FARRAR B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania) Assistant Professor Assistant Physical JOHN G. REESE Professor Education B.S., M.Ed. (Pennsylvania State) Art Education Assistant CHESTER E. COLSON Professor B.S. (Massachusetts School of Art) M.A. (Columbia) Assistant Music ,,vILLIAM R. GASBARRO Professor Education B.S. (Juilliard) M.A. (Columbia) JOSEPH H. KANNER B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (New School for Social Research) LORNA HOLBROOK MUI B.A.,M.A. (Columbia) RUTH T. ROBERTS B.A. (Goucher) BENJAMIN F. FIESTER B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Bucknell) THEODORE L. KROHN B.A. (Wilkes) LL.B. (Dickinson) Assistant Professor Psychology Instructor Sociology Instructor English Instructor English Instructor Busines Admin. Instructor �FACULTY - Page 159 Page 158,....., FACULTY ROBERT J. English Instructor MILLER B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Columbia) D. FREEMAN B.S. (Calvin) M.S. (Pennsylvania) Biology Instructor S. JESSIE H. RODERICK . B.S. (Wilkes) M.A. (Columbia) l OSEPH Music Instructor Education Instructor Elementary Education Instructor Instructor You su Koo B.S. (Swarthmore) M.S. in C.E. (Illinois) Engineering Instructor GFRDA English Instructor English Instructor Physical Education Instructor Library Instructor Political Science Instructor B.A. (Wilkes) TARAN OW \, E KISH B.A. (Wilkes) DORIS BERDY SARACENO Mathematics Instructor B.S. (Stroudsburg) JOA NE YURCHAK B.S. (Wilkes) Accounting Instructor ROBERT CAPIN B.S. (Wilkes) C.P.A. (Pennsylvania) Physical Education KROHLE B.A., M.A. (New York) SALSBURG . B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (Columbia) Instructor J. B.S. (Wilkes) PINKOWSKI B.S. (Wilkes) M.A. (Columbia) Library B.S. (Wilkes) MICHAEL DYDO MARTING. FRIEDMANN FRANCIS Instructor FREDERICK CALVI B.S., M.S. (Juilliard) Library JA ms EmAM PmLIP TUHY B.A. (Valparaiso) 1.G.A. (Pennsylvania) Music Instructor Retailing Instructor RICHARD CHAPLINE B.S., M.S. (Juilliard) FREDERICK FLOWER B.S. (Grove City) M. Litt. (Pittsburgh) STANLEY s. GUTIN English B.A., M.A. (Maryland) PAUL HEHN B.A. (Oregon) M.A. (Columbia) Ph.D. (New York) HERBERT BERNSTEIN B.B.A., M.B.A. (Western Reserve) JAMES J. History Instructor Instructor DIRK R. BUDD B.A. (Lafayette) M.A. (Columbia) LARRY WEED B.M. (Oklahoma City) M.M. (Rochester) CLIFFORD Music Instructor FERDINAND LIV A Music Instructor Sociology Instructor CHARLES Business Admin. Instructor CATHERINE F. CONBOY Nursing Education Instructor Political Science Instructor Political Science Instructor E. BALSHAW, F.A.G.0. Quilmant Organ School Conservatory of Naples Juilliard School of Music CLAYTON BLOOMBURG Economics Instructor Chemistry Instructm English Instructor Music Instructor BoHNING B.S. (Valparaiso) M.S. (New York) Part-Time Faculty B.A. (Bucknell) L. CASPER Ph.B. (Yale) LL.B. (Harvard) B.A., M.A. (Columbia) THEODORE EVANS .\.B., LL.B. (Pennsylvania) JOH H. HIBBARD B.A. (Pennsylvania) LL.B. (Dickinson) �Page 160 -FACULTY FACULTY - Page 161 History EDGAR HUGHES Instructor PAUL KLEIN B.A. (Lafayette) M.A. (Scranton) ursing Education EDWARD JAN JIG IAN Ph.B. (Chicago) M.D. (Boston) THOMAS H. Instructor JENKINS Secretarial Studies Instructor Instructor Secretarial Studies Instructor Business Admin. Instructor Psychology Instructor Music Instructor ABRAM Mathematics Instructor CAROLYN MORRIS Business Admin. Instructor GEORGE History Instructor CASIMIR TYBURSKI English Instructor A. WEST B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (Columbia) Mathematics Instructor HARRY F. WELSH B.S. (Wilkes) Political Science Instructor .J. WARREN YARNAL Sociology Instructor English Instructor B.S. (Wilkes) KENNETH KIRK B.S. (Bloomsburg) JoHN G. KoNSAVAGE B.S. (Wilkes) ISIDORE KRASNO B.S., M.S. (Rutgers) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) ANNE C. LIVA of Music P. MORGAN B.S. (East Stroudsburg State Teachers) M.S. (Bucknell) B.A. (Wellesley) B. RITCHIE B.A. (Haverford) LL.B. (Pennsylvania) B.A. (Delaware) ROBERT B.A. (Juniata) M.S.W. (Pittsburgh) B.S. (Wilkes) M.A. (Chicago) Instructor Nursing Education Instructor Music Instructor B.M., M.M. (Eastman School of Music) JOSEPH KLEIN Business Admin. WILLIAM JOHNS JOHN BUSH .JOYCE MILLER HARR y TREBILCOX B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.A. (New York) Juilliard School Mathematics B.S. (Wilkes) B.S., M.D. (Michigan) ursing Education Instructor �Faculty Committees The following are the Faculty Committee assignments made for the academic year 1961-1962: Admissions Committee JOHN P. WHITBY, Chairman JOHN J. CHWALEK BERYL COLE WELTON G. FARRAR GEORGE F. RALSTON ROBERT C. RILEY J. Chairman J. Calendar Committee HuGo V. MAILEY, Chairman BENJAMIN F. FIESTER JOHN P. WHITBY Curriculum Committee ROBERT C. RILEY, Chairman w. ALFRED BASTRESS DANIEL DETWILER 'i\TILLIAM EDGERTON WILLIAM R. GASBARRO EUGENE L. HAMMER ADNAH KosTENBAUDER HUGO V. MAILEY CHARLES B. REIF SAMUEL ROSENBERG Evaluation Committee GEORGE F. ELLIOT, Chairman EUGENE L. HAMMER FRANCIS J. MICHELINI ROBERT C. RILEY General Education HAROLD THATCHER, CHESTER COLSON FRANCIS MICHELINI THOMAS RICHARDS JULIAN RIPLEY PHILIP Rizzo ROBERT E. \i\TERNER Chairman Graduation Committee GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman BERYL COLE J. s. Can1pus Buildings Library Committee Athletic Committee HAROLD THATCHER, JOHN CHWALEK ARTHUR HOOVER GEORGE F. RALSTON JOHN G. REESE ELWOOD DISQUE FRANK]. DAVIES ALFRED GROH CHARLES B. REIF JOHN P. WHITBY Kev., to ROBERT E. WERNER, Chairman CHESTER COLSON BENJAMIN F. FIESTER MARTIN FRIEDMAN N ELWOOD DISQUE HoH-CHEUNG Mm ROBERT C. RILEY CROMWELL E. THOMAS NADA VuJICA Kirby Hall-Library Chase Hall-Administration Chase Theater Warner Hall Ashley Hall Stark Hall 7. Butler Hall 8. Barre Hall 9. President's House 10. Conyngham Hall MAP WILKES Scholarship Committee JoHN P. WHITBY, Chairman JOHN CHWALEK BERYL COLE ROBERT B. MORRIS GEORGE F. RALSTON I. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. Weckesser Hall Weiss Hall George Catlin Hall Sterling Hall McClintock Hall Isaac Chapman Hall Charles Parrish Hall Conyngham Annex-Art Sturdevant Hall Harding Hall Student Activities and Planning RoBERT B. MORRIS, Chairman BERYL COLE WILLIAM R. GASBARRO ARTHUR HOOVER GEORGE F. RALSTON JOHN G. REESE J. Student Publications Committee PHILIP Rizzo GORDON ROBERTS FRANK SALLEY COLLEGE BUILDINGS ,_. _.. OTHER BUILDINGS -=====================---==--==---= ;:,uu ®I I IN _, J. ]. Ex Officio on all Committees except committees on academic freedom-El 'GENE S. FARLEY t- UJ I C\ liltL pP I I- [fil] a:: 0 z ~ 17 I I Iw -- RIVER ~ ~ =- ------------= - SUSQUEHANNA J oc t- (/) WJ § I t- => 0 ~ V) t- (/) !/) ~ L-~~mm~A!O= C RIVER w i] 11 0 I 4: SAMUEL ROSENBERG HAROLD THATCHER FRANCIS]. MICHELINI ROBERT C. RILEY FRANK DAVIES EUGENE L. HAMMER KONSTANTIN SYMMONS STREET z Mediation Committee on Academic Freedom Faculty-Trustee Committ er' on Academic Freedom , t- !/) FRANKLIN ~ I G) II~ CJ er ~II~ H. I. J. K. ® ~II ---·-·-1 G. Hotel Sterling St. Stephen's Episcopal First Baptist Church Jewish Community Cen Historical Society Osterhout Library First Presbyterian Chur Central Y. l\f. C. A. Christian Science Churc 0hav Zedek Temple Israel PENNSYLVANIA WJ I,~ t A. B. C. D. E. F. OF J. IIJ Pickering Hall Hollenback Hall Gies Hall College Commons Obadiah Gore Hall Gymnasium Guidance Center 180 Sou th River COLLEGE CAMPUS WILKES-BARRE, Jil~~ 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. COM MON ---= ~-=::::::=:-:::::::::===:=--- ~ w ~ ~~ �Faculty Committees The foll~wing are the Faculty Committee assignments made for the academic year 1961-1962: Admissions Committee JoHN P. WHITBY, Chairman JOHN CHWALEK BERYL COLE '"'ELTON G. FARRAR GEORGE F. RALSTON ROBERT C. RILEY J. Athletic Committee HAROLD THATCHER, ] ORN CHWALEK ARTHUR HOOVER GEORGE F. RALSTON JOHN G. REESE J. Chairman J. Calendar Committee HuGo V. MAILEY, Chairman BENJAMIN F. FIESTER JOHN P. WHITBY Curriculum Committee ROBERT C. RILEY, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS DANIEL DETWILER ,VILLIAM EDGERTON WILLIAM R. GASBARRO EUGENE L. HAMMER ADNAH KosTENBAUDER HUGO V. MAILEY CHARLES B. REIF SAMUEL ROSENBERG Evaluation Committee GEORGE F. ELLIOT, Chairman EUGENE L. HAMMER FRANCIS ] • MICHELINI ROBERT C. RILEY General Education HAROLD THATCHER, CHESTER COLSOr FRA CIS MICHELINI THOMAS RICHARDS LIA RIPLEY PHILIP Rizzo Chairman J ROBERT E. '"'ER ER Graduation Committee Chairman GEORGE F. RALSTON, BERYL COLE ELWOOD DISQUE FRA K DAVIES ALFRED GROH CHARLES B. REIF JOHN P. WHITBY J. J. s. Library Committee ROBERT E. WERNER, Chairman CHESTER COLSON BENJAMI F. FIESTER MARTIN FRIEDMA . 1 , ELWOOD DISQUE HoH-CHEUNG Mm ROBERT C. RILEY CROMWELL E. THOMAS ADA VUJICA Scholarship Committee 1. Kirby Hall-Library Kev to 2. 3. 4. 5. " Can1pus Buildings 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Chase Hall-Administration Chase Theater Warner Hall Ashley Hall Stark Hall Butler Hall Barre Hall President's House Conyngham Hall MAP WILKES 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. Weckesser Hall Weiss Hall George Catlin Hall Sterling Hall McClintock Hall Isaac Chapman Hall Charles Parrish Hall Conyngham Annex-Art Sturdevant Hall Harding Hall 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. Pickering Hall Hollenback Hall Gies Hall College Commons 0 badiah Gore Hall Gymnasium Guidance Center 180 Sou th River A. Hotel terling I , Episcopal Churc 1 B. t. tephen s C. Fir t Baptist Ch~rch D. Je ·i h Comm~mty Center E. Bi torical Society F. 0 terhout Library G. Fir t Presbyterian Church H. Central Y. ~L C. A. I. Chri-tian Science Church J. Ohav Zedek K. Temple Israel OF COLLEGE WILKES-BARRE, 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. CAMPUS PENNSYLVANIA JOHN P. WHITBY, Chairman JOHN]. CHWALEK BERYL COLE ROBERT B. MORRIS GEORGE F. RALSTO ® Student Activities and Planning ROBERT B. MORRIS, Chairman BERYL COLE WILLIAM R. GASBARRO ARTHUR J. HOOVER GEORGE F. RALSTO JoH G. REESE Student Publications Committc, PHILIP Rizzo GORDO ROBERTS FRANK SALLEY I I- -·-·-·-·,I I PARK.ING i i ~ [fil] 0 \I) ~ i i Mediation Committee on Academic Freedom SA 1UEL ROSENBERG HAROLD THATCHER FRANCIS]. MICHELINI ROBERT C. RILEY Faculty-Trustee Committer on Academic Freedom FRA 1K J. J. DAVIES EuGE EL. HAMMER Ko 1sTA TIN SYM 10 'S Ex Officio on ~11 Committees except committees on academic freedom-Et ·cENE S. FARLEY RIVER COM MON �Faculty Committees The following are the Faculty Committee assignments made Ior the academic year 1961-1962: Admissions Committee Jom~ P. WHITBY, Chairman JOHN J. CmVALEK BERYL CoLE \i\TELTON G. FARRAR GEORGE F. RALSTON ROBERT C. RILEY Chairman J. JoH G. s. ROBERT E. WER ER, JOHN CHWALEK ARTHUR J. HOOVER GEORGE F. RALSTON I J. J. REESE BENJAMIN F. FIESTER JOHN P. WHITBY vv. ALFRED BAsTREss J)ANIEL DETWILER \i\TILLIAM EDGERTON WILLIAM R. GASBARRO EUGE1 EL. HAMMER AoNAH KosTENBAUDER HUGO V. MAILEY CHARLES B. REIF SAMUEL ROSENBERG 8. 9. 10. MAP WILKES 11. 12. 13. 14. I 5. 16. I 7. 18. 19. 20. Weckesser Hall Weiss Hall George Catlin Hall Sterling Hall McClintock Hall Isaac Chapman Hall Charles Parrish Hall Conyngham Annex-Art Sturdevant Hall Harding Hall OF COLLEGE CAMPUS Scholarship Committee Chairman J. JOHN CHWALEK BERYL COLE ROBERT B. MORRIS GEORGE F. RALSTON EUGE ' EL. HAMMER FRANCIS MICHELINI ROBERT RILEY J. c. General Education Chairman CHESTER COLSON FRA CIS MICHELI I THOMAS RICHARDS LIAN RIPLEY PHILIP Rizzo ROBERT E. \i\TER ER J Graduation Committee GEORGE F. RALSTOr , Chairman Student Activities and Planning RoBERT B. MoRRIS, Chairman BERYL COLE WILLIAM R. GASBARRO ARTHUR HOOVER GEORGE F. RALSTO N JOHN G. REESE J. Student Publications Committc<' PHILIP Rizzo GORDO ROBERTS FRANK SALLEY 1,1ediation Committee on A cadem ic Freedom SAMUEL RosE BERG HAROLD THATCHER 1 FRANCIS MICHELL I ROBERT C. RILE Y J. Faculty-Trustee Cornmitl ef on Academic Freedom, FRANK J. J. DAVIES EuGE EL. HAMMER 1 Ko 1sTA 1TIN SY 1 1o s · e • on Ex Officio on all Committees except comm1t~e s academic freeclorn-Et ·cF.NE S. F ARI. E 't 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. Pickering Hall Hollenback Hall Gies Hall College Commons 0 badiah Gore Hall Gymnasium Guidance Center 180 South River A. Hotel terling · B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. ADA VUJICA Evaluation Committee GEORGE F. ELLIOT, Chairman BERYL CoLE Can1pus Buildings Kirby Hall-Library Chase Hall-Administration Chase Theater Warner Hall Ashley Hall Stark Hall Butler Hall Barre Hall President's House Conyngham Hall JoHN P. WHITBY, Curriculum Committee RoBERT C. RILEY, Chairman HAROLD THATCHER, Chairman CHESTER COLSON BE l JAMI F. FIESTER MARTI FRIED"MA11 , ELWOOD DISQUE HOH-CHEUNG MUI ROBERT C. RILEY CROMWELL E. THOMAS Calendar Committee HuGo V. MAILEY, Chairman .t 7. Library Committee Athletic Committee HAROLD THATCHER, ELWOOD DISQUE FRANK DAVIES ALFRED GROH CHARLES B. REIF JOHN P. WHITBY Kev to 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. RIVER COM MON t. tephen's Episcopal Church Fir t Baptist Church Jewi h Community Center Hi torical Society o terhout Library Fir t Pre byterian Church Central Y. ?\1. C. A. Chri tian Science Church Ohav Zedek Temple Israel �Index t\ccounting Degree Program ____ ___ ___ 67 Description of Courses ____ 87 Activities, Student ____ __ ______ 33 · Administrative Officers ________ 152 Assistants __________ _____ 153 ~clmission Tests ·- __ ___ __ ______ 13 dmissions _______ ______ ____________ 12 Map of College Campus Procedure ·-----------------Requirements __ _ _ _________ ~dvanced Course Standing dvanced Study __ _____________ Alumni Office .. - ___________ 13 12 14 52 52 Anthropology 145 Arca Research Center 8 Assembly Committee _____ ____ 34 Assistance, Financial _____ ____ 19 Employment ·- ------------------· Loans ______________________ Scholarships _ _ ____________ Tuition Stipends ______________ Athletics ______________ _______ \ttcndance __ __ ·-- ____ _____ .50, Awards 1 Biology Degree Program _ ____ __ __ Description of Courses _ _ Bookstore ___________________ ___ Business Administration Degree Program _ ____________ Description of Courses _·Business Education ______________ 21 21 19 35 36 46 51 58 89 18 68 91 74 Calendar Change of Program Chemistry Degree Program ___ _ ·Description of Courses Class Standing ____________________ _ Clubs College and Community College Commons _________ ___ _ Commerce and Finance ____ _ Consultation Service Costs ___ _ Counseling _.. Course Credits Curricula . _.. __ _____ __ _ _ 2 47 61 95 46 33 8 18 66 30 18 29 45 41 Dean's List ___ _ _____________ 48 Degree, Bachelor of Arts 55-57 Degree, Bachelor of Science --·--- ______ ,_____________ 61 Dormitories . ·- _______________________ 17 Economics, Description of Courses _·--- __ _____________ 98 Education Elementary _ _ __ 73 Secondary _ _. __ ____ 72 Description of Courses 10 I Graduate Programs . 41 Eel uca tional Resources ______ 31 Employment ________________________ 21 Engineering __ _____ _____ 41 Engineering, Program Requirements __________ _____ 79 Degree Programs, Common Freshman Year _ ___________ 80 �INDEX - Page 165 Page 164 - INDEX Aeronautical .. .. .. ... 80 Chemical .. ...... ............ 80 Civil _ .. ... ...................... 81 Electrical 81 Engineering Physics 82 Industrial ..... ............ 82 Mechanical . ... 83 Description of Courses 106 English, Description of Courses .. .. .. I 08 Entrance Examinations . .. 12 Evening School .15, 42, 47 Expenses . .... ..... .......... 15, 18 Extra Curricular Activities 33 Faculty Committees Requirements .................. . Fees . .. .. ... . ............ . Fine Arts Education Degree Program .............. . Description of Courses . Fine Arts Fiesta ..... ........... . French, Description of Courses Freshman Orientation General Science German, Description of Courses ................ . Grades Graduate Placement Graduate Programs In Chemistry ............ .... .. .. In Education ...... ....... .. .. In Physics ..... __ ............ .. Graduation, Requirements for .. .. ............................ 154 162 44 15 78 113 IO 115 29 120 117 44 52 41 41 41 49 History, Description of Courses Honors .............. ... Hygiene Institute of Municipal Government .. Insurance, Accident and Sickness . . ... Inter-Dormitory Council Journalism, Description of Courses ... . .. Labor-Management Training Program Liberal Arts Requirements for Major Selection of a Major Library Loans . ....... .... ... . .. . Map of College Campus Facing Page Marketing (see Retailing) Mathematics Degree Program Description of Courses For High School Teachers Medical Technology, Degree Program Music Degree Program Description of Courses . . Music Education Degree Program Description of Courses . Nursing Education Degree Program Description of Courses Office of Community Services 120 48 133 9 16 33 110 9 56 55 31 21 162 70 59 122 10 65 60 125 75 128 77 129 Philosophy, Description of Courses .. ... .. ...... .. Physical Education and Hygiene . ... Physics Degree Program .. ... . .. . Description of Courses ... Point Averages . .. .. ........... Political Science, Description of Courses Pre-Dental Two-Year Program Three-Year Program . ... .. Probation .. .................... P ychology, Description of Courses .. ................. Publications ................. Staff Stipends Refunds Registration ... ...... .... Religion, Description of Courses ... ..................... Research Retailing Degree Program .. ... Description of Courses 8 131 133 63 134 45 136 84 85 46 139 34 35 17 25 132 32 70 141 cholarships 19 Founders of 22 cholastic Endowments .. ..... 25 Science Facilities ..... 31 ecretarial Studies Degree Program . ..... .. . 71 Description of Courses . .. 143 Secretarial Studies, Terminal Program 86 Sociology and Anthropology, Description of Courses 145 Spanish, Description of Courses ..... ..... .. 118 Student Activities 33 Student Advisement . .... ..... 29 Student Government 33 Student Load ............. 46 Student Loans . ... . .. .......... 21 Student Regulations . ....... 37 Student Responsibility 38 Summer School .. 15, 43 Teacher Certification 75 Terminal Programs Pre-Dental (Two-Year) 84 Pre-Dental (Three-Year) 85 Secretarial ... 86 Transfer of Summer Credits 47 Transfer Students .. 14 Trustees Board of 150 Committees 151 Tuition ............................. 15, 18 Payment of .. ....... .......... 16 Refund of .................. .. ... 17 Wilkes College . ....... 7 Accreditment _... ... 52 Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra IO Withdrawals 17, 47 �� Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin, 1961-1962 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1961-1962